Yin Yang Philosophy and Chinese Mental Health - Li Ming PDF

Editors
Dr. Dan Peng

Huazhong University of Science and Technology, China
Published by
Science and Engineering Publishing Company (SEP)
3918 Golf Bag Lane, Terre Haute, IN 47802, USA
Contact information:
7800 State Road 46 E, PO Box 551, Riley, Indiana, 47871,USA
Email: service@seipub.org
Tel: 1(812)230-4820
Fax: 1(812)917-4390
http://www.seipub.org
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The texts of the papers in this volume were set

individually by the authors or under their supervision.
Only minor corrections to the text may have been carried
out by the publisher.
No responsibility is assumed by the Publisher, the Editors and Authors for any injury and/or damage to
persons or property as a matter of products liability, negligence or otherwise, or from any use or
operation of any methods, products, instructions or ideas contained in the material herein.
©SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING PUBLISHING COMPANY 2012
Printed in Science and Engineering Publishing Company.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or
transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or
otherwise, without the prior written permission of the Publisher.
2012 International Conference on Social Science and Environmental Protection (SSEP2012)
Preface
It is our pleasure to welcome you to 2012 International Conference on Social Science and
Environment Protection (SSEP2012) in Jiujiang, China. SSEP2012 is the first conference
dedicated to social science and environment protection. A major goal and feature of SSEP2012 is
to bring scholars, professionals, and government agencies together to exchange and share their
experience and research results about new challenges and proposals on areas of social science
and environment protection.
We hope that you will have a rewarding experience, and use this opportunity to meet old friends
and make many new ones. Don’t miss the chance to explore one of the most famous tourist
attractions in China, Lushan.
This conference promises to be both informative and stimulating with a wonderful program.
Delegates will have a wide range of sessions to choose from and will have a difficult to choose
which session to attend. The program consists of invited session, technical workshop and
discussions covering a wide range of topics in social science including communication, culture,
economics, education, finance, law, management, politics, psychology and society. This rich
program provides all attendees with the opportunities to meet and interact with one another. We
hope that your experience with SSEP2012 is a fruitful and long lasting one.
The SSEP2012 would like to express our sincere appreciations to all authors for their
contributions to this conference. We would like to extend our thanks to the organizing committee
for their hard working. We also would like to express our gratitude to the external reviews for
providing extra helps in the review process and making valuable comments to help the authors to
improve their work.
We wish all attendees of SSEP2012 an enjoyable journey in Jiujiang, China. We look forward to
seeing all of you next year at SSEP2013.
Prof. Ren-Jye Dzeng,
General Chair
SSEP2012
I
2012 International Conference on Social Science and Environmental Protection (SSEP2012)
Organizing Committee
General Chair:
Prof. Ren-Jye Dzeng, National Chiao-Tung University
General Co-chair:
Dr. Kuan-Chung Chen, National University of Tainan
Dr. Lixing Yang, Beijing Jiaotong University
Local Committee Chair:

Dr. Huxin, Huazhong University of Science & Technology
Technical program committee

Prof. Guyu, China Three Gorges University
Prof. Jianhua Zhao, China Three Gorges University
Prof. Jinshu Wang, Beijing University of Technology
Prof. Libin, Central South University
Prof. Qiucheng Wang, Zhejiang University of Technology
Dr. Qian Lv, Western Digital Inc.
Dr. Gabriel Alungbe, University of Cincinnati
Dr. Wei Li, Beihang University
Prof. Jianping Niu, Shenyang University
Ir Dr SHEA Yu-kai Geoffrey, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University
Dr. Chien-Liang Lin, Kaohsiung First University of Science and Technology
Mr. Yuan-Tsung Chen, I-Shou University
Dr. Andrew S. Chang, National Cheng Kung University
Prof. Zhouping Qiu, I-SHOU University
Dr. Yuh-Huei Shyu, Tamkang University
Dr. Chia-Nung Li, Chinese Culture University
Prof. HO Kin-Chung, The Open University of Hong Kong (OUHK)
Dr. Kuan-Chung Chen, National University of Tainan
Dr. Mingsi Su, Lanzhou University
Dr. Ren-Jye Dzeng, National Chiao-Tung University
II
Science and Engineering Publishing Company, Jiujiang, China, November 9-11, 2012
Proceedings of International Conference on Social Science
and Environmental Protection (SSEP)
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Table of Contents
Chapter I：Economics
Static and Dynamic Analysis of Industrial Structure in Inner Mongolia--Based on BCG
Matrix
Z. Liu and J. H. Sha…… ..… . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Practices and Exploration of the Ecological Civilization Development Road with Chinese
Characteristics
L. Deng and D. J. Liu. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
The Economic Incentives Methods in the Enterprise Safety Management
T. B. Hu,X. L. Wang,S. S. Lv and H. X. Hao. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Research on Energy Saving and Emission Reduction of Suzhou
Y. Chen and D. Lei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
The Countermeasures of Improving the Current Chinese Soybean Trade Deficit
T. Z. Huang and Y. Zhou. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Construction of the Sustainable Eco-economic Model
Y. H. Yan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Exchange Rate Shocks and MNCs' Export Price
W. L. Sun,Y. Qiu and X. G. Wu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Theoretical Study on Accounting Methods of Intangible Capital
L. Q. Luo and Y. Yan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Analysis on the Operating Mechanism of the Adjustment to Industrial Structure of Hebei
Province in the Background of Low Carbon Economy
Y. Zhang,G. H. Wang and H. Liu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
An Empirical Analysis of Influencing Factors in Adaptability to Climate Change Based on
Peasant Households
G. P. Cao,Y. F. Chen,S. J. Liu and J. J. Wang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
The Analysis of the Labor Shortage
X. S. Qu and L. H. Jiao. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Multi-agent and Multi-tense Price Measurement Index System of Enterprise
H. J. Yu and S. Su. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
The Pollution Content of Jiangsu’s Trade: An Input-output Analysis
Y. Xie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Analysis of the Carbon Control strategy in China—Technology Choices, Potential and
Opportunity
J. F. Zhao and C. Q. Chen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Research on Economical Use of Land in New Rural Residential Construction
Y. X. Zhao and F. Dong. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
III
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Research on Knowledge Spillovers and Technological Progress in Open Economy

W. Y. Cai. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Industrial Competitiveness of Offshore Service Outsourcing in Liaoning Province
B. X. Liu and W. Chen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Industrial Structure Upgrading and China’s Economic Growth
J. R. Feng and X. Y. Fan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
A Study on the Initial Emission Permits Allocation In China
Y. Wang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
Study on the Impact of Forest Tenure Reform on farmers’ off-farm Employment
W. Gang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Reconsideration of Accelerating the Transformation of the Chinese Pattern
Z. Y. Zhang and Y. Hong. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Research on time-return models of the subjects in innovative city low-carbon economy
L. Liu and H. T. Peng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Research-based Food safety supply chain partnership
Y. L. Sun and Y. Zhao. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
The new generation migrant workers and urbanization in China
L. Huang and M. Zhou. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
The Comparison between Indian and Chinese Economic Development
X. F. Dai. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Environmental Protection Behavior Modeling and Simulation Based on Game Theory
Z. Y. Hao and N. Li. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Ecological Society, Recoverable Economy and Sustainable Development
L. Qi and L. H. Mei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
Research on Social Responsibility of Our Country’s Mining Enterprises in the Harmonious
Society
J. S. Zhou andP. P. Wang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
The Functions Analyses and Development Trends of the Shanghai Cooperation Organization
G. P. Wang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Estimation of Efficiency of Soil Vapor Extraction in Unsaturated Zone
A. L. Yang,G. H. Huang,X. S. Qin and Y. R. Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Environmental Worldview Dimensions Related to the Pro-Environment Risk or Behavior---A
Meta-Analysis
W. Xue,D. W. Hine and E. B. Thorsteinsson. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Acceptable Environmental Risk Level Research Methods
F. X. Shan and L. Hong. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
Several Ponderings on Foreign Teacher’s Human Resources Management of Chinese Foreign
Cooperation Schools
W. Dong. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
IV
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Study on Effects of China’s Stock Index Future on Stock Index Volatility

W. Xin,C. Dan,J. J. Xu and J. D. Sun. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
The Effects of Elasticity Retirement on Economic Growth in China
C. Zhan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Research on the Human Resources Qualities of Software Services Outsourcing Industry to
Japan
X. M. Zhang and J. P. Ge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
The Practice Teaching System Innovation Research of Human Resources Management in
Local Colleges and Universities
J. X. Yuan and W. J. Wang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
The Regulation of the Enterprise Environmental Costs on the Basis of Cleaner Production
Y. Zhou. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
The Study of Effect of CAFTA on CO2 Emission of China
Y. H. Zhao and W. C. Miao. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
Research on Development Strategy of Rural Human Resources in China
C. M. Zhen,S. H. Bian and W. Liu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
A Study on Chinese Female Intergenerational Occupational Succession
H. Yang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Chapter II：Culture and Communication

Energy –Efficient Algorithm based on Re-Configuration Network
H. W. Liu,R. Zhu,G. Y. Zhang,J. X. Wang and X. B. Qu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Developing Discourse-Based in Second Language Teaching
Z. K. Yu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
An Analysis of the Cause of the World Food Crisis and China’s Countermeasures
J. H. Li. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
The Research on the Ethnic Identity and Subjective Well-Being of the College Students of Yi
Nationality
X. Y. Chen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . …. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
A Literature Review on Domestic “Ecological Marxism”
B. Cheng. . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . …. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Teaching Reform of Graduate Students’ Document Retrieval Lesson Based on
Constructivism Theory
Y. Q. Tan,C. Xiong and H. Pan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224
Analysis on the Generation Logic and Limitations of University Governance in China
Y. Zeng. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Where does Mankind Make Mistakes?——The Reasons for the Environmental Crisis in the
Handmaid's Tale
D. M. Zhang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
V
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
On Translation of Cultural Tourism Attraction Signs from the Perspective of Relevance

Theory
X. S. Zeng. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Analysis on the Mechanism of Economist's Sarcasm in Pragmatics Perspectives
L. Yu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Chapter III：Education
Teaching Reform for Environmental Engineering Curriculum in Agricultural Colleges
Y. J. Xin,D. Ma and Z. F. Zhou. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
Strengthening Safety Education and Management in Colleges and Universities
L. S. Zeng and J. L. Li. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Developing Low Carbon Education and Advocating Low Carbon Life in Universities
L. S. Zeng,Z. F. Zhou and Y. X. Shi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Quality Control and Management of Environmental Engineering Specialty Practice
Teaching
Y. X. Liu and Q. Y. Liu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258
University Public English Teaching Should Focus on the Cultivation of Applied Talents
L. Jia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
The Necessity of Realizing Traditional Culture for the Contemporary University Students
under the Influence of Postmodern Values
K. Yang and Y. K. Sun. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
The Essence of Collegial Teaching of Analytical Chemistry-Quantity, Measurement,
Innovation
X. P. Zhu and X. Y. Huang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Comprehensive Evaluation of Maritime Universities’ Core Competence Based on Cloud
Model
H. L. Sun and Y. L. Ding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Study of the Evolution of Higher Educational Eco-system on the Basis of System Theory
Y. L. Wang,H. Luo and L. H. Zhu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278
Problems and Countermeasures in University’s Field Survival Teaching
L. H. Liu,J. H. Huan and H. P. Xiong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Improving the Quality of Higher Education to Promote Students’ Comprehensive
Development
L. S. Zeng and Y. X. Shi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 285
From the “Synergy” to the “Whole” –Scientific Research Management Mechanism and
Innovative of Science and Engineering Universities under Holistic Governance Perspective
L. M. Suo and Z. Y. Liu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .290
Teaching Reform of Cold Stamping Die Design Course for Training High-quality Practical
Talents
H. P. Li,B. Li,C. Y. Liang and H. S. Wang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
VI
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
MIS Teaching Quality Evaluation based on Markov Theory

Q. W. Zhang and Z. Y. Li. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
A Study about Current Situation of Physique Health Promotion and Innovation Model of
college Physical Education
W. Pi,R. Jiang and H. P. Xiong. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303
Effects and in Vivo Selective Antioxidation of Hydrogen-Rich Water on Exercise-Induced
Oxidative Damage in Skeletal Muscle
A. C. Li,L. Zhang,J. L. Zhou and X. J. Sun. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Research on Case Method in the Higher Law Education in China
X. G Zhao and L. L. Wu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310
Chapter IV：Environment
Public Health Risk Assessment for Urban Drinking Water Quality in Baotou
J. L. Han,L. F. Zhong,H. Z. Jia and C. Y. Song. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
An Empirical Research of the Population Capacity Based on the Ecological Carrying
Capacity of Port Arthur Region
L. Cai,G. Z. Mu and Z. L. Hao. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Building of Subject Groups and Establishment of Curriculum System of Environmental
Sciences Major in Agricultural Universities
X. L. Li and D. J. Cui . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Bitumen Recovery via Fluid Thermal Coking of Tar Sands
Y. T. Bi,G. Wang,C. X. Lu,S. Y. Li and J. S. Gao . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
A Study of Sustainable Development of Ecological Environment in the City of Xi’an
L. Yang and W. Wang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Public Participation in China’s Environmental Protection:
W. B. Zhang and Y. Y. Fei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343
The Perspective on China's Urbanization Development Strategy
Y. Shi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Research on Current Situations and Countermeasures of the Comprehensive Utilization of
Water Resources and Environmental Management of Water Parks
L. Zhao,X. Q. Li,H. Q. Dong and X. L. Liu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351
Preliminary Selection of Differentially Expressed Genes in 16HBE Cells Induced by Cadmium
M. Wang,L. N. Dong and Y. X. Lei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Financial Driver Path and Countermeasures of Energy Low-carbon Development-A Case
Study of Xinjiang
J. G. Li and Y. Miao. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .360
Environmental Non-Government Organizations and Social Movements in China
R. Y. Shen,Y. J. Young and J. Wang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Talking about China's Green Residential Outdoor Environmental Assessment Standards
Y. L. Gao and M. Nara. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
VII
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Complex Biological Technology in the City's Sewage Treatment Plant Upgrading and
Reconstruction of the Application
H. Yang,C. Lv,F. G. Zhang,Y. X. Yuan,C. W. Cui and L. H. Zhang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .371
Main Environmental Problems and Solutions in the Construction of New Countryside
L. S. Zeng,Z. F. Zhou,C. Cai and Y. X. Shi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Problem and Counter-measures Analysis of China’s Energy Policy
G. Lu,S. Y. L. Yuan and Z. Y. Meng. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380
Per capita Resource Consumption and Resource Carrying Capacity of the World
K. P. Lei,C. K. Lam and S. Y. Li. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 385
Regularity Analysis of Carbon Monoxide Metabolism of Human Body in Mine Refuge
Chamber
S. Wang,T. T. Li and J. Li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Statistical Analysis of the Low Carbon Economy of High - tech Enterprises in Shandong
Province
Z. Q. Huang,P. K. Wang and J. W. Lian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Study on the Basic Characteristics of Oxygen-Enriched Combustion with Blast Furnace Gas
J. Q. Xi and H. P. Li. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Chapter V：Finance
Causes Analysis on China's High Social Logistics Cost
X. F. Liu and J. Liu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405
Does Human Capital of Chinese Venture Capitalists Affect Investment Performance?
Y. Li and X. T. Zhuang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
China’s Private Lending Regulation by the “Double Bull” Mode
Y. J. Li,J. H. Zhao and Y. H. Zhao. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
University Financial Management Informatization Construction and Its Application
S. N. Zhu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418
A Study on Rural Financial Budget Management Reform
F. H. Cai. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Analysis of the implementation issues and Countermeasures of our country environmental
accounting
L. X. Long. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426
Research on the Relationship between Value Sustainable Growth and Financial Strategy
Choice of Hi-Tech Enterprises
Z. J. Gu,X. M. Guo and H. Q. Guo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430
Comparative Research on the Incentive Mechanism of the Independent Innovation of
High-technology Industry
L. Xu and Y. L. Wang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
The Empirical Analysis of Chinese Soybean Crushers’ Hedging Ratios
H. Liu and H. Y. Zhang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
VIII
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Some Thoughts on Evaluation of Performance Budgeting in College

X. X. Meng,X. R. Wang and G. Feng. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .443
Chapter VI：Management
A Research on the Pricing Strategy of Ski Resorts
L. Y. Li,C. H. Guan and W. J. Ren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .449
Experience Marketing Strategy Analysis for Domestic Clothing Enterprises
N. Zhao and D. Xu.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .453
Tourism Routes Design Based on Tourists’ Motivation in Yuntai Mountain Scenic Area of
Henan Province
L. Mao,Z. W. Yan,W. Luo and J. H. Xu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
An Overview of Theme Hotel's Development in China
L. Wang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .460
On Knowledge Management Strategy and Knowledge Innovative System of the High-tech
Innovative Enterprises
H. F. Zhang and G. Q. Liang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .465
A Study of Problems of the VAT Invoice in the Golden Tax Project
F. H. Cai. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
The Preliminary Research of Water Resources Guarantee Ability in Shandong Peninsula
Blue Economic Zone
Q. Y. Liu and G. M. Xu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .473
Energy Consumption Assessment of Logistics Industry in Regional Economy
W. T. Liu,Q. Li and J. W. Li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .479
Talk About Industrial Innovation and Entrepreneurial Innovation Spirit with Drucker
Theory and the ZhouYi Management Thought
W. Dong. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Government’s Feasible Countermeasures Based on the Current Development of Internet of
Things
G. Hong. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
A Literature Review of Lifestyle from the Low-carbon Perspective
H. Guan and L. L. Sun. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493
Paradigm Shifts in Business Strategy
Y. Sun. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . … . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .497
Research on Distribution Rate of Rail Traffic for Airport Ground Passenger
Y. Lin,L. Zhang and J. N. Zhao. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Airline Fleet Planning Model under the Target of Reducing Fuel Emissions
X. Zhang,Z. L. Xu,M. Zhao and T. Li. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
E-government Integration of Decentralized Cross-Organizational Applications Based on
Semantic Web
Q. X. Su. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
IX
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Strategies for Constructing Western Hunan Tourism Corridor

M. H. Dong,J. Quo and F. Peng. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Chapter VII：Politics,Psychology,Society and Law

Developmental Characteristics of Self-Disclosure in Medical College Students
Y. M. Hou and C. Xiao. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ……. . . . . . . . 517
Construction of Analytical Model on Cyberspace Group Behavior in Public Crisis Context
H. N. Yan and Z. W. Tang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .532
Karen Horney Neurosis Theory
X. Lei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
The Process Research of Human Accidents Based on Situation Cognition
L. H. Cheng,S. G. Li and H. F. Lin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
An Investigation into College Freshmen’s Time Management Disposition
L. X. Wang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
Research on Meaning in Life of Elderly, Attitude toward Aging and Successful Aging
X. Y. Chen and L. Xu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .551
Analysis of Agricultural Development’s Requirements for the Quality of Rural People
H. T. Zhang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
Survey Report of Subjective Well-Being of Farmers in Chengdu and Chongqing
H. Y. Wang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
Study on the Spatiotemporal Distribution of Soil Water and Salt under Drip Irrigation in
Close-planting Jujube Orchards in Xinjiang
C. Y. Wu,G. M. Chen,L. P. Liu and J. S. Gao. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
Harmonious Society and the Reshaping of China’s Labor Unions
F. Y. Zhou and Y. Yu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
Contribution of Community Culture for Entrepreneurship Growing in Regional
Development
P. Q. Liu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
Tourist Spatial Decision Model Based on the Space Image
P. Wei,P. J. Shi and T. Du. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
A Global EU ETS – A Second Best Choice?
Y. Zhang,J. Q. Zhang and J. H. Li. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
The Contribution of Face Outlines to the Fat Face Illusion
M. Zhong,X. Y. Yu,Z. Wang and Y. H. Sun. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
Research on Wang Wei's Landscape Poems from the Perspective of Ecological Aesthetics
Y. L. Zhang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596
Studies on the Low Carbon Supervision System in Wuhan City Circle
J. Y. Chen,N. Li,S. S. Wang and J. J. Wang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . … . . . . . . . . . . . .599
X
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Trademark Infringement and Internet Advertising Operators’ Legal Liability: A Global

Review
H. T. Jin and D. S. Yan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . … . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .602
The Research of Livable City for Special Population
H. Wang,Q. Shen and J. Shen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
Safety Training on Legal Problems in Coal Mine Safety Training
C. J. Liu and G. Fu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
Analysis on the Supporting group Developing Strategy of Public Organization
Z. L. Yang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
Is the Unproductive Public Expenditure Per GDP Curve of China U-Shaped?
J. F. Zong,J. J. Zhu,N. He and H. B. Zhang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . … . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
Yin Yang Philosophy and Chinese Mental Health
M. Li. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ….... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .628
The Status of Animal Protection in China
B. Yan and L. F. Chen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .635
Can Threat be Detected in the Face without Striate Cortex?
L. L. Yan,Z. J. Zhang,J. F. He,L. J. Yang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
Chapter VIII：Other Areas

Effects of Chlorella Vulgaris on the Photolysis of 17alpha-Ethynylestradiol in Aqueous
Solution under Mercury Lamp
G. H. Liu,X. L. Liu,X. Yu,S. F. Li,W. D. Huang and J. S. Zhang. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
Study on Supervisory-control System of Offshore Oil Spill in China Based on Analysis of
Stakeholder
J. S. Tang,N. Wei,F. F. Li and C. D. Zheng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
Interpolation Analysis of Air Pollution Based on Environmental Monitoring Station with
Models
R. H. Wang,H. Z. Zhang and J. Zhang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
An Experimental Study on Emotional Differences among Different Types of Narcissists
under Negative Evaluation
W. B. Li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
Research on Synergetic Management Countermeasures of Emergency/Daily Operational
Interface in Major Transport Hub
J. F. Hua,Q. Q. Xu and J. X. Yan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
Discussion on the Schedule Management of Landscape Works
L. Zhao and L. Deng. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .670
A Preliminary Discussion on Chinese Tourist Pier
L. Zhao,Y. J. Ge,X. Y. Fu and J. X. Wang. . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
Desorption Kinetics of Phosphorus and Nitrogen to Sediment from Dianchi Lake
J. Yang,L. H. Zhu and T. Si. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .678
XI
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Pretreatment of Ammonium from Aquaculture Wastewater by Struvite Precipitation

T. Zhang,R. F. Jiang,F. S. Zhang,L. Zhang,L. Liu and Z. Y. Li. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..681
Knowledge Discovery from the Emergence of Group Cognitions in Public Incidents
X. L. Deng. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
Philosophical thought and the origins of quality management
H. Zhou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
Author Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . … . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696
Keyword Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
XII
Chapter I：
Economics
Science and Engineering Publishing Company, Jiujiang, China, November 9-11, 2012, pp3-8
Proceedings of International Conference on Social Science and Environmental Protection (SSEP)
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Static and Dynamic Analysis of Industrial

Structure in Inner Mongolia
Based on BCG Matrix
Zhang Liu*, Jinghua Sha
School of Humanities and Economic Management, China University of Geosciences (Beijing), Beijing, China
*
Justin.liuzhang@gmail.com
Abstract: Using the data from 31 industries over the period of 2006~2010, this paper statically and dynamically analyzes
the industrial structure of Inner Mongolia based on BCG Matrix. According to the ratio of gross industrial output value and
the growth rate of each industry, these industries are classified as Stars, Cash Cows, Question Marks and Dogs. The results
show that coal industry, chemical industry, metallurgy industry, and agricultural and livestock products processing industry
are basically in line with the goal of the 11th Five-Year Plan. However, deviation lies among the goals of the 11th Five-
Year Plan and the equipment manufacturing industry and the high-tech industry. Therefore, it is suggested that the equip-
ment manufacturing industry and the high-tech industry should be further supported and struggle to be new pillar industries
of Inner Mongolia during the period of 12th Five-Year Plan.
Keywords: inner mongolia; industrial structure; static analysis; dynamic analysis; bcg matrix
1. Introduction management, strategic management, and portfolio analysis.
What’s more, it contributes a lot in the public administration
With vast territory and abundant mineral resources, Inner
of regional industries through the dynamic evaluation of
Mongolia is one the most important provinces of mineral
changes among industrial sectors
industry. According to the statistics, the growth rate of Inner
According to the market growth and market share, the
Mongolia economy is in the leading role of China. In 2010,
matrix can be divided into four quadrants: the Cash Cows,
the increase of GDP of this province was 15.55%, ranking
Dogs, Question Marks and Stars. Cash cows are units with
first among all the provinces. However, the industrial struc-
high market share in a slow-growing industry. Dogs, or more
ture of Inner Mongolia is not reasonable enough, problems
charitably called pets, are units with low market share in a
lie in the unreasonable internal structure of the primary in-
mature, slow-growing industry. Question marks (also known
dustry, excessive growth of resources industry, slow-
as problem children) are growing rapidly and thus consume
growing non-resources industry and the third industry with
large amounts of cash, but because they have low market
high growth rate but low quality (Yingyi Cao, 2011). In or-
shares they do not generate much cash. Stars are units with a
der to achieve the upgrading of the industrial structure of
high market share in a fast-growing industry.
Inner Mongolia, the discipline of regional industrial devel-
When businesses are located in the BCG Matrix, the
opment and the development status of various sectors should
business combination can be evaluated whether it is healthy
be studied to provide references and suggestions to the poli-
or not. From the dynamic angel, the strategic units would
cy-making. All in all, it can be helpful to monitor, regulate
relocate in the BCG Matrix, with variations than should be
and modulate the industrial structure of Inner Mongolia with
observed closely, so different strategies such as developing,
the static and dynamic analysis towards the industrial sectors
sustaining, obtaining and quitting would be attached to dif-
of the central province, specifically with the BCG Matrix.
ferent businesses. This concept of business combination can
2．BCG Matrix Approach be used in the industrial planning and management, specifi-
cally in the policymaking and innovation. (Yanshuang She,
BCG Matrix, or so say Growth-Share Matrix, is a widely
Jinghua Sha, 2007)
used analytical approach in management science. This ap-
proach was initiated and promoted by The Boston Consult-
ing Group (BCG), a global management consulting firm and
the world’s leading advisor on business strategy. It aims to 3. The Application of BCG Matrix Approach
help corporations with analyzing their business units or in Regional Industrial Analysis
product lines. This helps the company allocate resources and
is used as an analytical tool in brand marketing, product
3 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Z. Liu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp3-8
The BCG Matrix approach is initiated to analyze the In the formula (4), b it represents the annual growth rate
market growth and market share of the products of a compa- of industry ‘i’ in year ‘t’, and the boundary between the high
ny, so its horizontal axis should be adjusted to make this and low growth rate of the gross industrial output value in
model more appropriate for the application in regional indus- year ‘t’ is B t , that is the growth rate of the gross industrial
trial analysis. The adjustment should be based on the prin- output value of all industries. The revised BCG Matrix is
ciple of comparative advantage, specifically, to change the listed below.
comparative market share of the horizontal axis into the ratio
Low High
of gross industrial output value of each industry compared
Growth
Rate
with the gross industrial output value of all industries. The
bigger of the ratio of a certain sector is, the bigger of its Question Marks Stars
comparative advantage in production would be. (Jr-tsung
Low High
Huang, An-pang Kao, Tzu-yun Chen, 2003) Dogs Cash Cows
Ratio of Gross Industrial Output Value
As for the calculation of horizontal axis, if static analysis
is made, that is to analyze the period from 2006 to 2010, and
Figure 1. The Revised BCG Matrix
it should be based on the following formula:
2010
∑ yit This paper compares the Inner Mongolia to a big corpo-
ration and the 31 industries to a products combination.
t =2006
ai= 2010 n × 100% (1) Through the analysis of the developing strategy of the indus-
∑ ∑ yit try of Inner Mongolia, it can help to make sure whether the
=t 2006
=i 1
development of Inner Mongolia industries are basically in
In the formula (1), ‘a i ’ represents the ratio of the gross
line with the goal of the 11th and the12th Five-Year Plan. If
industrial output value of industry ‘i’ during the period from
deviation exists, it means that the actual development of in-
2006 to 2010, ‘y it ’ represents the gross industrial output val-
dustries is not in line with the goals, and corresponding ad-
ue of industry ‘i’ in year ‘t’, ‘n’ represents the number of
justments should be made.
industries.
If dynamic analysis is made, that is to analyze year from 4. Analysis of Inner Mongolia Industrial Struc-
year, it should be based on the following formula: ture Based on BCG Matrix from Year 2006
yit
ait= n × 100% (2) to Year 2010
∑
i=1
yit
This paper exerts static and dynamic analysis of 31 in-
In the formula (2), ‘a it ’ represents ratio of the gross industries of Inner Mongolia based on BCG Matrix from year
dustrial output value of industry ‘i’ in year‘t’. 2006 to year2010, with the data coming from the Inner
For both static and dynamic analysis, the boundary be- Mongolia Statistics Yearbook 2007~2010 version, and the
tween the high and low ratio of the gross industrial output calculations of gross industrial output value of various indus-
value is A=（1/n）×100%. tries are based on the constant price of year 2005.
As for the calculation of vertical axis, if static analysis is 4.1. Static Analysis of Inner Mongolia Industrial
made, that is to analyze the period from 2006 to 2010, so it Structure Based on BCG Matrix
should be based on the following formula:
According to the formula (1) and (3), the ratio of the
yi , 2010
=bi ( 4 − 1) × 100% (3) gross industrial output value of each industry and the aver-
yi , 2006 age growth rate per annum can be estimated to analyze stati-
In the formula (3), ‘b i ’ represents the average growth cally the developing strategy of each industry in the period
rate per annum of the gross industrial output value of indus- from year2006 to 2010. As for the 31 industries of Inner
try ‘i’ during the period from 2006 to 2010, and the boun- Mongolia, their gross industrial output value of each industry
dary between the high and low growth rate of the gross in- and the average growth rate per annum are listed in the table
dustrial output value is B, that is the average growth rate per below. Besides, the boundary between the high and low ratio
annum of the gross industrial output value of all industries. f the gross industrial output value is 3.23%, and the boun-
If dynamic analysis is made, that is to analyze year from dary between high and low growth rate is 10.1%. What’s
year, it should be based on the following formula: more, all the 31 industries are classified into 4 categories.
yit − yi , t − 1 Table 1.Results of Static Analysis of 31 Industrial Sectors of
=bit × 100% (4) Inner Mongolia Based on BCG Matrix from 2006 to 2010
yi , t − 1
4 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Hori- Metal Products 0.80 Beverage Manufacturing 8.63

zontal Vertic- Paper-making & Paper
0.62 Medicine Manufacturing 7.83
Axis al Axis Products
Industry Industry
2006~ 2006~2 Plastic Products 0.54 Printing & Record Pressing 7.20
2010( 010(%) Special Purposes Equip-
Tobacco Products 0.52 0.23
%) ment Manufacturing
Recovering of Abandoned Textile Products, Clothes,

Coal Mining & Processing 17.98 86.30 0.28 Textile Industry 0.05
Resource & Waste Material Shoes & Hats
Handicrafts & Other
Smelting & Pressing of Electric Equipment & 0.25 Tobacco Products -0.81
15.30 49.35 Production
Ferrous Metals Machinery
Leather, Furs, Down &
Smelting & Pressing of 0.19 Food Manufacturing -1.92
10.51 Metal Products 48.06 Related Products
Nonferrous Metals
Smelting & Pressing of
Processing of Agricultural Furniture Manufacturing 0.14 -4.90
7.93 Plastic Products 42.86 Ferrous Metals
Side-Line Food
Printing & Record Press- Petroleum & Natural Gas
Leather, Furs, Down & 0.09 -11.04
Food Manufacturing 6.73 36.09 ing Extraction
Related Products
Manufacturing of Tele-
Raw Chemical Materials Recovering of Abandoned
6.52 Coal Mining & Processing 23.15 communications, Computer
& Chemical Products Resource & Waste Mater- 0.05 -26.50
& Other Electronic Equip-
Manufacturing of General- ical
Textile Industry 4.21 21.60 ment
Purpose Equipment
Nonmetal Mineral Prod- Transportation Equipment Through the calculations above, we can allocate each in-
4.13 19.49
ucts Manufacturing dustry into the BCG Matrix below according to the ratio of
Boundary A 3.23 Nonmetal Mineral Products 18.83 the gross industrial output value of each industry and the
Petroleum Processing ,
Mining & Dressing of
average growth rate per annum, and the results are listed in
Coke Products & 3.12
Nonmetal Miner
18.40 Table 2.
Processing of NuclearFuel Table 2. Static Analysis of 31 Industrial Sectors of Inner
Timber Processing, Bam- Mongolia Based on BCG Matrix from 2006 to 2010
2.95 boo, Cane, Palm Fiber & 17.19 Question Marks Stars
Nonferrous Metals
Straw Products Plastic Products； Handicrafts & Other Production； Processing of
Mining & Dressing of Paper-making & Paper Furniture Manufac- Transportation Equipment Manufactur- Agricultural Side-
2.81 17.17
Ferrous Metals Products turing； ing； Line Food；
Special Purposes Equip- Smelting & Pressing of Manufacturing of Electric Equipment & Machinery； Nonmetal Mineral
2.55 15.85
ment Manufacturing Nonferrous Metals General-Purpose Textile Products, Clothes, Shoes & Products；
Transportation Equipment Mining & Dressing of Equipment； Hats； Coal Mining &
1.94 15.25
Manufacturing Ferrous Metals Mining & Dressing Recovering of Abandoned Processing；
Handicrafts & Other Pro- of Nonmetal Min- Resource & Waste Material； Raw Chemical
Beverage Manufacturing 1.63 14.61
duction erals； Materials & Chem-
Leather, Furs, Down & Related Prod-
Raw Chemical Materials & ical Products；
Medicine Manufacturing 1.46 13.52 Mining & Dressing ucts；
Chemical Products
of Ferrous Metals； Timber Processing, Bamboo, Cane, Smelting & Press-
Manufacturing of Tele- ing of Nonferrous
Mining & Dressing Palm Fiber & Straw Product；
communications, Comput-
1.30 Furniture Manufacturing 12.16 of Nonferrous Paper-making & Paper Products； Metals；
er & Other Electronic
Metals； Metal Products；
Equipment
Manufacturing of General- Processing of Agricultural Dogs Cash Cows
1.26 11.79
Purpose Equipment Side-Line Food Beverage Manufac- Petroleum & Natural Gas Extraction； Textile Industry；
Timber Processing, Bam- turing； Petroleum Processing , Coke Products Food Manufactur-
boo, Cane, Palm Fiber & 1.10 10.62 Tobacco Prod- & Processing of Nuclear Fuel； ing；
Nonferrous Metals
Straw Products ucts； Manufacturing of Telecommunica- Smelting & Press-
Mining & Dressing of Textile Products, Clothes, Medicine Manufac- tions, Computer & Other Electronic ing of Ferrous
1.10 10.12
Nonmetal Minerals Shoes & Hats turing； Equipment Metals；
Petroleum & Natural Gas Special Purposes
1.08 Boundary B 10.10
Extraction Equipment Manu-
Petroleum Processing , facturing；
Electric Equipment &
0.92 Coke Products & 10.09 Printing & Record
Machinery
Processing of Nuclear Fuel
5 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Pressing； 8 industries are classified into the Dogs industry. This

means that they are industries with low ratio of the gross
industrial output value and low average growth rate per an-
num. As for the Special Purposes Equipment Manufacturing
and Manufacturing of Telecommunications, Computer &
Other Electronic Equipment, because of Inner Mongolia’
technology barriers that are not easily dealt with, these in-
As the Table 2 above shows, among the 31 industries, dustries listed above still belong to the Dogs industry, which
5 industries are classified into the Stars industry. This reflects the big gap in high-tech manufacturing , and this has
means that they are industries with high ratio of the gross deviation with the goal of 11th Five-Year Plan, which aims to
industrial output value and high average growth rate per an- drive industrialization by information and consolidate and
num, among which the coal mining & processing has the improve the high-tech industries.
highest ratio of 17.98%, and this is in line with the goal of
4.2. Dynamic Analysis of Inner Mongolia Industrial
11th Five-Year Plan that more emphasis should be laid on
mining industry and national energy base and key mining
Structure Based on BCG Matrix
base should be built. In the meantime, the ratios of Smelting According to the formula (2) and (4), the ratio of the
& Pressing of Nonferrous Metals, Processing of Agricultural gross industrial output value of each industry each year and
Side-Line Food, Raw Chemical Materials & Chemical Prod- the average growth rate per annum can be estimated to ana-
ucts and Nonmetal Mineral Products are 10.51%, 7.93%, lyze dynamically the developing strategy of each industry.
6.52%, 4.13%. Smelting & Pressing of Nonferrous Metals, According to the calculation results, all the 31 industries can
Raw Chemical Materials & Chemical Products and Nonmet- be classified into 4 categories. The classification results are
al Mineral Products belong to the Stars industry, so we can listed below in the table.
see that the establishment of chemical industry base and the Table 3. Dynamic Analysis of 31 Industrial Sectors of Inner
strive to develop coal chemical industry, natural gas chemi- Mongolia Based on BCG Matrix from 2006 to 2010
cal industry and salt chemical industry of Inner Mongolia are Industry 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010
in line with goals of 11th Five-Year Plan. Coal Mining &Processing S S S S S
3 industries are classified into the Cash Cows indus- Petroleum & Natural Gas Extraction Q D D D Q
try. This means that they are industries with high ratio of the Mining & Dressing of Ferrous Metals Q Q Q Q Q
gross industrial output value and low average growth rate per Mining & Dressing of Nonferrous Metals Q S D D Q
annum. As for the industry of Smelting & Pressing of Ferr- Mining & Dressing of Nonmetal Miner-
ous Metals, its ratio of the gross industrial output value is Q Q D D Q
als
15.3%, but its average growth rate per annum is -4.9%, so it Processing of Agricultural Side-Line
C C C S S
Food
is a typical Cash Cows industry. China has been emphasiz-
Food Manufacturing C C C C C
ing heavy industry since the early period of economic con-
Beverage Manufacturing Q Q D Q D
struction of China, so the heavy industry of Inner Mongolia
Tobacco Products D D D D D
has been into the mature status, which can help to acquire
constant and a great quantity of income. What’s more, textile Textile Industry C C C C C
is another mature traditional industry. However, because of Textile Products, Clothes, Shoes & Hats D D Q D Q
the low level of technology, it still belongs to the Cash Cows Leather, Furs, Down & Related Products D Q Q Q D
industry. Timber Processing, Bamboo, Cane, Palm
Q Q D Q D
Fiber & Straw Products
15 industries are classified into the Question Marks Furniture Manufacturing Q Q D Q D
industry. This means that they are industries with low ratio
Paper-making & Paper Products D Q D Q Q
of the gross industrial output value and high average growth
Printing & Record Pressing Q D D Q Q
rate per annum. As for the Recovering of Abandoned Re-
Petroleum Processing , Coke Products &
source & Waste Material industry, its average growth rate C D S D S
Processing of Nuclear Fuel
per annum is 86.3%, whereas the ratio of the gross industrial Raw Chemical Materials & Chemical
C S C S C
Products
output value is only 0.05%. We can see from here that the Medicine Manufacturing D D D Q Q
exploitation scale of ferrous and nonferrous metals is not Plastic Products D Q Q Q Q
enough, in the meantime, the equipment manufacturing in- Nonmetal Mineral Products C S S S S
dustry is less developed, which has deviation with the goal
Smelting & Pressing of Ferrous Metals C C S C C
of 11th Five-Year Plan. Smelting & Pressing of Nonferrous
S S C C S
Metals
6 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Metal Products D Q Q Q Q the Stars industry, which means that the ratio of the gross
Manufacturing of General-Purpose industrial output value of these two industries of these three
Q Q Q Q D
Equipment
Special Purposes Equipment Manufactur-
D D Q D D
industries is very high, at the same time, the average growth
ing
rate per annum is high but can’t hold constant. Beverage
Transportation Equipment Manufacturing D Q D Q Q
Manufacturing industry, Furniture Manufacturing industry,
Electric Equipment & Machinery Q Q Q Q Q
Textile Products, Clothes, Shoes & Hats industry, Special
Manufacturing of Telecommunications,
Computer & Other Electronic Equipment
D D D D D Purposes Equipment Manufacturing industry, Transporta-
Handicrafts & Other Production D Q Q Q D tion Equipment Manufacturing industry, Petroleum & Natu-
Recovering of Abandoned Resource &
D Q Q D Q ral Gas Extraction industry and Mining & Dressing of
Waste Material
a. Q short for Question Marks; S short for Stars; D short for Dogs; C short for Cash Cows Nonmetal Minerals industry have been fluctuating between
Explanations for the dynamic analysis with BCG the Dogs industry and the Question Marks industry, which
Matrix: we can see from Table 3, the Coal Mining & means the ratio of the gross industrial output value of these
Processing industry h as always been the Stars Industry in two industries is relatively low. Although sometimes the
the period from 2006 to 2010, which means that it has the average growth rate per annum can be very high, constant
characteristics of high ratio of the gross industrial output high growth rate cannot be achieved.
value and average growth rate per annum, which is in line 5. Conclusions and Suggestions
with the goals of 11th Five-Year Plan, which are the estab-
1B
lishment of national energy base and the increase of clean Through the analysis above with BCG Matrix, we can
coal production. Mining & Dressing of Ferrous Metals in- arrive at the following conclusions.
dustry, Manufacturing of General-Purpose Equipment in- (1)As for the 31 industries of Inner Mongolia, according
dustry and Electric Equipment & Machinery industry have to their characteristics of ratio of the gross industrial output
been always the Question Marks Industry in the period from value and average growth rate per annum, they can be clas-
2006 to 2010, which means that they have the characteris- sified into 4 categories, which are Question Marks, Stars,
tics of low ratio of the gross industrial output value but high Dogs and Cash Cows. Specifically, 5 industries including
average growth rate per annum. Food Manufacturing indus- Coal Mining & Processing industry belong to the Stars in-
try and Textile Industry have been always the Cash Cows dustry, 3 industries including Food Manufacturing industry
industry in the period from 2006 to 2010, which means that belong to the Cash Cows industry, 15industries including
they have the characteristics of low average growth rate per Mining & Dressing of Ferrous Metals industry belong to
annum but high ratio of the gross industrial output value. Question Marks industry, 8 industries including Special
Although these two industries grow slowly, they can pro- Purposes Equipment Manufacturing industry belong to the
vide support to other industries to grow into Stars Industry Dogs industry.
in the future. Tobacco Products industry and Manufacturing (2)During the period of 11th Five-Year Plan of Inner
of Telecommunications, Computer & Other Electronic Mongolia, Coal Mining & Processing industry, Smelting &
Equipment industry have been always the Dogs industry in Pressing of Nonferrous Metals industry, Raw Chemical
the period from 2006 to 2010, which means that they have Materials & Chemical Products industry, Processing of
the characteristics of low average growth rate per annum Agricultural Side-Line Food industry and Nonmetal Mineral
and low ratio of the gross industrial output value. However, Products industry has high ratio of the gross industrial out-
this doesn’t mean that these industries won’t have bright put value and average growth rate per annum, which are in
future. With the development of R&D, technology and mar- line with the goal of the 11th Five-Year Plan that the estab-
ket demand, these industries may step into another new life lishment of chemical industry base and national energy base,
cycle. and the strive to develop coal chemical industry, natural gas
Processing of Agricultural Side-Line Food industry and chemical industry, salt chemical industry and agricultural
Nonmetal Mineral Products industry have gradually trans- and livestock products processing industry should be made.
ferred from the Cash Cows industry to Stars industry, which Consequently, the goals of the 11th Five-Year Plan have
means that the ratio of the gross industrial output value of basically achieved. However, the scale and technological
these two industries is increasing while the average growth level of exploitation of Ferrous Metals, Nonferrous Metals
rate per annum hold constant, and the statuses of these two and Nonmetal Minerals are still relatively low; Equipment
industries in the national economy have also improved manufacturing industry including the manufacturing of
gradually. Raw Chemical Materials & Chemical Products General-Purpose Equipment and Transportation Equipment
industry, Smelting & Pressing of Ferrous Metals industry still has comparatively small scale. In the meantime, the
and Smelting & Pressing of Nonferrous Metals industry ratio of the gross industrial output value and average growth
have been fluctuating between the Cash Cows industry and rate per annum of Special Purposes Equipment Manufactur-
ing industry and Telecommunications, Computer & Other
7 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Electronic Equipment Manufacturing industry are both still

low. All in all, deviations with the goal of the 11th Five-
Year Plan do exist.
(3)According to the analysis above, in the period of
the12th Five-Year Plan, the industries that have been in line
with the goals of the 11th Five-Year Plan should keep their
advantages, and the government should help to further en-
hance the energy industry, promote chemical industry, im-
prove the level of skills, build coal chemical industry base,
transform and promote the metallurgy construction material
industry, improve the level of deep processing, further im-
prove the animal products processing and conversion degree,
establish national green animal products processing base,
further consolidate the dominant positions of the industries
above.
As for the equipment manufacturing industry and the
high-tech industry, deviations exist between the period of
11th and 12th Five-Year Plan. Therefore, in the period of 12th
Five-Year Plan, the government should provide more sup-
ports to the equipment manufacturing industry including
preferential policies. What’ more, relying on the pioneering
enterprises, more enterprises with advanced technologies
should be further introduced. At the same time, as for the
high-tech industries, the R&D and the introduction of key
core technologies should be further strengthened as well as
more favorable policies, making them new regional econom-
ic growth pillars.
12 References
[1] Yingyi Cao, “Empirical Analysis of the Evolution of the Industrial
Structure of Inner Mongolia”, Journal of Northwesten Univeristy for
Nationalities, 2011, pp.83–86
[2] Jinghua Sha,Yanshuang She. “Dynamic Analysis of the Industrial
Structure of Zhengzhou”, Resource Development &
Market,2007,pp.27–30
[3] Jr-tsung Huang. An-pang Kao.”The Strategy of Industrial
Development in China’s Manufacturing Sector:An Application of
BCG Matrix”, Journal of Perspect Foundation,2003.pp.53–55
[4] Inner Mongolia Automous Region Bureau of Statistics “Inner
Mongolia Statistical YearBook2007–2011”,Beijing,China Statistical
Press
[5] 4th meeting of 10th People’s Congress of Inner Mongolia Automous
Region. “The Eleventh Five-Year Plan for National Economic and
Social Development of Inner Mongolia Automous Region”,2006
[6] 4th meeting of 11th People’s Congress of Inner Mongolia Automous
Region. “The Twelfth Five-Year Plan for National Economic and
Social Development of Inner Mongolia Automous Region”,2011
8 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Practices and Exploration of the Ecological

Civilization Development Road with
Chinese Characteristics
Written at the 20th Anniversary of Rio Declaration
Deng Ling1,*, Liu Dengjuan2
1, 2
Economics School of Sichuan University, Chengdu, China
*
denglingprof@163.com
Abstract: China is the first country to officially put forward Ecological Civilization Construction. Based on the summari-
zation of great pioneering practices of China’s ecological civilization construction, this paper puts forward the ideas that
ecological civilization development road with Chinese characteristics should explore a road which integrates with compre-
hensive construction of well-off society and socialist modernization construction, explore a new road of ecological envi-
ronment protection, explore a road of civilization promotion, explore a road with all the citizens’ participation and innova-
tion, explore an ecological civilization realization road with differences for different regions, explore a road of opening-up
and cooperation, and explore a road of constructing harmonious and coordinated value systems and institutional systems
between humans and nature.
Keywords: ecological civilization; development road; Chinese characteristics; practices; exploration
1. Introduction style and has never touched the core values and institutional
systems of industrial civilization. The value roots and insti-
20 years ago, over 100 countries gathered in Rio de Ja- tution roots for destroying ecological environment have not
neiro, the capital city of Brazil, and promised to the world been wavered. Anthropocentrism, the core value of indus-
that we would implement the sustainable development strat- trial civilization, has still dominated the global economic,
egy together in order to maintain the sustainable develop- social, and ecological development trend. Humans have
ment of human beings and the earth. Therefore, an epoch- tried every means to maximize interests and profits and thus
making global declaration has come into being. For 20 years, resulted in wars, poverty and disasters. On the one hand,
humans have commonly accepted the sustainable develop- humans try to solve environment problems, on the other
ment ideas and have made tremendous efforts for it. How- hand, humans have adopted new ways to pollute environ-
ever, to our disappointment and confusion, the effects of our ment. The whole world is faced with worse environment-
efforts are not satisfactory. The global ecological environ- development conflicts and social conflicts with different
ment has been improved only in some areas and the overall forms and spatial spans for different countries. In this
continual deterioration situation of the global ecological sense, sustainable development practices have underesti-
environment has not been fundamentally changed and the mated solid institutional systems of industrial civilization
sustainable development ability has not been evidently im- and the deep influences of industrial civilization on humans.
proved. Ecological crisis, resources crisis, financial crisis It ignored that the essential and the most difficult task for
and survival crisis still have severely threatened humans and keeping the harmonious development between humans and
the earth. What are the fundamental causes for these? There nature is to make fundamental reforms on value orientations
are a number of reasons to account for. One of the root and institutional arrangement of industrial civilization. To
causes is that we try to explore sustainable development make it clear, sustainable development is a giant, complex,
roads under the industrial civilization framework. multi-party-related, institution-change-involved issue which
should not be simply and equally treated as ecological envi-
2. Sustainable Development Calls for the New ronment construction and change of humans’ behaviors.
Civilization Practices have shown that sustainable development ideas
are born on the reflection of industrial civilization but it is
For a long time, the world’s sustainable development difficult to realize sustainable development under the social
strategy has mainly focused on ecological environment con- ideology of industrial civilization. Sustainable development
struction, change of production mode and change of life-
9 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP

L.Deng et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp9-13
calls for ecological civilization and awaits responsible coun- process of industrialization and modernization. While we
tries to initiate the ecological civilization construction and are constructing ecological civilization under the actual
explore new roads for the global sustainable development. condition of not-well developed industrial civilization, we
have to inherit and carry forward the merits of industrial
3. Great Pioneering Practices of China’s Eco- civilization and correct the malpractices of industrial civili-
logical Civilization Construction zation. We have to not only solve all the practical social,
economic and ecological problems but also construct and
China is the first country to officially put forward eco-
perfect the theoretical systems, institutional systems and
logical civilization construction and also one of the early
behavior systems. We should not protect the ecological en-
countries to accept sustainable development ideas and ac-
vironment at the sacrifice of economic development, nor
tively implement sustainable development strategy. In 1972,
should we do ecological pillages and environment pollution
China took part in the first United Nations Conference on
shift to other countries like some capitalist countries. We
the Human Environment in the Swedish capital
have to quicken the speed of ecological civilization con-
city Stockholm. In 1992, we made solemn promises of pro-
struction in China and responsibly take the obligation of
moting sustainable development to the whole world in Rio
guiding the global ecological civilization construction and
Declaration on Environment and Development. In
so on. Therefore, it is a significant question we have to con-
1994, China’s 21st Century Agenda came into being and
sider carefully concerning the issue of what ecological civi-
symbolized the formation of the basic national strategy of
lization construction road we have to take.
China’s sustainable development. After the 16th National
Ecological civilization development road with Chinese
Congress of Communist Party of China, we have done
characteristics is a new road for sustainable development.
much theoretical preparation and practical exploration for
We have no experience to learn from but depend on our-
China’s ecological civilization strategy. Under the guidance
selves to seek and explore. Based on the strateg-
of the concept of scientific development, we have originally
ic instructions of Central Committee of Communist Party of
put forward some strategies like “building resource sav-
China, in the phase of comprehensive construction of well-
ing and environmentally friendly society”, “socialist har-
off society, China’s ecological civilization construction
monious society”, “civilized development road featuring a
mainly focuses on the building of resource-saving and envi-
thriving economy, an affluent life and a sound eco-system”,
ronment-friendly society and has been advanced from four
and implement some measures like “ecological province
aspects:
construction”, “circular economy development”,
“development priority zones” and so on. In 2007, in the • Enhance ecological environment construction, save
17th National Congress of Communist Party of China, we energy, reduce emission and alleviate all the ecological
initially put forward the ecological civilization construction, environmental problems we are faced with.
granted the ecological civilization construction the same • Accelerate the change of economic development mode
equal important status as economic construction, political and change the environmentally-unfriendly production
construction, cultural construction and social construction modes and life-styles.
and treated ecological civilization construction as one im- • Promote system innovation and mechanism innovation
portant part to accelerate the change of economic develop- and establish the resource-saving and environment-
ment mode. Ecological civilization construction has become friendly institutional systems.
one important part of national strategy. It is one of the im- • Firmly build up ecological civilization concepts in all
portant strategic tasks for building a well-off society and walks of life and change the value orientations which
socialism with Chinese characteristics. It is also the great are not good for the harmonious development between
pioneering work for China to achieve great rejuvena- humans and nature.
tion of Chinese nations and promote the global green This strategic deployment has constructed the core ske-
change from industrial civilization to ecological civilization. leton of the ecological civilization development road with
It plays the leading and breakthrough role in the exploration Chinese characteristics and has shown the general direction
of new roads and new modes for global sustainable devel- of the road. We believe the ecological civilization develop-
opment. ment road with Chinese characteristics includes at least the
following aspects.
4. Industrious Exploration of Ecological Civili-
4.1..Industriously Explore a Road which Integrates
zation Development Road with Chinese
with Comprehensive Construction of Well-off
Characteristics Society and Socialist Modernization Construc-
To construct ecological civilization, we have to take tion
China’s unique actual conditions into consideration and
take an ecological development road with China’s ecological civilization construction is an
nese characteristics. China is a developing country in the integral part of the overall arrangements for
10 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

the cause of socialism with Chinese characteristics, which is 4.3..Industriously Explore a Civilization Promotion
not only the new requirement for the comprehensive con- Road
struction of well-off society, but also the important content
for the change of economic development mode and socialist China’s ecological civilization construction not only has
modernization construction. China’s ecological civilization to inherit and carry forward the positive content of industri-
construction can not be separated from vivid socialist con- al civilization but also has to go beyond industrial civiliza-
struction, but to be integrated into all the fields of economic tion and achieve the promotion from industrial civilization
construction, social construction, cultural construction, po- to ecological civilization and from human civilization to
litical construction and environmental construction. Ecolog- earth civilization. Earth civilization means much more than
ical civilization development strategy framework will be humans’ civilization. We believe industrial civilization is
formed which is composed of ecological economy, ecologi- humans’ civilization but ecological civilization is the civili-
cal politics, ecological culture, ecological society, and eco- zation of earth which treats humans and nature as two
logical environment. Currently, ecological civilization con- equally important subjects. Ecological civilization is the
struction should be particularly integrated with the socialist progressive process and positive results of harmonious de-
culture development. The value orientations of harmonious velopment between humans and nature and also the sum of
development between humans and nature should be further natural ecological system’s civilization and humans’ civili-
projected in the socialist core value system and the ecologi- zation. The subjects to civilize the natural eco-system are
cal ethics and morals of Chinese traditional culture should humans and natural eco-system. To realize the civilization
be inherited and carried forward. The ecological civilization of natural eco-system, we have to enhance environmental
awareness and knowledge should be popularized and en- construction and respect and obey nature’s laws and rules,
hanced in the national educational system. The culture in- which is a process that humans change nature and nature
dustries and public culture undertakings develop with eco- changes nature itself. The subjects to make human’s civili-
logical civilization construction and form the ecological zation sustainable are humans. As humans’ civilization is
culture competitiveness advantages with international influ- the highly developed system, sustainability of humans’ civi-
ences, creating a large number of excellent works related to lization is to make green reform of the current material civi-
the themes of love of nature, love of life, green development, lization, spiritual civilization and political civilization,
ecological development and sustainable development. which is the process that nature influences humans and hu-
mans influence humans. Admitting natural eco-system’s
4.2. Industriously Explore a New Road of Ecologi- civilization symbolizes the progress of human civilization
cal Environment Construction with Ecological and progressiveness of ecological civilization. Only in this
Civilization Ideas way can humans really respect nature and the harmonious
development between nature and humans be kept on the
It is an important and urgent practical problem to im- basis of equality.
prove ecological environment as quickly as possible. So we
initially advance ecological civilization construction in the 4.4. Industriously Explore a Road with all the Citi-
field of ecological construction and environment protection. zens’ Participation and Innovation
We have achieved breakthrough progress in ecological en-
vironmental construction and the new environment protec- It is a key issue to put the advanced philosophical
tion road has been taking shape. Practices have shown that thoughts of ecological civilization into all the citizens’ prac-
there are essential differences with fully different approach- tices and actions and realize the green change of production
es and effects between ecological environment construction mode and lifestyle. Since the national strategy of ecological
under the guidance of industrial civilization and ecological civilization construction was put forward, the academic
environment construction under the guidance of ecological circle has done comprehensive and deep researches and
civilization. Ecological civilization follows the idea that achieved countless fruits. Departments in Central Commit-
“earth is our mother and nature is our home”. We protects tee and local governments in different levels have actively
ecological environment as we protect our home rather than taken actions and achieved a lot. In particular,
do it just because of the deterioration of ecological envi- try of Environmental Protection, Forestry Administration,
ronment. Following ecological civilization ideas, China has Development and Reform Committee, Ministry of Housing
taken the new environment protection road of low cost, and Urban-Rural Development and relevant government
good economic returns, low emission and sustainable prin- bodies become the major forces. A large number of model
ciples, promoted the historic transformation of environment cities and model regions with great ecological environment
protection, and set a good example to explore the ecological construction achievements have arisen. The majority of
civilization construction road with Chinese characteristics. provinces in China have put ecological civilization con-
struction into the 12th five-year planning and called for all
forces to participate in ecological civilization construction
through the approaches of economic structure adjustment,
11 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

market supervision, space administration, people's livelih- received the universal recognition and praise which has
ood projects, social construction and institutional become one important platform for opening-up and interna-
reform. The masses of the people have huge ecological tional cooperation. We have to be more open and responsi-
needs and innovation ability, high passion for ecological ble to enhance international cooperation, actively prompt
civilization construction, self-confidence and self- universal ecological civilization construction, and investi-
consciousness of ecological culture of Chinese nation. We gate together the new framework, new roads and new me-
have to call for the masses of the people to get involved in thods for the sustainable development. We have to take
ecological civilization construction, firmly establish ecolog- measures together to tackle climate change. We have to do
ical civilization ideas in all walks of life, and seek new ap- researches together to develop recycling technology and
proaches and modes of green actions. We have to encourage low carbon technology and improve resource utilization
academic circle to do more innovation, and audaciously put efficiency. We have to make extensive international cooper-
forward some new ideas, new approaches and new meas- ation in the fields of energy exploitation, energy saving and
ures. We have to encourage governments to make adminis- emission reduction, city planning and construction and so
tration innovation, expand money input, unify policies, en- on in order to promote the whole world’s sustainable devel-
hance legal system construction and market supervision, opment.
and alter the production ways and lifestyles through incen-
tive mechanisms and restraint mechanisms. We also have to 4.7. Industriously Explore a Road of Constructing
earnestly summarize the innovation achievements, expe- the Harmonious and Coordinated Value Sys-
rience, and modes and make them popular after systematic tems and Institution Systems between Humans
integration. and Nature
4.5. Industriously Explore an Ecological Civiliza- Constructing the harmonious and coordinated value sys-
tion Realization Road with Differences for Dif- tems and institution systems between humans and nature is
ferent Regions the fundamental and essential problem for ecological civili-
zation construction to solve. The essential differences be-
Regional incoordination and disorderly competition are tween industrial civilization and ecological civilization are
the serious causes of China’s continual ecological environ- the differences of value orientations and institution ar-
ment deterioration. To ensure the realization of national rangement. The difficulty and the highlight lie in how to
ecological civilization development strategy, we must de- establish new value systems and institution systems in so-
compose regions and implement ecological civilization con- ciety and replace the anthropocentrism value orientation and
struction differently. China is a country with huge space institution arrangement of industrial civilization. However,
differences. The basis, conditions, difficulties, barriers and it is not easy at all. Industrial civilization, with the promo-
approaches of ecological civilization construction for differ- tion of technological revolution, has created enormous ma-
ent regions will be different. So we have to adopt different terial wealth, greatly satisfied humans’ material and cultural
ways and policies to implement ecological civilization con- needs, and appealed to humans’ selfishness, greed, and pur-
struction. “Development Priority Zones” is a good way to suit of material enjoyment. What’s more, a variety of theo-
explore and a good example to solve the problem of region- ries and institutions make all of them reasonable and legal.
al differences in ecological civilization construction. At They successfully set up effective market incentive mechan-
present, there are 52 ecological civilization construction isms to take advantage of humans’ desires which become
experiment cities or counties. Ecological civilization dem- great force to promote economic and social development.
onstration projects in experiment cities or counties of the Therefore, to change the value systems and institution sys-
west of China have been run. We have to further instruct tems of industrial civilization, the most difficult tasks for
and support these regions to explore the ways and modes for ecological civilization construction are to provide sufficient
ecological civilization construction in different regions and supply of ecological needs, spiritual needs and material
provide more valuable experiences and new modes for the needs, to establish approaches and institutions to motivate
ecological civilization development road with Chinese cha- good morals and ethics such as kindness, self-abnegation
racteristics. and dedication, and to form great forces to promote social
progress with new value orientations. In this sense, ecologi-
4.6. Industriously Explore a Road of Opening-up
cal civilization construction has a long and tough way to go.
and Cooperation Ecological civilization society needs great theoretical inno-
Ecological civilization is the common ideal and enter- vation, technological breakthrough and institutional reform.
prise of all the humans. Different countries and nations have It is a great task that the history gifts for the Chinese na-
different political institutions, cultural features, and interests tion to explore the ecological civilization development road
appeal, but the same recognition of ecological values. with Chinese characteristics. We have been exploring this
Therefore, China’s ecological civilization construction has road. At present time, it is difficult to accurately make theo-
12 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

retical generalization of the scientific connotation of this

road. However, the road has been taken, and will be taken
by us. We hopefully believe, as long as we are under the
guidance of view of scientific develop-
ment, unswervingly carry forward the ecological civiliza-
tion construction, and dauntlessly explore and innovate, can
we successfully seek out a socialist ecological civilization
road with Chinese characteristics, making great contribution
not only to China but also to the world’s sustainable devel-
opment.
5. Acknowledgment
Heartfelt appreciation goes to all the members in the
project research group of Research on China’s Ecological
Civilization Development Strategy and its Regional Realiza-
tion. Without their valuable comments and help, this paper
can not be as good as it is.
References
[1] Liao Fulin, Ecological civilization construction theories and practices
(Second Edition) [M]. Beijing: China Foresty Press, 2003.
[2] Liao Yuewen, Zhang Yanni, “Connotation and Practical Meaning of
Ecological Civilization” [J]. China’s Population, Resource and
Environment. 2011(S1):377~380.
[3] Liu Jing, research on the socialist ecological civilization construction
with chinese characteristics[D], school of the central committee of
the communist party of china.2011.
[4] Project Team of Promoting Ecological Civilization Construction and
Exploring China’s Environment Protection New Road, Ecological
civilization and environment protection new road [M]. Beijing: China
Environment Science Press, 2010.
[5] She Zhengrong, The interpretation and reconstruction of China’s
ecological ethics tradition [M]. Beijing: People’s Press, 2002.
[6] Wei Haiqing, “Ecological Civilization: New Positioning of Human
Civilization Development Form” [J]. The Journal of Hangzhou
Municipal Party Committee School of C.P.C. 2004(03):46~49.
[7] Yu Keping, “Scientific Development View and Ecological
Civilization” [J]. Marxism and Reality. 2005(4):4~5.
[8] Yu Mouchang, On ecological civilization [M]. Beijing: Central
Compilation﹠Translation Press, 2010.
13 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The Economic Incentives Methods in the

Enterprise Safety Management
Hu Tianbao1 *, Wang Xiuli2, Lv Shasha3, Hao Hongxun4
P P P P P P P
1, 3, 4
P The School of Resource and Safety, China University of Mining and Technology Beijing, 100083,China
P
1
Coal Mine Safety Supervision Bureau of Jinan, Shandong Province, 250031,China
P P
2
The Jinqiu Coal Mine of Tengzhou, Shandong Province, 277515,China
P
*
HTB198@163.COM
Abstract: The economical prompting could satisfy the employee’ needs, spur the driving force related to the seeking
behaviors then, make the aim of the enterprises come true. This method is more and more used in the safety management by
many enterprises as an important path to exploit and manage the human resource. One mine creatively implements
economical methods such as risks trading, safety stock, safety aim internal market, which consistent the corporations’ safety
aim with the individual needs of employees by paining the safety bonus in different ways. This paper assessed the effect of
these economic incentives methods and concluded that implementing them must combine with the following four aspects:
the Realities of enterprises’ safety production; the employees’ performance; the mental incentive; the realizing long-term
and short-term incentives, and built a scientific evaluation system to make sure continuous improvements.
Keywords: safety management; economic incentive; effect; improvements
The behavioral science theory suggests that incentive is in-relevant cadres.
a process to stimulate people’s motivation, mobilize the This risk trading method is accounted monthly.
work enthusiasm, through realizing the people’s unmet
1.2. Operation Effect
needs, easing the inner tension, to conduce the responses of
driving force and the seeking behaviors, then to achieve Using a mine as a example, this mine applied the risk
organizational goals[1]. P P trading method since 2008, and achieve very good results as
following: (1) Improved the quality of security checks; (2)
1. Risk Trading
canceled the penalty, solved the sensibilities problems,
Risks are the root of the accident. Basing on the analyze, weaken the antagonism between the staff and safety
summarize and sum up the basic practices in mine site inspectors, helped the mine harmony building. (3) increased
safety management, the risk trading combines the hidden the enthusiasm of the safety inspectors and the go down
risk investigation and management, to design a new safety mine well times has raised 33.1% than the same time of
management system[2]. P P year. (4) prompted the hidden risks investigation and
management. By implementing half of year, the number of
1.1.Operating System
found hidden risks dropped 37.3% average monthly, the
The safety objectives award of management and all equipment damages dropped 32.4% monthly. (5) Elevated
district team cadres is extracted and used as default fund the employees’ safety awareness, the behaviors of not
which attributed to the district teams, sub –secondary and following the rules dropped a lot, has dropped 55% in 2009
pre-production units 1-4 million. According to the risk compared with 2008. The survey result showed that 98.6%
categories (such as electrical risk, ventilation related, roof, of the staff thought it was very important to do the safety
waterproof, elevating and transporting, EED, others), the well actively.
areas risk presenced and the found time to price 15-45 RMB. This method is studied and implemented by many coal
When the managements find out the hidden risks, the mines and non-coal mines.
related districts should purchase these risks using the fund.
1.3. The Limitation of the Risk Trading
If the money isn’t enough, the fund should be supplemented
using the wages of the cadres. The purchasing fee is Although this method could reduce inner accidents
distributed as safety bonus to the management and other effectively, but it has faced with many difficulties and
in-relevant distributions, at the same time the mine would problems:
offer an additional 50% amount to award the other It is difficult to set the default fund. As the
14 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

T. B. Hu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp14-16
developments of the enterprise and the changes of the RMB, which realized the zero accident aim. The economic
human-equipment-things-work environment, how to link and social benefits both achieved remarkable results.
with the enterprises’ earning, to meet better the needs of By the safety stock, the coal mine company has built the
safety production, play a role to employee’s safety incentive long-term incentive and constricted system, keeping the
which requires further research. long-term interests of individuals and companies
This method treats all the people same and is hard to consistency。At the same time, this incentive prompted to
satisfy the needs of different level employees. elevate the employees’ self safety management awareness,
As the reducing hidden risks, the safety inspectors’ when working down in the mine well, they could work
safety bonus can be reduced which bring the negative according to the operation rules, mining safety rules strictly,
emotions inevitably. So that it is difficult to form long-term standard the operation processes to put an end to the
management system. no-safety behaviors, which all ensured to safety production
Because the inspectors belong to different departments, and the self safety of employees. This result has resolved
lacking the unity for inspection frequency and areas, it is the common problems in the coal mines of our country,
hard to ensure every inspection object fair, impartial which which is worth popularizing.
could bring in new conflicts.
2.3. The Limitations of Safety Stock
2. Safety Stock This operating mode based on the plan of staff hold
The safety stock is that a coal mine company based on stock, is greatly different from the capital operation of the
safety co-management, risk sharing, investment voluntary true stock company, so that there are many problems during
basis, borrowed the stock concept and stimulated the market implemented.
operation mode in safety management to enhance the The main effected ingredients to the value of safety
benefits awareness, mobilize the employee’s safety stock are attendance, “operated and commanded violating
enthusiasm[3].
P P the rules, regulations”, “No Three- hurts”, and can’t
consider the increment effect of safety achievements
2.1. The Operating Mode
completely, and the total equity should be increased
During 25 to 30 in every month, employee could according to proportion of the company rates to enlarge the
voluntarily subscribe next month safety stock as the pricing safety incentive efficiency.
of $ 100 per share. Every employee is restricted to purchase The monthly accounted is conversion by year, which
a share. Employee may purchase, may also be intermittent delay the long-term effect, but the dynamic effect isn’t
or continuous purchase the safety share. If the work days sensitive, results the function not good.
are not less than 21days in a month, didn’t appear not safety Related the individual behavior with the employees’
behaviors and any harm, the employee could get the economic interest, which although is limited by the index of
business placement (a share), otherwise the employees’ “No Three- hurts”, can’t effect the distributions directly, it is
safety stock and the business placement in month would be hard to combine together to form the power of safety
precipitated. If the employee did any harm to any people, all production.
the shares he/she purchased and the company’s placements
3. Safety Aim Inner Market
would be deposited. If the year safety aim is realized, the
company will present a share to every investor as award. This method brings the market in safety management,
The calculation formula of the prize pool funds: and specific, measureable all indexes of safety management
Prize pool funds= the total money of the purchased basing on the dangerous degree and solve difficult degree,
stock + the coal mine company business placements + Total and under the consideration of the bearing ability to form
capital injected by coal mine company the service price having specific value and trade in the inner
The calculation formula of safety stock year-end company[4].
P P
earnings:
3.1. Operating Mode
The employees’ year-end safety awards = the bought
shares × the total funds of prize pool/ the number of shares. Quantify the incidents, hidden risks, “three- violations”
and the primary safety management activities the four
2.2. Operation Effect
categories of security commodity, score each type price
Since may of 2009, a coal mine company began to them, and then form the commodities price system. Price all
implement the safety stock, the number of purchased shares the security jobs in managements and technology operations
increased gradually every month, by the end of December to form the security commodities business system.
of 2009 year, the prize pool funds had reached 4.2734 Enterprise advanced cash the safety objectives rated
millions, the cumulative amount of per share was 204.7 income of next month for management. Rate personal
15 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

T. B. Hu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp14-16
capital scored 100 every month, and business the security leaders of enterprises should treat the employee fairly. The
commodities according to the price system. standards of economic incentives should be transparent,
Unit security commodity price = rated personal scientific and rational, to achieve the long-term and
capital÷100×score of the commodity short-term incentive combined.
Deduct the corresponding points from 100 when occur Economic incentives should be combined with the
the accident, risks, or “three-violations” during operations employees’ performance. Unite the interests of employees
and management, multiply the remaining fraction with the and enterprises, make the staff to achieve personal goals
corresponding scores, then make the managers and while creating values for enterprises, could get the win-win
technical staff transact. When the safety aims weren’t situation. The whole processes should be based on the
achieved, relevant management and technical staff would scientific performance assess system, otherwise would
cash the aims using personal capital rated by enterprise, and affect the fairness and can’t achieve the purpose of motivate
buy the shortage using personal wage. The payment for staff.
accident is accounted in the next month personal rated Economic incentives should be combined with spiritual
funds. motivation to get great effect.
3.2. Operation Effect References
A coal mine by implementing this incentive method [1] XIAO Xiaodong, XIE Baojian. Zero-employee Incentive
mobilized the enthusiasm, initiative and creativity of Objective[J], Development Strategy, 2005.
mangers in all different levels, changed the safety [2] CHEN Silou Coal Mine in Henan Longyu Energy Limited Company.
management into safety service, and lost the traditional “Risk Trading ” Safety Management Method and Application Effect
command-style safety management. All the professional Research. The Set of Modern Management Innovation, 2009.
managements serve the production lines actively. [3] http://www.cwestc.com/newshtml/2010-9-25/174716.shtml
[4] WANG Dan, Ning Yuncai. The Analysis of the Coal Mine Safety
3.3. The Limitation
Market Management Mode. Safety[J], 2008(11):73-75.
(1) The key of safety inner marketable management
focusing on production processes, which can’t contain all
the safety managements completely. For example, the
training of employees’ safety technologies, solving the
major accidents and hidden risks and so on, is to be
implemented in no-marketable forms.
(2) How to ensure the assessments strictly performed,
should built a proper system to constrain.
(3) It needs to research more that how many days to
assess a time could make the staff think the effect of this
method.
(4) The different enterprises have different average
wages, so it should be solved before using this method that
how to make out a reasonable rated personable capital to
incentive the enthusiasm of every staff to take part in the
safety management.
4 . Conclusions
Any a kind of motivation methods could make sense
only used in the actual production, and it is same true for
economic incentive methods. These methods risk trading,
safety stock, safety aims internal market, maximize
mobilize the initiative of staff by distributing the bonus in
different ways, have played positive roles for achieving the
enterprise safety. But every method has some shortcomings,
is needed to be innovated and inherited by combined with
the reality of enterprise, and refer to the successful
experience in and abroad.
Establish a fair and effective incentive system. The
16 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Research on Energy Saving and Emission

Reduction of Suzhou
Yan Chen*, Dai Lei
Management College Changshu Institute of Technology, Changshu, China
*
Chenghuisun@163.com
Abstract: In the recent years, both energy saving and emission reduction have become the governments at all levels and
the vast majority of people's attention hot spots. The importance of energy is more obvious to developed economy and lack
of energy resources of Jiangsu Province. Suzhou energy saving and emission reduction is an integral part of economic
development, how to solve that is the key to sustainable development. This paper based on the energy saving and emission
reduction related theory, combined with the use of Suzhou energy, revealed the problems of energy saving and emission
reduction in current Suzhou, then made an analysis of the reasons and put forward the countermeasures for the sustainable
development of Suzhou energy.
Keywords: energy; energy saving and emission reduction; sustainable development
1.Introduction
3.Suzhou Energy Utilization Status Analysis
Energy is overall situation related to the sustainable
development of economy. For the existence of resource The main energy consumption cities are along the
curse, current situation of energy exploit is different in our Yangtze River region in Suzhou which is Zhangjiagang,
country. Jiangsu Province belongs to the energy shortage but Changshu, Taicang etc. These areas of the output value of
economy is more developed province. As one of the cities in energy consumption, energy is taller, and output value by
the fast development of southern Jiangsu, Suzhou has a large energy consumption is low. Suzhou needs work hard to
population. Following the big pressure of energy demand tackle energy structure and energy industry area along the
growth, the contradiction between energy supply and transformation of resources in recent years, which plays an
economic development is obvious. Therefore the research on influence on the delta and even the whole Yangtze River
energy saving and emission reduction is very important to basin. Energy saving and emission reduction is a arduous
the sustainable economic and society development in task. Industry energy consumption takes up over ninety
Suzhou. percent, which electric power, textile, metallurgy in industry
energy consumption chemical industry and building
2.Energy Saving and Emission Reduction materials are to seventy-five percent. These industries are
basic traditional industries, in addition to the textile all
The definition that energy saving and emission reduction belong to heavy industry.
have the branch of broad sense and narrow sense. The broad
Table 1. Annual energy consumption
sense is state of the savings in material resources and energy,
and reduce waste and Environmental harmful emissions 2008-2010 annual energy consumption
(including three wastes and noise etc).The narrow sense of (tons standard fuel/ten thousand yuan)
energy saving and emission reduction is to reduce waste and
2008 2009 2010
Environmental harmful emissions. The energy saving and
emission reduction is that saves energy, lows the energy Light Heavy Light Heavy Light Heavy
consumption and reduces pollutants. Energy saving involves industry industry industry industry industry industry
in the Energy Saving Law of the People's Republic of China
0.1567 0.2493 0.1535 0.2334 0.1473 0.2248
which is to exercise strict administration of energy-using.
The energy saving and emission reduction refers to 0.2234 0.2109 0.2028
strengthen management in the use of energy, which we take From Suzhou, we can see that economic structure
feasible and reasonable measures in economy environment adjustment progress still not quick, the investment
society. proportion is too large, cause for resources dependence on
17 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. Chen et al. / Proceedings of SSEP(2012) pp17-19
the high side. Although in recent years the energy consumer new energy and implement new energy engineering
products form has been improved, but the proportion of construction. Develop the solar energy, biomass energy and
improving gas is unpleasant, terminal energy consumption to so on. It is a shift that energy consumption structure is
coal as the basic pattern has no bigger change. Suzhou mainly by coal to electricity and gas. Secondly, organize
increased for energy saving and emissions reduction of and carry out low carbon technology major research project.
strength since the eleventh five-year, but the proportion of Increases the research and development research efforts, get
economic structure of gas-guzzling industry is not changed some patent technology, industry, national and international
fundamentally. form standard. Finally, strengthen the low carbon technology
innovation mechanism and clean development mechanism.
4. Suzhou Energy Sustainable Development Speed up the popularization and application of the
Countermeasures technology of low carbon, and strengthen the low carbon
4.1. Optimize Industrial Structure, Develop the techniques in the exchange of information.
Third Industry 4.3. Strive to Develop Low Carbon Public Traffic
Low carbon economy is an economic development System
model that bases on low energy consumption and low At present, the public transportation development level is
emission, low pollution. Its essence is energy efficient far from the needs of the citizens by bus in Suzhou.
utilization, and clean energy development, which the core is Although the number of Suzhou city road is large, but most
the establishment and development of the low carbon road pavement is narrow, the level is very low. Line network
industrial structure at present. The proportion of three density is low, and the standards legacy status line cloth nets
industries is 1.8, 58.8, 39.4.The proportion of the service save blind spot.
industry in economy is not consistent with the identity. Suzhou public traffic should give priority to the
Industry is the main body of energy consumption accounts development of the city public traffic, and build a reasonable
for about 81.2% of the energy consumption in the Suzhou. traffic structure. Of all the transportation, public
Therefore, the key to a low carbon economy is to pay transportation is the most energy-saving way. Giving
attention to adjust the industrial structure, develop the third priority to the development of the city public traffic will
industry, to optimize the industrial structure is gradual. have obvious effect of energy saving and emission reduction.
Firstly, promote and reform conventional industries. Control The guidance and regulation of the urban planning role
strictly the expansion scale of the high energy consumption should be strengthened. The government should take the
and high emissions industry, then resolutely backward traffic present situation, the demand of traffic and
production capacity. At the same time, emphasize on the development prospects into investigation. They should take
development of high technical content, high added value, public transportation as the core by making comprehensive
low energy consumption of green energy saving products, urban transportation system planning.
and promote the product structure upgrade, and gradually
reduce carbon emissions. Secondly, strive to develop 4.4. Advocate City Low Carbon Type Construction
strategic new industry. Development
Suzhou should focus on planning strategic emerging
industry layout and development, and combines with Suzhou All kinds of low carbon technology let people know that
industry base and industry characteristics. Break through the low carbon building is not expensive. Except for the new
new energy, new means material, biomedicine, new flat energy technology, some of the common processing also can
panel display, energy conservation and environmental realize saving energy consumption. It is necessary to
protection etc. promote energy conservation of the building technology and
products, and encourage "green building" design. Advocate
4.2. Apply the New Technology, New Material, green building, and implement the present building energy
New Concept to Energy Saving and Emission saving standards. Increase public awareness of energy, and
Reduction Problem and Reduce Carbon take good care of public resources. In order to increase
Emissions public building energy efficiency management, the
government should also issue appropriate policy and
We cannot develop a low carbon economy without incentive measures.
science and technology support. We must apply the new
technology, new material, new concept to energy saving and 5.Conclusion
emission reduction problem and reduce carbon emissions.
Firstly, carry actively out the research and development of Developing a low carbon economy depends on the
administrative resources of Suzhou. The government must
18 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. Chen et al. / Proceedings of SSEP(2012) pp17-19
widely mobilize all resources of the whole society for the

development of low carbon economy service. Firstly, the
government should increase effective financial investment,
and enhance public finance to a low carbon economy
support. Secondly, the enterprises should play the main role
in the development of low carbon industry. Encourage
enterprises to increase investment, development and
transformation of low carbon technology, and master the
independent intellectual property rights. At last, optimize
innovation environment, and attract information, talent,
achievements at home and abroad such as resources.
Reference
[1] Mengli . Renewable energy research of China's low carbon economy
sustainable development [J].East China University of science and
technology journal.2010,24(4):56-58
[2] Xue e lin .The relationship between renewable energy and a low
carbon economy evelopment[J].Energy and environment.
2010,(4):67-68
[3] Wenling liu,canwang. Development practice and development
pattern of low carbon cities[J].China population .energy and
environment.2010,20(4):23-25
[4] JiupingXu,binli.The development of recycle economy of low carbon
comprehensive integration mode[J].China population .Energy and
environment.2010.20(3):34-36
[5] Lishan Shi. Countermeasures to development of our country
renewable energy [J].China Foreign Energy.2010,(3):86-88
19 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The Countermeasures of Improving the Current

Chinese Soybean Trade Deficit
Tianzhu Huang, Ya Zhou*
College of Management, Shaanxi University of Science and Technology, Xi'an, Shaanxi, China
*
zhouya122927@126.com
Abstract：This paper analysis the current situation of the Chinese soybean trade, and points out that Chinese soybean as
2T 2T
high as 70% of the dependence on import behind, there are serious trade deficit problems. Through the analysis of the
domestic and foreign two part factors points out, Chinese soybean trade deficit is the main cause of the demand exceeding
supply of domestic market, domestic beans industry not mature industry structure, foreign markets have a purpose of
infiltration type monopoly, the lack of domestic beans to the support of the industry and foreign source into the control of
beans; Points out that to improve Chinese soybean trade deficit final way out is to implement the soybean industry chain
management, optimize the industrial structure of soybean planting, increasing government intervention and to strengthen the
efforts of consumer "genetically modified food" the understanding.
Keywords: soybean; trade deficit; transgenosis; chain management
China is the soybean’ traditional production and there are quota restrictions, but basically not implemented;
consumers, the main purpose of the soybean in China can in the period 1996-2000, Chinese crushing business mostly
be classified as: direct edible, squeezing for edible soybean is national companies, using our domestic soybean as the
oil, making high-protein bean products and act as feed main raw material, so during this period, Chinese soybean
(soybean meal). In recent years, with the improvement of imports growth is not severe. Figure 1.Chinese soybean
people's living standard, protein and vegetable oil are imports until 1999, in the case of lacking of restrictions,
increasing demanded, as China's three big oil crops international capital has entered into the domestic market
(soybean, rapeseed, peanuts), one of the consumption of soy and away from the main soybean producing areas in China
increase sharply, at present, the domestic demand and coastal layout investment crushing industry, this situation
supply soybean gap has close to 40 million tons, supply and continued until 2003, during this period except for 2002,
demand for domestic soybean output gap of about 2.6 times, and Chinese soybean imports continued to surge. 3, In
high external dependence soybean industry in our country is 2004-2006 period, the soybean processing enterprises in
not safe. Therefore, this article based on other scholars’ China in 2004 a delegation from the United States, futures
achievements of research, by analyzing the reasons of the orders signed in soybean prices high and the international
development status of China’s soybean trade deficit monopoly grain merchants, followed by soybean futures
effective countermeasures and suggestions, try to actively prices have fallen, soybean crushers in China suffered the
promote healthy and sustainable development of China’s procurement of high cost to bring the huge losses, many
soybean industry. domestic soybean crushers in trouble; domestic soybean
1. The Current Situation and Impact Analysis
of Chinese Soybean Trade
1.1. The Current Situation of Chinese Soybean
Trade
Chinese soybean trade has gone through the transition
from the trade surplus to trade deficit. Specifically it can be
divided into four stages. 1, From 1950 s to 1995. This
period, China is the world’s largest soybean producer and
exporter. 2, From 1996 to 2003 period. Since 1996, Chinese
soybean imports only levy 3% tariff and 13% VAT, although
20 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

T. Z. Huang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp20-24
crushers funds flow difficulties, the international capital in production eat soybean oil, which will no doubt of China's
the 2004-2005 mass into the crushing industry in China national health be estimated potential threats.
with opportunity, controlling the crushing capacity of more Soybean's trade deficit has not only is the industry
than 70 percent of Chinese soybean crushing industry, basic problem, essentially, the height of foreign capital of the
foreign control. 4, Since 2007, In 2007, Chinese soybean industrial structure, the high import dependency, planting
import tariffs dropped to 1%, soybean imports continue to area of a shrinking domestic soybean planting, the death of
increase in domestic supply, the expansion of market domestic high quality soy resources, become increasingly
demand and strong trade policy to promote increased from obvious problems such as the genetically modified hidden
294,000 tons in 1995 to 201152.64 million tons, Genetically trouble is a serious threat to our soybean industry and food
modified soybeans (the vast majority of soybean imports is security, soybean has gradually become a relationship
genetically modified soybeans) which is a potential threat to between the people's livelihood, social security,
human lives and safety influx the domestic market, China international relations and the macro economy in our
has become the world’s number one importer of soybeans country the important industry.
from the traditional soybean export country.
2. The Causes of the Trade Deficit of Our
1.2. Impact of China’s Trade Status Country Soybean
Our country soybean trade deficit impact on the 2.1. Domestic Factors
domestic is very prominent. 1. The international capital has
2.1.1. The domestic soybean demand exceeds supply,
fully realized the soybean industry in China chain monopoly,
the gap of demand and supply close to 40 million tons. At
long-term since the dependence of soybean import serious,
present, Chinese soybean planting area is continuously
resulting in whole China's soybean industry chain gradually
atrophy, soybean continuously low productivity, and
collapse, the collapse of the industry chain will make
soybean yield increase slowly, however the domestic
China's soybean industry security is a direct threat, the first
demand of soybean increase. According to the statistics,
to feel the impact of domestic is 10 million generation grow
from 2009 to 2010 soybean production in China are in 15
soybeans to his family of Chinese farmers and domestic
million tons fluctuation, and the trend of production decline,
processing bean domestic soybean small-scale enterprises. 2.
compared to nearly three years in domestic soybean total
Foreign monopoly trade deficit caused by the lead to
demand, we found that the current domestic supply and
China's soybean and beans product price are underlings,
demand of soybean gap has close to 40 million tons, The
China lost the right of soybean pricing. 3. In the soybean
digital means that our country must invest nearly three
production, China's soybean varieties are not genetically
times more of capital an labor than the present soybean
modified varieties, and our country import foreign soybean,
production level, or improve productivity to almost three
80% for import of genetically engineered soybeans; Some
times than ever, it will be possible to accomplish basic
research shows that, genetically modified foods there may
self-sufficiency of soybean, however it is difficult to
be toxic to the negative effect of the people there may be a
achieve in the short term, shrinking supply to meet the
long the incubation period, to Europe, Japan, Korea, and
needs of inflation, can only rely on the import a lot of
other countries and regions resolutely refused to of
narrow the supply and demand gap.
genetically modified food, our country is in the mass
Table 1. China's soybean causes of the trade deficit
Domestic Factors External Factors
Domestic soybean supply can not meet demand For imports of soybeans there are
obvious advantages in price and
Domestic production of soybean has high cost, its specific is poor and
variety
soybean quality is uneven
The lack of government’s awareness of control and support and the people’s Foreign business purpose of the
understand on genetically modified soybean infiltration of monopoly
China’s lack of world-class companies to contend with four soybean giant
21 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

2.1.2. The domestic soybean’s production cost is high, especially genetically modified soybean demand.
the specificity not strong and the quality is uneven. 2.1.4. Lack of China with multinational beans giants
Domestic high production cost of soybean can boil down to fight world-class enterprise. At present four big
three reasons. (1) The lack of advanced planting technology, multinational food dealer control the our country soybean
ChongCha planting leads to the high plant but low yield. (2) processing most of the soybean source, and will gradually
Private planter grow can't bring the good benefits. extended to the tentacles of soybean upstream and
Compared with the United States and Brazil's large area downstream industry in our country, and in addition to the
automation planting, China's soybean planting pattern still grain, China's grain & oil food enterprise does not have a
stays in the small private planting stage, so it is hard to gain strength can and four in multinational food dealer, therefore,
the high benefits. (3) National soybean enterprise exists the soybean trade deficit issues of another reason lies in the
high carrying cost, the high cost of collection and the high lack of national pride in our country has the sense of
cost of producing transportation. In addition, Chinese responsibility, and can be in and soybean pricing and
soybean’s defect in specificity is less appropriability. soybean import processing, has the right of soybean trade
Because do not take the processing specificity soybean world-class enterprise.
breeding and the promotion, At present our country soybean
cultivated for combination varieties, compared with the 2.2. Foreign Factors
more foreign cultivation special variety which is high in 2.2.1. Import prices and varieties of existing soybean
protein or high oil pushing efficiency, while mix in the specific aspects of the obvious advantages. First, the import
market have less competitiveness of varieties. At the same of soybean prices low. Import soybean widespread use of
time, the weather, seeds, planting mode, regional the advanced planting technology, some countries through a
differences also lead to the quality of our country soybean large amount of money to put on the research and
uneven, and not only to the uneven quality soybean development of high yield of the disease resistance
centralization affect sales to some extent, but also reduced genetically engineered soybeans, and based on this, the use
the domestic soybean overall competitive advantage. of advanced farming technology industrialization
2.1.3. The government control consciousness, support cultivation, reduce the production cost directly soybean,
our consciousness and genetically modified soya lack of especially for soybeans genetically modified soybean
understanding. (1) The government lacks the control of an massive exports is made the price advantage and related
enterprise with foreign capital. At present, the base, ADM opportunities; Meanwhile, government support and make its
Cargill, Louis of fu four companies in China imports 80% cost is far lower than the our country. 2. Import soybean
of monopoly soybean source, its enterprise squeezing specificity advantage. Soybean yield efficiency and import
ability have accounted for more than 70% of its total in the protein content of its specificity is domestic
domestic ability, and its industrial chain to the extension of production mix soybean has an advantage more, will yield
soybean; Government perspective, lack of foreign forces efficiency is concerned, the imported oil from soybeans
control caused the current soybean industry in China by higher than the average domestic soybean 1-2%.
foreign monopoly status. (2) Our lack of soybeans and 2.2.2 Foreign businessmen have purpose of infiltration
soybean planting industry related to the support of the type monopoly. Since 2004, the foreign capital enterprise
industry, such as lack of corresponding subsidies, the lack have control most of our soybean import and processing,
of reasonable and effective control of domestic policy of and formed the industry chain, foreign soybean processing
soybean prices. (3) At present our country more than 80% enterprise in China away from soybean production, high
of the soybean import is to the human life safety potentially population density urban agglomeration in the surrounding
threatening genetically modified soybean, foreign and coastal cities, and use the low yield efficiency of
investment enterprises using genetically modified soybean genetically modified soybean import high, advanced
lower prices, higher yield efficiency of the advantages of technology and equipment, and flexible squeezed steady
the reduced production cost, improve the product price sales network, crushed national processing enterprise, and
advantage, and many domestic processing domestic high its tentacles stretch to soybean industry in China gradually
protein not genetically modified soybean enterprise but the upstream and downstream industry in the future of our
because high cost, lack of price advantage and shaky country soybean industry did manipulate meticulous
business; It is because of the government to genetically matting.
modified soybean into serious lack of control, and even in
the related gm products also do not make clear the logo,
cause people to genetically modified soybean know very
scarce, many consumers in vague condition to buy gm bean
products, largely on domestic cheap imports to pull soybean,
22 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

3. The Countermeasures of Sloving Chinese to the farmers of keeping the planting area, in order to
Soybean Trade Deficit ensure the domestic soybean planting area no longer
atrophy. (2) Should do more investments in technology,
3.1. Make Detailed Planning of the Soybean
realize the soybean customization, and improve the quality
Industry Development, Strengthen the
of soybean. Rely on scientific and technological progress is
Cooperation of Upstream and Downstream
the fundamental way for Chinese soybean industry, so
Firms
firstly the government should increase the financial input
To improve the current Chinese soybean trade deficit, and the staff input on the soybean variety research projects,
first should be combined with our national conditions to through establish the soybean varieties temporary
make the detailed planning of soybean industry institutions of high-yield, high-quality and special varieties
development. Agriculture is concerned, however, China soybeans, and promotion of quality varieties in a wide range,
most places are still the intensive cultivation of small-scale so as to fundamentally improve Chinese soybean trade
peasant business model, productivity is low, the product deficit. (3) The department of agriculture shall establish a
quality is poor, weak market competitiveness, and unified and efficient production and business cooperation
agricultural production is not stable, production of organization of soybean in nationwide, in order to realize
agricultural products affected by the weather and climate; the soybean industry scale operation. At present our country
At the same time, China is now in many parts of the soybean production management way most is the retail
agricultural production mechanization, automation is still investors grow, this planting’ characteristics mainly
low, China agricultural product market majority is the displays in planting many varieties, small production scale
primary products, pay no attention to the value of the and the mechanization degree is not high, so it is difficult to
products further mining-the lack of deep processing of obtain the scale benefits; If the local farmers can be
products. Our country agriculture reflects the question is organized and guided by the local authorities, bean farmers
soybean industry in China at present, the existing problems organization will set up, thus it will change the present
of the ministry of agriculture and the ministry of commerce situation of passive. In addition, unified management of
should first so according to China's present situation of soybean production organization can plan and planting a
soybean industry, establish a special soybean research destination type variety, the planting in large scale, in
group, combined with the ministry of commerce developing cultivation measures can the unified management and
soybean industry do a whole planning. Should from cultivation and management level of mechanization and
soybean planting to marketing and processing of soybeans will continue to increase. (4) Processing the internal
sales and processing, establish a complete industry chain, structure of the transformation. At present our country
through unified offering the high-quality to farmer, state-owned soybean processing enterprise squeezing ability
organizing the large scale production, place or government serious excess, protein products processing ability is
focus on purchase and transportation, establishing large oil insufficient. Therefore, the government should guide
processing enterprises to process the domestic soybean, in enterprises of excess squeezing force will be transferred to
the same time to strengthen cooperation between the the deep processing of soybean, increase subsidies, such as
upstream and downstream firms in Chinese soybean through tax cuts, enforcement measures to optimize the
industry, upstream and downstream industry chain industrial structure processing industry, such not only can a
management related, and promote a degree of integration of batch of national rejuvenation enterprise, also can obtain a
the soybean industry. squeezing more profits. (5) The government should through
the development of the main soybean processing capacity of
3.2. To Optimize the Industrial Structure, Promote soybean production and processing of distance realization
The Revitalization of Soybean Industry in indentation, reduce logistics cost of soybean, thereby to
China increase in the price of homebred soybean competitiveness.
At present our country soybean industry structure is not
3.3. The Government Strengthens the Supporting
rational, mainly displays in: First is the planting industry in
of The Supporting of The Domestic Soybean
internal structure is unreasonable. Second is the processing
Industry, Moderately to Limit Foreign
internal structure is not reasonable. Third is the consumer
Investment.
area, processing and production are separated.
Optimizing the soybean industry structure should from Department of agriculture shall intensify the supporting
the following five points. (1) The department of of the domestic soybean production, and grow the farmers’
agriculture shall issue the corresponding policy, limit the enthusiasm, can consider to like us to increase domestic
lowest planting area of the domestic, give certain subsidies soybean subsidies to the transgenic bean farmers enter into
23 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

insured of acquisition, the purchase subject should be

diversified, thus achieved the international reserve safety,
the normal operation of enterprise, bean farmers smooth
transaction; At the same time, the government needs to
import of soybean proper control, strengthen the genetically
modified soybean marking system, in the appropriate
subsidies, and on the basis of the imports by gradually
narrowing soybean stimulate domestic soybean yield
increases. Again, the government should be considered for
restricting foreign capital, and a number of national
enterprise, like this can promote the development of
domestic soybean industry, to external shocks.
3.4. Strengthen Consumers’ Understanding about
“Genetically Modified Food"
To control the inflow of genetically modified food, the
most important is awaking the consumer awareness and
changing their behavior, so China should gradually reduce
the soybean imports, strengthen the education of consumers,
and to strengthen the consumers’ understanding of
genetically modified food. The propaganda department of
the central committee of the communist party should be
through the news media, nationwide knowledge
popularization etc way to enhance the understanding of the
people of genetically modified food, domestic production of
genetically modified of bean products enterprises will pass
the advertisement publicity, etc to strengthen on domestic
consumers understand the transgenic bean products, to
prompt consumers to make a wise choice.
References
[1] Wang. Weiwei, “Soybean industry in China import trade status and
the countermeasure analysis,” J. Practice in foreign economic
relations and trade, 2010, (10).
[2] Hua. Ting, “China's soybeans have a repeat of the South America
the specter of mistakes,” J. Word Show Case, 2011, (13).
[3] Zhang. Xiaohua, Dong. Chi, and Liu. Wei, “Our country soybean
trades the problems and the countermeasures,” J. China Business &
Trade, 2011, (25).
[4] Shen. Xueda, “The history of the international trade of our country
soybean, the present situation and prospect analysis,” J. Modern
agriculture, 2010, (11).
[5] Zhang. Chen, “The import of soybean to domestic studies on the
effect of soybean production,” J. Science & Technology Information,
2011, (02).
[6] “China's soybean import dependence as high as 70%, foreign
enterprise monopoly 8 into supply,” J. China's food journal, 2010,
(01).
24 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Construction of the Sustainable Eco-Economic

Model
Yunhong Yan
College of Economy and Trade Management, Quzhou University, Quzhou, China
yyh0698@163.com
Abstract: Good ecological resources are usually the late-development advantages in the underdeveloped areas, so the
"ecology" is considered as the origin of development, which is a new concept of development. The eco-economic model is a
new model of economic development, which is the development direction of modern society. As the underdeveloped
western areas of Zhejiang, Quzhou should perform well in the scientific development, and the key is to build a sustainable
ecological economic model. It means that, according to the practical situation, Quzhou should construct the sustainable
development of eco-economic model from the five aspects including ecological industry, ecological agriculture, green
industry, eco-tourism and eco-culture.
Keywords：ecological advantages; sustainable development; eco-economic model
The harmonious development of ecology and economy the crooked way others had passed through, can not develop
is the basic development strategy of modern city. Only to economy at the expense of destruction of the ecological
achieve the optimal combination of ecology and economy, environment, and can not damage the well-being of future
development of the ecological economy, and construction of generations to seek the immediate interests, and the history
the eco-city, the long-term survival of man and nature could only allows us to take the second way. Utilization of the
be achieved possibly. From an international point of view, ecological advantages, enlargement of industry around the
the western industrialized countries have gone a curve road ecology, development of ecological economy, as well as
of pollution first and treatment later, through the destruction construction of ecological city, are the inevitable choice in
and plundering of resources to achieve rapid development, quzhou for its economic and social development. Currently,
the results is that they had paid much more cost to restore Quzhou must continue to adhere to the strategy of
the ecological environment. It is a profound lesson in this "ecological city" and utilize ecological advantages to
respect from our domestic development process. In the construct sustainable development of eco-economic model
process of economic development, some places neglected under the guidance of the scientific concept of
the ecological protection, resulting in environmental development.
degradation and frequent natural disasters, and so people
paid a heavy price. At present, environmental degradation 1. Continue to Adjust the Industrial Structure,
has become an important factor to limit China's economic Focusing on the Development of
development, affect social stability and threat public health. Eco-Industry
As the underdeveloped area, although the development of In recent years, Quzhou has politely refused dozens of
Quzhou compared with the developed areas has a larger enterprises, which have obvious pollution, to locate in
disparity, it also has some development advantages which quzhou. At the same time, Quzhou also through
developed areas do not have. Because of the industrial self-examination to closed more than 300 industrial
underdevelopment, the natural ecological damage is enterprises including small mines, small brick kilns, small
relatively small and usually to maintain the natural ecology paper mills, etc., which polluted the environment. Newly
and humanistic ecology, which the developed areas have established industrial enterprises generally enter into the
paid most but still difficult to restore. Development is the industrial park, so it facilitate the reunification of
absolute principle, and how to develop? We have two controlling pollution. Recently, the new industrial
choices, one way is treatment after pollution, and another enterprises of high technical content and less environmental
way is we should pay attention to eco-environmental pollution have become the new growth point of quzhou
protection and social development in the course of industrial economy, which in line with the ecological
economic development. Practice has proved that we can't go economic model building direction. Since the 1990s,
25 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. H. Yan et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp25-28
ecological economy came into a period of rapid growth, eco-city construction, the transformation of the industrial
ecological industry has become a "sunrise industry", which chain and the implementation of clean production in the
is one of the most potential industries for global economic "three levels", that is, areas, parks and businesses and to
growth, and rapidly expand into various fields of the first, promote the recycling economic work Third, to strengthen
second and third industry. City is artificial ecosystem the organization and implementation, innovation of carrier,
created by human by transforming the environment improvement and implement of the circular economy
according to their wishes. The main body of urban planning, and the construction of the city's recycling
economic activity is industry, the human enjoy the economy demonstration enterprises, park and township
convenience which is brought by urban development while project.
suffer serious global ecological problems generated in the In the promotion of ecological agriculture, Quzhou
industrial age. Specialization and scale of industrial should use ecological engineering, the excellent traditional
production is one of the main reasons for the weakening of agriculture technology, the optimization methods of systems
ecosystem function, therefore, adjustment of industrial engineering, and appropriate supporting technology to
structure, to rationalize the allocation of resources, and to design and management of the different levels of the
build eco-industrial system is an important issue to achieve agro-ecosystems, and propose ecological process system of
sustainable ecological economic model. The specific multiple use of resources. At present, the main technology
performance of innovation of new industries, such as the of ecological agriculture at home and abroad is: stereo
development of organic food industry and environmental planted and three-dimensional farming technology; the
protection industry with vigorous prospect, extensive multilayer using technology of organics, such as
wastewater treatment and recycling engineering to be in line comprehensive utilization of animal manure and straw;
with discharging standard, the establishment of ecological biological control technology, development technology of
industrial park, etc. renewable energy, such as the use of methane fermentation,
solar energy, wind energy, geothermal energy and
2. Accelerate the Establishment of Recycling electromagnetic energy, ecological management technology
Economy and Actively Promote with the support of biological measures and engineering
Eco-Agriculture measures, etc.
The circular economy is utilization of natural resources 3. Advocate the Green Consumption
and environmental capacity in obedience to he laws of Vigorously, Develop the Green Industries
ecology, integrating clean production and comprehensive Actively
utilization of waste into the one unity, which is exactly a
kind of ecological economy. The circulation economy Green consumption is a consumption pattern which not
requires the utilization of ecological law rather than only can meet the human requirements, but also can fill the
mechanical rule to guide human social economic activities, demand of environmental resources protection. With the
making economy accord to ecological system model, continuous improvement of people's living conditions and
establishing a repeated cycle process of growing awareness of the ecological environment,
"resources-product-renewable resources", in order to advocating ecological civilization and green consumption
establish the mode of economic development which is on became a fashion. Green consumption advocates replication,
the basis of constant recycle of substances. Ecological classified collection, recycling actification, which increases
agriculture is established in accordance with the principle of the conversion of obsolete resources and growth of green
circular economy, and its goal is giving full play to consumption, and it has driven green trade. Some
productive potentialities of the resources, preventing farseeing enterpriser based market on green market,
environmental pollution and achieving synchronous developed green marketing strategy, used ecological
development of economic and ecological benefit in the technology, developed green products and green market,
premise of promoting benign recycle of the material established green corporate image. Consumers have become
In the future, Quzhou cycle economic development is accustomed to think, embrace the nature and improve the
carried out mainly from the following several aspects: First, quality of life with ecological culture values, for example,
to change the development idea, pay attention to intensive green vegetables and fruits for its high quality have been
development and cluster development, and strive to realize favored gradually by people; Commodity with gorgeous
good and rapid development with the minimum cost. packaging is no longer the key factor in attracting
Second, to grasp the key issue to realize a breakthrough in consumers, many high-grade products have been introduced
the "reduction, resource, reuse”, outstanding energy saving, with a zero packaging concept and measures; High
reduction of emissions and waste recycling, from the technology and natural products such as natural colored
26 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

cotton have become the first choice for human Joy of Quzhou takes such a road of sustainable
consumption. development. In 2006, Quzhou held a provincial farmhouse
In the development of green industry, the first is rural tourism spot, moreover, each county in Quzhou city
constructing a good ecological system, creating the have launched the picking tour featured lines with rich local
prerequisite and condition of the green industry; second is specialties, oranges picking tourism, tea-leaves picking
building a monitoring system of the quality and safety of tourism, kiwi fruit picking tourism and bamboo shoots
agricultural products all over the city, implementing strict digging tourism are the tourism routes that people very like,
market admittance systems, and the high poison, high and some has been become an important part of inter-city
residue, veterinary drugs and feed additives should be and inter-provincial regional tourism cooperation route,
forbidden, eliminating the pollution from fountainhead and which greatly promoted the development of ecological
ensuring the quality of the pollution-free agricultural tourism in Quzhou.
products to make green industry gradually taking root in
Quzhou; Third is carrying out the integration and 5. Build up Ecological Protection Awareness,
optimization of economic organization which have Promote Ecological Culture Energetically
considerable scale of production, high information levels Ecological awareness including ecological crisis sense,
and products having a certain market, around the goal of ecological conscientious and ecological moral and legal
pollution-free agricultural products, green food and organic awareness, is one of the hallmarks of modern civilization
food to carry out professional certification and labeling consciousness. Modern ecological awareness, based on
management; Fourth is promoting green production modern ecological science, environmental science,
technology, advocating green consumption and constantly economic science and ecological modernization theory,
opening green market through the brand image. promote efficiency and low consumption, high quality and
4. Wide Dissemination of Ecological low-density, non-toxic and harmless, clean and safe cycle
Civilization, Orderly Development of savings, fair and double win, green consumption,
Ecological Tourism prevention innovation, health and environmental protection.
It is advocating that who pollutes is to pay for, who benefits
Ecological tourism which including orderly is to supervises, who signs is to have the responsibility, who
development of tourism system such as travel destination, misconduct is to be published. it’s against resource-wasting,
tourists and tourism industry is a complex system composed environmental pollution, ecological destruction and excess
of ecology and tourism, it is a high quality tourism activities consumption and try to achieve complete decoupling of
which essentially is to use ecological thought as a guide economic development and environmental degradation
with the premise for ecological benefits, the basis for benign coupling of social progress and environmental
economic efficiency and the target for social benefits, for progress , and humanity and nature in a symbiotic embrace.
seeking the combination of comprehensive benefits to Ecological culture is the culture of shifting from the
achieve the sustainable development of the tourism industry. natural culture ruled by human to the culture of harmony
In this sense, ecological tourism is, as it were, a kind of between human and nature. Ecological culture is the new
tourism of sustainable development, it not only enrichs the culture. The essence of the ecological culture is the human
connotation of tourism and expand the extension of tourism, environmental awareness, which stand for the sustainable
but also can produce good economic, social and development of the human society-economy and
environmental benefits. According to the local features, environment resources. Ecological culture
each place should excavate and utilize the original historical requires respecting nature in accordance with the values of
culture, draw the world's ecological tourism development the harmonious development of human and nature to realize
experience, develop local advantage of ecological tourism the common prosperity of human and nature, to make the
resource and utilize the theory of sustainable development. development of scientific, philosophical, moral, artistic and
It also should scientifically plan and rationally exploit on religious more “ecologic” in the direction of the ecological
ecological tourism project to create humanities and natural security of the human spirit. Therefore, Quzhou as an
landscape with a characteristic of ecology, entertainment, underdeveloped regions should adapt to the new trend of
aesthetics, or other kinds of things which consist with the the world, and must be widely publicized to raise awareness
sustainable development of mode of using land, to gain of the ecological and cultural awareness and concern,
more economic benefits when promoting the socialism through the contrast of traditional culture and ecological
construction of material civilization and spiritual culture to raise awareness of the ecological and cultural
civilization. interest, It is helpful to develop resources, protect the
The development of leisure tour based on farmhouse virtuous circle of the ecological environment, promote
27 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

economic development and bring benefits to our posterity.

In a word, construction of ecological economic model
of sustainable development is not only the requirements of
implementing the scientific concept of development, but
also embodies the spirit of people-oriented principle. The
ultimate goal of the development is people, the core and
objective of developing an ecological economy, building an
ecological city and creating a better living environment, is
also human being. Insisting on establishing city by
ecological way means that development of man and nature
as the main line, ecological city construction as the carrier,
the focus on the ecological resources transform into
ecological capital, the ecological advantages transform into
economic advantages, taking the way of civilization
development including production development, an affluent
life and good ecology.
References
[1] Lester R. Brown. Eco-Economy Building an Economy for the Earth
[M]. Lin Baixin, et al. translation, Beijing: Oriental Press, 2000.
[2] Xu Yuning. Quzhou: Unique competition and scientific
development[M]. Hangzhou: Zhejiang People's Publishing House,
2007.
[3] Chen Yi. Ecology and human settlements-mode of sustainable
development[D] Shanghai: Tongji University, 1996.
[4] Qu Geping. Developing circular economy is the trend in the 21st
century[J] Chinese Environmental Protection Industry, 2001.
[5] Yang Rongjun, Wang Feng. The strategy of ecology economy is a
strategic thinking covering the entire society[J]. Jiangxi Social
Sciences, 2000.
[6] Gu Chuanhui, Chen Guizhu. Sustainable city and discrimination of
urban ecological sustainability[J]. Chongqing Environmental
Science, 2001.
[7] Gao Yanling. The discussion on the building pattern of ecocity[J].
Journal of China Environmental Management Carder College, 2003.
28 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Exchange Rate Shocks and MNCs' Export Price

Wenli Sun1*, Yi Qiu2, Xiaoguang Wu3
1
International Business School, Beijing Foreign Studies University, Beijing, China
2
International Business School, Beijing Foreign Studies University, Beijing, China
3
Asia Pacific and Global Strategic Research Institute, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences, Beijing, China
*
sunwenli@bfsu.edu.cn
Abstract: This paper gives an analysis of the exchange rate effect on multinational companies' export price through
establishing a three-nation framework. The model indicates that: (1) The elasticity of exchange rate on export price is less
than 1, depending on the relative cost ratio of the parent company and its affiliate. (2) If the exchange rates of nation 1 and
2 both fluctuate, the total elasticity of exchange rates on export price will be the "weighted" elasticity of exchange rate on
export price. (3) The pass-through "combined" effect of exchange rates on export price will be significant with elasticity
more than 1 when the two indicators, i.e. relative volatility of exchange rates and relative production cost satisfy certain
specific conditions.
Keywords: multinational firms; multilateral exchange rate shocks; pass-through effect
1. Introduction of currency appreciation, exporters will make every effort to
maintain market share, whilst in the case of currency
Cross-border investment refers to the investment through depreciation, exporting firms will have profits increased,
which investors realize the best allocation of resources in the thereby reducing the pass-through level of exchange rate
world through strategic adjustment on cross-border fluctuation. Different from Dornbusch (1987) and other
production and sales, expecting to maximize the overall static analysis models, a number of scholars attempted to
profit. Since the reform on the exchange rate system of explain the reasons for incomplete pass-through effect of
RMB in July 2005, multinational companies face exchange rate on tradable prices with dynamic models.
increasingly high risk of exchange rate for their investment Baldwin and Krugman (1989) put forward a "hysteresis"
in China. Under this circumstance, it has practical value to theory to study entry/exit decision-making under imperfectly
conduct research on the pass-through effect of exchange rate competitive market structure, and gave an analysis of trade
fluctuation upon multinational companies’ export price. volume changes with the changes in the exchange rate
In the mid-1980s, there have existed some phenomena adjustments, which pushed transmission mechanism theory
that the traditional economic theory cannot explain well. For towards the direction of dynamic modeling. Baldwin and
instance, the dollar experienced continuous substantial Krugman (1989) suggested that when firms face irreversible
appreciation during the period of 1980-85 whilst the sunk costs, only a substantial impact on exchange rate would
subsequent devaluation did not bring about the expected cause the existing relationship between exchange rate and
changes of the U.S. trade balance in line with the traditional import volumes to collapse. Even if the exchange rate shock
theory. Another example is that since 1985, although the yen faded, the original correspondence still could not recover.
has started to rise steadily, Japan's trade surplus still And when faced with a small exchange rate shocks, relative
continued to increase and the trade imbalance between Japan prices and trade volume may not be affected, representing a
and the U.S. has not been slowed down but intensified delayed reaction.
instead. Since the mid-1990s, in the new open macroeconomic
In response to these phenomena, economists no longer framework, more attention began to be extended to
focused on the conditions analysis referring to trade balance macro-level perspectives. Nominal price stickiness is
effect of exchange rate depreciation(such as M-L condition), regarded as a more significant factor resulting in low
but rather on the path of exchange rate pass-through effect pass-through levels of exchange rate, and more importance
and transmission mechanism, mainly using the methods of is attached to general equilibrium analyses. Among the
industrial organization and dynamic modeling. Dornbusch representative studies (Obstfield and Rogoff, 1995; Betts
(1987) conducted a theoretical study on the exchange rate and Devereux, 1996, 2000; Taylor, 2000; Obstfield, 2002;
pass-through issue, and his findings showed that: the Monacelli, 2005; Devereux and Yetman, 2010), Obstfield
exchange rate pass-through effect depends primarily on the and Rogoff (1995) provided an entirely new perspective for
extent of goods substitutability, market segmentation and the research on incomplete exchange rate pass-through with
degree of firm's market power. Krugman (1987) concluded their new open macroeconomic analytical framework. It is a
that in accordance with pricing to market (PTM), in the case
29 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

W. L. Sun et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp29-37
model based on monopolistic competition and sticky price focused on the European Union members, and found that the
assumption to study the welfare of the private sector short-term conductions from exchange rate to price were not
inter-phase dynamic optimization. The relationship between complete, but the longer-term effects were full and perfect.
exchange rate and the current account ( i.e. trade balance) In addition, recent empirical studies aimed at the developing
given in this model, is different from the classical school of countries have also sprang up with significant results. For
inter-period model under the assumption of flexible price, as example, Karim Barhoumi (2006) made a empirical study
well as the traditional Keynesian model under the for 24 developing countries. The results showed that the
assumption of sticky prices. In fact, Obstfield and Rogoff exchange rate formation mechanism, trade barriers and
(1995) is the "bridge" of the past two schools. They pointed inflation causes played decisive roles in the pass-through
out that in an open economy, the different price mechanism level of the exchange rate.
assumption (sticky price or flexible price), may cause In addition, since intra-firm trade has occupied an
macro-economic policies (persistent or temporary monetary increasingly important position in the world trade, some
policy and fiscal policy) to have different impacts on economists tried to explain exchange rate pass-through
national well-being. Based on their findings, Betts and effect on price from the perspective of pricing behavior of
Devereux (1996; 2000) further included some restrictive multinational companies. From the perspective of
factors like different currency pricing, incomplete financial multinational corporations, trade behaviors within the
markets and uncertainties into the new open macroeconomic companies to external shocks (such as exchange rate
framework. Furthermore, Obstfeld (2002) and Obstfeld and fluctuations) may directly affect the company's pricing
Rogoff (2002) concluded that, in the case of local currency actions, thereby influencing the exchange rate pass-through
price-setting, since the substitution elasticity between level.
imported goods and domestic goods is small, exchange rate Theoretical studies from this perspective mainly
volatility would not have any impact on the relative price included Grassman (1973), Holmes (1978), Menon (1993)
system in the short term. Therefore, the exchange rate and so on. Empirical findings in this field still had some
volatility could not play an important role in the allocation differences. For instance, Grassman (1973) believed that
of resources in the short run. Monacelli (2005) applied the trading behaviors within the firm, especially pricing
general dynamic equilibrium framework under sticky prices behavior, may not make a sharp response to external shocks
to random circumstances. Gust, Leduc and Vigfusson (2006) (such as exchange rate fluctuations). He pointed out that in
provided general dynamic equilibrium model and focused multinational companies' transactions, the payment terms
more upon the impact of a nation's economic openness are usually flexible, convenient, and not subject to strict
degree on incomplete exchange rate pass-through. They formal constraints. This allowed market pricing to become
found that as an economy grows more open, its domestic relatively independent from exchange rate fluctuations.
market competition gets more intense and more and more Therefore, at least from the perspective of intra-firm trade,
importers tend to adjust their prices according to the rivals' internal trade, especially the pricing behavior, may not make
pricing, thus reducing the sensitiveness of the price of the a sharp reaction to external shocks (such as exchange rate
imported goods to exchange rate fluctuations. volatilities). In addition, Prices Surveillance Authority
At the same time, empirical tests had also begun to focus (referred to as PSA) (1989) revealed that the practice to
on the exchange rate pass-through effect. For example, avoid sharp exchange rate impact were commonly used by
Knetter (1989) was an important study in empirical research, multinational companies in Australia, with the link between
pioneering in the measurement of cost by using micro-data the exchange rate and the price of imported products more
to test the exchange rate pass-through effect on prices. seriously weakened. Bodnar, Dumas and Marston (2002)
Knetter (1989) adopted the data from export enterprises of also presented an explanation for the incompleteness of
the United States and Germany to analyze and found that the exchange rate pass-through in terms of cross-border
pass-through effects of exchange rate on prices of U.S. manufacturing as a result of vertical specialization. They
companies were higher than those of German companies. pointed out that so long as a product has the characteristic of
Precisely speaking, when the exchange rate fluctuated, U.S. multi-stage and multi-country manufacturing, its production
companies' export prices (local-currency-price) would cost is affected by different currencies and incomplete
present relatively larger changes; by contrast, German exchange rate pass-through will appear unless all the
companies' local market price of export products were involved currencies experienced exchange rate fluctuations
usually more stable, since the price effect for exchange rate against the importing country's currency.
volatilities had the performance of low conductivity. In However, some other studies, such as Grossman and
addition, Ohno (1989) and Knetter (1993) showed that as the Helpman (2001) and Rauch and Trindade (2002),
average conductivity for exchange rate pass-through effects theoretically showed that trade practices within the company
on export prices of Japanese export goods, the average was sensitive to exchange rate volatilities. The empirical
conductivity was about 50%, lower than that of other research from Rangan and Lawrence (1999) supported this
western developed countries. Campa and Minguez (2006) view. They pointed out that during the period of 1985-1989
30 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

when dollar depreciated, the U.S. overseas subsidiaries of resource-intensiveness display different PTM behavior. The
multinational companies had mostly increased their market People's Bank, Nanjing Branch (2009) concluded that the
share, displaying significant positive relations between the mode of trade is another important factor causing
U.S. dollar real depreciation and the U.S. export value. The cross-sector differences in exchange rate pass-through.
results of Rangan and Lawrence (1999) might mean that in Based on a survey of 200 exporting enterprises in Jiangsu
trade within multinational companies of the United States, Province, this study found that the exchange rate
there was a significant impact on the transfer of expenditure pass-through level is fairly high within sectors of common
induced by exchange rate. Thus, they believed that trade trade like textile and chemical industries whilst the
practices within the multinational companies are sensitive to pass-through level is relatively low within sectors mostly
exchange rate fluctuations. adopting OEM trade mode like electronics and power
In China, literatures in this area mainly belonged to machinery industries. Based on monthly data between 1996
empirical tests. The majority of the test results showed that and 2009, Wei et al. (2009) conducted an empirical test on
the link between RMB exchange rate and export prices was the RMB exchange rate pass-through effect on China's
rather weak, and Chinese enterprises were basically in line export prices with a Vector Auto-Regression (VAR) model.
with the rule of "pricing to market" (PTM). For example, Upholding the incompleteness of RMB exchange rate
Sun et al. (2003) concluded that China's exchange rate pass-through, this study also found that RMB appreciation
pass-through effects for export prices to the United States has different influence on products of different
and Japan are very weak, or even non-existent. The pricing resource-intensiveness and that RMB appreciation has a
of Chinese export products mainly depended on the pricing greater negative impact on the export price of
environment of importing countries, but not linked with its labor-intensive products than that of capital-intensive
own price level. By establishing a panel data model, Ju et al. products. Based on the data between the first quarter of 1995
(2006) made an empirical analysis on exchange rate and the fourth quarter of 2008, Cao and Ni (2010) found that
pass-through effect on China's agricultural export prices. the RMB exchange rate pass-through effect on China's
They found that China's agricultural export prices was not import prices displays asymmetrical features. The
sensitive to the exchange rate volatilities, and the PTM pass-through effect is larger with RMB depreciation than
pricing mechanism had absorbed most of the exchange rate appreciation whilst the greater the RMB exchange rate
changes. Moreover, export prices of different types of fluctuation, the stronger its pass-through effect on China's
agricultural products had different pass-through degrees in import prices.
response to RMB exchange rate disturbance. Based on In view of the previous studies, the features of this paper
imperfectly competitive market structure, Bi et al. (2006) are mainly reflected in: 1. The introduction of specific
established a framework of studying China's RMB exchange international production environment. Previous studies
rate transmission mechanism, and adopted quarterly neglected the domestic production modes when considering
sub-sector data for the period of 1985-2001 to conduct an the impact of the exchange rate on export prices, which may
empirical test. The results indicated that there prevailingly lead to a number of important factors being missed out 2. A
existed an phenomenon of incomplete transmission between consideration of the coexistence of multi-country exchange
China's commodity export prices and exchange rate. Overall, rate shocks. In the complex background of international
with the exchange rate real appreciation of 1% in local production (from the perspective of multinational
currency, China's export prices would drop by 0.23% in the corporations), there may exist multiple country's exchange
short-term and by 1.03% in the long-term. Huang (2008) rate movements happening simultaneously together.
selected annual data from 1989 to 2007, and made an Although the conduction of each exchange rate shocks on
empirical test on nominal exchange rate pass-through effect export prices may not be complete, but when they meet
for China's export (to the U.S.) price by using unit root certain conditions, the export price of the final products may
co-integration theory. The result showed that only 28% of make a "sensitive" response. This is also the purpose of what
the effect had been passed on to the U.S. consumers, and the the present study aims to reveal more clearly in the main
other 72% of the effect had been digested by export conclusions. 3. The robustness of the test for the conclusions.
enterprises in China. Cui et al. (2009) calculated the RMB The present study endeavors to compare the main points in
transmission elasticity on China's export prices based on this homogeneous model with the previous findings under
aggregate data and data from industrial sectors. Their result the differentiated framework, examining whether the main
of the long-term elasticity of nominal exchange rate of RMB points vary with different by models.
on China's export price is 0.5, which is quite weak. It shows The study found that: under the impact of unilateral
that confronted with exchange rate shocks like RMB exchange rate shock, multinationals export prices do have
appreciation, the Chinese exporting enterprises often choose incomplete transmission characteristics and do not vary due
to digest the shocks by means of squeezing the production to model selection. However, some differences occur when
costs instead of adjusting international market prices. certain related factors are included; in the case of multiple
Furthermore, manufacturing sectors different in exchange rate shocks, if certain conditions are met, the
31 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

exchange rate pass-through effect on export price may

display "super" conductivity properties, which is contrary to (country 1)
the traditional theory of exchange rate "incomplete parent
transmission". company
2. Modeling Imported parts q MNC

e ,w ,w
1 11 12
This paper established a three-country manufacturing

and sales framework of a multinational company based on
vertical FDI: parent company (country 1)-- subsidiary Object of
(country 2)-- international market (country 3), as shown in study：
(country 2)
table 1. subsidary
Assumption 1: A multinational company has two-stage exported products q MNC
production characteristics. The parent company provides e ,w ,w

2 21 22
parts and components to the subsidiary, and after assembling

number of MNCs n MNC
the subsidiary export final products to the international International market

market. The unit costs of parent company to produce parts Number of local firms
and production cost
and final products are
w11 and w12 respectively.
n ,w
LF LF
w w
Likewise, 21 and 22 are the unit costs for the subsidiary Q = a − bp
w
to produce the same parts and final products. Assume 11 <
n MNC j
Q= ∑q
n LF k
+ ∑q
MNC LF
w21 and w12 > w22 , which means that the parent company
and subsidiary each has its own cost advantage in parts and Figure 1. three-country manufacturing and sales framework of
final product processing, respectively. They form a MNC based on vertical FDI
multinational corporation whose final products are sold in
According to Assumption 1, if setting up a two-stage
the international market.
multinational company where the parent company provides
Assumption 2: Assume that the exchange rate for the
parts and components to the subsidiary, and the subsidiary
parent company's country is e1 , and that of the subsidiary's export final products to the international market, then the
condition (1) should be satisfied as
country is e2 , both using direct quotation for exchange rate w11 e1 < w21 e2
(local currency/foreign currency). For example, if the
w12 e1 > w22 e2 (1)
subsidiary's local currency appreciates, then e2 will
Namely that when relative exchange rate between
country 1 and 2 is fluctuated within [w11 w21 , w12 w22 ] ,
decrease. In the paper, foreign currency refers to the
currency of international market.
Assumption 3. Transportation cost and tariffs are not study for exchange rate pass-through effect on MNC’s
considered, and for simplicity, the quantities of imported export price will be meaningful.
components and exported final products are equal. As for the Multinational Company (MNC), the overall
Assumption 4. The phenomenon of transferring price profit (measured with the currency of country 1 where the
is not considered. parent company is located) could be
Assumption5. In the international market   e1 
(final-product consumption market) the market structure of π MNC = e1 p −  w11 + w22  ⋅ q MNC
  e2 
the industry is oligopoly, and the products are homogeneous.
The first-order condition after reorganizing the expression
Suppose there are
nMNC multinational companies (MNC) (see Appendix ) is
n LF a w w 
with the same scale. Likewise, there are also nLF local
b
q MNC = − ⋅ q LF + ⋅  − ( 11 + 22 ) 
nMNC + 1 nMNC + 1  b e1 e2 
firms (LF) with another same scale in the international (2)
market, and the production unit cost of local firms is As for the local firms (LF) in the international market,
wLF .Demand function of the international market is the firm’s profit (measured with international market
currency) is
nMNC
π LF = ( p − wLF ) ⋅ q LF
nLF
Q = a − bp , where
Q= ∑q j
j =1
MNC + ∑qk
k =1
LF j
q ,q k
, with MNC LF are Similarly, the first-order condition after reorganizing the
outputs of the Jth MNC and the Kth LF respectively. expression is
32 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

nMNC b a  Equation (6) indicates that: the equilibrium price of the

q LF = − ⋅ q MNC + ⋅  − wLF 
nLF + 1 nLF + 1  b 
(3) international market attributes to such factors as production
In international oligopoly market, two types of costs of multinational companies (including exchange rate),
enterprises in the industry will have to make their own the production costs of its competitors, as well as the
optimal output decisions based on (2) and (3). As shown in number of firms in international markets. In particular, if
country 1 and 2's currencies appreciate, the international
table 2, curve JJ is the reaction line that output of the market price (export prices of multinational enterprises) will
multinational company responses to that of the local firm in rise in some sense.
∗ ∗
the international market; similarly, curve J J indicated
that local firm in the international market makes reaction to 3. Discussions of Exchange Rate Pass-Through
the output of the multinational company. When country 1's Effect on Export Price
currency appreciated (namely e2 ↓ ), the curve JJ will move 3.1. Unilateral Exchange Rate Shocks on Export
to the left, leading to the output of multinational company Price
(export to international market) decline while for the local
firm output rise (equilibrium move from point A to B). It Assuming
e1 to be constant, we could examine that when
means that exchange rate adjustment, as an international
price signals, has generated a degree of substitution effect country 2's currency has appreciated ( e2 ↓ ), its impact on
between the two categories of enterprises. In addition, export price (expressed by elasticity) is
through formula (2) we found that in the situation of country n w
E p∗ ←e = − MNC ⋅ 22 ∗ < 0
1 and country 2's currencies all appreciated ( e1 ↓ e2 ↓ ), the N e2 ⋅ p
2
(7)
curve JJ will be more substantially move to the left side, E ∈ (−1,0)
∗
and the substitution effect is more significant. Where p ← e2
Conclusion 1: Considering unilateral exchange rate
q MNC
J* shock, the pass-through effect on MNC's export price has an
J incomplete feature, with the elasticity less than 1 and
negative direction. The elasticity depends on two factors: the
A
1
degree of external competition in the international market
q MNC nMNC N and the ratio of subsidiary assembling cost to final
J
∗
product’s price w22 e2 ⋅ p .
B
2
q MNC
e2 Compared with heterogeneous model, the conclusion is
J*
slightly different. The similarity lies in that exchange rate
1 2
pass-through effect on export price has shown "incomplete"
q LF
q LF
q LF feature, and the transmission direction is negative. However,
the factors are different in some sense. For example, in the
Figure 2. the reaction lines of MNC and LF in the international differentiated model, exchange rate elasticity for export
market price depends on elative cost between the parent company
and its affiliate; while in the homogenization model,
Then the equilibrium outputs of MNC and LF are as exchange rate elasticity for export price depends on the ratio
follows respectively of subsidiary assembling cost to final product's price.
b a  w11 w22  However, in the situation of unilateral exchange rate shock,
 + nLF ⋅ wLF − (nLF + 1) ⋅  
∗
q MNC = +
N  b  e1 e2  the feature of incomplete pass-through effect on export price
(4)
appears to be robust.
b a w w   According to Conclusion 1, the 1% appreciation
∗
q LF =  + nMNC ⋅  11 + 22  − (nMNC + 1) ⋅ wLF  (depreciation) of currency in country 2 would result in
N b  e1 e2   (5) multinational's export price rising (falling) at a rate of lower
than 1%. The higher the degree of external competition in
Where N = nMNC + nLF + 1 the international market, the greater proportion of the
Therefore, the equilibrium price of final product in the subsidiary's added value in the whole process and the more
international market (country 3) is significant exchange rate pass-through effect on export price
1 a w w  there will be. At the same time, Conclusion 1 means that for
p ∗ =  + nLF ⋅ wLF + nMNC ⋅  11 + 22  multinational companies in different industries, the degree
N b  e1 e2 
(6) of their export prices response to shocks from exchange rate
33 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

is different. Moreover, even in the same industry, the λ = (w11 e1 ) (w22 e2 )

pass-through effect will be more "sensitive" along with the Conclusion 2: when considering country 1 and country
evolution of product life cycle. 2's exchange rate fluctuations, the total elasticity of
The reasons are: Firstly, in multinational companies in E p ∗ ←e e
different sectors, the importance of the subsidiary in the exchange rates on export price 1 2
will be the
whole production process is different, and the market "weighted" elasticity of unilateral exchange rate
structure (competition degree) is also quite different. E ∗
Secondly, even in the same industry, with the product pass-through effect p ← e2 . Its conductivity depends on the
become standardized, the subsidiary's proportion of input in following factors: relative exchange rate volatilities µ ,
the cross-border production will be increasing (Antras relative production costs λ , as well as unilateral exchange
2005). E∗
In addition, from Equation (6) we found that the rate elasticity of pass-through effect on export price p ←e1 .
currency appreciation, both in country 1 and in country 2, Furthermore, according to the Equation (9), the
will lead to export price rising. Likewise, Assuming 2 to be

e conductive direction depends on the sign of 1 + µλ . If the
constant, we could examine that when country 1's currency exchange rate movements between the two countries
consistent (with same appreciations or depreciations), then
has appreciated ( e1 ↓ ), its impact on export price 1 + µλ > 0 , the conductive direction would be negative (-)
(expressed by elasticity) is
and only depend on the sign of elasticity under unilateral
n w
E p∗ ←e = − MNC ⋅ 11 ∗ < 0 exchange rate shock. This indicates that the exchange rate
1
N e1 ⋅ p (8) appreciation (depreciation) jointly push forward export
prices rising (falling) and the pass-through effects get
3.2..The Overall Pass-through Effects for reinforced reciprocally; on the other hand, if the exchange
Multilateral Exchange Rate Volatilities on rates move in opposite directions, then the conductive
Export Prices direction would be decided by the relative exchange rate
In international business practices, the exchange rate volatility µ and relative cost of production λ , namely the
shocks tend to have a multi-country nature, and this absolute value of product between µ and λ . If the product
complexness has caused export prices of multinational does not exceed 1, then the conductive direction of export
companies to respond to the extent and direction of possible price would move in the opposite direction with country 2's
diversity. Convenient for the subsequent derivation, first of exchange rate. On the contrary, if the product exceeds 1,
all, defining that the degree of external competition in the then the conductive direction of export price would move in
nMNC N = σ , the value-added shares
international market is
the same direction with country 2's exchange rate.
Conclusion 2 shows that regardless of the degree or the
of parent company and its subsidiary are w11 e1 ⋅ p = λ1 ,
∗
direction of transmission, the exchange rate pass-through
effects on export price are diversified under the complex of
w22 e2 ⋅ p∗ = λ2 respectively, the relative volatility of international divisions and do not appear to be a "definite"
exchange rates in country 1 and 2 is µ = (∆e1 e1 ) (∆e2 e2 ) ,
conclusion as in the case of unilateral exchange rate shock.
Then, there comes the questions, such as under what
and the relative production cost between parent company
and its subsidiary is λ = (w11 e1 ) (w22 e2 ) .
conditions the exchange rate shocks on MNC’s export price
perform "sensitive" conductivity (namely, with integrated
When considering multiple exchange rate shocks, the elasticity being greater than 1)? Furthermore, under what
extent of export price change could be expressed as conditions do exchange rate shocks display "incomplete"
∆p ∗ p ∗ = E p ∗ ← e ⋅ (∆e1 e1 ) + E p ∗ ← e ⋅ (∆e2 e2 ) pass-through characteristics?
>1
1 2
E∗ − σ ⋅ λ2 ⋅ (1 + µλ ) > 1
Note that the export price change is the combined Let p ←e1e2 , namely , after some
impacts of multiple exchange rates. Defining the combined arrangements, we could have
E − λ ⋅σ + 1 − λ ⋅σ −1
µ< 2
∗
elasticity of exchange rate as p ← e1e2 , then the total µ> 2
response of export price to exchange rate fluctuations could λ1 ⋅ σ or λ1 ⋅ σ (10)
be figured by the form of elasticity as (see Appendix ) Inequality (10) is the critical condition of exchange rates'
E p ∗ ←e e = E p ∗ ←e ⋅ (1 + µλ ) combined pass-through effects on MNC's export price
1 2 2
(9) significantly. Define the critical values of relative exchange
− λ2 ⋅ σ + 1 − λ ⋅σ −1
where µ = (∆e1 e1 ) (∆e2 e2 )
µ1∗ = µ 2∗ = 2
rate volatility as λ1 ⋅ σ and λ1 ⋅ σ .
34 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Conclusion 3: If the relative volatility of exchange rates together on export price of the final product in the
meets the critical conditions of µ > µ1 or µ < µ 2 , then the
∗ ∗ international market. Even if unilateral elasticity of
exchange rate has the feature of "incompleteness", the
exchange rate pass-through effect on multinationals export
export price is likely to make a "sensitive" reaction to
price appears to have "super" conductive property with the
multilateral exchange rate shocks when meeting certain
elasticity of exchange rate more than 1; On the contrary, the
conditions.
impacts of exchange rate on export prices seems to display
At present, the majority of empirical researches on
"incomplete" features as the traditional theory addresses and
exchange rate transmission have focused on testing
the elasticity of exchange rate is less than 1.
unilateral exchange rate shock against the price of tradable
Conclusion 3 implies that it was only to some specific
goods. Moreover, the test method does not divide general
extent that exchange rate pass-through effect could have
trade from intra-firm trade. These may result in some
"incomplete" feature. While in other circumstances, the
important factors being missed out. For instance, intra-firm
conductive effect of the exchange rate on export price is
trade could involve in multiple exchange rate disturbances
likely to be "significant".
from related countries and some industry characteristics
In addition, the conclusion about combined exchange
such as the value-added proportion of different procedure,
rate pass-through effects is basically the same as that in the
international market structure etc.. In China, due to
differentiated-product model. However, the critical value of
intra-firm trade accounting for as much as 50% or more of
relative exchange rate volatilities µ depends on different
∗
the overall foreign trade, the factor of intra-firm trade cannot
factors. For example, in differentiated-product model, µ is
∗ be ignored when doing empirical research for RMB
exchange rate pass-through effect on China's export prices.
decided by the relative production cost. While in the
Conclusion 1 has clearly implied that industry features
homogeneous model, factors are more complicated, µ
∗
are unneglectable factors. As for multinational companies in
depending not only on the value-added shares of parent different industries, the degree of their export prices
company and its subsidiary, but also on the degree of response to the exchange rate shocks depends upon industry
external competition in the international market. characteristics (e.g. degree of external competition and the
proportion of each stage input). Moreover, even in the same
4. Main Conclusions industry, the degree of export price response to exchange
The main conclusions could be summarized as: rate shocks will be more "sensitive" with the evolution of
1. Considering unilateral exchange rate shock, the product life cycle. Therefore, industry data rather than
pass-through effect on MNC's export price has an aggregate data should be adopted in examining exchange
incomplete feature, with the elasticity less than 1 and the rate pass-through effect on export prices. At present, few
negative direction. The elasticity depends on two factors: the empirical tests in China have taken industry features into
degree of external competition in the international market consideration, which needs to be more improved.
and the ratio of subsidiary assembling cost to final product's The practical value of Conclusions 2 and 3 lies in that
price. they provide a useful channel and theoretical basis for the
2. When considering country 1 and country 2's exchange interpretation of estimated pass-through effect test results.
rate fluctuations, the total elasticity of exchange rates on For example, when the exchange rate pass-through
export price will be the "weighted" elasticity of unilateral parameter is estimated to be greater than 1, i.e. when export
exchange rate pass-through effect. Its conductivity depends price has "sensitive" response to exchange rate shock, we
on the following factors: relative exchange rate volatilities, could make analyses from such perspectives as relative
relative production costs, as well as unilateral exchange rate exchange rate volatility, international market structure
elasticity of pass-through effect on export price. characteristics and industry features of intra-firm trade, etc.
3. Furthermore, if the relative volatility of exchange to seek for the causes presumably leading to "super"
rates meets a critical condition, then the exchange rate conductivity effect.
pass-through effect on multinationals export price appears to References
have "super" conductive property.
This study seeks to highlight the diversity of exchange [1] Antras, P. "Incomplete contract and the product cycle" [J].
rate shocks and intra-firm trade (multinational company as American Economic Review, Vol.95 (4), 2005, pp1054-1073.
carrier) when considering exchange rate pass-through effects [2] Baldwin, R E, Krugman, P. "Persistent trade effects of large
on export price. In the past when trade form has been exchange rate shocks" [J].Quarterly Journal of Economics,
relatively simple, the impact of exchange rate fluctuation on Vol.104(4), 1989, pp 635-654.
export price does have the feature of "incomplete [3] Betts C, Devereux M.B. " The exchange rate in a model of pricing -
conduction". However, when faced with increasingly to – market" [J]. European Economic Review, Vol. 40,1996, pp
complex international production, there exist multiple 1007 – 1021.
exchange rate shocks from related countries to work
35 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[4] Betts C, Devereux M.B. "Exchange rate dynamics in a model of [24] Knetter M ."International comparisons of pricing-to-market
pricing - to – market" [J]. Journal of International Economics, Vol. behavior"[J].American Economic Review. Vol.83, 1993,
50, 2000, pp 215 – 244. pp473-486.
[5] Bi Y. J., Zhu Z. D. "RMB exchange rate pass-through effects on [25] Krugman P, Baldwin R E. "The persistence of the U.S. trade
price" [J]. Financial Research, Vol.7, 2006. pp 53-62. deficit"[J].Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, Vol.1, 1987,
[6] Bodnar G M., Dumas B., Marston R C."Pass-through and exposure" pp1-43;
[J]. Journal of Finance,Vol.57(2),2002, pp199-231. [26] Krugman P. "Pricing to market when the exchange rate changes"
[7] Campa, J., Minguez, G., Jose, M. "Differences in exchange rate pass [R]. NBER Working Paper 1926,1987.
- through in the Euro area" [J]. European Economic Review, [27] Menon J. "The pass-through puzzle: a tale of two missing
Vol.50(1), 2006, pp 121 – 145. princes"[J]. Atlantic Economic Journal, Vol. 21(2), 1993, pp88-96.
[8] Cao W., Ni K Q. "Researching on the incomplete pass-through of [28] Monacelli T. "Monetary policy in a low pass - through
RMB fluctuation" [J]. Journal of Quantitative & Technical environment"[J]. Journal of Money,Credit,and Banking, Vol. 37,
Economics,Vol.7,2010, pp 105-118. 2005, pp1047 – 1066.
[9] Cui L, Shu C, Chang J. "Exchange rate pass-through and currency [29] Obstfeld M, Rogoff K. "Exchange rate dynamics redux" [J].Journal
invoicing in China’s exports" [J]. China Economic Issues, No. 2(9), of Political Economy.Vol. 3(3), 1995, pp624-660.
July, 2009. [30] Obstfeld M, Rogoff K. "Global implication of self-oriented national
[10] Devereux, M. B., Charles E., Peter E., et al."Endogenous exchange monetary rules"[J].Quarterly Journal of Economics. Vol.117 (2),
rate pass- through when nominal prices are set in advance" [J]. 2002, pp503-535.
Journal of International Economics. Vol.63, 2004, pp 263- 291. [31] Obstfeld M. "Exchange rates and adjustment: perspectives from the
[11] Devereux M B, Yetman J. "Price adjustment and exchange rate new open economy macroeconomics"[J].Monetary and Economic
pass-through"[J]. Journal of International Money and Finance, Vol. Studies, 20(S-1), Institute for Monetary and Economic Studies,
29, 2010,pp181-200. Bank of Japan, 2002, pp 23-46.
[12] Dornbusch,R."Exchang rates and prices"[J].American Economic [32] Ohno K. "Export pricing behavior of manufacturing: a U.S.-Japan
Review, Vol.77, 1987, pp 93-106. comparision"[R].IMF Staff Papers 36, 1989, pp550-579.
[13] Dunn R M. "Flexible exchange rates and oligopoly [33] Prices Surveillance Authority (PSA). "Inquiry into effects of
pricing"[J].Journal of Political Economy, Vol. 78(2),1970, pp exchange rate appreciation on prices of consumer goods"[R]. Report
140-151. No. 21, Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service
[14] Engel C. "Accounting for U.S. real exchange rate changes" (AGPS), 1989.
[J].Journal of Political Economy, Vol.107, 1999, pp507-538. [34] Rangan S, Laerence R Z. A prism on globalization: corporate
[15] Feenstra R. "Symmetric pass-through of tariffs and exchange rates responses to the dollar [M]. Washington D.C., Brookings Institution,
under imperfect competition: an empirical test" [J].Journal of 1999.
International Economics, Vol. 27, 1989, pp 25-45. [35] Rauch J E, Trindade V." Information, international substitutability,
[16] Grassman S. Exchange reserves and the financial structure of and globalization" [R]. mimeo, University of California, San Diego,
foreign trade[M]. Hants, England: Saxon House,1973. and Syracuse University, 2002.
[17] Grossman G M, Helpman E. Outsourcing in a global economy, [36] Sun L. J., Jiang Y. "Test on the "export deflation" theory:
mimeo [M]. Princeton University and Harvard University, 2001. comparasion among China, Japan, and the U.S. "[J]. Management
[18] Gust C., Leduc S., Vigfusson R. "Trade integration, competition and World , Vol.10, 2003, pp 6-19.
the decline in exchange-rate pass-through" [R]. International [37] Taylor J B. " Low inflation, pass through and the pricing power of
Finance Discussion Papers No.864,2006. the firms" [J]. European Economic Review. Vol.44 (7), 2000,
[19] Holmes P M. Industrial pricing behavior and devaluation [M]. pp1389-1408.
London: Macmillan, 1978. [38] The People's Bank, Nanjing Branch. "RMB exchange rate and
[20] Huang W. "The analysis for RMB exchange rate pass-through effect export price-industrial perspective"[J]. Financial Perspectives
on export price" ,[J]. Economic Warp,Vol.6, 2008, pp 44-46. Journal, Vol.3,2009, pp3-9.
[21] Ju R. H., LI X. Y. "Study on the exchange rate pass-through effects [39] Wei X Q.,Liu G F. "The empirical analysis of exchange rate
on China's agricultural export prices", [J]. China's rural observation, pass-through effect on export structure adjustment" [J].Financial
Vol.2, 2006, pp 16-23. Theory & Practice, Vol.4,2010, pp39-43.
[22] Karim B. "Differences in long run exchange rate pass-through into
import prices in developing countries: an empirical investigation"
[J]. Economic Modelling, Vol.23(6),2006, pp 926-951.
Appendix
[23] Knetter M. "Price discrimination by U.S. and German exporters" [J]. 1. The Induction of Equation (2)
American Economic Review.Vol.79,1989, pp198-210.   e 
max π MNC = e1 ⋅ p −  w11 + 1 ⋅ w22  ⋅ qMNC
qMNC
  e2 
36 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

 e 
d e1 ⋅ p(q MNC ) − ( w11 + 1 ⋅ w22 ) ⋅ q MNC
∂π MNC
=  
e 2
=0
∂q MNC dq MNC
e1 e
e1 ⋅ p(q MNC ) − ( w11 + ⋅ w22 ) + 1 ⋅ (−1) ⋅ q MNC = 0
e2 b
Note that the last one in the equation on the left side.
Assuming there exist
nMNC identical multinational
companies, and the first-order condition aims for one
multinational manufacturer's profit optimization. According
to the international market demand function Q = a − bp ,
nMNC nLF
Q= ∑ qMNC
j
+ ∑ q LF
k
where j =1 k =1
, therefore, dp(qMNC ) dqMNC = − 1 b ,
−n b
instead of MNC . Then, put it Into the demand function,
after arrangement, the first-order condition could be
expressed as:
n LF b a w w 
q MNC = − ⋅ q LF + ⋅  − ( 11 + 22 ) 
nMNC + 1 nMNC + 1  b e1 e2 
2. The Induction of Equation (9)

Define the degree of external competition in the
international market as nMNC N = σ ; the value-added shares
of the parent company and its subsidiary as w11 e1 ⋅ p = λ1 ，
∗
w22 e2 ⋅ p ∗ = λ2 , respectively; the relative volatility of
exchange rates as µ = (∆e1 e1 ) (∆e2 e2 ) , the relative

production cost as λ = (w11 e1 ) (w22 e2 ) . When considering
the total effects of the exchange rate shocks, the movements
of MNC's export price could be shown as
∆p ∗ p ∗ = E p ∗ ← e ⋅ (∆e1 e1 ) + E p ∗ ← e ⋅ (∆e2 e2 )
1 2
nMNC w11
E p∗ ←e = − ⋅ = −σ ⋅ λ1
Where
1
N e1 ⋅ p ∗
nMNC w22
E p∗ ←e = − ⋅ = −σ ⋅ λ2
2
N e2 ⋅ p ∗
Put the two unilateral exchange rate elasticities into the

equation above, after some arrangements, we could get
∆p ∗ p ∗ = −σ ⋅ λ1 ⋅ (∆e1 e1 ) − σ ⋅ λ2 ⋅ (∆e2 e2 )
∆p ∗ p ∗ = −σ ⋅ (λ1 ⋅ µ + λ2 ) ⋅ (∆e2 e2 ) = −σ ⋅ λ2 ⋅ (1 + λ ⋅ µ ) ⋅ (∆e2 e2 )
Note that the export price change now is the combined effect
under multiple exchange rates shocks ( e1 , e2 ). Therefore, the

total elasticity could be expressed as
E p ∗ ←e e = E p ∗ ←e ⋅ (1 + µλ )
1 2 2
37 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Theoretical Study on Accounting Methods of

Intangible Capital
Leqin Luo, Yuner Yan
Department of Statistics, Fujian Provincial Key Laboratory of Statistical Sciences, School of Economics,
Xiamen University, Xiamen 361005, China
Abstract: Intangible capital is an important issue under generalized national wealth and sustainable development, which is
the rest of national wealth after deducting produced capital, natural resources and net financial assets. In most countries,
intangible capital makes up 60-80 percent of total wealth, how to manage it effectively plays a key role in sustainable de-
velopment and policy. This paper clarifies the main compositions of intangible capital, concludes the measurements in two
ways, that is the direct way and the indirect way, and discusses the future of research of intangible capital in national wealth
accounting.
Keywords: human capital; social capital; regular institution
1. Introduction 2. Connotation of Intangible Capital
The wealth mentioned in the System of National Ac-
Intangible assets talked usually refers to assets with in-
counting (SNA) is limited to the physical form of assets,
tangible form in the production process, such as computer
such as natural resources and produced capital. In the mid-
software, literary and artistic originals as well as special
1990s, experts of the World Bank raised the concept of gene-
powers conferred by the State or legal in producing some
ralized wealth of nations, which contained more patterns of
certain goods and services, or engaging in certain activities,
assets than that of SNA, not only including the traditional
taking patents and copyright for example. However, Intangi-
form -- natural resources and produced assets, but also cov-
ble capital residual in generalized wealth of nations is the
ering human capital and social capital (these two sorts of
general term of non-physical and non-financial assets, and
assets are the main content of the intangible capital residual).
can be summarized into four categories, namely, human cap-
Generalized wealth of nations provides a broader perspective
ital, social capital(informal institutions), formal institutions
for the study of how to increase a country's national wealth
such as management and residuals of errors and ignored fac-
as well as to achieve sustainable development.
tors[ 1].
Intangible capital, accounting for more than 60%, is an
Human capital is the sum of knowledge, skills, abilities
important constituent of wealth of nations; therefore, re-
and qualities, owned by individuals to create personal, social
search on the elements of intangible capital and accounting
and economic well-beings. With structural characteristics of
methods has important implications in measuring wealth of
network, and functional characteristics, a society's social
nations and transforming from natural resource-dependent
capital can be summaries as the organization, the relation-
pattern of economic growth to a sustained development pat-
ship and attitudes and values of the organization, which do-
tern of growth. Experts of World Bank started the research
minate the behavior of people, and are conducive to econom-
on generalized wealth of nations from the 1990s, and has
ic growth and social development. Besides, from empirical
been accounted the wealth of different countries for 1995,
experience, efficient organization (institutional factors) is
2000 and 2005. In our country, the research on generalized
also a key to economic growth; institutional factors can im-
wealth of nations and its accounting methods is still limited,
prove economic performance by reducing production and
and this paper intends to study on intangible capital—the
transaction costs and in this sense, institution factor is a sort
most important part of wealth of nations, trying to investi-
of asset among intangible capital. Intangible capital is the
gate intangible capital calculation methods in direct and indi-
remaining assets of total wealth, which makes it contain
rect ways, and put forward the estimation of intangible capi-
some residual forms of assets because of the unavailable
tal in the future in accordance with existing accounting de-
datasets or technical difficulties, such as the inaccurate
fects.
measured part of natural resources and produced capital. In
the estimation of natural resources stock, stocks of fisheries
and coastal resources are not concluded, like groundwater
38 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. Q. Luo et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp38-43
and diamonds; this part is classified as a "residual" in intang- Empirical estimates of are typically small, on the order
ible capital. The constituents of intangible capital can be of 1-2 percent, while for they typically range from 1 to 2.
seen in figure1. However, expression (3) implies that when , total
wealth is a decreasing function of the growth rate of future
consumption, a counterintuitive result. Based on this analysis,
we therefore choose equal to 1.5% (the average between 1%
and 2%) and equal to 1 in order to calculate total wealth.
As seen in expression (1), the underlying growth theory
assumes an infinite lifetime for the analysis. As a practical
matter, we need to carry out the wealth accounting on a ge-
nerational basis, and maybe 25 years is a good choice.
Therefore, the total wealth are calculated as the present value
Figure1. Constituents of Intangible Capital of the current level of consumption (we use the average of
consumption over 25 years in empirical research), and dis-
3. Indirect Accounting Method of Intangible counted at the pure rate of time preference of 1.5 percent.
Capital Besides, we assume an optimistic future rate of per capita
Indirect accounting method is based on the nature of in- consumption growth of 2.5 percent (historical values are typ
tangible capital as a margin. That is, intangible wealth is the ically less than 1.5 percent), so that our calculated interest
residual derived by subtracting physical, natural, and net rate using the Ramsey formula is 4 percent[ 2].
financial assets from total wealth. Indirectly accounting me- 3.2. Estimation of the Stock of Produced Capital
thod lies on the accuracy of estimations of stocks of total
wealth, natural resources, produced capital and net foreign There are two methods when estimating stock of capital,
financial assets. Considered accounting methods of assets one is the perpetual inventory method (PIM), and another is
mentioned above is relatively complete, the realization of net present value (NPV). In the method of PIM, the stock of
this method of accounting intangible capital is of less diffi- capital can be valued as the sum of the additions, minus the
culty. subtractions, made over time to an initial stock—summing
up the value of gross investments and subtracting deprecia-
3.1. Estimation of Total Wealth tion of produced capital, for example. Alternatively, in the
According to modern economic theory, total wealth is method of NPV, capital can be valued as the net present val-
measured as the present value of future consumption, and ue of the income it is able to produce over time, which is
total wealth can be given by what an investor would be willing to pay for a capital good.
s
Produced capital is the sum of machinery and equipment,
∞
w = ∫t ∁(s) ∙ e− ∫t r(z)dz
ds ⑴ buildings and urban land (including infrastructure). We es-
timate the stock of produced capital mainly by PIM, and
The formula above implies that future consumption must adjust capital flows of different years so as to obtain the cap-
be bounded by current wealth. ital stock with consistent meaning, addressing the problem of
To apply expression (1), we have to make assumptions how to sum up the stock of capital goods with different en-
about future consumption growth and the discount rate. We listment age. The main rule of PIM is given by
can apply the Ramsey formula to choose the discount rate,
which tells us how much a consumer would need to be com- K t = K t−1 (1 − δ)+𝐼𝐼 t
RR ⑷
pensated for deferring a unit of consumption from the cur-
Where is the current investment indicated by constant
rent period to the next period. In this assumption, the interest
price, is reset rate, and , represent capital stock in
rate r(z) can be denoted as
last period and this period. The key of this method is to de-
r = ρ + ηg ⑵ termine investment data, service life of assets and reset rate.
where is the pure rate of time preference, is the elas- 3.2.1. Determination of Current Investment
ticity of the marginal utility of consumption, and is the There are three caliber choices for yearly investment:
growth rate of per capita consumption. The discount rate is (1)the concept of "accumulation" and its corresponding sta-
therefore the sum of the rate of impatience plus the rate of tistical standards; (2) total social fixed asset investment; (3)
change of the marginal utility of consumption. Moreover, If gross capital formation or gross fixed capital formation to
are constant, then expression (1) reduces to replace investment. Accumulation is applied to measure in-
∞ 𝑠𝑠 vestment under the institution of MPS (Material Goods Bal-
W = ∫𝑡𝑡 𝐶𝐶(𝑠𝑠) ∙ 𝑒𝑒 − ∫𝑡𝑡 𝑟𝑟(z)dz
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ⑶
39 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ance Sheet System) with the advantage of avoiding deprecia- (the statutory residual rate in China is 3% to 5%) as a re-
tion problems, butafter1993theMPShas lost its applications placement of d.
and be substituted by the System of National Ac- Zhang Jun[4] in the capital stock of cities estimated eco-
counts(SNA), thus the "accumulation" flow and its price nomic depreciation rate δ of gross fixed capital formation is
index data cannot be obtained. On the other hand, the total 9.6% of different provinces, the article assumed that differ-
social fixed asset investment is a specific indicator of China ent provinces had the same depreciation, and this approxima-
Investment Statistics. Though there is long time-series data tion would cause overestimation in some provinces and un-
and investment data of components, the total social fixed derestimation in other provinces; in the study of the world
asset investment include the expenditures of land, old ma- Bank, the depreciation rate is set at 5%, and it is widely used
chines and housing, which makes it difficult for comparison in the horizontal comparison of capital stocks in different
across different countries because of being incompatible countries. The outcome of capital stock is quite sensitive to
with SNA. Gross fixed capital formation is subtracted by fee the depreciation rate, thus when applying PIM, the assump-
of land use right, the purchase value of the old machine and tion of geometric decreasing of the relative efficiency should
housing from fixed asset investment , and then add statistics be satisfied and national circumstances and research purpos-
of some investment projects not concluded. This index is es should also be considered.
based on gross social investment of fixed assets, and calcu- Urban land is improved by the human, and its value is
lated by certain adjustments; the growth of its share in GDP closely related to values of buildings, infrastructure attached
is quite gentle, so it is a good estimator of the investment to its surface, so its value can be estimated based on a certain
sequence. In addition, Shan Haojie[ 3] (2008), Zhang Jun[ 4] percentage of the equipment, machinery and buildings. Ac-
(2004) both view that the capital input of aggregate produc- cording to the research of Kunte et al[ 7] (1998), the ratio is
tion function should be capital stocks with directly or indi- 24%. Thus, as long as stocks of machinery, equipment and
rectly production capacity, not need to minus housing in- buildings are available, approximate stock of urban land is
vestment or unproductive investment, thus fixed capital for- easily done.
mation is a good choice representing investment indicators.
3.3. Estimation of Natural Resources
3.2.2. Determination on Service Life of Assets.
Natural capital includes non-renewable resources (in-
Huang Yongfeng[ 5] (2002) estimated the service life of cluding oil, gas, coal and mineral resources), arable land,
building in manufacturing (40 years) and equipment (16 grassland, forest land (including areas for exploitation of
years) after comparing among different methods; Zhang timber and non-timber forest products) and nature reserves.
Jun[7] (2004) assumed that the average life of all the build- The main difficulty in natural capital accounting is the price
ings and equipment of the provinces is 45 years and 20 years information and technology factors—there is no private
respectively, while other types of investment was assumed to market for the mineral resources to convey the value of these
be 25 years; Larson[ 6] (2000) takes the average service life deposits and the determination of the scale of reserves de-
of 20 years for all investments in a study of capital estima- pends on the existing economic and technological condi-
tion of 62 countries; The World Bank (2006) also use the tions.However, information about ten kinds of major energy
service life of 20 years to reflect a mixture of relatively long- such as coal, oil and natural gas, as well as iron ore, copper
term buildings with short-term machinery and equipment. As and other metal and mineral reserves are available in statis-
for asset service life, different scholars differ from each other tical files, for example "China Statistical Yearbook". In addi-
because of specific research objectives, but when comparing tion, the area of arable land, woodland, grassland data can
distributions of intangible capital amongst different countries, also be obtained from the statistical files, the value of differ-
a unified service life (e.g. 20years) should be adopted in or- ent types of natural resources stock can be calculated simply
der to meet the comparability of comparison among different after obtaining the unit economic value of each sort of assets.
assets. For a particular country, the value of assets is based on the
3.2.3. Determination of Resetting Rate. discounted value of the profits in the entire lifespan of re-
sources, denoted by
In perpetual inventory method, δshould be resetting rate
∑𝑡𝑡+T−1
𝑖𝑖=t π 𝑖𝑖 𝑞𝑞 𝑖𝑖
instead of depreciation rate, and only in the mode of geome- Vt= ⑸
(1+r)(1−t)
tric decline of the relative efficiency of capital goods (de-
noted by d), the two rates are equal. Different choices of Where is economic profit or gross rent at time i
depreciation rates are made mainly on the different assump- ( and represents unit rent and yield respectively), ris
tions of the relative efficiency of capital goods, for example, the social discount rate and T the lifespan of a certain re-
Huang Yongfeng, Zhang Jun use the statutory residual rate source. The current accounting of timber forest resources
and protected areas is not mature, and research on stock es-
40 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

timation of these two kinds of assets mainly follow the ac- into different types according to years of schooling, and we
counting method in developed countries . estimate the human capital of all types of workers through
return function of education, in this way gross human capital
3.4. Estimation of Net Foreign Financial Assets is the summation of human capital of the different types of
The net financial assets is the difference between a coun- workers. This method is widely used since the modus of
try's financial assets and financial liabilities, so the informa- education return function can be differently set ac-
tion of net foreign financial assets can be obtained from “the cording to research purposes. Under general circumstances,
flow of funds” accounting, but there still exists a problem we assume outputs and inputs of education are in logarith-
that different assets have different durations and yield rates, mic linear relationship, given by
leaving the net future earnings hard to be determined.
𝜙𝜙�𝐸𝐸𝑗𝑗 � = 𝜀𝜀 ∙ 𝐸𝐸𝑗𝑗 ⑺
4. Direct Accounting Method of Intangible where is the return rate to education. When considering
Capital the impact of the health factors on human capital, we obtain
Direct accounting method is based on the internal com- the quality-adjusted stock of human capital after regarding
ponents of intangible capital, and the stock of intangible cap- the survival rate of 15-year-old and 60-year-old adult as a
ital is the final summary of that of its main elements. Thus, proxy variable for health status. While this approach is out of
the stock of human capital, social capital, and formal system the view of accumulation, regardless of the differences of
must be estimated. human capital caused by income differences, it has broad
application and operation, and is a relatively simple account-
4.1. Estimation of Human Capital ing method.
Unlike produced capital, human capital does not have a 4.2. Estimation of Social Capital
physical form, and thus how to measure it becomes the con-
troversial focus among scholars. Overall, there are three dif- From the overall point of view, there are two categories
ferent angles for estimating human capital: one is out of the of methods to estimate social capital: indicators replacement
consideration of accumulation--human capital as well as method and quantity calculation method.
physical capital is the outcome of accumulation; one start Indicators replacement method can be divided into two
from the contribution of human capital, Income is the result branches:
of human capital, so the wage income contains the informa- 1)Adopting the network, the number of the association,
tion of the human capital, relative differences of wage in- and the number of members of these associations within a
comes reflect the relative difference of the human capital; given society (or community) to measure the level of social
the last method chooses some indicators based on the charac- capital. Although this branch experiences a continuous de-
teristics of human capital to measure human capital, such as velopment from a single indicator(such as the number of
the average years of education, illiteracy rate. self-organized) to a multiple interrelated indicators(such as
We discuss the accounting method focusing on the pers- folk convention, members of mutual trust and confidence in
pective of the accumulation of human capital as follows. A the government), and "the rule credibility" comprehensive
large number of studies have shown that family education, index(Brunetti&Kisunko&Weder, 1997)[ 9 ]to characterize
formal education (school education) and learning by doing the social capital, the indicators or index will inevitably ig-
are main ways to accumulate human capital, and thus to es- nore other aspects of social capital, and what’s more, the
timate from the perspective of accumulation is a good choice. indicator itself is to some degree subjective.
Barro and Lee[ 8] (1993) brought up a more formal estima- 2)Knack&Keefer[ 10] (1995) pointed out that information
tion methods, considering that people with different years of about the amount of members of different organizations,
schooling have different stocks of human capital, that is attitude towards cooperative behavior of society, the degree
years of education reflects the level of human capital. Hu- of trust in others, and the degree of tolerance for others' val-
man capital of an economy can be given by ues and lifestyles could be obtained through the World Val-
ues Survey (WVS), and be used to stand for the stock of
H = ∑𝑗𝑗 ℎ𝑗𝑗 𝐿𝐿𝑗𝑗 ⑹ social capital. However, World Values Survey does not cov-
ℎ𝑗𝑗 = 𝑒𝑒 𝜙𝜙(𝐸𝐸𝑗𝑗 ) ⑺ er all the countries, and the data is not coherent in terms of
time. In fact, the two branches of the indicator replacement
Where , , signify human capital per capita, years method are of the same essence in applying some characte-
of schooling and quantity of labor force of the j class of ristics of social capital to reflect social capital itself, and only
workers, H is the total stock of human capital of the econo- differ from each in the access to the data.
my. This metric method assumes that workers can be divided
41 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Quantity calculation method set up various investment tion of the investments with different efficiencies and quali-
functions to estimate the stock of social capital. The method ties in different phases. In addition, the major difficulty of
is based on game theory, and proposes that economic agents accounting social capital lies in how to convert social capital
interact repeatedly, they continue to invest to social capital in micro level to the macro level, as well as how to address
in terms of "honest" behavior, or social capital will be ex- the relationship between the potential and the existing social
hausted(Fukuyama，2001) [ 11]. As for quantity calculation capital.
model of social capital, Glaeser[ 12]（1999）came up with a Estimating social capital from the perspective of wealth
social capital investment model, building the dynamic rule accounting is a new idea, and considering the progressively
between the Current and next phase of social capital invest- larger impact of social capital on the growth of economy and
ment: fair improvement, it is an inevitable trend. In the short term,
𝑆𝑆𝑡𝑡+1 = θ𝑆𝑆𝑡𝑡 + 𝐼𝐼𝑡𝑡 ⑻ estimating social capital as part of wealth accounting may be
tough, but we can combine the perpetual inventory method
Where θ is the depreciation rate of existing social capital
with the two method mentioned above to get a relative rough
for investment in social capital, , denote social capital
calculator of social capital for comparison among different
stock of current and the next phase respectively. The key of
provinces or countries.
this model is to find the balance point of personal investment
in social capital, and how to sum up social capital of the in- 4.3. Governance and Other Formal Systems
dividual level to get the social capital of the society or coun-
Governance and other aspects of the formal system can
try.
be replaced by the quality of public institutions. Kaufmann,
To sum up, the two methods of social capital both start
Kraay and Mastruzzi（2005）gave six dimensions of go-
from one aspect of operation mechanisms of social capital,
vernance, voice and accountability, political stability and
instead of the sense of wealth accounting, therefore, the
absence of violence, government effectiveness, rule of law,
measurement and estimation of the stock of social capital are
regulatory quality and control of corruption1. The World
not accurate enough. Moreover, the outcomes of social capi-
Bank made a correlation analysis of the six indicators, find-
tal under the two methods are totally different from other
ing them with a high degree of correlation, and recommend-
sorts of capital in forms, which will lead to a lack of consis-
ed the use of indicators in legal aspects to measure the de-
tency and comparability for data and make it impossible to
gree of confidence and compliance with the rules of society,
calculate intangible capital from the direct way. Therefore,
namely the law index as a management/ social capital in-
accounting the stock of social capital from the point of view
structions. Many previous studies have averaged or summed
of national accounts is necessary and urgent.
governance indicators, with the rationale being that averag-
Dai Yiyi[ 13] (2009) thought that social capital basically
ing reduces measurement error if the indicators pertain to
meets the basic attributes of capital defined in the SNA, and
similar underlying concepts governance and have indepen-
the standard of capital property for statistical estimation, so
dent errors. Similarly, Susana Ferrira and Kirk Hamilton[2]
perpetual inventory method can be applied to estimate the
（2010）took the same measures, and got an aggregate in-
stock of social capital, maintain comparability between so-
dicator, but their report showed that the results were robust
cial capital and other sorts of capital. At the same time, we
to the use of an aggregate indicator. This article agrees that
will face technical problems, such as how to determine the
the rule of law index, as a proxy variable of formal system,
initial inventory, depreciation of investment in the reporting
has a better alternative to the formal system of governance.
period, the price index of investment and depreciation of
But the rule of law indicator is a relative number, and is dif-
social capital. Ma Cheng[ 14](2010)put forward that the ma-
ficult to measure the stock of the formal system, so perhaps
cro accumulation of social capital was achieved by individu-
the government expenditure on general public affairs can be
al investment, and thus using cost as an alternative indicator
seen as part of the investment on capital, and we can com-
of social capital—capitalize the expenditure spending on
bine the quality of the public institutions to calculate stock
social capital accumulation and make it part of the invest-
levels of the formal system.
ment of social capital. Cost method solved the problem of
determining the amount of investment in social capital, but 5. Conclusion and Future Research
the outcome is just a rough approximation since it is still not
so easy to know the boundary of investment, for example we In comparison with Indirect accounting method, account-
may enhance relationship by cellphone, but not all telephone ing intangible capital in the direct way is with greater diffi-
charges are the investment in social capital. Liu culty and workload, especially the measurement of the stock
Yun[ 15 ](2011) identified that perpetual inventory method of social capital and management and other formal systems.
and cumulative cost method were the same in nature, but the We measure formal system still by indicators of the World
PIM is more scientific and reasonable in solving the summa- Bank, with which being inconsistent with other forms of
42 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

capital accounting methods and making it difficult to achieve 6. Acknowledgment

convergence between data. However, in the direct method,
we obtain the data of intangible capital residual, and what’s R. B. G. thanks National Social Science Foundation of
more it helps a lot in further analyzing the internal structure China "Sustainable development and national wealth ac-
of intangible capital as well as the relationship with econom- counting research" (10BTJ003).
ic growth among the various parts. References
This paper puts forward the concept of "intangible capi-
tal" from National Economic Accounting, and explores its [1] The World Bank. Where Is The Wealth Of Nations: measuring
composition and accounting methods; it is a step forward capital for the 21st century [M], 2006. 78- 81.
and a complement to SNA. However, the accounting of in- [2] Susana Ferreira and Kirk Hamilton. 2010(10), Comprehensive
tangible capital is still facing major challenges under current Wealth, Intangible Capital, and Development, Working Paper: 10.
economic and technical means, mainly reflected in the fol- [3] Dan Haojie. Re-estimating the capital stock of china: 1952-2006[J],
lowing aspects: Journal of Quantitative &Technical Economics, 2008(10):18-20.
1) Direct measurement of intangible capital, especially [4] Zhang Jun, Wu Guiying, Zhang Jiepeng. The Estimation of China’s
stock estimations in the formal system and the non-formal Provincial Capital Stock: 1952-2000[J], Economic Research Journal,
system. The human capital theory and related empirical stu- 2004(10):36.
dies has been enriched since the concept of “human capital” [5] Huang Yongfeng, Ren Ruoen, Liu Xiaosheng. Capital Stock
was raised, while research on social capital and institutional Estimates in Chinese Manufacturing by Perpetual Inventory
aspects has not made great progress from the aspect of na- Approach [J], China Economic Quarterly,2002(2):385.
tional economic accounting. In addition to human capital, [6] Larson, Donald F., Rita Butzer, YairMundlak, and Al Crego. 2000. A
social capital also occupies an important position in the in- Cross-Country Database for Sector Investment and Capital. The
tangible capital residual, thus working out how to measure World Bank Economic Review 14 (2): 371–91.
and estimate social capital seems essential. Estimating the [7] Kunte, A., K. Hamilton, J. Dixon, and M. Clemens. 1998. Estimating
stock of social capital by the perpetual inventory method is a National Wealth: Methodology and Results. Environment
favorable assumption, and if we can establish an accounting Department, World Bank, Washington, DC: 57.
system of volume and value aspects for social capital, then [8] Barro, Robert J and Jong Wa Lee,1993b,“International Comparisons
we will be able to solve these accounting problems. In addi- of Educational Attainment”, NBER Working Paper No. 4349.
tion, it is difficult to quantify the system factors, especially [9] Brunetti, A. ,Kisunko, G. and Weder, B.. 1997. Credibility of Rules
to combine outputs (laws, regulations, etc.) and inputs (such and Economic Growth. Policy Research Working Paper, 1760.
as the general public affairs expenditure) so as to form a [10] Knack, S. and Keefer, P. .1995. Institutions and Economic
series of indicators or stock data reflecting the quality of Performance: Cross - Country Tests Using Alternative Institutional
public institutions reasonably. Measures. Economics and Politics, 7(10): 207- 227.
2) Organic linkage of direct and indirect measurement of [11] Fukuyama, F., 2000. Social Capital and Civil Society. International
intangible capital. Though intangible capital by indirect Monetary Fund. Working Paper: 74.
measurement method contains some residuals (such as [12] Glaeser, E., Laibson, D.Scheinkman, J. and Soutter, L.. 1999, What is
groundwater and diamonds, etc.), the outcome of intangible Social Capital- The Determinants of Trust and Trustwarthiness,
capital is relatively accurate since the measurements of natu- NBER Working Paper, No.7216.
ral resources and produced capital are quite mature. Thus, if [13] Dai Yiyi, Liu Yun. A Study of the Perpetual Inventory Method in
the effective convergence of the two methods can be Estimating Social Capital Stock: A Perspective of National
achieved, it is not only a detection means of accuracy of the Accounting [J], Journal of Xiamen University(Arts & Social
data, and can in turn promote the accounting methods of Sciences), 2009(6):44, 46.
natural resources and produced capital. [14] Ma Cheng. A Study of Social Capital Accounting [D], Southwestern
3) Research on the relationship between intangible capi- University of Financial and Economics, 2010:31.
tal and economic development or growth needs to be further [15] Liu Yun. Study on Issues of Social Capital Economic Analysis and
expanded. In addition, considering intangible capital and Accounting [D], Xiamen University, 2011:101.
total factor productivity (TFP) are both in the remaining
forms of capital, issues like "what intrinsic link and differ-
ences between the two sorts of capital” need exploring.
43 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Analysis on the Operating Mechanism of the

Adjustment to Industrial Structure of Hebei
Province in the Background of Low Carbon
Economy
Yan Zhang 1, Guohong Wang 2 , Hua Liu 3
1,2,3
Economic Department, Enviromental Management College of China, China
1
57875484@qq.com, 243139214@qq.com, 3785232649@qq.com
Abstract: The development of low carbon economy is the only way to the sustained and rapid development of economy in
China. In the period of serious industrialization of Hebei Province, it has important strategic meaning to develop low carbon
economy. This paper mainly expounds the driving force to develop low carbon economy in optimization and upgrade the
industrial structure, learning from experience of operating mechanism between the development of low carbon economy
and the adjustment to industrial structure in the developed countries, and further to propose according measures.
Keywords: low carbon; Hebei’s economy; industrial structure; operating mechanism
1. Introduction the transformation of economic growth mode and the
optimization and upgrading of industrial structure.
Low-carbon development has become an important
option for countries to promote economy, social and 2. Methodology the Driving Force of
environmental sustainability. Low-carbon economy is an Development of Low-Carbon Economy and
emerging pattern of economic activities, based on low the Optimization and Upgrading of
energy consumption, and low emission, its essence is to
Industrial Structure in Hebei
improve energy efficiency and create clean energy structure.
the core of low carbon is on the basis of market Unreasonable industrial structures
mechanisms, through the institutional framework and the At present, Hebei Province is to accelerate the
formulation of policy measures and innovation, promote development period of industrialization and urbanization, a
technology to improve energy efficiency, energy number of high-carbon industries are still the leading
conservation technologies, renewable energy technologies industry support Hebei's economic development. It can be
and the development and use of the greenhouse gas seen from Figure-1, by 2009 the proportion between the
emission reduction technology, furthermore, to promote Hebei Province, the first, second and tertiary industries in a
overall social and economic transition to energy-efficient, 13.0:52.1:34.9 the state, industrial structure is serious
8Tunreasonable, economic growth is too dependent on the
low power and low-carbon emission mode. The
secondary industry[1]. The Hebei pillar industries of iron
development of low-carbon economy is another major
and steel, nonferrous metals, building materials, chemicals
decision-making in China following the circular economy
and electricity are high-energy intensive heavy chemical
departure from the national strategic, 2020, China's per unit industries, more primary products and low-end products,
GDP carbon emissions compared to 2005 decreased by 40% less value-added products, energy – consuming seriously.
-45%, have been incorporated into the national economy While low power consumption of the tertiary industry and
and society development as a binding target of long-term service industry lags behind, and the structure of tertiary
planning, and to develop appropriate national statistics, industry is not reasonable enough. View from the developed
monitoring and evaluation methods. According to Morgan countries, the finance, insurance, modern logistics,
Stanley forecast, the potential size of the energy efficiency information services, real estate and business services of a
market in China reached 800 billion RMB, As the energy modern service industries and knowledge-intensive
province of Hebei in the middle stage of rapid development emerging the proportion of value added services to improve
of industrialization and urbanization, to walk the road of gradually.
low-carbon economy will become the inevitable choice for
44 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. Zhang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp44-48
60 Source: 2010 Hebei Economic Yearbook

50
Tab.2 scale industrial enterprises above

40 designated sub-industry energy consumption index value (Unit:
Percentage
30
Primary Industry
Secondary Industry
million tons of coal)
Tertiary Industry 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
20 Scale 13976 15859 16991 16683 17159
industrial .29 .48 .34 .83 .63
10
energy
0
consumption
Coal mining 839.6 793.6 724.4 804.7 793.3
1980
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
Year and washing 7 8 4 5 5
Fig.1 Hebei Province, the three major industrial share of Petroleum 730.4 713.8 717.5 588.2 592.4
GDP (1985-2009) processing, 6 8 4 4 9
Source: 2010 Hebei Economic yearbook coking and
nuclear fuel
processing
The energy structure deviates from the low-carbon industries
Energy structure including energy production and Chemical 1041. 1131. 1276. 1191. 1010.
energy consumption structure, as the largest province of materials and 74 59 30 81 17
chemical
China's coal production and consumption, has been products
dominated by the absolute dominance of coal in Hebei manufacturing
energy production and consumption structure. Proportion of Non-metallic 892.6 1132. 1215. 1108. 1093.
primary energy production in Hebei in 2009, coal accounted mineral 8 04 00 40 57
products
for 85.19%, oil accounted for 12.44%, natural gas
industry
accounted for 2.11%; [1] Can be seen from Table 1, the Ferrous metal 5863. 6977. 7735. 7817. 8466.
structure of energy consumption, coal consumption smelting and 88 67 15 77 07
accounted for 92.51% of total energy consumption, oil rolling
accounted for 6.21%, natural gas accounted for 1.21%. Coal processing
industry
consumption is the most important source of CO emissions, Production 3174. 3389. 3487. 3407. 3416.
more than 85% of the total emissions of CO emissions from and supply of 96 40 80 52 46
burning coal, this is an important reason of high energy electricity,
consumption and high carbon emissions of Hebei economy. heat
Communicati 11.37 12.54 13.21 12.68 12.04
Seen from Table -2, in addition to communication, gas, ons
water, industrial and the rest are high energy consumption, equipment,
high emission, high-carbon industries, accounting for computers and
89.75% of the above-scale industriasl energy other
Gas 3.24 12.50 2.29 2.18 3.44
consumption[1]. Therefore, energy saving and emission production
reduction is a tough task, the development of low-carbon and supply
economy is imminent. industry
Water 6.48 6.48 6.09 6.16 5.91
Tab.1 1999-2009 The total energy consumption, structural production
statistical situation of Hebei Province and supply
Year Total coal oil natura water industry
energy consum consu l gas and Source: 2010 Hebei Economic Yearbook
consumpt ption mptio consu electri The low levels of low-carbon technologies and energy
ion /ten /% n% mptio city efficiency
thousand n /% consu
tons mptio
China is both a major energy producer, and the country
n /% of consumption, but the output efficiency per ton of
1999 9379.27 90.01 9.00 0.88 0.11 standard coal equivalent to only 10% in Japan, the EU's
2000 11195.71 90.94 8.17 0.84 0.05 16%, 28.6% of U.S. energy consumption per unit of product
2001 12114.29 91.84 7.42 0.70 0.04 in China is higher than in developed countries 3 times.
2002 13404.53 91.12 8.15 0.70 0.03
2003 15297.89 92.78 6.49 0.66 0.07
Hebei unit GDP energy consumption is higher than average
2004 17347.79 91.14 8.01 0.75 0.10 level, in 2009, 1.640 tons of standard coal / million, ranking
2005 19835.99 91.82 7.45 0.61 0.12 8. Hebei is in the middle stage of rapid industrialization and
2006 21794.09 91.59 7.64 0.67 0.10 urbanization, the traditional growth pattern makes the
2007 23585.13 92.36 6.87 0.68 0.09 carbon emissions continued to grow.
2008 24321.87 92.31 6.67 0.94 0.08
Locking effect so called “locking effect” refers to the
2009 25418.79 92.51 6.21 1.21 0.07
infrastructure, machinery and equipment, and personal
45 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

big-ticket consumer durables, the useful life of more than Britain and other EU countries through a carbon tax, not
15 or even 50 years, the period is not easily abandoned, only to promote the development of energy efficiency and
technology and investment will be "locked". How to avoid renewable energy, reduce emissions, but also played a role
locking effect shackles and troubles are urgent and realistic in promoting economic development.
challenge in the development process. Improved energy efficiency and environmental
Extensive trade structure Hebei Foreign Trade is to take regulatory standards Legislative provisions of the United
the extensive growth mode of trade, the rapid growth of States in 2007, 2020, sold as new car and light truck fuel
foreign trade depends mainly on “two high and two low”, economy by 31%. EU car's carbon dioxide emissions to
high energy consumption, high input, low-tech, low 2012 reduced to 120g/km. Japan adopted the "leader"
value-added. In particular, export commodities approach in energy efficiency regulation in many products,
over-reliance on resources and very low resource utilization.
the current highest energy efficiency positioning the base
In addition, a variety of new green trade barriers become to
energy efficiency in the next stage, namely, the minimum
“Green Pass” restricting the foreign trade development in
regulatory standards to encourage energy efficiency
Hebei Province. It is difficult to match with the new
standards of developed countries. improvement.
Encourage energy efficiency and renewable energy
3. The Practice of the Low-carbon Economy development The European Union proposed in 2020,
and Industrial Structure Adjustment of the performance increased by 20%, while the share of
Operating Mechanism in Developed renewable energy increased by three times to achieve the
20% level. The EU in the field of renewable energy
Countries
investment reached $ 55 billion in 2007. The U.S. federal
British Government released "Economics of Climate government provides financial subsidies and tax incentives
Change: the Stern Report” in October 2006, according to to improve energy efficiency and renewable energy
the economic impact of global climate change, it made the development, such as the purchase of hybrid vehicles to
more authoritative quantitative assessment, suggested that if provide tax relief [3].
the current global annualGDP1% emission reduction cost of
inputs, to avoid future 5% to 20% per year GDP losses. In 4. Exploring on the Operating Mechanism of
2007, the United Nations Climate Change Conference held the Adjustment to Industrial Structure of
in Bali, Indonesia, it draw up a "Bali roadmap" to control Hebei Province
greenhouse gas emissions after 2012. At the same time, the
The backdrop of the development of low-carbon
main developed countries to the EU also adopted a series of
economy, all countries and regions due to natural
practical actions to transition to a low carbon economy[2].
endowments, the level of development of productive forces,
Actively develop low-carbon industries
the different level of development and other aspects of
Enterprise and regulatory reform of “vision of
industrial structure, development of low carbon economy
low-carbon industrial strategy” issued by the United
mode, adjust the industrial structure of the operating
Kingdom in 2009, it proposed the three directions of
mechanism is different. According to the Hebei’s industrial
low-carbon industrial strategy of British: (1), reducing the
structure unreasonable, the overall quality of industry such
cost of commercial, consumer and public service through
as information technology and knowledge-based network
increasing energy efficien cy s; (2) Developing of
and the degree of intelligence is not high, high pollution,
renewable energy, nuclear power, carbon capture and
high energy consumption and high emissions serious
storage technologies, transmission networks and other
problems, upgrade the industrial structure of low-carbon
energy infrastructure; (3) Providing skills, infrastructure,
coordination is necessary towards the status of coordination,
procurement, research and development, demonstration and
the structure of knowledge-based, emissions from
policy deployment.
low-carbon direction.
Implementation of carbon emissions trading
Found that the carbon price, by the method of 4.1. Developing Carbon Sink Industry
cap-and-trade, carbon emissions trading not only can reduce
Take the concept of carbon sinks into the primary
the cost of emissions, but also found that the price of carbon
industry, and vigorously develop carbon sequestration
emissions, to guide energy efficiency and renewable energy
industry. Farming is a seasonal carbon sink industry;
development. At present, the European Union, the United
forestry is a long-term carbon sink industry. Hebei Province
States and other countries have to implement this policy.
is a major agricultural province (agricultural population
Carbon tax
accounts for more than 70 percent of the population of the
The carbon tax is a way to build a green taxation system.
province), and also in the zone of crops suitable for
Norway, Sweden, the Netherlands, Denmark, Germany,
46 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

production, it has a wealth of experience in afforestation Carbon Nature to Promote the Optimization
and modernization of agriculture [4]. Hebei Environment and Upgrading of Tertiary Industrial
and Energy Exchange was formally established in February Structure
2010, it was the new exploration that Hebei focus on new
market-based instruments to promote low-carbon economy. The tertiary industry has become the main channel of
employment of Hebei Province in the current and future,
4.2. Developing Low-Carbon Technologies but there is the problem of unbalanced development within
the tertiary industry. Hebei Province transportation,
Bring low-carbon technologies integrated into the financial added value accounted for 9% and 3.1% of GDP
traditional industrial system to achieve the objective of low respectively in 2009, traditional service industry still
carbon use in the high carbon energy of secondary industry. accounts for a large proportion. In the context of global
Low-carbon technologies include clean coal technology, economic recession, the services sector is currently the
renewable energy technologies, carbon capture and fastest effective, minimum consumption of energy resources,
sequestration technologies, smart grid technologies, the strongest driving force of the industry. Therefore, the
energy-saving technology, environmental technology, most pressing problem of the moment is to make use of a
construction of new materials technology. Coal is the variety of policy instruments to guide the factors of
highest-carbon emission factor of energy sources and also production to the modern service industry, especially focus
the main energy in the long period of time in Hebei on producer services projects of planning a modern logistics,
Province, the development of using low-carbon technology R & D design, finance, insurance and information services;
is especially important. In this sense, the key of Hebei’s and daily life services of cultural tourism, community
low-carbon use of high-carbon energy is to vigorously services, commerce and trade circulation, and leisure and
innovative coal technology, clean coal technology in the fitness.
course of its source to the full life cycle of the terminal. 4.5. International Cooperation Mechanisms
4.3. Integrating of Clean Energy to the Energy We need to further strengthen technological exchanges
Industry Structural Adjustment and cooperation with developed countries, to introduce and
The key point of low-carbon economy development is assimilate of advanced energy-saving technologies, to
to change the energy to the development of new energy improve energy efficiency technology and renewable
industry. Hebei is a more resource-rich area of clean energy, energy technologies, in particular, to strengthen cooperation
with the EU, the U.S. in low-carbon areas. Baoding has
including solar, wind, geothermal, biomass and tidal energy.
launched a close cooperation in the field of low-carbon
Wind power projects Hebei Province, flatland and
economy, with the Danfoss headquarters cities - Fort
coastal areas are rich in wind resources, it is easy to adapt
Denmark Sanna, and established friendly relations and
the wind power projects. According to preliminary cooperation on energy saving.
investigation, the land of wind energy resource reserves of
about 74 million kilowatts in our province, mainly in the 4.6. Governmental Compensation Mechanism
dam area in Zhangjiakou, Chengde, and Coastal areas in The government should create innovative cost
Cangzhou, Tangshan and Qinhuangdao, Hebei wind power compensation mechanism for the enterprises devotes in
installed capacity ranked second in the country. low-carbon technologies; government has to give the
Biomass power generation projects Hebei Province as a appropriate fixed capital replacement cost to the enterprises
major agricultural province, with abundant straw resources, which are first adopting low-carbon technologies while
crop straw and municipal solid waste can be dealt with updating the backward production equipment to cover the
through biomass power generation and realization of cost of losses . In particular, need to raise the low-carbon
turning waste into treasure. According to statistics, a technology upgrading in the field of high-end services and
biomass power plant of an annual consumption of 200,000 the agricultural production techniques which is the largest
tons of straw can generate 150 million kwh, Calculated in affected by climate in tandem. Above are made up of the
accordance with the current state subsidies given to 0.75 coordinated development of three industrial structure.
RMB per kilowatt-hour tax tariff, the sales revenue will Otherwise, the upgrading of a simple low-carbon of the
more than 110 million RMB a year. secondary industry will fall into the awkward position of
Solar photovoltaic power generation and heating the industry strand breaks.
Hebei solar energy resources is in a rich area, the total 4.7. Market Incentives Mechanism
annual solar radiation of 5000 MJ / m, much higher than
any other region in the western provinces [5]. Without the introduction of market mechanisms,
businesses and Individuals are unable to reach emission
4.4. Developing the Modern Industry of Low reduction targets only depend on voluntary or mandatory
47 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

behavior. The development of the carbon market has been

go through three stages:start level of captical, division of
the environment capacity, define the right of green house
gas emission and extend carbon asset of this new type of
capital. While the presence of the carbon market creates the
conditions for carbon pricing and distribution of assets.
Carbon trading has linked together with financial capital
and the real economy to guide the development of the real
economy through the power of financial capital [6].
References
[1] Statistics Bureau of Hebei Province .2010 Hebei Economic
Yearbook. Beijing: China Statistics Bureau Press, 2010.11
[2] Hong yue Li, Ran Chen. In: Economic Issues, 2011, (1).p66-71.In
Chinese
[3] Wenjun Wang, in:Northwest A & F University. Social Science
Edition2009,(11).p73-77. In Chinese
[4] Zaiqi Liu, Chun Chen. In: Foreign social sciences, 2010, (3).
p21-27.In Chinese
[5] Kunmin Zhang, Jiahua Pan, Dapeng Cui, in: China Environmental
Science Press, 2009.10 In Chinese
[6] Lihong Dong, Binshi Xu, Shiyun Dong, Qunzhi Chen, Yuya Wang,
Lei Zhang, et al. Journal of Central South University of Technology
(English Edition). 2005(S2)
48 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
An Empirical Analysis of Influencing Factors in

Adaptability to Climate Change Based on
Peasant Households
Guangping Cao1, Yongfu Chen2, Shijun Liu3, Jingjing Wang4
1, 3
Shandong Academy of Agricultural Sciences, Jinan, China
2, 4
College of Economic and Management, China Agricultural University, Beijing, China
1
Caogpsd@126.com; 2Chenyf100@hotmail.com
Abstract: Climate change has received increasingly general attention from the international society, and adaptability has
been considered as a more and more important countermeasure to respond to climate change. Based on the questionnaire
data from 524 peasant households in 64 villages of Shandong Province, this article makes an empirical analysis of the
factors influencing adaptability response to climate change of the peasant households. The research indicated that the rise of
atmospheric temperature compels peasant households to take active countermeasures to adapt to climate change. Improving
the educational background of the householder, increasing the per unit land output of peasant households and the proportion
of irrigable land, investing in construction of farmer's market in the villages, encouraging farmers to participate in
agricultural insurance and agricultural technical training all have effective enhancing on the ability of peasant households to
adapt to climate change.
Keywords: climate change; peasant household; adaptability

1. Introduction employs MNL (Multinomial Logit) to analyze factors that
influence the adaptability of peasant households to the
Climate change has received increasingly general climate change and the effect of the adaptability.
attention by the international society, and adaptability has
considered as a more and more important countermeasure to 2. Theoretical Framework
respond to climate change (Ye et al, 2003). Quite a lot of
In the process of multiple choices by the decision maker,
unfavorable influences arose from climate change to
judgment of the decision maker on the result of choice does
agricultural production can be alleviated by means of
not solely depend on the value, but a corresponding value of
adaptability countermeasure. However, the results differ
the value which reflects the preference of the decision
greatly in different countries or regions and in different
maker When the preference of the decision maker meets
crops (Deressa et al, 2008; Luo et al, 2009). Adaptability
certain conditions, the result of decision corresponds with
countermeasure to climate change mainly comprise
the utility function. As for the ith peasant household,
spontaneous adaptability behavior of peasant households
assume that the utility of choosing j is U ij . When the
and adaptability management of public departments (IPCC,
peasant household chooses j, when and only when U ij >U ik ,
2007). Generally speaking, spontaneous adaptability
behavior of peasant households is profitable, and there are any k≠j, k∈J，U ij is defined as follows: U= ij Vij + eij
some foreign scholars who have made an empirical analysis (1)
of the spontaneous adaptability behavior of peasant The utility of peasant households is affected by the
households based on survey data of peasant households indirect utility Vij and the random variable eij . Then, the
(Nhemachena and Hassan, 2007; Deressa et al, 2008; Yesuf probability that the i th peasant household chooses the jth
et al, 2008). Countermeasures taken by peasant households adaptability choice behavior is as below:
to adapt to the climate change mainly include irrigation,
fertilization, adjusting sowing time and planting different P=ij p(Uij > Uik , ∀k ≠ =
j ) p(Vij + eij > Vik + eik , ∀k ≠ =
j ) p(Vij − Vik > eik − eij, ∀k ≠ j ) (2)
crops, as well as varieties improvement (Droogers, 2004; Suppose that the joint density function of the random
Holden and Brereton, 2006; Meza et al, 2008; Challinor et vector ei is f (ei ) , then the characteristic function can
al., 2007; Wang et al, 2008). The present research is mainly
based on the questionnaire data from 524 peasant be defined as follows:
households in 64 villages in Shandong Province and
49 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

G. P. Cao et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp49-52
1 eik − eij < Vij − Vik , ∀k ≠ j (3) Pi1, Pi 2, Pi 3, Pi 4 respectively stand for the probability of
S (eik − eij < Vij { } − Vik , ∀k ≠ j ) =
0 Otherwise choosing “taking no measure”, “adjusting the planting
structure”, “choosing new technique and new species”, and
The probability that the i th peasant household chooses “adjusting the sowing time and harvest time of crops” by
the jth adaptability choice behavior can be expressed as the peasant households. “Taking no measure” is selected as a
mathematic expression E ( S ) : reference group and then we can get the expression
(4) formulas of log odds ratio and odds ratio as follows:
=
P ij E (=
S) ∫
S (eik − eij < Vij { } − Vik , ∀k ≠ j ) ⋅ f (ei ) dei
 e xiβ 2 
e  Pi 2  xiβ 2 xiβ 1 β `2 xi
ln   = ln  = e −e = ( β 2 − β 1) xi = β `2 xi , Pi 2 − Pi1 = e
 Pi1   e xiβ 1 
The above formula is the integral of the joint density
function f (ei ) of random variable in the utility function  Pi 3 
ln   = ln 
 e xiβ 3 
= e
xiβ 3 xiβ 1
−e = ( β 3 − β 1) xi = β `3 xi , Pi 3 − Pi1 = e
β `3 xi
 Pi1   e xiβ 1 
Uij . Assume that the distribution of ei corresponds with
Logit distribution, then the probability that the ith peasant  Pi 4   e xiβ 4  xiβ 4 xiβ 1 β `4 xi
ln   = ln  = e −e = ( β 4 − β 1) xi = β `4 xi , Pi 4 − Pi1 = e (7)
household chooses the jth adaptability choice behavior can  Pi1  xiβ 1
 e 
be expressed as follows:
exp(Vij ) (5) Yet, the marginal influences of a single independent
Pij = J variable on log odds ratio and odds ratio are as follows:
∑ exp(V ) ik
 Pi 2   Pi 2   Pi 3 
k =1
∂ ln   ∂  ∂ ln  
 Pi1   Pi1  β 2k  Pi1 
3. Empirical Analysis = β= 2k , e = , β 3k
∂xik ∂xik ∂xik
3.1. Construction of Econometric Model
 Pi 3   Pi 4   Pi 4 
Let’s define the set of adaptability behavior conducted ∂  ∂ ln   ∂ 
 Pi1  β 3k  Pi1   Pi1  β 4k
by peasant households to respond to the climate change as = e = , β=
4k, e (8)
{ J 1, J 2, J 3, J 4} , ∂xik ∂xik ∂xik
where J 1 = taking no adaptability
Considering the coefficient symbol in the model, the
measures; J 2 = adjusting planting structure; J 3 = negative value means the ratio that peasant households
choosing new technique and new species; J 4 = adjusting choose the alternative projects (choose J2, J3 and J4) is
sowing time and harvest time of crops. INC stands for reduced, whereas the probability of choosing the reference
income of peasant households per Mu; LAB stands for the project (J1) is increased. And the meaning of the positive
ratio of agricultural labor force to the total population of a value is just the reverse. Odds ratio index means the ratio of
family; INS stands for participation of peasant households choosing the alternative projects and the reference project
in agricultural insurance; MAR stands for distance between by the peasant households, resulting from change of the
the village and the market; CUL stands for the area of independent variable , which was worked out through the
cultivated land of peasant households; IRR stands for the natural exponential value EXP( β ) of the coefficient. When
ratio of irrigable land to the total cultivated land area; AGE β nk > 0,eβ nk > 1, n =
2,3, 4 , it means that the probability of
stands for the age of the head of a household; EDU stands
for the educational level of the head of a household; TRA choosing “adjusting the planting structure” by peasant
stands for participation of peasant households in households after the change is increased compared with
agricultural technical training; TEM stands for average “taking no measure”. On the contrary, when
temperature; PRE stands for average precipitation. i stands β nk < 0,e β nk < 1,n = 2, 3, 4 , it means that the probability of
for the ith peasant household; α m (m=1,..11), and β 1, β 2 choosing “adjusting the planting structure” by peasant
households after the change is reduced.
are all parameters to be estimated. The econometric model
is given as below: 3.2. Selection of Variables and Description of The
Pij =
exp(Vij ) Data
J
∑ exp(Vik ) The data used in this analysis were collected by a
k =1
questionnaire survey in 64 villages in Shandong Province of
exp(α 1 j + α 2 jINC1 + α 3 jINC 2 + α 4 jLAB + α 5 jINS + α 6 jMAR + α 7 jCUL + α 8 jIRR + α 9 jAGE + α 10 jEDU + α 11 jTRA + β 1 jTEM + β 2 jPRE )
= China. A total of 524 completed questionnaires which
J
∑ exp(α 1 j + α 2 jINC1 + α 3 jINC 2 + α 4 jLAB + α 5 jINS + α 6 jMAR + α 7 jCUL + α 8 jIRR + α 9 jAGE + α 10 jEDU + α 11 jTRA + β 1 jTEM + β 2 jPRE ) surveyed peasant households were collected in 2011. The
k =1 sample involves the four areas of Northern Lu, Central Lu,
j = J 1, J 2, J 3, J 4
Southern Lu and Peninsula area. The dependent variables
(6)
50 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

belong to the adaptability behavior set { J 1, J 2, J 3, J 4} and the market (Kilometer)

and the definition and statistical descriptions of independent Total area of cultivated land
1.1 0.983 1.089
variables are shown in Table 1. (Mu)
Ratio of irrigable acre to the
17.939*** 7.691*** 9.584***
3.3. An Analysis of the Measurement Result total area of cultivated land (%)
Age of the head of household
This research takes “1= taking no measure” as the 0.993 0.949** 1.023
(Year)
reference group, estimates the above model with the Educational level of the head of
maximum likelihood estimator and then makes a 1.547** 1.248* 1.262**
household (Year)
Table 1. Explanation of variables in analysis of adaptability of Whether the head of household
participates in agricultural 12.774 44.013* 46.723
peasant households
training
Maxi Mini Temperature (℃/Month) 3.406*** 2.069*** 2.619***
Explanation of variables Average mum mum
value value value Precipitation (mm/Month) 0.999 1.003 0.959**
Annual income of peasant
1168.75
74516.
-1215
Notes: ***, ** and * respectively represent the statistical
households per Mu (Yuan/Mu) 25 significance levels of 1%, 5% and 10%; RRR refers to
Ratio of agricultural labor force to relative risk ratio.
64.12 1 0
the total population of a family (%)
Whether a peasant household
significance test. The test on the model uses log likelihood
participates in agricultural insurance 0.25 1 0 ratio test method and if the likelihood ratio
(yes = 1, no = 0) test statistic is above the significance level of α = 0.01 ,it
Distance between the village and the is considered that this model is significant.
6.37 30 0
market (Kilometer) It can be seen that the standard R2 of the model is 0.528,
Area of cultivated land (Mu) 6.05 80 0.2 which indicates that the model passes the significance test.
Ratio of irrigable acre to the total The result of choosing risk ratio estimation by peasant
47.65 1 0 households in responding to the climate change is shown in
area of cultivated land (%)
Table 2.
Age of the head of household (Year) 45.97 75 20 From Table 2, it can be seen that the relative risk ratio of
Educational level of the head of the following indexes is above 1 and passes the significance
7.89 14 0 level test: income of peasant households per Mu,
household (Year)
Whether the head of household participation of peasant households in agricultural insurance,
participates in agricultural training 0.27 1 0 distance between the village and the market, the ratio of
(yes = 1, no = 0) irrigable acre to the total cultivated land area, educational
Average temperature (℃/Month) 13.64 14.88 10.7 level of the head of a household, and temperature. This
Average precipitation (mm/Month) 55.56 73.4 12.69 indicates that when other conditions are constant, the
Note: calculated based on the questionnaire survey.
probability of choosing adjusting the planting structure,
choosing new technique and new species, and adjusting the
Table 2. Result of risk ratio estimation by peasant households in sowing time and harvest time of crops by peasant
responding to the climate change households is increased compared with the probability of
taking no measure by peasant households. When the
Adjustin
Adjusting
Choosing
g the
temperature rises, the probability of choosing adjusting the
new planting structure, choosing new technique and new species,
the sowing
technique and adjusting the sowing time and harvest time of crops is
Name of variable planting time and
and new respectively increased by 3.4%, 2.01%, and 2.62%. The
structure harvest
species
time probability effect of increasing the income of peasant
RRR RRR RRR households per Mu of land, increasing the ratio of irrigable
Annual income of peasant acre to the total cultivated land, and participating in
1.009*** 1.009*** 1.01*** agricultural insurance by the head of a household is more
households per Mu (Yuan/Mu)
Ratio of agricultural labor force obvious than responding to take measures by peasant
to the total population of a 0.187 0.114** 0.132** households.
family (%)
Whether a peasant household 4. Conclusions and Suggestions
participates in agricultural 6.732* 10.132** 9.811** The result showed that rise of temperature pushes
insurance
peasant households to take active countermeasures to adapt
Distance between the village 1.034 0.784*** 0.852** to the climate change. In addition to the factor of climate
51 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

warming which affects peasant households who isn’t taking Lanka,” Agricultural Water Management, 2004, Vol.66, pp. 15–33.
active countermeasures of adaptability, the following factors [7] Holden N M, Brereton A J, “Adaptation of water and nitrogen
all significantly affect the decision making of peasant management of spring barley and potato as a response to possible
households: income of peasant households per unit of land, climate change in Ireland”, Agricultural Water Management, 2006,
the ratio of agricultural labor force to the total population of Vol.82, pp. 297.
a family, participation in agricultural insurance, distance [8] Meza F, Silva J D, Vigil H., “Climate change impacts on irrigated
between the village and the market, the ratio of irrigable maize in Mediterranean climates: Evaluation of double cropping as
land to the total area of cultivated land, age of the an emerging adaptation alternative,” Agricultural Systems, 2008,
householder, educational level of the householder, and Vol.98, pp. 21-30
participation of the householder in agricultural technical [9] Challinor A J, Wheeler T R , Craufurd P Q, Ferro D B, “Adaptation of
training, etc. the householder’s participation in agricultural
crops to climate change through genotypic responses to mean and
technical training had great helps on improving the ability
extreme temperatures,” Agriculture, Ecosystems and Environment,
of put in use of new varieties and new technique. Among
2007, Vol.119, pp. 190–204.
the measure factors that affect peasant households in
[10] Jinxia Wang, Robert Mendelsohn, Ariel Dinarc, Jikun Huangd, Scott
adjusting the planting structure, the ratio of irrigable land to
Rozellee, Lijuan Zhang, “The impact of climate change on China’s
the total area of cultivated land, educational level of the
householder, and output of per unit land are important agriculture”, Agricultural Economics, 2009, Vol.40, pp. 323–337.
factors. There are a lot of peasant households in Shandong
Province who adjust the sowing time and harvest time in
according to the climate change and the effect of adapting
to the climate change is obvious. Therefore, the government
and the society ought to take measures to improve the
cultural background of the householder, increase the output
of per unit land, make an investment in constructing the
farmers’ market in the villages, construct water conservancy
facilities, increase the ratio of irrigable land, encourage
peasant households to participate in agricultural insurance
and agricultural technical training, enhance the ability of
peasant households to adapt to the climate change and
reduce unfavorable influences of the climate change upon
peasant households.
References
[1] Ye Duzheng, Jing Yundi, Dong Wenjie, “The Northward Shift of
Climatic in China Duing the Last Years and the Corresponding
Seasonal Responses,”Advances in Atmospheric Sciences, 2003,
20(6), pp. 959–967.
[2] Deressa T, Hassan T, Alemu M, Yesuf C, “Analyzing the
Determinants of Farmers’ Choice of Adaptation Methods and
Perceptions of Climate Change in the Nile Basin of Ethiopia,” IFPRI
Discussion Paper, 2008, 00798.
[3] Luo Q Y, Bellotti M, Williams E L,Wang, “Adaptation to climate
change of wheat growing in South Australia: Analysis of
management and breeding strategies. Agriculture,” Ecosystems and
Environment, 2009, Vol.129, pp. 261–267
[4] IPCC. Climate Change 2007: Synthesis Report. Contribution of
Working Groups I, II and III to the Fourth Assessment Report of the
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. IPCC, 2007, 446(11)
[5] Yesuf S, Di Falco, Ringler C, Kohlin G, “The Impact of Climate
Change and Adaptation on Food Production in Low-Income
Countries: Evidence from the Nile Basin, Ethiopia,” IFPRI
Discussion Paper, 2008,00828
[6] Droogers P, “Adaptation to climate change to enhance food security
and preserve environmental quality: example for southern Sri
52 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Analysis of the Labor Shortage

Based on the Perspective of Political Economics
Xueshu Qu 1 *, Lihui Jiao 2
1
Shanxi University of Finance and Economics, Taiyuan China;
1, 2
Department of Economic and Management in Yuncheng University, Yuncheng China
*
Ququ75@126.com
Abstract: In recent years, phenomenons of labor shortage have been appeared in many areas in our country, they have in-
tensified trend. This paper, based on the political economics perspective, analyzed the reasons of labor shortage from the
view of all aspects such as wages, migrant workers structure, opportunity cost, social status and labor time and so on.
Keywords: labor shortage; wages; migrant worker structure
In recent years, "labor shortage" phenomenons have been workers salary level is far lower than the average wage stan-
appeared in many enterprises in our country. First, some of dard of the whole province. In recent years, as China's eco-
the coastal rural migrant workers demand province, there nomic growth, of peasant workers' wages is also increasing,
was less than a recruit workers awkward situation, and later but overall level is still low. The data shows, the past 10
expanded to the more national provinces, even if, in He- years, China manufacturing workers in real wages while
nan,Anhui, Sichuan province, the original labor export prov- nearly 12% growth per year, but in 2008 the Chinese manu-
ince also appeared labor shortages. The data show that in facturing industry wage level is still only the equivalent of
2010, Fujian Jinjiang cities such as shoe labor-intensive en- about 4% of the United States. In addition, because the city
terprises lack of workers number as high as 40- life cost rise rapidly, it still make of peasant workers' real
70%. [1]Anhui province in 2010 of more than 50 people work wages level also dropped. According to the survey results in
of enterprise of more than 2300, a total of 250000 people a project , the financial crisis in the pearl river delta to the
lack of work.[2] From some areas of other data analysis look, influence of migrant workers supported by Ministry of Edu-
labor from the original stage has laid shortage, to the normal cation , it showed that in 2009, the average monthly salary
seasonal and full year of evolution. This paper will be based migrant workers is 1677.8 yuan, more than 2008, up 70 yuan,
on the perspective of political economics to the analysis the but the average monthly expenses of 850.8 yuan more than
reasons of “labor shortage”. the previous year increased 83.92 yuan, the actual income
relative decline.[4] According to the theory of Marxist politi-
1. Lower Wages Level Lead to Labor Shortag- cal economics, Labour's wage levels is depended by labor
es value. Labor value that is necessary to maintain the Labour
For a long time, lower labor cost has been a comparative owner of the value of life material. The value of the labor
advantage in the labor-intensive enterprise,since the rich force of the decision, and other commodities is different, in
labor resources make labor wage in labor-intensive enter- this value on the decision to contain a history of the moral
prise sustain a low level, some provinces in our country eco- elements, but in a certain country, in a certain period, the life
nomic growth also once depend mainly on cheap labor of the necessary data average range, always certain. Produc-
supply. According to labor market information of Ningbo of tion of labor necessary life data combined, and must include
Zhejiang province 2004.it indicated that, usually, as long as the life of the children of the employee information. "Certain
it is labor-intensive enterprise, all can be large-scale em- education or training, whatever is necessary. So, have to fee
ployment low cost of nonlocal migrant workers, wages of to a certain amount of goods equivalents. Educational ex-
600 ~ 800 yuan a month, working time in 10 hours or more penses, depending on the amount of the labor force what the
usually, basic no holidays.[3] The communique of national properties of complex and different, but always in the labor
economic and social development in zhejiang Prov- force is production within the scope of the value of spend-
ince ,published by the Bureau of Zhejiang province in 2005, ing.[5] From the pearl river delta 2009 migrant workers to see
confirmed that the worker average wage (including scale the wage income, after deducting the necessary living ex-
above private units) is 18689 yuan in Zhejiang province in penses is running out. This low disposable income, can't
2004. which is equivalent to ￥1557.42 a month. Migrant keep the laborer in the city life, if the value of the reproduc-
53 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

X. S. Qu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp53-55
tion also include the education or training employee ex- the more will bear the fetters of household registration sys-
penses of words, so, the actual income is very few. tem. For peasant workers, as lack of normal labor negotia-
tion mechanism, under the premise of "labor shortage" is
2. Increased Opportunity Cost of Migrant
actually migrant workers voting with their feet, it is one way
Workers Lead to Labor Shortages
for higher wages and better benefits.
Since 2005, China has reduced and eliminated the agri-
culture tax and taxes on special agricultural products except 4. The Structure Changes of Migrant Workers
for tobacco tax one after another, increased direct subsidies, Lead to Labor Shortages
the thoroughbred allowance and large subsidies to grain far- At present, migrant workers have some obvious changes
mers, and added lot of benefit farming policies and put forth on age structure, one of the most prominent expression is the
the No.1 Policy concern on the peasant, agriculture and vil- generation after 80s and 90s takes shape a rash of migrant
lage for many years. The implementation of these measures, workers, the new generation of workers is produced. The
make the peasant workers in the home to engage in agricul- data of 2011 shows, this part of the people already accounts
tural production to increase the income than was many, add for 58.4% of the total number of migrant workers all go out,
their home in the cost of living are far lower than the cost of they are the main power influence the labor market. [6]
living in the working outside, reduced their work out the The new generation migrant workers have distinct life view
dependence. As the "the great development of the west", and employment view with their elders. They go out work
"the rise of the central region" strategic measures, the im- not based on "survival rational", but for change lifestyle and
plementation of the Midwest rapid economic development, seek better development opportunity through the flow of
many of the enterprise also began to invest and construct in migrant. They also have higher requirements go out for work,
the Midwest region. It provided a lot of jobs to local resi- they seek independent personality, better work environment
dents, and increased their income, but also a lot of shunt and development prospect of value, they eager to have the
originally east work out of migrant workers. It also shunted a larger development space. But quite a few cities still provide
lot of migrant workers who have thoughts to east regions at those jobs with bitter, tired, dirty and too little money, it is
the same time. In this way, it leads to farmers work out the quite different compared with their need, lots of enterprises
opportunity cost increase, which also becomes the one of the can't find good cheap labor is not surprising.
reasons for labor shortage in many enterprises.
5. Some Enterprise Working Time Too Long to
3. Migrant Workers Who Working out Can Attract Workers
Not Get Corresponding Social Status Lead
From January to December in 2010, Chinese labor-
to Labor Shortages er&Working Organization (CLW) investigate the 46 labor-
Because of the household registration system obstacles in intensive factories in Guangdong and Jiangsu province. The
our country, it formed the differences between citizens and investigation indicates that the workers work overtime eve-
farmers objectively. These differences make the citizens get ryday more than three hours, they cannot be guarantee one
more social welfare and public service than farmers from the day rest in a week. It accounts for 87% in the investigation
system. A lot of migrant workers can't get the corresponding factories. In the investigation factories, the workers work
urban household register, though they work in cities, and overtime more than 100 hours in a month is normal, the
made it impossible for them to enjoy in employment, medi- workers work overtime even more than 200 hours in some
cal treatment, endowment, housing, children education with factories.[7] The investigation by the trade union of China
citizens equal social welfare guarantee system, no corres- Light Textile Tobacco Merchant confirmed working time
ponding social status. On the other hand, due to the econom- too long in food industry, they investigate the basic situa-
ic difference between urban and rural areas, the household tions of young generation migrant workers in food industry
registration system of the formation of the welfare difference, in Beijing, Jiangsu, Guangxi, and 11 provinces. Generally,
the education degree of different, make many migrant work- 90% of the new generation migrant workers working hours
ers in cities is mainly engaged in some of the skills of high overtime more than law per week, they work six days a week
strength low simple Labour. In addition, a lot of city manag- as the normal of the industry, and most of the enterprises did
ers just as migrant workers in a hurry traveler put forth poli- not pay off corresponding wage compensation. [8]
cy of "economic acceptance, social exclusion", and to make All in all, we can draw a conclusion that the main rea-
some people form a natural "superiority", which objectively sons of labor shortage in our country are lower wage level ,
formed for migrant workers "discrimination". It is impossi- longer working time, unrecognized workers status, and
ble to migrant workers to collective negotiation determine, it changed labor structure. So we should increase their higher
also do not enjoy the treatment of the region urbanization, wages, restrict reasonable working time, improve their social
54 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

X. S. Qu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp53-55
position, and enhance the migrant workers to the city's secu-

rity and belonging, make their lives more dignity, strengthen
their professional technical education, cultivate their skills
of work. Thus the problem of labor shortage can be solved.
References
[1] Solving labor drought: employment environment and its key factors.
[N]. Hainan Daily, March 5, 2010
[2] Cheng zhanPeng. The number of shortage workers reach to 250000
in Anhui. [EB/OL]. China News Service. 2011.2.13
[3] China's low cost labor suffering survey.
[EB/OL].http://www.enet.com.cn/article/2004/1109/A20041109360
489.shtml
[4] Zhang HaoBin. Economics perspective "labor shortage" problem
analysis. [J]. Economic Forum. 2011.4
[5] karl Marx.Das Kapital [M].Shanghai San-lian Publishing
House .2009
[6] GuShengZu, li hua. "Labor shortage" as an opportunity to push the
economy transformation and upgrade.[J]. China's Population
Science. 2011.4
[7] The investigation of migrant worker conditions in China 2010.
[EB/OL].http://www.shekebao.com.cn/shekebao/node197/node211/
userobject1ai3663.html
[8] The survey of new generation migrant workers in catering
enterprisesinChina.[EB/OL].
http://news.sohu.com/20101207/n278149560.shtml
55 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Multi-agent and Multi-tense Price

Measurement Index System of Enterprise
Haijie Yu1, Sheng Su2
1
School of Energy Science and Engineering, University of Electronic Science and Technology of China, Chengdu, China
2
School of Computer Science and Engineering, University of Electronic Science and Technology of China , Chengdu, China
1
yhaijie_77@yahoo.com.cn, 2susheng@uestc.edu.cn
Abstract: We studied ecological industry chain from price view, because price study before it comes into being is more
important than after it happened. Price quantification is difficult problem in the field. We studied price and interest quantifi-
cation of Multi-agent and multi-tense measure ecological industry chain, constructed price quantification index system of
new enterprise and ecological industry system as core enterprise organize ecological industry chain and new enterprise join
in ecological industry chain. Then we gave index weight by using expert experience and analytic hierarchy process. At last,
price cumulation and trace back method were studied.
Keywords: price view; ecological industry chain; multi-agent and multi-tense measure
1. Introduction thened in the course of scientific development. Active regu-
lation of price is recommended, and prevention of transfer of
Ecological industry chain is an industry chain or network the price is a key issue. To apply the scientific concept of
which is composed of many industries with ecological de- development, it is imperative to change the high price mode
pendency relationships. It is different from the traditional of development to the low price mode of development by
supply chain because it has attributes of the natural ecosys- changing to the principle of low price development[5]. Mo
tem. Enterprises alliance is constructed by the link of re- Guanghui thought, price is one kind of phenomenon in the
source, and there are no wastes in the ecological link. The process of society development on the philosophy view, it is
byproducts of a plant are the raw materials of another plant. human (body of society development) physical or mental
A closed-loop system can be even formed by this kind of pay for realizing of society development or the negative con-
material flow [1]. We called it as the ecological industry sequences. The pay or negative consequences are the con-
chain. Ecological industry chain provides a new approach for trary to the aim value of human being, and also are the driv-
environment protection, efficient usage of resource, and sus- ing force of society development [6]. Price and development
tainable development are the two aspects of close relationship in human society
2. Price View of Ecological Industry Chain practice. Development is the process of things is going to
successful or complete, it is the “obtain process”. Price is the
Price is a concept of economics and means necessary ex- loss in order to obtain some interest, it is the “loss”. Price an
penses to obtain something. It is sometimes the same as development are the dialectical[7].
“cost”. “Cost” is price in a narrow sense, price is the ex- Ecological industry chain enterprise cooperation rela-
tended sense of cost [2]. Through the comparison of the en- tions are crucial, it is conflict and cooperative relations. As
vironmental and economic prices of the chromium industry an individual, every enterprise wants to get as much as poss-
under different development modes from 1991－2008， the ible benefit and pay as little as possible the price, this is the
main reasons why pollution remains serious in Chinese in- main basis for business decisions. Interest obtained is impor-
dustry sectors are analyzed in lixiaoliang’s paper[3].Bi tant to the whole ecological industry chain, the enterprises of
Xiaocui thought, Price theory is accompanied by value- the chain and even government. How to obtain the all optim-
creation. Low price is the ultimate goal of human society. al interests and coordinately allocate among the member
Clearly points out the detailed measures of low price in Chi- enterprises is a very important problem. Current price evalu-
na’s social economy development. Scientific outlook on ation focus on economic subsystem, but environment, ener-
development is low price concept, which further enriched gy and social subsystem impact should be included in the
and developed Marxism about price theory of social devel- decision-making factors under ecological industry chain. So,
opment[4].In the domain of price theory, the scientific con- it is important that how to rationally guide behavior of gov-
cept of development is highly concerned with the price, ernment and enterprise and how to avoid price of ecological
which requires that a sense of price be fostered and streng-
56 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

H. J. Yu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp56-59
industry chain. Most qualitative analysis and description and 3.1. Price Forecast Index System as Core Enter-
little quantitative study were studied in the past, we quantify prise Organize Ecological Industry Chain
the price for different subjects of ecological industry chain at
time and state main line When core enterprise was established in the beginning, a
variety of recycling energy and reducing environment pollu-
3. Multi-agent and Multi-tense Measure Index tion were considered, price budget was made, price evalua-
System of Price tions index system is as shown in fig 1.
Core enterprise was established in the beginning, it con-
We focus on agent and tense two main lines, consider all sidered variety of methods about recycling energy and re-
elements of the two main lines, compose two of them. Then ducing environment pollution. Budget about price was made
get specific tense and some agent price. For example, price as shown in table 1. It is the evaluation index system of core
of ecological industry chain formation when core enterprise enterprise. In the index system, core enterprise considered
is as main body, price of new enterprise when ecological initial investment of reducing environment pollution and
industry chain is at scale stage. In this paper, price is studied energy conservation. Initial investment fund is important in
based on broad sense: social price, economic price, energy the initial price evaluation. Price of subsystems after enter-
price and environmental price, elements of four subsystems prise running is evaluated in followed index systems. There
are not isolated, these elements are mutual influence and is no production at enterprise organization stage, so we do
mutual restriction. not consider interest indexes. Enterprise’s price evaluation
Economic subsystem: funds inputted for system running indexes system and AHP weights are shown as table 2.
normally in ecological industry chain are economic price,
such as invested funds, fixed investments, are similar to nar- 3.2. Price Evaluation Index System of Ecological
row economic costs. Industry System as New Enterprise Joins in
Social subsystem: after ecological industry system estab- After ecological industry park running, core enterprise
lished, negative effects brought by industry development to produce main product, many byproducts or wastes produce
social environment are social price, such as unemployment along with it. Downstream enterprise buys wastes as mate-
rate, air pollution index. rials. Ecological industry chain main model construction
Environment subsystem: funds inputted or waste treat- basically completes after this mode forms. At this time, there
ment system bought for reducing pollution or recycling sys- are some polluted byproducts in the park, new enterprise can
tem’s waste, or funds inputted for new enterprise joining in be introduced in the park.. New enterprise mainly absorbs
to use upstream enterprises’ byproducts, wastewater total byproducts or wastes of park, at this time interest and price
emissions and waste gas total emissions for industry system evaluation index system and AHP weights are shown as ta-
development are all negative effects to environment, envi- ble3~4.
ronment price.
Energy subsystem: energy consumption as production of 3.3. Price Evaluation Index System of New Enter-
ecological industry system, as well as in response to the call prise as New Enterprise Joins in
of low carbon, environment protection, energy save and
New enterprise considers whether or not joining into a
emission decrease, enterprise will pay for carbon emissions
formed industry park, decision elements are nothing more
in the foreseeable future, similar to the carbon tax, and funds
than ratio of interest and price. If profit of enterprise is far
inputted for bought facilities of low carbon , are all energy
more than price from a long time view, enterprise can join
price.
into the ecological industry chain.
Table 1. Price evaluation index system

Evaluation sub-system Evaluation index
Economic sub-system Invested funds（ten thousand yuan）, fixed investments（ten thousand yuan）
Social sub-system Air pollution index（%）。

Environment sub-system Enterprise ecological industry chain invests (ten thousand yuan), enterprise environmental protec-
tion invests(ten thousand yuan)。
Energy sub-system Low-carbon invests（ten thousand yuan）
Table 2. Enterprise’s price evaluation index system and AHP weights

Total target Indexes B（AHP weights） Indexes X（AHP weights） weights
Price of enter- Invested fundsx 11 （0.8000） 0.5600
Economic sub-system (0.7)
prise fixed investmentsx 12 （0.2000） 0.1400
57 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Social sub-system (0.1) Air pollution indexx 14 (1.000) 0.1000
Enterprise ecological industry chain invests

0.0500
（0.5000）
Environment sub-system (0.1)
Enterprise environmental protection invests
0.0500
(0.5000)
Energy sub-system (0.1) Low-carbon invests (1.000) 0.1000
Table 3. Enterprise’s interest evaluation index system and AHP weights

Indexes B（AHP
Total terget Indexes X（AHP weights） weights
weights）
Gross production（0.6667） 0.4667
Gross production growth rate（0.3333） 0.2333
per capita green area（0.1） 0.0100
Social sub-system (0.1) Per capita income of employees（0.8） 0.0800
per capita road area（0.1） 0.0100
Interest of comprehensive utilization rate of enterprise solid
enterprise 0.0546
waste(0.5455)
Environment sub-system
Waste gas treatment rate(0.1818) 0.0182
(0.1)
Attainment rate of the enterprise’s waste water
0.0273
(0.2727)
carbon emersion sell income (0.8571) 0.0857
Energy sub-system (0.1)
recyclable utilization rate(0.1429) 0.0143
Table 4. Enterprise’s price evaluation indexes system and AHP weights

Invested funds（0.8000） 0.5600
fixed investments（0.2000） 0.1400
Unemployment rate (0.8000) 0.0800
Social sub-system (0.1)
air pollution index (0.2000) 0.0200
Enterprise wastewater total emissions
0.0143
Price of enter- （0.1429）
prise Environment sub-system Enterprise waste gas total emissions （0.1429） 0.0143
(0.1) Enterprise solid waters total emissions
0.0143
（0.1429）
New enterprise invests (0.5714) 0.0571
Energy consumption (1.000) 0.1000
Table 5. New enterprise’s interest evaluation index system and AHP weights
Indexes B（AHP
Total terget Indexes X（AHP weights） weights
weights）
Enterprise gross production（0.6667） 0.4667
Gross production growth rate（0.3333） 0.2333
per capita green area（0.1） 0.0100
Social sub-system (0.1) Per capita income of employees（0.8） 0.0800
Interest of per capita road area（0.1） 0.0100

enterprise New enterprise comprehensive utilization rate of enter-
0.0546
prise solid waste(0.5455)
Environment sub-system
New enterprise waste gas treatment rate(0.1818) 0.0182
(0.1)
New enterprise attainment rate of the enterprise’s waste
0.0273
water(0.2727)
Energy sub-system (0.1) Carbon emersion sell incomex 9 (0.8571) 0.0857
58 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Recyclable utilization ratex 10 (0.1429) 0.0143
Table 6. New enterprise’s price evaluation index system and AHP weights
New enterprise invested funds（0.8000） 0.5600
New enterprise fixed investments（0.2000） 0.1400
Unemployment rate (0.8000) 0.0800
Social sub-system (0.1)
Air pollution index (0.2000) 0.0200
New enterprise wastewater total emissions（0.3333） 0.0333
Price of enter-
New enterprise waste gas total emissions（0.3333） 0.0333
prise Environment sub-system
(0.1)
New enterprise solid waters total emissions（0.3333） 0.0333

Energy consumption (1.0000) 0.1000
should predict price before it happens, try to avoid unneces-

3.4. Price Cumulation and Trace Back Evaluation sary price. Price quantification is difficult problem in the
field. Three kinds of interest and price evaluation index
Method system were constructed, and according to ecpert ecperience,
Index system of different agents and tense are different, used analytic hierarchy process, gave every index weight, we
some agent’s price for a period of time can be obtained by proposed a new idea for price quantification.
calculating cumulative price of previous period. Price cumu-
lative evaluation is sum of price of some agent, such as price
5. Acknowledgment
cumulation of some enterprise from ecological industry This work was supported by National Science Founda-
chain constructing to any time. tion of China (No. 60904072), Doctoral Foundation of the
Retrospective evaluation is that price at some time can be Youth Teachers of Ministry of Education of China
traced back, Retrospective evaluation is divided into proto- （20090185120002）and Cooperation Project of Industry,
type retrospect and average retrospect. Prototype retrospect Education and Academy of Gongdong Province Government
is that price sum is traced back into initial stages by ecologi- and Education Department in China(2010B090400028),
cal industry chain operation rule. Average retrospect is that Humanities and Social Sciences Foundation for the Youth of
price sum is traced back into average time from beginning to Ministry of Education of China(09YJC630018).
the end, this can be used to study average price of every
stage. Price trace back process is shown as figure 1 References
[1] J.Kohonen, “Industrial ecology in the strategic sustainable
Average
retrospect development model: strategic applications of industrial ecology”.
Journal of Cleaner Production, vol.12.2004.pp.809-823.
Price [2] Y.F. Zheng: PriceHigh .Sanlian Publications, 1995.
retrospect
[3] X.L.Li, C.Z.Ge. “Empirical Analysis and Comparison of the
Environmental and Economic Costs of the Industrial Sectors under
Prototype Time Different Development Patterns by Taking Chromium Industry as an
retrospect divide
Example”. China Population Resources and Environment. Vol.20.
2010.pp.147-150.
[4] X.C.Bi.Marxism's “New Development of Scientific Outlook on
Price Things Development from Cost Theory”. Value Engineering.pp 252-253.
restoration orientation
[5] G.T.Qiu. “Scientific Concept of Development: An Analysis in Light
Figure 1. Process Model of Price Retrospect of the Cost Theory”. Teach and Study. 2008.pp.23-28.
[6] G.H. Mo, J.R.Huang. “Correct Social Development Price: Need Of
4. Conclusion Constructing Society”. Journal of China University of Petroleum.
Vol.23.2007.pp.19-23.
Ecological industry development were studied from price
[7] J.F.Yuan. “On the Cost of Harmonious Development from the
view in the paper, price and development are a pair of cor-
Perspective of Costing Theory”. Journal of Guangxi University for
responding concept, price is along with development, we
Nationalities.Vol.28.2006 pp.112-115.
59 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The Pollution Content of Jiangsu’s Trade:An

Input-output Analysis
Ying Xie
Donghua University, Shanghai, China
xieying1217@hotmail.com
Abstract: This paper, based on environmental input - output model, using the latest comparable tables and related envi-
ronmental pollution data of Jiangsu Province in 2005 and 2007, measures the emissions of five pollutants including indus-
trial waste gas and wastewater, etc., and calculates the pollution content of exports (imports), the pollution content of per
unit of exports (imports) and pollution terms of trade. The analysis shows that: (1) Jiangsu Province is in the situation of
pollution surplus which is mainly caused by international trade surplus. (2) In 2005, Jiangsu Province had not yet become
"pollution havens", however it began to have comparative advantage in pollution-intensive industries in 2007, and the pol-
lution terms of trade has deteriorated. (3) Reasonable adjustment of the structure of international trade in Jiangsu Province
has achieved certain results. At the end, this paper suggests the government to optimize the industrial structure; to encour-
age enterprises to do scientific and technological research, etc; to improve the law.
Keywords: input-output analysis; pollution terms of trade; pollution surplus
1. Introduction With the most recent statistics availability, provided in
this paper is an ecological input–output modeling of pollu-
Our Common Future defined “sustainable development” tion emission in Jiangsu. This study focuses on five repre-
[1] in1987. In the lower stages of economic development, sentative pollutants: (1) industrial waste gas, (2) industrial
pollution of the human activity is fewer. Enter a stage of waste water, (3) industrial dust, (4) industrial sulfur dioxide,
rapid economic development, the consumption of economic and (5) industrial solid waste.
activity such as industrial production exceeds the regenera-
tive capacity of environmental resources, which leads to a 2. Methodology
sharp deterioration of the environment. Environmental pro-
tection is awakened when the economic development goes to
2.1. Review of Intercultural Research Literature
a higher stage. At present, the international academic community has
Jiangsu, an eastern coastal province of China, has main- not formed a unified conclusion about the environmental
tained the rapid development of economic and international impacts of trade liberalization yet, generally there are three
trade over the years. It is also home to varieties of the different points of view.
world’s leading exporters of textiles, electronic equipment The first view is that the rapid expansion of international
and chemicals. In 2011, GDP of the first three quarters ex- trade is the main reason for worsening the environmental
ceeded $ 0.4719 trillion 1, ranking second in China. It shows quality, free trade makes destruction of the natural ecology,
that the level of economic development in Jiangsu Province in particular, has more bad influence on the environment in
is very high in China. developing countries. Chilchilnisky (1994) proposed that the
However the rapid development of export trade in Jiang- trade between the developed and developing countries could
su Province brings great changes into the environment. For exacerbate environmental degradation in developing coun-
example, the province's waste water emissions increased tries [2]; According to Tobey (1990), if a country has rich
from 928 million tons in 1990 to 23.67 trillion tons in 2009 2. environmental assets, it has a comparative advantage of pol-
The decline of environmental quality not only has a direct lution intensive production [3].
negative impact on the living of the residents but also in- The opposite view is that international trade is not the
creases the regional pollution abatement costs. root cause of environmental degradation. Daly, Goodland
(1994) proposed that the export trade could not only increase
the development of a country's economy, but also the envi-
1
Data source:
ronment with appropriate environmental policies[4].
http://www.jssb.gov.cn/tjxxgk/tjfx/tjxx/201111/t20111109_18785.html
2
Data source: Jiangsu Statistical Yearbook 2010
60 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. Xie et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp60-63
Grossman (1993), one of the most popular representa- P x =E（I-A）-1Y x (4)

tives of environment researcher, distinguished three separate
mechanisms by which a change in trade can affect the level P m =E（I-A）-1Y m (5)
of pollution [5].
In economics, the input-output model, developed by NP=P x -P m (6)
Wassily Leontief, is a quantitative economic technique that
shows the interdependencies between different branches of In（4）, the pollution content of exports P x ,is the total
economy or between branches of different, even competing emissions of pollutant caused by exports while the total
economies [6]. emissions due to imports is measured by the pollution con-
The input-output model has been incorporated into na- tent of imports P m in (5) ,that is, the reductions of pollutant
tional accounting in many countries as an important part of emissions by importing the products.NP gives the pollutant
measures such as GDP. In addition, input-output economics emissions by net export in (6).
Hence, the pollution content of per unit of exports (P dx ) and
has also been used to study regional economics. The input-
imports (P dm ) can be calculated as following.
output analysts have extended the application to environ-
mental issues by linking the industry. P dx =[E（I-A）-1Y x ]/(I j ’Y x ) (7)
The environmental input-output model is based on input-
output model which takes environmental factors into account. P dm =[E（I-A）-1Y m ]/(I j ’Y m ) (8)
Since then, many studies began to adopt such model to ana-
lyze the impact of trade on the environment. This paper PTOT i =P dx /P dm (9)
analysis the emission of pollutants from the view of inputs
and outputs of productions, compared with the general mod- I j is the same order matrix of X and M, and I j ' is the
el, it can either examine how the import and export trade of Transposed matrix of I j . I j 'Y x and I j 'Y m represent total
various industries in Jiangsu Province make a direct impact amounts of exports and imports. The pollution terms of trade,
on the environment, and also calculate the indirect environ- abbreviated as PTOT, is given in (9). This measure is the
mental impacts, which can analyze the full impact of interna- ratio of the pollution content of $1 of exports relative to the
tional trade on Jiangsu environment. pollution content of $1 of imports. If the pollution terms of
trade are greater (smaller) than 100, country's exports con-
2.2. Algorithm tain more (less) pollution than it is receiving through imports
For a regional economy with m industrial sectors, the in- [7].
put-output model is given by 2.3. Data Source
X =AX+Y (1) In this paper，the data of input-output, import and ex-
port are from Jiangsu input-output tables 2005 and Jiangsu
That is input-output tables 2007. Jiangsu Statistical Yearbook 2006
and Jiangsu Statistical Yearbook 2008 give the pollutant
X= (I-A)-1Y (2) emissions data. This paper re-classifies and organizes the
X is the total output vector (m*1) in the regional econo- new 25 industries and also eliminates the impact of different
my; I is unit matrix (m*m); we let A be the matrix of coeffi- price in 2005 and 2007 and assumes 3the pollutant emissions
cients, (I-A)-1 is Leontief inverse matrix; Y is the final de- of agriculture and tertiary industry to zero.
mand vector. 3. Results
Then we take environmental factors into account, the to-
tal emissions of pollutants which is defined as P can be cal- 3.1. The Pollution Content
culated by
The results of 25 industries in Jiangsu Province are
P=E（I-A）-1Y (3) shown in Table 1; the pollution content of exports contains
pollutants emitted by the exports. In simpler terms, the pollu-
In (3), E, the matrix of coefficients of industrial pollutant tion content of imports represents the reduced pollutants
emissions intensity, calculates the emissions in order to out- caused by importing the products. If the pollution content of
put one unit of value products. net exports is a positive number, the international trade has a
In order to study the relationship between the interna- negative effect on the environment, or vice versa. According
tional trade and pollution emissions, The full demand coeffi-
cients of exports (Y x ) and imports (Y m ) are given by (I- 3
It is unable to obtain pollution data of the agriculture and tertiary
A）-1Y x and （I-A）-1Y m .On this basis, we can derive that; industry because statistical yearbooks are only count the industrial
sector which is focused mainly in this paper.
61 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Table 1, the pollution content of exports of industrial waste- ports can be approximated to the pollution content of $1 of
water, industrial dust, industrial sulfur dioxide and industrial imports. In general, Jiangsu didn’t have a comparative ad-
waste gas are higher than those of imports in 2005 and 2007, vantage in pollution insensitive industry in 2005.
and all of these have positive pollution content of net exports In 2007, PTOT of industrial dust (0.943), industrial solid
which indicates that the adverse environmental impact of waste (0.844) and industrial waste gas (0.997) were all be-
exports exceeded the favorable influences of imports, result- low 1. The pollution content of $1 of exports of industrial
ing in the pollution surplus. The increase of international dust were equal to 94.3% of the pollution content of $1 of
trade is not conducive to Jiangsu’s environment. In addition, imports, industrial solid waste and waste gas were in a simi-
the pollution content of industrial solid waste of net exports lar situations. What’s more, the PTOP of industrial wastewa-
was negative in 2005, and it transferred to pollution surplus ter and industrial sulfur dioxide were greater than 1, indicat-
in 2007, but it does not influence the overall trend. In general, ing that they exported goods that were dirtier than the goods
international trade has a negative impact on the integrated they imported so that pollution intensive industries began to
environment of Jiangsu. take the comparative advantage.
What’s more, the pollution content of exports of the four Comparing the data in 2005 with 2007, it can be found
pollutants 4 in 2005 is greater than 2007. It may be due to that only PTOT of industrial dust decreased which may have
two reasons, first, the total amounts of exports in 2007 is benefited from the improvement of the technology or the
lower than 2005; second, pollution reduction achieves good structure adjustment of pollution industry. From a perspec-
results in Jiangsu. Calculated from the input-output tables in tive of tendency, PTOT is turning to bad condition.
2005 and 2007, the amount of exports in 2005 was 1021.2
3.3. Pollution Surplus
billion Yuan which was less than 1350.8 billion Yuan in
2007 so that the first reason is not established. Hence, high The calculation results show that Jiangsu's pollution con-
and useful technology is used in reducing the pollution effec- tent of exports were basically greater than pollution content
tively. of imports which indicated that Jiangsu were pollution sur-
plus in 2005 and 2007. In general, pollution surplus is
3.2. Pollution Terms of Trade caused by two reasons. First, the trade surplus lead to it;
The pollution content of per unit of exports (imports) is Second, the PTOT are above 1[8]. The PTOT of industrial
measured by P dx (P dm ) in Table 2. P dx and P dm of all the waste gas, dust, sulfur dioxide and solid waste were not larg-
industrial pollutants in 2007 are smaller than 2005, the main er than 1. It is obvious to see that for these four types of
reason is the reasonable adjustment of the structure of inter- pollutants the pollution surplus is due to the trade surplus.
national trade in Jiangsu Province. In 2007, the PTOT of industrial wastewater was greater
than 1, so in order to judge what kind of reason is main fac-
Table 1. The pollution content of exports (imports) tor; we separate it into two parts. Assume that pollution con-
Pollutants Year Px Pm NP tent of per unit of exports is equal to pollution content of per
Industrial wastewater 2005 1863.88 1753.61 110.27 unit of imports; the new pollution
(million tons) 2007 1506.17 955.98 550.19 Table 2. The pollution content of per unit of exports (imports) and
Industrial dust 2005 14.42 12.94 1.48 pollution terms of trade
(ten thousand tons) 2007 4.45 3.83 0.62 Pollutants Year P dx P dm PTOT
Industrial solid waste 2005 36.60 42.75 -6.15 Industrial wastewater 2005 18.252 18.380 0.993
(million tons) 2007 48.22 45.86 2.36 (tons/ ten thousand Yuan) 2007 11.150 8.811 1.265
Industrial sulfur dioxide 2005 63.82 60.55 3.27 Industrial dust 2005 0.141 0.136 1.037
(ten thousand tons) 2007 37.68 29.25 8.43 (tons/million Yuan) 2007 0.033 0.035 0.943
Industrial waste gas 2005 116.29 114.37 1.92 Industrial solid waste 2005 0.358 0.448 0.799
(hundred trillion (tons/ ten thousand Yuan) 2007 0.357 0.423 0.844
standard cubic meters) 2007 103.54 83.41 20.13 Industrial sulfur dioxide 2005 0.625 0.635 0.984
According to Table 2, PTOT of industrial wastewater (tons/million Yuan) 2007 0.279 0.270 1.033
Industrial waste gas 2005 1.139 1.199 0.950
(0.993), industrial solid waste (0.799), industrial sulfur dio- (Million standard
xide (0.984), industrial emissions (0.950) were less than 1 in 2007 0.767 0.769 0.997
cubic meters / Yuan)
2005, indicating that Jiangsu exported good that were pro-
duced more environmentally friendly than the goods they content of imports is given by the original pollution content
imported. In addition, the industrial dust’s PTOT was 1.037, of imports multiplies by PTOT, the pollution surplus caused
close to 1, showing that the pollution content of $1 of ex- by trade surplus can be measured as the original pollution
content of exports minus the new pollution content of im-
4
ports, and the remaining surplus of pollution is due to the
Four pollutants are industrial wastewater, industrial dust, industri- pollution terms of trade. The calculation results are that the
al sulfur dioxide and industrial waste gas.
62 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

part caused by the trade surplus is 296.45 million tons while [3] Tobey, J.A, “The Effects of Domestic Environmental Policies, ”
the pollution terms of trade surplus leads to 253.74 million Kyklos ,1990.43（2）,pp. 191- 209.
tons, indicating that the pollution surplus is mainly caused [4] Daly H., Goodland R., An Ecological Assessment of Deregulation of
by the massive trade surplus. International Commerce under GATT. Ecological Economies,
Therefore, the pollution surplus of the five types of pol- 1994(9), pp. 73-92.
lutants is driven by the huge trade surplus. Thus, the deteri- [5] Gene M. Grossman, Alan B. Krueger, “Environmental Impacts of a
orating environment is not because of the increase in pollu- North American Free Trade Agreement,” NBER Working Paper 3914.
tion intensive industries, but the scale of exports exceed too 1993.
quickly than that of imports, the adverse impact of exports [6] Thijs Ten Raa, Input-output economics: theory and applications:
exceed the favorable influence of imports and cause the pol- featuring Asian economies, World Scientific, 2009.
lution surplus. [7] Antweiler, Werner, “The Pollution terms of trade,” Economic
Overall, international trade in Jiangsu Province is shift to Systems Reasearch, 1996, Vol.8 Issue 4, pp. 361,7P, 1 Chart.
cleaner industries (the other pollutants are also in the similar [8] Antweiler, Werner, Copeland, B. and Taylor, S.“Is Free Trade Good
situations. for the Environment?”American Economic Review, 2001, 91 (4), pp.
4. Conclusion 877-908.
[9] Cole, M. and Elliott, R.“Do Environmental Regulations Influence
This paper, based on the input-output model, studies the
Trade Patterns? Testing New and Old Trade Theories.”World
pollution emissions in the process of international trade in
Economy, 2003, 26, pp. 1163-1186
Jiangsu Province.
1) The massive trade surplus leads to the pollution [10] Dean, J. and Lovely, M.“Trade Growth, Production Fragmentation,
surplus, international trade has intensified environmental and China’s Environment.”NBER Working Paper,No. 13860, 2008.
pollution in Jiangsu.
2) The pollution terms of trade is in a deteriorating
trend and Jiangsu Province has started to become a
pollution haven[9].
3) The reasonable adjustments to the structure of
international trade and clean technology contribute to the
environment in Jiangsu Province.
In order to seek a reasonable way for international trade
and the environment to achieve a "win-win", it is recom-
mended to take the measures as followed:
1) optimize the industrial structure of international trade,
and gradually reduce the proportion of pollution intensive
industries in the province's total industrial output value, and
vigorously support the development of clean-based
industries[10]. At present, Jiangsu Province exports are
mainly concentrating on the processing trade of high-
pollution products which makes the environment suffered
destruction. Therefore, the reduction of large-scale exports
of pollution intensive products can effectively improve the
quality of environment in Jiangsu Province.
2) encourage enterprises to do scientific and
technological research, purchase foreign advanced clea n
technology and equipment, etc
3) improve the law to encourage enterprises to increase
awareness of environmental protection and reduce
emissions of pollutants.
References
[1] The United Nations World Commission on Environment and
Development, “ Common Future,” 1987.
[2] Chichinisky,C,“North- South Trade and Global Environment,”
American Economic Review. 1994.84（4）,pp. 851- 874.
63 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Analysis of the Carbon Control Strategy in

China
Technology Choices, Potential and Opportunity
Jianfeng Zhao1*, Chaoqun Chen2
1, 2
The College of Economics and Management, Beijing Institute of Petrochemical and Technology, Beijing, P .R .China
*
jfznm@126.com
Abstract: China's carbon control strategy is heading in the direction of the new evolution. Carbon control should be based
on all-round development of economic model, which is the coupling of social economic metabolism and ecological
economic metabolism. Carbon control is whole process management from source of carbon emission to carbon collection.
China's carbon control strategy should pay equal emphasis on carbon emission reduction and increasing remit. Carbon
recycling technology and CCS technology is core technology for the future development of China. China should seize the
opportunity to research and carry out carbon recycling and CCS technology in a planned and staged way, consummate new
measures of carbon recycling industry regulations.
Keywords: carbon control; carbon sinks; CCS technology choices
1.Introduction emphasis on the carbon reduction, re-use and recycling.

Among them, the reduction means the reduction of carbon
Since the 1980s, China has formed the carbon control emissions, which consist of the relative reduction (the
strategy which the main content is the improvement of decrease in the scale of unit GDP carbon emissions) and
energy efficiency, the adjustment of industrial structure and absolute reduction (the decrease in the carbon scale).China's
the optimization of energy structure, the core is the economic development stage decided the next 20 years, and
reduction of carbon emissions guiding the reduction of the relative reduction of carbon emissions is China's
carbon consumption. As it's known to all, the development development goal.
path depends on the position in the vertical division of labor
in the international industry, China's carbon emissions 3. The Historical Contribution and Future
reduction is relative, in the past 30 years, the energy Potential of China's Carbon Control
consumption quantity of ten thousands yuan GDP and the China has always been a responsible big country in the
total amount of carbon emission continued to decline, but carbon control. In the recent 30 years, China's 11times
the efficiency was difficult to offset the expansion of growth of GDP was supported by less than 3.5 times growth
economic scale, the total amount of energy consumption of energy consumption. What's more, China's energy
and carbon emissions are still on the rise. Exploring new efficiency isn't that low as the media widely publicized:
carbon control strategy is critical. which is seventh of Japan, quarter of the United States, and
2. The Entire Process from Source to Sink of even 2 times lower than the world average. On the one hand,
China's Carbon Control Strategy China's economic system mainly relies on the real economy,
which significantly underestimate the energy intensity
At present, China's strategy of carbon control is based on total GDP commuted rate method. If converted
evolving towards a new direction. Carbon control should be from the real purchasing power of GDP perspective energy
based on all-round development of economic model, which efficiency, China's energy consumption level closes to the
is the coupling of social economic metabolism and world average, currently close to U.S. level, and even
ecological economic metabolism. It is the whole process of higher than Canada and South Korea level (Referring to
management of carbon emissions from the source to the Table 1).Compared with the process of industrialization of
sink. Compared with the original carbon emissions as the developed countries over the same period, China's energy
core control strategy, the new carbon emission control mode efficiency is of high efficient, which depends on China used
64 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Beijing energy management evaluation and innovation team projects
（PHR201007136）
J. F. Zhao et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp64-66
the advantage of backwardness, to learn and absorb the Except the EU, China is the only country who clearly
development experiences from developed countries and stated the targets of emissions reduction. From the early
enhance the development quality in the process of 2006 to the end of the first half of 2009, China had shut
industrialization. On the other hand, as the world's down 7467 small thermal power units with a total capacity
processing and manufacturing workshop, a considerable of 54.07 million kilowatts. By preliminary estimates , the
portion of energy consumption come from China, primarily closed mall thermal power units could help to reduce
through merchandise trade switch to hidden forms of energy carbon dioxide emissions by 124 million tons per year.
to support the production and consumption of the rest of the
world.
Table 1. China's energy efficiency compared with the world（2002-2006）

Unit: tons of standard coal / million dollars
Rate method based on 2000 prices Purchasing power parity based on 2000 prices
2000 2002 2004 2005 2006 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006
World 3.8 3.7 4.4 4.4 4.3 2.5 2.6 3.0 2.9 2.8
China(Main-land) 10.2 8.7 10.7 10.6 10.4 2.1 2.1 2.8 2.8 2.7
India 5.7 7.1 11.9 11.2 10.8 1.3 1.3 2.3 2.1 2.1
Brazil 5.2 3.9 4.8 4.7 4.7 1.8 1.8 2.5 2.5 2.4
Russia 32.3 28.7 26.0 24.1 23.1 7.2 6.9 6.6 6.1 5.9
America 3.2 3.1 3.0 2.9 2.8 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9 2.8
Japan 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0
Germany 2.6 2.5 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.2 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.2
France 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
Britain 2.6 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8
Canada 5.3 5.1 5.1 5.0 4.8 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.0
Korea 4.9 4.9 4.7 4.5 4.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.0 2.9
Energy consumption data from The IEA (2008)
China has made outstanding contributions to increase carbon emission intensity is expected to be reduced to
the forest carbon sinks of the global and Asian. During 1990 30%-70%, which is a conservative estimate under the
- 2005 years, China had increased its forests by 6.1 million premise of carbon emission reduction potential without the
hectares through tree planting campaign, forest ecological breakthrough of technology and alternative energy.
construction. While the global forest area during the same Though further forest construction, restoration and
period had a net reduction of 125.3 million hectares. At conservation projects, in the next 30-50 years, the forest
present, China's annual forest carbon sink is about 900 carbon sink function is expected to double to about 2 billion
million tons, estimated by the growth volume of forest tons (carbon dioxide).
stock per cubic meter can absorb an average of 1.83 tons In addition, China also has 1.45 trillion tons geological
carbon dioxide, which is equivalent the size of the carbon carbon sinks. Major basin depositional systems are often a
emissions from combustion of China's Petroleum. dozen layers or even dozens of layers, has the natural
In the next 30-50 years, the carbon emission reduction advantages of a good geological storage of carbon dioxide.
potential and carbon remit increasing potential are very The kind of basin contains Songliao basin, Bohai Bay Basin,
impressive. Ordos Basin, Sichuan Basin, the Junggar Basin, Tarim,
Through the adjustment of industrial structure, energy Bohai Basin and so on. Studies have shown that China's
structure optimization and energy efficiency management, carbon dioxide geological storage only is up to 1.45 trillion
the Chinese per ten-thousand yuan GDP energy tons (Hendrikds, 2004).
consumption efficiency has obvious decline space measured
no matter by the rate method or the purchasing power, it is 4. China's Priority Sequence of Carbon
estimated that the former is more than 70%,while the latter Control Technology and Development
is more than 30%.In other words, the Chinese unit GDP Opportunity
65 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

J. F. Zhao et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp64-66
The advancement of both reduction carbon emission commercial operation track will take at least 30-50 years.
and increased sink are important characteristic and strategy CCS technology is one of the core technologies of
of the China carbon control. China's future development and its industry will become
In the aspect of reducing emissions, in the next 20-30 one of China's future core industries, while this will be seen
years, energy efficiency management will be the core of the at least 30-50 years later. As for the CCS, China's main task
carbon reduction pathway, oil and gas safety is the in the following 10-20 years is to carry out diversified
guarantee, the biomass energy replacement will be an technologies' R & D and pilot, and then to make the
important direction. They should be push forward. The preliminary site selection; and in the following 10-20 years,
reasons are as follows: attention should be focused on the establishment of the
(1)The energy consumption of fertilizer production initial carbon transport network and demonstrating the site
accounts for 10 percent of China's total energy consumption, of carbon storage systematically, after that, another 10-20
but agricultural fertilizer use efficiency is only about 30%; years will be need to improve the commercial operation
thermal power consumption of 50% of the country's coal platform. Absolutely, the main task now is to improve or
production; cement production energy consumption expand the environmental benefits of CCS technology in
accounts for about 5%, about 70 percent of its production carbon reduction on the certain basis of the technical scope
consumed by the backward cement production process; iron or efficiency, which mainly contains the CCS technology
and steel industry always shared the country's total energy based on the geological storage used in the field of oil and
consumption by 12% to 15%. These four industries, on the gas exploration and coal field; the development and pilot of
one hand, the overall efficiency of energy use is low, on the CCS technology based on oil and gas fields and coal-based
other hand the energy efficiency of advanced enterprises or power plant; the establishment of CCS Strategic Committee
installations had reached the international advanced level. that responsible for developing the technology and
In the coming 20-30 years, energy management and applications of the CCS industry's regulation, planning and
industrial optimization should be made in order to accepted supervision, avoiding plagued by problems of applications
by the society, and lower the cost and increase emission first, and then the drawbacks of regulation.
reduction benefits, also have good economical attraction.
(2)Carbon dioxide geological storage of related References
technologies had already existed in China's oil and gas [1] ZHUANG Gui-yang．Analysis on the way and potential of low-carbon
exploration industry. Shengli Oilfield, Zhongyuan Oilfield,
Jilin Oilfield, Daqing Oilfield had successfully used the development on China economy[J].Studies in International
carbon dioxide flooding EOR technology to enhance oil Technology & Economy, 2005,8(3):79-87.
recovery. And the injection of flue gas improving recovery [2] FU Yun,MA Shui-huan,LIU Yijun. Research on the low carbon
technology of China National Petroleum Corporation was
economy development model[J]. China Population. Resources and
named by《The World's Oil》as 2006 "World Oil Award" .In
addition, China had also accumulated some experiences in Environment，2008（18）
：14-19
the carbon dioxide drive CBM income. It was obvious that [3] XU Jun,ZHANG Jun-ying,PAN Xia. Research status of CCS[J]. Coal
ensuring and improving oil and gas security of supply is
：17-24
Conversion. 2005.28（3）
one of the most economical carbon reduction pathway.
(3)China's biomass energy potential is about 100 million [4] Hendrikds Cv. Graus W, van Bergen F. Global carbon dioxide storage
tons (diesel equivalent) without squeezing the food supply, potential and costs.2004.
but now is not utilized completely.
In the aspect of increasing carbon sinks, China should
go both the ecological increased sink with non-ecological
carbon sink, ecological increased sink have priority. The
reasons are stated as follows:
(1)Increasing forest cover and improving the
productivity of forests are of ecological security and
increasing the dual role of carbon sinks, also has a good
cost effective;
(2)At present, considering the non-ecological carbon
sinks based on the CCS technology is still facing the
challenges of lacking large-scale carbon storage experiences,
high operating costs and lack of carbon storage
management regulations. Fully fallen into the large-scale
66 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Research on Economical Use of Land in

New Rural Residential Construction
Yanxia Zhao1, Fan Dong2
1
Real Estate Research Center, Beijing Normal University, School of Management, Hebei United University, Beijing, China
2
Real Estate Research Center, School of Management,Beijing Normal University, Beijing, China
1
zhaoyanxia121@sina.com; 2dongfan67@126.com
Abstract: The article begins with the new residential construction land issues. First, it generalizes the land policy of the
new residential construction. Second, it analyses the state of economical and intensive use of land in the new residential
construction in Hebei Province from different angles. At last it puts forward some suggestions on how to build new resi-
dential construction in rural areas， which include implementing classified development of different villages, streng-
thening new residential construction land planning, establishing coordinated concept of urban and rural development,
formulating land saving mechanisms for new residential construction in rural areas, innovating model of economical use
of land and value-added income distribution, and encouraging the economical use of land in the process of new residential
construction in rural areas.
Keywords: new rural community; public policy analysis; economical use of land; allocation of value-added benefits
1. Introduction goal of speeding up constructing the new socialist country-

side. It is also a political process involving all levels of po-
New residential construction is the practical need to im- litical institutions.
prove rural living environment. It is an effective way to
realize urban and rural coordinated development, as well as 2.1. The Core Content and Policy Target of Land
an important strength to promote the harmonious develop- Policy on New Residential Construction
ment of urban and rural areas. Besides, it is also an effective
carrier for rural areas to practice the scientific outlook on The core content of land policy in new residential con-
development. Economical and intensive use of land is one struction is that the old village site reclamation returns the
of the core issues of new residential construction. It is of ground. We approve that new residential construction can
practical significance to establish the concept of balancing preempt part of agricultural land for turnover, the villagers
urban and rural development, the policy of saving land in live in new homes, and at last the old village site reclama-
rural new residential construction, and innovating model of tion returns the ground, on condition that no cultivated land
economical use of land together with value-added income and basic farmland are reduced, the quality is not reduced,
distribution. and the total quantity of construction land is not increased.
At the same time according to the old village site reclama-
2. Land Policy on New Rural Residential Con- tion planning, after the increased cultivated land for turno-
struction ver is return for rural development land, the rest can be used
as a replacement for index of land transfer, and land for ur-
Public policy is the code of conduct made by a public ban construction.
authority. It is made in the process of public interests selec- Its policy objectives are: according to overall land use
tion, integration and allocation, based on goals in specific planning, we will propose reclamation farmland rural con-
periods of time. Land policy on new rural residential is the struction land (i.e., the demolition of the old block) and land
conduct code made by the government while constructing areas planned to be used for urban construction as project
the new rural residential construction and selecting, inte- area to build the new and demolish the old. By taking meas-
grating, allocating and implementing the production factor ures of constructing new and demolishing old and the
of land and its value-added benefits. It was based on the measure of land construction , we will ultimately achieve
goal of coordinating urban and rural development, and the the goal of increasing farmland area, improving the quality
67 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. X. Zhao et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp67-71
of cultivated land, intensive utilizing the construction land, 41340000 square meters, accounting for 92.90% of all the
and reasonable arrange urban and rural land layout. completed housing area. The farmer used for living con-
sumption expenditure took the second place, only after the
2.2. Requirements for Land Policy Implementation food consumption.
in New Residential Construction Table 3-1. statistics of rural new residential construction in Hebei
province from1985 to 2009
The planned area of new village is principally controlled
within 2/3 that of the former village site; the per capita area The completed Residential area Residential cent of
for rural residents is principally controlled within 120 housing area (million ㎡) (million ㎡) all housing area ratio
square meters; residential building area should not be more
1985 4501 4180 92.87%
than 250 square meters per household; one family possesses
only one house. 1986 5210 4920 94.43%
Take the "preemption later" approach to supplement 1987 4814 4519 93.87%
cultivated land area to1.2 times that of the turnover land. 1988 4556 3962 86.96%
The turnover land does not belong to the new construction
1989 4172 3569 85.55%
land so that the new construction land fees are not needed.
The area of turnover land should not be more than 50 acres 1990 2657 2605 98.04%
with service term for 3- 4 years. 1991 5206 4996 95.97%
1992 3599 3493 97.05%

2.3. The Expected Implementation Effect of Land
1993 3087 2898 93.88%
Policies in New Residential Construction
1994 2357 1915 81.25%
In the process of new residential construction, the old 1995 2742 2301 83.92%
village site must be returned to farmland after reclamation
1996 2690 1959 72.83%
project. In addition to turnover land needed to be returned
1997 3210 2716 84.61%
and the land for rural development, the rest land can be used
for urban construction according to the replacement index. 1998 3475 3475 100.00%
The replacement index can be transferred with pay, gen- 1999 3887 3613 92.95%
erally within the county. As for the one that must be carried
2000 4370 4044 92.54%
out in the scope of city, it must be approved by the provin-
2001 3978 3892 97.84%
cial government. The use of replacement index should pay
attention to the structure and proportion of land. The real 2002 3693 3402 92.12%
estate development, overall arrangement of use and the third 2003 3660 3348 91.48%
industry like the service industry and other industrial
2004 3424 3146 91.88%
projects should be arranged coordinately. A certain propor-
2005 3879 3588 92.50%
tion of affordable housing, low rent housing, small and me-
dium sized commercial housing should be guaranteed in real 2006 3945 3700 93.79%
estate projects. The saved land in new residential construc- 2007 4385 3990 90.99%
tion is not allowed to be used as "small property room".
2008 4014 3683 91.75%
3. .Analysis of Economical and Intensive Use 2009 4450 4134 92.90%
of Land in Hebei New Residential Con- Source: Hebei Economic Yearbook 2010 "personal
struction investment in fixed assets in rural areas and building
From statistics of rural new residential construction in
3.1. .The Present Construction Situation of Rural Hebei province from1985 to 2009 and residential cent of all
Houses in Hebei Province housing area, we can see that from 1985 to 1997, rural new
residential construction area experienced a stage of “growth
With the development of China's economic and social - decline - growth - decline –growth”, and from 1998 to
construction and the increased income level in rural area, 2009, it basically kept stable. What is the source of the in-
farmers are more urgent to improve their living conditions. creased residential land? Will it affect the reduction of
In 2009 the province completed a rural housing area of farmland? Can policy implementation goals of new residen-
44500000 square meters, of which residential area covered tial construction be achieved?
68 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Current situation of construction Planning adjustment

Table 3-2 Cultivated area change of Hebei in main years
land per capita index (㎡/ person) (M / person)
term 2000 2005 2007 2008
Below 60 Increase0～15
The beginning of the total arable land resources 6868. 6315. 6329.
(thousand hectares) 80 6441.5 34 73 60～80 Increase 0～10
1 80～100 Increase、Reduction
Year to reduce the cultivated area (thousand 14.80 53.37 54.72 13.65
hectares) 0～10
#Land used for construction 5.90 7.02 6.84 5.96
100～120 Reduction0～10
Accounted for to reduce the proportion of 39.70 13.16 12.50 43.66 120～140 Reduction0～15
arable land%
Returning farmland to forest and grassland ―― 44.70 0.51 2.69 up140 Reduced to less than
area
140
Accounted for to reduce the proportion of ―― 83.75 0.93 1.97
arable land% Method II: Estimating saved land from the aspect of average
Arable land changed to garden ―― 0.73 44.97 3.06 household homestead scale
Determine the reasonable personal land use standard
Accounted for to reduce the proportion of ―― 1.36 82.18 2.24
arable land% according to the specific national and local rule. Combine
The end of the total arable land resources 6857. 6396.2 6314. 6331. this standard with the actual average land area and the total
(thousand hectares) 10 5 53 89 housing number, we can calculate the saved land.
#Cultivated area 6466. 5988.9 5893. 5901.
00 3 61 44 3.3. The Practical Effect of the Economical and
Per capita cultivated area (hectares / person) 0.097 0.087 0.085 0.084
Intensive Land Use in Hebei New Rural Resi-
Source: Hebei Economic Yearbook 2010 "changes in dential Construction
cultivated area
According to the second land survey data, the area of
From Table 3-2 Cultivated area change of Hebei in main village construction in Hebei province accounts for
years, we can see that the total cultivated area in Hebei 17610000 mu, and the per capita area is 295 square meters.
Province and per capita cultivated area are both on the de- The area of village construction land accounted for 58.4
cline. The main cause is construction occupation. Particu- percent of all construction sites. In addition, there are about
larly in 2009, construction area accounted for 43.66% of 7500 "hollow villages" in different degrees, accounting for
reduced arable land. Protecting arable land and intensively about 15 percent of all villages. Average hollow village area
using land are critical for developing city and rural areas. is about 20% -30%, with total wasted land of about 60 mil-
lion mu.
3.2. Theoretical Analysis of Economical and Inten- According to statistics, there are 2000 provincial model
sive Use of Land in Hebei New Rural Residen- villages listed by Hebei Province in 2010. In addition to the
tial Construction sites that need to be demolished and constructed at the orig-
inal place, there are 928 more villages that can start the con-
There is much potential in economical and intensive struction after applying for the turnover of land. At present,
land use according to the requirements of the new rural res- the average coverage of village is approximately 300 acres.
idential construction. The main calculation methods are as If 50% land can be saved in each village, 150 acres of land
follows: can be saved. If an administrative village save average 80
Methods I: measuring saved land of new rural residen- acres(conservative estimate), by 2012 we will complete
tial construction from per capita land 7500 new residential construction of model village ( ex-
The making of rural residential construction land per ca- cluding reclamation part), and the construction land will
pita index can refer to the "Standards for Town Planning” increase to 50 acres.
(GBS0188 -- 2007), combining the overall planning of land The application of linking urban and rural construction
use (table 3-3). With the guidance of this table, when the land to changes creates the condition that enterprises in-
difference between the actual per capita construction area volve in new residential construction. It forms the new
and the standard one is multiplied by population, the result market operation mode for an enterprise to go to the coun-
will be the saved land area. tryside to help build old village, reclamation, and then back
to the city to get engaged in development.
Table 3-3 Standards for town construction planning
69 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

4. Land-saving Mechanism of Rural Residen- justment should be favorable for development, and conve-
nient for people’s living. New village site selection should
tial Construction Based on Coordinated take the economic state, infrastructure, traffic conditions and
Development of Urban and Rural Areas other factors into consideration; Village-level division ad-
justment should possess moderate scale, reasonable layout,
4.1 Make Classified Development of Different Vil- and economical use of land.
lages, Strengthen Planning for the New Resi-
4.2 .Establishing the Concept of Coordinated De-
dential Construction
velopment Between Urban and Rural Areas;
According to the actual investigated situation of new Making Land-Saving System for Rural New
residential construction, administrative villages can be di-
vided into seven categories: urban village, the city side vil- Residential Construction
lage, suburb village, developing village, controlled village, With the rapid economic development of Hebei prov-
the shrinking village and the relocated village. The specific ince and urbanization and industrialization quickly advanc-
meaning of each type village: ing, land becomes a scarce resource. This leads to the condi-
(1) Urban village refers to the village built up within the tion that cities and industries can not even “buy" land with
scope of city areas. This kind of villages generally occupies money. At the same time, although new rural residential
better location. Infrastructure around the village is more construction can save a lot of land, it still faces capital bot-
complete. It has possessed conditions needed to be incorpo- tleneck. City construction is full of money but is short of
rated with the city. land, while rural new residential construction is full of land
(2) The city side village is the village within the overall but lack of money. This situation restricts the development
planed urban area except the urban village. of both city and the rural areas. To solve the financing dif-
(3) Suburb village is the one which is located in the re- ficulty of rural new residential construction and break the
serve land for city development and the one located within city construction land shortage predicament, we must set up
the planned area for distant vision the concept of balancing urban and rural development and
(4) Developing village mainly refers to the planed center establish land-saving system of rural new residential con-
village, which currently has a certain scale of development struction. Government should make policies to vitalize rural
and foundation and which has great developing prospects in land and realize the good flow of capital and other produc-
the future. tion factors between urban and rural areas.
(5) Controlled village mainly refers to the planed fun-
damental village which relies on the central village and 4.3 .Innovating Economical Use of Land and Value
whose development scale needs to be controlled.
Increment Distribution Pattern; Inspiring
(6) The shrinking village mainly refers to the village
which is to be administratively merged with other areas. New Rural Residential Construction
Due to the restrain of development conditions and special Land-Saving Behavior
conditions, it needs in administrative merging based on par-
tial migration, and can be properly retaine part of agricul- The core idea is that "save land to attract investment,
tural settlements. money comes with land", city promotes the rural, industry
(7) The relocated village mainly refers to the village compensates agriculture, and coordinate urban and rural
which is located in a mountainous area. This kind of village development. Specific operation methods are as follows:
is greatly restrained for development, so that it needs to be first, to fully play the leading role of government to estab-
moved out of mountains to relief poverty. Or else the one lish "special revolving fund for Hebei rural new residential
need to be demolished due to major infrastructure construc- construction ". Secondly, this fund is controlled by the Pro-
tion projects and the one located in core area of scenic spots, vincial Financing Office and the Provincial Land Office,
the one need to be removed because of its water source pro- and is combined with part of auction income to purchase
tection location, and the one need to be removed because of rural land replacement construction land index. The funds
serious geological disasters influence. should make advanced payment for new residential con-
New residential construction plan should be beneficial to struction. Then the surplus land will take place the fund.
the configuration of natural rural land resources. Expanding Finally, the government makes policy of the urban and rural
the development space at village level should follow the construction linked to changes to auction the stored con-
following principles: different types of villages should take struction index to city developers or industrial enterprises.
different land-saving measures; village-level division ad- This helps to form benign loop and reach the simultaneous
win of village, country, city, enterprise, and government.
70 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

The key point is land price by the construction land index

and the allocation problem. The price making should be
beneficial to the people. The comprehensive measure of
Hebei land price should keep accordance with the higher
price rather than the lower one.
References
[1] Tang Zhen long, Liu Na, Liu Bingqiang. On Hebei province
rural new residential construction research [J]. Chinese
Agricultural Science Bulletin2011, 27(6):426-430.
[2] Zhao Yanxia, Wang Lidong, Yin Jingrui. The rural gover-
nance path analysis -- Based on Tangshan rural new residen-
tial construction survey [J]. Frontier, 2009, 12(5).
[3] Liu Zhiqing, Wang Yuding, Zhang Xiaojun, The new rural
construction - new residential construction factors analysis
[J]. Chinese residential facilities2011, 11(38-40).
[4] Zhao Guoling Farmer housing consumption and its impact
factors - based on two counties and cities of Hubei rural
household survey [D]. Wuhan: Huazhong Agricultural Uni-
versity, 2009
[5] Shao Chunmei, Research on Rural residential construction -
a case study of Hebei province [D]. Shijiazhuang: Hebei
Normal University, 2008
71 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Research on Knowledge Spillovers and

Technological Progress in Open Economy
Weiyi Cai
Assistant Professor, Department of Finance, Xiamen University, Xiamen, Fujian, China (361005)
wycai@xmu.edu.cn
Abstract: Knowledge Spillovers have both positive and negative impacts on technological progress-to promote or to hinder
it. However, Knowledge Spillovers will promote rather than hinder the technological progress in the open economic
environment. Immoderate knowledge and information protection will not benefit the global economic development, when
the two countries which participate in the international competition differ widely in their innovation capability. Developing
countries are now facing great challenge in trading during the global financial crisis. It is of great importance for these less
developed countries to promote technological progress and to upgrade the industrial structure, and the availability of the
technical information will be crucial to them. Based on model analysis, this dissertation investigates the relationship
between knowledge spillovers and technological progress, trying to prove that artificial barriers to knowledge spillovers will
hinder the technological progress for those developing countries, and thus will delay the development of global economy. In
the era of globalization, the developed countries should be encouraged to transfer technology to those less developed
countries and areas.
Keywords: open economy; knowledge spillovers; technological progress; innovation
As for enterprise innovation, the negative point
1T price of the skilled labor higher. In this way, the cost of
of knowledge spillovers lies in two sides. Firstly,
1T production and R & D will increase so that to limit the
1T
knowledge spillovers will reduce the monopoly profit 1T innovative activities. In view of the interest of innovative
1T
which the innovative enterprise might have produced on enterprises is not protected, the enterprises themselves will
innovative product. Secondly, the innovative activities love the motivation to innovate. But knowledge spillovers
nowadays need plenty of investment and only large will go beyond boundaries under the open economic 1T
enterprises occupied with monopoly profit have the ability condition. The imitative behavior of the developing
1T
to carry on R & D activities. Although the monopoly countries will improve their technical level and increase the
1T
behaviors of the innovative enterprises are not the best in supply of skilled labor. In the case of factor mobility, the
the market, the market must endure this situation to ensure increase of skilled labor supply will have advantage on
adequate investment on R & D activities. developed countries. So is the same case with the salaries of
Meanwhile, knowledge spillovers will weaken the scale
1T 1T skilled labor. Because the success of imitation will improve
expansion of the innovative enterprises, so that do harm to the level of economic development of developing countries,
the innovation activity. Conversely, the positive impacts 1T it will do well to the improvement of the demand which
which knowledge spillovers direct on enterprise innovation
1T developing countries have on developed ones. These are the
are as follows: knowledge spillovers will lead to
1T positive impacts of the knowledge spillovers and imitative
1T
competition between enterprises which will not only help behavior. Even though the imitative behavior brought by
the backward enterprises imitating the active ones and
1T knowledge spillovers will reduce the monopoly profit of the
keeping up with them gradually, but also give pressure to 1T innovative production, which will damage the enterprises of
the further innovation of the leading enterprises. If it was the developed countries, the negative impact will be
not the case, the leading enterprise would continue walking 1T counterpart by the positive one to a great extent. In a word,
in the old steps under the temptation of monopoly profit the international knowledge spillovers will benefit both the
brought by the existing innovation activities. developed countries and the developing ones in the open
Under the closed economy condition, knowledge
1T 1T economic condition.
spillovers will reduce the monopoly profit of the innovative In the open economic condition, the analysis to the
enterprises, at the same time the imitative behaviors of other innovation activity and the relationship between innovation
non-profit enterprises will damage the interest of the and imitation of developing and developed countries will be
innovative enterprises and lower their competitive ability.
1T 1T different from the analysis in the closed economic condition.
In the skilled labor market, as the factor supply is stable, the When the view turns from closed economy to open
imitative behavior will increase the demand of skilled labor, economy, the international knowledge spillovers between
so that the competition between enterprises will make the two countries will influence the international technological
1T
72 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

W. Y. Cai et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp72-80
progress in many ways. Because of the international

1T
i
Suppose the wage level of skilled labor is w , and a unit 1T
knowledge spillovers and the decrease of skilled labor’s of product innovation production requires a skilled labor
salaries, the cost of global research and development will input unit, so that the wage level of skilled labor is also the
decrease. The intensity of innovative competition caused marginal cost and average cost of producing innovative
by research and development will make the speed of global
1T
product. The optimal pricing method is based on the cost.

innovation faster. All these factors will intense the positive Suppose the add parameter is α and 0  α  1 , and then 1T
impact of knowledge spillovers, in order to ensure there

wi
1T
is positive feedback effect on technical progress.

1T
= pi = (i A, B) （1.1）
In this passage, I will combine the theoretical analysis 1T
α
and mathematical model analysis and use the technology Suppose the expenditure which the consumers spend on 1T
innovation and economic growth model brought up by innovative production E i is allocated to each kind of 1T 1T
economists Grossman and Helpman. I will establish

1T product innovation. Then the consumption of each
1T 1T
a single-element and two-sector model and use it to analyze

1T
innovative production is E i / ni , the consumption ( x i ) 1T
the technology innovation competition of developing and

1T
is α E i / ni wi . In this way the profit of each innovative

1T
1T
developed countries. Firstly I will analyze how the

product is π i= (1 − α ) E i / ni . To make it more clearly, I
innovation growth rate is decided in the closed economic
1T
condition, and then analyze the interaction of the innovation suppose the expenditure of consumers is 1, and then the 1T
growth rate of the two countries under the open economic profit of each innovative production turns out to be
condition. In the end, to make the conclusion that = 1−α
πi = (i A, B) （1.2）
strengthening protection of intellectual property rights is not ni
conducive to technological progress and economic The income of business activities of a country’s
development. innovative production comes from two parts, one is the
profit from each kind of innovative product π , and the
1. The Technical Progress under Closed other is the added value of enterprises’ capital v . The added
Economic Condition value lies in the intangible assets or fixed assets after the 1T
The technical progress mentioned in this thesis refers to research and development activities and then the innovative 1T
increase product variety. The technical progress will technology. In a perfect competition market, the enterprises
increase the intermediate inputs in the process of producing. can not only invest money in actual production and
What’s more, the variety of products in the market becomes management, but credit as well. In the end to acquire the
larger, which indicates that the innovative products are profit r , and these two behaviors will bring the same effects,
more. As a consequence, the product diversification means which is
technical progress. Meanwhile, the increase of the variety of π= + v rv = (i A, B) i
（1.3）
i i
production shows that the knowledge which the enterprises To be continued, I studied the demand of skilled labor
can obtain from the economic body is increasing. So, the and investment of the enterprises. Suppose the skilled labor
more varieties of products mean the more public knowledge needed to invent an innovative product is a , which means
in economy. Suppose there is only one kind of resource in the labor productivity. If the a is bigger, the labor
1T 1T 1T
the economic body, which is skilled labor. Then there are productivity is lower. Conversely, the labor productivity
two departments, one is the innovative product department,
1T
will be much higher. Therefore, the cost of a new innovative 1T
which is used to produce innovative product with skilled production is the product of unit skilled labor wage and the 1T
labor, while the other is the research and development amount of skilled labor wa . At the same time, the capital 1T
department of the innovative product, which is equipped

value of a successfully introduced innovative production of
with skilled labor to research and develop. The two
the enterprises is v . Whether the enterprise is going to
department above and coexist in one enterprise, using “n” to
research and develop new production due to the comparison
represents all the innovative product types in one economic
of cost and revenue. Only when the cost and revenue is
body.
equal, the research and develop can be balanced.
Suppose there are two countries, using “i” to represent
Consequently, the free enter condition in the perfect
country（ i = A, B ）. The volumes of skilled labor of the two
competition market is as follow:
countries are different, and the number of A is not less than
B, which is LA ≥ LB . I will at first analyze that how the
= vi w= i
a (i A, B) (1.4)
individual innovation growth rate is determined under the
1T 1T
Through the research and development activities, the
condition where no international communication exists. increasing volume of innovative production is n ， but
And then give further analysis on the difference between the labor productivity is a . So the number of skilled labor
1T 1T
two countries with the international knowledge spillover or needed is an . The total expenditure which the consumer
1T
1T
not.
73 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

spend on innovative production in the economy is 1, and the spillover, the innovation growth rate is
price is p i ， and then the existing total products n i Ln i K n i
g= i
= = （1.9）
1T 1T
(i A, B)
consumption is 1/ p i . According to the assumption above, a
1T 1T
ni ani
unit of innovative production needs a unit of skilled labor, Because knowledge spillovers can take place of skilled
so the skilled labor needed in the production of innovative labor, so per unit innovative production’s research need less
products is also 1/ p i . In this way, the market-clearing
1T 1T
skilled labor. Then the clearing condition in skilled labor 1T 1T
i market turns to be:

condition of skilled labor market is as follows. L is the
an i 1
1T
total skilled labor in need. += Li = (i A, B) （1.10）

1 K ni pi
an i += Li = (i A, B) （1.5）
pi Moreover, it is because of knowledge spillovers that
1T 1T
take charge of the skilled labor in the research and

Combining the enterprise profit formula （1.2） and 1T 1T
development, the enterprises need less wage cost.

the capital market equilibrium condition（1.3）,we can
1T 1T 1T 1T
The condition of free entry of the market showed in

1T
get enterprise value of the assets of the dynamic equation

equation（1.4）turns to be:
1T
1−α
1T
vi = rvi − i (i = A, B) （1.6） wi a （1.11）

n = vi = (i A, B)
K ni
The existing number of innovative production is ni and
the new innovative product through research and In view of common stock of knowledge caused 1T
by knowledge spillovers, the clearing condition of the

development activities is n i .Then the growth rate of
1T 1T 1T 1T
1T
skilled labor market and the condition of free entry of the

1T 1T
innovative production is g i = n i / ni . Each R&D activity 1T

research and development market has been revised.
will bring out two outcomes, one is the acquisition of Combining equation（1.10）, （1.11）and（1.11）we can
1T
monopoly profit brought by the new innovative production, obtain the equation of innovation growth n i : 1T 1T
and the other is the knowledge brought by each activity n i Li α （1.12）

which will be a part of public knowledge in the economy. i
= − i i (i =A, B )
Kn a v Kn
Therefore, as the activities are going on, the sorts of
innovative production in the market will increase and in Using K ni from equation （1.7） to equation （1.12）
chain cause the public knowledge stock increasing. 1T
and considering the definition of innovation growth rate
Using K n i to represent the public knowledge stock, the
1T
g i = n i / ni ，we can get the equation about innovation growth

fluctuation of K n i comes from the fluctuation of the types rate g i :
of innovative products in the market and there is a positive Li k α （1.13）
gi = − (i =
1T
correlation between them. Therefore, we can use K n i as a A, B)

1T
a v i ni
positive function of the number of types of innovative According to the assumption of K n i , when k = 1/ ni ,
i
products n . k is a parameters of positive value. 1T
there are no knowledge spillovers between innovative
= =
K n kn (i A, B ) i i
（1.7） enterprises; when k = 1 , the knowledge stock is directly 1T
proportional to the types of innovative production in the

The knowledge stock can take charge of skilled labor.
economy. The volume of public knowledge in the economy
Because of having mastered more innovative knowledge,
is determined by the varieties of innovative productions. So
the production rate of skilled labor will increase, which in
1T
turn decrease the number of skilled labor in the same R&D under these two condition, the equation（1.13）can be
activity. Using Ln i to represent the skilled labor in the changed into:
 i Li α
 g = − k=
i
research and development activities, and the dynamic 1/ n (1.14a )
ani vi ni
1T
equation of the R&D activity is as follow: 

Li α
gi =
Ln i K n i − k=
1 (1.14b)
=n i = (i A, B) （1.8）  a v i ni
a
The equation（1.14 a ）and（1.14 b ）is separately based
If taking information barriers and patent protection into
1T
consideration, knowledge does not exist completely on conditions that knowledge does not exist 1T
completely spillover and knowledge completely spillover.

overflow effect, and then K ni = 1 ，which means k = 1/ ni . The
1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T
1T
Comparing these two equations, no matter is it

enterprises can only possess their own innovative knowledge spillover, we can make such propositions:
1T 1T 1T
knowledge. If there is knowledge spillover effect, 1T
Proposition 1 ： The more skilled labor in an

1T 1T 1T
then K ni  1 . According to （1.8），in the case of knowledge

1T 1T
economy(L is bigger), the higher labor production rate it
74 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

will be in the R&D activities( a is smaller), the smaller 1T higher labor production rate of the research and
of addition cost pricing parameters（ α ）,and the higher the
1T 1T
development department (the lower a is), then the higher
innovation growth rate. 1T
innovation growth rate of the country. Meanwhile, the lower
The conclusion of proposition 1 is conformed to the the interest rate, the lower the cost of capital and the higher
1T
economic reality. From（1.14 a ）we can see g is inversely 1T

the innovation growth rate.
proportional to n; However（1.14 b ）goes conversely, which 1T
2. Technological Progress under International

shows that g is in proportion to n. Therefore, we can make
Knowledge Spillovers
1T
another conclusion.
Proposition 2: The innovative knowledge among Now we suppose that there are open channels between
enterprises is closed and can not be transmitted, and the two countries’ communication, and suppose the domestic
innovation growth rate has the tendency of decrement. knowledge can be fully spillover in one country. Because
Conversely, if the innovative knowledge can be transmitted the formation of the channels, the knowledge and
among enterprises, the innovation growth rate will be information can be transmitted between two countries, the
incremental. research and development department can not only do
To go further more, we suppose there is total spillover in benefit from the R&D activities, but also learn something
the innovative knowledge. In equation（1.13）, v i ni is the 1T from the other country. Under this circumstance, there will
total capital value of all the enterprises innovation product,
1T 1T
be a global public knowledge stock. We suppose the skilled
defining its reciprocal as V i ，then V i = 1/ vi ni . According
1T 1T
labor of country A is larger than country B, then country A
i is the bigger country, and country B is the smaller country.
to the rule of differentiation, we can obtain V = n i vi
i
− i− i. 1T
Country B is lag of technology and lots of the technical

V n v knowledge come from country A which has absolutely
Because n i / ni is the innovation growth rate g i ， the contribution to the total quantity of world innovation
equation can be simplified as V = vi knowledge. Viewing this, we use β to represent the ratio
i
i
− g i − i . In equilibrium 1T
V v of self-innovation in the total amount of knowledge of

country B, then （ 1 − β ） of the total amount of knowledge
i
situation, the wage of skilled labor w and the labor 1T 1T
productivity of enterprise R & D activities a are all 1T
of country B is the duplication of country A. The figure

constant. According to equation （1.11） and K n i = ni ， β is between 0 and 1. If β is 0, then it means the
vi ni and V are all constant, in the equilibrium state V i = 0 ， ability of research and development of country B is quite
i
1T 1T
then we can take low and the innovative knowledge is the duplication of
vi country A; If β is 1, then the innovation of country B is
gi =
− i (i =
A, B ) （1.15）
v done independently. The overall knowledge stock of the
The equation （1.15） indicates that the innovation world roars to the largest, which is the sum of the new
growth rate of a country is inversely proportional to 1T
knowledge of the two countries. Therefore, based on the
the single enterprise's capital value growth. This in
1T 1T
assumption of knowledge spillovers, there is a total amount
conformed to the reality. Because the faster of innovation, of knowledge innovation formed between country A and B,
the more types of innovative product are there in the market, 1T 1T
using K n to represent it, then:
the less price growth are there of the innovative product. Kn = n A + β nB (0 ≤ β ≤ 1) （1.18）
Combining（1.15）and（1.6） we can get the equation of
1T 1T 1T
Vi:
As the knowledge stock changes, the balance situation
between the two countries will be changed. Because the
g +r
i
（1.16）
= Vi = (i A, B ) existing of knowledge spillovers, the cost of research and
1−α development will decrease, the knowledge stock will be a
Combining equation（1.16）, V i = 1/ vi ni and equation denominator in the cost equation when there is no
（1.13） and k = 1 ，we can get international knowledge spillover. In this way, under the
Li open economic situation, the free entry conditions of the
gi =(1 − α ) − α r (i =A, B) （1.17） two countries will be:
a
The equation （1.17） is the long term innovation wi a
= vi = (i A, B)
n + β nB
1T
A
growth rate when there is no international trade and no
1T
（1.19）
international knowledge spillovers but there is domestic The skilled labor of innovative product production 1T
knowledge spillover and under closed economic department is not influenced. Knowledge spillovers could 1T 1T
environment separately. From the equation we know that take place of the skilled labor in the R&D activities. The
i
the more skilled labor of a country (the higher L is), the knowledge stock is also a denominator in the skilled labor 1T
75 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

equation when there is no international knowledge spillover. LA + β LB

Considering all these factors, the clearing conditions of the (1 − α )
g= −αr
skilled labor market will be: a （1.27）
a 1 The equation（1.27）is the innovation growth rate of the
n i += Li = (i A, B)
n + βn
A B
pi （1.20）
two countries under long term open economic environment.
Now we suppose there are both domestic knowledge and
The knowledge stock is not a variable under no international knowledge spillovers and the knowledge stock
arbitrage condition（1.6）,so there is no influence under open
of the two countries are the same. Because β is between 0
economic environment. We change （1.6）as this:
and 1, the innovation growth rate of （1.27）is obviously
1 − α vi
+= r =(i A, B) larger than that without international knowledge spillovers.
v i ni v i （1.21） As β becomes larger, the gap between the two will be
i i
Define the reciprocal of the total capital value（ v n ）as greater. So we can make a conclusion as follow.
i Proposition 3: Under open economic environment, if
a new variable V . In equilibrium, V = 0 ，so g = −v / v .
i i i i
the innovation knowledge could be transmitted among

Then let this equation into （ 1.21 ）， we get countries, innovation growth rate will be higher than that
(1 − α )V i =
r + g i . Under open economic environment, under closed economics environment. As the skilled labor is
A B
because of international knowledge spillover, the two larger（ L , L ），the cost of capital（ r ） is smaller, the
countries face the same global knowledge stock. At the global innovation rate is higher. Meanwhile, the gap of
same time the trade and economic relations would let the research and development ability between bigger countries
two national economy development level approaching. and smaller ones is smaller, the global innovation growth
Under the same tendency, the long term innovation growth will be faster.
rate will also have a trend of convergence. Therefore we The proposition 3 shows that the international
suppose a unified innovation growth rate g ，in the long knowledge spillovers of innovation knowledge will improve
term , the innovation growth rate will convergent for this the innovation and economic growth as the international
communication channel opened. Each country’s R&D
data, which is g= g= g . Then the no arbitrage condition
A B
activities contribute to the global knowledge stock. World

can be:
knowledge accumulates faster than the local stock of
(1 − α )V =
r+g （1.22） knowledge when the study groups are isolated from each
Combining（1.1）,（1.19）and（1.20）,based on the other. Besides, from （1.33）we can see, the less R&D
definition of V and the equation g= g=
i A B
g ，we can activities of smaller country (country B) repeats the bigger
associate the innovation growth rate and the total skilled one (country A), which means the more the individual
labor of the two countries: innovation projects, the long term innovation growth rate
will be larger.
ni
a ( g + αV ) A = A, B) （1.23）
(i =
i
L
n + β nB 3. The Innovation Differences between Two
From（1.23），we can get the equation of the sum of Countries when there’s no International
skilled labor of country A and B: Knowledge Spillover
nA （1.24）
LA a ( g + αV ) A
= Under open economic environment, the international
n + β nB
knowledge spillover does not always exist. Especially the
nB （1.25）
LB a ( g + αV ) A
= country with low innovation ability and less innovation
n + β nB projects is hard to obtain information from countries with
Multiply（1.25） with β and then plus（1.24）, we can higher innovation ability. So as to analyze the condition
where no international knowledge spillover exist, how the
get a equation about the innovation growth rate g and the
global international growth rate changes and the gap
skilled labor. between bigger and smaller countries, we suppose the
LA + β LB = a ( g + αV ) （1.26） knowledge spillover is only domestic. Smaller country
g + r (country B) cannot obtain relevant innovation knowledge
From （1.22），we can get V = . Combining with from bigger country (country A). So is the same with the
1−α opposite. Now I add a variable ε on the base model,
（1.26）， then eliminating the parameter V ，we can get which represents the constant elasticity of substitution
the innovation growth rate in the long term: between the two innovation projects. Two more equations
are added, one is innovative product demand equation, and
76 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

i
the other is demand share ratio equation of the two and the price of innovative product is p ，the skilled labor
countries. i i
Within a country, the total consumption of innovative input to produce innovative products is s / p . So the
projects （ X ） is the sum of each innovative project skilled labor market clearing condition is:
i an i s i （1.33）
consumption （ x ） . We use x (m) to represent the += Li = (i A, B)
ni pi
consumption of projects m of country i . The number of Because there is no international knowledge spillover
A
type of country A is n , while that of B is n . To be
B
and the knowledge stock is different, the innovation growth
rate will have some differences. The country with high
convenient, we suppose an expression of X to make the
innovation growth rate will have an increase in the global
elasticity of substitution of the two countries are constant i
and equal. innovation products share s . As the skilled labor of a
ni
1 country is a constant in the short term, the wage of skilled
=X [ ∫=
x i (m)α dm]α (i A, B ) labor will increase, too. While the country with low
0 （1.28）
innovation growth rate face the opposite.
The equation （1.28） is the aggregate consumption
function of innovation products and α is cost plus pricing
The free entry condition （ 1.32 ） can be change
into v n = w a . Because v , n and w are the function
i i i i i i
parameters. Based on the function, the elasticity of
substitution（ ε ） is 1/ (1 − α ) and bigger than 1. The global of t and a is an constant, then there goes the
total expenditure is E, so the actual expenditure of project expression:
m is w i n i vi
= + (i =
A, B)
E ( p i )1−ε wi ni vi （1.34）
= p i ⋅ x i ( m) A A = (i A, B)
n ( p )1−ε + n B ( p B )1−ε （1.29）
Combining （1.34）with no arbitrage condition（1.31），
we can eliminate v / v . Based on the definition g = n / n
i i i i i
The total expenditure of the innovative products of
and v n = w a ， we can get the equation of the growth rate
i i i
world economy E is the sum of the expenditure of A and
B. We suppose this expenditure standardization for 1. The of wages of domestic skilled labor:
i w i (1 − α ) s i
types of innovative products of country i is n , the i
=r + g i − (i =A, B )
w wi a （1.35）
amount of consumption is like （1.29）. So the amount of
i The equation（1.35）shows that the higher the innovation
consumption ( s ) which is also the proportion the
growth rate, the higher the interest rate, and the faster the
innovative consumption plays in the total consumption is: wage of skilled labor will increase. Then combining the
ni ( p i )1−ε
si = (i A, B) equation（1.1） and skilled labor market clearing condition
n ( p ) + n B ( p B )1−ε
A A 1−ε
（1.30）（1.33）, and the definition g = n / n , we can get:
i i i
The analysis to the manufacturer is as mentioned. The

α si Li
i
i is s , then the gi + =
total consumption of country wi a a （1.36）
i i i
consumption of each projects is s / n p , the profit of Combining the equation（1.36）and the wage growth rate
manufacturer is (1 − α ) s / n . Therefore no arbitrage equation（1.35），we can eliminate s / w a . Then the wage
i i i i
condition was revised to be: rate can merely be represented by the innovation growth
(1 − α ) s i vi （1.31） rate:
+= r = (i A, B)
i i
nv v i
w i g i − g i
= = (i A, B)
Because the innovation knowledge of the two countries wi α （1.37）
cannot exchange, the individual knowledge stock is similar i
g is the innovation growth rate under closed economic
with the condition under closed economic environment,
which is K n = n . Due to this change, the cost of innovation
i i environment. This equation is to link the gap of innovation
growth rate under open and closed environment and the
project in country i is wi a / ni ， and the free entry wage growth rate of skilled labor. If the gap is big, the wage
condition of R&D activities is as follow: growth rate is high. Now we take advantage of the relation
wi a between wage growth rate and innovation growth rate and
= v i
= (i A, B)
ni （1.32） i
then discuss the market share s . We can see（1.30）.Using a
According to the basic model assumptions, the total total function style to represent the denominator, and then
consumption of innovative product of country i is s i ，
77 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

i almost 1. Under this circumstance, s A / s A is almost 0. So

get the differential of s , we can get:
the research and development speed variation can be
si p i p j
= (1 − s i )[( g i − g j ) + (1 − ε )( i − j )] （1.38） LA 1 A
simplified as g A =
( − g A )[( g − g A )] . According to
i
s p p
=
(i, j A, B; j ≠ i ) a α
i i
Now based on cost plus pricing rule, we can get the equation （1.40），both s and p are bigger than 0,
p i / p i = w i / wi ，which
is the price growth rate of innovation i
so s  0 ，and then L − g i  0 . Therefore, the expression
i
product and the wage growth rate of skilled labor are same. pi
a
p i g i − g i p j g j − g j
= = of g means g is bigger than g until balanced.
A A A
From （1.30）， we can get and . pi α pj α
When country A changes from closed to open economy, as
Combine these two formula with（1.38）, then the market A
share of the innovation product consumption is: the innovation growth rate of open economy g is higher
s i
than that of close economy g ， g is positive. Then the
A A
=(1 − s i )[(1 − ε )( g i − g j ) + ε ( g i − g j )] （1.39）
si innovation growth rate of country A under closed economic
=
(i, j A, B; j ≠ i ) A A
environment ( g ) is increasing, until it reaches g in the
Via transposition of the skilled labor market clearing
i i balanced condition. Under balanced condition, the market
condition, we can get an expression about s / p :
share of innovative product consumption is stable, and
s i Li
= − gi (i =A, B) s A / s A is almost 0, so even there is no assumption of s A
pi a （1.40） is almost 1, the analysis is still convincible. The innovation
In the equation （ 1.40 ） , L and a are constant,
i
growth rate of big country under open economic
g i , s i and p i are functions of t , so the growth rate and environment is bigger than that under closed economic
environment, and takes part in the national trade, so as to
growth of these three have such relationship: fasten the innovation speed in the long term.
si p i Li Meanwhile, the smaller country (country B) is totally
i
− i =− g i / ( − g i ) (i =A, B )
s p a A B
（1.41） the opposite. When s is almost 1 and s is almost 0,
From the analysis before, there is p i / p i = w i / wi . based on the equation （1.39） we can deduce the change
B
Combining （1.37）, （1.40）and（1.41），we can get an rate of market share （ s ） of innovative product
equation about the innovation growth rate variation of A
consumption when s is almost 1:
country i : s B
Li 1 si =(1 − ε )( g B − g A ) + ε ( g B − g A ) （1.43）
g i = ( − g i )[ ( g i − g i ) − i ] (i = A, B) sB
a α （1.42）
s
Under balanced condition, the innovation growth rate of
The equation （1.42）is the terminal equation of this part,
country B is stable, then g =0，combine （1.43）and
B
which means the change of the innovation growth rate of a
i （1.42），we can get the innovation growth rate in the stable
country is determined by the total skilled labor（ L ）, the
condition:
labor productivity of the R&D department（ a ）, the gap of α (1 − α )
innovation growth rate between the condition of open gB = gB − (g A − g B ) （1.44）
1 − α (1 − α )
economic and closed economic （ g − g ）and the change
i i
Because country A is a bigger country, country B is a

rate of the market share of the innovation product smaller country, there is difference between the innovation
consumption（ s / s ）. Firstly we analyze the bigger country
i i
growth rate of the two countries, which is g A  g B ，and
（country A），which research and development speed 0  α  1 ， so in the equation （ 1.44 ） ,
LA 1 s A α (1 − α ) B
g A = ( − g A )[ ( g A − g A ) − A ]
α
( g A − g B )  0 ， which means g is smaller
variation is a Because country As . 1 − α (1 − α )
is in the leading part, the proportion of innovative product
than g B .
consumption among the world is bigger than that of country
A B From this we know, under open economy, the
B, which is s is bigger than s 。 innovation growth rate of small country will decrease, and
To be convenient, we suppose an extreme case. We will be lower than that without international trade. To sum
suppose country A takes total market share of international up, we have proposition 4.
A
innovative product consumption, which means that s is Proposition 4: Under open economic environment, if
there is no innovative knowledge spillover between
78 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

countries, the big country with high research and instead be locked to a lower developing level, which is
development ability will have higher innovation growth in negative to the global technology progress and economic
1T2
the open economic environment than that in the closed ones. growth.
The country with low research and develop ability is the Under open economic environment, if the developed
opposite, while under open economic environment the countries take tough policies for intellectual property
1T
innovation growth rate will decrease. protection, then the innovation growth rate of developing
The analysis above indicates that under the assumption countries in balanced situation under open economic
of international knowledge spillovers ， the gap of environment will be lower than that of closed ones. The
innovation growth rate between big countries and small developing countries will be locked to the low-end
1T 1T
countries under open economic environment will become production areas, which is negative to the developing
larger. The starting level is low. The share of the country countries and global economic growth. If the difference of
with low research and develop ability is decreasing, whose technical level is too big, developed countries will lose the
innovation growth rate is lower than that under closed motivation of innovation finally. If the protection of
economic environment. The final result is the smaller intellectual property rights is too harsh, the monopoly
countries involved in the international trade are forced to position of developed countries is prominent and the
give up research and develop activities and begin to developing countries focus on traditional production, then
produce something with advantage. The technical progress the wage of skilled labor of developed countries will
and industry upgrading of smaller countries will be quiet increase and the cost of research and develop increase as
slow. Therefore, under open economic environment, no well. The enthusiasm of innovative production and R&D
matter big or small country, must think over the policies activities will both decline. Meanwhile the technical level
of technology trade, intellectual property protection. Too
1T
of developing countries improving slowly, the upgrading of
heavy protection of intellectual property and technical the industrial structure suffocate, the speed of economic
barriers will harm the innovative activities of middle and development will no doubt be slower. This existing and
small countries and also will harm the global economic expanding economic development imbalance between
development. developing and developed countries will harm the global
economic progress.
4. Conclusion Therefore, in the global age, the developed countries
need to think about their own technical policies and trade
Knowledge information stock is an important basis of
1T
policies. There is a need to encourage technology

1T
technical innovation of enterprises. The success of transmission, especially that of developing countries. The
innovation of enterprise will contribute to the overall developed countries should open technology export and
knowledge stock. Meanwhile, whether the enterprise can encourage technical trade. Meanwhile the developing
obtain the innovative knowledge of the economy is also a
1T 1T
countries can take flexible measures in the field of

1T 1T
main factor of whether the research and development intellectual property protection and avoid attacks by too
activities of the enterprise can success and save the cost. heavy intellectual property rights protection on enterprise
The model analysis shows that in the presence of innovation.
knowledge spillover the technical progress has self
strengthening mechanism. However, when there is no References
knowledge spillover, this mechanism becomes self
reduction. Knowledge spillover will fasten the technical [1] Xiaowen Tian, “Accounting for Sources of FDI Technology
innovation and there is a positive feedback effect between Spillovers: Evidence from China”, Journal of International Business
knowledge spillover and technical progress. Studies, 2007, 38: 147-159
In the level difference of technical progress model,
1T
[2] Susan E. Feinberg and Anil K. Gupta, “Knowledge Spillovers and
knowledge spillover is quite important. International the Assignment of R&D Responsibilities to Foreign Subsidiaries”,
knowledge spillover influences the long term innovation Strategic Management Journal, 2004, 25: 823-845
growth rate of developed countries and developing [3] Y Wei and X Liu, “Productivity Spillovers from R&D, Exports and
countries directly. The innovation growth rate of the two
1T 1T
FDI in China’s Manufacturing Sector”, Journal of International
countries with knowledge spillover is obviously higher than Business Studies, 2006, 37: 544-557
that without knowledge spillover. If there is no knowledge [4] Juan Alcacer and Wilbur Chung, “Location Strategies and
spillover under open economic environment, then the Knowledge Spillovers”, Management Science, 2007, 53, (5):
innovation growth rate of developed countries will keep 760-776
increasing. Conversely the innovation growth rate of [5] Klaus E. Meyer and Evis Sinani, “When and Where Does Foreign
developing countries is even lower than that of closed Direct Investment Generate Positive Spillovers? A Meta-Analysis”,
economic environment. The developing countries not only Journal of International Business Studies, 2009, 40, (7): 1075-1094
have no technical progress from the opening-up policy, but
1T2
[6] Francesca Sanna-Randaccio and Relinhilde Veugelers,
79 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

“Multinational Knowledge Spillovers with Decentralised R&D: A

Game-Theoretic Approach”, Journal of International Business
Studies, 2007, 38, 47-63
[7] Eaton J. and Samuel Kortum, “International Technology Diffusion:
Theory and Measurement”, International Economics Review, 1999,
40, (3): 537-570
[8] Elhanan Helpman, “Innovation, Imitation and Intellectual Property
Rights”, Econometrica, 1993, 61, (6): 1247-1280
[9] Elhanan Helpman, Paul R. Krugman, “Trade Policy and Market
Structure”, the Journal of Political Economy, 1990, 98, (3): 664-667
[10] Frank Lichtenberg, Bruno van Pottelsberghe de la Potterie.,
“International R&D Spillovers: A Re-examination”, NBER Working
Paper, No.5688, 1996
[11] Grossman G., Krueger A., “Economic Growth and the Environment”,
the Quarterly Journal of Economics, 1995, 110, (2): 353-377
[12] Grossman G., Helpman E., “Innovation and Growth in the Global
Economy”, Cambridge: MIT Press, 1991
[13] Grossman G., Helpman E., “Endogenous Innovation in the Theory of
Growth”, Journal of Economic Perspective, 1994, 8, (1): 23-44
80 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Industrial Competitiveness of Offshore Service

Outsourcing in Liaoning Province
Liu Baixia1*, Wei Chen2
1, 2
Shenyang University,Shenyang, China
*liu-bx@163.com
Abstract: This paper aims to study the problems of the competitiveness of offshore service outsourcing industry in
Liaoning Province and is based on the analysis of its characters. This article adopts Potter’s Diamond Model. Through
the analysis of the industry, it puts forward some constructive suggestions from four aspects which are talents, market
structure, the construction of software parks and inter-regional cooperation. The innovation of this article is that the
conclusions are more suitable and operable than the before studies.
Keywords: offshore service outsourcing; potter’s diamond model; industrial competitiveness
1. Introduction focused on the field of IT outsourcing (ITO) in software
development, software testing and call center, financial
With the process of economic globalization and the management and data processing in business process
deeper development of the international labor division, outsourcing (BPO). Among them, software development
offshore service outsourcing industrial gradually comes out. accounted for more than 70% of the total business volume
As a new industry, its strong momentum of development of IT outsourcing (ITO).
provides a significant opportunity for the modern service
industry. Offshore service outsourcing belongs to service 2.3 The Object of Offshore Outsourcing Services
trade, so its development will make some effects on the Business
transformation of foreign trade and the improvement of the
The main business object of the offshore outsourcing
service trade structure.
services in Liaoning province was Japan. Orders from
Offshore service outsourcing is an operating activity
Japanese companies accounted for 80% of the revenues of
which refers to the use of foreign resources and transfers the
offshore outsourcing services, 10 percent of the revenues of
service of intermediate inputs to foreign subsidiaries or
offshore outsourcing services from the United States and
third-party providers. In another word is that outsourcing
orders from other countries accounted for 10 %.( Figure 1)
transfer parties (outsourcer) and its outsourcing undertaking
parties (supplier) come from different countries [1] .
P P
Other
countries
10%
2. The Overview of the Industry America
10%
Japan
2.1. The Scale of Offshore Outsourcing Services America
Other countries
Business
The offshore service outsourcing industry in Liaoning Japan
80%
province is located in the leading position. In 2009 the
implementation of the offshore service outsourcing business Figure1. The distribution of income source
was $ 1.61 billion, an increase of 26%.In 2010 the income
was $ 2.1 billion, an increase of 30.4%.By the end of 2011,
the service outsourcing enterprises in Liaoning Province 2.4 The Scale of the Offshore Outsourcing
had more than 1200, and an increase of about 10% and the Service’S Supplier Enterprises
number of employees reached more than 140,000. With offshore service outsourcing enterprises’
2.2 The Structure of Offshore Service Outsourcing continuing development such as Neusoft Group, Yida
Business Group in Dalian, offshore service outsourcing industry in
Liaoning Province had maintained a rapid pace of
The offshore service outsourcing business in Liaoning development. Neusoft Group ranked first in the turnover of
Province was constituted by IT outsourcing (ITO) and the national service outsourcing and it’s service outsourcing
business process outsourcing (BPO). The specific business exports amounted to $ 0.28 billion in 2010,an increase of
81 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

B. X. Liu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp81-85
40%. DHC Group's service outsourcing exports rose 25%

and the turnover ranked seventh in the country. HiSoft
Group in Dalian not only became one of the global software Opportunity Corporate strategy,
R& D center of General Electric Company, but listed on structure and
competitive
Nasdaq in 2010. It’s turnover ranked 10th in the national
rankings in 2010.
There had more than 1200 enterprises which specialized
in service outsourcing in Liaoning Province and the number
of employees reached to 14 million. Neusoft Group had
more than 20,000 people which made it the country's largest
service outsourcing enterprises. Neusoft Group adopted the
CMMI51 certification in 2008, becoming the first Chinese Production Demand
software enterprises which passed through the assessment factors conditions
and then in 2011, Neusoft Group was the first Chinese
enterprise that passed through the PCMM52 level
assessment.
3. Analysis Based on Diamond Model
Diamond model theory holds that there are four basic
elements which affect the competitiveness of industries,
such as production factors, demand conditions, related Related
Government
industries and supporting industries, corporate strategy and industries and
supporting
structure, as well as intra-industry competition, and it
pointed out that only when ’diamond’ was in the best Figure2. Potter’s Diamond Model
condition, the likelihood of success could be the biggest.
Porter's diamond is also a mutual promotion of mutually
reinforcing dynamic system and any factors play a role in Software College of Dalian University of Technology and
the degree of depending on the status of the other three Neusoft Institute of Information were respectively the
elements. country's largest model software college and independent
In addition to the four basic elements, Porter also added software college. In Dalian the students who studied in
the government and opportunity as two variables and institutions of higher learning software related major had
together with the ‘diamond’ constituted the ‘Diamond reached 50 thousand. There were six provincial service
Model’ [2] . (Figure 2)
P P
outsourcing training camps in Liaoning Province and they

3.1. Demand Conditions fostered talents for the service outsourcing industry by
professional training.
3.1.1. Geographical Conditions Offshore service outsourcing industry development
needs a large number of professionals. Although the
Liaoning Province is located in the southern part of offshore service outsourcing talent training base had
northeast China, with Japan, South Korea across the sea, continuous development, in 2011 the data showed that
and is the gateway to the Northeast and Inner Mongolia software service outsourcing talent gap was 20000. As the
Autonomous Region. It’s also the important gateway to global economic rebound, outsourcing orders quantity
connect the Eurasian Continental Bridge, so Liaoning would increase, so the gap is expected to expand year by
Province has the geographic advantage to undertake year. The gap was partly because the personnel training
offshore service outsourcing business from Japan and Korea. speed slower than the speed of demand for talent; on the
3.1.2. Human Resources other hand personnel training and enterprise demand was
asymmetry. Therefore the development of competitiveness
According to the 2010 census, the total population of in offshore service outsourcing industry in Liaoning
Liaoning Province was 43.74 million. Among the Province was constrained by human resources.
population aged 15- 59 was 31.99 million, accounting for
73.15 percent. Liaoning province had a population of 3.1.3. Traffic Conditions
5230000 people who had the university cultural degree and By 2011, operating railway lines in Liaoning totaled
it took 11.96%.There were 5 software schools in Dalian and 4035 km, whose density ranked first in the country.
Highway traffic mileage had extended to 105.3 thousand
km, including 3300 km of expressways, connecting 14 cities.
82 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Dalian Port is the best deep-water port in North China. It outsourcing industry is also connected with the
formed a port group along the coast of Yellow Sea and development of the software industry.
Bohai Sea including Yingkou, Dandong, Jinzhou, Huludao. Liaoning Province was the major province of the old
There were 124 million-ton deep-water berths and 23 industrial bases in the northeast China, which had strong
container berths. There were 10 airports such as Shenyang industrial foundation. Its pillar industry was equipment
Tao Xian International Airport, Dalian Zhou Shuizi manufacturing, and its capability in research and
International Airport and all open up domestic and development of complete sets of equipment and
international routes in 206.In summary; the offshore service manufacturing was in the leading domestic level, especially
outsourcing industry was provided good traffic conditions. in the field of heavy equipment. Therefore, these situations
provided a good industrial base for the development of
3.2. Analysis of Demand Conditions offshore service outsourcing industry in Liaoning Province,
Porter’s theory emphasized the role of domestic demand and also provided the development with related technology
to improve competitive advantage of industrial. This paper and equipment support.
studied Liaoning Province as an offshore service In recent years, the output of the service industry in
outsourcing contractor's competitive situation. The demand Liaoning Province increased year by year, which related to
for products mainly from abroad, so demand conditions offshore service outsourcing industry; it can see through the
from the international outsourcers need to be analyzed. chain index of the tertiary industry output (Table 1). Except
International service outsourcing business is growing for playing an active role in the adjustment of industrial
rapidly in China and China had become the world's second structure, the development of the service sector provided
largest offshore outsourcing country of destination. After related support services for the development of offshore
the financial crisis, China's offshore outsourcing industry service outsourcing industry.
had withstood the demand downturn pressure of world Table 1.The tertiary industry’s chain index (last period=100)
market. In 2011 there was a value of $ 23.83 billion
offshore service outsourcing contract in China, an increase year 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010
of 65% over the same period and a 22% increase over the
previous year. China's service outsourcing industry share in index 110.0 110.3 111.6 112.1 112.5
the international market expanded further. In 2011 China's Data source：China Statistical Yearbook 2011
service outsourcing business accounted for 23.2% of the By the end of 2011, the amount of service outsourcing
world and increased 6.3 percent over the previous year. enterprises in Liaoning Province had been more than 1200,
Under the good development background, in 2011 Liaoning an increase of about 10% than last year, including 58
Province had completed the order from Japan which service outsourcing enterprises with international
amounted to $ 943,980,000; an increase of 29.4%.Liaoning certification. The number of employees of the service
Province completed the order from U.S. which reached $ 63, outsourcing industry achieved more than 140,000. The
790, 000, an increase of 158.2%. world's top 500 enterprises in Liaoning in the service
Japan was the major business object of Liaoning’s [3]
offshore service outsourcing business and it accounted for outsourcing enterprises had reached 71 . Liaoning
80% of the total business volume, but the undertaken Province had formed three major types of industries,
volume of business from the United States (the world's including information technology outsourcing, business
largest outsourcing contract State) was less than 10% of the process outsourcing and R & D center, and built the
total business volume. In addition, the undertaken projects industrial pattern which used Dalian and Shenyang as the
were mainly concentrated in the area of the low end of the center that radiated to the east and south areas of Liaoning.
field and lack of high-end business. The outsourcing market In recent years, the revenue of software industry in
structure was irrational. Liaoning Province maintained an average annual growth
rate of 45.9 percent, and the current cumulative amount
3.3. Related and Support Industries of software revenue gradually upgraded in the national
Based on the ‘Diamond model’ theory, the benefits that rankings, especially in 2011, and the revenue exceeded
related industries and supporting industries make from the that of Shanghai, Beijing, Guangdong Province and
investment in the advanced factors of production will Jiangsu Province for the first time, ranking fourth in the
gradually overflowed to this industry, thus help to enhance country (Table 2). The development of software industry
the competitiveness of the industry. Offshore service provided offshore service outsourcing with technical
outsourcing industry is not an isolated developing one, support, and also indirectly reflected the region’s ability
which relied on manufacturing and service. Offshore service to undertake offshore service outsourcing.
outsourcing belongs to the outsourcing industry, so it
associated with the development of the outsourcing industry.
In the meantime, the development of the offshore service
83 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Table2.Software revenue in Liaoning opportunities.

Opportunities can not be controlled, but the impact of
Year Increase National Ranking government should not be ignored. At the beginning of 2009,
2007 65.4% 9 in the 21 service outsourcing demonstration cities, the
2008 59.1% 6 offshore service outsourcing enterprises who met the
2009 29.6% 5 conditions would be exempted from business tax. Dalian
2010 32.4% 5 City,Liaoning Province identified 90 technologically
2011 42.8% 4 advanced service enterprises in six groups, and these
Data source： http://www.miit.gov.cn preferential tax policies for service outsourcing industry
As the base of traditional heavy industry, there was a greatly promoted the development of service outsourcing
certain gap on the scale and level of development of the industry in Dalian. In 2010, the provincial government
offshore service outsourcing industry between Liaoning invested 30 million RMB of special funds to support
Province and some areas such as Beijing, Shanghai and business-to-staff training.
Shenzhen. The construction of software Industry Park in Liaoning Provincial People's Government in June 2011
Liaoning Province started late, and the park was not fully introduced a number of opinions ‘on the promotion of the
implemented from a purely geographical concept to the development of service outsourcing industry’, which had
synthesis of the external environment promoting the clear development goals: service outsourcing enterprises
development of software enterprises.The overall number of will be more than 2000, 30 million in employment; service
specialized outsourcing enterprises in Liaoning Province,at outsourcing exports would reach $ 8 billion to achieve
the same time,was not enough, especially the number of average annual growth of 30 percent, accounting for more
large-scale enterprise such as Neusoft Group. The whole than 10 percent of exports of the province's foreign trade;
industry was in a scattered state, without the advantage of cultivate at least 10 outsourcing leader enterprises with over
scale. 1 million employees and annual revenue exceeding $ 100
million; Liaoning Province would develop into an important
3.4. Firm Strategy, Structure and Competition service outsourcing base in Northeast Asia. The government
Liaoning offshore service outsourcing industry was provided a variety of appropriate policy support for the
facing competition from domestic and international development of the offshore outsourcing industry, and
enterprises. Porter emphasized that the enhancement of actively guided the development of the industry.
domestic competition was closely associated with industrial
competitiveness. 4. Suggestion
Faced with competition from domestic and foreign 4.1. Increase the Personnel Training and the
industry,offshore service outsourcing industry in Liaoning Introduction of Talents
Province had made rapid development. Compared with
domestic competitors, the service outsourcing industry in According to the previous analysis of the human
Liaoning had not developed perfect in some aspects such as resources situation in Liaoning Province, it could be drawn
human resources, technical level, and industry maturity.In that the shortage of professionals hindered the development
the international competition,Liaoning Province had a of service outsourcing industry in Liaoning Province,
distance with India in order delivery capabilities in offshore thereby it’s important to strengthen the investment in human
service outsourcing business;compared with Philippines, resources elements to increase the competitiveness of
Vietnam and other countries,Liaoning Province had no cost industries, and need to train the talent of local cultured as
advantage. well as the implementation of the recruitment strategy.
Cultivation of local talents needs the linkage of government
3.5. Government and Opportunities guidance, enterprises and universities, scientific research
The Northeast ‘Twelfth Five-Year’ Plan just approved institutions. On the one hand, relied on universities and
on March 22, 2012 stated that during the ‘Twelfth Five- research institutions to train professionals, on the other hand
Year’ period, the objective was to construct Northeast area the talents would get into enterprises to practice, so that it
to be basic equipment manufacturing base with international would achieve the abutment of personnel training and needs
competitiveness, an important national commodity grain of personnel positions.
and the agricultural production base, as well as important At the aspect of introduction of foreign talents, the
technical R & D and innovation base, so the northeast government should formulate some policies to support the
region would become an important hub open to Northeast personnel settled, and help businesses to introduce talents;
Asia. During the period of ‘Twelfth Five-Year’, Northeast enterprises themselves should offer attractive conditions for
urbanization rate would reach 60%; the proportion of value foreign talents, and not only to the introduction of talent,
added services would reach 40%. In this context, Liaoning but more importantly to retain them.
offshore service outsourcing industry would have good
84 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

4.2. Optimize the Market Structure on industrial parks, and work together to become bigger and
stronger offshore service outsourcing industry.
Facing unreasonable market structure of outsourcing After the co-operation with the Bohai Sea region and the
industry, future development of the offshore service Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei region became mature, this mode of
outsourcing industry in Liaoning Province should increase cooperation would be extended to the rest of the country to
efforts to expand the European and American markets and create a platform for the development of domestic offshore
diversify trade partners. service outsourcing enterprises.
Starting from themselves, Enterprises would actively
improve their own business level. Under the conditions of References
the existing order, it’s better to improve the ability of
delivering orders and enhancing the external image of [1] Dong Zhanmei,Quan Lixin:China’s Strategy to Undertake Service
enterprises; enterprises should gradually achieve the Offshore Outsourcing [J],Commercial Research, 2009(02)
development of service outsourcing from low-end to high- [2] Michael E. Porter:The Competitive Advantage of Nations [M],
end through the introduction of technology or other means, Beijing: Huaxia Publishing House, 2002
and promote optimization and upgrading of service [3] Wang Ling,Jiang Shenli:The Situation and Development Strategy of
outsourcing industry structure. In this process, the Liaoning Service Outsourcing Industry [J],Journal of Liaoning
government should provide a favorable external Administration College,2011(13)
environment and positive policy guidance for the [4] Zhu Shengyong,Li Wenxiu:The Impact Factors and Inspiration of
optimization of industrial structure and provide relevant the Development of Service Outsourcing—Based on the Analysis of
support for enterprises to import capital and technology. Service Outsourcing in Some OECD Countries [J].Soft
Science,2009(5)
4.3. Increase the Construction of Software Parks
During the construction of parks, the government should
speed up the construction of infrastructure and service
facilities, and attract enterprises to settle in through
preferential policies; promote the formation of the parks
under external force of the government, and provide
external support for the industrial agglomeration. In the
process of park running, the government should actively
guide and assist enterprises in the parks to cooperate with
each other, at the meantime, focus on the construction of the
park surrounding environment, and provide good external
environment for the development of the parks.
Enterprises within the zone should take full advantage
of the combined effect of the parks to strengthen internal
co-operation and achieve the effective sharing of resources,
improve the overall strength of the offshore service
outsourcing industry in Liaoning Province while
accelerating their own development.
4.4. Strengthen the Inter-Regional Cooperation
Competition and cooperation was auxiliary booster in
industrial development. During the competitive process,
enterprises should actively seek opportunities to cooperate
with competitors. Therefore, the service outsourcing
industry in Liaoning Province should focus on the Bohai
Sea and Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei region. Relying on the good
geographical conditions and industrial base of Liaoning
Province, it would achieve deep cooperation with strong
districts such as Beijing, Shandong and other areas; the
industry should take effective advantages of inter-regional
resources, and achieve a win-win situation of mutual
assistance of the service outsourcing industry. It was
necessary to develop and promote inter-regional labor
employment, and promote outsourcing enterprises to focus
85 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Industrial Structure Upgrading and China’s

Economic Growth
An Empirical Analysis Based on Time-varying Parameter Model *
Jiangru Feng1*, Xinying Fan2
Department of Economics, Business College of Shanxi University, Taiyuan, P.R China
*
jrfeng2007@yahoo.cn
Abstract: The adjustment of industrial structure in China is becoming more and more important as its economic growth
pattern is changing from the extension to the connotation. This paper studies the relationship between industrial structure
and the economic growth by the use of time varying parameter model. It shows that although the output and proportion of
the third industry have been growing rapidly in recent years, the efficiency is not obvious. So some pieces of suggestion are
put forward for resolving the problems. For example, raising the proportion of the consumer service sector and speeding up
the upgrade of the third industry structure. We also point out that to achieve long-term stable economic growth, more
attention should be paid to raise the efficiency of the third industry as increasing its proportion.
Keywords: industrial structure; economic growth; time-varying parameter model
1. Introduction sectors to higher productivity sectors, which can accelerate
economic growth. Angus Maddison also has proveed that
The relationship between economic growth and structural change is an important and independent source of
industrial structure has been always the hot topic in the field growth in a longer time series and a wider range. Natasha
of economics. According to the modern economics theories who has explored the link between structural coherence and
and the developed countries’ experience, industrial structure economic growth refers to the degree that a country’s
is also an important factor on the economic growth except industrial structure optimally reflects its factor endowment
for labor, capital and the technological progress. China is in fundamentals.
the period that the mode of economic growth is transferring According to the economics structure theories,
from extensive to intensive, so improving the efficiency of reasonable adjustment and the upgrade of industrial structure
resource utilization and realizing the economic sustainable would continue to promote economic growth, otherwise
development are of great significance. Romer has pointed retarding it. At present, when it comes to the industrial
out that the economic system and the technological progress structure in China, many studies have emphasized the output
are the sources of long-term economic growth and that value of the three industrials on the perspective of the
different kinds of industrial structure would result in industrial structure’s proportion. However, only the
different production function. The capital, labor and proportions’ value of the industries don’t reflect each
technology can play the corresponding efficiency only industry’s contribution efficiency to economic growth. In
combined with certain industrial structure. Empirical study addition, does China’s economic structure change
by H. Chenery further has revealed the relationship between continually for the economic reform. Since fixed structure
the evolution of industrial structure and the economic model of the constant parameter can not reflect the economic
growth. They believe that economic growth is an aspect of structure completely, so the time-varying parameter model
the change of production structure. In the developing needs to be considered. The agenda of this paper is as
countries with unequal marginal productivity of elements, following: in section 2 we’ll introduce the baseline model
labor and capital have transferred from lower productivity and the tool of estimating the time-varying parameter or
*
This paper is supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (NO.70973072) and Social Science Foundation of Shanxi
(NO. 2011041031-03).
Feng Jiangru, female, lecturer, Business College of Shanxi University, Research Orientation: industrial structure and economic growth.
Fan Xinying, male, lecture, Business College of Shanxi University, doctoral student of Shanxi University of Finance and Economics.
Research Orientation: applied mathematical statistics.
86 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

J. R. Feng et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp86-89
so-called kalman filter procedure; section 3 is the empirical

analysis of the latest data issued by the National Bureau of bt t − 1 = Φ t bt − 1
Statistics; in section 4, we’ll provide a summary and some
findings. The key innovation here is to use time-varying p t t − 1 = Φ t p t − 1 Φ' t + R t
parameter model to study the industrial structure and the
economic growth in China.
We can get y t by use of the information of t − 1
2. The Model
State Space Model is the time domain model which term:
implies the time as independent variable. It consists of two
y t t −1 = x t bt t −1 + ut ， t = 1,2, T
models: one is the measurement equation which connects the
system state at one moment with the input and output
variables; the other is the state equation, which reflects the The error of yt is
state of the dynamic system with the input variables function.
Based on these two features, we can find that the state space
model is an integrated model describing the dynamic system., v t = y t − y t t − 1 = Φ t ( bt − bt t − 1 )
which expresses the changes caused by the change of input
and corresponding output. There are two major advantages and the mean square error of yt is
when using the state space model: firstly, it can put the
variables that cannot be observed directly into the model,
and estimates the outcome together; secondly, secondly, it Ft = Φ t p t t −1 Φ' t +σ 2 .
can estimate the parameters by using a strong iterative
algorithm of kalman filter. When the new observed value is appear, the estimator of
Generally speaking, the time-varying parameter model the state vector can be update as follows:
can be written as following :
bt = bt t −1 + p t t −1 X t Ft −1 ( y t − Φ t bt t −1 )
Measurement equation: yt = z tα + x t β t + ε t
p t = p t t −1 Φ' t Ft −1 Φ t p t t −1
(1)
State equation: 3. Empirical results
β t = Φ t β t −1 + η t (2) All the data we choose are issued by the National Bureau of
Statistics. To study the relationship of the economic growth
εt    0 σ 2 0  
  ~ N   ,   and three industries, we firstly build the regression model:
  0  0 R  , t = 1,  , T
η t     ln GDPt = c + γ ln cy1 t + λ ln cy 2 t + µ ln cy 3 t + ε t
Where z t denotes the explainable variables set of α ,

Where ln GDP denotes the log of the
real GDP ; ln cy1 t , ln cy 2 t , ln cy 3 t denote the log of the
i.e. the fixed coefficient and x t is the explainable variables
first industry, second industry and the third industry. The
set of the random coefficient. β t , defined as time-varying
coefficients obtained from the model are elastic coefficient.
parameters, is a state vector. In (2) we assume that β t was
To investigate the dynamic relationship between three
AR (1) model. ε t and η t , which are independent each other,
industries and the GDP, we transform the regression model
are the disturbance term of the measurement equation and
and use the state space model of time-varying parameter.
the state equation. They are normal distribution with the
feature of the mean is zero vector, the variance is σ 2 , and γ t = ϕ 1γ t −1 + η 1 t ， λ t = ϕ 1 λ t −1 + η 2 t ，
the co-variance is R .
β t is unobserved variable and must be acquired with
the help of observed variable of y t and x t , so we deduce µ t = ϕ 1 µ t −1 + η 3 t
the best estimated value by kalman filter. We note that
bt and p t are the best estimated value of β t and its Where γ t , λ t , µ t are called state variables and described
covariance matrix respectively. If we assume that the by AR(1). They reflect the extent of the economic growth to
estimation began from t − 1 term, bt t −1 and p t t −1 a certain industry sensitive change, namely industry output
could be obtained as follows:
87 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

elasticity. We estimate the varying parameter with the help the conclusions above, some pieces of suggestion are as
of KALMAN filter. following:
To avoid the spurious regression, it is necessary to test Above of all, the effective policy measures should be
whether the series are stationary. We choose the ADF test taken to change the situation of the government monopoly,
and PP test to enhance the robustness. The test results show especially in the sector of finance, telecommunication,
that all the four series we choose are all non-stationary while railway service, and so on. Such measures as to guide
their first order differences are all stationary. So the model enterprises through the management innovation and business
constructing in the rest of the paper is about the first order process reform and promote the spirit of equal competition
difference of the four series. The outputs of the estimation and the coordinated development should be taken
are as following, which get the help of EVIEWS 5.0. immediately so that the state-owned enterprise productivity
can be improved and the competitiveness of the national
industry can be strengthened.
Secondly, we should continue to push forward the
socialization of enterprises’ internal service market so as to
lower the operating costs. Driving the development of
modern service industry by means of technological progress
and making it become one of the main forces of promoting
economic growth.
Last but not the least, we should develop new increasing
point of economy and transfer the resources from some
excessive domain to the third industry. In the same time, the
government should reduce the investment proportion and
deepen the reform of the investment and fiscal system along
with the increase of the proportion of the consumer service
sector. Only in these ways can the internal structure in third
industry be optimized and can the economic growth be
Figure 1. The Estimator of the Parameter
sustained.
From figure 1, we can see that coefficient of the second References

industry is the biggest among the three and is becoming
[1] Baumol, William J. Macroeconomics of Unbalanced Growth: The
more and more obvious. Though the proportion of the third
Anatomy of Urban Crisis[J], The American Economic
industry arises near to the second industry gradually, its
Review,1967,57(3)
contribution to the economic growth relies on the second
[2] Romer D ： Advanced Macroeconomics[M], Boston ： McGraw
industry heavily.
Hill，2000．
China's economic growth has been heavily depending on
[3] Natasha Xingyuan: Factor Endowment, Structural Change, and
the second industry since the policy of reform and opening
Economic Growth[J]. MPRA Paper No. 22352, April 2010
up, amounting to more than 50%. The differences of the
[4] Chenery H.B., Robinson S.,Syrquin [M]. Industrialization and
productivity between the second industry and the third
Growth: A Comparative Study, Oxford University Press, 1986,
industry come from their different ownership structures and
pp.48-52
system conditions.
[5] Duarte, M. and Restuccia, D.: The role of the structural
transformation in aggregate productivity. Quarterly Journal of
4. Conclusions and Suggestions
Economics, 2010,v 125(1), pp.129–173
Industrialization theory suggests that the economic [6] Ciccone, A. and Papaioannou, E.: Human capital, the structure of
structure with long-term heavy industry would lead to some production, and growth. Review of Economicsand Statistics,
disadvantages, such as lower consumption rates, internal and 2009,91(1), pp.66-82
external economic imbalances, social contradiction, and so [7] Fitzgerald, D. and Hallak, J.C.: Specialization, factor accumulation
on. In recent years, the third industry increased quickly, but and development. Journal of International Economics, 2004,64,
its level is not high and the international competitiveness is pp.277-302
not strong; whereas the contradiction is still serious. So the [8] Ju, J., Lin, J.Y. and Wang, Y.: Endowment structures, industrial
optimization of the third industry and the improvement of its dynamics, and economic growth. World Bank Working Paper ,2009
productivity have urgent and realistic significance. Based on
88 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[9] Ngai, L.R. and Pissarides, C. A.: Structural change in a multi-sector

model of growth. The American Economic Review 2007,97,
pp.429-443
[10] Laitner, J.: Structural change and economic growth. Review of
Economic Studies,2000, 67, pp.545-561
89 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
A Study on the Initial Emission Permits

Allocation in China
Yong Wang
School of Business, Hunan International Economics University, Changsha, China
wangy@hieu.edu.cn
Abstract: During the implement processes of emission trading institution, the initial emission permits allocation is an
argumentative focus, and a technical and political problem. The main models adopted in the world include the free mode,
the non-gratuitous mode and the combination mode. This article discusses the implement methods, merits and shortcomings
of the three modes, analyses the actuality on the initial allocation of emission permits of our country, and finally, based on the
combination mode, makes a new design about the initial allocation of emission permits of our country.
Keywords: enterprise pollution; emission permits; initial allocation
1.Introduction The cost efficiency standard is based on the treatment
efficiency of the emission enterprises. The lower concerns’
Emission Trading System is one of the environment marginal cost of treatment is, the less emission permits they
protection policies which attract the most attention of all the share. The situation will be on the contrary for those
countries in the world. Its main idea is to establish the legal concerns with high cost. This kind of allocation standard
permits of pollutant emission (emission permits) and permit makes the total cost of pollutant treatment in the area
the free trading of this kind of right like commodities to controlled in minimum and is reasonable. However, it
control pollutant emission on the condition of satisfying the attacks the enthusiasm of treatment concerns while it helps
requirements of environment quality[1]. More than 10 cities the enterprises with low treatment efficiency and unwilling
in our country carried out the pilots of Emission Trading to make treatment. Therefore, this kind of standard of “assist
System Since 1987. Especially, the United States the weak and restrict the strong” is unfair.
Environmental Protection Association assisted our country in The practical emission standard refers to the practical
making substantive pilots in Benxi and Nantong etc since emission of emission enterprises in a certain primary period.
1997. and making several emission trading led by the Simple as its implement is, it is equal to admit the pollution
environmental protection department. The initial allocation behaviors of emission concerns and this will possibly drive
of emission permits becomes a debate focus at present in the emission enterprises to increase the amount of pollutant
practice. Although the Coase Theorem says that the efficient emission by design, which will crack down on the non-
allocation of environment resources has nothing to do with pollution manufactures. So this kind of standard is partial
who the initial property being given to, the subsequent either.
emission trading means the property trading. In this case, the The non-economy factor standard is on the basis of
initial emission permits allocation becomes an argumentative population, land area and so forth. Kvemdokk in Norway
focus and a technical and political problem[2]. thinks that based on the principles of justice in ethics and
acceptance in politics, the initial emission permits can be
2. The Main Initial Emission Permits allocated in light of the proportion of population[4]. However,
Allocation Model at Present the allocation standard lacks of investigation into economy.
The main models adopted in the world include the free 2.2. The Non-gratuitous Model
model, the non-gratuitous model and the combination model.
The non-gratuitous model is to sale a certain amount of
2.1. The Free Model emission permits to the emission concerns at a certain price.
The free emission permits allocation means that the The non-gratuitous model mainly includes tow sort: the
emission management department in the area controlled government pricing sales and auction.
distributes freely the target of the total amount of some kind Theoretically, there are many ways to price for the
of pollutant emission to the local emission concern according government, two of which are more ideal：one is pricing
to a certain open standard. The standard of free allocation according to the balance of the private cost of emission
can roughly be classified into three kinds: the cost efficiency concerns and social cost and the other on the basis of the
standard, the practical emission standard and the non- marginal cost of pollutant treatment of emission concerns.
economy factor standard[3]. The two kinds of ways both require the government to have
an accurate understanding of the production condition of
90 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. Wang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp90-93
emission concerns, which, in fact, is very difficult----- Taking Yunnan for example, according to Yunnan
Determining the different emission permits for different Technique Guide of Implementing the Emission Practice
emission concern is a tremendous project with trivial details License (Trail Practice) issued by Yunnan environment
and how to judge the value of environment resources with department, the initial allocation of emission permits
economy is also very difficult. So it is hard to carry out the basically obeys the following procedure: At first, emission
government pricing allocation model. concerns apply for the permits in the light of condition of
Auction an allocation model showing no difference to their emission and treatment and the plan of management
emission trading system, which is thus widely studied. The and development in the near future, and then the head of
first-price-sealed auction is one of many of auction ways, in environment department checks the material provided by
which the bidder gives his offer to the auctioneer in the emission concerns in line with regulations related, finally,
meantime and one offering the highest price gets the auction the emission permits will be given after the emission
item at the price he offered. Here, the bidder’s strategy concerns reach the standard concerned though a series of
choosing his offer is based on his assessment on the item and discussion and modification.
the other bidders. The winner’s payment is what from his Our country is implementing the free model with
assessment on the item cutting off his offer while the other deficient born congenitally and operation problems. For
bidders’ payment tends to be zero. The more the bidders are, instance, there exist some asymmetry of information in the
the higher price the seller will get. When the bidders tend to concerns’ condition and development plan in the short term.
be infinite, the seller can get all of value of the buyer[5]. It is impossible for the head of environment department to
Obviously, the initial allocation of emission permits adopting have a minute understanding of every industry and concern,
this kind of way of auction will make the government get which will be difficult to check. It is a process of hard work
profit. There is no doubt that the standard will blow the and constant “bargaining” to give an emission permit.
concerns’ enthusiasm. In order to improve the situation, it Given the problems existing in the process of
can be auctioned with the second-price-sealed. The bidder implementation of the free allocation of emission permits,
can make offer at the same time in course of the second- our country begins to carry out the non-gratuitous model
price-sealed auction and one with the highest offer, whose experience in the suitable areas.
amount is the price the second high one offers, gets the Xiuzhou district in Jiaxing, Zhoujiang started to
commodity. Thus a part of auction profit is gained by the implement the non-gratuitous emission allocation of waste
bidder and it can also improve the concerns’ enthusiasm of water in Oct., 2002. The price of purchasing the emission
participation[6]. Nevertheless, the way of auction permits refers to the investment cost of the life waste focus
undoubtedly increases the burden of emission enterprises and treatment manufacture dealing with the scale of 10,000 tons
they undertake not only the price of auction but the fee per day. The purchasing price of emission permits permitting
related in auction trade and the risk influencing the to emit 1 ton of waste water a day is priced 300(which can be
enterprises’ management etc. adjusted according to the supply and demand relation.).
Zhangjia harbor,Taicang, Kunshan city and Huishan
2.3. The Combination Model district located in Taihu drainage area in Jiangsu province
The free model adds to a sum of capital for the concerns developed the pilots work of the non-gratuitous emission
without increasing the burden of emission concerns and is permits allocation and trading of water pollution non since
easy for emission concerns to accepted and spread. May,2004. On the basis of determining the target of the total
Meanwhile, it is reasonable to give the free emission permits amount of pollutant emission of every key enterprise, the
to emission concerns, which contribute a lot to social welfare. local environment department allows the all the concerns to
However, it will be unfair to assign freely all the emission “purchasing” the total emission target assigned in the form of
permits to the present emission enterprises because the the practice license.
emission permits are rare resources of the publicans. In terms The non-gratuitous emission permits allocation pilots
of the free model, the non- gratuitous model takes the implemented in our country all are located in the eastern
advantages in efficiency and fairness, environment developed areas and it is hard to implement in the western
protection and market trading, but owing to increasing the and central areas lacking of economical development. In
burden of emission concern, it increases the obstruction of spite of the developed pilots areas, the burden is obviously
spreading. increased and the competition of products in price is reduced.
Considering the advantages of the free model and the
non-gratuitous model, the combination model can be adopted
4. The New Design of the Initial Emission
to satisfy the interests of all parties concerned in the practical Permits Allocation
allocation of emission permits. Based on our country’s condition and the combination of
3. The Present Condition of the Initial achievements on research in the world, the initial emission
permits allocation model in our country can be amended t
Allocation of Emission Permits in China some extent. Because the economy in the majority of areas
The free model is mainly adopted in the practice of emission are in the low level, the management condition of many
trading developed in parts of districts. enterprises, especially those with heavy pollution, is not very
good, so the free model will still be kept for a period.
91 78-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

However, the shortcomings of the free model require the between emission concerns. Although the cost efficiency
implement of the non-gratuitous model in suitable areas. standard and the practical emission standard are be applied to
Therefore, the combination model will be workable in our the most, this kind of standard ----determining the allocation
country. of social resources according to the private production
condition of concerns is unreasonable itself, and the
4.1. The Determination of Proportion of the Two beneficial inconsistency of the head of environment
In theory, the most reasonable reason of implementing department and the emission concerns determines the degree
the free model is that the emission enterprises make some of difficulty of obtaining the data of private production
contribution to the social welfare. So, it will be the equitable condition. For this reason, the most rational measure of the
methods to determine the share of emission permits of the share of the free allocation between the emission concerns is
initial allocation on the foundation of the contribution the still the standard contribution the concerns make to the social
emission concerns make to social welfare in the area welfare.
controlled. Still on the standard of tax revenue and employment, the
The contribution the emission concerns make can be amount of emission concerns get can be shown in Equation
measured with tax revenue and employment etc. The (2).
proportion of free allocation can be shown in Equation (1).  ti ei 
Pi = Q × F ×  × α + × β  （2）
t 
F =  × α + × β  × (1 + δ ) × 100% （1）
e t e 
T E  Pi- the total amount of emission concerns I obtained
• F- the proportion of the initial emission allocation in freely
the free model • Q- the total amount of emission permits in the areas
• t- the basic period for the total pre-tax profits of all controlled
emission concern • F- the proportion of free allocation in the initial
• e- the basic period for the total sum of job emission permits allocation
opportunities the emission concerns create • ti- the basic period for the amount of tax revenue
• T- the basic period for the total tax revenue in area emission concern I
controlled • ei- the basic period for the number the emission
• E- the basic period for the total number of concern I employing
employment in area controlled • t- the basic period for the total pre-tax of all emission
• α- tax revenue factor concerns in the areas controlled
• β- employment factor （α+β＝1） • e- the basic period for job opportunities all emission
• δ- expectation factor in the future concerns create in the areas controlled
The discrepancy of the social development condition in • α- tax revenue factor
all areas determines that the implementation of the initial • β- employment factor（α+β＝1）
emission allocation have to adjusts measures to local this sorts of allocation looks on the private production
condition as “the concerns’ s own affair” instead of the
t e 
 ×α + × β  assessment evidence and gives emphasis to the allocation of
conditions.  T E  reflects the contribution the publican resources from the angle of social welfare. In the
meantime, ti and ei is the open historical data and Q, F, t,
emission concerns make to the social welfare in the areas
and α 、 β have been confirmed before to avoid the
( )
controlled. 1 + δ reflects the choice of the economy “conspiracy”and efficiency damage because of “bargaining”.
development ways in areas controlled. With the
improvement of the environment quality requirements, a 4.3. The Non-gratuitous Model
tendency turns up that the concerns with heavy pollution are For sake of ensuring the profit of emission concerns to
to quit gradually in the areas of development, which will certain degree, the government can adopt the way of the-
make the expectation factor （ δ ） below zero. The second-price-sealed auction to auction the part of the non-
development of economy is given more attention to in the gratuitous allocation of the initial emission permits. The
undeveloped areas and the pollutant concerns take important emission concerns in the need of more amounts of emission
position in the local economical development, which will permits can participate in biding for several times while
possibly get the expectation factor in the future （ δ ）
those with fewer amounts of emission permits can take part
in with the other enterprises. All the concerns write down the
above zero. offer they make on the emission permits, sealed and given to
the emission allocation institute, which will open the
4.2. The Free Allocation
envelopes and find out the concern that makes the highest
The non-economy factors standard of the free allocation offer and the second high one, selling the emission to the
is more suitable for the emission allocation between regions, concern with highest offer at the second high price.
which will be taken no consideration of because what the In the-second-price-sealed auction, the emission concerns
paper mainly studies is the initial emission allocation will bid in line with their marginal cost of treatment. This is
92 78-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.
an advantage dominant strategy which will make it

unimportant whether the bidders have the information of
marginal cost of treatment from each other. The offer every
concern makes determines only if he can get the emission
permits not the practical price to pay[7]. Lowering the price is
likely to lose the emission permits which should have been
gained and raising the price will possibly bear the loss. So, it
will be the most ideal choice to make offer according to
treatment cost and the effectiveness the winner has is equal
to balance of his own offer and the second high price.
The price of emission produced through the-second-
price-sealed auction provides the reference standard for the
emission trading in the future, sets up economy barriers for
the pollutant concerns, places restrictions on pollutant
concerns with low efficiency by means of market and
encourages the concern with little pollution and high
efficiency to enter the areas controlled of environment. At
the same time, it restricts the ill intentions of hoarding
emission permits so that the limited environment resources
can be used to service for economical development. It can
also inspire the emission concerns to cut down the amount of
emission, helping reduce the fee purchasing the emission
permits, enabling the emission permits to circulate on the
market of emission permits, giving full play of optimizing
the allocation of environment resources and providing fund
for the local environment protection.
5.Concluding Remarks
With the constant practice of emission permits trading,
the environment protection policy based on the market
mechanism comes up with higher requirements of the initial
emission allocation. Although the free model plays an
important role in spreading the system, the role of the non-
gratuitous model will be more and more important because
being more impartial and marketable is also necessary for the
initial emission allocation.
References
[1] Dales, J.H.. Pollution, Property and Prices [M]. University of Toronto
Press,1968.
[2] Palmisano,J.. Air Permit Trading Paradigms for Greenhouse Gases:
Why Allowances won't work and credits will, Discussion Draft
(Personal view)[M]. Enron Europe Lid. London，1996.
[3] Several Aims determining Model of the Initial Emission Allocation
[J]China’ Management Science by Li Deshou and Huang
Tongcheng,Nov.,2007,pp.40-44.
[4] Kvemdokk. Tradable CO2 Emission Permits: initial Distribution as a
Justice Problem [R].CSERGE GEC Working Paper,1992.
[5] Game Theory and Information Economics by Zhang Weiying [M]
Shanhai: Sanlian book store,1996,pp.256.
[6] the Arbitration Mechanism of the Initial Emission Allocation by Wu
Yaqiong and Zhao Yong etc,[J]systematical project1996,pp.256.
[7] Game Theory by Fudenberg Drew and Jean Tirole, translated by
Huang Tao etc. ,China renmin university press, 2008,pp.10.
93 78-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Study on the Impact of Forest Tenure Reform

on Farmers’ off-farm Employment
Wang Gang
School of Economics and Management, Beijing Forestry University, Beijing, P.R.China
wanggang@bjfu.edu.cn
Abstract：The farmers become the main body of forestry management after the collective forest tenure reform, which
have a significant impact on the farmers’ production, investment and employment decision-making behavior. This
paper used binary logistic regression model and based on the survey data of 500 farmers of the collective forest tenure
reform monitoring project in Liaoning province which was supported by the state forestry administration to build the
decision-making model to analyze the Impact of Forest Tenure Reform on off-farm Employment of farmers. The
results showed that:these factors such as the gender and education level of the head of household, or the number of
family labor and whether the farmers joint household operations and the forestry cooperation organization have a
significant effect on the farmers’ off-farm employment decisions.
Keywords：collective forest tenure reform; farmers; employment decisions; off-farm employment
1. Introduction getting forest capital, household income and forest land had
a significant influence on the farmers’ forest investment
In June 2003, CHINA promulgated the decision on behaviors(LUO Jin,et al., 2009). The forest tenure reform
accelerating the development of forestry. In accordance with has significantly increased farmers’ income, the relief of
this goal, CHINA begun its forest tenure reform, Fujian and forestry tax and increase of bimber prices also contributed to
Jiangxi provinces began the reform and pilot work of forest the farmers’ increasing forest income (LIU Weiping et
tenure reform in 2003. How the forest tenure reforms al.,2009). Some other studies showed that there was no
influence the farmers’ decision on forestry investment and significant influence of the forest tenure reform on farmers’
production, especially on the decision of farmers’ income (LIU Xiaoqiang et al.,2011), but there was
employment decision is important to the development of significant increase in the forest land areas and blocks
forestry. (HUANG Li,2010).
At the same time, some scholars were concerned about
2. Literature Review the impact of forest tenure reform on farmers’ production
decisions. The forest tenure reform in Jiangxi Province was
Since the collective forest tenure reform policies were
generally supported and widely participated by farmers, and
laid down and formally implemented, many scholars’
got a significant effect, which was reflected by the
researches focused on the impacts of collective forest tenure
improving of farmer’s living standards and forestry
reform on farmers' production, investment and employment
production enthusiasm (LI Ya,2007). LUO Jin and ZHANG
behaviors, especially on farmers’ income. The collective
Guangsheng (2011) used the game theory to analyze the
forest tenure reform made the forest tenure more clear,
farmers’ forest production decisions after the forest tenure
which formed a more stable earning expectation in the
reform, indicating that because of the benefits-driven of
market transactions, resulting in the lift of the incentive
forest, the farmers can learn and imitate the behavior to
behavior and the enthusiasm of the farmers' forestry
change their strategies from the group members, the
management, forestry investment and the program of a
dynamic equilibrium between the off-forest production and
forestation (HU Huimin,et al, 2011). Analysis of the
forest production depends on the two behaviors’ profit
household survey data in Liaoning Province showed that the
proportion. And the forest tenure reform promoted the
education level of householder, the difficulty degree of
change of land-use pattern and some agricultural lands begin
This paper was supported by “the Fundamental Research to produce fruit (YANG Xiaosheng,2010).
Funds for the Central Universities” ( TD2012-10 )
1T1T1T 1T1T1T
94 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

G. Wang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp94-100
When it comes to estimate the determinants of off-farm analyzes how the reform affects farmers’ off-farm
employment, some other studies focused on the relationships employment, which may be available for the post-policy
between forest tenure reform and farmers’ off-farm after the forest tenure reform.
employment. The farmers’ off-farm production will
influence the farmers’ transfer behavior of forest land(XIE 3. Methodology and Data
Yi,2009), and the availability of off-farm jobs will affect the
farmers’ willingness of land transfer(LIN Shanlang,2009).
3.1. Data
After the forest tenure reform, most farmers want to increase The primary data used in the analysis is from the 2010
their income by growing and selling trees on their forest land Collective forest tenure reform monitoring project supported
because of the clear forest tenure, and a large amount of by the State forestry Administration in Liaoning Province,
young and with the strong labor engaging into long-term CHINA. It selected 10 counties, and each county selected 5
migrant works, most of the forest land were operated by the villages, each village selected 10 farmers randomly
old and weak groups of farmers( YANG Xiaosheng,2010). according to the household registration list. The household
As for the grain-to-green project, there is no significant role survey was conducted by the investigators by means of
in promoting the amount of long-term migrant workers, but questionnaires and interviews in accordance with the head of
there is significant role in promoting the off-farm the household one by one to obtain the data. The farmer
employment income, further analysis showed that the questionnaire surveys have distributed 500 copies and
grain-to-green project increase the work time of those who retrieved500 copies, the efficiency was 100%.
had already engaged into migrant works and lead to the Age and education level of householders.
increasing income of farmers’ off-farm employment (YI According to the survey data, the average age of
Fujin, 2006). Meantime, When it refers to the off-farm respondent householders is 51.79 years old, there are 26.5
employment, the existing literature focused on the study of percent of 500 samples whose age are lower than 44 years
influencing factors of the off-farm employment, which old, 50.5 percent are between 45 years and 59 years old, 23
included the age, labor amount, arable area, amount of percent are older than 60 years. Totally, there are 73.5
minors and elders whose age are above 60 years, education percent of 500 samples whose age is older than 45 years,
level, skills, collective economic income. The numbers of indicating that those who engaged into forestry production
firms in the village and virtual variables reflects the are elder person. As for the gender distribution of
topographical features and some other factors, which are the householders, 91.2 percent of 500 householders are male,
main factors influencing the rural labor’s off-farm while 8.8 percent are female-headed. And the education
employment, but the gender, annual household income levels of householders are mainly junior high and primary
have the least significant impact on the farmer’s off-farm schools, which accounting for 81.2 percent the total 500
employment (XIN Ling,2009). And there is a negative samples. And 30.4 percent are educated from primary school,
relationship between the agricultural income and the in addition, 50.8 percent are educated from lower secondary
risk-averse awareness of the farmers’ off-farm employment school, another 18.8 percent accept high school education or
(ZHOU Bo,2011), also some other scholars have explored above in which 14.2 percent of householders educated from
how these following factors such as the science and high school, and 4.6 percent with a college degree or above.
technology investment (LI Ping, 2012), or public investment Throughout the education level of the respondent farmers
(YANG Xiangyang,2007), human capital (REN mainly focuses on junior high school.
Guoqiang,2004;LI Shixin et al,2010) and social capital The occupational distribution. Statistics show that there
(JIANG Naihua,2007) influence the farmers’ off-farm are 63.8 percent of the 500 samples engaged into farming,
employment. 15.8 percent engaged into farming and part-time off-farm
According to the available research, studies on the rural employment, 6.4 percent engaged into farming and
labor off-farm employment including the domestic and vice-industry production, totally there are 86 percent of the
foreign scholars mainly focused on the off-farm employment 500 respondent householders mainly engaged into
decisions and its influence factors, and the main object is the agricultural production. There are only 2 percent of total
rural labor force. But as there is no research studying the samples engaged into long-term migrant work, while 9.8
impacts of the forest tenure reform on farmers’ off-farm percent of householders are fixed wage earners, and some
employment in the existing literatures, so this paper tries to other 2.2 percent engaged into other occupations.
explore the relationship between the forest tenure reform and Family size and labor.
farmers’ off-farm employment. The paper is based on the Within the 500 surveyed farmers, the average family size
survey data of Liaoning Province which came from is 4, and the average labor amount is 2.32.
monitoring project of the collective forest tenure reform
conducted by the State Forestry Administration, and
95 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

3.2. Variables tenure, cutting quota, forest tenure reform program and
timberland boundaries.
To understand the role of off-farm employment on farm Farmers’ behavioral characteristics after the forest tenure
decisions, we consider the factors influencing off-farm labor reform. The forest tenure reform has affected the farmers’
decisions. The determinants are tested relate to the personal behaviors in different aspects, such as the behavior of
characteristics of farm holders (gender, age, education level, joining the associated household operation and forestry
and potential off-farm income), household characteristics cooperation organization, or transferring into timberland,
(size, structure), or characteristics of the agricultural holding mortgaging timberland, and buying forest insurance and so
(economic size, labor intensity), and local labor market on.
conditions. Income and land area. After the forest tenure, there are
Off-farm employment. Off-farm employment is off-farm some changes in the area of timberland, especially the
employment in the non-farm sector and, for this paper, number of timberland blocks and forestry income. Therefore,
excludes self-employment. In the survey, if family members this study should take the timberland area, the timberland
are long-time migrant workers, we consider that the blocks number, the forestry income, the farmland and
household is off-farm employment for the family as a whole. agricultural income into account when we study the off-farm
For this paper, the variable of off-farm employment means employment.
whether or not a family has family members who have
engaged in off-farm employment, not the specific off-farm 3.3. Descriptive Statistics
employment number.
Household characteristics. The variable indicates In table 1, this paper gives the definitions of Independent
Personal characteristics of the household header and other and dependent variables, and the descriptive statistics; it also
family members’ which including the age, gender, education predicts the impact of independent variables on farmers’
level of the household header, the family labor number and off-farm employment according to the literatures, in which
whether or not family members are cadres. the symbol "+" indicates that the independent variables have
Systemfeatures. The variable indicates the system positive impact on the farmers’ off-farm employment
characteristics after the forest tenure reform including forest decisions; as a contrast, “-” symbolizes the opposite meaning.
Table 1. Data definitions and expected sign

Expected
Variable and description Mean Std.D
sign
Off-farm employment（Yes=1，No=0） 51.79 10.840 -
Age of household header（Years） .91 .284 +
Gender of household header（Male=1，Female=0） 1.94 .811 +
Education of household header（Primary and less=1，Junior
high school=2，High school（Secondary）=3，College=4， .23 .423 -
Bachelor degree or above=5）
family members served as cadres（Yes=1，No =0） 2.38 1.144 +
labor force amount（Persons） 8032.04 39041.240 -
Household forestry income（Yuan） 16123.52 28002.28 +
Forestland area（Mu） 29.59 96.211 -
Forestland blocks（Blocks） 3.56 11.85 +
Forest tenure disputes（Yes=1，No=0） .04 .199 +
Forest tenure certificate（Yes=1，No=0） .76 .425 -
Cutting quota（Yes=1，No=0） .44 .49 -
Forest tenure reform programme(Very Satisfied=5, Satisfied
4.58 .594 -
=4, Generally satisfied =3,Not satisfied =2, Don’t know = 1)
96 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Forestland boundaries(Very Satisfied=5,Satisfied =4,

4.91 .391 -
Generally satisfied = 3,Not satisfied = 2, Don’t know = 1)
Join associated household operation（Yes=1，No=0） .34 .476 -
Join forestry cooperation organization（Yes=1，No=0） .16 .371 -
Forestland transfer（Yes=1，No=0） .13 .334 +
Forest tenure mortgage（Yes=1，No=0） .03 .165 +
3.4. Econometric Model estimate the determinants that impacts farmers on the issue
of off-farm employment the binary logistic model:
In this article, a Binary logistic model is used to
P= 1 (1)
examine the determinants of off-farm employment for
1 + e−z
farmers after the forest tenure reform by analyzing the
information from the project monitoring of forest tenure
Whre z = b0 + b1 x1 + b2 x2 +  + bn xn (2)
reform‘s 2010 surveys.
This paper studies the impacting factors of rural labor’s Change the formula (1) and (2), we can get Logit model：
off-farm employment after the collective forest tenure
 p 
reform. It found that there are different employment Ln  = b0 + b1 x1 + b2 x2 +  + bn xn + ε In
decisions for different farmers under the same policies, 1− p 
systems and environment, which depends on the individual
which, P is the probability of jointing the off-farm
and household characteristics, as well as different
perception of the policy and environment for different employment of rural labor, x1 , x2 ,… ， xn are the
individual. So this paper includes some variables which are explanatory variables, b0 , b1 , b2 ,…, bn are the parameters
related to the forest tenure reform such as policies, systems
and itself and some other factors outside the farmer to be estimated， ε is the residuals。
personal characteristics or family background variables.
There are two cases when the rural labor involved in
4. Results and Discussions
off-farm employment, which are “participate” and “do not
4.1 Logit Model Results
participate”, or so called 0-1 dependent variable. “1”
indicates that the rural labor participate in off-farm work, This paper uses the stata 12.1 to estimate the results, the
while “0” means that it is out of the participation of overall results of our estimations are presented in Table 2.
off-farm work. But it is not correct if we just build a simple The last three rows in the table show the model diagnostics,
linear regression involving the dependent variables and where the Log likelihood =-303.4713, Prob > chi2 = 0.0000,
independent variables, because on the one hand, the model Pseudo R2 = 0.0819, which means that the fitness of logit
residuals assume that the conditions are not satisfied; and regression model is good.
on the other hand, the fitted values of the dependent 4.2. Logit Model Results
variable can not be limited between 0 and 1. Logit model is
a binary discrete choice model which employs logic The estimated results of the logit regression model show
distribution as the probability distribution of the random that there are some factors which influence the farmers’
errors, and it can also transfer the classified dependent off-farm employment decision as the following:
variable into the probability ratio of classified variables (1) The gender of the household head is one of the most
through logit convert. In this way, it can limit the range of important factors affecting the behavior of off-farm
regression variables in the between of 0 ～ 1. After employment of rural households. The model results show
considering various factors, we can make an optimal that the gender of the household head has a significant
decision on rural labor when farmers decided whether or effect on the farmers’ off-farm employment on the level of
not to participate in off-farm work. As the dependent 10%, and the symbol is positive, which means that the
variable is a discrete variable, and there are only two male-headed households are more likely to engage in
choices, so this paper selects the binary logistic model to off-farm employment.
97 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Table 2. The model results
Dependent variables Coef. Std.err z p> z
Age 0.0133 0.0099 1.34 0.181

Gender -0.6702 0.3445 -1.95 0.052
Education -0.3464 0.1348 -2.57 0.010
family members served as cadres -0.2978 0.2478 -1.20 0.229
labor force amount 0.4703 0.0921 5.11 0.000
Household forestry income 0.0000 0.0000 -0.68 0.499
Timberland area -0.0009 0.0012 -0.73 0.465
Timberland blocks -0.0122 0.0230 -0.53 0.596
Forest tenure disputes 0.5515 0.5336 1.03 0.301
Forest tenure certificate 0.2521 0.2448 1.03 0.303
Cutting quota 0.1136 0.2022 0.56 0.574
Forest tenure reform programme -0.0953 0.1738 -0.55 0.583
Timberland boundaries -0.0254 0.2593 -0.10 0.922
Join associated household operation -0.3793 0.2204 -1.72 0.085
Join forestry cooperation organization 0.6572 0.2689 2.44 0.015
Timberland transfer -0.0209 0.3096 -0.07 0.946
Forest tenure mortgage -0.8508 0.6899 -1.23 0.217
cons -0.5954 1.5874 -0.38 0.708
Log likelihood =-303.4713
Prob > chi2 = 0.0000
Pseudo R2 = 0.0819
(2) The education level of the household head also has a and the higher the agricultural efficiency is, the more surplus
significant impact on the farmers’ off-farm employment labor and the higher possibility that family members will
behavior. Judging from the model estimation results we can engaged in off-farm employment with.
find that the education level also affects the off-farm (4) Whether or not the farmers participate in the joint
employment behavior significantly on the level of 5%, but household operation also becomes one of the factors
the sign of coefficient is negative, which means that the affecting the off-farm employment decision of farmers after
higher of the education level, the less possibility of the the forest tenure reform. From the model estimation results
farmers’ off-farm employment behaviors of the family we can find that its significant level is 10%, and the
members, and which is opposite to the expected sign of this coefficient is negative, which means that if the farmers
paper. participate in joint household operation to operate forest land,
(3) The labor amount of family is a direct factor which the possibility of engaging in off-farm employment
influences the farmers’ decision on off-farm employment willdecrease ..
of rural households. The family labor amount has a (5) It is also that whether or not the farmers participate in
obvious influence on farmers’ off-farm employment on the the forestry cooperation organization makes a significant
level of 1%, and the sign of the coefficients is positive, influence upon the farmers’ off-farm employment, and it
indicating that the larger the family labor amount is, the significant level is 5%. The coefficient of the estimation
more likely the family as a whole engages in off-farm results is positive, indicating that farmers’ participating in
employment. Because that the more the family labor amount forestry cooperation organization will increase the
is, the more labor will engaged in agricultural production;
98 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

possibility of engaging in off-farm employment for rural employment, without considering the local off-farm
households. employment and short-term migrant workers of family
(6) Unexpectedly, some factors related to forest tenure members, so the estimated model results are still needed to
reform characteristics have no significant influence to the be further improved. However, it is very important to study
farmers’ off-farm employment. After forest tenure reform, the influencing factors of off-farm employment on the
owning the certificate of forest tenure, these problems such background of forest tenure reform, especially the impacts of
as having disputes on forest tenure, or having difficulty in forest tenure reform characteristics on farmers’ off-farm
applying timber cutting index will increase the likelihood employment. Then we can find that how the forest tenure
that farmers engage in off-farm employment, but the effect is reform affects the farmers’ employment behaviors, and how
not significant. The higher level of satisfaction with the the farmers make choices between forestry production and
forest tenure reform programs and the forest land boundaries off-farm employment and some other related factors
have, the less likelihood of farmers’ off-farm employment is, influence the farmers’ decision after the forest tenure reform,
but the effects are not significant. Since the higher level of thus we can provide available means to promote farmers’
satisfaction with the forest tenure reform programs and the multi-channel employment and further to increase farmers’
forest land boundaries, the higher degree that farmers accept income
the forest tenure reform with, which can increase the farmers’
investment in forest land, and thus they would not choose to References
participate in the stream of migrant works.
[1] Kleinbaum, G. D, Klein M. Logistic regression : a self-learning
(7) As the two features farmers’ behavior, the forest land
text[M]. New York : Springer, 2002.
transfer and forest tenure mortgage loan have negative
[2] CHEN Xingliang, SHAO Yongtong, CHEN Yongfu.Monitoring and
effects on farmers’ off-farm employment after the forest
Evaluation of Collective owned Forest Tenure Reform Based on 3S
tenure reform. It will reduce the possibility of farmers’
Technologies and Econometric Model[J].Forest research, 2010,23（6）：
off-farm employment decisions, but the effects were not
815-822.
significant. As this paper only considers whether or not the
[3] HU Huimin, WANG Aimin. Analysis on the Effectiveness of the
forest land transfer is taken into account for the way of
Reform of Collective Forest Rights in Hebei Province [J].Issues of
transfer, so this paper can not judge the specific impacts of
Forestry Economics，2011,31（1）：76-79.
forest land transfer on farmers’ off-farm employment.
[4] JIANG Naihua, BIAN Zhiyong. Study on the impacts of social
According to the model results and its negative effects on
capital to off-farm employment of rural labor[J].Management world，
off-farm employment, in this paper the forest land transfer
2007,12:158-159.
can be interpreted as inflow of the forest land. After the
[5] LI Hua,YAO Shunbo,GUO Yajun. Impact of SLCP on
inflowing of forest land, the farmers will invest more labor
farmers’economics behaviors [J]. Chinese Rural Economy，2006，
and capitals in the forest land, so there is no surplus labor
10:37-42.
who engaged into long-term migrant work. The loan which
[6] LI Ping，ZHAO Ke，ZHANG Junbiao. Empirical research of the
was mortgaged by forest tenure may be used for woodland
correlationship between agricultural S ＆ T input and non －
production and operation, or used to invest in other
agricultural employment of agricultural labor [J]. Studies in Science
production and business in local places, which will cause
of Science，2012,30（1）：81-87.
the same effect as the above refers and further to reduce
[7] LI Shixin ， PENG Houwu. Analyzing the Impact of Migrant
the off-farm employment probability of rural households.
Workers’Human Capital on Rural Non-farm Employment[J]. Journal
5. Conclusion of Jiangxi University of Finance and Economics，2010,1：72-74.
[8] LI Ya,JIANG Chunqian,YAN Cheng. Analysis of the forest tenure
The results shows that these following factors : gender reform effect and the farmers’will in Jiangxi Province[J]. Chinese
and the education level of the household head one Rural Economy，2007，12:54-61.
household labor amount, and whether or not the farmer [9] LIN Shanlang ZHANG Lihua. Research on Factors Influencing
participate in the joint household operations and forestry Farmers Willingness of Transferring in and Transferring out Agrarian
cooperation organization have significant effects on the Land: Evidence from Fujian Province[J]. Finance and Trade
farmers’ off-farm employment. And the forestry income of Research,2009,(4) :35-41.
rural household, forest area, forest land blocks and some [10] LIU Xiaoqiang，XU Jintao，WANG Liqun. Empirical Analysis on
other variables related to forest tenure reform have no Influences of Collective Forest Tenure Reform on
significant influence on it. Farmers’Income[J].Journal of Beijing Forestry University(Social
As this paper mainly employs the issue whether or not Sciences)，2011,10（2）：69-75.
there are long term migrant workers as a result of the Forest
Tenure Reform as a standard to judge farmers’ off-farm
99 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[11] LUO Jin, ZHANG Guangsheng. The Forestry Investment Behavior

of Farmer after Tenure Reform[J]. Issues of Forestry Economics，
2009,29（1）：77-80.
[12] REN Guoqiang. Study on the impacts of human capital on
farmers’off-farm employment and off-farm income——based on the
survey of Tianjin[J].Nankai Economic Studies，2004,6：3-10.
[13] XIE Yi, WEN Yali. Empirical Study on the Influence Factors of
Farmers Forestland and Stumpages Transfer[J].Journal of Beijing
Forestry University(Social Sciences),2009, 8(4)：48- 54.
[14] XIN Ling,JIANG Heping. The factors analysis on off-farm
employment of rural labor [J]. Journal of Agrotechnical Economicsc，
2009,6:19-25.
[15] YANG Xiangyang, ZHAO Lei.Study on the impacts of public
investment to agriculture productivity and off-farm employment [J].
Issues in Agricultural Economy，2007,12:41-49.
[16] Yang Xiaosheng,Ge Riletu,Wei Bin. Tracing Effects and Problems of
Collective Forest Property Reform in Southern China [J].
FORESTRY ECONOMICS，2010（6）：46-49.
[17] YI Fujin, CHEN Zhiying. Impact of SLCP on Off- farm Job [J].China
soft science，2006,8:31-40.
[18] ZHOU Bo.Study on the impact of agriculture factors to
farmers’off-farm employment [J]. Journal of Agrotechnical
Economicsc，2011,4:19-23.
100 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Reconsideration of Accelerating the

Transformation of the Chinese Pattern of
Economic Growth
Zhiyuan Zhang1, Yu Hong2
1
College of International Economics and Trade,Jilin University of Finance and Economics, Changchun, China
2
College of Humanities and Sciences, Northeast Normal University, Changchun, China
1
Zhanggeorge569@163.com; 2acjlhong@yahoo.com.cn
Abstract: Being with the rapid development of the world, the Report of the Seventeenth Congress of the Chinese
Communist Party put forward to make clear a requirement to promote the healthy development of the national economy. It
is urgent to make Chinese economy development to turn into the scientific track direction. In order to promote the healthy
development of the Chinese national economy, the key is to increase the economic structural adjustment, speed up the
transformation of economic development, promote the optimization and upgrade of industrial structure, which are of great
significance for making the Chinese economy development sustainable and healthy.
Keywords: the pattern of economic growth; economic development; transformation

of time through the increase of factor of production or
1. Introduction increase production efficiency, caused by the increase in the
It is essential to accelerate the transformation of the number of products, production growth, service gross
Chinese pattern of economic growth way for the increase etc. The measures include gross domestic product
construction of resource saving and environment friendly (GDP), gross national product (GNP) and the national
society. Changing economic growth way must vigorously income (NI) etc. But economic development refers to not
conserve resources and energy, develop recycling economy, only the general economic growth, also the economic growth
protect the ecological environment, hold to managing of investment structure, product structure, distribution
development, clean development, and security development, structure, consumption structure, industrial structure,
and achieve sustainable development. Promoting the regional structure and the upgrading of economic structure,
economic growth driven by increasing resources input with optimizing the allocation of resources, the improvement of
trend mainly depends on raising the efficiency of resource people life quality and the welfare level [1].
use to drive change. China must continue to deepen reform, Change of the Chinese economic growth way, basically,
and focus on form in favor of the system that grows manner relies on factor of production which is defined by the
change mechanism. increased number of extensive type to basically rely on
The Report of the Seventeenth Congress points out:" factor of production to improve the quality of the content
Speeding up the transformation of economic growth pattern, change. But as for either extensive or intensive economic
promoting the optimization and upgrading of industrial growth, they realize the dilate of economic gross, and do not
structure are related to the national economy development, require the economic quality improvement. The
which is an important, pressing and strategic task." This transformation of economic development pattern will
judgment for the construction of a harmonious socialist include not only extensive patterns but also intensive change.
society and to achieve sustainable economic and social The most important element is to pay more attention to the
development has been of great importance. optimization of economic structure, economic benefits and
economic growth quality rise, and pay more attention to the
2..Change from Economic Growth to improvement of people's material and cultural living
Economic Development standard to make the broad masses of the people share the
fruits of reform and development.
Economic growth and economic development belong to
Therefore, changing the pattern of economic
macro economics field. Economic growth is to show the
development refers to not only highlight areas of the
general development of a country or area in a certain period
101 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Z .Y. Zhang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp101-105
economy "quantity" change, but also more emphasis and consumption. Therefore, China has been listed as one of the
pursuit of economic operation in the "quality" and world’s countries whose per capita water is in resource-poor.
"structure" of the promotion optimization [2].
3.2. Price System not Fully Reflecting the Degree
3. Necessity of the Transformation from the Of the Scarcity of Resources
Economic Growth Pattern to the Economic Water resources are the scarcest resource in China, but
Developing Pattern the price is only about 1/3 of the world average. Low price
3.1. Highlighting Resource Bottleneck and leads to excessive consumption of water resources and waste.
Agricultural water prices are low, and it weakens the water-
Excessive Energy Consumption
saving technologies and facilities investment incentive,
In recent years, Chinese economy has been developing curing agricultural flood irrigation pattern; residents' low
rapidly, but at the same time, the energy consumption is in prices result in a serious waste of life water. For instance,
constant growth. At present, China's economy year increase land is China's most scarce resources, but from mangy years
rate is about 8% or 9%, and the growth of energy ago, because of land commandeer, imperfect trading system
consumption is from 14% to 15%, ranking second in the causes a large number of rural collective land expropriation
world. Beginning from 2003, especially, the energy is low. The transfer price did not fully reflect the degree of
consumption of the annual growth rate has exceeded the scarcity of land, thereby reducing the scarce land resource
increase rate of GDP. Being visible, the rapid growth of use cost, and forming extensive land use inertial.
China's economy is heavily dependent on a variety of
resource consumption to achieve. At the same time, 3.3. Serious Environmental Pollution and Resource
resources, especially energy bottleneck is increasingly Waste
apparent. China has become the second, only less than the Although China's economy develops rapid, the industrial
United States, of the world's largest importer of oil. The structure is not reasonable. High energy consumption and
main mineral products' external dependence has increased high pollution and low efficiency of the industry high
from 5% in 1990 to 50% now. Among them, iron ore, proportion are causing the fly ash, waste water and waste,
alumina, and copper ore are 40%, even 50% dependent on waste rock, carbon dioxide and sulfur dioxide and other
importing. But because of the large population, China's per emissions, which are far higher than that of the developed
capita oil, natural gas and coal resources reserves are as countries. According to information, China's industrial
much as 11%, 4.5% and 79% of the world's average level; as wastewater emissions are about 439.5 tons, which is 82%
for 45 kinds of mineral resources, their per capita is less than much more than the capacity of the environment. This makes
half of the world average level. Iron, copper, aluminum and China rank first in the world. And chemical oxygen demand,
other main mineral reserves are only about 1/6 of world ozone depleting substances emissions ranked first in the
average level, 1/6 and 1/9; and per capita cultivated land world, and carbon dioxide emissions ranked second in the
covers 40% of world average level. According to some world. Industrial hazardous waste every year is about
research, China's existing total cultivated land area is only 11000000 tons, and unit of industrial output of the solid
about 128200000 hectares. Due to the need of economic waste is several times more than developed countries. It is
development, at present, countrywide farmland area is precisely because of these reasons, so in China, even in the
declined with annual average of hundreds of thousands of most cities in our country, it is difficult to see the blue sky
hectares. It is visible over the next few years China will have and white clouds.
no enough land for the development of cultivated land. More At the same time, in China about 18 provinces, 471
importantly, China's farmland soil quality is also in drop prefectures, nearly 400000000 population, farmland and
ceaselessly and countrywide farmland organic matter content homes are also subject to different levels of desertification
for an average is only about 1%, which is significantly lower threat, especially in the Yellow River, the Yangtze River,
than Europe and the United States who are in 2.5% to 4%; and Huaihe. In the birthplace of Huaihe, Sanjiang,
farmland soil erosion is serious, and the soil loss every year degeneration of grassland area has become the most serious
is about 5000000000 tons [3]. That means the loss of soil problem. In general, grassland degradation and alkaline area
nutrient is equivalent to 40000000 tons of standard fertilizer. nowadays already amounted to 135000000 hectare, and there
In addition, China's water resource is totally about 2.8124 is an increase of the rate of 200 hectares per year.
trillion cubic meters, accounting for 6% of total world water
resources. Water resources per capita share is only about
2500 cubic meters, which is 1/4 of the world per capita
102 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

3.4. Cost of Enterprises Failing to Fully Reflect the 4.1..Enhancing the Management Level and
Full Social Costs Reducing the Loopholes in Management
Through the development and strict implementation of From the government's perspective, they should pass
certain quality, safety, energy consumption, material strict material consumption, energy consumption and
consumption and pollution emissions standards, they do help pollution emissions standards, and shall strictly implement to
to promote economic development, labor reserve, resources, urge the enterprise to improve the level of technology and
environment, and social coordination. Market economy is in change the pattern of production from external part. From
great need and government plays the key role in certain the enterprises' perspective, they should make use of the
important fields. In a clear and rigorous standards, the adoption of new management ideas, and improve the
enterprise in order to meet the social requirements, they must incentive mechanism, the implementation of supply chain
carry on technological innovation, equipment updating and management, optimizing production and processes, reduce
strengthen management so as to realize the transformation of costs, and improve efficiency.
economic growth pattern [4]. But at present, in China there
is no quite perfect social standard system, the corresponding
4.2. Strengthening the Independent Innovation and
laws and regulations system. The existing regulations, Enhancing the International Competitiveness
standards, and laws couldn't work out the related problems. of Enterprises
On the one hand, this tend makes the enterprise lose Independent innovation is the core strategy of national
technology innovation, equipment updating and the economic development, and is the center of changing the
management strengthening to reduce consumption, pollution pattern of economic development. To improve independent
emission and external pressure and internal forces. On the innovation ability, we should first establish enterprises as the
other hand it also gets some enterprises to take in the mainstay, the market as the guidance, and combining the
implementation of current standards and policy resorting to research of technology innovation system. In addition,
deceit, violation against those standards and laws. investment of science and technology should be increased,
3.5. Unreasonable Tax Policy and the allocation of resources should be optimized. The
favorable environment that encourages innovation, energy-
As for the mineral products resource such as coal mining, saving emission reduction and other key areas should be
due to resource tax collection is in accordance with the built, and a batch of national engineering laboratories and
quantity of exploitation, so problems often occur during the national engineering centers should be established.
mining process like only mining easy part and abandoning
difficult ones. This not only caused a serious waste of 4.3..Emphasizing Energy-Saving Emission
mineral resources, also brought serious environmental Reduction and Developing Circular Economy
problem. Due to the unreasonable economic structure and the
4. Measures for Transforming the Economic extensive pattern of economic growth, it results in the rapid
development of China's economy and the resources and
Development Pattern environmental costs have been paid. Therefore, China
The transformation of economic development pattern should vigorously develop a circular economy, strictly curb
mainly has three aspects: one is the change in the structure of the high energy consumption, high emission, low efficiency
demand, simulative economy growth driven by investment, of industrial growth, and correctly handle the relationship
exports, consumption, investment, exports to rely on between economic growth and energy saving and emission
coordinated promoting; the second one is the transformation reduction, so that economic growth is built to save energy
in the structure of production, and promotes economic and protect environment.
growth by relying mainly on second industries, and at the
4.4..Optimizing the Economic Structure and
same time coordinates the first, second and third industries
Intensifying the Structure Benefit
to pull shift; the third one is in the input, and promotes
economic growth by relying mainly on the material Unreasonable economic structure is not only the reason
consumption, on progress of science and technology, for the unsuitable pattern of economic growth, but also the
improvement of workers' quality, and management reason to lead to economic inefficiency operation. Therefore,
innovation. Thus, how to accelerate transformation of the optimizing the economic structure should be regarded as the
pattern of economic development? main method of changing the pattern of economic growth.
At first, optimize the industrial structure, and actively
develop high-tech industries, extensive application of new
and high technology and advanced and applicable
103 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

technology to promote manufacturing industry, vigorously consumers on the basic situation of the country and face the
develop the service industry into new areas, to construct the challenge of understanding, enhance the rational
resource consumption, little environmental pollution, high consumption, and save resources and protect environment
added value, absorb employment industrial structure system. consciousness. At the same time, China should improve the
The second one is to optimize the industrial organization consumption policy, and advocate of civilization,
structure, which facilitates not only standard, orderly, environmental protection and conservation of the way of life.
effective competition, but also being conducive to the
realization of scale economy, in large, small business and
4.7..Coordinating of Regional Layout and
reasonable distribution pattern. Thirdly, it is to optimize the Promoting Area to Develop Jointly
ownership structure, unwaveringly consolidate and expand According to the Eleven-five Plan about western further
state ownership economy, encourage, support and guide development, China should actively promote the
economy of blame state ownership, to form various construction of ecological engineering. It is urgent to
ownership enterprises competition and common organize the implementation of the revitalization plan of
development situation. Finally, it is to optimize the export Northeast Region, and promote the Middle Region rise
structure, promote the technical level, high value-added policy, and accelerate the important grain production base,
products to increase exports, and increase proportion. base of the sources of energy, pattern equipment
manufacturing and high technology industry base
4.5. Straightening out the Resources Price System
construction, and promote the Middle Area comprehensive
and Perfecting the Relevant System
transportation hub. It is also necessary to fulfill the important
Firstly, it is to accelerate the important resource price role by further developing a special economic zone in the
reform, and increase the extensive use of rough resource of reform and opening up and innovation.
product cost. Deepen electric power, petroleum, natural gas,
coal, water and other important resources price formation 5. Conclusion
mechanism reform, and let the market in the allocation of Transforming the pattern of economic development is a
resources to play a greater role in the process of major strategy from the current development of China's
development. Next is to deepen the reform of financial economy. It is also the fundamental policy in our grasp of
system. Accelerate the mercerization of interest rate reform the laws of economic development. It can be said to be a
pace, build perfect determined by market supply and demand new, important and practical significance of strategic
rate forming mechanism. Thirdly, it is to deepen land system thinking. The transformation of economic development
reform. Strict land legal system and make reasonable adjusts pattern provides the methodology instruction for better
mechanism of land income distribution, and increase development and insisting on socialism with Chinese
utilization of land cost. To implement and perfect the "rural characteristics. This thought made the Communist Party of
land contracts law of people's Republic of China", it is China get complete theory of economic and social
cogent to safeguard peasant's land rights and interests. development. And it helps people understand its connotation
According to the new resource supply and demand situation, more comprehensive, and scientific. Economic development
China should further improve the land and resources should be cleared that it should be coordinated in the round
planning, strengthen the planning and use control, strict development. Measure of economic development level must
distinction between public use and operation of land, strictly not be purely quantity as the standard, but it should be
control the scale, improve and resolutely carry out expanded with economic development, social development,
management rules to use the land bidding, auction and the harmonious development of man and nature, and man's
listing system, ensure the formation of land price in the open, all-round development in areas etc. Therefore, the idea of the
and transparent way [5]. The fourth one is to improve the tax transformation of economic development pattern embodies
system from the production, sales (including overseas sales), not only the people-oriented core, but also the
and each link such as consumption, encourage conservation, comprehensive coordinated and sustainable development of
inhibition of waste. the basic requirements.
4.6. Promoting Rational Consumption and References
Opposing Extravagance and Waste
[1] Bai Xuefei, Wen Fengyuan, “Reserch into China’s Economic
Under the condition of market economy, the pattern of Development Pattern Based on Technological Innovation,”
economic growth is in a great extent to the consumption Economic Research Guide, vol.1, pp. 6-7, Jan. 2011.
pattern. Therefore, to strengthen the propaganda and
education of consumers, improve the vast number of
104 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[2] Ding Huiguan, Developing Situation and Existing Problems of

Chinese Industrial Structure During the 11th Plan, vol. 3. Special
Zone Economy, pp.221–223, March, 2011.
[3] Hong Yinxing, Shen Kunrong, He Xuqiang, Study on the Economic
Growth Transformation [M], Nanjing University Press, 2000.
[4] Li Ke, Economic Restructuring and Industry Upgrading [M], Beijing
Institute of Technology Press, 2011.
[5] Tan Shunfu, “Modification and Current Situation of China’s
Industrial Structure,” Management World, vol 6, pp. 164-165, 2007.
105 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Research on Time-Return Models of the Sub-

jects in Innovative City Low-Carbon Economy
Liu Ling*, Peng Huatao
Management School, Wuhan University of Technology, Wuhan, China
*
353774157@qq.com
Abstract: This paper is based on the research and practice of innovative city low-carbon economy at home and abroad, ex-
ploring the content and interaction mechanism of the government and enterprises which participate in the innovative city
low-carbon economy activity, and building the time-return models of government, enterprises by the analysis of the low-
carbon economic return of the two subjects, and further provide a reference for innovative city low-carbon economic de-
velopment in China.
Keywords: innovative city; low-carbon economy; government; enterprises; return
1. Introduction sustainable development and innovation of fu ture city ur-
5T
gent need to develop low-carbon economy vigorously(Stern

Innovative city low-carbon economy development mod-
N,2006 [5] ).
el is an important strategic path of the current international
P P
The multi-country scholars demonstrated the operability

city development, which is good for the world to cope with
and feasibility of innovative city low-carbon economic de-
global climate change ,and for city to reduce energy con-
velopment (Johnston, Lowe, Bell, Treffers, Faaij, Sparkman,
sumption and carbon emissions .Government and Enter-
Seebregts, 2005 [6-7] ). What’s more, low carbon economy
prises are the main force to progress the innovative city
P P
will get higher rate of return on investment for innova-

low-carbon economic development ,and they are the direct
tive city economic development, with the significant in-
material bearer for low-carbon practice activities .The inte-
crease in production, the reduction of production cycles, the
raction mode and the low-carbon return have a direct impact
improvement of production reliability, product quality,
on low-carbon behavior of the subjects. This paper aims to
working environment and employee morale. Also it has
explore the content and interaction mechanism of the two
excellent potential in increasing jobs whose growth rate is
subjects by the analysis of the low-carbon economy return
faster than other economic forms (Sun jing, 2007) [8] .
of the two subjects, trying to provide a reference for innova-
P P
Based on prolific theoretical research, many internation-

tive city low-carbon economic development in China.
al cities have started the practices for innovative city low-
2. Review of the Literature carbon economy development. The United Kingdom under
the LCCT (Low Carbon Cities Program) to promote the
In 2003 the white Paper Our energy future--creating a
three cities of Bristol, Leeds, Manchester in which has de-
low carbon economy proposed that low-carbon economy
veloped a low-carbon economy of the town planning; what's
gets more economic output through less consumption of
more, London, Birmingham and other cities have also put
natural resources and environmental pollution; and that
forward innovative plans and objectives for urban low-
low-carbon economy is a good method and opportunity to
carbon economy. As a response to the initiation and advo-
create a higher standard of living and a better quality of life.
cacy of Tokyo Protocol, Tokyo proposed an action plan to
It also creates opportunities for the development, applica-
build an innovative city low-carbon economy, the basic
tion and export of advanced technology, at the same time, it
policy of which included the promotion of emission reduc-
creates more opportunities for new business and promotion
tion, reducing the waste of living, energy saving of govern-
of employment[1] .
ment facilities, reducing carbon dioxide emissions of trans-
P
In the development of 5Tour modern city, econom y and

port [9] .
5T 5T 5T 5T
population growth and pie styling spread of urban space will

P P
Currently the research on innovative city low-carbon

5T
bring more economies of scale with energy consumption and

economy is at the exploratory stage in China. Behind the
carbon-pollution emissions (Alesina [2] , 2003; Pfaff, Chaud-
high degree of enthusiasm for the development of low-
5T 5T 5TP P5T
huri, Nye, 2004 [3] ;R eid Ewing, Fang Rong [4] ,2008 ) , The
carbon city, there is a certain blindness and disorder. Prac-
5TP P 5T 5TP P5T 5T 5T
Wuhan Science and Technology Plan Project tice of the most innovative city confirm that the construc-
grant Nos: 201050231039. tion of low-carbon economy is just the simple sum of low-
106 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. Liu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp106-110
carbon energy development and utilization, the develop- carbon technologies objectively. Finally, the enter-
ment of circular economy, low-carbon production and con- prise is a direct promoter for growth of innovative
sumption, and other content. Therefore, China's low-carbon city low-carbon economy. Its income is an important
city construction should select an appropriate route accord- source of social economy and directly impacts on the
ing to our own conditions, focusing on the concept of low- overall effectiveness of low-carbon economy of the
carbon penetration in the society as a whole, using long- innovative city.
term strategic vision to forward to the goal of comprehen-
sive low-carbon innovative city with rational city planning
( Liu wen ling, Wang can, 2010) [10] .
P P
Innovative city low-carbon economy sub-
In a comprehensive view, related research and prac-
Market competition
tice of domestic and foreign on the development of innova-
External factors
Guide
tive city low-carbon economy mainly focused on the con-
cept of theory, measurement indicators1T, strategic plan- Regulation & Government
1T
Enterprises
supervision
ning, development mode and means, and so on. However,
innovative city low-carbon economic behavior of inner sub- Feedback
jects and their interaction mechanisms are the important
guarantee to promote organic combination of low-carbon Figure 1. Subjects mechanism
innovation practice. Domestic and foreign research on its of innovative city low-carbon economy
mechanism and economic benefits are still relatively small,
Government and enterprises are independent subject in
which caused a degree of blindness and confusion for the
low-carbon economic development of innovative city, and
subjects’ behavioral choices.
have certain degree of freedom in the process of choosing
3. Connotation and Mechanism Analysis low-carbon behavior. However, low-carbon behavior be-
tween government and enterprises is interactional. That is,
The government and enterprises as the subjects in the the involvement and guide of government in low-carbon
development of innovative city low-carbon economic are economy directly affect enterprise’s low-carbon behavior,
not only independent, but also to interact, the mechanism its preferential policies controls the direction of enterprises’
shown in Figure 1: low-carbon behavior in the field of low-carbon economy,
 Government. Government is the primary subject of and mandatory regulations is a constraint and supervision
innovative city low-carbon economic development. In for enterprises. The low-carbon economic benefits and
the macro-strategic level, the government formulates social benefits created by enterprises are feedback on the
suitable innovative low-carbon economy strategy for government's low-carbon behavior, also government action
city development according to the national circular will adjust for the behavior, also government action will
economy development strategy and internal and ex- adjust for the change of enterprises’ low-carbon behavior
ternal environment, and acts reasonably effective reg- and proper.
ulation. At legal level, the government put forward
scientific and practical low-carbon economy norms 4. Model Analysis
and constraints of enterprises and the public low-
4.1. Time - Return Model Analysis for Government
carbon economic behavior. Also it strictly enforces
fair market competition and low-carbon economic de- In summary, the leading behavior of the government in
velopment management and supervision. the process of building innovative city low-carbon economy
 (2) Enterprises. As the wide subject of innovative is divided into positive leading behavior and negative lead-
city low-carbon economy, enterprises not only ing behavior. Based on this, we build the time-return mod-
determine the development of innovative city els of innovative city government low-carbon behavior, as
low-carbon economy, but also determine their vigor follows:
and vitality. Firstly, the enterprise is an active partici-
pant of market activity of innovative city low-carbon
economy. Secondly, enterprise is an important force
for low-carbon technological progress of innovative
city, enterprises will carry out innovative technology
and production patterns, nurture knowledge-intensive
high-tech innovation talents in competition, which
will promote the progress and development of low-
107 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

The negative government leading behavior can

positive leading behavior（1）
reduces the initial investment of a low carbon economy
Initial fixed investment of government low-carbon
negative leading behavior（2） economy (C). And through the sale of emission rights,
—Total economic return of government low-carbon carbon trading and pollution penalties and other
measures, the government can obtain a certain amount
economy of return ( R) .So , government can gain positive returns
t—time in the early stage ,this is （R-C）>0.But,due to the lack
I—Stage input of government low-carbon economy for of stage input (I) ,the low-carbon advocacy, enterprises
propaganda, Supervision … will fall into disorder on the sides of monitor and
S—Social economic return management, which lead to the situation that pollution
C—Initial fixed investment of government low-carbon behavior cannot be regulated and environmental
economy pollution increase. The latter stage, the government will
R—return obtained by the sale of emission rights, carbon spend a lot of money on environmental pollution
trading and pollution penalties and other measures control, that is, g(E) incr-ease continuously.
E—Level of environmental pollution At the same time, the discontent of community and the
—comprehensive Expenditure for pollution controlling increase of low-carbon enterprises, which result in the de-
cline of the rate of trust and support, that is, Social econom-
ic return(S) must be S. Under the influence of a variety of
Return adverse factors, the government low-economy time-return
（S+R-C）2 curve will be convex decline curve (shown as curve③),it
② means that Government return (G 2 ) is declining.
R R
G1=f（t，I，S，L，D）
（R-C） t0 t1 (3) Conclusion 1
①
t Figure 2 shows the curve ① and ③ intersect in the time
（S+R-C）1 --t 1 ,which indicate that due to the increasing in
R R and
the reduction in S, return of the negative government lead-
－C ing behavior substantially reduced, Or even negative growth.
G2=f(t，I，S，C，R)-g(E) Leading active behavior will promote the continuous in-
③ crease of growth rate of return further to produce the posi-
tive returns. In summary, the government taking an active
Figure 2. Time - return model of innovative leading behavior is the best choice for society, enterprises
city government low-carbon behavior and itself.
(1) The Positive Leading Behavior of the Government 4.2. Time - Return Model Analysis for Enterprises
With the knowledge, experience and means of govern- As enterprises focus on interests, so companies will take
ment in the research and practice process of innovative city the innovative low-carbon economy behavior or low-cost
low-carbon economy continue to accumulate ,and the social pollution behavior, Based on this, we build the time-return
support continue to Increase, the stage input of government models of innovative city Enterprises low-carbon behavior,
low-carbon economy (I) will decrease ,this is to say as follows:
(∂G 1 /∂I)<0,what is more, the stage input of government
R R
low-carbon economy (I) will decrease continuously, Form- (1) Low-Carbon Behavior
ing a government low-economy time-return concave Time-return models of innovative city Enterprises low-
curve ,which range in [-C,( S+R-C)] ( as Curve ① in carbon behavior:
Figure 2 ).
Later, as the consciousness of low-carbon economy (3)
has been popularized in the social groups and —Return
of enterprises low-carbon behavior t—time
enterprises, the social economic return(S) will be increas- R— Low-carbon innovative R & D investment
ing constantly, and the values of (S + R-C) will be increas- S—Social support for enterprise
ing too, government low-economy time-return curve will C—Fixed investment of enterprises low-carbon behavior
change from 1 to 2. This means that government return and G—Government support for enterprise
efficiency will increase continuously in the practice of in-
novative city low-carbon economy. Enterprises return is a function of time, Although Fixed
(2) The Negative Leading Behavior of the Government investment of enterprises low-carbon behavior(C), and the
108 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

investment of innovative R & D (R)will result in enterprises

return reduced , enterprises low carbon behavior enhance
the social groups and government support and favor, this is —enterprises return t—time
to say S and G will increase. Improving for the enterprises M—enterprise pollution treatment expenditure
image will indirectly increase the production and sales, S—Social support for enterprise
and thus return of enterprises low-carbon behavior (Y 1 ) R R
C—Fixed investment of enterprises low-carbon behavior
will increase. Under the influence of scale effect and so- Q—Production and sales
cial support, enterprises return growth rate will also increase, E—Fine on the Non-low-carbon development model
this is ∂Y 1 /∂t increase continuously (shown as Curve ①
R R
in Figure 3 shown).
Lack of investment in technology and management, the
Non-low-carbon behavior will inevitably lead to the devel-
Return ② ① opment limitations, and then, result in decreasing earn-
ings growth, this is, ∂Y 2 /∂t substantially reduced (shown
R R
Y1= q(t, R, S, C, G, Q)
as Curve ③ in Figure 3). When the pollution behavior is
found, enterprises were forced to fine(E). Many of the
③
Y2= P(t, M, S, C, Q) enormous cost of risks for the enterprise is far greater than
the temporary income from pollution behavior .Meanwhile
the bad public opinion can make enterprises income stagna-
t
tion(shown as Curve ③ in Figure 3).
(3) Conclusion 2
For the consideration of the long term returns growth
Y2= P(t, M, S, C, Q)-g(Q,E) and avoiding risk, low-carbon behavior pattern is much
more effective, rational and sustainable. What’s more, it can
④
increase enterprises’ overall revenue dramatically with gra-
Figure 3. Time - return model of innovative
dual in-depth of enterprises’ low-carbon practice.
city enterprises low-carbon behavior
5. Conclusion
When the enterprises’ low-carbon economic develop-
This paper builds the government and enterprises time-
ment get into a mature stage, the investment on innovation
return models in innovative city low-carbon economy.
R & D (R) gradually reduces. The support fromsocial
From the model results, we can see that, only to take a
groups and government will make the S, G, Q, increases.
proactive macroeconomic leading role, can government
Meanwhile, the firm scale effect and other favorable condi-
get growing positive returns in the practice of the develop-
tions together will enable enterprises to achieve leapfrog
ment of innovative city low-carbon economy. For enterpris-
development. The enterprises low-economic time-return
es, low-carbon behavior pattern is more effective and rea-
curve will change from ① to ②, as it’s shown in figure 3.
sonable and sustainable method, and it can promote enter-
(2) Non-low-carbon development model
prise overall revenue increased dramatically with gradual
Under Non-low-carbon development model, enterprises’
in-depth of enterprises’ low-carbon practice. Innovative city
return is a function of time(t), enterprise’s pollution treat-
low-carbon economy development model is a win-win
ment expenditure(M), Social support for enterprise(S),
model for the development both government and enterprises,
Fixed investment of enterprises low-carbon behavior(C),
and it is also the only way for the sustainable development
Production and sales(Q). And under the regulatory policies
of modern city.
of the government, non-low-carbon development model
face the risk of being punished, so there may be some fine 6. Acknowledgment
(E).
Based on this, we build the time-return models of enter- This research was supported by Wuhan Science and
prises’ Non-low-carbon behavior, as follows: Technology Plan Project “ Research on Wuhan innovative
city low-carbon building program”, under grant Nos.
Polluting behavior was not found （4） 201050231039.
References
Polluting behavior is found （5）
[1] UK Energy White Paper:Our energy future-creating a low carbon
economy,2003.
109 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[2] Alsina, Alberto. Fractionalization[J].Journal of Economic Growth,

2003,8（2）: 94-155.
[3] PShubham,Chaudhuri,H.Nye. Household Production and Environ-
mental Kuznets Curves:Examimng the Desirability and Feasibility
of Substitution[J].Environmental and Resource Economics, 2004,27
（2）:187-200．
[4] Ewing Reid and Fang Rong.The Impact of Urban Form on U.S.
Residential Energy Use. Housing Policy Debate,2008,19（1）:1-29.
[5] Stern N．The Economics of Climate Change：The Stern Review
[D]. UK:Cambridge University,2006.
[6] Johnston,D, Lowe, R,Bell.M.An Exploration of the Technical Feasi-
bility of Achieving co R
2 R Emission Reductions in Excess of 60%
Within the UK Housing Stock by the Year 2050[J].Energy Poli-
cy,2005,（3）:1643-1659.
[7] Treffers,T,Faaij,APC,Sparkman,J,Seebregts,A．Exploring the Pos-
sibilities for setting up Sustainable Energy Systems for the Long
Term:Two Visions for the Dutch Energy System in 2050[J].Energy
Policy,2005,（33）:1723-1743.
[8] Su jing ,Ying yu. Low-carbon economic growth [J]. World Envi-
ronment, 2007, （4）:32-34.
[9] Tokyo Metropolitan Government, Tokyo Climate Change Strate-
gy ： A Basic Policy for the 10 year Plan for a Carbon-minus
Tokyo,June 2007.
[10] Liu Wenling, Wangcan. Low-carbon city development practice and
mode[J]. China Population. Resources and environment , 2010,20
（4）:59-63.
110 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
[键入文字]
Research-Based Food Safety Supply Chain

Partnership
Yilei Sun1, Yu Zhao2
Corresponding Author: Dr LiJia Hu3
1
Beijing Normal University,Zhuhai Campus, China
2
Guangdong Province,Zhuhai, P. R. China
3
Beijing Normal University Zhuhai Campus,Guangdong Zhuhai, China
Abstract: By aiming recent years frequent domestic food safety issues, from the perspective of the food supply chain, first
discover the hidden dangers within food supply chain, such as a high numbers of node enterprises but with dispersed lin-
kage, transaction instability, and non-shareable information system, etc; second point out that the importance of building
partnership within the food supply chain to maintain food safety, along with a proposal of measures for building the food
supply chain partnerships, such as reduce the number of node enterprises and/or the supply chain, so that enhance the trust
in the cooperation between enterprises, and establish long-term cooperative relationship on information sharing, risk sharing,
joint decision-making and more effective to ensure food safety.
Keywords: food supply chain (fsc); partnership; food safety
1. The Significance of Food Supply Chain
Partnership Construction on Food Safety 1.2. Supply Chain Partnership
1.1. Food Supply Chain Rackham (1995) pointed out that when a part of the two
The so-called supply chain is to focus on core business sides agreed to change the individual mode of operation,
and control of the information flow, logistics, and capital with control of the enterprise system and shared interests, to
flow, from procurement of raw materials, made of interme- form a partnership. Alfred (1999) argues that a true partner-
diate products and final products, by the sales network to ship requires the understanding of each partner’s needs and
deliver products to consumers in the hands of the supplier, capabilities, in order to establish a clear vision of partner-
manufactures, distributors, retailers, until the end-users to- ship. Domestic scholars believe that the relationship be-
gether into a whole functional network chain structure mod- tween supply chain partners to share information, risks and
el (Shi-hua, 2000). Food supply chain refers to various as- profit together with long-term cooperation mechanism is
pects of food formation and transfer processes involved in based on trust and a contractual basis. It’s different with
agricultural production, food processing, distribution and traditional corporate relationships that emphasize direct,
final consumption, etc that build up the production and long-term cooperation; stresses the joint efforts of common
supply network system. Based on this chain, a large scale planning and solve common problems; and emphasis on
and the strength of food processing enterprises are usually mutual trust and cooperation.
becoming the core of business. By contrast, with vertical integration, supply chain part-
nerships will not give the cooperative enterprise financial
pressure because they do not require investment or holding
other party. Compared with the short-term or one-time
transaction, the supply chain partner relations have a long
cooperation period and high level of trust, and in order to
obtain the overall optimal interests even participate in each
other’s business decisions. It is more flexible than the gen-
eral contract, requiring the parties to work together based on
common goals.
Figure 1: Present food supply chain structure
111 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. L. Sun et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp111-114
In short, supply chain partners have a common goal – 2.2. Difficulties in Monitoring the Quality
the overall optimal interests of the supply chain, and for this
If the supply chain with a small number of node enter-
common goal, they mutual trust, total risk and monitoring
prises, but with a large scale, and stable cooperative rela-
each other’s decision-making. Regarding the long-term co-
tions, it is likely to generate trust between enterprises, en-
operation, the other features of the supply chain partnership
hance mutual understanding, so that the product quality
is with relatively small number of node enterprise, supply
control throughout the entire chain will be easier. Converse-
chain is simple and stable.
ly, quality control will be very difficult. By above know-
1.3 The Significance ledge, unlike large-scale production in Europe and the Unit-
ed States, China has a numerous of food supply chain node,
Build the relationship between food supply chain part-
where small-scale production represent the majority. More-
ners is also conducive to build trust between node enterpris-
over, between enterprises most are short-term or even one-
es. Based on the trust, short-term transactions vary to long-
time cooperation, along with lack of trust and understanding
term transactions; hence significantly reduce transaction
between upstream and downstream enterprises, plus the
costs and the risk of unilateral lost of business moral. Fur-
wide and dispersive monitoring arrange increases the diffi-
ther, long-term partnership reduces the number of node en-
culty of food safety control, as well as the cost of monitor-
terprises, leads to a simpler and stable supply chain, so that
ing.
easy to implement quality control. Moreover, partnership
also enables information sharing, increase the transparency 2.3. Barriers of Information Transmit
of supply chain, improve speed of transmitting information
Even a strict supervision cannot guarantee 100% food
between the node enterprise, so that the upstream and
safety. Once a node enterprises has a food safety issue, first
downstream enterprises rapid response to food safety emer-
and foremost to the cooperative enterprises is to pass on
gencies, minimize the impact and reduce losses. The rela-
information to avoid problems spreading and minimize the
tionship between supply chain partners can also enhance the
loss of the supply chain as a whole. However, from the sta-
cohesion of the upstream and downstream enterprises, so
tus of national food supply chain, the numbers of partici-
that the supply chain becomes more flexible and quickly
pants are dispersed; the level of informatisation is serious
responds to market changes, reduces the time of distribution,
shortage of, plus without information sharing system, re-
and so reduces the food unmarketable potential safety prob-
sults in slow transmission of information, content delivery
lems.
distortion. Once any aspect of food safety issue occurs, the
2. Food Safety Factors within Existing Food response of the entire supply chain will be seriously lagging
Supply Chain behind the un-estimated loss.
2.1. Scattered Participation 2.4. Node Enterprises Ignore the Overall Interests
of the Supply Chain
From previous chart shows, the food supply chain is rel-
atively long and complex, involving planting, breeding, The numerous members of supply chain, each with their
slaughtering, food production, processing, distribution and own interest demands will inevitably cause a conflict of
final consumption management and many other links. The interest between the different members. From the perspec-
participation of the subjects with the exception of a few tive of information economics, agency relationship between
well-known large-scale enterprises, the majority of partici- supply chain members are due to asymmetric information,
pates especially upstream enterprise has small scale, weak the contract is not complete and other reasons, the individu-
economic strength, negotiation ability weak character. Sta- al members of the adverse selection, moral hazard, which
tistically, the domestic numbers of main food production affects the interests of the entire supply chain. Sanlu milk
farmer are 240million households, where 70% households powder incident is a typical example. Single partners in
rely on themselves to solve agricultural products sales order to maximize their own interests is very easy to choose
(Zhang Mingyu, 2010). The numerous participants are scat- betrayal from the perspective of game theory.
tered between upstream and downstream for short-term
3. The Strategy of Building Food Supply Chain
trading practices, the various aspects of contact does not
close connected, the chain structure is unstable as well. In Partnership
addition, the majority of supply and marketing aspects are 3.1. Reducing The Food Supply Chain Aspect and
agents, which result in trading process in the chain takes the Number of Nodes to Simplify the Structure
long hours and after a number of conversions, there will be of the Supply Chain
a risk damage, deterioration and pose a threat to the safety
of the food.
112 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

The food supply chain node enterprises, especially the

dispersion of the upstream suppliers will lead to difficulties
in information gathering, high transaction costs, short-term
cooperation, and monitoring difficulties. These will become
the hidden dangers of food safety within supply chain. From
the experience of developed countries, focus on the family
farm land and establish rural cooperatives, farmers’ associa-
tions and other specialized cooperative organization, so that
many scattered farmers will be effectively organized to ena- Figure 2: the streamlined food supply chain structure
ble them to participate in agricultural production and circu-
lation process as a whole. Hence, the number of upstream 3.2. Establish Mutual Trust Mechanism for the
enterprises of the food supply chain can be dramatically Formation of Long-Term Relationship
reduced. Farmers’ production of these agricultural coopera-
tive organizations organized in accordance with the modern Trust is the cornerstone of long-term cooperation be-
enterprise management mode and strict supervision of the tween enterprises. The long-term cooperation will enhance
quality of food in order to establish a reputation in the mar- mutual understanding and trust. The node enterprises of
ket as a whole to participate in the food supply chain opera- mutual trust and long-term cooperation will form a stable
tions. supply chain partnership, thereby increasing the stability
Based on China’s actual situation, we can encourage and flexibility of the whole supply chain. Of course, the
farmers to spontaneous composition of the agricultural co- relationship between supply chain partners is the relation-
operative organizations to participate in the process of cir- ship of each member formed on the basis of trust and coop-
culation of agricultural products by the core enterprise in erative relations as well as based on a competitive basis,
the agricultural supply chain, such as agricultural products both competition and cooperation work together to make the
processing enterprises or supermarket chains such as the cake bigger, i.e. maximize the benefits of the whole supply
upper reaches of the farmers to organize themselves to form chain and then competition to share their interests.
a company plus farmer-base plus farmers and other forms of To establish the relationship between supply chain part-
dispersed farmers in the upper reaches of the formation of ners, we must first establish a foundation of mutual trust
the interests of the overall distributed nodes into a single between node enterprises. Factors that affect the mutual
node, and even the strength of the core enterprises can im- trust in the cooperation between enterprises have been ana-
plement vertical integration, acquisitions, mergers upstream lyzed in-depth by many domestic and foreign scholars.
farms or integrated farmers, variable downstream trading Marsako & Susan Helper state factors of promoting mutual
for internal transactions. Improve the management capacity trusts between enterprises are long-term commitment, in-
of the upstream node of the core enterprises to transition to formation exchange, technical assistance and reputation.
a modern enterprise, establish brand awareness, and streng- Luo Yadong argues that league of life, the cultural gap,
then food control to ensure food security. market uncertainty, relative risk and mutual commitment
In addition, the existence of intermediate agents in the are the decisive factors affecting the enterprise and mutual
food supply chain industry, it is recommended to minimize trust. Lee Sau (2010), the factors that affect the mutual trust:
the intermediate agent link to achieve the docking of the historical experience of cooperation, corporate reputation,
upstream and downstream enterprises. Because more trad- corporate strength, relationships of the scale of investment,
ing links in the supply chain, the greater the uncertainty and the interdependence of the member enterprises, cultural and
regulatory loopholes, also the more the greater the difficulty geopolitical differences.
of supervision. Significantly reduce intermediate links of From the aspect of building mutual trust mechanism, the
agent, shorten the length of the food supply chain, and core business bears an important responsibility, because the
streamline the supply chain, gives upstream and down- size of the core enterprise strength, high credibility, influ-
stream business partners a more stable relationship. The ence other nodes in the enterprise supply chain cannot be
regulatory capacity of the supply chain as a whole is a sub- replaced. So it can be the core of enterprises in the supply
stantial increase to more effectively protect the food safety. chain to lead the building industry standards, norms of co-
The food supply chain simplified as shown below: operation system, set up a business credit file, the estab-
lishment of incentives and punishment mechanism. Estab-
lish the credibility of reward and punishment mechanism,
the formation of a favorable environment conducive to
business trust. Core enterprises should increase investment
in the cooperative enterprise, and provide each other with
113 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

food testing technology and equipment, staff training, estab- References

lishing a modern enterprise management method, and even
[1] Neil R Fredman L Ruff R. Getting Partners Right: How Market
participate in other related business operations, joint deci-
Leaders are creating long term competitive advantage Mc Craw-
sion-making. Help the growth of cooperative enterprises,
hill,1995
the core enterprise to improve the other side of their depen-
dence, increase mutual trust basis. Partners increased de- [2] Alfred W Partnering through cooperative goals in Supply Chain
pendence on core businesses, the cost of betrayal of the Relationships[J] Total Quality Management,1999,10:786-793
transaction behavior, the stronger the dependence, he more [3] Shihua MaSupply Chain Management Higher Education Press 2000
power to restrain their own behavior, to shape the image of [4] Mingyu Zhang. China Agricultural Products Logistics Development
the self-trusted. Long-term stable cooperation can increase Strategy Research --, mode, mechanism. Science Press,2010(5)
the expected return of the long-term cooperation to further [5] Ying Zhang: partnership in supply chain management research,
enhance the cost of betrayal, so the longer the duration of modern shopping,2011(4) ( under Affairs )
the cooperation, the less likely to cheat, the stronger the [6] Zhipeng Su, the construction of supply chain partnership in the new
sense of mutual trust, the stronger foundation for coopera- institutional economics analysis of Journal of Guangzhou
tion. University,2010(2)
[7] Xiuqi Li, supply chain partnership trust behavior analysis, China
3.3. Achieving Information Sharing and Risk Shar-
logistics and procurement,2010(14)
ing
Low level of informatisation, lack of information trans-
mission between the upstream and downstream enterprises
will inevitably result in a slow reaction speed of the supply
chain as a whole is seriously lagging behind the sudden
food safety incident response. The relationship between
supply chain partners stressed that information sharing and
risk sharing among members. Due to the low level of na-
tional informatisation technology within the food supply
chain, the core business should play their own information
technology advantage, so that lower the cost of sharing in-
formation resources, and establish the mechanism of supply
chain collaboration – with the internet, RFID and other in-
formation technology to build the whole visual information
systems, strengthen the coordination and management of
upstream and downstream, plus professional training for
employees to achieve the upstream and downstream infor-
mation sharing.
Supply chain information sharing between partners, can
make the supply chain react rapidly towards terminal mar-
ket, and significantly reduce food production and supply
time, and reduce the risk of food unsalable metamorphic.
Also with the cooperation of enterprise information sharing,
it can strengthen various aspects of supervision, carry out
rapid response to emergencies, and minimize the adverse
effects. Such as the establishment of food security early
warning mechanism, precaution and against destruction of
substandard products in a timely manner, do not let it affect
the downstream link, and recall for the product flow into the
market but not yet sold. Meanwhile using information shar-
ing platform for the establishment of the whole supply chain
food quality and traceability system, each process can be
traced back to the food supply chain to pass the responsibili-
ties to the people.
114 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The New Generation Migrant Workers and

Urbanization in China
Li Huang1 *, Mi Zhou2
1
College of Science and Technology,Shenyang Agricultural University, Shenyang China
2
College of Economics and Management,Shenyang Agricultural University, Shenyang China
*
dhtzor@gmail.com
Abstract: Using the survey data and demand identify biprobit model, the paper forecasts the degree of new generation ur-
ban migrant workers’ urbanization and its influencing factors. Research results show that the study areas average urbaniza-
tion level is 73% and the influencing factors are as follows: income level, whether live scattered with urban residents, urban
social network component and height, the length of time of urban living and working professional class, of which whether
scattered with urban residents are the key factor.
Keywords: new generation migrant workers; urbanization; human capital; social capital
1. Introduction degree have practical significance to the migrant workers’
urban integration.
By the end of 2009, the new generation migrant The data used in this article is collected from She-
workers have accounted for 60% of 150 million migrant nyang and Yuyao. The survey obtained 296 valid ques-
workers in China (Chen Xiwen, 2010). They were born in tionnaires including 114 new generation migrant workers,
1980s or 1990s and have become the composition subject which accounts for 39% of the total sample. The survey
of rural outgoing work population. Currently, most stu- obtained 287 valid questionnaires from Shen yang includ-
dies of migrant workers’ urbanization concentrate on the ing 154 new generation migrant workers, which accounts
influencing factors of citizen willingness, while few lite- for 54% of the total sample.
ratures have done some research on the influencing fac-
tors of actual citizenship degree. The existing literature 2. Dependent Variables
has proposed the question of new generation migrant
We distinguish the citizen demand of migrant workers
workers’ citizenship degree measurement (Liu Chuan-
from three levels (Table 1): The first level corresponds
jiang, 2008), which has laid the research foundation for us,
question (1), if the migrant worker chooses①, we consid-
but there are few literatures that estimate the citizenship
er that he has the citizen demand; The second level cor-
degree of the new generation migrant workers from the
responds question (2), if the migrant worker chooses①,
microscopic angle, moreover, the literatures which use
we consider that he has the citizen demand and then com-
rigorous econometric model to eliminate other factors’
bining with question (3) and make a further analysis and
influence are even less. In addition, most of the former
judgment; Last level corresponds question (3), if the mi-
literatures have revealed the citizenship from the angle of
grant worker chooses③and ④, we consider that he has
citizen demand willingness, however, the potential citizen
the citizen demand. After the recognition, there are 122
demand of the migrant workers is usually hiding in the
new generation migrant workers who have the citizen
reality. What’s more, the above variables have not re-
needs out of 268 new generation migrant workers’ sample.
ceived enough attention in the former research and then
Based on above research work, we can determine the de-
cause the estimate results with biased error. This article
pendent variable in the demand equation, if the new gen-
adopts the biprobit model which may distinguish the indi-
eration migrant worker has the citizen demand, the value
viduals who have the potential citizen demand and esti-
is 1, otherwise, 0.
mates the citizenship degree of the new generation mi-
As far as the setting of dependent variables in the
grant workers who both have the citizen needs and citizen
supply equation is concerned, we take the income level of
supply ability, and then analyzes the affecting factors
the migrant worker as the dependent variable, if the in-
more accurately.what’s more, the literature in view of the
come level is higher than the average wage level of the
new generation migrant workers’ citizenship are even less.
city, the value is 1, otherwise, 0.
However, the measuring system and affecting factors of
the new generation migrant workers’ actual citizenship
115 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Tab.1. direct recognition of migrant worker’s citizen de- the higher education level makes the
mand new generation migrant workers merge into and settle
down in the city much easier. The existing research has
study
step question option number pointed out that when the flowing farmers with low in-
emphasis
come will be inclined to return to the hometown for they
Is there any
are not able to pay for the living cost.
chance that you
The selection of the recognition variables. Consider-
may choose to distinguish
①yes； ①=95 ing the estimability of the simultaneous equation, we
1 settle down in settler and
②no； ②=173 choose the residential geographical position as recogni-
your working non-settler
tion variable of the demand equation, because the selec-
city permanent-
tion of the residential geographical position usually does
ly?
not affect the new generation migrant workers’ wage in-
Which do you find non- come, but if the new generation migrant workers live in
prefer, the city settler ①city； ①=98 the city center, which indicates that they yearn for the city
2
life or the vil- having ②village； ②=75 life and have the citizen demand even more. Choosing the
lage life? demand new generation migrant workers’ occupational strata and
① low- social network height as recognition variable of the
grade； supply equation is base on the following considerations:
Which level do remove
②between First, because there is a division in the city labor market
you think your non-settler
low and ①+②=71 and the income difference of different occupation is re-
3* own income is with
medium； ③+④=27 markable, migrant workers of different occupational stra-
placed in your invalid
③medium； ta have different citizen supply capacity. Second, as a
working city? demand
④above result of the difference between the city and countryside
medium； as well as the contents of education, the human capital
Note:*only choose“② no”in question（1）and answer question obtained from the accumulation and education in village
（2）；only choose“①city”in question（2）may answer question need to be converted in order to obtain repayment in the
（3）。 city life (Zhao Yandong, Wang Fenyu, 2002), therefore
the longer the migrant workers live in the city, the strong-
3. Independent Variables
er city-settlement ability they will have.
He factors influencing the citizen demand. If the pur-
Tab. 2. some independent variables’ name and description
pose of their outgoing work is for earning money, their
citizen demand must be weak; while if the purpose is variable name description
yearning for the city life, they will have a more pro- c1_1 outgoing 0=earning money 1=lack of individual
nounced citizen demand. If the new generation migrant purpose development opportunity in the country-
workers have the relation with people with high social side 2=external influence 3=yearning for
position in the city, they will have stronger citizen de- the city life
mand. The flowing farmers with higher education level xy network whether there are people working in the
are easier to accept and adapt to the city life rhythm, thus height hospital, university and government of
they prefer to settle down in the city rather than return to the “pay new year call net”，0=no，
the hometown. The new generation migrant workers with 1=yes
low income may have a strong citizen demand due to the hc_1 human capi- above junior middle education=1，
attraction of city life, while they may also leave the city tal otherwise=0。
owning to the expensive life costs, therefore, this is a va- j8_1 network friends kept in touch with:1=in the work-
riable remains to be verified. structure ing city 2=hometown in the countryside
The influencing factors in the citizen supply equation. 3=other cities（reference group: work-
If the purpose of outgoing work is yearning for the city ing city）
life, the new generation migrant workers will strive for it j4 income 1=very satisfied 2=satisfied 3=fair
and try their best to settle down in the city. If there are 4=dissatisfied 5=extremely dissatisfied
people with high social position in the new generation marr marriage 0=no spouse 1=having spouse
migrant worker’s relation network, they will have strong- a2 gender 1=male 2=female
er ability to settle down in the city. The migrant workers area areas 1=Yuyao of Zhejiang 2=Shenyang of
with higher education level have a much higher working Liaoning
efficiency, and then obtain a higher wage. Additionally,
116 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
jz dwelling whether living scattered with the citizen The new generation migrant work-
or not：0=no 1=yes ers having a high income, living scattered with the city
b3 living time living time in the working city（unit: people, owing a high social network height in the city,
year） dwelling in the city for a long time and being in a high
zy professional professional level：teacher, civil ser- vocational stratum are more likely to have the citizen de-
level vant, 91 points; person in charge of en- mand willingness and the citizen supplies ability, and
terprises and institutions, 71 points; eco- what’s more, the living pattern of whether living scattered
nomic work personnel, 64 points; admin- with the city people is the key factor, which has a signifi-
istrative management personnel, 53 cant effect on the new generation migrant workers’ citi-
points; Industrial worker, 20 points; zen demand willingness, moreover the citizen demand
hotel and restaurant waiter, 11 points; willingness also have a strong influence on their citizen
housemaid and daily help, 6 points; supplies ability.
farming, workless and others, 1 point.
6. Acknowledgment
4. Estimation Results Mi Zhou is a corresponding author. This research is
Based on the new generation migrant workers survey jointly funded by the National Natural Science Foundation
data collected from Shenyang and Yuyao, this article of China (70973082) and supported by Program for She-
measures the new generation migrant workers’ citizenship nyang Agricultural University youth fund (20111020)
degree and its affecting factors from the angle of citizen
demands and citizen supplies. The results show that the References
new generation migrant workers’ average citizenship de- [1] Huang Zuhui, Qian Wenrong, Mao Yingchun, The Living Stability
gree of the two areas is 73%. and Citizenship Willingness of Peasants in City. Chinese Journal of
Population Science.2004.2:68-73.
Tab.3. regression result of biprobit model
[2] Jiang Naihua, Feng Jin, Investigation of Farmers’ willingness
supply equation demand equation During the Citizenship Process-an Empirical Analysis on Jiangsu.
variable
coef P coef P Management World.2002.2：24－29.
[3] Wang Chunguang, Relationship between the Social Identity and
_Ic1_1_1 0.02 0.93 0.40 0.16
Urban Integration of Rural New Generation Flowing People.
_Ic1_1_2 -0.30 0.28 0.18 0.53
Sociological Research. 2001，（3）：63-76.
_Ic1_1_3 0.22 0.45 0.50 0.09 [4] Wu Xinglu, Empirical Study on Affecting Factors of Migrant
Workers’ Residing Migration Decision. Population and
SNheight 0.39 0.04 0.15 0.41 Economy.2005.1：5－10.
HC -0.30 0.20 -0.40 0.07 [5] Wu Xinglu, Qi Mingjie, Analysis of Social and Cultural Affecting
Factors of Migrant Workers’ Migration Decision. Chinese Rural
_Ij8_2 -0.26 0.21 -0.90 0.00 Economy. 2005，（1）：26-32，39.
[6] Xu Chuanxin, “Landing and Not Rooting”-Study on the Urban
_Ij8_3 0.00 0.99 -0.37 0.11
Society Adaptation of New Generation Migrant Workers. South
J4 -0.45 0.00 0.15 0.13 China Population. 2007，（4）：52-59.
[7] Zhao Yandong. Wang Fenyu, Economic Status Acquisition of Urban
Marriage 0.16 0.47 0.21 0.30
and Rural Floating Population and Its Determinants. Chinese Journal
gender 0.02 0.92 -0.13 0.47 of Population Science. 2002（4）:8-15.
area 0.62 0.00 0.91 0.00
[8] Zhong Funing, He Jun, How Big is the Pressure of China Rural
jz 0.38 0.02 Labor Transfer-a Model of Future Urban and Rural Population with
b3 0.10 0.01 Appropriate Proportion and an Analysis Framework. Issues in
zy 0.01 0.06 Agricultural Economy. 2004（5）
_cons -0.53 0.37 -1.86 0.00 [9] Liu Chuanjiang, Cheng Jianlin, Status Analysis and Process
maximum Measurement of the Second Generation Citizenship. Population
-262.27
likelihood Research. 2008（5）：48-57.
5. Conclusion
117 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The Comparison between Indian and Chinese

Economic Development
Xiaofang Dai
School of International Economics and Business, Nanjing University of Finance and Economics, Nanjing, China
Abstract: Both China and India have achieved very high growth rates in economic development and made a strong impact
upon the world economy. The two countries have some similar characteristics and strengths in economic development. This
paper intends to compare all aspects of India and China in economic development and analyze the future economic trends
of China.
Keywords: india and china; economic development; similarities and differences
China and India are both with the larger population and proper adjustment on industrial structure, thus forming a
the fastest growing development potential in Asia. The de- new mode-mix development pattern. The purpose was do-
velopment achievements and the prospects of development minant and national market regulation. The combination of
of these two countries are always hot topic. To research the model could improve economic further development.
development mode, especially to discover the advantages But compared with other countries, its overall economic
and problems of the two countries have significance to the development was relatively slower. So until the 1980s, with
world’s economic development. the trend of globalization and international integration, India
again sized up the situation to develop the market economy.
1. The Similarities of the Two Countries in
The positive reform, opening up and the choice to the trend
Economic Development
of globalization promoted greatly economic development.
On the terms of the characteristics of the two countries, In 1991, the Indian government launched economic reform
there are some similar situations in the relations between the and put forward liberalization marketization. The goal of
two countries. They are both ancient civilizations which globalization and privatization is to establish a transparent
liberate itself from the oppression of western powers and capital market gradually. In 2000, Indian Prime Minister
now on the road of independent development after the Vajpayee put forward to practice the idea of serving eco-
Second World War. Both China and India are facing with nomic knowledge. In 2002, India "five-year" plan of know-
the task that called economic development and reform struc- ledge economic development was launched by planning
ture. After 1980th and 1990th, the two countries’ effective commission for the coming 20 years. In 2006, 50% eco-
economic reform dramatically promotes the fast develop- nomic growth of India was the information industry which
ment of the economy of their own country, which is re- up to a quarter of GDP; in 2007, Indian information tech-
garded as the two most potential countries of the world. nology and service outsourcing income reached $36.3 bil-
Two countries are learning from each other in the economic lion, which was 28% increase over 2006. The percentage of
reform and promoting each other in economic development. GDP growth was to 7%. In 2008, the Indian software indus-
In addition to having a certain similarities in national try valued of about $85 billion. By 2010, the information
conditions, there is also a similar exploration history in the industry of India valued of nearly $103 billion, accounting
two countries' economic development process. for about 20% of GDP.
From the early independence to 1960th, on the basis of The initial starting point of Indian reform is to loosen
its actual conditions and with reference to other countries’ control and reform system of licensing. Another major
experience, India emphasized to take priority in the devel- movement is to reform private enterprises, as well as reduce
opment of the public sector of economy, heavy industry and tariffs and non-tariff barriers.
basic industry which is concentrate on steel and chemical. While in the economic development progress of China,
This model has made Indian’s economy achieve great de- it passed through the original plan into the economy. At the
velopment in the short term. But as the time propel, too beginning of development, it was also the priority to devel-
much emphasis on the development of heavy industry op the heavy industry, which was then greatly promoting
leaded to unbalance of economic development ratio. In the national economic development. But with the pass of time,
context of economic composition, India began to make it was found more the obstacles of the planned economy
118 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

X. F. Dai et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp118-121
than the benefits, because the development of heavy indus- economy. Third, India has a well functioning financial sys-
try had made industrial structure proportion unreasonable. tem and perfect legal system. Good overall soft environ-
In 1978, beginning to reform and opening the door, a mar- ment is the most important advantage of India. Most of In-
ket economy and national regulators combination was dian banks are private banks which are running good and
formed gradually. Chinese economy began to develop con- have sound system. The bank assets are as a percentage of
tinuously with high speed. Now China is the world's most GDP 70%. Also capital market has strict supervision, for
dynamic economy area and the world's largest business there are more than 5000 listed companies that are 3 times
group production base. With 1.3 billion residents, China has of china. Fourth, India has a large number of international
the world's first big population, abundance, cheap, reliable talents and college students which is only after the United
labor force which is driving the Chinese economic becomes States and Russia. Indian higher education can stimulate the
prosperity. In addition to the incomparable price advantages, creativity of young people and the intellectual property pro-
personnel employee’s quality also is rising. The internation- tection provides a good system guarantee. In addition, at the
al public opinion thinks that the most prominent economic atomic energy research and application, space technology,
development is China. Since Chinese reform and opening- computer software and other high-tech fields and frontier
up in 1978, average annual economic growth rate is over science of India have a strong strength.
9%. American Goldman sachs research reports, Chinese
2.2. Strengths of China
economic scale will successively more than the United
States if it just keeps the current development situation. The economic development advantages of China are in
In recent 30 years, China developed basic industry, the following respects: First, Chinese economic growth rate
manufacturing industry energetically to promote the transfer is rapid, especially manufacturing industry is famed the
of rural surplus labor; and also developed private enterprises, world. Over the past ten years, the average annual growth
foreign investment enterprises and joint ventures. rate of Chinese GDP was of about 8%. Second, China has
The reform strategy between two countries is similar, higher levels of power, transport, communications and other
such as relaxation of privately owned economy, removal of infrastructure. Also generator capacity, railroad business
trade barriers, and introduction of foreign capital. course of development, electrified railway, highway, civil
aviation course, posts and telecommunications industry
2. Strengths and Differences of the Two Coun-
make a spurt of progress. All of them are in the forefront of
tries
the world. Third, China is the developing country with most
2.1. Strengths of India foreign capital attraction. China approximately attracts the
foreign capital of about 50000000000 dollars in one year,
India is considered a miracle symbol of the Asian econ-
and more than 400 enterprises in 500 of the world's largest
omy. Since the economic reform in 1991, India has been
multinational companies have established in china. Fourth,
steady growth trend in GDP. with the world's second popu-
the size of China's foreign trade accounts for absolute ad-
lation, India has more than 6000 companies listed on the
vantage. Since the reform and opening up, the government
stock market. In the past 20 years, Indian economy with an
at all levels provides various favorable conditions to for-
average of 5.6% stability growth speed a year is a high qual-
eign-funded enterprises. The growth of China's economy is
ity work force in economic back. In a quarter of enterprise
largely driven by FDI.
of the 1000 largest American companies are using Indian
software. 2.3. Obvious Differences between Two Countries in
The economic development advantages of India are in Economic Development
the following respects: First, it has a number of international
China and India each have advantages and disadvantag-
renowned private enterprise and international famous brand.
es in economic development process, so they can learn from
After reform, India has successfully developed a number of
each other.
the best companies which can compare with the internation-
First, Chinese developed manufacturing industry pro-
al companies of Europe and the United States. Second, In-
motes the development of information technology; but In-
dian service industry especially software industry is the
dian economic development are mainly embodied in the
economic development of the growth pole. The developed
information software industry, that is, informatization drives
higher education and support of the country give aid to the
industrialization. China is not only developing basic indus-
high-tech industries and service industry which have made
try and manufacturing industry from national condition,
tremendous breakthroughs. In recent years, India has at-
which ease the employment pressure directly and indirectly,
tracted a large number of western national service outsourc-
but also expanding the domestic market demand. These
ing business, such as accounting, insurance etc. The soft-
promoted the rapid growth of Chinese economy successful-
ware industry has become the pillar industry of Indian
ly. While in India the government has taken many practical
119 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

measures to support the development of the computer soft- solve these problems, its mode of development still needs
ware industry. They have established software technology further development and improvement.
parks to attract foreign investment and promote the devel- Chinese economy shows more energy in development.
opment of software industry. But durative development for economic development is
Second, China has obvious advantages in the hardware insufficient, because the system environment brings greater
infrastructure; While Indian institutional environment is uncertainty. These make social and political environment
perfect relatively. Infrastructure constructions of China con- fluctuating and more vulnerable, also cause forecast diffi-
tributing greatly to the economic growth have developed cult to predict and damage hard to control. Good system can
prosperously for more than 20 years, and already entered produce good economic environment, so this is the biggest
the powerful nation; Indian legal system is almost perfect risk now China facing with. Chinese foreign trade depen-
that can track with the western developed countries’ legal dence degree is reaching 70% which is very high. The sta-
system. The financial system is comparatively perfect, so bility and development of Chinese economy will be serious-
the higher management level, the degree of openness and ly affected by the fluctuations of international market.
perfect capital market make India a big competitive advan-
4. Conclusion
tage in the financial aspect; Also Indian perfect property
rights system has cultivated a lot of international competi- The prosperity of economy that is the main factor of liv-
tive private enterprises. ing standards depends on not only economic growth but
Third, in economic development China represents its also various social policies, such as education, health, social
openness, but India represents its introversion. China at- insurance. Economic development promotes necessarily
taches great importance to the utilization of foreign capital, political development, and political future development
especially the foreign private capital. To vigorously develop depends on whether the path of the economic growth is
foreign trade, Chinese government made a series of export smooth. Different way of modernization transformation has
tax rebate policy. Now Chinese import and export volume is its own path, but the lasting economic growth and the im-
in the 20% annual rate of growth. While India pays more provement of people's life depend on a democracy, open,
emphasis on development of the national economy relying stable political system. In Indian economic development
through one's own efforts. It executes "import substitution" pattern evolution, China can get a lot of inspiration. For
economy to develop the strategy that is with more obvious China's sustained economic development Chinese future
introversion. economic development should learn some of Indian eco-
Fourth, China puts emphasis on developing labor- nomic development experiences
intensive industries, while India gives priority to the devel- From the above comparison analysis, Chinese economy
opment of knowledge intensive industry. China has a large development has the following enlightenment.
population, rich resources and cheap labor, so using the
4.1. The Governments’ Policy is the Key to the
comparative advantage has developed energetically labor
Harmonious Development of Economy.
intensive industry. While India relies more on the domestic
market and focuses on high-tech industry, which greatly As a country's comparative advantage transform con-
reduces and avoids the impact of weakness in the global stantly, government policy should be adjusted. Only fully
economy, So Indian economic has sustainable development. using its own resources, it is possible to realize the sustain-
able development of economy.
3. Major Weaknesses of the Two Countries
4.2. Both Increasing the Independent Intellectual
In the general level of economic development and inter-
Property Rights of the Manufacturing Indus-
nal structure, India still has considerable defects, such as in
try and Developing High-Tech Property Are
the weak foundation case of manufacturing. Whether it can
Important.
skip the industrialization stage directly into consumption
and services dominated national economic system, it is Developing high-tech property energetically will in-
without precedent in history. Even in the year of informa- crease the value of manufacturing industry. Also we should
tion and the age of globalization, the second industry devel- increase the independent intellectual property rights of the
opment is insufficient. In the long term, it is still a major manufacturing industry, create our own brand and establish
defect to Indian economic development. Unbalanced devel- international big group.
opment is another defect of Indian economic development.
4.3. We Should Insist on Combining the Introduc-
It reflects two aspects. One is serious difference between the
tion of Fdi with the National Economic Devel-
rich and the poor. Another is unbalance between urban and
opment Plan.
rural development. These problems are plaguing India all
along affecting the normal development of the economy. To
120 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

We can upgrade the domestic economic structure opti-

mization and the domestic industrial structure through the
introduction of advanced technology, knowledge, manage-
ment experience and marketing mode.
4.4. Financial Environment is A Guarantee for
Economic Development.
We should promote to develop economic software, im-
prove the utilization rate of capital and perfect the relevant
legal system. Well functioning financial system and a sound
legal system is the important guarantee for economic devel-
opment.
4.5. We Should Balance between Elite Education
and Mass Education.
A country's education should implement the populariza-
tion of higher education, and also carry out elite education.
Both of them are indispensable.
Benign competition and harmonious relationship be-
tween China and India will bring new power for the Asian
and the world economic development.
References:
[1] Li Yun-xia, Analysis on the Advantages of Indian Economic Devel-
opment[J] South Asian Studies,2005.(2)
[2] Zeng-yong The Comparative Study of Economic Development of
China and India and Its Inspiration to China[J] Economic Research
Guide,2009.(69)
[3] Sun Pei-jun. Hua Bi-yun Current Situation and Problems of Indian
Economy[J] South Asian Studies,2005.(2)
[4] A.N. Agrawal Indian Economy[M].New Delhi Wiley Eastern Li-
mited,1987
121 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Environmental Protection Behavior Modeling

and Simulation Based on Game Theory
Zhiyun Hao, Nan Li
School of Economics, Renmin University of China, Beijing, China
Abstract: In today’s circular economy background, implementing environmental protection behavior by the enterprises has
become increasingly important and particularly necessary, while it is confronted with many restraining factors such as
enterprise alliance’s behavior, government support, and soundness of the social credit system. There exist some enterprises
which do not invest in funds for environmental protection and technology research, only sharing the achievements of
environmental protection and technology innovation. Undoubtedly, this phenomenon seriously hinders the development of
circular economy. Based on the above issues, this paper focuses on analyzing the interactions among enterprises to get an
inside into their behavioral decision-making for carrying out environmental protection. In this paper, we first introduce the
theoretical and realistic background around enterprises’ environmental protection behavior; then, we build an infinite
repeated game model to research enterprises’ behavior by the method of Complex Adaptive System computer simulation,
getting a series of constructive strategies; finally, we put forward some relevant policy suggestions on improving the level
of environmental protection.
Keywords: environmental protection behavior; game model; computer simulation
1. Introduction sustained high profit without maintaining good ecological
environment. Many Enterprises have not included
It has become the target for most nations to realize the environmental pollution or resource consumption into their
sustainable development of economy as the global production cost, and unwilling to pay for pollution
ecological environment has been continuously deteriorating. prevention or to invest in funds for carrying out technology
Whereupon, how to implement environmental protection innovation on energy conversation, emission reduction,
has become an issue most of the enterprises should confront, waste recycling and so on. [3]
and they need to consider how to promote their
development continuously under the constraint of resources 1.2. The Level of Circulation between Enterprises
and environment. Currently, many enterprises assemble to form enterprise
With the setting of circular economy, how to solve the clusters and establish eco-industrial parks so as to benefit
problems such as environmental pollution, ecological from synergistic effect. In this mechanism, there always
imbalance and waste of recourses has aroused widespread exist some enterprises which do not make any efforts to
concern around the world. The business environment, the promote environmental protection technology, but only
market operation mode and the government behavior could share technological achievements. This phenomenon is
change dramatically, which will impact enterprises directly especially pronounced in the downstream of the industrial
or indirectly [1]. Therefore, it is necessary to discuss production chain.
enterprises’ reactions multi-dimensionally, and we explore
this problem from the following aspects: the level of 1.3. The Level of Social Circulation
internal circulation within an enterprise, the level of
The government’s rewards and punishments for
circulation between enterprises, and the level of social
environmental protection or pollution can significantly
circulation [2]:
affect enterprises’ behavior. However, lots of governments
1.1. The Level of Internal Circulation within an have not taken sufficient measures to punish polluters or to
Enterprise reward contributors, as a result, enterprises’ environmental
protection behavior lack institutional guarantee and legal
China is striding ahead in the mid-industrialization. support.
Many enterprises give profit-pursuing a high priority to
ecological protection, and even sacrifice the interests of the 2. Game Model of Implementing
ecological environment to achieve the maximization of Environmental Protection Behavior
short-term profit. They don’t realize it is hard to gain
122 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Z. Y. Hao et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp122-125
2.1. The Game Model Building Table 2. Value Composition and Behavioral Option
Enterprise
Assumption: There exist many enterprises in the market, Value
A B
whose primary concern is selfishness. The goal of each
enterprise is to maximize profit, which decides whether Before Implementing VA1 , VA 2 VB1 , VB 2
enterprises implement environmental protection behavior.
Based on the assumption, we establish a double game model VA1 , VA 2 VB1 , VB 2
taking two enterprises into consideration, and the payoff α AVB 2 α BVA2
matrix is as follow.
After Implementing VA 3 VB 3
Table 1. Payoff Matrix for Environment Protection Behavior
Enterprise A Implementing No Implementing
VA 4 VB 4
Enterprise B C D − VA 5 − VB 5
Implementing C V1 ,V2 V5 − L1 ,V4 − kL4
In this section, we only consider one circle of the game
No
Implementing
D V3 − kL3 ,V6 − L2 V5 ,V6 between the two enterprises: A->B and B->A. From Table 1
a. V1, V2 represent the incomes of Enterprise A and B respectively when they both and table 2, we know:
V1 = VA1 + VA 2 + α AVA1 + VA3 + VA 4 − VA5 ;
implement environmental protection behavior. V1, V2>0.
b.V3, V4 represent the incomes of Enterprise A and B respectively when the other side
V2 =V B1+VB 2 + α BVA 2 + VB 3 + VB 4 − VB 5 ;
does not implement green management. V3, V4>0.
c.V5, V6 represent the incomes of Enterprise A and B respectively when both of them
V3 = VA1 + VA 2 + α AVB 2 + VA 4 ;
don’t implement green management. V5, V6>0.
d.L1, L2 represent the losses of Enterprise A and B caused by environmental protection
V4 = VB1 + VB 2 + α BVA 2 + VB 4 ;
behavior and research on environmental protection technology when one party is
implementing while the other party is not. It is because the party implementing needs to
spend more cost, while the other party could just share the result of environmental
protection and technology innovation. L1, L2>0.
V5 = VA1 + VA 2 ; V6 = VB1 + VB 2 ;
e.L3, L4 represent the losses of Enterprise A and B caused by the negative effect of not
implementing. L3, L4> 0.
L1 = VA5 ; L2 = VB 5 ;
f. k is a discount factor, 0 ≤k ≤1, and the parameter represents the effect of social stimulus.
According to the theory of M. Levy & C. Loebbecke [4]
[5]
To get a deeper insight into enterprises’ behavioral , synergy value is relevant with the Federation negative
decision-making, we subdivide the benefits and losses of reverse impact. Though weak synergy value is not relevant
Enterprise A and B. with strong leverage value, it is accompanied by weak
On the assumption, Enterprise A has two parts of negative reverse impact, while strong synergy value is
proceeds, V A1 and VA 2 , before implementing environmental accompanied by strong negative reverse impact. Also, weak
synergy value seldom coexists with strong negative reverse
protection behavior. VA1 is the elementary proceeds, and impact, and strong leverage value seldom coexists with
VA 2 is the cost of implementing environmental protection weak Federation negative reverse impact likewise [6]. By
behavior and carrying out technology research. It is the this theory, when the new benefit is stronger than the
same with Enterprise B. The absorbency coefficients of negative impact after the game, i.e.
sharing the results of environmental protection and α AVB 2 +V A3+VA4 > VA5 for Enterprise A, the game can
technology innovation are α A (0 < α A ≤1) and α B (0 evolve into two distinct game models shown below, by
< α B ≤1) respectively. According to the Domino Effect, the comparing the difference between synergy value V A3 and
cooperative values created by implementing are V A3 and negative impact value VA5 with the negative incentive
value kL 3 .
VB 3 respectively; and due to the leverage effect brought
about with environment improvement and technology 2.2. The Game Model Analyzing
innovation, multiplier upgrading values are created, which Game 1: The difference between synergy value and
are VA 4 and VB 4 . Nevertheless, the spreading of knowledge negative incentive value is larger than the negative impact
could have a negative reverse impact on the sending party value, when VA5 − VA3 > kL3 ;
especially when the government’s incentive mechanism for Then we can get:
environmental protection and the social credit system are
not sound, and the receivers’ such as the competitors’ use of VA1 + VA 2 > VA1 + VA 2 − VA5 ;
the knowledge could undermine the sender’s advantage and With Table 1, then:
lower its original value. V3 − kL3 > V1 , V3 − kL3 > V5 − L1 ;
123 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

It means when Enterprise B chooses “implementing”, The computer simulation is based on the game, in which
the benefit of A choosing “implementing” is smaller than the enterprises make infinite repeated behavior choices for
choosing “No implementing”; when Enterprise B chooses environmental protection. The different types of strategy are
“No implementing”, the benefit of A choosing illustrated in Table 3, i.e. i is the probability of
“implementing” is also smaller than choosing “No environmental protection behavior implemented in the first
implementing”. Therefore, no matter which choices B takes, stage, i∈(0,1); p and q represent the implementing
Enterprise A will always choose “No implementing”. probability for enterprise when the opposite party does not
Likewise, the above selective processes fit Enterprise B for implement and implement, p,q∈(0,1). In the m ulti -agents
the symmetry. Consequently, this game reaches the model, there are four types of agent marked by different
equilibrium (D, D), but it is obvious that the benefit both colors. Blue, green, red and yellow, represent the All-C, Tit-
sides gain in (D, D) is smaller than in (C, C); as a result, A For-Tat, Anti-Tit-For-Tat and All-D strategy respectively.
and B will plunge into prisoner’s dilemma [7]. Because the Table3. The game strategies
incentive mechanism is not sound enough, cooperation
Strategy i p q
benefits can not compensate cooperation risks, so that the
All－C(both sharing) 1 1 1
cooperation sides will choose an escape strategy. Tit－For－Tat 1 1 0
Game 2：The difference between synergy value and Anti－Tit－For－Tat 0 0 1
negative incentive value is smaller than the negative impact All－D(both not sharing) 0 0 0
value, when VA5 − VA3 < kL3 ;
This model is an application of the theory of Complex
Then we can get: Adaptive System, in which every agent can learn from the
VA1 + VA 2 + α AVB 2 + VA3 + VA 4 − VA5 > VA1 + VA 2 ; previous stages and adjust its behavior by calculating the
adaptability of themselves and the neighbors. The high
VA1 + VA 2 > VA1 + VA 2 − VA5;
adaptability of strategy will be proceeding with the
With Table 1, V3 − kL3 < V1 ; probability of h, and the failure strategy will be proceeding
with the probability of (1-h), then the next game stage
Due to the symmetry in the game, this is also correct
continues [10] [11].
with Enterprise B, and it is called an Assurance Game.
Namely, when Enterprise B chooses “implementing”, 3.2. Numbers of Each Strategy Vs. Time
Enterprise A can get more benefit by choosing
“implementing” instead of “No implementing”; when B From Figure 1 and Figure 2, we can see that the number
chooses “No implementing”, Enterprise A will also choose of blue agents is the largest, the yellow agents follow, and
“No implementing”. From this, they both take a ride and the green & red are almost none. It means that with
continuous evolution, the All-C and All-D strategies survive,
fence attitude, as is shown (V1 ,V2 ) > (V5 ,V6 ) . We can see
while the Tit-For-Tat and anti-Tit-For-Tat strategies tend to
that Game 2 ends up with Pareto Dominant-strategy be swallowed by the optimal collective strategy, until Nash
equilibrium [8], and the ride and fence attitude can enlarge equilibrium is at last achieved (Nash, 1950). Based on the
the social value. Cooperative game will be reached step by above analysis, we can draw the followings conclusions:
step under the steer of social incentive mechanism, when
enterprises make multi-round choices of implementing in
the repeated game model.
3. Computer Simulation Based on the Infinite
Repeated Game
In reality of environmental protection, one circle of the
game between two enterprises is not always true, so that
we’d better consider the infinite repeated game model. In Figure 1. Initiation of the game Figure 2. Presentation of the game
this section, according to the theory of Complex Adaptive results
System [9], we compare strategies in different stages of the • The neighbors of the agents who choose All-C
infinite repeated game by the method of computer strategy also choose All-C strategy;
simulation. • The agents who choose All-D strategy will turn into
an isolated group, not be neighboring with the
3.1. The Introduction of the Computer Simulation agents who choose the other three strategies;
• The numbers of Tit-For-Tat and anti-Tit-For-Tat
Model
agents will both reduce to one until they have no
opponents;
124 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

• Implement the national environmental action plan

for promoting environmental protection education;
mobilize the whole society to participate in
environmental protection.
3) Improve the environmental and economic policy;
incorperate the environmental protection into
finance budget and gradually increase the input;
stengthern environmental science and technology
research.
Figure 3. The numbers of each strategy vs. Time References
From Figure 3, we can see that the All-C strategy is the [1] Gu Qiuqin., Based on Recycling Economic enterprise activities
optimal strategy for enterprises of implementing and choice, 9, 2010.
environmental protection. Although All-D is an equilibrium [2] Yan Aimin, Green Management -- the New Trend of the Chinese
strategy, its benefit value is smaller than All-C strategy’s. Enterprise Management, The Theory and Practice of Finance and
With further improvement of the social stimulus Economics, 9, 1999.
mechanism and environmental protection policy, the [3] Xu Bo,The Three Hot Issues on Recycling Economic Research
enterprises choosing betrayal of the strategy will be Producivity Research, 11, 2009.
punished by the negative stimulus of the society, thereupon [4] Levy, M., Loebbecke C., Powell, P. Knowledge Transfer and
the number of the betrayers would reduce step by step. Small Businesses, United Kingdom Association of Information
Systems (UKAIS) Conference, UK, April, 2001, pp.363-371.
4．Conclusion [5] Levy, M., Loebbecke, C., SMEs, co-opetition and knowledge
sharing: the role of information systems, European Journal of
To sum up, the environmental protection behavior of
Information Systems, 12(3,2003), pp.3-17.
enterprises based on Game Theory need to rely on self-
[6] Fudenberg, D., Game Theory, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.2002.
circulation, cooperation between counterparts and the
[7] Cox, J.C, Isaac, R.M, Mechanisms for Incentive Regulation:
government’s incentive mechanism to improve the
outcomes, to eventually achieve a win-win economic Theory and Experiment, Rand Journal of Economics, 18, Autumn
development model in which economic, environmental and 1987, pp.348-359.
social benefits are synchronously fulfilled. [8] Friedman, J., A non-cooperative equilibrium for supergames,
According to the results of the game models and Review of Economic, 38 ,1971, pp.1-12.
computer simulation, some strategies need to be developed [9] Stephan H. Haeckel, Adaptive Enterprise：Creating and Leading
in the interests of establishing a long-term environmental Sense-And-Respond Organizations, Harvard Business School
protection mechanism. Press, 1955.
1) Develope the Recycling Economy Strategy, build and [10] R. Axelrod. Effective choice in the prisoner’s dilemma. Journal of
implement the environmental target responsibility Conflict Resolution,24(1), 1980. pp.379–403.
system. [12] [11] R. Conte and E. (eds) Chattoe. Evolving Societies: the computer
• According to the requirements of circular economy, simulation of social systems. Sage, 1998.
we need to develope the index system for ecological [12] National “12 five year plan” for envionmental protection, China
civilization construction, and incorporate it into the Environmental Science Press, 2012.
local government performance appraisal.
• Strictly implement and strengthen the supervision
of law enforcement to implement environmental
protection vote.
2) Establish the government-led whole-society-
participated environmental management system,
where environmental protection departments should
be responsible for organizing the unified supervision
and coordinating administration of the relevant
departments.
• Promote the environmental protection by
government and enterprises in collaboration.
125 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Ecological Society, Recoverable Economy

and Sustainable Development
Li Qi1*, Linhai Mei2
1
Economic and Management College, ZhongKai University of agriculture and engineering, Guangzhou, China
2
Economic College, Jinan University, Jinan, China
*
qili1969@sohu.com
Abstract: Recently, sustainable development has become the common goal of all governments. Sustainable development is
highly relevant to social life, economical form, governmental policy and the social business principle. This paper discusses
sustainable development questions from the connected angle of ecological enterprise, ecology society and sustainable
development, elaborates goal and basic principles of ecology societal development. It also uses neoclassic growth model
and homogeneous linear function to describe a recoverable economy and the sustainable development. It argues that, people
should realize the sustainable, fair and coordinated development through the economical growth and the restoration of the
deteriorated ecological environment.
Keywords: ecological society; recoverable economy; sustainable development; homogeneous linear function
1. Introduction way of development and protection into a closely integrated
way (Hu Tao 1995). In 1987, the world environment and
Development is the eternal theme of human being. development commission (WCED) issued《Our common
Human yield the nature, and control the nature. Human
future》，elaborated a “sustainable development” concept
have received merciless revenge for their excessive
and connotation systematically for the first time, sustainable
exploitation from the nature.Therefore,what is development
development is described in a comprehensive, albeit rather
and how to develop become the focus of human. Human
vague manner: “Sustainable development is to meet the
cannot rely on the resilience ability and self-adjusting
needs of the present without compromising the ability of
mechanism of nature and market economy, because
future generations to meet their own needs” and pointed out
nowadays human activities range and intensity are already
to satisfy human's need and desire is the main aim of
more than the limit of nature can withstand. Human should
sustainable development, which contains economical and
acknowledge and control their behavior, create a
societal progressive change. Later, the concept of
recoverable economy according to sustainable development
sustainable development had further explanation in two
principle, change the traditional development view to a
important international files, one is “Caring for the Earth: A
scientific development concept.
strategy for Sustainable Living”, the other is “Agenda
2. Related Research Review 21”.This is the action plan adopted in the 1992 UN
conference on environment and development (Zhang
In early 1980s, some international organizations KunMin, 1997). In June 1992, in Rio De Janeiro, during the
proposed the theory of harmonious development and convening of the United Nations conference on
environment. In February 1980, the United Nations environment and development, the sustainable development
environment program (UNEP), the United Nations became people's consensus. “Sustainable development” is
development program (UNDP) and economic development an important milestone of human's farewell to the
environment policy of the World Bank pointed out that, traditional development mode and greetings to developing
economical and societal development are the root of modern civilization. Solow(1999) argued that sustainable
reducing environmental problems, economical development development was a plan to store total production ability for
and the societal goals should be to avoid environmental future generations; North(1990) believed an effective
pollutions, Pollution will reduce to the lowest extent. In systematical environment can promote implementation of
March 1980, 《 outline on the world natural resources environment policy, reduce resources consumption; John
protection 》 of natural and the international union of and Peccheniono (1992) studied the pollution Kuznets
conservation nature (IUCN) marked the formal formation of curves; Turner (1992) thought that natural resources stock
sustainable development. This report put forward the must be kept in a certain limit level, otherwise it was not a
“sustainable development’’ for the first time, specifically sustainable development path; Hamilton (1994) developed
requested government to change the present discontinious the concept of real saving.
126 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. Qi et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp126-130
The above studies focused on researches of sustainable recoverable economy. Recoverable economy advocates
development, focused discussion on longitudinal commercial ecological mode, i.e., any waste is of value for
sustainable logic progress of development, but had little other production existence, all can be recycled and reused.
involvement on the lateral intrinsic ties of enterprise, Ecological commercial growth will reduce raw material and
business society, economical growth and sustainable energy inputs, and eliminate the waste output growth. A
development. Focusing on the lateral perspective, this lasting ecological economy will not produce wastes.
article constructs the logical relationship between ecological Industrial economical fragments establish the ties of
commercial society, recoverable economy and sustainable production process and land, land and people, economical
development. The paper also puts forward the sustainable value and individual value. Under industrial society and
development goal and basic principles of ecological society resources predatory economical system, Enterprise is to
and the recoverable economy. make money. Recoverable economic is the opposite to
industrialization. In recoverable economy, Enterprise
3. Ecological Society, Recoverable Economy survival depends on the integrating capability of enterprise
and Sustainable Development production, sales and circulation system or the capability to
copy them. In the recoverable economy, enterprise and
3.1. Ecological Society
environment should be the components of a gap-free net,
Concluding from ecological perspective, the process of thus, environmental protection should not be forced by
providing the human life necessities is the process of charity, altruism and law.
depriving of earth to create life and biological power, it is In recoverable economy, Enterprises describe business
destructive consumption of a single species to sky, land, mechanism and enterprise mechanism in a clear and concise
water and animal resource. As Lester described in the commercial language, and also use biology language to
annual survey report “the state of world”: every life system calculate resources. To build a recoverable economy,
on earth is in recession. To the worse, the distribution of the enterprise must be transformed to comply with the world.
exploited exhausted natural resources is seriously uneven, The first principle of ecological enterprise is to provide
this made 20% global people in long-term starvation. products and services in a sustainable way. “Sustainable”
1.1billion population of developed countries which accounts can be defined as an ecological system with“carrying
for 1/5 of world population have consumed 82.7% of world capacity, and the capability of being described by
resources, the rest 4.5 billion people only get 17.3 % input/output model of energy and resources consumption;
resources share (Paul hawking, 2007).This resource plunder Sustainability is a kind of economic status. Under this
is mainly from enterprise. In the end of high-speed economic status, environmental needs of human and
industrialization and the initial stage of ecological era, how enterprise can be met without reducing the environment
should enterprise of ecological commercial society get carrying capacity provided for the later generation. As the
engaged in economic activities properly? According to golden rule goes: let the world be better than you originally
traditional standards, enterprise can still succeed, but the found, asking for not more than what you need, and try not
ecological and natural system will be severely disrupted to damage the life and the environment (Paul
continuously. Can the ideal goal of making money without HawKen,2007).
destroying environment be realized? Nowadays, “enterprise
is not only doing business and making money” has become 3.3. Recoverable Economy and Sustainable
a consensus, as the economic organizations, enterprise must Development
be fair to solve social and environmental problems, to create To establish the recoverable economy, such a market
benefit for human through services and inventions, and system is needed: Each deal in market will provide
enable the noble moral ethic to be the enterprise's long-term constructive feedback for the public, each consuming
survival road. Enterprises should be responsible for their behavior will not cause recession and harm, and various
societal responsibility. industries must be able to make money while protecting
3.2. Ecological Society and Recoverable Economic ecological system, otherwise the global ecological recovery
would unlikely be realized. The earliest ecological recovery
A lasting ecological society needs such a business and company can survive to nowadays, is due to the dedicated
production system, that each link has the intrinsic customers who resisted the temptation firmly and bought
sustainability and recoverability. Enterprise must unite economic, ecological products with high price. These
economic, biological and human society as a whole, open enterprises even volunteered to take other company's
up a sustainable development way. To create a new externalized cost. Under recoverable economical economy
economy based on ecological enterprise, a novel kind of system, cotton grower's price of using chemical fertilizer is
economy is required to create innovations, prosperity, higher than that being produced in a sustainable method.
meaningful work and real security while restoring Because one must pay for the pollution reduction and cost
ecological system and protecting environment, namely of destruction behavior. At this time, customer can really
127 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

trust price as an “efficiency” measure, cotton farmers will organization, organization and organization which affects
be active in implementing crops rotation, integrated pest behaviors of individual choice, credit, reputation,
management, improving soil quality, using organic fertilizer, information network, commercial channels and others all
interruptions and other measures. Market competition belong to this.
should not be a company competition on wasting resources A homogeneous production function is given:
or saving environment, but the competition in which the
 Yt = F ( K t , N t , H t , St ) = K t N t H t St 
a b c d
company can restore and protect environment to the

maximum extent. a +b +c + d =1
Economists Herman Daly thought that growth is the Suppose that a public manager (government) should
increase in number of physical dimension through materials consider the optimized problem of social welfare function
increase and assimilation to increase scale, while when making decisions. Social welfare function exists in
development refers to expand or realize the economic mind of the public management, the function forms (CRRA)
potential, and gradually achieves a more comprehensive, is as follow:
1−σ
bigger, and better condition. Therefore, development means U (C t ) =
Ct
σ ∈ [−∞,1)
1−σ
the quality improvement of wealth material entity structure,
Now introduce a dynamic model to specify a
design and composition due to a more developed technical
responsible government in decision making shouldn’t only
knowledge, and a more explicit purpose. A growing
consider the immediate interests but also the long-term
economy is an expanding economy, while a developed
interests.
economy is a better economy. Therefore, growth means
Factor β represents for time value of each period.
bigger scale, while development means providing products ∞
max ∑ β U (C ) t
and services in the long run will actually help people use , t =0
t
fewer resources and improve people's lives. Enterprise of a Ct + I + I + I t3 + I t4 = Yt

1
t t
2
recoverable economy established on the concept of product

Where K t +1 = I t + (1 − δ 1 ) K t ,
1
or service of improving people's lives fundamentally, and

providing people with products or services to improve their N t +1 = I t2 + (1 − δ 2 ) N t
development, not merely increasing the number of their H t +1 = I t3 + (1 − δ 3 ) H t
property. Development is the core of the recoverable S t +1 = I t4 + (1 − δ 4 ) S t
economy. β ( β  1) and δ i are called
the discount factor and the
loss factor, represents man-made capital depreciation,
4. Mathematical Model environmental resources consumption, knowledge aging
Harrod-Domar model emphasized economic decision and recession of social capital function respectively.
effect of capital accumulation. New classical growth theory I t1 2 3 4
, I t , I t I t represents capital investment respectively on
argued that economic growth is not only attributed to capital man-made, natural, humanity and society in the T period.
accumulation, technological progress should be much more Using Lagrange method to solve the optimized
emphasized (Solow, 1956). This theory revealed the ∞
L = ∑{β tU (Ct ) − λt [Ct +I t1 + I t2 + I t3 + I t4 − Yt ]}
endogenous technology progress was the root cause of problem: t =0
economic growth; technological progress came from

knowledge capital or human capital accumulation or take I t into the above function ，We have
∞
overflow (Romer, 1986; Lucas, 1988; Yujiro Hayami 2000). L = ∑{β tU (Ct ) − λt [Ct +K t +1 − (1 − δ 1 ) K t + N t +1 − (1 − δ 2 ) N t + H t +1 − (1 − δ 3 ) H t + S t +1 − (1 − δ 3 )S t − Yt }
t =0
With the deepening of interpretation and analysis on source
of economic growth, capital form is expanding increasingly. F.O.C.（First derivative condition）
∂L
The World Bank report divided capital into physical capital, = β tU ′(C t ) − λt = 0
∂C t (1)
human capital and natural capital (Vinod Thomas, 2000).
∂L
Coleman, Putnam (1995) and other scholars argued that = −λt + λt +1 (1 − δ 1 + F1 ) = 0
∂K t +1 (2)
there is also social capital. In the general sense, if the capital
∂L
is regarded as all material and spirit form which can make = −λt + λt +1 (1 − δ 2 + F2 ) = 0
∂N t +1 (3)
benefits in the future , then capital can be divided into four
∂L
types: (1) man-made capital (K) : the necessary machine = −λt + λt +1 (1 − δ 3 + F3 ) = 0
∂H t +1 (4)
equipment for producing products and services ; (2) natural
∂L
capital (N) : human factors endowments and survival = −λt + λt +1 (1 − δ 4 + F4 ) = 0
∂S t +1 (5)
development space given by nature ; (3) human capital (H) :
sum of mental and physical lies in human body which take①to ②:we have Euler equation:
directly relates to people's health, education and skills; (4) U ′(C t ) = βU ′(C t +1 )(1 − δ 1 + F1 ) ,
social capital (S): sum of relationship network, standard and U ′(C t ) =
1
system existing in human and human, human and Cσ ,
128 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

σ
U ′(C t )  C t +1  maintain their own interests and sacrifice others.
=  = (1 + g ) σ
U ′(C t +1 )  C t 
g=
C t +1 − C t 5. Conclusions
Where Ct represents growth rate
∴ (1 + g )σ = β ( F1 + 1 − δ1 ) To create an ever-lasting ecological society, a
Similarly, take (1)to (3)，(4)，(5)respectively, we have: sustainable development economic system is needed. In this
(1 + g ) σ = β ( F2 + 1 − δ 2 )
system, every link has the intrinsic sustainability and
recoverability. Based on the implications of economic
(1 + g ) σ = β ( F3 + 1 − δ 3 )
expansion of the above models, goals for sustainable
(1 + g ) σ = β ( F4 + 1 − δ 4 )
economic development are put forward as follows:
∂F F
F1 = =a
∂K K, 5.1. Comprehensive Development
∂F F
F2 = =b
∂N N Develop first, and develop sustainably through
∂F F economic growth. The benign economic growth needs
F3 = =c
∂H H, environment resources to support. The specific
∂F F performances are:
F4 = =d
∂S S
1) Economic growth, improved production and living
1 (1 + g ) σ
a
 F 
  = + δ 1 − 1]}a conditions and avoidance of vicious poverty cycle,
∴
{ [
K  a β
1 (1 + g ) σ
b provision of more funds for environment protection.
F
  ={ [ + δ 2 − 1]}b 2) With people's income level improving and
Similarly,  N  b β
1 (1 + g ) σ
c consciousness enhancement of environmental protection,
F
  ={ [ + δ 3 − 1]}c the urgent environmental protection demand will promote
H  c β
F 1 (1 + g ) σ
d government and society to take the corresponding political,
  ={ [ + δ 4 − 1]}d economic and legal measures to improve the environment
 
S d β
a
F  F   F  F
b c d quality. Theories and practices of scarifying environment
a + b + c + d −1
        =F =1 and health for economic development are not acceptable.
K N H  S 
(1 + g ) a (1 + g ) b (1 + g ) c (1 + g ) d 5.2. Fair Development
[ + δ 1 − 1]a [ + δ 2 − 1]b [ + δ 3 − 1]c [ + δ 4 − 1]d = a a b b c c d d
β β β β
(1 + g ) a (1 + g ) b (1 + g ) c (1 + g ) d
Fair development has three meaning: intergenerational
Set: F (g) = [ + δ 3 − 1]a [ + δ 2 − 1]b [ + δ 3 − 1]c [ + δ 4 − 1]d justice, regional fair and fair both for rights and obligations.
β β β β
F (g )
Regional development considers not only generations fair,
is drab continuous increase function in the whole but also intergenerational justice, the realization
domain, F ( g ) ≥ 0 interregional equity and regional fair; The non-exclusive
So F ( g ) = a b c d have solution, the numerical solution can
a b c d
character of development decided that no one can be
be calculated. deprived of rights of making profits, the economic growth
F F F F results should be shared among the world; Environmental
We also get the solution of K , N , H , S , protection is the common responsibility and obligation of
human being.
So K : N : H : S = ω1 : ω 2 : ω3 : ω 4 Should be a constant ratio, in
other words, F1 , F 2, F 3, F 4 are all remain the same, This is 5.3. Sustainable Development
decided by the nature of Economic and social development cannot exceed the
function F ( K t , N t , H t , S t ) = K t N t H t S t is a homogeneous
a b c d
carrying capacity of resources and environment, so as not to
production function. reduce human being's welfare eventually, balance interests
We stated the above model in economic language as of immediate and long-term.
follows: (1) Production and consumption activities of 5.4. Coordinate Development
human being should obey a best growth rate, deficit
spending and limit consumption have all rebelled against The relationship between human and nature is not
persistent principle; (2)All capital elements conquering and being conquered, asking for and being
( K , N , H , S ) should keep a harmonious proper proportion asked for, but harmonious coexistence and coordinated
( ω1 : ω 2 : ω 3 : ω 4 ), to keep the optimal growth path; (3)
development.
Based on the above targets, we should stick to the
Although environmental EKC examined the relationship
following principles:
between economic development and environment, but it
cannot be used as the basis for the strategic development. 1) Reduce resources consumption. In 21st century,
reduce 80% absolute consumption of energy and natural
Practice has proved that argument of treatment after
resources throughout the world.
pollution is largely the excuse of some interest group to
129 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

2) Create jobs without damaging resources. Provide [10] Romer, 1986, “Increasing Returns and Long-run Growth” Journal of
security, stable and meaningful work, Create new Political Economy, vol 94. no 5.
employment without increasing economic difficulties and [11] Solow，1956, “A Contribution to the Theory of Economic growth,
further resources deterioration. Quarterly”， Journal of Economics, vol 70, no 1.
3) Sustainable development is driven by motivation, [12] Solow,1999, “An Almost Practical Step Toward Sustainability”,
also through rules, moral drive and enforcement of law. Resources for the future.
4) Pay attention to market rules. Any plan to deteriorate [13] TennisL.Meadows, 1997: “Growth limit-the Roman club about
the environment, such as changing the whole market human dilemmas report”, Jilin people's Publishing House, page 12.
dynamic is not feasible. [14] The world environmental and development committee, 1997:
5) Restore the deteriorated habitat and ecological system, 《Our Common Future》, Ji lin people's Publishing House.
keep sustainable development. Resources left on earth are
[15] The world bank, 2004: 《 Chinese national economy memo: to
limited, any possible economic programs should extended
promote fair economic growth》, Qinghua university press.
resources using period, and commit to restore the damaged
[16] Thomas J.Sargent, Recursive Macroeconomic Theory, Second edition,
and deteriorated environment system.
the MIT Press.
6) Live within one's means. Sustainable development
[17] Turner,1992, Municipal Solid Waste Management, an Economic
society survives in the range of resources and energy natural
growth cycle. We should redesign industry, living and Perspective, the Treatment of Wastes, Chapman and Hall, London.
transportation system, make resources human used come [18] Vinod Thomas, 2000: The Quality of Growth. Chinese financial and
from the earth and return to the earth. economic publishing house.
7) Simple and happy, strive to have good results. [19] Yujiro Hayami, 2000，Development—from the Poverty to the Weath
Sustainable development cannot be realized only by of Nations, Oxford University Press.
government, enterprises and environmental groups, [20] Zhang KunMin, 1997.INTRODUCTION TO SUSTAINABLE
accumulation of billions active participant's efforts are DEVELOPMENT.BeiJing .Chinese environmental science
needed. Creating good wish is a virgin power which exists press.page24.
both in society, enterprises and in the person's potential.
References
[1] Coleman,Putnam 1988, Social Capital in the Creation of Human
a) Capital, American Journal of Sociology, vol 94.
[2] Hamilton,1994，Green Adjustment to GDP, Resources Policy,
a) (3).
[3] HawKen, P.business ecology:The Ecology of Commerce: a
declaration of sustainability. Translated by Xia Shan-Chen, etc.
Shanghai: Shanghai translation publishing house. 2007.8. page9-48.
[4] International union of conservation of nature (IUCN), in 1980:《The
world conservation program》contained in Hu -Tao etc., in 1995:
《China's sustainable development research,—from concept to
action》, Chinese environmental science press, page15-18 .
[5] IUCN, in 1991:《Caring for the Earth: A strategy for Sustainable
a) Living》;Agenda 21 contained in ZhangKunMin, 1997: 《the
sustainable development theory》, China environmental science
b) press, page25-26.
[6] John and Peccheniono.1992, An Overlapping Generations
a) Model of Growth and the Environment. Department of
Economics, Michigan State University. Press
[7] Lucas, 1988, “On the Mechanics of Economic Development”,
Journal of Monetary Economics, vol 22.
[8] North, 1990 ， Institution, Institutional Change and Economic
Performance. New York, Cambridge University Press.
[9] Putnam, 1995, “Bowling Alone: America‘s Decline Social Capital”,
Journal of Democracy, vol.6, no.1.
130 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Research on Social Responsibility of Our

Country’s Mining Enterprises in the
Harmonious Society
Zhou Jinsheng*, Wang Pu
China University of Geosciences, Beijing, Beijing, China
*
Lanhu777@126.com
Abstract: In mining industry dominated areas, mining enterprises not only make a significant contribution to local econom-
ic development but also have an important influence on the ecological environment and resources. Mining enterprises have
become the main force of building harmonious society9, therefore mining companies should bear the social responsibility.
In the perspective of the enterprise and society, this article puts forward the theory and content of mining enterprises’ social
responsibility by combining the theory in the field of enterprises’ social responsibility. Study has shown that: the mining
enterprises’ social responsibility has common features like the general enterprises’ social responsibility; meanwhile it has its
own unique characteristics.
Keywords: mining enterprises; social responsibility; stakeholders; harmonious society
1. Introduction the economic and social development. Therefore it is essen-
tial for mining enterprises to fulfill their social responsibili-
China's national economy has entered the middle stage of ties so as to maintain the sustainable development of the
industrialization in 21st century. During this period, the min- enterprises and society. At present, the studies on mining
ing industry regarding natural resources as the main object of companies’ social responsibility are still incomplete. This
labor is both the supply side and processing side of energy essay replenishes existing theory and devotes academic in-
and raw materials. Therefore it is playing an increasingly novation of enterprises’ social responsibility theory. Mean-
important role in national economic development. Economic while it also contributes practical significance so to better
and social development is inseparable from the utilization of fulfill their social responsibility.
mineral resources and the ecological environment. At
present stage, more than 95% of energy, 80% of industrial 2. The Concepts, Theories and Features of
raw materials and 70% of agricultural production are from Mining Enterprises’ Social Responsibility
the mineral resources. Thus, mining industry undertaking the
mission to maintain the people's livelihood is an important Mining enterprises: The enterprises’ growth relies on the
basis for human’s survival, economic construction and social consumption of mineral by taking possession of the mineral
development. and processing it subsequently. They use the mineral natural
In recent years, mining enterprises continue to grow. resource in the region as far as possible.
However, a series of serious social problems began to high- By definition, mining enterprises have the following fea-
light such as the waste of resources, increasing environmen- tures: (1) Mineral resources are the main source of sustaina-
tal pollution, the vicious and frequent accidents, inadequate ble competitive; (2) The endowment of natural resources
protection of the employees and local residents’ interests. plays a key role; (3) The process of mining production leads
These problems not only affect the image of the mining en- to the destruction and pollution of natural resources; (4) The
terprises, but also reduce their competitiveness and con- production environment is generally serious and dangerous.
straints their sustainable development. Therefore, the mining Corporate social responsibility: corporate social respon-
companies should put more emphasis on its social impact sibility (corporate social responsibility, CSR) refers that
while pursuing economic interests. Enterprises affected by a while the enterprises create profits and bear shareholders’
variety of markets and social impact link the relationship Liability, they have to be responsible for the employees,
between stakeholders. So they should bear more social re- consumers, society and environment. Corporate social re-
sponsibility of energy conservation, safety, environmental sponsibility emphasizes the value of human and stresses
protection and protection of human rights in order to achieve contribution to consumers, environment, and society. It is
the production of market economy. Corporate social respon-
131 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

J. S. Zhou et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp131-136
sibility is divided into two categories: basic responsibility 3.1. The General Content of Mining Enterprises’
and superior responsibility. The basic responsibilities in- Social Responsibility
clude economic and legal responsibilities; superior respon-
sibilities include ethical responsibility and charitable re- (1) Economic responsibility: It includes shareholders
sponsibility and investors’ responsibility. Shareholders and investors are
Stakeholders: Stakeholders interact with enterprises and the important stakeholders. Mining enterprises’ economic
invest capital (physical capital, technological capital, social responsibility is consistent with general companies.
capital) in business. They can be divided into three catego- (2) Customer Responsibility: Customers are the reci-
ries: (1) The defined benefits. They have influence and ur- pients and users of enterprises’ goods. They are also impor-
gency; including shareholders, employees and customers. (2) tant stakeholders. Mining enterprises’ customers responsi-
The expected benefits. They are close to the enterprises and bility is to provide customers with mineral goods of safety,
have two of the three properties, including typical investors, high quality, reasonable price and perfect service.
employees, government departments and members of socie- (3) Responsibility for the mining area: Responsibility
ty. (3) The potential stakeholders who have only one of for the mining area is that the mining enterprises should be
three properties above. responsible for the communities and the residents of the
Mining enterprises’ social responsibility: Enterprises communities. Mining enterprises can not shirk their respon-
give the socially desirable response voluntarily. It reflects sibility for local economic development, urban planning,
the unity of rights and obligations (responsibility), effec- transportation construction, culture, education, sanitation
tiveness and public interest, egoism and altruism, target and and public utilities. Mining enterprises’ responsibility for
means in the enterprises’ growth. It is people-oriented, the communities includes that they should consciously build
comprehensive, and sustainable. However, mining enter- a good and harmonious relationship with mining areas.
prises’ social responsibility has their peculiarities. They are They should safeguard mining cities’ interests, participate to
mainly reflected in three aspects: Firstly, the resources and construct local economy and protect the environment. En-
the environment, rights and obligations (liability) lose bal- terprises’ participation in local construction to fulfill the
ance seriously. Since the mining environment is severely duties of "social citizenship" will contribute to social har-
damaged. The recovery requires big investment, long cycle, mony, progress and development
high-level technology. The enterprises are responsible for (4) Responsibility for social welfare and the public ser-
the environmental protection, tailings remediation and eco- vices: Mining enterprises have profitability. They should
logical restoration. Secondly, among stakeholders, owing to return to the communities, actively involved in charitable
the mineral rights, the influence of the government is activities and take responsibility for the charity events. This
enormous. The operating environment is so risky, bitter, social responsibility is the same as the general business,
dirty and tiring that employee’s safety is at risk. The majori- including contributions to nursing homes, the poor and the
ty of mining areas locate in poor areas and ethnic minority sick, promoting employment of the disable, caring vulnera-
inhabited areas. Develop ing the local economy and promot- ble groups, providing educational institutions with scholar-
ing national unity is arduous. Thirdly, the boundary of min- ships and organizing public welfare activities. This is enter-
ing enterprises’ social responsibility is special. Since most prises’ traditional social responsibility and is also typical
of the mining areas are in the remote mountainous areas, moral responsibility. This should be a voluntary act.
there is no modern town that can be relied on. The pheno- 3.2. Mining Enterprises’ Special Social Responsi-
menon that mining enterprises have too much power is bilities
widespread. Therefore, the boundary between business and
government are more blurred. (1) Special responsibility for vulnerable groups of the
staff: Mining enterprises’ special responsibility for the pro-
3. Social Responsibility of Mining Enterprises duction line workers lies in its production of particularity:
The production line workers are of relatively low cultural
The core of the stakeholders’ view is that the enterprises
level, legal awareness and rights awareness. Most people
link their stakeholders through a variety of explicit contracts
have heavy family responsibilities and cherish job oppor-
and implicit contracts that help to regulate the responsibili-
tunities more. Fear of losing jobs, they don’t dare to express
ties and obligations of stakeholders and unbalance the resi-
dissatisfaction of low wages, poor working conditions,
dual claim and residual rights of control between the owner
overtime, occupational disease.
of enterprise physical capital and human capital owner.
(2) Special responsibility for security of national energy
Thus they create wealth for their stakeholders and society.
and resources: Mining products are often of strategic impor-
tance. The yield and production methods should adapt to the
requirements of the national strategy. This responsibility
132 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

includes the exploration, protection and conservation of As mining enterprises are engaged in mining of under-
mineral resources. The conservation responsibility also in- ground mineral resources, environment disruption of the
cludes improving the recovery rate and utilization of miner- exploration area is an inevitable side effect. Exploitation
al resources. will do great harm to land, air, and water resources. A table
(3) Special responsibility for ecological environment has been created in which main manifestations of environ-
and consumption of resources: Mining enterprises’ produc- ment damage caused by mining enterprises are enumerated.
tion activities inevitably affect natural environment. They Table 1. Main Types and Manifestations of Environment Damage
bring more serious damages to the environment and re- Caused by Mining Enterprises
sources compared to other types of enterprises. Main Manifestation
(4) Special responsibility of safe production: Mining en- Types
terprises have this special responsibility because the produc- Environ- atmospheric pollution caused by exhaust gas emission;
tion activities are of high-risk. mental
the three wastes (waste gas; waste water; industrial resi-
Pollution
4. The Existing Problem and Reason Analysis due) poison rivers, lakes, underground water, soil and
in Social Responsibility Fulfillment of Min- plant, etc.
ing Enterprises Geologic surface collapse, landslide, mud avalanche, soil erosion,
Hazard
desertification of land, ground fracturing, water bursting
The status of social responsibility of our country has two
in mine, gas explosion, roof fall, spontaneous combustion
features: first, social responsibility defect; second, social
responsibility overload. of coal, etc.
Overload of social responsibility has become a common Resource The natural and human landscape have been destroyed by
failing of state owned enterprises under the planned eco- Damage
coal mining; solid wastes occupy land resources and
nomic system. Mining enterprises are no exception as im- destroy the plant; surface collapse caused by underground
portant resource and energy enterprises of our country. With
excavation; waste discharge pollutes underground water
the reform of state-owned enterprises in the market direc-
resources; mineral resources exploitation disturbs water;
tion, the state-owned enterprises have gradually got rid of
the burden. The phenomenon of overload of social respon- surface mining does damage to plant and landform.
sibility is still pervasive in mining enterprises due to histori- Information Source: Domestic Mining Circulation Economy.http: //www.steellw.com.
cal reasons. Social responsibility defect refers to severe re- 3. The rights of employees in mining enterprises are not
sponsibility deficiency in mining enterprises according to fully protected. In some of the mining enterprises, ineffi-
modern corporate social responsibility standard. According ciency of social welfare system is harmful to the interest of
to the definement of social responsibilities of mining enter- the employees. And safety production can not be guaranteed.
prises, which is mentioned in the previous paragraphs, min- Some small mining enterprises make little safety investment.
ing enterprises also have to take responsibility for stock- In other words, mining enterprises can not ensure the per-
holders, the employees and the industry chain within the sonal safety of the employees. The production of mining
enterprise; they also have to take responsibility for the min- enterprises has huge hidden danger. Mining workers take
ing area and society at large. So mining enterprises' defi- high risks in resource excavation. Dangerous working con-
ciency of social responsibility mainly lies in two aspects: ditions pose a serious threat to the workers' life and health.
deficiency of responsibility for its employees internally and Production safety accidents of mining enterprises due to
deficiency of responsibility for social and natural environ- inefficiency of social responsibility could have been pre-
ment externally. vented. Taking coal enterprises, which account for more
1. Subjectively, mining enterprises lack awareness of than half of mining enterprises as an example, mine acci-
corporate social responsibility. Some of the business man- dents are more frequent.
agers have no sense of social responsibility, especially man- Table 2. A Comparison of Output Figures of Coal-mine
agers of small and medium-sized enterprises. This demon- Production of China and America
strates that corporate social responsibility does not gain China America
adequate attention and publicity in mining enterprises.
Coal Output Figures 1956 million tons 1.2 billion
2. The consciousness of environment protection of min-
ing enterprises has uneven degrees. It can be seen that some The Number of Em- 6 million one hundred thou-
large mining enterprises make larger investment in resource ployees in Mining
sand
Industry
and environment protection than most of small and medium- The Number of 6027 27
sized mining enterprises. And resources development of Deaths in Mine Ac-
small and medium-sized enterprises is not very reasonable. cidents
133 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

The Death Toll per 3/megaton 0.03/megaton

Megaton
The Per capita An- 321tons 14591tons
nual Output Value
Sources of Data: Northern Economy: The Fifth Issue in 2005
4. Mining Industry Association haven't been paying

much attention to corporate social responsibility evaluation.
Not many minging enterprises of our countries have passed
the accreditation of social responsibility certification sys-
tems such as environmental management system, the main
reason of which is the inefficiency of corporate social re-
sponsibility evaluation system within the industry.
5. There is corrupt practice of bureaucratic opportunism
in administrative management system: poor management
and co-operation of different branches, with each depart-
ment acting on its own; disputes over trifles; managers shuf-
fle responsibility onto others; they keep silent about what is
disadvantageous to them while attaching importance to
what is advantageous to them. There are phenomena of pu- Fig 1 Nature and Dynamic Mechanism of Social Responsibility
nishment replacing law enforcement in administrative en- of Mining Enterprises
forcement of environmental and labor law. They have made
great efforts in creating income, but at the expense of envi- 5.1. Government Should Play the Role of Rule-
ronment, resources and long term interests. making and Supervising
6. Mining enterprises is negligent in carrying out their The government should play the role of making compe-
duties as the facilitator of social and economic development tition rules and supervising fair competition in the fulfill-
and the protector of ecological environment in the mining ment of social responsibility of mining enterprises, not fa-
area. Mining industry is a pillar industry for economic de- voring either side especially at the expense of the interests
velopment of mining cities. Even if in the transformational of the other side in case that social responsibility of mining
period, in mining cities, mining enterprises plays an indis- enterprises would become a mere formality.
pensable role in economic development. The transformation
of mining cities is a gradual process. In the transformational 5.1.1. Law-Based Control of Fulfillment of Social Re-
process, mining cities should maintain prosperity, boosting sponsibility of Mining Enterprises
attractiveness to other industries. As mining enterprise is the Mining enterprises do not have strong sense of social re-
mainstay of mining cities, the accomplishment of these pur- sponsibility and thus do not fully fulfill their social respon-
poses usually requires corresponding contribution from sibility, as China is in the period of social and economic
mining enterprises. transition. So the government should put construction of
5. Countermeasures and Suggestions for Im- social responsibility of mining enterprises on a legal basis.
Control of fulfillment of social responsibility of foreign
provement of Fulfillment of Mining Enter- enterprises based on traditional environment law, natural
prises' Social Responsibility resources law has justify social responsibility of mining
At the macroscopic level, the definition, nature, and dy- enterprises, providing a firm legal guarantee for implemen-
namical mechanism of social responsibility of mining en- tation of social responsibility. First of all, the government
terprises are influenced by politics, economy, culture, socie- should set up a platform for competition between stakehold-
ty, historical tradition. And mining enterprises in turn influ- ers by establishing social responsibility system of mining
ence politics, economy, culture, society, historical tradition. enterprises. Second, we should put the construction of cor-
At the microscopic level, there is interaction between power porate social responsibility on a legal basis so that the nega-
of influence of stakeholders and nature of social responsibil- tive effects of direct intervention by the government can be
ity of mining enterprises: whether they should undertake avoided. The fulfillment of social responsibility of mining
social responsibility and what kind of social responsibility enterprises is a legal behavior. Mining enterprises should
they should undertake. Besides, organization form, institu- strictly observe labor protection law, production safety law,
tions and property right structure of mining enterprises also environmental protection law and natural resources law in
influence social responsibility of mining enterprises. As is the process of production and operation, on the basis of
shown in Fig 1:
134 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

which they create profits and make a contribution to the 5.3. To Satisfy the Practical Needs of Focus Group
construction of socialist harmonious society. and Stakeholders
5.1.2. Supervision of the Implementation of Corporate When the chosen public welfare undertaking also rece-
Social Responsibility ives the care and attention of the focus group and the stake-
The current status of social responsibility of mining en- holders, their support will finally realize its potential. Inter-
terprises of our country indicates that the relationship be- nally, mining enterprises should attach the most importance
tween mining enterprises and society is not perfect. The to the working and living conditions and the psychological
ultimate engine of social responsibility of mining enterpris- demands of the employees. Externally, every link on the
es is the relationship between enterprises and society and industry chain and the interests of people of the mining area
the government plays the role of representing the public are under special protection of mining enterprises, which is
interest and social public administration, so a reasonable important to the successful achievement of operation target
relationship should be established among mining enterprises, of mining enterprises.
society and the government in terms of social responsibility 5.4. To Establish a Perfect Social Responsibility
of mining enterprises so as to establish a restraint and su- Evaluation Mechanism of Mining Enterprises
pervisory mechanism of social responsibility of mining en-
terprises. The establishment of a restraint and supervisory For lack of a perfect and efficient social responsibility
mechanism of social responsibility of mining enterprises evaluation mechanism, mining enterprises of our country is
should be on the governmental basis. The government stress-free from effective implementation of social respon-
should increase the intensity of law enforcement. Through sibility. Mining enterprises care nothing about their social
administrative intervention and economic regulation and responsibility, focusing on the pursuit of maximized materi-
control, the government should guide and supervise the ful- al interests.
fillment of social responsibility of mining enterprises. 5.4.1. To Establish Social Responsibility Accounting Sys-
5.2. Establish a Perfect Self-discipline System of tem of Mining Enterprises
Social Responsibility of Mining Enterprises Social responsibility accounting refers to measurement
and report of the influence of the operation of enterprises on
5.2.1. Improve the Corporate Governance Mechanism society at large through green accounting, by way of which
Design of management structure of mining enterprises the stakeholders of the enterprises supervise and evaluate
should not only be aimed at realizing interests of enterprises the fulfillment of social responsibility.
and stockholders, but also consider the fulfillment of social 5.4.2. To Improve Information Disclosure System of
responsibility of mining enterprises. Mining enterprises Corporate Social Responsibility of Mining Enter-
should fulfill their social responsibility in making decisions prises
for the good of the employees and the mining areas. First of
First of all, deepen the understanding of the problem of
all, the establishment of the board of directors and board of
information disclosure of social responsibility. Second, ac-
supervisors is the reflection of corporate responsibility in
celerate the pace of research of the problem of information
corporate governance structure. Second, there is an impor-
disclosure of social responsibility of mining enterprises and
tant relationship between the fulfillment of social responsi-
reasonably specify the contents of information disclosure.
bility of mining enterprises and the independent director
system. 5.5. Support for Social Activities from Mining En-
5.2.2. The Improvement of Internal Moral Regulatory
terprises
Mechanism Non-governmental organizations and public institutions
To establish a perfect moral regulatory mechanism with- seeking assistance from mining enterprises should give full
in the enterprise is the main way of moral regulation of en- play to their advantages and take corresponding strategies in
terprises. First of all, introduce corporate social responsibili- order to seek support from mining enterprises. These organ-
ty ethics systematically. Second, establish corporate ethical izations and institutions should make a list of the themes
decision-making mechanism. Third, improve corporate concerned of the public welfare undertakings they have ever
moral training mechanism. been engaged in and make a deeper research into the inter-
est and experience of mining enterprises in terms of support
of social activities, trying their best to meet the operation
requirements of mining enterprises and cooperating with
135 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

mining enterprises to do corresponding logistical and pub-

licity work well to achieve win-win.
5.6. Mining Enterprises Should Take an Active
Participation in Local Economic Construction
and Development
Mining enterprises pursue profits, and at the meanwhile
they should also help the residents get rid of poverty, pro-
mote economic growth of mining area, care for vulnerable
groups and solve the problem of employment. These are all
effective measures for mining enterprises to help promote
harmonious construction of mining area. Good social eco-
nomic environment will help mining enterprises expand the
local market, create a more highly skilled workforce, and
enhance the image and reputation of enterprises. As long as
mining enterprises seek development approach suitable for
the development of local economy based on their competi-
tive advantages and take active participation in solving dif-
ficulties that confront the mining areas so as to achieve
harmony between mining enterprise and mining areas, min-
ing enterprises will finally finish the transition from con-
struction of social responsibility under the guidance of pub-
lic interest to construction of social responsibility under the
guidance of value maximization for enterprises and society.
References
[1] Zhang Jinxia, Bai Shixiu，Based on the sustainable development of
mining enterprises social responsibility research [J] ， China
Mining，2009.1(18)：22—24.
[2] Chao Lumeng ， Resource type enterprise social responsibility
research - Taking Inner Mongolia enterprises as an example [D]，
Master Dissertation of Inner Mongolia University，2010.5.25。
[3] Gao shan ， Hou hua ， Resource enterprise social responsibility
construction [J]，Northern economy and trade，2006(5)：11—13.
[4] Li Yanlong ， On the mining enterprise society responsibility
theoretical approaches [J]，China Mining， 2011.8(11)：29—31.
[5] Ji Haitao，From the perspective of stakeholders resources based on
corporate social responsibility， Doctoral Dissertation of Liaoning
University，2010.6。
[6] Niu song ： On the western corporate social responsibility
development path and experience ， Journal of Anhui University
(Philosophy and Social Sciences Edition)，2011(3)：152—156.
136 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The Functions Analyses and Development

Trends of the Shanghai Cooperation
Organization
Geping Wang
College of Economics, Zhejiang University, Hangzhou, China
wangeping@163.com
Abstract: The political and military functions of the Shanghai Cooperation Organization could be explored sufficiently.
When the central Asia area was not stable, the SCO became the important power which maintained area stability, and had
increasing influence on the politics and economy of Middle East. The members of the SCO affiliated with each other more
and more. The Shanghai Cooperation Organization may make the best use of the distinct advantage of member countries,
carry out economic collaboration and competition, and more cultural interactions. The regional integration will be enlarged
and deepened at different levels, have larger scale and advantage. The Shanghai Cooperation Organization which has mani-
fold functions will exert the power of government, enterprises and individuals fully, effectively, implement economic col-
laboration and competition through multinational trades and investments, and explore new ways of evolving integration.
Keywords: shanghai cooperation organization; function; integration; free trade area
1. Introduction verely”, “non-traditional security threats”, narcotics produc-
tion and traffic, arms smuggling and illegal immigration, etc.
Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO) is a regional
urged the SCO reinforce safety cooperation. Jiwu Yin and
integration organization constituted by China, Russia, Ka-
Ye Tian (2007) believed, within nowadays international
zakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan and Uzbekistan together.
community of sovereignty nation systems, politics and se-
At the beginning of its establishment, political meaning of
curity areas were the most sensitive areas. China and Russia
the SCO was explicit, some concepts, pacts and agreements
are all seeking for national security and sovereignty integri-
were formed. For the aims of combating terrorism, separat-
ty, but the two countries and other neighbors are short of
ism and extremism, the member countries have staged sev-
realistic base of forming formal military alliance. In the
eral joint military maneuvers in succession to answer the
framework of SCO the members respond to the non-
terrorism activities in this area, and fight against violent
traditional security threats together, deal with international
conflicts and turbulence. With the successive different le-
issues. This is accord with reality, as well as easy to put into
vels’ conferences held every year the SCO increased its
practice.
force, members didn’t only enhance political affiliation, but
Zhuangzhi Sun and Ning Zhang (2011) analyzed
also augmented economic collaboration. Under the condi-
achievements and prospects of economic cooperation of
tion of fast development of Chinese economy, the trade
SCO. Ting Li and Yuxin Li (2011), Yong Xia, Qinghong
turnover with neighbor countries increases continually, eco-
Zhang and Zhiqiang Wang (2009) studied agricultural
nomic collaboration increases, and collaboration modes are
products trades between China and five countries in Central
more formal, normative, contents are more extensive.
Asia respectively. Pan Guang (2011) proposed the main
There is a great deal of research literature on the devel-
ways to further economy and security cooperation in the
opment and change of the SCO, the contents focus on safety
SCO, for instance, the fundamental obstacles still existed
cooperation, economy intercourse, and so on, for example,
for economic cooperation, misunderstanding and suspicion
Dragana Mitrović (2009) argued that the definitions and
remained the psychological obstacle for furthering coopera-
understandings about the causes and essence of terrorism
tion, disagreement on the issue of new member’s admission
phenomena placed the SCO, United States and the North
remained an institutional obstacle, inadequate cohesiveness
Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) on the opposite posi-
inside the organization remained a structural obstacle. So
tions. Guang Pan (2011) analysed the status of terror and
eliminating obstacles and building up consensus are the
violence activities of Afghanistan, Pakistan, “spreading
tasks of economic cooperation. There are affluent oil and
effects created by the turbulence of Middle East continue to
natural gas resources in central Asia, energy collaboration
ferment, test the stability of the central Asia countries se-
137 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

G.P. Wang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp137-142
modes of member countries are different, corresponding ern areas come from the Xinjiang independence force main-
institutions can be set up to manage such issues. ly. East Turkestan terrorists have relations with the interna-
SCO has carried out political communion and collabora- tional terrorism force, make several terror raids in Xinjiang
tion, real achievements are few, for example, Ye Zhang and Province, so China government has to adopt countermea-
Fangming Qin (2009) mentioned, “the fruits achieved by sures aiming at the separatism of this area.
the SCO are concept formation, framework and layout, co- Although the members of SCO face different problems,
operation modes mainly, not the final fruits”. Because safe- the basic trends are all development. Because of adjacent
ty threats still exist, the economic intercourse of the member boundaries among the countries, some problems emerged
countries still needs to be deepened, it is natural that politi- need to be solved together, such as terror violence activities,
cal function of the SCO doesn’t work fully. Only through riots. The formation of friendly relationship between China
the members’ endeavor, there is more common ground on and central Asia countries, and military cooperation lay
ideology, values, cultures, regimes and other aspects, com- foundations for curbing such terrorism, nation separatism
prehensive economic cooperation can be unfolded, the polit- activities. After the disaggregation of Soviet Union domes-
ical, military, economic and cultural functions can be ex- tic situations of central Asia countries are not stable, they
erted fully and sufficiently, and high level integration or- need many international aid and support. Although China
ganization can be formed. may give support for some aspects, keep the stability of the
In the situation of international crises, nations and re- border areas, the complexity of the central Asia area makes
gions turbulence, the SCO members collaboration isn’t im- it become an area suffered serious transnational crimes. The
plemented deeply, as Dragana Mitrović (2009) deemed that neighboring countries must face up to these issues, seek for
the SCO could neither take real action to eliminate the bi- solutions. At the beginning of establishment of SCO to
furcations on the history, culture, ideology, religion, safety maintain regional security has been paid more attention to,
and other aspects among the members, nor balance the force safety collaboration is developed based on the equality and
of United States and those regional powers that grew up day mutual benefit. In January 2004 the regional anti-terrorism
by day for this region. These are objective matters that need institution was set up formally, so the cooperation of fight-
to be treated by the correlative countries carefully. All the ing against terror violence threats of SCO is becoming for-
nations should acknowledge the bifurcations, at the same mal, the military function of SCO becomes more outstand-
time, unify the policies, aims and action, recognize the or- ing.
ganization’s functions clearly, boost the high efficiency and As the observer country of the SCO, Afghanistan gained
high level development of the organization. Now the func- more attention recently. Because of war the amounts of drug
tions of the SCO will be analysed firstly, then the possible planting and selling are huge, “In recent years, the opium
development trends of different functions will be proposed, production in Afghanistan has increased more than 40 times,
the last is conclusions. accounting for 90% of the global output” (M. Konarovskiy,
2011). Illegal drug transaction and international organized
2. The Functions Analyses of the SCO
crimes influenced central Asia countries and Russia heavily,
2.1. The Function of SCO’s Maintaining Regional the amounts of drugs (heroin) sell and consumption increase.
Security The SCO and United Nations (UN) are all aware of the se-
riousness of this issue, propose solutions. Efficient and flex-
After the disaggregation of Soviet Union China tried to
ible mechanisms need to be improved.
maintain the peace and safety of the border area, subscribed
To set up suitable institutions will help to solve the re-
military mutually-trusted treaties on the border area with
lated affairs efficiently, reasonably. The systematic regula-
Russia, Kazakstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan in the 1990’s.
tions made by the institutions should be legal, compliant
Not only will good-neighborliness and friendly cooperation
and have some flexibility. The government has advantage of
of correlative countries be maintained, military threats not
high efficiency when it deals with national security affairs,
be progressed mutually, but also common ground on treat-
has also the problems of lower transparency, bureaucratism.
ing international terrorism, separatism and so on exist, the-
The SCO can adopt advanced management, accept organi-
reafter a series of military maneuvers are carried through,
zation members and public supervision.
national defense and safety cooperation are enhanced.
The situation of Middle East is not stable, some politics, 2.2. The Political Significance of the SCO
safety problems, such as arms smuggling, illegal immigra-
The cultures, traditions of central Asia countries are dif-
tion etc. of central Asia neighbors emerge. In April 2010
ferent, dominant cultures in this region are Russian culture,
political unrests and mass turmoil took place in Kyrgyzstan,
Turkish culture, Islamic culture and Chinese culture, prima-
led to a great number of casualties, reflected unstable status
ry religions are the Eastern Orthodox Churches, Roman
of this area. Recent years the safety threats to Chinese west-
Catholic Church, Protestant churches, Judaism, Buddhism,
138 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Shamanism and so on. Central Asia countries have exten- economic and trade exchanges in a peaceful and friendly
sive contact with the Eastern countries, and have relations environment.
with the Western countries also, for example, the existing The development course of regional integration shows
international organizations in this region include Collective that only the political cooperation is hollow, the close eco-
Security Treaty Organization of Commonwealth of Inde- nomic ties and cultural exchanges of different countries are
pendent States (CIS), the “Peace Partnership Plan” of North necessary. Whereas the deep development of these aspects
Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO), the Central Asia can’t rely on the government, needs the enterprises and in-
Peacekeeping Camp, the Eurasian Economic Community, dividuals have the enthusiasm and motivation to promote
the Turks Meeting with Heads of States etc., accounting for business relations, conflation of different civilizations and
the contact universality of central Asia regions with other cultures as the main bodies of the markets. The dispersed
countries, where are one of the objectives scrabbled for by main bodies of markets usually have efficiency within the
different forces. The political and economic status of central organization, but the whole market can’t operate uniformly,
Asia countries shows obvious difference. To attain high efficiently, government’s policies have the role of guidance.
consistency within the SCO needs continuous effort yet. When the regional integration develops to a high level, the
United States tries to enlarge its influence on the central policies integration of different governments is necessary,
Asia. The military forces in Afghanistan exhibit attention of such as the monetary financial policy. At present, SCO may
the US and Europe to the terrorist forces in this region, as carry out partial policies integration on the trade and in-
well as have relations with the strategic interests of devel- vestment, such as custom rules, commodity inspection and
oped countries in central Asia and Middle East. The balance electronic business facilitation measures and so on, so as the
foreign policy of the central Asia countries makes it diffi- trades and investments among countries can be developed
cult that China and even Russia broaden impact in this re- smoothly.
gion, makes the SCO to be short of substantial progress in a
2.3. The Economic Function of the SCO
long period. Russia has many traditional relations with the
central Asia countries, is urging regional economic integra- The formed legal documents of SCO show that econom-
tion recently; comparatively, China lacks advantage in this ic function of current organization is not obvious, this is
aspect. Through the mechanism of the SCO, keeping in relevant to the regional situation instability, traditional con-
touch with the central Asia countries, strengthening the tact weakness. The future development will give priority to
communication, and making necessary military cooperation the economic collaboration and competition. The main dif-
are the important tasks and aims of China in this region. Of ficulties are that economic development of each country is
course, the declarations, joint communiques, regulations different, economic system and goals are not consistent,
and rules issued by the SCO are not entirely diplomatic lan- countries have competition except the cooperation, have the
guage. The concepts, purposes and regulations formed by interest conflicts. Table 1 is comprehensive data of SCO
SCO lay the foundation for the further development of the members in 2010, table 2 is resources situation of SCO
organization’s functions, lay the foundation for developing members in 2009.
Table 1 Comprehensive Data of SCO Members in 2010

Population (Person) GDP (Dollar) GDP per Capita Life Expectancy
(Dollar) (Year)
China 1338299512 5926612009750 4428 73
Russia 141750000 1479819314058 10440 69
Kazakhstan 16316050 149058911551 9136 68
Kyrgyzstan 5365167 4616164825 860 69
Tajikistan 6878637 5640410959 820 67
Uzbekistan 28160361 38981605338 1384 68
Source: World Bank Website

GDP, Gross Domestic Product
139 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Table 2 Resources Situation of SCO Members in 2009 tions among countries, political collaboration becomes dee-
Unit: 1000 Hectares per; at the same time, all sorts of functions change dynami-
Land Arable Forest Land cally, when the international status is intense, members
Area Land Area Water have conflicts or terrorism actions, the function of safety
China 932748.95 109999 204097.26 27251.1 collaboration is striking; when the regional situation bal-
Russia 1637687 121750 809030 72137 ances, international environment is peaceful and friendly,
Kazakhstan 269970 23400 3314.6 2520 the functions of economy, politics and social culture are
Kyrgyzstan 19180 1276 936.9 814.9 outstanding.
Tajikistan 13996 742 410 259
3.1. Peace and Friendship, Policy Coordination and
Uzbekistan 42540 4301 3279.4 2200
Multicultural Coexistence
Source: Website of the Food and Agriculture Organization of
the United Nations The aim, “mutual trust and good-neighborliness and
friendly cooperation” regulated at the beginning of SCO’s
Data in table 1 illuminate the economic gross amounts establishment, comes true in essence, bilateral trades in-
of SCO members have great discrepancy, the economic crease steadily. The political unrests of Kyrgyzstan took
development degrees are different; table 2 shows that the place in 2010. SCO had paid more attention to this affair in
resources situation of members is different also. Russia and time, Kyrgyzstan’s situation was under control soon. The
China all belong to countries with great land areas, Ka- current international environment is beneficial to the bila-
zakhstan has few slightly, the land areas and water re- teral or multilateral relations of peace, mutual benefit.
sources of Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan and Uzbekistan are fewer. Central Asia countries are in the economic transition pe-
Associated with the large scale of economy domestic in- riod, economic growth is fast. In the process of develop-
come disparities are huge usually, richness and poverty are ment these countries should strengthen policy coordination,
not uniform, these phenomena in China are outstanding hence the business and trade are more convenient, free, free
recently; but associated with the large scale of economy the flow of capital, technology, personnel will be promoted.
pattern that industrial structure is comprehensive, agricul- Because the policy coordination level of the SCO is low
ture, industry and military industries develop comprehen- comparatively, differences still exist in many policies. It’s
sively also exists, thus large economies such as China and also essential to unite the recognition to international terror-
Russia are competitive in the organization. ist forces now. The joint military exercises of SCO mem-
Continuous growth of Chinese economy is not only bers strengthen the contacts, obtain more common know-
beneficial to the improvement of living standard of domes- ledge to terrorism, military threats, impel joint actions
tic people, but also beneficial to the economic development adopted when the international affairs emerge. The policy
of neighboring countries. Central Asia countries in the coordination dominated by the governments is efficient,
transformation period obtain positive influence from stable uniform generally, may be highly transparent. In the future
development of China, have carried out some economic SCO needs more policy coordination in many policies to
collaboration mutually, such as energy, agriculture, business promote economic development.
and trade, give future economic cooperation and competi- As the international organization among countries, the
tion certain foundation. Certainly mutual benefit and colla- policy coordination of SCO and other organizations or
boration of economy are often affected by the regional situ- countries has different cases. The First is policy coordina-
ation. When the security situation of central Asia is under tion of the SCO and the United Nations. Pan Guang (2011)
intense pressure, economic cooperation will be hindered; believed, “If a SCO member experienced deterioration of
when central Asia region develops safely, steadily, the eco- internal unrest, while no other members would like to be
nomic collaboration of members will be unfolded fully, the involved unilaterally, in this case, the intervention of the
economy and trade relations will be closer. UN could be a viable alternative.” “In case of contingencies,
3. The Development of the SCO’s Functions the UN could authorize SCO members to undertake the
emergency missions in the scope of the Organization.” For
Development course of SCO exhibits that defense secu- the major issues, it is necessary to establish unimpeded pol-
rity cooperation and political cooperation are the main con- icy coordination and communication mechanisms between
tents early, the fruits in the economy are not striking, and the SCO and UN; the second is policy coordination among
the trade of China and members appears unstable. The fu- the SCO members, can be divided into two categories, feas-
ture development of SCO will continue to have different ible policy coordination at present, such as equality and
functions. These functions are complementary. Regional mutual trust in politics, friendly collaboration or trade, in-
safety benefits the economic growth, economic growth will vestment facilitation and so on, and policy coordination
solve some safety problems, promote the friendly unity rela- exerted in the future; the third is policy coordination of the
140 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

SCO and other countries, which have close relations with Many scholars hold the positive and optimistic attitude to
SCO mainly, such as neighbors, dialogue partners etc.. SCO carrying out in-depth economic cooperation. There is a
Every level meeting of SCO is the main body that establish- great deal of literature on the regional economic integration,
es and improves policy coordination mechanism. for example, Soyoung Kim, Jong-Wha Lee and Cyn-Young
Due to distinct culture and tradition of different coun- Park (2011) studied the economic development of emerging
tries formed in the history, the communication of China East Asia countries and China, compared them with G7
with central Asia countries and Russia still needs to be (Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, United Kingdom
strengthened, perfected, different religions customs, histori- and the United States), illuminated the economic interde-
cal traditions need to be respected, the existing friendly rela- pendence of different economy groups increased, mutual
tionship of Russia and central Asia countries to be respected influence through trades, financial linkages was also ob-
also, multicultural coexistence principles need to be insisted vious. Yun Seop Hwang, Jun Song and Soo Eun Kim (2011)
on when the history of all countries is treated, to promote researched the vertical specialization of China, Japan and
regional prosperity and stability, to impel economic inter- Korea. Through the allocation of the global production
course of China and central Asia countries. Economic and chain in the different countries the trade of three countries
cultural exchange, communication carriers are usually en- all increased. Vertical specialization of some industries was
terprises, individuals, thus scale economy effect of the gov- very obvious, for example, capital intensive industries.
ernment organization can’t be exerted sufficiently in general. Kamal Saggi and Halis Murat Yildiz (2011) mainly studied
The microeconomic main body, such as enterprises and the function of Free Trade Agreements when countries were
individuals, need have strong capability and competitive- either relatively symmetric or asymmetry.
ness, can carry on transnational economic activities, have Current viewpoints on the Free Trade Area of SCO are
certain international competitiveness. not same. There are four perspectives probably in view:
strengthening energy collaboration, promoting agricultural
3.2. Insist on National Security Cooperation, Strive
products trades, carrying out financial cooperation and col-
for the Consistency of Military Cooperation’s
laboration in the small areas. In the light of previous expe-
Targets
rience of economic intercourse among countries, these
Tension in Middle East and internal unrests of partial points of view have noticed advantages of different coun-
central Asia countries require China and other members of tries, have strong feasibility. In the process of pushing
the SCO still pay close attention to national security prob- SCO’s Free Trade Area completion, different strategies
lems recently, in particular reinforce the military collabora- need to be adopted according to various countries’ national
tion, exchange the news, seek consistency of military coop- condition. Table 3 is the average imports and exports
eration’s objectives. Because some countries’ opposition growth rates of China and other SCO members from 2001
forces in homeland have relations with overseas organiza- to 2010. Data show that gross growth rates are big compara-
tions, domestic politics contacts with foreign countries. All tively, reveal cohesiveness and function of the SCO.
countries need to deal with these problems properly, strive
to solve the international terrorism threats peacefully. Table 3 Average Imports and Exports Growth Rates of Chi-
It is unique that military security function is integrated na and Other SCO Members from 2001 to 2010
into the organization among all kinds of international organ- Average Average Average
izations. Members oppose the terrorism, separatism and Growth Rate Growth Rate Growth Rate
extremism based on the same principles, simultaneously, of Total Im- of Total Ex- of Total Im-
ports and ports ports
continue economic constructing, according to the interna-
Exports
tional situation and national security requirement adjust
Russia 23.76% 35.64% 16.98%
policy orientation and emphases, attend the national econo-
Kazakhstan 33.14% 42.60% 30.91%
my development, as well as have military self-defense and
Kyrgyzstan 52.71% 60.89% 7.50%
counterattack ability always, respond to the international
Tajikistan 74.65% 91.05% 96.93%
disputes, unrests, wars and even disasters in time. For a very
Uzbekistan 53.69% 45.60% 122.50%
long time, military security function is unavoidable to many
Source: Website of National Bureau of Statistics of China
governments. Russia and China have stronger military force,
may bear more defense security functions. The SCO member countries have shown mixed econom-
3.3. The Realization of the SCO Free Trade Area ic data, the highest value of average GDP from 2001 to
2010 is China, $3025.4 billion, the highest value country of
Since the establishment of the SCO, it faces doubt about average GDP growth rate is Kazakstan, 24.4%; the highest
future development, whether maintains the current political, of average GDP per capita is Russia, $6374.6, the highest of
military functions, or develops economic cooperation.
141 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

average GDP per capita growth rate is Kazakstan, 23.3%; [2] Ting Li, Yuxin Li. “Analysis on Trade Complementarity of Agricul-
other members except China have better performance in the tural Products between China and Five Countries in Middle Asia”.
foreign investment inflows, the growth rates of FDI inflows Journal of International Trade. No. 1, 2011. pp 53-62.
are all above 40%. Although China has more gross foreign [3] [Serbia] Dragana Mitrović. “The Shanghai Cooperation Organization:
investments comparatively, the average growth rate from Aims and Scope of New Asian Security and Economic Structures”.
2001 to 2010 is only 22.4%. These data illustrate China has International Forum. Jan. 2009. Vol. 11, No. 1. pp 7-11, 79.
comparatively close economic relations with members of [4] Guang Pan. “The Current Economic Security Situation of Central
SCO, differences exist in common. Asia and Its Influence on the Shanghai Cooperation Organization”. In-
To benefit stable and healthy development of economics ternational Studies. No. 6, 2011. pp 61-68.
and trade ties of member countries, each country can pro- [5] Zhuangzhi Sun, Ning Zhang. “The Economic Cooperation of the
mote economic cooperation from ease to difficulty, for ex- Shanghai Cooperation Organization: Achievements and Prospects”.
ample, impel the trade and investment facilitation, adopt International Review. No. 3, 2011. pp 10-16.
uniform rules on the customs rules, inspection and quaran- [6] Jiwu Yin, Ye Tian. “The System Choice of the Shanghai Cooperation
tine standards, cross-border settlement and so on, collabo- Organization — A Sort of Transaction Cost Analysis”. International
rate closely and make the capital, personnel flows in order, Politics Quarterly. No. 2, 2007. pp 135-149.
normatively; strengthen the infrastructure construction re- [7] Ye Zhang, Fangming Qin. “On the Route of Shanghai Cooperation
lated with the members, such as railway, airport and electric Organization Free Trade Zone”. Journal of Xinjiang University (Phi-
power, communication facilities, provide good conditions losophy, Humanities & Social Sciences). Nov. 2009. Vol. 37, No. 6.
for the enterprises’ investments and cross-border trades; pp 95-98.
carry on timely and appropriate financial services, strive for [8] Yong Xia, Qinghong Zhang, Zhiqiang Wang. “On the Trade Potential
using domestic currency valuation and settlement in the of Agricultural Products between China and the Five Countries in
trades and investments activities, try to make the interna- Middle Asia under Framework of the Shanghai Cooperation Organi-
tional financial services meet demands of trades and in- zation”. Finance & Economic of Xinjiang. No. 6, 2009. pp 56-60.
vestments; encourage border trades, develop frontier port [9] Xiao Zhang. “Central Asia Situation and Development Trend of the
cooperation, under the condition of solid foundation for Shanghai Cooperation Organization”. International Review. No.5,
bilateral economic cooperation carry out in-depth and com- 2010. pp 12-16.
prehensive cooperation; when the countries are in the suita- [10] Soyoung Kim, Jong-Wha Lee and Cyn-Young Park. “Emerging Asia:
ble conditions education resources can be exchanged or Decoupling or Recoupling”. The World Economy, 2011. pp 23-53.
interact, to help each member’s talents potential be ex- [11] Kamal Saggi and Halis Murat Yildiz. “Bilateral Trade Agreements
ploited. and the Feasibility of Multilateral Free Trade”. Review of Internation-
al Economics, 19(2), 2011. pp 356-373.
4. Conclusions [12] Yun Seop Hwang, Jun Song, Soo Eun Kim. “Vertical Specialization
Since establishment the Shanghai Cooperation Organi- and Trade Growth in Northeast Asia”. China & World Economy. Vol.
zation has been prominent in developing its political and 19, No. 2, 2011. pp 109-126.
military functions. Above analyses show that this organiza- [13] Pan Guang. “Current Economic and Security Situation in Central Asia
tion is a multifunctional regional integration organization, and Its Impacts on the Shanghai Cooperation Organization”. China In-
its military security, political, economic functions develop ternational Studies. Nov. /Dec. 2011. pp 54-68
together. The development direction of SCO is to explore [14] M. Konarovskiy. “SCO’s Dilemma in Tackling Afghan Drug Traf-
and develop each function effectively, deeply. From this ficking and Its Options”. China International Studies. Sep. /Oct. 2011.
point of view, SCO still has wide development space. When pp 178-185.
the condition permits, economic, cultural exchange and co-
operation can reach a higher level, establishment of SCO
free trade area is strived for, central Asia countries develop-
ing steadily is promoted contribution to the regional pros-
perity and peace is made.
References
[1] Zhixiong Gao, Ying Wang. “Empirical Analysis on Economic and
Trade Cooperation Prospect between China and Kazakhstan: Interna-
tional Comparison of Trade and Investment”. Journal of International
Trade. No. 3, 2011. pp 52-60.
142 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Proceedings of International Conference on Social Science and Environmental
Protection (SSEP)
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Estimation of Efficiency of Soil Vapor

Extraction in Unsaturated Zone
Aili Yang1*, Guohe Huang2, Xiaosheng Qin3, Yurui Fan4
P P P P P P P P
1, 2
MOE Key Laboratory of Regional Energy Systems Optimization, S-C Resource and Environmental Research Academy, North China
Electric Power University, Beijing 102206, China
3
School of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Nanyang Technological University, 50 Nanyang Avenue, Singapore 639798, Singapore
4
Faculty of Engineering, University of Regina, Regina, Saskatchewan, Canada S4S 0A2
*
guohhuang@gmail.com
Abstract: The remediation efficiency of soil vapor extraction (SVE) is evaluated in terms of removal rate and remediation
cost at a petroleum-contaminated site in western Canada. The results illustrate that: (1) the removal rate of the vapor phase
hydrocarbon is approximately 10.04 L/day; (2) the hydrocarbon removal rate by biodegradation is 2.64 L/day; (3) and the
operation cost of SVE (20,000 $/yr) may be one third of that for dual phase vacuum extraction (DPVE) (64,000 $/yr).
Generally, the results show that SVE is an efficient and cost-effective remediation technology for contamination in the
unsaturated zone.
Keywords: soil vapor extraction; vocs; petroleum contamination
1. Introduction SVE can vaporize the VOCs of contaminants; on the other
hand, it can increase the subsurface oxygen content to
Leakage and spill of petroleum wastes from a variety of accelerate the biodegradation of contaminants by
facilities have caused significant impacts on groundwater microorganisms in the local soil [4].
and soil system. Many countries are suffering from The objective of this study aims to assess SVE for
petroleum contamination. In the U.S., approximate 250,000 remediation of a petroleum-contaminated aquifer located in
underground storage tanks (UST) fail tightness testing and western Canada in consideration of both cost and efficiency.
may be leaking [1]. The associations between exposure to The rest of this paper is organized as: case study, results
petroleum and cancer-related diseases of workers in the analysis, discussions, and conclusions.
chemical industries and oil refineries have been widely
reported [2]. Therefore, petroleum leakage, if not properly 2. Case Study
controlled, would present an unaccepted risk to potential
receptors. Effective remediation of contaminated soil and The site is located approximately 30 km northwest of Swift
groundwater is needed. Current, Saskatchewan, Canada. An underground storage
Previously, many remediation approaches (i.e. pump tank (UST) was found leaking in 1996. The groundwater
and treat, bioremediation, and soil vapor extraction) were table was measured about 10 m below the surface, and the
applied to the petroleum contaminated sites. However, average depth to contamination was estimated about 8 m.
pump and treat might require significant costs for The soil inside has been contaminated by natural gas
continuous pumping and extraction; while bioremediation condensate and its constituents. It was estimated that 60,000
would not be an instantaneous process, which required time liters of free phase naphtha were leaked and 6,000 cubic
to develop appropriate environmental conditions and grow a meters of soil were contaminated, which required
microbial remediation practices to mitigate risk impacts of
Population. Meanwhile, none of these two methods contamination. During 1997 to 1999, a manual excavation
could successfully cleanup volatile organic compounds program was conducted. However, in July 1999, BTEX
(VOCs) in the unsaturated zone. Soil vapor extraction levels were still much higher than SERM portable water
(SVE), involving drawing or injecting of air through vadose quality standards. A Dual Phase Vacuum Extraction (DPVE)
soil region, is an emerging remediation technology for program was initiated in 2000 and a new DPVE system was
removal of VOCs [3]. SVE is both cheap and effective installed in 2001 which was enhanced through pneumatic
when compared with other treatment methods. On one hand, fracturing and nutrient injection. As the hydrocarbon
recovery rates diminished to zero, the DPVE system was
143 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

A. L. Yang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp143-145
decommissioned in 2004. The SVE system was 1400
Volume of offgas (L)

commissioned in 2008 and continued for situ remediation 1200
due to reappearance of hydrocarbons in the site. The SVE 1000
800
system was connected to five wells. The detailed location of 600
monitoring and operation wells is presented in Fig. 1 400
According to the related report from Stantec Consulting Ltd. 200
[5], the SVE system was capable of pumping a maximum 0
0
0.9
27.2
34.3
34.4
53.3
53.4
54.3
57.4
84.4
85.3
95
95.1
95.2
118.9
119.1
145.9
159.2
184.5
214.5
airflow rate of 140 cubic feet per minute. The exhaust
vapors from SVE system were vented through a 51 mm (2
Time elapsed (days)
inch) diameter exhaust pipe.
Vapor total hydrocarbons removed
Figure 2. Vapor phase hydrocarbon removed in subsurface.
Fig. 3 shows the hydrocarbon removal by biodegradation

vs. time. According to the stoichiometric method [6], the
estimated average hydrocarbon removal rate in 2009 is 2.64
L per day and the estimated cumulative volume of
hydrocarbon removal by biodegradation is approximately
354 L. The volume of the removed contaminant also
demonstrates a sharp increasing trend.
400
Volume of offgas (L)
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
0
0.9
95
27.2
34.3
34.4
53.3
53.4
54.3
57.4
84.4
85.3
95.1
95.2
118.9
119.1
145.9
159.2
184.5
214.5
Figure 1. The study domain (according to the report from
Stantec Consulting Ltd. [5]). Time elapsed (days)
Biodegradation total hydrocarbobs removed

3. Results Analysis and Discussions
Figure 3. Biodegradation total hydrocarbons removed in
Generally, the SVE system operated for 130 days with
approximately 1,600 L of hydrocarbons recovered in the subsurface.
vapor and biodegradation phases. The majority of the
According to the estimated results from TransGas
hydrocarbons recovered were in the vapor phase. The
Company, the operation cost of SVE (20,000 $/yr) would be
detailed hydrocarbon recovery is shown in Figures 2 and 3.
about one third of the overall DPVE operation cost (64,000
Fig. 2 presents the total vapor hydrocarbons removal vs.
$/yr). Therefore, SVE is a cost-effective technique for
elapsed time of SVE system. It demonstrates that the
removing VOCs from subsurface. However, Ho and Udell
removal rate of the vapor phase hydrocarbon is
[7] proposed that the mass removal of VOCs by SVE
approximately 10.04 L per day. It also illustrates that the
systems would become significantly slow with the increase
removal rate is very slow in the early operation stage, as the
of operation time, leading to inefficient recovery of the
vapor removal rate depends on the contaminant’s volatility
remaining mass of VOC in later stages of operation. So, it is
and its sorptive capacity onto the soil. Moreover, desorption
desired to predict the time to stop SVE remediation before
and vaporization of VOCs in the contaminants are
the initiation of more cost-effective remediation approaches.
time-consuming processes. As time goes, the volume of the
removed vapor phase hydrocarbon would present a sharp 4. Conclusions
increase.
In this paper, the SVE remediation efficiency was evaluated
in terms of removal rate and remediation cost at a
petroleum-contaminated site in western Canada. The results
showed that SVE was an efficient and cost-effective
144 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

A. L. Yang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp143-145
technique for unsaturated zone remediation. However, two

problems still need to be paid attention to in future studies:
(1) how to increase hydrocarbon recovery rates; and (2)
how to predict closure time of SVE operation in case of
tailing.
References
[1] T. A. Pederscn, and J. T. Curtis, “Soil Vapor Extraction Technology:
Reference Handbook,” Report No. EPA/540/2-91/O03, Risk
Reduction Engineering Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH 1991.
[2] R. A. Rinsky, R. J. Young, A. B. Smith, “Leukemia in benzene
workers,” American Journal of Industrial Medicine, 1981, 2: 217-45.
[3] R. A. Rinsky, A. B. Smith, R. Horning, “Benzene and leukemia: an
epidemiologic risk assessment,” The New England Journal of
Medicine, 1987, 316:1044-1050.
[4] B. C. Kirtland, C. M. Aelion, “Petroleum mass removal from low
permeability sediment using air spargingrsoil vapor extraction:
impact of continuous or pulsed operation,” Journal of Contaminant
Hydrology, 2000, 41:367-383.
[5] Stantec Consulting Ltd. “A summary of the 2009 in situ remediation
activities at the TransGas Field Scrubber,” Regina, SK, pp 19, 2009.
[6] H. S. Rafai, C. J. Newell, J. R. Gonzales, S. Dendrou, B. Dendrou, L.
Kennedy, J. T. Wilson, “BIOPLUME III Natural Attenuation
Decision Support System User’s Manual Version 1.0.” United States
Environmental Protection Agency, EPA/600/R-98/010, Washington
DC, pp 295, 1998.
[7] C. K. Ho, and K. S. Udell, “An experimental investigation of air
venting of volatile liquid hydrocarbon mixtures from homogeneous
and heterogeneous porous media,” Journal of Contaminant
Hydrology, 1992, 11: 291-316.
145 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Environmental Worldview Dimensions Related

to the Pro-Environment Risk or Behavior---A
Meta-Analysis
Wen Xue1, Donald W. Hine2, Eniar B. Thorsteinsson3
1, 2, 3
University of New England, Armidale, Australia
1
wxue@une.edu.au
Abstract: This meta-analysis study examined the relationship between environmental worldview and environmental risks
or pro-environmental behaviors. The average pooled effect sizes from 12 studies of more than 5000 participants revealed
significant differences between the facets in both old and new NEP scales towards their relationship to different environ-
mental risks and pro-environmental behaviors. Moderator analysis supported that the approach of only re-porting the total
score of the whole scale without examining the dimensionality is problematic.
Keywords: worldviews; risk; pro-environmental behavior
1. Introduction radigm (NEP) (Dunlap 1978/2000) 1 ; Stern and Dietz’s
(1994) Environmental Values Index, and Thompson and
Although the many people acknowledge that global cli- Barton’s (1994) Anthropocentrism/Ecocentrism/Apathy
mate change is occurring and that human behavior is partial- model. Of these three, the NEP is the most common one
ly responsible, most of them do little of substance to reduce (Knight, 2007). The NEP aims to measure an individual’s
the threat(Gifford, 2011; Reser, 2011). By the end of the worldview beliefs about humans’ relationship with nature
1980s, the Chinese government professed concern for the (Amburgey & Thoman, 2011) . In the most recent version of
environment, resulting in gradual improvements in the en- the scale, the set of 15 items were designed to tap each of the
forcement of environmental policy (Jahiel.A.R., 1997). five hypothesized facets they are: the reality of limits to
Since the beginning of the 20th century, the Chinese people growth, anti-anthropocentrism, the fragility of nature’s bal-
have confronted with a series of environmental disasters and ance, rejection of exemptionalism and the possibility of an
incidents(She, 2012). This has resulted in increased interest ecocrisis (Dunlap, Van Liere, & Jones, 2000) (see Table 1).
in environmental issues within the country, although this It has been demonstrated that the environmental
increase in interest does not appear to be associated with a worldviews that prevail in our societies should be better un-
corresponding increase in pro-environmental behavior. derstood as a relevant part of the ‘circumstances under which
Traditional research of individual’s pro-environmental individuals and groups make decisions and enact behaviors
behavior is usually involved with variables such as the role that affect levels of resource consumption and environmental
of worldview, people’s emotional affection, and risk percep- pollution (Stokols, 1995, p.828)’
tions. Due to the different political systems, personal values,
cultural backgrounds, and the effect of religion, people with 1.2. Risk Perception
different worldviews are likely to have a huge number of Risk perception is the subjective judgment that people
differences in their pro-environmental risk perceptions and make about the characteristics and severity of a risk. Cur-
behaviors. rently, our understandings of risk perception have come
1.1. Environmental Worldviews from geography, sociology, political science, and also psy-
chology. As the conception of risk perception was once pro-
According to Dake(1991,1992), worldviews can be de- posed, it has been applied in many fields, such as: gambling,
fined as generalized attitudes toward the world and its social health care and climate change, to identify people’s differ-
organization. They are “ orienting dispositions”, that guide ence in risky options and behaviors.
people’s responses in complex situations (Peter, 1996).A
review of the literature shows that three main measures have 1. The New Environmental Paradigm Scale: the original scale was intro-
been utilized to assess environmental worldviews: Dunlap duced by Dulap in 1978, with12 items.The New Ecological Paradigm
and Van Liere’s (1978) New Ecological/Environmental Pa- Scale: the new 15-item version was introduced by Dulap in 1990, based
on the revision of the original scale.
146 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

W. Xue et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp146-151
coefficient between each worldview dimension in NEP (e.g.,

Table 1. The New Environmental/Ecological Paradigm Scale the limits to growth, the balance of nature, the exemptional-
Original NEP scale Revised NEP scale
ism and eco-crisis), and risk perception/pro-environmental
behavior (e.g., Cordano, 2003; Roberts, 1997; Sjöberg,
New Environmental Paradigm New Ecological Paradigm 2003). Studies will be excluded if they only provide only a
12 items 15 items total score on the NEP scale, and no scores for any of the
3 facets 5 facets
Introduced in 1978 Introduced in 2000 sub-dimensions. Finally, 12 studies in total were included in
the meta-analysis. See Table 2 for a summary of included
studies.
1.3. Objectives of the Present Meta-Analysis
2.3. Coding
Although the reliability and validity of both original and
revised NEP Scales as a general approach of measuring en- Studies in the analysis will be coded by the basic infor-
vironmental attitude are well-established, the dimensionality mation: year of publication, type of measure or methodology
of the original (three facets) and revised (five facets) NEP (e.g., NEP with 12 items of 3 dimensions or 15 items of 5
Scale has generated substantial debate (Bechtel, 1999; Haw- dimensions), article source (e.g., journal article, book chap-
croft, 2010). For example, it is found in the Mexican sample ter), the effect size of each worldviews dimension, and also:
that two of the three dimensions of original NEP scale, ‘na- 2.4. Sample Type
ture of balance’ and ‘limits to growth’, were moderately cor-
related, but these two did not correlate significantly with the Sample size and the categories of samples, such as the
‘human over nature’. However, a large number of recent different countries and cultures they come from, whether
studies, especially those using the revised NEP scale, typi- they are students or common residents.
cally follow the recommendation of Dunlap et al. (2000) to 2.5. Moderator Coding
sum up all items into a single measure of ecological
worldview, even though more than one factor was found in Effect sizes were coded by one potential primary mod-
these studies (e.g.,Casey, 2006; Schultz, Shriver, Tabanico, erator: studies were classified based on the environmental
& Khazian, 2004). Other studies routinely report Cronbach’s issue they assessed, that is, which exact risk or pro-
alpha for the total scale without examining dimensionality environmental behavior it investigated.
using factor analysis (Berenguer, Corraliza, & Martín, 2005; 2.6. Statistical Analysis
Castro & Lima, 2001; Poortinga, Steg, & Vlek, 2004). How-
ever, this approach seems problematic (Wisemana & Bogner, Meta-analysis: There are many different types of effect
2003) given that when predicting specific pro-environmental size (ES) measures, each suited to different research situa-
behavior, such as recycling and green traveling, different tions. In this study, the Pearson correlation coefficient will
dimensions might play different roles (Ebreo, Hershey, & be used to examine the relationship between risk perception,
Vining, 1999; Knight, 2007; Luo, 2008; Marshall, 2005). At environmentally significant behavior and worldviews di-
present, a meta-analysis of the NEP scale has been published mensions. Homogeneity of effect sizes will be analysed us-
(Hawcroft, 2010). However, only the mean score and the ing the Q statistic (Hedges & Olkin, 1985). Moderation ana-
Cronbach’s alpha of the NEP scale but not each part dimen- lyses will involve an analog to ANOVA in which pooled
sion is discussed, group effect sizes for a categorical variable are tested for
homogeneity of variance within groups and also for signifi-
2. Method cant differences in effect sizes between groups (Lipsey &
2.1. Literature Search Wilson, 2001).
The PsycINFO database will be searched for addressing 3. Results

measures of New Environmental/Ecological Paradigm re- An initial omnibus analysis indicated that effect sizes
lated to risk perception or environmental significant behavior. were heterogeneous. Consequently we used a random effects
The search terms will include: New Environmen- model for all analyses, which generates relatively conserva-
tal/Ecological Paradigm, risk/threat/fear, environment or tive estimates (Lipsey& Wilson, 2001). The omnibus analy-
ecological, attitude/concern/view, and disaster. sis revealed an overall weighted effect size of ‘balance of
2.2. Inclusion Criteria nature’ is 0.25, ‘Anti-anthropocentrism’ is 0.26, the ‘limits
to growth’ is 0.17, and the eco-crisis is 0.23 (see Table 3).
For inclusion in the analysis, a study must have reported According to Cohen’s (1988), the pooled effect sizes less
or provided sufficient information to compute a correlation than 0.25 indicate a small relationship between the NEP di-
147 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

mension and environmental risk or pro-environmental beha- Different from the dimensions ‘the balance of the nature’
vior, while more than 0.25 indicate a medium one. All of the and ‘Anti-anthropocentrism’, studies focused on general
pooled effect sizes are significantly different from zero, environmental risk and pro-environmental behavior yielded
p<0.001. a very weak pooled effect size (r=0.04), which indicates the
dimension ‘the limits to growth’ may not be relevant to
The Balance of the Nature
people’s general thoughts towards our environment. Howev-
The relationship of dimension ‘ the balance of the nature’ er, compared with that, this factor shows statistically signifi-
to environmantal risk or pro-environmental behavior was cant relation (r= 0.36) to some categories of specific pro-
examined in 13 effect sizes of 10 studies with 5164 partici- environmental behaviro, such as recycling and subtle topics.
pants, and effect sizes ranges from 0.13 to 0.52 (see Figure
Eco-crisis
1). Those suggested individuals who have a high score in
this dimension may prefer a higher likelihood to engage en- There are only 4 effect sizes of ‘eco-crisis’ to were found
vironmentally risky avoiding and pro-environmental beha- in this study with 1436 participants. The pooled effect size is
vior. The pooled effect showed heterogeneity of variance (Q small to moderate in size (r = 0.23). Studies reporting this
=55.05, p <0.001), suggesting the presence of one or more dimension and also ‘the rejection of exemptionalism’ are
moderators. The effects of the moderator analysis proved to very few, because these two dimensions are added in the
be statistically significant (Table 4). Studies fouced on both new NEP scale. Moreover, some researchers just consider
specefic (e.g. consuming and recycling) and general pro- these two dimensions as the Special case of ‘the balance of
environmental behavior yielded a stronger pooled effect size the nature’, and ‘human over the nature’.
(r >0.30), which are larger than the one related to individu- 4. Conclusion
al’s attitude of general environmental problem(r =0.15). Worldviews are central to many of the theories used to
Anti-Anthropocentrism (Human over the Nature) explain people’s risk taking and avoiding in pro-
environmental behaviors, however, the existing measure-
The relationship of ‘anti-anthropocentrism’ to environments of worldviews still have limitation and need to be im-
mental risk and behavior was examined in 14 effect sizes of proved. Although after the NEP scale once introduced by
11 studies and effect sizes ranging from 0.01 to 0.48 with Dunlap, more than hundred studies use it to measure partici-
5883 participants (see Figure 2). The pooled effect size is pants’ environmental worldviews, but seldom suspected the
0.264, which demonstrates this dimension is the most signif- disadvantages of it. This meta-analysis revealed significant
icantly relevant to environmental risk perception and beha- differences between the facets in both old and new NEP
vior in the NEP scale. scales for their relationship to different pro-environmental
The pooled effect showed heterogeneity of variance behavior. Moderator analyses supported that the approach of
(Q=227.36, p < .001), suggesting the presence of moderators. only reporting the total score of the whole scale without ex-
The effects of the moderator analysis have been shown in amining the dimensionality is problematic. Consequently,
table 5. Effect sizes related to general environmental risk and items in dimension such as ‘the limits of growth’ may need
pro-environmental behavior yielded a small to moderate to be revised or deleted in research of only exploring indi-
pooled effect size (r=0.22), meanwhile, to some categories vidual’s general attitude towards environment, given that the
of specific pro-environmental behavior, such as recycling effect size of this dimension almost goes to zero, while to a
and subtle topics, it also yielded a quite similar pooled effect study focus on subtle or recycling research, this dimension
size(r= 0.20). However, this dimension has a very high rela- should be involved in more than other dimension.
tion towards people’s attitude for scientific technology,
which can be indicated in Knight’s study (2007) (see table 2).
The Limits to Growth
The relationship of ‘the limits to growth’ to environmen-
tal risk and behavior was examined in 11 effect sizes of 10
studies and effect sizes ranging from approximate 0 to about
0.40 with 4651 participants (see Figure 3). The pooled effect
size is only small to moderate in size (r = 0.17), indicating
this dimension is not so significantly relevant to environ-
mental issues as the other dimensions in the NEP scale. The Figure 1. Balance of nature
pooled effect showed heterogeneity of variance (Q=110.31,
p < 0.001), suggesting the presence of moderators. The ef-
fects of the moderator analysis have been shown in table 6.
148 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Table 2. Key characteristics of studies
Author N Group Ecological aspect Dimensio Measure R SE

n name ment
Arcury (1990) 680 American General knowledge Balance 12-item 0.24 0.004
680 General knowledge Limits Human 0.27 0.006
680 General knowledge 0.27 0.008
Cordano et al (2003) 149 American Pro-environmental Balance 0.34 0.010
Deng et al (2006) 157 Canadians Pro-environmental Anti 15-item 0.37 0.018

177 Chinese Pro-environmental Anti .021 0.016
177 Chinese Pro-environmental Balance .027 0.009
157 Canadians Pro-environmental Balance 0.32 0.012
157 Canadians Pro-environmental Eco 0.26 0.014
177 Chinese Pro-environmental Eco 0.29 0.013
157 Canadians Pro-environmental Limits 0.05 0.014
177 Chinese Pro-environmental Limits 0.07 0.015
Luo & Deng(2008) 335 Chinese Visit Park Eco 15-item 0.03 0.009
335 Visit Park Human 0.01 0.012
335 Visit Park Limits 0.04 0.009
Ebreo(1999) 355 American Kind to nature Balance 12-item 0.25 0.006
355 Kind to nature Limits 0.36 0.009
355 Kind to nature Human 0.19 0.011
Furman 418 Turkish Eco problem Balance 12-item 0.14 0.006

(1998) 419 Environment Balance 0.13 0.006
395 Eco problem Human 0.16 0.010
396 Environment Human 0.11 0.010
404 Eco problem Limits 0.00 0.008
404 Environment Limits 0.00 0.008
Knight (2007) 358 American Plant biotechnology Anti 4-item 0.48 0.011
312 Animal biotechnology Anti 0.74 0.012
358 Plant biotechnology Balance 0.18 0.006
312 Animal biotechnology Balance 0.18 0.007
Nooney (2003) 579 American Pro-environmental behavior Human 12-item 0.19 0.008
Roberts & Bacon 605 the U. S. Consumer behavior Balance 12-item 0.32 0.004
(1997) 605 consumer Consumer behavior Human 0.25 0.008
605 Consumer behavior Limits 0.32 0.007
Shetzer 237 Canadian students Business environment Balance 12-item 0.52 0.008
(1989) 237 Business environment Human 0.22 0.014
237 Business environment Limits 0.20 0.011
Sjöberg (2011) 797 Swedish residents Degradation Anti 15-item 0.16 0.007
797 Degradation Balance 0.16 0.004
797 Degradation Eco 0.32 0.005
797 Degradation Limits 0.06 0.006
797 Degradation Reject 0.10 0.001
Vining & 500 American consequence Balance 12-item 0.31 0.005
Ebreo(1992) 500 residents consequence Human Limits 0.14 0.009
500 consequence 0.40 0.008
Reference [6] Castro, P., & Lima, M. L. (2001). Old and New Ideas about the
Environment and Science: An Exploratory Study. Environment and
[1] Amburgey, J. W., & Thoman, D. B. (2011). Dimensionality of the Behavior, 33(3), 400-423. doi: 10.1177/00139160121973052
New Ecological Paradigm: Issues of Factor Structure and [7] Cordano, M., Welcomer, S. A. & Scherer, R. F. . (2003). An
Measurement. Environment and Behavior, 44(2), 235-256. doi: Analysis of the Predictive Validity of the New Ecological Paradigm
10.1177/0013916511402064 Scale. The Journal of Environmental Education, 34(3), 22-28.
[2] Bechtel, R. B., Verdugo,V.C. (1999). Environmental Belief [8] Dunlap, R. E., Van Liere, K. D., & Jones, R. E. (2000). Measuring
Systems : United States, Brazil, and Mexico. JOURNAL OF Endorsement of the New Ecological Paradigm: A Revised NEP
CROSS-CULTURAL PSYCHOLOGY 30(1), 122-128. Scale. Journal of Social Issues, 56(3) 425-442.
[3] Berenguer, J., Corraliza, J. A., & Martín, R. (2005). Rural-Urban [9] Ebreo, A., Hershey, J., & Vining, J. (1999). Reducing Solid Waste:
Differences in Environmental Concern, Linking Recycling to Environmentally Responsible Consumerism.
[4] Attitudes, and Actions. European Journal of Psychological Environment and Behavior, 31(1), 107-135. doi:
Assessment, 21(2), 128-138. doi: 10.1027/1015-5759.21.2.128 10.1177/00139169921972029
[5] Casey, P. J., Scott, K. (2006). Environemtental concern and behavior [10] Gifford, R. (2011). The dragons of inaction: pychological barriers
in an Australian sample within an ecocentric- anthropocentric that limit climate change mitigation and adaptation. Am Psychol,
framework. Australian Journal of Psychology 58(2), 57-67. 66(4), 290-302. doi: 10.1037/a0023566
149 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[11] Hawcroft, L. J., & Milfont, T. L. (2010). The use and abuse of the Energy Use. Environment & Behavior, 36(1), 70-93. doi:
new environmental paradigm scale over the last 30 years: A meta- 10.1177/0013916503251466
analysis. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 30, 143-158. [19] Reser, J. P., Pidgeon, N., Spence,A. (2011). Public Risk Perceptions,
[12] Jahiel.A.R. (1997). The Contradictory Impact of Reform on Understandings, and Responses to Climate Change in Australia and
Environmental Protection in China. The China Quarterly 149 81-103. Great Britain: Interim Report: Griffith University, Climate Change
[13] Knight, A. (2007). Do Worldviews Matter?‐mPost
aterialist, Response Program, Queensland, Australia, and Understanding Risk
Environmental, and Scientific/Technological Worldviews and Centre, Cardiff University, Wales.
Support for Agricultural Biotechnology Applications. Journal of [20] Roberts, J. A., Bacon,D.R. . (1997). Exploring the Subtle
Risk Research, 10(8), 1047-1063. doi: 10.1080/13669870701603004 Relationships between Environmental Concern and Ecologically
[14] Loewenstein, G. F., Weber, E. U., Hsee, C. K., & Welch, N. (2001). Conscious Consumer Behavior. Journal of Business Research, 40,
Risk as feelings. Psychological Bulletin, 127(2), 267-286. doi: 79-89.
10.1037//0033-2909.127.2.267 [21] Schultz, P. W., Shriver, C., Tabanico, J. J., & Khazian, A. M. (2004).
[15] Luo, Y. J., Deng,J.Y. (2008). The New Environmental Paradigm and Implicit connections with nature. Journal of Environmental
Nature-Based Tourism Motivation. Journal of Travel Research, 46, Psychology, 24(1), 31-42. doi: 10.1016/s0272-4944(03)00022-7
392-402. doi: 10.1177/0047287507308331 [22] She, S. X., Lu,Q.,Ma,C.Q. (2012). A probability-time&space trade-
[16] Marshall, B. K. (2005). Ecological Disaster as Contextual off model in environmental risk perception. Journal of Risk
Transformation: Environmental Values in a Renewable Resource Research, 15(2), 223-234.
Community. Environment and Behavior, 37(5), 706-728. doi: [23] Sjöberg, L. (2003). Distal factors in risk perception. Journal of Risk
10.1177/0013916505275310 Research, 6 (3), 187-211
[17] Peter, E. M., Slovic. P. (1996). The role of Affect and worldviews as [24] Wisemana, M., & Bogner, F. X. (2003). A higher-order model of
orienting dispositions in the perception and acceptance of nuclear ecological values and its relationship to personality. Personality and
power. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 26(16), 1427-1453. Individual Differences, 34, 783-794.
[18] Poortinga, W., Steg, L., & Vlek, C. (2004). Values, Environmental
Concern, and Environmental Behavior: A Study into Household
Table 3. Overall effect size and homogeneity analysis

Dimension R CI95% P N Test of heterogeneity
name Low Uppe Q df P
er r
The balance of 0.25 0.20 0.31 <0.001 5134 55.05 12 <0.001
the nature
Antianthropoce 0.26 0.16 0.37 <0.001 5853 227.36 13 <0.001
ntrism
The limits to 0.17 0.06 0.26 <0.001 4621 110.31 10 <0.001
growth
Eco-crisis 0.23 0.06 0.38 0.007 1436 21.46 3 <0.001
Table 4. Moderator analysis for the balance of the nature

The balance r CI95% p N Test of
of the nature heterogeneity
Lower Upper Q df p
General 0.15 0.10 0.19 <0.001 1634 0.38 2 0.82
environmental
problem
General Pro- 0.31 0.23 0.39 <0.001 483 0.51 2 0.77
environmental
behavior
Consume and 0.30 0.25 0.35 <0.001 1460 1.38 2 0.50
recycle
150 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Figure 2. Anti-anthropocentrism
Figure 3. Limits to growth
Table 5. Moderator analysis for the anti-anthropocentrism

Antianthropoc r CI95% p N Test of
entrism heterogeneity
Lower Upper Q df P
General 0.22 0.16 0.27 <0.001 2785 10.6 5 0.06
environmental
risk or behavior
Consume and 0.20 0.15 0.25 <0.001 1697 3.74 3 0.29
recycle
Table 6. Moderator analysis for the limits to growth

The limits to r CI95% p N Test of
growth heterogeneity
Lower Upper Q df P
General 0.04 -0.01 0.08 0.119 1939 1.68 4 0.79
environmental
risk or behavior
Consume and 0.36 0.30 0.41 <0.001 1460 2.31 2 0.32
recycle
151 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Acceptable Environmental Risk Level Research

Methods
Fan Xiaoshan*, Luo Hong
Department of Environment and Economy, Chinese Research Academy of Environmental Science, Beijing, China
*
fanxs@craes.org.cn
Abstract: A necessary precondition to recognizing environmental risk warning signs and to reliable risk management is the
confirmation of an acceptable risk level. Based on the conceptual definition of an acceptable environmental risk level,
research method systems are being established and combined with environmental risk assessment and acceptor appraisal.
This will assist in establishing a scientific basis for environmental risk management.
Keywords: risk;acceptable environmental risk level; risk acceptor
1. Introduction humans and ecosystems impacted on by the risks) toward
environmental risks; and second, the subjective acceptance,
Environmental risk arises both naturally and by way of or the willingness of the people who bear the environmental
human activity and its presence may reduce the quality of risks.
ecological environments, harming ecosystems and people. The objective tolerance of an acceptor to resist or to
As economies and societies develop, so too do production survive environmental risks is determined by objective
levels, resulting in greater environmental risks, threatening conditions, not by the volition of the acceptor. If an acceptor
human health, life, and ecosystems. To recognize the early is an ecological environment, the tolerance capability toward
warning signs and to efficiently manage environmental risk a pollutant is constrained by ecological environment quality,
it is necessary to study and ascertain an acceptable level of ecosystem category, and the ecological environment
environmental risk. function within the economy and society. Similarly, if the
The study of environmental risk management in China is risk acceptor is human, the level of pollution tolerance is
relatively new, with many studies focusing only on related to the concentration and dosage of those pollutants.
government or company interests rather than that of The majority of people have similar levels of pollution
receptors [1, 2]. The present study will focus on the role of risk tolerance (excluding sensitive people). The objective
receptors and provide scientific grounds for improving tolerance of acceptors could be confirmed using technology
environmental risk evaluation and management. and experiments.
2. Concept of Acceptable Level of The subjective acceptance and the willingness of people
is determined by assessing people’s responses to
Environmental Risk
environmental risk. The risk is the possibility of being
There is some debate among researchers concerning the exposed to harm, which means the acceptor will never
concept of an acceptable level of environmental risk. accept that risk unconditionally [5]. However, the acceptor
Krewski suggests that people are willing to accept a risk decides whether to take the risk by considering the
when there is a large benefit and the probability of it low corresponding benefit. Since different people have different
happening and its impact are low[3]. Experts from the experiences, economic status, and attitudes toward risks, the
Environmental Protection Agency have stated that the use of risk acceptors will have varying acceptable willingness
the word ‘acceptable’ is inappropriate. Many experts suggest toward the same environmental risk. The acceptable
that ‘tolerable’ or ‘appropriate’ is more apt. However, final environmental risk level can be determined using
consensus has not been reached[4]. environmental risk assessment and acceptor questionnaires.
The aim of defining an acceptable level of environmental
risk is to better develop environmental risk research, which 3. Technological Route
can help environmental risk management maintain the At the core of the acceptable level of risk in a system is
quality of ecological environments.. The concept of an the risk acceptor. To define the acceptable level of risk in
acceptable level of environmental risk has two elements. regional environments, in the present study we will define
First, the objective tolerance of the acceptor (including the characteristics and types of damage associated with
152 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

X.S.Fan et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp152-155
regional environmental risk, further integrate the research on

environmental risk assessment and risk acceptors, and
analyze the factors that influence the subjective acceptable
risk levels of the acceptors (Figure 1).
Acceptable level of environmental risk technology system
Risk field investigation and assessment Risk acceptor assessment
Risk identification and investigation Risk acceptor identification and temporal

di ib i
Risk field spatial unit division Damage assessment of risk acceptor
Simulation and assessment for risk Questionnaires for risk acceptors and
ff d
Risk level definition and mapping Identify subjective acceptable level for risk
acceptor
Risk management assessment
Acceptable level of environmental risk
Results review and proposed
Advantage of study methods and technology
Figure 1. Acceptable level of regional environmental risk and research technology roadmap
4. Research Content and Methods The collection of data from local environmental
management departments, enterprises, and other cooperative
The technological system of determining the acceptable institutes will enable further analysis and better
level of environmental risk is based on environmental risk understanding of environmental risk background, including
evaluation and risk acceptor analysis. risk sources, environmental quality, environmental situation,
4.1. Environmental Risk Investigation and safety management, and accidental risk levels.
Assessment (2) Environmental risk source investigation
Several factors should be investigated when researching
Environmental risk investigation and assessment is the in this area, including dangerous materials, storage tank
basis for the scientific identification of acceptable risk levels. areas, pollution sources, processing techniques, pipelines,
It also assists in identifying weaknesses in regional safety management, and the surrounding environment. The
environmental risk management, which is useful when Inventories of the investigation should be designed
enhancing environmental management and establishing according to the purpose of the research.
operable management methods.
4.1.2. Regional Risk Field Spatial Unit Division
4.1.1. Environmental Risk Source Investigation
The regional risk field is comprised of a spatial and
(1) Regional environmental risk data collection and temporal pattern of various risk factors from the interaction
analysis
153 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

between the multi-environmental risks. The boundary and samples, the accuracy and the effectiveness of the
range of the objects should be identified. The regional risk questionnaires will increase, and the efficiency of the
field spatial unit division is the basis for locating the spatial research and environmental risk management will be
information of the environmental risk acceptors—it is enhanced.
helpful to clarify the specific area of responsibility and Risk field risk management assessments include, for
confirm the risk targets. The temporal scale should be also example, risk managing mechanisms, emergency response
identified to calculate the risk frequency of different plans, management teams, and the evaluation of previous
environmental risks in every spatial unit at various temporal risk accidents.
intervals.
4.2. Risk Receptor Investigation and Assessment
4.1.3. Risk Field Environmental Risk Assessment
4.2.1. Necessary Information about Risk Receptors
This part of the study focused on the design of the
Risk receptors are the objects potentially harmed by
questionnaires for the risk acceptors and was the basis for
environmental risk sources, and they possess different
the regional environmental risk acceptor investigation. The
abilities to endure environmental risks. People and
data collected highlighted weaknesses in spatial
ecosystems are the two central environmental risk receptors.
environmental risk management therefore assist in its
Investigation into risk receptors includes the following.
improvement.
 1. Area where the risk receptors are found: Will the
 Environmental risk type in different spatial units of
receptors remain in the risk field and what will be the
environmental risk.
extent of overlap between the receptor area and the risk
 The potential environmental types within the different
field? The possibility of overlap is an important target
risk spatial units can be studied by looking at risk
for risk analysis and management.
source identification and the risk spatial unit division.
 2. Vulnerability of risk receptors: Vulnerability is the
Data on risk sources shows that risk acceptors in
possibility of a certain receptor being exposed to a
different spatial units assess the risk type, ascertain
certain risk and the damage level they will experience
damage level, and predict the level of harm to both
in a risk field. It is a standard that reflects both the
humans and the environment.
possibility of damage and resistance.
 Comprehensive regional environmental risk
 3. Spatial character of receptors: The distribution
assessment
pattern of environmental risk receptors can be
 Comprehensive regional environmental risk is a
classified according to whether the receptors change
system comprised of several interacting environmental
position: static or dynamic. Static receptors are
risks that considers the differences among the multi-
generally buildings, farmland, and ecosystems, while
risk factors and re-evaluates them. A robust systems
dynamic receptors are generally human and the most
engineering method should be adopted to study
important protection target in risk management.
environmental risk and environmental risk systems
 4. Temporal character of receptors: This concept
under different spatial influences.
contains two elements: temporal character (when a
 Classification of environmental risk level and risk level
receptor appears in risk field) and temporal pattern of
mapping.
receptor exposure (exposure frequency and duration
The environmental risks were classified and applied to
may influence the exposure dosage).
different spatial units. The risk acceptor types, range, and
characters were then integrated into the Software Platform 4.2.2. Questionnaire Investigation into Risk Receptors
of Geographic Information System and the mapped regional
A questionnaire concerning acceptable risk level is
environmental levels.
important in identifying the subjective acceptable level. The
4.1.4. Risk Field Risk Management Assessment process can be divided into the following steps.
Pre-task preparation: Establish which organizations are
Well-organized environmental risk management will
to be involved and make contact with them. Collect the
greatly reduce the possibility of environmental accidents
current data concerning the evaluation objects. The design
and allow for the timely and efficient management of
of the questionnaires should be based on the data and
emergent environmental accidents (reducing the levels of
accommodate the different environmental risk receptors.
loss and damage). In contrast, risk field risk management
Middle stage: questionnaire: Train the investigators and
assessment could help acceptors understand the scope of the
deliver the questionnaires. Investigators should explain
risk management and the potential damage and loss. Thus,
questions clearly and thoroughly to ensure validity.
risk acceptors will act more responsibly and rationally when
Final stage: evaluation: Apply statistical analysis to the
answering the questionnaires, there will be fewer invalid
questionnaires. Write an analysis report on the
154 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

questionnaires, including a systematic test (add an additional management technology systems. Application of these
questionnaire if needed). Thus, the primary acceptable risk results can also assist in managing environmental risk more
level of varied environmental risk receptors can be efficiently while maintaining regional ecological safety and
determined in the research region. reducing loss in emergent environmental accidents.
4.2.3. Investigation of Regional Ecological References:
Environmental Background
[1] B. Jun, Y. Jie, and L. Qi-liang, Regional Environment Risk Analysis
The ecological environmental background includes the and Management. Beijing: Chinese Environment Science Press, 2006.
characteristics of natural factors in a risk region, such as
[2] Hu. Er-bang, Practical Techniques and Methods of Environmental
water, atmosphere, and earth. Regional biological resources
Risk Evaluation. Beijing: Chinese Environment Science Press, 2000.
and ecological environmental conditions can be integrated
[3] D. Krewski, Public Perception and Acceptable Levels of Health Risk
into ecological environmental function and position.
among Canadians [EB/OL].http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/sr-
Therefore, the critical value of pollution endurance in the
sr/finance/hprp-prpms/results-resultats/2005-krewski-eng.php/2010-
region can be analyzed with related references and expert
01-19
advice. This critical value could be used as the standard for
acceptable risk level. [4] Airlie Center, Warrenton, Virginia. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency Office of Water Office of Research and Development.
4.3. Identification of Acceptable Risk Level Expert scientific workshop report stating critical research on the
4.3.1. Identification of an Acceptable Environmental development of new or revised recreational water quality criteria
Risk Level for People [EB/OL]. March, 2007
http://www.epa.gov/waterscience/criteria/recreation/2010-01-19
The acceptable environmental risk level for people
[5] B. Fischhoff, S. Lichtenstein, P. Slovic, S.L. Derby, and R.L.
includes personal health risk and economic risk. The
Keeney, Acceptable Risk [M]. New York: Cambridge University
subjective acceptable level of environmental risk that people
Press, 1981.
will tolerate is mainly economic risk, which can be acquired
by questionnaire investigation analysis. The acceptable
health risk level could be identified by estimating possible
damage to health and by using an environmental security
standard.
4.3.2. Identification of an Acceptable Environmental
Risk Level for the Environment
The acceptable environmental risk level for the
environment is determined by its functions within the local
economy and society, the quality of the ecological
environment, the biomass and ecosystem tolerance risk
levels, and by using the national requirements found in
environmental standards. The acceptable environmental risk
level for biomasses and ecosystems can be ascertained by
sourcing data from investigations into local biomasses and
ecosystems, results from eco-toxicological studies, and from
expert opinions.
5. Conclusion
At the core of acceptable environmental risk levels are
risk receptors. While the personal will and health of risk
receptors are highly regarded in the process of identifying
acceptable risk levels, the sustainable development of
biomasses and ecosystems are paid greater importance. The
research methods used in the present study satisfy the
scientific concepts of ‘people oriented’ and ‘sustainable
development’. The results of this study can help improve the
practicability and operability of environmental risk
155 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Several Ponderings on Foreign Teacher’s

Human Resources Management of Chinese
Foreign Cooperation Schools
Wu Dong
Academic Administration, Jilin Business and Technology College, Chang Chun, China
shoutan20080101@163.com
Abstract: This paper, combined with oriental culture management thought, talks about three issues: integral and systematic
idea on the introduction of foreign teachers; soft and hard two rulers to perfect teaching and daily management mechanism;
harmonious thoughts to create foreign teachers occupation and people oriented system. From guide, system construction
and the safeguard mechanism and so on, put forward some suggestions for improvement and innovation about Chinese
foreign cooperation schools foreign teachers’ human resource management problems.
Keywords: Chinese foreign cooperation schools; foreign teacher; human resource management
1. Introduction positive, hiring foreign teachers to create a stable
international teachers resources.
In recent years, with China's rapid economic
As we all known, in excellent Chinese foreign
development, people's living standards have improved
cooperation schools, teachers adapted to the development of
gradually, people prefer to send their children to study
globalization university should have four abilities: one is a
abroad, so that they can adapt to the future trend of
recognized academic ability, academic ability has been at
economic globalization. However, not all Chinese families
the forefront of academic and has mastered the most modern
can totally bear all costs of studying abroad. In fact, a large
knowledge ; the second is the teaching ability, he should be
part of the family can only afford the child one or two years
on the mature stage of teaching career; the third is attitude
of tuition. Since there is a demand, there have the market,
ability, he has changing and democratic teaching attitude ;
many Chinese and foreign cooperative educational
the fourth is the ability of accepting a variety of culture and
institutions and Chinese foreign cooperation schools project
nation tradition. According to the course of international
at various levels emerge as the times require, providing
schools and the actual situation of our higher education level,
students with a good language learning environment and the
international Chinese foreign cooperatively school teachers
education and culture, at the same time, Chinese and foreign
should possess the following four kinds of abilities: one is to
cooperative educational institutions and Chinese foreign
use the international language for high level of teaching and
cooperation schools are also one relatively low cost learning
scientific research; second is to adapt to the Chinese
education choice.
language teaching and living environment; the third is
Chinese-foreign cooperative education institution and all
flexible to accept new things and all kinds of culture; the
levels of school cooperative project are looking Chinese
four is a creative thinking and noble teachers' moral
students as the main market, in fact, these institutions makes
character.
Chinese education reform and internationalization, are
The introduction of foreign teachers improves the
benefit for China Educational diversification and sustainable
Chinese-foreign cooperative education institution
development. In the cooperation schools, we are not only
internationalization process, especially in language and
learning some advanced mode of education and
professional course. But there are still some cooperative
management methods, but also introducing the original
educational institutions hire foreign teachers because of
English teaching materials and excellent foreign teachers.
enrollment propaganda effect, they are no strict admission
And gradually with the market expansion and development
rules and regulations. So many cooperation school teachers
of the domestic partner institutions and schools cooperation
level are uneven, teachers employment are instable, the
projects, we are unable to satisfy the method that foreign
foreign teachers organization and management in living and
partner regularly sends foreign teachers , begins to be more
working have many difficulties. To solve these problems,
this paper combines the eastern culture management
156 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

W. Dong et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp156-159
thinking, tries to from guide, system construction and professors by ourselves, although we have to pay for
safeguard mechanism, put forward some suggestions for expensive travel and tuition fee, the teacher not only to bring
improvement and innovation about Chinese foreign the students the new professional knowledge, but also
cooperation schools foreign teachers’ human resource improve the level of scientific research institution of
management problems. Chinese-foreign cooperation schools, add college
international atmosphere.
2. Integral and Systematic Idea on the
Along with the Chinese education demand of foreign
Introduction of Foreign Teachers
teaching increases, and even many primary and secondary
The Chinese-foreign cooperative education institution schools has also actively introduce foreign education, all
should know: not" foreign monks will recite and chant kinds of professional talents intermediary appears like
scripture". Many school's teaching management staff found, bamboo shoots after a spring rain, some think the
some teachers have fluent English and university degree, but intermediary may soon find badly in need of teachers for
this doesn't mean they have sacred duty teaching ability. you, but they do not have the quality strictly control, and no
Therefore, foreigner’s employment by the Chinese-foreign after sale quality tracking service. Some teachers have
cooperative education institution needs strict admittance certain qualifications and experience in teaching, but an
mechanism, only then can they form high quality intermediary who don't go to see their teaching effect and
international education personnel group. performance, also cannot arrange other forms of quality
In the light of these situation, first, it requests us to control, therefore, the Chinese-foreign cooperative
establish the overall management, system management, that education institution should not rely on these intermediary to
is to say, for managers, both the governance to a country or become their own recruitment of foreign resources main
a region, first of all, he should have a macroscopic view and way, this way is only suitable to meet the emergency
systematic idea, looking the management object as a whole, demand and just for trial period employment.
as a system, establishing overall situation consciousness and Advertising on the website, foreign cooperation
system concept, not “cannot see the wood for the trees". He institution can communicate with foreign teachers, arranging
should have overall plan for a fundamental transformation. interview and making selection. Greatly improve the hiring
At the same time, according to the organization management foreign teacher’s quality and reducing risk. In addition,
internal conditions, he should adjust to changing because many teachers have their own circle of friends and
circumstances, in the light of specific different conditions , academics, through these referrals, sometimes school also
seek most suitable management mode, method, and use the can find high quality teachers.
dialectical thinking on the problems and contradictions in
3. Soft and Hard Two Rulers to Perfect
the implementation of dynamic management, dealing with
Teaching and Daily Management
flexible the specific business.
Mechanism
At present, there are three channels for Chinese foreign
cooperation institutions hire foreign teachers: famous Hard ruler, is the enterprise target, mission,
foreign teacher introduction; foreign intermediates organizational performance; soft ruler, is the concept of the
recommend; independent recruitment. Each has its organization, style and organization culture. The so-called
advantages and disadvantages. We should use flexible "family have family law, help have helped rules",
manner, each in his element, macro management and organization must establish clear rules of the game, make
selection. And through the background investigation, clear what should be encouraged, what should be prohibited,
interviews and teaching method test, we strictly control the and a set of evaluation standard, the organization's values
teacher’s quality. must have identity of all members , effectively delivered to
In a Chinese-foreign cooperatively schools, foreign the members of the organization, becoming members
teachers teaching content generally focus on professional behaviors criterion.
courses. The foreign university teacher had a higher wage Although the flexible and rigid management, soft and
income, but when they came to China, the real condition, hard rulers cannot solve all the problems, they can make up
that is, economic income level and living environment of for many deficiencies in the management, help managers
Chinese University are both poor, it is very difficult for grab the main line. So that teachers know what they should
foreign well-known university professor to make decision to do, and in what way to do, thus through this way, managers
come to china. On the other hand, in the process of greatly improve the efficiency of management and benefit.
cooperation, from economic benefits consideration, the Foreign teachers came from foreign university had a
teacher employed by Chinese-foreign cooperatively variety of different education and cultural background; they
institutions is not first-class teacher, is their surplus teachers. had to adapt to Chinese students' thinking way and studying
Therefore, we can take the introduction of foreign university training way. Chinese students from primary school to high
157 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

school, has formed an accepted teaching education mode, atmosphere and environment, depends on the implement of
rather than the Western induced education mode. The enterprise managers.
teacher should take the student centered teaching mode, Some foreign teacher once said, feeling like a machine,
positive understanding of Chinese students' accept ability without any sense of belonging and sense of responsibility.
and gradually change their mode of thinking, thus they can An excellent Chinese-foreign cooperative school should
have a better teaching effect. As a Chinese-foreign avoid such situations. Outstanding teacher team is the
cooperative education institution, its duty is to solve various cornerstone of the development of the school. Attracting
problems of the cultural differences, learning and teaching outstanding teachers can make the body become an
the concept of the essence, so that students can receive and outstanding international college. Cooperation agencies
use them. And Chinese foreign cooperation school should should regularly conduct foreign teachers' teaching training
establish a set of perfect teacher training system, and teaching supervision. We can also have some innovation:
management system and teaching quality monitoring system. compiling a complete manual for teachers on daily
The Chinese-foreign cooperative education institution management and personnel management policies and
should conduct a systematic training and management, with regulations, it can avoid a lot of foreign teachers and
the local teachers' integration, Chinese education has Chinese management agency misconceptions and lifted a lot
capacity to adapt to the environment, finally can build an of things they don't know. College can also invite teachers to
international teacher characteristic mechanism, not only to participate in various activities, for example, tourism and
meet Chinese students and international students teaching sports club. Through continuous integration, we can build
needs, but also can be in the global stage of research and the teachers' sense of belonging. The school should as soon
development. Through systematic training and long-term as possible make teachers adapt to the Chinese environment
teaching activities, teachers can improve teaching quality and school culture, meet the needs of foreign teachers
and level. cultural and recreational needs, and build up their sense of
Each school should introduce in details each regulations belonging, making them more aggressively work for a
system to the foreign teachers, including the school teaching Chinese-foreign cooperative school planning and
requirements and organizational culture. Each term school development.
can conduct a teaching quality evaluation, not only by the Having the concept of attention of flexible and rigid, soft
Department through the organization, conduct the classroom and hard rulers is not enough, there should be a set of
assessment, but also students are required to take the form of strategies and methods, and combine with interest
questionnaire survey of foreign teachers' teaching quality mechanism, undertake the most important factor: interest
evaluation in the teaching methods, materials and so on. drive. In fact, foreign teachers overall management core lies
During the teaching period, the school should organize in the ability to provide treatment and salary. That is to say,
senior teacher to do supervision and guidance, help revise increase capital input strength to improve the teacher's
syllabus. At the same time, also to organize teaching, teaching level is an important factor.
foreign teachers regularly discuss teaching outline and As we all know, foreign language teacher has very large
teaching mode, according to teachers' problems responses, liquidity, instabilities, all this bring the school teaching
school should study seriously and properly solve all these management great risks, foreign teachers are mostly a year
issues. stay in China, and many managers understand this: these
foreigners like to travel, so often changes place. Sometimes,
4. Making Use of Humanism and Harmony
because their teaching level is too poor to school, they move
Management Thought to Create Effective
frequently. The most senior foreign teachers think, the cause
Interest Mechanism and Harmonious
of this phenomenon is in some defects inherited in our
Environment
country and international management system. We aim at
Oriental management emphasis on Yin and Yang this problem analyzed and proposed the creation of specific
coexistence, balance, while the rigid management, and effective mechanism of interests: proposed here as soon
emphasizing the flexible management, achieve the as possible establish the teachers' engagement system and
harmonious management target. The dominant of the reform of evaluation system. For example, excellent
organization is people, people, with factitious center, is the foreign teachers visa extension and terms of the contract
master. Not focus on object, take the object as the center, extension, foreign teacher like Chinese teacher, should be
look people as the slaves of object, the most important incorporated into the title evaluation system, as to the
management is management of people, establish and school’s high technology teacher position shortage and
maintain good interpersonal relationship is the important professional teachers position shortage, we should provide
content of modern management. Create harmonious favorite immigration policy, all this will be able to build
long-term stability of outstanding teachers, and to make they
158 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

actively participate in China's education organization and [4] Zhao Yanzhi. A Chinese-foreign Cooperatively-run School
management. Management and Development. Dalian, Dongbei University of
Excellent foreign teacher’s visa extension and terms of Finance and Economics Publishing House, 2010.
the contract extension should proceed. Chinese Ministry of [5] Liu Yuping, Book of Change Thinking and Its Cultural Value. Ji'nan:
Foreign Affairs Education Office provides foreign teacher is Shandong University Publishing House,2011.
one year visa, this policy resulted in China's institutions of
education every year must sign the contract. That is to say,
the teacher may be only one location, a year. Foreign
teacher’s unemployment may be due to lack of enrollment in
institutions or other better teachers replaced. Many teachers
at each end of the school year will return to the foreign
teacher recruitment market, looking for a better job
opportunity. At the same time, the school on this
phenomenon tends to be at a loss.
The Chinese Ministry of education should conduct
standardized management and education mechanism of
University teachers. Foreign teacher like Chinese teacher,
should be incorporated into the title evaluation system,
Chinese teachers generally experienced lecturers, Professor
of professional title evaluation, however, the title assessment
system does not include foreign teachers, that is to say, the
school cannot even retain foreign professor name, can not
change the facts to sign a new contract and new visa from
year to year. It can be said that this exposure our present
practical education system shortcomings. Why the United
States and British university attracts the whole world
famous scholars, except for a higher salary, mainly because
they can give the teacher a stable job, good learning
environment and a better development opportunity.
Foreign teacher’s job involvement in the Chinese
education is often limited; rarely see foreign management
and scientific research personnel. Although much Chinese-
foreign cooperative education institution specifies some
foreign managers, there are just regular visits. China
complex humanitarian environment determines the foreign
staff has more difficulties in China engaged in management
and service work. Therefore, the Chinese-foreign
cooperative education institution's purpose should be to
encourage the blend each other cultural structure, not only to
attract international teachers, but also make them share more
involvement of school management and education reform.
References
[1] Yang Hui, The Market Supply and the Chinese-foreign Cooperative
Education Institution. Science Education, 2003(6).
[2] Ma SanJin, Efficient Innovation of Chinese-foreign Cooperation
Schools Project Exploration and Practice. Education Theory and
Practice, 2006(9):32 -34.
[3] Chen Ling, Wang Ying, Chinese Foreign Cooperation Schools
Present Situation and Countermeasure Research. Journal of Beijing
Institute of Graphic Communication, 2006(6).
159 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Study on Effects of China’s Stock Index

Future on Stock Index Volatility
Wu Xin, Cao Dan, Jinjin Xu, Jiandong Sun
Finance Department, Zhejiang University of Finance and Economics, Hangzhou, China
Abstract: This paper uses long term CSI300 index future data to build adjusted GARCH model, with which the effects of
China’s stock index future on stock index volatility is studied empirically. The results of the empirical study show that the
coefficient of the dummy variable is negative, which means effects of China’s stock index future on stock index volatility is
not to augment the volability but to depress it. But the coefficient of the dummy variable is not significent.This empirical
result may prove that the introduction of China’s stock index future meets the goal of original policy design and China’s
derivatives market can be further developed properly.
Keywords: china’s index future; stock index volability; garch model; event study
1. Introduction 28,2011, compared GARCH model’s and CARR model’s
sensitivity in handling short-term response. The two models
Whether the effect of futures trading on the volatility of both showed that after the introduction of the CSI300 Index
the underlying asset and its features are neutral or not are Futures, the spot market fluctuation is weakened and the
now still controversial in the economic circles and practice information response is speeded up. But Luo Ji and Wang
sectors. Empirical Studies on effect of the stock index fu- Ying (2011) show a different result, they used the dates of
tures have different conclusions which can be divided into CSI300 futures,CSI300 which represents the constituent
three categories: increasing volatility, stabilizing fluctuations stock spot market, the small cap index which represents the
or no effect. These empirical studies mainly investigate the non-constituent stock spot market between May 18,2009 and
mature capital markets such as the United States, Britain and March 28,2011,established panel data model and found out
etc. However, with emerging economies launched stock in- that CSI 300 stock index futures resulted in a greater impact
dex futures, new researches also began to appear. Zhao on the spot market in the early, made constituent market and
Huancheng (2008) selected the transaction data for nine non-constituent stocks market volatility increase significant-
years, the Hang Seng Index, Hong Kong, China from May 6, ly, and weakened the two markets’ mobility significantly.
1982 to May 6th 1991, established TGARCH model to ex- Since the 2008 financial crisis, financial derivatives risk am-
amine the impact of stock index futures on stock index vola- plification mechanism is widely concerned. The recently
tility; the conclusion is that the stock index futures can sta- introduced Stock index futures is a symbol of financial de-
bilize the stock index volatility while the effect is weak. rivative products in China, it is necessary to grasp its nature
Pang Lei and Guo Lin (2011) studied 6178 data samples of and characteristics more accurately. With the increase of its
Hong Kong's Hang Seng index that also reached the same transaction data, more in-depth research of the effects of
conclusion. Lou Qun and Bu Yan (2008) selected 2610 valid China's stock index futures becomes possible. Therefore, this
data of the Taiwan Weighted Index, using GARCH model, article will use the more complete transaction data to con-
found that the introduction of Taiwan Weighted Stock Index firm the relationship of China's stock index futures and spot
Futures Trading reduced spot market volatility. Huang Wei market risks, and hope to provide a reference for our finan-
and Liu Zaihua (2007) found that the introduction of stock cial derivative products’ development.
index futures in India has played a role of the “stock shock
absorbers”. China's late introduction of stock index futures- 2. Research Methods
CSI 300 index futures contract was formally traded on April
The volatility of spot market in this paper means the vo-
16, 2010. Due to the small data sample space, empirical
latility of the stock index returns during a period of time.
study examining the effect of China’s Index Futures intro-
Generally, researchers depict the volatility of the spot market
duction on the spot market is not much. Shi Meijing and
with variance and standard deviation. This paper examines
Wang Junyi (2011) selected CSI300 high frequency trading
the change of stock index’s random error variance through
data every one hour between January 2,2008 and February
using event study methodology, which is aimed at analyzing
. the issuing effects of CSI 300 index futures on stock index
volatility. In the dynamic process of financial asset price
This paper is sponsored by China’s National Funds of Social Science
Research Program (No. 12CJY022) and China’s Ministry of Education
Research Program (10YJC790290)
160 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.
W. Xin et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp160-163
changes, the variance varies with time and periods and does 3. Empirical Research
not match the normal distribution. For this reason, we use
ARCH model to analyze volatility. Having ensuring that the Since the availability of data, samples of the existing re-
stock index return series vary smoothly, we build a regres- lated study are limited to the short time after the introduction
sion model AR (p). We compare the value of AIC, F and of stock index futures. However, due to institutional lag,
Adjusted R-squared to select the optimal lag number (p).The restrictions on market participation, characteristics of market
expression of the AR (p) model has two forms: structure and many other reasons, stock index volatility ef-
 p fect from stock index futures is not obvious in a short period.
 with constant rt = c + ∑ rt −i + ε t This paper selects 621 samples of the CSI 300 index which
 i =1
 p
(1) are before and after the introduction of stock index futures,
 no constant =


rt ∑
i =1
rt −i + ε t then reveals the impact of fluctuations in the CSI 300 index
since the launch of stock index futures based on a longer
Comparing the two forms of the regression model, we period of time.
set up the optimal regression model. Then we test the va-
riance to judge whether the model has ARCH effect. If the
3.1 Sequence Characteristics and Stationarity Test
ARCH effect exists, we can build a GARCH (p, q) avoiding (1) Sequence Features of the Daily Return
too many lag items. Due to the continuing effect of external shocks on the
stock price volatility, the return series show volatility clus-
tering phenomenon continuously within a certain period of
time, and show a "fat tail" feature in the distribution of the
daily return. In this paper, the data samples are the daily re-
turn series of stock index futures:
=rt ln( pt ) − ln( pt −1 ) (4)
According to the Formula 4, we calculate the daily re-
We view the event’s effect on volatility of the time series turn sequence of data samples; after making descriptive sta-
upon the model. Taking the event day as the boundary, we tistical analysis of time series, we find characteristics in line
divided the time series data into two parts and analyze with expectations. The specific results are shown in Table 1:
weather the data of the two parts are significantly different. Table 1 Descriptive statistical analysis of daily return
If the data of the two parts shows different variation, we get
the conclusion that the "events" affect the volatility of the Std. Dev Skewn Kurtos Jarque- P-
variable. This paper chooses the date that the stock index
futures listed, April 16, 2010, as the "event date". On the ess is Bera Value
basis of the GARCH (p, q) model, we add a dummy variable
D to quantify the effect. Return 0.017267 0.5299 4.7499 107.9599 0.0000
of CSI 7 63 00
300
As is shown in Table 1, the skew-
ness of time is less than zero, the kurtosis is greater than 3.
Compared with the standard normal distribution (S = 0, K =
3), the sequence R skews to the left and shows leptokurtic
In this modified GARCH model, we draw the conclusion distribution. Therefore, the number of extreme loss is more
that CSI300 future’s lunchmeat does not affect the stock than that of extreme income. The null hypothesis of Jarque-
index volatility much if the coefficient of dummy variables Bera test is that return series submit to normal distribution,
D is not significant; it does augment the stock index volatili- and P-value is close to zero. Table 1 shows that the re-
ty if the coefficient of dummy variables; it does depress the sult rejects the null hypothesis under 99% confidence level,
stock index volatility if the coefficient of dummy variables is that is, the sequence does not submit to normal distribu-
negative and significant. It can be confirmed by observing tion. Therefore, this time series can not use the test methods
the coefficient of (λ ) CSI300 futures market on based on normal distribution, such as the F-test.
spot market volatility. (2)Stationarity Test
Before the regression analysis of time series, we make
stationarity test of sequence. If the time series can not
pass the stationarity test, the result will produce a spurious
regression problem, so we can not estab-
161 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

lish the ARMA model. This paper selects mainstream me- cording to the result, we select GARCH (1, 1) model, and
thod-- ADF unit root test as stationarity test method to test the results of parameter estimation are shown in Table 4:
if there exists the unit root in this sequence. For the given
Table 4 GARCH model’s estimation results
significance level, when the ADF value is less
than the corresponding critical value. If there exists the unit
parameter parameter value Std. Dev Z- statistic P-Value
root in the time series, this sequence is stationary. Otherwise,
this sequence is non-stationary. In this case, differential constant term 1.20E-05 6.44E-06 1.857178 0.0633
treatment can be considered in order to get stationary se-
ries. The calculated results of the ADF test are shown in Ta- ARCH term 0.043136 0.013864 3.111288 0.0019
ble 2
GARCH term 0.922625 0.029547 31.22608 0.0000
Table 2 The results of the ADF test
Dummy variables -4.60E-06 2.57E-06 -1.787536 0.0739
T- statistic P-Value
CSI 300 -24.15850 0.0000 As is shown in Table 4, the dummy variable coefficient is -
According to the results of the ADF test on the CSI 300 0.000046 <0, but its corresponding P-value is 0.07391,
Index, T- statistic is -24.2, which is far less than the critical which is not significant. So we conclude that the launch of
value under the 1% significance level, indicating that there the CSI 300 index futures reduces the volatility of the stock
exists no unit root in this series that we studied. Therefore, spot market, but the impact is very weak.
we conclude that the sequence is, and then we can continue
establishing model.
4. Conclusion
(3) Autoregressive Model and ARCH Tests This paper uses CSI300 as the research object, and ana-
Majority of correlation coefficient and lyzes the effects of China’s stock index future on the spot
the autocorrelation coefficient of CSI 300 return series fall market index volatility empirically by using the modified
into twice the estimated standard deviation, and the P-values GARCH model. From the empirical results of the GARCH
associated with the Q-statistic are greater model, we find the dummy variable coefficient is negative,
than the confidence level of 0.05. Therefore, there exists no which indicates that the introduction of stock index futures
significant correlation in the 5% significance level. Then we inhibited the stock index volatility from the point of a longer
set the mean equation: cycle view. Although the absolute value of this coefficient is
Rt= π + ε t (5) small, considering that the yield sequence was logarithm
processed, it is impossible to judge how is the impact from
Make the series R minus mean value, and get
the absolute value of the coefficient; the only thing it can
w=r-0.000784 . The series w are auto correlated, and have reveal is that the direction of the impact is approaching to
ARCH effect after examination. Then we use the series w to stabilize the fluctuations rather than exacerbate volatility.
continue the following model analysis instead of the series R. The dummy variable coefficient is not significant, which
(4) The Estimation of the GARCH Model indicates that the effects of China’s stock index future on the
This paper describes the impact of the launch of index spot market index volatility in the short term are not obvious.
futures on the volatility of return in the stock spot market by The effects of stock index future on stock index volatility
introducing dummy variable D in the conditional variance differ in different countries and regions, meanwhile, the ef-
equation. Before the introduction of stock index futures, we fects are also different in the process of futures’ market de-
assign 0 to D, and after the introduction of stock index fu- velopment. As the academic mainstream view, the introduc-
tures, we assign 1 to D. We will fit the conditional variance tion of stock index futures in general does not increase the
equation by using the GARCH (1,1), GARCH (2,1), volatility of the stock index. Even in some countries and
GARCH (1,2) model , and the results are shown in Table 3: regions, this increase in volatility indication exists, but only
Table 3 GARCH models selected for CSI 300 returns in the short-term. In a longer term, stock index future plays
the basic functions of price discovery. Rather than increasing
Model Type SC AIC Adjusted R-squared
the volatility of the stock index, stock index future reduces
the volatility of the stock index. Although China's stock in-
GARCH (1，1) -5.323151 -5.344612 0.001616 dex futures have a variety of concerns and questions, as the
number of traders involved in the stock index futures in-
GARCH (1，2) -5.317382 -5.345996 0.001616 creases gradually and the type is more abundant, stock index
futures’ role as hedging and hedging tools is increasingly
GARCH (2，1) -5.323951 -5.352566 0.001616 obvious, for example, the number of institutional clients has
We make synthetic judgment by taking the SC value, the been 1000, brokers, fund accounts, and other Special legal
AIC value and adjusted R-squared into consideration. Ac- institutions has been up to 50 households. Coupled with the
regulatory authorities’ regulating the operation of the market
162 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

access system, China's stock index futures have had some of .

the characteristics of the mature market. The results of this
paper describes the introduction of stock index futures to
achieve the original intention of the design of the system,
China’s financial sector could explore the modest construc-
tion of the derivatives market on this basis further.
References
[1] FANG Lei,GUO Lin, “Analysis on the Influence of China Stock Index
Future to Fluctuations of A-Share Market,” ,Journal of Xinyang
Normal University(Philosophy and Social Sciences Edition),2011(5)
[2] Shi Meijing,Wang Junyi, “Effect of Stock Index Futures Introduction
on Stock Spot Market Volatility,”,Journal of Financial Development
Research,2011(5)
[3] Bhar, R. Return and volatility dynamics in the spot and fures markets in
Australia: An intervention analysis in a bivariate GARCH-X
framework.Journal of Futures Markets, 2001.
[4] Brorsen B.W. Futures trading, transaction costs, and stock market
volatility.Journal of Futures Markets, 1991 (11) .
[5] Chan K., Chan K. C., and Karolyi A. G. Intraday Volatility in the
Stock Index and Stock Index Futures Markets , Review of inancial
Studies,1991 (4) .
[6] Maberly E, Allen D, Gilbert R. Stock index futures andash market
volatility .Financial Analysts Journal, 1989.
[7] Shen, P. and Starr, R. M.“Market - makers 'Supply and Pricing of
Financial Market Liquidity” . Economics Letters 1,2002.
[8] Jacoby, G., Fowler, D.J., Gottesman, A.A.. 2000,“The Capital Asset
Pricing Model and the Liquidity Effect:A Theoretical Approach” .
Financial Markets, 2000 (3)
163 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The Effects of Elasticity Retirement on

Economic Growth in China
Cao Zhan
Great Wall College, China University of Geosciences, Daoding, P. R. China
Zhancao06@126.com
Abstract: This paper provides the first systematic analysis about the effects of elasticity retirement on economic growth.
This analysis is based upon inference from the model results built in this paper. Rejecting the view that to execute the policy
of retirement is only to solve the problem of insufficient pension, this analysis shows that elasticity retirement would
enhance economic growth in China through increasing the supply of the skilled labor force.
Keywords: elasticity retirement; human capital; economic growth
become increasingly important and school education less
1. Introduction important for growth as a country proceeds closer to the
This paper considers the influence of elasticity technology frontier.
retirement on economic development. Recently there is This paper contributes to the growth and development
much controversy over the issue of elasticity retirement in literature in two fields. First, it complements previous
China. While most people oppose the policy because they theoretical work on the relation between human capital and
hold that the policy deprive their right of choosing the age productivity growth by proposing that a marginal increase
of retirement, a few insist the policy only because they in the quantity of skilled labor is more important than that
argue that without the policy, China would be insufficient in the quantity of unskilled labor force for China now and
pension. In fact, this issue is associated with the question: gets theoretical inference. Second, the paper builds a
How does human capital affect the output of an economy. theoretical model to provide an analysis between unskilled
Although human capital has been widely respected as an sector (imitation) and skilled sector (innovation). The
important driver for innovative growth in the theories of results show that the economic growth rate is entirely
endogenous growth (Romer, 1990; Acemoglu et al., 2002; determined by the number of people the skilled sector that
Aghion et al, 2009), empirical findings regarding its direct has working to produce new technology and that output per
contribution to growth are at the best mixed. On the other person in the unskilled sector will be lower than output per
hand, building on the earlier work of Nelson and Phelps person in the skilled sector.
(1966) that suggests that a more educated work force The next section builds the theoretical framework,
facilitates the acceptation of new technologies, a number of Section 3 proposes the model results and Section 4
recent researched have systematically found that human conclusion and the policy implications.
capital not only improves its capacity to adopt technologies 2. Theoretical Analysis
already developed elsewhere but also raises the ability of a
country to develop its own technological innovation and 2.1. The Human Capital and Economic Growth
thereby facilitates innovation convergence (see Benhabib
Society stock of the skills and talents of works is
and Spiegel, 2005; Vandenbussche et al., 2006; James et al,
enhanced by investment in human capital through schooling,
2001).
on-the-job training, and other means in the same way that
However, despite finding a double role for human
physical investment leads to increased physical capital. An
capital in enhancing growth, these studies do not conclude
influential article by Mankiw et al (1992) proposes that the
the empirical puzzle that human capital raises growth only
production function is consistent with factor shares of
for those countries with the lowest level of education, as
one-third each for physical capital, raw labor, and human
found by Krueger et al (2001). In his effort to resolve this
capital. Differential growth in these three factors can
issue, Vandenbussche et al. (2006) argue that human capital
explain about 80 percent of the variation in GDP per capital
does not affect imitation and innovation uniformly. In their
across a wide sample of countries. For human capital,
model, skilled human capital is crucial to innovative, while
though it is difficult to measure precisely, average years of
unskilled human capital is better suited for imitation. Their
schooling can serve as a proxy for human capital (Rudiger,
theoretical model proposes that advanced education should
164 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

C. Zhan et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp164-169
2000). In Figure1 one sees that the evidence strongly the innovation of new technology. Their theoretical model
supports the positive relationship between human capital argues that advanced education should become increasingly
and output. Moreover, the human capital can continue to important and school education less important for growth as
accumulate and therefore can be a contributor to permanent a country approach closer to the technology frontier.
growth. The plausible explanation is that when people acquire
human capital, their abilities to acquire other human capital
Figure 1. Population by Educational Attainment (%/100) will be enhanced. In other words, first several year
education may only offer people to use basic tools, such as,
0.5
0.4 no school reading comprehension, calculation, following instructions
primary school
0.3
0.2
etc, but they are absolutely necessary for people to acquire
junior schooling
0.1 senior school
other human capital. This paper proves that the economic
0
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010
college and above growth rate is entirely determined by the number of people
the skilled sector has working to produce new technology.
Source: data in this figure are obtained from the National Sample Survey on population
Changes (various years), China Statistics Press 2.3. The Effect of the Marginal Increase in the
Number of Skilled Labor and Economic
In Table 1, we show the ratios of no schooling and Growth
primary schooling to total population are obviously
From an economic standpoint, if labor is paid its
decreasing; the ratio of college and above to total
marginal product and markets are working, the analysis of
population is apparently rising; and at the same time, ratio
the situation of skilled-labor retirement is similar to that of
of senior schooling to total population is always constant.
unskilled labor force, except for the differences in
These facts indicate that with the increasing of the ratio of
magnitude related to the difference in marginal products. It
skilled human capital and the decreasing of the ratio of
is feasible; however, that skilled labor is in such short
unskilled human capital, the average education years are
supply in China that the loss of these workers leads to a fall
being enhanced in China. The fact implies that advanced
in per capital income, not an increase, as the movement of
education is enhanced the growth more than school
skilled labor between developing and industrialized
education does. One of the examples is that immigration
countries leads to decrease GDP per capital in some Africa
boosts per capita output when skilled workers enter the
countries. In addition, the loss of this very scarce resource
country, a fact that has frequently benefited the United
alters the dynamics of Change in the developing countries.
States. In China, if senior talents’ retirement age would be
Besides, a marginal increase in the quantity of skilled
delayed, the same as the number of the skilled workers is
labor activates a reallocation of both unskilled and skilled
increased, China productivity growth would benefit from it.
labor from imitation to innovation activities. The
2.2. Imitation, Innovation, Composition of the productivity of the skilled worker is relatively higher, the
Human Capital, and Economic Growth possibility of positive externalities is greater, and expected
indirect social costs are lower than with the low-skilled
Holding the composition of human capital constant, an
workers. Though retirement age extension of skilled
increment in its aggregate level is always growth-enhancing.
workers often represents a substantial static and dynamic
Nevertheless, holding its level constant, the
cost to firms, firms are often inclined to extend the
growth-enhancing properties of human capital are
retirement age of skilled workers because the combination
dependent on both the distance to the technological frontier
of externalities, market wage distortions, and the
and its composition of human capital. The source of
opportunity cost of the human capital investment frequently
technological progress is the result both of the pure
exceeds the income paid to the skilled labor. This paper
innovation and the adoption of existing technologies
proves that output per person in unskilled sector will be
(Acemoglu et al, 2002 and Vandenbussche et al, 2006),
lower than output per person in the skilled sector (see 3.2).
especially, in technologically advanced economies.
Vandenbussche et.al. 2006, also prove that the influence
Furthermore, tasks of innovation and imitation require
of this reallocation is larger when the productivity of
different types of human capital; in particularly, it is
innovation is higher, and hence its marginal contribution to
rational to assume that skilled human capital is better suited
growth stronger. On the contrary, the growth-enhancing
to innovation than to imitation.
influence of unskilled labor decreases with the proximity to
Vandenbussche et.al. 2006, argue that human capital
the frontier.
does not impact innovation and imitation uniformly. In their
model, unskilled human capital facilitates diffusion of
existing technology, while skilled human capital enhances
165 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

2.4. Distance to Technological Frontier and

Economic Growth Figure 2.
Several recent pieces of evidence support the claim that 600000

growth-maximizing policies should depend on the distance 500000 total
to the technological frontier. The paper shares the idea, 400000
sci
technological improvements being the result of a 300000
ei
combination of innovation and imitation (or adoption), with 200000
100000 istp
Benhabib and Spiegel(1994) , and shows that the
0
contribution of human capital to productivity growth
05
06
07
08
09
dependent on an economy’s distance to technological
20
20
20
20
20
frontier and on the composition of its human capital.
Gerschenkron (1962) argued that relatively backward
economies such as Russia, France, and German during the Chinese Scientific Paper Taken by Major Foreign Referencing
nineteenth century could speedily catch up to more Systems
Source: data in this figure are obtained from the National Sample Survey on
advanced economies by adopting frontier technologies and population Changes (various years), China Statistics Press
undertaking large investments. If this assessment is correct, Note: SCI refers to Science Citation Index, EI refers to Engineer Index, and ISTP refers to
Scientific & Technical Proceedings.
the policies that are appropriate to relatively backward
nations should encourage technology, even if this arrives at mics with different initial levels of technology eventually
the expense of a less competitive environment and various reach to equal standards of technology.
market rigidities. So we arrive at the conclusion that China’s technology
Vandenbussche et.al.2006, shows that the is reaching the frontier of word’s technology.
growth-enhancing influence of skilled labor increases with
a country’s proximity to the frontier, where proximity to the
3. Model
frontier is measured by the ratio between the total factor The specific model discussed in this paper is simplified
productivity in the US and the corresponding variable in the version of the model of R & D and growth proposed by
country. Krugman (1979), Grossman and Helpman (1991). The
Firstly, they show the importance of distinguishing model involves four variables: output(Y), labor (L), capital
between different types of endogeneizing their different (K), and technology (A). The model is set in continuous
allocations at different levels of development and of human time. There are two sectors, an R&D sector (innovation,
capital. In advanced economies, the potential for catching skilled labor force sector) where the stock of knowledge are
up is very small and so human capital offers little to made and a good-producing sector (imitation, unskilled
technological improvement. Thus the relevant profit is not labor force sector) where addition to output is produced.
that of total human capital, but that of skilled human capital. Capital accumulation in sector i (i=skilled, unskilled): given
α 1−α
Moreover, their model shows that if the country is relatively
abundant in skilled (res. Unskilled) labor, it will tend to
that y i (t)=k i (t) [A i (t) (1- LS )L i ] a and
k i (t)=s i Y i (t). New technology is developed in sector s.
specialize in innovation (res. Imitation).
Secondly, they propose the important of
Specifically, on the one hand, s
(t)=B λ
LS
on the other hand, technology in sector u is improved
s s a L A
(t);
complementarities generated by the process of factor through learning the technology in sector s:
reallocation from imitation to innovation activities in the .
course of technological convergence, and connects with the Au (t ) = µa LS [ As (t ) − Au (t )], As (t ) > Au (t )
literature on suitable technology which explores how .
countries select technologies best suited to their factor Au (t ) = 0, As (t ) < Au (t )
endowments.
In figure 2, we see that diminishing marginal
Note that LS a
is the fraction of the skilled labor force
technology (TFP) is the explanation that China technology

that is engaged in R & D, lu a
is the fraction of the
unskilled labor force that is engaged in learning the
is reaching a steady state rather than growing endlessly. The technology of the skilled, else wise symbols are standard.
question of “convergence” here focuses on whether econo- Assume that s L
and u L
are constant.
166 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

3.1. The Growth Rate of Output Per Worker in the long-run growth rate of output per worker in the
The Unskilled Sector and in the Skilled Sector. unskilled sector is equal to that growth rate.
Note that in the long-run, the growth rate of output per
Note that the model of the skilled sector is simply the worker in the unskilled sector is the same as that in the
Solow model with a constant growth rate of technology
equal to g=B a
Ls. From the analysis of Solow model,
skilled sector. This means that lu , the fraction of the
unskilled labor force that is engaged in learning the
a
LS
we know that the long-run growth rate of skilled sector technology of the skilled sector, does not affect the long-run
output per worker will be equal to that constant growth rate growth in the unskilled sector. The growth rate is entirely
of technology. determined by the number of people the skilled sector has
Taking the time derivative of both sides of the definition, working to produce new technology.
A A
Z(t)= u (t ) / s (t), yields:
3.2. Output Per Person in the Unskilled Sector and
. . .
Z (t ) = [ As (t ) Au (t )− Au (t ) As (t )] / As (t ) .(1) Substitu 2 in the Skilled Sector
. . Dividing the production function of the skilled sector,
L −α
ting the expressions for As (t ) and A u (t ) into equation (1)
Y s
(t)= K s
(t ) α [ As
(t)(1- a LS
) L s
] , by the
gives us
. quantity of effective labor, A (t) L s s
, yields
Z (t ) = {µa lu Lu [ As (t ) − Au (t )]}As (t ) − Ys (t ) / As (t ) Ls = [ K s (t ) / As (t ) Ls ]α
2
{[ Bals Ls As (t )] Au (t )} / As (t ) [ As (t )(1 − als ) Ls / As (t ) Ls ]1−α ...(5)
Simplifying yields
.
Defining output and capital per unit of effective labor as
Z (t ) = [ µalu Lu (1 − Au (t ) / As (t ))] − y s (t)= Ys
(t)/ s
(t) s
and A L
[ Au (t ) / As (t )][ Bals Ls ].......(2) ks (t)≡ K (t ) / A (t) L
s s s
respectively, we can rewrite
Substituting the definition of Z(t)≡ A (t ) / A (t) into
u s
equation (5) as
α 1−α
equation (2) gives us
.
y s (t)= k s (t) (1- a LS
) ……(6)
Taking the time derivative of both sides of the definition of
Z (t ) = µalu Lu − µalu Lu Z (t ) − Bals Ls Z (t )
Collecting terms yields
k s (t)≡ s K A L
(t ) / s (t) s yields
. . .
Z (t ) = µalu Lu − [ µalu Lu − Bals Ls ]Z (t )...(3) Note k s (t ) = K S (t ) / A s
(t) L s
-
that equation (3) do not apply for the case Z≥1, since .
. K s (t ) AS (t ) / As (t) Ls A (t)...(7)
s
A u (t ) =0 for Au (t ) ≥ A s
(t)). According to the phase Substituting the capital-accumulation equation,
diagram implied by equation (3), Z, the ratio of technology .
in the unskilled sector to that in the skilled sector, does K S (t ) =s S Y S (t), into equation (7) gives us
converge to a stable value, Z*. To solve for Z*, . .
. k s (t ) = s s Ys (t ) / As (t ) Ls − ( As (t )/ As (t ))
set Z (t ) =0 ( K s (t ) / As (t ) Ls ),
μ a L -[μ a L +B a L ]Z*=0 .
lu u lu s LS s
k s (t ) = s s y s (t ) − Bals Ls k s (t ).....(8)
Solving for Z* yields
Z * = µalu Lu /( µalu Lu + Bals Ls ).....(4) Finally, using equation (8) to substitute for Y S (t) yields
. .
The next step is to determine the long-run growth rate of
output per worker in unskilled sector. In the long-run, k s (t ) = s s k s (t ) α (1 − als )1−α − Bals Ls k s ...(9) An
analogous derivation for the unskilled sector would yield
A u
(t ) must be growing at the same rate as s
(t) A .
because Z (t)= A (t ) / A (t) converges to a constant.
u s
k u (t ) = su k u (t ) α (1 − alu )1−α − Bals Ls k u (t )(10) Here
In the long-run, then, the unskilled is a Solow economy we have used the fact that in the long-run, the growth rate
with a growth rate of technology equal to B a L
LS s
. Thus of technology in the unskilled sector is B a LLS s
.
167 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Using the fact that s S =s U and LS a a

= lu , we can see
that the equations for the dynamics of k are the same for the
human capital should enter the production function as an
input which thereby affects output directly. It is also
two economics. Thus we know that the plausible that different levels and types of human capital
balanced-growth-path values of k and y will be the same for may have different effects on growth.
the two economies. That is, we know that k u *= k s (t) * and Considering that technological progress is a dual
y S *=y U *. This implies mechanism comprising imitation and innovation and that
y s * / y u * = 1.........(11) school education are more suitable for imitation, while
higher education is more appropriate for innovation, this
Using the definitions of y U and y S , this implies that study has investigated whether the contribution of human
capital to productivity growth depends on the composition
( Y u
/ A L
u u
)/( Y s
/ A L s s
)=1, that is
of human capital and proximity to the technology frontier in
(Yu / Lu ) /(Ys / Ls ) = Au / As ....(12) China.
Equation (12) states that, on the balanced growth path, the The model results show that the economic growth rate is
ratio of output per worker in the unskilled sector to output entirely determined by the number of people the skilled
per worker in the skilled sector is equal to the ratio of sector has working to produce new technology and that
technology in the unskilled sector to technology in the output per person in the unskilled sector will be lower than
skilled sector. From part (3.1), we know that u
/ s A A output per person in the skilled sector
The findings of this study have some important policy
can converges to Z* in the long-run. Using equation (4) for
Z* to substitute into equation (12) leaves us with implications for China. If China adopt the elasticity
retirement which makes highly educated people work
(Yu / Lu )(Ys / Ls ) = µalu Lu /( µalu Lu + Bals Ls ) longer, the economic growth in China would be enhanced.
.......(13) Policy implications of the change of elasticity retirement:
1. Policy should force those with advanced education
Note that with B a L LS s
>0, this ratio must be less work longer than those with school education
than one; output per person in the unskilled sector will be 2. Paying skilled labor its marginal product
lower than output per person in the skilled sector. 3. Subsidizing professional so that their income reflects
their true social value including externalities
3.3. Summary 4. Taxing earlier retirement professional or requiring
Summarizing the main model predictions: remittances from them to cover at least part of the
Two main implications emerge from the analysis in the investment in human capital
section 5. Guaranteeing employment and high-quality jobs to
those who extending their retirement age
(1) The economic growth rate is entirely determined by
6. Appealing to the nationalism of the skilled worker.
the number of people the skilled sector has working to
produce new technology. References:
(2) Output per person in the unskilled sector will be
[1] Acemoglu, D., Aghion, P., & Zilibotti, F. (2002). Distance to
lower than output per person in the skilled sector
frontier, selection, and economic growth. Journal of the European
To summarize, this paper considers version of the
Economic Association, 4(1), 37-74
model of R & D and growth. In sharp contrast to the
[2] Aghion, P., Boustan, L, Hoxby, C., Vandenbussche, J. (2009). The
assumption of geographic boundary used in Krugman
Causal Impact of Education on Economic Growth: Evidence from
(1979), cohorts are used in this paper. Therefore, while
US. Harvard University, mimeo
Krugman(1979) got the result related to technology transfer
[3] Benhabib, J., & Spiegel, M.(1994). The Role of Human Capital in
from the northern region to southern region, this paper
Economic Development: Evidence from Aggregate Gross-Country
reaches the conclusion related to technology transfer from
Data. Journal of Monetary Economics, 34, 143-174.
the skilled sector(cohort) to the unskilled sector(cohort).
[4] Benhabib, J., & Spiegel, M. (2005). Human capital and technology
4. Conclusion and Policy Implications diffusion. In: Aghion, P., Durlauf, S.(Eds.), Handbook of Economic
Growth. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp., 935-966
Although the empirical evidence so far is mixed, human
[5] Gerschenkron,A.(1962). Economic Backwardness in Historical
capital is generally regarded as an important driver for
Perspective. Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, Cambridge.
economic growth. While some argue that human capital
[6] Grossman, G., and Helpman, E. (1991). Endogenows Product
contributes to higher technological progress by facilitating
Cycles. Economic Journal, 101, 1214-1229.
innovation, diffusion and adoption of new technologies and
[7] James, B., Jakob, B., Md Rabiul Islam.(2011). The effects of human
thus affects productivity growth indirectly, others argue that
capital composition on technological convergence. Journal of
168 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Macroeconomics, 33, 465-476

[8] Krueger, A. & Lindahl, M.(2001). Education for growth: Why and
for whom? Journal of Economic Literature, 39, 1101-1136
[9] Krugman, P.(1979). A model of Innovation, Technology Transfer,
and the World Distribution of Income. Journal of Political Economy,
87, 253-266.
[10] Mankiw, N. G., Romer, D., & Weil, D. (1992). A contribution to the
empirics of economics of economic growth. Quarterly Journal of
Economics, 107(2), 407-438
[11] Nelson, R., & Phelps, E.(1966). Investment in humans,
technological diffusion and economic growth. American Economic
Review, 56, (1/2), 69-75
[12] Romer, D.(2000). Advanced Macroeconomics. Second edition. The
McGraw-Hill Companies. Inc.
[13] Romer, P.(1990). Endogenous technological change. Journal of
Political Economiy, 98, s71-s102
[14] Rudiger, D., Stanley, F., Richard, S., (2008). Macroeconomics.
Tenth Edition. The McGraw-Hill/Irwin
[15] Vandenbussche, J., Aghion, P., Meghir, C., (2006). Growth, distance
to frontier and composition of human capital. Journal of Economic
Growth 11, 97-127
169 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Research on the Human Resources Qualities

of Software Services Outsourcing Industry
to Japan
Xianmin Zhang*, Jiping Ge
School of Management, Dalian Jiaotong University, Dalian, China
*
min214min@163.com
Abstract: In current information age and the fierce market competition environment, as intangible assets, human resources
with long-term value and creativity, especially for the typical knowledge-intensive industries of software services outsourc-
ing, have become the primary core resources of the industry’s rapid development. This article studies the particularity of
human resource demand for the Japanese software services outsourcing industry, and constructs the evaluation index system
for the quality of human resources of Japanese software services outsourcing industry so as to lay a sound foundation for
human resources development and management of the software services outsourcing industry to Japanese.
Keywords: human resources; talents; demand; evaluation index system for quality
1. Introduction factors in choosing partners and own its own unique perso-
nality.
Software industry, as a typical high-tech and knowledge-
intensive industries, not only is the soul of the information 2.1. Human Resources Particularity of Software
industry, but also is the leading industry for determining the Service Outsourcing Industry to Japan
country's future competitiveness. Whether the industry owns
2.1.1. Knowing the Culture and Background of Japan
high-quality and high-skilled software professional team is a
key to its rapid growth. Chinese software outsourcing has In order to get cooperation smoothly and customer satis-
got the rapid development. In 2010, the offshore software faction, our staff must familiar with the Japanese sense of
development market size has amounted to $ 3.357 billion, a hierarchy, the way of thinking, customs and habits during
year-on-year growth about 21.6% and will be 24.2% com- cooperation with Japanese companies. It is inextricable to
pound annual growth rate in the next five years, software mutual trust and completion efficiency to the project. We
services outsourcing will be the potential and the most im- should safeguard each other's face during negotiations, and
portant way to enhance the software industry development. handle the relationship in the different levels of staff proper-
Currently, Japan has become the second-largest country of ly. It is the necessary premise for undertaking the orders
the software product and service in the world, and China as about Japanese software industry. At present, many domestic
the most of Japan's foreign contracting country, accounting coders often appear deviate from the book was written from
for 70% of the market share in Japan, has great potential for Japanese systems engineer or the Japanese take it is not re-
development. Therefore, the study about human resources flected in the design of the book for granted, resulting in the
particularity and talent qualities of software service out- access packages do not know how to understand the design
sourcing industry to Japan is an essential prerequisite for of the book [1] and a waste of human capital. Therefore, by
effective development and management of the industry to being familiar with the work and management approaches of
human resources, and can enhance the cooperation with Ja- the Japanese software companies and understanding the dif-
pan, finally can enhance the industry innovation and overall ferences between cross-cultural and cross-regional, it can
competitiveness. prevent deviations in understanding the design process of the
project effectively, so as to improve the efficiency of project
2. Human Resources Qualities of Software development.
Service Outsourcing Industry to Japan
2.1.2. Japanese Conversation and Communication abili-
Japanese software business is stringent to access pack- ties
age’s details and standards requirements, and it is very strict
At present, due to the understanding to Japanese is not
to the working style. They often consider a large number of
deep, a lot of software outsourcing enterprises to Japan often
170 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

X. M. Zhang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp170-173
spend more time than the actual development time in project, ratio accounted for about 30% in 2010. Visibly, it is essential
leading to the development is slow and inefficient. Therefore, to the completion of project during undertaking the software
good conversation and communication is the premise for development project process to Japan. A CEO of Indian
cross-cultural, cross-regional exchange and cooperation software companies has said that CMM3 can improve 20%
smoothly and mutual trust. Japanese customers value the in reliability and reduce 20% in cost to software. Therefore,
understanding and communication of access package to Jap- access package should know CMM3 and higher level of de-
anese during project negotiations, at the same time, it is gen- velopment mode, which can improve the development
erally not very clear to present their own stringent require- process and the quality assurance system effectively. At the
ments with document, so the access package should commu- same time, the staff also should familiar with Japanese stan-
nicate with the Japanese customers and design product based dard on quality management system, This will not only can
on the actual situation concurrently. Therefore, improving continue to improve the technical level of China's software
the mastery about knowledge system and jargon of software outsourcing enterprises themselves, but also can be excellent
business, and improving their communication and interper- in quality, and ultimately can improve the quality of man-
sonal skills about Japanese, not only can further understand agement.
the ideas and content about design and development of the
2.1.5. Reasonable “Pyramid” Talent Structural Levels
Japanese projects, but also can correct deviations, modify
design and procedures, finally can meet customers’ needs At present, the software service outsourcing personnel
effectively. structure to Japan is unreasonable both in quantity and quali-
ty. In terms of our own software service outsourcing industry,
2.1.3. Meticulous Document Management System of Ja-
the talent gap is still large. In the development process of
pan
software outsourcing projects to Japan, the role of the devel-
Japanese companies are great important to the documen- opment team generally include: systems analyst, systems
tation, and this point is very distinctive. It also requires the engineer, senior programmer and programmer [2], so ta-
partner to attend to the details on the document management, lented person may be divided into senior, intermediate and
which is essential to ensure the software development quali- junior talent. Because of the management ways of Japanese
ty to Japan. Software services outsourcing industry to Japan software companies and business is mainly concentrating in
often mismanage the details about the document, resulting in the coding programming manufacturing, monomer and low-
addition to maintenance costs and declination to the quality end engineering design stage, so the software services out-
of products. The industry often takes about 1/3 of the all sourcing business talent to Japan shows "pyramid" obviously.
time to organize and manage all kinds of documents, which Therefore, software service outsourcing enterprises should
is the quality assurance premise of software development. At collaborate with universities and IT training institutions, at
the same time, the document about 90% often is written by the same time, this industry also should adjust the "olive"
excel in Japanese software companies, in order to unify spe- structure of software outsourcing talents to Japan reasonably
cification and manage easily. Therefore, the access package in order to adapt to the rapid development of software ser-
should record every minutiae that include all the information vice outsourcing industry to Japan in China.
about cooperation and communication with the Japanese in
2.1.6. Knowing the Relevant Laws and Regulations of
the document during the software development process, at
the Sino-Japanese Software
the same time, it should learn document preparation by excel
and establish standardized documentation system, which not Software enterprises attach great importance to the effec-
only can be beneficial to the administrator inspect docu- tiveness about information protection work and the profes-
ments quickly, but also can be more conducive to meet the sionalism to employees, especially the Japanese companies
needs of Japanese customers for document management. see the integrity as their lives. At present, our country leaks
customer information in the process of undertaking the Japa-
2.1.4. Strict Quality Management System
nese software project process frequently. The software out-
As well known, Japan is a country that the most impor- sourcing staffs should strengthen study and training of the
tant quality. Because of the differences in management style, relevant laws and regulations, and the industry should estab-
communication and corporate culture, the software package lish strict intellectual property and information protection
often leads the quality about project development to decline awareness, which not only can safeguard the interests of
in the process of software services outsourcing to Japan, and victims, but also can enable the partners to establish long-
cannot reach customers' needs. Dalian software industry term trusted partnership.
association-information technology market in Japan displays
2.2. Talent Qualities of Software Service Outsourc-
the result that Japan evaluated the quality satisfaction on
object to access package, illustrated that the dissatisfaction ing Industry to Japan
171 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Market research firm GaFtiler forecasts that the future of the industry should try to master the CMM3 development
trends in the information industry: software companies will model and requirements specification. Finally, the different
seriously value complex software talent. These people not levels of talent should have the awareness of information
only need to own the software expertise, but also be familiar protection.
with the certain commercially sensitivity and management,
communication and strong comprehensive quality. Therefore, 3. Human Resources Quality Evaluation Index
this industry needs a large number of complex IT software System of Software Service Outsourcing In-
creative talents, it is crucial to solve the problem about the dustry to Japan
shortage of compound talents [3]. Based on the above analy-
sis, Fig. 1 can roughly embody the characteristics of industry Table 1. Human resources quality evaluation index system
talent. First level Second level
Third level indicators
Fig. 1 divides the software service outsourcing industry indicators indicators
talents into three levels: senior, intermediate and junior talent. Job vacancies, turnover
Now, because of the access package undertakes Japanese Post supplementary time
projects most in the low end level to software, the high-end Completion rate of recruitment
core technology projects are basically little, the talent Planning and program
presents "pyramid" obviously. According to the relevant configuration Appraisal satisfaction rate of the
departments for investigation, the structure of software out- trial period
sourcing talent to Japan show "olive", and the structure is not The demand ratio of different
reasonable, so the enterprises, universities and training insti- level
tutions, as well as each employee should adjust each other in Enthusiasm and creativity of
order to meet the industry on talent demand requirements. In Professional labor
addition above characteristics listed, the different levels of ethics Professionalism and professional
personnel have a common feature: First, the different levels conduct
of the industry professionals own the different needs to the Different demand ratio of Japa-
ability on communication. Especially the senior personnel nese level
should have strong verbal communication and The master ratio of Japanese
software industry jargon
Language back-
The understanding of Japanese
Higher than Japanese level two, at least ground
five years experience in development culture and customs
Familiar with Japanese culture and Adv- The master degrees of Japan’s
Advanced Demand
management model, strong market- anced corporate culture and manage-
quality
ing and coordination abilities ment modes
The ability to analyze and solve
Japanese level two, at least three problems
years experience in development Interpersonal Communication and presentation
relationship skills
Intermediate Intermediate
Comprehensive knowledge sys- Active response capability
tem of IT, strong coordination
and team management abilities Cultural level of average educa-
tional level and job
Computer software knowledge
Japanese level three, mastery
Primary familiar with debugging
development environment Primary Writing and managing docu-
ments by using excel
Professional The master degree about CMM3
Strong development ability,
understanding the software skills software development model
development and design books standard
Total quality management
Current talent Reasonable talent The practical experience re-
structure structure quirement ratio of different areas
The relevant provisions of soft-

Figure 1. Talent demand structure of different levels for the soft- Laws and regu-
ware industry association of
ware services outsourcing industry to Japan. lations
china and the region
coordination ability. Secondly, the different levels of talent 3.1. Necessity for Human Resources Quality and
master degrees different about the industry development Evaluation
model of CMM3. Especially the primary development talent
172 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

In general, human resources connotations include both

quantity and quality. Human resources number does not
mean the total amount of human resources, as a actor of pro-
duction, the quality of human resources is often more impor-
tant than quantity [4]. The quality of human resources de-
termines competitive advantage and the future development
direction of the industry. Building the human resources qual-
ity evaluation index system of software service outsourcing
industry to Japan, and evaluating its quality level is a prere-
quisite of human resources management and development in
the industry, it has an important value to enhance the quality
of software service outsourcing talents to Japan, and finally
improve business efficiency.
3.2. Building for Human Resources Quality Evalu-
ation Index System
The quality of human resources generally includes ethics,
cultural level etc. This paper designates the quality of human
resources as the demand for quality, and builds quality eval-
uation index system along this strip, as shown in Table 1.
The quality of human resources system is a complex sys-
tem which constrains a number of objective and subjective
factors. Thus, the study about it is very complex. The index
system listed in this article also needs more statistical data
and survey practice to support and improve it. At the same
time, the quantitative research on index should also be fur-
ther improved. Ultimately the software services outsourcing
talent to Japan achieve high-quality and promote enterprise
efficiency to achieve the goal of high growth.
References
[1] F. Zang, and Z. Zhou, “Explore how to improve the quality
development of software outsourcing,” Xiang chao,2009,(2):61-62.
[2] Q. D. Xing, and W. Li, “The analysis of the talents skill demands for
software outsourcing from Japan,” Technology and innovation
management, 2009, (1):57-60.
[3] Z. H. Xv. “Talent training of software outsourcing to Japan and
college Japanese education,” Science and technology information,
2011, (33):59 -60.
[4] J. T. Shi, X. J. Ma, and H. Sun, “The enterprise human resource
management in information age,” Beijing: science press, 2004.
173 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The Practice Teaching System Innovation

Research of Human Resources Management in
Local Colleges and Universities
Jixue Yuan,Weijin Wang
School of Business, Shandong Polytechnic University, Jinan, P.R.China, 250353
Abstract：The practical teaching contributes to enhance students' practical ability, but also to improve student’s
competitiveness in the future job-seeking. In human resources management training program of many local colleges and
universities, practice teaching arrangements account for a certain percentage of the hours, but the specific implementation of
the effect is a worry. Taking the Shandong Polytechnic University for example, this paper analyses the shortcomings of
undergraduate practical teaching in human resource management, and puts forward specific measures to enhance
professional practice in teaching reform process.
Keywords: local colleges and universities; human resource management; practice teaching; innovation
1. Introduction 1 human resource management graduate in recent years, the

practice ability is obviously insufficient, which is one of the
In recent years, the Ministry of Education sends out a most unsatisfactory aspects to the employer. According to the
number of documents of undergraduate practical teaching Shandong Polytechnic University 2007-2011 graduate survey,
and requires that the practice teaching time of university According to the Shandong Polytechnic University
students is in principle not less than 1 year. The practical 2007-2011 graduate survey, we found that the practical
teaching will be paid more and more attention to. At the same ability is the main factor hindering the employment. About
time, the practical ability is an important indicator to measure the professional practice teaching on human resource
the quality of students in seeking for employment process. management, many experts and scholars also put forward
What is the practice teaching? Practice teaching is a variety many proposals for reform. Chen Hao analysizes the present
of teaching activities relative to the theoretical teaching. It is situation and deficiencies of professional practice teaching on
a set of teaching with the theoretical teaching in order to human resources management in local colleges and
cultivate students' comprehensive ability, hands-on universities, and proposes some reform measures to
operational capability, found-analysis-problem solving skills, strengthen human resources management professional
creative thinking and social adaptability. Therefore, to practice[1]. The Zhou Yuan-fu pointed out that we need to
improve the future competitiveness of human resource establish and perfect the practice of teaching management
management students, in the development of training system to strengthen the human resource management
program, we need to enhance the ability of the professional professional practice teaching, to build a high level of
practice of students according to the requirements of the practical teaching faculty and establish the professional
Ministry of Education and local economic and social practice teaching platform of human resource management
development. From 1993 to the present, the number of our [2]. Zhao Hong-mei puts forward the tentative plan about
countries' colleges and universities which open human human resource management bachelor of applied personnel
resources management in undergraduate course has reached training practice system construction according to the
more than 300 and the enrollment number has reached a total characteristics, functional position, the level of positioning,
of 161,030[1]. According to the employment situation of the subject level, the positioning of scale and character
positioning of different colleges and universities [3]. Gu
1 The authors would like to express their thanks to the regional Hong-bo and other scholars elaborate the present situation
innovation and sustainable development research base of Shandong and problems of practical teaching on the university human
province college humanities and social science research base for resource management and put forward countermeasures and
the financial support.
suggestions of the scientific construction of the Human
174 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

J. X. Yuan et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp174-178
Resource Management Practice Teaching System based on of the schools’ existing resources and practice bases. Taking
analysizing strengthening the necessity and feasibility of the Shandong Polytechnic University for example, the
human resource management practices teaching [4]. In curriculum practice teaching includes the curriculum design
addition, there are a lot of researches in this area[5-15] and on staff quality assessment programs, the pay system and
the results are not elaborated here. human resources management information system. The stage
Take Shandong Polytechnic University for example, we of practical teaching includes cognition practice, professional
will analyze the problems and shortcomings of professional practice and term paper, taking the two of decentralized and
practice teaching system in the local university human centralized organized ways. Comprehensive practice teaching
resource management to explore the new and improved ideas generally adopts the decentralized practice. Guiding teachers
as we can learn the methods and measures for the regularly communicate with the practice unit to understand
professional training model of human resource management students' practice situation and the students' comprehensive
in local colleges and universities. application of knowledge.
2. The Present Situation Analysis of 3. The Professional Practice Teaching Problems

Professional Practice Teaching on Human of Human Resources Management in Local
Resource Management in Local Colleges Colleges and Universities
and Universities
From the formal point of view, the practice teaching
Local colleges take the basic three forms in setting human methods used by local colleges and universities are the same
resource management professional practice teaching,. First, and from the surface, these have been able to meet the
the curriculum practice teaching ,as it practiced simply in students' practice teaching need. But in-depth analysis, we
classroom where teachers can organize the implementation in found there are more or less the following questions in the
the teaching of professional courses according to the content process of practice teaching.
of curriculum knowledge, student characteristics and (1) In the target level of practice teaching, some local
understanding of each module of the Human Resource colleges and universities only take practice teaching as
Management. Such as the Salary system design matching students’ professional skills in practice, teaching, while
with the compensation management teaching, the curriculum ignoring the evaluation of using expertise ability thus
design of performance evaluation index system supporting affecting the practice teaching function and role playing.
the curriculum of performance management and the training (2) The construction process of the practice teaching base,
programs for curriculum design supporting training and schools just connect during the internship period with the
development curriculum. Second is the Stage practice corporate, so companies’ interesting in introducing students
teaching arrangements by focusing on some of the social to practice is not strong, leading to the main role play not
survey, concentrated practice, social services and other enough, also, it leads to a certain degree of out of line
practical activities in order that the students can summary and between teaching plans, teaching content and the actual needs
comprehensive use of the ordinary knowledge. Such as the and a series of drawbacks.
1-2 weeks time of cognition practice in Human Resource (3) In the support of hardware conditions, the number of
Management Practice arrangements, or the social survey term colleges and universities in establishing the Laboratory of
paper arranged on summer vacation or winter vacation and Human Resource Management is few due to shortage of
takes the students to practice base focusing on practice 1-3 funds. Even if the individual universities have established a
days. The third is a comprehensive practice teaching. laboratory, the laboratory-scale is small because of
Through the graduation practice, graduation thesis form, we insufficient capital investment and the function is single. The
can make students use their knowledge and ability to an enrollment of the profession in some colleges and universities
in-depth analysis of the enterprise management, human has a large-scale; students’ simulating the comprehensive
resources management institutions in specific issues, written experiment is a mere formality, which is not conducive to
with a higher quality of student papers or graduation design students' experimental skills, ability and innovative ability.
and the process is generally on the 1-2 senior at the (4) In the teaching mode and method level, the practice
University semester. teaching of human resource management in local university
Through the survey of four provincial local colleges and did not practice with the local economic development closely
universities, they have adopted the three ways in the practice and not effectively serve the local economy. Such as the
of human resource management undergraduate teaching. The mode of Human Resource Management in Shandong
difference is the timing of practical aspects and the focusing Polytechnic University whose practice teaching does not
of practice exercise according to the specific circumstances reflect its characteristics and can not be good for students to
175 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

understand the human resources management of light Polytechnic University for example, practice teaching
industry enterprises. In theory class of human resource students must complete the credits, but often just in the form
management in many universities, professional courses of homework, you can not really understand the students'
teaching content occupied large, and practice teaching hours practical ability of knowledge.
is relatively small. Teacher lectures more and students
participate less in the design and discussion. 4. The Professional Practice Teaching System
(5) In the specific implementation way of practice Improvements of Human Resources
teaching level, we generally use the experiment, training, Management in Local Colleges and
practice and other teaching links, with the help of practical Universities
teaching base set ting based on teaching and learning,
learning and practicing, inside and outside the school, class (1) The redesign of the Human Resource Management
and out of class. But the college teaching practice bases Curriculum, outstanding the status of practical teaching.
although established many outside at present, the number of Doing a good job in practical teaching, we must first
which can really play to cultivate the students ability is less. change the ideas. We should change the status of practice
Students' graduation practice and social practice activities are teaching in a subordinate position in the traditional mode of
mostly scattered and companies and the students do not education to achieve the change of from focusing on
connected, so the process of students' practice guidance is not knowledge to capacity and quality. In particular, to we need
enough. The lack of practice teaching base becomes one of to establish the thinking of focusing on the education of the
bottleneck restricting students’ practical ability to improve. students' practical abilities. Second, we must attach great
(6) In the practice teaching program development and importance to the role of practice teaching in the culture of
implementation, some local colleges and universities did not human resource management professionals, improve the
arrange practice teaching with the theoretical teaching. They proportion of practice hours, and increase the practice of
design practice teaching programs independently and free to teaching inputs. Hours of practice teaching occupied not less
increase the practice of teaching courses based on teachers' than 30% and the credits not less than 30% of professional
abilities and interests. credits.
(7) In the construction of teaching materials in practice (2) Establish and improve practice teaching management
teaching, human resource management practice teaching system of human resource management
materials are relatively scarce. College teachers In the premise of time, we should establish practical
independently developed the preparation of teaching notes teaching management system, including the practice of
basically and the professional practice of teaching materials teaching teachers, laboratories, practice bases, the external
is in lack. Students often excerpt from the network to practice of teachers and students credit system in practice
complete the job to cope with the practical teaching grades aspect. We promote outstanding teachers with the practical
investigation. experience to assume teaching tasks of human resource
(8) In the teaching faculty building of practice teaching, management practices, to carry out the practice of teaching,
the lack of practical experience is prevalent at the local research and reform, to design practice of the teaching
universities. More teachers are from the school to school, process in order to improve the quality of practices teaching
more than in the theory of teaching, teachers learning from of human resource management. To this end, the school
theory to theory, practice and lack of experiences. It is needs to ensure the smooth implementation of the practice
difficult to guide the students to conduct practical learning. teaching from teachers and funds.
Taking Shandong Polytechnic University for example, in (3) Establish the professional practice base which can
those 10 teachers who engaged in Human Resource play a real role in
Management, only one teacher has more than three years The students' professional knowledge and practical ability
experience in human resources management in the enterprise. requires the three main interests of schools’, related
(9) The practice teaching evaluation system is not yet organizations’ (enterprises, public institutions)and students’
mature. Most colleges and universities are mainly relying on forming a win-win relationship. Companies need the school
theoretical academic assessment of student learning, and to provide human resources support, and need excellent
independent practice teaching evaluation system has not been professionals to join the enterprise. The students need to
established. The practice of teaching has many standards in grow and strengthen the professional knowledge, building up
many ways, lack of pro-active self-restraint mechanism on professional application capabilities for future competition in
the quality of practice teaching. The practice teaching has the workplace. Schools need to develop education and
more large arbitrariness, lack of the whole process of research. In the curriculum practice teaching process, we
monitoring system in institutionalization. Taking Shandong make it through case study discussions, simulation role play,
176 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

and simulated practical operation of practical teaching. In the Those students learn the main theories and have fewer
stage practice of teaching, the school organized students to opportunities to practice. This often results in the lack of
companies for cognition internships. Also the students combination of theoretical knowledge and practical ability
participate in corporate human resources management and can not apply what they have learned well. So the school
through professional internships. Students can put theory into should be actively involved in research projects for
practice through various forms of a variety of internship form undergraduate to create conditions to encourage teachers to
of practice to fully c enhance the professional skills. In the absorb undergraduates to join research projects team, using
practice teaching, we let the students into different enterprise horizontal issues guiding undergraduate
enterprises to carry out comprehensive practice, as well as a curriculum design or graduation project. Taking the
regular exchange of experience, improve the human curriculum reform of Shandong Polytechnic University for
resources management professional knowledge. example, we can organize the students to set up all kinds of
(4) Increase the funds input of practical teaching. interest groups. In the absence of scientific research tasks, the
Colleges and universities do not attach much importance teacher design simulation project for students to improve
to practice of economics, and management science majors, so students' ability and awareness to do the project.
too few inputs in this regard. Universities must establish (7) To establish a scientific and effective practice
specialized laboratories of Human Resource Management, teaching evaluation system.
purchase the necessary facilities and equipment, which is the To enhance students' professional practice, there should
most basic material conditions of the practice teaching. The be a scientific evaluation system to measure what student’s
laboratories can carry out simulation experiments on practical skills. If there is an equivalent practical course
recruiting, the job analysis, performance appraisal program, evaluation system, we could independently evaluate the
simulation of the remuneration package, training and effect of practice teaching. Not only the assessment of
development simulation, career planning and simulation. teachers 'practice teaching standards, but also assessment of
These experiments help students learn to write the statement students' practical abilities. Many colleges and universities
of work, labor contracts and operations such as copywriting, lack practice teaching evaluation system of human resource
design specific performance appraisal program and pay management, resulting those students and teachers do not
program, understanding, training and development attach importance to this aspect. Taking the Shandong
management, master of career planning and design of Polytechnic University for example, the practice of teachers
practical ability. Teachers can use scenario simulation, design, teaching load is 50% of the theoretical teaching workload and
role-playing, to improve students’ expertise and ability of students’ practice teaching scores usually depend on the final
human resource management. internship report, largely leading to the phenomenon of
(5) Establishment of combination of special and part practice teaching a mere formality and the results generally
practical teaching of teachers. higher than the theoretical course grade.
On the one hand, rely on in-service teachers through the
testing exercise to improve their practical teaching ability, References
enrich their practical work experience based on practice
[1] Chen Hao. Current situation and reform of local colleges and
teaching base, and corporate professional learning work
universities’ human resources management professional practice
stations. On the other hand, service scholars and experienced
teaching [J]. Popular Science, 2010, no.7, pp. 201-202. (in Chinese)
professional and technical personnel in the field of scientific
research, production, management can be hired as part-time [2] Zhou Yuan-fu.The approaches and measures to strengthen human
teacher, mentor for a student’ off-campus growth and assume resources management professional practice teaching in colleges and
a certain degree of practical teaching tasks. This will not only universities [J]. Qinghai Normal University (Social Science Edition),
enrich the resources of teachers, but also allow students more 2008, no.4, pp. 150-153. (in Chinese)
exposure to the business people to understand the actual [3] Zhao Hong-mei. The construction and exploration of application
business, have a clear orientation and goals. Taking the personnel training practice teaching system on human resource
innovative curriculum reform of Shandong Polytechnic management undergraduate [J]. China University Teaching, 2007,
University for example, there are four categories in no.1, pp. 79-81. (in Chinese)
innovative curriculum system, and practical skills course [4] Gu Hong-bo, Liao He-ping, Zhang Xiao-qiu .Construction of
requires that part-time teachers into the school teaching hours professional practice teaching system in human resource management
should not be less than 50%. [J]. Contemporary educational theory and practice, 2011, no.3,
(6) Students are encouraged to participate in the teachers’ pp.102-104. (in Chinese)
all kinds of human resource management research projects.
[5] Chen Shan-fei. Deepening the reform of experiment teaching to
improve students' practical ability and innovat ive ability [J].
177 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Laboratory research and exploration, 2011, no.5, pp.46-48. (in

Chinese)
[6] Ding Wen. Exploration and practice on practical teaching system of
human resources management program in higher vocational colleges
[J]. Journal of Harbin vocational & technical college, 2012, no.1,
pp.12-13. (in Chinese)
[7] Guo Ru-ping. Reflections on experimental teaching reform of Human
resources management [J]. Journal of Jiaxing University, 2006, no.9,
pp.127-130. (in Chinese)
[8] Zhao Qiu-cheng. Practical teaching and students' practical ability
cultivation [J]. Journal of Dongbei University of Finance and
Economics, 2006, no.2, pp.94-97. (in Chinese)
[9] Zhu Xin-yan. Human resources management professional practice of
teaching research and Reform [J]. China Water Transport, 2006,
no.12, pp.231-232. (in Chinese)
[10] Guan Pei-lan. University human resources management professional
is facing with opportunity and challenge [J]. Human resources
development in China, 2004, no.1, pp.18-20. (in Chinese)
[11] Pan Xiao-lan. The thinking of human resource management
professional teaching practice [J]. Modern Enterprise Culture, 2010,
(5): 205-206. (in Chinese)
[12] Ye Ying-hong. On the problems and measures existed in teaching the
major of human resource management [J]. Journal of Guangxi
teaches education university (Social Science Edition), 2008, no.1, pp.
147-151. (in Chinese)
[13] Liu Xiong. The organization and implementation of human resource
management professional social practice teaching [J]. Population &
economics, 2002, no.10, pp.96-98. (in Chinese)
[14] Liao Ying. The research of universities’ human resources
management professional practical teaching [J]. Journal of Guangx i
Universit y of Finance and Economics, 2006, no.10, pp.126-128. (in
Chinese)
[15] Liu Yong-an, Lin Yang-su. An exploration of human resource
management undergraduate practical teaching of local universities [J].
Chinese University Teaching, 2007, no.8, pp.35-37. (in Chinese)
178 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The Regulation of the Enterprise

Environmental Costs on the Basis of Cleaner
Production
Yan Zhou
School of Economics and Management, Ningbo Dahongying University, Ningbo, China
china_zy2008@yahoo.cn
Abstract: Nowadays in our country, the passive mode “end-of-pipe treatment”, which means to pollute at the first, and to
treat at the end, is adapted by many enterprises and seriously leads the environmental costs to be in an uncontrollable cir-
cumstance. Therefore, to study the regulation of the enterprise environmental costs on the basis of cleaner production can
effect sustainable development of the enterprises, society and environment positively. The paper makes a fairly systematical
analysis of the mechanism of the enterprise environmental costs, hoping to do some good to the implement of this regula-
tion for many enterprises.
Keywords: cleaner production; regulation of the enterprise environmental costs; regulating mechanism
1. Introduction tion, product and service, aiming to increase efficiency and
decrease the risk of human and environment. UNEP ad-
Environmental costs refer to the costs which were em- vanced Cleaner Production to a strategy, whose subjects
ployed for the influence in the process of managing the en- were crafts and product, and whose traits were sustainable,
terprise activities or the costs for the measurements asked to precautious and comprehensive. (Zhang Kai&Cui Zhaojie,
adopt, as well as the other costs for carrying out the target 2005)
and requirements the enterprises need to pay for (Position In China, the concept of Cleaner Production was set
Statement of Accounting and Financial Reporting for Envi- forth firstly in the “21st century agenda for China” (1994).
ronmental Cost and Liabilities, 1998). The cleaner production was redefined in Cleaner Production
As a real labor consumption of the product, like the cost Promotion Law, which was carried out in 2003(revised in
of manufacture, the environmental costs should be inte- 2012), “to keep on applying the measurements, such as im-
grated into the cost management system and well controlled. proving the design, using clean energy and raw material,
Given the enterprises ignore the management of the envi- adopting advanced technology and facility, bettering man-
ronmental costs, they will be likely to fall into the dilemma agement, comprehensively utilizing, to reduce the pollution
of huge environmental outlay. And nowadays in our country, from the source and improve the efficiency of resource utili-
the passive mode “end-of-pipe treatment”, which means to zation, thus diminishing or preventing the harm to the envi-
pollute at the first, and to treat at the end, is adopted by ronment”. This definition emphasized to solve the pollution
many enterprises and seriously leads the environmental problem on the premise that the cleaner production can help
costs to be in an uncontrollable circumstance. Therefore, to pursue the economic efficiency, and urge the realization of
study the regulation of the enterprise environmental costs on the economic benefit first, environment protection first, at
the basis of cleaner production has practical significance. the same time, manage to employ free or low-charge plan to
The pollutant in our country mainly comes from the in- prevent or treat the pollution under the precondition to guar-
dustrial pollution, so supposed the enterprises can produce antee or improve equal economic benefit, the cost will be far
cleanly, take precautions from the source, and achieve the lower than that of end-of-pipe treatment (Xiao Xu & Wan
cost regulation on the basis of cleaner production, the eco- Meixia, 2003).
nomic and social benefit will be greatly improved. Environmental costs regulation implies that to achieve
2. Cleaner Production and the Regulation of the requirement of the environment law and the enterprise’s
sustainable development, and to further realize the optimal
Environmental Costs double target of the environmental and economic benefit,
Cleaner production is a developing mode for preventing the enterprises make use of some methods to control all the
pollution and protecting environment. At abroad, the con- factors in the process of environmental costs through the
cept of Cleaner Production originally was raised by the basic analysis of the environmental cost information got in
United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) in 1989 the cost accounting (Xu Jiupin & Jiang Hongqiang, 2003).
formally, then in 1996, it was defined as indicating cleaner The method and measurements to regulate the environ-
production is a new creative mindset, which can be applied mental costs are varied, and many scholars had their own
to prevent continuously as a whole in the process of produc- opinion. Kong and Zhao (2005) proposed to reinforce the
179 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. Zhou et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp179-183
regulation in advance, during the course and afterwards (Wu To illustrate it, we can firstly analyze from the perspec-
& Zhang, 2009; Zhang & Zhang, 2011; Liu, 2011) to regu- tive of economics the environmental costs controlling beha-
late the environmental costs on the basis of product life cir- vior and thus serve as the standard and guide for the enter-
cle. Chang (2009) divided the enterprise’s value activities prises to carry out the environmental cost regulation. People
into four stages according to the value chain theory, namely often divide, in the practice of environmental cost regulation,
the development, purchase, production and marketing stage, the environmental costs into interior and exterior environ-
and argued that the enterprises should make the every link in mental costs (Zhang, 2008). The former includes the costs in
the value chain as the pointcut of regulating the environmen- designing the product in order to avoid and decrease the load
tal costs, and structure their own value chain mode, and ac- in manipulating environment and thus lead to the additional
complish the regulation. Li (2005) and Zhen (2008) intro- cost and the costs in producing the product; the latter comes
duced some basic theory of ABC Process into the business out because of the damage caused to the exterior environ-
accounting and control of the environmental cost. The appli- ment and society, and therefore to restore and reproduce the
cation of the above-mentioned means can not do without the environmental resources, such as restoring cost and repro-
mode of cleaner production, that is, in the course of envi- duction cost. In general, the exterior costs will increase with
ronmental cost regulation, the enterprises need to combine the increase of the amount of natural resources and the pol-
the requirement of cleaner production, make reasonable use lutant which was released, while the interior costs will de-
of resources, reform the processing equipment, develop crease with the increase the same factor with the exterior
brand new process flow, and comprehensively and rationally ones, and increase with the raise of the controlling amount
use the waste to reduce the unnecessary environmental cost (the decreasing amount of pollutant and the restoring
outlay, hence achieving the target of controlling the envi- amount of the natural resources). The interior and exterior
ronmental costs. costs are in mutual growth. (Showed as chart 1)
In all, cleaner production is a strategic thinking for the
enterprises to control the environmental costs. The thinking
integrated the environmental costs into the regulation of the
the total envi-
product life circle, and suggested that before it appears, the ronmental costs
cost
environmental costs should be decreased or eliminated. MI

C
3. The Mechanism of the Enterprise Environ- MEC
mental Costs in Cleaner Production

The methods and measurements for the enterprises to re-
gulate the environmental costs on the basis of cleaner pro-
duction are employed effectively and practically in western
industries, while in our enterprises they are seldom used at
present, even if used, the effect is not obvious. At the
0 the released amount of the pollution
present time, our enterprises almost adopt the post-process
treatment to deal with environmental costs, namely, the end- the measure of the pollution con-
of-pipe treatment, which refers to the idea that the enterpris- trol
es manage to get rid of the pollution and account various
outlays for the environmental costs. Though this method has In chart 1, MIC indicates the marginal interior cost,
little impact on the daily production and operating activities MEC marginal exterior cost. MIC is from the right to the left,
of the enterprises, and keeps the original production process and MEC is opposite. From the left to the light refers to the
unchangeable, only controlling the current environmental more released pollution, less controlled pollution; on the
outlay in production process, yet to enterprises, they have contrary, right to left means the more controlled pollution,
little space to decrease the environmental costs and the ef- the less released pollution. The optimal amount of the pollu-
fect to control the costs is not distinct, which can be proved tion released, or the most effective controlled pollution is the
in the case of Conocophillips oil spill incident in 2011. To amount of pollution which is released or controlled when the
urge our enterprises to attach importance to the environmen- total environmental costs (interior costs plus exterior costs)
tal costs, and positively hope to regulate the environmental is the lowest. The point right to C (the more released pollu-
costs, one important premise is to analyze the controlling tion), the interior costs fall, but the additional exterior cost
mechanism of the environmental costs and reveal the con- will increase more, and the total environmental costs will
trolling process with the optimal combination of environ- raise, too, thus it is not the most efficient. Similarly, neither
mental and economic benefits according to the enterprise is the point left to C (the more controlled pollution), for the
nature of chasing interest. added interior costs outweigh the decreased exterior costs,
and the total environmental costs naturally increase, and
180 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

therefore point C is the most efficient. Chart 1 suggests in environment-friendly technology; manage to avoid or de-
the process of cleaner production, it is not economical to crease the costs added to enlarge the environmental load;
eliminate totally the environmental pollution only by con- select the alternative low-environmental load stuff; arrange
trolling the environmental cost from the perspective of eco- the feasible analysis of the various pollution processing sys-
nomic benefit, that is, the optimal pollution level is not zero, tem, manage to control the constructing and operating costs
but the amount of released pollution when the total envi- of the pollution processing system; make full use of inno-
ronmental costs(interior costs plus exterior costs) is the low- cuous and unpoisonous resources to decrease the consump-
est. tion of the stuff and the cost of manufacture; decrease the
In summary, we have good reasons to oppose implement- technological process in the course of manufacture, and pre-
ing the governance technology if the interior cost outweighs vent the adding of the manufacturing overhead; meanwhile,
the loss caused by the pollution. the clean product can reduce the cost outlay in sales phase,
and reduce the sales expense. In addition, people should
4. The Regulation of the Enterprise Environ- regard the ex post facto passive outlay (the pollution dis-
mental Costs under the Cleaner Production charge fee, amercement and compensation). In short, in de-
signing phase, it is vital to consider the factural and potential
From the above-mentioned analysis of the regulation
outlays as the fundamental component of the product costs,
mechanism of the enterprise environmental costs, we can
design and adopt the low-cost plan as possible, and give
know clearly that when the marginal interior costs equal to
enough thought to the total environmental costs in the for-
the marginal exterior costs, the environmental and enterprise
casting of cost, planning, and business accounting.
economic benefits are optimal. Hence, the enterprises can
Before having the best plan, the enterprises should eva-
take advantage of the regulation strategy of the environmen-
luate comprehensively the advantages and disadvantages of
tal costs in cleaner production as the whole precaution to
the costs and benefits in design plan via certain methods,
apply to analyze continuously the production life cycle, spot
aiming to get the advanced and eco-friendly design plans. In
the problems, look into the causes, and regulate the envi-
evaluation of the best design plan, the enterprises also
ronmental costs in different phases to achieve the lowest
should pay special attention to the selection of the index,
total environmental costs.
normally, the three factors, such as resource environment,
4.1. The Regulation of the Environmental Costs in product costs and prosperities of products. In accordance
the Product Designing Phase with the traits and application situation of the evaluation
index, the enterprises must adhere to the environmental
As the source of the regulation of environmental costs, principle like improving the utilizing rate of the resource,
the production designing phase integrates the potential envi- decrease the resource expense, reduce health risks and eco-
ronmental cost outlays into the cost budgeting system. To logical biodegradable, and from this point, the durability, the
evaluate the production designing plan according to cost- disposability, the resolvability, the cyclicity and the reusabil-
benefit analysis, and bring forth different feasibility reports, ity of the products can be increased greatly, and consequent-
and evaluate their value, then choose the optimal one, thus ly, the harm to the environment can be lessen, and when the
regulating from the source the environmental costs, namely, end of the product life is put off, it is likely to have the res-
to practice the Advance Planning for the environmental cost toring costs and reproduction costs, the good balance be-
regulation. tween the ecological and economic requirements can be
When designing the production, in the first place, it is obtained. Such as increasing the application of high-
necessary for the enterprises to collect, quantize, analyze the regeneration-rate material, the lightweight design of the
data and information of the resource consumption and envi- product, the design of the detachable and manageable parts,
ronmental effect, and the designed production should be the innocuous package design, the closed-recirculation de-
environmental and meet the demand of environmental cost sign of the productive technology, the energy-saving design,
regulation. In other words, before designing the production, etc. The final best plan can protect environment, reduce the
people should consider carefully the achievement of the raw manufacture cost of the product, and the total environmental
material and resource, the process of the raw material, the costs in the phase of manufacturing and afterwards as well.
manufacture of the production and the disposal of the waste:
the price of the raw material should be reasonable and the 4.2. The Regulation of the Environmental Costs in
stuff should be clean as possible. For instance, to use alter- the Product Manufacturing Phase
native stuff which has little environmental effect; the de-
The concurrent regulation is to manipulate the environ-
signed production should keep the finance expense, main-
mental costs in the manufacturing stage. The enterprises
tenance and the price of the purchased capital assets as low
should make the clean product which will be helpful to
as possible in the course of manufacture. Secondly, the envi-
make use of the resources and will not have harmful effect
ronmental costs in production and operating should be taken
in the course of manufacturing, application and disposal, in
into account: rationally determine the process scale, adopt
the meantime, regulate the possible depletion costs and de-
181 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

gradation costs in the manufacture, track and monitor the lays and the governance cost for worsening environment in
affecting factors in different manufacturing stages, particu- this region via the scheme of regional environmental gover-
larly, the enterprises should make sure the discharged waste, nance. For the sake of the involvement of the government,
trying to meet the emission standard, and appropriately han- it is likely to set free the enterprises from more administra-
dle the waste gas, water and residue to avoid unnecessary tive workload, and reduce the administrative expenditure; in
accidental loss or penalty costs. In detail, the enterprises can addition, centralized pollution discharge can make the enter-
do it from the following aspects: prises lessen the investment in some fixed assets such as
1)to recycle waste material, which means the enterprises decontamination plant, reduce the outlays of the bank depo-
can dig for the benefit from the waste water and material to sits and cash in hold, as well as decreasing the financial ex-
attain comprehensive regulation. The process, in nature, is to penses; on the other hand, with the decrease of the work for
transform the wastes into the raw material, semis and even pollution governance, the equipment’s operating expense
the finished products. This practice can not only achieve the will cut down, too, which can not only reduce the current
aim of clean production and environment protection, but environmental cost outlay, also reduce the post environmen-
reduce all kinds of expenses and outlays of regulating the tal costs. For example, in the beginning, the textile industries
environment, and avoid nonbusiness expenditure for the in Wuxi, Jiangsu province brought out quite severe pollution,
penalty of the environment pollution, meanwhile, decrease under this circumstance, the local authority combined the
the material purchases and the additional transportation. enterprises to invest to build the sewage net across the coun-
This practice can increase the current income, the produc- ty. Since then, the enterprises govern well the local pollution
tion cost is less than practical cost, thus, the current benefit by merely posting little sum of environmental maintenance
increase, and the consumed cost and degradation cost of the charge per year. Afterwards, it is proved to be a good exam-
raw material. ple and some cities like Shaoxing in Zhejiang province co-
Besides, the enterprises should deepen the awareness of pied it.
the cleaner production, and make a fundamental change in
the ideology, realize clearly that to perform the cleaner pro- 4.3. The Disposal of the Environmental Costs in the
duction is the challenge for the enterprise development. Product Post-Phase
Let’s take Henan Lotus Monosodium Glutamate Group as The disposal in the product post-phase is to handle the
an example. It processed the wheat into the gourmet powder failure costs caused by the environmental quality, evaluate
and flour, the waste produced into good fertilizer and fodder, and feedback the enterprises’ exterior cost regulation, fur-
the cowhide into the leather. This practice can not only ad- ther modify the quality costs of the environmental target,
minister the pollution, but add the benefit, then develop an then eventually avoid or decrease the costs.
increase in value and ecological cycle in the group. In the stage of the wastes disposal, it is inevitable to have
2)to treat the wastes with the other wastes, which indi- some costs emerged from the transportation, operation and
cates to make use of different natures of the pollutant to administration of disposing the wastes and recovering the
achieve the effect of treating the wastes, its essence is to facilities, and the costs in recovering the wastes after the
make two different wastes experience the disposal and trans- products are use or the package, along with the possible pe-
form them into innocuous and unpoisonous products, to cut nalty, accidental compensation expenses and the transaction
down the governance costs for the worsen environment. The cost of the emission rights. Regarded as the exterior envi-
function of this practice is as follows: first, the investment in ronmental cost, the sort of costs are the restoring costs and
fixed asset can be saved, and thus, the large sum of the capi- reproduction costs, can function as the guard against the
tal got from the purchase of the refining plant can be used to emission of the wastes to the environment, consequently, it
activate the cash flow in the enterprises, and reduce the cur- is directly related to the purpose of discharge standard. To
rent environmental costs; Second, the effort in disposing the decrease the discharge capacity, the garbage came from the
wastes can be cut down, thus the staff salary and the admin- production process, the old rejected products and the used
istrative expenses can be greatly decreased; finally, it can package should be as centrally recycled, disposed and uti-
reduce the penalty for polluting the environment, then the lized as possible, as a result, the target of reutilizing the
administrative expense and the nonbusiness expenditure of wastes can be accomplished. By doing this, the resources
the enterprise can be saved. The case of Meyer Company of and material can be restored and renewed. Moreover, it can
Nanjing City and the nearby Southeast Printing and Dyeing lessen the discharge capacity, the pollution will be cut down
Factory can better illustrate it. Guided by the City EPA, they and the regulation of the post-environmental pollution can
made use of the alkaline waste water in the printing and dye- be effectively realized as a consequence; to some degree, it
ing factory to desulfurate the chimney of Meyer Company. can reduce the post environmental cost outlay and the ad-
It turns out that this plan makes the both parties reduce the ministrative expenditure; meanwhile, the produced cleaner
governance costs for the worsen environment. stuff can be used to make new products, decrease the pur-
3)to employ the centralized pollution discharge gover- chase and manufacture costs, and in the end achieve the goal
nance to decrease the enterprises’ environmental cost out- of regulating the environmental costs.
182 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

5. Conclusion
With the transformation and development of our econo-
my, the environmental activities of the enterprises increa-
singly become the focus of the public attention, and it is
confronted with various pressure such as the increasingly
serious resource shortage, the environmental worsening and
the customers’ green demand, naturally, in this condition,
sustainable development becomes the main direction, so the
enterprises should avoid the passive mode “end-of-pipe
treatment”, which is to pollute firstly, to treat finally, and
integrate the environmental costs into enterprise cost regula-
tion, and control rationally the environmental costs. The
cleaner production can serve the enterprises as the target,
which indicates to get the most out of the resource and de-
crease the pollution, and also provide a solution for the en-
terprises to implement interior management and reduce en-
vironmental costs, increase environmental benefit. Only
when the enterprises can study carefully the controlling me-
chanism of the environmental costs on the basis of cleaner
production and put it into effect, can they make the sustaina-
ble development come true.
References
[1] Freedman,Julian,EnvironmentalCostAccounting :Strategies[J].Mana
gementAccounting:OfficialManagement Accountants,1998：62.
[2] Kevin,A.Kitzman,M,Environmental Cost Accounting for Improved
Environmental Decision Making [J]. Pollution Engineering ，
Dec2001：78-81
[3] Zhang Jingsong, zhang yichi. The study of the regulation of the
enterprises' environmental cost on the basis of the product life cycle
[J],Friends of Accounting 2011,(1):31~33
[4] Xu Jiuping, Jia Hongqiang. Mechanism and pattern of the
environmental costs regulation of the manufacturing enterprises [J].
Management World,2003,(4):96
[5] Liu Jingbing, Research on Cost Control System Based on Innovative
Enterprise Environment[J].Journal of Chengdu University (National
Science Edition),2010,(3)
.
183 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The Study of Effect of CAFTA on CO 2 Emission RRR RRR
of China
Yuhuan Zhao, Wangchun Miao
School of Management and Economics,Beijing Institute of Technology,Beijing, China
Abstract: The relationship between global climate change and international trade is a hot topic these years. Foreign trade
contributes a lot to CO 2 emission of China. The establishment of CAFTA affects foreign trade of China, and so affects CO 2
emission of China. By using data from 1990 to 2010, this paper studies the effects of CAFTA on CO 2 emission of China
empirically. The result shows that CAFTA’s establishment will have negative influence on China’s CO 2 emission in general.
So in order to gain more from CAFTA, related measures should be taken by the government to control the possible negative
effect on environment.
Keywords: CAFTA; CO RRR

2 RRR Emission; China
1. Introduction country’s CO 2 emission intensity, which is the latter part of
RRR RRR
equation (2).
In recent years, global climate change has drawn more EXPORT stands for China’s export to ASEAN. Here
and more attention internationally. With the rapid growth of is the natural logarithm form of EXPORT. China’s
economic development and foreign trade, China faces huge export saw a relatively large change, so in order to make the
pressure of CO 2 emission reduction. According to IEA’s
RRR RRR
series steadier, we use export’s natural logarithm in the esti-

report, China has become the largest CO 2 emission country RRR RRR
mation process. We can see that the new series is steadier than
in 2007. China became the largest exporting country in 2009. the original series.
Studies showed that foreign trade contributed a lot to China’s GDP is used to represent trade’s scale effect on China’s
CO 2 emission. CAFTA, which was signed by China and
RRR RRR
environment. In other empirical literatures, GDP is always

ASEAN, is the first Free Trade Agreement for China. The used as indicator of the scale effect. However, as China’s
establishment of CAFTA affected China’s foreign trade and GDP is a result of domestic consumption, investment and
CO 2 emission theoretically. Using data from 1990 to 2010,
RRR RRR
foreign trade, it could be vogue when GDP is used to indicate

this paper studies the effects of CAFTA on CO 2 emission of RRR RRR
the scale effect. In other words, trade related scale effect

China empirically. should be separated from investment and domestic consump-
2. Model Constructions tion. In addition to that, ASEAN is only one of China’s inter-
national trade partners, so even if GDP is used as indicator of
In this paper, we use a simple model, which is revised the scale effect, we still need to separate China’s GDP change
from the ACT model, to estimate China’s environmental caused by trading with ASEAN, which could be inapplicable
effects caused by its trade with ASEAN. The basic empirical as result of shortage of related data. So China’s export to
model is as following ASEAN is the most direct indicator of the scale effect.
CACLP is the ratio of China’s capital to labor ratio to
(1) ASEAN’s capital to labor ratio. It is used to indicate the
composition effect. In recently studies, export structure is the
Where for are coefficients to be estimated,
most frequently used indicator of composition effect. Howev-
and is random error term. TREM is China’s CO 2 emis- RRR RRR
er, as a shortage of data of China’s detail export structure to

sion caused by its export to ASEAN. Import is not taken into ASEAN, this measure could hardly be implemented. In fact,
consideration because it is commonly believed that import capital to labor ratio can reflect the composition effect in an
could reduce importer’s CO 2 emission. Official data of trade RRR RRR
indirect way. Antweiler and Copeland’s (1998) also use this

caused CO 2 emission is not available. So in order to get
RRR RRR
indicator to reflect the composition effect and they make a

China’s CO 2 emission caused by its export to ASEAN,
RRR RRR
detailed theoretical derivation to figure out the logic inside it.

original CO 2 emission data need to be processed. The
RRR RRR
But there is a point should be noticed that in this paper, the

processing method is given below: labor to ratio is different from that of Antweiler and Copel-
(2) and’s (1998). In their paper, physical capital stock per worker
As export is part of one country’s GDP, so export related represents capital labor ratio. In this paper, the capital is the
CO 2 emission could be got by using export to multiply the
RRR RRR
184 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. H. Zhao et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp184-187
gross capital formation in current USD. This change is mainly China’s trade data with world’s most countries from 1984 to
caused by a shortage of statistical data. Beside, in order to 2011. Fortunately, all ASEAN’s ten countries are included in
reflect trade’s composition effect, we use the ratio of China’s this range, except for the import data from Brunei in 1993 (In
capital labor ratio to ASEAN’s to reflect the change of two SITC.1). So here we get China’s export data to ASEAN by
sides’ comparative advantage in factor abundance. In this way, aggregating the export data of China to ten specific countries.
we try to evaluate how this change could draw influence on We compare the data we got in this way with the official
China’s CO 2 emission.
RRR RRR
available data, and find no significant difference. Besides,
is the ratio of China’s GDP per capita to ASEAN’s data got by this way ensure the consistency of data source.
GDP per capita. We use this term to indicate the technical The export data is expressed in billions of current US dollars.
effect. In other related literature, GDP per capita or national China’s capital to labor ratio is calculated with the gross
income and corresponding revised form is used as indicators. capital formation (current US dollars) and total labor force
The ACT model has given a theory description to explain the data of World Bank. For ASEAN’s corresponding data, as
how this indicator draw indirect effect on CO 2 emission. RRR RRR
there is no related data for the total group in such a long series,
Here we use the ratio value to replace the absolute value is we calculate it by using ten countries’ aggregated gross capi-
because we want to reflect the influence of ASEAN. In this tal formation (current US dollars) to divide the corresponding
way, we try to evaluate the effect of technique difference on total labor force data. With the above two data series, we can
CO 2 emission. CO 2 emission intensity is another indicator
RRR RRR RRR RRR
get the ratio of China’s capital to labor ratio to the ratio of
could reflect the technical effect, but as it has been part of the ASEAN’s capital to labor ratio. The explanation of gross
dependent variable, so we decide to not use it to limit the capital formation is given by the World Bank: “Gross capital
possible multicollinearity. formation (formerly gross domestic investment) consists of
In our model, is stand for the time trend term. We try outlays on additions to the fixed assets of the economy plus
to evaluate the possible influence of time trend on CO 2 RRR
net changes in the level of inventories. Fixed assets include
emission because the environment is generally deteriorated
RRR
land improvements (fences, ditches, drains, and so on); plant,
with time by taking the time trend terms into model. And machinery, and equipment purchases; and the construction of
roads, railways, and the like, including schools, offices,
is a dummy variable, which is used to reflect the change of
hospitals, private residential dwellings, and commercial and
intercept term in the two evaluated periods. From analysis, we
industrial buildings. Inventories are stocks of goods held by
can see that there is a notable change in China’s CO 2 emis-
firms to meet temporary or unexpected fluctuations in pro-
RRR RRR
sion resulted from trade with ASEAN. And the turning point
duction or sales, and "work in progress." According to the
is between 2002 and 2004. In fact, in 2004, the “Early Harv-
1993 SNA, net acquisitions of valuables are also considered
est Program” is being smoothly implemented. So we try to
capital formation. Data are in current U.S. dollars”. And the
evaluate if the trade caused CO 2 emission is significant
definition of labor force is “Total labor force comprises
RRR RRR
change at this point, which is reflected by term.

people ages 15 and older who meet the International Labor
3. Data Description Organization definition of the economically active population:
all people who supply labor for the production of goods and
In this paper, China’s CO 2 emission data is from World RRR RRR
services during a specified period. It includes both the em-
Bank. Here CO 2 emissions are those stemming from the
RRR RRR
ployed and the unemployed. While national practices vary in
burning of fossil fuels and the manufacture of cement, they the treatment of such groups as the armed forces and seasonal
include carbon dioxide produced during consumption of solid, or part-time workers, in general the labor force includes the
liquid, and gas fuels and gas flaring. This paper evaluates armed forces, the unemployed and first-time job-seekers, but
trade’s environment effect from 1990 to 2010, so World excludes homemakers and other unpaid caregivers and work-
Bank’s data is not adequate enough for our evaluation period ers in the informal sector.”
because the latest available data is for 2008. In order to get is the ratio of China’s GDP per capita to ASEAN’s
emission data of 2009 and 2010, we use the estimation results GDP per capita. China’s GDP per capita is from the Interna-
of CDIAC, from where the World Bank gets the definition tional Monetary Fund’s (IMF) World Economic Outlook
and partial data of CO 2 emission. In CDIAC’s (Carbon RRR RRR
Database. But there is no corresponding data for ASEAN. In

Dioxide Information Analysis Center) databank, all emission order to get ASEAN’s data, we calculate it by aggregating
estimates are expressed in thousand metric tons of carbon. So individual country’s GDP and then divide it with total popula-
in order to convert these estimates to units of carbon dioxide, tion of ASEAN. With the above two series, we can get the
we need to multiply the original data with 3.667. In this way series of .
we get China’s emission data of 2009 and 2010. GDP data is
And finally, for the dummy variable, in order to evaluate
get from the World Bank’s databank as well and expressed in
if the “Early Harvest Program” is the turning points of China
current US dollars.
CO 2 emission trend, 2004 is defined as the turning point.
China’s export data to ASEAN countries is not available
RRR RRR
for years earlier than 2000. The UN comtrade databank has And from 1990 to 2003, the value of is 0; from 2004 to
185 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

2010, the value is 1. 1990 is selected as the starting point is see the significant influence of the scale effect on CO 2 emis- RRR RRR
mainly the result of two factors: first of all, related data be- sion.
fore 1990 is not complete enough and have many missing The composition effect, indicated by , actually
value; besides, it is from 1990s that China began having draw negative effect on China’s CO 2 emission. In the eva-
RRR RRR
frequent interaction with ASEAN countries. The summary luated period, the value of shows an increasing trend,
data table is presented in appendix A. which implies that China is more abundant with capital factor
4. Empirical Results compared to ASEAN. So China enjoys advantage in export-
ing commodities with higher capital to labor ratio. This may
In this paper, the estimation results are evaluated with imply that China has the trend of specializing in producing
Eviews 6.0 software. Table 1 presents the estimation results emission intensity products after several years of free trade if
for the basic model. If there is no special note, all the default no other policies to influence it. Also, it verifies the common
regression method is OLS. phenomenon that capital abundance products tend to generate
Table 1: Estimation of the Basic Model more pollution compare to labor abundance products.
Table 1. Estimation of the Basic Model And for the technical effect, the negative coefficient im-
plies that technical advancement can impede the increase of
Variable Coefficient Std. Error t-Statistic Prob. CO 2 Remission, which also goes agree with the theoretical
forecast. Again, we set other independent variables at the
LNEXPORT 48.00359 10.93437 4.390157 0.0005 2010 level, and take 1990’s technique level into calculation,
CACLR 115.1749 34.72084 3.317171 0.0047 we could find that the estimated CO 2 emission will be 178.68
CADPR -180.5040 60.43471 -2.986760 0.0092 million tons higher than the estimated emission of 2010 and
D1 -129.1427 47.60642 -2.712716 0.0160 207.90 million tons higher than 2010’s actual CO 2 emission. RRR RRR
@TREND -6.294768 2.473003 -2.545395 0.0224 From these results, we could see that technique effect does
D1*@TREND 12.10443 2.860047 4.232249 0.0007 make a difference in CO 2 emission reduction.
The regression results shows that China’s CO 2 emission RRR RRR
R-squared 0.970449 Mean dependent var 88.97321 is indeed change with time as the estimated coefficient of
Adjusted R-squared 0.960599 S.D. dependent var 71.91475 is significant. However, surprisingly, from 1990 to 2003,
S.E. of regression 14.27480 Akaike info criterion 8.389825
the changing trend is not that CO 2 emission increase with
Sum squared resid 3056.550 Schwarz criterion 8.688260
RRR RRR
time goes on, but decrease with time goes on. Several factors
Log likelihood -82.09316 Hannan-Quinn criter. 8.454593
Durbin-Watson stat 2.397103
may account for this abnormal phenomenon and we believe
that China’s increasingly strict environmental regulations,
From Table1, we can get the estimation equation for the which we fail to take into consideration in this paper’s simple
Basic Model which is shown below: model, should charge for much of it. In the second period
(2004~2010), CO 2 emission actually increase with time
RRR RRR
(4.39) (3.32) (-2.99) (-2.71) goes on. This implies that in this period, the negative effect of
economic development surpassed the positive effect of related
(3)
environmental regulation. The significant coefficient of
(-2.55) (4.23)
The estimated coefficients for all the five variables are proves that China’s CO 2 emission caused by
RRR RRR
trading with ASEAN really change its increase speed at the

significant at 0.05 confidence level. For , ,
point of 2004. This implies that the liberalization process of
, and , their estimated coefficients are the trade between China and ASEAN is indeed accelerating
significant at 99% level. The estimated results show that the the CO 2 emission increasing rate, which could be verified
RRR RRR
variables in this paper’s model have significant influence on by the bigger coefficient of the time trend term in the latter
the dependent variable. period of equation (4)
Specifically, scale effect’s indicator has a coef-
ficient of 48.00. Holding other independents variable to be fix,
then one unit change of the scale effect will result in 48.00
unit change on CO 2 emission. This trend is consistent with
RRR RRR
the theoretical forecast of the scale effect. If we fix other

independent variable at the 1990 level, and taking 2010’s (4)
value into calculation process, we will find that the
estimated CO 2 emission will be 171.19 million tons higher
RRR RRR
than the estimated emission of 1990, and 169.95 million tons

higher than the actual emission of 1990, from which we could 5. Conclusions
186 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

CAFTA’s establishment actually draws negative effects on

China’s CO 2 emission. At a comprehensive level, after 2004,
RRR RRR
in which year the “Early Harvest Program” is smoothly im-

plemented, China’s CO 2 emission trend is deteriorated. We
RRR RRR
believe that the more and more freer trade between China and
ASEAN should play an important role for this change. Spe-
cifically, the trends of the three effects are all changed after
CAFTA’s establishment. For the scale effect, CAFTA’s estab-
lishment indeed play negative role in affecting China’s CO 2 RRR
emission trend, because its indicator’s coefficient change

RRR
from 57.73 to 152.25. For the technique effect, CAFTA’s

establishment actually intrigues positive influence, which
could be known by comparing two coefficients of in
the two evaluated periods. The composition effect actually
plays negligible role in the period from 1990 to 2003, but
after the “Early Harvest Program” was being implemented, it
began to draw negative effect on China’s CO 2 emission.RRR RRR
References
[1] Antweiler, W., Copeland, B. R., & Taylor, M. S.. Is free trade good for
the environment? [R]. National Bureau of Economic Research, 1998.
[2] Atici, C.. Carbon emissions, trade liberalization, and the Japan-
ASEAN interaction: A group-wise examination [J]. Journal of the Jap-
anese and International Economies. 2011.
[3] Copeland, B. R., & Taylor, M. S. International trade and the environ-
ment: a framework for analysis [R]. National Bureau of Economic Re-
search, 2001.
[4] Douglas, S., & Nishioka, S. Emissions Intensity and Global Patterns of
Trade and Development [R]. West Virginia University, 2011.
[5] Gallagher, P. and Y. Serret, "Implementing Regional Trade Agree-
ments with Environmental Provisions: A Framework for Evaluation"
[R]. OECD Trade and Environment Working Papers, 2011/06, OECD
Publishing.
[6] George, C. and Y. Serret, "Regional Trade Agreements and the
Environment: Developments in 2010", OECD Trade and Environment
Working Papers, No. 2011, OECD Publishing.
[7] Grossman, G. M., & Krueger, A. B. Environmental impacts of a North
American free trade agreement [R]. National Bureau of Economic Re-
search. 1991.
[8] IEA (International Energy Agency). World Energy Outlook 2011 [R].
2011. 205-209.
187 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Research on Development Strategy of Rural

Human Resources in China
Cuimin Zhen1 Shehui Bian 2 Wei Liu 3
1,3
Economics School, Hebei United University,Tangshan, China
2
Qian’an College,Hebei United University,Tangshan,China
1
zhencuimin@126.com
Abstract：This paper analysis the present situation of rural human resources in China, then combs the typical mode of rural human
resources development in foreign countries. Referencing experience of developed countries, it gives some suggestions such as
promoting rural education, perfecting the mechanism of labor and strengthens personnel training in rural areas for rural human
resources development in China.
Keywords：rural human resources; development; strategy
1.Intrduction agricultural research and agricultural technology extension

by establishing perfect system of science and education.
China is a large agricultural country with 1.3 billion 1) Organize technical training. To raise the level of
populations, and the rural human resources rate is 69.23% in farmers' education, the Federal Government has established
the whole human resources. The experience of developed a complete system of adult education and agricultural
countries shows that to measure a country's economic extension services. Different contents of short-term training
development level, the key lies in the development speed of courses, workshops, education and rural "library" are
rural economic, and the core lies in the development degree widespread. The Federal Government has collaboration with
of rural human resources. agricultural extension, states have Extension Service Center,
counties have stands which combined with extend stand and
2.Typical Model of Rural Human Resources farmers.
Development in Foreign Countries 2) Carry out secondary agricultural education.
Agricultural secondary school should be set, and secondary
Countries especially developed countries generally pay agricultural education should be also implemented in general
more attention to the education and training of rural human secondary schools. In addition, the governments organize a
resources, from basic education to vocational training, meeting of agriculture or agricultural exposition every year,
technology promotion and refresher or advanced study, all of and arrange seminar on agriculture talks that farmers
them have a comprehensive educational and training system. concerned, which can improve the awareness of assure
The education models of rural human resources development agricultural resource and environment.
of developed countries are different, according to the 3) Establish agricultural science and education system.
national agricultural resources, geography, population status Except the State agricultural college, and experimental
and level of economic development, 1 there are three station and extension station, United States Department of
represents models. Agriculture is also an important research institution. The
Department includes agricultural production bureau and
2.1. North American Model—United States is the
office, which has established a completed and huge amount
Representative of Farmer Education
of agricultural education, research and extension system.
North American model is the mechanized farming and
2.2. Western European Model—Germany is the
scale operation of agricultural production. It is a farmer
Rrepresentative of Farmer Education
training model combing with realizing agricultural education,
Western Europe model makes family farms as the main
1
Financial aided by the project of Hebei Urban and Rural operating unit for production. It is organically combined by
Harmonious and Integration Research Base “Research on the the government, schools, scientific research institutes and
Governance Structure and Operation Mechanism of Hebei agricultural training network, it is a model of training the
Professional Farmer Cooperative Organization”.
188 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

C. M. Zhen et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp188-191
farmers through general education, vocational education, legalization and so on, which will supply some experiences
adult education and other educational training. for rural human resources development in China.
1) Agricultural vocational school. The school system of
agriculture vocational school likes other industry educational 3. Analysis of Present Situation of Rural
system in vocational school, the state government Human Resources Development in China
undertakes vocational education costs, both the local
government and state government undertake school With the development of commodity economy, there is a
construction costs and daily expenses. sharp contradictory coming from the poor China's rural
2) Agricultural professional school. In this school, major human resource quality and the rural economic and social
lessons are management, market, agriculture and rural development. China rural gradually turns from long
economics, accounting, business management, law, taxes dominated exploit natural resources to develop human
and so on. The main objective of the school is changing resources. Present situation of rural human resources in
production to management. China are as follows:
3) Advanced agricultural professional school. It is to
train enterprise' talents by studying business management
3.1. Large Cardinal Number of Rural Human
and marketing,
Resource
4) Higher agricultural university. Specialized school China's rural labor is nearly 480 million. rural labor force
needs four years to mainly learn the application technology. in China will greatly increase based on the realistic large
Agricultural university educational system is six years, it is population. In China, the working-age population is 78,400
mainly to cultivate scientific research talents. people in 2000, rural working-age population is 55,000, and
the rural labors force in total labor is 70.1%. In 2005, the
2.3. Model of East Asia—Japan is the
working-age population is 84,300 people in China, in which
Representative of Farmer Education
the urban working-age population is 24,300 people, rural
East Asian model refers to the lower per capita cultivated areas working-age population is 60,000 people, and rural
area; it is difficult to form large scale land management, labor is 72% of the country's total workforce.
which is led by government, guaranteed by national
legislation. It takes different levels and types training subject
3.2. Low Quality of Rural Human Resources
to train the farmers with multi-level, multi-directional and Since the beginning of reform and opening up, with
multi-object. economic development in rural areas, education level of the
1) Farmers professional education training. Agricultural labor force in rural areas has been significantly improved,
high school is created to culture agricultural labor force and but the overall quality of the absolute level is still very low,
popularize agricultural knowledge and technology education. it is mainly in primary culture and junior culture, it is very
At the same time, the main mechanism to provide continue few to be high schools, secondary specialized and higher
education and postgraduate opportunities for farmers is education, which would be difficult to meet the new stage of
agricultural university and education institutions of civil agricultural development on the urgent need for high-quality
society set. agricultural labor. According to statistics, China's urban
2)Study system at home and abroad. Study system at workers average schooling of 10.58 years, but rural workers
home and abroad supplies opportunity for young farmers to average schooling is 7.7 years. 40% of China's rural
learn extensive knowledge and scientific management household employed is the primary education level, high
methods, the funded comes from the government subsidies. school and above is insufficient level of 12%, even if higher
3) Agricultural technical popularizing education. education of agricultural labor also had few opportunities for
Several agricultural organizations and groups have been professional and technical training. Therefore, rural human
established, such as centre for agricultural improvement and resource cannot adapt to the demands for high quality talent
universal, agriculture and agricultural association and youth in the new stage of agricultural development.
clubs and so on, which is to carry on the education and
training of farmers' agricultural technical knowledge. 3.3. Serious Loss of Outstanding Labor Force in
In summary, the farmer education models are Rural Areas
represented by United States, Japan and Germany, which is
Human resources are the main elements of development
focus on different aspects from farmers' organization and
agricultural. learning from the rural labor structure, the
organization system to dynamics and mechanism of interests.
number of labor that has knowledge, culture, master modern
But in essence, foreign farmer’s training model presents the
agricultural technology and market process is limited, and
characteristics with diversification, standardization,
this status constantly towards more deterioration in
189 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

accelerated speed. There are two ways leading to large It should be gradually eliminated various limits and hinder
losing of rural excellent labors: one way is attending the reasonable labor flow such as rural land system, census
examination and joining the army to leave forever, another is migration system, which will create an equal labor
to work in the town, they would rather to be "tramp" than to competition of employment environment between urban and
cultivate land. The labors stay in rural are mainly women rural; Rural labor market should be established and
and the sick. It makes a greater challenge to the development developed, by forming specific and functional market
of the rural economy and agriculture. intermediary organization, it will supply information about
employment, consulting, vocational training, legal and
4. Development Strategy of Rural Human insurance for the farmers migrant work, and it will reduce
Resources in China the employment cost due to flowing blindly, then guarantee
the flowing of rural surplus labor to be reasonable and
Taking into account the current situation of rural human orderly.
resources in China, and drawing on several typical modes of
foreign human resources development in rural areas, there 4.3. Insisting on Support Agriculture by Industry
are several suggestions on rural human resource and Guide Rural with Urban, and
development in China. Strengthening to Cultivate Rural Talent
4.1. Promoting Rural Education Vigorously, and Currently there are a lot of human resources in rural
Increasing the Stock of Rural Human Capital areas, but lack of talent. Due to dual economic structure
lasting a long term in China, there are disparities between
We should develop vocational education in rural areas urban and rural. Rural economic developed slowly; talent in
vigorously and cultivate rural practical talent and skilled rural areas could not get reasonable paid. On one hand, in
workers to increase the stock of rural human capital. The order to getting more gains, rural labor with high quality will
layout, professional setting and teachers training of rural naturally flow to developed regions and towns economically
vocational and technical education must be synthetic where they can get high paid. On the other hand, rural
tradeoff based on requirements of agricultural industrial families invest in the education with frugality, all of those
structure adjustment, domestic and international needs of the are to make their children to leave rural and woke in city
labor market and the employment willingness, which could instead of returning back to rural areas. Therefore, to attract
keep using the trained professional and technical talent. rural college students back and venture, the effective way is
Vocational technical education should be combined with implementing measures such as Industry-financed
vocational qualification certification system. Vocational Agriculture and city supporting village, speeding up the
technical schools should make full use of its advantages and construction of rural infrastructure, accelerating the
conditions to develop adult education actively. Developing development of rural economy, and increasing human
vocational technical training for the common peasants will capital investment of rural.
help them to choose knowledge and skills for themselves
according to their actual production and employment needs. 4.4. Implementing Cooperation of Industry and
People who have past the training test and reached the University at Home or Abroad, and
appropriate professional qualifications should get the Transporting Quality Labor
relevant professional qualification, and they can go to the We should open our ideas and search as much as
national and even the international labor markets to search channels to develop rur/l human resources, we could
for employment opportunities. promote internal professors, scientists, academics, engineers,
4.2. Improving the Transfer Mechanisms of the scientists and technicians to participate in education and
Rrural Surplus Labor, and Achieving a training by means of knowledge sharing dividends to arouse
Reasonable and Orderly Transfer to City their enthusiasm; Foreign universities, training institutes and
international volunteers abroad should be invited to
With a large number of rural surplus labor force flowing participate in and advance human resources development in
to the second and third industry, labor income has a greater rural areas by policy support and market-oriented operation
share in farmers ' income structure. Government should with less or no cost.
gradually break the account boundaries between Development of rural human resources must also be
"agricultural population" and "non-agricultural population", made jointly developed by industry and universities together.
and provide preferential policies for farmers in aspects as On the one hand, urban enterprise delegates could take
household registration system, the urban housing, measures for the training of workers according to the
employment, medical, education and social security system; specifications and requirements of enterprises to develop
190 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

directly; on the other hand, some of the leading enterprises

invest in rural industry, develop and transfer rural human
resources who are made to their new employees. To the
non-directional human resources, who could enter the labor
market to look for jobs after they have obtained professional
certificate. At the same time, high quality labors can be
transported organically to the related organizations at home
and abroad, that will expand farmer’s employment
constantly.
5.Conclusion
Considering both the experience of rural human
resources development abroad and the construction of
Socialist harmonious social in China, guiding with the
scientific concept of development, fully excavating and
using rural crowd of productivity, improving the whole
quality of rural population, playing the role of general
farmers as main force to construct Socialist new rural, it will
promote and optimize rural socio-economic development
efficiently, and get the Socialist new rural construction target
as production development, life well, township civilized,
rural clean, and management democratic.
Reference:
[1] Hui Ning, Huo Li. Study on the transfer of rural surplus labor in
China. Beijing: China economic publishing house, 2007.12
[2] Yi Hongjun, Tan Jianping. Education and training of new farmers
and migrant workers. Changsha: Hunan people's publishing house,
2009.11
[3] Wang Xiaodong. Human resources development in rural areas and
the new rural economy construction of socialist. Business studies,
2007
[4] Chen Qingsheng. Chinese farmers and new rural. Beijing: Qunyan
press, 2008.3
191 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Science and Engineering Publishing Company, Jiujiang, China, November 9-11, 2012, pp192 -198
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
A Study on Chinese Female

Intergenerational Occupational Succession
Hui Yang
Women's Studies Institute of China, All-China Women's Federation
Women's Studies Institute of China, All-China Women's Federation, WSIC, Beijing, China
yanghui10@126.com, yanghui@wsic.ac.cn
Abstract: Relying on the theory of labor market segmentation and the survey of Chinese women's social status respectively
as the theoretical and the data basis, in the context of lower occupational status of females and gender discriminations in
employment, what impact do the intergenerational occupational succession have on women's career development? This
paper is aimed to carry out a research on the impact of parent’s occupations on the status quo of the occupations of their
offspring from the perspectives of society, gender and intergenerational occupational succession. Data and method: This
study is carried out in two steps: first, the descriptive analysis, consisting of univariate and bivariate correlation analysis,
intergenerational occupational succession indicators, The research result shows that the proportion of people who are far-
mers reduced by 22% in 2010 as a result of the improved level of marketization and the upgraded industrial structure. The
occupational succession indicators of respondents holding rural “Hukou” are all greater than those of non-rural “Hukou”
holders. Compared with males, female rural “Hukou” holders are more likely to follow their mothers’ occupations. Com-
pared with male, female occupational succession shows higher mobility than succession in the downward direction. Fe-
males show the highest degree of occupational succession in the case that the fathers are farmers, while the degree of their
occupational succession to fathers with higher occupational status is lower than that of males. The upward mobility dis-
played in the last three occupations in the case of low-status occupations of the mothers is lower than that of males. The
indicator of both urban and rural males’ occupational succession is higher than that of females in the case that the fathers
work as the person in charge; the occupational succession indicator of females under 29 years old is obviously lower than
that of males in the case that the fathers work as functionaries. Gender difference is the largest in the six occupations
Keywords: female; intergenerational occupational inheritance; gender difference
1. Background position in the labor market has already been decided by

his/her family background. Then, in the context of lower
The generations born in 1949-1999, although markedly occupational status of females (TAN Lin, 2003; JIANG
differing from one another in life experience, share essential- Yongping, 2006) and gender discriminations in employment,
ly similar ways of acquiring a job, which is as the saying what impact do the labor market segmentation theory and
goes “relations and parents are the key to getting a job”. It is the intergenerational occupational succession have on wom-
noticed that the intergenerational succession derived from en's career development? Does this impact have gender dif-
occupational transition has polarized young people coming ferences? Are the conditions of intergenerational succession
from different family backgrounds, and the job-seeking in urban areas different from those in rural areas? What
process of university students has evolved into the competi- trends does intergenerational occupational succession dis-
tion between their parents in terms of money, power and play over the past decade? Relying on the theory of labor
social networks. In recent years, some new words related to market segmentation and the survey of Chinese women's
intergenerational succession, such as, “officiallings” and social status respectively as the theoretical and the data basis,
“farmerlings”, are becoming quite hot on the Internet, caus- and taking the occupations of parents as the benchmark, this
ing people’s disquiet about the increasing monopolization of paper is aimed to carry out a research on the impact of par-
high-quality social resources by a handful of people, and ent’s occupations on the status quo of the occupations of
thereby the denial of the majority’s opportunities to change their offspring from the perspectives of society, gender and
their fates. intergenerational occupational succession.
As early as in 1973, Bowles and Gintis put forward the For nearly half a century, foreign scholars have carried
theory of labor market segmentation to address such an issue, out extensive researches on the issue of intergenerational
arguing that before a worker enters the labor market, his
192 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

H. Yang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp192-198
occupational succession. Among them, Benjamin (1958) succession, except the case that mothers serve as the person
discovered that if fathers were engaged in managerial occu- in charge or specialized technical personnel, show a strong
pations, nearly 2/3 of their offspring would pursue the same inclination of pursuing similar professions (YAN Shanping,
type of work, and the majority of manual laborers’ offspring 2000).
would follow in the footsteps of their parent. Based on the Trends of intergenerational occupational succession dis-
analysis of data released by the Census Bureau of the United play over the past decades are not yet agreed, some scholars
States, Ducan (1967) found that intergenerational occupa- such as XU Xinxin (2000) believed that intergenerational
tional succession was a distinct phenomenon in the United occupational successions does not changed, while GUO
States (SUN Feng, 2006). In addition, researches conducted Congbing (2009) argued that intergenerational occupational
in Britain, Canada, Israel and other countries also reported successions decreased, LI Chunlin (1997), Chinese Academy
similar findings. of Social Sciences, Contemporary Chinese social structure
Although the studies on intergenerational occupational Change Research Group ( 2001), Institute of Sociology,
succession in China started late, relevant studies have devel- Chinese Academy of Social Sciences (2008) debated inter-
oped fast in recent years. GUO Congbing and DING Xiao- generational occupational successions increased, especially
hao (2004) believe that the “father-to-son” occupational suc- from 2001 to 2005, intergenerational occupational succes-
cession constitutes a distinctive characteristic in China, the- sions increased from 46% to 64%.
reby resulting in labor market segmentation. LU Xueyi
(2004) and SUN Feng (2006)found, according to the studies, 2. Data and Method
the person in charge as well as specialized technical person- Data are analyzed by SPSS19.0. This study is carried out
nel demonstrate more distinctive characteristics of occupa- in two steps: first, the descriptive analysis, consisting of un-
tional succession than other professions, and if parents are ivariate and bivariate correlation analysis (Table 1), is car-
engaged in low-status occupations in the labor market, their ried out, aimed to understand the basic distribution characte-
offspring are also more likely to be engaged in the same type ristics of variables, and the relations between the respon-
of jobs. dents’ occupations and those of their parents, which is then
As an important part of the labor market, women deserve followed by a research into the above-motioned issues
more attention in terms of career development. However, through intergenerational occupational succession indicators,
academic researches dedicated to female intergenerational where the greater the intergenerational occupational succes-
occupational succession are rare. Dejong and Beawer (1971), sion indicator is, the more stable the attributes of the interge-
Chase(1975) argued that even though the mobility of female nerational occupational succession are, and the lower the
and male intergenerational occupational successions share mobility is, and thereby the labor market segmentation
similar characteristics, female are less susceptible to the in- caused by the intergenerational occupational succession ef-
fluence of their fathers, and mothers have less impact on the fect is more serious..
occupations of their offspring than fathers; however, mothers
serve as a role model in females’ career life( CHEN Yanlian,
2010); the characteristic of mother-daughter occupational
Table 1. Descriptive statistics and univariate analysis
Ratio(%)/average Father’s ration(%) Father’s ration(%)

Variable name 2010 2000 2010 2000 2010 2000
Sex
Male 51.60 52.27
Female 48.40 47.73
Age
Aged 29 and below 15.40 19.87
30-39 25.20 36.65
40-49 29.70 25.73
50-59 22.00 13.58
Aged 60 and over 7.70 4.17
Average age (year) 42.51 38.83
193 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Education
primary and less-than-primary 30.57 40.24
Junior high school 36.15 39.17
High school / secondary school 20.00 16.06
College degree and above 13.28 4.53
Household registration
Non-agricultural household respondent 40.54 23.24
Agricultural household respondent 59.46 76.76
Occupation
The person in charge 2.75 2.30 3.61 2.33 0.66 0.44
Professional and technical personnel 8.44 5.80 6.23 4.12 4.22 1.94
Clerical and related workers 7.76 2.74 4.14 2.01 1.53 0.59
Commercial and service personnel 19.01 8.76 5.94 3.25 5.55 2.28
Production, transport equipment opera-
20.00 13.53 13.16 7.00 7.86 3.90
tors
Agriculture, forestry, animal husbandry,
42.04 66.87 66.93 81.29 80.18 90.85
fisheries production personnel
Source: the Third, Second Survey of Chinese Women's Social Status. The following sources are all the same.
The formula of intergenerational occupational succession ity of respondent’s occupation is j is low. is lowr, the pos-
is:
sibility of it is lower.
aij Based on the reviews and the “Hukou” background of
n n n n China, “Hukou”, “Respondent-father”, “Respondent-
∑∑ a ij ∑∑ a
=i 1 =j 1
ij mother”, “age” are analyzed in this paper, which is showed
Bij (=
=i 1 =j 1
n n ) a ij n n by Fig. 1.
∑ ij ∑ ij
a a
=i 1 =j 1
∑∑ a ij
The research result shows that the proportion of people
=i 1 =j 1 in the agriculture, forestry, animal husbandry and fishery
n n n n
∑∑ a ∑∑ a
=i 1 =j 1
ij
=i 1 =j 1
ij
production fields reduced by 22% in 2010 as a result of the
improved level of marketization and the upgraded industri-
al structure. The correlation between the occupations of the
Bij respondents and those of their parents is stable, which re-
is the intergenerational occupational succession or
flects the conditions of intergenerational occupational suc-
mobility indicator, When i ≠ j , Bij
is the intergenerational cession. In addition, the occupational homogeneity between
parents and their offspring is higher than the occupational
Bij
occupational mobility indicator, and when i=j , is the intergenerational succession.
intergenerational occupational succession indicator, n is the
By “Hukou”
types of occupation, is that parent’s occupation is i, and The
intergeneration Respondent-father Effects of female’s
respondent’s occupation is j. al occupational occupation
inheritance
Respondent-mother
Bij indicator
When > 1， that is to say that if parents occupation is
By age
i, and the possibility of respondent’s occupation is j is high.
Figure 1. Associated factor of the intergenerational occupa-
Bij Bij tional succession indicator and female occupational status
is higher, the possibility of it is higher. When <1，
that is to say that if parents occupation is i, and the possibil-
194 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

The occupation correlation coefficient of respondent- father-son and father-daughter intergenerational occupa-
parents is not only statistically significant, but also very tional succession indicators, which is not conducive to
stable. From 2000 to 2010, the occupation correlation coef- women succeeding fathers’ occupations. Compared with
ficient of respondent-parents is about 0.21-0.22, which males, female rural “Hukou” holders are more likely to
shows the effect of intergenerational occupational succes- follow their mothers’ occupations.
sion. At the same time, the occupation correlation coeffi-
cient of father-mother is stable and increasing, and the cor- Mother-daughter 7.06
4.16
relation coefficient of father-mother is higher than respon-
Agricultural
household
Mother-son 3.87
dent-father, respondent-mother, that is to say, there are 4.07
more and more parents worked in the same kind of occupa- 2000
1.84
Father-daughter 2.81
tion. In 2010, there are nearly about 82% parents have the
2010
same occupation, more than 13% father’s occupation status Father-son 1.47
3.23
is higher than mother, while only less than 5% mother’s
occupation is higher than father. 3.70
Mother-daughter 1.10
Non-agricultural
5.93
household
Mother-son 1.72
0.39 0.38
2010 2000 1.85
0.40 Father-daughter 1.60
0.35 Father-son
1.80
1.71
0.30
0.22 0.22 0.22 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00
0.21
0.25 Figure 3．The intergenerational occupational succession in-
0.20 dicators by “Hukou”
0.15 3.2. Intergenerational Successions to the Occupations

of Fathers
0.10
Intergenerational succession to the occupations of fa-
0.05 thers: as far as the relations between the occupations of
0.00 non-rural males and females and those of their fathers are
Respondent-father Respondent-mother Father-mother concerned, both succession and mobility exist in the first
Figure 2. The occupation correlation coefficient of respon- three occupations (such as The person in charge, specia-
dent-parent, parental occupation (%) lized technical personnel, The person in charge); female
occupational succession shows higher mobility than suc-
Note: p<0.001.
cession in the downward direction. Among different occu-
3. Results pational succession indicators, females show the highest
degree of occupational succession in the case that the fa-
3.1. General Condition of Intergenerational Oc- thers are farmers, which is 0.22 higher than male. Females
cupational Succession show the lower degree of occupational succession in the
General condition of intergenerational occupational case that the fathers are the person in charge and specia-
succession: from the perspective of the nature of “Hukou”, lized technical personnel. From 2000 to 2010, the interge-
not only for respondent-father, but also for respondent- nerational occupational succession indicator of the person
mother, the occupational succession indicators of respon- in charge for father-son is the only one increased. It is 1.24
dents holding rural “Hukou” are all greater than those of in 2000, and 1.94 in 2010, while the indicator of it de-
non-rural “Hukou” holders, especially in 2010. in figure 3, creased from 1.97 to 1.63 for father-daughter. So the de-
the occupational succession indicators of respondents gree of their occupational succession to fathers with higher
holding rural “Hukou” are about 2.81-4.16, which is 1.76- occupational status is lower than that of males, and the de-
3.78 times of the same indicators of respondents holding gree of their occupational succession to fathers with lower
urban “Hukou”. The occupational succession indicators occupational status is higher than that of males, which is
may be correlated to the level of economic development not conducive to females’ career development or the pro-
and occupational mobility. From the perspective of gender, motion of their occupational status.
a directional change has occurred between the scales of
Identify applicable sponsor/s here. (sponsors)
195 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

1.63
person in charge), only non-rural respondents’ conditions
The person in charge 1.94 of intergenerational succession to their mothers’ occupa-
tions are examined in this paper, which can be analyzed in
1.46 the following 3 aspects:
Professional and technical personnel
1.76
First of all, although it is indicated that people in the
Clerical and related workers
1.81 agriculture, forestry, animal husbandry and fishery produc-
1.60
tion fields show the highest level of intergenerational suc-
Female cession to the mothers’ occupations in the case of both fe-
1.21
Commercial and service personnel Male
1.60 males and males in 2010, females’ indicator of intergenera-
tional occupational succession is 40% higher than that of
1.34
Production, transport equipment operators 1.41 males.
Secondly, females’ succession to their mothers’ occu-
Agriculture, forestry, animal husbandry, fisheries 2.17 pations with both the highest and the lowest statuses is
production personnel 1.95
higher than that of males. While females’ succession to
their mothers’ occupations with Professional and technical
0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50
personnel, clerical and related workers，and commercial
Figure 4. the intergenerational occupational indicator of ur- and service personnel is lower than that of males. In 2010,
ban “Hukou” respondent-his/her father there is only 1.72% urban “Hukou” respondents’ mothers
A gap is found between male and female rural “Hu- are the person in charge. So even if females’ succession to
kou” holders in terms of succession to fathers’ occupations: their mothers’ occupations with the highest statuses is
females’ occupational succession indicator is higher than higher than that of males, the effects of it is still little.
that of males in the case that the fathers work as the person Thirdly, compared with 2000, the upward mobility dis-
in charge or operators of production, transport and equip- played in the last three occupations (such as commercial
ment. In view of the fact that the rural-“Hukou” respon- and service personnel ， production, transport equipment
dents whose fathers are the persons in charge account for operators，agriculture, forestry, animal husbandry, fishe-
only 1/6 of the non-rural “Hukou” people, it is unlikely to ries production personnel) in the case of low-status occupa-
serve as a support for changing the unfavorable situations tions of the mothers is lower than that of males. An appro-
against women, namely, their lower occupational status. priate increase in the occupational status of mothers can
help to improve the occupational status of women who
4.91
belong to both the old and the new generations.
The person in charge 4.33
4.92 The person in charge 2.03 Female

Professional and technical personnel 4.99
1.80
Male
Professional and technical personnel 1.37
Clerical and related workers 1.02 Female 1.40
3.01
Male 1.13
Clerical and related workers
Commercial and service personnel 2.72 1.36
3.77
Commercial and service personnel 1.28
2.24 1.66
Production, transport equipment operators 2.18
Production, transport equipment operators 1.78
Agriculture, forestry, animal husbandry, fisheries 1.59
1.06
Agriculture, forestry, animal husbandry, fisheries 3.58
0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00
0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00
Figure 5. The intergenerational occupational succession of ru- Figure 6. the intergenerational occupational succession of ur-
ral “Hukou ” respondent-his/her father ban “Hukou” respondent-his/her mother
3.3. Intergenerational Successions to the Occupa- 3.4. Intergenerational Successions to the Occupations
tions of Mothers of Different Age Respondents
Intergenerational succession to the occupations of Intergenerational occupational succession reflected in
mothers: due to the fact that the number of rural-“Hukou” respondents of different age groups: with the ever-
respondents’ mothers working as the person in charge is improving market economy transited from the planned
insignificant (there are only 13 respondent’s mother are the economy, the employment environments and occupational
196 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

structures of different age groups have undergone dramatic References

changes under the influence of economic reform and indus-
[1] CHEN Yanlian, Analysis of factors affecting women's career
trial restructuring, which has also impacted the conditions
aspirations, People's Forum • Academic Frontier, 2010, 7.
of succeeding occupations from parents. The indicator of
[2] GUO Congbing, DING Xiaohao, Occupational intergenerational
both urban and rural males’ occupational succession is
effects of labor market segmentation and the role of education,
higher than that of females in the case that the fathers work
Economic Science，2004, 3.
as the person in charge; the occupational succession indica-
[3] GUO Congbing, Education and Intergenerational Mobility, Beijing,
tor of females under 29 years old is obviously lower than
Peking University Press, 2009.
that of males in the case that the fathers work as the person
[4] Institute of Sociology, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences, 2000-
in charge. Gender difference is the largest in the six occu-
2005: Structural Changes of the occupational structure and social
pations (table 2), which is particularly detrimental to the
class, contained in Proceedings of 1% of the national population
career development of females. Women between 50 and 59
sample survey group of 2005, Beijing, China Statistics Press, 2008.
years of age is the only female group that has higher indica-
[5] Ivan D. Chase. 1975, “A Comparison of men’s and women’s
tor of intergenerational occupational succession than males
intergenerational mobility in the United States”, American
in the case that the parents worked as the person in charge
Sociology Review, Vol. 40, No. 4, pp. 483-505.
or specialized technical personnel, possibly because women
[6] JIANG Yongping, Chinese women's employment status, set out in
received higher education than men in this age group.
Tan Lin, 1995-2005: Gender Equality and Women's Development
4 Conclusion and Discussion Report, Beijing, Social Sciences Documentation Publishing House,
2006.
Regarding the issue of high-level intergenerational oc-
[7] LI Chunling, Urban social mobility in China, Beijing, Social
cupational succession, this paper argues that intergenera-
Sciences Documentation Publishing House, 2000.
tional occupational succession achieved through fair com-
[8] LIANG Zhingquan, On the occupational hereditary significant
petition is beyond reproach; however, if it is achieved
impact on youth development - two generations of youth
through abnormal means or manipulation behind the scenes,
employment patterns and comparative analysis, China Youth, 2011,
or use the financial resources, power and social networks of
5.
parents to obtain high-status occupations, it not only un-
[9] LU Xueyi, Contemporary Chinese social mobility, Beijing, Social
dermines the right to equal employment without gender
Sciences Documentation Publishing House, 2004.
discrimination, but also deprives the right for outstanding
[10] MOU Shaoyan and YANGXuecheng, A Case Study on the Micro-
men and women born in the families of low-occupational-
level Factors Influencing Farmer’s Professional Differentiation: an
status parents to have the opportunities for career develop-
Example of Qingdao, Issues in Agricultural Economy( IAE)
ment. Therefore, it is suggested to adopt the employment
2008,11.
policies that emphasize fair competitions, to break down
[11] Peter Y. DeJong, Milton J. Brawer and Stanley S. Robin, 1971,
the old patterns of high-level intergenerational occupational
“Patterns of Female Intergenerational Occupational Mobility”,
succession, and promote sound intergenerational occupa-
American Sociological Review, Vol. 36, No. 6, pp. 1033-1042.
tional mobility; in particular, it is necessary to assist men
[12] SUN Feng, Loglinear model for occupational generation mobility，
and women with lower levels of occupations to achieve
statistical research, 2006,7.
upward intergenerational occupational mobility on a con-
[13] XU Xinxin, Contemporary changes in social structure and mobility,
stant basis. At the same time, we should take measures to
Beijing, Social Science Documentation Publishing House, 2000.
improve the occupational status of mothers, and particular-
[14] Yan Shanping, The Real Situation and the Mechanism of Social
ly increase the proportion of female the person in charge
Mobility in Mega-cities —An Empirical Analysis of the
and specialized technical personnel, to lay a foundation for
Questionnaire Survey of Tianjin Residents, Social Sciences in
elevating the occupational status of women in the future.
China, 2000,3.
Finally, it is also advisable to continuously improve the
level of urbanization, and thus reduce the adverse effects
on the indicators of female occupational succession by nar-
rowing the urban-rural gap.
197 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Table 2 index of intergenerational occupational inherence of respondent-parents by age
29 years and below 30-39 40-49 50-59 60 years and over
A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C
Male
3.13 9.21 4.58 2.31 8.10 2.50 1.69 1.83 1.45 1.69 2.88 3.43 1.78 0.00 4.48
D
Female 1.42 0.00 0.00 1.46 0.00 3.04 1.49 0.00 1.13 2.76 20.44 13.93 0.00 0.00 16.00
Male
1.46 10.05 1.43 1.49 7.82 1.61 2.10 1.20 1.38 1.34 2.66 1.38 2.14 6.64 1.95
E
Female 1.01 5.41 1.13 1.68 5.69 2.04 1.30 4.85 1.68 1.41 2.83 2.22 2.38 10.12 4.00
Male
1.60 1.19 2.14 1.50 1.09 1.50 2.42 1.05 1.82 1.78 1.04 1.71 1.96 1.02 1.53
F
Female 2.00 1.17 2.21 2.01 1.09 1.72 2.22 1.03 2.00 2.41 1.02 2.12 1.67 1.00 1.6
Note: A is the index of intergenerational occupational inherence of non-agricultural household respondent-his/her father; B is the index
of intergenerational occupational inherence of agricultural household respondent-his/her father; C is the index of intergenerational occu-
pational inherence of non-agricultural household respondent-his/her mother. D is The person in charge, E is Professional and technical
personnel, F is Agriculture, forestry, animal husbandry, fisheries production personnel.
198 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Chapter II：
Culture and Communication
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Energy –Efficient Algorithm based on Re-

Configuration Network
Hongwei Liu 1, Rui Zhu 2, Gaoying Zhang3, Jinxiu Wang4, Xiaobo Qu5
PPP P PPP P
P
P P P P P 5
1,3,4,5
P2433 Mail Drop, Beijing, China
P
2
P The Telecommunication Engineering Institute, Air Force Engineering University, Beijing, China
P
1
liuhongwei198171@163.com
P P
Abstract: Energy consumption of information and communication industry has been paid more and more concern recently.
Besides the positive traditional method, re-configuration network is thought as one of the effective method to lowering the
energy consumption of communication system. Based on the idea and Lagrange method, two energy aware network re-
configuration algorithms were proposed in order to increase energy efficiency or reduce energy consumption by flexibility
adjusting the number of working base station. The simulation results show that the performance of energy aware network
re-configuration algorithm can be improved greatly than traditional network without re-configuration.
Keywords: energy efficient; network re-configuration; energy-aware mechanism; cognitive radio
1. Introduction rithms by pseudo-code without any mathematic proof.
In this paper, we propose two energy-aware network re-
We need energy-efficient system in order to protect our configuration algorithms with respect to the different ener-
environment and avoid greenhouse effect. However, the gy-aware ability of BS. The aim is to increase energy effi-
emergence and use of information and communication tech- ciency in a re-configurable cellular with macro BS and mi-
nology (ICT) contribute an increasing share to global green- cro BS. The mathematic analysis and computer simulation
house gas emissions. Over the past years, ICT, especially show that the energy efficiency of cellular can be increased
mobile telecommunication network, has shown exponential- obviously by the new algorithm. The rest of this paper is
ly increasing energy consumption figures by an order ten of organized as following. In section II, we propose the hybrid
five years. It’s no doubt it will become the primary part of structure of cellular which has one macro BS and three mi-
global energy consumption in future. cro BSs. The energy consumption model of macro and mi-
In order to reduce the power consumption in mobile ra- cro BS also propose in this section. In section III, the opti-
dio network, we should pay more attention to the access mization problem is formulated to maximize the energy
segment of the network because it amounts for the most part efficiency with respect to the different energy-aware ability
of energy consumption as known from public available data. of BS. Two algorithms are given in section IV to solve the
Besides reducing the carbon footprint of the industry by sup- optimization problem which proposes in section III specifi-
ply more energy efficient equipment, optimizing network cally. Performance evaluation is demonstrated in section V.
topology is an effective way to reduce the energy consump- Finally, conclusion is drawn in section VI.
tion in access segment of the network. There are several con-
tributions in this field. From the paper [1], we know that the 2. System Models
topologies features high density deployments of small and
In this section, we give the system model which we used
lower power consumption micro base stations (BS) have
in this paper. The system is modeled as a regular cellular
higher energy efficiency compared with low density applica-
mobile radio network with macro BS and micro BS. In the
tion of few high power macro BSs. Paper [2] gives a hybrid
existing macro cellular grid, the micro BS is positioned at
structure with micro and macro BSs in an OFDMA cellular
the edges of each cell [4]. Just like the figure.1 shown. Each
system and reducing the energy consumption obviously. But
cellular has been served by one macro BS and three micro
all of above mentioned methods did not re-configuration the
BSs. For example, the black cellular in Fig.1 is served by
network topology, thus, the topology is determined. With the
one macro BS and three micro BSs which connect by short
development of cognitive radio, BS has the flexibility that it
line. We take this model because it can improve the service
allows a dynamic energy-aware re-configuration network
quality of users efficiently at cell edge just as we know from
based on the user information. From the paper [3], we know
the paper [4]. In this paper, we assume each sub-channel
that the re-configurable network can increase energy effi-
can be used by only one BS (either macro BS or micro BS)
ciency obviously. However, the paper just gives three algo-
201 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

H. Y. Zou et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp201-206
to serve only one user. Therefore, there is no co-channel

interference among users in the cell. We also assume the
perfect channel state information (CSI) and user location
information can be obtained at each BS[5].
Figure1. cellular model and positioning of BS site
When we consider energy efficiency, both system capaci-

ty and power consumption should be taken into account.
The energy consumption of BS can be modeled as
Prepresents the total energy which the whole cellular
needed. M represents the total number of users in cellular. K
represents the total number of BSs which should include
The overall energy consumption of base station PmacroBS both macro BS and micro BS. hk , m represents the channel
and PmicroBS should contain not only transmission power Ptrans condition information between the kth BS and mth user.
but also the other part power Pmacroother which are independ- xk ,m represents the mth user connected with kth BS what-
ent of the transmit power, This energy consumption is due ever it is a macro BS or a micro BS. yk means that the kth
to cooling, lighting as well as signal processing. The energy
BS is either in the working state or sleeping state. s is the
2
consumption during transmission Ptrans is weighted by
AWGN variance. The constraint (5) means the total energy
amacro and amicro respectively. It means the BS can not use consumption of cellular that should include the transition
the transmission power perfectly because of the amplifiers power and the other power which are independent of the
power conversion efficiency and feeder losses. The final transmit power. The constraint (6) means any user can just
power consumption model is expressed using (1) and (2). only connect with one BS. The constraint (7) means BS
state was in working state when at least one user connected
3. Problem Formulation up it or sleeping state when no user connected up it.
In this section, we formulate the problem in section II ,it In problem Pr1 , we assume that the energy-aware mech-
is the aim that optimizing the energy efficiency of cellular. anism of BS have the ability to adapt the transmission ener-
We use the definition of energy efficiency as (3) [6] [7].
PPP PP
gy based on the user information. But it is not always true
especially for the micro BS because the micro BS has sim-
ple hardware device and limited load ability in some cases.
In this scenario, all of the transmission power will be allo-
It means how many bits unit power can be carried per cated once the BS has been put in working state. So the total
second. Our problem can be modeledas an optimization energy consume is not a constant value. It will be changed
problem of parameter b . The mathematical formulation can in according with the working BS number. The mathemati-
be shown as (4). We denote it as Pr1 . cal formulation can be shown as Pr 2 :
202 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

K ' represents the number of BSs which has been put in

working state in cellular. Once the state of every BS has
been identified respectively, every sub-problem Pr1i can be
viewed as a single user multicarrier system. From the paper
[10], we know that the maximum data rate can be obtained
if the subcarriers are assigned to the user who has the best
channel gain for that subcarrier[11]. So the xk , m can be giv-
en as:
With the constraint (10), Pr 2 becomes more reason-

able than Pr1 when the energy-aware mechanism of BS is
not very effective. The optimization problem Pr1 and Pr 2 Therefore, problem Pr1i can be reformulated as
are combinatorial optimization problem and its complexity
grows exponentially. In order to reduce the computational
complexity, the problem is solved in three steps that we will
discuss in next section in details.
4.Optimal Energy Allocation Algorithm

In this part, we put forward the optimal energy-aware
network re-configuration algorithm (WS-algorithm) for
optimizing problem Pr1 and Pr 2 respectively based on
BS state by Lagrange dual decomposition (LDD). In this
section, we always assume all of the CSI perfectly known at
every BS and every BS can be put in working state or sleep- The problem Pr1' is a convex optimization problem and
i
ing state. When we solve optimization problem Pr1 , we
can be solved by Lagrange algorithm. Because the B and P
further assume every BS have energy-aware mechanism
are constant, we can remove it from the (18) without affect-
which enable BS can adjust transmission energy smoothly[8]
ing optimization result for computation convenience [12].
[9].
The Lagrange dual function can be written as:
From equation (4), it is easy to know that the primary
challenge is xk , m and yk when we optimize problem Pr1 . In
order to solve this problem, we can start by determined yk
according to the working BS number since yk reflect the
state of BS. Based on working BS number, we decompose And the Karush-Kuhn-Tucker (KKT) conditions can be
the problem Pr1 into a series sub-problem Pr1i , written as:
if we have K BSs. For any sub-problem
Pr1i , The mathematic formulation can be represent as:
203 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Combined with (21), we can get the energy allocation

scheme of sub-problem Pr1i . Finding out energy allocation
scheme for every sub-problem Pr1i and choosing the ener-
gy allocation which can reach the maximum energy effi- The problem Pr 2' is a convex optimization problem
cient b as the final energy allocation scheme of problem i
now. After we remove the constant B and P, Lagrangian

Pr1 [13]. The energy aware network re-configuration algo-
dual function can be described as follows:
rithm based on BS state can be described as following and
we noted it as WS-algorithm 1:
WS-algorithm 1
1. Initializing N = 2 K ; Users conduct the channel esti-
mation and feed back the CSI and location information
to each BS.
2. For i = 1 to N
(a) Determines the BSs states based on the i .
And the Karush-Kuhn-Tucker (KKT) conditions can be
(b) Determines which BS does each user contact with
written as:
based on CSI.
(c) Find the energy allocation scheme P k ,m based on
t ran
(21) and (25).

3. Return to step 2 until i = N , select the maximum en-
ergy efficience b(i ) and take corresponding energy al-
location scheme as the final energy allocation scheme.
Just like Pr1 , Pr 2 is not a strict convex function be-

cause of the xk , m and yk . We can not optimize it by La- Derivation of the equation (29), we get
grange methods directly. We should take the same measure

to determine the xk , m and yk firstly. Therefore, we can get
a series sub-problem. In a similar way, we note is as
P r 2 'i for convenience.
Just like the Pr1 , the optimize energy allocation scheme

of Pr 2 can be found out after we solved all of the sub-
problem Pr 2' . The WS-algorithm2 is described as follow-
i
ing, it is very similar to WS-algorithm1.
204 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

A. Energy Efficiency in Difference User Number

0B
WS-algorithm 2
1. Initialize N = 2 K ; Users conduct the channel estima-
tion and feed back the CSI and location information to
each BS.
2. For i = 1 to N
(a) Determines the BSs states based on i .
(b) Determines which BS does each user contact with
based on CSI.
(c) Find the energy allocation scheme P k ,m and
t rans
m
Ptrans based on (31), (32) and (35).
3. Return to step 2 until i = N , select the maximum en-
ergy efficiencies b(i ) and take corresponding power
allocation scheme as the final power allocation
scheme. Figure2. Energy Efficiency in difference user number
From the description of WS-algorithm 1 and 2, it is easy Fig.2 shows the energy efficiency for difference user in
to know that we did not consider the exact modulation man- the cellular. The square line and circle line represent the
ner when we design WS-algorithm. Actually, WS-algorithm performance of WS-algorithm 1 and 2 respectively. The star
can be used in any popular communication system, such as line represents the performance of traditional network that
OFDM or FBMC, and further optimization of energy effi- all of BSs always working together. It can be seen that the
ciency in according with the character of modulation[14] energy efficiency of WS-algorithm increases sharply and is
[15]. much better than energy efficiency of traditional network.
We also find that the performance of WS-algorithm 2 is
5.Performance Evaluation very close to WS-algorithm1. This result shows that the re-
configurable network can increase the energy-efficiency
In this part, we propose some simulation results of WS-
even if the BS has little energy-aware ability. Fig.2 also
algorithm. The simulations are performed under the scenar-
shows that the energy efficiency of WS-algorithm improves
io given in the section II. One cellular has been served by
much more rapidly than the traditional with the user number
one central macro BS and three micro BSs . The weighted
increase.
coefficients of energy model for macro BS and micro BS
are amacro = 22.6 and amicro = 5.5 respectively. The energy B. Energy Efficiency in Difference cellular radius
1B
which independently of transmit is 420W for macro BS and

32W for micro BS. The transmission power of the macro
BS and micro BS are 1.5W and 0.5W respectively. The total
transmission power is 3W. Users are randomly located in
the cellular with uniform distribution. We take modified
Hata urban propagation model and Rayleigh fading model
to simulate the channel condition. Variance of AWGN is
10-6 . The value of bandwidth B is 1.28MHz.
Figure1. Energy Efficiency in difference Cellular Radius
Fig.3 shows the energy efficiency for difference cellular

radius when there have 200 users in the cell. The star line
and circle line represent the performance of WS-algorithm 1
205 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

and 2 respectively. The square line represents the perfor- [9] NEC, Green Radio, “NECs Approach towards Energy-efficient Radio
mance of traditional network that all of BSs always working Access Networks”, White paper, Feb 2010.
together. It can be seen that the energy efficiency of WS- [10] K. Samdanis, D. Kutscher, M. Brunner, “Self-Organized Energy
algorithm clearly higher than the energy efficiency when all Efficient Cellular Networks”, Proc. of PIMRC, Sep 2010.
of the BSs working together. It is also show that the energy [11] T. Ruuska, “Adaptive Power Management for a Node of a Cellular
efficiency decreases with the cellular radius increase. This Telecommunications Network”, US.6584330, Jun 2003.
result is in conformity with the previous work of other stud- [12] L.C. Schmelz, et. al, “Self-organisation in Wireless Networks Use
iers. However, the energy efficiency of WS-algorithm is Cases and their Interrelation”, 22nd WWRF, May 2009.
always better than traditional network without re- [13] M.A. Marsan, et. al, “Optimal Energy Savings in Cellular Access
configuration evidently. Networks“, Proc. of GreenComm Workshop, Jun 2009.
[14] S. Zhou, et. al, “Green Mobile Access Network with Dynamic Base
Conclusion Station Energy Saving”, Proc. of MobiCom, Oct 2009.
Green communication is an interdisciplinary field since [15] I. Viering, et. al., “A Distributed Power Saving Algorithm for
it depends on advance in myriad area from communication Cellular Networks”, Proc. of IWSOS, Dec 2009.
hardware design to networking communication standard.
With the development of cognitive radio, re-configurable
network becomes an important method to realize green
communication. In this paper, two energy-aware network
re-configuration algorithms are proposed to maximum the
energy efficiency based on a hybrid structure with micro BS
and macro BS co-existence in cellular network. The simula-
tion results show that deployment of the energy-aware net-
work re-configuration algorithm can significantly increases
the energy efficient whether the BS has energy-aware
mechanism.
References
[1] KONSTANTINOS S, KUTSCHER D, BRUNNER M. “Dynamic
Energy-Aware network Re-Configuration for cellular urban
infrastructures”. IEEE, 2011.
[2] MARSAN M, LUCA C, CIULLO D, et al. “Optimal energy savings
in cellular access networks”. IEEE, 2009.
[3] GÜR G, ALAGÖZ F. “Green wireless communications via cognitive
dimension an overview”[J]. IEEE Network, 2011
[4] MASONTA T M, NTLATLAPA N, MZYECE M. “Energy and
spectrum efficiency in RURA lareas based on cognitive
radiotechnology”[Z]. IEEE, 2010.
[5] FEHSKE J A, RICHTER F, FETTWEIS P G. “Energy efficiency
improvements through micro sites in cellular mobile radio networks”
[Z]. IEEE, 2009.
[6] SHAAT M, BADER F. “Computationally efficient power allocation
algorithm in Multicarrier-Based cognitive radio networks OFDM and
FBMC systems”[Z]. IEEE, 2010: 13.
[7] XIAO Xiao, TAO Xiao-ming, JIA Yi-zhen, et al. “An Energy-
Efficient hybrid structure with resource allocation in ofdma
networks”[Z]. IEEE, 2011.
[8] European Commission, “Standardisation mandate addressed to
CEN,CENELEC and ETSI in the field of Information and
Communication Technologies”, Draft Version, Feb 2010.
206 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Developing Discourse-Based in Second

Language Teaching
Yu Zhike
Jiangxi Science and Technology Normal University, Nanchang, China
Abstract: This article intends to tell us how students can benefit from discourse-based language teaching through two care-
fully designed tasks. Due to the two listening and writing activities which are based on discourse approaches, students’ lis-
tening, speaking, reading and writing competence will be strengthened simultaneously. Therefore, discourse-based lan-
guage teaching integrated with other teaching approaches will be another effective measure enhancing foreign language
teaching efficiency.
Keywords: discourse; approach; second language teaching; competence
1. Introduction interpersonal effectiveness. The other part is to listen and
understand what others have conveyed to us. An effective
Discourse analysis has been taken up in a variety of dis- communication exists between two people when the receiver
ciplines. From the perspective of a discourse theorist [5], interprets and understands the sender’s message in the same
“The field of discourse studies has expended into “a wide way the sender intended it. According to Harmer [3], teach-
ranging and heterogeneous discipline”. The Four macro ing listening depends on the level of the listeners and the
skills—listening, speaking, reading and writing are being kind of tasks that go with the listening material. The levels
widely used and integrated in English teaching. Although of listeners are beginners, elementary, intermediate, upper
each skill emphasizes different approach, they all view lan- intermediate [3]. My students are at intermediate level,
guage as interaction, and are concerned with the social con- hence, the following activities are designed for them. In
texts in which discourse is embedded. addition, listening is mainly focused in this task, while as
This article aims to show how discourse analysis takes Hinkel [4] notes that in achieving meaningful communica-
place. These competences are researched by many language tion, at least two skills should be applied at the same time.
theorists. e.g. Canale and Swain, Krashen , Lightbown , Therefore, speaking is also involved in this task to prop up
Spada, Larsen Freeman , Long and Savignon. In language listening.
teaching, one of the objectives is to promote discoursed-
based approach. The tasks chosen are related to one another Activity I: Pre-Listening
because it is concluded in macro skills which are listening The story is to be introduced entitled “Sand and Stone”
and writing. The article also describes how the teacher by giving them motivation activity. The word FRIENDSHIP
should present the lesson according to the level of the learn- will be written on the board. Encouraging students to think
ers. of as many words as they know that relate to this key word.
2. The Tasks Putting down these words outside the circle and using the
method of Semantic Webbing.
The aim of the chosen tasks is to develop the listening
comprehension of the learners and put it into writing. In ad-
dition, another goal is to assess the usefulness of a discourse- FRIENDSHIP
based teaching approach. “We must also consider the com-
pensatory strategies and communication strategies.” (Celce
Murcia and Olstain, 2000 p.105)
Task 1: Teaching Listening in a Discourse-Based Activity II: Listening Proper
Approach First Listening: Listen to a short story entitled “sand
Each skill has its own role to describe but listening is re- and Stone”. The story could be read by the teacher or play
garded as the most neglected and difficult of all. Expressing the recorded story. On the first reading, students are not sup-
our wants, feelings, thoughts and opinions clearly and effec- posed to write anything. As “The first listening is often used
tively is only part of the communication process needed for just to give students an idea of what the listening material
207 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Z. K. Yu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp207-210
sounds like so that subsequent listening are easier for stu- three representatives will be asked to report what they
dents. ”Also to make sure that they would get the general learned.
idea this time. LEARN TO WRITE IN THE SAND.
Second Listening: The story will be read for the second The listening activities are divided into three to show speci-
time and students are asked to jot down some important de- fications in the given task. Pre-listening is for introducing
tails from the story “Sand and Stone”. the lesson by giving them a motivating activity. Semantic
Activity III: Post-Listening webbing is being used to show the main theme of the story.
Answers are drawn from students itself and the teacher
This activity mainly consists of: should connect that to the lesson proper. The motivation is
A. To infer implied meaning of “sand” and “stone” by needed to arouse the interest of the learners and to execute
asking some questions. the real lesson well. Then the listening proper should be pre-
sented. What’s more, the material presented by teacher
B. Comprehensive questions should be provided to de- should be precise. If the teacher will read the listening text, it
termine how well the students understand the story.
should be in a normal tone or could ask someone to read it
1. What is the story about? and record it and then be played in the class. Materials are
very crucial in listening for it will make or break the aim of
2. Who are the main characters in the story?
comprehending the listening text. While Post-Listening is for
3. Where did the story happen? students’ comprehension to determine whether they have
4. Why does the friend slap his friend? picked up the listening text or not. The art of questioning is
vital to check the comprehension of the students. Strategies
5. What did the other one do? are given to attain the objective of the lesson: firstly, making
6. According to the story, what is the difference of writ- inferences; secondly, comprehending questions by using the
ing on the sand and writing on a stone? WH questions; then re-arranging the events according to
what they have heard; finally, the reinforcement activity,
C. According to what the students have heard, they are which is the group discussion.
asked to make the sequence of an event by numbering the In listening process, top-down and bottom-up are usually
following statements from 1 to 5. involved. According to Celce Murcia and Olstain [2], “Top-
down listening processes involve activation of schematic
 The one who slapped and saved his best friend, asked knowledge and contextual knowledge.” And Carrell and
him, “Why, after I hurt you, you wrote in the sand, and
Eisterhold [2] also notes that t schemata includes back-
now you write on a stone?”
ground information on the topic. The aim of the first activity
is just to help students awake their knowledge and informa-
 Two friends had an argument and one friend slapped
tion on this topic. Then the first listening in the next activity
the other one in the face.
is to listen for the gist of the story is required. It is obviously
 A story tells that two friends were walking through the to be seen that teacher attempt to apply top-down approach
desert. for teaching listening. After that, during the third activity,
inferring the implied meaning of the content words “sand”
 they decided to take a bath. The one who got slapped and “stone” reflects bottom-up approach. According to
and hurt started drowning, and the other friend saved Celce Murcia and Olstain [2], “The bottom-up level of the
him. listening process involves prior knowledge of the language
system (i.e., phonology, grammar, vocabulary)”. Teacher
 The other one, smiling, replied: “When a friend hurts intentionally puts bottom-up approach to use in the listening
us, we should write it down in the sand, where the practice. While it is combined with top-down approach ra-
winds of forgiveness get in charge of erasing it away ther than being applied automatically. As Peterson [2]
and when something great happens, we should engrave claims, “Both top-down and bottom-up listening skills
it in a stone of the memory of the heart, where no wind should be integrated and explicitly treated pedagogically to
can erase it”. improve L2 listening comprehension. The discourse level is
in fact where top-down and bottom-up listening intersecting
D. The students are asked to discuss the question “What and where complex and simultaneous processing of back-
can you learn form the story?” in groups. Make sure that ground information, contextual information, and linguistic
everyone will share then after the group discussion; two or information permit comprehension and interpretation to take
place.” As far as concerned, top-down and bottom-up listen-
208 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ing skills are integrated in this task to achieve the optimal

results.
506 Country Lane
TASK 2: Teaching Writing in a Discourse- North Baysville, CA 53286
Based Approach July 16, 2007
“In most writing courses today, students are asked to re- Dear Susan,
vise and resubmit assignments after an opportunity to re- It feels like such a long time since the last time I saw
ceive some kind of feedback from peers and/ or the instruc- you. I know it's only been several weeks since I saw you.
tor. Students are encouraged to understand that the process So far my summer has been great!
of writing involves hard work and that improvement is often I spend my all my weekends at the beach. I am get-
a result of a major investment of time.” [2]. Sometimes, forc- ting a nice tan and you can no longer say I am paler than
ing the learners to write is as hard as waking up in a Monday you. I have been playing lots of volleyball, surfing and
morning work. Writing is said to be a daunting task to begin building a nice collection of sea shells. Just this past week-
doing but once ideas pop out it could be overflowing. It just end I took second place in a sandcastle building contest!
a matter of how a learner could be motivated to write their On the weekdays I work. I drive an ice cream truck
thoughts and how words could be a powerful tool to express around and sell ice cream to the kids. It is so cool. It is a
one’s thought. combination of the two things I love most, ice cream and
“Writing is the production of the written word that re- kids. The pay isn't too great but I love the job so much.
sults in a text but the text must be read and comprehended in I hope the summer's been going well for you too.
order for communication to take place…writing is different There's only a month and a half left in summer vacation
from speech and Speech is similar to writing.”[2] and after that it's back to school. Would you like to meet up
The two skills may have similarities but as listening is some time to before school starts?
presented on the first day of the class and be followed by
reinforcement on the second day; writing is the best task to Your friend,
integrate. The main theme from the listening text can be pre- Signature
sented to start up a writing activity. But it should still have P.S. John Austin
motivation on how to jump start a main writing lesson which says hi.
will be a friendly letter. The procedure will be shown the
same with listening task wherein there would be Pre-Writing, After reading the letter, probe if the learners understand
Writing and Post-writing. what the letter is all about by asking some questions. Then
present the parts of a letter and teach the ways to write a
Activity I: Pre-Writing friendly letter.
A quick review will be presented by the teacher and cit- Activity III: Post-Writing
ing “Sand and Stone” to draw out the topic Friendship in the
class. Then ask the motivating question: If you are going to Present a blank letter and reshuffled paragraphs from the
compare your friend to an object, what object would that be? letter. Let the learners re-arrange the letter accordingly.
Why? A. As they are given worksheets, they are to fill in the
Possible answer: Pillow because she is very comforting. blanks of the missing words.
B. Making a friendly letter. Each will be given a clean
Activity II: Writing Proper white paper to write a friendly letter. Make sure to
use key points in writing a friendly letter
The teacher will present a sample friendly letter and
should be read by the teacher while everyone will follow
In pre-writing activity, the learners should be able to de-
reading silently.
scribe their friends using an inanimate object. The teacher
could give a minute or two to construct their own sentences
to answer. It’s also a good activity to arouse their interest in
writing the main topic for the lesson writing a friendly letter.
The writing part could be crucial because of the technicali-
ties in making a letter. The sample should be well explained
and the parts should be identified properly. The coherency of
the task should also be drawn in writing proper. The art of
questioning is also a must to double check the comprehen-
sion of the learners. Furthermore, the sample letter presented
in this activity is authentic material. The strength of using
209 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

the authentic material is noted by Monti [6], “As they learn hurt started drowning, and the other friend saved him.When
‘how to learn’ by using the materials with functional con- he recovered from the fright, he wrote on a stone: “TODAY
texts, they will see that their learning is immediately relevant MY BEST FRIEND SAVED MY LIFE.”
and transferable. A natural extension of this is that rapport is The friend who saved and slapped his best friend, asked
built, a social network can be created, and ideally, retention him, “Why, after I hurt you, you wrote in the sand, and now
rates will increase.” While the Post-writing is the reinforce- you write on a stone?”
ment of the lesson that should be acquired by the learners. The other one, smiling, replied: “When a friend hurts us,
we should write it down in the sand, where the winds of for-
3. Conclusion giveness get in charge of erasing it away and when some-
From the tasks some discourse-based approaches have thing great happens, we should engrave it in a stone of the
taken place to stimulate students into developing their lan- memory of the heart, where no wind can erase it”.
guage ability, and engaging them with practical activities LEARN TO WRITE IN THE SAND.
from the beginning. During the process of engaging in all of
these activities, students will have train their listening, Appendix B
speaking and writing skills and be thoroughly versed in deal- According to the story you have heard, making the se-
ing in depth from the perspective of discourse analysis. quence of an event by numbering the following statements
Based on it, students can have a slightly “mature” language from 1 to 5.
competence, so that they can learn through a discourse-based
approach effectively [1, 2]. In brief, discourse-based ap-  The one who slapped and saved his best friend, asked
proach is available and helpful for both teachers and students. him, “Why, after I hurt you, you wrote in the sand, and
now you write on a stone?”
 Two friends had an argument and one friend slapped
References the other one in the face.
[1] Barraja-Rohan, A. Teaching Conversation and Sociocultural Norms
 A story tells that two friends were walking through the
with Conversational Analysis. In Australian Review of Applied Lin-
desert.
guistics, 14, p.71-88 (1997)
 They kept on walking, until they found an oasis, where
[2] Celce-Murcia, M., and Olshtain, E. Discourse and Context in Lan- they decided to take a bath. The one who got slapped
guage Teaching: A Guide for Language Teachers. Cambridge: and hurt started drowning, and the other friend saved
Cambridge University Press (2000) him.
[3] Harmer, J. The Practice of English Language Teaching. Longman  The other one, smiling, replied: “When a friend hurts
(2001) us, we should write it down in the sand, where the
winds of forgiveness get in charge of erasing it away
[4] Hinkel, E. Current Perspective in Teaching the four skills. TESOL
and when something great happens, we should engrave
Quarterly 40/1. p. 109-131 (2006)
it in a stone of the memory of the heart, where no wind
[5] Kettle, M. Teaching English as Discourse: A Challenge for the can erase it”.
ELICOS classroom. EA Journal, 17 (2), p.66-77 (2000)
[6] Monti, M. Integration of learn roles and authentic materials in the

adult education context. Retrieved on 28th May, 2009 from
http://www.pde.state.pa.us/able/lib/able/fieldnotes06/
fn06authentic.pdf(2006)
Appendix A
Sand and Stone
A story tells that two friends were walking through the
desert. In a specific point of the journey, they had an argu-
ment, and one friend slapped the other one in the face. The
one, who got slapped, was hurt, but without anything to say,
he wrote in the sand: “TODAY, MY BEST FRIEND
SLAPPED ME IN THE FACE.”
They kept on walking, until they found an oasis, where
they decided to take a bath. The one who got slapped and
210 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
An Analysis of The Cause of The World Food

Crisis and China’s Countermeasures
Junhong Li
Economy College, Shenyang University, Shenyang, China
sdljh_168@163.com
Abstract: This paper regards the outbreak of a worldwide food crisis as the start point, and analyzes the situation of China’s
current food crisis on the sides of causes, China’s agricultural development and the existing hidden dangers in it. The author
affirms the achievements of China’s food security and meantime is fully aware of shortcomings and pitfalls of it. So how to
learn from the successful experience of other countries and focus on exploring the international and market-oriented field to
ensure our food security is necessary.
Keywords: food crisis; the contradictions of people and land; scientific and technological innovation
1. Introduction third consecutive month and may continue to rise in the

future. Even though it is lower than the high point of 237.9
People now enjoy a higher standard of living with the in February 2011, the index is still higher than the standard
emergency and application of advanced scientific of the food price crisis in 2007-08.
technology. But with the continuous rise of food price, food
crisis has engulfed many countries and regions all over the
world like a silent tsunamis and it has seriously affected
people’s lives, social stability and economic development.
The most serious food crisis breaking out in the first half of
2008, more than sixty years after the World War II, has rang
an alarm of food security in China because of its long
duration, wide range, great fluctuation and deep influence.
Under such a circumstance, the issue of the food security’s
internationalization is attracting more and more concern Table 1. the FAO Statistics Food Price Index Source: Reuters
both from scholars and government in China.
2.2.The Existence of Hidden Dangers on China’s
2. An Overview of the World Food Crisis Grain Security Issue
2.1. The Meaning and Current Status of the World Firstly, resource constraints are increasing and the
Food Crisis arable land resources continued to decrease. Moreover, our
The Food and Agriculture Organization of the United country is severe shortage of water resources and the
Nations (FA0), Rome Declaration of 1996 formed the final available water resources per capita is only1/4 of the
definition of food security, that “only when all people at all world’s average, and the growing grain, relatively means
times be able to have physical and economic access to low income. According to the China Statistical Yearbook
sufficient, safe and nutritious food to meet their dietary 2010 data that, the net income per hectare of cotton, peanuts,
needs and food preferences for an active and healthy life, to apples, sugar beets, vegetables, mulberry cocoons and other
achieve food security.” Soaring international food prices economic crops is far higher than that of rice, wheat, and
brought about the food crisis in 2008 which become the corn. In addition, the prices of the agricultural resources and
problems that beset the world, and have a serious impact on the increased production costs, to some extent, reduce the
the world economy and global security, in which developing food production efficiency. The third one is population
countries suffer the greatest. growth. China’s current natural population growth rate is
Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO and FAO), about 5 ‰, lower than the average for developing countries,
2011, said the global food prices in March increase for the but China’s large population base, an annual increase of
211 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

J. H. Li et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp211-214
population is still about 6 million. The structural sellers etc. Food manufacture enterprises, such as ADM
contradictions between food supply and demand caused by Company, Cargill Company, Bunge Company, Louis
continued population growth have become increasingly Dreyfus Company etc, through control over each link of
prominent. The fourth one is international trade problems. manufacture, production, sales etc, make a killing in food
General Administration of Customs statistics show that in crisis “in the combination of two”.
2010, for the full year, China imported a total of 54.8
million tons of soybean, mainly from the United States, 3. 3. Development of Bio- energy
Brazil and Argentina, accounting for 58% of the total global According to the statistics by United Nations Food and
soybean imports. This is bound to impact China’s grain Agriculture Organization, in the past 10 years, the bio fuel
market. With the rapid economic development of China’s production with agriculture products as the raw materials
wheat, corn and other grain future’s markets, the volatility, increases for more than twice. In the next 10 years or even
risk and uncertainty of international grain market, will longer, the demand for agriculture products used for bio
certainly influence the China’s grain prices. fuel production, such as sugar cane, corn etc, will continue
What’s more, the contribution of agricultural science to increase, which brings pressure to the rise of food price.
and technology to the growth of production in China was In the recent years, the use of corn to produce fuel ethanol
48%, lower than that level of developed countries which becomes a hotspot of bio replacement fuel development in
accounted for 70% . And China is vulnerable to natural the US. In the current stage, 95% of the fuel ethanol in the
disasters, the annual tolls of food loss is more than 50 US is transformed from corn. And in the next few years, the
billion kg, equivalent to 1/10 of the annual grain output. demand of fuel ethanol which the source is corn is still
huge.
3. Analysis of the Course of World Food Crisis
Formation 3. 4. Influence of Climatic Factors
3.1. Land Degradation and Decrease of Cultivable According to the statistics, from the 19th century, the
Area Land Degradation world average temperature increases about 0.7 Celsius
Degree equally due to the global warming trend, and as for
At present, there are about 75,000,000,000 tons of rich the main food production area in low latitudes, a
soil losses every year all over the world, and about temperature increase of 1.2 Celsius Degree which will
12,000,000 hectares of cultivable land losses. In addition, cause adverse influences to food output increase, and even
the population living in arid area accounts for 38% of the lead to production reduction.
world population, and the land degradation pose an In addition, in recent years, all kinds of natural disasters
increasing serious and urgent threaten to them. The invade grain field frequently, the flood in North Korea,
cultivable areas are decreasing. The urbanization process in wind damages in Bengal and Burma, and the disasters in
each nation accelerates greatly, the land resources for Australia and some areas in China bring a certain influences
agriculture development decreases and cultivable area is to the grain output of the crop countries, and further to
limited. aggravate the food crisis.
3.2. The Famer’s Decreased Enthusiasm on Crops 4. Countermeasures for China to Cope with
Leads to the Increase Difficulty of Food World Food Crisis
Production
3.2.1. Farmer’s Grain Costs Rise At present, food has become the “Nuclear Weapon” in
the world economic war. Therefore, we shall adopt effective
The cost of agriculture production mainly includes the measures to improve the domestic food condition
materialization agriculture production cost and labor cost. fundamentally, and enhance crop production ability.
Fertilizers, pesticides etc derive from oil production means,
with the constantly rising of oil price in recent years, the 4.1. Protect Cultivable Land and Water Resources,
rising price is an inevitable trend. And the ever rising labor and Enhance Crop Productivity
cost further to increase the agriculture production cost. Firstly, we should strengthen the land protection
3.2.2. Obtain Relevant Profits in Intermediate Link awareness and farmers’ legal awareness. Next, we should
perfect the supervision and management system. Making
Another reason that the farmers failed to obtain profits from more effort to strengthen the investigation force to prevent
the increasing food price is, large amount of profits are from the violation of laws and regulations for land, and
gained in the intermediate links such as manufacturers, making sure that the 1,800,000,000 acres of cultivable lands
212 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

are against infringement. At the same time, focus should establish a long term and stable cooperation relations
be made on the increasing enterprises’ pollution between production and sales oriented by market or linked
management ability and power, and enhancing the by economy profits. Secondly, the government shall give
utilization ratio of water resources. necessary supports to the enterprises who have participated
in the production and sales connection in respect of tax
4.2. Implement Preferential Policy for Farmers,
policy, credit funds, transportation guarantees etc.
and Mobilize Farmers’ Production
Enthusiasm 4.5. Perfect the Macro Control Mechanism of Food,
and Guarantee the Safety of National Crops
In 2010, central file No. 1 places “stable food and
increased income” in the first place. On the one hand, 4.5.1. Strive to Develop Modern Food Distribution
raising the crop subsidy to farmers, and perfecting crop Industry and Enhance Food Distribution
subsidy system. On the other hand, our government should Efficiency
take effective measures to control the price rise of
agriculture production. Further to limit the local To develop modern food distribution industry, we shall
government’s action to deduct subsidy from the perspective propel the national food enterprise to reorganize, and
of system, and to make sure that the farmers can obtain encourage private companies to participate so as to enhance
visible profits. From the perspective of finance, developing the market competitive power. Next, combining Modern
the rural finance in return to assist agriculture production; Logistic Development Plan for Food issued by National
meantime, getting involved in the international agriculture Development and Reform Committee, we shall increase
food market, and ensuring that there are a certain food input into the food distribution industry, and meantime
supplies in the international market. establish “green channel” for food transportation or lower
the food transportation cost and risk, and perfect modern
4.3 Develop Bio-energy Focused on “Non Food logistic system for food market and enhance distribution
Crop” efficiency. Last but not the least, we shall enhance the food
package technology and standard, or strengthen the
The development of bio energy is based on large supervision on food transportation, and reduce the losses
amount of agriculture and agricultural products caused by the food transportation.
consumption. China wants to limit the development of corn
ethanol, seek a way to expand the cultivation of energy 4.5.2. Perfect Food Storage System, and Make Sure the
crops, that is, non food crop, such as sugar grass, cassava, Food Storage Safety
certain woody oil bearing plants (manioc, pistacia chinensis
bunge) etc. The most obvious character of these crops adapt In respect of food storage, the international minimum
to poor land and stern climate, which matches the current safe food storage is 3 months of one nation’s food
situation of relative large amount of “marginal land” consumption amount. First of all, taking a adjustment to the
resources in China. food storage structure. We shall increase high quality of
food storage, properly increase the emergency storage
4.4. Optimize the Food Supply Structure, and amount of finished food and oil, and make a guarantee on
Alleviate the Food Supply Contradiction adequate emergency storage; then, we shall progress
forward the food storage technology by means of increasing
4.4.1. Control Population and Realize a Balance of Crop
the input to food storage equipment, especially to the main
Supply and Demand
food warehouse in the northwest, and we also shall establish
On the one hand, China will continue to implement the a modern food warehouse; Last but not the least, we should
basic national policy of “family planning” to control perfect the food storage method by encouraging
population. On the other hand, strengthen the education non-national enterprises to participate in the food storage,
force to population, enhance people quality, and make the and giving a certain policy supports. The central food
population increase rate lower than that of food. storage system is relative perfect in China, so we need to
promptly implement and enrich local reserves, and
stenghten farmers’ ability to store food.
4.4.2. Strengthen the Support for Food Production and
Sales Connection, and Reduce the Production and 5. Conclusion
Demand Gap
Propose about the adjustment principles of three modern
Firstly, both parties from the production and sales areas national innovation systems in China, that is, principle
shall give full play to their comparative advantages, and conforming to national conditions, principle of industry
213 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

coordination development, and national security principle,

can propel the development of the proportion of agriculture
industry. We should continue to boost agriculture scientific
innovation and popularization. Meantime measures such as
developing bio- energy industry, or promoting win - win
development of agriculture resources can be taken to
establish a national food innovation system in accordance
with our national conditions, which is more beneficial to
play our own advantages and enhance our international
competitive power greatly.
6. Acknowledgements
I really appreciate the great support and help from my
family and colleagues.
References
[1] Ma Xiaohe, Lan Haitao. China Food Comprehensive Production
Ability and Food Safety [M]. Beijing: Economic Science Press,
2008 (12).
[2] Yin Chengjie. Food and the World: Global Food Crisis and China
Food Safety [M / OL]. Beijing: Economic Science Press, 2009 (4).
[3] Prepared by CCTV China Finance Report. Food War [M]. Beijing:
China Machine Press, 2008 (7).
[4] Ding Junsheng, Jin Songting. China Is Able to Support Herself [M].
Beijing: China Agriculture Press 2008 (4).
[5] Nie Zhenbang. Strengthen Macro Control of Food and Guarantee
National Food Safety [J]. Micro Economy Management 2009 (3).
[6] Zhou Huiqiu Analysis on All Kinds of Indicators of Food Safety in
China for the Current Stage [J], Northeast Agriculture University
Journal, 2008 (10).
[7] Tan Shusen. Trace the Root of Global Food Crisis [N].Reference
News, 2008 (5).
[8] Jiang Changyun. “Twelfth five Year”: Guarantee Food Safety and
Ensure Farmer’s Increased Income [N]. China Economic Herald,
2010 (2).
[9] Several Opinions on Strengthening the Balance of Urban and Rural
Development Power and Further Solidifying Agriculture and Village
Development base by the State Council of the Communist Party [N].
people.com.cn, 2011 (4).
[10] Guo Caiping. Food Crisis: Inextricable Difficulty in the Market [N].
International Business Daily, 2012 (4).
[11] Food Price Index Counted by Food and Agriculture Organization
Data source: Reuters.
[12] 2010 China Statistic Yearbook.
[13] Global Fuel Ethanol Demand on Corn US Agriculture
Department.
214 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Research on the Ethnic Identity and Subjective

Well-Being of the College Students of
Yi Nationality
Xiaoyi Chen
School of Educational Science & Key Applied Psychology Lab CQNU, Chongqing, China
Abstract: The results show that: (1) College students of Yi nationality get high scores on ethnic identity in both Yi
nationality and Chinese nation . The correlation of the two scores is statistically significant. The score of the ethnic
identity in Yi nationality is higher than that in Chinese nation. (2) college students of Yi nationality get high scores on
the cultural identity, social identity and the sense of belonging in both Yi nationality and Chinese nation. The score of
social and cultural identity in Chinese nation is higher than that in Yi nationality. The score of the sense of belonging in
Yi nationality is higher than that in Chinese nation.(3) the college students of Yi nationality have a relatively lower score
on life satisfaction(3.07), a comparatively medium score on positive emotion(4.51), and a relatively lower score on
negative emotion (3.58).
Keywords: college students of Yi nationality; ethnic identity; subjective well-being
1.Introduction 2.Methods
In a multi-ethnic country, cultural conflicts and 2.1. Subjects
adaptation of minority group members are particularly
conspicuous. With the propulsion of west development, 338 Yi college students were randomly selected from
western minority group members face the mainstream Xichang Academy, including 181 males, 157 females, and
culture shock. How would they perceive their ethnic the average age is 20. 67±1.51 years.
identity and national identity, and how would they evaluate
the subjective well-being of their own life in the collision 2.2. Measure Tools
between the mainstream culture and ethnic culture? Those
2.2.1. National Identity Questionnaire
questions need to be fully concerned. Yi nationality is an
ancient ethnic group that lives in the south west In this study national identity questionnaire compiled by
mountainous area of China. In the progress of west Huiyin Shi were adopted, which includes ethnic identity
development, Yi people show good condition both on their questionnaire and national identity questionnaire [2]. The
own and national identity and subjective well-being, which former possesses three factors, respectively “cultural
are of great significance on its own development, adaptation identity”, “sense of belonging” and “social identity” on its
of the outside social culture and national harmony and own nationality. And the latter includes “social cultural
stability. Thus the research choose Yi college students who identity” and “sense of belonging” on Chinese nation. Both
have comparatively higher educational level and who have adopted 5 point scoring (ranging from 1-5 points which
vital influence on Yi people’s life and culture as research stand for “fit” and “inconformity”). Higher score indicates
subjects, and studies their ethnic identity and subjective higher identity. The scale has gone through strict inspection
well-being to better reveal Yi people’s sense of ethnic so it has good reliability and validity.
identity and subjective well-being, and consequently
complete psychological localization research on subjective 2.2.2. Subjective Well-being Scale
well-being[1].
The subjective well-being scale compiled by Diener[3]
from Illinois university (US) were adopted, including
SWLS (7 points scoring, ranging from 1-7 points which
stands for strongly oppose and strongly agree), PANAS (9
215 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

X. Y. Chen et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp215-219
points scoring, ranging from “null” to “always”), Diener’s statistical software package.
research on subjects from different countries showed the
scale has high reliability and validity. 3.Results
2.3. Procedures 3.1. Ethnic Identity and National Identity
Using the average value to replace individual missing Table1 shows the Yi college students’ ethnic identity,
value. national identity and the average of each dimension.
Collective test has been preceded from 3 days before Yi Difference inspection between ethnic and national identity
year and 3-5 days after, and 338 valid questionnaires were score had been conducted by using paired sample t -test.
received. The questionnaire includes gender, time staying in The score of ethnic social cultural identity is the average
Han district, student cadre identity and grades. score of all items.
All data were analyzed with SPSS 15.0 for windows
Table 1 Comparison between Ethnic Identity and National Identity
M SD r t
Ethnic Identity 4.00 0.46

0.57*** 2.15*
National Identity 3.95 0.49
Ethnic Sense of Belonging 4.32 0.75

0.26*** 9.69***
National Sense of Belonging 3.91 0.50
Ethnic Social Cultural Identity 3.90 0.50

0.56*** 2.71**
National Social Cultural Identity 3.98 0.63
Notice: *p<.05, ** p<0.0 1,*** p<0.001, same as below

Table1 shows Yi college students’ high marks on the college students have the “Chinese nation” consciousness
two scales and their own dimension, which surpassed the while recognize their own nation, not like some
theory mean (3 points). Yi college students’ perceptions American minority adolescents who think “Americans”
on ethnic identity and national identity are of remarkable has nothing to do with them [4].
positive correlation although there do exist a certain The results also show that between the different
differences, which also shows on the scales: Although the genders of Yi college students, there is no significant
corresponding dimension of the two scales has obvious difference in scores of the ethnic identity and its three
differences but they still show evident higher relation. dimensions, the national identity and its two dimensions.
(Yi college students’ ethnic sense of belonging is higher Besides, close to or over the medium score in theory (3),
than national sense of belonging while ethnic social these scores are not significantly different on some
cultural identity is lower than national social cultural statistical variables such as the living time in Han District,
identity ). We can conclude that to a large extent Yi the identity of cadre students and grades.
Table 2. Yi college students’ subjective well-being

Overall Cadre/
U
compared with theory different grades Gender

students(t)
M SD mean （F,p） (t)
Life satisfaction 3.07 1.00 t=-17.11 p=0.000 0.17,0.85 0.49 1.98*
Positive emotion 4.51 1.20 t=-7.59 p=0.000 1.52,0.22 0.06 1.4
Negative Emotion 3.58 1.26 t=-20.75 p=0.000 0.10,0.91 0.01 1.14

lower than the medium score (4) significantly. The score
3.2. Subjective Well-Being in positive emotion is close to the medium score, but still
significantly lower than theoretical mean; the score on
Analysis results from various aspects of Yi college negative emotion is also evidently lower than theoretical
students’ subjective well-being are in Table 2. mean. The scores on these two kinds of emotions are
The score on life satisfaction of Yi college students is statistically significant(r=0.16**). The t-test on paired
216 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

sample shows that the score on negative emotion is Among the three grades of Yi college students, no
obviously lower than that on positive emotion, which differences exist in scores of life satisfaction, positive
presents the Yi College students mainly live with emotion and negative emotion. What's more, the level of
positive emotion and the level of negative emotion is negative emotion tends to be lower than the level of
low. positive emotion.
In gender, compared with the male ones (2.97±1.01),
the female Yi college students get a significantly higher 3.3. Results from the Comparison According to the
score on life satisfaction (3.19±0.97) (p =0.049), but is Different Living Time in Han District
still significantly lower than the theoretical mean (4). In the study, the living time in Han district of Yi
However, there is no apparent difference between college students is 0.5-22 years, and the mean time is
different gender in scores on positive and negative 7.10±5.56 years. We divide these college students into
emotions. three parts according to the time: lower than 3 years
Between cadre students and ordinary ones, there is no (148), 3 to 10 years (90), longer than 10 years (100).
significant difference on their dimension of subjective Compared with these parts, we get the table3.
well-being.
Table3 Results from the difference of the living time in Han District
A:Less than 3 years
U B:3—10 years
U C:More than 10 years
U F,p LSD
Ethnic Culture Identity 4.08±0.60 4.15±0.57 4.20±0.53 1.31，0.27
Ethnic Sense of Belonging 4.28±0.79 4.36±0.74 4.34±0.71 0.35，0.70
Ethnic Social Identity 3.31±0.75 3.37±0.69 3.43±0.68 0.94，0.39
Ethnic Identity 3.89±0.49 3.96±0.46 3.99±0.44 1.54，0.22
National Social Cultural Identity 3.89±0.65 4.07±0.58 4.05±0.64 3.17，0.043 A＜B,C
National Sense of Belonging 3.83±0.49 3.91±0.51 4.01±0.49 3.85，0.022 A＜C
National Identity 3.86±0.49 3.99±0.46 4.03±0.47 4.34，0.014 A＜B,C
Life Satisfaction 3.13±1.00 2.93±0.89 3.12±1.08 1.26，0.29
Positive Emotion 4.41±1.20 4.38±1.14 4.76±1.22 3.33，0.037 A,B＜C
Negative Emotion 3.41±1.24 3.67±1.14 3.74±1.37 2.46，0.087 A＜C

There is no conspicuous difference among Yi college different living time. The scores are close to or slightly over
students’ ethnic culture identity, sense of belonging and medium level. However, same to the theoretical mean, the
social identity according to the time they spent living in score on positive emotion of those who lives in Han district
Han District while there is obvious difference in national more than 10 years is much higher than other two kinds; the
social cultural identity, national sense of belonging and score in negative emotion gets the lowest in Yi college
national overall identity. The common trend is that the students living in Han district less than 3 years,
identity and sense of belonging tend to be increased as the significantly lower than the score the ones living in Han
living time spent in Han district extended. We found that Yi district more than 10 year get. All of the score on negative
college students who live in Han district less than 3 years emotion is lower than medium level, which shows the Yi
have a lower national social cultural identity, national college students have a lower level of negative emotion.
identity and national sense of belonging level than those The paired comparison of positive emotion and negative
who live in Han district 3-10 years or more than 10 years. emotion of Yi college students living in Han district with
And there is no difference on national overall identity, different time shows that the score on positive emotion is
social culture and sense of belonging between the Yi college significantly higher than that on negative emotion, which
students who live in Han district 3-10 years and those more also presents the Yi College students live mainly with
than 10 years. Although the time varies, there shows no positive emotion and the positive emotion is stronger than
significant difference. What’s more, the particularly high the negative one.
level of ethnic cultural identity and sense of belonging
exceed the corresponding level.
There is no difference on scores in life satisfaction
among the Yi college students living in Han district with
217 8-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

4.Discussion the result(4.97) which Biaobin Yan etc got in the research
on Chinese college students subjective well-being[7].
4.1. Yi College Students’ Ethnic Identity Besides, the score on negative emotion is almost as the
same as Biaobin Yan's result(3.56). In all, the level of life
Yi college students have a significant higher level of satisfaction is medium, the level of positive emotion tends
ethnic overall identity and sense of belonging than national to be medium, and the level of negative emotion is
identity and sense of belonging. The 4 points on national relatively low.
identity and sense of belonging ( apparently higher than In present study, the score on positive emotion of Yi
theory mean 3 points) show that Yi college students have a college students is significantly positively correlated to the
high level of ethnic identity and sense of belonging which score on negative emotion(r=0.16,p <0.01), and the score
are more intense in terms of national ones. It closely link to on life satisfaction is significantly positively correlated to
our Party and country’s policy such as multi-ethnic, the score of positive emotion(r=0.31,p <0.01).The data is
respecting minority religions and culture, and west not the same as the correlation coefficient which Zheng Xue
development. The research results strongly refuted those gets[8] by different method of calculation, but they are the
splittists who slander national policy on minority groups, same in a statistic sense. The negative correlation between
saying our country has been educating ethnic groups to be the score of life satisfaction and negative emotion is not
more “Han” through various methods in order to vanish significant(r=-0.03,p>0.05).This is not consistent with the
minorities. Those splittists vainly attempt to divide our results on Zheng Xue's research[8].
country, harm the relationship between Han nationality and
minorities and provoke minorities to revolt against central 4.3. Yi College Students’ Ethnic Identity and Subjective
government. This research reveals that Yi college students Well-Being in Terms of the Time Living in Han
have a high level of ethnic identity as well as national District.
identity, which strongly maintain national unity. According to the research results, Yi college students
Compared with the above, the score of social and with different living time in Han district show no difference
culture identity in Yi nationality is relatively lower than that on ethnic cultural identity, sense of belonging, social
in Chinese nation, but both in a high level. As college identity and overall identity, except that the ethnic social
students, they stands on a higher level of the culture than identity is higher than medium level but not up to “fit”(4
others and may reflect on the social culture and present points) . As the living time spent in Han district extend,
situation which are out of time or unreasonable after they national social cultural identity, sense of belonging and
accept the more advanced culture of Chinese nation. They national overall identity are strengthened. It shows that Yi
have the glorious will to promote the development of their college students’ ethnic identity are not weakened by the
own society and culture. They are also willing to recept the different time period they live in Han district, it has been
achievement of the Chinese nation with a long history, actually strengthened instead (although not remarkable in
culture and tradition during the process of reform and statistics). All of these have a close link with our country’s
opening up. good ethnic policy. Yi college students are proud of their
The research shows that between different gender of Yi own nationality and its identity has also been strengthened.
college students, there is no significant difference on the Meanwhile, with the in-depth understanding of our
ethnic identity both in Yi nationality and Chinese nation and motherland ,especially feel the warmth and progress of
the scores are close to or over the level of "relatively motherland, their national identity has been strengthened
satisfaction". It is consistent with the results of Minggang gradually as well, which could be supported by the higher
Wan's research on Tibetan college students[5], which shows positive emotion level of Yi college students who live in
the ethnic identity is unrelated to the gender. Our Han district more than 10 years. At the same time, negative
conclusion also accords with the results of Huiying Shi's emotions also are of high level among those who live in
research on the national identity of the national minority in Han district more than 10 years, this is a normal
Southwestern China[2]. To sum up, gender is not a factor of phenomenon which may be caused by the challenges during
the scores on ethnic identity and national identity. development. In a nutshell, positive emotion level is still
4.2. Yi College Students’ Subjective Well-Being higher than negative one.
5. Conclusion
The level in life satisfaction of Yi college students is
middle or lower, significantly lower than that of all south Yi college students have high scores of ethnic identity
Korean college students(3.98)[6].And their score of positive both in Yi nationality and Chinese nation. Both of them are
emotion is close to medium level, remarkably lower than significantly correlated.
218 8-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

The scores on sense of belonging of Yi nationality and

Chinese nation are high, and the former is higher than the
latter.
The scores of social and cultural identity in Yi
nationality and Chinese nation are high, and the later one is
higher than the former one.
The scores on life satisfaction of Yi College students is
relatively low (3.07), the score of positive emotion is close
to medium level (4.51), and that of negative emotion is
lower than the medium level (3.58)
Acknowledgments
The study was supported by Chongqing Education
Committee Higher Education Reform Project (112046) and
Sichuan Philosophy and Social Science Research Project
(SC07B048). We gratefully thank Qian Wen for technical
advice and fruitful discussions concerning recording.
References
[1] Z Li, Z H Xie. The Review of the Domestic Research on the
Subjective Well-being[J]. Journal of Chongqing University(Social
Science Edition), 2006,12(4):83~88.
[2] H Y Shi. The Research on the national identity of the National
Minority in Southwestern China[D], Chongqing: PhD thesis, School
of Psychology, Southwest University, 2007.
[3] E Diener, M Diener and C Diener. Factors predicting the subjective
well-being of nations[J]. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology1995,68: 653~663.
[4] J S Phiney, C Cantu and D Kurtz . Ethnic and American identity as
predictors of self-esteem among African American,Latino,and White
adolescents[J]Journal of Youth and Adolescence1997,26(2):165~185.
[5] M G Wang,Y P Wang. The Ethnic Identity of Tibetan college
students[J]. Acta Psychologica Sinica, 2004, 36(1):83~88.
[6] Kyeong-ho Cha. Subjective well-being among college students[J].
Social Indicators Research2003,62:455~477.
[7] B B Yan, X Zheng, L Qiu. A Cross-culture Study of SWB of College
Students: A Report from 48 Nations and Regions[J]. Psychological
Science, 2003,26(5):851~855
[8] X Zheng, B B Yan, L Qiu. A Study of Subjective Well-being of
College Students in GuangZhou[J], Exploration of Psychology,
2001,21(4):46~50.
219 8-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
A Literature Review on
Domestic“Ecological Marxism”
Cheng Bo
Social Science Department Sichuan International Studies University, Chongqing, China
chengbo20050606@163.com
Abstract: Since the end of last century, domestic scholars had begun to pay attention to Ecological Marxism. Some scho-
lars studied the related concepts. The others analyzed and evaluated it. Studying this trend of thonght with critical review,
would help us to change the traditional way of thinking and orientation of value.
Keywords: ecological marxism; eco-socialism; ecological civilization
1. Introduction sentative specialized research, has the entire ecological
thoughts of Marx ....
From the human birth to before the start of the Industrial
Revolution of the long history, was the culture and the nature 3. Characteristics of Domestic “Ecological
of coordination and development history. Meanwhile, the Marxism”
nature sometimes was harsh and cruel, but most of the time,
3.1. Emphasis on the Concept of Areas to Clarify
nature still provided mankind with adequate resources and
energy, and the environment to live and work in peace. Taken together, the academic study of the concept of
However, since the Industrial Revolution, all had undergone Ecological Marxism heterogeneity and its mutual relations
irreversible changes: explosive population growth, environ- of the three major areas of “Ecological Marxism”, “eco-
mental pollution was becoming more serious ....As a result, socialism” and “Ecological Marxism”: Ecological Marxism
the research behind the ecological crisis of anthropology, and extensive to carry out the ecological movement is close-
philosophy of ecology turned to become one of the academic ly related to eco-socialism is a socialist schools, Ecological
focus of attention problems.In this context, Ecological Marx- Marxism is the product of the combination of ecology and
ism was born. Marxism”.
“Ecological Marxism” was the political climate of the
2. Domestic “Ecological Marxism” Research
sixties and seventies of the last century, the rose in Europe
Overview
and the United States and other developed Western countries,
Domestic concern of scholars of the Western Ecological but also Western countries, the green movement and Green
Marxism began in the last century, more than 10 years, do- Party ideology. As a new political thought, ecological break-
mestic how to study the theoretical schools? What is through point of view, to challenge the orthodox mainstream
progress? In this paper to check literature in recent years of political thought. Cao Shuqin believes that the so-called
data on the basis of a systematic review of the domestic ecological refers to the thoughts, opinions and Programme of
ecology Marxism. Action in the green movement, the emphasis on addressing
Chinese National Knowledge Infrastructure (CNKI) data the ecological crisis, protect the ecological environment as
shows,1994 on the “Ecological Marxism” paper is 4,in 2000 the theme; Wang Qiuyue deems that ecological doctrine is
is 5,in 2005 is 17, to 2008, rapidly increased to 77. Related closely related to the ecological movement, ecological
monographs four: Xu Yanmei wrote the “Ecological Marx- movement in the political radical agendas.
ism Research” (Social Science Literature Publishing House), The “eco-socialism” in the 1970s, was the product of the
Zeng Wenting wrote the “‘Ecological Marxism’ research” combination of western ecology movement and the socialist
(Chongqing University Press), Guo Jianren wrote the “Eco- thought. Cao Shuqin believes that eco-socialism is more
logical Criticism: Forster’s ecology thought of Marx” vitality in many Western socialist schools a. It is on the basis
(people’s Publishing House), Wang Yuchen wrote the “eco- of eco-Marxism to solve the ecological crisis as a starting
logical criticism Utopia: Ecology and green Marx theory point, the solution of the ecological crisis and critique of the
research” (people’s Publishing House). From the research capitalist system and change, the prospects for socialism
content, the related concepts to explain, to relevant repre- combined. And advocate the use of socialism to solve the
contemporary ecological crisis, through a combination of
220 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

B.Cheng et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp220-223
“red” and “green”, to find a realistic road to socialism. Wang exploration of the root causes of the ecological crisis of capi-
Qiuyue congsider that, including red, green and send some talism - the profits of the capitalist crisis, and protecting the
of the Marxist social democrats are “red and green school”, environment, the best choice - advanced socialist. Feng Yan-
their theories have been collectively referred to as eco- li considers that to Gorz casual view of the post-industrial
socialism ecological bloc. Liu Ying, explores the eco- society of Western leisure theory had a significant impact, it
socialism is the theory of the socialist perspective on the also enriches the understanding of domestic high Zisi want.
ecological and environmental problems, and the correspond- If Gorz, Leiss regarded as early representatives of the
ing practice solutions, and therefore, it is the response of the words of the Ecological Marxism, then, the United Kingdom
traditional socialist theory of modern ecology and absorb is a David Pepper can be regarded as the main representative of a
relatively independent branch of political science of ecology new generation of Ecological Marxism. Pepperdine trying
(environment). combination of Marxism, anarchism, deep ecology, to the
“Ecological Marxism”, strictly speaking, belongs to po- formation of a radical green politics. He rejects ecocentrism,
litical ecology, ecological problems is the social and political and criticized the simplistic to limit economic growth and
issues, only the abolition of the capitalist system, in order to population growth.
fundamentally solve the ecological crisis; it is committed to James O’Connor is the most famous name in North
a combination of ecological principles and socialism, trying America, ecology Marxism and its theoretical contributions
to go beyond capitalism and the traditional socialist model to are: from Marxism intermediary between man and nature
construct a new kind of harmony with nature, the socialist that “labor” to start re-expounded the dialectical and histori-
model. Cao Shuqin thinks,ecology Marxism is one of eco- cal materialism; use of Marx capital theory and Polanyi’s
socialism, which advocated Marxism and ecology, in es- social theory, the contradiction between today’s world of
sence, is the ecological point of view to supplement and capitalism and the natural and social world “integrity”; and
amendment of Marxism. Shishu Li believes that Ecological on this basis, the general level of new social movements and
Marxism refers to the position of Marxism, adheres to the specific the level of the ecological movement has made a
human scale to understand the ecological and environmental theoretical response.
problems, and advocates the combination of modern society, William Leiss studied under Marcuse, communicated
critical theory of Marxism and ecologism social movements, with the Frankfurt School of critical theory and ecology
to more modern worldview, ecological and environmental Marxism theory of character. Its main contribution is: a
protection movement to provide the correct orientation. clear-cut look at the green theory, Marxism is committed to
The relationship between eco-socialism and Marxism, combining Marxism and ecology.
many scholars believe that eco-socialism is not a complete Canadian Ben Agger with ecology Marxism nexus cha-
sense of Marxism. Wang Zan, in Zhengzhou University, racters. They demand of the convergence of Ecological
considers that eco-socialism is a response to the Marxist Marxist theory and practice of socialist revolution. Wang
theory, but is essentially a non-Marxist socialist thought, Yuchen thinks Ben • Agger started from the reflection of
fundamental differences between Marxism. Marx's crisis of capitalism theory by analyzing the root
causes of the ecological crisis of capitalism and consumption
3.2. Emphasis on Early Figures Review
crisis, ecology, needs and consumption among the contradic-
Domestic scholars are concerned about more Ecological tory movement to create his unique ecology Marxist theory;
Marxist,such as Andrea • Gorz, David • Pepper, James the theory of defect is a change from the ownership of the
O’Connor, William Leiss, Ben • Agger and John • Bellamy • means of capitalist production, attributed to human liberation
Foster, located in the United States, Britain, Canada, Europe to eliminate the production and consumption in the process
and the United States. Although their theoretical point of of alienation, the results will not be able to find the main
view are different, but that the ecological crisis of the capi- body of revolution, which shows in addition to the utopian
talist countries is inextricably linked with the capitalist sys- nature of its claim.
tem, are trying to build a new type of man and nature, social John Bellamy Foster Analysises of capitalism and eco-
harmony and consistent with the socialist model. logical root causes of conflict, and tries to put forward an
France Andrea Gorz ecology Marxism and existentialism, ecological crisis of the system of alternative road. Wang
Marxism successes. Due to the the Gorz’ original is French, Yuchen ponts out that Foster has specifically investigated
the only part of the book have been translated into English, the intrinsic link between the capitalist system and the mode
Chinese translation has not yet appeared, domestic scholars, of production and the ecological crisis, eco-political strategy
his concern is still in the translation and dissemination phase. based on the working class, social change and foster a new
Xie Baojun through the content analysis of Gorz’s “fascism” eco-ethical values as the main content.Duxiu Juan Foster in
and “technical bureaucracy”, thinks that Gorz insights into the landmark book “Marx’s Ecology: Materialism and Na-
the sociology of technology. Wu Ning describes Gorz the ture”, re-reading the classics of Marxism based on the devel-
221 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

opment of Marx’s historical background and the ideas of capitalist” point of view, but also formed a unique viewpoint
Marx committed to the reconstruction of Marx’s ecological of science and technology. Ma Lan, in Huazhong University
thinking, ecological view of Marxism made by far the most of Science and Technology, believes that ecology Marxism
systematic, comprehensive defense and restore the true col- concept of science and technology have a significant ecolog-
ors of Marx as an ecologist, profoundly reveals the modern ical value orientation, not only reveals the ecological dimen-
sense of the ecological ideology of Marxism, sion of technological development, and expand the technol-
As many domestic scholars said: ecology Marxism in its ogical concept of ecological sight; the causes of the ecologi-
reality has a strong utopian and even history nihilism color, cal crisis, the majority of ecology Marxist view that science
but it is also undeniable contribution to: improve human and technology is not to produce the root causes of the eco-
vigilance and concerns of the ecological crisis, as well as in logical crisis, the fundamental reason lies in the use of
specific measures to solve the ecological crisis, after all a science and technology, capitalism; Parsons, Gorz, Agger
useful exploration. and Leiss, most Ecological Marxists argue that, since the
ecological crisis caused by the use of science and technology,
3.3.Multi-angle Analysis “Ecological Marxism”
capitalism, it would have to be re-evaluated for technological
Comprehensive study of domestic scholars’ ecology development to ecological consciousness to contribute to
Marxism, focusing on the theoretical contribution of this ecological and sustainable human development as the domi-
theory, a way of thinking, attitude to science and technology, nant direction of scientific and technological research and
as well as its value proposition. application to promote science and technology to the right
The decline of capitalism and socialism highlight is the path; at the same time, another part of the ecology of Marx-
greatest contribution of the Ecological Marxism. Zhu Lei in ists, such as Grundmann Reiner, depending on the Science
Hubei University, analyzes and solves the ecological crisis and Technology as the “accursed idol”; although most of the
and the pursuit and realization of socialism are the reality Ecological Marxists view that science and technology is not
and value of the Marxist theory of the main line. Ecological the main reason of the ecological crisis, but they are inhe-
Marxists’ concept of socialism consists of two theoretical rited in critical EF Schumacher “small is beautiful” ideologi-
contributions: above all, ecological understanding of Marx- cal foundation, proposed the abolition of the science, tech-
ism of contemporary capitalism and its theoretical attitude nology, industrial, advocated not only adapt to the laws of
that the ecological crisis theoretical entry point of system ecology and respect for humanity democratic technology,
critical theory of capitalism ; the other is thinking of eco- small-scale technology, but in large technology as an impor-
Marxism toward socialism, namely, how to solve the ecolog- tant feature of today’s industrial society, give up the big
ical crisis and the future socialism content. technology back to a small technology dispersion technology
The overall paradigm is a way of thinking of the Ecolog- practice a bit with a romantic flavor.
ical Marxism. Social development and human development, The harmony between man and nature, social justice and
necessarily involves the relationship between man and nature harmony with the demands of the theory of Ecological
and interpersonal relationships, and coordinate the handling Marxism. In the tradition of Western political philosophy,
of the relationship between the two. Ecological Marxism is eco-political philosophy tends to dilute the focus on political
not like the non-anthropocentrism as one-sided emphasis on values, and are more concerned about how to coordinate the
the natural unity of man and nature (ecology paradigm), but relationship between human society and nature.
also not anthropocentrism as one-sided emphasis on the ob- The ecology of Marxist dialectical view, is the attitude
ject dichotomy between man and nature (mechanistic para- of the domestic sector generally taken. The ecology of Eco-
digm) , but the integration of the two and beyond. Ecological logical Marxism political philosophy is not only possible,
Marxist dialectical sublation attitude to take in dealing with but its complete system. However, in reality, how to achieve
the problem of human relationship with nature. the combination of Marxist theory with the ecology move-
Endowed with the concept of dialectical color science ment, ecology Marxist who demonstrated a kind of pessim-
and technology, ecology Marxism theory content. Social ism, its eco-political strategy it is difficult to lead to radical
ideology of advanced industrial “One Dimensional Man” on eco-political movement.
behalf of Herbert Marcuse of the Frankfurt School, technol- Contact the construction of ecological civilization in
ogy is caused by capitalism “unidirectional” the main reason, China, the development trend of Ecological Marxism.
but the automation of science and technology can eliminate
4. Inadequate and Enlightenment
the alienation of human labor, therefore, must be freed from
the capitalist mode of production-for-profit, meeting basic Ecology Marxism reflects the concern of the Western
human needs and inspire the human potential “technical ra- Marxist crisis in the common human survival and develop-
tionality” transition to capitalism “technical rationality.”, ment, as well as a clear understanding of the urgency to
Ecological Marxism adhering to Marcuse’s “technology solve the problem, we can say is another major achievement
222 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

of human reason. Takes the view, the attitude of the domes- [4] Li Shishu, “Ecological movement and ecology Marxism” Tianjin
tic academic ecology Marxism is a keen and active. From Institute of Public Administration.Tianjin,pp.25,March 2008.
the writings of the representatives of translating to a critical [5] Wang Zan, “the eco-socialism and Marxism,” Journal of Tianzhong,
analysis of this theory genre, the results are notable. Howev- Zhumadian,pp.31,February 2008.
er, further development and practice of Western Marxism [6] Li Fujun, “return to the anthropocentrism and eco-socialism - the
schools still faced with many problems. I think, continue to ecology of Marxist thinking in Pepperdine Analysis,” Journal of
advance in this field the possibility of the following three Henan University.Luoyang, pp.54,March 2008.
aspects: [7] Chen Yongsen, “Cai Huajie Marxist perspective of the ecological
Firstly, lack of vision to open up. Ecology Marxism dat- problems of the capitalist world - Pepperdine ecology Marxism
ing back more than half a century, the theory is also conti- theory analysis,” Marxism and Reality.Beijing,pp.95,May 2008,.
nuously updated and improved. Early representatives of the [8] Wang Yuchen, “Cultural, natural and eco-political Philosophy -
domestic ecology of Marxism, such as Ben Agger, James James • O'Connor's Ecological Marxist Theory,” Social Sciences
O’Connor, etc. The research results have been rich, but from Abroad, Beijing,pp.5, June.
his later show, such as George • Kewo Er, Paul • Berkey [9] Chen Shilin, “ecological Critique and Reconstruction of historical
George, La Bika, etc. The study also further supplement. materialism,” Journal of Wuhan University, Wuhan,pp.140,February
Secondly, the theoretical method of mining is not enough. 2006.
Ecology Marxism are more concentrated within the school, [10] Cao Yu, “William Royce Ecological Marxism text analysis,” The rule
outreach, expand the research is not enough. By a variety of of law and society,” Kunming,pp.225,June 2008.
in accordance with the network theory of Bruno Latour's [11] Wang Yuchen, “ecological dialectics of liberation Utopia - A Review
actors, nature, society and all human activities the outcome of Agger Ecological Marxist Theory,” Journal of Wuhan University,
contains a network of heterogeneous actors constructed. Ac- Wuhan,pp.134,February 2006.
cordingly, Ecological Marxism is not a product of pure phi- [12] Wang Yuchen, “Foster's Ecological Marxist Theory Analysis -
losophical speculation, the theory also includes sociology, ecological reconstruction of the materialist philosophy and eco-
demography, economics and other related content. Therefore political philosophy,” Marxism, Beijing,pp.87,December 2006.
can be considered to study the ecology of Marxism in the [13] Du Xiujuan, “On Foster's defense of the Marxist concept of
work context of each other from the natural, social, point of ecological,” Journal of Northeastern University,
view of thinking, and various factors. Shenyang,pp.299,April 2007.
Thirdly, the actual practice is relatively scarce. The [14] Tie Kai, “John Bellamy • Foster Ecological Marxism
theory comes from practice, but higher than the practice, Analysis,”.Gansu Social Sciences, Lanzhou,pp.161,May 2007.
theory and practice complement each other. This will be the [15] Sun Jianping, Liu Shuang, “On Foster on Marx and Ecology said re-
introduction of the results of theoretical studies of the ecolo- interpretation,” Journal of Zhengzhou Institute of Aeronautical
gy of Marxism to the practice of ecological civilization in Industry Management, Zhenzhou,pp.5,Maych 2007.
China, abandon the Ecological Marxism in practice. Essence, [16] Zhu Lei, “eco-Marxist concept of socialism - a capitalist critique
to its dregs, for our own use. depending on the domain analysis,” Journal of Hubei University of
Judging the Ecological Marxism as one of the important Economics, Wuhan,pp.11,November 2007.
emerging genre of contemporary Western Marxism, the do- [17] Hu Yu, “Human Ecology and conservation in the development of the
mestic scholars to be concerned, has important implications western philosophical reflection,” Journal of Chongqing University,
for changing the traditional ways of thinking and values Chongqing,pp.78,February 2002.
orientation, a comprehensive and objective view of the cur- [18] Liu Rensheng, “Ecological Marxism ecological values,” Jianghan
rent global ecological crisis, but also for us to establish and Forum, Wuhan,pp.52, July 2007.
implement the scientific concept of development, to build [19] Malan, Wu Ning, “Ecology as the domain of science and technology
environment-friendly society, shaping the ecological civili- - ecology Marxist Perspective on,” Huazhong University of Science
zation provide a useful methodology for reference. and Technology, Wuhan,pp.69-74,February 2008.
References
[1] Cao Shuqin, “Ecological eco-socialism Ecological Marxism,”.
Journal of Chifeng University. Inner Mongolia, vol. 239, pp.4-
5,May2004.
[2] Wang Qiuyue, “Analysis of Ecological Marxism and ecological
socialism,” Jilin Province, College of Education.Jilin,pp.47, August
2007.
[3] David • pepper(translated by Liu Ying)(2005), “eco-socialism: from
deep ecology to social justice.” Jinan: Shandong University Press.
223 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Teaching Reform of Graduate Students

Document Retrieval Lesson Based on
Constructivism Theory
Tan Yangquan1, Xiong Chan2, Pan Hong3
1,2,3
Library. Huazhong Agricultural University, Wuhan, PRC
1
yqtan@mail.hzau.edu.cn; 2xiongchan@mail.hzau.edu.cn
Abstract: In the Epistemology of Constructivism Theory, it emphasizes learners” main status, and pays attention to learn-
ers” active significance construction to knowledge. In recent years, we have put Situation teaching, Random access teach-
ing and Scaffolding instruction into practice in document retrieval lesson for the graduate student, to make a beneficial ex-
ploration in improve information literacy of graduate students.
Keywords: constructivism theory; situation teaching; random access teaching; scaffolding instruction
1. Introduction in the process of the exploring events. The usage of creating
situation, problem identification, self-directed learning, co-
Constructivism is a branch of the cognitive psychology,
operative learning and effects evaluating help students com-
and it is the core of the theory of knowledge. It focuses on
prehend knowledge and construct meaning.
people which is the subject of the theory of knowledge, and
It isn’t teachers’ duty to tell students how to solve the
it thinks that study is active exploration of learners, so it em-
problem, and what they should do is offering some clues
phasizes learners” main status, pays attention to “scene”,
about how to analyze problems, expression problem, collect
“cooperation”, “propagation theory”, and “media technolo-
material, and get relevant information, et al. By means of
gy” in teaching. And it pays attention to resources providing
analyzing teaching tasks, teaching objectives, learners, learn-
for study, and it think that the ultimate goal of learning is to
ing content, teacher fulfill the task of designing learning re-
complete construction of sense [1-3].
sources and learning scene. Graduate students have some
In university, Document retrieval lesson is aim to im-
information literacy, so teacher divide students into groups
prove students” information retrieval skills, so that students
via the same song, and let students use existing knowledge
can gain the needed information to solve their specific prob-
and mutual cooperation between groups to solve the problem.
lem. During the course, active exploration of learners has
In practice, the solution of every true problem is based
important influence to learning effect. So reasonable design
on the experience of each learner, and need a variety of con-
for each teaching subject, providing space and opportunities
cept principle. Therefore, the process to solve every problem,
for every student, guiding students to complete the study
the learners is in process of meaning construction. So, in
contents building consciously, which can improve teaching
document retrieval lesson, we give students real instances or
effect of document retrieval lesson and goal to improve the
problems from our actual work, help students use familiar
users’ information quality[4-6].
information clues to solve problems with different methods.
In recent years, we have put Situation teaching, Random
During the course, different student can construct different
access teaching and Scaffolding instruction into practice in
retrieval technology which is suitable for him only.
document retrieval lesson for the graduate students, to make
a beneficial exploration in improving the information litera- 2.2. Random Access Teaching
cy of graduate students.
Random access teaching is such a teaching mode that the
2.1. Situation Teaching same teaching contents are presented with many times focus-
ing on different aspects in different time, different situation,
In situation teaching, it need to create a situation that
and different purpose, to help learners understand the con-
contains real events or true problem, and guide students to
tents or problems deeply in many aspects, and get a variety
understand knowledge and construct meaning independently
of meaning construction. In other words, this is to help stu-
Financially supported by 2012 Xi’an Polytechnic University Philoso- dents to understand a problem from another angle, and solve
phy and Social Sciences Funds (2012ZXSK30). problems with another method.
224 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. Q. Tan et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp224-225
In random access teaching mode, it can show the learners

selected content from different side, and guide the learners’
autonomy learning. So, teachers should pay special attention
to developing the students’ thinking ability. By guiding stu-
dents to improve their own consciousness on cognitive
process and results, to realize the advantages and disadvan-
tages of their cognitive strategies, and to develop their diver-
gent thinking ability, teachers help students integrate all
these abilities together. That is to say, students will get a
comprehensive cognitive process in solving practical prob-
lems. Figure 1 literature retrieval framework
In Random access teaching mode, its content has internal
consistency, and it can help students acquire higher know- 3. Conclusion
ledge and cognitive flexibility. Constructing the significance
and understanding about knowledge, students can gain flexi- Based on the theory of constructivism, produce a series
ble, advanced, and structural knowledge. of new teaching mode. Among them, “situation teaching”,
In document retrieval lesson, we introduce SCIE data- “random access teaching”, and “scaffolding instruction” are
base from four ways. Firstly, SCIE is one of famous index the most typical teaching models. In these three kinds of
database, and we can gain much information clues. Secondly, teaching mode, the common characteristic is against me-
with an actual problem, students learn to use the search tips chanical knowledge view in traditional teaching model.
and advance search skills. Thirdly, using reference manage- Knowledge is built actively during the process of solving
ment software and WORD, students can export needed ref- problems.
erences from SCIE and use them whenever they are needed In constructivism theory, it gives full respect for teaching
in academic writing. Lastly, with the powerful analysis func- concept, embodies the development direction of teaching
tions, SCIE can be used to evaluate the research efficiency. theory. Teacher participates into students’ learning environ-
ment and provides guidance that can arouse students' enthu-
2.3. Scaffolding Instruction siasm of actively building knowledge significance. Students'
In Scaffolding instruction, teacher provides a suitable learning effect got amplitude ascension than traditional
conceptual framework to help learners understand specific teaching effect. Constructivism theory is worth populariza-
knowledge, construct knowledge meaning. With the use of tion.
the conceptual framework, learners can explore and solve References
problems independently. Teacher pays attention to students”
[1] Slavin R E. Educational Psychology: Theory and Practice [M].
active grow up, by perfecting the conceptual framework
Allyn and Bacon. Boston, 1994.
constantly, teacher guides students to inspire their potential
[2] Xing Ai. Study on Construction Curriculum [D].Southwest
cognitive ability based on their own actual level.
University. 2007.
In document retrieval lesson, teacher must build litera-
[3] Feng Chunying, Sheng Xingjun. College students' information
ture retrieval framework to help students set up the overall
literacy education teaching design based on Construction
concept of literature retrieval process. For example, such a
Curriculum [J].Library World, 2011, (3): 26-29.
framework as fig1 is helpful to students.
[4] Liu Mengxi. The Teaching Design under Constructivism
Environment for the Course of Information Retrieval [J]. Library
and Information Service, 2001, (10):82-85.
[5] Xu hui. Modern western education theory [M].Chongqing,
Chongqing publishing group, 2006.
[6] Zhong Qiquan. Courses and teaching theory [M].Shanghai,
Shanghai education press, 2000.
225 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Analysis on the Generation Logic and

Limitations of University Governance in China
Yu Zeng
Kaili University, Kaili, China
ruanzhouyilong@126.com
Abstract: University governance is the key to the orderly development of universities. This article takes public universities
which are built in the late Qing and early republic as a starting point to sort the evolution path of university governance in
China. It investigates the generation logic of governance structure in current Chinese university from three dimensions,
namely, educational policy and its impact on the formation of universities governance structure, the culture of “Official
Standard” awareness and the generalization of university administrative powers, and interest game and institutional
equilibrium, Considered in the article that the university governance structure in China remains power imbalance, ill-
defined duties, weak supervision, poor public welfare, diversity deficiency, and theoretical research on delay. Moreover,
the existence of these limitations greatly restricts the further improvement of current higher education system in China. As
a result, the innovation and reform of university governance structure is indispensible to higher education reform.
Keywords: university; governance structure; generation logic; limitations
1. Introduction includes more than 80 rules by referencing to regulations of
Japanese universities and situation in China. It is regarded
University governance refers to proponents of public as the first official document of university governance in
action such as the government, universities, social early modern China. Subsequently, in Early Republic of
organizations and individuals to jointly deal with university China, a series of books was published such as the Ren Zi
affairs, especially in university decision-making activities Gui Chou School System, University of Order, and
and institutional arrangements for the realization of University Regulations which were all chaired and
university conception[1]. However, the reality of university amended by Cai Yuanpei. Later in the same period,
governance issues is more complex than concept. The first Southeast University in Nanjing, led by Dr. Guo Bingwen
core issue is how to establish the value of "academic who returned from America, learning American model
freedom"; the second is how to define university power overall in management system, department setting, course
distribution based on "university autonomy". This article content, and fund raising, emphasizing on both the basic
takes public universities in the late Qing and early republic research and applied research. Another university, which
as a starting point to sort the evolution path of university worth mention was Yanjing University, with its motto as
governance in China. Then, it investigates features and “For Truth, Get Freedom, To Serve”, led by President
generation logic of governance structure in current Leighton Stuart, this church university played a certain
universities. Finally, it explores limitations of governance degree of demonstration and guidance role in Chinese
structure of Chinese universities. education early modernization process. Because the modern
2. Evolution Path of University Governance in western model was more directly introduced to Yanjing
University in many aspects such as systems, organizations,
China
planning, course, teaching methodology, and regulations
China's public universities started at the end of the Qing than in any other university, profound effects were achieved
dynasty. In 1898, Liang Qichao drafted the first charter of in educational fields and the society. More than 20 years
Capital Imperial University (the earliest university in early before the establishment of the Peoples Republic of China,
modern Chinese history and now is the Peking University) most of the basic directions in universities were American
About the author: Zeng, Yu（1962 -- ）,was born in Jian Yang, governance models with characteristics of the European
Sichuan Province, PhD, Full Professor, post graduate Tutor, Leader of school system. At that time, Chinese university governance
Philosophy and Social Science Subject of Education Department in
Guizhou Province, the President of Kaili University, research
basically transplanted and received the mainstream
specialized in the fields of macro economy analysis and education university autonomy system in the world.
management.
226 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. Zeng et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp226-229
After 1947, the political control in universities liberated areas, absorbing some useful experience of the old
became more intense as Kuomintang revealed declining in education, and treated the Soviet Union’s education
military and economic fields. The Ten Years Plan of experience as education policy. In 1952, universities took
Striving for the Academic Independence written by Hu Shi, action on a large scale of department adjustment, which
the President of Peking University, was regarded as the reflected in the principle of “Combination of Education and
reflection of that age. Productive Labor”, emphasizing that education serves for
After the Peoples Republic of China was founded, socialist construction. All higher institutions took unified
Chinese learned the Soviet Union in every aspect. action through unified planning, unified modeling, unified
Centralization of highly planned system and management system, and unified distribution. The government and its
model was set up; then the higher education was education administrative institution had the whole power in
transformed to adapt to the one-way unified management running election, education, management and distribution.
system featured by “Running by Government, Planned University became a subsidiary institution of government;
Control, Closed School-running, Centralization and hence, its management was implemented according to the
Unification”. In such system logic, higher education had national plan. In 1957, Mao Zedong put forward that
been viewed as a kind of ideology; university was a “China's education policy should make the students get
subsidiary of the country, from forms of running school to developed in moral, intellectual and physical aspects, and
teaching contents were brought into a unified plan. becoming a cultured laborer with socialist consciousness”.
Universities had managed by government executive This became a long-term guiding policy of education in our
administration instead of internal governance based on country. After reform and opening, Deng Xiaoping put
academic standard; university autonomy almost forward the new education principal of “Three Facings”,
disappeared. Strictly speaking, there was no university emphasizing “education must serve the needs of socialist
governance at that time, only administrative management of construction, and socialist construction must rely on
a special government organization. Since reform and education.” In view of the importance of education for the
opening, to be more exactly, since the Higher Education modernization construction, exploration on university
Law was issued, university governance and system research construction and expansion of autonomy was launched. In
had started recovery. But even till today, the governance 1985, the statute “CPC Central Committee’s Decision on
system of modern university has been in the difficult Education System Reform” explicitly proposed the target
process of construction [2]. model of university management system reform, namely
“school gradually implements the Principal responsibility
2. Generation Logic of University Governance
system, conditioned schools set up the prestigious school
in China
committee hosted by the Principal with a few members as
It is not difficult to find out that from the evolution path deliberation body.” The Higher Education Act enacted in
in our university governance, generation of governance 1998, stipulated that higher institutes are entitled seven
structure has its own logic, mainly exists in three aspects of school-running autonomy legally. Not until then
dimensions. research on Chinese universities’ governance system and
exploration practice of the modern university system
2.1. Education Policies in Different Periods and its
entered the slow substantial stage. The 17th Conference of
Influence on University Governance Structure
CPC put forward the education principal in the new period
Education policy is the concentration and “Insist on Cultivation-orientation and Morality Education
summarization of education claims of a country or a comes First, Implementation Quality Education, Improve
political party in a certain historical period. It answers the Education Modernization Level, and Build Satisfied
basic proposition of what education is for and what types of Education for People.” This principal discussed and
person it trains. Education policy has stage characteristics. embodied the view of “People-oriented” in a scientific and
To the same political party, this feature is more apparently, humanistic new education development way.
namely the after stage education policy is the continuation With the above discussion, it shows that education
and further development of early stages. This is inseparable policies in different periods formed the main constraint of
with the continuation of a state’s or a political party’s university governance structure in our country, that is, the
education strategy and policy. adjustment and revision of education principals has directly
In the early days of P.R.C, in order to accelerate influenced the formation of university governance structure,
industrialization, our country learned from the Soviet Union which has regulated the formation of education policy and
to establish the comprehensive planned system and formal education system.
management model. At that time, the construction of new
education is based on the new education experience in old
227 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

2.2. Culture of “Official Standard” Awareness and and educational elite groups and so on. Inside University,
Generalization of University Administrative there are numerous interest groups and organizations such
Power as teachers, students, administration and logistics
management, and appropriate organizations such as
Since the ancient times, imperial civil examination
Professors Association, Student Unions, and labor Unions.
system has deeply affected our social with the culture of
These interest groups have formed long-standing patterns
upward mobility. Officialdom is the natural outlet for
of interest possession and distribution. These vested interest
learned scholars, the old cultural awareness of “official
groups will not surrender to the reform which touches their
standard” has profoundly influenced higher education, and
patterns of interests. On the motive of protecting their own
became the difficulty in the reform of university
vested interests, they will on the one hand, set up many
governance structure. China's political reform has lagged
obstacles and institutional barriers to block the advance of
behind economic reform, resulting in pervasion and
reform; on the other hand, seek modifications of
resurgence of the culture of awareness in “official standard”
institutional gaps in the transition process when the reform
in the social life. While national resources and management
cannot be stopped. The above phenomenon is very common
rights are still under the control of education administrative
in the reform process of higher education in China. Besides,
departments; therefore, it is a very common phenomenon
in the academic field, there are all kinds of the long-
that leader’s view shows in education management,
standing “academic circles” and “relationship circles” of
administration and utilitarian appear in academic evaluation.
interest groups, vertically become the shelter for those
For a long time, leaders of higher institutes are
groups and horizontally become the pattern of equal interest.
appointed by the superior education administrative
For instance, mutual care in university evaluation,
department and organization department through inspection,
professional title evaluation, research project application
so they are accustomed to be only responsible for their
and academic accreditation leads to a number of academic
superiors according to the administrative system. Education
corruptions, and occupation of academic resources and state
departments are used to exerting administrative means to
funds.
intervene education affairs comprehensively as well,
From those analyses above, reforms in university
lacking the motivation and passion to serve students,
governance involve in various interest groups which play
teachers, and academic. What makes people more worried
multiple games to protect their vested interests. At the same,
is that cultural awareness of official standard and the
because of powerful strength of educational administration,
concept of academic utilitarian also erode into the depth of
the three kinds of forces, market, society and academics,
people's consciousness, leading to the collective
are difficult to compete with those interest groups. In
unconscious behavior. For example, higher institutions and
addition to the administrative generalization, resulting from
their faculty members have been accustomed to conforming
culture of official standard awareness, will lead to locking
to the comprehensive intervention and administrative
of university governance system and the greatly increasing
control without setting up concepts such as university
difficulties in institutional innovation and reform.
autonomy, professor autonomy and academic independence,
as well as the concept of rights on the basis of rational and 3. Limitations of University Governance in
the sense of public responsibility. Government China
administrative departments of Education are accustomed to
Based on generation logic and analysis of reality of
using national resources and management right to issue
university governance in China, limitations of university
orders to universities. They basically have no incentive to
governance exist in the three following main areas.
do research on university as a special education academic
organization with intrinsic qualities which should be treated 3.1. Power Imbalance, Unclear Boundaries, and
differently, which will result in the generalization of Weak Supervision in University Governance
administrative power. This long term erosion of official
From the horizontal perspective, higher institutions are
standard culture leads to the indifference of all involved
relatively independent and blocked; therefore society and
members to pursue the nature of university and its public
market are difficult to intervene in university management,
rationality. This is the reason why it is hard to expand
which leads to the lacking of social supervision. From the
university autonomy while this is also the biggest obstacle
vertical perspective, university management is subject to
to the reform of university governance structure.
excessive administrative intervention, so the expanding of
2.3. Game Interests and System Balance university autonomy is difficult to be carried out. Inside the
university, the power of bureaucratic management system
For a long time education circle has formed various
mainly exists in the upper class, while schools and
interest groups, including universities, education authorities,
departments possess with limit management rights. This
228 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

leads to the marginalization of academic power and general The uniqueness of a university is what attracts students.
weakness of democratic supervision. However, if we enter into any university campus, feeling
According to regulations of the Higher Education Act, that there are too much in common, the same for thousands
Principal Responsibility System is carried out under the of schools and unusual mediocrity. There are no differences
leadership of the party committee in university's internal between school mottos, the type of convergence, a single
governance. However, in many cases, the relationship model, and a unified curriculum to universities. The
between the administrative leadership of the Principal and existing university assessment model forces all universities
the leadership of the party committee Secretary is not to have uniform standards in subject setting, curriculum
straightened out, and indiscriminate political affairs cause planning, teaching strategy and teaching guidance. Since
confusion in university's internal governance structure. In the vitality of school-running is curbed, it is difficult to run
institutional settings, the party committee and the a university with its own features.
administration are parallel set up, resulting in the massive,
3.3. Theoretical Research Lagging behind
bloated organizations, and academic institutions
University Governance
marginalized. In daily operation, it is difficult to define
boundaries between party affairs and the administration, Innovation of university system is a never-ending
often appearing as unclear division of responsibilities, the process in theoretical innovation. Only theoretical
role of dislocation, and no formation of checks and innovation promotes institutional innovation, can
balances such as formulation, implementation, evaluation, educational institutions, educational resources and the
and supervision in the internal management system, which potential of personnel be released. University system
lead to low efficiency. Because democratic supervision construction faces all kinds of predicaments due to people’s
organizations are generally weak, school boards, staff unclear understanding of the nature of universities. Policy-
congress, labor unions and student unions fail to effectively making decisions and implementation of education in many
play their role in monitor and balance administrative fields of higher education are hasty and rapid, lacking of
leaders. rigorous educational practices. Theoretical studies are
Imbalance between academic rights and administrative seriously lagging behind higher education practical needs.
powers still exists in university governance, which appears The age calls for academics, education circles, and
as many academic issues such as academic title evaluation, theoretical circles to get important results through
research project application, degree evaluation, teacher theoretical studies in the university system.
introduction, and college or department setting have to be In addition to the above discussion, there are still many
decided and implemented by in a way of administration. shortcomings and disadvantages in China's higher
Excessive administrative intervention in academic issues education system, such as the lack of social professional
would lead to a conflict in administrative powers and intermediate agent assessment, rigidity in selection
academic rights. As a result, administrative powers want to mechanism of the College Entrance Examination, high
control academic activities while academic rights prefer to threshold in school-running system to the society,
function administratively. Because of this, the phenomenon monotony in personnel training mechanism, name only a
of “a good scholar will make an official” is formed within few. However, limitations of three key systems, namely, the
higher institutes. relations between university, university internal governance
mechanism, and the allocation of educational resources
3.2. Poor Public Welfare and Diversity deficiency
system, greatly restrict the further improvement of the
in University Governance
current higher education system in China. Hence,
The contradiction between deficiency of public innovation and reform of university governance structure
investment and expansion of the education scale forces have become a top priority.
higher institutions to blindly expand their school sizes and
References
excessively rely on tuitions to get school funding in order to
maintain the normal operation of schools. This increases [1] Chen Xin. University governance of higher education change [D].
the burden of education for college students and their Doctoral Dissertation of Hunan Normal University. November, 2007.
families, reducing the personal income rate of higher [2] Yang Deguang. The revolution of school-running mechanism and
education and public welfare, and even making students management system of higher education in China for 60 years [J].
lose education opportunities unfairly. In addition, many Science of University Teaching, May, 2005.
universities blindly expand their school sizes which cause [3] Chen Zhenghua. Governance of China’s higher education: Reality or
heavy debts; ultimately the government will pay for idealism [J]. Exploration of Higher Institutes. April, 2006.
damages, resulting in harming public interests.
229 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Where Does Mankind Make Mistakes?

——The Reasons for the Environmental Crisis in the Handmaid's Tale
Dongmei Zhang
School of Languages and Cultures, Nanjing University of Information Science & Technology
Nanjing University of Information Science & Technology, NUIST, Nanjing, China
Dongmeizhang123@126.com
Abstract: Many factors that contribute to the pressing environmental crisis are suggested in Margaret Atwood's The
Handmaid's Tale. Science and technology, consumerism and Christianity are focused on. The abuse of science and
technology leads to humans’ alienation from nature, society and themselves; the modern consumer lifestyle overdrafts the
resources of nature, yielding huge amounts of toxic waste; Christianity is anthropocentric and androcentric, although it has
also started greening in recent years, its disadvantageous influence still lasts.
Keywords: margaret atwood; the handmaid's tale; science and technology; consumerism; christianity
1. Introduction first used to eradicate insects from old buildings). Later, we
discovered that pesticides kill people even when they are
In her masterpiece The Handmaid's Tale (1985, HT for aimed at bugs. Many things don’t work as well as we
short), by representing the crises of all kinds taking place in thought--and as we’ve told--they would.” [5]
Gilead [1]and paying particular attention to toxicity [2] and By now, science and technology is a tool not only for
the unique connections between women and nature [3], “The disenchanting and controlling nature, but for dominating
Canadian Literature Queen” Margaret Atwood shows her society and human beings themselves as well. “Apart from
great social responsibility and deep ecological consciousness. the serious environmental crisis, its further development has
However, Atwood does not settle for that, she also reflects also brought about severe alienations, including humans’
on the reasons for the environmental crisis, as is suggested estrangement from nature and alienation among human
in the novel. This paper will focus on that from three aspects: beings.” [6] Gilead in the novel is a case in point.
science and technology, consumerism, and Christianity.
2.2. Alienations in HT
2. Science and Technology Contrary to the ancients who are “so little alienated from
2.1. The Negative Effects of Science and nature that they treated it as an extension of the human
world” [7], humans in Gilead or in pre-Gilead have
Technology completely alienated themselves from nature. Natural
According to the notes given by Eric Domville, the environment becomes rarely seen in the novel, as it were,
initial reason that causes the Gilead’s major national issue— the presented country is somewhat a post natural world
the danger of human extinction, is the explosion of some completely controlled by technology; all kinds of toxic
nuclear power plants which resulted in the escape of much materials permeate the whole country; many animals have
toxic waste and dioxin [4]. Actually besides nuclear power been extinct; even humans’ bodies are not natural any more,
plants, various chemical pesticides such as Agent Orange since all kinds of toxic materials have stored up in them.
mentioned in the novel are all science and technology’s Although those in power have the idea to “make everything
“achievements”. to normal” [8], technology still prevails the country,
Science and technology, touted in several centuries as rendering the only left nature artificial too.
unmixed sources of progress and happiness, has revealed Alienation among humans in the novel is also serious.
more and more negative effects in the modern world, as is Love between man and woman is forbidden; sexual
described as follows: intercourse between man and woman has been reduced to be
“We have experienced the threat of nuclear war and ritualized. Martin Heidegger ever points out that the western
the wastes from nuclear power plants, the human- world of technology has alienated humans themselves; all
centered hole in the ozone layer and the ghastly spectacle of natural things are objectified as resources, “sometimes even
genetic engineering that puts ears on mouse backs and humans themselves are changed into human resources…
causes flies to grow eyes on their legs and wings. We have that is, they produce humans on demand” [9]. Likewise, in
seen a pesticide transmuted into a gas that kills people Gilead, the handmaids are only “two-legged wombs” [8], so
(Zyklon B, the gas used in Nazi concentration camps, was that the doctors who examine them for signs of pregnancy
230 78-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

D. M. Zhang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp230-233
never see their faces, because they “deal with a torso only” world’s population was to develop a lifestyle approaching
[8]. The contrast is that Gilead can not produce humans any that of the US or of Western Europe, at least two additional
more as they want, because the toxic materials produced in planets such as ours would have to be harnessed to provide
the name of civilization have rendered humans sterile. the required energy and materials” [14].
Whether in Gilead or pre-Gilead society, humans have
all alienated from themselves. The modern industries 3.2. Consumerism in Pre-Gilead Era
continuously turn out standardized products, causing the As a responsible writer with deep ecological awareness,
homogenization of culture. The whole society is just like a Atwood also shows her concern with the issue of
huge running machine with all humans running as gears on consumerism in HT. From Offred’s narrative, there is no
it, Gilead in particular. In order to deal with the pressing trouble in inferring that consumerism is a hallmark of Pre-
human extinction, Gilead modeling on Bible is rigidly Gilead era.
structured and classified, men and women alike. They are First, in the first section, only one chapter long, the
denied all freedom, including love and imagination. They female narrator and a group of other women are contained in
have no choice but to run with the whole “machine”, what used to be a school gymnasium. This gymnasium is
functioning as tools. In all, Gilead is a whole alienated policed by “Aunts” with cattle prods and guards or “Angels”
society, and this, to great extent, is caused by science and with guns. “Some readers may recognize that, as the names
technology. of the various Aunts are provided, they have the names of
In fact, technology itself is neutral, since it holds the famous figures of North American consumer society: Aunt
possibility of both good and evil. Atwood herself does not Helena(Helena Rubenstein), Aunt Lydia(Lydia Pinkerton),
object it blindly. In the Hot Type interview, she describes Aunt Elizabeth(Elizabeth Arden), Aunt Betty (Betty
imagination as a form of insurance, because “imagination Crocker), and Aunt Sarah (Sarah Lee)” [15]. By naming
allows us to ponder, before taking action, that vital query these women in such a way, Atwood displays her satire on
about what kind of a world we want” [10]. Therefore, the consumerism. In addition, the “‘afterimages’—the markings
key point is that we are given the responsibility to choose. on the floor for vanished games, the smells of sweat and
chewing gum, and the faint imagined echoes of dance
3. Consumerism music” [8]can also mirror those luxurious life in pre-Gilead
Consumerism has various interpretations within the years there.
postmodern context. This paper mainly aims at the In consumer societies, environment-friendly baskets and
interpretation of consumerism as a lifestyle, that is, “an cloth bags have gradually given way to single-use plastic
excessive, even pathological preoccupation with food containers and plastic shopping bags. From Offred’s
consumption” [11] or the equating of personal happiness recollection, we can find clues that plastic bags are ever
with the purchasing of material possessions and prevalent in pre-Gilead era:
consumption. “I take the chicken, wrapped in butcher’s paper and
For a long time, encouraging consumption has become trussed with string. Not many things are plastic, anymore. I
many countries’ major policy for stimulating the booming of remember those endless white plastic shopping bags, from
economy. Suffering from social, psychological, and spiritual the supermarket; I hated to waste them and would stuff them
hungers, more and more people have been locked into a in under the sink, until the day would come when there
vicious cycle to gorge on material things, which inevitably would be too many and I would open the cupboard door and
leads to incalculable environmental deterioration and they would bulge out, sliding over the floor. Periodically he
numerous species of extinction. would take all the bags and throw them out.” [8]
In Gilead, many kinds of animals have been extinct or
3.1. Consumerism and Environmental Crisis are well underway to extinction, which was partly caused by
The relationship between consumerism and human’s over-consumption in pre-Gilead era. Among other
environmental crisis has drawn much attention. Many things, the sea fish is a case in point: “The sea fisheries were
environmentalists or scholars lay the blame for defunct several years ago; the few fish they have now are
environmental problems on society’s emphasis on from fish farms, and taste muddy. The news says the coastal
consumption: in How Much Is Enough?, Alan Durning areas are being ‘rested.’ Sole, I remember, and haddock,
explores the roots of the consumer society and exposes the swordfish, scallops, tuna; lobster, stuffed and baked, salmon,
toll that our appetites have taken on the earth’s natural pink and fat, grilled in steaks. Could they all be extinct, like
systems [12]; Actually almost half a century ago, the social the whales?” [8]
philosopher Hannah Arendt gave his warning that advances Obviously, whales have been completely extinct in
in technology and the increase in free time were providing Gilead, the reason for which, if traced back, should be
humankind with the opportunity to consume the whole attributed to those pre-Gilead years.
world [13], “recent calculations suggest that if the rest of the In How Much Is Enough?, Alan Durning points out that
women are an important selling point in consumer societies,
231 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.
"All industries strive to catch up with women’s fashion. This nature but also insisted that it is God’s will that man exploit
is a great secret of modern sales”[12]; an American retailing nature for his proper ends” [16]. To White’s mind, just
analyst suggests that, “To make women feel unsatisfied with under the instructions of the anthropocentric ideas
what they have possessed is our task” [12]. originating from Bible, can science and technology develop
As for this, we can take a glimpse from those numerous and flourish, which has been one root of the environmental
forbidden or burned women fashion magazines in Gilead. crisis.
One of the measures that the fundamentalists take to However, in many ecofeminists’ eyes, Christianity, in
withhold consumerism is to destroy all women’ s magazines, essence, is not only anthropocentric, but androcentric as well,
including those fashion magazines which are mainly used to since women like nature are also debased and devalued
arouse women’s consuming desires: “It was a magazine, a according to Bible. In Green Paradise Lost, Elizabeth Gray
women’s magazine it looked like from the picture, a model claims that a destructive hierarchy of beings is at the heart of
on glossy paper, hair blown, neck scarfed, mouth lipsticked; biblical accounts of creation: “In this biblical view of the
the fall fashions. I thought such magazines had all been nature of things women comes after and also below man.
destroyed.” [8] Woman was created out of man’s body (rather than from a
In order to control consumption, those in power forbid woman’s body as happens naturally)…Then come animals,
women to buy any adornment, even some essential daily who do not have the unique human spirit at all…Thus
goods. The fundamentalists take out Bible to justify their animals are below. Further down are plants, which do not
action, “I will that women adorn themselves in modest even move about. Below them is the ground of nature
apparel…with shamefacedness and sobriety; not with itself—the hills and mountains, streams and valleys” [17].
braided hair, or gold, or pearls, or costly array” [8]. In this hierarchical “pyramid of dominance and status”,
However, although the fundamentalists spare no efforts men “up” and women and nature “down” are justified and
to prohibit people’s indulgence in sensual satisfaction, it is rationalized, accordingly women and nature “can be treated,
in vain. People in power can still obtain what they need in mistreated, violated, sold, sacrificed, or killed at the
black markets, such as Serena Joy’s cigarettes, the convenience of the higher states of spiritual being found in
commander’s women magazines and other adornments. males and in God” [17].
According to Abraham Maslow’s hierarchy of needs, the Gilead is a theocracy established by those Christian
need for love and belonging is rooted in our fear of isolation fundamentalists who merely believe in the literal
and loneliness. Social animals like humans are genetically interpretation of Bible. Conforming to their literal
programmed to seek out the company of other members of interpretation of Bible, those Christian fundamentalists in
the species. “The implications of this set of needs for power have established a strict hierarchal system which is
consumer behavior are many and diverse. For example, bars, anthropocentric, to be exact, androcentric.
restaurants, sport arenas, museums and concert halls provide
opportunities to mix with others, to see and be seen” [14]. In 4.2. The Greening of Christianity
the novel, the “hotel” where the commander stealthily takes However, facing the increasingly serious environmental
Offred to is a place that people can go secretly to satisfy crisis, many religions, including Christianity, have started
their need for love and intimacy. There women “are dressed “greening”. Hence a new field, “ecotheology” has come
in all kinds of bright festive gear…there are men mingled into being in recent years. In response to White’s thesis that
with them” [8]. Whereby the strong momentum and Jewish and Christian “desacralization” of the Earth paved
ingrained ways of thought for consumerism can be revealed the way for the modern domination of nature, there has
appeared new versions of interpretations for Bible to defend,
4. Christianity arguing that there are many ideas in Christianity calling for
4.1. Christianity: “the Most Anthropocentric” and environmental protection too.
“Androcentric” Religion Some theologists find in Bible a model of stewardship
for the land onrather than domination over it. Some even go
Besides science and technology and consumerism, much further, for they have abandoned that stewardship
Christianity is also blamed for the environmental crisis by outlook which is still not separable from anthropocentrism.
many wise scholars. J. Sittler, an American theological professor, emphasizes
Long earlier back in 1967, in The Historical Roots of that “the key point is to appreciate the intrinsic value of
Our Ecological Crisis, Lynn White argues that Christianity nature, but not those benefits that nature can bring to
is profoundly responsible for the environmental crisis humans” [18]. Since Christianity is one religion that has the
because of the biblical belief that humanity has been given most-widely influence in the world, its greening will
the right to dominate nature. White writes: “Christianity is inevitably bring blessings to the deteriorating earth.
the most anthropocentric religion the world has seen….
Christianity, in absolute contrast to ancient paganism and 4.3. Gilead’s Action for Reducing Environmental
Asia’s religions, not only established a dualism of man and Crisis.
232 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Faced with the serious environmental crisis, those [6] Z.H.Hu, A Study of Western Ecocriticism. Beijing: China Social
fundamentalists in power also take measures to cope with, Sciences Press, 2006.
although they resort to the literal interpretation of the Bible, [7] G. Garrard, Ecocriticism. New York: Routledge, 2004.
which, to some extent, may well worsen the situation. At [8] M. Atwood, The Handmaid’s Tale. New York: Ballantine Books,
least, they make conscious efforts to change it, just as the 1986.
Commander himself says, “All we’ve done is return things [9] Z.L.Song, Saving the Earth and Humans' Future. Beijing: China
to Nature’s norm” [8]. In his eyes, those pre-Gilead years Social Sciences Press, 1993.
“were just and an anomaly, historically speaking…Just a [10] C. Howells, Margaret Atwood. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1996.
fluke” [8]. [11] A. Aldridge, Consumption. Malden, Mass: Polity, 2003.
Gilead has tried to reverse the late 20th century Western [12] A. Durning, How Much is Enough? New York: W. W. Norton &
trend towards mass consumerism according to its
Company, 1992.
fundamentalist doctrines and its liturgy of “moral values”.
[13] J.Jackson, The Earthscan Reader in Sustainable Consumption.
For example, many “unnecessary consumption” are
London: Earthscan, 2006.
forbidden; all the fashionable magazines are burned; paper
[14] M. Csikszentmihalyi, “The costs and benefits of consuming,” in The
and string are used to replace plastic bags as food container;
Earthscan Reader in Sustainable Consumption, T.Jackson,Ed.
what’s more, realizing over fishing has become a threat for
many sea fishes, they prohibit fishing, leaving the whole London: Earthscan, 2006, pp. 357-365.
coast to be in “rest”. [15] N.Cooke, Margaret Atwood: a Critical Companion. London:
Realizing the harm of the chemical pesticides on Greenwood Press, 2004.
women’s reproductive organs, they carefully arrange their [16] L.White, “The Historical Roots of Our Ecological Crisis” inThe
food and examine those handmaids’ family record to avoid Ecocriticism Reader: Landmarks in Literary Ecology, C.Glotfelty
such a toxic pesticide as Agent Orange lurking in their and H.Fromm, Eds. Georgia: The University of Georgia Press,
bodies. 1996,pp. 3-15.
[17] K.J.Warren, Ecofeminist Philosophy: A Western Perspective on
5. Conclusion What It Is and Why It Matters. Maryland: Rowman &Littlefield
While presenting the horrific environmental apocalypse, Publishers, Inc., 2000.
Atwood shows her critiques on humans’ abuse of science [18] R.Nash, The Rights of Nature. Madison, Wis.: University of
and technology, the modern consumer lifestyle and Wisconsin Press, 1989.
Christianity’s anthropocentric and androcentric ideology,
which act as the major criminals in the current
environmental crisis. However, Atwood seems to have left
some hope to us, since those fundamentalists have begun
consciously taking measures to save “Nature norm” and the
historical notes reveal that humans have survived Gilead.
References
[1] D.M.Zhang, “An environmental apocalypse——an interpretation of
Margaret Atwood’s The Handmaid’s Tale,” Movie literature. China,
pp. 126–127, April2009.
[2] D.M. Zhang, “Interpreting the toxic discourse in Atwood’s The
Handmaids Tale,” Journal of Shangrao Normal University. China,vol.
30, pp. 28–32, April2010.
[3] D.M. Zhang, J.Fu, “An ecofeminist interpretation of Atwood's The
Handaid's Tale,”FLS. Wuhan. China, vol. 30, pp. 144–152,
October2008.
[4] E. Domville, “The Handmaid’s Tale: notes on the novel and opera.”
UTQ.Toronto.Canada, vol. 75, pp. 869–882, summer 2006.
[5] R. Gottlieb, A Greener Faith: Religious Environmentalism and Our
Planet’s Future. Oxford: University Press, 2006.
233 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
On Translation of Cultural Tourism Attraction

Signs from the Perspective of Relevance Theory
Xiaoshan Zeng
School of Foreign Studies, Shaanxi University of Technology, Hanzhong, Shaanxi, China
xiaoshanzeng@126.com
Abstract: The article sets out to analyze some rules in the English translation of Chinese tourist literature from the
prospective of Relevance Theory. The translation of tourism attraction signs among Chinese and English plays a vitally
important role in inter-cultural communication, which requires us to take some practicable measures to improve the
situation. So, the author then talks about some available methods of translation from the perspective of Relevance Theory.
Keywords: relevance theory; cultural tourism attraction signs; strategies
Dynamic Equivalence and Reader’s Response Theory,
1. Introduction Nord’s Skopos Theory, Newmark’s Communicative
Translation Theory, and Relevance Theory. This paper
With the rapid pace of globalization and the carrying
mainly talks about some translation problems of public
out and complementing of the Reform and Opening Up to
signs existing in our daily life, and some suggestions on
the Outside World, China has achieved remarkable
improving such situation from the prospective of the
progress in almost every field, especially in politics,
Relevance Theory are put forward.
economy, culture and tourism. With the international status
being greatly promoted, China is playing an increasingly
important role in the international affairs. China’s tourism
2. The Relevance Theory and Translation
has now become an increasingly thriving industry, which is
Relevance Theory was put forward by Dan Sperber and
making a significant contribution to our nation’s economic
Deirdre Wilson in 1986 in their monograph Relevance:
growth. And it is reported by professional medium that
Communication and Cognition. Relevance Theory applies
China is to become the largest tourism destination and the
cognitive science to the study of human communication.
fourth major source of tourism around the world in 2020.
And it was Ernst-August Gutt who first introduced the
Therefore, an increasing number of people from all
Relevance Theory to the study of translation. In his
over the world have crowded into China, even into some
doctoral dissertation Translation and Relevance: Cognition
small cities, such as the city of Hanzhong, Shaanxi
and Context, he believed that translation is both a
Province, which is famous for its historic cites of the two
communication process of relevance-seeking and an
ancient Han dynasties and the Three kingdoms. English
ostensive-inferential communication process which is
public signs are soon springing up aiming at promoting
composed of three parts: the original author, the translator,
inter-culture communication. However, their translation is
and the target reader. According to the Relevance Theory,
far from satisfying. There are still many problematic
the essence of translation is to get and communicate the
English public signs in various forms in scenic spots. The
optimal relevance which is mainly affected by two factors:
mistranslations of public signs can result in bad influences
contextual effects and the processing efforts. With other
on the transmission of the source language and the target
things being equal, the greater the contextual effects are,
language in varying degrees, which may lead to the failure
the higher the relevance will be; and the fewer the
of purpose communication; what’s worse, it may also
processing efforts are, the higher the relevance will be. The
contaminate the tour city’s image. In the past years, great
main target for the translator is just to try hard to find the
efforts have been made to help standardize the
most appropriate translation, that is to say, the optimal
Chinese-English translation of tourist literature, and
relevance aims at providing the target readers with the
correspondingly a large number of books and papers were
most adequate contextual effects without placing before
published, including Yan Fu’s translation standard of
them some unnecessary processing efforts. Besides giving
“faithfulness”, “expressiveness” and “elegance”, Nide’s
234 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

X. S. Zeng et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp234-237
them original information, it should also accompany / go considered the most important one.
along with the intention of the original information. It is generally accepted that language can serve as an
According to Relevance Theory, during the process of informative function when it is adopted to tell something to
translating tourism materials, we should pay much others or inform somebody of something. As is mentioned
attention to seeking the optimal relevance. Due to the great above, the majority of the foreign tourists coming to visit
differences in geography, history, life styles and many Hanzhong have very little information about their tourist
other fields, Chinese tourism materials and English tourism destinations, thus they are really in a deadly need of some
literature differ greatly in language. For example, Chinese texts that can help them. And the Chinese-English tourism
tourist literature has features such as flowery styles in materials will provide them with nearly all the necessary
writing, four-character phrases, hyperbolic expressions, information they need, such as the information about
subjective feelings and abundant quotations while English geography conditions, historic figures, events, customs,
tourist materials are plain and concise in writing style, culture, etc. In many studies focusing on tourist literature
objective and concrete in description and appealing in tone. or tourist literature translation, the informative function is
The following two rules should be followed: (1) Make believed to be the basic function of tourist literature.
Translator’s Intention and Foreign Tourist’s Expectation
Meet During the process of translating, the translator acts 4. RT-based Approaches to C-E Tourist
as an information receiver and then an information
Translation
communicator. And according to Relevance Theory,
translators should undertake the responsibility to recognize According to Relevance Theory, “Translation is both a
the original intention and then the target readers’ cognitive relevance-seeking, ostensive-inferential process and a
environment. Jia Wenbo pointed out that, after making dynamically adjusting process. The translator searches for
sense of the original informative intention, the key task left relevance in the source cognitive environment and makes
for the translator is to seek the optimal relevance under the dynamic adjustment in the target cognitive environment.”
measurement of the target readers’ cognitive ability and
expectation. (2) Seek the Optimal Relevance to Lower 4.1 Adjustment
tourists’ Manifestation Difficulty. “Every act of ostensive
communication communicates a presumption of its own In translating tourist materials which need to be
optimal relevance rather than maximal relevance.” And the vocative and appellative, in order to fully exert the
target readers always intend to achieve the best contextual appellative function, it is totally reasonable to make some
effect and fully understand the original meaning with the necessary adjustments. And also, “the difference in cultural
fewest efforts. So, the translators should try hard to lower knowledge may require an adjustment of the relationship
the tourists’ manifestation difficulty in order to achieve between explicit and implicit information text.”
successful communicative effects. P
Adjustment is often used when the information in the
original translated literally or freely is difficult to
3. The Functions of Tourism Attraction Signs understand. Often, we choose to use addition and omission.
in English 4.1.1 Addition
The majority of the tourists continuously coming into
Public signs are widely used in our society and gaining small cities such as Han Zhong are just ordinary people
increasing significance and attention, and to foreigners, with very little information about Han Zhong which bears a
English public signs are the most convenient, effective and rather great history and carries very different cultural
essential way to guide them to a better understanding of the backgrounds. On account of these considerations,
city. so scholars are making every possible effort to study translators need to add some background information,
them and the translation of them with the deadly need of explanatory notes or similar image in the target language to
English-Chinese public signs. The majority of the tourists make the information highly relevant to the potential
coming into some small Chinese historic cities know very tourists.
little about the city. So when they are traveling in China, Explanatory addition is usually adopted in translation
there is really a deadly need of standard Chinese-English of times, names, historic events, and some important
translation of the tourism literature. quotations in order to avoid some unnecessary
Being a particular text type, tourism literature has its misunderstandings.
own functions, and it is generally classified into three kinds: Rhetoric addition is usually adopted to make the tourist
the informative function, the attractive function and the text attractive and appellative.
vocative function, among which vocative function is 4.1.2 Omission
235 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Chinese-English public signs in tourism need to be it, we should be fully aware of what we want to express
brief and concise, so when there is some redundant and how to express it in an appropriate way. In China,
information and some rather complicated information, the English is one commonly used target language in the
translators need to omit them in order to make the translation of public signs. The purpose of our translating is
translation brief and concise. Sometimes, in order to make just to change our mother tongue into the language which
the translation appellative, one might be reasonable to play is familiar with the English-speaking people and to let
down or even omit some certain information if it obstructs them get the information which we want to inform of them.
the appellative function of the tourist materials. So we should also pay as much attention as possible to the
target language in order to promote inter-cultural
4.2 Analogy communication. Above all, the characteristics of translation
between Chinese and English require us to fully enrich our
“The first factor in all vocative texts is the relationship
knowledge, and strengthen our abilities to use the two
between the writer and the reader. The second factor is that
languages and transfer between the two.
those texts must be written in a language that is
immediately comprehensive to the readership.” Analogy
5.2 Inter-cultural Awareness
means to use some expressions or images that are familiar
to the target readers in order to lessen the cultural
Nowadays, with the rise of cultural studies and frequent
differences. Many Chinese historic figures, events, allusion
communication among different nations, more and more
and some other things, if translated directly into English, it
scholars begin to discuss the nature of translation from the
may be tough for foreigners to understand. However, if you
cultural perspective. We must be aware that language is the
can find some similar expressions, it will to some extent
principle vehicle for the conveyance of ideas and culture.
make it easy to let tourists feel welcome, thus achieve
They are closely linked with each other. On the one hand,
communication and cultural spreading successfully. Just as
language is the carrier of culture. It is language through
Nord put it, “the form of the text is thus adapted to
which culture is preserved and accumulated and passed on
target-culture norms and conventions of the text-type,
from generation to the next. On the other hand, language is
genre, register and tenor and readers are not supposed to be
both an integral part of culture and an indispensable means
aware that they are reading a translation at all.”
for transmitting culture. It reflects directly a kind of
cultural reality. Culture is embedded deeply in language
5. Methods to Improve Translators’ and enriches the meaning of cultural codes. Translation is
Translating Skills the replacement of an equivalent of a text in a second
language. It is regarded as a progress of communication
The possession of knowledge is the basis for translation. between different languages as well as different cultures.
Only when we have a solid and profound knowledge can Since translation is a kind of inter-communication which is
we be able to translate something. Here we discuss about also a tool to promote the cultural communication and to
the translations of public signs between Chinese and accelerate the progress of the society, translators should
English, so we need to be careful in using both Chinese take as much consideration as possible into the cultural
and English. Besides, culture is embedded deeply in factors.
language and enriches the meaning of cultural codes. So, “The translator can always rely on the guidance
we should be fully aware of the usage of both English and provided by the search for optional relevance, taking into
Chinese and the cultural awareness. account the specific contextual background of the audience
he is working for.” When connected with translation,
5.1 Grasp of Knowledge and Usage of both English culture is no longer in its narrow sense of man’s advanced
and Chinese intellect development, but in a broader anthropological
sense to refer to all socially conditioned aspects of human
China is a great country with a glorious history of more life. Different living environment, life experiences,
than five thousand years, a country with fifty-six peoples customs, traditions, religions and beliefs as well as
which are different from each other in lifestyle and dialect. perspectives and levels of knowledge about the objective
Since invented in Han Dynasty, Chinese characters have world create completely culture-specific surroundings.
been developing in all the past times. It has complex Cultural differences bring people different cultural
formation and usage. And “What actually is translated is backgrounds communication difficulties. Translation faces
not the speaker’s intention but the translator’s the problem of how to break the restrictions of different
interpretation of the sender’s intention.” So, when we use languages and cultures. In the transforming process, the
translators can never be free from the influences and
236 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

restrictions and their cultural study can hardly be complete Education Press, 2001, pp122-125.
and reliable. In the English-Chinese public signs, we can [4] Sperber, Wilson. Relevance: Communication and cognition [M].
easily find many problems caused by the lack or Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,
unawareness of cross-culture. The differences between 2001,pp89-91.
Chinese and English culture bring more difficulties than
the differences between linguistic structures do. Only when
we find out the differences between their linguistic style,
cultural background knowledge and nationality mentality,
diminish the cultural differences between Chinese and
English culture, can we be successful in translation work.
5.3 Skills to Make the Ttranslation Brief and

Concise
Vigorous expressions should be brief and concise. A

sentence should contain no unnecessary words.
Unnecessary words can be any part of speech----nouns,
verbs, adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, articles, and so on.
They usually add nothing to the meaning of the original
sentences or even make the sentences wordy. But it is
natural enough for unnecessary words, phrases, and
sentences to slip into our translations. Most often they have
been dutifully carried over from the Chinese origin, where
they are apparently useful or, at least, tolerable. But in
English, they are unacceptable. Public signs are required to
be possible without affecting the purpose meaning. So
during the process of translating the Chinese public signs
into English, translators should steadily stick to the
principle to avoid wordiness.
6. Conclusion
Chinese-English public signs are soon springing up
throughout most small historic cities in China to promote
the intercultural communication among people from home
and abroad. The mistranslation of public signs may result
in bad influences on the transmission of source language
and target language in varying degrees, which may lead to
the failure of purpose communication. What’s worse, it
may also cause damage to the city’s image. Mistranslation
in the process of translating may be unavoidable; however,
we should try our best to make as few mistakes as possible
in order to propel cross-cultural communication.
References
[1] Ernst-August Gutt. Translation and Relevance: Cognition and Context
[M]. Manchester: St.Jerome Publishing, 2000, pp187-190.
[2] Newmark, Peter. A Textbook of Translation [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai
Foreign Language Education Press, 2001, pp203-204.
[3] Nord, Christiane. Translation as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalists
Approaches Explained [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language
237 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Analysis on the Mechanism of Economist's

Sarcasm in Pragmatics Perspectives
Lin Yu
Basic Education Department, School of Finance, Shandong Polytechnic University, Jinan, Shandong, China
yvonne-yulin@163.com
Abstract: Economist is one of the most influential publications of England, and is famous for its independence and pro-
found analysis. All of its articles are anonymous and are highly sarcastic. This thesis aims to find out a possible explanation
for the mechanism of its sarcasm, thus to summarize the reason of its popularity, and the findings may be helpful to Chi-
nese mass media. The pragmatics perspective will be the entry point of the author, theories such as the Co-operative Prin-
ciple proposed by Grice, the Politeness Principle of Leech, or the face principle and theory of Critical Discourse Analysis
will be in application for assisting in conducting the mechanism rules.
Keywords: economist; cp&pp; face; cda
1. Introduction And as Liu put in his book, CDA studies the relationship
between discourse events and sociopolitical and cultural
Co-operation Principle was first proposed by Grice in
factors, power relations in society. Among them, the way
1975, which indicated that in most conversational exchanges
how discourse is influenced by itself or ideologically influ-
people seems (seemed) to be co-operating with each other.
enced is specifically introduced (Liu, 2006). And also, ex-
But it is certainly true that, on occasion, people experience
pounded by Wodak, for CDA, language is not powerful on
conversational exchanges in which the Co-operative Prin-
its own--it gains power from, the use powerful people make
ciple does not seem to be in operation (Yule, 2000), and we
of it.
call it as the violation of the CP.
That explains why CL (Critical Linguistics) often choos-
Ironically, in our daily life we always break the four
es the perspective of those who suffer, and critically analyses
maxims of CP. In order to explain people’s talk, Leech in
the language use of those in power, who are responsible for
1983 put forward the Politeness Principle to “rescue the Co-
inequality and who also have the means and opportunity to
operative Principle” in the sense that politeness can satisfac-
improve conditions (Wodak, p18).
torily explain exceptions to and apparent deviations from the
This proposition supports my point of view, which will
CP (Liu, 2006). And according to Yule, the politeness is to a
be elaborated in the following part. Examples selected from
large extent the face problem, which is called self-image in
Economist will be the main sources of my studies, and the
pragmatics.
interpretation of them will be unfolded respectively through
When we are doing some actions which may threat the
violation of CP&PP, face-saving function of anonymity and
others’ face, it can be said that we are acting a “face-
“why is politics”. And my conclusion will be the experimen-
threatening action”, and we may intend to implement one
tal mechanism rules based on this pilot study.
“face-threatening action (FTA)” if we plan to disgrace a spe-
cific man. And since CP&PP are guidelines of how to act 2. Violation of CP&PP
appropriately and thus no FTA should occur, we may actual-
Pragmatics is the study of the aspects of meaning and
ly reach such an objective by disobeying their one or two
language use that are dependent on the speaker, the addres-
maxims.
see and other features of the context of utterance, such as the
Our focus is mainly on a newly upgrading term, since we
following:
have a relatively better master of CP&PP. More recently,
one of the subfields of Discourse Analysis has emerged and 2.1. The Effect That the Following Has on The
attracted many attentions, that is, Critical Discourse Analysis, Speaker’S Choice of Expression and the Ad-
CDA in acronym. Theories of Teun van Dijk, the research dressee’S Interpretation of An Utterance:
specifically considers institutional, political, gender and me-
Context of utterance
dia discourse (in the broadest sense) which testify to more or
Generally observed principles of communication
less over relations of struggle and conflict (Wodak, 2002).
Goals of the speaker
238 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. Yu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp238-241
2.2. Programmatic Concerns, Such As: “Perhaps” may draw our attentions here, which indicates
that the author is not absolutely sure about what he is saying,
The treatment of given versus new information, includ-
that is the violation of Quality.
ing presupposition deixis, speech acts, especially illocutio-
“People like to be central” is a far more complicated is-
nary acts, and the relations of meaning or function between
sue associating with psychology and cognitive linguistics
portions of discourse (see interpropositional relation) or
which has not been testified or proved to be true.
turns of conversation (see conversation analysis).
In sarcasm, ridicule or mockery is used harshly, often
Sarcasm is “a sharp, bitter, or cutting expression or re-
crudely and contemptuously, for destructive purposes. It
mark; a bitter jibe or taunt”, usually conveyed through irony
may be used in an indirect manner, and have the form of
or understatement. Most authorities distinguish sarcasm
irony, as in “What a fine musician you turned out to be!”,
from irony; however, others argue that sarcasm may or often
“It's like you're a whole different person now...”, and “Oh...
does involve irony or employ ambivalence.
Well then thanks for all the first aid over the years!” or it
Hostile, critical comments may be expressed in an ironic
may be used in the form of a direct statement, “You couldn't
way, such as saying “don't work too hard” to a lazy worker.
play one piece correctly if you had two assistants.” The
The use of irony introduces an element of humor which may
distinctive quality of sarcasm is present in the spoken word
make the criticism seem more polite and less aggressive.
and manifested chiefly by vocal intonation.
Sarcasm can frequently be unnoticed in print form, often-
Actually, this article as its title shows, “moniker” is a
times requiring the intonation or tone of voice to indicate the
name which always connects to discrimination. People
quip.
refuse their home to be called Near East, but accept another
If someone has been asked which magazine can be taken
term Middle East, which is “anatomically” identical to the
as the master of sarcasm, it should be the Economist. Each of
formal, then the sarcasm function initialized.
its headlines and front-page comments is abundant in mak-
ing a mock of the subject. 3. Face-saving Function of Anonymity
While sometimes the sarcasm can be taken as a way of
Anonymity is derived from the Greek word, meaning
criticizing the government’s nonfeasance, or, occasionally, it
“without a name” or “namelessness”. In colloquial use, ano-
can be a device of self-mocking. Inquiry about the violation
nymity typically refers to the state of an individual's personal
of CP&PP will be started by analyzing sentences of this kind.
identity, or personally identifiable information, being
Let’s start with the following one:
publicly unknown.
At a time when the world is short of causes for
There are various situations in which a person might
celebration, here is a candidate: within the next
choose to withhold their identity. Acts of charity have been
few months women will cross the 50% threshold
performed anonymously when benefactors do not wish to be
and become the majority of the American
acknowledged.
workforce. (We did it, Dec 30th 2009, Economist)
A person who feels threatened might attempt to mitigate
The author of this paragraph can be easily detected to be
that threat through anonymity.
a man instead of a woman. After reading this paragraph, we
A witness to a crime might seek to avoid retribution, for
can sense the strong self-mocking smell--reluctance: as there
example, by anonymously calling a crime tip line.
are no other reasons for celebration in the whole world, we
Criminals might proceed anonymously to conceal their
can celebrate that women workforce finally surpass the male.
participation in a crime.
Exaggeration has been adapted here, because we have no
Anonymity may also be created unintentionally, through
necessity of mentioning the whole world, and fundamentally,
the loss of identifying information due to the passage of time
should we celebrate this?
or a destructive event.
For this reason, the maxim of Relation, one of the CP,
As we all know, all the articles of Economist are written
has been challenged here, the author is supposed to write
by “nobody”, which are anonymous. Anyone who is capable
more discreetly.
of criticizing and commenting, and writing, definitely, can
And still, according to PP, in this example the author has
be the writer of Economist.
definitely maximized the praise of women, that is, to a glob-
As James Wilson, the founder of Economist, says, what
al sense of compliment. Another example of violation is:
is the content of the article is far more important than who is
“Near East” is still used in American diplomatic
the writer of it.
parlance, and the “Middle East” is a quotidian
Therefore, for centuries, since 1843 actually, the Econo-
term, perhaps because people like to be central.
mist has been able to publicize the most critical reporting
(A menagerie of monikers Jan7th 2010 Economist)
and their editor and writer didn’t have to be worried about
being murdered.
239 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Here we are about to retrospect the function of the face of those who suffer, and critically analyses the language use
principle, which is to a large extent, the core of PP. of those in power, who are responsible for inequality and
In fact, Leech proposed the Politeness Principle, but he who also have the means and opportunity to improve condi-
gave a vague definition of the face principle. tions” which we have mentioned before. The following ex-
Brown and Levinson (1978) defined PP as Face-Saving ample shows detail about how the condition is:
Theory (FST) which contained positive face principle and America is different from the rest of the world in lots of
negative face principle. ways, many of them good. One of the bad ones is its wil-
The positive face indicates that people would like to be lingness to lock up its citizens. One American adult in 100
respected and honored if possible, it means that the wish, festers behind bars (with the rate rising to one in nine for
willingness, favor, etc. can be accepted by the mass. While young black men). Its imprisoned population, at 2.3 million,
the negative face can spare one from the outward disturbance exceeds that of 15 of its states. No other rich country is near-
and pressure. This includes that a person should not have ly as punitive as the Land of the Free. The rate of incarcera-
things demand of him. tion is a fifth of America’s level in Britain, a ninth in Ger-
Word which contains passive meaning is always substi- many and a twelfth in Japan. (Rough justice, Jul 22nd 2010,
tuted with another word which is less passive in degree. For Economist)
example, “slum” has been replaced by “special area”; “poor” The Land of the Free is America. Ironically, this free
and “undeveloped” are substituted by “developing”. land has the world’s biggest number of prisoners. And this
And mostly, the negative face principle can be seen article is judging about what the government has done to
when the speaker is reluctant in intercourse with something solve this problem. And apparently the situation is not satis-
and intends to keep a potential danger at arm’s length. To all fying as the author the point of view. In fact, the rate of in-
the anonymous writers, the anonymity is their best cover, carceration is not decreasing, but stabilizing as time passes
and in this case they will not fear their comment will lead to by.
blackmail and menace directly to them. And under the pro- So, attentions and criticism occurred. Just as Wodak says,
tection of anonymity, those writers can write whatever they the powerful people who can not change or is not willing to
want, and thus the most satirical magazine comes into being. change should be the main subject of CDA. Writers of
Economist are definitely holding the idea that those politi-
4. “Why is Politics?”
cians are responsible for the unchanged situation, so that
The history of anonymous expression in political dissent politics is the mainly resources of their articles. And to ana-
is both long and with important effect, as in the Letters of lyze these articles, we can not only have a better understand-
Junius or Voltaire's Candide, or scurrilous as in pasquinades. ing of what the reality is, and also, what it should be.
In the tradition of anonymous British political criticism, the
5. Conclusion
Federalist Papers were anonymously authored. Without the
public discourse on the controversial contents of the U.S. Attention should be paid to the pilot peculiarity of this
Constitution, ratification would likely have taken much thesis. It may be too hasty to draw conclusions now because
longer as individuals worked through the issues. of insufficient statistics. But limited by time and scale of this
The United States Declaration of Independence, however, research, here we would like to propose an experimental
was not anonymous. If it had been unsigned, it might well description of the mechanism of Economist’s sarcasm. Fur-
have been less effective. John Perry Barlow, Joichi Ito, and ther studies will focus more on collecting convincing data,
other US bloggers express a very strong support for ano- which may be fulfilled in the near future. Three rules of how
nymous editing as one of the basic requirements of open the sarcasm occurs have been proposed here:
politics as conducted on the Internet. Saipansucks.com is an Rule1: violation of CP or PP;
example of an anonymously written website that socially and Rule2: anonymity should be preserved or the press free-
politically criticizes the United States' Commonwealth of the dom should be well protected
Northern Mariana Islands, and UticaSux.com politically Rule3: the articles should be related to political issues,
criticizes the local government of Utica, New York, in the and the people or institutions that master power should be
United States. the subject of criticism
Economist was originally an economical magazine, and The violation of CP&PP should by all means the core of
it was Walter Bagehot, the third editor, who carried forward this mechanism, without this technique, the sarcasm can not
this magazine to broad areas, especially the political area. be produced out of the question; and the second, the third
And that could be one reason why the most satirical articles rule, can be called the exterior stimuli which boost the output
are about politics. of satire.
As the CDA theory shows, the language is by all means And here is the diagram of its mechanism:
influenced by society, and most CL “chooses the perspective
240 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

WRITER
ECONOMIST
Violation of CP&PP
（core)
Anonymity Preserved
(STIMULI 1)
Political Issues
(STIMULI 2)
Guiding Rules
6. Acknowledgment
First of all, I would like to extend my sincere gratitude to
my little brother, YuTao. I am deeply grateful of his help in
the completion of this thesis.
High tribute shall be paid to Ms. Cao, my supervisor,
whose profound knowledge of English triggers my love for
this beautiful language and whose earnest attitude tells me
how to write English paper.
Special thanks should go to my friends and colleagues
who have put considerable time effort into their comments
on the draft.
Finally, I am indebted to my parents and husband for
their continuous support and encouragement.
References
[1] Anonymous, “We Did It. Economist,” Oct 30th, 2009.
[2] Anonymous, “A Menagerie of Monikers. Economist,” Jan 7th, 2010.
[3] Anonymous, “Rough Justice. Economist,” Jul 22 th, 2010.
[4] Levinson, C. “Pragmatics,” Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching
and Research Press, 1983.
[5] Wodak, R. & Meyer, M. “Methods of Critical Discourse Analysis,”
London: SAGE Publications, 2002.
[6] Yule, G. “The Study of Language,” Cambridge: United Kingdom at
the University Press, 2006.
241 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Chapter III：
Education
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Teaching Reform for Environmental

Engineering Curriculum in Agricultural
Colleges
Yanjun Xin1, Dong Ma2, Zhenfeng Zhou3
1,2,3
College of Resources and Environment, Qingdao Agricultural University, QAU, Qingdao, China
1
xintom2000@126.com
Abstract: With the development of Environment Specialty, the course reformation of environmental engineering has be-
come an important issue based on the specific features of the university and the socialist market economy. In this paper, the
problems and importance in the course of environmental engineering are analyzed from the aspects of agricultural characte-
ristic. Some successful experience and development orientation are discussed from the following aspects: the revision of
major training scheme, the courses content, the teaching means and methods, and the practical teaching program.
Keywords: higher education; environmental engineering; teaching reformation; agricultural college
1. Introduction poultry and scale of the agricultural products processing, and
non-point source pollution in ecological agriculture, created
With the constant emergence of environmental problems,
by agricultural solid waste (such as crop straw and plastic
Environmental Engineering has become a new multidiscipli-
films) and agricultural chemicals (such as pesticide and
nary which includes natural, social and technological science.
chemical fertilizer), seriously endangers the health of the
Environmental Engineering is a subject that has distinct
agricultural ecological environmental. Agricultural environ-
practicality and utility. Environmental Engineering includes
ment pollution is worldwide, dispersive, neglectful, durable
not only the treatment and monitor of water, atmosphere,
and complex, thus, its control is difficult, so the require-
solid waste and noise, but also involves the protection and
ments of special talents about Agro-environmental Engineer-
rational utilization of natural resources, waste recycling
ing is very important. Based on the above things, the teach-
technology and scientific management of regional environ-
ing content of environmental engineering in agricultural col-
ment, in order to acquire the best environmental benefits,
leges must accord with the target that cultivates compound
social benefits and economic benefit. Under the new cir-
talents who can protect ecological environment and control
cumstances we should pay attention to the teaching reform
comprehensively environmental pollution in rural areas [2].
of Environmental Engineering and create a distinctive way
The content of the course should fully embody the characte-
of cultivating high-quality talents [1], who are more competi-
ristics and advantages of agricultural school and incorporate
tive.
agricultural chemical, soil subject and plants into the teach-
According to the constructive suggestions, came up by
ing of Environmental Engineering. In that way the profes-
the Environmental Engineering Committee, and experiences
sional knowledge can conform to the training objective of
obtained from the relevant universities, the content and
our college, what includes the protection and control of agri-
teaching way for Environmental Engineering were adjusted
cultural resources and environmental, the monitor and evalu-
to account of our school characteristics and advantages.
ation of agricultural environment quality, the treatment of
Therefore, it would not only meet the teaching requirement
agricultural environment pollution, and its planning and
for Environmental Engineering, but also make full use of the
management.
outstanding advantages and characteristics of agricultural
Currently, the problem of pollution and protection of
colleges.
agricultural environment caused the attention of educators.
2. Importance of Agricultural Characteristics Lots of valuable results have been achieved. The soil and
in Environmental Engineering plant of agroecological system have been used to deal with
urban sewage and industrial waste water. Comprehensively
The advantages and disadvantages of agroecological en-
at the same time the substance in unclean wastewater has
vironment determine the quality of human environment.
been used to promote the growth of crops, grass and forest.
Both the new point pollution source, originated from mira-
Organic and inorganic nutrients in some agricultural wastes,
culous rise of small country towns, intensive livestock and
245 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. J. Xin et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp245-247
such as straw and feces, which destroy the original ecologi- Environmental Engineering should be carried out from the
cal system of mass circulation and cause soil depletion and following aspects.
crop failures due to combustion, have been recycled. In order 1) Revision of Training Scheme: Society demands de-
to make full use of the resources and energy, people began to termine the arrangement, structure and contents of courses.
introduce the mass circulation principle in ecosystem to es- The established course system could not totally satisfy social
tablish a closed-circuit circulation process. Agricultural requirement, especially for the requirement in agricultural
waste, such as straw, leaves, rank grass and poultry excre- environment. The problems existed in the following aspects:
ment, have been transformed into new energy and fertilizer, firstly, the training program was absence of courses related
which could reduce the energy waste and environmental to agricultural environment such as soil and botany; second-
pollution. In particular, air and water pollution caused by ly, the curriculum structure did not keep up with social re-
crop waste, human and livestock waste would be controlled. quirement. According to the social demands and our
At last, comprehensive utilization of resources and the unifi- school’s advantages, we strengthened students’ knowledge
cation of economic benefit, social benefit and environment system on ecological and control of agricultural environmen-
benefit will be carried out. tal pollution. The course of <Environmental Engineering
Practice> for one week was set up. At the same time the
3 . Problems in the Teaching and Innovation
course of <soil science>, <environmental ecology>, <intro-
3.1. Existing Problems duction to modern biotechnology>, <Agricultural wastes
technology> and <ecological environment engineering> was
Environmental Engineering discipline originated from
also added to the training programs.
university of science and engineering, the course system and
2) Revision of Teaching Outline: On account of the ra-
teaching content mainly include math, mechanics, material
pidly deteriorating quality of agricultural environment and
science and engineering, and engineering design and project
our school’s agricultural characteristics, the contents on tra-
management. The teaching content of Environmental Engi-
ditional environmental engineering were revised. In the cur-
neering in agricultural universities could not completely dup-
rent situation we carefully analyzed the teaching contents,
licate the teaching content in science and technology univer-
for the similar contents, students should learn by themselves.
sities. For example, the main contents of water pollution
Some contents about the treatment of industrial waste water
control in traditional Environmental Engineering included
were concentrated and enriched the technology application
water self-purification and its application in urban sewage
about the disposal method by soil and crop in agricultural
and industrial wastewater treatment and utilization. However,
ecological system. In particular, the contents, such as ecolog-
the contents of how to strengthen the use of natural media,
ical management technology, the agricultural pollution,
such as soil and plant in water pollution control and preven-
farmland waste treatment, and ecological pollution treatment
tion were seldom considered. The contents of traditional
project, were complemented and strengthened. Therefore,
solid waste disposal mainly consisted of the treatment, dis-
the agricultural and ecological characteristics were hig-
posal and reuse technology of urban garbage, industrial solid
hlighted. At the same time, some latest theory and technolo-
waste, radioactivity, and other harmful solid waste, the effect
gy were also incorporated timely into the courses. In this
on agricultural ecological environment and the comprehen-
way, teaching contents were enriched in the limited time and
sive utilization of agricultural waste were little contained.
the strengths and advantages were highlighted, thus the stu-
Compared with engineering students, students in agricultural
dents’ ability of independent studies could be cultivated and
universities mastered limited knowledge about engineering
developed.
and mechanics, while they learned more in agriculture and
3) Enrichment of Teaching Methods: The multimedia
ecological than engineering students. Thus, the teaching pro-
teaching methods were adopted to improve the information
gram and content did not suit the actual conditions of agri-
quantity. We took full use of the multimedia equipped in
cultural colleges. Therefore, it’s very important to highlight
school and established the online tutorials for the course of
teaching contents [3] on soil, zoology, biology, botany and
environmental engineering. Modern research and construc-
integrate them together in traditional teaching contents on
tion on computer aided instructing (CAI) teaching models
environmental engineering. So students could make full use
was carried out by the multimedia technology. In classes,
of soil and crops in agroecological system and do well in
CAI which accommodate abundant information, graphic and
agricultural pollution prevention and control.
audiovisual materials at the same time, could provide conve-
nient for the learning situation. And the examples of local
3.2 . Teaching Innovation agricultural pollution prevention and control engineering
were adopt to enhance the space impression and visual sense,
According to the above problems and the school’s ad-
which could yield twice the result with half the effort and the
vantage in agricultures, the innovations for the curriculum of
teaching contents were further deepened and expanded. By
246 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. J. Xin et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp245-247
the fusion of multimedia teaching and teachers’ achievement, According to the local ecological, economy and envi-
the content of household garbage, general solid waste recy- ronment, the practice training for scientific research and
cling, the design and application of sewage land-treatment technology application were arranged. Students should de-
system could be shown vividly and could provide strong sign the experimental program and method by themselves in
vision wallop and intuitive impression to them. Compared their vacation and after-class time, and also should accom-
with traditional blackboard writing, they could understand plish their design in the spot or laboratory.
much more easily and their interest in the classroom was
4. Summary
also enhanced.
Students could use computers or Internet to complete the Education must keep up with the tidal of modernization.
assigned homework, and they might use e-mail to answer Teaching content should be in accordance with the time re-
teacher’s questions. The methods could greatly broaden stu- quirements, and the teaching methods and teaching contents
dents’ horizon and improve their ability of critical thinking should innovate accordingly to social development.
and solving problems. Thus, their independence and auton- For the content revision of environmental engineering
omy ability could be cultivated and the interact communica- curriculum, the main purpose was to take full use of the ad-
tion between students and teachers also improved. vantages of agricultural university [5] and prevent environ-
The ‘reading report’ was incorporated into senior under- mental pollution, till to achieve synchronous development of
graduate course system in order to enrich the students’ economic benefit and ecological benefit. Therefore, the main
knowledge. By reading documents in both Chinese and Eng- orientation of this course revision was focused on the culti-
lish, let them understand the latest development in the rela- vation of practice ability and theory accomplishment accord-
tive subjects. As a result it would facilitate to establish a ing to the development of times, which were our responsibil-
theory foundation to do high levels of innovative research. ity and obligation.
The ‘reading report’ could integrate learning and thinking,
5. Acknowledgment
improve students’ ability to obtain significant information.
By this means, cultivate and strengthen their sensitivity and This work was supported by Characteristics Professional
consciousness for the application of fresh information. On Construction Foundation of Qingdao Agriculture University
the other hand, it could improve their ability of self-culture, (No. XTSZ1104).
literature summary and oral expression.
References
4) Strengthen of the Practice Training: In order to train
students’ practice ability, the Environmental Engineering [1] Tengfa Long, Mingshun Li,Menglin Chen, Lijuan Yu ， and Zhi
practice course was supplied, so that students could be famil- Huang. The characteristic construction environment engineering
iar with the career of rural environmental protection and based on the local advantages[J]. China Electric Power Education,
pollution control of township enterprise after graduation. It 2007,Z1：469-471
could also cultivate the design ability and promote the appli- [2] Renbin Yang, Boqing Tie, Zhengyuan Guo, Daoxin Gong, and
cability of the knowledge, and further do better services for Qingru Zeng. Teaching reformation and practiceof environmental
rural construction. In the course of internship environmental engineering professional in agricultural universities[J]. Journal of
experts, who have much experience, were invited to open Hunan Agricultural University (Social Sciences),2004,5(2)：50-52.
lectures about the design for students and guided them on the [3] Guoxue Li, Ying Liu, and Cong Zhang. Construction and
working spot. Pay attention to the comprehensive treatment development trend of environmental engineering course in
and utilization of water, gas, sound, solid waste in the rural agricultural universities[J]. Higher Agricultural
enterprise production process, and enforce the techniques Education,1999,90(6):45-47.
about cleaner production and the recycling economy. Lead [4] Yan-jun Xin, Dong Ma, and Dejie Cui. Exploration and Practice of
students to visit and learn artificial ecological wetland tech- Training Program Revision of Environmental Engineering Specialty
nology, the comprehensive utilization of livestock waste, in Agricultural University[J]. Higher Agricultural
straw gasification technology, and ecological agriculture Education,2010,11(11)：53-55.
demonstration base. Strengthen the ecological engineering [5] Hui Qi and Liyuan Wei. Discussion on teaching reform of
concept that human should get along harmoniously with environmental engineering comprehensive experiment in agricultural
nature. Through the above methods, promote the implement university. Experiment Science and Technology,2011,9(3)：140-142.
of sustainable development, which meant resource recovery
and waste minimization in rural environment [4].
247 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Strengthening Safety Education and

Management in Colleges and Universities
Lusheng Zeng1, Junliang Li2
1,2
College of Resources and Environment, Qingdao Agricultural University, Qingdao, China
1
zenglsh@163.com; 2jlli@qau.edu.cn
Abstract: Safety education in colleges and universities is related to the growth of students, the development of universities
and the stability of our society. The main content of safety education should include national security and legal education,
life safety, fire safety, traffic security, mental health safety, network information safety and lab environment safety. Accor-
dingly, some effective measures are proposed in the paper. Colleges should pay more attention to the safety education work;
build good management system of security education; construct effective defense system of mental health; strengthen the
network supervision and management; combine the overall development with key points standing out, and strengthen co-
operation to construct campus safety culture. Only by enhancing safety education and management in universities students’
integrated and healthy development can be guaranteed.
Keywords: safety education; college; university; measures; management

1. Introduction 2. The Necessity of Safety Education
Colleges and universities are important bases for a na-
In recent years, some criminals and group use colleges’
tion to educate talents. To ensure students’ physical and
characteristics such as dense population, fast spread of in-
psychological safety is the premise for their growing up and
formation, students’ being easily influenced by political
becoming talents and it is also important for universities to
affairs and their weak guarding abilities, to conduct their
develop their causes. Teachers and students need a safety
illegal stealing, defrauding and pyramid selling, or incite and
and stable environment for their living, teaching and re-
lure students to commit crimes, which seriously threaten
search work (Halen, 2012). Under current complicated so-
students’ lives and properties and disturb the normal teach-
cial situation, to strengthen students’ safety education and to
ing and life order. Social media and colleges often have re-
improve their safety awareness prevention skills is an indis-
ports on how to deal with this situation once encountered,
pensable part of fostering students’ comprehensive ability
however, along with the appearing of new crimes, students
and keeping their foothold in the society. It is also an impor-
are more often than not impossible to defend effectively.
tant means of decreasing students’ committing crimes,
At present, most universities have carried out safety edu-
which has practical significance to cultivate their awareness
cation to different extent and obtained satisfactory results.
of focusing on security and loving life.
However, they haven’t achieved the ideal effect far and
The national long-term education reform and develop-
away. The main reason is that the administrators in some
ment plan for 2010-2020 put forward that we should pay
universities are lack of necessary cognition to the impor-
attention to safety education, life education, national defense
tance of students' safety education and haven't formed spe-
education and sustainable development education. Promot-
cialized safety education system. Also safety education is
ing the combination of moral education, intellectual educa-
not harmoniously united and hasn't formed a joint effort
tion, physical training and aesthetic education and improv-
among departments. In addition, safety education has be-
ing students’ comprehensive quality can help them to be-
come formalized and lack convention, and the means of
come socialism builder and successor with overall develop-
safety education are inappropriate and the content is lack of
ment. Apart from teaching students the traditional security
variety.
knowledge, safety educator in universities should also conti-
Even the safety education in some colleges has obvious
nuously expand the new content of safety education accord-
pragmatism, for example, when upper department empha-
ing to the changing times and requirements, and structure
sized the work, they concentrated their energy to do the job,
the “all-round development” safety education mode with
and otherwise, safety education will be put aside. If higher
unremitting effort.
authorities inspected safety education, they focused on per-
functory and went back into the former situation after the
inspection. If important cases and public security disasters
248 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. S. Zeng et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp248-252
happened, they did a crash safety education and relaxed weakness. Their ignorance and indifference to life may re-
without concern afterwards. Many colleges only limit safety sult in the extreme attitudes to life. Investigating the reasons,
education to the management and do not pay attention to besides the lag cognition of family and society to the life
safety education problems. In the specific implement, they safety education, the lack of education system and a crum-
formulated regulations to manage and restrict the behavior bling situation in colleges should be responsible for this.
of students to prevent accidents rather than educate and In the process of personal safety education, students’
guide them how to avoid accidents and how to solve these self-protected consciousness should be strengthened to pre-
problems. Therefore, it is urgent for colleges and universi- vent their personal safety from being violated. It is investi-
ties to strengthen safety education. gated that when you encounter illegal violence, such as
properties being stolen, the robbery or evildoers committing
3. Main Points of Safety Education physical assault, how would you deal with it? 51.68% of the
college students choose more direct adventurous measures,
3.1. National Security and Legal Education shout loudly or fight. It suggests that when college students
National security includes national defense, foreign af- encounter safety accidents, their behaviors are not calm
fairs, politics, economy, culture, science and technology, enough.
concealed front struggle and other aspects concerning the 3.3. Fire Safety Education
national security and interests. National security education is
aimed at cultivating students’ concept of patriotism, putting Along with college expansion, the area of colleges and
national interests first, legal knowledge, alerting to the pres- the number of students has increased greatly. With the socia-
ence of enemy, confidentiality, safety and prevention, intel- lization of campus and the increase of students, it is impor-
ligence information and so on. Simultaneously, we should tant to add fire safety education, because the fire safety situ-
also energetically develop and expand the excellent tradi- ation is not optimistic. Now, most universities carrying out
tional national culture and national spirit, and let the college safety education are still in a theory of preaching and ignor-
students identify our national culture and make them have a ing the education of practical skills. Most students have little
sense of belonging, which is an important aspect in college knowledge of fire control. In a survey, “have you noticed the
students’ cultural safety education. Education in laws and fire fighting box in the corner of the wall? Do you know
regulations is an effective way to strengthen college stu- how to use the fire extinguisher?” 70% of the students rep-
dents’ legal consciousness and the concept of legal system. lied, “Yes, I have noticed, but I don’t know how to use it.”
Through classroom teaching, the seminar of legal system For this reason, colleges should strengthen safety education
education, the moot court and other activities, students’ en- of fire fighting and let students master fire fighting skills.
thusiasm for learning laws can be stimulated and their con- Once fire disasters happen, students can use the fire extin-
sciousness of observing disciplines and obeying laws can be guishing equipments to save their lives.
enhanced, therefore the occurrence of students’ illegal beha- Some students violate the rules and regulations of the
vior can be decreased. In addition, education concerning colleges, and use high-powered appliances in the dormitory,
school disciplines and regulations should also be streng- such as electric cooker, induction cooker, water-hotter and
thened to make students form good habits. so on. Some students discard cigarette butts without extin-
guishing fire, and some students use inferior wiring board in
3.2. Life Safety Education their bedside. All of this can easily cause fire disaster. When
Students are the main part of universities and shoulder fire happens, students always get more panic, without giving
the hope of family and society, so the personal safety educa- a fire alarm in time, thus bringing more economic loss to the
tion is especially important (Chen, 2007). Life safety educa- school or even endangering their lives. On November 14,
tion is to make students master the necessary knowledge and 2008, an extreme fire happened in a girl’s dormitory of
skills of safety and health, to respect their and other people’s Shanghai business school and resulted in four college stu-
lives and develop safe and healthy habits. Combining with dents’ death. The reason is that water-hotter was used in a
the characteristics of times and contemporary students’ cha- bedroom, led to electrical fault and caused the fire disaster.
racteristics, universities should use a variety of channels and 3.4. Traffic Security Education
ways to guide students to handle interpersonal relationship
and frustration, set up the idea of respecting life and caring Along with the continuous development of society, elec-
for others, and set up a correct outlook of world, life and tric mobiles, motorcycles, and cars have gradually become
value. the main vehicles. Especially cars have increased sharply.
In the process of social transformation in our country, On the one hand, it is convenient to people’s living. On the
some problems appeared, such as poverty, unemployment, other hand it also brings hidden trouble to social safety.
emotion, family, education and so on, which could become Traffic safety consciousness of college students is consider-
the possible reason for college students’ physical and mental ably weak, which can be mainly reflected by the lack of
traffic safety knowledge and safety consciousness. Many
249 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

students run the red light and take illegal vehicles. Therefore, the main body of using network. But they do not have a
colleges should take various ways to propagandize the re- strong awareness of being on guard and do not know how to
lated laws and regulations and make students develop good protect themselves online. In recent years, some criminals
traffic safety consciousness. use campus network to spread the reaction, porn, supersti-
According to the statistics, five hundred thousand traffic tion and other harmful information. Some criminals even
accidents happen in China each year and result in about one steal confidential information and attack campus network to
hundred thousand persons’ death, with an average of one paralyze information system, which not only causes the loss
person death in every five minutes and one person disabled of local work, but also directly affects the overall operation
in every minute. However, this does not arouse the vigilance of campus work.
of college students. A survey showed that 77% of college Under such situation of network culture, colleges should
students run red lights or crossed a railing for different rea- strengthen network security education, including the net-
sons, 82% of college students had an experience of riding a work ethics and responsibility, network laws and regulations,
bike carrying the other person and 63% of students thought network security knowledge and awareness, etc.
that it was not necessary to wear a helmet when riding an
electric car. The above-mentioned actions of violating traffic 3.7. Lab Environment Safety Education
safety are really worrying! Laboratory is an important place for modern university
to conduct the experiment teaching and scientific research,
3.5. Mental Health Safety Education
and is also a quite centralized place of persons, valuables
College students not only face the great pressure of em- and materials (Huang and Luo, 2010). Laboratory not only
ployment, but also encounter academic pressure, interper- centralizes houses, all sorts of instruments and equipments,
sonal tension, examination failure and love frustration, so the experimental tables, furniture and other main assets, it
it’s easy to make students have psychological problems also gathers teachers, students and professional staff. Labor-
(Tian, 2011). A survey showed that the most anxious prob- atory is a centralized place of dangerous materials and tech-
lem during college period, 56.25% of students was “for his nology and a place of constantly using hazardous chemicals
future no faith”. These problems may lead to college stu- including poisonous drugs, combustible and explosive prod-
dents’ psychological depression, envy and serious rejection ucts (Arben and Everth, 2008). It is also a place with ra-
psychology. In the face of difficulties and contradictions, dioactive sources and radioactive isotopes substances, or-
some students often get into a dead end and are difficult to ganisms and pathogens, and special instruments and equip-
extricate themselves. They may even take extreme measures ment with pressured gas cylinders, etc. Experiment persons
to end their lives. According to the report of Shanghai edu- using these chemical substance and equipment for experi-
cation commission in 2009, among 24 deaths in Shanghai ment teaching or research work often face some risks. Once
university safety accidents, 13 students committed suicide safety accidents appear, the life and health of teachers and
themselves, among which, 11 students died because of the students, public safety and the development of colleges will
psychological barrier or spiritual disorder. be seriously threatened, which will bring serious social in-
At present, the number of campus love has increased fluence.
greatly. However, the lack of sexual knowledge, immature
sexual psychology, and weak ability of self-control, the 4. Probable Countermeasures
girls’ pregnancy and abortion result in all kinds of disputes, 4.1. Pay More Attention to Safety Education Work
which leads to a negative impact on the physical and psy-
chological health of students. At the same time, some girl Colleges should establish a leading system consisting of
college students who have weak consciousness of self- school administration party, student department, safeguard
protection, who often go to entertainment places in the even- department, educational administration, Youth League
ing, or who have improper clothes, often become the victims Committee and each college department. Their specific
of sexual assault. Therefore, in the college students’ safety work are to implement and be responsible for the students’
education, some specific educations such as interpersonal safety education, plan and establish the overall work objec-
harmony, environment fitting, healthy personality, love and tives and tasks and the relative work system of college’s
sex, mental health, setback handling, employment and job safety education, strengthen the guidance, coordination and
should be enhanced to prevent mental diseases, optimize supervision to the college students safety education. In addi-
psychological quality and promote the healthy personality tion, safety education should be included into the overall
development of students. planning of college development to ensure the enough class
hours for safety education. Theories and the teaching con-
3.6. Network Information Security Education tent should be updated in time. It is also helpful to form a
Network with diverse functions, such as the wide content, good situation from leaders to students paying high attention
the fast speed, the open environment, the universal use and to safety education.
other characteristics, which makes college students become
250 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

4.2. Build Good Management System of Security formation, and serve students with comprehensive know-
Education ledge.
The sound safety system not only is the important means 4.5. Combine the Overall Development with Key
of regulating students’ study, living and extracurricular ac- Points Standing out
tivities, but also is the important content of safety education
To strengthen students’ safety education, colleges should
and plays an important role in cultivating students to form
conduct overall development and highlight the key points to
good safety habits. Therefore, colleges and universities
promote the comprehensive work.
should establish and perfect all kinds of safety management
Colleges should provide safety presentation and organize
systems according to the request of national security laws
safety education lectures to introduce safety and guard
and regulations (Qu, 2010). Colleges should ensure the safe-
knowledge for the newly-coming students. Education em-
ty development of all sorts of activities, promote students to
phasis should be on how to guard students against theft and
form the perfect law-abiding psychological structure, stan-
cheat. In legal holidays or summer and winter vacation, col-
dardize their behaviors and strengthen the supervision in-
leges should conduct the work of traffic safety and prevent
spection, so as to obtain a long-term and effective safety
the theft in dormitory and the personal injury. In thunders-
education management system.
torm seasons, it is necessary to strengthen the propaganda of
4.3. Construct Effective Defense System of Mental lightning protection, flood control and the geological disas-
Health ters, and prevent the occurrence of personal injury. Every
year in autumn and winter colleges should conduct fire
First, colleges should strengthen the education of psy- evacuation drill and safety education activities.
chological health knowledge, make students master more Freshmen do not have much safety consciousness, so
psychological adjustment method, and consciously relieve colleges should increase safety education and propaganda.
the stress and eliminate psychological barriers. At the same Graduates, who are about to graduate and anxious to find
time, it is necessary to educate and guide students to have new jobs, are easily cheated and misled by criminals. There-
the correct understanding of society, school, family and life, fore, colleges should remind them of the rational employ-
and have the positive mentality to treat study, interpersonal ment and enhancing prevention consciousness. External
relationship, employment and other problems. It is also help- persons who want to enter the campus should be registered
ful to train their open-mindedness of life and to constantly and keep the records. In addition, colleges should track and
improve their abilities of adapting to all kinds of environ- coach students with psychological barriers at regular inter-
ment changes. Second, public advisory clinic can offer col- vals to help them overcome difficulties and solve problems.
lege students professional counseling services to help them Library, laboratory buildings, student’s dormitory and
solve some confused psychological problems. At the same dining hall are the key places of fire fighting. Colleges
time, colleges should establish a set of active crisis interven- should inspect these units and conduct the fire control evac-
tion system of intervening and tracking students with mental uation drill at regular intervals (Wang, et al., 2008). Stadium,
problems to prevent them from committing suicide or hurt- teaching building, the dining hall and library are the sites
ing others. In addition, colleges should offer education with frequent theft cases, so colleges should remind students
courses about psychological health, set up the hotline tele- of enhancing their alertness to theft through the broadcast,
phone and E-mail box of psychological counseling, and car- propaganda banners, website and other ways.
ry out the scientific research on the psychological health
education of university students and so on. 4.6. Strengthen Cooperation to Construct Campus
Safety Culture
4.4. Strengthen the Supervision of the Internet
Colleges and universities should strengthen the contact
First, colleges should strengthen the network construc- with families and society to set up a trinity of safety educa-
tion, update the network technology, improve the network tion network. Safety education is not an easy job and needs
supervision to prevent harmful information from spreading the support and effort of education administrative depart-
into the campus, and positively provide more and better ment, social media, community organizations, non-
safety network information for college students. Next, col- governmental organizations and students’ parents. Colleges
leges should value and enhance students the information should cooperate with parents to perfect students’ safety
security. In addition, colleges should approach students, pay education by organizing them to participate in safety educa-
attention to the needs of students, not only providing them tion discussion. In the meantime, colleges should organize
the news and entertainment information, but also providing students to participate in social practice, learning and prac-
students the information and guidance of study, living, find- ticing safety knowledge to master more skills of saving and
ing employment, culture knowledge, the psychological edu- protecting them in danger. Only by constructing the trinity
cation and so on. Colleges should strive to use advanced of safety education network can a good environment of safe-
culture to guide students, attract students with abundant in-
251 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ty education be created. Students’ safety can be really en-

sured.
To sum up, safety education is an important component
of ideological and political work in colleges. At present,
there exists larger shortage in the understanding of safety
education, safety knowledge, courses, teachers and other
aspects. Colleges and universities should objectively realize
the present situation of safety education, correctly under-
stand safety education and enhance safety consciousness. In
the meanwhile, colleges should perfect safety education
courses, enhance teacher’s strengths, strengthen safety edu-
cation management and improve the quality of teaching to
promote the safe, harmonious, stable and healthy develop-
ment of universities and to ensure college students’ inte-
grated growth.
References
[1] C. H. Qu, “The practical thinking of colleges launching safety
education to college students”, Higher Edu. Forum, Vol. 2, pp. 117-
118, Feb. 2010.
[2] J. B. Helen, “Regional Queensland parents’ views of science
education: some unexpected perceptions”, Aust. Educ. Res.Vol.39,
pp.17- 43, Feb.2012.
[3] L. H. Chen, “Choosing Canadian graduate schools from afar: East
Asian students’ perspectives”, High Educ., Vol.54, pp.759-780, Oct.
2007.
[4] N. Tian, “Practical study on public security education at universities”,
J. Res. Edu. Ethnic Minorities,Vol. 22, pp. 36-39, Feb. 2011.
[5] M. Arben, and L. Everth, “Hazardous material incidents: some key
results of a risk analysis. WMU J. Maritime Affairs, Vol. 7, pp.65-
108, Mar. 2008.
[6] W. X. Huang, and Y. F. Luo, “The safety education and management
of chemistry teaching laboratory in colleges and universities”, Experi.
Techn. Manage., Vol. 27, pp. 193-195, Sep. 2010.
[7] Z. Wang, X. Y. Tang, Q. R. Fan, L. Q. Sun, and L. Yao, “Innovation
of the safety education mode from the view of self-education for
laboratories in colleges and universities”, Experi. Techn. Manage.,
Vol. 25, pp. 151-153, Mar. 2008.
252 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Developing Low Carbon Education and

Advocating Low Carbon Life in Univresities
Lusheng Zeng1, Zhenfeng Zhou2, Yanxi Shi3
1,2,3
College of Resource and Environment, Qingdao Agricultural University, Qingdao, China
1
zenglsh@163.com
Abstract: With the rapid development of industry and agriculture in modern society, a lot of carbon dioxide and other
Greenhouse gases emissions into the air which caused a serial of environmental problems. Therefore, developing low car-
bon economy and advocating low carbon life in the society is extremely urgent. Students are not only as low carbon practice
persons, but also as good low carbon promoters. Accordingly, developing low carbon education in universities has impor-
tant significance. The proper education ways could be in the teaching, outside the classroom, in daily life, in demonstration
bases, and the cooperation of university, family and social all circles. In the meantime, universities should strengthen the
low carbon education research to promote students’ all-around development and cultivate more creative talents.
Keywords: low carbon; education; university; significance; measures
1. Introduction The low carbon education is an important content of
higher education, with the concept of a low carbon economy
Low carbon originally means lower Greenhouse gas development and the characteristics of interdisciplinary,
emissions. Low carbon economy means by fewer natural through the reform of teaching content and the innovation
resources consumption and less environmental pollution to of teaching means, to cultivate students' awareness of low
obtain more economic output. The essence of low carbon is carbon and make students master the knowledge and skills
the efficient use of energy, the development of clean energy of low carbon production and low carbon life, and establish
and the pursuit of green GDP. The key problem is energy the sustainable development concept, consciously becoming
and emission reduction technology innovation, industrial practitioners meeting the needs of the country's low carbon
structure and system innovation and human survival and economy development.
development concept transformation. Low carbon education
refers to the people through a variety of media and means to 2. The Significance of Low Carbon Education
realize low carbon knowledge, to understand low carbon In 2009, China energy report pointed out that according
problems and culture low carbon consciousness. In the rela- to the current demand for energy level, the coal remaining
tionship between man and nature, people should have a cor- storage in China is less than 100 years, oil less than 15 years,
rect attitude and outlook of low carbon values, low carbon and natural gas is less than 30 years. Therefore, calling for
consumption and low carbon development so as to through low carbon life, developing low carbon education and advo-
the entire social work together to achieve a low carbon sus- cating for energy conservation and rational use of resources
tainable development. is the current important choice of constructing resource sav-
Chinese government in Copenhagen international cli- ing society (Qi et al, 2011). College students are the nation's
mate conference in 2009 December put forward clearly that hope in the future and the main body of the social construc-
to 2020, compared with 2005, China's carbon dioxide emis- tion and development, and also are the low carbon practice.
sions per unit of GDP will drop 40% ~ 45% specific targets Their low carbon concept will directly affect the future of
for reducing Greenhouse gas emissions, and as a constraint the construction of ecological civilization and resource-
index into national economic and social development and saving society. Therefore, in Colleges and universities to
long-term planning. China’s developing of low carbon carry out low carbon education has an important signific-
economy, not only accords with the current economic and ance.
social requirements of sustainable development, but also in Colleges and universities carry out low carbon educa-
line with the global climate and environment cooperation tion aims at cultivating students’ low carbon concept, enabl-
requirement (Guan and Barker, 2012). Low carbon educa- ing students to develop a low carbon lifestyle, encouraging
tion is the foundation of the development of low carbon students to put into the construction of low carbon economy,
economy. using their ability to innovate and develop the research of
253 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

wind energy, solar energy, water energy, hydrogen energy, caused the “Greenhouse effect”, making the polar glaciers
biological energy and other new energy, and making contri- melt, bringing the rise of sea level, increasing the flood and
butions for the development of the country and the society drought disasters, decreasing the biodiversity and other
(Ni and Chen, 2011). Low carbon concept mainly includes global environmental problems. Therefore, in the theoretical
the outlook of economical environmental conservation, teaching, using some course advantages, such as Introduc-
green consumption, ecological life and new health concept. tion of Environmental Science, Energy and Environment,
College students are the important force of transmission of Natural Resources Science, Soil Fertilizer Science and other
low carbon concept and practice of low carbon development. related courses, to educate students that, in the course of
So, improving the students’ awareness of low carbon is industrial production, try to minimize the use of coal, petro-
beneficial to improve the whole nation’s awareness of low leum and natural gas, and vigorously develop clean energy
carbon. Therefore, colleges and universities certainly be- sources such as hydroenergy, solar energy, wind energy,
come an important position of low carbon education. biomass energy and nuclear energy.
In agricultural production, we should promote no-tillage
3. The Necessity of Low Carbon Education in
technology to reduce the soil organic matter mineralization
Universities
and CO 2 emissions, and develop water saving agriculture
At present, some phenomena against the low carbon life to save energy and water resources. In the meantime, we
requirements exist in many universities. For example, the should promote the tree planting and return some farmland
waste of water in the dormitory and in the bathroom is se- back to the forest, and develop ecological agriculture, there-
rious, the lamp turning on everywhere all day in the class- by increasing the vegetation and the photosynthesis for ab-
room, dormitory and library. In the dormitory, computer sorption of carbon dioxide to improve the automatic regula-
after used is often in a standby state, wasting a lot of election ability of ecological system.
tricity energy. Part of female college students in clothing In experiment teaching, from the procurement of expe-
and cosmetics use contesting the brand and the consumption, riment materials, the implementation of experimental design
the use of computer and mobile phone and other high-end to the cleaning at the end of the experiment, we should per-
electronic products are vying wind. Food waste is also a meate low carbon principle to enable students to develop
serious problem. Canteen leftovers always measured with the good habit of low carbon. First of all, we should well
barrels. Some students left from the university canteen to control the experimental reagent dosage and strict in accor-
patronize the high consumption of hotel, and some students dance with the provisions or take the least amount of rea-
prefer a roadside barbecue and other unhealthy food. A few gent. Secondly, we should strengthen the experiment speci-
boys are smoking and drinking, and some college students fication. Instruments should be turned off timely after used;
get addiction in the dormitory or around the campus cafe - glass apparatus should be paid attention to preventing bro-
surfing the Internet, watching a movie or playing games all ken, and the tap should be switched off timely. Finally, after
the night. Some college students with a long time friend the experiment the liquid waste residue should be recycled
mobile phone chat, due to mobile phone radiation plus long- (Cheng, 2010). Thus, we not only saved experimental ex-
term Internet computer radiation, they often feel unease and penditure, but also reduced the pollution to the environment
get some illness. In fact, the national physical fitness test and achieved low carbon experimental requirements.
report in 2010 has been issued a warning that our college In the practice teaching, we should try to choose a closer
students’ physical quality is in the fall. In addition, the wast- site from the school for the practice. At the same time, we
ing of paper, misplacing breakfast litter garbage and plastic can carry out comprehensive practice, namely, once going
bottles everywhere, which not only destroyed the campus out for field practice, we can arrange several disciplines
environment, but also wasted many resources. So, it is ur- together. Thus, we saved time and money, and also saved
gent to carry out low carbon education in colleges and uni- energy and reduced automobile exhaust emission.
versities.
4.2. Low Carbon Education outside the Classroom
4. Proper Measures of Low Carbon Education In order to make the teachers and students to establish a
4.1. Low Carbon Education in Teaching new concept of environmental protection and low carbon
into daily work, study and life, universities can carry out
Because the rapid development of industry in modern
rich and colorful low carbon education activities. Firstly,
society, too much coal, petroleum and natural gas were
universities should strengthen propaganda and education.
burned and in the meantime, a large amounts of carbon dio-
Through the electronic screen, the campus website, the
xide was released. In addition, due to the damage of green
propaganda window, the vow under the national flag and
vegetation and the deforestation of trees, resulting in the
the class wide meeting, universities advocate low carbon
increasing of carbon dioxide emissions in the nature, which
life philosophy, environmental protection and energy-saving
254 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

consciousness, and ask the school staff and students start In the meantime, colleges should require students less to
from now, from oneself, from bit by bit to build a low car- take the elevator but to climb stairs, saving people’s electric
bon campus culture (Ma, 2010). Secondly, universities power for their own health. As much as possible to minim-
should create a green working and learning environment for ize the use of disposable toothbrush, disposable plastic bags,
teachers and students. The school should carry out exten- disposable cups, because the oil they used for manufactur-
sively activities such as the lamp being out as soon as per- ing them is also disposable.
son’s leaving, the computer being closed without working, If we decrease 0.5 kg of meat eating, the CO 2 emis-
not using a one-off products, printing paper layout with sions will reduce 700 g. Due to the excessive meat eating at
compact and using double-sided, trying to use E - mail, QQ least harm three objects that is animal, yourself and earth.
group, campus information being released on the net, and as The use of phosphorus-containing detergent can lead to
far as possible reducing the print of paper documents. Fur- eutrophication of the water body, thereby causing red tide
thermore, the school should guide students to live a low algae bloom. To prevent White Pollution, students can use
carbon life, as low carbon life is not ability but an attitude. cloth bags and basket instead of plastic bags in supermarket
Students should practice economical life starting from che- and food market. Thus, from the usual every little bit to
rishing a grain of rice, a drop of water, a kilowatt of elec- train the students’ awareness of environmental protection,
tricity, a piece of paper, a pen, and a dime, etc. At the same raise them the environmental behavior and form a good
time, students should actively participate in the planting habit of life.
trees, environmental protection, energy saving and gradual- Saving is energy-saving and emission reduction, so, sav-
ly form a good habit of low carbon life. ing behavior is low carbon behavior. Students should be not
Student groups and other organizations being relevant to only as low carbon practice persons, but also as good low
the environmental protection, can conduct low carbon carbon promoters.
knowledge publicity through several of forms, including
4.4. Low Carbon Education in the Practice
picture exhibition, publicity poster, expert lecture, etc. Uni-
versities can also combine with the March 12th “Arbor First of all, among students carry out tree planting activ-
Day”, June 5th “World Environment Day”, May 31st ities. At present, China’s artificial forest area amounts to
“World No Tobacco Day”, April 22nd “Earth Day”, and 46670000 hm2, taking the world about artificial forest area
other environment anniversary, to carry out low carbon of 26% and ranking top one in the world. The photosynthe-
knowledge propaganda and form a strong atmosphere of sis of green vegetation absorbing CO 2 and releasing O 2 ,
low carbon in our lives. maintains the balance of atmospheric CO 2 and O 2 , and
protects humans from hypoxia threat. It was calculated that
4.3. Low Carbon Education in Daily Life
a hectare of forest per hour can absorb CO 2 amounting to
Universities should educate the students that to save a 200 persons’ expiration a day and emit a large amount of
kilowatt of electricity equal to save 0.4 kilograms coal and 4 O 2 , and a hectare of willow a year can absorb toxic gas
liters water, and simultaneously reducing the emissions of 1 SO 2 1720 kg. A hectare of broadleaf forest every day can
kg of carbon dioxide and 0.03 kg of sulfur dioxide. There- absorb 1ton CO 2 and make out 750 kg O 2 , therefore, it
fore, we should cultivate students’ good habit of saving needs to be vigorously advocating planting trees.
electricity in the home, changing the ordinary bulb for ener- Secondly, among students carry out waste recycling ac-
gy-saving lamp, every minute we can save energy of 80% tivity. Recycling 1 tons of waste paper can produce 800 kg
than ordinary light bulbs. If 1200000000 energy-saving of recycled paper and reduce cutting down seventeen big
lamps be used in China, the saved energy equals to the trees. Therefore, saving paper is the protection of forest
Three Gorges hydropower station generating capacity a year. resources and environment. Garbage classification can re-
We should shut off the power immediately after using com- cover valuable resources and reduce landfill and incinera-
puter and watching TV, if everybody can persist in the good tion of waste energy. For example, the waste paper can be
habit throughout the country, 18 billion degrees of electrici- sent directly to the paper mill to produce recycled paper.
ty will be saved each year. In addition, colleges should ad- Beverage bottles, cans and plastic and other disposable
vocate students to reduce the use of disposable plastic bag. items can also be sent to the relevant factories to become
Because produce a plastic bag, the energy consumption is renewable resources. Household appliances can be sent to a
about 0.04 grams of standard coal, and correspondingly specialized manufacturer for decomposition and recovery.
discharges 0.1 grams of carbon dioxide. If the amount of In home we can prepare different garbage bags to collect
using plastic bag cut down a half in China, the annual ener- waste paper, plastics, packaging, etc. and carry out daily
gy will be saved about 60000 tons of standards coal and garbage classification and recovery as far as possible “turn-
reduce 155000 tons of carbon dioxide emissions. ing waste into treasure”, saving resource and protecting
environment.
255 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Moreover, among students hold low carbon technology trying to quit smoking, drinking and other bad behavior. We
invention contest. Universities can organize students to col- should start from saving a piece of paper, a drop of water, a
lect daily life waste, such as waste newspaper, cans and old kilowatt of electricity, a grain of rice, try to set a good ex-
plastic items to make out handicrafts and ornaments. Thus, ample of living low carbon life. We should develop energy-
it not only enrich the campus cultural life, improve students’ saving and environmental protection good habit, and enjoy
aesthetic taste, but also can beautify and improve our life, green healthy life and take care of common home of man-
and educate students the environmental protection and low kind. Finally, government departments and social organiza-
carbon life. tions should energetically publicize and advocate low car-
bon action, awarding the saving and punishing the waste, so
4.5. Low Carbon Education in Demonstration
that the students can actively participate in the construction
Bases
of low carbon economy. With the increasing serious envi-
Colleges and universities can accord to the specific con- ronmental problems, environmental protection in various
ditions to construct low carbon education demonstration festivals becoming more and more, various activities held
base, inside or outside the school. The construction of the by government are also associated with low carbon educa-
bases is conducive to the production, the learning and the tion. For example, the 2008 Beijing Olympics, “Green
research being related to low carbon field. In the meanwhile Olympics” was one of the three major ideas, intending to
for the practice teaching services, teachers can regularly make the modern Olympic movement toward ahead the
lead students to visit the base and social practice, and from times of zero emission, no pollution, peace, justice, science
the theory and practice to promote the construction and de- and development (Yarime et al, 2012). The 2010 Shanghai
velopment of low carbon education. World Expo lighting low carbon concept was popular all
In ecological agriculture base, we can find the low car- over the world.
bon economy around us, such as local farmers engage in Ecology is the base of the survival, and environment is
biogas construction, not only using biogas for lighting and the base of the development. “Low carbon, reducing emis-
cooking, also using biogas residue as fertilizer to cultivate sion and green life” is our common responsibility. The gov-
grass planting. Thus, livestock industry drives aquaculture ernment departments should perform their duties, set a good
and aquaculture brings new feces for developing biogas, in example, cogently strengthen the comprehensive supervi-
the meantime, beautifying the courtyard, which is a typical sion and strictly enforce the law. Enterprises should actively
low carbon and circular economy. assume social responsibility and energetically carry out
In the sewage treatment base, universities can conduct clean production. News media should strengthen the public-
the students understand our daily life sewage treatment. In ity and public opinion guidance, enhance public awareness
the course of staff’s explanation and site visiting let students of environmental protection and build strong atmosphere.
know that the sewage treatment process is very complex. Social all circles and the general public should be frugal,
Thus, which stimulates the student to cherish every drop of healthy consumption, advocating green and low carbon life,
water, to make rational use of our water resources, to elimi- conscientiously become advocates, practitioners, promoters
nate wasteful destruction behavior, and try to become a civi- of environmental protection.
lized man.
4.7. Strengthening the Low Carbon Education Re-
In the base of new energy use, teachers can guide stu-
search
dents to visit the civil solar stoves, solar water heaters and
other new energy utilization devices. Some universities with In universities, some problems are still not to be ignored
good conditions can lead students to visit the wind power in the students’ low carbon education work. For example,
plants, nuclear power plants and other places, let the stu- the ways and methods of low carbon education remain to be
dents learn a variety of new energy utilization and devel- explored and strengthened further; the content of low car-
opment prospects. bon education is not clear, not system and lack of teaching
materials; the responsibility of low carbon education is not
4.6. University, Family and Society Together for
implemented, etc. Therefore, higher schools should be in
the Low Carbon Education
the curriculum, practice of student life, the school adminis-
“Low carbon education is everyone’s responsibility”. tration and low carbon campus construction to carry out low
First of all, in the school, all the leaders and teachers are carbon education concept, strengthen low carbon education
required to improve the low carbon awareness and quality, research, and further perfect and improve the effect of low
carry forward the teacher role, make low carbon life model. carbon education (Li, 2012).
Secondly, in the family, parents must make oneself an ex-
ample, saving resources and energy, living low carbon life.
Parents should resolutely stop the high carbon behavior,
256 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

5. Conclusions
High school is the bases of training a high level of profes-
sional and technical talents. When carry out the ideological
education and professional teaching of culture, colleges can
permeate the low carbon education into classroom teaching,
developing low carbon awareness, and establish the idea of
the sustainable development education. Universities can
also through the reform of teaching contents to integrate
low carbon education into the curriculum. Colleges through
the innovation of teaching implement low carbon education
informatization and low carbon management and build a
low carbon education environment. Through education,
universities strengthened the college students’ sense of re-
sponsibility and mission to the low carbon development and
promoted all-round development of students.
Low carbon education is a systematic project of the ideo-
logical and political education in colleges. In the process of
education, colleges should be in accordance with the prin-
ciple of step by step, follow the basic law of ideological and
political education and college students’ physical and mental
development, to strengthen the college students’ low carbon
education effect, and for the national ecological civilization
construction to cultivate more creative talents.
References
[1] D. B. Guan, and T. Barker, “Low-carbon development in the least
developed region: a case study of Guangyuan, Sichuan province,
southwest China,” Nat Hazards,Vol. 62, pp:243–254, Feb. 2012.
[2] S. N. Qi, M. T. Ju, M. Duan, and W. Xing, “Research on low carbon
management using a scientific classification method,” Front.
Environ. Sci. Engin. China, DOI 10.1007/s11783-011-0333-3, Mar.
2011.
[3] W. D. Ni, and Z. Chen, “Synergistic utilization of coal and other
energy – Key to low carbon economy,” Front. Energy, Vol.5, pp: 1–
19, Jan. 2011.
[4] L. R. Cheng, “Analysis of the practical path to low carbon education
in colleges and universities,” J. Guangxi Teach. Educ. Univ., Vol. 27,
pp: 106-110, Sep. 2010.
[5] D. F. Ma, “Some ideas of introducing low carbon in universities,”
North Environ.Vol. 22, pp: 5-8, April 2010.
[6] M. Yarime, G. Trencher, T. Mino, R. W. Scholz, L. Olsson, B. Ness,
N. Frantzeskaki, and J. Rotmans, “Establishing sustainability
science in higher education institutions: towards an integration of
academic development, institutionalization, and stakeholder
collaborations,” Sustain Sci.Vol. 7, pp: 101–113, Feb.2012.
[7] S. N. Li, “M-Learning: the practitioner of low-carbon education,”
Front. Computer Educ. AISC 133, pp: 167–174. Mar. 2012.
257 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Quality Control and Management of

Environmental Engineering Specialty Practice
Teaching
Yangxiang Liu, Qiongyu Liu
School of Chemical and Environmental engineering, Jianghan University , Wuhan, China
Abstract: According to the code of environmental engineering specialty and overall development program of higher edu-
cation undergraduate, combined with the experiences of quality management and control in our practice teaching for envi-
ronmental engineering specialty. This essay analyzes and probes what the selection and construction of characteristic prac-
tice base, double qualified teachers group construction, contents and technique of preparation before practice, multiplex
interaction in the process of practice, forms practice diversification, impartial evaluation, the model of Steady base, flexible
form, the all-round training of abilities, comprehensive evaluation of effectiveness of practice. It has great significance for
cultivating talents with local superiority, creative ability and specialty development.
Keywords: environmental engineering specialty; practice teaching; quality management and control; comprehensive
evaluation
1. Introduction important assurance of achieving the standards of talents
training.
National middle/long planning and outline of education
reform and development of China (2010-2020) asked, “The 2. Strengthen the Selection and Construction
full implementation of ‘higher education undergraduate of the Characteristic Practice Bases
teaching quality and teaching reform project’. Teaching
qualities guarantee system and higher education teaching Practice base is an important carrier of teaching practice,
assessment improve” [1] . According to the requirements of
P P
and the precondition for insurance of the quality of practice.
the code of environmental engineering specialty and overall Therefore, whether the selection of practice base is rational,
development program of higher education undergraduate, in stable and with characteristic or not is the first condition
order to train the students' ability of practice and innovation, whether the training task would be implemented and com-
environmental engineering specialty must strengthen the pleted successfully or not [3] . Environmental engineering
P P
practice teaching link. It is not only the extension of theoret- practice includes three practices: cognition practice, produc-
ical links, but also the application of the knowledge to solve tion practice and graduation practice. According to the con-
the problem of exercise. It is the key to improve the students' tent and requirements of the practice, we used existing re-
abilities [2] . Practical teaching links including professional
P P
sources of school, playing its advantage and achieving its
experimental courses, professional practice, graduation the- characteristics.
sis (design), and while professional practice is one of the Cognition practice (for 2 weeks) is the first time for stu-
very important practice links. Three professional practices dents to occupy professional position. Through the practice,
such as cognition practice, production practice, graduate students can obtain professional perceptual knowledge and
practice effect on students greatly. Through practice, stu- the basic concept of engineering and so on. It helps students
dents can not only consolidate the theory of knowledge, but clear learning objectives and improve comprehensive quality.
more important is the growth of knowledge. It helps students So the arrangement of cognition practice should be compact,
to accumulate a certain amount of actual production technol- the content should be vivid, rich and diverse. Relying on
ogy and managerial knowledge, raise the ability to use of local environmental resources, we chose the key enterprises
theoretical knowledge to solve practical engineering prob- and environmental protection facilities of Wuhan for practice,
lems. And it is base a foundation to adapt to the social reality such as: Wuhan Chemical Plant in Gedian, Wuhan Zong-
for future work. So the practical teaching quality, will direct- guan purewater plant, Wuhan Huarun beer limited company,
ly affect the training of students' comprehensive ability of Wuhan Chenming Paper Company, Wuhan Development
practice. Quality control and scientific management, is the Zone sewage treatment plant. These plants have advanced
environmental pollution treatment and control technology.
258 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. X. Liu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp258-261
And there are some ecological demonstration projects. Uni- basis, and affluent practical experience and the ability of
versity laboratory experimental facilities also can be used in application. They should undertake the theoretical education
organizing students to simulate operation. Such as the at- and the practice work. By the chance of “the double skilled-
mospheric dust experiment device of our school and the bio- teacher” team construction, enhancement the teachers' com-
logical filter for domestic sewage treatment device of the prehensive quality, especially the engineering quality is
Wuhan University of Science and Engineering. Let students necessary. The teachers who assume the mission of practi-
watch some video information of some environment pollu- cum must be familiar with the technology, equipment, oper-
tion events. Or organize the student to ecologically investi- ation of enterprise. They should work in the Production
gate the Wuhan Construction of two type society and land- enterprise for six months to a year according to plan. In this
scape gardens city .These different forms of activities can way, they can enhance their theoretical knowledge of the
enrich students' environmental thought connotation, improve application ability, and strengthen the cooperation with the
the understanding of professional knowledge and learning enterprise, which is beneficial to the practice guidance. As
enthusiasm. the meantime, engineers and technicians who have ample
The production practice and the graduation practice, the practical experience or senior management personnel could
crucial link for students to cultivate practical ability, are long be usefully employed to as part-time teachers, in order to
teaching activities. In the two practices, students combine enrich the "double skilled-teachers" team. Evaluate forma-
theory and practice, which improve ability of operation, tion stress sensitivity; we first normalize the permeability
practice, thinking and innovation. As the education plan for and the effective stress.
students in major of environment engineering indicated, the
4. Do Well the Mobilization and Preparation
production practice and graduation practice conduct for four
before Practice
weeks and two weeks respectively. In order to form charac-
teristics and advantages, focusing on the main courses, we It is very important to improve the practical effect that
contract three companies as constant practice bases. (1) Sha- the mobilization and well-prepared, especially the place out
hu Sewage Treatment Plant in Wuhan: the first sewage of the Province. Mobilization content including hold a
treatment plant in Wuhan; demonstration project of sewage meeting, which makes the students to clear the aim, tasks,
treatment plant nationwide; certificated through the the main content, the schedule, discipline, traffic safety and
ISO14000 international environmental management system; work safety responsibility and so on, so that prevent some
the characteristics, like mature processing technology, abun- safety accidents, or emergency. The teacher need to prepare
dant content and stable operation, supplied an ideal place to teaching plan, syllabus, practice instructor, records, com-
know how to design sewage treatment process and how to ment, summarized practice, practice reservation table etc,
manage and operate for students.(2)Wuhan Chenming and these help students to get best results in practice teach-
Thermal Power Plant: Thermal power shared a much larger ing process. And the prepared contains dividing students
fraction of electric energy domestically. Accompanied with into different groups, the teachers division of responsibili-
discharge of waste gas, residue and water, the process of ties, and prepares the necessary knowledge by literature in
combustion of coal polluted environment seriously. There- advance. We had written guide books about the enterprise
fore, it is important that focusing on protection of environ- and details for helping students achieve the goals.
ment, controlling discharge and disposing of the waste.
5. Emphasizing the Practice Process of Con-
(3)Wuhan Environmental Monitoring Centre Station: author-
trol and Management
ity of reports of environment quality; long-term monitoring
and bulletins of quality of the urban atmospheric environ- Practice time in the process will be ensuring the quality.
ment, water environment quality ;with advanced equipment Therefore, make a regulation of daily commute and required
and quality management system; Students can experience attendance can avoid coming late and leaving early. In order
the whole process of environmental monitoring. to make the internship better, we collect the way how we
In the years of cooperation, we insisted on support con- use the new equipment and some new technology. Combine
struction of local economy and environment service, kept them with the material that we found. When finish editing,
stable relation with practice bases and create a harmonious we make some copies and send them to each student. Let
environment for talents training them enhance their abilities of problem finding, problem
analysis and information collecting. When the internship
3. Improve the Comprehensive Quality of
begins, students should not only in accordance with the re-
Teachers
quirements of the school, but also to obey the arrangement
The critical factors which are to improve the practice of the internship base. Teachers should check students’ in-
teaching quality and effect depend on well-qualified teach- ternship records, notes and report. Correct the report care-
ers. Professional teachers were required a good theoretical fully and assess the regular grade. According to the charac-
259 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

teristics of each internship base, we take some measures to at the same time for the next practice to accumulate expe-
let the students, teachers and the staffs from the internship rience.
base participated in. We take some positive organizational
management, such as safety education and training, visit the 8. Impartial Assessment and Evaluation of the
production processes and discuss about them, vocational Internship Process
education and competition, professional report and the ex- Except for the proper internship hardware, having a
change ideas, shift work and so on. Especially shift work, proper internship examine and evaluation system are needed
follow the guidance from workers, students can easily at- in order to insure the quality of internship. According to the
tach their goal, standard and responsibility to work. Let the requirements of the internship teaching from school and the
students realize the goal of the internship process, and expe- teaching outline, the comprehensive evaluation, the prin-
rience what they should do in an enterprise as a staff. At the ciple of multi-angle assessment. We make an assessment
same time teachers must cooperate with both parties, espe- and evaluation of the internship process. Students’ intern-
cially to teach the students how to attach what they have ship quality standard mainly includes: security, proper atti-
learn to the real work. tude towards internship, following practice discipline, keep-
6. Look for Supplementary form of Improving ing 100% attendance rate. Students should have the ability
of point out problems, analysis the problems and solve them.
the Practice Effects
They should have complete internship records, notes and
Subject to conditions in practice, the practical tasks can report. The data should be accurate either. The examination
not be completed sometimes; computer simulation technol- details of the internship are shown in Table 1.
ogy can be used as a complementary of practice form, to
improve the quality of teaching practice sessions. For ex- Table 1. Comprehensive assessment project and weighing for
practice grading
ample, we configured the urban sewage treatment process
number assessment project weighing remarks
simulation to demonstrate the actual production process. On preparation of practice
the computer screen to create a simulation of the production Literature
1 0.1 content, subject to
preparation
process, artificial production of non-normal conditions and arrangements
disciplinary practice attendance, the
production failures, in particular, is to set the system under 2
situation
0.1
security situation
conditions parking, adjustment of processing conditions, the 3 practice notes 0.1 daily practice content
processing operations of the process and equipment failures, 4
enterprise
0.3
completion of practice
and the system also has a scoring system, teachers through evaluation task, the master evaluation
relationship with
teacher workstation for each student's operating conditions 5 team collaboration 0.1
colleagues
undertake the actual monitoring and evaluation, as by stu- 6
summarize and
0.3
contents of the report,
dents on the keyboard production control the producing, communication summarize and exchange
repeated practice, to strengthen students' understanding of
the water treatment system, familiar with the common prin- At last, comprehensive grade, democratic appraisal
ciples and effects of the process. would be published. Excellent students would be elected
and awarded in proportion, which is conducive to motivate
7. Focus on Conclusion and Communication students to be proactive in practice and improve the formal
After the end of the tense internship, internship require- situation that focus on result more and process less. Besides,
ments and all the content in the production line, in order to comprehensive assessment could reflect student’s ability of
facilitate the collision of their wisdom, experience ex- analysis, innovation, cooperation, summary and expression.
changes, we generally will divide the class into four groups
9. Acknowledgment
to discuss the internship, determine the main content of the
internship report, and then in a few days, in accordance with This work was supported by the key teaching and re-
their degree of mastery of knowledge and experience to search project of Hubei Province Education Department
complete the internship report. Two representatives of each (2009218).
group will give a conference report to summarize and ex-
change at last. In the meantime, we invited the internship References
technical personnel, with the guidance of teachers, students, [1] National middle/long planning and outline of education reform and
everyone listen to the students to the practice of harvesting development (2010-2920). Beijing: People Education Press, 2010.
and feelings, and answering the respondent, for further [2] Y. G. Li, B. Yan, M. X. Zeng. “Construction and practice of practical
feedback on the views of the students in the internship education system of applied environmental engineering. Experiment
process, guiding students to improve the knowledge system Science and Technology”, 2011, vol. 9, pp105–107.
260 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[3] Y. P. Su. “Discussion on undergraduate course of practice and its

base construction of environmental science and engineering major in
domestic university”. Journal of Fujian Normal University (Natural
Science Edition), 2011, vol. 03, pp64-67.
261 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
University Public English Teaching Should

Focus on the Cultivation of Applied Talents
Ling Jia
School of Finance, Shandong Polytechnic University, Jinan, Shandong, China
ljfincoll@163.com
Abstract: Along with the further reform of our country’s market economy system, it is already imperative to cultivate
practical talents of application in the university English teaching process. This paper focuses on some problems that exist in
the current English teaching which do not adapt to some applied talents training target and puts forward the corresponding
strategies, in order that the non-English major students might better serve the local economic construction and social
development after graduation.
Keywords: English teaching; applied talents; cultivating strategies
With the rapid development of economic globalization
and China's market economy system reform, our country 1. Problems Existing in College Public English
and society’s demand for English talents presents the Teaching at Present
diversified and application-oriented trend, more and more 1.1. Students’ learning Objectives are Not Clear,
attention are paid to job seekers’ practical ability. Lack of Interest in Learning, Classroom
“Application-type” talents are becoming more and more
Atmosphere is Not Active.
popular. All of these put forward higher requirements for the
university English teaching. Premier Wen Jiabao in 2007" Because of College English Test Band 4, Overall
government work report" pointed out: higher education passing rate of College English Test Band 4 is regarded as a
should regard the improvement of the quality as the core, measure to judge the success or failure of College English
accelerate the reform of education and teaching, relatively teaching by the society. To some extent, it promotes the
stabilize the scale of enrollment, accelerate high level of English teaching, but can't really test students' English
discipline and university construction, innovate talent application ability and does not adapt to society selection for
training model, optimize the structure of personnel training, high skill talents, which results in most of the teaching
strive to create a large number of outstanding talents. resources of colleges and universities being used to improve
Higher schools as the talent training base should aim at basic English teaching aiming at the passing rate of College
cultivating high level technology talents. Because the English Test Band 4. Schools hang a hook with students’
university English acts as a compulsory course in passing rate, graduated, degree, so students spend a lot of
Institutions of higher learning, the English teaching is facing time and energy in preparing for the exam, while ignoring
with the challenge of new training mode. It not only deals the practical use of language. While many employers
with college English test 4 and 6, but is responsible for the measure the English ability of interviewees based on
training of outstanding talents in the English language as the whether they obtain the certificate of College English Test
first, so the teaching mode should be oriented to the social Band 4 or not, so most students regard English as very
demand, and train the "application" talents needed by the important, students’ objective of learning English has
society. Therefore, it is a new task that many universities changed from mastering and using the language to dealing
and teachers are facing, in order that the non-English major with the English exam. Examination makes learning English
students can better serve the local economic construction be there really objective. In our country various pressures
and social development after graduation. Based on school makes many of our university English teachers and students
orientation, university teachers should change teaching ideas, in practical English teaching and learning pay no attention to
improve teaching strategies, teaching mode, constantly or ignore those who do not act directly on the examination
explore the perfect teaching system, and take effective of teaching activities and content. Many students are
measures actively to cultivate talents with special studying for exams, so they give dull performance in
characteristics, to meet the needs of the market economy. English class and are neither interested in the content of the
material nor think or answer any questions, which has
caused the classroom atmosphere not to be active and the
262 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. Jia et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp262-265
teaching target to be lagging and the students' oral and results with double the effort, the cultivation of talents lack
written English to be poor. of advantage in the increasingly fierce competition.
1.2. Textbooks Follow the Same Pattern, 1.4. University English Teaching Method, Teaching
Curriculum Can Not Keep Up with Market Concept and Teaching Model are Backward.
Demand. Because the number of students is increasing sharply,
University English teaching materials have been we commonly use the teaching way in lecture theatre. In
gradually reformed during the twenty years, there are many this teaching, its main teaching method is the teacher
excellent textbooks to come out, but it is not too much explains the language knowledge on the vocabulary and
which can really do contemporary advanced foreign grammar; translation of the text, and written exercises,
language teaching method to the university English students are mainly to memorize words, grammatical rules
teaching, truly take the students as the center, make the and so on; the teacher is the subject, students are the
university English teaching have a qualitative leap in the audience, students have no real language experience,
textbook. Most textbooks are designed according to the training and practice. Classroom teaching is still around
traditional teaching mode, practicality and three centers, a small amount of information, the lack of
comprehensiveness are not strong, and they cannot be well interactivity and personality education; many teachers
combined with the industry in the region and the taught over time in the classroom, the students were
characteristics of talent cultivation and the students' future deprived of their valuable time to practice, had no chance to
occupation planning positioning to make the English speak by themselves. Textbook is almost the only source of
learning content with the strong correlation, strong English teaching, we often ignore this important process of
practicality and market oriented needs. Public English the language output in English knowledge, text explanation,
teaching in colleges and universities lack classified vocabulary and grammar learning way after class, which
guidance, training mode is exactly the same, lack affected the development of students’ comprehensive
environment and mechanism that is beneficial to cultivate ability
innovative talents, it cannot adapt to the cultivation of
students' autonomous learning ability and participation in
2. Strategies Training English Teaching
the actual communicative activities; it cannot meet the Application-Oriented Talents
different needs of social economic and technological and
cultural development. 2.1. To Orientate the Training Goal of Practical
English Talents
1.3. The Students' Comprehensive English
Proficiency Needs Improving First we should aim at developing application type,
open, innovative talents, adhering to the professional
On the teaching aims and demands, the university education and the employment market’s integration;
English teaching goal is cultivating students' reading ability curriculum design and age and the local economic
and certain listening, speaking, writing and translating development demands’ synchronization, We should foster a
ability. If we highlight the cultivation of the students’ solid, broad basic knowledge of language, certain
reading ability, and relatively will give less attention to professional knowledge, strong ability and high
their listening, speaking, writing, translating and other comprehensive quality of application type, open type,
aspects of ability training so that students’ expressing innovative English talents. Not only that but we should pay
ability is poorer. Thus the improvement of the students' more attention to training the students’ ability to acquire
comprehensive English proficiency is restricted. In addition, knowledge and application of knowledge and to analyze
some schools focused on the pursuit of passing rate and problems, interpersonal communication skills, independent
coping with the examination, they objectively neglected views and innovation. It is used as a premise to suit to the
and reduced the students' comprehensive ability in using socialist market economy and the development of science
English, to some degrees, it contributes to the exam- and technology need, and as a base to cultivate the applied
oriented education ethos in orientation, its result is that the talents of foreign languages.
students spend a lot of time and energy, and can not really
grasp language skills and techniques. Therefore, with the 2.2. To Strengthen the Construction of Teaching
development of times and the change of international and Material, Adjust the Relevant Content
domestic environment, this teaching thought already can According to the Specialty
not adapt to the social requirements, if not changed as soon Although the teaching materials of publishing houses
as possible, it can make our Eng-lish teaching get half the are updated fast, with so many varieties that make people
263 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

dizzying, I think we should choose appropriate teaching adopt flexible teaching methods, such as class discussion,
materials based on the students’ actual entrance levels, at speech and debate, attach importance to training the
the same time we should do a good job in the basic English students' cooperation ability and the language
teaching, constantly develop new materials, subdivide communication ability. Teachers should try to break
foundation course, and follow the market hot spot. In my through the language level, being multidisciplinary and
school, for example: in the classroom teaching we may multicultural. Foreign language teachers should master
appropriately increase practical courses, such as financial certain humanities and social sciences knowledge about
English, international trade and economic English, finance philosophy, economy, geography, history, art, to create a
and insurance English, marketing English etc., and increase new, diverse environment of foreign language learning for
the practical activities of language, with the aid of teaching students, so that the students can develop their
platform of multimedia technology, let the students communicative language ability, creative ability and
independently arrange study program and the learning time, integrate the knowledge ability in imperceptible.
and fully demonstrate the practicality of English teaching
and its application.
2.5. To Transform Learning Mode, Change the
Roles of Teachers and Students, Improve
2.3. To Strengthen the Cooperation with Students' Ability of Independent Thinking
Enterprises, Follow the Mainstream Market and Autonomous Learning.
The cooperation with enterprises is the essential way to Students are the main body of English learning and
cultivate applied talents. Not only can we solve the problem followed by the teacher. This teaching model with the
of students practice, but combine the concept of enterprise students as a center is that all the teaching activities regard
culture into students’ learning. The university English analyzing and meeting the needs of the students as the
teaching should be linked to the college development, area starting point and make them to directly involved in
development scientifically and effectively. For example: teaching activities and the decision-making process of the
Our college English curriculum should also keep up with implementation method, they will change from the
the needs of the market, take the initiative to meet the audience to actor, teachers will turn into the course director
demands of the local finance, insurance, international trade, and organizers, participants of learning, the information
marketing, to real-time understand the demand that the consultant, interest initiator. Ultimately students will be
industry expands, and adjust the course. In our teaching we given with a natural, relaxed, happy, inquiry learning
should consider both basic courses and professional environment, so that their all kinds of quality will obtain a
knowledge, establish the school and enterprise cooperation comprehensive, integrated development. University English
mechanism, make the students perceive social needed teaching is to give students the ability to think
knowledge and skill in the school, we know the independently. University English teaching should not be
combination of the school curriculum and the actual the impartation of a simple English knowledge, but should
demands of enterprise which can improve students’ be the self-construction of the students' knowledge and
practical ability of employment after graduation and ability system, we should take English learning as a means
increase the employment amount of the graduates. training the students' ability. Students can solve practical
problems in the process of continuous construction of
2.4. To Construct Qualified Faculties with
English knowledge and ability with their own knowledge
Innovative and Compound Talents
and experience, and constantly assimilate the cognitive
First of all, the teachers must be innovative and structure of English learning materials.
compound talents. Through these forms of self-study,
taking a refresher course, visiting the school, they will
2.6. To Optimize Teaching Method, Innovate
update knowledge, stand at the cutting edge of the Teaching Mode
discipline, and become the qualified educators. Teachers New teaching pattern is ecbolic innovative education
should make teaching combined with learning, education concepts, and the innovative teaching ideas promote the
and educated, teaching and scientific research, teaching and further development of the quality education as the center
social practice. Teachers should continue to enrich of the teaching mode. The innovation is based on solid
themselves, to challenge their own limits of knowledge. In knowledge skills and a lot of research practice, the
foreign language teaching, they should let students be innovation is the fundamental way of scientific thinking
interested in the content of learning, outstand students’ and strong creative ability. The ability to innovation
main position, in the teaching activities, they should represents not only the knowledge of uptake, processing
cultivate their independent learning ability. Teachers should
264 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

and utilization, but also a pursuit of the innovative ideas, and constantly exploring the perfect teaching system, taking
bold challenge, finding problems, and actively exploring effective measures to train applied talents who will adjust to
The psychological tendency. Therefore, the study of the the needs of the community and the requirement of market
students is required to have: autonomy, inquiry, cooperation. economy.
University English teaching is not only the language
teaching and culture teaching, what is more, cross-cultural References
communication. Therefore, language teaching is inseparable [1] Rong Liao, University English Teaching Strategies under the
from culture teaching, culture introduction. We should Background of Applied Talents Training [J].Science and Art
permeate from beginning to end in English teaching. It can navigation ( middle ),2010, (8).
not only make the classroom atmosphere active, increase [2] Lvying Wang, The Application Type Undergraduate Education
the interest in learning English, but also enable students to
Talents Cultivation Target and Course System Construction [J], The
enrich culture, thus they truly understand and accurately use
this language. Integrating modern information technology University of Science, 2005.
and English teaching promotes the universal application of [3] Lijun Xue, Qingmin Yin, Explore and Practice the Cultivation of
the modern information technology in the teaching process, Application Type Talents of" [M] Intellectual Property Press, 2009,
making the presenting way of teaching contents, teaching (2).
methods of the teacher and the interaction between teachers
and students changed, which provides rich and colorful
education environment and powerful learning tool for
students' learning and development and makes the teaching
process improved fully. Now most of the English teachers
can be proficient in using PowerPoint software to make the
presentation, make the animation with the software of Flash,
using Photoshop for image processing. For example: the
teachers use the production of multimedia courseware in
the language lab teaching, let students operate the mouse
according to their own actual situation, click on teachers’
teaching courseware provided on the main interface,
reference materials, exercises and other projects to
complete the study, because it is interactive, most students
can operate the computer to solve the problem. Activities in
the teaching process make the students feel the fun of
English learning, experience the successful joy. Therefore,
we should pay attention to the cultivation of the students'
independence and autonomy in the teaching process, it can
guide the students to question, investigate, study and learn
in practice. The teaching environment can lead students to
participate actively, arouse the enthusiasm of students and
train their attitude and ability on mastering and using
knowledge.
In short, traditional university English training model
should be timely changed, in the face of rapid globalization
of higher education and the complex university
employment situation, University English teaching is a
basic but very important curriculum. Teachers should
adhere to taking the students as the center in the teaching
practice, changing the traditional education idea, reforming
the traditional teaching mode, applying the practice and the
ability to teaching, combining with local characteristics,
265 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The Necessity of Realizing Traditional Culture

for the Contemporary University Students
under the Influence of Postmodern Values
Kai Yang1, Yingkun Sun2
1
College of Information Science and Engineering, Qingdao Agricultural University, Qingdao, China
2
College of Landscape Architecture and Forestry Science, Qingdao Agricultural University, Qingdao, China
1
yangkai0715@163.com, 2sunyk678@163.com
Abstract: Facing the impact of postmodern values, university students show the largest instability and are liable to be
confused by some fresh and superficial things so that they ignore the awareness and inheritance of our Chinese traditional
culture. This phenomenon raises a new challenge of undergraduate education. Therefore, for students who are influenced
by postmodern values, it is vitally important to ponder over the necessity and ways of understanding our traditional culture.
Keywords: postmodern values; university students; traditional culture; necessity
In contemporary, China is in the special position of deep distinct personality, not sticking to set rules, daring to break
traditional culture and society transformation, our values constraint of rules and regulations, high savvy, stronger
shows the Intersection University of Tradition, modern and accepting ability for new things, rapidly blending in
postmodern. As the main part of talents source in our information society. Meanwhile, it also consisted of tough
country, university students gradually reduce traditional individuality, hindering interflow and communication, being
values consciousness. Therefore, for students who are blundering emotion, lack of self-reflection. Though the
influenced by postmodern values, it is vitally important and comparison between those two values, the characteristic of
study emphasis for postmodern values little by little of postmodernism is reflected, including thinking characteristic
pondering over the necessity and ways of understanding our of distrust and negative, objecting to rationality and
traditional culture. advocating irrationality, deconstructing centrality, initiating
diversity and otherness.
1. Overview of Postmodern Values
University students education under the influence of
Postmodernism which originating from one modernism postmodern values was explored by Yan Luo and Donghui
inner reversibility is the rebellion of modernism pure Wang, that showed postmodernists paying more attention to
rationality. Postmodernism ideological trend were passed in the independence of individual values selection, proposing
China by western developed countries in 1980’s. It to liberate themselves out of group, scanning society and
generated subtle effect on Chinese contemporary university designing future by their own vision, standing for
students. The characteristic of postmodern values could be diversification to be liable to equally and understandingly
shown up by the compare between traditional and modern treating alien person and thing, and also resulting in values
values. losing, premature consumption forming, political
From the comparison between traditional and modern consciousness reducing and vague, ethical principle weak,
values, traditional values was thought as the inertial sense of responsibility weak, irrationalism tendency with
evaluation criterion and opinion of objective the result of nihilism and pessimism. Meanwhile there were
things’(including person, thing and stuff) significance and varying degrees of values, such as post-materialism,
importance during one ethnologic long history course by environment maintaining, friend important, leisure
Wang Jun et al.. Our traditional values mainly included important, science disbelief, achievement motivation
struggle spirit of constantly strive to become stronger, the decreasing, real-time satisfaction, serious breakdown,
unity idea of knowing and doing, paying more attention to individualism, advocating money but not adoring money,
people’s spiritual life, patriotic spirit, truth seeking, braving and so on[1-3].
to devotion, and some ethics criterion, such as cooperation,
respecting the old and cherishing the young, and so on. By
2. The Influence of University Students Values
the contrast, the characteristic of modern values included
under the Postmodern Values
266 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

K. Yang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp266-269
There were two sides expound from pro and con for the students to stride forward on the road of main trend ideology
influence of university students values under the postmodern and culture.
values. For example, the positive impact considered by
3. The Development Situation of Outlook on
Yongtuo Yao, mainly showed that it brought about fresh
Life of University Students under Post-
inspiration and infinite vigor for traditional culture of
Modern Values
university students; opened the idea door of values legality
and rationality during the course of thought modernization of During the transition from tradition to modernism,
university students, enhanced the individual values selective individuation tendency of university students group was
independence, began to scan society by their own vision and obvious, which was one kind of alienation condition of
design their future; new diversification proposition made enjoying alone and immersed in petty bourgeoisie complex,
university students be liable to equally and tolerantly treat that made once ferocious collectivism and idea of
others and things; advocating environmental protection idea concerning about one’s country and people in the wind
contributed to train environmental consciousness of wailed. University students group turned into region
university students, promoting harmonious development community from emotion community, pulling out
between human and nature[4]. enthusiasm, putting into rationality and the concept of friend
However the negative effect thought by Chaowu Liu et also being taken place qualitative change-from the virtual
al., showed as follows. Firstly, advocated multiple thinking emotion touch to Platonic rational imagine, for that friend no
mode and values orientation impacted Marxism main longer traveling together side by side and hand in hand.
ideology, which easily resulted that values differentiation Modern culture phenomenons of university students
and values selection standard diversification with the results highly praising show on the follow ways surveyed by
of making university students values fall into the mire of Pengjie Hei[7]. On the way of life, they do game-based,
extreme individualism and epicurean and could not extricate rarely reflect on themselves and social problem. On the way
oneself, and be liable to generate engender decadent values of outlook on life, they deny past and future, make no effort
orientation and values lost[5]. Secondly, advocated idea of to seek progress. On the way of values, they deny truth
‘consumerism’ lead to consumption idea dissimilation. progressive values, rarely think values problem of ethics
Thirdly, advocated political pluralism resulted in some morality, act relying on irrationality. On the way of love
university students political conviction lack, political view, they have bias idea and serious lose action, serious
consciousness fade and political idea vague. Doubtful and irresponsible phenomenon and pay more attention to process
negative thought characteristic, antirational and anti- experience. Meanwhile on the way of idea, they deconstruct
essential idea of postmodernism dispelled and even negated lofty, dwarf hero, clear up responsibility, do against tradition
the necessity of socialism values education. Fourthly, and rationality. On the way of appreciation of the beauty,
advocated relative values dispelled self-identity with they are vulgarization and have fickle, one-sided and surface
socialism core values system of university students, which aesthetical psychology. Together with the post-modern
made they give up ethical principle and responsibility to impact, their values produce dislocation and inversion, that
society and others, likely lead to fade and even extinct of mainly show as values dislocation, wandering conscious of
mission and responsibility sense. This could provide market psychonauts, not to matter, no longer pursue thought, vague
for morality relativism and reduce constraint force of and reversal good and evil standard, complanation and no
traditional moral criterion. Fifthly, advocated eudaimonism deepness to all, shame sense reducing, knowing and doing
and individualism made some student lose struggle spirit, coming apart, words not matched by deeds.
only pursue enjoyment and personal happiness. They make Under the Chinese traditional utterance, responsibility
personal happiness as their life values aim, and their action are not only self-actualization of “cultivate oneself,
habits present casual way. Lastly, advocated relativism and regulating the family, ruling the state and running a world”,
irrationalism tendency encouraged some student’s life but also compassionate human of “In the time of hardships, a
attitude of nihilism and pessimism, and utilitarianism man should seek self-development through efforts of his
encouraged their pragmatism and egoism[6]. own. In success, one tries to let others be benefited”. In the
On the whole, though postmodern values were not ideal world of traditional Confucian scholar, the logic of “I--
horrible to the influence of university students, we must pay home-country” has no sense of responsibility interlaced with
more attention to its negative impact. In the moral education ego ideal and dream of home and country in the post-modern
of modern colleges and universities, we must deeply study context. New times Confucian scholar- university students
on the positive and negative effects on university students by group, has given the new meaning of responsibility.
the postmodernism, excavate positive factor, abandon Responsibility no longer has group meaning, but shows one
passive impact, effectively guide contemporary university kind of individuality- responsibility to county, nation and
society all being translated into self responsibility.
267 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Responsibility bear becomes one social economics based on university students. Not only read, participation, but also
cost-earnings pattern. University students group consciously organization, already drive out step by step. Under the
equate responsibility with prospect, privatize obligation and situation of attention and realization falling into bottom, the
morality. fate of traditional culture inheriting is in an emergency.
The opinion of singlehood live together surveyed by Fan Traditional festivals and culture custom did not fade or
Zhang et al., showed that the ratio of traditional values disappear, but evolve, surveyed by Junling Yang[9].
judgment(harmful to society’s morals) was obvious less Though university students have worried acquaintance to
than modern(not to matter, normal) and post-modern(seeing traditional culture in practice, they have optimistic
much) values judgment[8]. To one’s surprise, their manner acquaintance in idea. Traditional festivals culture need
was indifferent and revealing new breath. The further excavate its connotation and sublimate based on the
disillusionment of whole belief systems makes everything maintain Chinese excellent traditional festivals culture if it
possible. In no standard and scale society, everyone is his want to inherit from generation to generation. This could
own god. bring out new enlightenment to educator.
4. The Important and Education 4.2. The Suggestion to Educator
Enlightenment of Traditional Culture Facing all forms of post-modern culture, university
4.1. The Important of Traditional Culture students, a group full of vigor and vitality, show the largest
instability and are liable to be confused and controlled by
Traditional culture is the national culture reflecting
superficial things. So the inheritance and development of
national characteristics and features, the total
traditional culture is worried. Traditional culture undertakes
characterization of all kinds of idea culture and ideological
indispensable role during the ideological and moral
form. The core of Chinese traditional culture is
education to university students. One′s quality degree is not
Confucianism and combining others culture type(Taoism,
only confined to the certificate or mastered technology. And
Buddhism, et al.), including ancient style prose, poem,
one country′s civilization degree is also not only emphasized
speech, music, fu, national music and drama, Chinese folk
on economy developed level. They are mainly in the
art forms, traditional Chinese painting, calligraphy,
expression forms of culture. A open and confident nation
antithetical couplet, lantern riddles, shoot, drinkers' wager
could not discard his own culture tradition during the belts in
game, a two-part allegorical saying, and so on. Traditional
world. This is the base and key to becoming a useful person
culture is used in our life, not simple “Oracle”, “classical
and prosperous society. So there are some suggestions for
Chinese” for chanting only. The heart of Chinese traditional
educators.
culture is selecting best behavior style in kinds of social
Firstly, traditional culture education should be paid more
criterion of conduct. Among these, conduct criterion is
attention to, its social broadcast and guidance should be
indoctrination and constraints. From kinds of region, nations
strengthened by family and school. The participatory of all
to each family, there are respective conduct criterion.
society should be given play to, school, family and society
Modernists pay no attention to traditional view and social
should be communicated and complemented with each other,
criterion of conduct. They think that conduct criterion only
thought by Xiang Ji et al.[10]. Schools set out information
include not spitting everywhere, not relieving oneself
technology (IT) class and integrate IT and subject to create
everywhere, having good manners and moral integrity.
realistic academic environment and digitized campus human
These abstract moral ideas could not persuade modern young
environment from the course and teaching design.
people, on the contrary, make them further intensified make
Meanwhile they should strive for social support.
public self and individuality. They would achieve desire
Secondly, implicit education for university students
regardless of others benefit, fulfill themselves by destroying
should be carried out so that their personal quality could be
certain social criterion of conduct. As they did not know how
totally enhanced. The mainstream culture front should be
to select best behavior style, their action also leaves future
expanded during the construction of campus culture to guide
trouble which make them sink into suffering.
their implicit values. That is setting scene and using
University students are the group with vigor, creativity
environment influencing their mentality in the case of they
and vitality, and have obligatory responsibilities and
have no sense of accepting guide. The socialism honor and
obligations to inherit and develop traditional culture.
disgrace is belted in their idea and action that socialism core
However, with the rapid development of network and
values system is internalized to university students core
paying more attention to English, under the cross of all
values and is conscientiously practiced.
complicated pressures, the degree of cognizance and
Thirdly, leisurely and rationally facing to post-modern
attention to these common use fields is far higher than the
current using dialectical thinking ways should be guided.
attention to traditional culture and things related to it by
The core position of Marxism values should be established,
268 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

combining traditional excellent values idea, positively [8] Fan Zhang, and Xu Shen, “Values new tendency of modern
guiding them developing towards to benefit future university students- university campus subculture under the post-
development by effective ways. Meanwhile difference modern context,” China Youth Study, vol. 3, pp. 45-50, Mar. 2006.
should be respected, diversity should be contained, the [9] Junling Yang, “On the inheritance of Chinese traditional culture from
beneficial part of postmodernism should be reasonably used the angle of college students’ reading habits,” The Science Education
for reference. Article Collects, vol. 9, pp. 80,89, Sep. 2011.
Fourthly, conscientious consciousness of independence, [10] Xiang Ji, and Yan′an Zhou, “Analysis of information
self-esteem and autonomy for university students should be accomplishment education of university students under post-modern
cultivated, and noble spiritual culture should be initiated. education values,” Journal of Information, vol. 11, pp. 93-95, Nov.
University students should establish right manner to Chinese 2004.
traditional culture, avoid its negative effect, absorb its [11] Shuaiqi Zhang, “The influence of traditional culture to ideological
excellent spirit. With the enhancing personal culture training, and moral education of contemporary university students,” Education
they should pay more attention to linking theory with Teaching Forum, vol. 31, pp. 7-8, Nov. 2011.
practice and associate with actual situation.
Chinese traditional culture pays more attention to person
intrinsic training. For university students, Chinese national
excellent traditional culture and virtue should be developed,
their sentiment should be cultivated and edified by Chinese
excellent traditional culture, their national self-esteem and
self-confidence should be enhanced, their idea personality
should be modeled to make them achieve sublimation of
mental shackles from the time-honored edifying. This is the
base of education people-“First adult, again into
talents” [11].
REFERENCES
[1] Jun Wang, and Baozhang Li, “Tradition and post-modern-discuss of
values education of modern university students,” Liaoning Education
Research, vol. 3, pp. 83-84, Mar. 2004.
[2] Yan Luo, “Studies on the education model under collision of the
modern and post-modern values-for example of ‘Post-80s’ instructor
and ‘Post-90s’ university student,” Journal of Nanchang College, vol.
1, pp. 79-80, Feb. 2012.
[3] Donghui Wang, “Discuss of socialism values education for university
students under the influence of post-modern current,” Education
exploration, vol. 9, pp. 127-128, Sep. 2010.
[4] Yongtuo Yao, “The influence and measures of post-modern values to
university students,” Southwestern University of Finance and
Economics, pp. 45-55, Dec. 2008.
[5] Chaowu Liu, “Ideological lashing of post-modern current on college
students,” Journal of Yanbian University(Social sciences), vol. 40(5),
pp. 42-47, Oct. 2007.
[6] Meigui Peng, “Studies on the values reconstitution ways of
contempory university students under the influence of post-modern
current,” Education exploration, vol. 11, pp. 130-131, Nov. 2010.
[7] Pengjie Hei, “Cultural phenomena of post-modernism and outlook
honor of college students,” Journal of Yan’an Vocational &
Technical Institute, vol. 25(2), pp. 80-82, Apr. 2011.
269 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The Essence of Collegial Teaching of Analytical Chemistry-

Quantity, Measurement, Innovation
Xiaping Zhu 1, Xueyao Huang2
1
College of Material and Chemistry & Chemical Engineering, Chengdu University of Technology, Chengdu, China
2
College of Political science, Chengdu University of Technology, Chengdu, China
1
zhuxiaping@cdut.edu.cn; 2huang_yao2006@163.com
Abstract: The meaning of quantity, measurement, innovation of analytical chemistry had been expatiated respectively. The
method how to grasp the quantity, measurement, innovation in the collegial teaching process of the analytical chemistry had
been discussed.
Keywords: analytical; quantity; measurement; innovation
1. Introduction ity. There are a lot of discussions of teaching methods on the
theory [4-6], experiment [7-8] and examination [9] of analyt-
XuShou[1], who is one of the Chinese chemical prede- ical chemistry. In this paper, we will expatiate the meaning
cessors, described the analytical chemistry as follows: ana- of quantity, measurement, innovation of collegial teaching of
lytical chemistry is the metrical science of quality and quan- analytical chemistry, and present how to grasp the quantity,
tity, the essence and perfection of chemistry. The metrical measurement, innovation in the collegial teaching process of
science is the qualitative and quantitative analysis. A qualita- the analytical chemistry.
tive analysis is performed to determine what is in a sample.
The amount, concentration, composition, or percent of a 2. Essence of Analytical Chemistry
substance present is determined by quantitative analysis. 2. 1. Quantity
With the development of era, the modern analytical chemi-
stry has moved away from the limitation of qualitative and Pay attention to the input of the concept of “quantity” in
quantitative analysis, and gone into a more advanced stage. the teaching process of analytical chemistry. Quantitative
The Federation of European Chemistry defined the analyti- analysis is the essence of analytical chemistry. In the prima-
cal chemistry [2]: analytical chemistry is a scientific discip- ry analysis stage, measuring cup, beaker, pallet scale are
line that develops and applies methods, instruments and used, then pipette, volumetric flask, analytical balance are
strategies to obtain information on the composition and na- used on analytical chemistry stage, the change of one drop,
ture of matter in space and time. According to this definition, half drop and quarter drop titrant are used to confirm the
analytical chemistry is a discipline which combines analyti- end point in the titrimetric analysis. In other words, the ana-
cal methods, instruments and strategies together. It is known lytical chemistry is fastidious about the accurate quota.
that a complete and specific analysis includes test method Modern analytical chemistry more focuses on trace and
and object, therefore, to some extent, analytical chemistry ultra-trace determination. According to the definition of
must study the particular contradiction between the test me- analytical chemistry, the trace analysis is that the content of
thod and object[3]. The so-called object refers to the issue analyze is less than 0.01%, but in the operations analysis,
and requirement put forward by the production and scientific the actual content of analyze is generally less than 1ng/g or
experiment, and the so-called method is the means and strat- 1ng/mL. For example, in the high pure graphite material
egy to solve these issue and requirement. At the same time, requested by the atomic bomb, the content of the rare earths
analytical chemistry is also an information science, analyti- elements such as samarium, europium and gadolinium must
cal chemist is not only a simple provider of analysis data, but be controlled less than 0.1ng/g. Heavy metal content should
also the provider, integrator and analyzer of relevant chemi- be less than 0.1ng/g in the single crystal silicon of the semi-
cal information, moreover the participant solving practical conductor material, now the impurities content in silicon is
problem. As a basic course in collegial chemistry, analytical even less than 0.3pg/g. Because of some requirements of
chemistry is a compulsory course of many specialties which light and sound of optical fibers, the content of iron, man-
include chemistry, chemical engineering, biology, medicine, ganese, vanadium, copper, cobalt, nickel and chromium
geology, energy, environment, material, food, etc. Therefore, should be controlled in ng/g-pg/g. Analyst must have an
the subject identity and requirement of analytical chemistry accurate quantitative sense in trace and ultra-trace analysis
should become the training philosophy of the related special- firstly. Apart from the accurate quota said above, the con-
270 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

X. P. Zhu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp270-272
cept of quantity also includes another two meanings, one is lem, community project, case teaching and synthetical expe-
the estimate of capacity and quality of material roughly, for riment should be introduced in the teaching process. It is
instance, 1 milliliter, 1 liter, 1 gram, 10 grams etc. A clever new trend of analytical chemistry at the present stage.
woman can cook a bowl of delicious food carelessly by
right of the consciousness, which is the volume estimate of 3. Innovation
a variety of condiments, this quantity concept of analytical Pay attention to the “innovation” in teaching content of
chemistry only can be got through long-term experiment. analytical chemistry. Innovation is the soul of any discip-
The third quantity concept is the precise expression of anal- lines. In the course of teaching, except for the basic prin-
ysis result, namely error expression of the experimental ciple and knowledge of analytical chemistry, the supple-
result and the correct use of significant digit. True value is ments of the new theory, new method and new technology
unknown, similar to the limit of mathematical concept. The in frontier science must be taught timely. Particularly illu-
error is more or less existent in any analysis, so, it is very strate some timeliness cases. For example, in the dioxin
important how to correctly express analytical result. It is contaminated feed incident which occurred in 1999 in Brus-
well known that the accuracy and precision are the impor- sels, Belgium, analytical chemists solved the food crisis
tant index. Here, we want to emphasise the significant digit. through identifying the structure of dioxin and fought out
In practice, if the selection of the number of significant digit the contaminative chain; The three scientists won the 2002
is different, the error size will be different, the choice of the Nobel Prize in chemistry for the establishing a new method
number of significant digit should be determined by the of biological macromolecules determination; In 2009, three
given condition. Passing these meanings of three-levels- scientists became the winner of the Nobel Prize in chemi-
quantity to the students in the teaching process completely stry for their separating ribosome research; And the role of
should be paid more attention in order to made students to analytical chemistry in chemical and biological weapons,
grasp and understand the essence of analytical chemistry the human genome project, medical research, disease diag-
accurately through study and experiment. nosis etc. Of course, these references of the timeliness cases
2.2. Measurement should link with teaching contents. For example, analysis
result can be expressed as compounds, element, and other
Student ought to understand the concept of “measure- forms etc. NH 3 , NO, N 2 , N, etc. can express the determi-
ment” of analytical chemistry. In analytical chemistry, mea- nation result of nitrogen in the material. But Sanlu mela-
surement is analysis. Shallow-level meaning of the mea- mine milk powder incident occurred in 2009, is due to using
surement refers to substance determination, including qualit- nitrogen content instead of the protein content in milk
ative analysis, quantitative analysis and structural analysis, a powder, unscrupulous businessmen took advantage of the
deeper meaning is the analysis of test results. The reason that loophole through adding melamine to increase the nitrogen
analytical chemistry derived from traditional chemistry discontent. So selecting appropriate analytical method and how
ciplines and become a separate discipline is mainly because to express the analysis result must be based on the specific
that analytical chemistry is not only the data provider, but condition. Yin Xiaoli[11] also stressed that the teaching
also a partner and decision maker of problem. From provid- content should be novel and relevant to life in making the
ing analytical methods and data to more comprehensive and best use of teaching resource. On the one hand, the intro-
systematic study of material, performance, and analysis me- duction of some real-time case can stimulate study interest
thod; from the test and analysis of general system to the and enthusiasm, on the other hand, broaden the field of vi-
analysis of specific system; from providing high selectivity sion of student, enhance their sense of social responsibility,
and sensitivity analysis methods to multi-component analy- raise their comprehensive quality.
sis of complex samples without separation, the essence
change of analytical chemistry has been occur, analytical 4. Conclusions
chemistry become to a science. At present, the analytical In brief, “quantity”, “measurement” and “innovation”
instrument can provide more comprehensive analysis data, are the essence of the teaching of analytical chemistry,
and the analysis method is more mature with the increasing while the basic principle and basic knowledge of analytical
modernization. In the course of teaching, it is important that chemistry are taught to students, “quantity”, “measurement”
students have a deeper comprehension to the “measurement” and “innovation” must be hold in a good place. Enable stu-
of analytical chemistry. In other words, analysis chemistry dents to truly understand the essence of analytical chemistry,
not only just provides qualitative and quantitative data of try hard to cultivate students' original innovative ability and
material passively, but also analyzes and solve problem ac- practical skill of problem-solving.
tively. Academician Yu RuQin[10] have pointed out that
analytical chemistry should be a science solving real prob-
271 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

X. P. Zhu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp270-272
5. Acknowledgment
Authors wishing to acknowledge financial support from
higher education quality project in sichuan province
(szh1106cx05) and education reform project of chengdu
university of technology (2009-xj8-14).
References
[1] HanQing Yuan Paper of chemistry history in China (ShangHai: Joint
Publishing) 1956.
[2] Kellner R Mermet J Otto M Widmer H M Analytical Chemistry.
Weinheim: Wiley-VCH 1998.
[3] ErKang Wang Analytical Chemistry in the 21st century ( BeiJing:
Science Press) 1999.
[4] HongYing Zhong study of classroom teaching mode design of "Ana-
lytical Chemistry" .J.（China university teaching）1 pp 49-51 2010.
[5] XiangQun Guo The core knowledge and knowledge networks Con-
struction of analytical chemistry .J.China university teaching 1 pp32-35
2009.
[6] TieBo Fan Study of Analysis Chemistry Course Teaching Reform .J.
Education exploration 5 pp38-39 2007
[7] SiTong Yao Jin Zhang Reform and Practice of Analytical Chemistry
Experiment Teaching .J. University chemistry 25 pp23-27 2010
[8] GuoLin Zhang Ying Hang HuaiGuo Xue et al Reform and Practice of
Chemistry Experiment Teaching .J. University chemistry 25 pp 23-27
2010.
[9] MuGa Sa ZhiHong Zhao The Study of Analytical Chemistry Experi-
ment Course Examination. J. University chemistry 14pp23-24 1999.
[10] Stanley E. Manahan Quantitative chemical analysis (Monterey, Cali-
fornia: Brooks/cole publishing company) 1986.
[11] NuQin YuReform and Course Construction of Analytical Chemistry
Teaching .J. University chemistry 23 pp1-6 2008.
[12] XiaoLi Yin FangLi Meng Effective use of teaching resources on the
chemistry teacher Practice. J. Educational science research 1 pp 57-59
2009.
272 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Comprehensive Evaluation of Maritime

Universities’ Core Competence Based on Cloud
Model
Hongli Sun1, Yunlong Ding2
1,2
Transportation Management College, Dalian Maritime University, Dalian, China
1
sunhlandwl@126.com
Abstract: The diversification of social demand and education system reform make the competition between universities
become increasingly fierce, which gives rise to the study of improving universities’ core competence becoming a key prob-
lem in education field. This paper makes a systematic analysis of the six subsystems of maritime universities’ core compe-
tence: force of specialty, management ability, learning ability, innovation ability, cultural strength, and cultivation ability;
and then it gives the evaluation system of maritime universities’ core competence. After that, the cloud model theory is in-
troduced into the evaluation of maritime universities’ core competence. Through using the knowledge of normal cloud,
complex cloud and semi-cloud and membership degree, an evaluation system of maritime universities’ core competence is
established. At last, the constructed model is applied to analyze Dalian Maritime University’s core competence, which
proves the feasibility and accuracy of the evaluation model.
Keywords: maritime universities; core competence; cloud model; membership degree
1. Introduction inadequate. In this sense, we integrate existing research
findings and try to do a systematic research of maritime
Currently, the study of universities’ core competence universities’ core competence.
mainly focuses on two aspects: the componential analysis of
universities’ core competence [1] and the establishment of 2. The Evaluation Indicators of Maritime Uni-
the evaluation system as well as the evaluation model [2]. versities’ Core Competitiveness
The main evaluation method is the analytic hierarchy
process. Although this method can simplify the problem, it In previous research, we divide the components of
ignores the uncertainty, such as fuzziness and randomness maritime universities’ core competence into six subsystems:
in the evaluation process. Therefore it is likely to cause force of specialty, management ability, learning ability,
inaccurate evaluation results when multi-level and multi- cultivation ability, cultural strength and innovation
objective evaluation is made. The cloud model proposed by ability.Then we use ISM to interpret the structure model and
academician Li Deyi can deal with the fuzziness and make a hierarchy analysis of the 30 indicators of the six
randomness quite well. Maritime universities are of great subsystems which constitute maritime universities’ core
significance in promoting the development of China's competence. The indicators are divided into three categories;
shipping industry and the national economy; however, due they are the underlying fundamental factors, the
to the scarceness of maritime universities in our country, the intermediate indirect factors and the superficial direct
research into maritime universities’ core competence is still factors. Detailed results are shown in Fig.1.
Figure 1. The evaluation system of maritime universities’ core competence
273 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

H. L. Sun et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp273-277
Table 1. Weighted value table of the evaluation indicators

First-grade Second-grade First-grade Second-grade
weight weight weight weight
indicators indicators indicators indicators
u 11 0.5 u 31 0.3
u 1 0.25 u 12 0.3 u 32 0.35
u 3 0.25
u 13 0.2 u 33 0.2
u 21 0.4 u 34 0.15
u 2 0.20 u 22 0.35 u 41 0.6
u 4 0.15
u 23 0.25 u 42 0.4
u 5 0.15 u 51 1
By employing Delphi method [3] (experts conference

prediction method) and doing AHP [4] (Analytic Hierarchy 3.2. Normal Cloud Model and Complex Cloud
Process) operation, final weighted value table of the Model
evaluation indicators is as shown in Table 1. Normal cloud model is the most basic cloud model. It is
3. The Theoretical Structure of Cloud Model universally applied and a large number of cloud expectation
curves in the qualitative knowledge of social and natural
3.1. The Cloud Model and Its Digital Features sciences approximately obey normal cloud distribution [6].
The equation of the normal cloud expectation curve is
A cloud is made up of cloud droplets and there is no
determined by the expectations and the entropy. Normal
order between the cloud droplets. A cloud droplet is a
cloud includes complete cloud, the left half of the cloud and
realization of the qualitative concept on the quantitative
the right half of the cloud. When calculating the digital
domain. The more the cloud droplets, the better they reflect
features of review clouds, there are reviews which constrain
the overall characteristics of the qualitative concept. The
bilaterally. Calculate its digital features and form the whole
overall characteristics of the cloud model can be reflected
cloud via forward cloud generator. Complete calculation
by the digital features of the cloud [5]. The digital features
steps are as follows:
of the cloud include Ex (Expected value), En (Entropy)
Ex =(C max +C min )/2
and He (Hyper entropy), that is C (Ex ,En ,He ), as shown in  (1)
En =(C max -C min )/6
Fig.2, where Ex =20 , En =5 , He =0.3 , n =1000 . Ex refers to 
the expectations of the distribution of the cloud droplets in He =k
the domain. En is the measure of randomness of qualitative In the calculation, embodies the fuzziness of the
concept. It shows the dispersion degree of cloud droplets reviews and it is a constant value set according to the
which represent the qualitative concept; meanwhile, it reviews themselves. It has only reviews of unilateral
reflects the size range of cloud droplets that can be accepted constraints and forms the left half of the cloud or the right
by the concepts in the domain. He is the measure of the half of the cloud after the output of cloud generator.
uncertainty of En , hat is the entropy of the entropy, Complex cloud is a new parent cloud with high-level
determined by both the randomness and fuzziness of the concept which is formed by combining two or more sub-
entropy. n stands for the number of cloud droplets. The clouds of the same type. It is to enhance the concept in
number of He indicates the thickness of the cloud droplets nature, integrating two or more language values of the same
indirectly. type to get a broader conceptual language value [7].
Complex cloud, as a parent cloud, parameters of its digital
features can be calculated through parameters of all the sub-
clouds. Suppose there are n sub-clouds of the same
type {T1(Ex 1 ,En1 ,He1 ),T2(Ex 2 ,En2 ,He2 ), ,Tn(Ex n ,Enn ,Hen )} ,
T1 ,T2  ,Tn can generate a complex cloud of the same type
T covering the whole domain T1 ,T2  ,Tn . Calculation of
parameters of the digital features of complex cloud T is as
follows:
Figure 2. Digital features of the cloud
274 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

 Ex 1 × En1 + Ex 2 × En2 +  + Ex n × Enn Since sub-clouds obtained from the calculation of

Ex =
 En1 + En2 +  + Enn (2) second-grade indicators (all belonging to the first-grade
 indicators) are quite similar and they belong to the same type
En =En1 + En2 +  + Enn
 of cloud, complex cloud theory can be used in calculation to
He = He1 × En1 + He 2 × En 2 +  + Hen × Enn
 En1 + En2 +  + Enn obtain the digital features of the parent cloud corresponding

to the first-grade indicators. Considering the effects that the
4. Comprehensive Evaluation of Maritime weight values of second-grade indicators have on the digital
Universities’ Core Competence features of the parent cloud, formula (2) needs to be
modified and then we get formula (3).
Comprehensive evaluation based on cloud model
 Ex 1 × En1 × v 1 + Ex 2 × En2 × v 2 +  + Ex n × Enn × v n
includes three sets: indicators collection, weight collection Ex =
 En1 × v 1 + En2 × v 2 +  + Enn × v n (3)
and review collection. Specific evaluation steps are as 
follows: En =En1 × v 1 × n + En2 × v 2 × n +  + Enn × v 3 × n

Step 1: Determine indicators collection He = He1 × En1 × v 1 + He 2 × En 2 × v 2 +  + Hen × Enn × v n
 En1 × v 1 + En2 × v 2 +  + Enn × v 3
U=(u 0 ,u 1 ,u 2 ,…,u m ), in which u 0 is the most 
advanced indicator and it is also the indicator to be evaluated, Step five: After getting the digital features of the cloud
that is maritime universities core competence. u 1 ~u m are model corresponding to first-grade indicators, weight values
evaluation indicators, divided into first-grade indicators and corresponding to indicators can be combined to do further
second-grade indicators according to the evaluation system operation to get comprehensive evaluation results. Since
of maritime universities’ core competence. clouds corresponding to indicators at different levels differ a
Step two: Determine weight collection lot, using complex cloud theory again may cause large errors;
V=(v 1 ,v 2 ,…,v n) . v i ≥0, v 1 ~v n refer to the therefore the concept of membership degree is introduced in.
corresponding weight values of n lower-grade indicators Give full consideration to the digital features of first-grade
which belongs to the same upper-grade indicators indicators, corresponding weight values as well as digital
n
and ∑ v i =1 . features of review clouds. Compute membership degree of
i =1 the evaluation results to each review interval; the review to
Step three: Set review collection W = {w 1 ,w 2  ,w p } . which the interval with largest score corresponds is the final
evaluation result.
Indicators of different level correspond to different review Take calculation of membership degree of evaluation
clouds. Review clouds corresponding to final evaluation results to the review “high” for example. Determine the
results and the score of the lowest level indicators need to be review clouds T1 ～T4 , to which the review cloud collection
given. When determining the review cloud of the final
results, the range of the final scores can be divided into corresponds. Through the operation of the fourth step, we get
p intervals. Different intervals correspond to different the evaluation values x1 ～ x 5 corresponding to u1 ～ u 5
reviews so as to constitute review cloud and the respectively. When xi(i=1  5) is in the score interval
corresponding relationship between the evaluation results
and review cloud is determined. The score of the lowest corresponding to the review "high", C T (x i )=1 . Otherwise,
1
level indicators is given by evaluators [8]. make the variance En of the cloud model T1 as expectation
Based on the above analysis, first-grade indicators
collection of maritime universities’ core competence is U= value and the ultra-entropy He as the variance to generate a
{force of specialty, management ability, learning ability, normal random number Eni . Make Ex of T1 as the
innovation ability, cultivation ability}. Corresponding expectation value and Eni as the variance to calculate the
weight collection is V = {0.25 ，0.2,0.25,0.15,0.15} .
membership degree of the evaluation scores xi(i=1  5) to
Review collection is W= {high,higher,general,low} . ( xi − Ex )2
−
2Eni 2
Each review corresponds to a value range with bilateral the cloud model T1 of the review “high”: C T (x i )=e .
1
constraints C min and C max respectively.
When calculating the digital Eigen value of the review cloud,
Step Four: Score the lowest level indicators of the the evaluation value is smaller than C min , rising cloud is
evaluation system. Get the digital features of the lowest level
indicators of the cloud model after calculation via backward used to calculate the digital features of the review cloud:
cloud generator. Combine the digital features with the Ex =C min , Ex =(C min -x i )/3 , He=k . When the evaluation
corresponding weight values and then get the evaluation value is greater than C max , decreasing cloud is used to
results of the upper level indicators.
275 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

calculate the digital features of the review cloud: Ex =C max , technical personnel of more than 60,000, most of which
have become the backbone of China's shipping industry.
Ex =(x i -C max )/3 , He=k [9]. Consider the weight values
According to the evaluation system of maritime
v1 ~ v 5 corresponding to x1 ~ x 5 and calculate the universities’ core competence determined in Fig.1, we have
membership degree SC 1 of maritime universities’ core invited 14 maritime experts to score for the above indicators
of Dalian Maritime University. After summing up the
5
scores of the experts, we get the evaluation matrix. Employ
competence to the review "high": SC 1 =∑ v i × CTi (xi ). In corresponding algorithm via backward cloud generator and
i =1
then program and compute with the help of the software
the same way, we can get membership Matlab7.9 [10]. After that, the digital Eigen value of the
degrees SC 2 , SC 3 and SC 4 which stand for the evaluation cloud model for each indicator can be calculated and review
results to the review "higher", "general" and "low". After cloud of second-grade indicators are obtained, as shown in
repeated calculation for n times, calculate the average Tab. 2.
After review cloud of second-grade indicators is
membership degree W i of the evaluation results to various
generated, the digital features of first-grade indicators
n n n
(parent cloud) can be calculated by backward cloud
∑
i
SC i 1 ∑
i
SC i 2 ∑
i
SC i 3 generator. Use MATLAB software and fully consider
reviews: W 1 = =1
, W2 = =1
, W3 = =1
, weight effects of each review indicator and calculate
n n n according to formula (2). Digital features of the parent
n
∑ SC i 4
cloud include:
W4 = i
=1
. Select the reviews with largest membership u1 =(81,1169,29.4084,5.9618)
n
degree average as the final evaluation results.
u 2 =(79.8835,20.3938,3.2751)
u3 =(77.9882,35.3495,2.4747)
5. Case Study
u 4 =(75.0909,17.1363,2.0948).
Dalian Maritime University is a national key university
belonging to the Ministry of Transport. It is one of the "211 On the basis of research into Dalian Maritime
Project" universities and it is a famous advanced maritime University, its employment rate is 95.58%. Combined with
university in China. Dalian Maritime University is one of the reality and the experience of the evaluators, another two
the few universities that have got recognized by the digital Eigen values of the parent cloud u 5 can be concluded
International Maritime Organization (IMO) as maritime
academies bearing "international reputation" in the world. and we get cloud u 5 =(95.58,3.3,2.0) . The parent cloud
Its quality management system has got certification of the gotten from the integration of similar sub-clouds with the
State Harbor Council and Det Norske Veritas (DNV) and help of complex cloud can better reflect the characteristics
becomes the first university that has obtained certification of various sub-clouds, covering the domain of all sub-
of ISO9001 quality management system and certification of clouds. Fig.4shows the cloud graph of sub-clouds u 41 and
three regulations of DNV in China. The university has kept
a long-term cooperative relationship with more than 70 u 42 as well as the parent cloud that they generate.
universities in 27 countries and regions as well as a number Divide the value intervals according to the review
of international organizations and institutions. It has 19 collection of maritime universities’ core competence. The
teaching and research institutions, such as Navigation review "high" corresponds to score range(80,100]; "higher"
Department, Marine Engineering Department, School of
Information Science and Technology, Transportation corresponds to (60,80] ; ”general” corresponds to (40,60] ;
Management College, etc. There 50 undergraduate majors and "low" corresponds to [0,40] . According to the
with more than 25,000 students at present; at the same time, operation of step five, we can calculate membership degrees
international students pursuing bachelor’s degree, master's of clouds u1 ~ u 5 to review clouds T1 ~ T4 respectively:
degree and PhD degree are recruited. In the past 50 years,
the university has trained a variety of professionals and W1 =0.6270 , W 2 =0.6916 , W 3 =0.0221 and W 4 =0.0142 .
Table 2. Review cloud of second-grade indicators

Second-grade indicators Review cloud Second-grade indicators Review cloud
u 11 (76.8182,7.3542,6.5023) u 21 (82.4545,6.3184,1.9102)
u 12 (82.6364,12.2017,5.7643) u 22 (77.5455,7.4370,3.3111)
u 13 (85.2727,12.3260,5.4487) u 23 (79.6364,6.6705,5.2876)
u 31 (80.6364,9.5293, 2.7652) u 32 (76.3636,9.5293,2.3138)
u 33 (79.0909,8.4935, 3.4570) u 34 (73.7273,6.2976,0.3973)
u 41 (75.0909, 9.1979, 0.7000) u 42 (73.3636,7.6235,4.6192)
276 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

the accuracy of the evaluation results. In the evaluation

process, the theories of normal cloud, complex cloud, semi-
cloud and membership degree have been applied. This deals
well with the randomness of the evaluation system and the
reviews as well as the uncertainty of the evaluation results
so that the evaluation results get closer to the actual
situation. Through case studies, it is proved that the
evaluation model established in this paper has strong
application.
The cloud model theory deals with the randomness and
uncertainty in the evaluation process quite well; however, in
comprehensive evaluation of maritime universities’ core
competence, the key to accurate evaluation results depends
on the establishment of a reasonable evaluation system and
the improvement of accurate reviews. Therefore, it still
Figure 3. Complex cloud graph needs to select a more reasonable evaluation system and
improve the accuracy of the fundamental data.
It can be seen from the results that membership degree
of the evaluation results to review cloud "higher" is the References
largest; meanwhile, membership degree of review cloud [1] Wang Shengwei, Li Huiling, “Core Competence of Universities and
"high" is relatively large. Therefore, the final evaluation
Its Fostering,” Journal of Beijing University of Aeronautics and
result of the level of Dalian Maritime University’s core
Astronautics(Social Sciences Edition). Beijing, vol. 17, pp. 63-67,
competence is higher and the above, close to a "high" level.
Through the integrated use of normal cloud model 2004.
(complete cloud and half cloud), complex cloud model as [2] Li Xiaojuan, Gao Peng, Wu Zhigong, “A Research on the Evaluation
well as the concept of membership degree to evaluate the Criteria for the Core Competitive Force of China s Research-oriented
level of Dalian Maritime University’s core competence Universities,” Management Review. Beijing, vol. 22, pp. 44-53, 2010.
comprehensively, it is relatively accurate and objective seen
[3] Kong Fanling, Guanlixue Yuanli Yu Anli Fenxi. Guangzhou: South
from the evaluation results and it is in line with the real
China University of Technology Press, 2008.
situation. In the period of the "Eleventh Five-Year", Dalian
Maritime University has achieved fruitful results in the [4] K Wang Lianfen, Xu Shubai, Cengci Fenxifa Yinlun. Beijing: China
process of realizing its development goal—building the Renmin University Press, 1990.
school into a world-class advanced maritime university. [5] Li Deyi, Du Yi, Artificial Intelligence with Uncertainty. Beijing:
However, in order to build the school into a high level, National Defense Industry Press, 2005.
multi-disciplinary, research and teaching-oriented university
with distinctive shipping characteristics, there is still a long [6] Wang Xinzhou, Shi Wenzhong, Wang Shuliang, Mohu Kongjian
way to go. At the present stage, the level of Dalian Xinxi Chuli. Wuhan: Wuhan University press, 2003.
Maritime University’s core competence is high, closer to [7] W Zhang Xudong, Jiang Fangmei, Liu Guifan, “Comprehensive
that of world-class maritime universities. However, seen evaluation method of energy saving project based on cloud model,”
from the evaluation results of first-grade indicators, Oil & Gas Storage and Transportation. Langfang, vol. 31, pp. 294-
problems of Dalian Maritime University lie in inadequate
296, 2012.
abilities in management ability, learning ability and
innovation ability. The scores of membership degree are all [8] Yan Wenzhou, Niu Jia, Su Huiyong, “A study on program evaluation
at the level of 80 points; therefore, strengthening and review technology based on cloud model,” IEEE International
management ability, enhancing learning ability and Conference on Digital Object Identifier. Singapore, pp. 1047–1051,
developing innovative ability are the focuses of the school 2007.
in future work. [9] Luo Sheng, Zhang Bao-ming, Guo Hai-tao, “A quality
6. Conclusion comprehensive evaluation model of image map based on cloude
model,” Science of Surveying and Mapping. Beijing, vol. 33, pp. 44-
This paper applies cloud model to the evaluation of 46, 2008.
maritime universities’ core competence, which is a
groundbreaking action. It not only makes up for the lack of [10] Wang Xuhui, Yang Hua, “Effectiveness evaluation based on cloud
research in maritime universities’ core competence, but also model by Matlab,” Microcomputer & Its Applications. Beijing, vol.
breaks through the practice of widespread application of 31, pp. 71-73, 2012.
AHP in the evaluation of core competence so as to improve
277 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Study of the Evolution of Higher

Educational Eco-system on the Basis of
System Theory
Yanli Wang1, Hong Luo2, Lihua Zhu3
P P P P P
1,3
P P College of Environmental Science and Engineering, Donghua University, Shanghai, China
2
P College of Humanities, Donghua University, Shanghai, China
P
1
P ylwang@dhu.edu.cn
P
Abstract: Nowadays researches of higher education on the basis of system theory are far from enough while articles about
the evolution of higher educational eco-system are even less. Therefore, this paper offers an evolution model of higher edu-
cational eco-system and gives a qualitative analysis of it. In this model, not only is mutation integrated into the eco-system
but its structure, function and controlling mechanism for optimization are elaborated as well. In this way, the evolution pro-
cess of higher educational eco-system is well interpreted. Through the evolution of its inner organizations and artificial op-
timization, the higher educational eco-system is able to develop in a spiral, continuous, healthy and rapid way.
Keywords: system theory; higher education; eco-system; evolution model; overall optimization
1. Introduction knowledge found in German scholars are well accepted by
Americans.” “Academic freedom proposed by German uni-
Educational eco-system is a dynamic and complex open versities, despite the refusal from Britain, has taken roots in
eco-system that covers nature, society and environment. It is America.”
vital and self-regulatory and can constantly optimize itself; When educators apply the ideas of system theory to the
yet in the meantime it is also affected by people, or to be regulatory systems of universities, they are able to take their
more specific, educators. The higher educational eco-system development as a whole into consideration. Through the
is a sub-system whose operation is determined by both the exchange of substance, energy and information between the
internal and external environment. external and internal environment and by means of overall
Eric Ashby, the outstanding British theorist and practi- optimization, reorganization of structure, dynamic balance
tioner of higher education in the 20th century, put forward the
P P
and information feedback, the potential of these universities

idea “university is the product of heredity and environment” can be realized to the utmost degree and they can develop in
in 1976. The two elements of higher educational eco-system a continuous, healthy and rapid way. The development mod-
--- “heredity” and “environment” or “internal logic” and el of higher educational eco-system on the basis of system
“external environment” --- are indispensable in the develop- theory is shown in the figure below:
ment of universities. For instance, when the idea of academic
freedom in German universities was brought into Britain and
America, it was combined together with the respective tradi-
tions of the two countries and therefore underwent many
changes. Since the higher education of Britain in the 19th P P
century had long been influenced by traditional universities

such as Oxford and Cambridge, it was supposed to offer
liberal education rather than professional training. The stu-
dents and their teachers met face to face in classes, and their
focus was on the cultivation of values and the training of
thinking patterns instead of the list of facts. As a result, natu-
ral science was hardly included in the curriculums of British
universities. On the contrary, academic freedom advocated
by German universities received great popularity in America,
a country renowned for its pursuit of liberty. “The passion
for scientific courses and the devotion to science and
278 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. L. Wang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp278-280
through the process of “disharmony” --- “harmony” --- “dis-

Higher Educational Regulatory System
harmony” --- “new harmony”. The overall evolution process
is displayed in the figure below:
ture(Optimum Distribution
Reorganization of Struc-
back(Continuous Im-
Overall Optimization
Information Feed-
Dynamic Balance
Mutation Point
of Resources)
provement)
System Perspective
Mutation Point
Continuous, Healthy and Rapid Development of Higher

Educational Regulatory System Time
Figure 2．Evolution Process of Higher Educational Eco-system

It is manifest in the figure that the development of higher
Figure 1． Development of Higher Educational Eco-System on educational eco-system is slow at first but accelerates once
The Basis of System Theory the system adapts well to the environment. Later with the
2. Qualitative Analysis of the Evolution Model development of the eco-system and the disequilibrium of
individual units, its adaptation to the environment decreases,
of Higher Educational Eco-system thus leading to the decline of the development before the
For a higher educational eco-system that is in a non- inflection point is reached. After that, a new structure comes
equilibrium state, when the systematic structure shows great into being through the adjustment of the eco-system’s inner
adaptability, this particular merit will be strengthened for organizations, artificial optimization and mutation, bringing
further improvement. Thus the whole eco-system can always the development of the eco-system onto a higher level.
stay on the track of sound development. However, when the The adaptation process of the higher educational system
systematic structure shows poor adaptability, it will be either is essentially a dynamic and generalized process that aims at
significantly modified or replaced by structures with better optimization.
adaptability. The relationship between individual units is co-
evolution, which involves approaches and devices that help 3. Optimization of Higher Educational Eco-
to enhance their comprehensive competitiveness in a larger system
scale and on a higher level. The optimization of higher educational eco-system fo-
Nevertheless, the evolution of higher educational eco- cuses on its overall improvement. In other words, it aims to
system is different from that of natural eco-system, which perfect the structure, function and average adaptability of the
evolves merely through the development of its inner organi- whole eco-system even at the cost of the weakening or elim-
zations. On the contrary, it is also affected by human behav- ination of certain individual units. The optimization is real-
iors apart from its own adaptability. The positive influence ized through the improvement of the organization, structure
exerted by human-beings on the organization, structure and and function of the eco-system. It might also be well regard-
function of higher educational eco-system is called optimiza- ed as the result of the gradual adaptation of higher educa-
tion. It is when the adaptability of the eco-system accords tional eco-system to the changing environment. The eco-
with the optimization that the evolution can be finally system can develop well in the following two models. See
achieved. Table 1:
According to our research, the evolution of higher educa-
tional eco-system operates through the development of its
inner organizations and artificial optimization. It develops in
a spiral way. When the textile industrial system reaches the
branch point, it mutates because of the influence of devel-
opment and optimization and moves to a higher level
279 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. L. Wang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp278-280
Table 1． Sound Development Model of Higher

Educational Eco-system
Higher Educa-
Development Average
tional Eco- Individual Unit
Model Adaptability
system
Optimization of Optimization of
Model 1 High
System Individual Units
Optimization of Most
Individual Units and
Optimization of
Model 2 Stagnation or Degen- High
System
eration of Particular
Individual Units
Through the overall optimization, the development of the

whole system surpasses that of the individual units accumu-
lated. Thus, the efficiency of universities is enhanced.
Therefore, in the regulatory process of higher educational
eco-system, confronted with the constantly changing internal
and external environment, educators should combine the
interference of organizations and regulators together to mod-
ify the structure of the eco-system in time, making it adapt to
the changing environment through the optimum distribution
of resources. Besides, the most appropriate systematic struc-
ture for the internal and external environment should be es-
tablished and the controlling mechanism be optimized so
that the higher educational eco-system can always stay in an
ideal condition and consequently develop in a continuous,
healthy and rapid way.
References:
[1] Erio Ashby． Univetsities ： British， Indian， Aftican ： A
Study in the Ecology of ltigher Education[M]．London：
Weidenfe1d＆ Nico1 son，1966．
[2] Liqiong Wang. Imbalances and balance: University of
ecological systems theory - Ashby higher education
ideological resolve. Heilongjiang Education(Higher
Education Research & Appraisal) [J], 2010,(6):13-14.
280 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Problems and Countermeasures in University’s

Field Survival Teaching
Liu Lianghui, Huan Jianghua, Xiong Heping
P1 P
Department of Physical Education, China University of Geosciences, Wuhan, P. R. China
Abstract: This paper intends to discuss the problems in the teaching of Field Survival course in common universities based
on literature review, survey, and empirical research. This paper argues that the countermeasures should include the
following points: the course design should be optimized, the suitable practice base should be set up, survival techniques in
the field of professional teacher and management levels should be increased, and the cooperation on the teaching of Field
Survival among universities should be enhanced. It hoped that this paper can provide valuable reference for the
construction of sports curriculum in common universities.
Keywords: field survival; sports curriculum; current situation; countermeasures
1. The Purpose This paper mainly reviews the literature on Field

Survival training course and relevant public sports and
The targets of Field Survival Training course are to school sports both within and outside China. The main
increase students’ field survival knowledge and skills, to focus is on the advanced Field Survival management
expand the time and space of sports curriculum, to enhance experience and teaching mode in Chinese universities.
the overall development of students’ body and mental health,
and to cultivate their personality. In 2002, Education 2.2. Survey
Ministry decides that Field Survival Training course should The survey mainly covers the current situation and
be open to college students step by step among common existing problems in the universities in Hubei province.
universities. According to incomplete statistics, after almost
10 years’ course construction, about 200 universities open 2.3. Empirical Research
Filed Survival and relevant courses. Filed Survival training
helps to enrich the content of sports curriculum, to expand The subjects are the students (about 1000) who take part
the time and space of curriculum and increase students’ in our university’s Field Survival course. The teaching
study interests. However, as the place of Field Survival is content varies according to different seasons and practice
generally located in the wild field, the teaching content is bases. The teaching results are studied through theory test,
usually diversified, and the teaching environment and filed skills test, and students’ feedback.
management are often complex, which result in the safety
problems that Field Training course faces. Other limitation
3. Results and Analysis
factors, such as the insufficiency of equipment, the lack of 3.1. The Problems in the Implementation of Field
professional teachers and practice base, and the Survival Curriculum
inappropriateness of teaching content, also lead to the
limited number of college students who are willing to take 3.1.1. The Deviation between Curriculum Design and
part in Field Survival course. What’s more, students Teaching Reality
generally are wanting in enough field survival skills and
Currently, the design of teaching content of Field
experience. So, the course cannot reach ideal effect. To
Survival varies in different courses, and the arrangement of
improve the construction of Field Survival course, this
difficulty degree is not suitable, which makes the practice
paper tends to analyze the problems in the implementation
section hard to reach the aim. Field Survival Living
of Field Survival course and uncover the teaching rules.
Training refers to the training of remaining alive and
keeping healthy alone or in groups with no or only partial
2. Research Methodology dependence on survival and life material provided by others
in wild filed, which is far from residential places, such as
2.1. Literature Review mountain area, jungle, desert, plateau, and island, etc.. The
281 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. H. Liu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp281-284
teaching content of Field Survival Living Training convers 3.1.3. The Lack of Organization and Management
different disciplines, such as Physical Education, Education, Experience in Field Survival
Psychology, Tourism, Geology, Biology, Medicine,
Management, and Social Behavior, etc.. Specifically, the The organization and management of Field Survival is
teaching content includes items such as field fire-making different from common sports teaching. But the
and cooking, marching with burden, rock-climbing, rock organization and management are very important as the
rappel, orienteering, drifting and wading through river, teaching sites are in the wild field, facing the risks that
passing through jungle, passing through mountain stream by students are large in number, while the terrain is complex
roping, field self-saving, food searching, and outdoor and the living equipment is also large in number, and there
extending. are usually camping activities in the evening. The
experienced teachers of Field Survival teaching usually
3.1.2. The Lack of Suitable Practice Base warn other teachers: “There are no small affairs in field”
and “It won’t be too wrong by being too cautious”. In field
The selection of suitable practice base is directly related survival teaching, the accidents of students’ injury usually
to whether the field survival training can realize the caused by techniques and the lack of organization and
teaching effect; and help students to master basic survival management experience are high. Thus, it is necessary to
knowledge, and experience the pleasure of success, warn every student on these problems and consider the
coherent relationship, the challenge of their potential, and differences between students’ gender and fitness when
the increase of field survival ability. Currently, the camping, cooking, and transferring gears. The safety
following problems exist in the selection of practice base by education should focus on the followings aspects: discipline,
some universities. The first one is the long distance of the team spirit, safety awareness, environmental protection
practice base. It is hoped that such base would offer real awareness, water safety, and operating process of every
field (mountain, jungle, desert, plateau, and island) which is activity.
far from settlement. But, in practice, this selection is not
practical. Except a long vacation, it is rare for students to 3.1.4. The Lack of Capable Professional Teachers in
spare more than 3 days to join field survival as they already Field Survival Teaching
have too many courses, including their major and double After Education Ministry starts Field Survival teaching
major studies. Thus, students would feel tired after whole in 2002, the relevant theoretical researches are large in
days to and from on bus, which will influence their next number. But there are not many universities which can offer
day’s studying and the effect of field survival. the course in large scale and enroll many students in this
The second problem is that the terrain would prevent course. The main reason which limiting the promotion of
Field Survival from proceeding. Field environment should field survival in universities is the lack of professional
be good for the making of field surrounding. But if the teachers. As the teaching content is complex, the teachers
place is too complex and far from settlement, the teaching should have high survival skills, such as leading experience
time would be wasted, the degree of difficulty would be too and strain capacity, and be familiar with the characteristics
high, and the environment would pose safety problems. For of every item, the demand of management, safety rules and
example, it is quite easy to lose direction in cross-over, the operation process. What’s more, a capable faculty team
rock climbing and rappel would be more difficult for most should be required for field survival teaching to ensure
students to finish, and the possibility of wild animals every teacher can work alone and together on every item
appearing at the camp sites would increase, the activities and management. Although the survival teaching is
would not be possible when encountering storms and other implemented in form and the safety problems can be
bad weather, and the rescue would not be prompt when reduced, the curriculum cannot be implemented in real
encountering danger. sense.
The third problem is that the practice base would be too
close to downtown area or travel route. This kind of base 3.1.5. Too Much Emphasis on Survival Skills and Less
lacks field survival environment and it’s hard to arouse Emphasis on Communication
students’ interests. Some universities only offer simulation
training in campus or rely on outdoor bound facilities The original purpose of Field Survival teaching is to
offered by schools, parks, or travel spots. This kind of increase students’ “surviving skills” in field survival living
training is short of the basic requirements of field survival training, to cultivate students’ aggressiveness and team
teaching and students would not be able to acquire any spirit and enhance their body and mental health. But in
survival skills and experience. practice, too much emphasis is placed on mastering field
skills, which results in the lack of cultivation and
282 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

development on students’ aggressiveness and self-challenge be within 5 hour drive from the university. Also, it should
courage. The deviation exists between curriculum design neither be too far nor too close to the settlement, and
and implementation with the wanting of cultivating team buildings or straw shed should be available. It is also
cooperation and communication ability, and the lack of important to maintain smooth communication with local
organic combination of knowledge, ability, and mental and authority or farmers to get their support when choosing
body experience. practice base and practice is going on. This kind of base
would be far enough from settlement so that wild field
3.2. Countermeasures of Field Survival Courses in environment is maintained. And when stormy weather
Universities comes and common tents are not strong enough for heavy
3.2.1. Appropriate Allocation, Optimize Teaching rain, students can move to empty building or straw shed to
Content continue their training and get enough rest. Also, students
can get first aid when they are sick or accident occurred.
As Filed Survival course is related to many disciplines,
the learning environment is in the wild filed, and the 3.2.3. Increase Professional Teachers’ Training,
content is involving different items, different universities Communication, and Management Level of
should select teaching content carefully according to their Comprehensive Field Skills.
own condition, different seasons, and different practice base The teaching effect of field survival and safety problem
to ensure the effectiveness of field survival teaching. The are closely related to teachers’ field skills and management
theoretical section should be designed in close relationship level. Thus, the universities which already or is ready to
to the characteristics of Field Survival course: the survey on open the course should encourage teachers to receive field
field survival, orienteering, field sickness and aid, the survival skill training and master necessary skills.
introduction to field survival equipment. The skill section Meantime, the communication among different universities
can include the study and training on common knot, camp should be enhanced through sending teachers to those
set up and folding, the exercises on safety belt on campus. universities which can offer ideal field survival course and
To increase students’ practical ability, the tent can range own mature management for study. So the teachers can
from 2-3 people tent, mountain tent, and 8-10 outdoor tent. open their own courses on field survival training according
The safety belt can vary in different structure and style. The to their condition safety and efficiency.
common knot should be required for every student, and
different tent and safety belt should be practiced between 4. Conclusion and Suggestions
different groups, so that the tents can be set up and fold up
easily. The field practice section can include those practical Field Survival course, as a new sports course, can play a
items which reflect the characteristics of field survival: rock unique role in cultivating all round development
climbing and rappel, orienteering, passing over Mountain inter-disciplinary talents. The teaching should optimize the
River through roping, raft making or raft racing, tramping curriculum design by setting up suitable practice base or
through jungle, and even river or fall rappel if the condition increasing professional teachers’ field skills and
is suitable. Besides, according to the weather condition, fish management level step by step, combined with the measure
catching or angling and other outdoor extending or game of enhancing communication and cooperation on field
activities can be added. To sum up, the teaching content of survival teaching among universities. A long term goal
field survival should be arranged flexibly according to should be set up for the cultivation of field survival
season, base, and teachers’ condition. education teaching. Besides the basic content and skills on
field survival, the teaching environment and proper content,
3.2.2. Set up Suitable Practice Base should also be used for EQ education, so that students can
develop in an all-round way through training and
The choice of field survival practice base should be development on their own mood, feeling, interests,
based on each university’s teaching reality and location. motivation, will, character, thinking, sense of worth, and
Different base sources can be chosen according to the life outlook.
season, topography, and degree of difficulties. A good
practice base should include suitable natural rock wall for
rock climbing or rappel, suitable water source for raft References
making and fishing, suitable jungle or deep river for
[1] “The decision on deepening education reform and promoting
crossing over with burden and crossing river through roping.
all-round education by Chinese Communist Party Central
Besides, orienteering and extending items can be designed
Committee and State Department,” China Education News, 1999, pp.
according to topography. Generally, the practice base should
06-13.
283 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[2] Education Ministry, Common universities sports course teaching

syllabus, 2002.
[3] Ji Keyi and Jiliu, “Extending university’s sports course and enhance
students’ body and mind health,” Chinese School Sports, 2003, vol.1,
pp.50-51.
[4] Liu Lianghui and Du Guosheng, Orienteering—A Good Textbook
for Health Education, Hongkong: HongKong Education School,
2000.
[5] Jiangli and Baili, “Current situation and development trend of
outdoor survival life training for college students in China,” Journal
of Physical Education, 2006, vol. 13(2), pp. 92-94.
[6] Yang Tianqin and Cui Xuemei, “Alteration in the implementation of
outdoor survival life training curriculum in colleges,” Journal of
Shandong Institute of Physical Education and Sports, 2008, vol. 24
(8), pp. 94-96.
284 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Improving the Quality of Higher Education to

Promote Students’ Comprehensive
Development
Lusheng Zeng1, Yanxi Shi2
1,2
College of Resource and Environment, Qingdao Agricultural University, Qingdao, China, 266109
1
zenglsh@163.com
Abstract: Colleges and universities are the important bases of cultivating a nation’s talent. In recent years, with the expan-
sion of students, many education problems appeared in China’s universities. For examples, the shortage of teachers, the de-
creasing of teaching quality, the improper curriculum setting, the unreasonable disciplines and specialty structure, the wea-
kening practice and the theory breaking away from practice, and other education problems, which resulted in the higher
education quality decreasing. Accordingly, establishing the modern university system, building characteristic college and
other proper measures should be taken into account to improve the education quality and promote students’ comprehensive
development.
Keywords: higher education; quality; problems; solutions; management
1. Introduction Teachers are the main body of education, the first re-
source of education and the key to development education.
The higher education in China has now entered into a The adequacy of teacher resource directly influences the
new stage of improving the quality after decades of big education quality (Angela, 2012). In China, the administra-
reform and development. Internationally, science and tech- tion department of education regulated that, if the ratio of
nology and economy are the center of the comprehensive teacher to student reaching 1 to 14 was considered as excel-
national strength. Therefore, a nation is more than ever de- lent, 1 to 16 as good and 1 to 18 as qualified. In recent years,
pending on the education development, the progress of with continuous enrollment expansion in colleges and uni-
science and technology and the human resources develop- versities, the ratio of students to full-time teachers kept in-
ment (Yi, 2012). Domestically, changing the mode of eco- creasing. Before enrollment expansion in 1998, the average
nomic growth, building the innovative country and all-round ratio of teacher to student in the universities of China was 1
constructing the well-off society, as well as implementing to 11.4 with excellent level, however, in 2002 with the ratio
the strategy of thriving a nation through science and educa- of 1 to 19, which was lower than that of the national standard.
tion, which brought universities the historical opportunity of Even some universities reached the ratio of 1 to 40, with two
innovating science and technology, cultivating talents and or three times more than that of reasonable ratio. Which re-
servicing society (Kauko, 2012). So, education strategy and sulted in several hundred students at the same time in a
progress become more outstanding than ever. The key point teaching class and dozens of students together doing the
of higher education has changed from external expansion to same experiment, or some students couldn’t find a seat for
the connotation development, from increasing quantity to their self-learning, etc. Under the circumstances, it was diffi-
improving the quality. In China, both “national long-term cult for universities to guarantee the teaching quality.
education reform and development plan for 2010-2020” and At present, a group of aged teachers with profound
“some opinions of the Ministry of Education on improving knowledge and rich teaching experience have retired. Many
the higher education quality” have taken improving the tal- backbone teachers in teaching and scientific research have
ents quality as the center of current higher education work. flowed out, and many young and middle-aged teachers have
2. Main Problems in Current Higher Educa- gone out to study for their master or doctor degrees. There-
fore, the teachers who can concentrate their energy on the
tion
teaching with higher teaching quality were really not enough.
2.1. Shortage of Teachers and Decreasing of Teach- In recent years, more and more young persons have entered
ing Quality into the teacher’s team, most of them without enough train-
ing or inexperience in teaching, which resulted in the teach-
285 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ing quality decreasing. Even some teachers without good current situation and with a little earnest in teaching and
attitude to teaching, they didn’t strictly require themselves or scientific research work, which seriously affected the im-
students resulted in the poor teaching effect. In this case, the provement of education quality.
teaching quality of many courses decreased obviously.
2.4. Practice Weakening and the Theory Breaking
2.2. Improper Curriculum Setting and Unreasona- Away from Practice
ble Disciplines and Specialty Structure
In recent years, at the same time of strengthening the
With the transformation of Chinese economy and the teaching of the foreign language and computer course, how-
reform of enterprise system, the talent market changed from ever, the experiment, practice, design and social practice
the supply is unable to meet the demand to supply exceeds courses have been seriously extruded and reduced. The in-
the demand. At present, along with the rapid development of creasing amount of students dramatically resulted in the in-
small and medium-sized enterprises, and the expansion of sufficient experimental facilities and places, which made
private enterprise in all fields, the enterprise managers grad- many students can’t attend the experiment test and the prac-
ually changed their requirements to talents quality. They tice in person; even some of students couldn’t master the
generally requested that graduated students have higher spe- fundamental experiment skills. Some universities reduced
cialty knowledge and professional skills and social inter- the experimental class hour, or the experiment content and
course abilities. Therefore, the curriculum setting up in cur- the requirement once and more, which lead to the further
rent universities has not yet adapted to the development of weakening of practice teaching and seriously affected stu-
the society and it should be adjusted. dents the understanding and mastering the knowledge they
According to the analysis of student’s enrollment and the learned from the classroom. Therefore, their business skills,
distribution situation of graduates in China, the specialty the work ability and the innovation ability have not gotten
setting has failed to meet the third and the fourth industrial the application development and training.
development demand. Professional structure was set unrea-
sonably. For examples, science students were too much than
2.5. Poor Teaching Manager Quality and Low
art students. Among arts, the basic students were too much Management Level
than the applied students. In the meantime, light industry and In most universities, the teaching management job was
civil engineering students were inadequate. New emerging basic completed and the teaching management team was also
discipline and edge discipline were also weak, and the com- basic stable. However, the poor quality of teaching manager
plex and applied science were less in number. Consequently, directly affected the improving of the teaching management
this resulted in the extreme low efficient use of college edu- level. The teaching managers should update the modern
cation investment. teaching conception and education awareness to improve
their management level and strengthen the service con-
2.3. Not a Good Learning Atmosphere and Dishon-
sciousness. In the professional quality, some teaching man-
est Behavior
agers were lacking of the overall understanding of current
Now in some universities, many students were late for teaching status and teaching management system. In addition,
attending class, leaving early, not listening to the teaching or some teaching managers lacked the scientific research on
even being absent from the class to surf the Internet and play their work and only stayed in a passive and mechanical low
games, etc. This wasted them a lot of time. Some students management level. Therefore, colleges should reform the
eagerly hoped for the success, before one year or two years teaching management, explore the management innovation
ahead the graduation; they put the specialty courses aside and improve the management level further.
and concentrated their energy on preparing for the entrance
examination of master or doctor degree. Before the gradua-
2.6. University Enrollment Expansions and Stu-
tion, many students began to seek the employment, which dents’ Employment in Difficulty
resulted in the severe influence on their normal studies. In In 2007, the enrollment of national doctoral students was
recent years, the dishonest phenomenon existed in some col- 60000 persons, and master students recruited 364000 per-
leges. For examples, part of students cheating in the exam sons and undergraduate students recruited 5.67 million per-
was very serious, and some students in order to find a good sons with 10 times that of 1990. The enrollment suggesting
job made false degree or honorary certificate. The academic that China has faced an unprecedented highly educated times,
atmosphere in teachers was also unsatisfied. Some teachers and the education in universities has already manufactured in
in order to seek high title or high education background, they a rough way and become the world typical public education.
were wild about writing articles or even plagiarized other However, a lot of colleges and universities upgraded from
people’s achievements. Some young teachers confused in the secondary technical school, being lack of teachers, the
286 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

teaching level were seldom improved. Therefore, the stu- 3.2. Making Innovation to Construct the Characte-
dents’ knowledge level in colleges remained in the old sec- ristic School
ondary technical school. The bachelor degree level was al-
most the same as the former college’s level, which is the The Ministry of Education of China has put forward that
fatal weakness in current university education. In 2010, the higher universities should construct the characteristic
national university graduates were 6.3 million, waiting for schools. Firstly, university and university may combine to-
employment 1.724 million, with an employment rate of 72%, gether. Besides domestic universities, foreign universities
many parents complaining about the situation. should also be united through going abroad for the study,
Due to no work experience and weak ability of bearing inviting foreign experts for guidance and developing other
hardships and standing hard work, many students couldn’t international cooperation to cultivate innovation team. Se-
find good jobs after graduation. Some of them worked for a condly, colleges can cooperate with the institute or academy
period of time and then gave up the work to begin to take to promote the development of the discipline and team build-
part in the entrance exam of master’s degree. They continued ing. Thirdly, universities should integrate with enterprises.
to read or went abroad for the further study with a hope of Formerly, when school cooperated with enterprise, the re-
finding a satisfactory job in future. search funding was dominated by enterprise; and now, uni-
versities can run the funding by themselves, which is in fa-
3. Proper Solutions to these Problems vor of the development of school. Finally, universities
should unite with local government, to explore some re-
3.1. Keeping Pace with Times to Establish a Mod- search projects in common to promote the local economy
ern University System development and cultivate the innovate group. In terms of
The core of the modern university system is under the college, how to innovate and form a good group? According
guidance of the national macro-policy, university facing the to the similar research direction to form a team, with profes-
society, running the school and implementing scientific sor in charge and associate professor as the backbone, alto-
management independently. The modern university system gether work hard to do teaching and research work better.
involves in specifying and clearing the relationships between In China, this kind of university of “985” is facing the
university and government, university and society. This re- world first-rate university, and “211” is the high- level do-
lates to the internal structure reforming and a university per- mestic university, so, provincial university and college
fecting (Liu, 2012). should have their own characteristics. For example, at
The modern university system includes two aspects, present, many agricultural universities developing toward
namely the macro-level (school and external relations), multiple disciplines university, they should characterize with
which include the government macro management, market agriculture science. Agronomy, horticulture, plant protection,
regulation, society wide participating in and school running animal science and other traditional disciplines have their
independently according to laws (Wilkins and Huisman, own superiorities and characteristics. In agricultural univer-
2012). The other is micro-level (internal school), which in- sity, environmental science, environmental engineering,
clude Communist Party leadership, the principal being re- ecology and other specialties should also have agricultural
sponsible for, the professor dealing with the academy and professional characteristics and focus on the developing of
democratic management. At present, the management of the agricultural environmental protection, agricultural engineer-
university structure is mainly in three forms. The first is the ing and agricultural ecological system research.
highly centralized school, mainly including some small uni- In addition, provincial universities should have the local
versities, which in favor of the rational distribution and use characteristics to serve local “agriculture, countryside and
of the school resource. The second is two-level management farmers”, and face the society to promote the rural economy
systems; the university making out the relevant policy plan- development. For example, Yantai apple, Laiyang pears and
ning and the college completing the plan, and the center of Shouguang Greenhouse vegetables in Shandong Province
gravity are in colleges. The third is university, college and are with the local characteristics and worthy our study.
department three-level management, which often appears in 3.3. Constantly Exploring to Improve the Educa-
some larger and comprehensive universities. Regardless of
tion Quality
the type of structure form, all of them should do well the
following management content, i.e. taking the students as the The Ministry of Education of China required universities
basis, considering academy as the environment, and con- to improve the education quality, whereas the quality reflect-
structing university civilization and campus culture. ed in the students. Now the new students’ quality is getting
worse. Due to the resource of students is in reducing, the
entrance scores becoming more and more low, even 190
points can go to college. In 2012 in China, in the registration
287 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

of 9 million students for the college entrance exam, 7 mil- 3.5. Increasing the Investment to Improve College’s
lions of students have been recruited; consequently, most Running Conditions
students can go to college. After several years, probably
100% of senior students can study in colleges. Among which, An investigation manifests that the provincial colleges
some students were excellent, but some of them have the and universities in China have cultivated social talents 90%
very poor quality. How to solve the quality problems under of the task and taken up about one third of the national edu-
the amount situation? Which need colleges, teachers and cation resources. However, the national key universities of
students, parents and the society to work together? “985” and “211” have possessed more than two-thirds of
As a teacher, you should constantly improve the quality. national education resources but only cultivated 10% of the
Originally, if giving students a drop of water, teachers national talents. The inequality of resources distribution af-
should have a bucket of water, and now teachers should have fected the further improving of the higher education quality
constant flowing water. Facing the very fast developing (Jacob, 2006). Accordingly, the government must increase
times, teachers should update their knowledge and have a the funds to the provincial colleges and universities to im-
comprehensive knowledge accumulation, only thus can sa- prove the running conditions and promote the teaching and
tisfy the need of the developing times. In the meantime, education quality further increasing (Tandberg, 2010). Gov-
teachers should reform the teaching method and improve the ernments at all levels should implement the strategy that
practice teaching ability. At present time, not all the students develop the nation through science and education and put
will do research work, teachers should teach them more education development in priority position, and continue to
practical applied knowledge and skills, so that they can increase the financial input in public schools to ensure that
quickly adapt to the social development after the graduation. education funds and student’s increasing keeping the same
pace. At the same time, colleges would advocate social do-
3.4. Strengthening the Teaching Management to nation and encourage the domestic and foreign enterprises
Enhance Moral Education and individuals to contribute the funds to support the school
construction.
College leaders should put the teaching management and
the moral education of teachers and students in an important 3.6. Taking Person as the Basis to Promote Stu-
position, and constantly pay close attention to this work. dents Comprehensive Development
Leaders should often study and check teachers’ teaching and
students’ learning, and solve the relevant problems in time Genially, university staff can be divided into four parts,
(Ramos and Carvalho, 2011). Teaching managers should namely, students, teachers, administrators and service sup-
implement the teaching plans, teaching syllabus and teaching port persons. Colleges should take the students’ all-round
daily work management seriously and responsibly, and carry development as the basis, with a good order that the teachers
out teaching academic activities regularly. At the same time, serve for students and administrators serve for students and
they should also guide teachers to discuss the teaching con- teachers, and service support staff servicing for the others.
tent and teaching methods, and exchange the teaching expe- By this way, university could form the healthy development
rience each other. Colleges should complete the training and for the society to cultivate the qualified talents (Musawi,
improving work of all teachers especially the young teachers, 2007).
and encourage old teachers to help young teachers to im- College is just like a family and each student is a part of
prove their teaching skills. the family. Each university should serve for students and
All kinds of colleges and universities should strengthen take student as the basis. In many foreign universities, the
the honesty education and against the utilitarian, and strong- administrative agency was much simple than that in China. It
ly advocate the hard work and against the seeking quick suc- has two institutions, i.e. alumni association and college stu-
cess, instant benefits and opportunist. Colleges also should dents’ employment guidance committee. They have to be
advocate vigorously to tell the truth and do the practice work, responsible for the students and establish some contacts with
and against the fraud and self-deception. In addition, colleg- the domestic enterprise company for students to provide the
es should strictly investigate and prosecute academic corrup- employment consultation and guidance. The alumni associa-
tion, making fake and serious cheating on exams. In the tion was very active and often asked some old graduated
moral construction, leaders, teachers and political instructors alumnus for students to introduce their successful expe-
should set good examples, with lofty moral sentiment to riences. Which was relation to school culture and the school
shape and affect students. tradition, and it was also a kind of school management mode
and tradition. Students can learn their knowledge from one
department to another department or change their specialties.
The credit system also reflected the system innovation.
288 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

4. Conclusions
The center of higher education is to solve person’s de-
velopment problems and the key is to cultivate students the
sound personality, open mind, innovative awareness and
ways. Therefore, we should strive to change the concept of
higher education, further strengthen the theoretical research
about the connotation, the development, the law and the fu-
ture development trends of higher education. Universities
also should establish a modern university system and found
characteristic colleges to improve the education quality
comprehensively.
References
[1] A. S. A. Musawi, “Current status of educational technologies at
Omani higher education institutions and their future prospective,”
Educ. Tech Res. Dev, Vol. 55, pp, 395-410, May 2007.
[2] D. A. Tandberg, “Politics, interest groups and state funding of public
higher education,” Res High Educ., Vol.51, pp. 416-450, Aug. 2010.
[3] F. Yi, “University of Nottingham Ningbo China and Xi’an Jiaotong-
Liverpool University: globalization of higher education in China,”
High Educ., online: DOI 10.1007/s10734-012-9558-8, Jul. 2012.
[4] J. Kauko, “Dynamics in higher education politics: a theoretical
model,” High Educ., online: DOI 10.1007/s10734-012-9538-z, Jun.
2012.
[5] J. Liu, “Examining massification policies and their consequences for
equality in Chinese higher education: A cultural perspective,” High
Educ., online: DOI 10.1007/s10734-012-9517-4, April.2012.
[6] M. Ramos, and H. Carvalho, “Perceptions of quantitative methods in
higher education: mapping student profiles,” High Educ., Vol. 61, pp.
629-647, Nov. 2011.
[7] S. Wilkins, and J. Huisman, “The international branch campus as
transnational strategy in higher education,” High Educ., online: DOI
10.1007/s10734-012-9516-5, Mar. 2012.
[8] W. J. Jacob, “Social justice in Chinese higher education: regional
issues of equity and access,” Review Educ., Vol. 52, pp. 149-169, Jan.
2006.
[9] Y.C. H. Angela, “Mutual recognition of quality assurance decisions
on higher education institutions in three regions: a lesson for Asia,”
High Educ., online: DOI 10.1007/s10734-012-9536-1, May 2012.
289 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
From the “Synergy” to the “Whole” –Scientific

1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 2T 2T 1T 1T
Research
Management Mechanism and Innovative of 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T
Science and Engineering Universities under 1T 1T 1T
Holistic Governance Perspective 1T
Liming Suo1, Zhiyong Liu2

1,2
School of Political Science and Public Administration University of Electronic Science and Technology of China, Chengdu, P.R. China
1
dinastysuo@126.com
Abstract：From a holistic perspective, the article examines the status quo of research science and engineering university
research management mechanism, according to the basic principle and mode of the whole governance of science and
engineering research university governance innovative suggestions for improvement. Characteristics of the research
university is reflected in the university resources configuration oriented teachers work behavior, internal and external
evaluations, while nesting in research management system being nested in the school's administrative system. Science and
engineering research universities should adopt a holistic strategic vision and integrity of governance mode, to re-build a
scientific research management system and mechanism, changes in the functions of the sectors in research management
system.
Keywords: holistic perspective; science and engineering universities; scientific research management mechanism
How to achieve common progress of scientific research informal and autonomy, and the key element of its
level with the school as a whole, forming a virtuous circle, realization is cooperation. About university governance
is the need to address the important issues of university problems have been getting attention in the west, In 1973,
governance. This paper argues that the vertical research the United States Carnegie education committee university
university management system and decentralized research is defined governance as the structure and process of
management mechanisms become obstacles to the overall decision, in order to make the difference between
development of the University under the new situation, is administrative and management. University governance as
not conducive to a combination of interactive and the “management” in university this special field’s
innovative research and teaching personnel training, which realization, it must match governance some special essence.
must seek a new model of governance. The idea of “Holistic University management must be “to the democratic society
governance” provides a new perspective that research and as the premise, with citizen’s spirit as the basis,
management for science and engineering research performance as the guide, the idea of university as the core”
universities. (ester zheng as, 2011).GuHaiLiang (2010), the President of
Wuhan university, argues that university governance
1. From “Governance” to “University
structure is divided into external governance and internal
Governance Structure”
governance structure. University internal governance
The word “governance” from the organization theory (cf. structure is mainly refers to university internal stakeholders
Mizruchi, 1983;Westphal and Zajac, 1995). At first, the all kinds of power between the distribution and restricting,
main research content of governance is the role of business Interest realization system regulation, system arrangement
enterprise internal the board of directors in delegates and and mechanism design, the centralism manifests university
protects shareholders interests (Fama and Jensen, 1983). management structure, operation and regulation of the main
The management of the public sectors also began to features and the basic requirements, and Scientific research
emphasize the difference between “governance” and management is belong to one of the university internal
“government” at the90s.The approach of governance pays governance structure.
more attention to make public functions realized flexibility,
2. The Definition and Characteristic of the
290 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. M. Suo et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp290-294
Research Universities of Science and 3.1. University Research Management System and
Engineering Administrative Management System
At 1994, researching university was defined by Research management system as a system performance
Federation of American universities in the “higher for a range of organizations and contract. The form of
education institutions in classification”. First, it widely organization nested within the administrative system of the
provide bachelor, master and doctoral degree program; it at school. The university’s administrative management system
least 15 disciplines awarded more than 50 doctorate every is built on the foundation of our basic government
year; Second, it got the federal government of more than administrative system, the core of this system is to
$40 million funding research funding every year. That is to emphasize the power and execution, is characterized by the
say, the research university must accomplish a certain linear. This system also is known as the bureaucracy or
amount of the federal government’s scientific research bureaucratic system, the characteristics summarized as
project. At the same times, it must develop a certain number hierarchical, specialized, professional rules and impersonal.
of reach the highest degree level talents (Mc Cormick However, the biggest difference in the science and
Alexanderc, 2001). Wang Zhan-jun (2003), who work in technology management system and the administrative
Our country degree and postgraduate education system is the object and purpose of its management. The
development center, argues that “research university is a pursuit of administrative management system is in a certain
innovative knowledge spread, production and application as results under strict pursuit of the process of standardization,
the center, to produce a high level of scientific research procedures and standardized, follow the principle of priority
achievements and cultivation of high-level elite talent as the and legalize generally summed up as “prior way. The
goal, in social development, economic construction, cultural management of science and technology management system
prosperity, national security play an important role in the object technology, including scientific and technical
university”. In a word, the basic connotation of the research personnel, scientific and technological organizations,
university is a higher comprehensive subject, better doctor science and technology team, technology projects,
subject distribution and strong doctor training ability and technology needs by its aim to pursue the ideal goals and
high scientific research level of university. The research innovative achievements. Personnel, means, methods, ways
university is a talent center, exploration type personnel of participating, in accordance with the efficiency standard
training center, great achievements in the center of the form, random emphasized the flexibility of the means to follow is
the new subject formed center, science and technology and the priority and validity of the principle of generally
the combination of industrial center. summed up as “after the way to”. Therefore, the two
The function of the research university determines the systems there is a greater difference, cannot substitute for
university research characteristics. It reflects on many each other.
aspects: at the fist, it is reflected in the allocation of
3.2. The Governance Form of Scientific
resources, the allocation of resources in order to achieve
Management Mechanism
scientific research results and training high level talents,
including scientific research personnel, scientific research (1) Five Basic Governance Form of the Public Sector.
management resources and for the scientific research of the The whole of governance has been gradually on the rise
software and hardware device resources, and so on. The in the public sector, in particular, advances in technology
second, it is the study of teachers’ work behavior. Teachers and the broader economic and social change, and other
not only engaged in knowledge spread, more to carry out factors because people began to tend to the organization as
the knowledge innovation and creation of the spread of a whole mode. Today, it’s broader and more complex as a
knowledge .teacher work in scientific research production whole of government in western countries. Especially
and develop talents of innovation and research ability. The holistic governance symbolizes change the form of the
third, it reflects in external evaluation. The national and public sector in the world, four influential trends
social of college scientific research achievements of confluence:
quantity, grade, researching fund scale, science and In accordance with the relationship between means and
technology innovation achievements conversion and goals of the organization’s management, governance
influential scientists quantity, and so on. It includes the morphology can be divided into the following five types:
internal to secondary teaching and scientific research unit progressive form, paladin-form, the form of fragmentation,
performance as well as to the teachers’ performance collaborative form and overall morphology. As shown:
evaluation, etc.
3. The Analysis of the Research Management
Mechanism
291 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

logistics management departments, financial management

sector. Logistics, infrastructure, equipment, and financial
sectors, where research venues, scientific equipment and
research funding management. As shown in the following
figure, the latter three organizations around scientific
research outputs organization, constitutes a typical science
and engineering research university research management
system.
Figure 1. The form institutional decided by the organization’s

goals means.
(2) Science and Engineering Research University

Research Management Form.
First of all, in the form of research management,
including four types of research organizations. Generally,
the school system of scientific research, including scientific
research to create two types of departments and research Figure 2. Typical science and engineering research university
research management institutional structures
management, that is, teaching and research organizations
and research management department. However, with the
development of university research more demands for Subsequently, the department’s actions subject to the
services around the scientific research unit of output, the overall objective, the lack of overall convergence. The goal
gradual formation of the three types of service organizations of these sectors in the typical research management system
and departments. The first category is the policy of service are subordinated to the school’s overall scientific objectives,
organizations, including the science and technology such as scientific research bear the main pursuit maximize
department, the Graduate Management department, results and structural optimization, technology management
Personnel represented by scientific research, science and departments to pursue the growth rate of scientific and
technology at a major research management department technological achievements, discipline construction sector
relationship in research activities directly related to the in the pursuit of The discipline extended teaching units
teaching and research organization. Technology is that the ranking enhance the pursuit of scientific research contest.
role of the organization department of the school Science and technology management system is a complex
technology plans, direct publisher of scientific and technical system, not just the problem of the unified management of
information, all kinds of research projects and results the science and technology department, while involved in
reporting audit by. Graduate Management department the various departments of the school, and throughout the
disciplines platform services and graduate academic various aspects of the research activities. Department in
activities, scientific research in turn support the Graduate charge of school research and technology through the
School of new disciplines or the consolidation of existing development of various incentives, the project management
disciplines. The personnel department and the introduction approach, research requirements in the personnel
of scientific research personnel services, and also provide department and the job classification, job evaluation system,
evaluation and incentive to obtain the corresponding results discipline construction sector the disciplinary point
of the research and teaching staff. The second category is breeding programs, graduate training policy, as well as
based on the Academic Committee, Technology Committee teaching units own research incentives, assessment and
as the representative organization of research and consulting management policies. The relevant departments are trying
services. Research universities are generally established the to use various means to engage in scientific research
Academic Committee or the Committee on Science and services, consulting and protection activities. Under normal
Technology from the of campus academic field leaders, to circumstances, these policies are in the process of
solve the problem of the academic strategic development. formulation and not fully solicit the views of the various
Such as medium-and long-term science and technology departments, resulting in policies from different
development planning, technical feasibility studies of major departments in the decision-making, implementation
projects in related fields, the overall work and other work, difficult convergence; the situation cannot be mutually
including school field and related technical consultancy on reinforcing effect.
behalf of the school. Research and security services as the Therefore, the current scientific and technological
representative organization of the third category is based management system is a “system” together; “the whole
292 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

system” in the best state of institutional innovation goals interdisciplinary science because of these abuses such as
between the various departments can support each other, the individual operation, subject refining, narrow research field
use of means in harmony with each other, forming a so that unable to achieve academic rising productivity.
network.
4.2. The Whole Management Mode of Scientific
4. The Innovation of Science and Technology and Technological Management
Management Mechanism under the Whole In the 1980s, the rising of new public management has
Management Perspective greatly improved the administrative efficiency. However,
The function transformation of that from administration too much emphasize on inter-department competition leads
to service of science and technology management to ignorance of cooperation and coordination, and caused
mechanism is to redefining research-subject and the government’s “fragmentized” state. To effectively solve
research-relevant departments of school. Although the problems of hollowed and fragmentized, the whole
longitudinal primarily and intersected management management would become the new choose direction of
structure can ensure the effectiveness of implementation, it public sector governance. The whole government is the
is difficult to meet the research university innovation result of the improvement of whole government reform’s
strategy development requirements. substance and the product of all sorts of governance theory
connotation expansion and theoretical stretching. In the
4.1. Strategic Objective and the System of Science management idea, with the public service as a fundamental
and Technology Management tenet, it gives up management tendency of the new public
management; in the construction of the system, paying
It is the general requirement of country and the need of
attention to functional integration, it overcomes the
own development that research universities of science and
fragmentized dilemma; in the technology, actively
engineering should build into a high level of research
introducing modern information technology, it pursuits the
universities. And the development of science and
establishment of the no gap government. It includes both
technology is the main support and the management of
improvement of governance structure and integration of
science and technology is the guarantee of the realization of
management function (Zeng Wei-he, 2010). The core of the
this goal. Research universities of science and engineering
whole management lies in its overall and full view sexual
is a system, includes subsystems of teaching, scientific
concept. How to integrate each department function as a
research, personnel, discipline etc. and between each
whole and the communication and cooperation of
subsystem there are organic connection. As one of the
trans-department, multi-industry, and trans-regional is the
subsystems, the function of science and technology is to
target of whole government and an important content of
realize the maximization of scientific and technological
“the super-ministries” reform in China.
achievements. From the perspective of institutional
There is a big difference between science and
economics, institution is composed of a series of
technology management and administrative management.
organization structure, and the rights and obligations
The direction of science and technology management
arrangement of each organization determines the behavior
reform should more conform to the science and
of each individual. Through the incentive of system can
technology’s own basic develop laws, scientific and
change actors’ behavior, and then decide the institution
technical personnel’ essential characteristic and scientific
performance. So the institution is particularly important.
and technological achievements’ basic requirements. To
Science and technology management system of research
realize improvement of the university academic
universities of science and engineering exist a longitudinal
productivity should change the management mode of target
principal-agent relationship. In this relationship, school
decomposition type of technology index, should face mesh
administrative leadership committee is entrusting party and
subject structured and cross fusion field of study, should
science and technology management organization is agency.
pay attention to transform from administration to service,
The goal of science and technology management
and should reform and innovate from small science and
organization is to archive school’s entrust-target.
technology management system with the project
Meanwhile, the organization has a cooperative relationship
management as the core to the great scientific and
with other related departments that to realize the goal of
technological management system with academic
school together.
construction as the core. There are four basic frameworks.
Under this system, the scientific research task is
The first is top-level design-the whole school science and
disintegrating to individual. Although this system inspires
technology development goals; the second is the primary
researchers for scientific research, it goes against
goal of science and technology management-the target of
integration, interdisciplinary research and the emergence of
293 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

the whole science and technology management system Fourth is to realize the seamless joint between subject
which include all service departments; the third is the and scientific research of graduate student management
function of the whole department which include the core department. Research universities of science and
academic productive resources of all colleges and research engineering’ primary function is to provide position and
institutes; the fourth is innovation of operation mechanism platform-subject resource. Discipline construction and
of all colleges and research institutes scientific research development are two sides that can
promote each other. The graduate student management
4.3. Transformation of Functions
department should strengthen the communication with
Under this framework, those involved functions of committee, management institutions and research
policy services, advisory services, security service and institutions in subject information, such as declaration,
production department also need to implement the programming, evaluation and construction.
corresponding transformation. Fifth is to actively expand scientific research subject
First is to clear the core role of “service” in the science unit’s science and technology management function.
and technology management system. For research Teaching and research management staff of the organization
universities of science and engineering, the key point of or department directly facing teachers and research team, is
management system is the service for academic core the science and technology management system terminal.
resources. With the service requirement oriented of It’s an important role in improving academic productivity.
scientific research which as the subject unit and infuse the However, the current main functions reflected on the
whole function of system with “service” to arouse the information uploaded issued and basic services. Combined
enthusiasm, motive and potential of the subject unit. with the existing difference in disciplines, teaching and
Second is to strengthening science and technology research at the organizational level of science and
management organization’s “coordination” service function. technology management department can not meet the
At present, science and technology management teachers’ demand for research services timely and
organization has made plan, puts forward policy accurately. Therefore, to expand the autonomy of a
suggestions and organizes actual implementation for scientific research and management of teaching and
development planning, base construction, the construction research organizations is in need, such as following a
of qualified personnel, results declaration, achievements certain amount of projects can be managed by the Institute
transformation and intellectual property rights and patent of Technology Management department. Particular in
protection. Therefore, current science and technology cross-cutting projects, provide good links and services for
management mechanism is a kind of process management, the project the demand side and the supply side could
including plan, organization, leadership and control of making the research project management body.
project. Due to the academic innovation activities often Project No: 09XJY031
involves many departments, and the subject unit needs to
contact with several departments, and each relevant References
department also has contaction, and due to the advantages
[1] Mizruchi, MarkS.. “Relations among large American corporations,
of science and technology management department in
1904-1974” Social Science History, 1983, 7:165-182.
having information, so Should be coordinate under the
[2] Westphal and Zajac. Who shall govern? CEO/Board power,
guidance of “service” concept. That is to set up a
femographic similarity, and new director selection [J]. Administrative
communication platform for departments, such as joint
Science Quarterly. 1995, 40:60-83.
coordination meetings each semester. In this way, set more
[3] Zheng Xu-hui. “Further understanding of university governance”.
management functions to scientific research subject unit.
Contemporary Education Forum, 2011(11).
Third is strengthening the consulting institutions
[4] Gu Hai-liang. “Improve the internal governance structure of the
“professional” service functions of science and technology.
construction of a modern university system”. China Education News
University science and technology committee is an expert
[N], 2010(920): 5.
consulting system, which is the advice strength of school’s
[5] Mc Cormick Alexanderc. The carn gie classification of institution of
development. New research field production a certain extent
higher education [M]. Malden: Police Press, 2001.
restricted due to experts in the committee come from
[6] Wang Zhan-jun. The construction and development of the Chinese
different units and the field is defined by different
research university [M]. Beijing: Higher Education Press, 2003.
disciplines, so this restricts the emergence of a new field in
[7] Zeng Wei-he. The governance theory pedigree of contemporary
a certain extent. To strengthen the research in cross fields,
western governments [J]. The Journal of Hubei University of
not only build the decision consultation mechanism, but
Economics, 2010 (1):74-76.
also need to give more authority to experts.
294 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Teaching Reform of Cold Stamping Die Design

Course for Training High-quality Practical
Talents
Haipeng Li1, Baoe Li2, Chunyong Liang3, Hongshui Wang4
1,2,3,4
School of Materials Science and Engineering, Hebei University of Technology, Tianjin, China
1
lhpcx@163.com
Abstract: To adapt to the challenges of economic globalization and international financial crisis, it is a major topic in front
of high schools to train high-quality practical talents according to the needs of market and society, and to explore corres-
ponding professional course teaching method. According to training objective of mold design and manufacturing profes-
sional, cold stamping die design course is reformed in the aspects of teaching content, method, means and practice teaching
on principle of ‘actual, practical, practice’, with training practice ability and applying theory knowledge as the core. Its aims
are to train high-quality professional talents on mold design and improve their international competition ability. The result
showed that, the teaching reform has improved students’ comprehensive abilities from different perspectives, and achieved
the goal of training high-quality professional talents on mold design and improving students’ competition ability. The stu-
dents can integrate into society more quickly and face competition and challenge more confidently, who meet the demands
of mold enterprises for high-quality professional talents.
Keywords: higher education; talent development; teaching reform; cold stamping die design
1. Introduction stamping mold industry, the banal teaching means and me-
thod, and the weak practice teaching.
With the rapid development of mold industry, manufac- Based on above problems, domestic and foreign univer-
turing enterprises have more needs for mold design talents, sities universally engaged into the teaching reform of cold
especial the versatile talents who can master the theory and stamping die design course, the fundamental one among the
method of mold design, understand technical drawings, professional basic courses of mold major. Good results have
skillfully use drawing software, such as AutoCAD, Master- been achieved. Students’ interests have been aroused in
cam, UG, Pro/E, and also have certain design experience. some degree, and their abilities of learning, practice and
Thus, training high-quality practical talents with compre- innovation have been enhanced through the reform of teach-
hensive ability through teaching process is particularly im- ing contents, teaching method, practical teaching system
portant in current international financial situation of adverse and other aspects. However, at the same time, some short-
circumstances. comings in teaching reform still exist.
In recent years, the teaching experience of cold stamp- First, some schools made new teaching syllabus, chose
ing die design course and the feedback of mold enterprises new textbooks and introduced new teaching materials, but
showed that the overall quality of mold graduate was not they still did not involved in the application of computer 3D
satisfying, although the students of mold design and manu- design technology in cold stamping die design course. Al-
facturing professional had good basic quality, and had been though some computer drawing courses might be set up,
lectured lots of systematic and integrated theoretical know- unfortunately they were separated from the practice of mold
ledge during teaching process. Primary problem was redesign, meaning that the most advanced and needed mold
flected in poor abilities of applying theory knowledge, design technology did not appear in cold stamping die de-
which is also a common problem faced by the relevant ma- sign course.
jors in other national schools. Investigating the reasons, Second, multimedia teaching was overemphasized and
except the restriction of some objective conditions such as the advantages of traditional blackboard teaching were ig-
limited teaching resources, poor teaching practice condi- nored. In the process of reforming teaching method, tradi-
tions, and so on, the major one is that traditional course sys- tional blackboard teaching method was given up to visual
tem of cold stamping die design has many defects, including multimedia teaching. A great number of fine animations
teaching contents far behind the development of modern show direct and vivid effects. However, students were al-
295 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

H. P. Li et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp295-298
ways absorbed in visual effects and just had a look, and needs of modern teaching. Only using appropriate teaching
ignored the essential knowledge, which finally resulted in method, can the teacher lecture teaching contents vividly,
that students had no deep impression on mold structure, improve students’ learning initiative, gradually set up inno-
assembly relation and other important contents. vation consciousness, and strengthen students’ ability to
Third, though curriculum design, graduation design, adapt to future work. Therefore, it is imperative to reform
practice and other practice teaching methods had been em- traditional teaching method.
phasized, the time span of the former with cold stamping Project teaching is the inner requirement of working
die design course was very large. They could not favor in process-oriented teaching pattern. Its core is to use “com-
strengthening the learned knowledge in time. Besides, the plete action mode”. In teaching process, teachers should
main form of practice was just to visit. So the students ac- design appropriate mold design projects and let students
tually had no opportunities and experiences to design die. experience “the course of work” [1, 2]. That is, teaching
To sum up, based on teaching reform experience of oth- process begin with students’ accepting mold design task.
er universities, choosing their essences and advantages to Then students independently finish their task keeping pace
learn and removing their bad ones, the teaching reform of with teaching process. Upon ending of whole teaching
cold stamping die design course was carried out by us re- process, students show their design results. This method
cently. breaks traditional three steps structure: teaching, course
design and graduation design, and overcomes the shortcom-
2. Reform Ideas ing that theory study and design practice are disjointed. The
The fundamental way of training talents is to combine teaching method, namely, first theory teaching, then prac-
theory with practice. Improving students’ comprehensive tice teaching, again theory teaching, and then practice teach-
ability is the theme in the teaching reform of cold stamping ing again, is formed, making practice teaching throughout
die design course. The teaching method of combing teach- whole teaching process [3].
ing with exercising is implemented. The importance of 3.2. Combining Multiple Teaching Means
practice training in cold stamping die design is emphasized
specially. A variety of ways are adopted to enhance stu- Traditional teaching means of cold stamping die design
dents’ mold design ability. All these are useful exploration have already not adapted to the needs of modern teaching.
to cultivate students’ learning ability, practice ability and Traditional teaching process emphasizes imparting know-
innovation ability, which has important meanings in im- ledge, but ignores the intelligence development of students.
proving comprehensive quality and employment competi- And in class teacher lectures much, and students are just
tion of students in mold major, and in cultivating high- busy in taking notes and even have no time to exchange
quality professional talents meeting social needs. ideas with teacher, resulting to question and interact less.
Students hardly study by themselves, which goes against
3. Reform Measures cultivating students’ abilities. The drab teaching mean, sim-
3.1. Innovating Teaching Method ple blackboard writing teaching or PPT show, is hard to
mobilize students’ interest and enthusiasm. Furthermore, as
Teaching method not only directly affects the extent of a comprehensive and practical course, cold stamping die
students’ understanding and accepting knowledge, but also design introduces space structure and action principle of
affects the development of their thinking ability. Researches many complicated dies. Only depending on teacher can not
show that, appropriate educating methods can stimulate lecture so clearly that students are difficult in understanding
learning interests and improve independent thinking ability, the structures and working principles of complex dies. In
and then raise teaching effect. Therefore, the choice of addition, the single form of experimental course is to disas-
teaching method is of great importance. Using appropriate semble molds and draw their sketches, lacking of vivid and
teaching method can build active classroom atmosphere, initiative new forms useful for the development of students’
fully mobilize students’ learning enthusiasm, arouse their intelligence. Only using appropriate teaching means, can
interests, and make a boring lecture become a vivid and full teachers lecture teaching contents vividly, enlarge know-
one. However, present teaching process of the course just ledge quantity, gradually set up students’ innovation con-
emphasizes imparting knowledge to students, ignoring the sciousness.
development of their intelligence. In class, teachers lecture In the teaching reform of this class, educators should
too many contents, but students think little, hardly partici- take complementary advantages of traditional teaching,
pate in teaching process. The lack of interaction between multimedia teaching and experiment teaching. For example,
teachers and students goes against cultivating students’ the contents such as basic theory and formula should be
study interests. Therefore, the traditional teaching method taught in traditional way, by which the knowledge is pro-
of cold stamping die design has no longer adapted to the
296 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

gressively lectured from easy to hard. For those such as based on instruction, resulting their thinking and behavior
mold structures, parts form, operating principle should be being fixed as a unified mode. Therefore, constructing new
showed in multimedia ways including PPT, animation and teaching system should highlight the ability of applying
video. For those such as mold assembly, debugging and basic theoretical knowledge, develop practical skills, and
application should be taught by watching enterprise videos, emphasize theory teaching serves practice ability training.
and set up course experiments, during which students can Based on further strengthening practice teaching such as
disassemble mold, map them and even make the copy ones course experiment, curriculum design, production practice,
with organic glass. By the combining of several teaching the practice teaching ways should be expanded, including
means, students’ interests and subjective initiative can be adding comprehensive design practice in classroom teach-
fully mobilized, realizing optimal teaching effect within ing, arranging students to use taught knowledge to solve
limited class hour. engineering technical projects in out-of-class time, and en-
couraging capable students to take part in scientific research.
3.3. Following Mold Industry Advancement Thus, a multilevel practice teaching way, including course
Modern cold stamping die design is a new branch of experiment, comprehensive practice design, production
science. With the rapid development of stamping processing practice, curriculum design, engineering application, and
industry and related technology, mold industry requires scientific research, is formed, creating necessary conditions
graduates knowing the technology advancement of this field, for high-quality practical talents.
grasping consolidating theoretical basis, and owning prac-
tical and innovative abilities. However, teaching material
4. Reform Effects
updates slowly. Its contents emphasize theory and do not Applying above measures, present actual teaching re-
reflect modern knowledge system. Therefore, there are des- sults of cold stamping die design course showed that, the
perately needs for this course to enrich teaching contents, teaching reform stimulated mold professional students’
and to supplement latest science and technology achieve- learning interest and initiative, and cultivated students’ abil-
ments, so that the technology development can be closely ities, such as independent thinking, innovation conscious-
followed [4]. ness, analyzing and solving engineering problems, and ap-
According to the development of mold design technolo- plying taught knowledge. In class, students studied earnest-
gy and the latest demands of mold enterprises, teaching ly, actively combined theory knowledge with practical ap-
syllabus and contents should be systematically arranged and plication, and showed great interests in project teaching.
updated in time. Meanwhile, teaching process should high- The students’ mastery of the course was higher than ex-
light the advancement of mold technology, and make teach- pected. At the same time, their comprehensive ability and
ing contents adapt to mold technology development and employment competition were improved obviously. The
enterprise demands. For instances, appropriate class hour purpose of cultivating high-quality practical talents was
should be arranged to introduce the latest CAD/CAE/CAM achieved.
technology, stamping equipment or design method into
teaching. The practicability of new mold technology should 5. Conclusions
be highlighted. According to technology advancement, Integrating theory with practice is the fundamental way
teaching content need to be recomposed and new practice to train talents. In the teaching reform of cold stamping die
course should be added, to increase students’ abilities to design course, improving students’ comprehensive ability is
grasp and apply them. all-around topic. Implementing the teaching method of
3.4. Expanding Practice Teaching Methods combing teaching with practice, emphasizing the impor-
tance of practice training in teaching process, and creating
The teaching process of cold stamping die design can be various ways to enhance students’ design ability, all these
divided into two parts, theory teaching and practice teaching. are useful explorations to cultivate students’ learning, prac-
Practice teaching is one of the important teaching links to tice and innovative abilities. These measures showed impor-
cultivate high-quality talents with practical ability and inno- tant meanings in improving comprehensive quality and em-
vative spirit. And reasonable practice teaching plays irrepla- ployment competition of graduates in mold professional,
ceable roles in improving teaching quality. Traditional and in cultivating high-quality professional talents meeting
teaching is week in practice. The methods of course design social needs. Besides, the experiences of this teaching
and graduation design can not keep up with the develop- reform may have important reference values for the similar
ment of modern computer design technology. In addition, majors in other domestic and foreign universities.
traditional practice methods are arranged by teachers and
not enough flexible, and students just perform experiments 6. Acknowledgment
297 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

We thank the support from the teaching reform project

of Hebei University of Technology.
References
[1] C. Q. Tang, “The Analysis about the Relationship Which Is between
Professional Theory Teaching and Practice Teaching in the Field of
Mold Designing and Manufacturing,” Eqpt. Manuf. Tech. China, vol.
8, pp. 208–210, August 2010.
[2] G. Gao, “Teaching Practice and Teaching Reform of Project Based
on Learning in Mechanical CAD/CAM,” J. Xi’an Aerotechnical Coll.
China, vol. 30, pp. 85–88, May 2012.
[3] C. K. Du, Z. F. Li, and L. Zhou, “The Project Teaching of the Course
Machine Design: Research and Practice,” J. Wuxi Inst. Com. China,
vol. 12, pp. 65–67, June 2012.
[4] J. P. Chen, Z. P. Ding, and C. W. Hu, “Curriculum Teaching Reform
and Practice for Plastic Mold Design,” J. Hunan Univ. Tech. China,
vol. 22, pp. 104–106, March 2008.
298 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
MIS Teaching Quality Evaluation based on

Markov Theory
Zhang, QingWei1; Li, Zi-yao2
1
Henan Electric Power Training Center, Zhengzhou, China
2
Economic and Management School, Zhongyuan University of Technology, China
1
zqw20017304@163.com; 2lilizqw@163.com
Abstract: The character of Markov chain---namely stability ineffectiveness, is suitable for teaching quality evaluation. Due
to complexity of MIS itself, the paper analyzes on whether ERP experimental platform changes students' scores or not aim-
ing at practical teaching condition. Taking status transition data of scores as numeric example, it builds Markov evaluation
model. Through case analysis, final result tests and verifies applicability and validity that Markov method applies to teach-
ing evaluation.
Keywords: markov chain; mis; teaching quality; transition probability matrix
1. Introduction matic science, math, and computer application. Due to its
discipline characteristics, MIS teaching should ensure com-
Teaching quality evaluation is a significant link of bination of theory teaching and practice teaching. Practice
teaching feedback in colleges. How to launch teaching qual- teaching divides into demonstrating practice teaching design,
ity evaluation and which method to adopt to evaluate teach- case practice teaching design and designing practice teach-
ing quality is an important aspect of college teaching. ing.
Some scholars have studied on teaching quality evalua- The comprehensiveness of this subject requires that stu-
tion of universities:Li wei [1]put forwards teaching quality dents have better base of this discipline and demand higher
evaluation method , namely that "five dimension"method, management and computer level. Because of this subject’s
regarding that we should form step by step a intact assess characteristic: comprehensive coverage and wide range of
system combining various assess modes. YANG knowledge etc., students can’t get the point in the process of
Rong-rong[2]came up with 4 levels teaching assess: first one, studying, and can’t improve their grade rapidly. Therefore, it
by department and teachers, constructing peer assess form; is hardly for us to appropriately assess teaching quality of
second one, by teaching quality assessment team, construct- this subject.
ing expert quality-assess; third one, by the student leaders As a provincial classic course, we reformed MIS teach-
and ordinary students, constituting the object of teaching ing way using such softwares as ERP,etc.. Combining with
quality assessment; fourth one, by employer's informa- case and practice, we introduced comprehensive experimen-
tion feedback system, constituting the social quality evalua- tal platform and built special laboratory, offering experi-
tion. Some scholars have researched on monitoring method mental teaching environment to meet teaching request of
and its system of practice teaching quality: LIU Yuan-lin[3] different majors. On the one hand, ERP experiment mainly
constructed teaching quality monitoring system of fulfill- includes sand table simulation and software experiment.
ment courses based on comparing theory and practice. SU Sand table simulation of ERP, for the first time in teaching
Fang[4]elaborating teaching quality from organization, sys- process, mobilized students' initiative. In experiment, each
tem improvement, laboratory management---strengthen and student acted a part such as president, or marketing director;
experiment teaching-monitoring and assessing, through several members consist of a team. As a result of this ERP
combining characteristics of the western region. sand table simulation, teacher counted score of each team,
2. MIS Teaching Characteristics and its declaring which team wins the simulation. In the lively ex-
perimental environment, students not only learned theory
Reform
knowledge, but strengthened their understanding of this
Management information system (MIS) is a young dis- subject. On the other hand, students did experiment on
cipline, whether in mainland or abroad. From the respective computer, reviewing knowledge learned on class with re-
of discipline characteristic, it is an interdisciplinary subject lated software. On the basis of learning and comprehending
with integrity and marginality which is composed of syste- basic principle and method, they can master that how ERP
299 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Q. W. Zhang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp299-302
realizes the integrating of logistics flow, information flow To irreducible and aperiodic Markov Chain, supposing
and capital flow. So such reform on MIS, to a great extent, that all status are interlinked and all period is 1, we call
resolves some problems such as unreasonable curriculum, X j
Markov Chain is ergodic[6]. If it is ergodic, then fits
lack of professional direction and less practice.
sole invariant distribution. Satisfying the following formula:
3.MIS Teaching Quality Evaluation X= X • P
3.1 Principle of Markov Chain
Unit matrix is used to represent the above formula:
As a basic characteristic, Stability ineffectiveness regards
that the situation a moment before can decide the condition X ( I − P) =
0
in a future in such process. In other words, measurement of a Invariant vector X of transition probability matrix P is
certain moment is only related with measurement of moment feature vector which feature value of transposed matrix is 1.
before. Such process is called Markov process.
1) Transition Probability 3.2. Application of Markov Chain in MIS Teaching
Quality Evaluations
Supposing that
{ X n , n = 0,1, 2,....} only has definite After introducing related experimental platform, whether
E0 , E1 , E2 ...... , Stochastic process this reform changes MIS teaching consequence and what
or numerable values: influence has on students' score. Answering such problems
{ X n , n = 0,1, 2,....} is called Markov Chain. To any num- need comparing students' scores before and after the reform.
This article applies Markov Chain to quantitatively analyze
ber( n ≥ 0 ), and its status i, j , satisfying the following this assessment problem.
condition:
1)The determination of Markova problems
P { X n=
+1 j X=
0 i0 , X=
1 i1 , X n=
−1 in −1 , X= } P { X n=+1 j X=n i}
n i= Above all, MIS teaching can be divided into limited
multi-status; next, in the teaching process, students' score
can transform randomly from one status to another status;
Conditional probability
{
P X n +1 =jX n =i } is a sin- again, students' score transition probability is only connected
with current status, nothing to do with status of before a pe-
pij riod of time. Judging from the above three characteristics,
gle-step transition probability of Markov Chain, and its we can determine that score changing is a Markov problem.
 p11  p1n  We could apply Markov theory into Teaching quality evalua-
  tion.
    
p p  pmn  2)Partition and determination of status
matrix style is ij =  m1
To solve transition probability, we divide score into 5
pij status. Status above score 90 is 1, status between 80 and 89
has the such character: is 2, status between 70 and 79 is 3, status between 60 and 69
is 4, status below 60 is 5. Supposing that score transforms
pij ≥ 0 from status 2 to status 1, then score transition is 21.
The first is
No matter which status students' score is in, it can switch
n to another status by definite steps. So such five statuses are
∑p
i =1
ij =1 interlinked; to solve its period, students' score can be classi-
The second is fied into five statuses. Greatest common divisor of step
length is one, from status 1 returning to status 1, so its period
2) Ergodic Markov Chain is one, and so on. Average time is less than infinite, from
status i returning to status i , so status i is called nor-
To irreducible and aperiodic Markov Chain, its n-step mal-return status. From the above three condition (status
transition probability matrix is of stability ineffectiveness. interlinked, period 1, normal-return status), Markov Chain of
So the following formula is got: students' score-changing is ergodic.
lim p ( n )ij = X j 3) Solving Invariant vector X of transition probability
n →∞
matrix P
300 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

X = ( X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 ) , X is feature vector of
Table 2. score-changing of 2th class
T
matrix P of which feature value is one. The following NOTE: Sno:student number; Ins: initial score; Sla: score
equation is set:
 5
∑ X i = 1 Sno Ins Sla Stran Sno Ins Sla Stran
 i =1
 X = PT X
 ...formula 1 1 78 85 32 15 90 89 12
Supposing that matrix P is block diagonal, which

2 88 89 22 16 74 79 33
means students on each level can move to any status. In
terms of stability ineffectiveness of Markov Chain, equili-
brium state of score-changing is only concerned with transi- 3 90 81 12 17 75 87 32
tion probability matrix. Such process doesn't have only solu-
tion, and we could make the solution being uniqueness by 4 93 80 12 18 81 82 22
adding constraint condition.
5 73 81 32 19 87 88 22
4)Example of MIS Teaching Quality Evaluation
Extracting MIS score of two classes in our university. 6 88 82 22 20 74 70 33
We keep traditional teaching way in one class, and we in-
troduce related software and sand table simulation in another
7 93 89 12 21 80 81 22
class. Score-changing is used to explain how teaching quali-
ty is influenced after introducing such teaching reform. Table
8 74 80 32 22 65 80 42
I and Table II is score transition table of the two classes.
Table 1. score-changing of 1th class 9 87 82 22 23 87 74 23
10 94 89 12 24 64 71 43
Sno Ins Sla Stran Sno Ins Sla Stran
1 96 85 12 15 97 88 12 11 58 59 55 25 74 68 34
2 93 88 12 16 88 90 21
12 74 65 34 26 72 78 33
3 93 81 12 17 94 76 13
4 84 95 21 18 82 79 23 13 79 84 32 27
5 95 81 12 19 86 88 22
14 74 78 33 28
6 96 72 13 20 96 92 11 later;
7 81 87 22 21 85 86 22 Stran: score transition
8 96 88 12 22 92 90 11
Using matrix
T1 and T2 as number of score-changing
9 88 89 22 23 72 73 33 in the two tables
10 84 86 22 24 87 85 22 2 7 3 0 0 0 5 0 0 0
   
11 78 64 34 25 52 60 54 3 8 1 0 0 0 6 1 0 0
T1 =  0 0 1 1 0  T2 =  0 5 4 2 0
12 93 78 13 26 67 72 43    
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0
13 89 92 21 27 80 84 22 0  0 1 
 0 0 1 0  0 0 0
14 94 87 12 28 84 83 22
301 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Corresponding transition matrix is as follows: 4. Conclusion

 1/ 6 7 /12 1/ 4 0 0 Premise is that this process must be a Markov problem
 
1/ 4 2 / 3 1/12 0 0 when we apply Markov Chain into teaching quality evalua-
p1 = 
 0 0 1/ 2 1/ 2 0 tion. On the basis of demonstrating that teaching reform is a
  Markov problem, Markov method is used to evaluate teach-
 0 0 1 0 0
 0 0 
ing quality reform (expressing with scores). This method
 0 0 1
focuses on "the history "of teaching process. Comparing
with other method, Markov Chain theory is reasonable for
0 5 0 0 0
  teaching process.
0 6 / 7 1/ 7 0 0
p2 =  Due to not considering other external factors (students'
 0 5 /11 4 /11 2 /11 0 psychology, and teachers' teaching level,etc.), this method is
  limited. What's more, students' score is not only factoring to
 0 1/ 2 1/ 2 0 0
0 1 
evaluate teaching quality. Combining related method to
 0 0 0
complement is a better system to measure teaching quality.
In terms of formula 1, we can solve feature vector of References
transposed matrix of which feature value is 1.
[1] Li wei, Zhou Jie, Duan Yuan-yuan. Establishment and Development
Solving formula: of a Diversified and Individualised Teaching Evaluation System for
the Research University[J].TSING HUA Journal of Education, 2009
 （8），P 108-111
5 / 6 x − 1/ 4 x = 0
 1 2 [2] Yang Rong-rong. Exploration and Practice of Teaching Quality Eval-
−7 /12 x1 + 1/ 3 x2 =0 uation Method of Classroom Instruction[J]. China Science and Tech-
 nology Information，2009（16）,P257-258
−1/ 2 x3 + x4 − x5 = 0 [3] LIU Yuan-lin,ZHANG Zeng-feng,MENG Qing-qiang. Research and
x = 0 Practice forTeaching QualityMonitoring System[J]. Research and Ex-
 5 ploration in Laboratory, 2009（8）P126-128
 5
∑ xi = 1 [4] SU Fang, ZHANG Lei, L Guan-wei, WANG Jian-xiang. Dis-
 i =1 cussion on EfficientApproach forCortrolling the Quality of Expermi
entalTeaching in Universities in theWest of China[J]. Research and
X 1 = ( 0 0 0.667 0.333 0 ) Exploration in Laboratory, 2009 (7),P152-155

x = 0
 1
−1/ 7 x2 + 7 /11x3 − 1/ 2 x4 =
0

−2 /11x3 + x4 = 0
 x = 26
 5
 5
∑ xi = 1
 i =1
X 2 = ( 0 0.7343 0.1923 0.035 0.039 )
In line with maximal term principle, teaching quality of

2th is in the status 2, status of 1th is in the status 3. So
teaching result in the 2th class is better than that in the 1th
class. The result shows that after teaching reform, students
score improve comparatively.
302 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Current Situation of Physique Health

Promotion and Innovation Model of College
Physical Education
Wei Pi1, Rui Jiang2, Heping Xiong3
1,2,3
Phisical Education Department, China University of Geosciences, Wuhan, China
1
Pwzwy0211@163.com
Abstract: Regardless of the former “state physical education exercise standard” and current “state physique health standard”,
the implementation of the standard should have obvious strategy significance. That should be seen as an important measure
of student physique health promotion to all sorts of schools. To every talent, higher education is the last sector of school
education and last school platform which supports him before he goes to society. In my country, quality-oriented education
that can carry out the credit system and can reflect study initiative talent is carried out in university where the frontier reform
in teaching methods and various demands fight sharply. How to improve and balance all kinds of cultivation measures in
this stage has become notable day by day. How do we implement the tactics of student physique health promotion in this
situation? How is the present situation of physique health promotion in university and how to improve present situation?
According to the literature, field investigation, network investigation, expert interviews (and Statistics) we found something
below.
Keywords: higher education; physique health promotion; sports item online selection
1. Preface short-term cultivation and long-term cultivation, or some

contradiction arises on how to assign study energy because
As we all know, P.E. is defined in XinHua character dic- of limitation of education convention and the assignation of
tionary “one education of having physical training and education equipment resources and education space of dif-
heightening physique.”[1] If somebody’s physique is not ferent curriculum. For example, the students usually ask for
healthy, we think that this peole’s locomotor system is in a leave or disattend class because the major class temporary
state of “not keeping abreast of the social circumstances” or time assignment and P.E. class time assignment clash. In this
the Nervous system, Cardiovascular system and Respiratory situation, how to implement the strategy of student physique
system which support Locomotor system are in this state too. health promotion? How is the present situation of physique
No matter how the former “state physical education exercise health promotion in university and how to improve present
standard” or the current “state physique health standard” situation? All those questions need we study hard to make
implement, it should have obvious strategic significance. certain.
That should be seen as an important measure of student phy-
sique health promotion or interference to all sorts of schools. 2..The Results and Analysis Based on Current
To every talent, higher education is the last sector of Situation Investigation of College Students’
school education and last school platform which supports
him before he goes to society. In this stage, students must
Physique Health Promotion.
understand the basical societal demands about the talent According to the literature, field investigation, network in-
physique health. vestigation, expert interviews (and Statistics) we found
In my country, quality-oriented education that can carry
something below.
out the credit system and can reflect study initiative of talent
is carried out in university where the frontier reform in
teaching methods and all the various demands to students
fight sharply. How to improve and balance all kinds of cul-
tivation measures in this stage is a notable education prob-
lem now. There will be some contradiction arises between
303 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

W. Pi et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp303-306
2.1..Grey Option Process Usually Reduces the Ef- 2.3..Annual Physical Health Testing Work is Be-
fect of Physical Health Promotion. lieved as a Breach to the Students Physique
Health Promotion Now. Due to the Require-
Such as China University of Geosciences (WuHan), It is
different that on education management step between class ment Is Not Strong Enough, so the Effect is
of sports item option from 2001 to 2005 and nearly eight not Ideal.
years of sports item option class. The sports item option was
managed toally by P.E. teacher from 2001 to 2005, each In the United States, “most of the P.E. teachers only give
item arrenged at least one primary class and a middle rank their students a report of physical fitness test results, but no
one. In the first class, the teacher would distinguish the stu- subsequent tactics about how to improve the students’ phy-
dents’ real foundation and distribute them in the two differ- sique condition.”[2] In our country, what we do is just like
ent classes. Then the name list was recorded. At last students this, at present, most universities even failed to get this step.
can learn with the same level from the second class. Because Accompanied the limitness of instruments, manpower, test
of the similar foudation, the teacher choosed suitable teach- schedule etc, each individual does not have to get all of their
ing method and physique load more exactly. Every quota test data result after every test, let alone the perfect informa-
about the sports skill and physical quality of each class is tion feedback and guide. Similarly, “the aim and motivation
rising after one semester learning. In recent eight years, the of physique test should be stimulating students regularly
sports item online selection has been operated. The students participate in sports exercises, but the results did not support
name list is controlled by the office of academic affairs this viewpoint” [2]. In the recent three years, the result of the
management. Class distribution can not be controlled by P.E. experiments about students’ physique health promotion in
teacher, students choose item class freely. All of these have ShenZhen University such as “running in sunshine” is same.
resulted in confusion. The fact is that most of the students Because the physical fitness test results can not be ac-
can not understand the teaching effect of sports class and cepted in the students’ credit schedule and the results in fact
simple to get high marks and selected junior class. The P.E. has nothing to do with graduate diploma and academic de-
teachers become very passive. They have to lower the gree, it is difficult for students to pay more energe on it.
teaching demands again and again, they cannot control the
list any more, so the students physical quality level cut down 2.4..It is not Enough for Schools to Care about the
recent years. Students’ Physique Health. Most of Them In-
put Inadequate Funds, Related Hardware and
2.2..The Contradiction between the Main Talent
Software Equipment. They Pay Less Attention
Training Plan and Physique Health Promotion
to it.
in University.
This “less attention” usually reflects some aspects, the
Such as colleges and universities in Hubei province, ac-
most important is: 1) The units in charge of physique health
cording to the survey, the training target plan and main boot
promotion (usu. P.E. Dep) lack of related management in-
target measures formulated usually based on what the stu-
stitution and cannot establish the job execution program,
dents should learn and how they can master especially for
they execute the spirits of the Ministry of Education pas-
higher employment rate. They care more about the more
sively. Informal working group cannot give a high efficiency
senior training proportion, (such as rate of abroad) all levels
of management. Every teacher joins in physique health test-
and types of games in achievements, (such as college stu-
ing unable to do as much as he would like to. Especially the
dents’ scientific research achievement evaluation, mathe-
various colleges cooperate little, let alone the student joins in
matical contest in modeling, and the challenge cup) or cer-
the test or not. 2) Outmoded equipment is difficult to update,
tain elite project training methods etc.. In order to improve
some purchase report which even calls a few years can not
the training effect, students must pay close attention to main
get official reply. 3) Because the operating funds every year
courses as well as learn more selection and made many
is very limited, part-time teacher has not enough enthusiam.
preparations. The students often pay great effort to related
In this circumstances, who can assure the students would
professional class or commonly cultural class in order to get
participate in these activity.
high mark but not the other. Compare with this substantial
force mechanism, physical health promotion mechanism is 2.5..Most Colleges Failed to Perform Intellectual
meager.
Physique Health Promotion Platform.
The construction of intellectual physique health promo-
tion platform contains two points. One is the scientific man-
304 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

agement of sport facility, all of learning lesson and taking there is a kind of education culture pattern which is called
exercise should use the registration system. Most sports sites “resource education pattern” or “self education pattern” is
in campus should be closely managed intelligently as far as showing its strong vitality. The feature of this pattern is to
possible. The registration device such as a POS terminal teach our students how to adapt to the society better and how
equipment and digital image recorder should be provided on to find and use the educational resource of our own univer-
every site. Not only the class teaching resources become sity and surrounding universities to develop skills or learn
convenient but also extracurricular activities frequency is actively. In the digital information era, we shall try our best
recorded easily. The other one is that we must have the di- to “encourage the students learning actively by means of
rect test-appointment network server and terminal between mastering all kinds of information, autonomous learning,
the students and the physical education department. If we and cooperative learning; train the students to use informa-
have not, a direct consequence is the low rate of the stu- tion technology to develop good learning habits, interest in
dents’ participation and negative attitude. specialty, learning quality; enhance students ability of rais-
ing problem, analyzing problem and solving problem in the
2.6..The Present Evaluation Methods of Physique network environment.”[4]
Health Need to Improve. The physical education resources of university should be
some material and technical support which is subordinate to
The evaluation methods which are used in a large scale the management of universities and can be used to improve
in my country seem to exist some problems. Some scholars body exercise level and health level of university students. It
such as Jian Wang, Shuxun Deng, Guodong Lv query some should include all grounds and equipment and relative dis-
items such as the step test and the grading interval division tribution imformation which help students finish daily exer-
of standards. cise of any sports item no matter in or out of class. It should
provide various sports information, knowledge services and
2.7..School Physique Health Promotion Education equipment for students to finish daily amount of exercises.
Lacks of Propaganda and Popularization. An investigation shows, on one hand, most students are
not aware of surrounding resources, especially they are often
In most universities, study and life guide is usually writ- not aware of scarcity of city sports resources and necessity
ten by the general affairs section of students. Most content of usage management, sometimes we find, disunderstanding
refers to how to engage in professional curriculum, how to of those even affect their interest in sports exercises. On the
obtain the schoolarship, how to join the training programs in other hand, although the campus sports space in the city is
science and technology, but little is about how to keep phy- absolutely unique superior, such as the more item choices,
sique health and how to use sports resource. The lag in the lower management fees, getting consensus groups easily,
sports information construction handly adapt to the plenty of it is not very convenient in the use of campus physical edu-
requirement of physical education. It is sealed for students to cation resources. So, how to build current university physi-
know about sports resources. The information of physical cal education resources that let the students feel convenient?
education department is nearly about common educational Something in campus show about that. The biggest cha-
administration, it lacks of the actual usage status query col- racteristic of liberary management system is information
umn. Students go to exercise only by luck without knowing digitalization of resources and query facilitation. You can
any about ground. Once be foiled, it will affect their training get the e-books guide without paper-mould books. As long
enthusiasm seriously. as there are the school networks nearby, you can realize
timely query, decide when to borrow, do not waste time and
3..With the Help of Information Technology go astray.
How do We Set Up A New Mode of Univer- Taking account of teaching need and students’ self-study,
sity Physique Health Promotion. in order to facilitate students to choose and avoid interfe-
From those present situations above, we think that a rence, the managers usually arrange all classrooms in two
reasonable mode would be set up and it would be operated areas, one for theory teaching the other one for self-study.
pratically, the implement of university physique health pro- According to the analysis above and the theory of public
motion system must integrate theory with practice. service, the construction of modern physical education re-
sources management system generally would be acquired a
3.1. Carrying out Modern Resources Construction few such measures. 1) To establish a network connection
table, upgrade the original telephone service, set up local
of University Physical Education.
network and a network connection table number (such as
In recent years, along with China’s digital information QQ), directly connect college students no matter any season
technology development and related hardware equipment, or any weather and actively illustrate the site supply and
management features. Current situation either is added to
305 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

network directly or is real-time announced on network table pace of life call for more convenient services, do not adapt
by managers. 2) Set networking reception or self-help sta- to this trend will affect the survival and development. Uni-
tion or electronic display around the student dormitory to versity physique health promotion system must seize this
suit students’ convenience of choosing sports venues. 3) point and do some practical work.
Establish the training project “landmark” such as basketball
village, soccer village, skate city, aerolics dancing space, References
kickboxing field etc. Students’learning and practice would
[1] Xinhua Dictionary, edition in 1998. Commercial Press, 2003 Beijing.
become more and more convenient.
[2] Hui-lin Wang. Change the physique test attitude of the teacher and
So as long as a proper construction, modern sports re-
improve the application of test results. Physical education No.7 2011.
sources management system can greatly improve the stu-
[3] Jian Wang. Shu-xun Deng. Step test query. China sports science and
dents’ physical training efficiency.
technology Vol.39 No.2 2003.
3.2. The Sports Technical Skills Education Should [4] Ministry of education. A plan for future development of education
informatization in ten years(2011-2020) 2012.3.
Be Taken Strictly and Supervised Seriously.
[5] Wei Chunlei, USA California San Jose State University and college
Some documents indicate that, in the Unite States, the sports course reform current situation and development trend.
university that have the physical education required course Zhejiang Water Conservancy and Hydropower Academy journal. J,
“25% have being met the challenge in recent five years, 12% 2005, volume 17, number 1.
have changed to the optional” [5] The main reason is the [6] Zhang Ke, An Empirical Study on College Students' sports skill
academic image of physical education course is not strong learning ability. Journal of Beijing Sport University. J, 2006,9.
enough and is influenced or challenged by leisure physical volume29, number 9.
activity and student clubs. The success of sports club lies in
its technical skills training, which can make the psychology
temperament level of trainee higher than common people.
So we should attach importance to technical skill teaching of
physical education, especially the method and security. The
teaching way that one teacher teaches lessons of varied item
usually reduce the teaching effect.
The innate character of physical education is always
sports skill teaching, its science character lies in “the teach-
ers must point the concept of skills learning methods, learn-
ing strategies of relative knowledge and use effective learn-
ing methods” [6] The further is “teaches should pay great
attention to improve their own understanding of skills learn-
ing method and insist the teaching thought of improving
students skills learning ability during the course of teach-
ing.” [6]
The survival crisis of physical education course is main-
ly due to the responsibility vacancy of few teachers and their
own slack requirements. Electronic surveillance equipment
should be installed in the physical education class venue, it
should be organicly added to the course of improving pro-
fessional work quality of teacher, so as to ensure the effi-
ciency of physique health promotion.
3.3. We Should Call On the Community Pay Close

Attention to the Students’ Health Promotion.
4. Epilogues
In modern society, more convenient the service is, more
efficiently the person energy allocation gets. Speeding up the
306 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Effects and in Vivo Selective Antioxidation of

Hydrogen-Rich Water on Exercise-Induced
Oxidative Damage in Skeletal Muscle
Aichun-Li1, Lin Zhang 2, Junlai Zhou3, Xuejun-Sun4
P
1
Zhejiang College of Sports, China
2
Suzhou University, Institute of Physical Education, China
3
Zhejiang University of Technology, China
4
Second Military Medical University, China
Abstract: Objective to study the effects and in vivo selective antioxidation of hydrogen-rich water on skeletal muscle
oxidation stress damage in acute exhaustive exercise rats. Methods 30 healthy SD male rats were equally and randomly
divided into 3 groups: sedentary control group（C）,exercise control group（E）and exercise + hydrogen-rich water group
（H）. Intraperitoneal injection of hydrogen-rich water(10 ml·kg-1) was performed for group H, and the same dosage of
normal saline was intraperitoneally injected to group E 1min before acute exhaustive exercise on a treadmill at the speed of
28 m·min-1 with 0° slope.3hs after exercise, the hind gastrocnemius was drawn to determine the density of 3-NT,8-OHdG by
PP
Elisa measurement, and MDA,SOD,GSH,T-AOC, H2O2，A-SAC and •OH inhibition by chemical colorimetry. Results
Compared with group C,3-NT,MDA and 8-OHdG of group E significantly elevated（P<0.01）,while SOD ,GSH, A-SAC and
•OH inhibition significantly reduced （ P<0.05 ， P<0.01 ， P<0.01 ， P<0.01 ）） , H2O2 did not have statistics
significance;3-NT,SOD, A-SAC and •OH inhibition of group H showed no significant difference. While MDA was
significantly lower（P<0.05）, GSH and T-AOC were both remarkably higher（P<0.01）; When compared with group
E,3-NT,MDA, 8-OHdG and H2O2 of group H showed significant decrease（P<0.05，P<0.01，P<0.05，P<0.05）, but
SOD,GSH,T-AOC, A-SAC and •OH inhibition showed significantly increase（P<0.01）. Conclusion The results indicated
that hydrogen-rich water could remarkably alleviate the skeletal muscle oxidative damage by way of inhibiting
O2 - ,H2O2,ONOO - and •OH, especially, in vivo selectively clearing away such powerful toxic substances as ONOO - and •OH,
PP PP PP PP PP PP
significantly reducing free radical levels and enhancing the skeletal muscle oxidation resistance abilities.
Keywords ： hydrogen-rich water; acute exhaustive exercise; skeletal muscle; oxidative damage; in vivo selective
antioxidation
1. Introduction water, a fairly better antioxidant characterized by selective

antioxidation, could significantly treat
Extensive researches confirmed that the acute ischemia/reperfusion oxidative injuries. However, up to
exhaustive exercise, resulting in oxygen radicals increase, now, the study of hydrogen-rich water on exercise-induced
lipid peroxidation (LPO) accumulation, nitrite rise and oxidative stress damage was still left a blank, especially, of
antioxidant enzymes reduce, always caused LPO injury, which in vivo selective antioxidation and inherent
protein and DNA damage, muscular fatigue, muscle mechanism remained unclear. So this study was designed,
damage, exercise impairment, excessive training and so on. with acute exhaustive exercise-induced oxidative damage
So, large numbers of additional antioxidants were in skeletal muscle to explore the effects and in vivo
suggested to be supplemented to relieve oxidative damage, selective antioxidation of hydrogen-rich water ， to lay
enhance competitive ability and extend sports life. In 2007, foundations for its biological evaluation and provide new
an international study first indicated that hydrogen-rich ideas and methods for exercise -induced oxidative damage
307 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

A. C. Li et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp307-309
prevention. 3. Results
3.1 Oxidative Damages in Skeletal Muscles
2. Materials and Methods As shown in Table 2, 3-NT of MDA and 8-OHdG of group
E were significantly elevated (P <0.01); while those of
2.1Group Division group H were all significantly decreased, and H was lower
than C in MDA.
As shown in Table 1,30 healthy SD male rats were
Table 2. Changes of oxidative damages in skeletal muscles of the
equally and randomly divided into 3 groups：sedentary
control group （ C ）， exercise control group （ E ） , rats
intraperitoneal injection of hydrogen-rich water before
exercise（H）.
Table 1. Classification of the rats
Note: compared with group C: * P <0.05, ** P <0.01;

compared with group E; ☆ P <0.05, ☆ ☆ P <0.01; As the
same below.
2.2 Experimental Program 3.2. Antioxidant Enzyme Activity in Skeletal

One week before experiment, each group, except C,
Muscles
exercised for adaptation on a treadmill at low speed of As shown in Table 3,SOD, GSH and T- AOC of group
10m·min -1 with 0°slope for 10min once a day. During
PP PP
E were all significantly lower than C (P <0.05, P <0.01, P

formal experiment, intraperitoneal injection of <0.01),while those of group H were all significantly higher
hydrogen-rich water（10 ml·kg -1 ）were performed 1min
PP PP
than E, except SOD in H.

before exercise for group H, and the same amount of
Table 3. Changes of antioxidation indices in skeletal muscles of
normal saline was intraperitoneally injected to group E
1min before exercise. Both E and H participated in an the rats
acute intensive exercise at the speed of 28m·min -1 with 0°
PP PP
slope till exhaustion.
2.3 Sample Treatment and Test Methods

3 hours after exercise, the gastrocnemius were drawn
from group E,H and C to determine the density of
3-nitrotyrosine （ 3-NT ） and 8-hydroxy deoxyguanosine 3.3. In Vivo Selective Antioxidation of
（8-OHdG）by Elisa measurement, and malonaldehyde Hydrogen-Rich Water
（MDA）,superoxide dismutase（SOD）glutathione（GSH）,
total antioxidative capacity （T-AOC）, anti-superoxide As shown in Table 4,both A-SAC and •OH inhibition
anion capacity（A-SAC）, hydrogen peroxide（H2O2）and of group E were significantly lower than those of group C
hydroxyl radical （ •OH ） inhibition by chemical and H （p<0.01）,while the H2O2 content of group E was
colorimetry. significantly higher than that of group H （p<0.01）.
Table 4 Changes of ROS in skeletal muscles of the rats
2.4 Statistical Analysis
The data obtained were analyzed by the normal test and

One-way ANOVA as x ± s by EXCELL and SPSS software.
P<0.05 indicated that the difference was statistically
significant.
4. Discussion
308 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

A. C. Li et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp307-309
The results of this study showed that acute exhaustive [5] Cai JM, Kang ZM, Liu W, et al. Hydrogen therapy reduces
exercise induced oxidative damages as protein oxidation, apoptosis in neonatal hypoxia-ischemia rat model. Neurosci lett.
LPO and DNA damage by increasing skeletal muscle 2008,441:167-172
oxygen free radicals, impairing antioxidant defense system [6] Hayashida K, Sano M, Ohsawa I, et al. Inhalation of hydrogen gas
and causing the tyrosine nitration, LPO and DNA reduces infarct size in the rat model of myocardial
hydroxylation in skeletal muscle cells. Hydrogen-rich ischemia-reperfusion injury. Biochem Biophys Res Commun.
water alleviated the damage and had a protective effect 2008,373:30-35.
based on the selective anti-oxidation. The reason might like [7] Dole M, Wilson FR, Fife WP.Hyperbaric hydrogen therapy: a
this: As known in extensive studies, in acute exhaustive possible treatment for cancer. Science. 1975, 190:152-154.
exercise, with the combined role of ischemia-hypoxia, a [8] Fukuda KI, Asoh S, Ishikawa M, et al. Inhalation of hydrogen gas
sharp increase of energy demand and Xanthine (XO) suppresses hepatic injury caused by ischemia/reperfusion through
metabolism activation, ROS were aggravated further. reducing oxidative stress. Biochem Biophys Res Commun.
These all induced PKC activation and inflammation 2007,361:670-674.
enhancement, iNOS expression & NO over produce. These [9] Fu Y,Ito M,Fujita Y,et al.Molecular hydrogen is protective against
over produced NO and large amounts of O2-rapidly formed 6-hydroxydopamine-induced nigrostriatal degeneration in a rat
a strong oxidizing -peroxynitrite (ONOO - ) .besides, H2O2
PP PP model of Parkinson’s disease.Neurosci Lett,2009,453（2）:81-85.
participated in the Fenton reaction to produce toxic. but on [10] Kajiyama S, Hasegawa G, Asano M, et al. Supplementation of
the other hand, the ability to antioxidation were weaken, so hydrogen-rich water improves lipid and glucose
that these strong toxic such as ONOO-and • OH resulted in metabolism in patients with type 2 diabetes or impaired glucose
muscular fatigue, oxidative damage and low performance. tolerance. Nutr. Res.2008;28: 137–143.
As for group H, It was because of the low density, [11] Maa S，Burnett M, Hoffman-Goetz L. Intravenous
small molecules, easy diffusion characteristics of hydrogen catecholamine administration affects mouse intestinal lymphocyte
that microcirculation was effectively improved, number and apoptosis. Neeuoimmunol. 2005,158:76-85.
microcirculation impedance remarkably reduced, oxygen [12] Sen CK.Oxidants and antioxidants in exercise[J].J Appl
supply increased, supply metabolism, lactic accumulation Physiol,1995,79（3）:675-686.
and ROS produce were all improved those strong oxidizing [13] Sies H,Graf P.Hepatic thiol and glutathione efflux under the
decreased, LPO accumulation, nitrite reduced and influence of vasopressin,phenylephine and adrenaline[J].
antioxidant enzymes increased. In addition, as the further Biochem.J,1985, 226: 545 -549.
study shown, with the feedback inhibition of PKC and the [14] Ji LL,Leichtweis SL.Exercise and oxidant stress: Source of free
improvement of antioxidant defense, LPO injury, protein radcals and their impact on antioxidant
and DNA damage protection relived. On the other hand, systems[J].Age,1997,20:91-100.
due to the source of the antioxidant substances metabolic [15] Kajiyama S,Hasegawa G,Asano M,et al. Supplementation of
energy, hydrogen may be involved in energy metabolism, hydrogen-rich water improves lipid and glucose metabolism in
affect the generation of NAPH oxidase played a signal role, patients with type 2 diabetes or impaired glucose tolerance[J]. Nutr
which suggested that hydrogen may be new biologically Res,2008,28（1）:137-143.
active substances, with a wide range of applications. [16] Naomi Kamimura,Kiyomi Nishimaki,Ikuroh Ohsawa,et
al.Molecular hydrogen improves obesity and diabetes by inducing
References hepatic FGF21 and stimulating energy metabolism in db/db
mice[J].Obesity,2011,2（10）:1-8.
[1] R Radi.Nitric Oxide, Oxidants, and Protein Tyrosine Nitration[J],
[17] MK Shigenaga,TM Hagen,BN Ames,Oxidative Damage and
Proc.Nad.Acad. Sci.USA,2004,101: 4003- 4008.
Mitochondrial Decay in Aging[J],Proc.Nad.
[2] Ohsawa I, Ishikawa M, Takahashi K, et al. Hydrogen acts as a
Acad.Sci.USA,1994,91:1071-1077.
therapeutic antioxidant by selectively reducing cytotoxic oxygen
radicals. Nat Med. 2007,13: 688-694.
[3] Gharib B, Hanna S, Abdallahi OM, et al. Anti- inflammatory
properties of molecular hydrogen: investigation on parasite-induced
liver inflammation.C R Acad Sci III. 2001,324:719-724.
[4] Buxton GV, Greenstock CL, Helman WP, et al. Critical review of
rate constants for reactions of hydrated electrons, hydrogen atoms
and hydroxyl radicals in aqueous solution. J Phys
Chem.1988,17:513–886.
309 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Research on Case Method in the Higher Law

Education in China
Xuegang Zhao1, Linlin Wu2
P
1,2
School of Law, Southwestern University, Chongqing, China
2
wulin-mudlark@163.com
Abstract: In the reform process of teaching methods of law higher education in China, by drawing lessons from the case
law teaching experience of common law from the western countries, the school and the department of law are active in
developing case teaching, which has become a trend. Case teaching method has been playing an active role in training of
strengthening the students’ practical ability. However, from the current law and education environment in China, it is
impossible to replace the conventional class teaching method due to the internal reason and external restriction. The case
teaching method that fits our national conditions should be designed in order to supplement the conventional class teaching
method.
KeyWords: law; higher education; case teaching method; class teaching method
2. Origin of Case Teaching Method and
1. Introduction Comparative Analysis between Case
Currently, the law education in China has been the most Teaching Method and Class Teaching
booming and flourishing so that many domestic universities Method
and colleges have set up the law major. Behind the
2.1. Origin of Case Teaching Method
prosperity, the law education is also facing a significant
dilemma that is the big gap between the practical ability of Case teaching of law refers to the teaching method that
the graduates from the law schools and the abilities required makes the students understand and master the general
for the legal profession. Under such circumstance, the law principles and knowledge of law through case analysis and
education has been initiated with explorations and fulfilled that improves the students’ capacity of analyzing problems
with reformation. At the end of 1980s’, the case teaching and solving troubles and inspires the students’ creative
method was introduced to China and started to be applied in thinking through discussions and synthesis of the case.
the teaching practice. The case teaching method has In the western countries, case teaching can be dated to
accepted the good reputation of “flexible teaching method”, the ancient Greek era over 2000 years ago. Over 2000 years
“innovative teaching method” and so on. Many universities ago, the “questions and answers” method which was created
and colleges have been imitating and stimulating one after by the ancient Greek philosopher and educator Socrates,
another, and it has been presumed as the prototype and which has been the initial case teaching. Socrates’ teaching
blueprint of the domestic law education reform by some. method focused on the specific questions and combined the
However, the effect of case teaching method has been situations that the students understand based on their
exaggerated by some so that its existing problems have learned knowledge and discusses them in a fair
been neglected. Though there are some unique advantages ask-for-advice tone in order to guide the students for
for case teaching method to train the students’ practical conclusions. Its main purpose is to inspire the students to
abilities, just like that too much is as bad as too little, we think over the questions and to bring about the students’
should design our own case teaching method according to subjective initiative. Through their own analysis and
our legal environment and specific circumstance of our law discussion, they can find out the real solutions to the
education on the basis of absorbing some reasonable factors problems. His student Plato inherited such teaching method
of case law teaching method from the western countries. and compiled a book for the “questions and answers”
method to illustrate the principles by stories, which initiated
the earliest case teaching method in the history.
At the late stage of 19th century, Socratic Method was
P P
310 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

X. G. Zhao et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp310-314
introduced into the education of law in Harvard by induction that is a thinking mode from concrete to abstract.
Christopher Columbus Langdell who was then the Dean of In the class teaching method, the teachers have to set up a
Law School of Harvard. Case method was established, platform for the students to understand the concepts and
which was named the pioneer of case teaching method. The principles, and then the students use these concepts and
case method which Langdell used takes law as the teaching principles to analyze and solve the concrete problems. This
content. The students take full participation in the is deduction that is a thinking mode from abstract to
discussions in class. The exams use the assumed cases as concrete.
questions. In his class of Contract Law, he requested the 3.Different positions of teachers and students
students to read only the original materials that were the In case teaching method, the teachers and the students
cases, to describe their own comments. Because the case are fair in discussions. The teachers do not narrate too many
method caters to the main origin and legal characteristics of laws and regulations or related rule of laws and principles in
taking case as laws in the western countries, the case the class. On the contrary, the students play the lead role in
method has been rapidly imitated in other USA law schools the class. They analyze and discuss the cases. They are the
and gradually affecting Britain, France and other western initiative learners, and the teachers are just the guider or
countries. organizer of the teaching activities. In class teaching
method, the teachers play the lead role, and the teaching
2.2. Comparative Analysis between Case Teaching activities center on the teachers. The teachers teach the
Method and Class Teaching Method systematic legal theories and the students are in the passive
Class teaching method is a teaching method dominant in position to receive law knowledge.
teachers’ lectures and students’ recitation materials and 3. Current Situation and Dilemma of
practice. By such teaching method, the students must read Implementing Case Teaching Method in
and recite the specific works and related laws and the Higher Law Education in China
regulations. They take the exams by recitation. Compared to
case teaching method, there is big difference between them. 3.1. Current Situation of Implementing Case
1.Different background for implementation Teaching Method in the Higher Law
Case teaching method is rooted in the USA where case Education in China
method is implemented. Theoretically speaking, for the
source of law in USA, statute law precedes case law, but Though law schools of some universities have made
judicial review right can deny statute law; judicial right to achievements in case teaching, there are still many schools
interpret can define and change the efficacy of statute law; in the wrong region when implementing case teaching for
while the legislative body can overturn the court’s the teachers does not understand the real case teaching
interpretation by modifying or formulating a new statute method. In the teaching practice, some teachers think case
law. In one word, statute law and case law are restricting teaching just as example teaching, so they tend to narrate
and complementing to each other in order to achieve legal the related knowledge involved in the case before
consolidation. It is the key point of the American law discussing with the students, and then they combine the
education to analyze the actual efficacy and case for analysis in order to deepen the students’
authoritativeness of laws, correct choice and applicable understanding. Actually such teaching method is still the
laws in order to generalize the rules of laws contained in the conventional teaching way. The reason of “illustrating laws
cases by analyzing and discussing the cases. In the western by examples” is for abstractness of statute laws. The only
countries, because the laws exist in cases further, the reason that the teachers use the cases is just to demonstrate
students must study laws by researching cases. Therefore, and verify the legal concepts, concrete regulations of laws
case teaching method better fits the countries that use case or legal principles they teach. While their expounding,
laws. In countries with continental law systems, case law is demonstrating and teaching the legal provisions, some
not the source of laws, and laws are formulated in the legal concrete cases are expected to enhance the students’
documents established by the legislature. Statute law is the concrete understanding in the provisions. However, for the
knowledge the students in the law schools must master, so it real case teaching method, the purpose of applying cases is
is needed to memorize and comprehend on the basis of to train the students’ capacities to analyze the legal
teachers’ systematic teaching. problems instead of memorizing the laws. The teachers’
2.Different thinking mode main task is not to give a lecture but to inspire the students
In case teaching method, the teachers guide the students to think by themselves; furthermore, based on the case
to analyze and discuss the cases in order to conclude the material introduced, they can freely discuss to expound the
rule of law contained in the cases. The thinking mode is laws involved.
311 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

3.2. Dilemma of Implementing Case Teaching case teaching. Though in the name of “case”, the core of the
teaching mode is still injection instead of inspiration. The
Method in the Higher Law Education in
teachers are still the leader in case teaching while the
China students are passive to receive case information. In this way,
the students cannot select, process and transact the case
1. Big restriction due to law system
information according to their own knowledge background
China is a conventional country applying the continental
to form their own interpretation and give their own
law system, for which the theories, the principles, and the
presumption. Thirdly, superficial question and answer to
concepts hold the really important position and play the
cases. In case analysis, the dialogues between the teachers
really significant role. But case law is not the official source
and the students are usually simple questions and answers
of laws. Hence, our law education must be taught in a
but not thorough enough. The questions the teachers give
systematic way with the basic theories, valuing and
are so simple that the students can find out the answers
emphasizing systematicness, theoretical, conceptual, and
from the cases easily without deep thinking, which cannot
scientificalness of teaching knowledge. We have the statute
mobilize the students’ thinking initiative and the same as
book, the systematic works or annotations to the statute
cramming in nature. Fourthly, hollow rethinking about the
book and other existing teaching data and materials, so the
cases. The teachers generally summarize the case points to
teaching forms and education contents are represented in
state the related concepts and principles like a routine work
analyzing and demonstrating the basic concepts of laws,
after the case analysis, or even get into new course directly.
instruction of theories and components of laws instead of
The teachers and the students do not have the voluntary
providing the skill to solve problems and analyzing the
rethinking about the cases, are lack of necessary experience
actual situations; our education nature is the general
connection and construction, not to mention to develop
humane studies education instead of professional training of
thinking on the related questions.
laws. And, in the legal practice, we must look at the legal
3. The students do not have a chance to accumulate the
regulations at first when solving legal problems, so good
basic knowledge
theoretical quality is really important in solving the real
As the knowledge to solve the social disputes and adjust
legal problems. If the students do not even master the basic
the social order, law should be a subject established on the
legal knowledge and theories, it is impossible for them to
other subjects. So it gives high requirement in the learners’
analyze the cases. Therefore, we must teach the basic legal
quality. The learners must have some knowledge as basis
theoretic knowledge to the students in our law education,
and accumulation of social experience, or else it is difficult
which cannot be done in case teaching method.
for them to give correct analysis and judgment to the cases.
2. Few source of cases and lack of typicality
In the USA, law education is a professional education after
The application of case teaching method needs the
graduate basic education, which is also called vocation
teaching cases, case database and a lot of intact file
education. That means only the persons who have acquired
materials with the typicality and the representation of
above the bachelor degree can enter law schools. But in
judicial practice, objective contents, and theoretic judgment.
China, the law education receivers just have the high school
But as the statute law in China, in fact we do not have the
knowledge or ever lower, while the complexity of the social
case law or case law compilation in the strict way as in the
problems are not lowered. Lack of age, experience and
western countries. Though we have the published case law
practice restrict the law learners from observing and
compilation, they are in small volume, simple contents and
thinking, further restrict the understanding of true meaning
few with detailed record of lawsuit process, further lack of
of law of high academic nature and strong practicability and
arguments of different opinions and thorough analysis of
master of professional skill. The exam-oriented education
legal principles of judgment. It brings realistic difficulty to
mode in China has also been affecting the higher law
the application of case teaching method due to not totally
education. The students have been accustomed to the fixed
open trial process, lawsuit writs and court hearing records,
thinking mode to passive receive the teachers’ cramming
and that the intact file materials cannot be drawn and used
and not willing to and even cannot complete the analysis
at any time.
and comment on the cases given by the teachers in advance.
Under such circumstance, there are the following
On the contrary, class teaching method which adopts direct
disadvantages for the practical application of case teaching
guiding is more beneficial to the students to accumulate the
method: firstly, simple selection of case. Just for defining
law knowledge and to form the law knowledge system. Due
and demonstrating the principles, the teachers tend to select
to the inner characteristics of case teaching method, it
the cases for simplicity instead of pursuing approaching to
requests the educators and the receivers have some social
the real situation in full, so they neglect the complexity of
life experience, or else, case teaching will end up with a
practice and dependency of languages. Secondly, injected
vague theory and a fake sign board of education, and it will
312 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

not give play to its own efficacy, thus it makes the actual 4.1. Correct Understanding of the Position of Case
adjustment of law education and social issues hard to be
Teaching Method in our Higher Educaiton
really connected and tallied.
4. Limited teachers’ practicability China is a country with statute law, which is the law of
Applying case teaching method gives extremely strict jurists. It is a pure theoretic system established one step
requirement on teachers. The theoretic quality, practical after another in conception, abstractness and formalization.
experience and capacity are essential. In the USA, the law In the process of formulating the laws in China, jurists have
professor can more deeply and more broadly know the also played an important role. In China, before formulating
society, the government and the judicial status by part time the laws, the legislative body normally requests the jurists
jobs. But for the universities in China, the law teachers are to research the related questions in theory. When the theory
deficient in practical experience in general, and some law matures, law draft is started. It determines the
teachers do not even have any legal practice. Because some characteristics of conception, abstractness and formalization
teachers do not want to be involved in practice themselves, of our laws. It is hard for the common persons to accurately
or due to limitation set by the schools, or due to lack of understand; just the professionals who have been trained
mutual communication within the professional community, with law knowledge can give correct interpretation. The
as well as the cacodoxy that the teachers are lack of main task for the our law education is to train the legal
professional ethics in teaching, or reduce the academic practitioners who can apply the laws correctly into the
status and image of teachers if they are involved in practice, concrete cases, which requires that the students we train
all these cause poor capacity of practice in the whole law must master high law theories. It is because the students can
teacher team. only possess high law theories that they can accurately
understand and correctly apply the laws. Class teaching
4. Prospect of Case Method in China favors in that the teachers teach the law knowledge to the
Class teaching method and case teaching method have students in a systematic way, which makes the students
their own advantages and disadvantage respectively. For possess the strong base of theories. Therefore, we must
class teaching method, it favors that the teachers can teach attachment importance and reinforce the conventional class
law knowledge to the students in a systematic way so the teaching method. Though case teaching has the advantage
students have a strong base of theory, but it is far from the in training the students’ capacity, it cannot teach the
reality, abstract and boring in contents so that the students systematic law knowledge to the students. One of its
are not interested in and depressed in initiatives. Under such functions in teaching is to integrate the abstract theoretic
teaching way, it is hard for the students to form the habit of knowledge into the lawsuit cases, which makes the students
independent thinking and to learn the essential skills for acquire the subject theory and professional knowledge
engaging in the law profession. Case teaching method can unconsciously in the process of joint analysis and
completely give the students’ initiatives in training the discussion of the cases. On the other hand, through the
students’ capacities of analysis and legal practice. But the process of analysis and further questions to the cases, we
students mainly master the related theoretical knowledge can train the students’ rethinking about practice and
through preview before class, so the degree of preview improve their consciousness of rethinking. With the method
before class depends on the students’ initiatives. To master and skill of rethinking, the students’ resolution ability can
the related theories through previews may not catch up with be developed and improved. Therefore, case teaching
the conventional teaching method in completeness and method cannot be the leading teaching method in our higher
systematicness, which may set the students into trouble in education, but as an auxiliary method to class teaching
case discussion and finally they just learn the fragmented method.
knowledge. Therefore, the higher law education in China In China, for our higher education of law, we should use
cannot adopt only one method but should combine these class teaching method as the leading role and case teaching
two teaching methods on the basis of improving and as auxiliary. Meanwhile, not all law courses can be applied
consummating the current case teaching method in order to with case teaching method, such as Constitution, Legal
make the best of both methods and complete teaching task History and other courses which focus on theories.
together. Concrete speaking, we should start from the 4.2. To Establish Law Library and Case Library
following aspects:
Langdell paid great attention to the effect of library in
the case teaching. He thought that case method relied on
legal materials, so the legal materials were a library. So he
valued library very much, and he thought the center of law
313 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

education was law library. He ever said such wisdom: experienced retired judges, procurators and lawyers as
“Library is an essential place for the professors and the after-school activity counselor, to join the case teaching
students. For us, it is just like the labs to the chemists and activities, to make the students play the role of their
the physicists, the natural history museums to the zoologists, components for thinking at the angel of the client. In this
the botanical gardens to the botanists.” Therefore, the law way, we can train their professional responsibilities and
libraries set up in the law schools in the USA are in capacity to respond to emergences.
conformity with the standards of the major libraries. In the
law libraries, their collection involves the original 5. Summary
literatures, search tool and the secondary literatures. From In consideration of the advantages and disadvantages of
resource development to organization as well as the class teaching method and case teaching method
contents and ways of service all satisfy the specific respectively, they both have their history background and
requirements of law. system demand, so they are not the only and exclusive
We can also imitate their method to set up the law teaching methods. Though there are still many problems for
library. Besides the law compilation and related theoretic case teaching method, its value and function have been
works, more important is to set up a case library in the totally approved by the law educators and the firms. As a
library, including descriptive and learnable case collection teaching method, case method should be constantly
from open published case book, teaching materials or developed and modified by combining with the times and
magazine materials for case teaching. the concrete law environment. Correct orientation and full
4.3. Case Teaching Method is Used in the Higher utility can actually improve the teaching quality and adapt
Grade of Graduate or Postgraduate Stage to the requirement of social development to satisfy the goal
of training comprehensive talents.
In China, the law education mainly starts from the
students with the education background of higher school, References:
which does not possess the capacity to analyze and solve
[1] Cheng Hong, Method and Application of Law Case Teaching [J].
problems, or even the basic law theory or master the basic
Hubei Social Sciences, 2008(11), pp. 150-152.
theory of any specific law course. For such students, if the
[2] Hao Xiuhui, Fate Selection of Case Teaching in Law Higher
teachers apply case method directly into teaching, it is
Education Reform[J]. Journal of Shenyang Normal University,
impossible to complete the teaching task, ever the case
2008(2), pp.62—66．
analysis alternated in the teaching process. It is just the
[3] Zhou Biaolong, Xiao Songping, Status and Method of Law Case
example method but not the real case teaching method.
Teaching[J]. Fujian Forum, 2010(6), pp.110—111．
Meanwhile, our laws and regulations are abstract. Law
[4] Ou Jiemei, Exploring Case Teaching Method with the Goal of
education must pay attention to the illustrations of abstract
Training Legal Thinking Ability [J]. Academic Forum, 2011(2),
concepts and principles, to the learning and summarization
pp.159—163．
of the spirit and theory of laws. Currently it is impossible
[5] Yang Guangfu, Zhang Hongju. Case Teaching: From Harvard to the
for us to set our law education like that in the USA, that is
World---Historical Research on Case Teaching [J]. Primary and
to request the students who enter exams for law major must
Middle School Education in Foreign Countries, 2008(6), pp.1—5．
be above the bachelor degree, but we can request the
[6] Zou Yuli, On “Case Teaching” from American Law Education[J].
students to proceed after they have learnt the related basic
Modern Law Science, 2000(2), pp 139-141
theories in a systematic way. Therefore, it is rational to
[7] Liu Tianjun, Research on Law Case Method[J]. Education
apply case method in the higher grade of graduate or
Exploration 2006 (3) , pp.25-28.
postgraduate stage.
[8] Li Hongwu, Chen Yiyuan, Xue Mei. Analysis of Current Status and
4.4. To Allow the Experienced Judges, Procurators Rational Thinking of Practical Teaching in Law Major[J]. Journal of
and Lawyers to Join in Case Teaching Literature; History & Philosophy.
[9] Yang Chuanlan, Amendment to Case Teaching in Law Teaching[J].
For better implementing case teaching, while improving Jounal of Southwest Agricultural University, 2008, 6(5) , pp.64-67.
the teachers’ practical capacity, the law schools can [10] Christopher Columbus Langdell．A Selection of Cases on the Law of
establish cooperation relationship with the local legislative Contracts，Boston[M]．Little Brown，1987:vi．
body and lawyer firms to create a teaching base together. In [11] aylor，Thomas Fenton．The “Dwight Method”[J] ．Harvard Law
this way, the students can observe the trials of the tough Review，Nov1893，Vol.7 Issue 4, p.203．
cases at the base, and discuss with the judges, procurators [12] David.A.Garvin．Making the case：Professional education for the
and lawyers in order to improve their capacity to solve world of practice[J] ．Harvard Magazine，2003（9-10）
．
problems. Meanwhile, the law schools can engage the
314 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Chapter IV：
Environment
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Public Health Risk Assessment for Urban

Drinking Water Quality in Baotou
Junli Han1, Lanfen Zhong2, Hanzhong Jia3 , Cunyi Song4
1,4
College of Civil and Environmental Engineering, University of Science and Technology Beijing, Beijing, China
1,2
Baotou Normal College of Science and Technology University Inner Mongolia, Baotou, China
3
Xinjiang Technical Institute of Physics & Chemistry, Chinese Academy of Sciences, Urumqi, China
Abstract: In the present study, the statistics of sanitary quality for drinking water from household-taps water on the central
area of Baotou City using the Yellow River as major water source form 1996 to 2010 year was analyzed, and public health
risk mainly caused by pollutants in urban drinking water was also evaluates based on health risk assessment model. Results
were obtained as following: (1) the carcinogenic risk of the gene toxic substance (As) increases from 6.72×10-5 in 1998 to
5.94×10-3 in 2008, which is higher than maximum acceptable value of 5×10-6recommended by International Commission
on Radiological Protection (ICRP); (2) the risk of nongene toxic substance in drinking water follows the order: Se> NH 3 >
Hydroxybenzene, and the total annual risk increases from 4.06×10-9 in 1998 to 3.21×10-8 in 2008, which is lower than the
both value of 1.0×10-4 recommended by EPA and the maximum acceptable risk value 5.0×10-5 recommended by ICRP.
Based on those results, it can be concluded that the gene toxic substances (As) will be the major problem to resolve in
water treatment system. For the non-gene toxic substances, though the present risk value is lower than the limits
recommended by the International authority we should pay attention to the increasing risk tendency.
Keywords: sanitary quality for drinking water; water pollution; health risk assessment
Drinking water is indispensable and irreplaceable in present study, we will focus on the main urban area in
human daily life. Thus, the sanitary quality of drinking Baotou.
water determines the survival and life quality of human
public, and further influences the social stability and 2. Drinking Water Quality in Baotou
economic development. Even if the concentration of 2.1. Present Situation of Water Source in Baotou
pollutants in the drinking water is very low, long-term low-
dose exposure still be a serious harm to human health[1-2]. With the increasing in water quantity demand, the
Health risk assessment is used to estimate the health risk underground water could not meet the industrial,
when people are exposed to hazards, which can provide the agricultural and daily life requirements in Baotou city. So
decision-making basis for controlling the quality of the water source changed from the underground water in
drinking water. Health risk assessment links environmental the early period of the city to Yellow River. Since 1990s,
pollution and human health to get the quantitative human the urban water supply mainly has relied on Yellow River,
health risk possibility caused by the pollutants in drinking and the supplementary water has been from the Reservoir in
water. Currently, health risk assessment has been used to Kun District. More than 70% of water supply and around
evaluate the criticality of various pollutants on human 80% of drinking water in main urban area have come from
health, especially in the area of water source quality and Yellow River [5].
health risk [3]. Due to the increasing pollution in the upstream of the
Yellow River, the river water quality in the Baotou part gets
1.Overview of the Studied Area worse correspondingly. The water pollutes frequently and
Baotou is the largest industrial city in Inner Mongolia, gets worse during the low-flow period, which makes the
also is one of the important city in the industries of Iron & urban water supply more difficult. Sometimes regular water
Steel, Machinery, Chemicals and Energy production. treatment cannot control the chromaticity, olfaction, taste,
Baotou is well known as “Steel City on Prairie” and “City BOD, nitrate and NH3 according to the drinking water
of Rare Earth”, located in the north of Mongolia. In past standard. Especially in flood seasons, the water quality and
five years, the economy of Baotou increases by 26.16%. At quantity has become the focus problem of the urban water
supply [6].
the end of 2010, the GDP was ￥ 246.08 billion. The Table 1 Proportion of the length of different water quality in the
population of the city attain to 264.9 million, and the mainstream of yellow river from 1980 to 2010 [6] (%)
population in main urban area is 183.9165 million [4]. In the Water quality classⅠandⅡ classⅢ classⅣ classⅤ below class V
317 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

J. L. Han et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp317-320
Early 1980s⑥ 90.3 9.7 0 0 0 2005 7.2 47.8 470 0.002 1.60 1.11 0.34 /
2006 5.35 / / 0.002 1.66 1.13 0.34 /
Early 1990s⑥ 62.9 22.2 14.9 0 0 2007 4.98 / / 0.002 1.68 1.11 0.34 /
Late 1990s⑥ 38.5 3.4 49.2 6.7 2.2 2008 4.24 523.5 1197 0.002 1.27 1.14 0.34 /
2007 16.1 27.5 15.8 6.8 33.8 2009 / / 1026 0.002 1.12 / / /
2010 2.61 643.2 1717.2 0.002 2.53 / / /
2010 classⅠ-Ⅲ 77.7 classⅣ-Ⅴ 22.3
Note ： ①/: m eet the standards； ②T urbidity ： Drinking Water Standards GB5749-85
Sources：The data from the early 1980s to the late 1990s is quoted form the reference [6]. ② The
data in 2007 and 2010 is quoted form Yellow River Water Resources Bulletin 2007, 2010, Yellow （before 2008）；
River Conservancy Commission. Source：Baotou Stations Inner Mongolia Urban water quality monitoring network from
Table 2 Water quality statistics in Baotou in recent years 1996 to 2010
Water station name Zhao-jun fen Hua jiang ying Dengkou
Quality class Ⅳ Ⅳ Ⅳ
3. Health Risk Assessment Model
Compliance 2008 8.3 8.3 8.3
rate（%） 2009 8.3 0 8.3 3.1. Model
2010 33.3 50.0 50.0
COD COD COD In the present study, toxic and harmful substances in
mainly pollutants NH3-N NH3-N NH3-N drinking water were selected to conduct risk assessment.
Source: Water Resources Bulletin, Yellow River Conservancy Commission form 2008 to 2010 These substances were classified into two categories, viz.
Yellow River.
In recent years, the main pollutants are ammonia nitrogen gene toxic substances and non-gene toxic substance. The
(NH3-N) and chemical oxygen demand (COD) for water former one includes radioactive material and chemical
sources of the Yellow River in Baotou City. carcinogens. On the other hand, non-gene toxic substance is
considered as non-carcinogenic but harmful. Based on the
2.2. Water Quality for Drinking Water classification system of International Agency for Research
Based on the monitoring data of drinking water samples on Cancer (IARC), substances in Group 1 and Group 2A
from 1996 to 2010, the items that excess the drinking Water are classified as chemical carcinogens, and others are non-
Standards (GB 5749-2006, GB5749-85(before 2008)) are carcinogenic toxic substances. It is well known that
listed in Table 2. radioactive pollutants are harmful to the human body, but it
As shown in Table 3, the main substances water that will not be analyzed due to the absence of data. The health
excess the standard in household-taps include turbidity, hazard evaluation model was established based on the
chloride, total dissolved solids, volatile phenol, ammonia, harmful effects of these pollutants and a large number of
arsenic, selenium, etc. Turbidity and total dissolved solids studies on the risk degree of toxic substances in drinking
are important sensory indicators of water quality, but their water for decades[ 7- 18].
hazard cannot be identified because of any clear value for 3.1.1. Health Risk Assessment Model for Gene
reference. Therefore, it will be discussed later; turbidity that Toxic Substance
exceeded the annual average of the sample has decreased
gradually. It is regularly non-toxic for drinking water
containing a small amount of chloride, however, it will be
tasted worse when the chloride content is higher than
250mg / L. When the chloride content is 250 ~ 500mg/L,
there is no effect on human's physiological activities, but
long-term consumption of drinking water with chloride Where Ric is referred as the average individual annual
higher than 500 mg/L could lead to chronic poisoning, such carcinogenic risk caused by gene toxic substance i in
as a neurasthenic syndrome, liver damage, digestive drinking water; Di is the mass of substance i contacted per
dysfunction, acromegaly osteolytic disease, skin damage,
and influencing the water metabolism. Although the unit body weight per day (mg/kg/d); qi is the carcinogenic
chloride content is occasionally greater than 500mg/L in the slope factor(mg/kg/d); R c is comprehensive annual
present study, it should be pay more attention due to the carcinogenic risk (a); 70 is the human Life expectancy of in
increasing trend for the number of excessive-standard days formula 2; 2.2 is the average amount of drinking water for
(from 335mg / L in 1996 increased to 643.2mg / L in 2010). an adult per day (L); Ci is contamination concentration in
Table 3 pollutants in household water-taps water from 1996 to 2010 in
Baotou (mg/L) water (mg/L); and 70 is average body weight of the human
body (kg) in formula 3.
Years Turbidity Chloride Dissolved-solids Volatile-phenols Ammonia As
Se Coliform
1996 7.2 335 1020.1 0.0023 / 0.016 0.013 58.2
1997 8.6
1998 11.6
269
/
/
/
0.45
0.39
/
1.11
0.014 / 3.0
0.01 0.02 17.7
3.1.2. Health Risk Assessment Mode for Non-Gene
1999 29.7 / 1134 0.0035 0.7 0.01 0.02 / Toxic Substance
2000 10.1 292 1134 0.0035 0.7 0.01 0.01 0.6
2001 9.2 / / 0.003 1.1 0.012 / 6.8 Nongene toxic substance is one major kind of pollutants of
2002 8.1 275 1109.4 0.003 / 1.2 0.5 /
2003 / / / 0.002 / / / / the drinking water in Baotou. Non-carcinogenic health risk
2004 4.13 1219 / 0.002 2.14 1.2 0.28 30
can be calculated following formula 4 and 5.
318 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.
8
/
Total / 2.61 x10-8 3.12x10-8 3.13x10-8 3.13x10-8 3.21x10-
8
/
n
Riis referred as the average individual annual non- The risk of cancer of the gene toxic substance (As)
carcinogenic risk caused by gene toxic substance i in increased from 6.72 x10-5 in 1998 to 5.94x10-3 in 2008 (as
drinking water pathway; Di is the mass of a substance shown in Table 4), which is higher than the maximum
acceptable value of 5x10-6/a recommended by International
contacted per unit body weight per day (mg/kg/d), which
Commission on Radiological Protection (ICRP); the risk
can be calculated by formula 3; RfDi is reference dose
induced by nongene toxic substance in drinking water
(mg/kg/d); R c is comprehensive annual noncarcinogenic follows the order: NH 3 > Hydroxybenzene >Se, and the
risk (a); 70 is the average human Life expectancy. total annual risk increased from 4.06 x10-9 in 1998 to
3.21x10-8 in 2008, as shown in Table 5.
3.2. Analysis for Contaminations The total risk for each resident caused by all pollutants
Base on the analysis data for Baotou’s drinking water is lower than the value of 1.0x10-4 recommended by EPA
from 1996 to 2010, it can be found that the main and the maximum acceptable risk value 5.0x10-5
contaminations are As, NH3, Hydroxybenzene, and Se. As recommended by ICRP. The gene toxic substances will be
is gene toxic substance and others are nongene toxic the main problem should be resolved in the present system.
substance. The carcinogenic slope factor of As is 15.0 For the nongene toxic substances below the limits
mg/kg/d [7-8], all of the noncarcinogenic reference dose has recommended by the International authority, the increased
been shown in Table 4. tendency for the risk should be pay more attention.
Table 4 Non-carcinogenic reference dose RfDi (mg/kg/d)
4. Conclusion and Discussion
NH 3 -N Hydroxybenzene Se
RfDi 9.7 x 10-1 1.0 x 10-1 5.0 x 10-3 4.1. Conclusion
Note: Quoted form U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) (1) The risk value of carcinogenic arsenic is in a high
3.3. Risks level since 2002 (5.82x10-3-6.17x10-3). Personal health risk
values are higher than the maximum acceptable value of
−1 5×10-5/a recommended by the International Commission on
Table 4 Average individual annual carcinogenic risk a
Years 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 Radiological Protection (ICRP) and the maximum
Annual risk 1.07 x10-4 9.40 x10-5 6.72 x10-5 6.72 x10-5 6.72 acceptable value of 1.0×10-6/a recommended by the
x10-5 8.06x10-5 6.17x10-3 Swedish Environmental Protection Agency and the
−1 Netherlands Ministry of Construction and Environment.
Table4 (more) Average individual annual carcinogenic risks a
Years 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007
According to the information in Integrated Risk
Information System (IRIS) of US EPA, arsenic is classified
2008
as carcinogenic pollutants A, and the risk control value
Annual risk / 6.17x10-3 5.82x10-3 5.90x10-
3 should be 1.00 × 10-6.
5.82x10-3 5.94x10-3
(2)The risk of three non-carcinogenic substances in
−1
Table 5 Average individual annual noncarcinogenic risk a drinking water follows the order: Se>Ammonia>Volatile
Years 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 phenols. The total risk of the three substances is lower than
2002 10-7, which is in the safe scale.
NH 3 -N / / 5.14x10-10 3.24 x10-10 3.24 x10-10 5.09 x10-
10
/ 4.2. Discussion
Hydrox 1.03 x10-1 1 2.02 x10-9 1.75 x10-9 1.57 x10-11 1.57 x10-11 1.35x10-11
1.35x10-11
(1)The data of the tested water sample are the annual
Se 1.19 x10-9 / 1.80 x10-9 / 8.98 x10- average value, which covers the possible danger of the
10
/ 4.49 x10 -8 extreme values. Some samples are polluted seriously, but
Total / / 4.06 x10-9 / 1.24 x10- which cannot be reflected in the present data. Secondly,
9
/ / there are many ways for human beings to touch water;
−1 however, the present work only considers the water inputs
Table 5 (more)Average individual annual noncarcinogenic risk a
Years 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008
without the skin and air.
2009 (2)The body weight in the formula uses the universal
NH 3 -N / 9.91 x10-10 7.41 x10-10 7.68 x10-10 7.78 x10-10 5.88 x10- value of the US EPA and domestic research. However, the
10
5.18 x10 -10 weight of varying genders and ages have big difference.
Hydrox 8.98 x10-12 8.98 x10-12 8.98 x10-12 8.98 x10-12 8.98 x10-12 8.98 x10- Thus, the harmful levels of pollutants only have the
12
8.98 x10-12 statistical significance.
Se / 2.51 x10-8 3.05 x10-8 3.05 x10-8 3.05 x10-8 3.14x10-
319 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

(3)The total risk value is derived by a simple sum [15] WANG Dakun LI Jianxin.Application of health risk assessment in
without the consideration of the reactions between the environmental evaluation [J]. Environmental Pollution & Control，
pollutants. In fact, the interaction between pollutants is 1995,17 (5):9-12.
quite complicated in spatio-temporal scale. [16] Zeng Guangming, Zhuo Li zhong Zhenglin.etal.Assessment models
for water environmental health risk analysis [J]. Hydroel ectric
Reference
energy, 1997,15 (4) :28-33
[1] ZENGGuangming,ZHUOLi,ZHONGzhenglin.etal.Assessment [17] GENG Fuming, XUE Lianqing,LU Guihua. Water quality health-
models for water environmental health risk hazard riskassessment on drinking water supply sources[J]. Journal
analysis[J].InternationalJournal ydroelectric Energy 1997, 15(4):28- of Hydraulic Engineering 2006,37(10):1242-1245
33 [18] HU Erbang. Technology and method of environmental risk
[2] He Xiangming , WuMingfu , ZhangMinju.etal.Water quality health assessment to the practical[M].Beijing,China's environmental
risk assessment and counter measure for drinking water press,2000 ,467-482.
source[J].Water supply technology ,2008,2（1）：1-4
[3] DING Keying ,YING Shengjie ,ZHANG Jiawei.etal.Health Risk
Assessment on Urban Water Supply in Minhang District of Shanghai
[J]. Environmental and Occupational Medicine.2010,27（6）：349-
352
[4] Baotou statistics bureau, the national bureau of statistics baotou team，
Baotou 2011 statistics yearbook[M] ， Beijing: China statistical
publishing house，2011.10
[5] HAN Junli ， DUAN Wenge ， SONG Cunyi.etal.Sustainable
utilization of groundwater resources and water environmental
protection in Baotou[J]. Journal of Arid Land Resources and
Environment， 2011，25（12）：199-124
[6] LI Xianglong,PEN Bo,GUO Zheng.etal. Analysis trend of Yellow
River water pollution[J]. People's Yellow River 2004，26（10）：
26
[7] EPA. Super fund public health evaluation manual[ S].EPA /540
/186060, 1986.
[8] EPA. Supplement risk assessment Part1. Guidance for public health
risk assessment[S]. EPA. 601 /528922001, 1989.
[9] HUANG Yilong WANG yanglin TAN qiyu. etal.Environmental
health risk assessment and management for urbanwater supply
sonrces[J].Earth Science Frontiers, 2006, 13(3):162-167
[10] QIAN Jia zhong, LI Ru zhong, WANGJia quan. etal.Environmental
health risk assessment for urban water supply source[J].Journal of
Hydraulic Engineering,2004，（8）：90-93
[11] ZOU Bin1,ZENG Yong nian,Benjamin F. ZHAN,etal. Spatial and
temporal health risk assessment of water environment in urban
area[J].Geography and Geo - Information Science[J] . 2009, 25
(2 ):94-98
[12] WANG Qiu-lian，ZHANG Zhen，LIU Wei. Environmental health
risk assessment of drinking water source in Tianjin[J].Environmental
Science & Technology,2009,32（5）：187-190
[13] Yan Xinrong, ZhouHang, DiTao.Water quality health risk
assessment for urban water supply sources[J].Environmental Science
and Management ,2008,33（4）：164-166
[14] CHENG Mingjian,CHENG Liangang, FENG Huali. Safety
management of drinking water quality based on health risk
assessment[J].China Water Conservancy, 2007, (7) :12-15
320 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
An Empirical Research of the Population

Capacity based on the Ecological Carrying
Capacity of Port Arthur Region
Cai Li1, Mu Guangzong2, Hao Ziliang3
1
School of Business, Jiangsu University , Zhenjiang,China
2
Institute of Population Research of Peking University, Beijing,China
3
Dalian Port Arthur Family Planning Bureau, Dalian,China
1
gscaili@ujs.edu.cn
Abstract: The ecological carrying capacity is a regional resource base of economic and social development, Analysis of the
ecological profit and loss account of Dalian Port Arthur area in recent years shows that, without the production of energy
consumption in terms of land area, Port Arthur city`s ecological deficit was small; if the external input of energy consump-
tion considered until 2008, the real deficit of the regional ecosystem very huge, and up to eight times of the real per capita
ecological footprint compared its carrying capacity (reduce the net biodiversity), where the overall real ecological situation
of the region was far beyond its ecological carrying capacity. In accordance with the requirements of the development of
energy saving in the "12th Five-Year Plan and the appropriate population capacity of the ecosystem in the region is more
than 40 million; If changing the assumptions of the ecological footprint, the level of the limit capacity would attain to 70
million. However, the new driving of the carrying capacity to the surplus population is not derived from its original ecosys-
tem, but from the support of the economic, social or cultural factors.
Keywords: ecological footprint; ecological carrying capacity; ecological surplus; ecological deficit; population capacity
1. Introduction the main pillar one for the economic development and its
contribution rate to economic growth attains 46.7% which
Port Arthur city is 45 km away from Dalian area, which pulled 6.8 percentage points of GDP growth. [1]
is one important part of the new city area of Dalian and near
the Dalian High-tech Industrial Park. Based on the four po- 2. Methods
sitioning of major functional areas of development, namely There are many specific methods to measure the ecolog-
"tourist spots, port industrial zone, high-tech industrial area, ical carrying capacity such as the system power, the single
University Park," its advantage is obvious. Now, it has method etc. (Li Jinhai, 2001; Cao M, 1991; Qi Feng, 2006;
formed the development pattern, which led by the six domi- Cai Li, 2008), which can apply for the different require-
nant industries: the tourism, port industries, high-tech indus- ments of the resources or the ecological carrying capacity
tries, research and education, logistics and quality of agri- with different data characteristics. The ecological footprint
culture. method used in this study is widely applicable. The method
As the studied objective, there are certain inaccuracies was created by W.E.Ree and his supervisor M.Wackernagel
in recent years data, so it is the starting point for data analy- in 1992. Ecological footprint indicates that the regional
sis on the 2005.In 2005, the region's population has 207,316 space could continue to provide resources or remove waste
people, including non-agricultural population of 131,477 and has biological productivity since the theory and the spe-
people, 75,839 people from the rural, and the urbanization cific paces now widely used, here omitted.
rate has reached 63.42%.The region's GDP is 8.11 billion The productivity degree varies due to a variety of differ-
Yuan in 2005, when the primary industry value increased is ent production, and then the balance component of the land
1.11 billion Yuan; the secondary industry one is 4.23 billion types has a relevant fixed value level, such as the following
Yuan; the service industry one is 2.77 billion Yuan. table.
The proportion of three industries respectively were
13.7%, 52.2%, 34.1%, the contribution to economic growth
rates were 9.3%, 54.2%, 36.5%. Obviously the industry is
This study was sponsored by Jiangsu University senior person- [1]
The Internal data comes from Lushunkou`s Land Use Plan-
nel project (1281160020). ning (2006-2020).
321 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. Cai et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp321-325
Equilibrium
Types of land The main purpose Remarks
factor
fossil fuels land to absorb CO 2 1.1 1.The global ecological evaluation
arable land to plant crops 2.8 of productivity measured by 1.
Woodland to improve the product and wood 1.1 2. To deduct 12% of the ecological supply from the
grass to improve animal products 0.5 biologically productive land area for the conservation of
Land for construc- For population settled and road use 2.8 biological diversity.
tion 3. In realistic situation, people do not stay out the land to
waters to provide aquatic products 0.2 deal with the CO 2 absorption.
Figure1 Land types in an ecological footprint calculation
3. Calculation biological resources consumption accounts and energy con-

sumption accounts.
This study is based on the Lushunkou District Statistical
According to the statistical data, the ecological surplus
Yearbook 2008 (internal data), combined with theoretical
and deficit account could be gotten, as follows.
methods to divide Lushunkou consumer account into the
Table 1 the balance account of ecosystem population carrying capacity in Port Arthur region (2008)
Adjusted per capita ecological The Scale of
Per capita ecological footprint Ecological sur-
Project hectare supply area Population capacity
(hm2) plus and deficit
Or carrying capacity (hm2) (10 thousand)
Arable land 8545 0.15921 0.014 -0.14521 5.367112
Woodland 22707 0.533814 0.25944 -0.27437 4.253727
Lawn 591 0.093052 0.001116 -0.09194 0.635128
Building land 13478 0.043774 0.02016 -0.02361 30.78971
Waters 401 0.193103 0.010417 -0.18269 0.207661
Fossil fuels, land 4150 1.894967 0.021553 -1.87341 0.219001
Freshwater footprint 0.000397
Total 2.918318671 0.326685 -2.59163 41.47234
Ecological diversity of deducting
0.287483
12%
In the above table, the per capita ecological footprint In short, in accordance with the standard of living of
was up to 2.91831hm2 in 2008, while the actual ecological Port Arthur's population in 2008 (accounts of biological and
carrying capacity was only 0.326685hm2.When the deduc- energy consumption), from the per capita ecological foot-
tion of 12% of the biodiversity, the per capita ecological print of view, if the imported energy consumption in Port
carrying capacity was lower, is 0.287483 hm2 .In Table 2, Arthur region were translated into productive land area, the
the totally known per capita ecological carrying capacity regional reality load far beyond the range of its ecological
was only 0.158054 hm2, which would reach the level of carrying capacity; the overall per capita ecological defi-
0.326685hm2 adjusted by the yield factors. cit ,such as farmland, woodland, grassland, was small if the
It is clear that its per capita ecological footprint has fossil fuel energy consumption was put aside (converted
reached its carrying capacity 8 times, and the energy pro- into productive land area), namely the per capita ecological
duction land area accounted for 64.93 percent of the nearly carrying capacity was the unsaturated situation.
ecological footprint of Port Arthur region, which shows the Calculation based on various types of land area per capita
energy consumption in the region at a high level as well as ecological footprint in 2008, you can get the appropriate
freshwater resources consumed. In short, from the per capita population of the ecosystem of the region carrying the scale
ecological footprint perspective, the regional energy con- of the appropriate scale of the population of its eco-system
sumption level mostly belongs to the nature of input, which can reach about 41 million (41.472 million), see table1.
relies on local economic development. 4. Population Capacity Forecasts
Thus, the ecological surplus and deficit account of the
above table shows that: the ecological deficit from farmland, A. The Standard of Living
woodland, grassland, construction land areas and other pro- As is known, the energy per capita ecological footprint
ductive land area were small, the total per capita less than 1.924181 hm2 in biological resources is two times of the
0.5hm2, but the per capita energy ecological footprint was as ecological footprint 0.99374 hm2. Now, if the new regional
high as 1.87hm2. developing plan actively promoted and implemented, the
more uses of new efficient energy, the more population ca-
322 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

pacity the per capita ecological footprint carries. Assump- nomic growth bring more energy resources to consume,
tions discussed below. when dealing with the energy converted into land area, it is
First, based on the 2008 standard of living, the above re- about to consider the consumption of resources for econom-
sult of the energy consumption would be translated into ic growth of the residents to bring another, the data
land area (for instance, suppose the income of local eco- processing of the fossil fuels land area occupied is the aver-
nomic grows on energy consumption, means spending more age 1.41of the equilibrium factor to calculate and the yield
income to buy energy). However, that is limited, varied, factor is converted in accordance with 1.8 of the construc-
relative concept. Therefore, it is concluded that if the ap- tion land, the per capita ecological footprint in this part
propriate energy-saving would be taken into account and would be the level of building land (less than arable land,
use new energy, this would improve the capacity value of woodland, grassland, water), the population capacity of the
the population without doubt. Port Arthur area would increase nearly 51 million people
Second, if the energy couldn`t convert into the land area from the basis of 410,000.
in the process of calculation, supposed as the regional eco-
Table 4 to change the equilibrium factor of population size (million)

Of the total Adjusted per The scale of
per capita eco- Ecological
area Real per capita Balanced Yield capita ecological resource
Project logical footprint Footprint
(104hm2) area (hm2) Factor factor supply area limits
supply (hm2) (Hm2)
ha (hm2) (10,000)
Arable land 8545 0.00200 2.8 0.0056 2.5 0.014 0.159210382 5.367112
Woodland 22707 0.10721 1.1. 0.117927 2.2 0.25944 0.533814286 4.253727
Lawn 591 0.00279 0.5 0.001395 0.8 0.001116 0.093052165 0.635128
Building land 13478 0.00400 2.8 0.0112 1.8 0.02016 0.04377436 30.78971
Waters 401 0.00189 0.2 0.000379 27.51 0.010417 0.193103448 0.207661

Fossil fuels, land
4150 0.01900 1.41 0.02679 1.8 0.048222 0.04377436 9.480436
(not converted area)
Fossil fuels, land
(taking into account 4150 0.01959 1.1. 0.021553 A 0.021553 1.89496703 0.219001
the commuted)
Freshwater foot-
0.000397
print
Total 0.184844 0.374907 2.962093031 50.95278
These two different population capacities come from (i.e., energy savings or the per capita energy consumption
the adjustment based on the 2008 standard of living and decreasing).
the energy consumption variation; they are hardly to be ② The degree of decline in per capita energy ecologi-
proven in practice. It is difficult to confirm the fix level of cal footprint growth is same to the growth degree of per
living and consumption. This is the reason that the maxi- capita ecological footprint. And, the lower energy part of
mum limitation of population carrying is hardly sufficient- the per capita ecological footprint come from two means
ly objective and scientific without the standard of living energy conservation and new energy used.
considered. ③ For the level of science and technology, biological
resources such as arable land, Woodland, water, etc., will
B. The Forecast of 2020
be improved, which make a certain proportion of the sus-
With the dwindling natural energy reserves, the only tainable development of biological resources to the pro-
way of the world sustainable development focuses on the portion of incremental growth. Here, it is assumed that
energy saving and developing new ones. 2008 energy per capita ecological footprint will be im-
Assume the conditions followed. proved by 10%, which is the base of the calculation for
① The per capita ecological footprint improvement of estimating Port Arthur area in the future per capita ecolog-
Port Arthur area in 2008, means decreasing year by year ical footprint, which can forecast the related theoretical
value until 2020, as follows.
Table 2 Ecological footprint of Port Arthur forecasted.

Per capita
Biological Per capita The total
Energy per ecological
The rate resources ecological ecological
Year capita foot- carrying
of change footprint per footprint Carrying
print (hm2) capacity
capita (hm2) (hm2) capacity (hm2)
(hm2)
323 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

2008 A 0.99374 1.924181 2.918387 0.326685 69193.84311

2009 0.9 1.093114 1.731763 2.824877 0.359354 76113.22742
2010 0.81 1.192488 1.558587 2.751075 0.388755 82963.41789
2011 0.729 1.291862 1.402728 2.69459 0.415217 89683.45474
2012 0.6561 1.391236 1.262455 2.653692 0.439032 96221.37859
2013 0.59049 1.49061 1.13621 2.62682 0.460466 102,534.4632
2014 0.531441 1.589984 1.022589 2.612573 0.479756 108,589.0208
2015 0.478297 1.689358 0.92033 2.609688 0.497118 114,359.8865
2016 0.430467 1.788733 0.828297 2.617029 0.512743 119,829.6845
2017 0.38742 1.888107 0.745467 2.633574 0.526806 124,987.9595
2018 0.348678 1.987481 0.67092 2.658401 0.539462 129,830.2491
2019 0.313811 2.086855 0.603828 2.690683 0.550853 134,357.15
2020 0.28243 2.186229 0.543446 2.729674 0.561105 138,573.4197
Under ideal conditions, to 2020, the per capita ecologi- density of 144.2575 persons / sq km (in 2005 the total
cal footprint of the Port Arthur area forecast for 2.7296hm2 area).
freshwater footprint 2.730071 hm2 in estimated) (tap water Construction land area, the per capita density of
supply per capita carrying capacity of the region must en- 542.2552 persons / sq km. The level of Jiangsu 600 /
hance .561105 hm2 in, with a total carrying capacity is square meters in 1000, the Port Arthur area will be among
expected to increase to reach the region's total carrying the high-density population areas. Therefore, I believe,
capacity 138573.4197hm2. more than 700,000 population capacity load levels will be
Here it is emphasized that, due to the constraints of the ecological limits of Port Arthur. If there is a higher
prediction is very rough, the ideal of its conclusions possibility, it must be a new economic growth momentum
beyond the realistic possibility and demonstrative objectiv- to drive and support. It is a relative standard of living
ity. change, if to reduce energy preset ideal value, assumes that
the local production factors (economic output) continuous-
5. Conclusions ly improve the results, so the 138,573.4197 hm2 in 2020
The study obtains the following results. (than the actual area of 1.7 times) of the total ecological
(1) By 2020, the per capita ecological capacity of the carrying capacity is a prerequisite, with great risk and un-
Port Arthur area may be increased to 0.561105hm2, which certainty. Of course, in real 2020, the Port Arthur area
has improved 0.234419hm2.The per capita ecological there appear higher than the total load carrying capacity
footprint 2.729674 hm2 in ecology deficit widened- level may, depending on Port Arthur region economic
3.32727hm2, and about 28% than the 2008-2.59hm2, al- growth, industrial development capacity, cultural and edu-
though the increase part of the deficit, but did not reduce cational aspects of the upgrading of the population capaci-
the quality of life in the new technology, new energy, to ty, for example, Hong Kong, Shanghai, London and other
improve ecological living conditions, but also create the super-city are the most typical ones, even if they are eco-
conditions for a larger population. For example, the total deficit unusually severe case, the true carrying capacity is
ecological carrying capacity in accordance with an average still far beyond the actual ecological carrying capacity,
annual increase rate of 10% in 2020 138,573.4197 hectares mainly due to factors outside of the other biological, ener-
load levels. Here according to deduct 12% of the biodiver- gy. The research (Xu Guoquan, 2004) proved its ecologi-
sity, the ecological carrying capacity of 121,944.6 hm2 in cal deficit with Beijing, only slightly lower than in Shang-
than the 69193.84hm2 2008, increased by 1.7624 times. hai. However, the rise of China in Northeast Asia Econom-
(2) In accordance with the level of total ecological car- ic Circle will have a huge role in boosting Port Arthur re-
rying capacity in 2008 69193.84311 hm2 in carrying 41.47 gion population capacity upgrade. Therefore, this study
million calculated when the Port Arthur area of technology, population capacity of even width constraints, but the fu-
economic conditions continue to improve, 138,573.4197 ture trend is still possible.
hm2 in 2020 the total carrying capacity, based on 2020 per
capita ecological 2.729674 hectares footprint consumption
level, the total carrying capacity is 1.7624 times the 2008
population capacity, that is 73.08516 million, per capita
324 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

References and Notes

[1] Li Jinhai.Regional ecological carrying capacity and sus-
tainable development [J].China Population, Resources and
Environment, (2001).11 (3) :76-78.
[2] Cao M.Potential productivity and population carrying ca-
pacity of the agro-ecosystem [J].Research of Agricultural
Modernization, (1991).04.
[3] Qi Feng the Wusheng Jun, Cai Shuming.Huangshi City,
land of ecological carrying capacity analysis [J].Huazhong
Agricultural University (Social Science Edition) HZND,
(2006).01.
[4] Cai Li, Mu Guangzong.To establish and quantify of the
population carrying capacity indicators of the Department
of [J].Population Journal, (2008).05.
[5] Zhaoya Feng, Wang Yongjie.Yinchuan City of ecological
carrying capacity analysis [J].Ningxia Engineering Tech-
nology, (2005).4.
[6] Xuguo Quan, Jiang Zhaohua.Based on the theory of eco-
logical carrying capacity of ecological footprint analysis -
the case of Dalian [J].Land and Resources Science and
Technology Management, 2004 (03).
[7] Betty.The IEA expects the world's energy needs an average
annual growth rate of 1.6% [Z].Global Exchange Network:
2008.
325 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Building of Subject Groups and Establishment

2T
of Curriculum System of Environmental

Sciences Major in Agricultural Universities
Li Xulin, Cui Dejie
2T
College of Resources and Environment, Qingdao Agricultural University, Qingdao, China
Abstract: In this paper, we mainly study the system analysis of subject group in environmental science major, based on
2T
the analysis of its leading subject and its connotation and extension. As a case study of the curriculum organization of
environmental science major in Qingdao Agricultural University, we discuss the subject groups’ building of environmental
science major in agricultural universities, and also provide a new pattern for the construction of environmental science
major in colleges and universities.
Keywords: environmental science; subject group; major; curriculum system
2T
In order to realize the three major functions of “Talent dependence, promotion and transplantation are produced
cultivation, Knowledge production, Social service ”， between some subjects, and this multidisciplinary collection
universities need the building of subject groups with a are called subject groups. Subject group has become a hot
professional purpose, and organize the talent cultivation research topic in science of science.
mode with subject groups[1]. Subject is a way that can
P P In this paper, we discuss the establishment of
achieve the specialization of knowledge areas, and a curriculum system of environmental science major, based
classification that divided by the nature of scientific and on the system analysis of subject group in environmental
research content, restricting the range of people’s exploring, science major and its curriculum system, and we could
and a basic unit of the classification of science. With the provide scientific bases for making personnel training plan
development of the times, subject has covered of environmental science major that adapt to the new period
multidisciplinary research directions in a large-scale with a requirements, and also provide a new pattern for the
certain scale of collective as the main organization form, construction of environmental science major.
from the miniaturization research directions of single
subject with dispersive individual and small scale of 1. Professional Subject Group
collective as the main research form, showing a constant
trend of differentiation and integration, with a variety of Profession of institution of higher learning is an
new subjects emerging. With two or more subjects organization that can inherit knowledge and cultivate
combined systematically, interactive behaviors of talented persons, and it refers primarily to the artificial
classification of learning and personnel training, which
plays a list guidance role, restricts the direction and range of
 This work was supported by the specialized fund project of higher
teachers and students’ exploring, also plays a model role,
basic discipline of Shandong province (Szx0706) and the research
and is a pattern of personnel training. From the perspective
project of teaching platform’s building of Resources and
of knowledge, profession is a way that can achieve the
Environment Professional courses（XJG1005）.
specialization of knowledge areas, an organization form of
 LI Xu-lin: (1964-) Male, comes from Shanxi Fengxiang, PhD,
knowledge, discipline and subject group, and an
1T
Associate Professor of College of Resources and Environment,

aggregation of subject group with certain similarities and
Qingdao Agricultural University, Head of the Teaching and
connections.
Research Section, Research field: sustainable development and
Professional subject group includes three levels of basic
1T 1T 1T 1T
information technology of resources and environment,

subject, leading subject and extension subject. The building
E-mail:lixulinqd@163.com, Tel:13864244363 ； CUI De-jie* is
of subject group could strengthen the role of theoretical
Corresponding author. 1T
326 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

X. L. Li et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp326-334
headstream of basic subject, devote the tractive role of subjects, and playing a tractive role. According to the
leading subject, make the structure of subject produce development and traditional characteristics of
synergistic effect and form a whole subject with close environmental science major, environmental science is the
relation, and is a new model of subject’s development. Fig 1 leading subject and main course of subject group in
shows the subject group of environmental science major environmental science.
composed by basic subject, leading subject and extension The basic subject is the theoretical headstream of
subject. subject group. The basic subjects of environmental science
Subject group must include leading subject. The major are geosciences and chemistries.
knowledge in the field of leading subject must be the most The extension subject is the development foundation of
and key of the central task of subject group, and is the core subject group the extension subjects of environmental
subject and the chief subject in the multitudinous subjects, science major are ecology and environmental sciences,
shouldering the function of leadership and organization, environmental sciences and environmental engineering
connecting and coordinating every subjects and every level sciences.
Geosciences Chemistries
environmental sciences
Ecology and environ- environmental environmental

mental sciences sciences engineering sciences
Figure 1. The composition of subject group in environmental science
agro-chemistry and agricultural environmental protection;

2. The Analyses of Subject Group in the environmental science system in ocean university
Environmental Science Major focused on marine environmental science. With the
environmental science passed into a comprehensive
2.1. The Origin of Environmental Science Major developing stage, the said subjects combined into two
subjects of environmental science and environmental
Environmental science is a subject of studying the engineering gradually by the process of mutual connection,
relationship between human and their living environment. joint, integration and fusion. In 1998, the state adjusted the
The subject of environmental science derived, developed subject set-up system, and added a new discipline called
and strengthened from the traditional subject. In the early environmental science and engineering that including two
stage of development, the subject of environmental science sub-disciplines of environmental science and environmental
and the related subjects, solving environment problem from engineering. The environmental science covering the
different point of view, formed respectively characteristics original sub-disciplines such as environmental geography,
of environmental sciences, such as environmental chemistry, environmental chemistry, environmental biology,
environmental geology, environmental geology, environmental oceanography and so on, became a new
environmental biology, environmental engineering etc, and sub-discipline with widely coverage [2] .
P P P
various subjects of environmental science developed

respectively, showing a aspect of “letting a hundred flowers 2.2. The Evolution of the Leading Subject
bloom, a hundred schools of thought contend”. So the
subject of environmental science is affiliated to the Environmental science is a comprehensive science,
traditional subject as a sub-discipline. For example, the whose research core is man-land relationship. And its
environmental science system in comprehensive university research object is man-land system. The man-land system is
and normal university mainly originated from the a complex giant system having some structures and
geography, biology, chemistry and so on; the environmental functions that owed to the interaction of two subsystems
science system in agricultural university started in soil between environment and human activities. According to
the curriculum design that studying on the interrelation of
327 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

man-land relationship system, environmental science is the problems was only noticed, and environmental philosophy,
main course of environmental science major. environmental sociology, environmental ethics and
Environmental science is a new interdisciplinary environmental law were formed gradually[4].
P P
science, with the environmental problem orientation, and In the 1970s, UNESCO considered the study of "man
the environmental problem is the driving force for and biosphere" as a global issue, emphasing studying on the
development of environmental science. In the early 1950s, law between man and environment macroscopically. The
environmental science emerged and developed gradually great issues such as population, food, resources,
from the course of human understanding and solving environment and health care research contents of
environmental problems, and was the outcome of environmental science, and they should be solved from the
productivity and science-technology in human society views of scientific, technical and social in a broad sense as
developing into certain stage. Environmental science, with well as biological (human) and environmental.
the increasingly attach importance to environmental "Environmental Science", with its strong vitality of keeping
problems and called up in foreign countries, developing abreast with the times, constantly expanded its scientific
with the strengthen attention to the environmental problem content, its theory world and its sphere of influence. It
by international community, especially since the late 1970s showed care and paid attention to the ecological civilization,
and 1980s, developed fast and became a new and which influenced the human survival and development.
independent discipline of wide-ranging and having Thus many branches of environmental science appeared and
abundance contents. also many applied subjects due to the interinfiltration
Environmental science, as a multidisciplinary between environmental science and other applied subjects
comprehensive science with multi-categories, mainly or social studies. The theoretical foundations of human
transplanted the principle and methods application of others environmental science are environmental dynamics, the
natural sciences such as biology, geosciences, chemistry, theory of environmental control and environmental system
meteorology, economics, engineering, planning science and science. Human environmental science, includes
so on, keeping with the differentiation of related subjects, environmental engineering, environmental planning and
and developed with the progress of science and environmental management by its application; includes
technology[3]. Environmental geosciences differentiated
P P individual environment, family environment, business
from geosciences includes environmental geography, environment, community environment by its hierarchy;
environmental geology, environmental oceanography, includes rural environment, urban environment, industrial
environmental geochemistry, environmental environment, traffic environment by system type; and
biogeochemistry and environmental atmospheric science includes economic environmental science, cultural
and so on. Environmental biology and environmental environmental science, social environmental science,
medicine differentiated from biology include environmental behavioral environmental science, environmental ethics,
ecology, environmental hydrobiology, environmental medical environmental science, education environmental
microbiology, environmental physiology and environmental science and technology environmental science etc.
toxicology etc. Environmental chemistry differentiated from Environment refers to the natural environment and
chemistry includes environmental analytical chemistry, social environment what humans depend upon for survival,
environmental engineering chemistry, environmental surrounding the biological world (including humans) and
organic chemistry, sanitary engineering chemistry, water constitutes the exterior space and inanimate matter what are
and wastewater chemistry, atmospheric chemistry of necessary conditions for survival of living things, such as
pollution, soil pollution chemistry and marine chemistry etc. air, water, soil, sunlight and other inanimate matter. Human,
Environmental physics includes radiation biology, radiation what environmental science should be centered on, take the
medicine, environmental acoustics and environmental resources from the nature by following the law of society
aerodynamics etc. Engineering environmental includes development, and produce something new and return to the
water supply and wastewater engineering, water supply and nature. The research purpose of environmental science is to
sewage treatment engineering, heating engineering, air clarify the kinds of evolution law between human and
condition technology, deducting technology, cryotechnique, environment, including the relationship between man and
comprehensive utilization of "three wastes" etc. environment and the changing of environment quality
Environmental social science developed from social studies, caused by human activities, what in turn affects human
including history of environmental science development, activities, so that we can control the negative effects to the
history of environmental pollution, environmental environment caused by human activities. The tasks of
economics, environmental planning and environmental environmental science are reveal the interactive objective
management and so on. Around the 1990s, the important laws between human and environment, and apply these
role of social science in studying and solving environmental laws for protecting and improving the environment.
328 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Macroscopically, the research contents of environmental desert environics, grassland environics, forest environics,
science are the interactive laws between human and garden environics, farmland environics, lake environics,
environment and so reveal fundamental law of social, river environics, urban environics, settlement environmental
economic and environmental coordinated development. science; and series subjects of ecosystem engineering,
Microcosmically, the research contents of environmental marine environmental engineering, water conservancy
science are the substances in the environment, and engineering of environment, desert environmental
especially the pollutants produced by human activities, the engineering, grassland environmental engineering, forest
processes that migration, transformation, accumulation and environmental engineering, garden environmental
the fate of the pollutants in the environment, and their engineering, farmland environmental engineering, and
movement law. Besides, the environmental science also limnological environmental engineering.
concern on the integrated control technology of
environmental pollution and management methods, and 2. 2.2. Environmental Science Set
seek the way of preventing, controlling and eliminating the
environmental pollution. The research of environmental Environmental science set includes basic environment
science in the past few decades has been refined and subset, social environment subset and environmental
deepened, and formed a branch called subject group in engineering subset.
environmental science, what including ecological The basic environment subset includes series subjects
environment set, environmental science set and application such as introduction of environmental science,
of environmental science set. environmental geology, environmental geochemistry,
environmental oceanography, environmental soil science,
2.2.1. Ecological Environment Set pollution meteorology, environmental chemistry,
environmental physics, environmental microbiology,
Ecological environment set includes basic environmental biology, mathematical environmental science,
environmental factors subset and ecological environment chemical environmental science, environmental medicine,
subset. environmental toxicology, environmental ecology,
The environment in the research of environmental environmental monitoring, environmental quality and
science refers to the living environment of human being, evaluation，and instrumental analysis of environment.
consisting of the atmosphere, the hydrosphere, the The social environment subset includes series subjects
lithosphere and the biosphere. The basic environmental such as environmental philosophy, methodology of
factors subset is subdivided into many environmental environmental science, environmental statistics,
factors such as geology, geomorphology, meteorology, environmental ethics, environmental sociology, natural
hydrology, soil science, animal science, botany, and environmental protection, introduction of clearer production,
microbiology. Each environment factor includes a series of environmental information system, environmental
subject, for example, series of soil science include protection, environmental management, environmental
fundamentals of soil science, soil geography, soil resources, economics, environmental law, environmental aesthetics,
environmental soil science, soil surveying and mapping, landscape environics and environmental politics.
land evaluation, engineering and technology of soil The environmental engineering subset includes series
improvement and management, soil and water conservation, subjects such as environmental planning, environmental
soil sociology and so on. Moreover, series subjects of engineering, environmental ecological engineering,
environment factors include geological environmental environmental protection engineering, environmental
science, geomorphological environmental science, system engineering, environmental geochemical
atmospheric environmental science, hydrological engineering, water pollution control engineering,
environmental science, water resource environics, soil atmospheric pollution control engineering, solid pollution
environmental science, biological environmental science, prevention and control engineering, noise control
botanical environmental science，zoological environmental engineering, environmental material.
science, microbial environmental science.
The ecological environment subset is subdivided into 2.2.3. Application of Environmental Science Set
many types of ocean, river, desert, grassland, forest,
farmland, lake, marsh, plain, mountain, plateau, hills and The application of environmental science is set another
basin, including subjects of oceanography, watershed important subject subset of subject group in environmental
science, grassland, forestry, farmland, limnology, physical science that grows rapidly. Environmental Science
geography ,economic geography and human geography; combined with economics has generated economic
series courses of marine environics, watershed environics, environment, Similarly, agricultural environics, resource
329 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

environics, urban environics, industry environics, family covers various aspects such as the efficient use, waste,
environics, engineering environics, environmental pollution and control of natural resource and environmental
education, radiological environics ， rura lenvironics, resource, the ecological and environmental construction.
regional environics, global environics and cosmic Thus, the extension development of human and
environics are all the important research fields in the environmental science set were as follows: (1) On one hand,
application of environmental science. Environmental human expanded into human and bioscience and
Science and environmental engineering developed biotechnology, and developed into the biological (human)
synchronously, and corresponding with the application of science set including modern biological (human)
environmental science aforementioned, agricultural and technology and engineering; on the other hand, resources of
environmental engineering, resource-environmental population expanded into natural resources, developed into
engineering, urban environmental engineering, industrial the survey, conservation, management of natural resources
environmental engineering, family environmental with the population resources as the main part, and then
engineering, environmental education engineering, developed into subject set of resources science; (2)
radioactive environmental engineering, rural environmental Environmental science developed into series course of
engineering, regional environmental engineering, global biology (human) environment from people’s living
environmental engineering and cosmic environmental environment, expanded into series courses of social
engineering appeared one after another, thus the application environment and human environment, and then developed
of environmental science set formed gradually with a rapid into subject set of environmental science including natural
growth. environment subject, social environment subject and human
environment subject.
2.3 The Extension Development of Subject Group
in Environmental Science Major 2.4. The Subject Group of Professional Worker in
Environmental Science
The environmental science focuses on the environment
pollution problems in regional production (life) and the The professionals of environmental science have three
relationship between resource utilization and ecology, types of occupation, including environmental monitoring
environment and engineering. The emphases of professional staff, environmental impact assessment
environmental science are, in the guidance of sustainable engineer and environmental protection engineer.
development strategy, making efforts to improve According to “The Rules of Working with Certificate
environmental capacity, paying attention to the preservation for Environmental Monitoring Professional Staff” published
of regional ecological environment and the improvement by National Environmental Monitoring Station, the
of environmental quality, ensuring a healthy regional environment monitoring professional staff must master the
environment and high quality agricultural products, and following: basic knowledge of environmental monitoring,
ensuring the environment quality for biology（human） basic requirements of standards for environmental
living. Besides, the environmental science is the theoretical protection and environmental monitoring, the regulations
basis of people living, producing and environmental and quality management, field testing and sampling, sample
protection, and has been pressing for providing specialized preparation and laboratory analysis, the basic knowledge of
guidance to many application problems with more perfect field monitoring and the quality control measures; the
theory. “Development Plan Outline for Medium and Long knowledge of mathematical statistics, the basic knowledge
Term of Science and Technology” pointed out that, of metrology, the problem of traceability and case analysis;
preventing loss of water and soil erosion, protecting the the monitoring and management of data transmission,
ecological environment, and establishing reasonable judgement of data reasonableness, evaluation method for
complex ecosystem of farming, forestry, animal husbandry, monitoring data analysis, essentials of report writing,
side-line production and fishery. Developing ecological remote sense interpretation technique, comprehensive
construction engineering, and studying the mechanism of analysis of environmental situation and so on. All of these
greenhouse effect, acid rain and the ozone layer and their mentioned above promote the development of subject
influences on environment and human body. All the groups in environmental monitoring, standards of
above-mentioned are the front fields and core areas in the environmental protection, environmental instrument
research of environmental science in early 21st century. analysis, environmental statistics, new technology in
The environmental science major is a new frontier environmental monitoring and environmental monitoring
subject set that formed by the mutual pervasion cross of information system.
multidisciplinary, and closely related to the survival of The examination of EIA Engineer includes four subjects:
human and biology. Moreover, its knowledge hierarchy “Related Laws and Regulations of Environmental Impact
330 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Assessment”, “Technical Guidelines and Standards of assessment, introduction of environmental management,

Environmental Impact Assessment”, “Technical Methods of environmental planning, environmental law, environmental
Environmental Impact Assessment” and “Case Analysis of protection and sustainable development, environmental
Environmental Impact Assessment”. The contents of these protection machinery, the technology and method of
subjects are as follows: environmental impact assessment prevention and control of environmental pollution,
and management introduction, law system of environmental environmental engineering, regional environmental
protection, environmental policy and industrial policy, governance engineering and so on.
environmental standard system, the technology of
environmental impact assessment, investigation of pollution 3. The Characteristic Subjects in
sources and engineering analysis, clearer production Environmental Science Major
assessment, the aerosphere environmental impact
assessment, surface water environmental impact assessment, 3.1 The Characteristic Subjects of Environmental
noise environmental impact assessment, ecological in Agricultural University
environmental impact assessment, solid waste
environmental impact assessment, regional environmental The greatest characteristic subject of agricultural
impact assessment, environmental monitoring, university is agricultural subject group, which is an
environment-economy profit and loss analysis. All of these important component of life science group. With the
mentioned above promote the normalization and rapid development in the past few decades, agriculture has
growth of subject groups in introduction of environmental embraced many traditional subjects, and the subjects
science, environmental law, introduction of environmental relating to the environmental science are as follows: general
management, investigation and analysis of pollution sources, biology, botany, zoology, microbiology, plant physiology,
environmental protection and sustainable development, plant biochemistry, introduction of agriculture, crop
introduction of cleaner production, the technology and cultivation science, introduction of horticulture,
method of environmental assessment, soil and water conservation biology, environmental control engineering of
conservation, environment governance, environmental facility horticulture, environmental engineering of
engineering, environmental monitoring, environmental reproduction, agricultural ecology, agricultural pathology,
economics; environmental impact assessment, atmospheric plant protection, experimental design and biological statistic,
environmental impact assessment, surface water agricultural instrumental analysis; agricultural meteorology,
environmental impact assessment, noise environmental farmland water conservancy, soil fertilizer science,
impact assessment, ecological environmental impact agricultural environics, garden environics, ecological
assessment, solid waste environmental impact assessment, agriculture, circular agriculture, green (organic) food
regional environmental impact assessment and case study engineering, building environics, environmental and
on environmental impact assessment. scenery design.
The essential qualification examination of
Environmental Protection Engineer includes fifteen subjects 3.2 The Local Characteristic Subjects of
that as follows: higher mathematics, general physics, Environmental
general chemistry, theoretical mechanics, fluid mechanics,
computer application technology, electrical and electronic The environmental science major in local academy
technology, engineering economy, engineering fluid should express own local environmental characteristic, and
mechanics and fluid machinery, microbiology of its aim is to serve sustainable development of local social
environmental engineering , environmental monitoring and economy. At the same time, the local social economy could
analysis, environmental assessment and environmental cultivate and promote the development of the corresponding
planning, pollution prevention and control technology and environmental subjects, thus can establish the
environmental regulations. All of these mentioned above environmental science major characterized by special
promote development of basic science groups and subject flavours according to the characteristic development of
groups in an all-round and rapid way, the basic science local social economy. Qingdao Agricultural University, is
groups such as higher mathematics, general physics, general located in beautiful coastal city, the hinterland of
chemistry, theoretical mechanics, fluid mechanics, Qingdao—Chengyang District, border on Yellow Sea, east
computer application technology, electrical and electronic to Laoshan Mountain, west to Jiaozhou Bay, Widespread
technology, engineering economy, engineering fluid wetlands, and convenient study on Waters ( wetland )
mechanics and fluid machinery, and the subject groups in environment. The university has a strong background of
introduction of environmental science, environmental agricultural technology, and based on this background, the
microbiology, environmental engineering, environmental
331 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

environmental science major in college will have a style of cultivates the students possessing abilities as follows:
their own on agricultural environmental protection, wetland systematic and firmly ability on scientific research,
(especially marine) environmental protection, regional engineering design and management planning in
environmental planning and agricultural environmental environmental field, basic theory and basic skill in regional
engineering. environmental quality monitoring and assessment,
ecological environment construction, resource-using
4. Establishment of Curriculum System of technology, environmental planning and management,
Environmental Sciences Major safeguard method of environmental quality and method of
sustainable development, better scientific accomplishment
Curriculum is the teaching core of higher school, and and strong skills on teaching, studying , development and
the talent ability in higher school should be cultivated by management, becoming the technological talents on
the curriculum system. The subject in higher school refers regional environmental system planning, construction and
to a series of curriculum organization having a certain management with solid foundation, wide adaptability, great
logical relationship[5]. Therefore, the environmental science
P P
capacity and high quality, able to work on scientific
major is a organization guarantee of cultivating the related research, teaching, environmental protection and
subject groups of environmental science, and is centering environmental management in institution for scientific
on the needs of sustainable development of social economy, research, institution of higher learning, enterprise and
especially the needs of talent training, making government institution and administrative department.
multi-disciplinary collaborative research, and then some Under the guidance of the basic framework of curriculum
subjects groups that consisting of subdiscipline with system of environmental science major issued by the
environmental attributes and patterns of talent training are Education Department, according to the development needs
established. of subject group in environmental science, following the
Because of the wide range and complicated nature of principle of “wide specification, deep foundation, high
environmental problem, the solution of environmental quality”, combining with own characteristics and
problem requires great knowledge of related subjects. As a circumstances, the institution of higher learning should
result, the environmental science major should possess establish the curriculum system and training talent pattern
corresponding basic knowledge and basic skill, and of environmental science considering students’ employment
especially the development of modern science and and further education.
technology and urgency of solving the environmental The major subject group is a set of series of courses
problem, require the undergraduate professional of formed by the clarifying, crossing and blending of main
environmental science possessing extensive theoretical courses, and focusing on the series of main courses,
basis and firmly mastering relevant technological means. supported by the series of extension courses of main
Aiming at the widespread range and the complexity of courses, adding the basic course group of specialized course,
research problem of environmental science, the then form into the subject group of pyramid type. The
environmental science major requires diversified talent subject group of environmental science major in local
specialized in a certain area by the objective, and agricultural college includes subject sets of chemical
professional that possessing synthesize ability and flexiable science, biological (agricultural) science, ecological
and creative ability. So these require the students mastering environmental science, environmental science and
great knowledge that as follows: mastering the basic theory environmental engineering. Qingdao
1T Agricultural
and basic knowledge of environmental science, getting University make the subject group in environmental science
1T
basic training in basic research, application basic research major mentioned above into different layers such as
and environmental management, being familiar with professional basic course, professional course and elective
relevant policies, laws and regulations in national course, and then establish the curriculum system of
environmental protection, reasonable utilization of natural environmental science major (Table 1).
resources, sustainable development, and intellectual The students are usually confused when facing huge
property, understanding the evolution theory, applied curriculum system, especially numerous elective courses. In
perspective and the latest development of environmental order to help the students admirably positioning and
science and the development of environmental protection developing themselves according to their own preferences
industries; At the same time, the environmental science in the field of environmental science, having special
should sparing no efforts in strengthening the teaching of professional skill on the basis of wide specification,
basic theory, widening students’ knowledge, strengthening becoming application technical talents after graduation,
training on basic skills and basic practices by the engaging in teaching, scientific research, management of
intersecting and infiltrating between different subjects, so resource management and utilization, environmental
332 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

protection, ecological agriculture, circum-production, and each student should select at least one direction courses,
pollution monitoring and control in the departments or units at least 8 credits of elective humanistic social science
of environmental protection industry, resource protection, courses and a number of optional course. The three module
the environmental science major in Qingdao Agricultural
1T courses are as follows:
University comprehensively studies the occurrence and Direction of Wetland (Marine) Environmental Science:
development of environmental problems, contaminant the main elective courses are aquatic biology, hydrology
transportation and transformation and its impact of the and water resources, the introduction of oceanography,
environment for human survival, and focus on the natural resource science, aquatic ecology, water pollution
exploration of solution for environmental problems in and control, water pollution treatment, marine
Shandong Peninsula. According to the development trend environmental protection technology, soil and water
of agricultural resources and environmental science,
1T 1T conservation, environmental ecology engineering;
closely combining with the development and management Direction of Pollution Control: principles of
of resources in Shandong Peninsula, issues of environmental engineering, CAD drawing, industrial
environmental protection and social needs, especially the ecology, urban ecology, environmental risk assessment,
extensive needs in the field of "agriculture, rural areas and environmental soil science, introduction of clearer
farmers", and considering the foundation of agricultural production, air pollution control engineering, solid waste
colleges and universities and the characteristic of treatment and resource utilization, physical pollution
environmental science, Qingdao
1T Agricultural control, new technique of water treatment, indoor air
University establish a number of professional directions in
1T pollution and control engineering;
the light of market demand for cultivating kinds of talents Direction of Agricultural Environmental Science: the
of multilayer, diversified and wide adaptability. According
1T 1T main elective courses are introduction of agriculture,
to the mode of "base + module", QAU establish the agricultural environmental protection, new technology of
curriculum system of environmental science major. agricultural environmental monitoring, resource
Considering the talent needs that engage in environmental utilization technology of agricultural wastes, soil pollution
management, environmental studies, environmental control, safety test of agricultural product quality,
pollution control and the monitoring and also adapt to the agricultural ecology, theory and technology of degenerative
resources development and the construction of social ecosystems restoration, ecological agriculture, introduction
economy in Shandong Peninsula, QAU make the elective of green (organic) food , environmental pollution and food
courses of environmental science major into three directions,
1T safety.
Table1. The Curriculum System of Environmental Science Major in Qingdao Agricultural University
Course-layer Series Series Course of Series Course of Ecological Series Course of Series Course of
Course of Agricultural Environment Science Environmental Science Environmental Engineering
Chemical Basic Science Science
Science
Basic Courses general botany, basic ecology, soil science environmental chemistry,
chemistry, microbiology environmental instrument
analytical analysis, environmental
chemistry, geoscience, introduction of
organic environmental science,
chemistry resources and environment
information system,
environmental toxicology,
environmental biology,
environmental microbiology
333 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Specialized introduction of 3S environmental monitoring, environmental engineering,

Courses technology environmental quality and environmental planning
assessment, environmental
management, environmental
statistics
Specialized physical aquatic biology, geology and environmental soil science, CAD drawing,
Elective chemistry plant geomorphology, agricultural environmental ecology, environmental ecology
Courses and physiology, meteorology, natural environmental hygiene, engineering, environmental
colloid conservation resource science, hydrology agricultural environmental protection and pollution
chemistry biology, and water resources, protection, environmental control, soil pollution
introduction of introduction of economics, resource and control, physical pollution
modern oceanography, aquatic environmental protection law, control, principles of
biotechnology, ecology, urban ecology, environmental risk environmental engineering,
introduction of industrial ecology, assessment, product water supply and
agronomy, ecological impact environmental behavior, wastewater engineering,
safety test of assessment, ecological introduction of cleaner water pollution treatment,
agricultural planning, soil and water production, environment and water pollution and control,
product quality, conservation, environmental health, advance of new technique of water
the introduction art and landscape design, environmental science, treatment, air pollution
of green agrostology, urban green environmental protection and control engineering, indoor
(organic) food space planning and design, sustainable development, air pollution control
production theory and technology of pollution and purifying plant, engineering, solid waste
degenerative ecosystems marine environmental treatment and resource
restoration, geographic protection technology, new utilization, resource
information system, technology of environmental utilization technology of
agricultural ecology, monitoring, environmental agricultural wastes
ecological agriculture pollution and food safety
Source of data: Training program of environmental science major in Qingdao Agricultural University
References： Beijing: Higher Education Press, 2000.

[4] Qian Yi. Study on the integration of humanity education and
[1] Tan Jing-xing, Zeng Yang-su, Chen Meng-qian. From discipline science education from the perspective of environmental
to disciplines: knowledge classification system and knowledge science.[J].China Higher Education Research, 2002,8:7-8.
policy perspective [J].Journal of Higher Education Research, [5] Pan Mao-yuan, Wang Wei-lian. Higher education science [M].
2007, (28) 7:31-36. Fuzhou: Fujian Education Press, 1995.
[2] High Education Department of Ministry of Education of The [6] Development Plan Outline for Medium and Long Term of
People's Republic of China. Specialized Catalogue and Science and Technology (2006-2020) [N]. Economic Daily,
Introduction of Higher Education [M]. Beijing: Higher Education 2006-02-10.
Press, 1998.
[3] Liu Pei-tong. Introduction of Environmental Science [M].
334 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Bitumen Recovery via Fluid Thermal

Coking of Tar Sands
Yantao Bi1, Gang Wang2, Chunxi Lu3, Shuyuan Li4, Jinsen Gao5
1,2,3,4,5
State Key Laboratory of Heavy Oil Processing, Department of Chemical Engineering, China University of Petroleum
Beijing,China
2
wanggang@cup.edu.cn
Abstract: The fluid thermal coking of Inner Mongolia and Indonesia tar sands were studied in experimental apparatus. Ac-
cording to the experimental results, the optimal reaction temperature was 500℃, under w hich the yield of liquid products
reached 82.30% and 73.92%, with 31.64% and 27.08% of light oil yield respectively. The cracked gas, coke, gasoline yields
and heavy oil yield present opposite change with temperature increasing, while diesel went through a maximum as a result
of secondary cracking reactions. The carbon residue, the trace metal content and viscosity of the liquid product obtained
from fluid thermal conversion were decreased obviously compared to native bitumen. The volatility of liquid products also
rises notably. Fluid thermal coking of tar sands is a carbon rejection process for producing upgraded liquid products.
Keywords: tar sands; bitumen; fluid thermal coking; li; quid products
1. Introduction lot scale. The Taciuk Direct Thermal process13 utilizes a
rotating kiln as both the coker and burner. The Lurgi-
In recent years, the demand for petroleum resource has Rhurgas process [14, 22] utilizes a mechanical screw mixer as
been growing strongly. Petroleum provides more than 30% the coker and burns the coke in an air lift pipe prior to mix-
of the world energy requirement. Unfortunately, convention- ing with the tar sands. Solid heat carrier is utilized for trans-
al petroleum reserves are being depleted, and can’t cater for ferring energy between the coke burner and the coker in
the energy demand growth. As one of the unconventional these processes. Inconsistent and unrepeatable reaction con-
petroleum resources, tar sands deposits are founded almost ditions in the coker reduce liquid products yield, and high-
on all continents [1]. The total resource is estimated to ac- grade equipment materials increase investment cost.
count for 32% of the recoverable oil resources as reported in
USGS (United States Geological Survey) World Petroleum
Assessment 2000. It is being researched and utilized as al-
ternate energy sources to guarantee world energy demand [2,
3].
Recovery of hydrocarbons from mined tar sands can be

achieved mainly by two methods. One is the only commer-
cial technology which combines the well-known hot water
extraction process and delayed coking or fluid coking
process [4, 5]. This is a simple, cheap, convenient, and effec-
tive way for Canada tar sands. However this technology is
just appropriate for water-wet tar sands which have water Figure 1. Schematic diagram of water-wet tar sands [9]
film between the bitumen and solid sand component as
shown in figure 1 [6]. Meanwhile, the water requirements are The Fluid Thermal Coking of Tar sands technology
great and intractable alkaline water causes an environmental (FTC) was proposed and developed by the China University
hazard [7-9]. of Petroleum [23], as illustrated in Figure 1. In FTC, a screw
To improve applicability for tar sands and enhance the feeder is used to feed tar sands instantaneously into the flui-
quantity and quality of liquid products, another way has dized bed coker in which cracking and evaporation take
aroused great attention. Extraction of liquid hydrocarbons by place, after that gas oil vapor is recovered by the cooling
pyrolysis in fixed bed [10], rotary kiln [11-16] or fluidized-bed system and fractionators, while coke simultaneously deposits
reactors [17-21] is based on application of heat method. Extrac- on the sand. Coked sand is then pneumatically conveyed to
tion and cracking of tar sands bitumen can be achieved in the fluidized bed burner in which the coke is burned by con-
one vessel. Nowadays, some processes have been run in pi- tacting with air. After burning the deposited coke, part of the
335 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. T. Bi et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp335-339
hot sand (heat carrier) is recycled back to the coker in an Bitumen recovery rate
Mass ratio of Concentration of a
appropriate ratio of hot sand to tar sands feedstock to pro- (wt. %)
tar sands to alka- alkaline liquid
vide enough energy for maintaining optimized coking tem- Inner
line liquid (wt. %) Indonesia
perature. Hot sand in excess of the coker energy demand is Mongolia
rejected as tailings which can be utilized for construction or 1:4 1.01 23.04 26.32
producing cement after heat recovery. 1:2 1.02 25.48 27.34
1:2 0.17 26.18 28.35
a based on the bitumen content tested by Dean-Stark extraction method
The heat carrier is the solid sand components of tar sands

by combustion the Inner Mongolia and Indonesia tar sands
in a muffle furnace for 8 h at 800 ℃. Its physicochem ical
properties are given in Table 3 and Table 4. Heat carrier
from Inner Mongolia tar sand is Silica-alumina mineral with
more than 80% SiO2 content. On the contrary, heat carrier
from Indonesia tar sand belongs to carbonate minerals with
the CaO content of 72.5%. This heat carrier mainly falls into
Figure 2. Flow diagram of fluid thermal coking process
the Geldart B classification [25] according to density and par-
Given to the above description of FTC technology, this ticle size data.
study is carried out on the laboratory platform to investigate
Table 3. Component analysis of solid sands (wt. %)
the cracking behavior of Inner Mongolia and Indonesia tar
SiO 2 Al 2 O 3Fe 2 O 3 CaO MgOK 2 ONa 2 OP 2 O 5
sands under different reaction temperatures. The quantity
and quality of liquid products were also described in order to Indonesia 15.51 4.14 2.36 72.49 1.46 0.43 0.48 0.11
reveal the application of the products. Inner Mongolia 80.03 10.97 1.16 0.57 0.24 3.31 2.62 0.02
2. Experimental Section
2.2. Experimental Apparatus.
2.1. Feedstock and Heat Carrier.
The experiments were carried out in the fluid thermal
The investigated oil-wet tar sands were obtained from coking experimental apparatus (Figure 3). The tar sands
Songliao Basin of Inner Mongolia in the Northeast of China were crushed and sieved under mesh 60 to 300 prior. Expe-
and Buton Island of Indonesia through the open-pit mining riments were conducted in batch mode. 150g heat carrier
process. The three components, bitumen, water and solid was added into the reactor and heated to certain temperature
sand,of the tar sands (listed in Table 1) were determined by according to the reaction temperature. Distilled water under
Dean-Stark extraction method [6, 24]. Indonesia tar sands, hav- the velocity of 2.0 g/min was pumped into a furnace to form
ing more than twice bitumen content than Canada tar steam before flowing into the reactor. Then, 50g tar sands
sands [25], have greater processing and utilization value. The were fed into the fluidized bed reactor, where tar sands were
hot water extraction results indicate that only about 26 wt. % supposed to be mixed with the fluidized heat carrier. At the
of the bitumen can be recovered. We can firmly conclude end of the reaction (with no gas generation), the tar sands
that these tar sands don’t contain water film between the and the heat carrier were stripped for 40 min to recover the
bitumen and solid sand component [9]. Therefore, FTC entrapped hydrocarbons completely.
process will be more suitable for Inner Mongolia and Indo-
nesia tar sands.
Table 1. Content of tar sands by Dean-Stark extraction and Fischer
Assay (wt. %)
Dean-Stark Fischer Assay
Solid Semi-
Bitumen Water Oil Gas Water
sand coke
Indonesia 28.92 4.68 66.41 22.19 4.65 4.87 68.2

Inner
18.23 2.09 79.68 14.41 2.58 2.93 80.08
Mongolia
Figure 3. Schematic of fluid thermal coking experimental
Table 2. Hot water extraction of Indonesia tar sands (90 oC) apparatus
336 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

1－water tank; 2－electronic balance; 3－water pump; 4－steam furnace;

this “coke” was soluble and couldn’t react under 460 oC.
5－feeder tank; 6－cool water jacket;7－reactor; 8－thermocouple; 9－condenser;
The majority of coke was formed at 480 oC, and an addi-
10－collecting bottle for liquid products; 11－gas collection vessel;
12－breaker; 13－gas sample bag
tional increase was a function of reaction temperature.
During all these tests, the mass balances were all on the
range of 97 to 100 wt % based on the mass of bitumen fed
into the reactor, and the reported results have been norma-
lized to a no-loss basis. The feed conversion is defined as the
weight percent of bitumen converted to cracked gas, gasoline,
and coke, which is a function of the operating conditions:
Cracked gas + Gasoline + Coke (1)
Conversion = %
Bitumen
Liquid products are defined as the sum of gasoline, di-

esel oil and heavy oil.
Liquid products= Gasoline + Diesel + Heavy oil (2)
2.3. Product Analysis.

The gas products were analyzed using an Agilent 6890
gas chromatograph equipping with Chem. Station software
to determine the volume percentage of H2, and C1-C6 hy-
drocarbons. The equation of state for ideal gases converts the
volume datum to mass percentages. Collected liquid prod-
ucts were centrifuged in 1800 r/min for 10 min to remove
entrained fine particles. The upper liquid products were Figure 4. Products distribution vs. reaction temperature for Inner
weighed and then analyzed with the simulated distillation Mongolia and Indonesia tar sands
(ASTM D-2887) to determine the weight percentages of
gasoline (C5-200 ℃), diesel oil (200-350 ℃) and heavy oil For Inner Mongolia tar sands, the conversion rate in-
(>350 ℃).The coke generated on the heat carrier and coked creased from 19.37 wt % at 450 ℃ to 32.59 w t % at 520 ℃.
sand was measured with the coke analyzer. The maximum yield of the liquid products was obtained at
the reaction temperature of 480 ℃. For Indonesia tar sands,
3. Results and Discussion conversion at 460℃ reached 24.56 w t % and gradually
3.1. Influence of Reaction Temperature. increased from 29.38 wt % at 485 ℃ to 46.03 w t % at
560 ℃. T he maximum yield of the liquid products (76.32
Coking is a parallel-series reaction composed of many wt %) were obtained at the reaction temperature of 485 ℃.
reactions with different activation energy, so the product However, more than 67 wt % of these liquid products at
distribution is closely associated with the reaction tempera- 480 ℃ and 485 ℃ w ere heavy oil w hich w as difficult to be
ture when other operating parameters are fixed. treated in subsequent processing. Meanwhile, reaction time
In Figure 4 and 5, the product distribution and conver- for fully conversion of bitumen at 480℃ and 485 ℃ is
sion rates versus reaction temperature are presented. when much longer than that needed for higher reaction tempera-
the reaction temperature varies from 480 to 530 ℃, diesel ture as shown in figure 6. Taking these two facts into con-
overcracking was observed. The diesel went through a max- sideration, we believe 500 ℃ is the optim um temperature.
imum at 500 ℃ and 520 ℃ for Inner Mongolia and Indone-
sia tar sands in agreement with serial kinetics, even though
it changed much smaller than other products. The gasoline
kept increasing at this temperature range. A sharp decrease
of the heavy oil yield was observed as reaction temperature
increased. Gas and coke is the terminal product of thermal
reaction. Their yields increased with the reaction tempera-
ture increasing. As shown in figure 5, the coke yield at Figure 5. Conversion and liquid products yield vs. reaction
460 oC was 26.77% and 34.70 wt % for Inner Mongolia and temperature for Inner Mongolia and Indonesia tar sands
Indonesia tar sands which deviated from the rule above.
Using the toluene extraction, we found about 50 wt % of
337 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Fluid thermal coking of tar sands converts the bitumen tion rose from 0 wt. % to 12.7 wt %. These results indicate
into volatile gas, liquid products and coke which abide by that fluid thermal coking process is a convincing carbon
the free radical mechanism. Higher reaction temperature rejection process to obtain high quality liquid products from
strengthens reaction severity and conversion. Gasoline and tar sands for further processing and utilizing in the refinery
diesel are the intermediate reaction products that are influ- or using as special fuel oil directly.
enced by the extent of primary and secondary reactions. In
contrast to the gasoline fraction, the diesel fraction is sus- Table 4. Physical and chemical properties of native bitumen and
ceptible to serial cracking reactions. Higher reaction tem- liquid products
perature needs to increase the temperature of heat carrier or Inner Mongolia Indonesia
the ratio of heat carrier to oil sand, but both operations will Native bitu- Liquid prod- Native bitu- Liquid prod-
increase the mixing energy of oil sand and heat carrier men ucts men ucts
which will promote the fast pyrolysis of bitumen. At the
Density at
same time, higher reaction temperature means deeper dehy- 20 oC 0.9735 0.9125 1.0514 0.9545
drogenation severity and condensation extent, which gene- (g/cm3)
rates more coke with lower ratio of hydrogen to carbon [27, Viscosity
557.2(100 oC) 15.89(20 oC) 1612(100 oC) 53.96(20 oC)
28]. (mPa·s)
Conradson
carbon
9.9 1.69 18.36 4.2
residue
(wt.%)
Elemental
analysis
(wt.%)
C 85.48 86.68 82.13 84.18
H 11.47 12.11 9.98 10.56
S 0.30 0.254 5.80 4.10
N 1.03 0.171 1.04 0.92
Figure 6. Reaction time for fully conversion vs different reaction O 1.72 0.785 1.05 0.25
temperatures for Inner Mongolia and Indonesia tar sands H/C atom-
1.61 1.68 1.46 1.51
ic ratio
3.2. Properties Analysis before and after FTC Molecular
Process weight 826 352 756 318
(g/mol)
Fluid thermal cracking of Inner Mongolia and Indonesia Ni (μg/g) 34.81 0.015 39.63 0.73
tar sands experiments were further carried out at 500 oC on
V (μg/g) 62.83 0.261 61.71 1.06
pilot-scale experiment with the feed rate of the tar sands
being 1kg/h to obtain enough liquid products for further SARA
analysis
analysis. The properties of the liquid products and the native (wt. %)
bitumen obtained by toluene extraction are listed in Table 4.
Saturated 20.32 31.89 14.18 34.70
The density decreased from 0.9735 g/cm3 and 1.0514
g/cm3 to 0.9125 g/cm3, and 0.9545 g/cm3, respectively. A Aromatic 22.88 52.13 35.77 50.78
decrease of the viscosity of liquid products could be easily Resin 30.85 15.35 26.33 14.05
observed. The Conradson carbon residue （CCR）70of the
liquid products was 9.2 and 14 percents lower than that of Asphaltene 25.95 0.63 23.73 0.47
the bitumen. The mass fraction of C and H was higher than
that of native bitumen, while the amount of hetero atoms (S,
N and O) and trace metals (Ni and V) was diminished in the
liquid products, indicating that most of the hetero atoms
transferred into gas products or deposited on the heat carrier.
The amount of saturated and aromatics fractions in the liq-
uid products intensified, while resin and asphaltene declined.
In addition, the liquid products exhibited a significant shift
in the boiling range as shown in figure 8. The vacuum resi-
due fraction (>500℃) reduced from 74.5 w t % to 19.1
Figure 7. Boiling point distribution of native bitumen and liq-
wt %; the vacuum gas oil fraction (350~500℃) increased
from 18.1 wt % to 41.9 wt %; the diesel oil fraction im- uid products for Inner Mongolia tar sands (a) and Indonesia tar
proved from 7.4 wt % to 26.3 wt %; and the gasoline frac- sands (b)
338 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

4. Conclusions [11] Berg, C. H. O. Tar sand distillation process and apparatus, US Patent
2905595, 1959.Kraemer, P.; Meresz, O. Rotary separating and
Fluid thermal coking of Inner Mongolia and Indonesia extracting devices, US Patent 4098648, 1978.
tar sands in the experimental apparatus demonstrates that
reaction temperature has a significant influence on the final [12] Kraemer, P.; Meresz, O. Rotary separating and extracting devices,
product distribution. Higher reaction temperature will pro- US Patent 4098648, 1978.
mote the fast pyrolysis of bitumen to volatile matters, de- [13] Taciuk, W. Process for thermal cracking a heavy hydrocarbon, US
press coke selectivity, and improve the condensation degree Patent 4180455, 1977.
of coke. The optimal reaction temperature for Inner Mongo-
[14] Hanson, F. V.; Fletcher, J. V.; Zheng H. Performance of auger-type
lia and Indonesia tar sands is 500℃ at w hich liquid pro d-
ucts with better quality reach higher yield. dry materials feeders when feeding tar sands. Fuel Process. Technol.,
Fluid thermal coking of tar sands is a carbon rejection vol. 41(3), pp. 289-304, 1995.
process for producing upgraded liquid products. Compared [15] Handson, F. V.; Cha, S. M.; Deo, M. D.; Oblad, A. G. Pyrolysis of
to the bitumen eluted from tar sands, the carbon residue, the tar sands from the whiterocks deposit in a rotary kiln. Fuel, vol.
trace metal content and viscosity of the liquid product ob- 71(12), pp. 1455-1563, 1992.
tained from fluid thermal conversion decreased obviously. [16] Cha, S.; Hanson, F. V.; Longstaff, D. C.; Oblad, A. G. Pyrolysis of
The volatile performance of liquid products was also im- bitumen impregnated sandstones: a comparison of fluidized-bed and
proved, which is helpful for further processing and utilizing rotary kiln reactors. Fuel, vol. 70(11), pp. 1357-1361, 1991.
of tar sands.
[17] Hanson, F. V.; Dorius, J. C.; Utley, J. K.; Nguyen, T. V. The
5. Acknowledgment application of compound-type analyses to the correlation of product
distributions and yields from the fluidized-bed pyrolysis of tar sands.
The authors acknowledge the financial support provided
Fuel, vol. 71(12), pp. 1365-1372, 1992.
by the National Natural Science Foundation of China
(21176252). [18] Fletcher, J. V.; Deo, M. D.; Hanson, F. V. Fluidized bed pyrolysis of
a Uinta Basin oil sand. Fuel, vol. 75(3), pp. 311-316, 1995.
References [19] Gishler, P. E.; Peterson, W. S. Treatment of bituminous sand,
[1] Jia, C. Z. Estimation methods for resources and reserves of tar sands; Canadian Patent CA 530920, 1956.
Petroleum Industry Press: Beijing, 2007. [20] Nathan, M. F.; Skaperdas, G. T.; Grubb, G. C. Fluid coking of tar
[2] Söderbergh, B.; Robelius, F. and Aleklett, K. “A crash programme sands, Canadian Patent CA 823186, 1969.
scenario for the Canadian tar sands industry.” Energy Policy, vol. 35, [21] Nathan, M. F.; Grubb, G. C. Fluid process useful in the recovery of
pp. 1931-1947,2007. hydrocarbons from tar sands, Canadian Patent CA 819100, 1969.
[3] National Energy Board. Canada’s tar sands: opportunities and [22] Rammler, R. W. The production of synthetic crude oil from oil sand
challenges to 2015. Calgary: Alberta, 2004. by application of the Lurgi-Ruhrgas Process. Can. J. Chem. Eng..,
[4] Speight, J. G. The chemistry and technology of petroleum; CRC vol. 48(10), pp. 552-560, 1970.
Press: Boca Raton, 2006. [23] Lu, C. X.; Xu, C. M.; Li, S. Y.; Gao, J. S. A process and apparatus
[5] Subramanian, M.; Hanson, F. V. Supercritical fluid extraction of of direct fluid coking for tar sands, China Patent CN 101358134A,
bitumen from Utah tar sands. Fuel Process. Technol., vol. 55(1), pp. 2008.
35-53, 1998. [24] Liang, W. J. AOSTRA Technical handbook on tar sands, bitumen’s,
[6] Jan, C.; Boryan, R.; Laurier, L. S.; Radomir S. On the nature of and heavy oils. China University of Petroleum Press: Beijing, China,
Athabasca tar sands. Adv. Colloid Interface., vol. pp. 114-115, 53- 1992; pp 34-35.
60, 2005 [25] Abdul, M.; Aurelio, F. S.; John, A. R. Comparative study of three
[7] Li, S. Y.; Wang, J. Q.; Tan, H. P.; Wu, Z. L. Study of extraction and laboratory methods for the extraction of bitumen from tar sands.
pyrolysis of Chinese tar sands. Fuel, vol. 74(8), pp. 1191-1193, 1995. Fuel, vol. 61, pp. 477-479, 1982.
[8] Meng, M.; Hu, H. Q.; Zhang, Q. M.; Li, X.; Wu, B.; Pyrolysis [26] Chen, J. W. Technology and engineering of catalytic cracking;
behaviors of Tumuji oil sand by Thermogravimetry (TG) and in a China Petrochemical Press: Beijing 2005.
fixed bed reactor. Energy fuel, vol. 21(4), pp. 2245-2249, 2007. [27] Zhang, A. ; Wang, G.; Bi, Y..; Xu, C.; Gao, J. Fluid thermal
[9] Lechner, C. A.; Findley, M. E. A pyrolysis process for tar sands. conversion of tumuji oil sand from Inner Mongolia. ACTA Petrolei
Can. J. Chem. Eng.., vol. 67(2), 85-95, 1989 Sinica (Petroleum processing section), vol. 27(2), pp. 249-255, 2011.
[10] Meng, M. Extraction of organic substance from Tumuji oil sand; Ph. [28] Zhang A, Gao J., Wang G., Xu, C. Lan, X. Ning, G., Liang. Y.
D. Dissertation. Dalian University of Technology, Dalian, China, Reaction performance and chemical structure changes of oil sand
2007. bitumen during the fluid therma process. Energ. Fuel, , vol. 25, pp.
3615–3623, 2011.
339 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
A Study of Sustainable Development of Ecologi-

cal Environment in the City of Xi’an
Liu Yang1, Wei Wang2
1
Department of Ideological and Political Education and Research, Xi’an Polytechnic University, Xi’an, Shaanxi, P.R.China
2
School of Humanities and Social Sciences, Xi’an Polytechnic University, Xi’an, Shaanxi, P.R.China
1
nwpu2008@163.com
Abstract: The acceleration of urbanization has posed a number of problems to the ecosystem of Xi’an. It is therefore quite necessary to
make a study of sustainable development of ecosystem in Xi’an. This paper analyzes the present condition of the ecosystem and makes
suggestions for future development in terms of government’s orientation, innovations in system and science and technology, and commu-
nity development.
Keywords: Xi’an, ecological environment, sustainable development
1. Introduction situation. First, a large amount of industrial emissions pose

impact on the quality of the suburban land in the city.
Studies on sustainable development of ecosystem in Second, farmers in rural-urban fringe zone left the land un-
Xi’an conducted by domestic researchers are classified into farmed because they find jobs in the city or give up farming
two groups: normative research and empirical research. and conduct business. Finally, lack of scientific plan and
Yang etc. put forward four systems: government administra- supervision has caused a number of planned lands a com-
tive system with eco-function, macro systems of eco- plete waste.
industry, eco-agriculture and ecological tertiary industry,
ecology oriented municipal infrastructure system, and mu- 2.2. Air Quality
nicipal ecology support system. Hu YX drew the conclusion The pollutant in the city is comprised mainly
in her study by fuzzy math and analytic hierarchy process of Inhalable Particles. As shown in Table 1, Daily average
that Xi’an has been in the weak ecological stage. She also in 2010 reached 0.126 mg/m3, which exceeds the Grade II
made further suggestions that such efforts should be made national standards for air quality by 26%. Daily mean con-
as regional coordination, construction of historical relics to centration ranges from 0.010-0.905 mg/m3, 5.03 times as
produce more grass lands, encouragement of eco-economy greater as the standard. But daily average of SO 2 and
based on environmental protection industry. NO 2 in 2010 is 0.043 mg/m3 and 0.045 mg/m3 respective-
The above studies are beneficial in this field; however, ly, both of which attained Grade II national standard[2].
there are some limitations, and they can’t reflect the present
situation of the city. This paper attempts to make explora-
0.10
tions into the approach to the sustainable development of
the city of Xi’an. 0.08
0.06
2. The present situation 0.04
2.1. Land Sources 0.02
0.00
Recent years have seen damage on forest in Xi’an, SO2 NO2 IP
which causes serious soil erosion. Per capita of arable land
in 1950 in the city was decreased from 0.173 ha. to 0.04 ha. Table 1
in 2010, which has already reached the critical line accord-
ing to UN’s standard of per capita 0.05 ha.below[1]. it is (Note: Grade II for SO 2 ≦ 0.06, N O 2 ≦ 0.08, IP ≦
inevitable that the arable land is being lost while the popula- 0.12.)
tion is growing. However, social development of the city is 2.3. Water Resources
to be propelled forward. Obviously, the contradiction of
arable land and population grows severe unless some effec- Statistics reported an increase in the river pollution of
tive measures are taken. The following factors worsen the the city as a whole. According to statistics released in 2010,
the water quality of 3 rivers among total 11 rivers in Xi’an
Financially supported by 2012 Xi’an Polytechnic University Philosophy
has improved while the rest have undergone pollution to
and Social Sciences Funds (2012ZXSK30).
340 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. Yang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp340-342
varying degrees, with Xue River and Feng River seriously the protection of historical and cultural heritage. However,
polluted, comprehensive pollution index of the other 6 riv- the newly built residential and commercial buildings are not
ers rising in turn over the same period last year. expected to completely follow the ancient style. Instead,
The pollutants are mainly comprised of ammonia nitrogen, architecture should mirror the modern life, and the modern
petroleum, volatile phenol, BOD, COD, and permanganate, city should have a beautiful environment, and good compa-
an indicator of organic pollution. tibility with ancient features so as to make a better living
All the monitoring items at four drinking water sources condition.
reached the standard. Among 19 monitoring sections of
river sources are 13 sections which reached the category of 3.2. A Shift from Externality to Internality
its function division of water quality. Except a decrease in The externality of economic activity is responsible for
the river pollution in sections of Gaoguan Valley and Feng the problems of ecological environment. The government
Valley, water pollution in other 17 sections increased to needs to focus on the problems of ecological environment
varying degrees. caused by economic externality as well as the effectiveness
of economic activity. The general approach to the externali-
2.4. Noise Pollution
ty is to make the externality of economic activity interna-
Index of noise pollution in 2010 remained flat compared lized to a maximum extent [3]. The government could tax on
with that of noise monitoring in function zones in 2009. In environment in the light of principles of the paid utilization
contrast to the international standard, the index of daytime of environmental resources. Fees concerning environment
noise exceeds the standard except that of mixed zones. The could also be paid according to degrees to which resources
night-time noise goes beyond the limit, which is a challenge are exploited, utilized and destroyed, and meanwhile, subsi-
for ambient noise pollution monitoring and management. dies could compensate for those beneficial to environment
200 regional ambient noise monitoring grid points was protection. This is market intervention conducted by gov-
established to measure the index. The average Leq is 55.2 ernment to achieve the protection of ecological environment.
db, 0.1 higher than that in 2009. This has been classified However, government’s market intervention may lead to
into the level of slight pollution according to the regional lower market efficiency, time-lag effect of policy imple-
environmental quality grade, with a stable tendency of pol- mentation and the prevalence of rent seeking etc., which
lution degree. will result in failure of government intervention [4,5].
Therefore, faced with seriousness and complicatedness
3. Tentative Solutions of ecological environment problems in economy construc-
3.1. Scientific Orientation of Government tion, the government finds it dissatisfactory to simply focus
on market mechanism or market intervention. Instead, it is a
The municipal government plays an important role in correct approach to ecological environment problems that
pushing forward the sustainable development of urban eco- complementarity should be achieved among all mechanisms
system. Efforts are to be taken to beautify the city and im- to make a mechanism structure where the externality can be
prove the city’s whole image, making a better environment internalized to a maximum extent.
both for investment and living. Specifically, there are two
roles that the government plays. 3.3. Scientific and Technological Innovations
The attention must be paid to the conflicts of the current The sustainable development of ecological environment
goal and the long-term goal, the partial interest and the in- in Xi’an should be based on science and technology. So
terest of the whole, and economic development and human- high-tech innovations should be enhanced to fight against
nature relations. The priority should be given to such damages caused by economic development to environment,
projects of ecosystem construction as investment environ- gradually improving the city’s environment.
ment, environment improvement for production and life, First of all, think tank of experts plays an active part in
and disposal of sewage and garbage. the sustainable development of ecological environment.
Any decisions in the city’s development made by the Scholars from famous universities and decision makers
government should be more foresighted and scientific. The from government comprise such a department as Xi’an sus-
government should make better use of land resources, and tainable development planning committee of ecological
be capable of operating, making a rapid increase in econo- environment, which can reduce the blindness of decision,
my and long-term improvement of environment. A strategic and overcome the problem of short-term effect.
plan should be made to decide on the functional zones and Next, a comprehensive department of R & D should be
make corporation between them, as well as the relations of set up [6]. Ecological environment is an integrated system.
environment protection between suburbs and downtown. So, all factors should be taken into consideration to make a
The government should endeavor to make a perfect sustainable development of an entire ecosystem. It is neces-
connection of international modern metropolis and ancient sary for the department to tackle a given technical problem
capital. In the old city reconstruction, focus must be put on or a project of environment protection. Large and middle-
341 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. Yang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp340-342
sized enterprises are encouraged to make any technical in-

novations of environment protection.
Third, cooperation and communication at home and
abroad should be strengthened. Cooperative development
of environment protection research projects makes ad-
vanced techniques and experience available.
3.4. Community’s Active Part
Community, an important stage where city dwellers are
involved in environment protection, is playing an increa-
singly important role in the sustainable development of eco-
logical environment in cities. So at present each nation and
region is trying hard to develop and improve the construc-
tion of green community, which encourages people to lead a
green life.
In addition, dwellers are entitled to enjoy the right to
exercise public opinion’s supervision of ecological envi-
ronment [7]. Hearings should be held to examine important
environmental projects, especially those possibly detrimen-
tal to environment.
4. Conclusions
It is the city residents’ dream to build Xi’an into a mod-
ern metropolis coupled with the scene of an ancient capital.
To achieve this, all concerned should pool their efforts to
make a sustainable development of ecosystem in Xi’an,
based on a change of government’s orientation, reforms in
system, innovations in science and technology, and com-
munity development.
References
[1] 2010 Xi’an Annual Report of Environmental Quality and Monitor-
ing. In Chinese.
[2] Kang Ling. Theory and practice of evaluation of sustainable devel-
opment of cities in China (2001). In Chinese.
[3] Peizhang Guo. A study of sustainable development of cities in China
(2004). In Chinese.
[4] Song Ji. A study of sustainable development of ecological environ-
ment in development of western regions (2003). In Chinese.
[5] Xinrong Gong. A study of sustainable development of environment
in Dalian city (2001). In Chinese.
[6] Xingrong Wang. Ecology and environment: new theory of city sus-
tainable development and ecological environment control (2000). In
Chinese.
[7] Qingen Du. Liaoning province strategic study of sustainable devel-
opment of environment protection (2004). In Chinese.
342 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Public Participation in China’s

Environmental Protection:
A Reflection on the Establishment of Environmental Public Interest Litigation
Wanbin Zhang, Yanying Fei
Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, Dalian University of Technology, Dalian, China
Abstract: China is in the midst of an environmental crisis. If we are to strengthen environmental protection and build
up an ecological civilization, we must create a new environmental protection mechanism. This paper discusses public
participation in environmental protection in China, and proposes for the establishment and development of
environmental public interest litigation.
Keywords: public participation; environmental right; environmental public interest litigation

1. Introduction China has created a comprehensive and complete body
of environmental laws over the past three decades.
Over the past two decades China has experienced Although shortcomings in some legislation have hindered
unprecedented economic growth; unfortunately, this torrid environmental protection to an extent, these shortcomings
growth has also been accompanied by unprecedented are relatively minor compared to the major weakness in
environmental degradation. Unlike previous nations that Chinese environmental law: lax implementation and
caused environmental damage at a more modest rate on enforcement of environmental laws.
their marches toward economic strength, China has incurred
severe environmental costs well before the maturation of its 2.1. China’s Environmental Laws are, for the Most
economic development. As such, China is essentially a Part, Complete and Comprehensive, But Lack
teenage smoker with emphysema. of Effective Implementation and Enforcement
Much of China’s explosive economic growth over the
past few decades emerged from the country’s adoption of China’s environmental legal framework consists
the “pollute first, control later” model of economic primarily of four levels: 1) China’s Constitution; 2) laws
development. This model of development has been enacted by the National People’s Congress (“NPC”) and the
followed in the past by other countries such as the United Standing Committee; 3) binding regulations, orders,
States (“U.S.”), Japan, and the United Kingdom (“UK”). decisions, and other documents promulgated by the State
However, China’s situation is unique in that the nation faces Council (here, through the Ministry of Environmental
the consequences of severe environmental degradation well Protection); and 4) regulations, decisions, and orders
before economic maturation and as it continues to strive for promulgated by provinces, autonomous regions, and
maximum economic growth. municipalities directly under the central government.
China’s legal system is still relatively young and China’s environmental legal framework is relatively
underdeveloped. Additionally, the decentralized structure of complete, broad in coverage, and comprehensive. Some of
China’s environmental regulatory system serves to impede the environmental laws, however, may suffer from certain
the country’s environmental protection efforts. Thus, China weaknesses. For example, certain laws contain vague
faces serious economic, legal, and administrative barriers to language and are often more similar to policy statements
effective environmental protection. In light of these than authoritative mandates. These provisions “encourage”
formidable barriers, approaches based on public rather than require compliance, and frequently contain very
participation and public interest litigation in environmental weak enforcement provisions. Still, such statutory
protection efforts may provide the most viable methods for weaknesses are relatively minor when compared to China’s
enhancing Chinese environmental protection overall. serious problems with implementation and enforcement of
environmental laws and present a far less formidable barrier
to effective environmental protection.
2. China’s Environmental Legal System Fails
2.2. The Prioritization of Economic Growth and
to Adequately Protect the Environment Livelihood over Environmental Protection
343 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

W. B. Zhang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp343-346
Acts as a Formidable Barrier against Effective public participation and public interest litigation may
Implementation and Enforcement of currently constitute two of the most viable options for
Environmental Law enhancing Chinese environmental protection. In particular,
a system that incorporates both public participation and
China’s intense focus on economic development over public interest litigation may prove especially effective.
the past twenty to thirty years has resulted in remarkable
economic growth. In 1978 China was the forty-eighth 3.1. Formidable Obstacles Produced Undesirable
largest economy in the world; in 2012 China was the second Effect on Traditional Environmental
largest economy in the world behind only the United States. Litigation in Environmental Protection
Impressively, during this thirty-four year period, China’s
Environmental litigation in China consists mainly of
gross domestic product increased by an average of 9.4%
pollution compensation litigation, in which plaintiffs seek
every year. During this period of torrid economic growth,
compensation for harm caused by pollution. Pollution
China also vastly reduced the number of people living in
compensation lawsuits are authorized by two statutes: the
poverty, thereby enhancing economic livelihood.
General Principles of Civil Law and the EPL. Article 124 of
Because of China’s runaway economic success, the
the General Principles of Civil Law provides that “[a]ny
country tends to prioritize economic growth and livelihood
person who pollutes the environment and causes damage to
over environmental protection, both at the central level and
others in violation of state provisions for environmental
especially at the local level. Pan Yue, the deputy minister of
protection and the prevention of pollution shall bear civil
MEP, stated in an interview: “[t]he main reason behind the
liability in accordance with the law.” Article 41 of the EPL
continued deterioration of the environment is a mistaken
provides that “[a] unit that has caused an environmental
view of what counts as political achievement . . . . The crazy
pollution hazard shall have the obligation to eliminate it and
expansion of high-polluting, high-energy industries has
make compensation to the unit or individual that suffered
spawned special interests. Protected by local governments,
direct losses.”
some businesses treat the natural resources that belong to all
Traditional environmental litigation, however, presents
the people as their own private property.” [1] Local
formidable obstacles to potential plaintiffs. One such
protectionism rears its head once again. Because local
obstacle is the high (often prohibitively high) cost of
governments often pursue economic growth and livelihood
litigation for plaintiffs. Chinese law requires plaintiffs to
over environmental protection, these local governments
pay a case acceptance fee–a percentage of the requested
apply heavy pressure on EPBs to regulate economically
relief.[3]
valuable polluting enterprises less stringently. Thus, many
Also, courts often levy “other litigation costs” against
local governments, with EPBs cooperation, often ignore
plaintiffs; because these costs are imposed at the court’s
environmental laws and edicts by reopening mines or
discretion, such “other litigation costs” can often be “a
factories that were closed for pollution violations by the
source of abuse.” Furthermore, in cases where the losing
central government and by allowing severely polluting
defendant fails to pay the court-ordered amount, the
enterprises to continue operations.
plaintiff is required to pay fees to initiate “execution
The local governments’ emphasis on economic growth
proceedings” to compel the defendant’s payment.
and livelihood is further demonstrated by the fact that a
Additionally, plaintiffs must pay for appraisals, executed by
municipality’s worst polluter is often also its principal
court-appointed certified experts, which provide material
employer and largest source of revenue. Consequently, local
evidence of violations, causation, and appropriate damages.
governments tend to prioritize such revenues over
Such appraisal fees can be extremely costly, sometimes
environmental protection and pressure local EPBs to limit
even equivalent to “many years of salary for an average
their enforcement of environmental laws against polluting
individual in China.” Thus, the high costs imposed on
enterprises. There are also instances where local
plaintiffs in traditional environmental litigation has the
governments appear to enforce penalties against polluters
effect of discouraging potential plaintiffs from filing
without imposing any actual penalties: “[i]t is no rarity . . .
lawsuits, particularly those potential plaintiffs from more
to find a bureau imposing a fine on a dirty local enterprise
rural areas.
(thus fulfilling its duty),but then passing the money on to
Traditional environmental litigation also suffers from
the local administration, which refunds it to the company
barriers presented by a familiar theme in Chinese
via a tax break.”[2]
environmental law: local protectionism. Local
3. Public Participation Will Lead to More protectionism can discourage potential plaintiffs from filing
Effective Environmental Protection environmental lawsuits because of 1) local pressures and
threats imposed on plaintiffs themselves and 2) the local
As discussed above, structural, legal, and economic government’s influence over its courts. Local governments,
barriers currently hinder the efficacy of China’s as well as many local citizens, often seek to protect
environmental laws. Because these barriers are formidable,
344 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

polluting enterprises from closure or heavy fines because public’s participation in the EIA process ultimately forced
such enterprises may be of great economic value to both the city to suspend its construction of the toxic chemical
local governments and individual citizens. As such, there plant.
have been instances of threats and harassment towards Additionally, the lodging of citizen complaints to
plaintiffs bringing suit against local polluting enterprises. environmental officials, through which the public “acts as a
Protectionism also often extends to local courts, as local watchdog,” is one of the most common forms of public
governments have control over both personnel and participation in environmental protection. In 1996, for
budgetary decisions of the courts. Even the plaintiffs are example, environmental officials received over 67,000
right, they often lose the case. Thus, plaintiffs can face letters of complaint regarding environmental pollution; in
powerful community and governmental pressures and 1998, this number increased to 1443,763. In fact, “local
judicial barriers in pursuing traditional environmental environmental officials state that many of their best tips for
litigation, and these obstacles often serve to deter potential polluting enterprises come from such letters and phone
plaintiffs from filing lawsuits against local violators. calls.”[5]
Accordingly, an additional layer of environmental litigation Such legal recourse, however, can be difficult to pursue
via public interest litigation may constitute an effective and attain because, as the above section discusses, potential
alternative for seeking relief by bypassing the obstacles in plaintiffs face various obstacles within China’s traditional
traditional environmental litigation. system of environmental litigation.
3.2. Increasing Public Participation in 4. Public Interest Litigation Will Buttress
Environmental Protection Efforts Will Traditional Environmental Litigation
Enhance Environmental Protection in China Resulting in Enhanced Environmental
The enhancement of public participation in Protection
environmental protection efforts has great value for
“Environmental public interest litigation” means that
improving the efficacy of Chinese environmental laws and
any citizen, social organization, and state organ may, in
is one of the most promising ways to overcome the
their own name, bring a lawsuit in a state judicial organ for
foregoing legal, governmental, and economic barriers to
the sake of society’s public interest. According to
achieve effective environmental protection. Such public
provisions of China’s current environmental litigation
participation allows citizens to contribute to the efforts of
regulations, only the direct victim or victims have the right
the government in producing higher quality decisions on the
to bring civil actions, and these are ultimately relegated to
environment. There are also other benefits of public
the jurisdiction of civil law. Since environmental rights and
participation including enhanced public education and
interests fall more in the domain of social public interest
governmental transparency and accountability. As such,
than in that of private rights and interests, the environmental
enhanced public participation will lead to a system capable
laws of European countries and America have universally
of producing knowledgeable and inclusive environmental
adopted a system of environmental public interest litigation.
decisions.
And since environmental litigation involves many highly
In recent years, “there has been a dramatic upsurge in
specialized technological issues, these countries have
both the level of interest and the level of involvement
created convenient judicial conditions for public
among the Chinese public in improving the environment.”[4]
environmental litigation in order to reduce the public’s costs
Some examples of recent public participation activities have
for engaging in environmental litigation and to make up for
included formal involvement by the public in environmental
their lack of specialized knowledge.
nongovernmental organizations (“NGOs”) and “mass-
In our country, to increase the force of the penalties for
based” environmental programs such as battery recycling or
environmental pollution and ecological damage, the
tree planting. Another example of public participation,
judiciary should gradually expand the scope of standing in
emerges from the environmental impact assessment statute
environmental litigation from the direct victims of
that generally requires public participation through
environmental issues to government environmental
“demonstration meetings, hearings, or by any other means.”
protection departments, to other professionally qualified
A recent example of such public participation transpired in
environmental organizations, and further to an even wider
August 2011 in the city of Dalian, where the government
range of subjects among the general public. It should bring
proposed construction of a factory that could pose serious
the general public’s ever-increasing demands for
dangers to the environment and public health. The proposal
environmental rights and interests under standardized and
sparked passionate protests by Dalian citizens, many of
orderly management. To this end, we put forward the
whom voiced their opposition to the project at rare public
following proposals:
hearings held by the city government—hearings that are
1. In the Environmental Protection Law, further define
required, with few exceptions, by the EIA statute. The
the right of the relevant subjects to file charges against acts
345 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

that infringe on the public interest, since the right to file environmental pollution will become inevitable. Hence, we
lawsuits is a basic right of citizens, and the right of urgently call for setting up an environmental public interest
litigation to protect the environmental public interest should litigation system as soon as possible, call for forming a
be affirmed by the basic laws on the environment. mechanism for punishing environmental lawbreaking that
2. Confer the right of litigation to all units and covers civil liability, administrative liability, and criminal
individuals in the form of law. All state organs or individual liability, call for ensuring the general public’s
citizens or other organizations should be able to act as environmental rights and interests as well as upholding
plaintiffs in public interest litigation. That is because, in social public interests and the state’s interests.
accordance with the provisions of Article 6 of the
Environmental Protection Law of the People’s Republic of References
China, all units and individuals have the obligation to [1] Joseph Kahn & Jim Yardley, As China Roars, Pollution Reaches
protect the environment and have the right to report on and Deadly Extremes, N.Y. TIMES, Aug. 26, 2007, at A1.
file charges against units and individuals that cause [2] Adam Briggs, China's Pollution Victims: Still Seeking a Dependable
pollution or damage to the environment. Remedy, 18 GEO.INT'L ENVTL. L. REV. 317 (2006).
3. Environmental public interest litigation should not be
[3] Alex Wang, The Role of Law in Environmental Protection in China:
restricted by the statute of limitations. Currently, all of
Recent Developments, 8 VT.J. ENVTL. L. 211, 212 (2007).
China’s three major procedural laws prescribe statutes of
[4] Elizabeth Economy, Environmental Enforcement in China, in
limitations that require that all charges over disputes be
China’s Environment and the Challenges of Sustainable
filed within given time limits; otherwise the right to win a
Development . 116 (Kristen A. Day ed., 2005).
case is forfeited. However, the relevant judicial
interpretations in the civil code stipulate that “infringement [5] Elizabeth Economy, Environmental Enforcement in China, in
on and damage to state property for which business China’s Environment and the Challenges of Sustainable
operations and management by individuals or legal persons Development . 116 (Kristen A. Day ed., 2005).
have not been authorized does not come under time
restrictions for filing charges.” We believe that this
stipulation is intended to provide necessary protection for
state property. However, public interest litigation is
similarly intended as a relief channel for protecting state
interests and society’s public interests and should not be
subject to the time restrictions for filing charges, so that
litigation can be initiated at any time against illegal acts that
infringe on state interests and society’s public interest.
4. The burden of proof should be defined differently for
different plaintiffs. Plaintiffs who file claims in civil
lawsuits are required to provide evidence to support their
claims. In environmental public interest litigation, the
burden of proof should be defined differently for different
plaintiffs in accordance with the relevant principles in the
environmental law and the civil procedure law and the
special nature of public interest litigation to resolve the
burden of proof issue in environmental public interest
litigation.
Conclusion:
In today’s china, “lawbreaking costs less than observing
the law” is a common sight in grass-roots environmental
protection case. Investments for preventing pollution are
several and even tens of times greater than administrative
fines for pollution, driven by financial profits, polluters
would rather be fined than abide by the law. Some local
governments, driven by slogans calling for economic
development, are taking to the devious paths of “pollution
first, control later” and “developing before protecting” at
the sacrifice of the environment. If this sort of social
develop model persists, unpredictable cases of
346 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The Perspective on China’s Urbanization

Development Strategy
Ying Shi
Management Department, Civil Construction Development Research Center, Changchun Institute of Technology
Northeast Asian Studies Academy, Jilin University, Changchun, China, CGA, Certified General Accountants Association of
Canada
yingshicn@hotmail.com
Abstract: Along with the development of Chinese economic society, the Chinese urbanization rate reaches 51.27% in 2011.
China is in the important time for the urbanization development and is coming to the middle stage of development and will
develop urbanization with fast speed in the future. But the sustainable development of urbanization in China meets some
challenges in the process of development. In this paper we first discuss the trends of urbanization in China and in other
countries, and also discuss some key strategies in the process of urbanization in China. The importance of China's urbaniza-
tion is emphasized and suggestions on China's urbanization development strategy are provided.
Keywords: urbanization; development strategy; perspective; china
1. Introduction process of migrating rural population to the urban popula-
tion. Note that the word “urbanization” appeared in the offi-
The urbanization development had long history and cial document “Recommendations of the Tenth Five-Year
started with the industry revolution. Urbanization is con- Plan for National Economics and Social Development”
cerned with the process that the populations flow from coun- from the “15th CPC Fourth Plenary Session” for the first
tryside to urban. Also, it is concerned with the process that time in the past 50 years. In summary, Urbanization is a
the population consistently clusters to urban. Many efforts historical category and also a developing concept. The
have been devoted on the study of urbanization. Based on concept of urbanization is often used to describe the process
the issues emphasized, the studies can be characterized of migrating rural populations to urban; moving secondary
mainly as following categories: (1) Eco-theory, presented by and tertiary industries to cities and towns. As a social and
R. E. Parker, focuses on the ecological principles for urban historical phenomenon, urbanization means both material
studies. (2) Neo-Weberian theory combines the concentric civilization and an engine of spiritual civilization. As a
zone model created by E. Burgess and housing grade theory historical process, it not only means the expansion of
from M. Weber. (3) New protectionism theory, represented numbers and scales of cities and towns, but also witnesses
by Santos from the new protectionism, thinks that content in the transformation of structure and function of cities and
researching city has changed in the methodology, theory and towns.
concepts. (4) Fordism theory, include Heyday city "core -
edge" structure and social, economic and spatial structure for 2. The Status and Characteristics of the Urba-
late ford socialist. In his book “A study on Non-Agriculture nization in China
and Urbanization” published in 1991, Shengzu Gu utilized
and extended the concept of "urbanization" and promoted Since the reform and opening the doors to foreign coun-
the concept of “urbanization ” in China in the next few years. tries, China's urbanization has been continuing to maintain a
His research has won him a number of influential results. high growth rate. According to the latest release of "China
However, the meaning of the concept of "urbanization" has Urban Development Report” (2011), in 2011, China's urba-
not yet reached a census and different researchers hold nization rate has reached 51.27%, urban population for the
different views. In 1998, the National Ministry of Construc- first time exceeds the rural population, reaching 690 million
tion promulgated the "Urban Planning Terminology Stan- people. China's urbanization process is in a stage of rapid
dards” (The People's Republic of China national standard development, and this trend will be maintained for a long
GB / T50280-980) in which the entry of “urbanization” is period of time. However, due to the complex and arduous
interpreted as that “The ‘urbanization’ is a historical process nature of China's urbanization, the development of China's
of the human’s production and life changing from rural type urbanization showed the following characteristics:
to the urban type which is marked as an improvement
347 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. Shi et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp347-350
2.1. Urbanization Lags Behind the Development of backbone and small town as foundation. This will give fu-
Industrialized and Non-Agriculture ture development of Chinese urbanization good effects.
Since the reform and opening up, along with China's 2.3. The Regional Differences of Urbanization is
rapid economic and social development, the comprehensive Obvious
national urbanization strength continued to increase. Ac- The various parts of China have different economic ba-
cording to IMF statistics, China's per capita GDP in the ear- sic foundation because of subjective or objective reasons.
ly stage of reform and opening up was less than $200. Urbanization of the different parts is at different levels of
While in 2011, China's GDP reached $7.298 trillion and development. First, from the view of the density of urban
China's GDP is about 10.48% share in global economy. distribution, the differences between the provinces are in-
Based on experiences from other developed countries, Chi- credible. The biggest density of urban distribution domains
na is in a "climbing" phase of rapid economic growth, or the Shanghai, Jiangsu, Tianjin, Beijing and Shandong. The
so-called "golden stage of development". Since the reform smallest density of urban distribution domains Tibet, Xin-
and opening up, China's urbanization has been also continu- jiang, Qinghai, Inner Mongolia and Heilongjiang. Obvious-
ing to advance into the 21st century which adapts to the ly, the cities with high density of urban distribution domains
level of economic development in general. However, at the in economy developing area and the cities with low density
same time, the growing number of urbanization and the of urban distribution domains in economy developed area.
quality is obviously behind of the economic development. Second, from the view of distribution space, because of the
Contrast to the industrialized and non-agricultural develop- un-balanced development among east, middle, west, north-
east regions in China, the urban distribution density in the
ment, urbanization in China is still lagging far behind the
east, middle and west, northeast of China are listed from big
industrialization. The situation is being coordinated with
to small and presents the characteristics of eastern, central,
development of various industries, expanding domestic de-
the national average, northeast region of China. Those are
mand, ecological environment, urban and rural areas, as consistent with the Chinese urban population distribution
well as social stability and has a devastating impact. From and productivity layout that east high west low, east dense
the results of urbanization in the eastern, central, western west drainage, decreasing from east to west. Third, from
and northeast regions, the northeast region is the best and the view of the scale hierarchical structure, the proportion of
second in the eastern region. The development of urbaniza- urbanization is un-appropriate. The development numbers
tion in the central region lags behind the industrialized and of biggest, big, middle, small cities and small towns among
non-agriculture development, even worse than the western east, central, west and northeast region are not balanced.
region. The number of The Eastern and northeastern regions are
significantly more than that of the central and western re-
2.2. The Scale, Level and Structure of Urbanization gions. In the urbanization process, the central and western
are Reasonable areas urbanization speed are faster than the east and north-
Urbanization exists because of the development of pro- east in China even through the east and northeast region’s
ductive forces. It is in specific position in the national eco- urbanization process are obvious. This is due to the national
nomic development and has difference of scale and segrega- and local government has strengthened the attention and
tion of functions. These functions can be done only through investments to the urban development of those areas in re-
the urban system. Therefore, the appropriate ratio should be cent years.
maintained between different urban architecture and the
different scale. Then the functional role of the town can 2.4. The Central Position of Major Cities Has Been
progressively spread to the entire system through the town Strengthened
network in order to promote the development of urbaniza- The major cities in China have developed very fast re-
tion. According to the grade distribution model, the town cently. Such as Beijing, Shanghai, Guangzhou etc. Theses
distribution was generally showing like pyramid. The num- cities all have the same characteristics, such as well econo-
bers of the cities on the top of pyramid are least and the my, convenient transportation, completed infrastructure, fast
numbers of the cities at the bottom of the pyramid are large. information gathering way, talent collection, etc. As not
The functions from those cities which has bigger scale and
only the national or regional economic, political, and cultur-
in high levels can be transferred to small town. Finally, the
al center, but also the industrial, commercial, services clus-
development of urbanization can be promoted. Currently,
ters, the big cities occupies the important positions in Chi-
related to the numbers of the cities, the hierarchical struc-
ture of Chinese urbanization is basically reasonable. China na's modernization. At the same time, the major cities play
already built a multi-level urban system which treats the important role to promote the process of urbanization de-
large cities as centre, small and medium-sized cities as velopment. The reasons are as followed: first, it’s easy for
big cities to gather population because big cities have good
348 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

accommodating ability and can hold huge amount popula- labor force to shift to the cities and optimize the economic
tion. Secondly, it is easy for big cities to attract economic industry structure. In recent years, despite of China's vast
institutions to cluster in it since big cities have developed territory and abundant resources, because the per capita is
economy, developed market, advanced economy structure too little, the Chinese farmers' income level is relatively
and largest economy region. Third, social development de- slow growth by only depending upon the cultivated land. So
gree of big cities are higher than the developed areas in cul- the farmers can not be rich. Some western region even ap-
ture, education, public health and other aspects. State briefly, peared negative growth. Therefore, since China's GDP be-
big cities not only have self-reinforcing mechanisms to real- come the world's second, in order to increase the per capita
ize the higher level of concentration and development, but GDP and let farmers to become rich, in addition to the de-
also have the radiation effect to form easily the formation of velopment of animal husbandry and fishery industry, the
the urban concentration areas around big cities as the center transfer of rural labor force should be take into account and
in order to stimulate the development of underdeveloped be paid more attention. This can accelerate the development
regions. of urbanization and improve the rural per capita amount of
resources. At the same time, the rural labor force should be
2.5. The Number of Small and Medium-Sized City
re-arranged. The third industry is the basic way to solve the
Development Lag Behind labor employment problems. The level of urbanization has
Since the reform and opening up, construction in big ci- very close relationship with the development of third indus-
ties developed very fast. But in the process of development, try. Because the urbanization lags behind, even though the
because of the existence of urban and rural dual structure, current development of third industry in China is strong, the
the regions could not get very good coordination. Small and employment rate is still lower than global average level rate
medium-sized cities need to further improve the develop- and the gap to the developed countries is still big. Therefore,
ment on quantity and quality. The public service and con- China requires developing the third industry to promote the
struction in countryside lag behind those in cities. The so- process of urbanization, not only to promote the develop-
cial insurance system in countryside can not compared with ment of China's urbanization, but also to solve the problem
in cities. Consequently, the differences between the cities of employment of Chinese farmers.
and countryside become bigger and bigger. The expansion Second, scientifically develop the urbanization can ex-
of urban space does not bring the population to cluster in plore national market, expand the national expenditure, sti-
the small and medium-sized cities. In the process of urbani- mulate the development of related industries on basic con-
zation, the increasing numbers of cities are decided by the structions in cities. The reason that lack of urbanization and
increasing numbers of small and medium-sized cities. Small low demand of market is that the development of national
cities are the communication “bridge” between urban and market, especially rural market, is not good. The process of
countryside. If small cities’ developments lag behind, then urbanization should be speed up and the rural expenditure
the economy of urban will be affected by the non-efficient market should be built. Then the final expenditure demand
transfer. That not only delays to promote the development can be promoted directly, the national economy growth
of nearby areas but also limits the development of small would increase, the investment demand will be expanded,
towns. the social financing structure will be scientifically opti-
mized, the investment scale will be adjusted. Those will
3. The Necessity Need to Speed up the Urbani- gain more market space for the development of city industry
zation Process and service.
Third, scientifically develop the urbanization can reduce
The un-balanced and un-harmonious urbanization de-
the narrow gap between workers and farmers, urban and
velopment in China caused a series of negative influence to rural areas. The whole quality of national people can be
the development of national economy: a lot of people improved. The social civilization can be promoted and the
trapped in underdeveloped rural areas, many deep conflicts harmonious society can be constructed. At present, China's
happened between agriculture and rural areas and can not be urban and rural area’s difference is big, urban and rural dual
solved .The development of service industry was influenced structure is serious. The 2012 Asian development outlook
too. The consumption demand and the growth of investment found that per capita income of urban residents is 3.5 times
demand are limited. Therefore, scientifically develop urba- of rural residents. This not only shows in the income but
nization can contribute to China's economy and social har- also in health care, pension, insurance, employment, educa-
monious development, and also is one of the important tion, public facilities, etc. Urban residents enjoy more bene-
strategy for China’s sustainable development. fits than rural residents. Therefore, China need to delete
urban and rural dual structure gradually, delete the system
First, scientifically develop the urbanization can in-
of restrictions between urban and rural areas, actively pro-
crease the farmer's income, promotes the countryside extra mote the process of urbanization development in order to
349 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

reduce the difference between workers and farmers in China actively guide the urban and town’s agglomeration and es-
as soon as possible and the differences between cities and tablish comprehensive coordination development system.
countryside. In addition, powerfully promote urbanization So far, control the development quantity and layout of Chi-
can effectively control the number of rural population, im- nese small towns, constantly improve the quality, optimize
prove the population quality, continuously improve the the population proportion and scale, and constantly promote
quality of human capital. the labor cooperation between big cities and small and me-
Finally, scientifically develop the urbanization can save dium-sized cities, finally establish regional central cities and
resources, protect the environment and promote the sustain- give big influences to outsider towns. In the process of ur-
able development of urbanization. The Chinese economy banization, the corresponding resource matching should
developed in fast speed and caused large amount consump- take into account in the process of development urbaniza-
tion of resources, pollution of environment, mess integration. Then the reasonable land occupancy system and game
tion between urban and rural and finally caused the urban mechanism can be established between cities and towns
development crisis in China. So china should develop the through intensive urbanization road.
urbanization, optimize the urban space layout, properly use Finally, scientifically make plans for towns, regulate
of land function, avoid western countries faults in order to land system, straighten the population management, im-
promote sustainable economic and social development, improve the urban investment system, enhance the urbaniza-
plement the scientific concept of development and construct tion level of management, establish Chinese harmonious
harmonious society. modern town. First of all, scientifically and reasonable built
urban and town system, actively adjust the functions of the
4. The Strategies to Develop China’S government, study the government city management con-
Urbenization cept, emphasizes the participation of main body, improve
the quality of land using, and give consideration to urban
First, New industrialization can promote the develop- infrastructure construction in order to create a market me-
ment of urbanization in China. If China wants to develop chanism of urbanization. Secondly, balance the relationship
the urbanization, the concept of sustainable development between the household registration system and other related
should be studied firstly. Then the "Resources - Product - economic social system in order to ensure free flow of pop-
Recycle resources" of the development mode of recycle ulation and legal migration rights. Do deep research about
economy can be realized. At the same time, the new concept urban and rural social security system, improve the overall
of energy saving and emission reduction should be actively level of social security system. Finally, according to the
promoted , including ecotype city and green type city con- market mechanism, improve the urban investment system
cepts, to reasonably layout the urbanization, development and expand new channels of the urban construction invest-
project and balance the relationship among geographical ment in order to set up the urban construction investment
position. Initially, to keep the rationality of the population system which will satisfy the requirement of market econo-
density, China should scientifically control the urbanization my. According to the differences about urbanization infra-
building density according to the related ecological stan- structure, use the corresponding management mode.
dards; Second, save the urbanization resources by reasona-
ble using land intensive, improving land use efficiency and References
saving the cost; Next, reasonably arrange the industries
layouts of cities and establish industrial areas with intensive [1] Zhou Y X，Ma L J C．China’s urban population statistics：A
environmental protection; After, strengthen the urban infra- critical evaluation[J]Eurasian Geography and Economics, 2005,46
structure and establish resource sharing mechanism; last, (4): 272-289.
keep the urbanization greening and establish green evalua- [2] Zhou Y X ， Ma L J C ． China ’ s urbanization levels ：
tion mechanism. As a result, the urbanization should use the Reconstructing comparable time-series data based on the fifth
least amount of energy and resources consumption, gradual- population census [J].China Quarterly，2003，173:184-204．
ly step on the development of circulation economy road in [3] Yu Liu，Jian Feng. The development trend and strategy selection of
order to realize economic, social and environmental devel- China's regional urbanization [J].Geography Research ， 2008 ，
opment. 27(1):45-54.
Secondly, balance the relationship between urban and [4] Shengzu Gu. Non-agriculturalization and urbanization theory and
small towns. Insist to develop the cities, middle, small cities practice[M].Wuhan: Wuhan University Press, 1993:171-184
and small towns at the same time through Chinese intensive [5] Jinghui Xie. The regional differences of China’s urbanization: The
urbanization development way. Urban and towns develop new system analysis framework and policy meaning[J].Social
together and cities and small towns develop together are Science, 2009,(6): 48-55
Chinese important development way and strategies. To be- [6] Wenjun Wang. Land circulation, marginal benefit and farmland
gin with, Chinese government should make long-term de- system arrange [J].Jianghan BBS，2010，（4）：33-37.
velopment plan related to the Yangtze River delta, Pearl
River delta and the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei regions. Also
350 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Research on Current Situations and

Countermeasures of the Comprehensive
Utilization of Water Resources and
Environmental Management of Water Parks
Lin Zhao1, Xiaoqiong Li2, Huaiquan Dong3, Xueli Liu4
1,2,3,4
College of Engineering, Ocean University of China, Qingdao, China
1
zl_qingdao@163.com, 2lixiaoqiong2372@sina.com
Abstract: For the benefits of ecology and environment, and making good use of natural resources, one of the targets of wa-
ter park construction is to emphasize the organic unity of social, environmental and economic development. However prob-
lems largely exist in river basin or other types of water parks in China, regarding multiple water resource usage, land plan-
ning and management, and the contradictions among environment protection and the improvement of the livelihood of the
natives. Through studying and analyzing the situation of Zeshan Lake Water Park, authors of this paper have summed up
difficulties met by most water parks and provided countermeasures in the utilization of water resources and environmental
management in the construction and operation of water parks.
Keywords: water parks; water resources; comprehensive utilization; environmental management

1. Significances of Water Park Construction 4) Promotion of water conservancy facilities protection,
attractiveness and visibility of engineering substances, and
Since 2001 Ministry of Water Resources has advocated people's awareness of water conservancy;
the assessment and construction of water parks. By the end 5) Raising of money and improvement of financial situa-
of 2011, 475 water parks have been approved as National tion for water conservancy departments (financial difficulties,
Water Park. In Shandong Province, a total of 52 national low or lack of income, outdated facilities, inadequate protec-
water parks and 95 provincial water parks have been set up. tion, lack of staff etc.).
The construction and operation of water parks laid the foun- At present, the utilization of water resources in the water
dation of comprehensive water resources usage and water conservancy industry is an important content which can pro-
conservancy, and protection of ecological environment, and duce a positive and effective ecological benefit and would be
made many pure hydraulic engineering utilities into beautiful a development direction in the future. But in planning and
water resorts. management process of water parks, the comprehensive uti-
The construction and operation of water parks proved to lization of water resources and environment management
be successful in the promotion of social progress, economic still have many problems which need to be solved urgently.
development, and water environment optimization. It is an Now with understanding and studying in Zeshan Lake Water
activity which provides not only recreational spaces for Park reporting process, the current situation and countermea-
people to use, but also an unusual way to think of another sures are analyzed.
side of water for city planners, engineers, researchers, policy
makers, and stake holders [1]. 2. Basic Situations of Zeshan Lake Water Park
Landscape treatment for water conservancy projects and
Zeshan Lake Water Park is located in Jiaodong Peninsula,
their associated water areas are mean methods for construct-
northern part of Pingdu, western of Daze Mountain, belong-
ing water parks, the worth of which is multifaceted.
ing to Jiaolai river system, consisting of Daze Mountain re-
1) Better protection of water surface and water environ-
servoir, Ziyang reservoir and upstream river of Daze Moun-
ment;
tain reservoir and the river connected to Daze Mountain re-
2) The best way to make full use of water resources;
servoir and Ziyang reservoir. The two reservoirs are me-
3) Landscape treatment of water engineering facilities;
dium-sized reservoirs set for flood control and irrigating in
one. Daze Mountain reservoir has 1.34 km2 reservoir area of
351 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. Zhao et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp351-355
storage level, with a total capacity of 10.63× 106 m3. Ziyang 3.2. Project Funding
reservoir is located in downstream of Daze Mountain reser-
In the process of construction and operation, project
voir 4km away, with a total capacity of 11.6× 106 m3 and the
funding is often not guaranteed. At present, the plight of
highest water level is 73.57m, and the two reservoirs are
water conservancy department is sufficient funds for con-
cascade reservoirs.
struction but lack of funds under management. Due to the
Zeshan Lake Water Park is rich in natural resources. In
absence of land resources, water conservancy department
the distance the quiet and ancient Daze Mountains where the
can not have on operating construction, so as to renovation
trees with luxuriant foliage are venerable and green ride up
investment is insufficient, resulting in a lot of water conser-
and down. Nearby the farmland, grapes orchard, villages and
vancy projects aged, lost and benefits attenuation[2]. For ex-
communities are located around it. All these make it a per-
ample, annual maintenance cost of Zeshan Lake Water Park
fect place for sightseeing. Besides the rich natural resources,
is only 200 million derived from financial allocations and no
there are also many historical sites in Daze area which carry
other operating income, would be restricted to routine main-
unique cultures. Among them, Yueshi sites in southeast of
tenance of water conservancy facilities, which will not solve
Dongyueshi village, is the provincial key cultural relic pro-
construction and operation of funds to develop the water
tection units; Rubbings of the Northern Wei Dynasties in
park.
Tianzhu Mountain more known as "the Chinese calligraphy
art treasures", is a national key cultural relics protection units. 3.3. Land Ownership
According to Pingdu Water Conservancy Planning, Ze-
shan Lake Water Park will be built into one integrated with Construction and management of water parks should be
sightseeing tour, leisure and science education, and mean- combined with the basin construction management, the sur-
while, the reservoir will continue to play its flood control, rounding ecological environment and urban environment. In
irrigation and other function. Project a period is located in the current system, the authority of water conservancy de-
the vicinity of lake, based on marine tourism and near lake partment is limited to water conservancy project itself, reluc-
leisure, and combined with the reservoir characteristics to tance on the planning and development management for the
create a tourist atmosphere on water or water conservancy surrounding land, and other departments such as urban land,
theme; Phase ii project as the starting point for local historic agricultural land management department together with wa-
sites and folk culture, focuses on creating Daze Mountain ter resources department have some contradictions in the
regional cultural customs and characteristics; Phase iii scope of the land, land acquisition, leasing and other aspects,
project attempts to integrate Daze Mountain scenic area and and among them lack of communication and coordination.
the surrounding mountains, and makes full use of local rich Construction of Zeshan Lake Water Park is divided into
tourism resources and advantage of history and culture to three phases. In the post-construction process it is bound to
create a more holistic Daze Mountain scenic area. commandeer the surrounding farmland, therefore land acqui-
sition phenomenon still exists. Taking the reservoir water
3. Current Situations of the Comprehensive park as an example, the country introduced “Reservoir Dam
Utilization of Water Resources and Envi- Safety Management Regulations” in 1991, then localities
ronmental Management of Water Park have also introduced for the reservoir management way or
regulations, and provided the range of dam management and
3.1. Prophase Planning the scope of protection. However, outside the scope of the
Water Conservancy under the premise of meeting the dam management the main of land ownership is ill-defined,
ecological and landscape function is one of the important resulting in conflicts between the various stakeholders [3].
goals of water conservancy construction, and also the impor- 3.4. Influences of the External Environment
tant directions of water conservancy management and opera-
tion in future. But from the pre-planning, project to the in- Construction of water parks has extremely important
vestment of construction funds, most of the current projects functions in maintaining engineering safety, water conserva-
have been no specific measures. After construction even tion, ecological protection, improving the living environment,
after operation for some time, the resources of water parks stimulating regional economic development and other as-
have been recognized, then reporting and assessment work pects whose construction and operation involving many pe-
would be paid more attention. Early in the planning water ripheral industries, residents, villages, industrial sites, devel-
conservancy projects consistent with conditions of declara- opment land and other aspects will bring about the pollution
tion of water parks should take into account, such as trans- and non-pollution impact.
portation, ecological protection, tourism, scenic construction 1) Pollution impact is divided into air pollution, water
management and other related content, so as to avoid dupli- pollution and so on caused by agricultural pollution or indus-
cation and the waste of resources. trial pollution.
352 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Agricultural pollution such as pesticides and chemical 3.6. Supervision of Water Park
fertilizer pollution has been caused by spraying pesticides
In addition to city lakes water parks, others often far
and applying fertilizer to control pests and diseases in many
away from urban areas, management and resource means of
vineyards and cherry orchard surrounding Zeshan Lake Wa-
water parks are obviously insufficient and investments of
ter Park.
monitoring equipment, manpower and material resources all
Industrial pollution caused by factories often gathered
have certain limitations, so that it is difficult to form an ef-
around water conservancy facilities in order to reduce the
fective supervision. We have a few laws and regulations
cost. Although the construction of factory is helpful to pro-
about water park such as “The Evaluation Standard of Water
mote the local employment, promote local economic devel-
Park”, “Guideline for Water Park Planning”, “The Manage-
opment, it can produce a lot of pollution. While construction
ment Measures of Water Park” and “Ministry of Water Re-
of water parks needs to achieve certain goals of water quality,
sources a Notice on the Issuance of the Program for the De-
therefore the sewage enterprises should be minimized, and
velopment of Water Park”, but none has specifically pointed
pollution discharge must meet emission standard.
out that water parks should be how to build and how to oper-
2) Non-polluting impact such as land reclamation, soil
ate, and therefore regulations should be paid more attention
erosion and so on.
to accelerate the pace of water park construction and to pro-
For water conservation plants planted on the slope and
mote development of water conservancy tourism. China's
shoreline of Zeshan Lake Water Park, long shoreline, mis-
water resources management system has executed the divi-
management and other reasons resulting in the lack of some
sional management, and namely water projects should be
sections, and no timely tracking remedy would exacerbate
supervised by water conservancy department, water supply
the soil erosion.
and drainage by urban construction department, sewage
3.5. Distributions of Water Resources treatment by the environmental protection department, with
the result that the department who should supervise water
Floods, drought and water shortage, water pollution and
volume regardless of water quality, water quality regardless
soil erosion have become the major problems restricting
of water supply and waste treatment regardless of sewage
national economy and social development. Along with eco-
utilization has resulted in the outstanding issues in the use of
nomic development, population growth and accelerated ur-
water resources: waste and pollution of water resources [4].
banization the demand for water resource increases sharply
Therefore, water park construction must be planned ahead,
and water resources supply and demand contradictions are
synchronous construction. Meanwhile, water conservancy,
obvious in many parts of our country [4]. Water parks often
urban construction, environmental protection, and other de-
tend to assume the important task of the agricultural irriga-
partments together with local government should reach a
tion, urban water supply, industrial water, flood control,
consensus, form resultant force, and produce win-win.
power generation, aquaculture, shipping and so on, and thus
there are competitions and demand contradictions for water 3.7. Operation and Environmental Protection
resources between water units. Especially in the northern
The construction of water parks intends to attract tourists,
spring season, the focus of water resources protection tends
enhance the reception capability, but also would be prone to
to irrigation, but also to protect the needs of water supply. In
contamination, which should be based on a high starting
summer, abundant rainfall can increase the flow of water in
point, in accordance with the principle and measures of envi-
Zeshan Lake Water Park, so water should be controlled
ronmental protection At the initial planning we must consid-
within a certain range to meet the flood control function, and
er how to address the contradictory relationship between the
thus there are some contradictions need to distribute water
scenic operations and environmental protection to ensure the
resources reasonably. Meanwhile, there is a certain amount
sustainable development of water parks. Water park opera-
of water and water area in order to meet the requirements of
tion can bring good economic benefits, and contribute to
landscape, while maintenance of ecological environment
better maintain and operation of water conservancy facilities.
also needs some water and water body to scheduling in a
Along with the improvement of management level and envi-
certain period of time as a result of varying water level, so
ronmental awareness, it will not produce new pollution in
that in the fluctuation zone of water level water conservancy
the process of water park construction and operation. Water
facilities and ecological environment should be a reasonable
conservancy department would like to develop tourism, and
balance. At present, the wetland is a good way to play a cer-
it is necessary to enhance the attention of the water park con-
tain ecological conservation function.
struction to the operation and management in the latter part,
from the development model, personnel training to the busi-
ness model.
353 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

4. Countermeasures of the Comprehensive Uti- 4.2. Scientific and Rational Planning

lization of Water Resources and Environ- Water conservancy project construction is further opti-
mental Management of Water Park mized and complemented by water park construction in
Water park is relying on water area ( water body ) or wa- which greening, landscaping, sewage treatment, environ-
ter conservancy to carry out tourism, entertainment, leisure mental management and so on are strong impetus and the
activities whose construction and operation should be neces- promotion of water conservancy such as environmental pro-
sary to fully consider four factors for social development, tection, soil and water conservation and the improvement of
economic development, ecology and environment, culture water conservancy comprehensive service functions [5].
and history; adhere to three principles for harmonious, beau- Orderly development and construction of water park, in
tiful and practical; play four roles for basic function of water the construction process of engineering infrastructure, water
conservancy projects for bringing the benefit and abolishing park construction should be leaved adequate leeway and
the harm, providing support for ecological and environmen- provided the necessary conditions, and water park construc-
tal improvement, providing better recreational space for ur- tion planning should be integrated into water resources plan-
ban and rural residents and promoting construction level of ning, at the same time keeping in mind coordinated with
the whole society[5].Water resources as the strategic re- national economic development planning. The local gov-
sources would constrain and influence economic and social ernment and relevant departments would play a leading role
development, so its protection should be the major issues of in water park construction, coordinate relations between dif-
beneficial to the people's livelihood in river basin and the ferent departments and provide useful help and support for
primary factor in water resources management. Now through planning. In the planning process, water park construction
understanding and thinking in the reporting process of Ze- must be closely combined with construction management of
shan Lake Water Park, authors of this paper have summed water conservancy, soil and water conservation, construction
up countermeasures of the utilization of water resources and and protection of water environment mutual promotion and
environmental management. common development. At the same time, the local govern-
ment and relevant departments must provide the necessary
4.1. Raise Awareness and Strengthen Leadership funds to support the construction and operation of water
parks, to ensure the ecological restoration and the normal
Comprehensive utilization of water resource is aimed at
operation of water conservancy facilities and maximize the
reasonably playing the multifunctional role of water re-
economic, social and ecological benefits.
sources and water body to promote economic development
and the improvement of people's living standard and achieve 4.3. Strengthen Construction and Management
the coordinated development of the three goals for economy,
society and environment. Local government, water conser- Sustainable utilization of water resources and economic
vancy department, water park management agencies and and social development are the precondition for water park
water, water consumption units should raise awareness on construction and management, so we should pay more atten-
utilization of water resources and environmental manage- tion to solve the following problems.
ment of water parks and water administrative departments at 1) In the development and construction of water parks,
all levels should strengthen abilities of organization, guid- ensure the safety of water conservancy. Ensure the normal
ance and coordination in the process of water park construc- function of water conservancy for flood control, irrigation,
tion and management, and strengthen the publicity work. power generation and water supply, in particular to obey the
The local government should guide water park construction arrangement of flood control, and scientific delimit a travel
from regulations, administration, economy, technology and ban and a travel ban period.
other aspects. Water conservancy department is necessary to 2) Protect water environment and prevent pollution of
transform the traditional water conservancy development water bodies. In the construction process of water parks reli-
idea into modern water conservancy and sustainable devel- able measures must be taken to protect water environment
opment of water conservancy construction in order to and vegetation; we should take appropriate measures for
achieve the sustainable utilization of water resources. Water scenic resources temporarily unable to develop to strictly
park management agencies should comprehensively use wa- protect them and prevent damage to water environment and
ter resources and protect ecological environment throughout water resources.
the process of water park construction and operation. Water 3) Combine water park construction with water conser-
and water consumption units must conscientiously protect vancy construction. Roads, communications, power supply,
water resources, save and reuse water. water supply, environment, and other infrastructure con-
struction of new water conservancy which has the condition
of water park construction should be integrated into the con-
354 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

struction plan, and should be pinpointed that water park con- 4.5. Speed up the Training and the Introduction of
struction is an important part of the water resources planning Water Conservancy Tourism Talents
and must be implemented simultaneously with engineering
At present, with the increasing number of water parks, in
construction. Under the premise of meeting engineering fa-
order to meet the needs of development of the situation we
cilities operation and management, water parks should be
must accelerate the training and introduction of water con-
provided the necessary infrastructure and development con-
servancy tourism talents. On one hand introduction of tour-
ditions, and the combination of project management and ism professionals is for planning, and on the other hand we
water park operation and management could effectively must attach importance of training of existing staff which
avoid redundant project and waste of money. For water con- could improve their thinking, professional quality and work-
servancy projects have been built and have good tourism ing ability, and make them adapt to the management of wa-
resources and great potential for development, infrastructure ter park, further to promote development and protection of
construction of water parks should be combined with trans- water conservancy scenic resource and the standardization of
formation extension of water conservancy and water and soil water park construction and management.
conservation projects and must be constructed simultaneous-
ly. 5. Conclusions
4) Strengthen the operation and management. We could As environmental protection and ecological restoration is a
raise funds for water park construction by a sole proprietor- very important topic, there are many successful cases abroad,
ship, joint ventures, leasing, joint-stock cooperative system and our country also attaches great importance to ecological
and other channels, actively attract social capital and foreign and environmental protection of water conservancy, such as
capital for common development and construction and its construction of Dujiangyan, Lingqu, and the Grand Canal.
management mode can also be flexible. Meanwhile, water For the benefits of ecology and environment, and making
park management agencies need to develop strict manage- good use of natural resources, one of the targets of water
ment practices to ensure water conservancy project safety park construction is to emphasize the organic unity of social,
and the unified management of water parks, with distinct environmental and economic development. It is necessary to
property and duty right, and share the risks and profits. play flood control, irrigation, water supply, power generation,
navigation and other functions of water conservancy project,
4.4. Improve Regulations of Water Park Construc- and pay more attention to functions of water ecological res-
tion and Management toration and environmental protection. Therefore, in the
For scientific and rational development and utilization of planning and construction process of water parks, the main
function of water conservancy project, the comprehensive
water conservancy scenic resource, Ministry of Water Re-
utilization of water resources and ecological and environ-
sources set up the jury committee of water parks in July
mental functions must also be taken into account.
2001, enacted “The Management Measures of Water Park”
in May 2004, executed industrial standard for “The Evalua- References
tion Standard of Water Park” in August 2004, and issued
[1] Liquan Wang, “Discussion on relationship between water park
“Guideline for Water Park Planning” in 2010. Ministry of
construction and countermeasures of water ecological environment
Water Resources and the relevant departments should modi-
protection on Tarim River Basin,” Water Recourses Development
fy and improve the current laws and regulations and formu-
and Management, vol.28, NO.11, pp. 97-100, 2008.
late appropriate supporting measures to promote sustainable
[2] Xiaohua Li, “Analysis of the restricting factors on water resources
and healthy development of water parks and to provide bet-
diversified economy in China,”Water Recourses Development and
ter recreational space for urban and rural residents.
Management, vol.23, NO.5, pp. 47-49, September 2005.
Development and construction of water parks will great-
[3] Jing Yang, Yaofeng Ma, Zhigang Chen, “Review on land
ly enhance the urban quality and drive the improvement of
management of scenic areas in China , ”Acta Agriculturae Jiangxi,
surrounding environment and land appreciation, through
vol.20, NO.6, pp. 159-163, 2008.
these changes water park management agencies could seek
[4] Heng Yue, Zheng Li, “On comprehensive utilization of fresh water
policy support from government and make recommendations
resources,” Journal of Shandong Institute of Business and
accordingly such as the establishment of the water park
Technology, vol.19, NO.1, pp. 16-20, February 2005.
management fund or properly distribute partial land to water
[5] Chengxin Ma, “Consideration of water recreation area construction
conservancy department for business development in order
management,” China Water Resources, NO.6, pp. 56-58, 2006.
to raise annual management costs of water park and to
achieve self-sufficiency.
355 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Preliminary Selection of Differentially

Expressed Genes in 16hbe Cells Induced By
Cadmium
Min Wang, Li-Na Dong, Yi-xiong Lei*
School of Public Health, Guangzhou Medical University, Guangzhou, Guangzhou, P.R. China
*gz-leizeng@163.com
Abstract: The main purposes of this study are to elucidate the molecular mechanism of carcinogenic effects of cadmium
(Cd) and to screen for suitable biomarkers for Cd carcinogenesis. Based on our pre-established model of CdCl 2 -induced
8T 2T8 2T 3T 3T R R
malignant transformation of human bronchial epithelial cells (16HBE), library of cDNA sequences were established. Gene
expression data were obtained through high-throughput RNA-sequencing. Differential gene expression was evaluated by
sequencing saturation and pathway analysis. Using corresponding normal 16HBE cells as the control, 1296 over-expressed
8T 8T 8T
genes and 457 down-expressed genes were found preliminarily in the Cd-transformed 16HBE cells. Pathway analyses8T 8T 8T
showed that genes that are related to cell cycle, oxidative phosporylation, pathways in cancer, small cell lung cancer and
DNA replication were significantly altered in Cd-transformed cells, Among the differential genes analyzed, expression of
CBL and MET oncogenes; cyclin-associated CCND1 and CCNA2 genes; thespirochetavethekinase CHUK;
ubiquitin-proteinligase-relatedhomologue MDM2 genes and phospholipase C PLCG1 genes were up-regulated. These genes
might be the important biomarkers for human carcinogenesis due to Cd.
8T 8T 8T 2T8
Keywords: cadmium chloride (CdCl 2 ); Human bronchial epithelial cells (16HBE); construction of the cDNA libraries;
R R
RNA sequencing (RNA-seq)
1. Introduction susceptible gene is still unclear [6]. The main purposes of this
4T 4T
study are to elucidate molecular mechanisms of carcinogenic

Cadmium (Cd) is widely distributed in the nature. effects of Cd and to screen for suitable biomarkers through the
Cadmium compounds are important industrial toxins and study of differential effects in human bronchial epithelial cells
environmental contaminants [1]. Contact to Cd is
4T 4T
(16HBE) induced by cadmium chloride (CdCl 2 ). R R
commonly through industrial pollutants and

contaminated food and water sources [2]. It is well 4T 4T
2. Material and Methods
recognized in a large body of literature that Cd and its 2.1. Cell Culture and mRNA Isolation
derivatives are carcinogens and can damage various
organs in the body and eventually lead to cancer [3]. 4T 4T The model for 16HBE cells induced by CdCl 2 has been R R
According to IARC, Cd and Cd-containing compounds previously established in our laboratory and published
are classified as determinate carcinogens [4], but the 4T 3T4 3T elsewhere [7]. The Cd transformed 16HBE cells and
4T 4T
underlying carcinogenic mechanisms of Cd are not fully corresponding normal cells were cultured in MEM culture
understood [5]. Carcinogenesis is a multi-factorial,
4T 4T media (Gibco BRL, MD, USA) containing 10% calf serum at
multi-step process involving genetic and environmental 37℃ with 5% CO 2 and 100% humidity. Total RNAs of R R 4T
variables. Interaction of internal and external variables the 16HBE cells were extracted with Trizol Solution (Gibco
4T 4T
can result in multiple changes in genome. Despite recent BRL, MD, USA) according to manufacturer’s instructions.
Studies on the toxic and cancer-promoting effects of The messenger RNAs (mRNAs) were further purified and
Cd, the molecular mechanism how Cd affects the concentrated from the extracted RNAs (approximately 250 μg)
using the Oligotex Direct mRNA Kit (Qiagen, Hilden, German) 4T 4T
This work was supported by the grants from the National Natural according to manufacturer’s instructions. Purity and integrity
Science Foundation of China (No. 81072322, 30771781), and by of total RNAs and mRNAs were analyzed using 1% agarose
Guangdong Natural Science Foundation of China (No. 06022672).
356 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP

M. Wang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp356-359
gel electrophoresis (Bio-Rad, CA, USA) and the analyzed in 1% agarose gel. The results showed clear smear
protein nucleic acid quantitative instrument (Eppendorf, between 0.8 to over 2.0 kb (Figure 1), indicating that full
BioPhotometer, German). length of mRNAs were purified and confirmed.
2.2. Construction of the cDNA libraries

10T 10T
The mRNAs were sliced into ∼200bp fragments

using a RNA cleavage buffer. The mRNA fragments
were then used as models to synthesize corresponding
cDNAs using the QIA quick Gel Extraction Kit (Qiagen,
Hilden, German) based on manufacturer’s
instructions. The synthesized cDNAs were enriched by
8T
PCR using a pair of primers PE 1.0

(5’-CTAATACGACTCACTATAG
GGCTCGAGCGGCCGCCCGGGCAGGT-’3) and PE Fig.1. Confirmation of total mRNA in Cd transformed 16HBE cells
2.0 (5’-CTAATACGACTCACTATAGGGCAGCGTGCC and corresponding normal 16HBE cells.
GCGCGGCCGGTGGT- 3’). The PCR mixture contained Lane 1 means the mRNA expression from normal cells; Lane 2 means the
primers PE 1.0 (1µl) and PE 2.0 (1µl), 5×Phusion Buffer mRNA expression from Cd transformed 16HBE cells. M means the marker of
(10µl), 25mM dNTP Mix (0.5µl), DNA polymerase 100bp DNA ladder used for reference.
(0.5µl), enzyme-free water (7µl) in a 200-µl centrifuge 3.2. Products of cDNA PCR analysis
tube. The total volume was 20µL. After pre-degeneration
at 98oC for 30 seconds, the mixtures were amplified in The mRNAs were used to synthesize corresponding
15 cycles of 98℃ for 10 seconds, 65℃ for 30 seconds,
8T 8T 8T 8T
cDNAs. Products of cDNA PCR from both Cd transformed
8T 8T
72℃ for 30 seconds and a final extension at 72℃ for 5

8T 8T 8T 8T
16HBE cells and corresponding normal cells were detected by
8T
minutes in an automated thermal cycler. The PCR electrophoresis of 1% agarose gel. As shown in Figure 2, only
products were gel purified using the QIA quick gel one band with size of about 200bp exhibited in the cDNA PCR
extraction kit (Qiagen, Hilden, German). The final
8T 8T
products.
products were dissolved in 30µl of EB buffer.
2.3. High-throughput RNA-sequencing

The PCR products were sequenced with an HiSeqTM
2000 DNA analyzer (Illumina, San Diego, CA, USA).
13T 13T
Gene expression levels were measured using the Reads

per Kilobase of Exon Model (RPKM) [8]. Differential
gene expressions between the normal 16HBE cells and
Cd-transformed cells were analyzed using the KEGG
Pathway analysis [9]. This is based on that biological
functions are co-regulated by different genes via
Fig.2. The cDNA PCR Products of Cd transformed 16HBE cells and
different signal transduction pathways, so that the
corresponding normal cells.
pathway analysis will be helpful for our better
Lane 1 means the cDNA PCR products from normal 16HBE cells; Lane 2
understanding of the biological functions of the target means the cDNA PCR products from Cd transformed 16HBE cells. M means
cells [10]. KEGG is one of the major public databank for the marker of 100bp DNA ladder used for reference.
Pathway analysis. Significant enriched pathways in
differential gene expressions are defined as FDR <0.05 3.3. Differential Expression of Genes
8T 8T
and Q-value <0.05. According to sequencing saturation analysis of saturation

of differential expressions of genes (Figure 3), 1296 8T
over-expressed genes and 457 down-expressed genes were

3. Results found preliminarily in the Cd-transformed 16HBE cells
8T 8T
compared to corresponding normal cells.

3.1 Confirmation of Total mRNA
The purified mRNAs extracted from Cd transformed
16HBE cells and corresponding normal cells were
357 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP

screening for differential expressions of genes between Cd transformed

16HBE cells and corresponding normal cells.
3.4. Pathway Analysis of Differential Expressions of

8T 8T
Genes
The differential expressions of genes were further
8T
a1nalyzed using the KEGG Pathway analysis. As shown in

Table 1, significant enriched pathways in cell cycle,
oxidative phosphorylation, pathway in cancer, small lung
8T 8T
cancer and DNA replication were observed, suggesting that

functional genes involving these five pathways have
significantly changed after Cd-transformation in 16HBE cells
Fig.3. Rrepresentative results of sequencing analysis of
compared to corresponding normal cells.
8T 8T
saturation of differential expressions of genes.

This plot is the genes mapped by clean read from high-throughput
Table1. Functional analyses of cellular pathways between Cd transformed 16HBE cells and corresponding normal cells.
DEGs with pathway
No. Pathway P-value Q-value Pathway ID
annotation (1955)
1 Cell cycle 2.97 % 5.31E-13 1.18E-10 ko04110
2 Oxidative phosphorylation 2.25 % 3.05E-09 3.38E-07 ko00190
3 Pathways in cancer 5.58 % 1.02E-07 4.54E-06 ko05200
4 Small cell lung cancer 1.74 % 0.000173 3.20E-03 ko05222
5 DNA replication 0.61 % 0.004122 4.82E-02 ko03030
DEGs means differential expression genes. Statistical significance is defined as Q-value ≤ 0.05
4. Discussion and tissues. Hence, detection of gene expression may

Examination of cellular genes using transcription
8T
vary depending on the use of specific cell lines. In this
sequencing (RNA-seq) is one of the important tools to study, we detected transcriptions of total 15,188 genes in
study gene expression in cells [11]. Although published the Cd-transformed 16HBE cells. Among them, 1,296
studies suggested the existence of regulatory effects of genes were over-expressed and 457 were down-
post-translation of DNA, for example, by means of RNA expressed, respectively, as compared to normal 16HBE
8T 8T
interference, there has been no sufficient evidence cells. In living cells, proper function replies on the
showing the strong correlation between mRNA
8T 8T
coordination of various genes [13]. Pathway analysis helps
enrichment and the amount of corresponding protein. further understanding of role of various genes in cell
Nonetheless, RNA-seq is still one of the important tools functions. The goal of such type of study is to identify
to study the effects of extra-cellular factors (e.g., toxins) significant gene enrichment through differential
on mRNA transcription and the mechanism of resulting expression analysis and comparison to the entire gene
diseases [11]. Using the transcriptional expression
8T
group. A PDF < 0.05 is considered to be significant
sequencing method, we described the preliminary enrichment in differential gene expressions in Pathway
findings of gene expression changes occurred in analysis, which can be used to identify key related
Cd-transformed 16HBE cells and the identification of metabolic and signal transduction pathways in the cells
[14]
genes sensitive to Cd-induced mutation. . Previous studies showed that changes in expression
Previous studies have shown over-expression of 84
8T
of pro-oncogenes or tumor suppressor genes play an
genes and down-expression of 28 genes in T-cells after important role in malignant transformation and
exposure to Cd [12]. The changes of gene expressions carcinogenesis. Malignant transformation of living cells
were time and dose dependent. However, the is facilitated through pro-oncogenes [15]. Compared to the
carcinogenic effects of Cd vary among different species normal 16HBE cells, this study showed significant
expression changes of genes in pathways of cell cycle,
358 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP

oxidative phosphorylation, pathway in cancer, small lung Muzny, R.A. Gibbs, A.V. Lee, A. Milosavljevic. A
cancer and DNA replication in Cd-transformed 16HBE sequence-level map of chr- osomal brcakpoints in the MCF-7
cells. breast cancer cell 1ine yields insights into the evolution of a
In summary, which we found that expressions of
8T cancer genome. Genome Res 2009; 19(2): 167-177.
CBL and MET oncogenes, cyclin-associated CCND1 and [12] M.Z. Fang, W. Mar, M.H. Cho. Cadmium affects genes involved
CCNA2 genes, the spirochete save the kinase CHUK, inGrowth regulation during two stage transformation of Balb/3T
ubiquitin-protein ligase-related homologue MDM2 and cells. Toxicology 2002; 177(2-3): 253-265.
phospholipase C PLCG1 genes were up-regulated. These [13] B.C. Langmead, C. Trapnell, M. Pop, S.L. Salzberg. Ultrafast
gene expression changes might be the important
8T 8T and memory-efficient alignmen of short DNA sequences to the
biomarkers for human carcinogensis due to Cd.
8T 8T 2T8 human genome. Genome Biol 2009, l0(3): R25.
[14] K.F. Au, H. Jiang, L. Lin, Y. Xing, W.H. Wong. Detection of
References splice junctions from paired-end RNA-Seq by data by SpliceMap.
Nucleic Acids Res 20l0; 38(14): 4570-4578.
[1] M,.Wennberg, T. Lundh, I.A. Bergdahl, G. Hallmans, J.H.
[15] S.A. Martín, R. Emilio, V. Mahara. Role of oxidative stress in
Jansson, B. Stegmayr, H.M. Custodio, S. Skerfving. Time trends
transformation induced by metal mixture. Oxid Med Cell
in burdens of cadmium, lead, and mercury in the population of
Longev 2011; 2011: 935160.
northern Sweden. Environ Res 2006; 100: 330-338.
[2] T. Sorahan, N.A. Esmen. Lung cancer mortality in UK nickel-
cadmium battery workers, 1947-2000. Occup Environ Med 2004;
61(2), 108-116.
[3] J. Huff, R.M. Lunn, M.P. Waalkes, L. Tomatis, P.E. Infante.
Cadmium-induced cancers in animals and in humans. Int J
Occup Environ Health 2007; 13(2): 202-212.
[4] IARC. Beryllium, cadmium, mercury and exposures in the glass
manufacturing industry, Lyon, France. International Agency for
Research on Cancer 1993; Vol.58: 119-238.
[5] M. Waisberg, P. Joseph, B. Hale, D, Beyersmann. Molecular and
cellular mechanisms of cadmium carcinogenesis. Toxicology
2003; 192(2-3): 95-117.
[6] S. Koizumi, H. Yamada. DNA microarray analysis of altered
gene expression in cadmium-exposed human cells. J Occup
Health 2003; 45(6):331-334.
[7] Y.X. Lei, L. Wei, M. Wang, G,R. Wu, M. Li. Malignant transfor
-mation and abnormal expression of eukaryotic initiation factor
during human bronchial epithelial cells induced by cadmium
chloride. Biomed Environ Sci. 2008; 21: 332-338.
[8] J.E. Crawford, W.M. Guelbeogo, A. Sanou, A. Traoré, K.D.
Vernick, N. Sagnon, B.P. Lazzaro. De novo trmscriptome
sequencing in anopheles funestus using illumina RNA-seq
technology. PLoS One 2010; 5(12): e14202.
[9] Z. Chen, J. Liu, H.K. Ng, S. Nadarajah, H.L. Kaufman, J.Y, Yang,
Y. Deng. Statistical methods on detecting differentially expressed
genes for RNA-seq data. BMC Syst Biol 2011; 5(Suppl 3): S1.
[10] M.F. Rogers, J. Thomas, A.S. Reddy, A. Ben-Hur. SpliceGrapher:
detecting patterns of alternative splicing from RNA-Seq data in
the context of gene models and EST data. Genome Biol 2012;
13(1): R4.
[11] O.A. Hampton, P. Den Hollander, C.A. Miller, D.A. Delgado, J.
Li, C. Coarfa, R.A. Harris, S. Richards, S.E. Scherer, D.M.
359 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Financial Driver Path and Countermeasures

of Energy Low-carbon Development
A Case Study of Xinjiang
1
Jigang Li, 2Yu Miao
1
School of Finance, Urumqi, China
2
Xinjiang University of Finance and Economics, Urumqi, China
1
Ljg.xj@163.com
Abstract: This paper uses the decompose model of carbon emission and Energy conversion coefficients to analyze the cha-
racteristics of the carbon emission of Xinjiang, 2000-2009, pointing out that carbon emissions is taking on an upward trend.
Among them, the carbon emissions are mainly from coal consumption and industrial carbon emissions. On this basis, it is
pointed out that the financial role of carbon emission reduction, and analyze the financial drivers of Xinjiang Energy low-
carbon development path. Then come up with some measures of Low-carbonization from the perspective of innovative
green finance policies, improve the clean energy investment and financing mode to build the system of carbon trading on
financial markets.
Keywords: energy; low-carbon; finance driver
1. Introduction economic development, finance should also drive the low-
carbonization from different levels.
Sonia Labatt, Rodney R. White [1] pointed out: in the
carbon emission reduction constraints, it will involve a series 2. Xinjiang Carbon Emissions Condition Anal-
of financial problems in the process of people paying the ysis
cost of carbon emissions.Schleich, etal [2] thinks that carbon
credit transactions has made a positive contribution to im- Carbon emissions can not be directly obtained, so this
prove the energy efficiency and develop low-carbon tech- thesis uses the Estimate formula of Carbon emissions de-
nologies can effectively reduce carbon emissions. Fri- composition model by Xu Guoquan. In this formula, shows
berg[3]believes that the Clean Development Mechanism can the carbon emission of province in years and shows the stan-
improve the management level of carbon emissions, and dard energy consumption of energy in province in years,
promote the diversified development of energy systems. shows the Carbon emission coefficient of the energy. The
Wang Yu, Li Ji [4] analyzed the duties of financial institu- energy consumption can be looked up in the Xinjiang Statis-
tions in the energy saving. Zhu Xiping [5] thinks that new tical Year Book.
energy can not be separated in the process of development The standard amount of energy consumption can be
and utilization of financial policy support, it need to develop looked up directly from Xinjiang Statistical Yearbook inves-
support for technological innovation, adjustment of energy tigation. Differences exist due to the index of the fuel com-
structure and reduce energy consumption credit policy. bustion rate, the carbon content and carbon oxidation rates,
Pengjiang Bo, Guo Qi [6] believes that finance has the advan- leading to different agencies of the carbon emissions conver-
tage of capital, market, credit and can boost energy saving. sion factor is slightly different, so the average value of car-
Xinjiang is China's important energy industrial base, and bon emissions is taken differently, namely coal, oil, natural
it is also an important channel for energy transmission, and gas consumption of carbon emission coefficients are
comparing with other regions, the energy of low-carbon de- 0.7329,0.5574 and 0.4226 (see Tab. 1).
velopment tasks are even more arduous. Taking into account
Tab 1. A variety of energy, carbon emission coefficients
the level of economic development in Xinjiang, the ability of Carbon Carbon
technological innovation, industrial structure conditions, Carbon emis-
emission emission
sion coeffi-
energy consumption and carbon emission status and finan- Data source coefficients
cients of oil
coefficients
of coal of gas
cial-driven status quo, Xinjiang should find a suitable energy t(C)∕t
t(C)∕t t(C)∕t
low-carbon development model wo-thou affect the region's
DOE∕EIA 0.702 0.478 0.389
360 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

J. G. Li et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp360-362
Japan Institute sion intensity tends to decline, but the reduce speed is much
of Energy Eco- 0.756 0.586 0.449
nomics
lower than the rate of rise of carbon emissions.
State Science 2.2. Carbon Emissions are Mainly from Coal Con-
andTechnology 0.726 0.583 0.409 sumption
Commission
Carbon emissions from coal consumption accounted for
Xu Guoquan 0.7476 0.5825 0.4435 about 70 percent of Xinjiang's total carbon emissions, show-
ing the structure of the carbon emissions generated by coal
Average Value 0.7329 0.5574 0.4226 consumption. For a long time, coal is the main consumer of
Source: Xu Guoquan,. T., Jiang Zhaohua, China carbon emissions Decomposition Model and
Empirical Analysis: 1995-2004 [J]. China Population Resources and Environment, 2006,
energy in Xinjiang, a very small proportion of oil consump-
(6) :158-161. tion, followed by natural gas, and water wind power in Xin-
jiang’s total energy consumption. Coal and oil are high-
In estimating carbon emissions by industries, consider-
carbon energy, the consumption of large quantities of coal
ing that there are only sub-varieties of energy consumption,
and oil will naturally increase carbon emissions.
so this paper, uses Xinjiang industry sub-varieties of energy
consumption to estimate. Various energy conversion coeffi- 2.3. Industry Carbon Emissions are Quite Different
cient of the conversion of standard coal (Tab.2) convert From each and Industrial Carbon Emissions is
energy physical quantity for the amount of energy standards, the Dominant
T j = ∑ E ji × f i × ci
according to the formula: calculated carbon
In 2000-2009, there is a big difference in Xinjiang in-
Tj
emissions in Xinjiang. In the formula is the total carbon dustry carbon emissions, industrial and transport storage
E and post and telecommunications carbon emissions showed
emission of j industry; ji is the energy consumption of i
a sharp upward trend; primary industry and wholesale and
energy of the j industry; f i is the standard coal converted retail, accommodation and catering industry's carbon emis-
coefficient of i energy; ci is the carbon emission converted sions rose slightly and stable; the carbon emissions of the
coefficient of the i energy. construction and consumption industry was first increase
and then decreased trend. Viewing the proportion of the
Tab 2. a variety of energy of standard coal conversion coefficients total carbon emissions carbon emissions from various in-
Fold of standard coal dustries in Xinjiang, industrial carbon emissions are domi-
Average net calo-
coefficient（Kg stan-
rific（KJ∕Kg） nant from 2000 to 2009 and the proportion of industrial
dard coal∕Kg）
carbon emissions are more than 60 percent and rising to
Coal 20908 0.7143 86.51% in 2009.
Gasoline 43070 1.4714
3. The Finance-Driven Path of Xinjiang Ener-
Kerosene 43070 1.4714 gy Low-Carbon Development
Diesel fuel 42652 1.4571 In Xinjiang energy of low-carbon development is the ul-
Fuel oil 41816 1.4286 timate goal. Effective financial drive tool is a way to
achieve this goal, finance-driven pathways are connected to
Natural gas 37238 1.2722
each other link. Finance, as the core of modern economy,
Source: based on national standards (GB2589-81)
should use policy and market-oriented tools and take the
According to the Xinjiang Statistical Yearbook 2000- connotative development path to achieve the objectives of
2011, by computing and sorting, you can see the changes in the energy of low-carbon development
characteristics of carbon emissions in Xinjiang.
3.1. The Financial Driver of Optimized Energy
2.1. Carbon Emissions Shows Upward Trend in Consumption Structure
Carbon Emission While Intensity Tends to The absolute proportion of coal consumption in the
Decline energy consumption structure in Xinjiang was the characte-
Xinjiang carbon emissions increased from 20,968,700 ristics of the high carbonation, this energy consumption
tons of standard coal in 2000 to 47.2525 million tons of structure is not conducive to the energy of low-carbon de-
standard coal in 2009, the average annual growth rate is velopment. Therefore, increase the development of clean
8.46%. In 2000, Xinjiang's carbon emission intensity is energy and the use of investment and financing is an effec-
1.538 tons of standard coal / million and decline down to tive way to finance-driven optimization of energy consump-
1.105 tons of standard coal / million in 2009.But we also tion structure. On the one hand, through preferential finan-
should clearly see that, although the Xinjiang carbon emis- cial policies, to increase investment in clean energy devel-
opment, support clean energy alternative to the development
361 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

J. G. Li et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp360-362
of high-carbon energy projects; the other hand, the use of a 4.2. Improve Clean Energy Investment and Sup-
variety of financing channels provide a stable source of port the Development of the Energy Low-
funding for clean energy generation. Carbon
3.2. The Financial Driver of Energy Efficiency Im- Improve the clean energy development, and use two
provement areas of finance and clean energy technology financing de-
Energy efficiency improvement means to rely on less velopment policies, can improve energy consumption struc-
energy input to create greater economic output. The financial ture in Xinjiang, to reduce carbon emissions, improve ener-
drive energy efficiency improvements are: to further increase gy efficiency, saving energy costs, and promote energy of
the technological transformation loans to enterprises, elimi- low-carbon development in Xinjiang role in promoting.
nate backward production capacity; provide funding support 4.3. Construction of the Trading System of Carbon
for the development and use of low-carbon energy technolo- Finance Market, and Realize Energy Low-
gies and carbon abatement technologies, and reduce the Carbon Development
strength of coal consumption, promote the utilization of
high-carbon energy low carbon. Building carbon finance market is through through mar-
ket mechanisms to solve the problem of negative externality
3.3. The Financial Driver of Economic Growth Pat- of Xinjiang carbon emissions and to internalize external
tern Transformation and Industrial Restruc- costs, thereby reducing greenhouse gas emissions. Envi-
turing ronment and Energy Exchange is a voluntary greenhouse
Energy of low-carbon development not only requires the gas emission reduction trading market trading platform;
economic growth mode from extensive mode of growth to Carbon Fund is a financial product in the carbon finance
intensive growth pattern but also requires the industrial market, and it is an important source of funding for carbon
structure from traditional high the carbon industry transfer trading;clean development mechanism voluntary emission
to low-carbon industries, vigorously develop the low carbon reduction mechanisms based on project transactions.
environmental protection industry. Financial drivers of eco- 4. Acknowledgment
nomic growth mode and adjustment of industrial structure
reflects: give low-interest loans to the industry characterized This Research was supported by Program for New Cen-
by low carbon , preferential interest rates and other prefe- tury Excellent Talents in University（NCET-10-0968）
rential policies; establishment of eliminating backward pro-
duction capacity fund and eliminate backward production References
capacity to give appropriate compensation; establish a Car- [1] Sonia Labatt,Rodney R. White. Carbon Finance: The Financial Im-
bon Fund to stimulate low-carbon technology research and plications of Climate Change [M].John Wiley & Sons,Inc.,2007.
development of industrial development. [2] Schleish J.,Rogge K.and Betz R.Incentives for Energy Efficiency in
4. The Finance-Driven Countermeasures for the EU Emissions Trading Scheme [J].Energy Efficiency,2009,（2）:
37-67.
Xinjiang Energy Low-Carbon Development
[3] Friberg L.. Varieties of Carbon Governance: The Clean Development
4.1. Innovate Green Financial Policies to Boost the Mechanism in Brazil-a Success Story Challenged
Energy of Low-Carbon Development [J].Environment&Development. 2009,18,（4）: 395-424.
[4] Wang Yu, Li Ji. Carbon Finance: The Innovated Financial Mechan-
Reduction has features of high cost, high risk, low prof-
ism for Climate Change [N]. China Economic Times,2008-12-19.
itability, when lack of external oversight and asymmetric
[5] Zhu Xiping, Xiao Xiangyu, Chen Ying. China's Financial and Policy
information, enterprises will concern self-interest maximi-
Support in the Process of New Energy Development [J]. Jiangnan
zation, and unwilling to bear the responsibilities of emission
Social Institute,2009, (2):14-18.
reduction. Therefore, Xinjiang should actively take the
[6] Peng Jiangbo, Guo Qi. A Research of the Mechanism of the Operat-
green credit policy of banks, green public policy in the capi-
tal markets and green insurance introduced insurance coming of the Market Tool which Financially Boost the Energy-saving
panies, in this way can incentive and restraint reduction and Emission-reduction [J]. Dynamic Economics,2010, (3).
behavior of the formation of enterprises, boost energy and
low carbon technology development.
362 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Environmental Non-Government Organizations

and Social Movements in China
Ruiying Shen1, Yanjing Young2, Jia Wang3
1,2,3
School of Sociology and Political Science ,Shanghai University, Shanghai, China
1
shenry1234@163.com, 2yyj06121591@126.com, 3xiaotubeier@163.com
Abstract: As a part of social self-protection movements, to a certain extent, the development of environmental non-
government organizations gains social value by organized social mobilization and participation, and helps shape participato-
ry civic culture. Moreover, it helps promote the government to change development patterns in order to solve long-term
accumulation of serious ecological and environmental problems in China. But in current system, the green groups’ cam-
paign is just in primary stage, mainly because their capacity of material resources mobilization, game in political process
and social actions is relatively low. However, finally the inextricable trend of modern society will boost environmental non-
government organizations to form a balance of power between top-down and bottom-up in vertical democracy and an im-
portant variable of interaction of government and society between institutionalization and non-institutionalization.
Keywords: environmental non-government organizations; social movements; action strategies; problems
1. Introduction environmental non-government organizations in the whole

country. (In addition, there are more than 14,000 NGOs with
Social movements are a way of collective motion and the task of environmental protection in China.) Here are
method of struggle based on non-institutionalization. In Chi- some famous ones: Friends of Nature(1994), Green Earth
na, there are four major types: the first is the farmers’ rights Volunteers(1996), Global Village of Beijing(1996), Green
movement in rural areas; the second is the workers’ (includ- Watershed, Green Island, Chongqing Green Volunteers Un-
ing migrant workers’) rights movement in enterprises; the ion and so on. These green groups share the same faith, that
third is the owners’ rights movement in urban communities; environmental protection is not only the responsibility of
and the fourth is the ecological and environmental move- governments, but also the right of citizens. Since 1990s, en-
ment led by the middle class and environmental non- vironmental non-government organizations have promoted
government organizations. Among them, middle class is the and carried out a series of environmental protection activities
participant of the last two social movements. Compared with in China. Among them, the two following ones have a high
highly organized and specialized social movements in de- level of social mobilization and organization and also exten-
veloped nations, rights movements in China still have a long sive influence.
way to go. But they resemble western ones in terms of de- First is the Nujiang River Anti-Dam Movement. Pre-
velopment based on the perspective of social movements in survey of Nujiang River hydropower construction started at
China, especially the environmental social movements, the beginning of the century, and 13 large hydropower sta-
which have both national and international impacts by virtue tions were planned for construction, one of which would be
of its high level of organization and specialization and broad in the “Three Parallel Rivers of Yun-
scale. nan Protected Areas”. Members of environmental non-
2. The Current Status of Environmental Social government organizations had carried out a series of inter-
vention actions of international influence. And in this situa-
Movements in China
tion, they expressed strong concern about the review confe-
In recent years, owing to the influence of social ideologi- rence about the Environmental Impact of Hydropower Plan-
cal trend of world green politics and ecological movements, ning on the Middle and Lower Reaches of the Nujiang River
and thanks to the development of green groups facilitated by Report, which was convened by National Development and
the middle class in China, the localized and Chinese style Reform Commission and State Environmental Protection
environmental social movement is a field with the broadest Administration in November 2004. All of the important do-
public participation. Since the first green group---Chinese mestic environmental non-government organizations, such
Society for Environmental Sciences, which was initiated by as Friends of Nature, Global Village of Beijing, Green Earth
government, was set up in May 1978, there are about 3,000 Volunteers, Green Watershed and so on, participated in this
363 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

R. Y. Shen et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp363-366
activity, which was widely reported by hundreds of media "native" environmental protection social movements’ main
with supportive attitude. Although this environmental action strategies are as follows:
movement didn’t stop the dam project finally, the effects First, establish a friendly relationship with the central
analysis showed that it forced the local government to re- governments and provincial governments in the current sys-
plan the program from the perspective of ecological and en- tem background. The green environmental protection organ-
vironmental protection, and it was concerned by the izations often reflect the situation by taking advantage of
UNESCO World Heritage Center (the local government was open letters, recommend books and other measures to the
asked to submit the rectification report). Meanwhile, to a central or provincial governments, and expect to be con-
certain extent, it also promoted public participation, pro- cerned and responded. They deeply know that, the most
grammed assessment and the scientific and democratic de- simple and effective means to maintain the development of
velopment of public policy. organizational interests is to maintain good relationship with
Another famous environmental movement is the Jinsha current authority and order. But in specific areas, these green
River Environmental Rights Movement. The Jinsha River groups will generate direct confrontation and conflict with
Hydropower Project had been in the planning stage since some functional departments (such as construction depart-
2002. But after that, there was no unified and scheduling ments, water conservancy departments, forestry departments,
project management in the basin. Besides, because of wan- tourism departments, etc.).
ton water resource development of enterprises without gov- Second, make full use of People's Congress and Political
ernment intervention and hydropower projects which almost Consultative Conference at all levels to proposed motions.
sprang up all over the place, this project led to deterioration So this can put administrative pressure from system channels
of ecological environment. As a countermeasure, members on the relevant units, which cause heavy pollution and se-
of environmental non-government organizations actively vere damage to the ecological environment, and create a
initiated the Junta River Environmental Rights Movement. movement momentum, then achieve the required targets.
Since 2005, environmental non-government organizations, Third, use the power of the media to play the influence
like Friends of Nature, Global Village of Beijing, Green of public opinion actively. In the beginning, Chinese green
Earth Volunteers, Green Island and so on, have expressed NGOs paid great attention to media resources and public
the hope that public participation and civil hearing system opinion. As some mainstream non-governmental environ-
about environmental impact assessment should be effective- mental protection organizations, such as Global Village of
ly implemented to stop illegal projects. In 2009, Chongqing Beijing, Green Earth Volunteers, Green Island, Green Tone
Green Volunteers Union（CQGVU）, whose chairman is in Hebei, Green Anhui and Friends of Green China Tianjin,
Dengming Wu, participated in the environmental movement their sponsors or leaders are media workers. In September
and applied to the state for administrative reconsideration 2003, Global Village of Beijing launched The China Sus-
and asked the public interest litigation, suing YUNAN tainable Energy Reporters Forum, and 24 forums had been
HUADIAN LUDILA HYDROPOWER CO,.LTD. and held until the end of 2006, which had already developed
HUANENG LONGKAIKOU HYDROPOWER CO, .LTD. more than 220 reporter members of 42 mainstream media,
for their unauthorized construction of Huadian Ludila Hy- including Xinhua News Agency, China Daily, Economic
dropower Station and Huaneng Longkaikou Hydropower Daily News, China Youth Daily and so on. In addition, there
Station on the middle reaches of the Jinsha River and river is another example: the media publicity and controversy of
closure which had been started without EIA(environmental the anti-dam movement in Nujiang and Jinsha environmental
impact assessment) approval, which has extremely unfavor- public rights movement gets a wide range of social benefits.
able effects on the environment. In June 2009, the Hydro- Fourth, seek the support of the international public me-
power Project on the Middle Reaches of the Jinsha River dia actively. In this regard, the Chinese non-governmental
was suspended by State Environmental Protection Adminis- environmental organizations actively make use of interna-
tration. tional resource, competing for donations from international
foundations and public organizations. On the other hand,
3. The Features of the Localized and Chinese they show positive performance in the international arena.
Style Environmental Social Movements For example, "Time" magazine in 2008 selected Wang
As a part of social self-protection movements, to a cer- Yongchen, the sponsor of Green Earth Volunteers, as the
tain extent, the development of environmental non- World Heroes of the Environment. And Liao Xiaoyi, the
government organizations achieves social value by orga- sponsor of Global Village of Beijing, won the Clinton Glob-
nized social mobilization and participation, and helps shape al Citizen Award.
participatory civic culture. At the same time, it has opened a Fifth, mobilize public participation in large scale and
new public political space. The features of the Chinese-style influence public policy positively. Organize various activi-
ties such as a variety of lectures, salons, forums, seminars,
364 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

reporters Teahouse and other publications regularly, as well rency needs to be improved, and the government has not
as environmental issues. Make use of the internet to advo- provided the public sufficient information to participate in
cate environmental protection concepts and knowledge, and politics. All these greatly reduce the prerequisite for green
actively promote the underlying social forces. NGOs’ participation.
Fifth, there is a deviation existing in some the leaders’
4. The Shortcomings of Environmental Social ideas and their style of work. These leaders are not accus-
Movements in China tomed to non-governmental environmental organizations
Compared with the social movements of civil society in involved in public policy activities, and they are not ready
developed countries, environmental movements organized yet to accept the fact. Some of them cannot change the iden-
by green non-governmental environmental protection organ- tity of their own bureaucracy, and regard non-governmental
izations in China still have many deficiencies and problems. environmental organizations as a "confrontation". Or for the
First of all, the low capacity of social material resource interests of the local interest groups they simply ignore this
mobilization and poor funding sources result in development "crop". In addition, the critical factor is that these leaders are
dilemma. For example, according to statistics, more than lack of the scientific, dynamic Stable outlook. Stable does
76% of the environmental non-governmental organizations not mean that society does not exist in a political conflict or
do not have a fixed source of funding. Therefore, they have social movements, but the countries continue to improve the
poor working conditions, and are short of office space, ability to bring the social contradictions and conflicts into
equipment and other material conditions. Moreover, the lack the system orbit. [3] Their traditional way of thinking has
of human resource and professional and technical resources overlooked recognition on social movement participation
leads to acting deficiency. As a result, these green groups and rational appeal, so obviously they put forward no coun-
stay in a passive position in the social activities. termeasures.
Second, lack of system resources and legal protection. Sixth, Green NGOs’ development has been the ob-
Existing normal channels of participation cannot meet the stacles of some special interest groups. In recent years, the
needs of the development of its activities. At the same time, national macro-control on the ecological and environmental
for various reasons, there are only a small number that Non- problems is gloomy. There is full of tension and conflict
governmental environmental protection organizations get with social transformation and the interests of the game in a
registration approved in the civil affairs department, so they series of major national project demonstration and assess-
do not have subject qualification to proceedings by Legal, so ment work, ecological and environmental movement in
Environmental courts have little cases to deal with. Without which green NGOs participate. They deeply know that spe-
litigation or cases on Environmental Public Protection, the cial interest groups composed of some local governments
public admitted reluctantly that it’s so difficult to use judicial and enterprises are becoming one of the main causes of
rights in this area. [1] In March 2011 during the convening growing deterioration of the environment. They make money
of the National People's Congress and Chinese People Con- by grabbing resources and amass wealth by polluting the
sultative Conference, the vice president Wan Xiange of the environment. [4] In addition, some central enterprises
Supreme Court said in an interview: The bottleneck of envi- "giants" are the culprit of environmental pollution. On June
ronmental public interest is litigation. Once the legislation 4, 2011, for example, the central enterprises "aircraft carrier"
remains in the same wedge, follow-up is difficult to promote. China National Offshore Oil Corporation’s oil wells spill in
[2] the Bohai Bay. Pollution area of the sea is up to 840 square
Then, the depth and breadth of the human rights move- kilometers. CNOOC to conceal and lied about the truth of
ment is not enough. At present, Green environmental protec- the accident up to half a month, the company ignored the
tion organizations led by the social elite are mainly concen- public right to know and the media supervisory authority.
trated in provincial capital cities and other major cities. Con- However, our existing Marine Environmental Protection
sidering China's vast territory, large population and the end- Law of the maximum fine for such accidents provision only
less stream of eco-environmental pollution, efforts of these 20 million, which exposed the country short board in envi-
organizations appear to be very futile. ronmental protection laws and judicial predicament.
Fourth, shortages in the participation channels and In a word, in current system, the green groups’ cam-
technology lead to the constraints of information. On one paign still bounce in primary, for the reason that their capaci-
hand, the channels for participation are not smooth enough, ty of material resources mobilization, game in political
likely to cause the abatement and congestion losses during process and social actions is relatively low, and the alliance
the information transfer process, which cannot enter the de- is loose. In addition, these groups’ actions stay in a low level
cision-making sector. On the other hand, government infor- just requiring the right to know and participate, and there is
mation disclosure system is not perfect, government transpa- no further channel to raise the level. According to Dahren-
dorf, the dialectics of power and resistance is the driving
365 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

force of history. Nowadays, environmental movements in

China should be an important variable to achieve the balance
of power between top-down and bottom-up in vertical de-
mocracy. However, considering that the middle class and
civil society is still immature, and the social elite movements
of environmental non-government organizations can’t get rid
of the label of “ grassroots”, this Chinese style of “new so-
cial movement” still has a long way to go. Before the gov-
ernment’s way of considering that system, authority and
order has been challenged, and government officials have
the sense of crisis about the legitimacy of power, it will be
difficult to qualitatively change the interaction of govern-
ment and green groups between institutionalization and non-
institutionalization. But finally, the trend of modern society
will lead environmental non-government organizations to a
balance of power between top-down and bottom-up in ver-
tical democracy and an important variable of interaction of
government and society between institutionalization and
non-institutionalization.
References
[1] Dongping Young. Annual Report on Environment Development of
China （ 2009 ） [M]. Beijing: Social Sciences Academic Press of
China, 2009,234-237.
[2] Tieqiao Ye. Exiang Wan urges the environmental public interest
litigation[N]. The China Youth Daily, 2011-3-8.
[3] Dingxin Zhao. Social and political movements[M]. Beijing: Social
Sciences Academic Press of China, 2006,6.
[4] Dongping Young. Crisis and turning of environment in
China(2008)[M]. Beijing: Social Sciences Academic Press of China,
2008,1-23.
366 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Talking about China’s Green Residential

Outdoor Environmental Assessment Standards
The difference of China’s outdoor environment of evaluation standard for green building
with CASBEE’s New Construction assessment
Yalin Gao, Matunori Nara
P P
Tokyo University of Science, Suwa, Chino, Japan

gao-1988@hotmail.com
Abstract: This paper describes the differences of China’s green building evaluation standard’s outdoor environment with
CASBEE’s New Construction assessment. Analyze and summarize the characteristics and shortcomings of the two
respective standards, this expectation to be helpful to the work of green building standards developed.
Keywords: Evaluation standard for green building; CASBEE; outdoor environment.
1. Introduction "standard" in the Chinese government to promote the active
participation of the developers, by the number of certified
Since the last century, in human survival crisis, the face of green building increased year after year, and both contribute
worldwide population growth, desertification, greenhouse to the dream of low-carbon society, but also enhance the
effect, the gradual depletion of freshwater resources in the value of the product and increase sales.
context, the idea of sustainable development began Japan from the beginning of 2001 with a new concept
initiation, Europe and the United States, and Japan have developed unique evaluation system CASBEE. Unique
proposed green building the concept of sustainable evaluation method has been well received in the world
construction, ecological construction, and to seek to reduce within. 2003 Beijing Olympic venue construction of the
the environmental impact and is advantageous to the user's Green Olympic Building Rating System has made reference
health, construction, and have developed a green Building to Japan’s CASBEE system development. Green building
Rating System to adapt to the reality of each country, global standards in the two countries have a greater comparative
green Building Rating System British building Research value of learning from the geographical environment and
organization environment Evaluation Method (BREEAM), the technical characteristics.
the U.S. energy and environmental Design (LEED), Japan For the people, for the housing problem is the topic of life
CASBEE. Dream to achieve a low-carbon society through cannot be bypassed, especially in China Jiujiang, Jiujiang
relevant standards, improve the quality of the people live, prices in August 2012 to 5,319 yuan per square meter[1], the
and to enhance the architectural value of goods. 2011 per capita disposable income of 8402.45[2]. A set of 60
From the 1990s onwards, the introduction of the concept square meters of residential, about 32 million, requires one
of green building, the relevant departments have been put to eat or drink for 38 years of struggle. Shows a home how
forward in order to promote the development of green important significance for every ordinary home buyer
building, a series of related measures and specification should have been careful to build with strict audit, so each
documents, the former Ministry of Construction of the set of commercial housing, in order to give consumers a
People's Republic of China and the State Administration of satisfactory answer. Outdoor environmental projects set up
Quality Supervision, March 7, 2006 inspection and set up the audit for the layout of buildings surrounding
Quarantine jointly issued the " Evaluation standard for environment, ecology, geographical environment situation.
green building GB/T50378-2006 and implemented with The aim is to improve the settlements surrounding
effect from June 1, the standard is to implement the perfect environment quality, enhance the quality of life of
resource conservation standard requirements, summarizes households.
recent years China green Building practical experience and I am the outdoor environment part of the residential
research results, and draw on advanced international portion for green building evaluation project between the
experience to develop the first comprehensive evaluation of two countries, the standard comparative evaluation analysis,
green building standards. Since the introduction of the to look forward to contribute to the development and to
367 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. L. Gao et al. / Proceedings of SSEP 1 (2012) pp367-370
improve the quality of people's lives and other aspects of In the "standard" as the center, the two compare the item
green building. on the outdoor environment.( Schedule1)
2. The overview of “Evaluation standard for 4. Summary

green building” and CASBEE The contrast the table, summed up the following
2.1. The overview of “Evaluation standard for characteristics.
1. The "standard" combines the densely populated
green building”
habitable small area, put forward the concept of "saving
The "standard" is China's first departure from the building land".
life cycle, to undertake a comprehensive evaluation of 2.Requirements for outdoor environments, the mentioned
multi-target, multi-level green building national standard. requirements of the "standard" used the word "avoid" or
The standard for the evaluation of residential buildings and "no," "do not", is unable to meet the point circumvent
offices, shopping malls, hotels and other public buildings, CASBEE more mention to take the requirements of
the section with the outdoor environment, energy-saving "recovery", "protection", "save", into a proactive behavior
and energy use, water conservation and water resources from circumvent this behavior is more positive for the
utilization, and materials and the use of material resources, protection of the surrounding environment.
indoor environmental quality and operational management 3.CASBEE specific figures norms more stringent
requirements are higher, and classification.
of six categories of indicators, specific indicators of the
4. Said that overall, the standard for building evaluation
major indicators divided into control, general three
only divided into residential and public CASBEE points is
categories of items and preferences. Which control the
more detailed, under construction in different states have
essential terms of green building; preferences difficult different evaluation tools for single-family construction also
Indicators demanding projects. Meet the degree of general has a separate evaluation tools. Therefore, our object
items and preference, green building divided one star, two- classification, species distinction should be strengthened.
star and three-star. At present, China is vigorously promotes low-carbon life,
2.2. The overview of CASBEE-new construction and actively promote the development of sustainable
buildings. Learn from the experience of Japan’s CASBEE,
“CASBEE-new construction” is design engineers in the it would be helpful for the establishment and improvement
design process to improve the evaluation object buildings of sustainable building evaluation criteria and system.
BEE value self-evaluation, inspection tools. The tool is
based on the design conditions and forecast performance References
12B
evaluation. If it is the labeling experts as a third party after [1] XiTai house data, “National urban housing prices rankings in August
the evaluation, it can also be used as an evaluation tool. 2012” http://www.cityhouse.cn/default/forsalerank.html
Alteration, reconstruction projects "CASBEE-new" [2] BaiDu WenKu, “Provinces, regions and municipalities in 2011, the
evaluation, but then also to evaluate the measures taken by per capita disposable income and reasonable prices”,
the control of the waste generated in the original building http://wenku.baidu.com/view/46810254f01dc281e53af05b.html
demolition. [3] National Standard of the People＇s Republic of China, “Evaluation
Standard for Green Building” Issued on Mar. 7th 2006 and
3. Comparison of residential replies outdoor
Implemented from Jun 1st 2006
environment project [4] JSBC,CASBEE for New Construction,2010 manual
"Standard" in residential papers a total of 76 standards,
which controls 27, 40 general items, nine preferences. The
first chapter in the section is the “outdoor environment”, a
total of 18 projects, 23.7 percent of the total.
CASBEE integrated environmental performance is
divided into two parts, the "Residential environmental
quality" and "residential and external environmental
load."NC" on the outdoor environment "chapters" Q3 -
outdoor construction site environment "and" LR3 - outdoor
construction site environment "in two parts. The share of
the weights of the two parts respectively Buildings
environmental quality Q "and the" built environment, the
load low Less LR "30%.
368 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Schedule1
Evaluation standard for green build[3] CASBEE-new construction[4]
4.1 Land Saving and Outdoor Environment Q3 と LR3 Outdoor Environment on Site and Off-site Environment
Basi
c
Re-
quire
ment
s
Conservation of existing ecological resources (conservation of
Q3.1-２ existing topography,
topsoil, trees, bodies of water etc.)
The construction of a site shall not damage a
local cultural relic, water system, moor, I. Consideration for memories of previous uses of the land and
4.1.1 the continuation of local
fundamental farmland, forest or any other
protected area. culture
Q3.3 -１
a) The plan of the building and its exterior reflects aspects of
local context, such as climate,
history and culture for its function, selection of materials and
operation planning.
The selected site of a building shall be free
from such a threat as a flood, landslide or
radon-containing soil, and within the safe
4.1.2 range of the building site, there shall be no
such a dangerous source as an electromagnet-
ic radiation danger, fire, explosion or poison-
ous substance.
Per-capita residence-used land index: For a
low-rise building, it shall not be greater than
43m2, for a multi-story one, not greater than
4.1.3 28m2, for a medium-rise one, not greater
than
24m2, and for a high-rise one, not greater
than 15m2.
The architectural layout of a residential quar-
ter shall meet the requirements for indoor and
outdoor sunshine, day lighting and ventila-
tion, and the requirement for day lighting
4.1.4 concerning a residential building described in LR3.2 Wind Damage & Sunlight Obstruction
the existing national standard of “Planning
and
Design Code for Urban Residential Quar-
ter＂ GB 50180.
Indigenous plants adapted to a local climate
and soil condition shall be grown, and the Landscaping of green space (placement of continuous green
4.1.5 plants shall be those having little care, strong Q3.1-4-2 land and voluminous
weather resistance, few diseases and insect vegetation to form ecological networks in the local area)
pests, and no harm to the human body.
Green areas account for 10% or more but less than 20% of the
total outside property area and mid/high trees are planted(1pt)
Green areas account for 20% or more but less than 50% of the
total outside property area(2pts)
The green space rate in a residential quarter Green areas account for 50% or more of the total outside prop-
4.1.6 shall not be less than 30%, and the per-capita Q3.1-3 erty area(3pts)
public green space area, not less than 1m2. Building greenery index is measured at 0.05 or higher but less
than 0.2(1pt)
Building greenery index is measured at 0.2 or higher(2pts)
There shall be no pollution source exceeding

4.1.7 a discharging standard within a residential
quarter.
During the process of construction, concrete
measures for environmental protection shall
be drawn up and implemented to control
4.1.8 construction–caused air pollution, soil
contamination , noise, water contamination,
light pollution and the influences on the
surrounding areas of the construction site.
Gen-
369 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

eral
Item
Public service facilities shall be constructed
concurrently for a residential quarter, and a
4.1.9 multifunctional building shall be reasonably
used so as to be shared by its surrounding Q3.3.1 attention to local character & improvement of comfort
areas.
4.1.1 An old building that is still usable shall be
0 made full use of.
The ambient noise in a residential quarter
4.1.1 shall accord with the stipulations in the exist-
ing national standard of “Ambient Noise LR3.3.1.1 Noise
1
Standards in Urban Area＂ GB 3096.
The daily average heat island intensity of a
4.1.1 residential quarter shall not be higher than
2
1.5℃.
The wind environment in a residential quarter
4.1.1 shall be beneficial to the snugness for walk-
Q3.3.2-1 Guide wind into the site to relieve the thermal environment
3 ing outdoors in winter and to the natural
ventilation in a transit season and in summer.
According to local climatic conditions and
the characteristics of plant natural distribu-
tion, many varieties of plants shall be grown I Conservation of unique local character history and culture
4.1.1 Q3.1-1 and
to form a multiple plant community with a III Formation of rich intermediate zones linking the building
4 3
combination of trees, bushes and grass, and interior and exterior
there shall not be less than 3 trees per 100m2
of green space.
The site selection and the entrance arrange-
ment of a residential quarter shall facilitate a
resident ＇ s making full use of public
4.1.1
5 transport networks. The walking distance
between an entrance of the quarter and a
public transport station shall not be greater
than 500 m
Permeable flooring shall be used for paving a
non-motor vehicle road, ground parking lot
4.1.1 or any other hard ground in a residential
6 quarter, and plants shall be used as sun-
shades. The area ratio for the outdoor perme-
able ground shall not be less than 45 %.
Pref-
eren
ce
Item
4.1.1 Underground spaces shall be reasonably
7 developed and utilized
An abandoned site shall be reasonably used
4.1.1
for construction. A polluted abandoned site
8
shall be treated to related standards
370 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Complex Biological Technology in the City's

Sewage Treatment Plant Upgrading and
Reconstruction of the Application
Hong Yang1, Chen Lv2, Fuguo Zhang3,Yixing Yuan4, Chongwei Cui 5 ,LiPhui Zhang6
1,4,5
Harbin industrial university, Harbin, China
2
China university of geosciences (Beijing), The water resources and environment institute, Beijing, China
1,3
China Northeast Municipal Engineering design and research institute, Changchun, Jilin, China
6
The city public utilities administration of Laobian district, Yingkou, Liaoning, China
1
yanghong312@126.com
Abstract: This article through to the Yingkou wastewater treatment plant upgrading, the ordinary method of activated
sludge process transformed into sludge film symbiotic complex organisms process, in the biochemical pool activated sludge
and biological membrane of the biological colonies to symbiotic environment make simultaneous nitrification and denitrifi-
cation of synchronization function complete, solve the sewage in good oxygen pool for the problem of shortage of time.
Through the application of the technology, the original sewage water factory by "the urban sewage treatment plant emis-
sions standards (GB18918-2002) of the secondary emission standards to improve the level of A standard.
Keywords: regeneration reuse; complex biological treatment technology;suspended packing; simultaneous nitrification and
denitrification; sludge and membrane symbiosis process.
1. Introduction the obvious social benefits, environmental benefits and eco-
nomic benefits.
With the growing shortages of water and water pollution
is serious, water and sewage reuse of nitrogen and phospho- 2. Before Modification Process Sewage Treat-
rus removal become water treatment field at home and ment Plant
abroad of common concern to the problem. To look at the
old sewage treatment plant upgrading the process will be the Yingkou municipal sewage treatment plant located at
period of time the main task. Yingkou west, design scale 100000 m3/d, process flow is
Yingkou sewage treatment plant adopts the traditional shown in figure 1. The feed water quality index see table 1.
method of activated sludge, processing scale for 100000 The rain Biochemical secondary
sedimentation effluent
m3/d. Raw sewage standard for the urban sewage treatment storage pool pool tank
plant emissions standards (GB18918-2002) of the secondary 75% Activated sludge backflow Surplus sludge emissions
standard. Because water reuses project implementation, need
to reform the original biochemical pool processing technolo-
Figure 1Wastewater treatment plant level, level 2 treatment process flow diagram
gy, made it to A level of outlet water discharge standards.
Meet the water in the water as water quality standards. Table 1. Sewage treatment plants biochemical pool feed water
This transformation design by the complex biological quality index
treatment technology, through lack of oxygen and good oxy- item BOD 5 SS CODcr TP NH 3 -N
gen to add modification biological suspension has pool pack- index（mg/l） 171 225 301 4 40
ing, make active sludge and biological membrane technolo-
3. The Rebuilding Process to Determine the
gy play acme, solve the sewage in good oxygen pool for the
problem of shortage of time. In the removal of the organic Route
matter and have denitrification and phosphorus ability, meet To meet the requirements of the water as water reuse,
the water in the water as water quality standards, and to mi- transforming process program has two kinds: nitrogen and
tigate water reuse process of difficulty. phosphorus in the secondary processing to remove or in the
Because of activated sludge and biological membrane removal of the grade treatment. Because water plant has
symbiosis of action result, sludge quantity to reduce, the been built, the internal piping dense, if consider in level 3
corresponding sludge treatment costs will decrease. It has processing denitrification and phosphorus, need to increase
371 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

or the digester denitrification, increase the methanol solved

carbon source for the problem of insufficient; With chemical
method and need phosphorus removal, increase operation
cost, at present the factory were no surrounding land use
land expansion of may. So the plan one, by reforming the (MBBR)
biochemical pool, make the nitrogen and phosphorus in the

secondary processing to remove, in order to reduce the diffi-
culty of the grade treatment, shorten the process flow and
reduce operation costs.
Because the original biochemical pool of only 6.8 hours
of stay, must through the increase in the pool with removal
of contaminants and biomass to achieve the purpose of ni- Figure 2. Transformation process flow diagram and test
trogen and phosphorus. Therefore consider through biologi- equipment photos
cal pool with modified jammed in biological packing, let the Table 2. Test equipment basic parameters
activated sludge and packing of biological membrane and The size of the Volume Filling HRT
Equipment
sewage in limited contact time also play the efficiency of big, equipment(m) （m3） rate (h)
to remove pollutants, improve the quality of the output pur- BioP tank 0.9 0.9 1
pose. Hypoxia pool 0.6×1.2×2.25 1.62 15% 2
Good
1.2×1.2×2.25 3.24 15％ 3.8
4. Complex Biological Treatment Technology oxygen pool
traps 0.9 0.9 1
of Urban Sewage Treatment Pilot Study
4.3 Standard Packing: Packing and Polypropylene
4.1. Complex Biological Treatment Technology De- Modification to the Influence of Water Con-
sign Thought trast
The new test will be modified biological packing in- Test A and B are divided into two groups, one group A
stalled in polypropylene biological membrane reactor, the modified polypropylene packing, group B choose conven-
use of the packing of biological membrane in hang aerobic tional polypropylene ladder ring filler, were the two packing
conditions of the sewage of pollutants degradation, make fill in two groups the same reactor, in HRT = 1.5 h, gas wa-
packing in the air and fluid flow under the effect of rotating ter than 4:1, filling rate is 15%, according to the same steps
happened, and cause strong gas phase liquid of turbulent run eight days, compared the effect of water.
move, form the vortex, accelerate organic matter from liquid 300 100
100
A出水浓度 B出水浓度
100
A去除率 B去除率 80
to biological phase transfer; And of the unique packing on 250 80
NH4+-N(mg/L）
80
60
COD(mg/L）
去除率（%）
bubble configuration cutting, enhance the gas, liquid and
去除率（%）
200
60 60 40
solid three-phase contact time and the contact area, speed up 150
40 40 20
100
the oxygen into the liquid, further to the rate of biological 20 20
0
50 A出水浓度 B出水浓度 -20
phase, and strengthen the biological membrane reactor mass A去除率 B去除率
0 0 0 -40
transfer efficiency, improve the utilization rate of oxygen, 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
运行时间（d）运行时间（d）
biochemical pool activated sludge and biological membrane Figure 3. Conventional packing and modification of pp packing
of the biological and exerting the advantages of in a short water COD, ammonia nitrogen influence contrast
period, to achieve the purpose of sewage treatment. After the
transformation of process and pilot equipment figure 2 pho- The figure 3 can see, in operation under the same condi-
tos. tions, the use of modified polypropylene compared with
conventional packing CODcr packing removal rate 10%
4.2. Urban Sewage Water Quality and Experimen- higher on average, NH4 +-N removal rate 20% higher on
tal Design of the Device average modified polypropylene and conventional packing
Experiment in the sewage treatment plant, directly from packing, compared with similar technical parameters, but to
the beginning of the water pond water for the treatment of keep the quality of the output in the premise, effectively re-
raw water, reactor material USES glass reinforced plastics, duce the reaction time and reduce the energy consumption
fill scale to press 0.83 m3 / h, active return sludge than 75%, and the reason is that the modified polypropylene packing
nitrification fluid backflow 200%, pilot model design simu- can create a more ideal within reactor in the biological carri-
lation according to 6.8 hours of retention time design, see er condition and improve biofilm formation rate, so as to
specific parameters and size see table 2 and figure 3. reduce the reaction time, and reduce energy consumption.
372 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

4.4. The Determination of Filling Packing Than toring. The total amount of microorganisms, the monitoring
of show: biological membrane reactor in larger biomass, in
4.4.1. Sludge domestication
the stable operation of the MLSS during to 11200 mg/L.
Inoculation takes wastewater treatment plant of the Visible, biological membrane microbial phase can rise to
second pond excess sludge, to join in training system for index of biological function, which can check, judge biolog-
domestication about 30d. During the training filling rate was ical membrane reactor and sewage processing operation.
30%. Continuously monitoring pilot equipment that sludge
4.4.3. Filling Percentage of Sure
concentration from 1700 mg/L rose to 3300 mg/L, two
weeks after the effluent BOD 5 , COD, ammonia nitrogen Test in water COD 400 mg/l or so, hydraulic retention
concentration has already reached the stability; Then will time to 6 h. Research in different packing reclamation and
sewage discharge, observed in biological membrane packing percentage of removal efficiency of COD. Packing perfor-
drab, and clearly smell of mud; In the reactor scratched away mance of reactor volume volume 30%, 15%, 10% of the
a few biofilm side carries on the observation, part of the bio- cases, 90 d MBBR in treatment of organic pollutants. Figure
logical membrane is exposed to the green, is because the 5.
algae photosynthesis multiply results. Biological membranes From the graph can also see that, through the change of
contain a lot of bacteria micelle, filamentous fungi and packing filling rate to change in the reactor biomass, finally
QianMaoChong of protozoa (see chart 4), start and finish all can reach the ideal treatment results, show that the choice
hanged membrane. of packing be suitable for the growth of microorganism
breeding, microbial own strong adaptability, impact resis-
tance load. But from filling rate gradually reduced, adapt to
the change of time gradually extended this phenomenon look,
the dosage of the packing can reduce the unlimited. Process
of the smallest filling quantity is 15%.
Test results show that the SRT = 3.5 ~ 4 h, ensure the
filling packing rate 15%, gas water is more than 6:1 ~ 7:1
water CODcr and NH4+-N concentration is all can reach the
Figure 4. After the mature microscopic organisms domestic level of A standard.
ated photos
500 100 4.5. Pilot Operation Efficiency Analysis
90
400
80 Pilot run continuously for 30 days, BOD 5 and CODcr
去除率（％）
COD（mg/L）
300 70 removal efficiency curve see figure 6, ammonia nitrogen and

200 60 total TN removal efficiency of curve (see figure 7, TP re-
50 moval efficiency of curve figure 8.
100
40
Can see from figure 6, operation initial effluent BOD5
0 30
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 removal rate is low, the water has been late less than 10
驯化时间（d）
mg/L, sewage removal BOD 5 has remained at 94% or more.
Figure 5. Fill rate from 30% to 15% and 10% when the COD
removal change curves In the initial (former 7 d) water in 50 ~ 60 COD concentra-
tion mg/L between, water has been less than 30 late mg/L,
4.4.2. Total Number of Microbial Analysis sewage removal of COD has remained at 91% or more.
300 100 500 100
450
Packing filling rate different situations, and the total 250 80 400 80
350
biomass within reactor is also different. Therefore we tested
去除率（％）
去除率（％）
COD（mg/L）
BOD（mg/L）
200
60 300 60
different filling rate (k1) operation is stable when the change 150
40
250
200 40
进水BOD 进水COD
100
of the biomass within reactor, as shown in the table 3. 出水BOD
150
100
出水COD
20
50 20 去除率
去除率
50
Table 3. The filler rate when the stable operation within reactor 0 0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
biomass 时间（d）时间（d）
Filling rate xv xm xT Figure 6. Pilot 30 consecutive d operation and removal efficiency
Numbers k1（%）（mg/L）（mg/L）（mg/L） curve CODcr fe-c tank
1 30 2787 9865.3 4910.49
2 15 3218.4 11750 4498.14
3 10 3372.9 7670.5 3802.66
Test micro-organisms in observation biological species at
the same time, the number of microorganisms on the moni-
373 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

50 100 60
45 55 80 of oxygen-good oxygen process flow. Due to the short time
50
40 80
35
45
60 in BioP tank, hypoxia pool and good oxygen pool setting
去除率（％）
去除率（％）
氨氮（mg/L）
40
TN（mg/L）
30
25
60 35
30 进水TN Reinforced concrete dam to ensure the effective stay, Bi-
40
20 进水氨氮 40 25
20
出水TN
去除率
oP tank for 1 hour, hypoxia pool for 2 hours; Good oxygen
15 出水氨氮 15
10
去除率
20
10
20
pool for 3.8 hour, 1 # biochemical pool transform rendering
5 5
0 0 0 0 figure 9. Thanks to a good oxygen pool stay a very short
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
时间（d）时间（d） time, aerobic pool convention in 15% modified biological
Figure 7. Pilot 30 consecutive d operation ammonia nitrogen suspended the packing. The mixture activated sludge con-
removal efficiency curve and TN centration take 2800 mg/L, gas water than take 7.5:1, the
Can see from figure 7, began to stage (before 10) water original fan for frequency control, so air supply will through
ammonia nitrogen, TN concentrations have been higher and the water in the pool and biochemical DO adjust. 1 # bio-
unstable, the reason is beginning sludge density is lower, chemical pool transformation process flow chart 10.
nitrifying bacteria quantity is less, with the proliferation of 200% denitrifying fluid backflow
nitrifying bacteria to post and ammonia nitrogen in water
concentration are 1.0 mg/L and under very stable, on average, Good oxygen secondary
BioP tank Hypoxia pool
pool
sedimentation effluent
98% for removal. Effluent TN was less than 10.0 mg/L, on tank
average, 76% removal rate. Effluent water recycles to stan-

50% 50% Activated sludge backflow Surplus sludge emissions
dard.
10 100
Figure 10 Biochemical pool transformation process flow
8 80
5.2. Process Pollutant Removal

去除率（％）
TP（mg/L）
6 60
4 40 Transformation process after 3 months of commissioning,

2 进水TP 出水TP 去除率 20
for continuous and stable operation, its all the indexes reach
water requirements, the contrast of the unimproved biochem-
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 ical pool, and its water effect is obvious, especially NH3-N,
时间（d）
TN two indexes, and especially, fully show the superiority of
Figure 8. Pilot 30 consecutive d the modified biological suspended packing.
operation TP removal efficiency curve 1 # and 2 # 1-June biochemical pool CODcr, ammonia
nitrogen and total removal efficiency contrast curve TN fig-
ure 11, 12, 13.
COD化验数据
450
400
350
300
COD指标
250 进水
1#池出水
200 2#池出水
150
100
Figure 9. biochemical pool after the transformation model 50

0
9
2
7
4
5
10
14
19
16
23
11
19
25
31
10
14
16
20
23
25
29
13
18
21
23
25
10
12
06
10
05
02
1.
2.
3.
6.
Can see from figure 8, commission later period, total 日期
phosphorus concentration of water in 0.8 ~ 0.94 mg/L, on

Figure 11. 1 # and 2 # 1-June biochemical pool CODcr removing
average, 83% for removal. Achieve a level B standard, the contrast curve
subsequent deep treatment, through the dosing FeCL3 and NH3-N化验数据
NaOH adjust PH, can be reached back to water use index 70
60
requirements. 50
NH3-N指标
40 进水
1#池出水
5. Yingkou Municipal Sewage Treatment Plant 30
20
2#池出水
After the Transformation of Operation Re- 10
search
9
5
10
14
19
16
23
11
19
25
31
10
14
16
20
23
25
29
13
18
21
23
25
10
12
06
10
05
02
1.
2.
3.
6.
日期
5.1. Modification Process Design Figure 12. 1 # and 2 # 1-June biochemical pool CODcr removing
The traditional technology choice of activated sludge contrast curve
process improvement in biological denitrification and phos-
phorus performed at the same time absolute anaerobic-lack
374 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

90
TN化验数据
6. the complex biological treatment technology used in
75
urban sewage treatment plant transformation, fully meet the
60
进水
wastewater treatment plant water as water reuse water water
TN指标
45 1#池出水
2#池出水 quality requirements. The processing method is feasible, and
30
15
transformation of the way is simple, the effect is prominent,
0 operation is stable, water yield, water quality is safe. Com-
9
2
7
4
5
10
14
19
16
23
11
19
25
31
10
14
16
20
23
25
29
13
18
21
23
25
10
12
06
10
05
02
plex biological treatment technology will be sewage treat-
1.
2.
3.
6.
日期
ment plant upgrading and reconstruction after the main

Figure 13. 1 # and 2 # 1-June biochemical pool CODcr removing
contrast curve process.
6. Conclusion References
1. through the dosing modified biological suspended [1] Zhou Jun.a novel algorithm, etc. The urban sewage reuse status
packing, the common of activated sludge transformed into analysis [J], 2004, 12 (2) : 12 to 25
mud film symbiotic complex organisms processing technol- [2] Wang Tao, etc. China's urban sewage treatment situation
ogy applied to the old device for existing capacity or up- investigation and technical and economic index evaluation [J].
graded. Generally do not need to add new GouZhi things and Water, 2004, 30 (5) : 1 ~ 4.
to enhance the processing power and improve the quality of [3] HuDaqiang. Urban sewage treatment plant technical transformation
the output effect. route and its prospects, China water. Water plant, sewage treatment
2. suspended packing is complex biological treatment plants technical reform conference, 2005:233-236;
technology of the core part, test the selected modified poly- [4] Zhang Chen, LiChunguang. On the renovation of the urban sewage
propylene packing has good performance, in the least fill treatment plants, China water. Water plant, sewage treatment plants
rate is 15% of the living things on the packing film and acti- technical reform conference, 2005:212-216;
vated sludge balance, so as to bring their own most efficien- [5] LiChunguang. Wastewater treatment plant, transforming the
cy, reduce the reaction time and reduce energy consumption. problems should be paid attention to explore, China water. Water
3. and modified biological enzyme filler used to promote plant, sewage treatment plants technical reform conference,
formula, biological adhesion, film thickness moderate, 2005:219-221;
MLSS can reach 8 ~ 20 g/L, greatly enhancing the various [6] M.C.Wentzel, L.H.Lotter, R.E.Loewenthal et al. Metabolic Behavior
material removal efficiency: CODcr for 90 ~ 97%, BOD5 of Axinetobacter App. In Enhanced Biological Phosphorus Removal
for 96 ~ 98%, NH4 +-N for 95 ~ 100%, TN for 80 ~ 85%, – a Biochemical Model. Water SA. 1986,12(2):209~214
TP for 70 ~ 75%. Due to the results of the biological mem- [7] M.S.Finstein. Nitrogen and Phosphorus Removal from Combined
brane effect, effectively sludge age increase, the sludge Sewage Components by Microbial Activity. Appl.Microbiological.
quantity to reduce, the sludge treatment cost and operation 1996,14(4):679~684
cost are reduced. [8] Vayenas D.V., Pavlous S., Lyberatos G.. Development of a dynamic
4. as the carrier of membrane thickening, in biological model describing nirification and denirification trickling filters [J].
membrane internal gradually formed anaerobic, lack of oxy- Wat.Res., 1997,31(6): 1135~1147.
gen and good oxygen area, nitrification and denitrification in [9] Borregaard M.M.. Experience with nutient removal in a fixed-film
good oxygen pool occur at the same time, on the good oxy- system at full-scale wastewater treatment plants [J].
gen pool realized the simultaneous nitrification and denitrifi- Wat.Sci.Technol., 1997,36(1): 129~134.
cation. [10] Graff et al. Autotrophic Grwoth of Anaerobic Ammonium-oxidizing
5. from 1 to 6 month of operation can see, complex bio- Micro-organisms in a Fluidized Bed Reactor. Microbiology.
logical treatment technology because of biofilm and acti- 1996,(142): 2187~2196
vated sludge to the common function of each index of pollu- [11] B.Z. Wang et al. A Study on Simultaneous Organic and Nitrogen
tant removal efficiency improved significantly and the sys- Removal by Extended Aeration Submerged Biofilm Process. Wat.
tem has hung membrane time short, denitrifying bacteria Sci. Tech. 1991,24(5):197~214
cultivation quickly, hang film soon after can detect of am- [12] ChenXinyan, ChengXiaoru, ChenZhongzheng. From microbiology
monia nitrogen removal of the obvious, show that biological discuss biodenitrification phosphorus removal mechanism. China
membrane law because does not exist sludge age control water, 1996, 12 (5) : 32 ~ 33
problem, which is beneficial to the denitrifying bacteria pro- [13] LiFeng, ZhuNawen, lee number equality. Aerobic denitrification and
liferation. At the same time for the north of low temperature nitration under the reaction kinetics model. China water, 1999, 15
wastewater biochemical operation. (6) :-60.
375 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Main Environmental Problems and Solutions in

the Construction of New Countryside
Lusheng Zeng*, Zhenfeng Zhou, Chao Cai, Yanxi Shi
College of Resource and Environment, Qingdao Agricultural University, Qingdao, China, 266109
*
zenglsh@163.com
Abstract: In China, since the reform and open policy, the rural economy has been developed rapidly. At the same time, the
rural ecological environment got worse dramatically, which due to the pollutions coming from chemical fertilizers, pesti-
cides and plastic films, livestock cultivation, township enterprise and the rural life rubbish and so on. Furthermore, the cul-
tivated land decreasing and the quality declining were also affecting the rural environmental quality. Many prober measures
should be taken into account to improve the rural environment, such as developing ecological agriculture and controlling
non-point source pollution; strengthening town enterprise management and controlling industrial pollution; strengthening
the propaganda education and enhancing the people’s awareness of environmental protection; perfecting the functions of the
government and improving the environmental management system; increasing the environmental protection funds and poli-
cy support; and changing the economic development mode and developing recycling economy. By this way, the rural econ-
omy and environment quality will be improved simultaneously.
Keywords: environmental problems; measures; countryside; China
1. Introduction 2. Main Environmental Problems in the New
Since the reform and open policy, the rural economy in Countryside
China has been developed rapidly. However, the environ-
mental pollution and ecological destruction problems in the 2.1. Chemical Fertilizers, Pesticides and Plastic
countryside become worse increasingly, for examples, the Films Pollution
aggravation pollution of pesticides, agricultural films and In order to increase the food output, a great quantity of
fertilizers; the more serious problem of straw burning, pesticides, fertilizers, and plastic sheeting were used in agri-
wastewater irrigation and breeding pollution; the rapid cultural production, which caused environmental pollution
spread of town industrial pollution and agricultural ecosys- and ecological destruction. China is the largest country in
tem degradation; the destroy of vegetation and land serious the world of using chemical fertilizers and pesticides. Ac-
degradation and so on becoming important factors of affect- cording to statistics, the amount of using chemical fertilizers
ing the sustainable development of the rural social economy and pesticides in China reached 47 million tons and 1.30
(Ploberger, 2011). In recent years, the Chinese government million tons, respectively. With a use ratio of around 30%,
has paid attention to the rural environment protection prob- the loss of chemical fertilizers and pesticides caused the
lems and made a lot of effort on the environmental protec- surface water eutrophication and underground water pollu-
tion policy, planning and funds. However, the rural envi- tion. The pesticide utilization rate in China was 20% lower
ronmental protection is still full of severe challenge. than that of in developed countries, and the loss of the pesti-
The rural area pollution problem is still lack of enough cide into the water and soil that polluted environment and
attention in contrast to the cities. It’s difficult to handle the threatened the biological diversity. The chemical fertilizer
problem because of the wide sources of pollution. As the increased yearly not only reduced the fertilization effect but
national food source base, the rural environmental pollution also caused soil becoming hardened and polluted. As the
will influence the national people's physical health through plastic film is a difficulty biodegradable material, in the
the agricultural products directly or indirectly. Therefore, it underground it can remain more than ten years or even dec-
is important and emergency to solve the rural environment ades, which decreased the ability of soil water storage and
problems as early as possible. water conduction, and reduced the agricultural yields.
376 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

2.2. Livestock Cultivation Causing Environmental tion and also the main element of traditional rural scenery of
Pollution beautiful picture. The stability of cultivated land area has
great significance to achieve the basic food self-sufficiency,
The feces of livestock and poultry reach 2.7 billion tons maintain the stability of the rural society and consolidate the
each year, however, 80% of the livestock and poultry farms ecological environment construction (Qin, 2010). But in
have no pollution treatment facilities. Because of most cul- recent years, due to the occupation of the non-agricultural
tivation field with smaller scale without necessary pollution construction, land desertification, disaster damage and other
prevention and control measures, which resulted in the factors reduced cultivated land area in the grim situation
breeding sewage discharge and livestock waste any piles up and limited the reserved supply ability. At present, about
at will and caused environmental pollution. Livestock and 122 million hectares of arable land in China reduced by 8
poultry farms raw sewage into rivers and lakes lead to se- million hectare compared with the 130 million hectares in
rious water eutrophication and the economic function loss. 1997, which is less than 40% of the world average level,
The waste sewage contains a lot of pathogenic microorgan- and with a contradiction situation of the population increas-
ism, parasitic ovum, etc, which can make the rural environ- ing but the cultivated land decreasing. At the same time, the
ment pathogenic bacteria and parasites multiply, and cause vegetation destruction and overcutting still exist in the
the spread of infectious diseases and threaten the health of countryside in China. For example, some of the farmers cut
human beings and animals. Meanwhile, in the process of down the natural trees to plant the fruit trees, which greatly
breeding livestock and poultry produced a large amount of weakened the function of water and soil conservation and
odorous gas that polluted the farms and the surrounding the protecting of fertilizer, and caused soil erosion and wa-
countryside environment. ter loss easily.
2.3. The Township Enterprise Polluting the Rural
3. Proper Reasons for the Problems
Environment.
3.1. Imperfect of the Rural Environmental Protec-
At present, town enterprise in China mainly composed
tion Laws, Regulations and Systems
of mineral development, papermaking, chemical industry,
etc., most of them with low scientific and technological As rural environmental protection work started lately in
content, strong energy consumption and heavy pollution. China, resulted in the rural environmental protection prob-
These enterprises pursue the economic benefit only, ignor- lems, such as non-point source pollution, soil erosion, and
ing the environment protection. Without the proper disposal other aspects of the legislation were still in the blank. Some
of the waste gas, wastewater and waste solid caused serious of the current law regulations lacking of target and operabil-
pollution to the rural ecological environment (Chang, et al., ity caused certain difficulties to the law enforcement of ru-
2011). ral environmental protection and the solution of the envi-
ronmental problems.
2.4. Life Rubbish Polluting the Rural Environment
3.2. Imperfect of the Rural Environmental Protec-
Each year the countryside in China makes out about 280
million tons of garbage, about more than 9.0 billion tons of tion Mechanism
sewage and 260 million tons of human excrement, most of Most of the towns had no special environmental protec-
them with no disposing, being toppled and fell anywhere at tion agency and team, and environment monitoring and
will. Most of the rural life waste outdoor piled up without manage work has not yet covered the vast rural areas.
dealing with which resulted in the long-term accumulation Moreover, the contact and communication between related
of the difficult degradation of inorganic matter, occupying departments are not enough, with quite serious the pheno-
the rural farmland and destroying the country natural land- menon of multiple management. The rural environment
scape. Perishable organic matter became the growth sites of protection mechanism system has not yet been fully straigh-
mosquitoes and flies and the breeding of virus, and threat- tened.
ened the rural residents' health. The garbage damaged farm-
land area in China has reached over 133000 hectare, and the 3.3. Insufficient Education of Rural Environmental
environment pollution resulted in food reduce by 10 billion Publicity
kg, at last, causing direct loss of 12.5 billion yuan each year. Limited by a human, financial resource and conditions,
2.5. Cultivated Land Decreasing and the Quality the environmental protection propaganda mainly concen-
Declining trated in the town area, but not deep into the countryside.
Therefore, some of the cadres and the masses in the rural
The cultivated land is main resource of agricultural pro- areas with inadequate understanding of environmental pro-
duction, which is the important condition of grain produc- tection resulted in inadequate understanding of the envi-
377 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ronment pollution that harm to the production and the 4.2. Strengthening Town Enterprise Management
people’s life. Lacking of necessary environmental know- and Controlling Industrial Pollution
ledge in the daily production and life, the rural people just
caught eyes economic interests but ignored the ecological We would appropriately centralize the construction of
environment protection and construction. the small town industry and establish the industrial zone,
and carry out the centralized management. For the recession
3.4. Inadequate Funding Affecting the Rural Envi- enterprises we should limit their development. We should
ronmental Protection Work shut down those enterprises with unreasonable industrial
structure, serious pollution, unable centralizing dealing with
At present, the government investment to the environ-
pollution or the pollutants discharged can not reach the na-
mental protection was the main resource in China, but the
tional standard, and gradually carry out the clean production
government’s limited investment was far from meeting the
in town industrial enterprises.
actual demand of environmental protection. China's envi-
ronmental protection funds mostly invested in cities. Whe- 4.3 Strengthening the Propaganda Education and
reas the rural environmental protection funds was nearly in Enhancing the People's Awareness of Envi-
blank, even the environmental protection infrastructure was ronmental Protection.
not equipped with, consequently, the untreated sewage di-
rectly discharged, the production and living garbage put For different people we should take different ways to
away at will, which further expanded the environmental enhance their awareness of environmental protection. To
quality gap between rural and urban. rural cadres we should propagandize the importance of the
environmental protection, and make them fully understand
3.5. Urban Industrial Pollution Transferring to the the urgency of strengthening the environmental protection
Rural Areas work. As for the wide peasants we should propagandize the
general public awareness of environmental protection.
In recent years, along with the acceleration of moderni-
Therefore, in the society build an atmosphere of everyone
zation and urbanization and the expansion of urban popula-
caring about the environment and participating in the envi-
tion, as well as the industry transfer and the adjustment of
ronmental protection. We also guide farmers to get ride of
rural productivity layout, more and more development zone,
the bad habits, and advocate them the scientific, civilized
industrial park, especially chemical industrial park in rural
production and life style.
areas sprung up and caused town industrial wastewater,
sewage and garbage transfer to rural areas, which became 4.4. Perfecting the Functions of the Government
main factors affecting the rural environment quality. In and Improving the Environmental Manage-
China, the farmland area that occupied or damaged by the ment System
solid waste has more than 133300 hectares. Some suburban
area has become a site of piling up urban garbage and the We should strengthen the environmental protection law
industrial waste. enforcement and perfect the government function, combin-
ing the environmental pollution disposing and poverty al-
4. Reasonable Solutions to These Problems leviation work closely together. We should strengthen the
management of rural environment and gradually establish
4.1. Developing Ecological Agriculture and Con-
and perfect rural environmental protection laws and regula-
trolling Non-Point Source Pollution
tions and standard system. Based on the existing laws and
To control the non-point pollution we should develop regulations, we gradually make and perfect the food tech-
ecological agriculture and popularize clean production. We nical specifications that related to the rural environmental
should reduce the use of fertilizers and pesticides, and ac- protection work and the regulations and standard on the
tively improve the structure of fertilizer application, as pesticide, fertilizer, membrane pollution control and envi-
much as possible applying the natural fertilizer and high ronmental management. We should enhance the construc-
efficiency, low toxicity and low residual pesticide. Besides, tion of environmental protection team and improve their
we should use the degradable agricultural films and reduce ability of the law enforcement. Town government should
the film residues as much as possible. To develop the rural have the environmental protection organization or the spe-
methane project and make the livestock waste reduction, cially assigned person.
harmless and recycling is another valid way (Li and Zhang, 4.5. Increasing the Environmental Protection
2012). At last we should vigorously develop straw using Funds and Policy Support
technology to realize the straw resources comprehensive
Government should insist on the principle that who pol-
utilization and produce economic benefits and ecological
lutes the environment and who would pay the bill. Who gets
benefits.
378 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

the profit and who should burden it, and who exploits the 6. Acknowledgment
resource and who should protect the environment. Therefore,
government can constantly expand the invest channel to This work was supported by the Shandong Provincial
ensure stable effective environmental protection funds input. Special funds (No. 2011-Y-19), National Natural Youth
Financial policy should incline to the rural environmental Foundation (41201507) and Qingdao Public Field Item (12-
protection work. On the one hand, we should establish the 1-3-64-nsh).
relevant finance capital using decision mechanism. On the References
other hand, we should build a diversified rural environment
mechanism of supply for public service (Xu, et al., 2010). [1] C. Ploberger, “China’s multidimensional environmental issues a
fundamental challenge for China’s future development – a critical
4.6. Changing the Economic Development Mode assessment,” East Asia,Vol. 28, pp:1–20, Mar.2011.
and Developing Recycling Economy [2] F. F. Chang, J. H. Qu, X. Zhao, W. J. Liu, and K. Wu, “Migration of
We should use the ecological laws to organize the rural manganese and iron during the adsorption regeneration cycles for
economic activities into a feedback type circulation flow of arsenic removal,” Front. Environ. Sci. Engin. China, Vol.5, pp: 512–
resources-products-renewable resources-regeneration prod- 518, Dec. 2011.
ucts to reach the purpose of changing the waste into the [3] H. Qin, “Rural-to-urban labor migration, household livelihoods, and
treasure, reusing and recycling, saving the energy, optimiz- the rural environment in chongqing municipality, southwest China,”
ing the environment. So we can improve the efficiency of Hum. Ecol. Vol. 38, pp: 675–690, Oct. 2010.
using resources, promote the virtuous cycle of ecology, and [4] Y. F. Xu, Y. Huang, and Y. C. Li, “Summary of recent climate
realize the sustainable development (Xu, et al., 2012). This change studies on the carbon and nitrogen cycles in the terrestrial
practice will has a good effect on developing the high effi- ecosystem and ocean in China,”Adva.Atmo.Sci. Vol. 29, pp: 1027–
cient agriculture, increasing the farmers' income, promoting 1047, Sep. 2012.
the agricultural structure adjustment and improving the rural [5] Y. x. Li, X. L. Zhang, W. Li, X. F. Lu, B. Liu, and J. Wang, “The
production, life and ecological environment (Liu, et al., residues and environmental risks of multiple veterinary antibiotics in
2011). animal faeces,” Environ. Monit. Assess, Online: DOI
10.1007/s10661-012-2702-1, Jun. 2012.
5. Conclusions [6] J. T. Xu, W. F. Hyde, and Y. J. Ji, “Effective pollution control policy
for China,” J. Prod. Anal. Vol.33, pp: 47–66, Feb. 2010.
Building new socialist countryside is an important
[7] Y. S. Liu, Y. F. Chen, and H. L. Long, “Regional diversity of peasant
measure and strategic task for carrying out the science de-
household response to new countryside construction based on field
velopment view, constructing the harmonious society, coor-
survey in eastern coastal China, ” J. Geogr. Sci.,Vol. 21, pp: 869-881,
dinating the urban and rural development and overall pro-
Oct. 2011..
moting the construction of a well-off society. However,
along with the rapid economic development, living garbage,
sewage, non-point source pollution and other environmental
problems increasingly stand out and have become the key
and difficulty in constructing the new countryside. So, to
study and solve the rural environment problem is to im-
prove the rural living environment, to adapt to the objective
need of the rural sustainable development, also is the impor-
tant content of constructing the socialist new countryside.
Whether or not solve the problems of countryside, agri-
culture and farmers, is relative to the building a prosperous
society. From the root to solve the rural environmental
problems, we should increase the government investment,
improve the environmental protection consciousness of
farmers, strictly to control the pollution enterprise business,
develop the cleaner production ecological agriculture, and
make the countryside development really take to the road of
sustainability.
379 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Problem and Counter-measures Analysis of

China’s Energy Policy
Gang Lu1, Shengyunle Yuan2, Zhanyong Meng3
1,2
State Grid Energy Research Institute, Beijing, China
3
Electric Power Research Institute of Fujian Electric Power Company Limited, Fujian, China
1
lugang.ee@gmail.com
Abstract: Issues concerning the energy policy in China are analyzed fundamentally, focusing on the energy policy-making
environment, energy management system and decision-making mechanism to study both the course of energy policy-
making and the key influential elements. Finally, the corresponding suggestions are proposed to improve the policy forma-
tion course.
Keywords: energy policy; problem diagnosis; countermeasure analysis.
1. Introduction ever, after a certain period, the government would adjust the
policies according to their operation situation and effects,
Energy policy is the action guidelines and principles and solidify the ones which are proved to be effective as
formulated by the government, with the objectives of ration- long-term policies. Accordingly, the national energy policy
al use of energy and the requirement of a certain energy, system is established.
economic and society development goal. As energy issues Secondly, the formation of energy policy is a gaming
are essential to the national economical development, the process participated by multiple groups. The government has
level of energy policy is very important and a scientific poli- to listen to opinions from different groups in the formulation
cy-making mechanism determines the rationality and effects of energy policy-making course and ensures that the policy
of the energy policy. At present, scholars have made deep made will be able to alleviate the conflicts among different
and extensive study on the energy policy [1-4]. However, the bodies so as to achieve the global maximum of the social
policy-making course has not been attached enough empha- interests. From this point of view, in the course of policy-
sis with [5]. Actually, the formation of energy policy is influ- making, different stakeholders are encouraged to propose
enced by complex factors such as economy, politics, interna- their opinions and appeals to be reflected in the final policy.
tional situation and etc. It also integrates national will and However, it also should be noted that different energy man-
appeals from multiple groups. So it is a complicated dynam- agement departments in the government may hold different
ic course with continuous gaming, feedback, adjustment and opinions, which results in a more complex situation in ener-
improvement. gy policy-making.
In this background, the problems existing in the energy Thirdly, the formulation of energy policy has the features
policy in China are analyzed. Then the energy policy- of timeliness and coherence. In the initial phase, the policy is
making course and the key elements are studied from the always aimed to tackle the specific issues and embodies evi-
aspects of energy policy-making environment, energy man- dent timeliness and emergency-coping. Meanwhile, the
agement system and policy-making mechanism. Finally, energy industry has huge investment and long returning
suggestions are proposed on how to improve the energy pol- cycle, which demands the energy policy to be stable and
icy-making course in China. coherent, so as to help the investors to make rational expec-
2. Basic Law of Energy Policy Making tation. So the government should firstly determine the stra-
tegic objectives of policies, and try to ensure the consistence
From the domestic and overseas history, the forming of of measures and contents of policies in the subsequent policy
energy policy follows certain laws as the following: Firstly, adjustment course.
long-term energy policy is always achieved by accumulating
short-term policies. Compared with laws, policies are always 3. Problem Diagnosis
more pertinent and flexible. Policies are effective measures China’s energy policy is featured by times evidently [6].
the government uses to tackle various emergencies and tem- The development course can be divided into three phases, as
porary issues. In the initial phase, the policies always have shown in Table 1. Throughout the history of energy policy,
short-term validity and are temporary and imperfect. How-
380 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

G. Lu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp380-384
the core policy at different phases reflects the demand at that formation from traditional planned economy to market
time, and plays a significantly positive role in accelerating economy, and the role of the market to deploy energy re-
social and economical development. However, the policy is sources becomes more and more important gradually. Third-
also constrained by objective conditions such as natural rely, the energy policy also transforms from frequent fluctua-
sources and cognition level, which results in problems such tion to long-term and stable development, from solving spe-
as low energy use efficiency, environment pollution, energy cific problems to a global and systematic pattern. Generally,
security and etc. Secondly, energy policy undertakes a trans- the following problems exist:
Table 1. Development course of energy policy in China

Phase Background Core policy Effect and problem
to the Reforming and Restore, rebuild and strive to Energy base construction; the Lay a foundation for the industry con-
Opening up develop energy industry guidelines of “adjustment, struction; the policies are unstable and
consolidation, enrichment and have huge waste
improvement”
to mid 90s Market economy developing Energy diversification with Insufficient energy provision is solved
gradually electricity as center; the energy basically; system reform of energy indus-
production distribution trans- try achieved important progress; energy
forming from balancing to is not used efficiently; environment is
inclination; paying equal atten- polluted drastically.
tion to exploiting and energy
conservation; coal industry
reform
to the date China’s energy industry becomes Paying attention to the relation- Benefit the energy use efficiency, prompt
part of global energy industry link ship between energy and envi- renewable energy development, ensure
ronment, the energy security energy security, slow reform progress in
and the sustainable low-carbon energy management system
development; reform in oil and
power industry;
(1) Energy policy embodies frequent fluctuation and a specific industry and ignore the overall energy situation.
lacks systematic and foreseeing features. Throughout energy These factors will inevitably increase difficulties and chal-
policy history, distinctive strategies were put forward one lenges for effectively implementing China’s energy strate-
after another, such as man-made oil, changing fuel structure, gies.
energy for foreign exchanges, developing simultaneously (3) The concept of market economy needs to be streng-
both the domestic and overseas energy, and etc. From the thened. With the deeper and wider improvement of econom-
angle of energy policy formulation mechanism, the changes ic system reform, the development trend of energy policy is
in energy policies mainly resulted from the lack of the defin- featured as transforming from directly affecting the energy
itive and long-term development guiding thoughts, as well as industry to playing the role of market deployment and opti-
foresight in the outer demand. Hence, with the rapid devel- mization. At present, the relevant departments still under-
opment in China, the energy policies are bound to change takes management of massive micro affairs such as approv-
frequently. The unclear, unstable general policies lead to the ing projects in the consideration that counterbalancing the
situation that the groups don’t have a common objective in a unordered construction among enterprises and local govern-
specific energy policy, which brings the blind development ments. This will inevitably constrain their performance and
of energy and affects the status in the international energy efficiency in focusing on strategy planning as a macro con-
competition. It is a distinctive comparison that China trans- trol departments.
forms from the oil export to relying heavily on international (4) The supporting force needs to be strengthened in
market and Japan and US focus highly on oil reserve strate- policy forming course. Firstly, for the information collecting
gy. and processing ability, overall and credible fundamental
(2) Coordination lacks among different energy industries. energy data lacks. Secondly, the communication (feedback
Since China doesn’t have a high level government depart- and expression) channels are limited, and the participation
ment which could management and coordinate the industries and disclosure mechanism is imperfect, especially in guaran-
as a whole, different departments formulate different policies tee mechanism. Thirdly, the research institutions in energy
and different policies usually focus on specific industries. field are not enough, and they have distributed forces and
Especially, sometimes we only focus on the development of limited strength. A normative, institutional and formal pat-
381 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

tern for the experts to participate in energy policy formation By investigating the history of China’s energy policies, it
has not been developed. Fourthly, the restriction power in can be concluded that the integrated factors, which include
energy policy-making course needs to be strengthened, espe- China’s political, social, economical and cultural situations,
cially in the decision-making procedure. have the following two kinds of influence on energy policy
formation courses. On one hand, the issues, such as econom-
4. Identification of Key Impact Factors ical and social development, current situations of energy
4.1. Formation Process of Energy Policy resource exploitation, international situations, energy securi-
ty, environment protection, climate crisis and etc, pose cer-
Energy policy has profound effects on economic and so- tain requirements and limitation conditions on energy poli-
cial development and a scientific formation mechanism will cies. Among the issues, the national economical and social
determine the rationality and effectiveness to a large extend. development strategy has the strongest impact. In other
The environment in energy policy-making, the energy gov- words, energy policies as part of national macro policy are
ernment management system and energy policy-forming obliged to serve the national strategic objectives.
mechanism are the three most important factors affecting the On the other hand, the factors of political tradition and
final direction of energy policy. The energy policy-forming culture, and social variance constitute the historic environ-
course is a feedback system shown as Fig. 1. In the figure, ment of energy policy formation. And the environment de-
the outer factors such as social and economical development termines the relationship among all groups and the participa-
is the input of the policy-making system; the formed energy tion way, which establishes the institutionalization and pro-
policy will react on the energy industry and social and eco- cedures of energy policy. With China’s economic system
nomical development, as the system output; the evaluation transforming to market economy, the concept of energy pol-
results on the policy performance will be brought into the icy is changed fundamentally. And with the monopoly bro-
system via the feedback link to influence the development of ken, the market bodies become diversifying and active, so
the energy policy. The central part of the energy policy for- the import function they exert in promoting the rational for-
mation system mainly includes the brining-in link of policy mation of polices in the gaming become more and more evi-
problems, the link of communication, coordination and deci- dent. Additionally, along with the social development, free
sion-making by policy bodies, and relevant mechanisms. airing of view is encouraged and the public take more part in
4.2. Environment Analysis of Energy Policy-making the policy formation, so the rationality of energy polices and
normalization of formation mechanism are emphasized more
and more.
Figure 1. Block diagram of energy policy forming mechanism in China
382 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

4.3. Management System Analysis traordinary features. Because of the close connection with
the practice, these energy policies always have highly tar-
Energy management system is closely related to the for-
geted and operability. Energy policies can play a greater
mation process of energy policy as the organizational foun-
positive role in national economic development, if it can
dation, which is the essence of ensuring the scientific validi-
come into the policy formation before the appearance of the
ty of energy policy formation mechanism. In the past 30
serious consequences are caused. All of these require suffi-
years, the changes only related to the regulatory agencies
cient sensitivity of the decision-making bodies.
took place 20 times. It can be roughly corresponding to the
Link of communication, coordination and decision-
three development stages of the energy policy: stage one is
making--It turns into how to transform the energy issues to
the period of planned economy when government and enter-
the policy after the introducing step. The policy subjects
prise unified, stage two is the period that government and
include the central government, local government, energy
enterprise are separated, and stage three is that after 2003,
companies, the public, industry associations, think tanks,
the energy industry management functions are consolidated
media, and etc. Among them, the central government, local
to the National Development and Reform Commission. Ac-
governments and energy companies have the most powerful
cordingly, the formation way of energy policy has also un-
influence on policy formation. The state-owned energy mo-
dergone major changes.
nopoly companies are not only responsible for the imple-
China’s energy management system can be divided into
mentation of the national energy strategy, but also have a
three levels: national, local and enterprise levels. ①T he na-
strong gaming ability to influence policy direction. In addi-
tional level: Since the revocation of the Department of Ener-
tion, the coordinating role of industry associations, the sup-
gy in 1993, China has not held a unified energy management
porting role of the think-tanks, the opinion guiding role of
department for 16 years; therefore a variety of energy man-
the media, and the supervisory role of the public play impor-
agement functions are distributed in more than a dozen gov-
tant function. In this link, it includes not only the decision-
ernment departments. ②the local level: E ne rgy relates to
making process by which the governments select schemes
economic growth, finance, employment, income distribution,
and make decisions, but the process that stakeholders ex-
social stability, and other aspects in a nation and region,
press the will, gaming, and coordinating, resolving conflicts.
therefore the medium-term and long-term goal of the central
The government-led energy policy resulted from the gaming
and local governments are not the same. Their energy man-
of various interest groups can has great enforceability; how-
agement objectives and means are not consistent. How to
ever it is never the best solution because of its compromise.
rationally coordinate the central and local governments is
Link of feedback, evaluation and revision--The fol-
related to the overall situation of national energy manage-
lowing two issues may emerge after policy operated for a
ment. ③ The enterprise level: T he field of energy includes
certain time. One is that there may be some problems in the
coal, water, oil, gas, electricity, nuclear, wind, solar and oth-
policy itself that the policy fail to play its role due to insuffi-
ers, which are managed by the different ministries of the
cient demonstration and unreasonable interest gaming. The
national and local government. Because of the lack of over-
other is that the original policy is no longer able to meet the
all coordination among the management system reform, in-
practical requirements because of the external changing en-
dustrial structure reform and enterprise reform, as well as the
vironment. All of these demand the government to track and
limited open energy market, a variety of interest conflicts
monitor the energy policies, listen to feedback from stake-
exist and therefore affect the efficiency and effectiveness of
holders, make regular effectiveness assessment of the policy
energy policy.
and make adjustments in time.
4.4. Policy Formation Process Analysis
5. Suggestions
Introducing Link--The formation of energy policy be-
Improve the decision environment--Firstly, the govern-
gan with the energy issues. However, the policies can come
ment should broaden the expression channels of interest
into the decision-making orbits only when they are related to
groups, build the hearing rules and the referendum rules, and
the social development requirements and strong interest de-
gradually expand the scope and extent of the direct participa-
mands of all the groups, and noticed by the government
tion by the public. A transparent information release system
leaders. The entry route is closely related to the policy nature.
should be established to make the relevant groups have the
Programmatic policies are always directly promoted by the
equal resource rights. Secondly, the government is required
legal political institutions through the creation of the political
to set up mechanisms to ensure the fairness of the decision-
agenda, which only focus on complex and great issues due to
making process, especially in protecting the public interests,
the limited political resources. The general energy issues are
and it must be avoided that decision-making link is dominat-
always raised in the development process of the energy in-
ed by some strong interest group. On the basis of clear duties
dustry, and noticed by the government because of their ex-
383 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

and rights of the different departments, the government is 6. Conclusions

required to establish policy review rules, accountability rules
and outside supervision and restraint mechanisms, in order to China has developed a goal of quadrupling GDP, carbon
strengthen the constraints on decision-making authority. emissions per unit GDP falling 40% to 45%, and the propor-
Thirdly, the synergies between industry policies should be tion of non-fossil energy consumption increasing to 15% in
strengthened through the appropriate coordination institute 2020. Considering China is the world's second largest energy
and necessary rules. Fourthly, the policy evaluation should producer and consumer countries, and the second largest
be strengthened through the continuous and timely feedback. carbon emitter, the rationality of energy policy is essential.
Reform the energy management system--A high level of From the long-term perspective, in order to properly solve
concentration of macro-management system is the important the existing energy policy problems, the development of
guarantee for the rationality of energy policy. And it is re- decision environment, management system, and formation
quired to establish the integrated energy management agency mechanism must be focused.
such as Department of Energy to be wholly in charge of References
making national energy strategy and coordinate all the rela-
tionship. Then the governments are required to further [1] P. ROMPTON, Y. R. Wu, “Energy consumption in China: past
change the management mode for adapting the in-depth trends and future directions,” Energy Economics, (27), pp.195-208,
market-oriented development. As the energy has the proper- 2005.
ty of both the public and private goods, and has special tech- [2] JinLi HU, Shih-Chuan WANG, ”Total factor energy efficiency of
nical and economic characteristics in specific industries, region in China,” Energy Policy, 34(17), pp.3206-3217, 2006.
market mechanisms, regulatory tools and macro-control [3] Yunfeng LI, Gang LU, ”Sustainable development strategy for
need to be combined in energy management. The govern- energy in China,” China Mining Magazine, 18(9), pp.1-5, 2009.
ments should completely withdraw from direct management
[4] Z X ZHANG, “Why did the energy intensity fall in China’s industry
of the enterprise and the market, transforming from direct
sector in the 1990s? The relative importance of structural change
project management to mainly indirect market management, and intensity change,” Energy Economics, (25), pp. 625-638, 2003.
and from commanding micro-economic activities to macroe-
[5] Yuan ZHAO, Lisha HAO, “New energy policy framework of the
conomic regulation and control. Meanwhile, in the case of
world and its forming mechanism,” Resources Science, 27(5), pp.
the failure or absence of market mechanisms, the energy
62-69, 2005.
regulatory forces can proactively fill the seats in time.
Strengthen the policy research force--The irreplaceable [6] Zhiguo Xie, ”Research on the history of Energy Policy in China,”
role of think tanks should be attached with great importance. University of Science and Technology of China, 2006.
For the improvement of the level of policy, the construction
of energy statistics agencies and energy think tanks are re-
quired to be further strengthened. A rich and reliable data
base should be established, to provide data and information
support. The independence of government think-tank, ra-
tional employment of enterprise-level think tank, advisory
rules of the experts, and the optimal allocation of research
resources should be given more attention.
Speed up the pace from energy policy to energy law--
Energy policy has the characteristics of flexibility and con-
centration, while the energy legislation is of stability and
authority. The government must give full play to their re-
spective strengths. The short-term policy should be devel-
oped to some pressing issues in time, and can become a
long-term policy after a period of operation and examination.
After a more mature policy system is formed by constantly
summarizing, it can be formed as energy law and regulations
through the legislature when the time is right. Therefore, the
most important task is to establish the basic, comprehensive,
workable Energy Law to overall coordinate the relationship
between energy policies.
384 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Per Capita Resource Consumption and Re-

source Carrying Capacity of the World
Kampeng Lei1, ChiKin Lam2, Shiying Li 3
1,2
Macao Science and Technology Association, Macao, China
2
United International College, Beijing Normal University and Hong Kong Baptist University, Zhuhai, China
Abstract: To assess sustainability around the world, we used the National Environmental Accounting Database data to eva-
luate the global resource for the year of 2000, 2004 and 2008. Our results revealed that human being consumed too many
resources, thereby decreasing the overall global sustainability of the natural resources that sustain human society. Our re-
sults confirm previous predictions that to ensure long-term sustainability, it will be necessary to control the global popula-
tion, reduce emergy consumption.
Keywords: emergy; globe; carrying capacity; sustainability
1. Introduction limit the human scale (throughput) to a level that, even if it
is not optimal, is at least within the environment's carrying
Because energy, economic, and environmental con- capacity and is therefore sustainable. (2) Technological
straints operate at all scales to limit future growth, failing to progress should increase efficiency rather than throughput.
account for these constraints may lead to abrupt and highly (3) Renewable resources should be exploited on the basis of
disruptive changes instead of a "planned descent" (Brown et a profit-maximizing sustained yield to avoid depleting a
al., 2009) [1]. Thus, long-term sustainability is defined by resource. (4) Nonrenewable resources should be exploited,
the environment's long-term carrying capacity; from an but at a rate equal to the creation of renewable substitutes.
economic perspective, carrying capacity is equivalent to a In the extensive discussion and use of the concept since
budget, and it is not possible to spend more than one's then, there has generally been recognition of three aspects
budget for more than a short period of time. of sustainable development: (1) An economically sustaina-
Brown and Ulgiati (2001) [2] proposed emergy analysis ble system. (2) A socially sustainable system. (3) An envi-
techniques that could be used to evaluate the environment's ronmentally sustainable system. The concept of sustainable
carrying capacity for economic development. In this ap- development is therefore inherently intertwined with the
proach, "emergy" represents the "embodied energy" that is concept of carrying capacity (Lei and Zhou, 2012) [7].
contained in flows of energy, materials, or money. Emergy consumption can be used to determine how
Emergy analysis includes geophysical characteristics to much energy is needed at each point in a system (Brown et
value the amount of energy connected to the production and al., 2009) [8]. The per capita emergy consumption value is a
use of natural resources (Siche et al., 2008) [3]. The aim of suitable indicator of resource utilization and an indicator of
the methodology is to obtain a thermodynamic measure of whether consumption is balanced with the per capita carry-
the energy used by the production and consumption of a ing capacity. The interface between the resources supplied
resource (Odum, 1996) [4]. by the environment and the resources consumed by the eco-
In this paper, we have used the per capita emergy con- logical economy can be compared among countries using
sumption of world in the year 2000, 2004 and 2008 to eva- per capita indices of resource use intensity, energy-based
luate the sustainability based on the principle of sustainable trade balances, and the sustainability of production (Brown
use of natural resources. In addition, we have used the glob- et al., 2003) [9].
al average to define the baseline for equitability.
2. Methods
2.1. The Principle of Environmental Sustainability
To operationalize the concept of strong sustainability,
Daly (1991) [5] defined four operational principles (Gud-
mundsson and Höjer, 1996) [6]: (1) The main principle is to
385 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

K. P. Lei et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp385-388
2.2. Resource Consumption and Carrying Capacity R+N) produces a higher curve that represents weak sustai-
Per capita
nability at a total emergy value of 18.50 ×1015 , 24.20 ×1015
emergy use and 25.20 ×1015sej in the year of 2000, 2004 and 2008.
Because most nations use both their internal resources
and goods, minerals, and fuels imported from other coun-
Growth phase Transition phase
tries, as well as the results of human labor from other coun-
tries, they are import-driven economies, and the total of
Decline phase
these values represents "economic emergy" (F(i)+G(i)+P2I),
Nature and economic equity
Weak sustainability
which represents the uppermost line in Figure 1. Similarly,
Strong sustainability for an economy driven by resource exports, the nation will
O Time
export large quantities of non-renewable resources; for ex-
ample, Saudi Arabia exports oil and oil products and Aus-
Figure 1. The development stages of an economy in relation to its
resource consumption levels and resource carrying ca- tralia exports iron minerals. The total export of these goods
pacity (Lei and Zhou, 2012). and human labor is also "economic emergy", but even
though it is calculated differently (F(e)+G(e)+P1E), it also
Any definition of sustainability must include a time fac- represents the uppermost curve in Figure 1.
tor. What is sustainable in one time period may not be sus- The global average per capita emergy use represents the
tainable in the long run. For example, Figure 1 illustrates benchmark for equitable natural and economic emergy con-
the growth and decline of an economy. Practices and sumption. In the year of 2000, 2004 and 2008, this value
processes that are characteristic of the growth phase may be equaled 27.94×1015, 35.67×1015 and 44.23 ×1015 sej per
sustainable initially, but become unsustainable during the
capita. If a nation's per capita emergy use is greater than this
transition phase, when the per capita emergy use exceeds
the value in the two lowest sustainability lines. This leads to value, its consumption is not equitable, and all emergy use
a decline phase because the economy increasingly requires above this level must be met from one of three sources:
the consumption of a diminishing store of nonrenewable goods and services obtained by trade with other nations;
emergy. On the other hand, practices that are sustainable emergy taken from the past (e.g., fossil fuels); and emergy
during the decline phase because they do not rely on the borrowed from the future in the form of unsustainable re-
consumption of nonrenewable emergy are probably not source use (e.g., by overexploitation of forests and fisheries).
competitive with faster-growing economies under the dog- However, a nation that is rich in emergy resources may
eat-dog competition that is characteristic of an economy in combine sustainable consumption with inequitable con-
its rapid growth phase (Brown and Ulgiati, 1997) [10]. sumption if it consumes more emergy than the global aver-
Sweeney et al. (2007) [11] summarized socioeconomic age while still meeting the conditions for strong sustaina-
development of 134 nations in a standardized database that bility within that nation.
compiled data on Earth's material, energy, and money flows,
aggregated at a national scale for the year 2000. The result 3. Results and Discussion
is the National Environmental Accounting Database (NEAD)
research, which provides this data using standardized con- In this paper, we have focused our analysis on humani-
version factors. We used the average per capita emergy con- ty’s place in the biosphere and the consequences of contin-
sumption in 2004 and 2008 as the benchmark for per capita ued population growth accompanied by increased consump-
emergy consumption which are provided by Dr. S. Sweeney tion of natural resources. Using data from a variety of
(University of Florida, Gainesville, personal communication, sources, the NEAD team of the University of Florida calcu-
2011). Previous research estimated that the total global in- lated the socioeconomic development of more than 1 hun-
put of renewable emergy was 15.83 ×1024 sej/yr (Brown and dreds nations in a standardized database at a national scale
Ulgiati, 2004) [12], so we have used the same value here for for the year 2000, 2004 and 2008. The database represents
consistency. the most comprehensive list of countries and their emergy
The total per capita free emergy in 2000, 2004 and 2008 flows that are currently available, so we have used it in our
were calculated by adding the renewable resource emergy analysis.
(R =6.94×1015, 6.76×1015 and 6.34 ×1015 sej) and the dis-
persed nonrenewable emergy (N0 = 0.72×1015, 0.61×1015
3.1. Per Capita Emergy Indices for The Year of
and 0.60×1015 sej), for a total of 7.66 ×1015, 7.37 ×1015 and 2000, 2004 and 2008
6.94 ×1015sej. This represents the strong sustainability curve Table 1 presents the values of the world that we com-
in Figure 1. Since we consume nonrenewable emergy to pare in this study. The description of the key emergy pa-
maintain our high quality of life, the average per capita nat- rameter used in the equations can be seen in Lei and Zhou,
ural emergy (renewable plus nonrenewable resources = 2012 [7].
386 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

The database contains data for nations with a total tively. The average per capita economic emergy in 2000,
population of 5.76×109, 5.79×109 and 5.88×109, which 2004 and 2008 are 1.69×1016, 1.84×1016 and 2.41×1016 re-
amounted to 95.2%, 90.7% and 87.2% of the world's popu- spectively. The global per capita emergy use in 2000, 2004
lation with 6.06×109, 6.39×109 and 6.75×109 in 2000 (Unit- and 2008 were 2.79×1016, 3.57×1016 and 4.42 ×1016 sej(Fig.
ed Nations, 2000, 2004 and 2008) [13]. To simplify our com- 2).
parison, we used the average values of the emergy parame-
ters for all calculated nations to approximate the global av-
erage, and this served as our benchmark value.
The values of the per capita emergy consumption para-
meters can indicate the sustainability of a nation when these
values are compared with the corresponding resource carry-
ing capacity. Table 2 presents the data of the world for 2000,
2004 and 2008, and table 4 shows the per capita emergy
consumption ratio between the indices categories.
According to the integrated data, the global per capita
free emergy carrying capacity for the year of 2000, 2004
and 2008 are 7.66×1015, 7.37×1015 and 6.94×1015 sej. Due Figure 2. Global per capita free emergy, natural emergy, econom-
ic emergy and total emergy use for the year of 2000, 2004 and
to the increasing population and the relative stable free 2008.
emergy on earth, the per capita free emergy is decreasing
year-after-year (Fig. 2). During the period from 2000 to 2008, accompanied with
1T
rapid growth of population and economy, and increased

Table 1. Emergy consumption data of the world for the year 2000, resources consumption, the per capita free emergy value in
2004 and 2008 in the University of Florida databasea.
1T 1T 1T 1T
2004 and 2008 became 0.96 and 0.91 times the 2000 value,
Year Equation 2000 2004 2008
Renewable emer- while the per capita natural emergy value were 1.31 and
1T
R 0.40 0.39 0.37

gy(×1026) 1.36 times, the per capita economic emergy value were 1.09
1T 1T
Nonrenewable and 1.43 times, per capita total emergy use value were 1.28
N0 + N1 + N2 0.67 1.01 1.11
emergy(×1026)
Free emer-
and 1.58 times, respectively. The compiled data is summa-
1T
R + N0 0.44 0.43 0.41 rized in Table 3.

gy(×1026)
Natural emer-
R+N 1.07 1.40 1.48 3.2. Per Capita Emergy Indices Comparison
gy(×1026)
Imported emer-
F(i) + G(i) + P2I 0.67 0.80 1.25
Between Categories for the Year Of 2000, 2004
gy(×1026)
and 2008
Exported emer- F(e) + G(e) + P1E +
0.98 1.07 1.42
gy(×1026) tourism From the emergy accounting table, the comparison ratio
Max(imported
Economic emer-
emergy, exported 0.98 1.07 1.42
between categories can be used to indicate the resource
gyb (×1013) pressure as well as the consumption extent. We compile the
emergy)
EMR(×1023)
Total emergy use /
375 0.51 0.45
data as table 4.
GDP Consider the ratio of economic emergy to natural emer-
Population(×109) — 5.76 5.79 5.88
Total emergy R + N0 + N1 + Im-
gy. The ratios in 2000, 2004 and 2008 are 0.91, 0.76 and
1.61 2.07 2.60 0.96 respectively, indicating the global resources are still
use(×1026) ported emergy
Notes: Countries are arranged in order of decreasing total emergy consumption. sufficient to sustain the global economy’s activity. However,
a
Data provided by Dr. S. Sweeney (University of Florida, Gainesville, personal communication,
2011).
b
notice that the ratio in 2008 is very close to 1, indicating the
Whether imported or exported emergy is higher determines the main direction of an economy and
can therefore be used to represent the economy's emergy. pressure on resources for sustaining the global economy’s
activity is approaching to limit.
Table 2. The per capita emergy consumption data of world. Origi-
nal data are from Sweeny et al. (2011). Table 3. Comparison of Per capita emergy category in 2000, 2004
Emergy category (×1016per capita sej) and 2008.
Year Free Natural Economic Total use Total
2000 0.77 1.85 1.69 2.79 Ratio of the Years Free Natural Economic
use
2004 0.74 2.42 1.84 3.57 Ratio of 2004 to 2000 0.96 1.31 1.09 1.28
2008 0.69 2.52 2.41 4.42 Ratio of 2008 to 2000 0.91 1.36 1.43 1.58
The average per capita natural emergy in 2000, 2004 Table 4. Comparison ratio between per capita emergy categories
and 2008 are 1.85×1016, 2.42×1016 and 2.52×1016 respec- for the year of 2000, 2004 and 2008.
Year Econom- Total use Total use/Free
387 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ic/natural /Natural national economies, a decline in overall energy consump-

2000 0.91 1.51 3.65
tion and productivity, and reducing populations at the same
2004 0.76 1.47 4.84
2008 0.96 1.75 6.38 rate as the decrease in available annual emergy—in short, to
The per capita total emergy use in 2000, 2004 and 2008 consume less emergy than is available.
were 1.51, 1.47 and 1.75 times the global per capita natural
emergy. All these values are larger than 1, indicating hu- Acknowledgments
mans are not living within the planet's natural resource car- The authors gratefully acknowledge the assistance of Dr.
rying capacity. S. Sweeney of the University of Florida, Gainesville, for
The ratio of per capita total emergy use to per capita providing the basic National Environmental Accounting
free emergy in 2000, 2004 and 2008 are 3.65, 4.84 and 6.38. Database data 0f 2004 and 2008 which are used in our tech-
This imbalance indicates that humanity’s consumption ex- nical analysis, and answering our enquiring about some
ceeds what natural can provide on a continuous basis, and categories calculating.
indicates that we are following an increasing dramatically
unsustainable road. References
As above mentioned, the resource consumption [1] Brown, M., Cohen, M.J., Sweeney, S., 2009. “Predicting national
(represented by per capita total emergy use) is increasing sustainability: The convergence of energetic, economic and envi-
year-on-year as well as the population. The increasing of ronmental realities”. Ecol. Model., 220, 3424-3438.
these two parameters will create a continuous increasing [2] Brown, M.T, Ulgiati, S., 2001. “Emergy measures of carrying ca-
deficit in sustainable resource use and the deficit must be pacity to evaluate economic investments”. Popul. Environ., 22(5),
493-494.
filled by the consumption of nonrenewable resources. This [3] Siche, J.R., Agostinho F., Ortega E., Romeiro, A., 2008. “Sustaina-
is an unsustainable resource consumption strategy. bility of nations by indices: Comparative study between environ-
mental sustainability index, ecological footprint and the emergy per-
4. Conclusions formance indices”. Ecol. Econ., 66, 627–637.
[4] Odum, H.T., 1996. “Environmental Accounting: Emergy and Deci-
Our results and those of previous studies confirm that sion Making”. John Wiley, NY.
emergy is a powerful tool, and select it to quantify nation's [5] Daly, H.E., 1991. “Elements of Environmental Macroeconomics”. In:
utilization of resources. By comparing the global resource ed. R. Costanza, Ecological Economics: The Science and Manage-
carrying capacity with the resource consumption, we pro- ment of Sustainability. Columbia University Press, New York, NY,
pp. 32-46.
vided a clear image of global sustainability condition. Our [6] Gudmundsson H., Höjer M., 1996. “Sustainable development prin-
results provide insights that will guide global efforts to ciples and their implications for transport”. Ecol. Econ., 19, 269-282.
close the sustainability gap. The emergy sustainability anal- [7] Lei, K.P., Zhou, S.Q., 2012. “Per capita Resource Consumption and
1T
ysis we have described is an effective strategic planning Resource Carrying Capacity: a Comparison of the Sustainability of
tool that can lead human being to a more secure, equitable, 17 Mainstream Countries”. Energ. Policy 42, 603-612.
1T
[8] Brown, M., Cohen, M.J., Sweeney, S., 2009. “Predicting national
and sustainable future. sustainability: The convergence of energetic, economic and envi-
Our analysis provides additional strong evidence that ronmental realities”. Ecol. Model., 220, 3424-3438.
the world's store of nonrenewable resources is being used [9] Brown, M.T., Ferreyra, C., Bardi, E., 2003. “Emergy evaluation of a
unsustainably, since we consume nonrenewable fossil fuels common market economy: MERCOSUR sustainability”. p. 283-292.
In: Brown, M.T. (Ed.), Proceedings of the Second Biennial Emergy
at a rate far greater than the world's ability to replenish these Research Conference. The Center for Environmental Policy, Univer-
resources. Declining supplies means that the energy availa- sity of Florida, Gainesville.
ble for use by society will decline with increasing speed as [10] Brown, MT, Ulgiati, S, 1997. “Emergy-based indices and ratios to
evaluate sustainability: monitoring economies and technology to-
the global population increases. ward environmentally sound innovation”. Ecol. Eng., 9, 51-69.
Our data confirms previous suggestions that humanity [11] Sweeney, S., Cohen, M.J., King, D., Brown, M.T., 2007. “Creation
exerts too much pressure on the Earth. Humanity’s average of a global emergy database for standardized national emergy syn-
per capita free emergy carrying capacity is 6.94 ×1015 sej in thesis”. p. 483-497. In: Bardi, E. (Ed.), Emergy Synthesis 4: Pro-
ceedings of the 4th Biennial Emergy Research Conference. The
2008, while the per capita total emergy use is 44.23 ×1015
Centre for Environmental Policy, University of Florida, Gainesville,
sej per capita of natural emergy. This means that the aver- FL.
age emergy consumption is 6.38 times the available renew- [12] Brown, M.T., Ulgiati, S., 2004. “Emergy and environmental ac-
able emergy. This imbalance indicates that humanity’s con- counting”. p. 329-354. In: Cleveland, C. (Ed.), Encyclopedia of
sumption exceeds what nature can provide on a continuous Energy. Elsevier, New York.
basis, and indicates that we are following a dramatically [13] United Nations, 2011. “Demographic Yearbook. Demographic
Yearbook”(DYB) Regular Issues 2000 – 2010. Accessed in Septem-
unsustainable road. ber 9,
Odum and Odum (2001) [14] have outlined principles 2012. (http://unstats.un.org/unsd/demographic/products/dyb/2000_ro
4T 4T3
and policies to guide the transition from our current growth und.htm) . 3T
[14] Odum, H.T., Odum, E.C., 2001. “The Prosperous Way Down”.
ethic, which assumes that we can grow our way out of any University Press of Colorado, Boulder, CO.
problem, to an ethic that is sustainable in the long run. They
suggest that the only real solution will be a contraction of
388 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Regularity Analysis of Carbon Monoxide

Metabolism of Human Body in Mine Refuge
Chamber
Wang Sheng1, Li Tingting2, Li Jing3
1,3
University of Science and Technology Beijing, Beijing, China
2
Qingdao University of Science and Technology, Qingdao, China
Abstract: In order to further research on the life support technology in confined space, a lot of human live experiments
were carried out, and the human body itself generate carbon monoxide by metabolism was found, and the relevance ratio
was 100%. By six groups of human live experiments in the refuge chamber, made deep analysis of regular pattern of the
human metabolism carbon monoxide, got the body metabolic rate of carbon monoxide and generation rate, analyzed the
metabolic rate and made the data fitting of metabolic carbon monoxide, which provided the basis for founding the environ-
mental control and life support system of the coal-mine refuge chamber.
Keywords: refuge chamber; carbon monoxide; human metabolism
1. Introduction man would generate about 800~1000mL of gases in the gut
in a day and night [7,8] .
P P
Extant researches have showed that, in the case of the It is of vital importance to provide oxygen and scrub car-
coal dust explosion, gas explosion and water inrush accident, bon dioxide for personnel living in the confined space[9].
which make up the vast majority of the coal mine accidents, But as a large number of trails revealed, under this scenario,
only a small proportion of those casualties died of instant the human body itself would generate carbon monoxide by
attacks, most deaths were caused by smoke suffocation and metabolism. The relevance ratio was 100%. Once breathed
toxicosis after explosions as the miners failed to escape from in, carbon monoxide would combine with hemoglobin in
the clouds of high concentration harmful gas. Thus provid- blood, thus interfere with the blood’s ability to deliver life-
ing a safe confined space, namely refuge chamber, for those giving oxygen and lead to hypoxia and death from asphyxia-
who could not escape timely is a effective method of refug- tion [10,11] . As a result, human metabolism carbon monoxide
P P
ing and waiting for rescue when an accident occurs in the is of considerable harm in the refuge chamber. Analyses
coal mine [1-4] . The coal mine refuge chamber is able to pre-
P P
have proved that carbon monoxide was mainly produced by

vent the explosive blast, high temperature fume, noxious gas human respiratory and skin metabolism. In this paper, the
outside and provide oxygen, carbon dioxide scrubbing, food human metabolism carbon monoxide was detected and ana-
and water for the trapped miners inside to win more time for lyzed, and its regular pattern was also determined.
human survival. Meanwhile, it can guide the external assis-
tance through the communication equipments in the refuge
chamber [5,6] .
P P
When living for a long time, the accumulation of human

body metabolite would cause significant influence on the gas
composition inside the refuge chamber. According to
statistics, human body generates more than 400 kinds of
metabolites. There are about 100 components in human
respiratory gases. Up to 200 chemical compositions, 30
electrolytes, nearly 40 secretions, 10 kinds of amylases,
massive metabolites of protein and fat, 0.02%~0.16%
ammonia are contained in the urine of a health man. The
sweat and sebum by skin eduction also contain more than 10
Figure 1. Coal mine refuge chamber in simulation roadway
kinds of organics and inorganics. The process of cutaneous
respiration generates some pollutant gases, too. A health
389 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

S. Wang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp389-394
2. Test Preparation condition for more than 1 minute; record the test data, and
calculate the gas leakage.
2.1. Experimental Conditions The human respiratory simulating test is mainly to ob-
To simulate the practical environment in coal mine, the serve the variation of environmental parameters in the
whole experimentation was conducted in Coal Mine Refuge chamber under the complete simulation of human carbon
Chamber (see Fig.1) in simulation roadway in a vocational dioxide, heat-moisture generation process conditions. The
and technical school. The test refuge chamber was a split- specific method is: taking four persons’ carbon dioxide out-
assembly type and clad steel construction, with high effi- put as standard, blow carbon dioxide into the chamber at the
ciency insulating materials in it so that it could effectively speed of 1.5L/min; turn on the moistener and incubator at the
insulate heat and noxious gas outside. The chamber had a same time; start the air scrubber till the carbon dioxide con-
double-layer door. Its internal space volume was about 8m 3 . P P
centration reach the upper limit. At this moment, the cham-
To guarantee the survival conditions, there were oxygen ber is working under the discontinuous operating mode, the
supply system, air scrubber, temperature and humidity con- same as human live experiment. Observe whether there is
trol system, communication system, power supply system carbon monoxide produced.
and accessory equipments in the chamber.  2.2.2 Human live experiment
KJ70 type coal mine safety production monitoring and
controlling system was adopted in the test. It could supervise Six groups of human live experiment have been done to
the concentration changing of environmental parameters in verify the human body metabolism of carbon monoxide in
the chamber from the control room. And it also had the func- the refuge chamber. And the first three series of test data
tion of real-time data acquisition, history data recordation were taken from the same experiment, in which, four testers
and curve generation. The former detecting equipment not had to live for 96 hours in the sealed-chamber, with high-
only included oxygen sensor, carbon monoxide sensor, car- pressure oxygen bottles providing oxygen for survival and
bon dioxide sensor, temperature sensor, methane sensor and the air scrubber dealing with carbon dioxide. During the ex-
hydrogen sulfide sensor, but differential manometer, hygro- periment, the human body continued generating carbon mo-
thermograph, blood pressure and pulse manometer, thermo- noxide. As the carbon monoxide concentration increased to a
meter, camera, etc. for the sake of the testers’ health. The definite value, replaced all the air in the chamber with com-
former detecting equipment and the outside environmental pressed air. And when the carbon monoxide concentration
parameter monitoring aids formed the monitoring system of reduced to 0and the index of other gases returned to normal
the refuge chamber, which was used to monitor the long- level, continued the experiment.
time survival data of the testers in the chamber. Intercepted 3 periods of the experiment, where the car-
bon monoxide concentration changed from 0 to the peak, as
2.2. Experimental Method Exp.1 (16th-32nd hour), Exp.2 (47th-52nd hour), Exp.3
A series of basic test, including static test, air tight test (60th-68th hour). In the above three group experiments,
and human respiratory simulating test, have been done firstly there might be differences in the testers’ physiological status
to ensure the accuracy of test data. Then the human live ex- and psychology with the extending of testing time, but the
periment was carried out. The test method in details are as start-state of the environmental indexes inside the chamber
follows: were almost the same.
In the other three groups, four testers had to live in the
 2.2.1 Basic test sealed-chamber for 4 hours, 8 hours and 9.3 hours. The par-
The static test is mainly to evaluate the accuracy and re- ticipants were differ from each group.
peatability of the sensors and the basic characteristics of the The specific information are as follows:
chamber, which provide a reference of the environmental Exp.1: 16 hours, four healthy male testers aged around
parameters in the chamber for other tests. 25, three of them smoke;
The air-tight test is to detect the leakproofness of the re- Exp.2: 4.9 hours, the same testers as Group 1;
fuge chamber. The specific method is: place the refuge Exp.3: 8 hours, the same testers as Group 1;
chamber horizontally in the middle of the laboratory; install Exp.4: 4 hours, four healthy male testers aged around 25,
the piezometric tube and gas tube in appropriate part of the one of them smokes;
chamber; close all the doors, windows and orifices; then start Exp.5: 8 hours, four healthy male testers aged around 35,
the high pressure positive blower or connect the receiver one of them smokes;
tank, blow the air into the chamber through the gas tube; Exp.6: 9.3 hours, four healthy male testers aged around
adjust the air throttle valve, allow the inner and outer pres- 22, two of them smoke.
sure difference reaching 1000Pa; hold the positive pressure
390 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

3. Human Live Experiment

3.1. Fundamental Simulating Test
 3.1.1 Air-tight test
As can be seen in Fig.2, when maintained positive pressure
at the level of 1000Pa, the pressure in the refuge chamber
would fall to 360Pa in 197 minute. The results indicated that,
if the internal pressure is 1000Pa, the leakage of the test
chamber was 0.0003 m 3 /min after one minute, far exceeding
P P
the National Military Standard’s demand [12] , while it re-

P P
quires the maximum gas leakage of the military shelter that

fits the three-prevention (nuclear pollution, chemical and
biological weapons, chemical weapons) requirements is
Figure 3. The relationship of gas concentrations and time in
0.05m 3 /min. So the test refuge chamber had excellent seal-
P P
human respiratory simulation conditions

ing performance.
 3.1.2 Human respiratory simulating test
The human respiratory simulating test was conducted in the
test refuge chamber, in which the equipments and its opera-
tion, adsorption of reagent, human body carbon dioxide pro-
duction, thermal and humidity metabolism, etc. were the
same as those in human live experiment. During the test, the
temperature and humidity inside the chamber rose steady. 11
hours later, the temperature was 28℃ and the hum idity w as
88%RH, both equal to the parameters in human live experi-
ment. Fig.3 showed the change of the carbon monoxide,
carbon dioxide concentration. carbon dioxide absorption
stayed normal and no carbon monoxide was detected during
the experiment.
Figure 4. Carbon monoxide metabolization in different periods
3.2. Human Live Experiment

Carbon monoxide can certainly be detected in the chamber
after testers living for a period of time and the relevance
ratio was 100%. The accumulation of carbon monoxide in-
side the chamber are analyzed below.
 3.2.1 The analysis of the same group testers’ carbon
monoxide metabolism in different periods in the
chamber
Fig.4 indicated that, as time increased, carbon monoxide
Figure 2. The relationship of gas leakage and time in positive began to be detectable in the chamber and the concentration
pressure conditions increased slowly, 10 hours later it reached 24×10 -6[13] , the
P P
maximum allowable concentration of noxious gas in coal

mine. The previous basic tests and human respiratory simu-
lating test revealed that the refuge chamber had excellent
sealing performance. And the chamber could not exchange
air with outside environment in a positive pressure condition.
Moreover, in the human respiratory simulating test, which
was under the same experimental conditions, no carbon mo-
noxide was detected within 11 hours. Accordingly, it can be
391 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

concluded that human respiratory and skin metabolic process As can be seen in Table 2, the carbon monoxide metabol-
generate carbon monoxide. ic rate was related to the number of testers with history of
To investigate the trend of carbon monoxide generation, smoking, but have little relationship to the oxygen consump-
the parameters of human carbon monoxide metabolism are tion rate and testers’ age. Based on the 6 series of experi-
analyzed, see Table 1. mental data, it could be concluded that the average carbon
monoxide metabolic rate was 2.10×10 -6 . 11 hours after the
P P
Table 1. Carbon monoxide metabolic rate value in different test began, the carbon monoxide concentration, generated by
periods
four testers, reached 24×10 -6 , the maximum allowable con-
P P
Occur- centration in coal mine, namely one test generated about

Oxygen CO
Test- rence Average
consumption metabol-
ing time of meta-
15mg carbon monoxide in a day and night.
Group rate ic rate
time CO bolic
(L/min per (10 -6 /h.4
(h) rate
P P
person) persons)
(min)
1 0.30 2.33 16 48
2 0.25 2.10 47 97 2.10
3 0.32 1.77 60 387
With the extending of living time in the chamber, the

time interval between the two points where the carbon mo-
noxide was detectable for the first time would become longer.
And by calculation, the average carbon monoxide metabolic Fi
rate slowed down gradually. This had connection with the gure 5. Carbon monoxide metabolic curves in different number of
controlling of water, food consumption and the testers’ men- testers with history of smoking
tal adjustment. A certain period of time after entering the
chamber, the testers turned from excited to a rest state, al- 3.3. The Simulation of Carbon Monoxide Metabolic
most being dormant or sitting silently. At this moment, com- Rate in Human Live Experiment
pared with the initial state, human body metabolic rate
slowed down, and there was an overall decline in the carbon In order to be more precise to analyze the human body
monoxide metabolic rate too. metabolism of carbon monoxide, the six series of test data
obtained from the human live experiment are averaged, and
 3.2.2 The analysis of carbon monoxide metabolism in the fitting curve is proposed. In terms of stipulation of
different number of testers with history of smoking Coalmine Safe Protocol, the maximum allowable concentra-
As is shown in Fig.5, with the increasing number of testers tion of carbon monoxide is 24×10 -6 . The carbon monoxide
P P
who have history of smoking, carbon monoxide metabolic concentration curve, within the specified scope above, is
rate increased gradually, while the time interval between the fitted in Fig.6.
two points where the carbon monoxide was detectable for
the first time decreased. The human body metabolic capacity
of carbon monoxide was directly related to smoking history.
Those former smokers generate more carbon monoxide
through breath and skin metabolic process.
According to the experimental analysis of the breath-
carbon monoxide concentration of smokers and non-smokers
in relevant literatures, the former ones have significantly
higher concentration level than the latter. Those who never
smokes have the lowest value, only 1.64×10 -6 on average,
P P
while the heavy smokers (more than 20 cigarettes a day)

reach a average of 7.68×10 -6 , a difference of five times [14] .
P P P P
Table 2 showed the carbon monoxide metabolic rate in

Figure 6. The fitting curve of human metabolism carbon
different number of testers with history of smoking. monoxide
392 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Table 2. Carbon monoxide metabolic rates values in different number of testers with history of smoking
Consumption rate of Testing Occurrence time Age

CO metabolic rate Average metabol-
Group O2 time of CO (number of
(10 -6 /h.4 people) ic rate
(L/min per person) (h) (min) smokers)
P P
1 0.30 2.33 16 48 25(3 people)
4 0.21 1.86 0 90 25(1 person)

2.10
5 0.35 1.87 0 116 35(1 person)
6 0.32 2.21 0 50 22(2 people)
By using Matlab, body metabolism carbon monoxide con- monoxide gas, and with the accumulation of time would
centration - time function in 10 hours is showed as follows: endanger the safety of human life.
2) In a 8m 3 sealed-chamber , with rated people (8
y = 1.456e 0.0048 x x = [0,600] (1)
P P
people) in it, the inside of the chamber reached 24×10 -6 , the P P
Where y is the carbon monoxide concentration in the maximum allowable concentration in coal mine, after 5.5 h.
chamber, 10 -6 ; x is the testing duration, min.
P P
The correlation coefficient of the fitting function is Table 3. The verification of experimental data
0.8891. The sum of squared residuals is 32.01. The confi- Actual
Serial Time Theoretical
value(×10 - Error
dence level is 95%. number (min) value(×10 -6 )
P
6
)
P P
There were four testers in this experiment, and the volume 1 150 9.6 8 16%
of the test chamber was 8m 3 . Considering the number of
P P
testers and the volume of the chamber, the general changing 2 200 11 10 8.8%
laws of body-generated carbon monoxide concentration with 3 300 19.8 17 14.1%
time in the condition of sealed-chamber is presented as fol-
lows:
3) Confirmed the carbon monoxide metabolic rate of
14.4e 0.0012nx human body in the refuge chamber average 0.52×10 -6 /h per
y= (2)
P P
1000V person, about 15mg carbon monoxide in a day and night per
person, which provide basis for refuge chamber carbon
Where y is the carbon monoxide concentration in the monoxide removal ability and requirements.
chamber, mg/L; n is the number of testers in the chamber; V 4) The carbon monoxide metabolic rate of human body
is the volume of the refuge chamber, m 3 . P P
in the refuge chamber was related to the number of testers

The experiment for verifying the equation above has with history of smoking, the ever-smokers have higher
been done in order to confirm the accuracy of the conclusion. carbon monoxide metabolic rate than non-smokers.
The experiment was taking place in the 8m 3 sealed-chamber, P P
5) Within the CO concentration limits of the human
with 8 testers in it. By measuring the changing of carbon body can withstand, the body CO metabolism fitting
monoxide concentration and compared with the theoretical function is
value, the following conclusions are obtained as showed in
14.4e 0.0012nx
Table 3. y= . (3)
As the verification results showed, the empirical formu- 1000V
las obtained in the test have directive significance for analyz- References
ing the regularity of carbon monoxide diffusion in the
sealed-chamber. When the chamber volume is not so large [1] Li Rongsheng. Mine refuge chamber[J]. Yunnan
and at a lower carbon monoxide concentration condition, the Metallurgy,1989(1):47.
result calculated by equation (2) can precisely reflect the [2] Xiang Guisheng. The application of emergency refuge chamber in
practical gaseous environment. mining accident rescue[J]. Labour Protection,2006(4):92-93.
[3] Guo Deyong, Liu Jincheng, Jiang Guangjie. The mechanism of the
4. Conclusions emergency rescue response during coal mine gas explosion[J].
1) When survive inside the refuge chamber, the Journal of China Coal Society,2006,31(6):697-700.
human body will produce small quantities of carbon
393 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[4] Zhou Xinquan, Chen Guoxin. The probability analysis of occurrence

causes of extraordinarily serious gas explosion accidences and its
revelation[J]. Journal of China Coal Society,2008,33(1):43-46.
[5] Gao Guangwei, Zhang Luhua. Design principles of movable coal
mine refuge chamber[J]. Journal of Safety Science and
Technology,2009,5(4):162-164.
[6] Zhang Enqiang, Wang Li, Liu Mingyang, et al. Discussion of the
application of permanent chamber in coal mine[ J]. Safety in Coal
Mines,2009(7):90-92.
[7] He Zhengjie, Yu Fang. Gas chromatography-mass spectrometric
analysis for volatile organic compound of human metabolites in
sealed cabin[J]. Analytical Chemistry,2001,29(8):978-982.
[8] Liang Hong, Yu Bingliang, He Zhengjie,et al. Analysis on
environmental behavior of VOCs in closed cabin[J]. Journal of
Preventive Medicine of Chinese People’s Liberation
Army,1999,17(2):85-89.
[9] Wang Puxiu. Aerospace environmental control and life support
engineering fundamentals[M]. Beijing:National Defense Industry
Press,2003.
[10] Yu Bingliang, Zhang Hengtai, Mou Xiaofei, et al. Effects of low
concentration carbon monoxide on physiological function [J]. Space
Medicine & Medical Engineering, 1997,10(5):328-332.
[11] Yuan Zhiyan, Fu Lihua, Zhang Hongbin ,et al. Air pollution source
control in the closed environment [J]. Ship Science and
Technology,1999(6):59-64.
[12] GJB 2093-94, General test methods for military shelter [S]. Beijing:
National Military Standard Publishing House,1995
[13] State Administration of Work Safety. Safety regulations in coal
mine[S]. Beijing:China Coal Industry Publishing House,2004.
[14] Zhang Guoxian, Lu Jizhuo, Chen Shuying, et al. The relationship of
smoking and exhaled carbon monoxide concentration [J].
Preventation Medicine,1990,12(5):36-37.
394 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Statistical Analysis of the Low Carbon

Economy of High - tech Enterprises in
Shandong Province
Zhiqin Huang1, Pengkai Wang2, Jiewei Lian3
1,2
School of mathematical sciences, University of Jinan, Jinan, China
3
jiangyin junior middle school of Jiangsu Province, Jiangyin, China
T
1
hzq-1230@163.com
Abstract: Nowadays, the negative impact of the deteriorating climate phenomenon may jeopardize
the future survival and development of Thuman society, so the low-carbon economy based on the low energy consumption
and pollution has become a hot topic of global concern. As a big province of China, it is imperative for Shandong Province
to develop the low-carbon economy. Therefore scientific solution on carbon emissions of Thigh-tech Tindustria area
in shandong province has become a problem for government and scholar to have to face. This paper first introduces the
energy structure and carbon emissions intensity of high-tech enterprise in Shandong province in recent years, and
then through the study, the main reasons for the growth of carbon intensity are put forward. The index systems are built for
carbon emissions intensity of high-tech enterprise in Shandong province and the feasibility measures are proposed for
the energy-saving and emission reduction, so that enterprises can reasonably adjust the relationship between economic effi-
ciency and energy-saving emission reduction in the development of high speed.
Keywords: carbon intensity; energy structure; energy conservation and emission reduction
1. Introduction production and consumption summary, but also maintaining
the momentum of economic and social development com-
1.1. The Research Background
pared with the traditional economic system.
In recent years, the domestic and foreign scholars have
1.2. The Significance of Studying on Reduce Carbon
studied and discussed on the low carbon economy problem.
Emissions
The British government firstly proposed the concept of
“low-carbon economy” in 2003 entitled the Energy White In order to develop low-carbon economy, China should
Paper “Our energy future: Creating a low carbon economy,” firstly insist on the low-carbon urban development under the
（UK Government 2003）, which caused the international premise of economic growth, which is a strategic choice. As
community GF concern. In October 2006, UK economic a backbone province of economic development in China,
adviser Nicholas Stern published a book: Stern Review: The developing low-carbon economy in Shandong province is a
Economics of Climate Change and the core content of the great significance to China's economic development. Con-
book is the carbon trading market. The Carbon trading me- trolling carbon emissions intensity and building a carbon
chanism is a system of regulating the international carbon emissions trading market are the important market mechan-
trading market. Clean Development Mechanism (CDM), isms of saving energy emission and adjusting industrial
Emissions trading (EF) and Joint Implementation (JI) are the structure in Shandong as well as the important market oppor-
three kinds of trading mechanism, which were ruled in Kyo- tunities to hold new economic growth point and enhance the
to Protocol. The synergy of these three mechanisms helps competitiveness of the province's industry.
the State party to complete the goal of reducing carbon emis-
2. Multivariate Statistical Study of Carbon
sions in a flexible way. Environment and Development
Emissions Intensity of Enterprises in High-
Council for International Cooperation released The Study on
tech Zone
Chinese Development Approaches of Low Carbon Econo-
12T 12T
my in 2009, which defined the low-carbon economy as a According to the actual situation of the industrial struc-
new economic, technology and social system. And the
12T 12T tures and the energy structures of Shandong province high-
Council hold that the new system is not only better at saving tech enterprise, the paper mainly use two methods that are
energy and reducing greenhouse gas emissions in terms of the Kaya identities and factor analysis to analyze the carbon
395 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Z. Q. Huang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp395-398
emission intensity of Shandong province high-tech enter- energy, petroleum energy and natural gas carbon emission
prises. (in standard coal count) as follow: 0.74T/t, 0.582T/t,
0.443T/t. the Power consumption of the Shandong Province
2.1. Kaya Identities
High-tech Zone can be divided into two parts of the internal
Kaya Identities is a widely used model of quantitative re- power and external power . The Power consumption main-
50T 50T130T T130T T
search of carbon emission intensity. The model mainly using ly refers to the thermal power. The calculation in accordance
four factors that are the regional energy structure carbon with the input proportion of the main raw materials: coal, gas
intensity, energy intensity, per capita gross product and pop- and fuel oil. According to the above data can get: the total
ulation scale to research. Specific expression as: carbon emissions of high-tech enterprises of Shandong Prov-
ince from 2000 to 2010 is changed between 1 million tons
CO= 2 CO2 E × E Y × Y P × P （1）
and 6 million tons,which shows a growing trend. This ex-
Where CO2 denotes carbon dioxide emissions; E de- plains that although on the surface the energy structure in
notes energy consumption; Y denotes regional GDP; P high-tech enterprises has changed, the emissions-reduction
denotes population scale. Combine Y P and P into Y , target is not effectively practiced with energy structure opti-
and both sides of the equation are divided by Y , get: mization, the carbon emission intensity is still showing a
rising trend.
=
CO 2 Y CO2 E × E Y （2）
2.2. The Factor Analysis Method
4T 4T12T 4T12T 4T T
The energy structure carbon intensity can be further bro-

ken into the energy carbon emissions coefficient and energy
The carbon emissions of High-tech Zone in Shandong Province
structure:
4
CO=
2 E ∑ (F × E )
i =1
i i E （3） (Million tons) 80
Where i =1, 2, 3, 4, respectively denote coal energy, pe- 60
troleum energy, electric power and natural gas clean energy.
Energy intensity can be broken down to the industrial sector 40
energy intensity
3 and industrial structure further:
= EY ∑
(E j Yj × Yj Y ) （4）
j =1 2, 3, respectively denote the first, the second
20
Where j=1,
0
and the third industry. Carbon emissions can be broke down
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010
as follow:
4 3 The carbon emissions of High-tech Zone in Shandong Province
I = ∑∑ ( Fi × Eij / E j × E j / Y j × Y j / Y ) 1TFig. 1 Carbon emissions of Shandong Province High-tech
i =1 j =1 Zone from 2000 to 2010
4 3
= ∑∑ ( Fi × ES ij × EI j × IS j ) It can be seen from Figure 1: from 2000 to 2010 years,
i =1 j =1
carbon emissions of Shandong province High-tech zone bas-
ically presented increasing state. For Country develop ener-
（5）
gy-saving emission reduction task in 2008, provinces and
Table 1 The Variabl e Meaning of Kaya Identities
80T 80T T TT 81T 7T 7T municipalities actively promote energy saving. Although
1T Variable Meaning 1T Variable
1T Meaning
1T
carbon emissions of enterprises in Shandong province High-

I Carbon emis- The output
sions intensity
Yj of the j industry
tech zone reduced in 2009 and 2010, carbon emissions ag-
The i energy The proportion gregation was still high. mainly due to the rapid growth of
Fi carbon emission
ESij of the i kinds of number of high-tech enterprises in the zone and the not
factor energy in the j substantive changes of corporate energy structure.
11T 11T130T 11T130T 11T
industrial ener-
gy consumption
The i part of the The j in-
Eij j industry ener-
EI j dustrial energy
gy consumption intensity
The total energy The pro-
Ej consumption of
IS j portion of the j
the j industry industry
Where The Carbon emission factors dates from the Na-

tional Energy Research Institute. The factors of the coal
396 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

purchasing the low carbon products promote the low carbon

2000-2010 corporate energy proportion(all translated into standard
economy development.
coal)
3.2. To Strengthen International Cooperation
100%
Firstly, through the world climate conference, the world
80% economy BBS and so on, Shandong province government
clean energy should communicate with the countries whose low carbon
60%
electricity economy development better. With new mechanism of inter-
40% oil national cooperation of climate change, introduce and absorb
coal new technologies which are suitable for low carbon econo-
20%
my development in Shandong province. Secondly, the gov-
0% ernment must set new carbon emissions standards for the
2000 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010
enterprises over a certain scale, and use the new standard to
Fig. 2 The proportion of all kinds of energy of high-tech constraint the province’ carbon emissions via international
enterprise from 2000 to 2010(all into standard coal) communication, so that conform to the trend of the times and
save energy. Thirdly, the government should need seek in-
Because external power ha s approximately accounted
3T 3T 12T 3T12T 3T
ternational cooperation, and establish Shandong Province
for more than half of power energy of high-tech enterprise. Energy Conservation and Emission Reduction Scientific
As is apparently shown in the chart 2 above, although high- Institution to strengthen international cooperation and ex-
tech enterprise went through more than ten years of enter- change of the institution staff. Finally, it is necessary for the
prise energy structure adjustment and the ratio of clean ener- government to establish low carbon technology research
gy increased. The proportions of coal and oil in the energy system which is not only suitable for both the province en-
structure still remain more than 65%. Because most of the terprises energy conservation and emission reduction and
power resources are external thermal power, and most of economic benefit synchronous development, but also benefit
thermal power sources are coal. The proportion of clean to the development of the foreign enterprises through the
energy is less than 10% in Shandong province enterprise international cooperation.
energy structure per annum apart from thermal power. This
data is far lower than the world level. 3.3. Integrate a Low Carbon Economy and Circu-
Additionally, another main reason that the carbon emis- lar Economy System
sions in Shandong province high-tech zone increase is the Integrating enterprise industry chain and industry struc-
tremendous growth of its second industry.
1T 1T
ture, under no impact on the production efficiency, try to
3. The Specific Energy-saving Measures of
T T
shorten the industry chain of enterprises. Different en-
High-tech Enterprises in Shandong Prov- terprises can strengthen cooperation and create complete
ince industrial structure, such as combining automobile spare
parts manufacturing and car assembly, which will be much
In order to make Shandong province high-tech zone re- less than the sum of two enterprise industry chain. What’s
duce the carbon emission while improving the economic more, this effective combination of different industries chain
benefit, this paper puts forward the following measures: can not only promote different enterprises' economic benefit,
3.1. Introduce Policies and Make Rules for Low
1T 1T
but also can effectively use the energy , reduce the waste of
Carbon Economy Development in Shandong energy and improve the efficient energy utilization rate. At
Province the same time, depend on their own actual condition, enter-
prises can carry on technology, industry, finance consolida-
The government should enact Circulation Economic Law, tion and the superiority aggregation, etc. This integration of
Energy Saving Law according to the actual facts of Shan- industry chain and industry structure will greatly improve
dong province enterprises. Depend on the fact the trend of energy use efficiency, and speed up the enterprise’s devel-
globalization of low carbon economy, the government need opment mode transform from high carbon economy devel-
legislate Carbon Finance Law to regulate enterprise produc- opment mode to low carbon economy development mode.
tion and investment activities. The government also need
develop and implement limited procurement policies of low 3.4. To Speed up Construction of Carbon Trading Mar-
carbon products and tax policies of high carbon emissions ket
products, and introduce the enterprise which gives priority to At present, China’s carbon emission reduction is mainly
purchase products. This paper hopes that in the way of prior through some carbon fund and the intermediary agency of
World Bank into the international market. The domestic
397 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

price is far lower than the international price. In order to 5. Acknowledgment

energy conservation and emission reductions, Shandong
province should actively take part in international carbon This paper was supported by a Tsoft scienceT TprojectT
emission reduction activities, improve the discourse in the of TShandongT 90Tprovince 90T(NO. 2012RKB0110112T)
world carbon trading market and change the carbon emis- and a 8T12Tstatistical8T8T project8T inT ShandongTT
sions seller's role. And the government should set up strict provinceT (NO. KT12044).
carbon trading management system of high-tech industry in References
Shandong province, and strictly prohibit the enterprise to sell
carbon emissions index without permission as well as set up [1] Zhu Ling, Zhang Zhen. Factors influencing the strength of carbon
a corresponding Carbon Trade Act. In addition, the govern- emissions, Shanghai analysis [J], Environmental
ment needs to establish carbon trading monitor system of the Sciences,2011(1):20-26.
high-tech enterprise in Shandong province to monitor the [2] ChenGuangyu, U.S. carbon intensity and Its Implications [J], Energy
carbon emissions and carbon trading of industries in real- and Environment, 2011(3):8-11.
time. Only in this way it can prevent enterprises from im- [3] Sui Jingshui, Empirical Study of Chinese carbon emissions intensity
proving carbon emissions index without permission or sell- of drive[J], Guizhou College of Finance,2011(3):1-6.
ing the index cheap in the process of development.. [4] Xing Jijun, Zhao Gang China Should Vigorously Develop Low
Carbon Econamy[J]. Forum on Science and Technology in
3.5 Strengthen the Development and Utilization of China,2007,(10):87-91.
Clean Energy [5] Zhang shengdong, Song Weiming, Heyu.Summary on the
The dependency degree of enterprises in Shandong prov- Development of Internattional Carbon Fund[J].Foresty
ince high-tech zone on fossil fuels such as coal, oil is as Econamics,2007,(7):46-48.
much as 80%. As we all know, carbon emissions are mainly [6] Chen Guangyu. Carbon Intensity and its Enlightenment in USA
10T 10T10T 10T10T 10T10T 10T 10T 10T
from the burning of fossil raw materials. Therefore, it is ne- [J], Energy and Environment ,2011(3):8-11].
1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T
cessary for high-tech enterprises to reduce carbon intensity [7] Sun Jingshui. An Empirical Study on the Carbon intensity of
10T 10T10T 10T 110T 110T11T 11T 10T
and to strengthen the utilization of clean energy. It is impor- Drivers in China[J], Journal of Guizhou College of Finance and
10T
tant for the government to vigorously develop the both low Economics,2011(3):1-6.
carbon and zero carbon emissions new energy technology. [8] Zhu Lin ， Zhang Zhen. Analysis on Factors Affecting carbon T TT TT TT TT
At the same time, the government should encourage enter- intensity in Shanghai [J], Environmental Science, 2011(1):20-26.
7
prises to use clean energy and develop biological electrical [9] Li Kaifeng. Difficulties
3T and Countermeasures
energy and wind power. The government can encourage for construction of China's carbon financial system [J], Science and
enterprises to build wind and biological power plant in the technology Progress and policy,2010(22):140-145.
mountains to input power for hi-tech enterprise. The gov- [10] Zhang Zhijun. Problems and policy suggestions on developing a1
ernment also can build wind power plant to supply enterpris- low carbon economy [J], Forum for Social Development,
es for a fee and strictly control the fossil fuel imports of en- 2010(3):25-29.
terprises to promote clean energy using of enterprises as well [11] Carbon Dioxide Information Analysis Center. Global,regional and
as reduce carbon emissions intensity of enterprise. national fossil-fuel CO R
2 R emission [EB/OL]. Temmessee: Carbon
Dioxide Information Analysis Center,2010[2010-11-
4. Summary 12].http://cdiac.ornl.gov/trends/emis/overview_2007.html.
In order to develop the low carbon economy better and

reduce enterprises carbon emissions intensity, for synchron-
ously development of both the energy conservation and
emission reduction and the economic benefit improvement,
the government and the enterprise need to work together,
and introduce and develop high technology of low carbon
economy, and enhance the development of clean energy use,
and establish a carbon trading platform and carbon fund,
which are suitable high-tech enterprise development. Only
with these measures can develop the low carbon economic
of our country better.
398 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Study on the Basic Characteristics of

Oxygen-enriched Combustion with Blast
Furnace Gas
Jiaqun Xi1, Huping Li2
1
Faculty of Metallurgical and Energy Engineering, Kunming University of Science and Technology, Kunming, China
2
Faculty of Chemical Engineering, Kunming University of Science and Technology, Kunming, China
1
xjqun1964@126.com; 2lhp926@126.com
Abstract: The basic characteristics of blast furnace gas with oxygen-enriched combustion is analyzed, and high oxygen
content, excess air ratio, and the change of flue gas composition are studied, the results show that using the technology of
oxygen-enriched combustion for hot-blast furnace in production has directive significance. The composition content of car-
bon dioxide and water vapor increases in the combustion products. The radiative heat transfer is strengthened in hot-blast
furnace.
Keywords:blast furnace gas; hot-blast furnace; oxygen-enriched combustion; change of flue gas composition
1. Introduction 2. The Oxygen-enriched Combustion Charac-
In some condition, fuel is burned in the air in a furnace teristics of BFG
and heat is released. The chemical energy of fuel is trans- 2.1. Theoretical Air Requirement
lated into heat energy. Normally, fuel is burned in the local
air, but the oxygen content in different places is different. In BFG is the main fuel in a hot-blast furnace. The main gas
coastal areas, the volume fraction of oxygen is about 21 per- composition are CO and H 2 , the reaction equations are R R
cent in the air, but the volume fraction of nitrogen is up to 79 shown as follows[3]:
percent. In the plateau areas, with the increase of the altitude, 2CO + O 2 =2CO 2 . (1) R R R R
the volume fraction of oxygen in the air decreases and the 2H 2 + O 2 =2H 2 O. R (2)
R R R R R
content of nitrogen which isn’t burned will increase signifi- If the oxygen content in oxygen-enriched air is X%,when
cantly. Obviously, the nitrogen from local air absorbs a large 1m 3 of BFG is burned ,the theoretical air requirement L 0
P P R
number of the combustion heat. The nitrogen is released into is：R
atmosphere and a huge waste of heat is caused by the emis- L 0 =(0.5CO+0.5H 2 -O 2 )/X.
R R (3) R R R R
sions of heat. So in the oxygen-enriched combustion, the

where L 0 is the theoretical air requirement,CO the vo-
R R
nitrogen content will be reduced if the oxygen content in the

lume fraction of carbon monoxide in BFG, H 2 the volume R R
air is increased. With this oxygen-enriched combustion, the

fraction of hydrogen in BFG, O 2 the volume fraction of R R
energy waste can be reduced. At the same time, the blast

oxygen in BFG, X the volume fraction of oxygen in oxygen-
furnace gas(BFG) burns continuously and the combustion
enriched air.
efficiency increases. The oxygen-enriched combustion plays
The actual air requirement of oxygen-enriched air is：
an important heat transfer role in hot-blast furnace.
L n =nL 0 . R (4)
R R R
According to the basic theory of fuel combustion, the ba-

Where L n represents the actual air requirement of oxy-
R R
sic characteristics of fuel combustion such as theoretical air

gen-enriched air, n is the excess air ratio.
volume needed for a fuel, the amount of combustion and the
According to equations (3) and (4), the theoretical air re-
composition content of combustion products[1,2] are studied
quirement L 0 decreases as the volume of oxygen-enriched
R R
with the oxygen-enriched combustion of BFG which is by-

air increases when the gas composition of BFG remains the
product of ironmaking. Based on the basic characteristics of
same.
BFG, some conclusions are obtained. They have guiding
significance for the operation of hot-blast furnace with the 2.2. The Actual Amount of Oxygen-enriched Air
oxygen-enriched combustion. Combustion Products
399 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

J. Q. Xi et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp399-401
Based on the reaction equations of BFG combustion, of oxygen-enriched air and theoretical air requirement is
when BFG burns in oxygen-enriched air, the actual amount shown in Fig.1.
of oxygen-enriched air combustion products V n is shown R R
theoretical air requirement[Nm3/Nm3]

as follows:
V n =1+(n-X/100)L 0 . (5) R R R R 0.80
Where V n is the actual amount of oxygen-enriched air
R R
combustion products, CO 2 the volume fraction of carbon R R

0.60
dioxide in BFG, N 2 the volume fraction of nitrogen in BFG, R R
H 2 O the volume fraction of water vapor in BFG.

R R
0.40
Eq.(5) showes that the actual amount of oxygen-enriched
0.20
air combustion products decreases as the volume of oxygen-
enriched air increases when both the gas composition of 0.00
BFG and the excess air ratio remain the same.In combustion 15 25 35 45
the rate of oxygen-enriched air[%]
products, the actual amount of tri-atom gases V RO2 (such as R R
carbon dioxide, water vapor) is as follows: Figure 1. the variation between the rate of oxygen-
V RO2 =(CO+H 2 +CO 2 +H 2 O)/100.
R R (6) R R R R R R
enriched air and theoretical air requirement
Eq.(6) shows that the actual amount of tri-atom gases is
related to the composition of BFG only. So when BFG burns
in oxygen-enriched air, the actual amount of combustion Through the regressive analysis of Fig.1, the regression
products decreases, and the actual amount of tri-atom gases formula between the rate of oxygen-enriched air and theoret-
increases. The radiation heat transfer is promoted. ical air requirement is shown as follows:
2.3. The Composition of Combustion Products L 0 =-X 3 /25000＋X 2 /263－X/7.3＋2.13. (11)R R P P P P
According to the combustion reaction, the composition 3.2.2. The Change between the Rate of Oxygen-enriched
of CO 2 , H 2 O, N 2 and O 2 in combustion products is
R R R R R R R R
Air and the Actual Amount of Oxygen-enriched
respectively defined by: Air Combustion Products
CO 2 ′ ＝(CO＋CO 2 )/(100V n ). (7) R RP P R R R R
From the relationship between the rate of oxygen-
H 2 O ′ ＝(H 2 O＋H 2 ) /(100V n ).
R R (8) P P R R R R R R
enriched air and the actual amount of oxygen-enriched air
N 2 ′ ＝[N 2 +(100-X)L n ] /(100V n ).
R RP P (9) R R R R R R combustion products, the change between the rate of oxy-
O 2 ′ ＝X(L n －L 0 )/ /(100V n ).
R (10)
RP P R R R R R R
gen-enriched air and the actual amount of oxygen-enriched
air combustion products is shown in Fig.2.
3. Change of Main Parameters of Oxygen-
enriched Air in Hot-blast Furnace
the actual amount of combustion products[Nm3/Nm3]
3.1. Gas Composition of BFG 2.0
As an example of how the main parameters of oxygen-

enriched air changes in hot-blast furnace in which BFG is 1.5
Vn
used, the gas composition is shown in table 1.
Table 1. Gas Composition of BFG
1.0
Items components [%]
CO 22.30 VRO2
H 2 R 2.31
CO 2 R 17.65 0.5
H 2 O R R 6.82
N 2 R 50.92
total 100.00 0.0
15 25 35 45
3.2. The Change between the Rate of Oxygen- the rate of oxygen-enriched air[%]
enriched Air and Other Parameters
Figure 2. the variation between the rate of oxygen-enriched
3.2.1. The Change between the Rate of Oxygen-enriched
air and the actual amount of combustion products
Air and Theoretical Air Requirement
From the change between the rate of oxygen-enriched air
and theoretical air requirement, the change between the rate
400 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

J. Q. Xi et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp399-401
As can be seen from Fig.2, when oxygen content in oxy- N R

2 ′=X 2 /67.6－1.29X＋87.48.
R P P (13)
gen-enriched air increases, the actual amount of oxygen-
The formula between the rate of oxygen-enriched air and
enriched air combustion products decreases, but the actual
the carbon dioxide composition of combustion products is
amount of tri-atom gases is not changed. It shows that the
defined by:
oxygen-enriched combustion causes higher composition
CO 2 ′=－X2/85.47＋1.02X＋9.94. (14)
content of the tri-atom gases in the combustion products,
R R
thus to improve the radiation heat transfer ability of combus- The formula between the rate of oxygen-enriched air and
tion products. Through the regressive analysis of Fig.2, the the water vapour composition of combustion products is
regression formula between the rate of oxygen-enriched air defined by:
and the actual amount of oxygen-enriched air combustion H 2 O′=－0.027X2＋0.234X＋2.27.
R R (15)
products is shown as follows:
The formula between the rate of oxygen-enriched air and
V n =-X 3 /25000＋X 2 /238－X/6.67＋3.22. (12)
the oxygen composition of combustion products is defined
R R P P P P
3.2.3. The Change between the Rate of Oxygen-enriched by:

Air and the Composition of Combustion Products O 2 ′=－4X2/2500＋0.032X＋0.31.
R R (16)
According to the change between the rate of oxygen- 4. Conclusions
enriched air and the composition of combustion products,
the change between the rate of oxygen-enriched air and the Theoretical air requirement decreases with the oxygen
content increase in oxygen-enriched air. Using oxygen-
enriched combustion, the composition content of carbon
dioxide and water vapor increases in the combustion prod-
80
ucts. The radiative heat transfer is strengthened in hot-blast
N2 furnace.
the composition of combustion products[%]
60
References
[1] Pan lang, Su junlin, Experimental study on the flame characteristic
in oxygen-enriched air, J.gas and Thermal Power 6(2009)28-29.
40 [2] Gong Cheng, Pi-wen He, Bo Xiao, Zhi-quan Hu, Shi-ming Liu, Le-
CO2
guan Zhang, Lei Cai, Gasification of biomass micron fuel with
oxygen-enrichedair: Thermogravimetric analysis and gasification in
a cyclone furnace, Energy, 43(2012)329-333.
20 [3] Han zhaochang, The fuel and Combustion, second ed., Metallurgical
H2O Industry Publishing House, BeiJing, 1994.
O2
0
15 25 35 45
the rate of oxygen-enriched air[%]
Figure 3. the change between the rate of oxygen-enriched

air and the composition of combustion products
composition of combustion products is shown in Fig.3.

As can be seen from Fig.3, the nitrogen composition con-
tent of oxygen-enriched air combustion products decreases
with the increases rate of oxygen-enriched air, but the com-
position content of carbon dioxide, water vapour and oxygen
increases gradually. The formula between the rate of oxy-
gen-enriched
air and the nitrogen composition of combustion products
is defined by:
401 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Chapter V：
Finance
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Study Causes of China’s High Social Logistics

Cost and Some Solutions
Xianfeng Liu*, Jie Liu
School of Economic and Management, Southwest Petroleum University, Chengdu, China
*
swpu_liulilll@163.com
Abstract: As an important part of the national economy, the logistics plays an important role in promoting economic
development. But our social logistics cost remains high for a long time, which not only influences the commodity
circulation efficiency, but also becomes a factor that restricts the development of the logistics industry in China. Based on
the stages of material circulation, this paper tries to analyze the causes of China’s high social logistics cost and propose
some solutions.
Keywords: social logistics cost; causes; solutions
1. Current Status of China's Social Logistics society to measure a country's logistics development level,
we know that China's logistics cost is still at a high level and
Cost meanwhile the potential to lower the cost is tremendous.
The logistics cost is the currency reflection of human China's highway toll is one of the highest in the world.
labor and materialized labor used to move products in space The toll road around the world is 140000 kilometers and
or time. Specifically, it is the sum of human labor, material China occupied 100000 kilometers. By the end of 2010, our
labor and finance spenting in products’ physical movement, country road total mileage is 3.98 million kilometers, among
such as packing, handling, transportation, storage, which, the highway mileage is 74000 kilometers. At the
processing and other activities in circulation. According to same time our country's toll road and tolls is far higher than
statistics of China's Logistics Industry Association, in the other countries. China's tolls accounts for more than 2% in
present the logistics cost can be summed up in three parts in GDP per capita, the highest in the world, which eventually
line with each proportion. First part is the transportation cost, leads to the fact that the highway toll account for 1/3 of our
which accounts for 35% to 50% of the total logistics cost country total society logistics cost, twice or so about
and 4%-10% of the commodity prices. Second part is the developed countries[2].
storage costs. Third part is other costs. At present our
country’s logistics enterprises is in the stage of treating
2. Causes Analysis on China's High Social
transportation, storage and other business as a single Logistics Cost
business respectively or simple integration of the which.
And transportation costs becomes the main logistics cost[1]. One objective reason to high social logistics costs is that
Released by National Development and Reform our country is now in a heavy industrialization phase, the
Commission, National Bureau of Statistics of China and second industry logistics taking greater proportion and the
China Federation of Logistics & Purchasing, 2011 National ratio of cost against output value being high. Besides the
Logistics Operation Report shows that in 2011 the ratio of objective reason that our present society stays at the
China's society total logistics cost against GDP ratio is particular stage, the high logistics cost is also caused by
17.8%, flat year-on-year, compared to developed countries technical reasons and systematic factors[3]. First reason is the
such as USA and Japan's, which is 8%, it means China's infrastructure logistics relies on is still far from enough. For
logistics cost of social economy operation is still high, about example, railway and highway per capita in China is far
twice of developed countries. The report data shows that in lower than the relatively developed countries, which is
2011, the national total social logistics expense is 8.4 trillion largely can't meet the logistics development demands.
yuan, up 18.5%, growth increased by 1.8% compared with Second reason is the restriction of the system. Logistics is a
last year. The national social logistics value is 158.4 trillion systematic engineering, which can't depend solely on a
yuan, base on the comparable price, up 12.3%, growth single method and needs cooperation between different
dropped by 2.7%. According to the ratio of total logistics departments. While the present situation of the management
cost of against GDP and micro index used by international by respective departments not only leads to the obstacles in
logistics operation, but also increases the logistics cost.
405 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

X. F. Liu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp405-409
2.1. Heavy Industrialization of Industrial Structure handling and the store business hours and the lack of parking
places, the unloading vehicles in the city stays in a dilemma.
At present the irrational industrial structure is one
important reason to the high proportion of logistics cost in 2.4. The Growing Warehousing Cost
GDP[4]. Famous logistics expert Ding Jun-fa pointed out that
the main reason to the high proportion of logistics cost in With the rapid economic growth, market demand for
GDP is that China is in the consolidation period of heavy logistics facilities is also increasing, and storage problem is a
industrialization. So the proportion is hard to drop normal phenomenon in the whole logistics industry. The
significantly. From the angle of industry's requirement of reason is that storage must take up much land, while the land
logistics service, we know that industry can't do without has become a kind of scarce resources in the accelerated
transporting and warehousing from production to urbanization process of China. The more commodities
consumption, and logistics cost is relatively high. In circulation the place needs, the more developed the local
comparison, the output value of service mainly comes from economy is, and the more expensive the land will be. If you
the intangible service, relying on logistics less. Lower choose to build your warehouse in relatively remote areas
logistics input, less logistics costs and lower ratio of logistics and the freight will also increase and still can make urban
cost against production value[5]. 2011 National Logistics distribution problem worse. Thanks to the relatively limited
Operation Report points out, from the angle of constitution, warehouse the modern retailers itself have, their
the logistics value of industrial goods is 143.6 trillion yuan, requirements for smaller amount and more batches in
according to the comparable price, up 13.1%, year-on-year distribution increases the difficulty of storage industry and
growth dropped 1.5%, accounting for 90.2% of the total improve storage costs.
amount of the social logistics value, becoming the main
factor leading to the growth of social total logistics value. 2.5. The High Costs of Highway Transportation
Highway transportation expenses include the toll and the
2.2. Logistics Siege
fine. Through the highway transportation to solve
Because each city has limits for non-native trucks, transportation difficulty is only a temporary solution, but in
usually non-native trucks can't enter the city, and goods can our country almost 75% of the total goods is transported
only be traded outside. The urban road also has various through highway. Among the freight, in addition to the fuel
restrictions for trucks, and the goods is moved in from expenses, the toll fee is the most significant one. Among the
outside by middlemen like a relay and eventually reaches existing road network, most were built with the policy of
consumers. Every transaction can produce a market, and “loaning for highway and charging repay a loan”. The fees
every market will bring profits and the profits of the charged are mainly used for highway loans, road
middlemen will ultimately undertaken by consumers. maintenance, personnel expense, management fee,
Moreover, every trade will generate additional transport cost, investment in other road construction. But the opaque
storage cost, stall cost and all kinds of other cost, and too information, the proportion known by no one, the
many links will also produce loss, which will be undertaken inconsistent fee standards, and the overlength charge period
by final consumers too. Under the circumstances of logistics make the toll fee stay high for a long term. This is one
siege and more middle links, online shopping is booming reason to high logistics cost in China.
because of the advantage of significantly less middle links. In addition to the toll fee, another inevitable cost in
highway transportation cost is the fine. If operating
2.3. Poor Urban Distribution according to the regulations, most van drivers will have
losses. In this case, most owners will choose to overload
Because of the urban road regulation about trucks, the after balance, resulting in that the whole car carrier industry
distribution vehicles have to choose to go around or go stays in the illegal statue. As this illegal phenomenon is
through the banned sections, increasing the logistics cost. widespread in carriage, and relevant departments of law
Usually the end of the distribution lies in downtown, traffic enforcement do not accept effective social supervision, and
congestion around, more limited for trucks, and there are not the van owners in the whole links stay vulnerable, the
enough special parking spaces for the distribution vehicles. arbitrary fines will occur. In face of the overloaded vans,
It leads to that where the logistics needs most turns to be relevant departments in the process of enforcing will not
where the logistics is the most difficult. Because of the require to unload, resulting in a vicious circle: fines and
restrictions, many distribution companies use illegal overload derives from each other. The owners pay “fine” to
passenger vehicles or even a taxi to distribute. The limitation get overrun. Zhu Li-jia, professor of Chinese Academy of
of the space adds distribution costs, and all kinds of security Governance, thinks it typical “fish-farming law
problems have occurred. When the vehicles arrive at the enforcement”. Only in this way can the law enforcement
delivery terminal, because of the contradiction between departments have constant fines income[6].
406 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

2.6. The Lack of Combined Transportation Increasing the proportion of products of high
added-value industry, which means promoting industrial
Combined transportation is a form of transportation that structure has effect on the logistics cost, that is the ratio of
moves the goods to the destination with two or more social logistics cost against GDP has the trend toward
methods, using the same transportation voucher. Combined reduction. But the process to adjust the industrial structure is
transportation is an important form of transportation that long and gradual.
make comprehensive use of various transportation tools to
finish goods transportation more economic, more reasonable 3.2. Solve the “Last Kilometer” Problem in Urban
and more quickly. At present more than 80% of the goods Logistic
still relies on highway transportation, and the ability to
combine highway, railway, water transport and air transport “Logistics siege” and poor urban logistics distribution
is poor, accounting for quiet a small proportion. One reason are two related problems, which need to be effectively
is the lack of hardware infrastructure construction and joins solved by cooperation and efforts of many parties[7].
in most ports, leaving the high-cost road transportation to be First of all the government should make use of the
the only way. Another reason is that the transportation capacity of macroeconomic regulation and control and
departments are fragmented, lacking of coordination changing the extensive model of industry development. For
mechanism and information sharing. So even if there is example the government can use information technology to
combined transport, its price advantage also won't be as integrate social resources, forming the scale effect and
obvious as expected, which also forces the users ultimately changing the past situation of solo combat. And the
choose road transportation with higher price. government needs to perfect the information system to
improve transportation and distribution efficiency by using
3. Some Solutions to Lower the Social Logistics the GPS, ITS, EDI and advanced technology. It still needs to
Cost investigate the geography, environment, traffic, distribution
of the consumers, divides the urban distribution coverage
At present, asking logistics for efficiency and lowing areas reasonably, speeds up the construction of the hardware
logistics cost has become the consensus of the society. But facilities, logistics parks, distribution centers and other social
this goal is unable to realize only by a single enterprise or public infrastructures.
logistics industry. It can be achieved with the integration of Logistics industry itself needs to change the distribution
social resources, the participation and coordination of all model, improves logistics socialization, and adopts the joint
parties. On the macroscopic aspect, the level of logistics cost distribution model to save freight cost like Japan. Several
reflects the country' support and promotion to logistics enterprises sharing the resources of distribution routes so
industry, and the nation shall establish a system of that they can reduce the meaningless cross distance.
systematic logistics management. On the microcosmic Logistics and retail terminal share the information and
aspect, as the main body of logistics development, establish the goods appointment mechanism to reduce the
enterprises should improve the efficiency of logistics, queuing phenomenon of vans. Still the middlemen can be
strengthen the logistics management. skipped during the delivery and the goods will be shipped to
the distribution center. Specifically, the night distribution
3.1. Adjust the Tendency of Heavy might be a good choice after coordination and it should be
Industrialization of Industrial Structure set up such an effective mechanism, so that the traffic peak
and limited time can be avoided, the time spent on road and
Different industries and different products have different waiting can be reduced, and the urban traffic pressure can be
requirement content and quantity for logistics service. With alleviated. Thus the distribution operation efficiency will
the development of economy, the industrial structure of a improve and the operating costs will reduce.
country is changing. The overall trend is that the proportion
of the first industry drops significantly, and the proportion of 3.3. Improve Logistics System and Overcome the
the third industry that has the service industry as the main Circulation Barriers
sign improves obviously. The structure within an industry
has also changed. For example, in the second industry the In.1984,the.State.Council.issued.“loaning for highway an
proportion of the electronic, biological and new and d charging repay a loan”policy, and since then the highway
high-tech industries increases gradually. At present, we construction rapidly developed. And now the mode has
should adjust the industrial structure, change the mode of changed from a good way to promote economic
economic development, optimize and integrate industrial development in the early of reform and opening-up to a
logistics flow, promote the development of high and new factor blocking the economic development. Once the
technology industry and the third industry. highway construction completely relies on toll, it is easy to
build more roads and bridges to collect more fees regardless
407 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

of the cost, and the cost will finally add to logistics and different distribution centers. One single distribution center
human flow. Now the government should plan to cancel the is very small, but the scale of the enterprise and the scale of
unreasonable toll booth, take back the ownership of highway the operation is very large. They can be webified, large-scale
properly and turn the highway back to be public, so that the and organizational.
vehicle tolls can be reduced.
First, further improve the standard mechanism of road 3.5. Develop the Combined Transportation
tolls and determine a reasonable rate of return. Second,
establish and perfect the audit system, the statistics system The combined transportation first needs to have the
and monitoring system. Third, open the toll information to integrated infrastructures. To realize the seamless cohesion
public. Forth, strengthen the supervision of toll road service between railway, ports, airports, roads and other kinds of
quality and perfect the toll road regulations[8]. transportation, the key is to integrate existing facilities at
In order to solve the arbitrary fines phenomenon, we logistics base and to plan more logistics bases. Try to expand
should strictly according to the two lines of income and the scope of the present railway radiation and realize
expenses cut the interest chain, and adopt the model that a personalized logistics service through centralizing goods.
multiple departments manage the road, while only the traffic Vigorously develop the rail transport and form the power of
police have the right of fines. So the present situation that container combined transportation. The government should
multiple departments have the right of tolls and fines can be strengthen the policy support and increase the capital
eliminated. investment to increase the transport capacities of railway and
Reconstruct the “power structure” in traffic management ports.
and give drivers certain “rights”. The government should sift The combined transport needs collaboration of each
fines and fees and announce them to the society to ensure parties and every link, relying on information technology
drivers ' right to know. The government should provide the support. As the ports, shipping companies, railways and civil
drivers a platform to complain when they encounter illegal aviation, highway each have independent information
enforcement and injustice, so that the “full” supervision can system, to realize information interconnected, we must
be achieved. depend on the unified public logistics information platform.
Led by relevant state management departments, the
3.4. Integrate the Existing Resources and Get Rid departments of railway, highway, shipping, ports, customs,
freight forwarders, and other enterprises should operate and
of Storage Dependence develop the platform and put it into use as early as possible.
In addition to the dependence on the good logistics Also it is necessary to establish a unified management
operation environment provided by society and government, department of transportation. It is suggested that the state
the enterprises should strengthen the management, combine departments lead the unified management and coordination
the society information, and improve the utilization and institution. The department can comprehensively coordinate
control of storage resources. Along with the irreversible the whole combined transportation and is dedicated to the
advancement of the urbanization process, to build more long term development plan to promote the development of
logistics parks relying on more land is hard to solve storage multimodal transport and to adapt to the need of economic
problem because the urban land resources are limited. reform, speeding up the establishment of combined
Finally solution to the storage dilemma is to reduce the transportation system and coordination and cooperation
dependence on warehouse fundamentally. We can learn it between systems. At the same time, it should make full use
from Japan's experience of storage industry. of the characteristics of different transport modes, strengthen
Consider storage parks as comprehensive logistics public the communication and transportation between the systems,
resources, share the facilities together, and built integrated transform all kinds of transport enterprises gradually from
and standardized center node. The planned areas can only be the state of pure competition to the state of competition with
used to build warehouses, not commodity houses or other cooperation inside and cooperation in order to meet the
uses. At the same time, the large logistics distribution requirements of transportation. Such, the combined
enterprises should strengthen the integration of overall transportation is closer in the coherence of transport[9].
storage resources and improve the utilization rate of the
warehouses.
References
Connecting the scattered warehouses belonging to [1] Liu Rui-jun. Solutions to lower the high social cost-from
different owners through network system to accept unified theaspectoflowing transportation expense. PRICE:THEORY &
management and scheduling, the logistics enterprises can PRACTICE,2011,06
avoid building up centralized warehouses and make use of [2] Weng Xin-gang. Causes study for our high social logistics cost.
the scattered warehouses. Although the warehouses and China Logistics & Purchasing, 2011,14
distribution centers are scattered, there are unified
management, united operation and unified control between
408 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[3] Wang Hua. According to logistics cost to judge our countries’

logistics development level. Logistics Sci-Tech,2001,06
[4] Wang Xu-luan. Why China's logistics cost is high? Truck &
Logistics, 2011,03
[5] Wang Li-yin. The effect of industry structure on the ratio of
logistics cost against GDP. Modern Business, 2007,16
[6] The mess of highway fine. Communist party member. 2011,12
[7] Fan Ping-mei. Discussion on causes of logistics siege and
solutions. Oriental Enterprise Culture, 2011,10
[8] Lu-Jing. Solutions by Ministry of Transport to cleaning out toll
roads. Transport Business China, 2011,17
[9] Fan Run-jie. Discussion on the present situation of the
development of combined transportation in China and the
improvement measures. Neijiang Science & Technology,
2010,08
409 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Does Human Capital of Chinese Venture

Capitalists Affect Investment Performance?
Yan Li*, Xintian Zhuang
School of Business Administration,Northeastern University, Shenyang, China
*
dbdxly@163.com
Abstract: The research investigates the relationship between the human capital of top management teams of venture capital
firms (VCFs) and the firms’ performance from general and specific human capital levels by considering 48 VCFs in China.
On basis of resource-based and human capital theories, the paper establishes multiple regression models and tests them with
hierarchical regression and canonical correlation analysis by using the data from CVsource database. The results show that
VCFs with higher proportion of TMT members with finance, consults, entrepreneurial or international experience more
likely achieve success. Besides, VCFs with higher proportion of TMT members with MBA background, consults or entre-
preneurial experience may have a bigger proportion of portfolio companies than went bankrupt.
Keywords: venture capital; human capital; top management team; investment performance
1. Introduction homogeneity can decide the competitive ability [3]. Clercq
and Dimov [5] consider the knowledge as such a kind of re-
Venture capitalists (VCs) involve in insists of pre- source, and also as the key factor which results in the differ-
investment decision-making as well as post-investment ad- ence of performance. They also stress that not all the know-
vice and management during the operation process of ven- ledge has the ability to distinguish the enterprise from others;
ture capital, therefore, the human capital of venture capital only the knowledge which is closely related to the social
firms (VCFs) is directly related to the value-added ability[1]. background and development needs of the enterprise can
The ultimate goal of venture capital investment is to realize make it different.
the high return, and the studies on the factors which may In general, human capital is divided into two parts,
affect the investment performance have gained widely con- namely general human capital and special human capital [1][6].
cern. The former one stands for the general education background
According to human capital theory, Pennings et al. [2] ar-
P P P P
and experience, and the latter one is closely combined with

gued that the human capital factors such as education level specific background and behavior.
and experience have a major influence on the performance of As for specific human capital, the experience which is
VCFs. However, this point of view seems too general: not related to the behavior of venture capital investment refers to
that all the knowledge or skills can improve performance. the fields of fiancé, law and consulting. Finance experience
On basis of resource-based theory [3], only the inhomogenei- is useful to the origination and financing activities. Consult-
ty can result in different performance. What’s more, the per- ing experience makes the VCs gain insight into problems of
formance of VCFs is realized by exiting from the enterprise enterprise and improves the communication with executives.
in IPO, M&A and liquidation forms. Dimov [1], Bygrave [4] Experience in law can make the contracts more rigorous.
consider IPO as the best exit form for VCFs. Nevertheless, Besides, the entrepreneurial experience can help VCs distin-
avoiding failure is as important as improving success, to guish startups and managers with potentials and better man-
which both should be paid attention. age the investment with the experience from former startups.
This paper investigates the relationship between human Compared with the specific human capital, general hu-
capital and the performance of VCFs from general and spe- man capital cannot combine with specific task or job of ven-
cific human capital levels. The result is good for both VCFs ture capital investment for lack of inhomogeneity, however,
and enterprise to realize a better cooperation. it’s true that the benefit of general human capital like educa-
2. Resource-based Theory and Venture Capital tion couldn’t be ignored. For example, the MBA education
makes VCs have the ability to identify potential risk, while
Performance the science and engineering education helps VCs screen the
We can use resource-based theory to illustrate the rela- high-tech startups and involve into the development of new
tionship between human capital of TMT in VCFs and in- technique and products. The hypothesis that specific and
vestment performance. The theory argues that, the enterpris- general human capital can affect VCFs investment perfor-
es own all kinds of resource, but only the resource with in- mance is:
410 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. Li et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp410-413
H1: VCFs with greater proportions of their top manage- is smaller than developed venture capital markets in America
ment team with specific human capital in terms of expe- or Europe because venture capital investment started much
rience in (a) law, (b) finance, (c) consulting, (d) entrepre- later in China, it can reflect the real development condition
neurial will have higher proportions of successful exits from of Chinese venture capital industry.
their portfolios.
H2: VCFs with greater proportions of their top manage- 3.2. Measures
ment team with specific human capital in terms of expe- The definition and description of each variable can be
rience in (a) law, (b) finance, (c) consulting, (d) entrepre- seen in Table 1.
neurial will have lower proportions of failed exits from their Table 1 Descriptions of variables
portfolios. Variable name Variable descriptions
H3: VCFs with greater proportions of their top manage- Human capital variables
MBA Fraction of TMT members with an MBA degree
ment team with general human capital in terms of education
Science Fraction of TMT members with a science degree
(a) at MBA, (b) in science will have higher proportions of Law Fraction of TMT members with a JD degree
successful exits from their portfolios. Finance Fraction of TMT members who previously worked in
H4: VCFs with greater proportions of their top manage- finance, usually commercial or investment banking
ment team with general human capital in terms of education Consulting Fraction of TMT members who previously worked as
strategy or management consultants
(a) at MBA, (b) in science will have lower proportions of
Startup Fraction of TMT members who previously worked as
failed exits from their portfolios. managing executives at a startup company
In the above hypothesis, there is a hint of null hypothesis, Investment performance variables
namely the successful exits rate is related to the failed exits Success rate The rate which VCFs exit from portfolios successfully
rate. That is to say, the human capital variables can improve
the successful rate and at the same time reduce the failed one. Failure rate Fraction of the enterprise that had gone bankrupt
Control variables
However, that’s not the case. Some human capital factors are
Fund size Natural logarithm of fund size of each VCF
good at controlling the risk, while some others are useful to Fund age Natural logarithm of VCFs’ age
improve the executive force. Therefore, we forward an alter- Seedstage Fraction of an enterprise that is classified as “seed” or
native hypothesis as follow: “early stage” when the fund first invests in them
Alternative hypothesis: The human capital of VCFs' top
management teams will have different relationships with the 4. Empirical Analysis and Results
proportions of successful and failure rates in their portfolios. Table 2 shows the descriptive statistics and Pearson cor-
relation analysis. Our collinearity diagnostics showed that all
3. Research Method variance inflation factor values were below 3.0, suggesting
that multicollinearity was not an issue. We find that the
3.1. Research Design and Sample mean level of VCs with a law degree is only 4%, which in-
We needed a sample of vcfs that had made a sufficient dicates that most of the VCFs are in lack of VCs with such a
number of investments in portfolio companies, had sufficient kind of background. The success and failure rate are 18%
time for those investments to have reached an outcome. and 6% separately, which is similar to that in America [7].
Therefore, from the cvsource database, we drew a list of all We’ll firstly test hypothesis 1 through 4 with hierarchical
independent vcfs in China that had invested in at least 10 regression analysis, and then test the alternative hypothesis
portfolio companies---48 firms in total. Although the sample with canonical correlation analysis.
Table 2. Descriptive statistics and correlation analysis

Variables Mean SD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1.Law 0.04 0.07 1.00
2.Finance 0.68 0.20 -0.02 1.00
3.Consulting 0.18 0.15 0.04 -0.03 1.00
4.MBA 0.72 0.16 0.08 0.47 0.02 1.00
5.Science 0.59 0.24 -0.14 -0.23 -0.01 -0.51 1.00
6. Startup 0.19 0.20 -0.01 -0.11 -0.08 -0.24 0.31 1.00
7.Fund size 2.39 0.60 0.09 0.21 0.22 0.21 0.08 0.03 1.00
8.Fund age 1.01 0.24 -0.19 -0.08 -0.05 -0.11 0.05 -0.04 0.43 1.00
9.Seedstage 0.44 0.50 0.03 -0.16 -0.06 -0.35 0.39 0.12 -0.23 0.16 1.00
10.Success 0.18 0.12 0.09 0.02 -0.29 -0.14 -0.09 0.03 -0.02 0.02 -0.13 1.00
11.Failure 0.06 0.04 -0.18 -0.03 0.38 -0.05 0.30 0.06 -0.01 0.04 0.13 -0.42
All correlations with absolute value between 0.20 and 0.35 are significant at p<0.05; all correlations with absolute value above 0.35 are significant
at p<0.01，n=48
411 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

rate, so H1a, H2a and H2b are not supported. Besides, the
4.1. Hierarchical Regression Analysis and Results TMTs of VCFs with a high proportion of members with con-
We conducted several diagnostic tests to ensure the data sulting experience will reduce the failure rate, and H2c is
did not violate the assumptions of normality, linearity, and supported. What’s more, we surprisingly find that there is a
homoscedasticity necessary for OLS regression estimation. positive relationship between science education and failure
The results of the hierarchical regression analysis for rate, which is contrary to our hypothesis. This result indi-
both success and failure rates are reported in Table3. The cates that the human capital factors which affect the success
results show that, the TMTs of VCFs with a high proportion and failure rate are different completely. We also find that
of members with finance, consulting or entrepreneurial expe- the explanatory power of specific human capital is much
rience will improve the success rate of investment. The re- higher than that of general human capital, which is coordi-
sults support H1b, H1c and H1d, while we didn’t find the nated with resource-based theory.
relationship between other human capital factors and success
Table 3. Hierarchical regression analysis for success and failure rate
Success rate Failure rate
Variables
1 2 3 4
Law 0.01 -0.05
Specific Finance 0.21 ** P -0.01
human capital Consulting 0.12 ***
P -0.12 ***
P
Startup 0.13 * P -0.01

General MBA -0.22 0.06
human capital Science -0.02 0.07 **
P
Fund size 0.02 *** P 0.03 ***

P 0.00 -0.02
Control Fund age 0.04 0.07 0.00 0.02
variables Seedstage -0.04 * P -0.04 * P -0.01 -0.00
C 0.20 ** P 0.25 ** P 0.05 **
P -.025 ** P
F value 2.89 3.48 1.29 2.37

Model R2 P 0.23 * P 0.42 ** P 0.05 0.34 **
P
summary Adjusted R 2 P 0.17 * P 0.24 ** P 0.02 0.14 **

P
⊿R 2
P 0.23 *
P 0.19 ***
P 0.05 0.29 **
P
* ** ***
P P p<0.1, p<0.05,
P P P P p<0.01，n=48
human capital variables useful in explaining success rate are
4.2. Canonical Correlation Analysis and Results now particularly useful in explaining failure rate, and vice
The results of the canonical analysis are reported in Ta- versa. With this pattern of relationships, the simultaneous
ble 4. Both functions are significant, which means that the consideration of the human capital variables with a linear
variate for success and failure rates and the variate for hu- combination of success and failure rates appears to add little
man capital explain a significant portion of variance in each value over and above their independent consideration. This
other. But when we investigate the loadings for the depen- result confirms the opinion in alternative hypothesis and
dent variables, success rate dominate for Function 1 and coincides with the find in hierarchical regression analysis
failure rate dominate for Function 2. This suggests that the
Table 4. Canonical correlation analysis: type of human capital on success and failure rates
Variables Function 1 loadings a P Function 2 loadings a P
Law -0.42 0.02

Specific Finance -0.38 0.27
human capital Consulting 0.41 0.89
Startup -0.29 0.68
General MBA 0.57 0.75
human capital Science 0.65 0.00
Dependent Success rate 0.96 -0.54
variables Failure rate 0.41 0.81
Fund size 0.59 -0.05
Control
Fund age -0.28 0.31
variables
Seedstage -0.62 -0.42
Eigenvalue 0.52 0.15
Model Squared canonical correlation 0.34 0.13
summary
F statistics for Wilks’ lambda 2.82 *** P 1.14 ***
P
a
P PStandardized canonical correlations, * p<0.1, ** p<0.05, *** p<0.01，n=48
P P P P P P
412 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

4. Empirical Analysis and Results

This paper explores the relationship between human cap-
ital of vcfs in china and the investment performance from
general and specific human capital level. The results confirm
that vcfs’ human capital can affect the ultimate performance.
Firstly, the research finds the finance, consultant and
startup experience of VCs will improve the success rate of
VCFs, and the consulting experience can also control the
failure rate. However, the result didn’t find the relationship
between startup experience and failure rate. According to the
study by Sarasvathy[8], entrepreneurs are more likely to run
after success but not to reduce the risk of failures. This coin-
cides with our result. Besides, our research didn’t find the
relationship between law education and performance. Re-
cently, most of Chinese VCFs are still in lack of people with
such a kind of background. Whether the low proportion re-
sults in the insignificance or not needs a further study with
the development of Chinese venture capital markets.
Secondly, the general human capital variables cannot ex-
plain the model effectively, and the explanatory power of
general human capital is much weaker than that of specific
human capital. This result indicates that in the venture capi-
tal markets, specific working experience related to the task
of venture capital investment is the resource with superiority,
while the general education cannot take effects on the in-
vestment activities.
References
[1] D. P. Dimov, and D. A. Shepherd, “Human capital and venture
capital firms: exploring ‘home runs’ and ‘strike outs,’” Journal of
business venture,Vol. 20, pp. 1-21, Jan., 2005.
[2] J. M. Pennings, K. Lee, and A. V. Witteloostuijin, “Human capital,
social capital, and firm dissolution,” Academy of Management, Vol.
41, pp. 425-440, Aug., 1998.
[3] B. A. Wernerfelt, “A resource-based view of the firm,” Strategic
Management Journal, Vol. 5, pp. 171-180, Apr./Jun., 1984.
[4] W. D. Bygrave, J. Timmons, “Venture and Risk Capital: Practice and
Performance, Promises, and Policy,” Harvard Business School Press,
Boston, MA, pp. 25-44, 1991.
[5] D. D. Clercq, D. P. Dimov, “Internal knowledge development and
external knowledge access in venture capital investment
performance,” Journal of Management Studies, Vol. 45, pp. 585-612,
May, 2008.
[6] R. Zarutskie, "The role of top management team human capital in
venture capital markets: Evidence from first-time funds," Journal of
Business Venturing, Vol. 25, pp.155-172, May, 2008.
[7] D. P. Dimov, D. A. Shepherd, K. M. Sutcliffe, “Requisite expertise,
firm reputation, and status in venture capital investment allocation
decisions,” Journal of Business Venturing, Vol. 22, pp. 481-502, Jul.,
2007.
[8] D. K. Sarasvathy, H. A. Simon, L. Lave, “Perceiving and managing
business risks: differences between entrepreneurs and bankers,”
Journal of Economic Behavior, Vol. 33, pp. 207-225, Jan, 1998.
413 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
China’s Private Lending Regulation by the

“Double Bull” Mode
Yunjie Li1, Jianhua Zhao2, Yuheng Zhao3
1
Department of Accounting Zhongnan University of Economics and Law, Wuhan, Hubei
2
College of Economics and Management China Three Gorges University, Yichang, Hubei
3
Yuanpei College, Peking University, Beijing
1
lyj911004@yahoo.cn; 2butterfly_zjh@yahoo.com.cn; 3470194883@qq.com
Abstract: With the tight monetary policy, the functions of the formal bank credit system are becoming weaker. Most of the
commercial banks are not willing to give loans to SMEs with the consideration of risk control, resulting in the “Credit
Reluctance” phenomenon. Thus, most SMEs do not have access to funds from formal bank channel, while private lending
has become a beneficial supplement to the financing system and plays a positive role in easing the SMEs’ financing
demands. However, compared with the formal bank credit system which has relatively perfect regulatory measures, private
lending is in a “Vacuum Zone”. Based on the analysis of the existing drawbacks of the “Monoline bull” regulatory mode on
China’s private lending, the article advocates using the “Double Bull” regulatory mode and introduces the specific content
of supervision methods.
Keywords: private lending; double bull regulatory mode; smes
1. Introduction on China’s specific conditions. Therefore, this article
explains the existing regulatory mode in China, the meaning
In 2003, the State Council of China put forward the of “Double Bull” model and the practical significance in
institutional reform to set up the CBRC (China Banking using the model to China.
Regulatory Commission), showing that the monetary
function and regulatory function of the Central Bank have 2. An Overview of Private Lending
been separated. However, private lending in China has been
Judicially, private lending is also called “Folk lending”
appearing to flourish without the control of “One bank and
or “Personal credits”, referring to the civil action that a
three commissions” 1 during recent years. Millions of
party lends money to another party, and the borrower repays
P0F P
microfinance organizations and informal financial

the loan with interest when the lone becomes due. It can
institutions have provided higher interest loans for the
happen between natural persons and enterprises (include
SMEs which cannot get credit from state banks, making it
other organizations).
urgent to standardize and guide the development of private
Economically, private lending refers to the lending
lending.
action outside the formal financial range that is not
Countries all over the world are paying attention to
protected by the law or affected by the government’s
establish the regulation of the financial system and to
financial supervision. Generally, private lending includes
strengthen the supervision of the financial industry to
the lending actions among individuals.
support national economic development. The Double Bull
In recent years, private lending is booming in Zhejiang,
Regulatory Mode is very popular in North America, and the
Jiangsu and Guangdong provinces in China. Compared with
mode conforms to the fact that China covers a vast
the formal bank credit system which has relatively perfect
geographic area and the regional economic developments
regulatory measures, private lending is in a “Grey Zone”
are not balanced, and this fact is adapted to the regional
which is full of huge potential risks. Nowadays, the private
feature of private lending. However, up till now, there is no
lending in China generally has three modes, including the
specific research about the “Double Bull” regulatory mode
underground mode in Zhejiang and Jiangsu, the
intermediary mode in Qingdao, and the guarantee mode in
1
One bank and three commissions: The general headquarters of People's Zhengzhou.
Bank of China(PBC), China Securities Regulatory Commission(CSRC),
China Insurance Regulatory Commission(CIRC), China Banking
Regulatory Commission(CBRC)
414 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. J. Li et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp414-417
3. Private Financing Chaos in China negative effect on the social atmosphere. Besides Zhejiang
Province, in other areas such as Jiangsu, Fujian, Henan and
In 2011, the private lending crisis erupted in Wenzhou, Inner Mongolia, the situation is also not optimistic.
Zhejiang Province. Some bosses run away or even
committed suicide to escape the debts. For example, the 4. Current Regulation Mode in China
Liren Education Limited Liability Company (LLC) in
At present China has taken the “Monoline bull”
Wenzhou, set up in 2003 with registered capital of 320
regulatory mode which means that the national financial
million RMB, was established by Dong Shunsheng on the
supervisory power is strongly centralized, and local
basis of Yucai Middle School. Liren Company had only
government has no independent regulatory rights; “Bull”
single financing source, most of which were private lending,
means that the People's Bank of China, the CBRC (China
and the total liabilities of the company were around 2.2
Banking Regulatory Commission) and the CIRC (China
billion. After the outbreak of the private lending crisis, the
Insurance Regulatory Commission) are responsible for the
Liren Company was on the verge of insolvency, leading
different financial field supervision work. However,
Dong Shunsheng, the chairman of the company, to commit
drawbacks still exist in the current private lending
a number of suicides. On 3rd February, 2012, Dong
supervision mode, including the following aspects:
ShunSheng was arrested by the Police Bureau for absorbing
1) Lacking of necessary regulatory conditions. China’s
illegal public deposits. The Liren event was more complex
private lending presents different characteristics due to
than any other private lending cases, leading a “panic”
various economic and social factors in different areas. This
among local people and bringing serous influence on the
regional difference has increased the difficulty of central
local economic development.
unified supervision. What’s more, the local regions in China
Similar events happened in Erdos, Inner Mongolia.
have no independent regulatory powers, making it hard for
Since the second half of 2011, some of the real estate bosses
them to have substantial regulatory impact. Even if the local
in Erdos have run away or even committed suicide because
grasped certain vital information, it is also hard for them to
of the tension of capital chain. The famous example
make decisions in time to stabilize the local financial
involves Wang Fujin, the legal representative of the
system because of the power limits.
Zhongfu Real Estate Limited Liability Company in Erdos,
2) Lacking of effective information exchange and
who committed suicide on 24th September, 2011. This kind
cooperation. Nowadays in China, due to the lack of
of events has exerted negative effect on the social stability
effective supervision measures in private lending, it is hard
and economic development.
to master the specific information about private lending.
In addition, recently, Wu Ying, the original legal
The current regulatory model in China is generally focused
representative of Bense Holding Group Limited Corporation,
on divided field, but lacks of the overall supervision on
was arrested for suspected illegal absorbing public deposits
financial system. In addition, with the development of
on 16th March, 2007. In December 2009, Wu Ying was
China's financial industry, the division of the supervision
sentenced to death by the Jinhua Intermediate People's
areas is becoming vaguer, leading to various understanding
Court for the crime of fund raising defrauds . But Wu Ying
of the scope of the regulatory department. What’s more,
2T 2T
refused and filed an appeal. On 21st May, 2012, after the

because of the lack of information exchange and
rehearing by the Zhejiang Province Higher People's Court,
coordination, huge financial risks exist in the supervision
the court made the final judgment that Wu Ying has been
organizations.
sentenced to death for the crime of fund raising defraud
with a two-year suspension of execution. The case has 5. The Double Bull Regulation Mode
raised widespread social concern because it involves a lot of
legal questions about Chinese private lending which have 5.1. What is “Double Bull”
not been discussed before. To regulate the private lending, the central and local
Compared with the formal bank credit system which has authorities are granted different levels of the regulatory
relatively perfect regulatory measures, private lending is in power and responsibility to balance the regulatory functions
a “Vacuum Zone”, lacking necessary information exchange in order to realize coordination and cooperation among
and cooperation. To be specific, the problems include the different organizations, and enhance the effectiveness of
uncompleted management procedure, huge potential risks, regulation.
and irregular operations.
Since the change in monetary policy in 2010, the 5.2. The Practice in America
interest rate in private lending market is increasingly high, The Double Bull Regulatory Mode is very popular in
and many borrowers choose to escape or commit suicide North America. The organization form of US government is
because they cannot afford to pay the loan, causing a defined as a constitutional federal republic. Thus, in the
415 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

financial regulatory system, the federal government has the lending activities in the local range. Concentrated in the
central supervision right while the state governments enjoy local areas, it is possible for the SMEs to reduce the
local supervision right. financing cost. However, once the folk financial system
chain fracturing, it will exert a series of reactions to the
Graph 1. U.S Financial Regulatory System special area. Consequently, it is reasonable to take regional
regulatory policies to supervise the private lending actions.
7. The Special Content of “Double Bull” in
China
In the US “Double Bull” regulation system, both the
federal and local authorities have regulatory powers to the
financial institutions, and each authority has a number of
organizations to exercise the supervision function. However,
in countries such as German and China, the regulatory
powers are centralized in the central authority, known as the
"Monoline bull" regulatory mode. With the rapid
development of the financial industry in China, all forms of
financial tools are gradually innovated, and some kinds of
investment models which are free of the financial regulatory
The central regulatory power is implemented mainly by system are beginning to appear. Thus, the financial
5 parallel institutions such as the Federal Reserve System, regulatory system should be reformed to keep up with the
the Currency Supervision Department and the Federal current financial market. In addition, with the development
of small loan company, guarantee agencies, and private
Deposit Insurance Company; the local supervision right is
lending, local financial institutions have been given more
based on the relevant laws and regulations in states, and the regulatory powers, and China is gradually converting to the
regulations in different states have their own regional “Double Bull” mode. Specifically, the implement of
characteristics and targets. “Double Bull” in China mainly includes the following
aspects:
6. China’s Conditions to Implement “Double 1) Realizing the separation and unity of the “One bank
Bull” and three commissions” functions. As a necessary condition,
there must be a clear distribution of different functions of
The current “Monoline Bull” regulatory mode in China
the CSRC, CIRC and CBRC, and it is necessary to establish
gives the most supervision power only to the central a joint system of the three to exchange regulatory
authority. In China’s segregated supervision system, the information. Through the business coordinated supervision
financial regulatory power is concentrated in the central and information sharing, the regulation effect will be greatly
authority, and local authorities are only responsible for the improved.
central one. However, private finance in China has been 2) Setting up corresponding supervision agencies in the
appearing to flourish without the control of “One bank and local areas. Based on the socialist national conditions in
three commissions” during recent years. Consequently, it is China, local supervision agencies are set up according to the
urgent for China to reform the financial regulation system, local administrative level. In vertical direction, the local
giving adequate power to the local authorities according to supervision agencies are responsible for the superior
the local characteristics. In practical terms, there are some financial regulators; in parallel direction, the local
supervision agencies are supervised by the local
special conditions for China to implement the “Double
administrative departments. On the basis of the central laws
Bull” regulatory mode. and regulations made by the “One bank and three
1) Private finance has a strong regional characteristic. commissions”, the local financial institutions are given the
The high threshold from big banks has forced the SMEs to power to make special financial regulatory scheme in
turn to the more convenient financing tool—private lending, compliance with local special cases, according to different
which is the main form of private finance in China. Because regions of the economic status and different degree of
the private lending practices are generally focused on a market access.
specific city or county instead of trans-provincial actions, 3) Establishing the China's financial regulatory
the unified supervision measures are unlikely to guarantee commission. Under the “Double Bull” regulatory mode, it is
the effectiveness and efficiency of the regulatory policies. necessary to establish the China's financial regulatory
2) The risk of private finance is concentrated in certain commission to guide the supervision actions of the” One
bank and three commissions”. With the sustainable
areas. Because the private lending has various kinds of
development of China's financial industry, it is important to
forms, the local enterprises are generally taking personal
416 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

make timely response to the endless innovative financial the difficulty of the central unified supervision. Granted
products and constantly improve the supervision system. some of the regulatory powers, the local governments can
China's financial regulatory commission should not only play an active role in the financial supervision. In the short
give both the central and local financial regulatory agencies term, the local governments can make pertinent regulatory
adequate power to make respective detailed regulatory rules, measures under different circumstances. In the long term,
but also establish general requirements and general the local government can participate in the legislation of
principles for all the agencies. In this way, we can achieve local private finance to regulate the private lending
the financial industry supervised basic requirements. activities. With the coordination and cooperation between
8. Discussion the local regulators and central regulators, it will be helpful
to standardize and guide the development of private lending
It should be flexible for us to learn from the Double Bull and thus resolve the potential risks effectively.
Regulation Mode, for the national condition of China and 3) The practice of the mode can help to strengthen the
the USA is different. financial regulation work of the local organizations. It is a
First of all, the form of national system in china is main point of the “Double Bull” mode to expand the
unitary while the form in USA is federalism. In the USA, strength of the local government and organizations to
the federal law has the strongest force in Judicial regulate the private lending, because they are familiar with
interpretation, and the states can also have their own law as the local economic and residential characteristics. In this
long as it will not violate the federal law . However, in way, it can be beneficial to remedy the defects in China’s
China, only the National People's Congress and its standing financial supervision system which lacks corresponding
committee can make the law in the finance field, while the supervision and restraint mechanism.
local government can only make the regulations. If disputes 4) System supervision costs the system resource.
and crises arise, the regulations have less power then the Different stage of the development needs the various
regulation systems to meet the changed situation. It is the
NPC’s while they applied as law.
right time to introduce the “Double Bull” regulation system.
Secondly, the system of law in china still have large
space to become perfect, especially in field about the private References
sector of the economy , and the private lending in China has
[1] Guo Tianyong. Private lending should use “Double Bull” regulatory
only developed for several decades since the reform and
mode [N]. China Times, Oct.2011.
opening up, and is not mature in many respects, for example,
[2] Li Shixin, Zhang Yaomou, Li Li, Zheng Cailin. The present causes,
the “Wu Ying Case” in Zhejiang Province. The Double
problems and countermeasures of private lending in China [J]
Bull Regulation Mode itself is far from enough for the
Regional Financial Research,No.5,2009.
development of private lending. And the guidance and
[3] Yin Ze. Three modes of the private lending[J].Enterprise Observers,
regulation in both administration and judicature is of great
May.2011.
significance.
[4] Jin Yongxi. Newly 379 questions on private lending practices [M]
9. Conclusion the basic problems of private lending, Law Press China.
[5] Zhang Hongyan. Analysis about the choice of the financial
In the “Double Bull” regulation system, both the central
supervision model in China [J]. Economics Research Guide,
and local authorities have regulatory powers to the financial
Mar.2003.
institutions, and each authority has a number of
[6] Xin Wen, Xiang Wei. To establish China's financial regulatory
organizations to exercise the supervision function. From the
system on the basis of foreign experiences[J] .1994-2010 China
present situation of China, it is more suitable to practice the
Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House.
“Double Bull” regulatory mode because of the following
[7] Liu Yulu. The regulatory mode of private lending in China [D].
reasons:
Sichuan Normal University, Mar.2010.
1) The mode conforms to the fact that China covers a vast
[8] Joly Xin, The shadow Banking System, [M].China Economics
geographic area and the regional economic development is
Press,Jan.2010.
not balanced, and this fact is adapted to the regional feature
of private lending. The private lending practices are [9] Zhao Jianhua. The Exploration and Demonstration of the System
generally focused on a specific city or county instead of Resource Constraint Theory[D]China University of
trans-provincial actions. Thus, once a consensus is achieved Geoscience,June,2006.
on the development of private finance, it will be beneficial The corresponding Author:
to solve the local economic problems efficiently and
effectively. Jianhua Zhao,Professor, PHD, Mainly engaged in resourcd
2) The practice of the mode will exert positive effect on econimics and management, finance and regional economy.
the regulatory function of the local government and reduce
417 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
University Financial Management

Informatization Construction and its
Application
Shengnan Zhu
Financial Department, Beihang University, Beijing, China
zhuzhu@buaa.edu.cn
Abstract: This paper first introduces the background and significance of university financial management informatization
construction. Then its positive function on facilitating the financial department business management is analyzed from the
three aspects: financial system construction, business process innovation and promotion of service quality. Finally, combin-
ing the particularity of financial department business and support of business in relevant departments, this paper focuses on
analyzing the function of financial management informatization construction on promoting the system construction and
process optimization of vital departments such as university research and personnel departments.
Keywords: university finance; informatization; management

1. Introduction financial accounting, analysis, control, decision-making,
supervision and services under Internet environment, so as to
Along with the promulgation and implementation of enable further digitized management, and ultimately achieve
Measures for the Information Disclosure of Institutions of management informatization.
Higher Learning, the university internal management mode From the perspective of historical development, universi-
is developing towards systematic and digitized direction. ty financial management informatization has gone through
Moreover, office automation system based on the campus three development stages. The first stage is using the stand-
network is brought into use, gradually forming a certain pa- alone accounting computerization software. The second
perless campus office environment. Higher requirements are stage is building the local area network (LAN) and applying
raised for the university financial management informatiza- financial software on the market or self-developed financial
tion construction. system of universities. The third stage is at the application
Meanwhile, recently increasing national requirements on level of process all-in-one inside and outside the universities.
the university financial work as well as the rapid develop- This stage is applying financial information to the financial
ment of university itself and diversification of education management by utilizing network technology based on ac-
business bring many new demands and challenges to the counting computerization, realizing long-distance informa-
university financial management informatization construction exchange and information resources sharing, so as to
tion. How to analyze and solve these issues is also works provide decision support for managers and better services for
that cannot be ignored in university financial management. faculty.
Remainder of this paper discusses the three aspects: University financial management informatization has
background and significance of university financial man- important meaning for relevant business management inno-
agement informatization construction, upgrading manage- vation in universities. Financial management informatization
ment level and service quality of financial department, and contributes to the sharing of information resources. It
promoting management work of relevant departments such prompts financial functions changed from checking type to
as research and personnel departments. management service type, and facilitates financial manage-
2. Background and Significance ment changed from distributed local management to centra-
lized management.
Financial management informatization refers to using
advanced information technology and modern management
tools, based on accounting information system, realizing
comprehensive computerized accounting, implementing
network finance, providing to execute modern financial
management mode, approaches and various functions for
418 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

S. N. Zhu. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp418-421
ment, students' affairs division and graduate school are inter-

3. Upgrading Management Level and Service connected, and data transfer of the student's school roll
Quality changes, and payment of fellowships, grants and research
assistantships should be timely. By connecting with network
3.1. Facilitating Management System Establish- center data, it can be ensured that student registration and
ment enrollment data are accurate. By connecting with dormitory
Financial management system is an important guarantee management center data, dormitories information and ex-
for highly efficient operation of the routine work. Financial penses standards can be timely changed. By connecting with
management informatization requires more comprehensive the bank data, students are able to pay tuition through online
financial management system specification, stronger moni- banking, realizing the direct interconnection and reducing
toring capacity, and better adaptability and interoperability. queuing phenomenon during the charges peak period.
It is needed to revise, supplement and perfect the existing  Promote the application of campus all-in-one cards.
financial system, strengthen financial management, establish All-in-one card is designed and developed for the integrated
appropriate financial management system, seek the best fi- management of university. The system integrates advanced
nancial management method, guide by the demands of uni- IC card technology and network communication technology,
versity financial information users, provide more real, relia- which not only meets the needs of different management
ble, comprehensive and detailed information for the relevant levels in the university, but also solves compatibility prob-
decision-making. lems of various specifications management card. All-in-one
card plays a role of bridge in the campus network. By con-
3.2. Facilitating Business Process Innovation necting with information of other management system mod-
Traditional university financial process design is based ules, it links the entire campus to a data network, leading to a
more on recording and reflecting the cash flow information high degree of management informatization in all aspects of
of economic business. The goal of financial process innova- the campus, especially the financial management [2].
tion in the electronics and information technology is to use Teachers and students in the campus can recharge the
the technical means to further streamline work procedures, card by transfer machine or via recharge points. After re-
adjust the organizational structure reasonably, expand ac- charge, they can purchase various kinds of merchandises on
counting services and perfect internal control management, campus. Then the consumption will be unified settled up in
so as to raise the financial management quality and moderni- the finance department by each consumption point, thus re-
zation level [1], which is embodied in the following three ducing the cash flow and strengthening the security of funds.
aspects: All-in-one card system can prevent the occurrence of student
 Improve the online financial services. malicious arrears and improve student’s enthusiasm to pay
Online finance refers to that handling personnel transact consciously and timely. By adding funds to the card, tradi-
business including online reimbursement, online loans, and tional funds notebook is replaced, so as to achieve informati-
online inquiry under the system prompt through the network, zation management of funds and improve work efficiency.
saving the waiting time in reimbursement hall. 3.3. Upgrading Quality of Financial Services.
The procedures of online finance are as follows. Han-
dling personnel arrange relevant notes or materials according Financial management informatization construction up-
to financial provisions and requirements; enter related web- grades the quality of financial services from many aspects,
site, click on the related business module according to the such as wages and welfare management of faculty, research
concrete business after login; fill in the corresponding con- funds management, financial information management for
tents message in turn according to the prompt message of students, and financial support for the business departments
each module; print the completed documents and give them etc.
to funding principal, acceptor and handling personnel for Here an important part of financial management informa-
signature confirmation respectively; hold the related mate- tization services - financial inquiry service, is taken as an
rials to transact the various examination and approval proce- example to describe the upgrade of the financial services
dures of relevant departments; pass the signed business ma- quality brought by financial management informatization
terials and arranged notes to financial department by various construction. Students can query arrears situation and pay-
means. Then financial department deals with the received ment of fellowships, grants and research assistantships
online financial business materials and gives feedback to the through online query system. Teachers can query relevant
handling personnel. information of salary remuneration payment, responsible
 Strengthen student funds management quality. funding situation, the account record and loan record through
Financial management informatization construction puts the online query system as well. The system provides better
forward new demands for the student funds management. services for teachers to handle the relevant business, by
Financial management informatization requires that data in which related policies and regulations, financial system, and
financial department, enrollment and employment depart-
419 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

important notices can also be queried, improving the quality improve work efficiency. 3. Provide the necessary training
of financial services. for related departments and research groups, intensify finan-
cial services, improve the financial execution level, and
4. Promoting Management Work of Relevant create conditions for research management department to
Departments focus more on research projects and researchers manage-
University financial management informatization con- ment, according to the financial execution process and effi-
struction directly promotes the work system and process cient execution of information system.
improvements in the financial department. The financial 4.2. Promoting Personnel Management Optimiza-
department is a special business unit and its execution of tion
management system and business processes is closely re-
lated to the business of other departments. For instance, Financial information system construction, on the one
budgets, final accounts and financial execution of other de- hand, facilitates the management optimization of personnel
partments are directly related to the financial department. department. On the other hand, it makes faculty obtain in-
Hence, financial management informatization construction formation related to their own wages, welfare, subsidies and
will directly and indirectly promote the management work of reimbursement more conveniently. From the aspect of opti-
related departments. Here this part mainly discusses the mizing the personnel department management, the benefits
management and promotion functions of financial informati- mainly include: 1. Help the management of faculty wage
zation construction for two vital departments - research and differentials, basic salary, post allowance, performance sala-
personnel departments. ry and other aspects in personnel department develop to-
wards standardization and transparency. 2. Help the person-
4.1. Promoting the Work System and Process Op- nel department know and monitor the status of faculty per-
timization in the Research Management De- sonal income, project income, welfare implementation and
partment. paid tax, etc. 3. Help the personnel department make macro
statistics and analysis for the income and welfare of faculty.
Work system optimization mainly includes: financial
budgets, final accounts and execution system of research 5. Challenges and Countermeasures
department; research project management system; statistics
and evaluation of university overall research status. The While financial management informatization construc-
promotion function is mainly achieved by the following tion brings convenience to the financial management work, it
measures: 1. Implement the national macro guiding spirit for also faces internal and external challenges.
the university financial management. Carry out the concrete First of all, the comprehensive quality of financial per-
contents on research projects funding and financial man- sonnel should be enhanced. Informatization construction
agement in the documents of Ministry of Finance, Ministry includes two parts - hardware and software. Maintenance of
of Science and Technology, Ministry of Education, and hardware and software needs professional and technical per-
General Armament Department. Build financial work system sonnel. Thus compound talents that master the professional
directly in financial information system. Make system in text skills in computer and accounting are required. Business
directly reflect the concrete financial structure, statements personnel that responsible for accounting services and main-
and indicators. 2. Standardize the management of subjects tenance of computer information systems should know and
and funds in university. From the budgets of project estab- cooperate with each other, so as to implement the informati-
lishment, funds account and management, executing and zation work well [3]. Meanwhile, the training of financial
monitoring, to the final accounts and concluding of project personnel should be strengthened. Financial personnel
completion, all of them should be unified and standardized should make timely communication, exchanges and discus-
by financial information system, avoiding the management sions, and take effective solutions to the new issues of finan-
mode varying with different subjects or people. Special cir- cial management informatization construction timely.
cumstances should be authorized and checked by financial Second, the construction of internal control system
management personnel at all levels. When necessary, re- should be strengthened. Lots of original papery materials in
search management department also joins in consultations. business processes are changed into data storage and trans-
But eventually they should unify to the standard financial mission. This requires that the construction of internal con-
information system. trol system should be enhanced, audit and signing proce-
Workflow optimization includes: 1. Match financial ex- dures should be complete, and none loophole is allowed.
ecution flow directly with research management processes Third, network security should be enhanced and corres-
so as to simplify the management links. 2. Clear the respon- ponding financial secrecy system should be established. Un-
sibility of research and financial departments according to der conditions of operating based on the network, confiden-
the financial execution process, to avoid repeat approval, tial work in data transmission process is particularly impor-
eliminate unnecessary execution differences execution, and tant. The right anti-virus should be chosen and adequate
420 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

means of prevention and post measures to solve the problem

are needed. For example, when dealing with important fi-
nancial data, specially-assigned responsible personnel should
be arranged, and dedicated storage and transmission medium
should be used.
6. Summary
Financial management informatization construction is an
inevitable move to adapt to the current situation and univer-
sity development. It is an important means of promoting
business innovation of the financial department and related
administrative departments, and is the inevitable trend of
university financial management work.
References
[1] Z. Du, S. Wang, and Q. Tong. “University Financial Business
Process Carding Research and Practice”. China Management
Informationization. 2008. (17).
[2] H. Cao. “Exploration and Analysis of Campus ‘All-in-one Card’
Application in University Financial Management”. Economic
Research Guide. 2012. (7).
[3] S. Zhang. “Discussion on the Financial Management Informatization
Construction”. Communication of Finance and Accounting. 2011. (7).
421 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
A Study on Rural Financial Budget

Management Reform
Fanghong Cai
The School of Public Finance and Public Administration, Jiangxi University of Finance and Economics, Nanchang, China
3816361@163.com
Abstract: Problems of efficiency and fairness in the current rural fiscal field widely exist. Because Chinese local
governments’ financial independence is limited, it is the source of the low efficiency in the rural financial budget
management. The direction of reforming the agricultural production service in the rural financial budget management is the
supply socialization of production and services. The key of reforming farmers' living services in the rural financial budget
management is to realize the integration of urban and rural public services. The core of the rural financial budget
management is to enhance the construction of the agriculture association in the rural social management.
Keywords: “san nong” expenditure; public services; government budget
1. Introduction
2. The Rural Financial Expenditure Theory
"San Nong" problem means the problem about
agriculture, rural areas, and farmers, it is very important in The traditional fiscal theory for supporting rural cannot
China. Premier Wen Jiabao said there would not exist cover all contents of the current rural fiscal. We can say that
national wealthy without moderate prosperity in the the current rural fiscal has involved general public services
countryside and there would not exist modernization in the and especially basic public services except foreign affairs
whole country without modernization in the countryside. and national defense. The traditional fiscal theory for
Therefore, the construction of a new socialist countryside supporting rural cannot explain the current fiscal spending
becomes a planned strategy of the central party committee scale. The fiscal agricultural spending has become the main
and the state council for solving the "San Nong" problem. fiscal expenditure in the national fiscal, it accounts for more
The Chinese Communist Party has continuously issued the than 9% of the central fiscal if it is calculated based on the
annually first documentation about the "San Nong" work central fiscal spending for forestry and water conservancy
since 2004. Government fiscal has made great efforts, the affairs, more than 18% if it is calculated based on “San
scale of fiscal expenditure for supporting agriculture has Nong” expenditure. Therefore, this rural fiscal expenditure is
continued to increase, and rural fiscal reforms have appeared not a moral spending for supporting agricultural production
without ending. However, the problems of efficiency and but it is the government responsibility to perform its duties
fairness in the current rural fiscal field widely exist. The size normally. Thus, this paper proposes the financial theory for
of rural fiscal expenditure has been getting bigger and bigger agriculture, rural areas, and farmers.
but the gap of income between urban and rural has not been The fiscal theory about "San Nong" is the theoretical
reduced obviously. The level of supporting agriculture in basis of reforming the rural financial budget management.
Chinese fiscal is also behind that in developed countries’ The fiscal theory about "San Nong" considers that the
fiscal. The fiscal expenditure for agriculture in developed concept of rural fiscal is of the characteristics of historical
countries is mainly used to protect the agricultural survival stage. Once the integration of urban and rural areas
and the development of environment. However, the fiscal completes, the concept of rural fiscal will disappear. If we do
expenditure for agriculture in China is mainly used to not pay attention to the rural fiscal problems and the rural
develop the agricultural productive forces. It is a good topic public services during the development of the urbanization
to study rural financial budget management reform in the process, the development of urbanization will be hindered
process of integration of urban and rural public services. and those problem will not disappear automatically along
with urbanization. The fiscal expenditure for “San Nong” is
government responsibility requirement for allocating
422 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

F. H. Cai et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp422-425
resources reasonably because agricultural productions are of central government mainly serves for the township
the characteristics of externality. Agriculture is a vulnerable government.
industry so fiscal must promote the development of The second, in decision making of the rural fiscal
agriculture. The fiscal expenditure for “San Nong” is expenditure, superior governments play a main role, the
government responsibility requirement for allocating income grassroots government plays a secondary role, and the basic
fairly due to two reasons. One is that agriculture is a needs of the rural villagers are not considered effectively.
vulnerable industry that leads to their average income is Among the participants in the decision-making, the superior
lower than that in urban, another is that currently governments are a strong group and their game strategies are
government policy limits the free flow of their production reflected in the implementation of special funds, this part of
factors that decreases their practical abilities. Farmers are in the rural fiscal expenditure accounts for 70% in the budget
the situation of lower starting point and the unfair rules of and is not supervised and audited by the town government.
environment. They are a vulnerable group of people who Decisions made by town government leadership in the Baiao
have low income so the fiscal must promote farmers’ income are reflected in its achievements. For example, the
and the environment improvement of government policy. expenditure for the city maintenance fee used to build the
The fiscal expenditure for “San Nong” is government civilized and healthy town accounts for about 20% of
responsibility requirement for performing the management available capital in three consecutive years. The interests of
of social affairs. In the modern society, the social rural cadres in the balanced budget are mainly reflected in
relationship is complex, social contradictions increase, and general government services and basic budget, which
the cost of social dispute increases. Therefore, a modern accounts for 50% of available capital. Rural villagers have
government fiscal should support to establish a fair and less chance to participate in the decision making within the
reasonable decision-making mechanism for public affairs current system, their influence on decision is low, the cost of
and to improve the rural organization for farmers. In the game strategies out of the system is high, and uncertainty
binary economic features of urban and rural areas, the risk is big. Culture, education, health spending, and the
meaning of existence of the rural finance is to serve for “San social security spending they need account for a small
Nong”, that is to serve for agriculture produce, performing proportion which is less than 20% of available capital
government’s the functions of allocating resources, and expenditures.
promoting agricultural modernization; to serve for farmers The third, there exists a serious contradiction between
against poverty, performing government’s the function of unified decision-making and diverse demand in special
fair income distribution, and improving farmers’ capability; financial transfer payment. The rural financial transfer
to serve for the rural democratic autonomy, performing payment funds have the characteristics of big scale, many
government’s the function of social management, and types, and generalized system of preferences. The rural
improving farmers' organization degree. financial transfer payment funds have some problems such
as more expenditure in "San Gong", unfair benefit
3. The Status of the Rural Financial Budget distribution, and inefficient implementation of budget.
Management Special financial transfer payments only pay attention to
input and process rather than the results of implementation
There exist many problems in the current rural financial and the social effect so it greatly affects the fairness of
budget management and reform. First, the structure of basic finance funds and the government policy that benefit to
rural fiscal expenditure is not reasonable. In Baiao town farmers is destroyed by inefficient budget management. At
Dongtou county Zhejiang province, although the total scale present, the supply responsibility of rural public goods is
of all special spending funds allocated by all levels of mainly taken by the grassroots government in order to adapt
government is in the final accounts of the report, specific to the local public needs of difference in thousands ways.
contents have not been included in the audit scope of public Although through the general transfer payments and the
spending. The main content of the expenditure in the final special transfer payment of superior governments the
report only lists the amount of available capital. The average township financial revenue is more than RMB 5
expenditure structure of available capital is unreasonable million, the township government has not many rights to
because the available capital accounts for 30% of the town control it. The contradictions between unified
fiscal revenue, the proportion of the expenditure for general decision-making and diverse demand cause unfair
public services used in the administrative management is distribution and low efficiency in financial transfer payment
excessive big and accounts for more than 50% of available funds so that the township government needs the approach
capital, and the government spends too small in public of financing to meet local public demand. Chinese local
services and matches with economic development government only has limited rights of financial
expenditure, this does not fit the function orientation that the independence that lead to the contradictions between unified
423 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

decision-making and diverse demand in the rural financial productive public service supply decision. Orderly
budget management, it is the source of the low efficiency in participation in the decision-making mechanism is that
the rural financial budget management. farmers’ organization sets up production cooperatives and
The fourth, from perspective of new public service industry group as well, namely the agriculture association.
theory, "Xiang Cai Xian Guan" reform does not introduce Comparing with the cooperative, although the organization
the citizen participation system. This result in that of the agriculture association is non-profit and relatively
governments only pay attention to the productivity of the loose, it is in large scale, similar to other industry association,
financial revenue and expenditure but not to the effects of and has a strong self-service ability. The grassroots
township financial revenue and expenditure on villagers, the government has a cooperation relationship with the
defining right of the rural social public interest belongs agriculture association in agricultural production service
county and township governments rather than rural villagers. supply, not the traditional relationship of ruling and
County and township government realize and evaluate their management. In the supply of public services, the boundary
public interests established by themselves. This is not only of government and non-profit organization is increasingly
the important factor of soft restriction in township finance vague. The agricultural association has the advantage of
but also is the key reason the government can't get good agriculture production information and the characteristic of
returns from villagers. The key problem of "Xiao Cai Ju farmer independent management, and the government has a
Guan" is to only consider the management efficiency rather superior capital resource and the characteristic of being
than people, it is not people-oriented or consistent with the strongly constrained by the local people's congress. Both the
idea of public service theory. Although managing the government and the agricultural association cooperate
education point reduces department education costs, it closely under the supervision of the local people's congress.
greatly increases the costs of farmers’ education. The Government provides funds and agriculture production
decision of adjusting school distribution excludes opinions service institutions manage agriculture association supply so
of the rural villagers so it leads to waste school building the high efficiency and fairness of agricultural production
resources. In immature market environment, the market budget management can be realized.
reform of “Yi Qian Yang Shi” must be that private The key of reforming farmers' living service budget
monopoly replaces government monopoly and private management is to realize the integration of urban and rural
monopoly in rural public services will harm public interests. public service. In the process of urban and rural public
service integration, it is undesirable to independently
4. Policy Choices of the Rural Financial consider the development of rural compulsory education,
Budget Management Reform medical insurance, the social security, and low-income
security system. Public services of farmers' life should be
The direction of reforming the agricultural production developed with city public services as a whole. It makes
service in rural financial budget management is the supply farmers to really enjoy national treatment. The reform of
socialization of production and service and the rural compulsory education budget management needs to
implementation of results-based budget management system. emphasize the goal of social fairness. We need to implement
The traditional public service supply mechanism in tilted financial support for elementary and secondary schools
agricultural production is the supply of institutions in rural areas and for rural students in budget management.
properties and is actually administration supply. Workers of The main contents include expanding the scope of a free
agricultural production service belong to township cadres, lunch in the elementary and secondary schools of rural areas,
provide production services, and perform the administrative improving the free lunch standard, getting the agreement and
duties simultaneously as well. Because of the competition in support of student’s parents for removing or merging the
specific interests between governments and farmers, the rural schools, increasing budget funds of countryside school
administration-based production service supply is low education, teachers, school buses, and the dormitory
efficient and unfair. By applying the new public subsidies in the government financial budget, supporting to
management theory, "Yi Qian Yan Shi" reform is actually establish communication system between urban teachers and
introducing market mechanism into agricultural production rural school teachers, etc. In addition, based on foreign
service, it is that private monopoly replaces government experience, we should set up a student's parents committee
monopoly, its supply is either low efficiency or unfair, and in primary and middle schools. It acts a platform for parents’
finally it infringes upon public interests. From the practices participation in school budget management to realize the
in Hubei province, this causes "nets and lines broken, people education fairness. The key of reforming farmer medical
scattered" in the service system of agricultural production. service budget is to improve medical security level for
According to the new public service theory and public farmers. Farmers generally earn less than urban residents do,
management theory，farmers should orderly participate in therefore, within a united medical insurance system, we still
424 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

should provide a tilted medical insurance subsidy policy for [3] Buchanan and Tulloch.1962. The Calculus of Consent--Logical
the standard income of farmers' medical insurance in order Foundations of Constitutional Democracy. University of
to reduce the gap between the urban and rural medical Michigan Press.
insurance. The focus of reforming rural endowment budget [4] Burns, James MacGregor. 1978. Leadership. New York: Harper
management is to improve the level of security and the level and Row. p4.
of overall planning. The focus of reforming budget [5] Caiden, Naomi.1989.A New Perspective on Budgetary Reform.
management for villagers’ low-income insurance is to Australia Journal of Public Administration Vol 48,No.1:51-58.
improve the level of poverty line and safeguard. From the [6] Campbell, John. 1996. “An Institutional Analysis of Fiscal
view of the budget management, we encourage to establish a Reform in Post-Communist Europe.”Theory and Society
social worker system and to introduce it into the decision 25(1).
making of allocating rural poverty relief funds by social [7] Charles M. Tiebout. A Pure Theory of Local Expenditures the
workers’ survey on poverty. We can rely on social workers’ Journal of Political Economy, Vol. 64, No. 5 (Oct., 1956), pp.
information and their moral superiority to realize public 416-424.
service socialization so that the allocation of low-income
security funds is more fair and efficient.
The construction of a rural social organization is the core
of rural social management. According to the content of new
countryside construction, we can think that the appearance
and neatness of a village is the hardware construction of
rural social management, countryside civilization is the
software construction of rural social management, and the
democratic management is the organization construction of
the rural social management. The level of rural social
management can reflect the degree of national civilization.
Rural farmers’ organization is lower than that of town
citizens so the key of enhancing the rural social management
is to strengthen the construction of the rural organization.
Encouraging the development of non-profit organizations is
an important aspect of improving the rural fiscal budget
management for the rural social management. The core of
the rural fiscal budget management is to enhance the
construction of the agriculture association in the social
management. Based on the concept of civil society, the
agriculture association that farmers serve themselves should
be established. The agriculture association dedicates to
provide services for the agricultural production and
simultaneously serves as the platform that farmers take part
in the public economic affairs. The combination of
administrative platforms for the agriculture association and
the village committee reflects diverse needs of local demand
and simultaneously provides agricultural public services for
governments.
References
[1] Allen Schick. The Road to PPB: The Stages of Budget Reform,
Public Administration Review,1966,26:pp243-258
[2] Anwar Shah. The Reform of Intergovernmental Fiscal Relations
in Developing and Emerging Market Economies. Washington
D.C.: the World Bank. 1994
425 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Analysis of the Implementation Issues and

Countermeasures of our Country
Environmental Accounting
Lixia Long
School of Application Science, Jiangxi University of Science and Technology, Ganzhou, Jiangxi
longlong_7711@163.com
Abstract: Along with the rapid economic development of our country, resource shortages and environment pollution have
been severe. Against this background, the environment accounting was brought into being, our country has many problems
in the practice process of environmental accounting. The paper has some original ideas in the analysis of problems in the
practice process of environmental accounting, four aspects of adaptation are discussed and put the solving ways. So there is
important the oretic and practical significance to ensure the smooth implementation of the environmental accounting in our
country.
Keywords: environmental accounting; implementation problems; countermeasures
1. Introduction shrink profit. Enterprise is lack of inner power in imple-
mentation of environmental accounting.
According to the traditional accounting model, GNP Many of the local economy in our country are still in
does not deduct environmental expenditure, the compen-
a critical period of development. Too much is being said
sation of resources and environment is overlooked, and
about economic envelopment speed from the local gov-
does not figure on the list of system of national economic
ernment, still go after development route of pollution
accounting, this cause information of GNP lack fidelity.
governance, be will not accept the concept of "green
In order to protect the environment and natural resources,
and promote long-term sustained, stable development of GDP", this will inevitably lead to the local government to
our country's national economy, we should incorporate overlook the environment accounting, the implementation
the environment resource factor into the national eco- of environmental accounting will be obstructed.
nomic accounting system. Therefore, against this back- The public and enterprise in our country are wide-
ground, the environment accounting was brought into spread lack of consciousness of environmental protection
being, but in the process of implementing of environ- and social responsibility.
mental accounting in our country, there are many prob- 2.2.Technology
lems. In the background of the harmonious society and
At present in academic group the main view on the
the sustainable development, has some original ideas in
environment accounting contains four categories "three
the analysis of problems in the practice process of envi-
factors theory", "four elements theory", "five elements
ronmental accounting, four aspects of adaptation are
theory", "six factors theory". Elements classification view
discussed and put the solving ways. It has important the
of environmental accounting does not unified, which
oretical and practical significance.
makes certain differences in determination of the envi-
2.The Existing Problems of Environmental ronmental accounting elements, and constitutes obstacles
Accounting Implement in the implementation of the environmental accounting in
our country.
2.1.The Ideas The measurement standards of environment account-
The enterprise is economic organization to to pursue ing element are missing. Environmental accounting ele-
the profit maximization, If bringing environmental cost ments can be measured by a measurement standard. But
factors into the enterprise's cost calculation, it will lead to in the environmental accounting elements, most things
are not the product of human labor, so traditional ac-
426 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. X. Long et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp426-429
counting measurement methods on the basis of labor val- accounting personnel is lack of understanding for the use
ue are hard to meet the need of environmental accounting of advanced electronic equipment, accounting practition-
elements in effective measurement. ers need to further improve the ability to handle data.
Disclosure model and content of the information of Most universities are not developing teaching activi-
environment accounting are not sure. At present, in our ties in the environmental accounting, environment ac-
country disclosure model of enterprise environmental counting discipline construction is extremely backward,
accounting can't satisfy the using subject of all accounting which leads to new environmental accounting personnel
statements for information needs of the environment ac- power obviously inadequate.
counting. And our country has not yet issued the manda-
tory regulation about the disclosure model of environment 3. The Corresponding Countermeasures of En-
accounting information, which makes the disclosure of vironment Accounting Implementation in China
environment accounting information have randomness, 3.1.The Changing of Concept
this leads to appear insurmountable obstacle in the im-
plementation process of environment accountant. In addi- Defining the social responsibility of the enterprise
tion, China's environmental financial information disclo- operator, government should strengthen enterprise man-
sure is inadequate, especially environment accounting agement education from policy laws and regulations, let
theory and practice are not perfect, so the disclosure of they recognize that environmental problems are not only
such information is relatively rare. social problems, but also are closely linked with the sur-
vival and development of enterprise .
2.3.The System Construction Government officials at all levels should establish the
The assessment system built on the achievements of scientific concept of development and the correct
the GDP, induce government officials just to pay atten- achievements view, should realize the importance of en-
tion to present economic interests, ignore the interests of vironmental accounting system establishment and promo-
the long thought, and lead to the implement of environ- tion, increasing the support in practice for the overall
ment accountant lack of government officials support and implementation of the environment accounting which is
supervision, it becomes a big barrier in the overall im- conducive to environmental accounting in the develop-
plementation of the environmental accounting . ment of our country, so as to set up scientific develop-
The basic position of market environment in the allo- ment route with the combination of the economic devel-
cation of resources is still not fully formed, and the gov- opment and environment protection of resources to drive
ernment function change still do not reach the designated the local economy healthy and fast development.
position, the power of government in configuration of Governments should strengthen the social public en-
environmental resources is too much and too big, which vironmental protection propaganda, in all the social build
lead to a direct impact on the market environment in the a atmosphere of conservation of resources and envi-
allocation of resources in the function of the work. ronmental protection , urged the public to put environ-
From the 1970s, China has promulgated and revised a mental ideas into action to form the whole social supervi-
series of laws and regulations on resource management sion and power.
and environmental protection has set up several supervi- 3.2.Technical Research
sion enterprise behavior of the authority, and has estab-
lished many action plan and strategic plan which lays the Speed up discussing of the environment accounting
elements of classification, because only scientific classi-
foundation for the development of the system of envi-
fication standard can better ensure that the accounting
ronmental accounting law. However, at present, "practic-
process is scientific and operability.
ing lawlessness, law enforcement is lax" still exists, the
Speeding up the work of confirming standard of the
entire environmental legal system is not perfect, and es-
perfect environment accounting elements is very key,
pecially the independent legislation for environmental
which is the premise of the environment accounting
accounting in China draws a blank.
measurement and the environment information disclosing,
2.4.Personnel Training
directly determining the quality of the environment ac-
In our country, accounting personnel quality is not
high, the knowledge of accountants is narrow, knowledge counting work, and the expressing of the function of en-
structure is restrictive, practitioners have rarely involved vironmental accounting. the confirming standard of En-
in the environmental science, biological sciences. vironmental accounting elements should inherit the tradi-
In lots of areas people still use manual charge or relational accounting element confirming standard, also we
tively simple accounting computerized accounting, and should get peculiar confirming standard from the envi-
427 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ronmental science, ecological science theory and methods market, and guide the optimum development of environ-
according to the particularity of the environmental factors. mental resource market.
At the same time, stepping up to the environment ac- Speed up to perfect related laws of environment ac-
counting element measurement standard research is im- counting, and ensure full communication from the ac-
minent, we should rely on the experts and scholars scien- counting department, the environment ministry and law
tific research strength closely, get the standard of the sys- department .creatively set related legal system of envi-
tem from combining environmental accounting practice ronmental accounting with incorporation of environmen-
and China's specific conditions, and then we can ensure tal accounting legislative experience from developed
the environment accounting work efficiency, which is of countries and China's national conditions. Make sure that
great significance for environmental accounting in the Environmental accounting system will be listed in the
implementation of the our country. accounting law, clear the importance of environmental
Regulate the environmental accounting information accounting for economy, zoology, ecology, and social
disclosure system, environment accounting information development through the provision of law .emphasizes
disclosure system is the important component of the the important position of environmental accounting. At
environment accounting system our country must streng- the same time, make separate environment accounting
then the research of the environment accounting informa- standards, ensure that the environment accounting and
tion disclosure model and the content , the government disclosure work is rule-based, give the environment ac-
should promote the environment accounting informa- counting legal support; finally, establish and perfect the
tion disclosure model research actively from the Angle of environmental accounting system, clarify the details of
management, make the environment accounting informa- the environment accounting work, form industry stan-
tion disclosure model of the related regulations, manda- dards of environmental accounting. Only in this way, in
tory terms with standard environment accounting infor- the implementation of environmental accounting can we
mation disclosure model . In addition, ensure the effective achieve, "there are laws, law enforcement should be in-
communication from the accounting departments and the vestigated, Law's enforcement must be strict, Violators
environmental protection departments , speed up to work must be brought to justice", can we ensure the smooth
out the information disclosure system detail terms. implementation of environmental accounting system
3.3.The System Construction fundamentally.
Establish a scientific achievement appraisal system, 3.4 Personnel Training

only establish and perfect the correct leadership cadre Strengthen the theory communication of connected
evaluation system, can the government effectively inspire discipline, develop a scientific environment accounting
and guide leading cadres do good deeds for the people work system jointly, which is good for the resource sav-
forever . Only in this way, can the government thoroughly ing and environmental protection, so as to maximize the
suppress the idea that "first pollution, after management" environment accounting function, and finally achieve
which only considers the present economic interests but economic, ecological and social sustainable development.
hurt a long-term interests and in the leading cadre head Popularize.computerization.comprehensively ,pay at-
breeding, of guarantee the smooth implement of envi- tention to computer skill training of accounting personnel ,
ronmental accounting of the place from the root. only train more employees with accounting knowledge,
Give full play to the role of the market for the envi- experience, and knowing computer software, can we lay
ronment resources allocation , ensuring good operation of the foundation of talents for the overall implementation of
environmental resource market , completely change our environment accounting, Finally, colleges and universi-
traditional environmental resource configuration mode, ties should strengthen the environment accounting discip-
relax government for environment resource authority, and line construction, increase strength of training.
put environmental resources on the market ,fix a price
according to the laws of the market , ensure effective cir-
References:
culation of resources. At the same time, improve envi- [1] J. Clerk Maxwell, A Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism, 3rd
ronmental resource market legislation, ensure order oper- ed., vol. 2. Oxford: Clarendon, 1892, pp.68–73.
ation of the law market with the line of the law. And in [2] Lu ZHAO,Xiping ZHU.Accounting research on small and
respect of the rules of the market condition, ensure the medium enterprise social responsibility. Accounting
appropriate macro-control for environmental resource communications ( integrated ), vol1,2009,pp.135-136.
428 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[3] Linfeng JIANG. The correlation research on information

disclosure of environment accounting of enterprise value and the
enterprise . Friends of accounting,vol 2,2010,pp.33-40.
429 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Research on the Relationship between Value

Sustainable Growth and Financial Strategy
Choice of Hi-Tech Enterprises
Zengjun Gu*, Xuemeng Guo, Haiqing Guo
School of Economics and Management, Beijing Jiaotong University, Beijing, China
*
xssy163@163.com
Abstract: Targeting hi-tech enterprises, this paper studies the relationship between value sustainable growth and financial
strategy choice. Research shows that sustainable development rate of excellent enterprises has strong correlation with most
financial strategy indicators and the strongest correlation with assets growth rate. Only with the integrated use of financing
strategy, investment strategy and distribution strategy and the appropriate use of these three, can the enterprises keep
sustainable growth. Whereas, sustainable development rate and asset-liability ratio of the inferior enterprises have strong
correlation with liquidity and are significantly correlated with dividend payout ratio and assets growth rate, but not
correlated with other financial strategy indicators.
Keywords: financial strategy; sustainable growth; high-tech enterprises
1. Introduction Sustainable development is lifeline of the enterprises’
development and also the motivation and guide thought,
Hi-tech enterprises refer to the knowledge and therefore, it is the core of financial strategy. Based on the
technology intensive ones, with the characteristics of high situation and problems of our hi-tech enterprises, in order
investment, high risks, fast growth, and good growth. to promote the enterprises’ value and keep sustainable
Sustainable development is the goal and lifeline of the development, it is the key point in this paper for the
enterprises’ development and the important content of management levels how to use reasonable financial strategy
enterprises’ management. From the perspective of financial and how to use financial strategy to make decision.
strategy, the too fast growth makes the enterprises short of
money, and all kinds of resources can not meet their 2.1. Sample Selection
development, while too slow growth makes the enterprises’
value small, which is disadvantageous for the enterprises. This paper chooses 183 listed companies of Beijing in
In order to make hi-tech enterprises keep sustainable Guotaian financial data. According to the hi-tech
development and prevent from the issues of too fast, blind enterprises management methods by China science and
expansion and the irrational investment, the management technology ministry in 2008 April, non hi-tech enterprises,
levels should choose reasonable and scientific financial ST, PT and the enterprises without complete data are
strategy and make use of financial strategy integrated excluded and 74 companies are absorbed into the sample.
management thought to improve the sustainable In order to test if enterprises are sustainable developing,
development. Therefore, the research on the relationship this paper chooses the data of a long period to ensure its
between value sustainable growth and financial strategy persuasion and data’s stability. The data of five years in
choice of hi-tech enterprises is quite important. CSMAR and Sina listed companies finance report from
2007 to 2011 are chosen and 287 observation values are
2. Sample Selection and Data Collection gained.
2.2. Indicator Selection
Fund Project:2012 Beijing Jiaotong University Doctoral Fund of （1）Main indicators selection
innovation（No.2012YJS042）and Social science planning research
projects in Shandong Province (No.11DKJJ07). Employing main factor analysis and factor analysis, this
430 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Z. J. Gu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp430-433
paper selects 21 financial factors to present the overall

financial situation, including assets liability ratio, current Table 1. common factor variance
ratio, quick ratio, cash ratio, total capital growth rate, net initial extracted
profit growth rate, total profit growth, operating profit Indicators
growth rate, operating income growth rate, profit margin variance variance
on net assets, operating profit ratio, net profit margin on asset-liability ratio 1.000 .648
sales, asset profit ratio, total asset net profit rate, profit current ratio 1.000 .987
margin on net assets, return on invested capital, receivables
quick ratio 1.000 .987
turnover ratio, inventory turnover, account payable
turnover rate, total assets turnover, equity turnover. In order cash ratio 1.000 .974
to avoid interpretation overlap, this paper employs factor total assets growth rate 1.000 .404
analysis to exclude unnecessary factors, selecting 12
net profit growth rate 1.000 .438
representative indicators to form systematic enterprises
finance valuation system to make empirical analysis, and operating income growth rate 1.000 .486
make foundation for the enterprises financial strategy. And operating profit ratio 1.000 .685
these indicators include operating profit growth rate,
ROA 1.000 .795
operating profit ratio, total asset net Profit Ratio,
ROE/Profit margin on net assets, account payable turnover ROE 1.000 .780
rate, total assets turnover. account payable turnover rate 1.000 .791
（2）Financial strategy indicators selection total assets turnover 1.000 .654

Extraction method: main factors analysis
According to the empirical financing studies of Stanley
With the help of SPSS software standardization
F.Slater and Tomas J.Zwriein (1996), Wanghui, Chenxiao
processing, we can get the financial index correlation
and Shanxin(1999),Shenkunrong Zhangcheng(2003), this
coefficient matrix eigenvalue and contribution rate. Four of
paper selects asset-liability ratio, debt financing rate, the
the variable coefficient of correlation matrix are more than
long-term assets debt ratio as the indicators of enterprises
1 in the eigenvalue, and their variance are 27.732, 19.285,
financing and these indicators will reflect the capital
14.458 and 8.775, which together explaining the financial
structure, financing structure and solvency. According to
situation of hi-tech enterprises in Beijing city. And the
the empirical investment studies of Stanley F.Slater and
cumulative contribution rate is 70.250. Therefore, it can be
Tomas J.Zwriein(1996),Zhangxianzhi(2001), Quanlin(2004)
thought that the four factors basically reflect the original
and so on, this paper selects the capital investment growth
data information when designated eigenvalue value is
rate, liquidity and asset growth to indicate the enterprises
greater than 1 under the condition of extraction factor.
investment strategy and reflect the situation of the
enterprises investment. According to the enterprises 3.2. Setting up the Financial Situation Indicators
dividend distribution policies studies of Stanley F.Slater
and.Tomas.J.Zwriein(1996),Lvchangjiang.and.Wangkemin( System
1999) and so on, this paper selects dividend growth ratio Establishing original factor loading matrix of four
and dividend payout ratio to reflect the situation of extracted main factors, then carrying on the structure
enterprises dividend distribution. adjustment to simplify variance maximum orthogonal
3. Factors Analysis rotation matrix, and dividing high load of the index value
load matrix into four categories, we can name every factor:
3.1Factors Selection The first main factor has high load in asset-liability
ratio, liquidity, quick ratio and cash ratio. Combined with
Table one shows the change of the common variance. the analysis methods of financial ratio, this indicator is the
Initial variance is the common factor variance of all core to measure long term and short term debt paying
original variables; initially, each variable is normalized to ability of the enterprises.
the mean of 0 and standard deviation is 1 of a normal The second main factor has high load in operating profit
variable, so common variance is 1. Extracted variance is ratio, total asset net profit ratio, ROE/profit margin on net
common variance of each variable after extracting the assets, which analyze the profit ability of the enterprises. Its
common factor. This value is mostly more than 1, showing initial variable variance accounts for 20.738, and it is also
the extracted common factors can explain most of the valuation of enterprise financial status of the major aspects.
original variances. The third main factor has high load in total capital
431 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

growth rate, net profit growth rate, operating profit growth

66 +0.446 -0.053 +0.093 +0.251 -0.181 +0.3
rate and can be regarded as the financial indicators of the
enterprises growth ability. And its initial variance accounts 90 ；
for 9.246, reflecting the importance of the financial strategy
is not high. F4=0.014 +0.034 +0.042 +0.063 -0.151 -0.1
The fourth main factor has high load in account payable
turnover rate, total assets turnover and these two indicators 32 -0.053 -0.131 +0.045 +0.072 +0.839 +0.4
represent the operating ability of the enterprises, measure 41 ；
capital utilization efficiency and the ability of fund
Take the percentage of variance contribution rate of
management. And its initial variance accounts for 8.472，
which means it is not very important for the explanation of each factor to the total variance contribution rate of the four
the overall financing situation. factors as the weight and calculate the composite score
The rotated load coefficient can verify the enterprise's
function is followed:
financial condition according to the classification.
F= （ 27.732*F1+19.285*F2+14.485*F3+8.775*F4 ）
3.3. Calculate the Factor Scores /70.25
table 2. the factor scores coefficient matrix 4. Research Findings and Explanation
factors
1 2 3 4
4.1. Total Description
asset-liability ratio -.085 -.280 .252 .014 According to the factor analysis sort, the top 25% and
current ratio .325 -.094 .067 .034 last 25% enterprises respectively are defined as excellent
enterprises and inferior enterprises. Make further analysis
quick ratio .326 -.095 .070 .042
of these two types of the typical enterprise in order to
cash ratio .333 -.119 .087 .063 understand influence degree of the financial strategy of the
total assets growth rate -.051 .235 -.087 .151 enterprises value for the sustainable growth ability. It can
be seen that sustainable growth rate of excellent enterprises
net profit growth rate .011 -.026 .366 -.132
is higher than the inferior enterprises. In the enterprises
operating income growth rate .046 -.110 .446 -.053 whose sustainable growth rate are less than 0% ,the inferior
operating profit ratio -.037 .356 -.053 -.131 enterprises are more than excellent enterprises; in the
enterprises whose sustainable growth rate is from 0% - 5%,
ROA -.034 .326 .093 .045
the excellent enterprises are more than inferior enterprises,
ROE -.050 .220 .251 .072 but the average sustainable growth rate of excellent
account payable turnover rate .027 .154 -.181 .839 enterprises are 0.56% higher than inferior enterprises
sustainable growth rate. In the enterprises of sustainable
total assets turnover .047 -.265 .390 .441
growth rate from 5% to 10%, excellent enterprises account
for 7.46%, inferior enterprises 5.13%. In the enterprises of
From table 2 of factor scores coefficient matrix, the the sustainable growth rate are more than 10%, excellent
function of factor score can be got: enterprises are 5 more than inferior enterprises, the former
will be 2% higher than the latter's in average sustainable
F1=-0.085 +0.325 +0.326 +0.333 -0.051 +0.
growth rate.
011 +0.046 -0.037 -0.034 -0.05 +0.027 +0.04 4.2. Partial Correlation Analysis
7 ； From partial correlation analysis, we can see that
sustainable growth rate of excellent enterprises has strong
F2=-0.280 -0.094 -0.095 -0.119 +0.235 -0.0 correlation with asset-liability ratio, debt financing rate,
26 -0.11 +0.356 +0.326 +0.22 +0.154 -0.265 dividend payout ratio, the flow rate of investment, and is
significantly correlated with asset growth rate, has low
； correlation with the long-term assets debt ratio, dividend
growth rate and the growth rate of capital investment. That
F3=0.252 +0.067 +0.070 +0.087 -0.087 +0.3 means the growth rate of the excellent enterprises is related
to the financing strategies, investment strategy and
432 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

distribution strategy: the method of financing strategy

influences financing costs of the enterprises; the method of
investment project influences enterprise operational
efficiency and the decision of dividend policy not only
influences the cash flow of the enterprise but also sends
signal to the market and influences the confidence of the
investors. When these three parts of financing strategy all
reach the reasonable goals, the enterprises’ value will keep
growing. We also can see that sustainable growth rate of
inferior enterprises has strong correlation with
asset-liability ratio and liquidity ratio, and is significantly
correlated with dividend payout ratio and asset growth rate,
has low correlation with other financial strategy indicators.
5. Conclusions
Whether the financial strategy is used properly is an
important motivation affecting the sustainable growth of
enterprise value. By the factor analysis and its research of
high-tech enterprises in Beijing it is found that the
sustainable growth of excellent enterprises is significantly
correlated with assets growth rate, and managers coordinate
the investment strategy, financing strategy and the
allocation of strategic relationship, only when all these
three simultaneously are used appropriately, do enterprises
maintain sustainable growth.
Reference
[1] Robert C. Higgns. Sustainable Growth under Inflation[J]. Financial
Management,1981(10).
[2] Van Horne,James C.Sustainable Growth Modeling[J].Journal of
Corporate Finance,1988(1)
[3] Donald N. Sull,Martin Escobari,Creating Value in an Unpredictable
World[J], Business and Economics,2004: 139.
[4] Lam brecht BM.The Timing and Terms of Mergers Motivated by
Economics of Scale[J] Journal of FinancialEconomics,2004:41.
[5] RuthBender &Keithwar. company financial strategy[M],BeiJing:
Post & Telecom Press,2003.
[6] Hamel. Strategic Management. Harvard Business School
Press,1996,(5).
[7] Michael C.Jensen.Value Maximization, Stakeholder Theory and the
Corporate Objective Function, Journal of Applied Finance 2001
VO1.14,No.3:8-21.
[8] Snatley F.Slaetr&ThomasJ.Zwirlein.TheSrtueurte of Finnacial
Srtaetgy:Pattems in Finnacial Decision Making [J].Mnagaerial and
Deeision Eeonomics,1996 VO1.17,253-266.
433 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Comparative Research on the Incentive

Mechanism of Independent Innovation in
High-technology Industry
Lu Xu, Yanling Wang
Accounting School,Harbin University of Commerce, HUC, Harbin, China
Abstract: High-technology industry is a comprehensive system comprised by science, technology and production, and
these components interrelate, influence and restrict one another. With the rapid development of economic globalization,
high-technology industry becomes the most important industry in the world. Thus more and more research focus on the
study of the tax policy and fiscal investment for the high-technology industry, especially in United States, South Korea, Ja-
pan, the United Kingdom and France. The comparative research on the incentive mechanism of independent innovation in
high-technology industry broadens relevant study perspectives and research categories. Furthermore, it provides certain
theoretical and practicable references to the incentive mechanism of independent innovation in China’s high-technology
industry. Last, this research promotes the development of China’s high-technology industry and independent innovation.
Keywords: incentive mechanism; independent innovation; high-technology industry; tax policy; research and development
1. Introduction Table 1. High-tech Industry taxation revenue（as a percentage

of GDP）
As the worldwide technology is growing at an ever
faster pace, the High-tech Industry has become crucial to Countries High-tech Industry taxation revenue /GDP
(regions ) 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
the national economy growth, thus more countries have USA 1.0 1.1 1.0 0.6 0.7
treated the High-tech Industry growth as the emphasis of Japan 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.3 0.8
national development strategy. Currently, the capability of UK 1.1 1.3 1.1 1.2 0.9
independent innovation has been regarded as the core France 0.8 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.5
Korea 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.2
strength of High-tech Industry development by most coun-
tries. So they keep encouraging the High –tech to develop Source: China Statistical Yearbook 2001-2010; OECD;
by the incentive mechanism. Financial Management Service; Battelle; IMF
First, we will respectively compare two direct incen- Table 2. Total amount of taxation revenue（as a percentage of
tive mechanisms, incentive tax policy, fiscal R&D invest- GDP）
ment, for High-tech Industry independent innovation
among USA, United Kingdom, France, Korea, Japan and Countries taxation revenue /GDP
(regions ) 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
China. Then, we will analyze how these incentive mechan- USA 25.7 27.1 27.9 26.1 24.0
isms affect the High-tech Industry independent innovation. Japan 27.4 28.0 28.3 28.1 27.9
UK 35.7 36.5 36.2 35.7 34.3
2. Taxation Policy Comparison France 43.9 44.0 43.5 43.2 41.9
Korea 24.0 25.0 26.5 26.5 25.8
2.1. Indexes Comparison Source: China Statistical Yearbook 2001-2010; OECD; Financial
Management Service; Battelle; IMF
The taxation policies to the High-tech Industry inde-
pendent innovation, as well as the currency, vary in differ- Table 3. High-tech Industry taxation revenue
ent countries, so we cannot analyze the absolute value of (as a percentage of total amount of taxation revenues)
the High-tech Industry taxation revenue of those countries. High-tech Industry taxation revenue / total
The taxation policies and their effects in USA, United Countries
amount of taxation revenues
(regions )
Kingdom, France, Korea, Japan and China, can be ana- 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
lyzed by comparing the relative value of the High-tech USA 0.0389 0.0405 0.0358 0.0229 0.0291
Japan 0.0510 0.0535 0.0565 0.0462 0.0286
Industry taxation revenue, which is the percentage of GDP.
UK 0.0308 0.0356 0.0303 0.0336 0.0262
France 0.0182 0.0227 0.0229 0.0208 0.0119
Key Technologies R&D Program of Heilongjiang Province (GC06D208) Korea 0.05 0.048 0.0490 0.0528 0.0465
434 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. Xu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp434-438
Industry taxation revenue decreased from 0.05 to 0.0465

From Table 1 we can find that the percentage of High-tech between 2005 and 2009 in Korea, and there was a peak
Industry taxation revenue to GDP in USA, Japan, United value of 0.0528 in 2008. As far as we can find, the percen-
Kingdom and France has had a small increase since 2006, tage of High-tech Industry taxation revenue to total
and then revealed a trend of decrease. The percentage of amount of taxation revenue revealed a cycle of increase
High-tech Industry taxation revenue to GDP in Korea re- and decrease.
mained the same in both 2005 and 2006, increased slightly From these results, we can conclude that if the number
in 2007 and 2008, whereas drop in 2009. The preferential of enterprises in the High-tech Industry is fixed, the incen-
tax policy in those countries related to the High-tech Indus- tive tax policy to High-tech Industry independent innova-
try independent innovation would lead a decrease in the tion in different countries will cause a decrease of High-
percentage of High-tech Industry taxation revenue. Howev- tech Industry taxation revenue in a short time. However,
er, from Table 1 we cannot conclude that the changes of the incentive tax policy will promote the development of
High-tech Industry taxation revenue amount were caused High-tech Industry independent innovation, and thus there
by preferential tax policy exclusively. Therefore, we should is an increase in the High-Industry between the production
introduce the percentage of the total amount of taxation quantity and the tax revenue . T herefore, the implementa-
1T 1T
revenue to GDP. tions of incentive tax policy can effectively motivate the
The statistics in Table 1 and 2 are based on GDP from capability of independent innovation to the High-tech In-
2005 to 2009 in those countries, therefore when we divide dustry, and thus promote the development of the High-tech
the relevant numbers respectively; we have the percentage Industry on a large scale.
of High-tech Industry taxation revenue to total amount of
taxation revenues shown in Table 3. 3. Fiscal R&D Investment Comparison
2.2. Results Comparison Analysis With High-tech Industry independent innovation as the
core competence of the R&D activity, it has become the
Based on the analysis, we can find that the percentage critical part of technology development of those countries.
of High-tech Industry taxation revenue decreased from R&D activity involves a great amount of human resource
0.0389 to 0.0291 between 2005 and 2009 in USA, and and financial support, so how to increase the fiscal R&D
there was a peak value of 0.0405 in 2006. And in Japan, investment has become a crucial task to the governments.
the percentage of High-tech Industry taxation revenue de- Since 1990s, various countries have significantly increased
creased from 0.0510 to 0.0286 between 2005 and 2009, the investment in R&D activities; it is the national strategy
and there was a peak value of 0.0565 in 2007. Through the to increase the inputs of R&D investment in the fiscal
same analysis, we can find that the percentage of High- budget as the technology competency.
tech Industry taxation revenue decreased from 0.0308 to
0.0262 between 2005 3.1. Indexes Comparison
0.06 Research and development activities mean operating
systematically and innovatively in order to use technical
0.05 knowledge to create new applications. It is the sign of
0.04 2005 High-tech Industry widely developed. Research and de-
2006 velopment activities must be assisted with capital invest-
0.03 2007 ment, which is related to government’s fiscal R&D capital
2008 investment. Internationally, the frequently used index is
0.02 2009
the economic scale and the intensity of the fiscal R&D
0.01 investment. These two indexes would show the technology
force of a state and the capability of development in the
0
USA Japan UK France Korea High-tech Industry, and compare the Fiscal R&D invest-
ment in different countries.
Figure 1. High-tech Industry taxation revenue（as a percentage
of total amount of taxation revenues）
and 2009 in United Kingdom, and there was a peak value

of 0.0356 in 2006.
In France, the percentage of High-tech Industry taxa-
tion revenue decreased from 0.0182 to 0.0119 between
2005 and 2009, and there was a peak value of 0.0229 in
2007. At last, we can find that the percentage of High-tech
435 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

3.1.1. Economic Scale of Fiscal R&D Investment Table 5. Fiscal R&D investment funds
The economic scale Fiscal R&D investment refers the （ in billions of national currency）
total amount of fiscal R&D investment in that year, an R&D Countries (regions )
important fact to evaluate the absolute scale of the R&D Invest-
ment USA Japan UK France Korea China
investment. In order to promote the capability of indepen-
1994 169.61 13596.03 13.68 26.76 7894.75 30.63
dent innovation of the High-tech Industry, the Fiscal R&D
1995 184.08 14408.24 14.03 27.30 9440.61 34.87
investments of those countries have been increased. It is
1996 197.79 14155.06 14.34 27.84 10878.05 40.45
predicated that Chinese annual Fiscal R&D expenditures
1997 212.71 14794.03 14.66 27.76 12185.81 50.92
will catch up Japanese in 2011 and become the second
1998 228.11 15169.20 15.45 28.32 11336.62 55.11
largest one in the world. As it is shown in the Table 4.
The R&D investment scale in USA has increased 2.17 1999 245.48 15032.66 16.93 29.53 11921.75 67.89
times from $169.61 in 1994 to $368.8 billion in 2007. The 2000 267.77 15304.42 17.72 30.95 13848.50 89.57
R&D investment scale in USA will be increased by 6.59 2001 278.23 15542.82 18.29 32.89 16110.52 104.25
times if traced back from $ 61.59 billion in USA in 1990 2002 277.05 15551.51 19.23 34.53 17325.08 128.76
to the Battelle forecast of $405.3 billion in 2011. The 2003 289.72 15683.40 19.9 34.57 19068.68 153.96
R&D investment scale in Japan has increased 1.31 times 2004 301.02 15782.74 20.25 35.69 22185.34 196.63
from 13596.03 billion yen in 1994 to 17756.24 billion yen 2005 324.46 16672.63 21.68 36.53 24155.41 245.00
in 2007. The R&D investment scale in U.K. has increased 2006 343.75 17273.45 23.20 37.84 27345.70 300.31
1.84 times from 13.68 billion pounds in 1994 to 25.13 2007 368.80 17756.24 25.13 39.37 31301.38 371.02
billion pounds in 2007. 2008 -- -- -- -- -- 461.60
The R&D investment scale in France has increased Source: China Statistical Yearbook 2001-2010; OECD; Financial
1.47 times from 26.76 billion franc in 1994 to 39.37 bil- Management Service; Battelle; IMF
lion franc in 2007. The R&D investment scale in Korea According to the formula of average growth rate, we can
has increased 3.96 times from 7894.75 billion in 1994 to find the average growth rate of fiscal R&D investment
31301.38 billion in 2007. The R&D investment scale in scale in different countries from 1994 to 2007 :
China has increased 15.07 times from 30.63 billion RMB USA, 6.16 % ; Japan, 2.10 %; United State, 4.80 %;
in 1994 to 461.60 billion RMB in 2008. The data of differ- France, 3.00%; Korea,11.17%; China, 23.20% . It can be
ent country’s R&D investment scale are shown in Table 5. seen that the growth rate of fiscal R&D investment scale
Table 4. Forecast of fiscal R&D investment in 2011 of China is largest. The second one is Korea, and the
( in billions)
growth rate of USA fiscal R&D investment scale account
for the third place, followed by Britain, France and Japan.
Country fiscal R&D investment The exchange rates based on U.S. dollar in December
USA 405.3 1st 2007 can be used to compare each country’s fiscal
China 153.7 R&D investment scales. We can find that R&D investment
Japan 144.1
Germany 69.5
scale of USA in 2007 is still at the first place.
Korea 44.8
Table 6. Fiscal R&D investment funds in 2007（in billions）
France 42.2
UK 38.4
India 36.1 country USA Japan UK France Korea China
Canada 24.3 2007 exchange
1:1 1:110.44 1:0.486 1:1.1291 1:923.8 1:7.401
Source: Battelle < 2011 Global R&D Funding Forecast > rate
R&D
368.80 160.78 51.708 34.868 33.883 50.131
Average growth rate Expenditure
As the second biggest fiscal R&D investment country,
25.00%
Japan has a short of $ 208.02 billion than U.S. As the third
20.00% one, UK is fewer $ 109,072 billion than Japan.
15.00% Average growth
Although China's fiscal R&D investment scale in-
rate creased rapidly, it is still lower than USA, Japan, and UK
10.00%
in 2007. Compared with USA, it has a short of $ 318.669
5.00% billion. France and Korea are ranked fifth, sixth. As it is
0.00% shown in the Table 6
A
ce
UK
n
3.1.2 The Intensity of the Fiscal R&D Investment

US
pa
re
in
an
Ja
Ko
Ch
Fr
The intensity of fiscal R&D investment is the percen-

Figure 2 Average growth rate of the fiscal R&D investment tage of fiscal R&D investment to the gross domestic prod-
436 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

uct (R&D / GDP), it is an important indicator to measure 2009 -- -- 1.87 2.21 -- --

the relative scale of R&D investment. If the intensity of Source: China Statistical Yearbook 2001-2010; OECD; Financial
fiscal R&D investment of one country equals to 1%, it Management Service; Battelle; IMF
means that the country is at the stage of basic construction; suggests they all possess strong capability of independent
if the intensity of fiscal R&D investment is between 1% innovation. Japanese intensity of fiscal R&D investment
and 2 %, it means that the country has certain ability to was up to 3.44 and it was the greatest in 2008. Although
innovate; if the intensity of fiscal R&D investment is the intensity of fiscal R&D investment in China kept rising,
greater than 2%, it means that the national innovation ca- it only reached 1.47 in 2008.
pability is powerful. In summary, we can find that as a comprehensive lead-
3.2. Results Comparison and Analysis ing industry, the position of high-tech industries in the
countries’ strategy is rising. The countries' fiscal R&D
From table 7, we can find that usa’s fiscal r&d invest- investment in the scale and intensity are both some im-
ment is on the rise from 1994 to 2000. Due to the recession proved to promote the rapid development of high-tech
of u.s. in 2001, the domestic r&d investment appears a industry. Every countries’ fiscal R&D investment in the
turning point. After economic recovery, it continues to rise scale was rise year by year; despite the intensity of fiscal
until 2008. After economic recovery the domestic r&d in- R&D investment of some countries are decreased , their
vestment in usa continues to continue to rise to 2008. fiscal R&D investment have been more than 1.5% except
Affected by the Asian financial crisis in 1998 and fi- China; China’s fiscal R&D investment in the scale and
nancial reform in 2004, Japan’s fiscal R&D investment is intensity are growth quickly, but still lower than some de-
decreased in 1999 and 2004. But it maintains an upward veloped countries.
trend basically in other years. The intensity of fiscal R&D
investment of UK was in a overall declining trend. And 4. Conclusion
the intensity of fiscal R&D investment of France was not The incentive mechanism of the independent innova-
obvious in rise and downward. The intensity of fiscal tion of high-technology industry played a vital role in the
R&D investment of Korea was rise except for 1998. At high-tech industry development as well as the process of
last, we can find that the intensity of fiscal R&D invest- building China into an innovation-oriented country. In
ment of Chinese showed a significant upward trend from recent years, how to improve the incentive mechanism of
1994 to 2008. the independent innovation of high-technology industry so
However, it can be seen that the intensities of fiscal r&d as to enhance the economic benefits of high-tech industries
investment of other countries were more than 1% since has become the key to promote the innovation of high-tech
1994 except for china. and it shows that the other five industry and build an innovative country. This paper ana-
countries have the ability in a certain amount of self- lyzed the implementing of the incentive mechanism of
innovation. the data of 2008and part from 2009 indicate independent innovation in High-tech Industry in USA,
that the intensity of fiscal r&d investment in the usa, japan, Japan, South Korea, UK and France. On that basis, we
france and korea are more than 2% and it compared two main incentive mechanisms, the tax policy
Table 7. Total amount of domestic investment(as a and the fiscal R&D investment, and conclude that it is
percentage of gross domestic products) unrealistic to put forward feasible suggestions.
R&D Country(Region)
References
Investment/GDP USA Japan UK France Korea China
1994 2.42 2.79 2 2.32 2.32 0.64 [1] Liu Guoxin and Li Xingwen, "Research at domestic and foreign on
1995 2.51 2.92 1.94 2.29 2.37 0.57 independent innovation" Science & Technology Progress and Policy,
1996 2.55 2.81 1.86 2.27 2.42 0.57 February 2007
1997 2.58 2.87 1.8 2.19 2.48 0.64 [2] Liu Hui and Yu Yongyue, "A Comparative Study of the national high-
1998 2.62 3 1.79 2.14 2.34 0.65
tech industry development" Shandong Economic Strategy Research,
1999 2.66 3.02 1.86 2.16 2.25 0.76
June 2002.
2000 2.74 3.04 1.85 2.15 2.39 0.90
[3] Shu Chun+ and Chang wei, "Comparative Analysis of the Three high-
2001 2.67 3.12 1.82 2.2 2.59 0.95
tech industrial policy in Japan, the United States, China" Science-
2002 2.66 3.17 1.82 2.23 2.53 1.07
technology and Management, May 2004
2003 2.66 3.2 1.78 2.17 2.63 1.32 [4] Liu Ling, Qi Liangqun and Xu Mingkai, "Comparative analysis of
2004 2.59 3.17 1.71 2.15 2.85 1.34 the policy environment of the high-tech industries at domestic and
2005 2.62 3.32 1.76 2.10 2.98 1.35
foreign" Science-technology and Management, March 2006
2006 2.66 3.39 1.76 2.10 3.01 1.39
2007 2.68 3.44 1.79 2.08 3.21 1.40
2008 2.79 3.44 1.77 2.11 3.36 1.47
437 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[5] Zhang Yizhong and Tang Shukun, "On basic fundamental principle of
tax preferential system of high andc new-technology industries" Stu-
dies in Science of Scien e,pp.853-890,October 2007.
[6] Liang Yanjun, " Abroad to accelerate the development of high-tech
industry preferential policies and learn from" Practice in Foreign Eco-
nomic Relations and Trade,pp.16-19,November 2001.
[7] Kuang Xiaoping, "Typical innovative national independent innovation
incentives and taxation policy" Research and Exploration,pp.8-
14,November 2007.
[8] Li Daming and Yin Lei, "Support innovation tax policy - for exam-
ple South Korea, India, Singapore and Taiwan" International Taxa-
tion ,pp36-40,October 2006.
[9] Zhang Tao, and Ma Yahong, "Chinese and foreign the R & D income
tax incentive policies and Thinking" Economics and Management,
pp157-160, September, 2008.
438 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The Empirical Analysis of Chinese Soybean

Crushers’ Hedging Ratios
Liu Hong1, Zhang Huiyan2
1
School of Economics, Beijing Wuzi University, Beijing, China
2
Hehe Futures Brokerage Co. Ltd, Beijing, China.
Abstract: Futures is an important tool of hedging risk for spot market, the correlation of the two markets is an important
indicator to measure the risk of hedging or the effectiveness of hedging. According to the theory of effectiveness of hedging,
the paper analyzes the relationship of soybean futures closing price and Chinese soybean prices to Hong Kong, and the cor-
relation of the DCE beans futures closing price and soybean spot prices in China, and discusses the hedging ratio of corpo-
rate based on analysis conclusions.
Keywords: soybean crushers; hedging; correlation; hedging ratio
1. Theoretical Analysis of Hedging Effective- fect of corporate. Ifρ 2 = 1, the hedging effect is 100%, that
P P
ness means the price risk of spot market is completely avoided

through futures market. Ifρ 2 = 0, the spot price and futures
Hedging effectiveness is defined as "the reduced propor-
P P
price are totally unrelated, then the enterprise don’t need to

tion of the variance of price changes of the hedge position
hedge.
without being hedged." Since the purpose of hedging is to
Disk crush margins of imported soybean is an indicator
reduce price risk by future trading. The formula of hedging
to reflect the crush margins of imported soybean in real time,
effectiveness, namely:
and it can reflect the oil refinery’s willingness to buy. When
E f
2
=
2
(σ −σ )/σ
S
2 . （1）
B S
the crushing profits of imported soybean tend to rise, domes-
tic crushers will increase import, CBOT soybean prices are
Where E f represents the hedging effectiveness, б 2 S
supported, then soybean price has certain upside room in
R R P PR R
represents the spot price risk, б 2 B represents the risk of

future. At this time, according to the ABCD practice intro-
P PR R
basis volatility. If E f can be expressed by the coefficient of

duced by the paper, forward comprehensive hedging can
R R
determination of spot prices and futures prices, then formula

help enterprises achieve a better hedge effect.
(1) can be changed to:
In actual production, when 0<ρ 2 <1, the enterprise is gen-
P P
ρ = 1 −σ B /σ S
2 2 2 erally based on standard deviation of spot price volatili-
（2）
ty ,standard deviation of futures price volatility and the cor-
relation of futures price and spot price to estimate the corpo-
In fact, ρ 2 is square of correlation coefficient between the
rate hedge ratio.
P P
spot price and the adjusted futures price. It is the accurate

percentage measure of price risk reduced by hedging, and is X = ρ σ1 （3）
bounded by 0 and 1. The higher the correlation of the spot σ 2
price and futures price, the more conducive the hedging ef-
Where X represents the hedge ratio,ρrepresents the correla- cording to the consultations, we obtain the soy price to Hong
tion of futures prices and spot prices, б 1 indicates that the R R Kong. Therefore, Soybean prices to Hong Kong are mainly
standard deviation of spot price volatility is, б 2 indicates R R affected by CBOT prices, as well as the premiums and dis-
that the standard deviation of futures price volatility.ρ
2
counts. The article mainly analyzes the CBOT soybean fu-

tures closing price, as well as premiums and discounts, and
2． The Correlation Analysis of CBOT Soy-
the correlation of Chinese soybean price to Hong Kong, cal-
bean Futures Closing Price and Chinese
culates the corporate’s hedging ratio according to the above
Soybean Price to Hong Kong
formula and provides a reference for the crushers taking par-
Crushers in China mainly rely on imported soybean. At ticipate in hedging in the futures market.
present, the usual practice of our crushers is setting a point at Based on data from August 15, 2008 to September 30,
the price of futures contracts on the CBOT (Chicago Board 2011, we analyze the related factors of affecting soybean
of Trade, CBOT), plus the premiums and discounts ac- prices to Hong Kong. By SPSS software, we analyze the
439 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

H. Liu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp439-442
correlation analysis of CBOT closing price, Brazilian beans September 30, 2011,when importers’ hedging ratios for the
FOB premiums and discounts, American beans FOB pre- American beans, Brazilian beans in CBOT are 0.921,0.583,
miums and discounts, the U.S. Bay shipping fee, Brazilian they can obtain a better hedging effect.
shipping fee, the U.S. beans prices to Hong Kong, Brazilian That the bilateral approximation of American beans price
beans prices to Hong Kong. The bilateral test with signific- to Hong Kong and the U.S. Gulf freight P = 0.249> 0.01, we
ance level of 0.01 shows a negative correlation among reject they are negatively correlated, while the bilateral ap-
CHICAGO (Dow Jones) - Chicago Board of Trade closing proximate of Brazilian beans price to Hong Kong and Bra-
price and Brazilian beans FOB premiums and discounts, as zilian freight P = 0.443>0.01, we reject their negative corre-
well as America beans FOB premiums and discounts. When lation. Table 1 test results show that the price of America
the CBOT prices are high, Brazilian beans FOB premiums beans to Hong Kong and the U.S. Gulf freight do not have a
and discounts and America beans FOB premiums and dis- negative correlation, thus the U.S. soybean prices to Hong
counts are low, it is because that the international soybean Kong and the U.S. Gulf shipping fee have a positive correla-
spot price is formed by point price of CBOT soybean futures tion or no effect on the price to Hong Kong.
and premiums and discounts based on the consultation. For-
3 ． The Correlation Analysis of DCE Beans
eign soybean suppliers’ profit mainly comes from the higher
Futures Closing Price and the Spot Price of
futures prices or the premiums and discounts. When the
Chinese Beans
CBOT prices are high, foreign soybean suppliers’ willing-
ness to sell beans are strong, it will reduce the FOB price, Chinese soybean futures [soybean futures in the text are
and vice versa. referred to the Dalian Commodity Exchange (Dalian the
The influencing factors of the U.S. Gulf shipping fee and Commodity Exchange, the DCE) NO.1 soybean futures con-
freight in Brazil are the same, without excluding the impact tracts] are affected by the movements of CBOT soybean
of the trend they show a high correlation of 0.997. The corre- futures price. Remove the related variables of closing price
lations of the American beans, Brazilian beans price to Hong of CBOT soybean, soybean oil and soybean meal, we make
Kong with the CBOT closing price, are 0.94, 0.895 respec- the correlation analysis on the closing price of DCE soybean,
tively. Based on weekly volatility and correlation of the soybean oil, soybean meal under the control variables using
American beans , Brazilian beans price to Hong Kong and SPSS, the results are shown in Table1.
the closing price of the CBOT soybean, we calculate, on
Table 1 The correlation of Chinese soybean, soybean meal, soybean oil futures
Soybean closing Soybean meal Soybean oil clos-
project price closing price ing price
Soybean closing Partial correlation 1.000 -0.215 -0.271
price
Bilateral approximate P-value 0.000 0.000 0.000
Number of samples 0 901 901
Soybean meal Partial correlation -0.215 1.000 0.339
closing price
Number of samples 901 0.000 901
Soybean oil Partial correlation -0.271 0.339 1.000
closing price
Number of samples 901 901 0.000
Source: JingYi Futures Brokerage Co. data center, Thomson Reuters [DB] 2011-09-30/2011-10-12
After discounting the impact of the CBOT Soy product hedging based on the squeezing profits, it is still difficult to
futures prices, from Table 2 we can find negative correlation achieve their hedging objectives.
of Chinese soybean futures prices and soybean oil futures By analyzing the relevant data from September 1, 2004
prices is -0.215, correlation of Chinese soybean futures pric- to September 30, 2011, the correlation between Chinese
es and soybean meal futures prices is -0.271. The results soybean futures prices and the domestic soybean price of
show that there is a certain degree of negative correlation Dalian, Boxing, Harbin are 0.752, 0.757, 0.738 respectively.
between Chinese soybean futures and soybean meal futures Before 2008, the correlation between Chinese soybean fu-
prices, soybean oil futures prices, but the degree of correla- tures prices and the domestic soybean prices of Dalian, Box-
tion is low. Although soybean crushers can consider forward ing, Harbin are 0.9765, 0.9735, 0.9736 respectively. There is
440 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

H. Liu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp439-442
a high correlation between soybean futures and spot, it is

benefitial for crushers to hedge.
Table 2 The correlation analysis of soybean futures closing price and the domestic soybean
project Soy closing price Dalian Boxing Harbin
Pearson correlation coefficient 1 0.752 0.757 0.738
Soy closing price Bilateral approximate P-value 0.000 0.000 0.000
number of samples 2178 1691 1691 1693
Pearson correlation coefficient 0.7520 1 0.9990 0.9940
Dalian Bilateral approximate P-value 0.000 0.000 0.000
Pearson correlation coefficient 0.7570 0.9990 1 0.9920
Boxing Bilateral approximate P-value 0.000 0.000 0.000
Pearson correlation coefficient 0.7380 0.9940 0.9920 1
Harbin Bilateral approximate P-value 0.000 0.000 0.000
Source: JingYi Futures Brokerage Co. data center, Thomson Reuters [DB] 2011-09-30/2011-10-12
The delivery grade of yellow soybean futures contract The DCE soybean meal spot closing price and the do-
NO.1 is a domestic non-genetically modified soybean, but mestic soybean meal spot of various regions show a higher
presents a high correlation with the domestic imported soy- correlation. With the significance level of 0.01, the correla-
beans. Studies have shown that with the significant level of tions between DCE soybean meal closing price in spot
0.01, the closing price of CBOT soybeans and domestic im- month and soybean meal in Dalian, Harbin, Qinhuangdao,
ported soybeans present a positive correlation and also Rizhao, Zhangjiagang, Dongguan are respectively 0.908,
present high correlation of 0.872, 0.868, 0.869, with the Da- 0.849, 0.917, 0.922, 0.930, 0.923. Through observation we
lian, Boxing, Harbin domestic soybean. The high correlation find that there is a higher correlation of domestic soybean
between CBOT soybean closing price and the domestic im- meal in spot market of various regions, showing, it indicates
ported soybeans, it is helpful for crushers hedging to hedge a strong linkage exist among the soybean meal spot mar-
risk in CBOT. ket.According to the correlation in Table 5, we get the ap-
From Table 2, we can see that there is a high correlation propriate hedge ratio for the crusher by computing the stan-
between the closing price of DCE Dalian soybean oil spot dard deviation of the DCE soybean meal price volatility of
and the domestic soybean oil spot of various regions. The the spot month and the standard deviation of soybean meal
results show that the correlations between the closing price spot price volatility of various regions. On September 30,
of DCE Dalian spot soybean oil and the grade four soybean 2011, if domestic crushers do selling hedge using the hedge
oil of Dalian, Harbin, Tianjin, Qingdao, Zhangjiagang, Hua- ratio in Dalian, Harbin, Qinhuangdao, Rizhao, Zhangjiagang,
ngpu.are.respectively.0.976,0.972,0.990,0.988,0.988,0.988.T Dongguan of 0.556, 0.132, 0.751, 0.553, 0.344 respectively,
he grade four soybean oil of various regions shows a high they will achieve better hedging results.
correlation, it is said that there are strong linkage among the
4. The Conclusion
soybean in various regions of China.
There is a higher correlation between the closing price of Studies have shown that the Chicago Board of Trade
DCE soybean oil spot month and the domestic soybean oil of soybean prices not only show a higher correlation with Chi-
various regions. It is helpful for domestic crushers to hedge. nese imported soybean prices to Hong Kong, but also show a
According to the correlation of each item in Table 4, we cal- higher correlation with the e soybean futures prices of Dalian
culate the standard deviation of the DCE soybean oil spot Commodity Exchange. Thus it is helpful for crushers in Chi-
month price fluctuations and the standard deviation of soy- na to hedge by using the linkage between the two futures
bean oil spot price volatility of various regions. On Septem- markets.
ber 30, 2011, On September 30, 2011, if domestic crushers It is helpful for corporate’ hedging when the correlation
do selling hedge using the hedge ratio in Dalian, Harbin, between futures and spot market is high. For some reasons,
Qinhuangdao, Rizhao, Zhangjiagang, Dongguan of 0.464, correlation between futures and spot market is weakening,
0.504, 0.305, 0.377, 0.207, 0.206.respectively, they will by calculating the hedge ratio can enable enterprises to
achieve better hedging results. achieve better hedging results. According to the actual oper-
ating conditions of Chinese soybean crushers, the paper cal-
441 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

H. Liu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP 1 (2012) pp439-442
culates the hedge ratio combined with related indicators, thus

provides the appropriate reference for enterprises’ hedging in
the futures market.
References
[1] Tao Pei. Wang Xianli. Futures economics course [M]. Beijing:
Commercial Press .2003.169.
[2] Liu Hong. Empirical Analysis of hedging in steel futures [J].
Chinese circulation economy. 2010(03).
[3] China Futures Industry Association of China futures market
functions casebook internal reference .2009-09.39[2009][M].
[4] Central Bank report. The international commodity price volatility is
affected by domestic commodity price fluctuations cause [N].
futures daily .2011-4-11(1)
[5] Ling in the China aluminum spot and futures optimal hedging
effectiveness of empirical research [D]. Shanghai: Shanghai
Academy of Social Sciences .2008.
[6] Li Wenping commodity futures hedge ratio measurement study of
[D]. Changchun: Jilin University.2006
442 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Some Thoughts on Evaluation of Performance

Budgeting in College
Xiangxia Meng 1 , Xiruo Wang 2 , Gang Feng 3
PPP PP PPP PP PPP
1
PPP PP School of Economics and Management, Mudanjiang Teachers College, Mudanjiang, China
2
PPPPersonnel Department, Mudanjiang Teachers College, Mudanjiang, China
PP
3
Financial Department, Mudanjiang Teachers College, Mudanjiang, China
PPP PP
1
goldxx2009@163.com, 2tsgmxx@163.com
P PP P P
Abstract: The evaluation of performance budgeting is the core in the system of budgeting management. This paper anal-
yses the national policy and the development of enterprise, and explores the necessity of implementing the evaluation of
performance budgeting in college. Meanwhile, the hiding problems in budgeting management also have been elaborated
and some suggestions to consummate have been provided.
Keywords: budgeting management; evaluation of performance
1. Introduction From the proving grounds and the policy mentioned, it is
obvious to draw the conclusion that our country is support-
In recent years, with the progress made in the budgeting
ive to the evaluation of performance budgeting.
management system in Government Agencies and Institu-
tions and corporations and the acceleration in the progress 2.2. The Need of College’s Development
of marketing, the requirements of budgeting management
1) The existent problems in the budgeting management in
have been increased. The traditional budgeting management
college.
mode has been directed by the investment and neglected the
examination of the production or outcomes. This lacuna has a) The weak awareness of budgeting and the low effi-
been challenged by the pluralized sources of capital and its ciency in the fiancé utilization.
utilization, which appeal to change and shift to the new
There are some non-scientific or non-practical problems
mode that emphases the investment as well as the outcome.
in the budgeting management department in college like
2. The Necessity of Evaluation of Performance working-out the budget only for the final figure as the result
Budgeting and paying no attention to the transacting process of budget-
ing. This leads to the difficulty in inspiring other function
2.1. The Direction of National Policy
departments to interweave into the budgeting process, and
According to the requirement put forward at the Third not to mention the research and argumentation to the budg-
Plenum of the 16th Central Committee of the CPC, the min- eting project. This kind of budgeting has a deviation from
istry of finance and the ministry of education carried out a the real circumstance and will have no effect on the budget-
series of innovations about budgeting management system ing management.
in order to improve the security rate, standardization and
b) The non-scientific method in budget programming
efficiency of budgeting capital [1] . Since 2001, some small-
and the non-practical result in budget programming.
PPP PP
scale proving grounds aiming to evaluate the expenditure

performance in the colleges and universities in Hubei, Hu- The budgeting management system adopted the zero-
nan and Hubei Province have set up and achieved in the based budgeting system and always canceled the late years’
initial stage and accumulate some experience. The ministry radices. The budgeting for the next year will be pro-
of finance promulgated the Guideline to Implement the grammed according to the objects and responsibilities to
Evaluation of Performance Budgeting in Investment Project each department and the next year’s plan, meanwhile taking
in Central Government and the Methods of Management the the financial resources and working points into considera-
Expenditure Budgeting Performance Evaluation in the Cen- tion. However, the traditional way has been followed which
tral Government in the year 2004 and 2005 respectively. is the simple model “the last year’s radices adding this
This work is supported by the Humanities and Social Science Research year’s adjustment” [2] , so the zero-based budgeting system
PPP PP
of Heilongjiang Provincial Committee of Education in China under couldn’t exert its use. In the budgeting programming, if the
Grant No.12522314
443 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

X. X. Meng et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp443-445
department staff and the practical circumstance are not tak- their staff, which recedes the obstacle in budgeting pro-
en into account to ascertain the output and input and to ad- gramming and optimize the budgeting result.
just the expenditures’ structure, and shift to base on the late
d) The performance budgeting has a complete process
radices, the outcome of budgeting is always not practical.
that is propitious to control the management activity and to
c) Budgeting management needs surveillance and budg- evaluate the result.
eting implement need analysis and examination.
The performance budgeting supervises the budgeting
There has been no effective surveillance in budgeting process by way of designing the budgeting standard in dif-
implement, so it tends to be arbitrary in budgeting ferent phases, and meanwhile, it evaluates the budgeting
programming [3] . Some occasional expenditure out of the
PPP PP result in different lays. It could be concluded that the per-
plan seldom be restricted by budgeting, which caused dis- formance budgeting unites the surveillance and evaluation
joint between the budgeting programming and the budget- in management process.
ing implement. Some people modify the project details,
3. Suggestions for Implementing the Perfor-
increase the standard of fees, and expand the range of ex-
penditure in order to withdraw some personal interest. No
mance Evaluation
analysis and examination to the budgeting programming 3.1. To Establish the Healthy Performance Budgeting
and implement caused blind spot and hide the problems, Evaluation Organization
aftermath; there exists no reasonable budgeting without
In order to ensure the implementing the performance
effective surveillance system.
evaluation in enterprise, the performance evaluation system
2) The characteristics of performance budgeting with different lays should be set up. The first lay is the per-
formance evaluation committee that is the head-quarter with
a) The performance budgeting is kind of profit budgeting
the power to have important decisions. Based on the fea-
which changes the traditional way of budgeting.
tures of the enterprises in our country, this committee
The traditional budgeting put emphasis on capital in- should be established in the Communist Party Council that
vestment, but has no surveillance and examination to the led by the secretary of the Party committee. This organiza-
outcome [4] . On the contrary, the performance budgeting
PPP PP tion is authorized to redeploy and re-organize the resources,
takes the performance as the premier, the budgeting as the and to control and allot each department’s responsibility and
method, and the effect as the basis of evaluation and sur- power. To be specific, it has the power to examine and ap-
veillance. The body of budgeting’s performance and effect prove the scheme of performance budgeting, to decide the
are the yardstick of budgeting, which emphases the invest- implement of performance budgeting and to harmonize the
ment and the production at the same time. Compared to the conflicts in this process. The second lay is the group of per-
traditional budgeting, the performance budgeting is a result- formance budgeting manager. This part plays the role of
oriented budgeting. administrating which composes of the leaders who are in
charge of finance, audit, human resources and labor union
b) The performance budgeting is beneficial to improve
including some experts who specialize in finance. Their
the transparence and increase the felicity of budgeting.
responsibility is to program, discuss, examine the perfor-
Due to the two features, the quantitative accumulation mance budgeting project, and to analyze the target of budg-
of budgeting target and the publicity of budgeting process, eting, as well as to blueprint the performance evaluation
nearly all the personnel in the budgeting body could super- system. The third lay is referring to the staff in each de-
vise the process of budgeting with the professional partment who are the body part to carry out the performance
knowledge, which enhance the stabilization and sanction of budgeting. The performance budgeting emerges into differ-
budgeting. ent fields in the enterprise and regulates very specific goal
and measurement to each department even to each individu-
c) The performance budgeting is of great maneuverabil-
al. Only by way of motivating their awareness of participat-
ity and easier to be understood.
ing, they could finish the task with success.
It is the comparison between the investment and out-
3.2. To Establish the Healthy Performance Budgeting
come that the performance budgeting emphases, and the
Evaluation Mechanism
final goal is to evaluate the performance of each
department [5] . The performance budgeting adopts the quan-
PPP PP 1) The principle of performance budgeting evaluation.
titative accumulation of budgeting target, and then allot
First of all, the performance budgeting evaluation must
specific responsibility and object to each department and
take the profit and the cost into consideration. If the perfor-
mance budgeting evaluation only considers the interest
444 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

X. X. Meng et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp443-445
gained by the manager and neglects the cost of utilization of ing, and the direction of evaluation could transform into the
the rare resources, which tends to cause the fake budgeting inner need of staff and then to enhance their motivation.
and the blind point in information exchange. There are three factors should be considered as follows. The
In the second place, the standard of performance budg- first factor is the salary which provides the basic earning to
eting evaluation must be based on the achievements to each lower the pressure from work. The second factor is the en-
department or the whole enterprise or organization. It is the couragement of the best performance department to publish
only way to combine the two parts’ achievements that man- their achievement to reduce the influence of fake budgeting.
agers and staff could be motivated to exert their spirit and The third factor is the reward to the additional production or
endeavor. Also, the valuable information could be shared the punishment to the unfinished work.
among different departments and organizations.
3.3. To Establish the Healthy Performance Budgeting
2) The Vickrey-Clarke-Groves mechanism Evaluation Standard
In theory, the application of the Vickrey-Clarke-Groves The design of performance budgeting evaluation stand-
mechanism is of great reputation. The real achievements ard should follow the principles of economy, integrality and
gained by one department and the expected achievements availability. The standard of performance should be evalu-
from all the departments are combined to be the standard of ated from the operation performance and the financial
performance evaluation, which directs the budgeting. And strength. The operation performance should be evaluated by
this mechanism should be specified as follows. way of the rate of resources utilization, the rate of target
The standard of performance evaluation is equal to the realization, the rate of department contribution, the rate of
combination of the expected achievements from all the de- production by the staff, the rate of investment and produc-
partments and the gap in implementing the budgeting in one tion to each department and the rate of implement in finan-
department. In this formula, the gap in implementing the cial budgeting. The financial strength composes the occu-
budgeting in one department is the factor that the manager pancy rate in market, the ability to gain profit, the ability to
can control, which could be increased in value by the ad- manage, the quality of asset and the abundance of the capi-
justment of the manager himself through examining his tal as the financial standard. What is more, the non-financial
performance. The expected achievements from all the de- standard, like the evaluation standard of products explora-
partments require the consideration of the utilization of the tion, intelligent cultivation, and the work-team construction
resources available and its efficiency as well as the influ- should be comprised.
ence to the enterprise or organization’s performance. Oth-
References
erwise, its original standard should be affected. With the
0B
help of the Vickrey-Clarke-Groves mechanism, each de- [1] Jiyu Chen, Yurui Zhang,“The Problem in Performance Budgeting
partment should forecast in a positive manner, and each Evaluation in Modern Government Agencies and Institutions”,
department could focus on their own task due to the same Exploration，2004 (10)，pp.68-73.
mechanism in utilization. [2] Shuning Li, “Brief Analysis of Performance Budgeting Management
The Vickrey-Clarke-Groves mechanism has considered in College”, Economy and Management College in Shanxi Province,
being the most effective way to stimulate the staff to pro- 2004 (4), pp.36-38.
vide the real information and make arduous efforts. Three [3] Yuan Lu, “Study on the Performance Budgeting Evaluation in
positive effects could be provided: each department tries to College from the Theory and Its Practice in Design”, Technique
maximize their real achievements; each department pro- Economy and Management, 2006 (1), pp.66-68.
vides their accurate forecast of their own; and each depart-
[4] Xiao Peng, “Discussion of Management in College’s Specific Project
ment’s performance evaluation is independent to the others,
in Purchase and Maintenance”, Business and Account, 2005 (3),
which avoids all the flaws of the traditional performance
pp.56-57.
evaluation methods.
[5] Jiannan Wu, Guining Li, “The Performance Evaluation of Financial
3) The motivation mechanism Expenditure in Education: Model and the Standard”, Xian
The reasonable motivation mechanism could lead the Transportation University (social science), 2004 (2), pp.156-158.
managers to have accurate forecast in avoid of fake budget-
445 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Chapter VI：
Management
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
A Research on the Pricing Strategy of Ski

Resorts
Li Liying1; Guan Chunhua 2; Ren Wenjun 3
P PP PP
1
School of marketing and management, Liaoning Technical University, Huludao P. R. China
2
Foreign Languages College of Shenyang University, Shenyang, P. R. China
3
Shenyang University, Shenyang, P. R. China
1
Lly6608@163.com
Abstract: Based on the data of the great number of ski resorts, pricing strategies are constructed. The strategy is
underpinned by three kinds of system — the c – d function, the objective function of profits and the price elasticity of
demand, revealing the pricing of different service rates with the profit function maximized, thereby helping to make the
pricing of ski resorts more scientific and more rational, which will contribute to the balance of the interests of such
enterprises as ski resorts and their users.
Keywords: pricing strategies; the maximizing of profits; c-d demand function; multi-rate services
Ski resorts have sprung up in various parts of Chinas,
which has led to considerably severe competition among 2. The Modeling Hypothesis
the ski resorts. Despite the emphasis on the peculiarities of The research object of this study is a ski resort s0 miles
each ski resort -such as introducing new entertainment
projects, providing additional services— their comparative away from the urban area. Suppose the resort is open from
advantages are still not significant. To defend the interests October 15 to March 5 of the following year, namely its
of both proprietors and users of ski resorts, it is necessary to operation cycle is 4 months a year and users(tourists) ski a
probe the pricing problems. However, it is a comparatively whole day each time. There are five payment patterns.
complicated problem to establish a rational pricing p
(1)The first mode of payment is 0 per person per day,
mechanism. which is called single pricing. (2) Selling the cards that
In this paper, the pricing problem of ski resorts is
analyzed, pricing strategies are examined and a specific n
cover 0 times of skiing. The card will be punctured each
strategy is also put forward, taking into account the interests time the holder skis and will be valid till it is punctured for
of both ski resorts and their users. n0 times. The holder won’t be refunded even though he/she
1. The Analysis of Pricing Problems n
doesn’t finish the 0 times within one year. This is the
The pricing problem of ski resorts involves many second mode of payment; (3) The third mode of payment is
factors. In order to simplify the problem, the competition annual cards, which entitle the holders to ski any time in the
among ski resorts and occurrence of warm winters are not year as long as the resort is open, regardless of the
considered in this study. The Cobb-Douglas demand frequency and the time of the skiing. No extra fee will be
function is used, establishing the relation between the charged and the use of the card is restricted only to the fixed
amount of demand and the price, thus specifying both the holder. Meanwhile, the ski resort will provide various
revenue function and the cost function. By making the convenient conditions and a certain fee must be paid to get
marginal revenue equal the marginal cost, the objective the card; (4) The club can enjoy a discount price as a group.
function will be maximized and then the pricing strategy A member of the club is appointed as a broker by the ski
will be determined. Suppose the price of skiing a single resort and when the club come to ski, the broker will pay to
p0 . the resort. Later on, he/she will charge the club member a
time a day is certain amount of money. Obviously, the broker will gain a
certain profit, however, the users (the skiers) will pay less
than they do at the front counter. This is called the fourth
mode of payment; (5) The fifth mode of payment is the
449 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. Y. Li et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp449-452
discount price for the skiers using their own equipment. 5

Because these skiers only use the cable car and snow slide, ∑ [r ( x , x
i =1
i i −i ) − C − ci ( xi )]
they have access to the more preferred price. The five (1)
different modes of payment correspond to different service x
Here −i is the demand for all the service rates except
rating, that is mode i is called rate i , hereby only i
determines a certain service rate. xi
Suppose there are altogether M users calling for skiing r ( x , x ) is the demand
The revenue function i i −i
services, and in stands for user n( n = 1,2,  , M ) ’s
x function multiplied by the price, that is,
ri ( xi , x −i ) = pi xi (i = 1,2,3,5)
demand for service rate i (i = 1,2,  ,5) ; a user only
accepts one service rate then r4 ( x4 , x− 4 ) = kp4 x4 (2)
M
xi = ∑ xin Based on Cobb–Douglas demand function, the
relationship between the price and the demand can be
n =1
described as follows[6]:
is the users’ aggregate demand for service rate i that; 5
ri ( xi , x −i ) is the revenue of the owner of the ski resort xi = β i ∏h =1

p hα ih
(3)
within a time cycle; the cost is divided into fixed cost
xi to p j (i, j ≠ 1) and the
C and variable cost ci ( xi ) . Variable cost ci ( xi ) is i Compute the derivative of
cross demand elasticity is
g i (i = 1,2,  ,5)
linear function. is the marginal cost ,that ∂xi p h
c ( x ) = g i xi ; pi is the price per person per time paid α ih = ⋅
is i i ∂p h xi (4)
by the user for service rate i (in the case of annual cards Equation (3) can be put in the matrix form:
n p  ln x1   ln β1   α11 α12  α15  ln p1 
and cards for 0 times, i stands for the average price per       
 ln x2   ln β 2   α 21 α 22  α 25  ln p2 
person per time — the money for each card divided by the −
        − =0
    
p1 ≡ p 0 ;     
 ln x   ln β   α α




user’s actual average times of skiing), and  5  5   51 52  α 55  ln p5 
β i approximates to the revenue obtained when service (5)
We call matrix
rate i is the only choice to all users who accept service rate i ,  α11 α12  α15 
which is called revenue parameter;
α ih is the price 
α

α 22  α 25 
D =  21
elasticity of cross demand ― the percentage of increase in    
 
α 
the demand for service rate i when the price of service  51 α 52  α 55 
rate i is raised by 1%, especially when i = h , ii is

α D ≠0
the price elasticity matrix of the demand. If ，then
non-cross price elasticity of the demand.  ln p 1 
As for the fourth mode, hypothesizing that the broker of  
 ln p 2 
the club will be paid (1 − k ) p 4 by each club member, that   
 
is when each user is charged p 4 , the total sum payment to  ln p 
 5 
the vector(equation group (5)) has only one
the ski resort is kp 4 , here 0 < k < 1 , and usually solution, and satisfies
parameter k is determined through negotiations between  ln p1   ln x1 − ln β 1 
   
the managers of the ski resort and the club broker.  ln p 2  −1 
ln x 2 − ln β 2 
  =D   
3. Specification of the Model    
 ln p   ln x − ln β 
 5   5 5 
(6)
3.1. Specification of the Profit Function From equation (2) we derives
The profit function of the owner of the ski resort[5] is:
P P
450 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

 ln r1   ln p1   ln x1  that is when the marginal revenue of service rate

      i (i = 2,3,4,5) equals the marginal cost, the profit
        
 ln r  =  ln kp  +  ln x  function will be maximized.
 4  4
  4
 Postulate that the price elasticity matrix of the demand
 ln r   ln p   ln x 
 5  5   5  is reversible and the inverse matrix is
 ln x1 − ln β 1   ln x1   α 11′ α 12′  α 15′ 
     
−1 
      α ′ α 22′ ′ 
 α 25
=D  + D −1 =  21
k ln x 4 − k ln β 4   ln x 4     
     
 ln x − ln β   ln x  α ′ α ′ ′ 
 α 55
 5 5   5   51 52
(7)
3.2. The Optimum Price of Different Service Rate From equation (6), then is
5
Proprietors of the ski resorts expect the maximization
profit, that is ln pi = ∑ α ih′ (ln x h − ln β h )
h =1
5 5
 (12)
∑ ri ( xi , x −i ) − C − ∑ ci ( xi ) x
max  i =1 
i =1 Compute the derivative of equation(12) to i and we will
get
s.t
p1 ≡ p 0 ∂pi p
= α ii′ i (i = 2,3,4,5)
(8)
5
∂xi xi (13)
∑ xi ≤ N From equation (2) we get
in which i= , C is the fixed cost. Because ∂ri ( xi , x −i ) ∂pi
C doesn’t vary with the demand, equation (8) can be = xi + pi (i ≠ 1,4)
∂xi ∂xi
trimmed as follows:
∂r4 ( x 4 , x − 4 ) ∂p
5 5
 = k 4 x 4 + kp 4
∑ i i −i ∑ ci ( xi )
r ( x , x ) − ∂x 4 ∂x 4
max  i =1 
i =1
(14)
The marginal revenue of the proprietor of the ski resort is
p ≡ p0
s.t 1  ∂r2 
(9)  
Equation (8) and (9) will achieve their maximum  ∂x 2 
 ∂r3   (α 22 + 1) p 2 
'
simultaneously and therefore, are treating the same
   (α ' + 1) p 
problem.  ∂x3  =  33 3

(15)
The users of mode 1 are generally independent users  ∂r4   k (α 44
'
+ 1) p 4 
 ∂x  
and won’t choose mode i (i = 2,3,4,5) , that is to say, no

  (α 55 + 1) p 5 
'
 4
 ∂r5 
matter how the price of service rate i (i = 2,3,4,5) changes,  ∂x 
 5 
as long as p1 remains unchanged x1 won’t change, that The marginal cost is
is
α i1 = 0(i = 2,3,4,5) . From equation (3)

 ∂c

  
 2   
x1 = β1 p1α11 can be derived, and then equation (9) can be  ∂x 2  =  g2 
changed into      
 ∂c 5   
5 5
    g 5 
max ∑ ri ( xi , x −i ) − ∑ ci ( xi )  ∂x 5 
 i =1 i =1  (16)
Specify
p ≡ p0
s.t 1  k (α 22
'
+ 1) p 2   g 2 
α11    
x1 = β1 p1 (10)       (17)
Then the condition for maximizing equation (10) [7] is  k (α ' + 1) p  =  g 
 44 4   4
∂ri ( xi , x −i ) ∂ci ( xi )  (α ' + 1) p   g 
= (i = 2,3, ,5)  55 5   5
∂xi ∂xi (11)
then
451 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

∂ri ( xi , x −i ) ∂ci ( xi ) 6 x 10
= (i = 2,3,4,5) 4.25
∂xi ∂xi , therefore, the 4.24
optimum price for each service rate is

~
p1 ≡ p 0
4.23
4.22
~p   g /(α 22 '

+ 1) 
 2  2  4.21
     
=
~  g /[k (α 44 + 1)] 
4.2
'
p
 4  4
~   
 p 5   g 5 /(α 55 + 1) 
' 4.19
(18) 4.18
Here, hypothesize that

α ii′ + 1 ≠ 0 . Marginal
35 40
p2
45 50
cost
g i (i = 1,2,  ,5) , the price elasticity of the demand Function
Fig. 1 The function relation of the profit function and the price of
α ih (i, h = 1,2, ,5) and the parameter β i are estimated service rate 2
based on the previous time cycle.
When the parameters are selected (refer table 1 and 2),
4．Numerical Value Simulation Figure 1 shows that the revenue of the ski resort will be
affected whether the price of service rate 2 is high or low.
Suppose there are two service rates: one is mode 1 and
the other is the card for 20 times(mode 2). Here we have 5．Conclusions
p1 = 120 ，C = 2.5 × 10 6 , the value of each parameter is The theory of pricing strategies has been considerably
shown in table 1 and 2. mature, yet, researchers only conducted some qualitative
Table 1. The revenue parameter and marginal cost of each service analyses on the skiing pricing, there were few quantitative
study on this issue. In recent China, the ski resorts carried
rate
out price competition in order to attract customers,
Service rates undoubtedly this will undermining the proprietors’ interest,
βi 8 × 10 6 5 × 10 8
which is bound to bring about the degradation of service
quality, thus harming consumers’ benefits. In the paper, a
gi 30 25 quantitative study of the pricing problems of ski resorts is
presented, and the optimum pricing strategy is provided as
Table 2. The price elasticity coefficients of demand for well, which will guarantee the proprietors’ profits and help
different service rates to improve the service quality of the ski resorts. At the same
α ih Service rates time the customers will be better served.
Service -1 0
rates
References
0 -2.5
[1] Stango V. Pricing with consumer switching costs Evidence from
Therefore we have matrices the credit card market[J]. The Journal of Industrial Economics
−1 0  −1 −1 0  2002,55(4);475-491.

D =   ， D =   [2] Honig M.L, Steiglitz K. Usage-based pricing of packet data
 0 − 2.5   0 − 0.4  generated by a heterogeneous user population[A]. IEEE
From equation (18), we derive the optimum price, INFOCOM’95, Melbourne, 1995, 2: 867-874..
~ g2 25 [3] Jiang qiyuan. Mathematical models[M], Higher Education Press,

p2 = = ≈ 42
~
p1 = 120 , ′ + 1 0.6
α 22
1993,8: 92-94．
[4] Caillaud B. B Julliun. Chicken& egg competition among intern
in which
′ = −0.4 .
α 22 When the price of service rate 1
ediation service providers [J]. Rand Journal of Econom ics
2002,24:309-328.
~
remains constant, p1 = p1 = 120 , using MATLAB, we [5] Errin W. Fulp ，Douglas S. Reeves．Bandwidth provisioning and
can draw the figure showing the function relation of the pricing for networks with multiple classes of service[J]．Computer
profit function of the ski resort and the price of service rate Networks，2004，46 (1): 41-52
2, p 2 , and the figure is as follows:
452 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Experience Marketing Strategy Analysis for

Domestic Clothing Enterprises
Zhao Na, Xu Dong
College of textile and garment, Tianjin University of Technology, Tianjin, China
sanyuexue163@163.com
Abstract: With the rapid development of society, the market competition has been becoming more and more drastic day by
day. Therefore the traditional marketing models have been unable to meet the changing needs of the market, which requires
that enterprises must explore more distinctive marketing models and strategies. Experience marketing is developed which
accompanied with the development of economy and the progress of the society. At present, the domestic experience mar-
keting, which lacks in-depth and scientific research, is still at an initial level. This article combines the current status and
conditions of Chinese clothing enterprises to put forward the practical strategies of experience marketing in order to pro-
vide a fresh insight to the practice.
Keywords: experience marketing; psychological needs; practical strategies of experience marketing
is practical in experience marketing; consumers are more
1. The Concept and Connotation of Experience focused on the consumption process to obtain better expe-
Marketing rience. As long as companies can provide consumers a high-
Experience marketing is the enterprise from the senses, er experience value, consumers can enjoy more distinctive
emotions, thinking, action and associated with marketing experience in the consumption process, so that consumers
aspects of the design idea, it is a kind of management mode are willing to pay higher prices. Experiential marketing can
which better meets the emotional needs of consumers in or- not only improve the added value of products and services,
der to achieve the business objectives. Experience marketing but also reduce the consumer price sensitivity and shorten
as a new marketing approach is based on the psychological purchase decision time, what’s more, it can enhance the con-
needs of consumers, it is a continuation and deepening of sumers’ purchase intentions; finally, enterprises will create
modern marketing concept, what’s more, it unearths the cus- more profit and enhance competition abilities.
tomers’ deeper and hidden demands. Experience marketing
unifies the link of production and sales, creates characteristic 3. Experience Marketing Strategy of Apparel
experience and finds the customers’ psychological needs. Industry
With the progress of the society and the constant changes in
market demand, experience marketing continues innovation. 3.1. Consumer Orientation
The market avenue of experience has two ways: the first one Clothing market has the characteristics of high sensitivity,
is that enterprises manufacture and direct sale experience, strong timeliness, high additional value and distinct differ-
such as various amusement parks. The second one is that ences. Products, which have experience characteristic, play a
enterprises create an enjoyable and evocative experience for more important role in the era of experience economy.
customers when selling goods and services, such as white- Clothing products must correspond to the consumption
collar living museum. groups, therefore enterprises need to know the consumer
aesthetic orientation, segment market reasonably by means
2. Why Garment Enterprises Implement Ex- of consumers’ purchase behavior and consumer psychology.
Periential Marketing At present, China's consumption structure displays: the
Because of the fierce competition in the garment market, proportion of national for physical consumptions is decreas-
domestic clothing enterprises will strive to continually im- ing. On the contrary, cultural consumptions are gradually
prove their product and service quality, reduce the gap be- increasing. The domestic residents' consumptions structure is
tween competitors, which leads to the homogenization of upgrading stage by stage, individual consumption also cuts a
products and services. In order to avoid the price competi- striking figure. The individuality shows great interest in per-
tion, the enterprise must get rid of the stale, and excavate the sonalized clothing. Products, which can highlight specific
potential psychological demands from a deeper level to seek character, tend to become more popular. Those enterprises
the new breakthrough point. Clothing industries have expe- who meet the differentiated consumer demands and segment
rience characteristics, so the clothing experiential marketing clothing retail market more detailed have become more pre-
453 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

N. Zhao et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp453-455
valent, such as Japan's well-known brand" Muji" ,their target obtain more pleasure and satisfaction, and manufactured
customers are the group who pursuit of simple, low-key and goods are unique and full of special emotion, in this process,
natural. MuJi’s products possess natural materials and sim- the consumers will make full use of their imagination and
ple design, besides logos on the signs and packaging bags creativity, and then actively participate in product ( including
print, products have not any trace, which attracts the con- corporeal product and mental product ) design and manufac-
sumer great interest. ture. Finally they can gain a greater sense of achievement
and satisfaction.
3.2. Pay Attention to Interests and Emotional Ap-
peal of Customers 3.4. Improving the Brand Image
Experiences, which are acquired by customers in the Since the reform and opening up, people's consumption
clothing consumption, contain a large number of information, concept has undergone tremendous changes under the effects
for example the consumer motivation, personality, life idea, of the market economy. Especially under the influence of
life style and so on, also contains how to effectively develop media, people pay more attention to dressing which requires
marketing strategies to meet the consumptions. Nowadays, suitable for status and occasions, and dresses emphasize with
the customers’ status and demands have already greatly series. The young people in the city are advocating more
changed, experience demand is becoming the most important famous brand products. Therefore, building brands becomes
and most natural consumer demand. Enterprises who imple- an important direction for the domestic garment industries.
ment experiential marketing strategy should pay attention to The brand is based on long-term satisfaction with the or-
the psychological needs of consumers, consumer identity ganizations’ products and services, therefore, the brand is the
and purchasing power, fashion and individuality, trends and provider of the experience firstly, only if the brand which
other factors. Combining the interests of consumers with has most distinctive characteristics in consumers' lives
emotional appeals perfectly, clothing enterprises can develop achieves business success, can the real power of brand come
the experience designs which meet the market demands. In from the customers’ emotional investments, the psychic and
recent years, some image stores and fashion stores have put spiritual appeals. For example, when speaking of elegant
forward the overall image plans for customers based on the fashion model, people immediately associate Versace.
customers’ temperaments, appearance, hobbies and demands,
which have satisfied the psychological demands of consum- 3.4.1. Modeling Brand Culture Connotation
ers greatly.
Culture is the connotation of the brand, brand shows a
In addition, we have entered the network era. It is not an
unique cultural charm, culture and brand complement each
uncommon phenomenon that the network consumption has
other, so it is impossible to create a famous brand without
become more prevalent in our country, online consumer de-
culture inside. The brand is the most valuable embodiment
mand should not be ignored either, the network is a platform
of clothing, and it is supported by the clothing culture and
for displaying sales image and sales performance, and it is a
the design level. So clothing enterprises must highlight the
virtual experience platform. Clothing enterprises should en-
brand influences and added values., they can make full use
hance the awareness of the importance of the network con-
of communication, Advertising, the company internal and
sumption and build the network platform which provides
external communication ( such as catalogues, brochures,
complete service, strong communication and faultless web
newsletters, magazines, annual report) and other public rela-
page in order to win the market opportunity.
tions activities in order to expand their cultural system of
3.3. Enhancing Consumers’ Participation and Inte- enterprises continuously, they also can integrate the spirit of
raction in the Marketing enterprise, morality, behavior, cultural elements effectively,
so consumer will feel the culture experience easily at the
Nowadays, just relying on advertising, celebrity en- same time. In addition, brand culture connotation can be
dorsement, promotions and other means cannot completely interpreted by celebrities, the Nike’s spokesperson, Michael
win the favor of customers. In the era of experience econo- Jordan who has great influence in the world perfect inter-
my, consumers are more willing to choose products or de- prets Nike’s brand declaration – just do it, never compromise.
velop products with enterprises according to a new aware-
ness of life style and personal images. Consumers prefer the 3.4.2. Building Brand Personality
feeling of acquiring products rather than products themselves.
The modern consumers appear to not only concern about the Because of the intense competition, the gap of the prod-
products but also the production process. For the clothing uct quality and services is narrowing. Brand personality
enterprises, the enterprises have designed ideal products plays an indispensable role in clothing enterprises’ survival.
which meet the psychological needs of consumers in order to To solve the problem, clothing enterprises should correctly
shorten the distance between customers, let customers partic- grasp the brand positioning and develop a distinctive image.
ipate in product design and manufacturing, such as the At the same time, the trust of consumers is the driving force
emergence of DIY services in recent years, although con- to enterprises’ development. There is a direct relationship
sumers pay an extra fee to acquire this service, consumers between the trust’s persistence, stability and uniqueness and
454 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

N. Zhao et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp453-455
the brand image. Only if Brand personality caters to the psy- 3.6. Improving the Overall Quality of the Garment
chological demand of consumers, can they win the self- Industry
identity of consumers, eventually forming a good brand
loyalty. Quality is the fundamental of products, product quality
still restrict development of domestic garment industries.
3.5. Pay Attention to Sales Experience Clothing enterprises should integrate the garment fabric se-
Experiences are becoming more and more significant lection, processing technology, style and fashion trends and
among the retail environment. Such as display design, the other aspects, and continuously improve product quality
cordial greetings of service personnel, background music, from the storage of raw materials to finished products, so the
point-of-purchase advertising and other impressed sensory enterprises can stand out from the intense market competi-
experience. When coming into the store, the consumers’ first tion and remain invincible position.
In the new consumption background, Experience market-
sensation is the overall store image and the atmosphere, and
ing will have a strong vitality and development prospects,
then they will notice the clothing. According to creating the
domestic clothing enterprises should stimulate sensation,
spatial planning and atmosphere, it is easy to provide a communicate feeling, affect thinking, promote action, and
unique consumption experience to the consumers, such as provide more atmospheres, so they can continuously adapt to
IKEA’s furniture, full of warm atmosphere, making the market demand. but such traditional economy as, experience
clients at home. economy has its shortcomings, the process is facing many
3.5.1. Creating Store’s Atmosphere and Layout problems in the actual operation, and the main problem is
that differences of consumers’ experience demands, plurality,
Now, more and more customers attach great importance diversity and complexity, enterprise must respond to the
to comfort and convenience of the shopping environment. So changing needs of customers and constant bring forth new
the stores should be modern consumption places which inte- ideas, in addition, the fierce competition among enterprises,
grate shopping, leisure and entertainment. For the clothing experience marketing will become more and more complex,
enterprise, creating a relaxed and happy consumption envi- the enterprises should regard experience marketing as a
ronment can not only stimulate consumer senses experience, long-term system engineering and continuous explore.
but also extend the residence time of consumers in a store,
4. Acknowledgment
which will arouse the desire of consumers, and create more
opportunities for sales. I would like to show my deepest gratitude to my supervi-
The enterprise can set catering field, art galleries and sor, Dr. Xu Dong, who has provided me with valuable guid-
pleasure point service for the children in stores, so that con- ance in every stage of the writing of this thesis. Without her
sumers can not only do shopping but also experience leisure instruction and impressive kindness, I could not have com-
and entertainment, such as providing books, newspapers and pleted my thesis.
refreshments in the rest area, which make gentleman have I also would like to thank all my friends, for there encou-
more patience to wait for ladies. Waiting can become a way ragement and support.
of life experience, consumers will naturally like this envi-
ronment, love every elements of the environment and enjoy References
happy consumption. [1] Bernd H. Schmitt, Experience marketing Permanent, China Three
3.5.2. Innovation of Living Museum Experience Gorges Publishing House, 2001.
[2] Kotler.P, MarketingManagement, PrenticeHall, NewJersey, 1997.
With the concept of "experience" warming, many enter- [3] Ma Lianfu, Experience marketing-touch the need of the human nature,
prises launched a living museum, experience shop. Expe- Capital University of Economics and Business press, 2005.
rience shop is the marketing place full of emotional expe-
[4] Wu Haifeng, Research on the Pattern of Experience Marketing
rience. Clothing, shoes, jewelry, music, home furnishing,
Operation Management of Clothing Enterprise, Shandong Textile
coffee bar and other elements are combined together, which
Science & Technology, 2012.
give consumers a life scene show. In addition, according to
[5] Huang Fang, Zhang Qize, Clothing marketing strategy analysis in the
the interior decoration, furniture and furnishings, extension
times of Experience economy Science & Technology Information,
of products, services, bar and other elements, the shop can
give consumers a new shopping experience. 2007.
[6] Liu Fengjun, Lei Bingyin, Wang Yanxia, Consumption Demand &
Marketing Strategy in the Times of Experience Economy,China
industry economy, 2002.
455 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Routes Design Based on Tourists’Motivation

in Yuntai Mountain Scenic Area of Henan
Province
Ling Mao*, Zhiwu Yan, Wei Luo, Jiahong Xu
School of Economics and Management China University of Geosciences, Wuhan, China
*
goodmorning8808@126.com
Abstract: Combined with the factors of regional development strategies, market supply and demand, resource characteristics,
corporate earnings, economic and environmental benefits and so on, present tourism route designs emphasize tourism re-
sources attraction but ignore tourists’ psychological needs, leading to many problems that affect tourists’ experience and sa-
tisfaction. Based on tourism routes designs method which is oriented by tourists’ motivation, this paper takes Yuntai Moun-
tain Scenic Area of Henan Province for example and provides a kind of idea, namely designing tourism routes according to
tourists’ demands and market changes to adjust scenic area’s operation strategies, set up "human—first" service image, im-
prove tourists’ satisfaction, expand tourists scale, and enhance competitiveness of scenic area.
Keywords: tourists’ motivation; route design; yuntai mountain scenic area
1. Introduction 2.2. Effect Factors

Tourism routes refer to the routes with certain features 1) Tourism Resources
that connect various tourism spots or regions together in a Tourism resources is the sum total of natural resources,
certain area to make visitors obtain the best tourism expe- humanistic resources and everything else which is able to
rience in the shortest time [2]. Different tourism routes de- attract tourists[3]. Tourists’ motivation is closely associated
signed from different angles cater to different tourism expe- with tourism resources’ different functions and diverse expe-
rience. According to tourists’ motivation, preference and rience that resources bring to tourists. So it is necessary to
tourists’ psychological needs, tourism routes are suitable for consider resources’ directed attraction towards tourists.
different groups of tourists and meet tourists’ various needs, 2) Tourism Hardware Services
which is significant for scenic area to design routes. Tourism hardware services refer to tourism facilities, in-
cluding accommodation, transportation equipments and so
2. Tourism Routes Design Based on Tourists’ on. Scenic areas should reasonably set accommodation facil-
Motivation ities in different levels and standards to satisfy tourists’ dif-
ferent motivations.
Tourism routes can be designed in different ways. This 3) Tourism Software Services
paper focuses on tourists’ motivations and shows specific Tourism software services refer to tour guide service, re-
kinds of tourism routes. ception service, local residents’ hospitality attitudes in the
2.1. Necessity whole process of tourism activities, which is a part of travel-
ling experience. Whether tourists gain the maximum psycho-
Tourism routes based on tourists’ motivation provide logical satisfaction depends on the service quality and level.
mature tourism routes and meet tourists’ needs from psycho- 4) Travel Time
logical level. With "tourist motivation routes", scenic area Travel time refers to the sum total of the time between
embodies humanized service, which improves tourists’ satis- points on tourism routes which are arranged by tourists ac-
faction, creates unique service image of high quality that is cording to their own conditions, such as seasons, transporta-
different from other scenic area and enhances brand effect tion, tourists’ number, dwell time at scenic spots and so on.
and competitive power. Well arranged travel time can guarantee tourists to get the
best tourism experience.
5) Other Factors
Tourism activities are complex whose service objects are
complex tourism groups, whose service environment is
changeable and complex, and whose service process in-
456 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. Mao et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp456-459
volves communication and cooperation with different de- 3.2. The Conceive of Tourism Routes Design Based
partments. So it is important to take a variety of other factors on Tourists’ Motivation
into account in the routes design process.
1) Design Premise—Tourism Resources Attraction
2.3. Tourism Routes Classification Different types of tourism resources have directed attrac-
According to the division of tourists’ motivation, tourism tion to different tourists groups, so tourism routes design
routes in scenic area based on tourists’ motivation are di- should firstly integrate tourism resources of scenic area and
vided into six kinds: natural scenery tourism routes, religious analyze attraction power of different tourism resources. And
and cultural tourism routes, mountaineering and expedition then connect the separated spots into strings, achieving the
tourism routes, scientific survey tourism routes, business shift from points to strings.
tourism routes and other tourism routes. 2) Design Basis—Tourists’ Motivation
Tourists’ motivation has the function of vane. Tourism
3. Tourism Routes Designs Based on Tourists’ routes based on tourists’ motivation satisfy tourists’ demands,
Motivation in Yuntai Mountain Scenic Area help tourism enterprises discern the trend of tourists’ travel
preference, adjust business strategies of different periods;
of Henan Province help management departments of scenic area put up advice
With analyzing current routes problems and taking Yun- on reasonably shunting tourists, maximizing the overall effi-
tai Mountain as an example, this paper emphasis advantages cacy of tourism resources.
and functions of tourism routes based on tourists motivations. 3) Design Requirements—Full Investigations on Types
of Tourists’ Travel Preference
3.1. Current Situations and Problems The author carries out investigations with questionnaires
Yuntai Mountain World Geopark covers an area of 190 and interviews in Yuntai Mountain Scenic Area. The survey
square kilometers with desperate five parts: Yuntai Moun- finds that tourists’ travel preferences of Yuntai Mountain
tain, Qinglong Valley, Fenglin Valley, Qingtian River, and Scenic Area include leisure vacation, sightseeing travel,
Shennong Mountain. Tickets are available in the whole scen- mountaineering and expedition travel, health care travel,
ic area with two days’ validity. It is very difficult to visit scientific research travel, business travel, religious travel,
each spot in two days. There are two kinds of tourism routes cultural travel, catering and entertainment experience and so
in Yuntai Mountain Scenic Area at present: travel agency on(as is shown in Tab.1). Tourists’ motivations are diversi-
routes and self-help routes. fied, so it requires adapting to the diverse motivations and
1) Travel Agency Routes and Problems doing a lot of surveys to design routes.
Table 1. The Survey Result of Tourists’ Motivation in
The author carries out questionnaire survey towards local
travel agencies and tourists in Yuntai Mountain Scenic Area Yuntai Mountain Scenic Area
with random sampling method. The results show that tour Tourists’ motivations Percentage
groups with more than 16 tourists account for 80% of the Leisure Vacation 63%
total tourists, becoming the main tourist sources of local tra- Religious and Cultural Travel 10%
vel agencies who provide relatively mature tourism routes Mountaineering Expedition Travel 7%
for group tourists which usually has the following problems: Business Travel 17%
a) Scenic spots are mainly natural landscapes； Others 3%
b) Visitors spend lots of time staying at scenic spots, while
they have little relative travel experience, which leads to Based on investigations, routes design begins with con-
their unawareness of entire tourism resources; necting tourism resources characteristics with tourists’ moti-
c) Travelers have relative short free time and long shop- vation, and then summarizes visitors’ travel preference and
ping time with groups. its regulations, and last devises diversified and multi-level
2) Self—help Routes and Problems tourism routes.
Yuntai Mountain Scenic Area gives out guidance books 4) Design Goal—Innovation Routes With Prominent
to tourists at the entrance, and the self help routes Characteristics
that tourists design themselves have following problems: With comprehensive resources, Yuntai Mountain Scenic
a) The content of guidance books is simple, and tourists Area is the first batch of world’s geoparks, and at the same
design routes just according to the first impression, which is time it combines National Key Scenic Area, National 5A
unreasonable to arrange tour activities. Scenic Area, National Geopark, National Forest Park, Na-
b) As the travel time in peak season and off season diverse tional Water Conservancy Scenic Area and National Maca-
ques Nature Reserve into itself. It has unique, perfect natural
from each other greatly, the scenic area lacks of professional
landscapes and rich, splendid cultural connotation. Routes
tour guides to provide guidance and advice.
design should highlight resources’ characteristics, and devise
c) Guidance books lack of detail information, such as the innovative routes that can bring tourists unique tourism ex-
introduction of bus stops and driving lines. perience, thus setting up brand image of Yuntai Mountain
Scenic Area.
457 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

3.3. Tourism Routes Designs Based on Tourists’ scapes crisscrossing, which emphasizing unique natural
Motivation landscapes of Yuntai Mountain Scenic Area.
With complete tourism hardware facilities and software
Given tourism resources, service facilities, travel time, services, this route can satisfy needs of tourists who are in-
and scenic spots distribution, two— day’s tourism routes terested in natural landscapes.
based on tourists’ motivation of Yuntai Mountain Scenic 2) Religious and Cultural Tourism Routes
Area are designed as followings: Stop 2 Stop 10 Stop 4
Table 2. Tourism Service Facilities of Yuntai Mountain Scenic Yuntai Taiji
1st Day Baijia Rock Wanshan Temple Zifang Lake Quanpu Valley
Museum Performance
Stop 11
Area
Number Name Position and Function Stop 1
Anshang Village 2nd Day Diecai Cave Zhuyu Peak Fenglin Valley
Stop1 Anshang Living Area
Sightseeing, Entertainment Figure 2. Religious and cultural tourism route.
Zifang Lake Scenic Spot
Stop2 Zifang Lake Rest Area Catering, Accommodation and
Shopping This route gives priority to religious and cultural tourism
Stop3 Zifang Lake Yacht
Zifang Lake Scenic Spot resources. Baijia Rock is the reclusive land of “Seven Saints
Yachting Zifang Lake in Bamboo Forest” of the Wei and Jin Dynasty. Wanshan
Stop4 Taichi Performance Entrance of Quanpu Valley
Sightseeing, Entertainment Temple is one of five parts of China Nan Chan sect of
Stop5 Macaques Performance
Macaques Valley Scenic Spot Buddha. Zifang Lake is the place where Zhang Liang of Han
Sightseeing, Entertainment Dynasty trained troops and where he lived in seclusion. Yun-
Stop6 Qingtian River Hotel Qingtian River Scenic Spot
Catering, Accommodation tai Museum and Taichi Performance aim at showing land-
Stop7 Parking Lot Bus Stop Parking scapes and splendid local culture. Diecai Cave is famous for
Near Scenic Area
many grotesque stones and peaks with rich variety of myths
Stop8 Jade & Specialty Store Shopping that fully embody local history and culture. Zhuyu Peak has
Stop9 Photographing Each Scenic Spots a high reputation of great poet Wang Wei's popular poem.
Photographing There are famous attractions in Fenglin Peak Scenic Spot,
Entrance of Macaques Valley
Stop10 Yuntai Museum Science Popularization such as, cliff carving and ancient weapon village and castle
Xiuwu County of the Sui Dynasty, folk customs that compose the unique
Stop11 Xiuwu County Catering, Shopping and cultural landscapes and historical attraction.
Accommodation
Beside Tanpu Valley Scenic This route can meet needs of tourists whose motivation is
Stop12 Tanpu Valley Hotel Spot to seek religious and cultural experience with complete tour-
Catering, Accommodation ism hardware and software services.
Stop13 Qinglong Valley Hotel Inside Qinglong Valley Area
Catering, Accommodation 3) Mountaineering and Expedition Tourism Routes
Stop 2
1st Day Baijia Rock Hongshi Valley Quanpu Valley Tanpu Valley Stop 12
1) Natural Scenery Tourism Routes
Stop 1
Stop 2 Stop 5
2nd Day Diecai Cave Zhuyu Peak Fenglin Valley
1st Day Hongshi Valley Zifang Lake Quanpu Valley Macaques Valley Stop 1
Figure 3. Mountaineering and expedition tourism routes.
Stop 1
2nd Day Diecai Cave Zhuyu Peak Qinglong Valley

The route consists of mountain and valley landscapes
Figure 1. Natural scenery tourism routes. and is suitable for expedition and mountaineering. Baijia
Rock has caves and reclusive sites with dangerous terrain.
This route includes all kinds of natural scenery of Yuntai Hongshi Valley, Quanpu Valley and Tanpu Valley blend
Mountain Scenic Area. Hongshi Valley has great reputation water gorges with mountain landscapes. Zhuyu Peak is the
of "miniascape canyon" with red Danxia land scape and highest mountain in the scenic area with the elevation of
green water. Zifang Lake is rounded by high valleys which 1308 meters. As an excellent expedition scenic spot, Fenglin
has artistic conception. There is a 314 meters drop waterfall Valley is surrounded by many high mountains with high
in Quanpu Valley Scenic Spot named "The First Waterfall in vegetation coverage. Each spot of this route is of high expe-
China" which brings tourists great shock of water resource dition value and novelty charm and can meet tourists’ de-
experience. Macaques Valley owns animal resource that mands of mountaineering and expedition.
belongs to natural tourism resources. Diecai Cave refers to 4) Scientific Survey Tourism Routes
23 caves connecting with each other. From the cave gaps
Stop 1
tourists can get a far view of plain peaks or a near view of 1st Day Diecai Cave Zhuyu Peak Hongshi Valley Macaques Valley Stop 1
cliff. The climate of Zhuyu Peak is changeful and the sunrise
landscape is spectacular. Qinglong Valley is a place for eco- Stop 13
2nd Day Qinglong Valley Shennong Mountain
logical tourism with vegetation coverage rate reaching more
than 90%. This route arranges compact attractions with dif- Figure 4. Scientific survey tourism routes.
ferent kinds of tourism resources and animal, plant land-
The route is of high scientific value. Diecai Cave enjoys
the reputation of "Seal Stone Gallery" with jagged rocks in
458 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

grotesque shapes. There are rare plants on the top of Zhuyu routes design based on tourists’ motivation from individual
Peak. Many geological structure remains are located in to general, the author summarizes the method as followings:
Hongshi Valley, such as the tortoise stone composed of 1) Comprehensively Evaluate Types, Characteristics, At-
muddy deposition on the shore land of ancient marine, sta- traction Power and Value of Tourism Resources in Scen-
lactite formed above quartz sandstone and so on. The maca- ic Areas
que community also has investigation value. With steep 2) Analyze Tourists’ Travel Preference Based on Tourists’
mountains and abundant animal and plant resources, Qin- Motivations
glong Valley is of high scientific research value. The ancient 3) Strengthen Service Consciousness and Provide Consulta-
white pines on Shennong Mountain Scenic Spot are precious tion Services
plant resource combining aesthetic value and scientific re-
search value together. The route regards precious natural 5. Acknowledgment
geological, geomorphic relics, cherishes animal and plant
resources as main attractions and is suitable for scientific I would express my deepest gratitude to my supervisor,
investigations. Ms Junmei Li, a respectable, responsible and resourceful
5) Business Tourism Routes scholar, who has provided with valuable guidance in every
Stop 3
stage of the writing of this paper.
Stop 1
1st Day Baijia Rock Hongshi Valley Zifang Lake Quanpu Valley Stop 11
References
Stop 5 Stop 13
[1] M. Yong, Primary Exploration on Regional Tourism,Tianjin: Nankai
2nd Day Tanpu Valley Macaques Valley Stop 8 Shopping
University Press,1999.
Figure 5. Business tourism routes. [2] X. Yanjun, Basic Tourism Science, Beijing: China Tourism Press,
3rd ed., 2011.
Business tourism route should have representative and [3] L Tianyuan, Introduction to Tourism Science, Tianjin: Nankai
high appreciation value to meet visitors’ psychological needs University Press,2009.
[4] C Yifang, “An Initial Study on Designing Tourist Routes,” J.
of seeking for newness, distinguishing features, and differ- Tourism Journal, vol. 2, pp.9–13, July 1992.
ence. Business tourism route is composed of a series of spots [5] G Zhimao, M Yaofeng, Tourism Resources and Development,
with high popularity, among which the last stop is shopping. Tianjin: Nankai University Press,2000.
As business travelers are usually not sensitive to price, add- [6] D Wenjuan, “Study on the design of tourist routes in Changsha,” J.
ing properly entertainment activities and tour activities can Journal of Hunan First Normal College, vol. 2, pp.150–151, July
2007.
meet business travelers' requirements of newness and reputa- [7] B Jigang, C Yifang, Tourism Geography, Beijing: Higher Education
tion, and reasonably shunt tourism crowds to ease the recep- Press,1999 .
tion pressure of hot spots. The distribution of general busi- [8] W Bihu, Principles of Regional Tourism Planning, Beijing: China
ness travel time is imbalanced and not concentrated. There- Tourism Press, 2001
fore, business tourism routes flexibly vary from tourists dis- [9] T Chieh Yuan, C Shang Hsuan, “A Personalized Route
Recommendation Service for Theme Parks Using RFID Information
tributions in peak season and off season. and Tourist Behavior,” J. Decision Support System, vol.2, pp.514–
6) Tourism Routes Based on Compound Motivation 527, Jan. 2012.
Tourism activities develop under the effect of various
tourism motivations. In addition, tourism resources of each
scenic spot have comprehensive characteristics, and one
scenic spot may have a variety of functions, such as Hongshi
Valley Scenic Spot with the functions of sightseeing, expedi-
tion, scientific research and so on. So tourism routes based
on compound motivations are more complex than the single
ones and the former ones should be designed on the basis of
the latter ones. It is necessary to set information desk and
arrange professional staff to offer consultation services. Rel-
ative staff of scenic area should have professional know-
ledge and rich practical experience and can provide consulta-
tion service to tourists with compound motivations.
4. Conclusions
Tourism routes based on tourists’ motivation in Yuntai
Mountain Scenic Area provide a concept of routes design in
scenic areas. Tourism routes based on tourists’ motivation
should regard tourism market demand as guidance, focus on
the dynamic changes of tourists’ demands, and offer consul-
tation service according to tourists’ needs to maximum tour-
ists’ satisfaction. In order to promote the method of tourism
459 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
An Overview of Theme Hotel’s Development in

China
Li Wang
Department of Foreign Language, Shandong College of Tourism & Hospitality, Jinan, China
Abstract: Since theme hotel set its root in China, it has just been ten years, during which period it has developed more
vigorously and prosperously with the special cultural characteristics of individuation and differentiation. To keep up with
this trend, many traditional functional hotels rushed to transforming themselves into the theme culture ones despite of their
own external conditions. Therefore, as a new concept of hotel, during the process of theme hotel’s short-time development,
it has inevitably presented many shortcomings that will restrict its rapid development. Through the overview of theme
hotel’s development practice in China in the recent ten years, this paper tries to collect these problems and at the same time,
provide some useful suggestions to theme hotels for their further development.
Keywords: theme hotel; culture; China; development
1. Introduction culture by adopting many elements which reflects Venice

cultural construction; while in Shanghai, some hotels are
Since California Madonna Inn of the United States in constructed after theme of "old Shanghai", like old photos,
1958 took the lead in putting out 12 theme rooms, theme painting, and clothes, and attract a lot of the local persons.
hotel has got much attraction in its specific cultural By an overview of these famous theme hotels at home
atmosphere, the personalized service and unique products, and abroad, it can be seen that most of them are built in a
culture and differentiation of professional market, and can grand and unique style, inspiring a new feeling of the guests
let customers get rich individual culture feelings and their curiosity, attracting them to experience and
increasingly. After nearly fifty years of development, the consume here. In addition, on the choice of theme, the
theme hotel has set its root in the world and shown its famous theme hotels pay much attention to culture, making
vigorous vitality. fully use of the hotel’s regional and historical culture, and
At present, the most famous theme hotels in the world make the hotel become the urban business card and extend
are located in Las Vegas, whose theme hotels are step by step to build the international reputation and create a
characterized with large scale and level, and change quickly. hotel brand.
They make full use of space and the means of high
technology matching with large performance for the hotel’s 2. An Analysis of the Underlying Problems of
allure. Not only is Las Vegas the city of hotels, but also the Chinese Theme Hotels
one of the theme hotels and many world famous and unique
theme hotels gather here. For example, the Geovax Hotel Theme hotel’s development in China just has a history
imitated the same landscape of northern Italian town; the of 10 years. Even though its development is an upward
Pyramid Hotel serves as the theme of the pyramids of Egypt; trend, there still exist many inevitable problems. The writer
MGM Hotel is for the theme of Hollywood studios, etc. concludes part of them by visiting some Chinese theme
The theme hotels, as an emerging new hotel form, do hotels. Although it cannot cover all the disease roots, it
not have a long history in China, and now they are still at can provide an overview of the present conditions of
the stage of the market growth and exploration. They are Chinese theme hotels.
mostly distributed in Guangdong, Shanghai, Shenzhen, etc, 2.1. Following Inaccurate Theme Culture Blindly
where the hotel industry develops quickly. The first theme
hotel in real sense in China is the Venetian Hotel opened in As we have mentioned above, theme hotels have the
Shenzhen in May 2002, which absorbed the building distinct culture characteristics, which is actually combined
essence of the famous foreign theme hotels, integrating the with the hotel’s geographical location, the city culture and
architecture styles of the Renaissance period and natural resources. Once the cultural characteristics are
post-modern period of Europe. It shows adequately added to the hotel, which is very difficult to be modeled by
Mediterranean amorous feelings and Venice water city other ones, a certain competition barrier is formed.
460 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. Wang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp460-464
Therefore, as for the choice of the hotel’s theme, classic hotel culture is monetized and formalized, and cultural
culture themes have more powerful attraction, more internalization is so far from its externalization, so that the
extensive cognitive public force and market affinity, and development of hotel becomes more difficult instead.
can attract more public spending. And cultural identity, in a The other landmark performance that theme culture
wider sense, is the biggest one in the extent of the feature is formal is that the hotel ignored its cultural soul.
recognition, which denotes a regional culture inherited for a The facts proved what impressed the guests most is just that
thousand years and gradually becomes a popular feeling, they have lived and have had dinner here, having no deep
and which is not copied in a short term. Seeing that China is impression with anything else. To theme hotels, what the
famous for Confucian theme in the world, some theme guests remember most deeply should be the hotel’s "theme",
hotels in China and played the "Confucian culture" themes which brings them a pleasant spiritual trip. If a theme hotel
to open the market and fight for tourist quantity, in spite of loses its deep culture connotation, it is just like a shell and it
the fact that the theme my not suit the hotel. In fact, this will not survive long.
theme may be far from its local regional culture and at the
same time, crashes with other big play which is also 2.3. Narrow Marketing Ideas about Theme Culture
adopted the theme of the Confucian culture, which draw and Lack of Denotative Publicity Mode
itself into more competitive conditions. So the accurate Now, marketing ideas of the theme hotels in China are
hotel theme directly affects the hotel’s management and too narrow, and still stay on the traditional level. Their
successful transformation from the functional one to the network only adopted the limited propaganda, and some
topical one. hotels even have no official network of its own to introduce
2.2. Mere Formal Theme Culture and Lack of its own theme culture. If these Chinese theme hotels are so
Cultural Connotation blindly stopped, and do not make full use of the information
publicity mode in information age, not innovate the
One important performance that theme culture is formal marketing thinking of theme culture, in the long run, the
lies in the blind and formal price position. Influenced by the hotel customers will not only be limited in a certain range,
ones of foreign countries, the theme hotels in China but the turnover will be affected greatly, and even the hotel's
commonly set price quite high, thus lost quite a number of pursuit for the brand management will become a talk.
low income of customers, clients, which did not only solve
the plight of the hotel, but influenced by uplifting the price, 2.4. Single Management Model and Lack of
the cultural value of the hotel did not cope with the price Diversified Ones
standard that is used to measure culture, which led to that Single management model is an outstanding
hotel culture is monetized and formalized, and cultural characteristic for the theme hotels in China. In fact, theme
internalization is so far from its externalization, so that the hotel has an advantage to adopt diversified business model
development of hotel becomes more difficult instead. is that it has a feature different from the general
The other landmark performance showing that culture hotels-culture. For theme hotel, culture will be an
feature is formal is that the hotel ignored its cultural soul. incomparable advantage platform to unlimitedly enlarge its
The facts proved that after many guests left, the things that diversified management mode. The theme hotel in China
impressed them most is just that they have lived and have just present its theme culture by its catering and guest room,
had dinner here, but about some other things about this while it pays little attention to its related cultural industry
hotel, they did not have any deep impressions. To theme chain in the environment creation, which results in that the
hotels, the memory that the guests should remembered customers try to look for other related culture projects in
deeply should be the hotel’s "theme" which can bring them their free time in the hotel but in vain. They just watch TV
a pleasant spirit trip. If a theme hotel loses its deep culture in the hotel guest rooms, or go to the hotel residence to
connotation, it is just like a shell and its life will not be relax a little instead. Does this kind of theme hotel have any
long. other difference from the general hotel? So the theme hotels
One important performance that theme culture is formal will fall into the trap of industrial competition at last, which
lies in the blind and formal price positioning. Influenced by in essence is inseparable from their single management
those of foreign countries, the theme hotels in China model.
commonly set price quite high, thus losing quite a number
of customers and clients of low income, which causes the 2.5. The Lack of Cultural Knowledge for the Hotel
plight of the hotel. Besides, influenced by the uplifted price, Staff
the cultural value of the hotel did not cope with the price
standard that is used to measure culture, which led to that Most theme hotels in China transit from the traditional
functional hotels and the theme construction is also at
461 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

groping stage. Especially for the hotel staff’s culture different from other cities, which will be regarded as their
training, they focus mainly on the employee’s service own unique cultural resources and connotation. For
process. As we all know that the hotel staff’s education example, Chengdu City has the Shu and Han Dynasty
level is very low, just for junior middle school education, culture, Sichuan cuisine culture, leisure culture and many
and most are of amateurish background. Their cultural other distinctive cultures, which is very difficult for other
understanding of hotel is confined with their training in the cities to copy. The second is to choose the most
hotel, and with the increase of labor intensity work, they representative and influential local regional humanism
also have no time to engage in deeper understanding for the landscape and the folk custom culture, like Shandong
cultural connotation. Therefore, human resources Province’s Jiaodong culture, Southwest Lu culture, Yimeng
construction is far from the required standards. Human culture, all of which can be seen as themes to be oriented;
resources not only refers to the grass-roots staff's cultural Third, theme hotel should has the industry characteristics,
level, but the improvement of cultural quality of the hotel’s that is to say, theme culture should be presented though the
senior leadership themselves may not be neglected. Only way of hotel, easy to operate, and can make the subject to
because one batch of leadership with the most rigorous get true embodiment, such as Ji’nan City’s YuQuan Senxin
cultural quality can stand up to set examples for the Hotel. This hotel sees table tennis culture as its own theme
grass-roots staff, which promote the hotel staff to have and has engaged to the development of the domestic table
positive enterprising, try to explore, and really improve tennis, and so far, nearly 30 years’ time. If you wander
their cultural connotation. around this hotel, you can see everywhere many photos of
the table tennis player taken when he live there hung on the
3. Countermeasures, Suggestion Analysis on wall. The customers can deeply feel the table tennis has
Chinese Theme Hotel’s Sustainable been intruded into the lifeblood of the hotel from the table
Development tennis culture that be revealed everywhere in the hotel.
3.1. Getting the Cultural Orientation Right for the 3.2. Excavating Hotel’s Deep Cultural Connotation
Radioactive Extensions and Revealing Cultural Characteristics
To increase the brand with the cultural atmosphere and The competition of the hotel market in the future is the
to segment the market with difference competitions have competition of the culture. So cultural theme will decide
been the new development direction of the hotel industry. whether the hotel's business is successful or not, and at the
However, theme hotel is not a simple hotel plus the culture, same time it is also a powerful guarantee for the hotel.
and it has its own unique operation system by giving Different cultures can create a different theme hotel.
priority to cultural content instead, whose primary emphasis Combining the traditional culture with the modern one is
is on the cultural atmosphere, and the cultural atmosphere not only the sustainable development business means, but
built first to be based on the orientation of the cultural also is a kind of new industry model of personalizing the
theme. business for the hotel operator. Relying on this culture,
The special theme culture is the core of the theme hotel, theme hotel can not only broaden its business scope,
then how to determine the development direction and improve the competition ability of the hotel, form a new
positioning first for the hotel becomes more important. The growth point, but also can make the hotel form "difference",
standard of the selected topic aims to make customers by which solve the long-standing "homogeneous" problem
obtain joy, knowledge and exciting, which of course are that hotel commonly faces such as scale, hardware, price
based on the size of the hotel, the regional environment and competition among the industry. Therefore excavating the
thematic difficulty. Besides, the geographical location, the hotel’s cultural connotation deeply relying on advantageous
level of economic development, traffic condition, the climate, geography and human resources becomes
history of the local culture, new demand of consumer trends particularly important. For example, Sichuan Province’s
and market consumption ability should to be into Crane Hotel which is popularly praised in the industry
consideration. On this basis, the scale of the hotel and located in Qingcheng Mountain in Dujiang Weir. Taoist
economic strength are the final key factors for the theme culture is the most influential, regional culture here, has
hotels. been ranked the world cultural heritage, and is the cultural
Based on the investigation of the domestic and foreign “name card” of Sichuan Province, even of China. Crane
outstanding theme hotel data, this paper puts forward the Hotel has the national profile just in virtue of choosing the
following three standards for the theme hotel’s reference. Taoism as the development road to occupy market and
The first one is to choose the most representative city's expand business sale.
cultural "card". During the past twenty years, every city in The hotel is to serve the customer by providing living
China searches for their CARDS, looking for something
462 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

and catering environment. The real cultural theme hotel as a club member. Not only these members in the club
must impenetrate the whole theme culture into the six improved his technique by practice, but also can they look
elements that the hotel industry covers to performance. for people that they have the same interest to chat and enjoy
Therefore, the culture core of the theme hotel should be pleasure that table tennis brings. Besides, the hotel also
presented by its environment layout, building model, undertook the provincial, even the national match. For the
interior decoration, calligraphy and painting decoration, hotel, these diversified publicity measures, on one side,
furniture lamps, clothing, food and beverage culture, provided a party of heaven and earth for the table tennis
entertainment project and so on. In the hotel’s every corner, lovers, on the other side, the more important one is that
the customer can have a view of the specific cultural through these guests’ consumption, the hotel promoted its
symbols, feel the soul of the cultural connotation, but not do own revenue and in the table tennis industry, set up a good
something superficial in the exterior only, for example reputation.
Crane Hotel mentioned above. On its hardware level, Taoist
culture was embodied in the environmental facilities, and 3.4. Expanding Business Model to Walk on the
on software level, Taoist culture was embodied in the Pluralistic Development Road
service project. The vision is the image of Taoist culture As people’s living standard gradually improve,
mark, such as Taiji diagram, Crane painting and calligraphy consumers in the hotel is no longer limited to simple
symbolizing the long life. In every room, there is Lao tzu's material satisfaction, and hope to receive services and more
“Tao-te Calligraphy”; there is "immortality feast" on the psychological requirement and spirit enjoyment at the same
food table which has been registered as a famous brand; time, by which they can get respected, obtain knowledge,
healthful Taijiquan Health is taught here if you are experience, and pursue for aesthetic, strange fashion.
interested; and the Taoist music performance groups, and so Therefore, the construction of theme hotel aims to form a
on. Therefore, the theme culture’s building for theme hotel consumption environment with rich culture connotation and
is not for one day, but is a long-term innovation and colorful theme relying on the platform of the hotel that
accumulation process. creates different attractions and excitement point, by which
3.3. Expanding Outward-denotative Propaganda cause the customers’ resonance of the thought, leave them
the beautiful recollection, and get different experience
The theme hotels in China have the shortages of short requirement. To meet the present customer’s requirement,
and single propaganda, which bounded the hotel’s the writer thinks it will be an effective means that transits
development and has become the common sense for theme the theme hotel to theme prosperity, for example CHINA
hotels in China. The present age is an information one, and Commune Hotel in Qingdao City. Now this hotel is to build
the network media plays a very important role in the "Qilu Folk Heritage Art Museum", by which tries to wholly
information dissemination. People are inevitably rolled into explain Qi Culture representing early civilization and Taoist
the information stream by the vigorous development of the School’s development achievements, and Lu Culture
news media, radio, film and television and newspapers. representing Chinese civilization and Confucian School’s
That is to say, the media’s spreading around has played a development achievements. Every guest who has visited the
good role for the information platform. Therefore, the hotel can apperceive that Qilu Culture is the cradle of
theme hotels should conform to the trend of the information Chinese culture, and even is the berries of the Chinese
age and make full use of these information media platform civilization. At the same time, taking the Qilu folk art as the
better to spread out their own theme culture, because only main line, the hotel opened the tourism souvenir shops, and
by the wide audience, can they bring more revenue profits with the name of Qilu Folk Heritage Art Museum declared
for the theme hotels. 3A level’s tourist attractions, so as to construct the hotel’s
In addition to the advertising by the media, other new tourism format.
outward-denotative propaganda means should be adopted to Theme scenic spot is a good approach for theme hotel to
expand the hotel reputation, attract consumers, and form a change its management thoughts. Besides, it can also adopt
fixed and extensive customer group. The themes of the brand-chain management ways through the big theme with
distinctive characteristics of culture, the to and attract to the the small one to realize many-faceted business road. Theme
hotel the theme of cultural interest in consumer groups, hotel itself can exist as a big theme, and its each
such as through the establishment club members, for branch-chain hotel can exist by use of the vice-theme that
example to form an league club and try to cultivate under the core of the big theme. Different levels of
customer’s loyalty. Ji’nan City's YuQuan Senxin Hotel, with vice-theme required to be unique, bright and attractive, but
the theme of table tennis culture, founded a table tennis club. to keep in harmony with the great theme. For example: as is
As long as people like table tennis sport, he can participate known to the whole world, Ji’nan City in China is very
463 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

famous for seventy-two springs. If a theme hotel makes the culture project assessment, and hook with the employees'
“spring culture” as its main theme, then, of course, its payment; setting up creative bonus and encouraging
chain-hotel can adopt a number of idiographic springs employees to think more to offer constructive culture
culture as the theme, such as the theme hotel of “Baotu innovation projects as many as possible; irregularly inviting
Spring Culture”, “Black Tiger Spring Culture”, “Hundreds experts to lecture. The hotel should guide staff to strengthen
of Branch Spring Culture”, etc. So, not only can the guests the understanding of the theme culture cognition from the
know the common spring culture in the big theme hotel, but multi-level and multi-channel. In addition, the hotel's senior
also they can enjoy different beauty about special spring leadership needs to study constantly and set a good example
culture in the brand-chain theme hotels. This manage means for the employees. Only when the operator spares no effort
can effectively bring along the revenues in the unitary to change the human resources constantly into human
surface. capital, can the theme hotel’s development road be wider
Another means for theme hotel to adopt is the binding and smoother.
sale by associating some tourism scenic spots which have
the similar theme, which helps to expand hotel patrons, and References
at the same time, contribute to the development of tourist [1] H. S. Bernd, "Experiential marketing," Cloud Gap Press, pp.101-107,
attractions. According to the author put forward the March, 2003.
example above, some measures can be adopted. If the guest [2] C. L. Robert, “Hotel marketing case,” Guo Shumei Trans. Dalian
consumed in the theme hotel of spring culture, then when Technology University Press, March, 2003.
he goes to some gardens of spring culture, he can get the [3] Hong Weijun, “Building China's first theme hotel - review of
discount ticket according to the agreement between the Venice’s construction road”, Foreign Hospitality [J], pp.42- 43,
theme hotel and theme garden which have the similar (10)2003.
themes. So is the contrary. This kind of practice can [4] Ou Li, “Thinking of cultural integration of the theme hotels”,
produce the win-win effect for the theme hotel and the Tourism Science [J], pp.44-46, (3)2003.
theme spot, while for customers, it is also a big gain, [5] Li Hua, “Design product ideas of the theme hotels”, Chinese and
because the guest can put the relative quiescence culture Foreign Hotels [J], (6)2004.
that they get in the theme hotel to the theme spots to match, [6] Xu Danni, “Exploring on hotel’s Marketing Concept”, Hunan
by which they can get another living sense to deepen their Business Department Newspaper [M], Vol.11, Nov. 2004.
cognition about one kind of special culture. [7] Liu Jiao, Li Jie, and Qiang Xuejing, “Cultural Charm of Theme
Hotel”, Science, economic and market [J], (11) 2008.
3.5. Putting Emphasis on Human Resource and
[8] Zhang Ming, and Liao Pei, “Discussions on theme hotel and its
Changing it into Human Capital
system’s building-examples as Jingchuang Hotel and Crane Hotel”,
The building of theme hotel is not only a kind of Guilin Institute of Tourism Transaction [J], (5)2006.
hardware construction, but also a kind of software [9] Guo Yating, and Yu Bingyan, “The theme hotel’s development in
construction. Then the software building refers to the China”, The Border Economy and Culture [J], (10) 2005.
human resource building. Then how to change the human [10] Zou Yimin, and Peng Xuerong, “Study on the key factors of
resource into the human capital needs to be considered well customer experiences in theme hotels”, Tourism Forum [J], (1)
by the operators. The writer considers that after determining 2008.
the theme culture, the hotel should retain the scholars of [11] Zhao Yimin, “Study on the exploring of theme hotels in China”,
history and literature to make research, analysis, planning, China Economist [J], (10) 2007.
and positioning based on the theme and to keep the theme [12] Jing Xi, “Study on the cultural orientation and building problems of
culture’s long-life for sure. And what’s more important is to theme hotels”, China Business & Trade [J], (28) 2010.
rely on the power of the grass-roots staff, which requires
that the staff should digest the theme culture and then
widely spread that. The aim is to make the guests interested
in the hotel’s theme culture and attract them to consume
here. Therefore, the staff training becomes a key link that
the hotel should emphasize. The following ways may help
to strengthen the staff’s training: regularly organizing the
staff training on the theme of cultural knowledge; regularly
organizing employee to go out to visit for study; holding
skills contest on theme cultural knowledge often; indexing
10% of the various department’s task throughout the year as
464 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
On Knowledge Management Strategy and

Knowledge Innovative System of the High-tech
Innovative Enterprises
Haifeng Zhang* , Gongqian Liang
School of management, Northwestern Polytechnical University, Xi’an, P. R. China
*
h.f.zhang@sohu.com
Abstract: Knowledge innovation has become a main reason to acquire strong competitive ability and a key factor to suc-
cess for high-tech innovative enterprise. There is no unified standard concept of the high-tech innovative enterprise, but,
high-tech innovative enterprises take innovation as top priority and the soul of sustainable development, they have features
in common. The knowledge management strategy can be a key lever for improving performance, boosting productivity and
creativity and facilitating innovation in the high-tech innovative enterprises. Knowledge innovative system of the high-tech
innovative enterprises is composed of two parts: basic architectures and application architectures. This paper also presents
some thoughts on the building of knowledge innovative system of the high-tech innovative enterprises.
Keywords: high-tech innovative enterprise; knowledge management strategy; knowledge innovative system; knowledge
management; knowledge innovation
1. Introduction 2. Concept and Features of the High-tech In-
Nowadays, the awareness of knowledge as an important novative Enterprise
driver of economic growth has increased. This awareness led High-tech innovative enterprises are important force to
to the development of knowledge management, know-ledge promote economic growth and social development, they are
innovation theories and methods [1]. Knowledge innovation the future trend of business development.
has become the main theme of international competition. In
order to join the international economic and technology 2.1. Concept
competition, more and more countries are determined to In recent years, Academic research sets off a wave of in-
cultivate high-tech innovative enterprises and have made novative enterprises and obtains a wealth of research results.
self-innovation a national strategy [2]. Many scholars have defined the innovative enterprise, but,
Knowledge innovation will play an increasingly impor- there is no unified standard of the concept. Paper [3] reviews
tant role in the high-tech innovative enterprise’s develop- the research achievement, summarizes and discusses on t he
ment. It is necessary and important to promote knowledge connotation, features, evaluation, building of innovative en-
strategy and build knowledge innovative system of high- terprise, points out the lack and possible future research di-
tech innovative enterprise. High-tech innovative enterprises rection. Chinese scholars argue that independence, impor-
are beginning to feel to master knowledge innovation in tance, advance, high profitability and system are the vital
front of worldwide high-tech competition, and recognize features of innovative actions of an innovative enterprise [4].
knowledge competitiveness is the basis to form and develop As to the concept of high-tech innovative enterprises, we
it’s competitive power. Through collecting, organizing, shar- think it’s those new enterprises in high-tech field which pos-
ing and utilizating knowledge that high-tech innovative en- sess independent intellectual property rights and the well-
terprise needs, knowledge innovative system is an important known brands, have strong international competitiveness,
instrument for development of high-tech innovative enter- can keep innovative concept and organizational culture as
prises as well as a guarantee for knowledge innovative activ- the guide, take technological innovation activities as the
ities. support, independent research and development or absorp-
tion, re-innovation as means, innovate continuously so as to
stimulate the sustainable development of enterprises.
465 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

H. F. Zhang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp465-469
2.2. Features intellectual property rights is the final purpose of innovation.

Access to core technology and strong brands of their own
High-tech innovative enterprises take innovation as top
intellectual property rights is the development aim of high-
priority and the soul of sustainable development, their fea-
tech innovative enterprises.
tures are as follow:
Independent innovative ability. The independent innova- 3. Knowledge Management Strategy of the
tion of high-tech innovative enterprises is to adjust various High-tech Innovative Enterprise
production factors systemically, and establish a new system
which is assembled by innovative production factors to seek Knowledge and knowledge innovation are critical to
high economic benefits from the best combination effects. business success and sustainability today. A high-tech inno-
Sustained profitability. The main purpose of technologi- vative enterprise should be working towards a knowledge
cal innovation in high-tech innovative enterprises is to get management strategy for improving innovation capacity not
enormous economic benefits, which is also the most impor- only to meet customer needs but also to create new markets.
tant measure criteria of the high-tech innovative achievement. The knowledge strategy can be a key lever for improving
The competitive advantage of high-tech innovative enter- performance, boosting productivity and creativity and facili-
prises manifested as the monopoly right of the production, tating innovation in high-tech innovative enterprises.
operation and marketing of high-tech innovative products, 3.1. Selection of Knowledge Management
enterprises can obtain excess profit for a certain period; gain Strategy
greater economic benefits from the transferring of ownership
and usufruct of intellectual property outcome. Some high- Polanyi originally categorizes knowledge into two types:
tech innovative enterprises, such as Apple, Boing, obtain tacit and explicit [5].Knowledge management focus is one of
much higher profits than other enterprises relying on their the most common considerations for establishing knowledge
higher technological innovation ability. management strategies. They can be described along two
Comprehensiveness innovative ability. The innovation of dimensions reflecting their focus. One dimension emphasiz-
high-tech innovative enterprises covers every levels of en- es the capability to help create, store, share, and use an or-
terprises development, include knowledge innovation, tech- ganization’s explicitly documented knowledge. Another
nical innovation, system innovation, management innovation, dimension emphasizes knowledge sharing via interpersonal
organization innovation, market innovation and culture in- interaction. The balanced view suggests that enterprises
novation, and so on. There are close inherent connection should strike a right balance between the two strategies [6].
among different innovation which formed an organic whole. As to a high-tech innovative enterprise, we find that selec-
In order to accomplish comprehensive and systematic inno- tion of knowledge strategy will be the balance between ex-
vation, high-tech innovative enterprises must take know- plicit and tacit knowledge based strategy for encouraging the
ledge innovation and technological innovation as the focus, development of more innovative knowledge.
the system innovation as the base, the management innova- 3.2. Framework of Knowledge Management Strat-
tion as the guarantor, the market innovation as the outlet,
egy
cultural innovation as the promotion.
Continuous innovative ability. In high-tech innovative We have design a knowledge management strategy inte-
enterprises, innovation is not one-time, temporary or inter- grated framework, which is composed of innovative culture,
mittent, but sustainable. Innovation process is a dynamic innovative practice, service system and knowledge alliance.
continuous process, a generalized technological innovation Innovative culture. High –tech innovative enterprises
include four basic stages: ideas innovation, research and should foster an inside innovative environment, build a
development, product forming and mercerization. To an en- structure of learning organization, and establish an innova-
terprise in computer hardware field, its innovative process tion value for enterprise, such as coeducation with colleges,
includes opportunity identification, thought formation, prob- abroad training, participation of various of professional con-
lem solving, batch production, development and the applica- ference and special training, to obtain the professional de-
tion and extension of new technologies. velopment opportunity in learning.
Property right transformation ability. High-tech innova- Innovative practice. The social capital should be collect ac-
tive enterprises formed intellectual property rights in process tively to extend the funds sources of the large-scale devel-
of innovating, the property right transformation in the whole opment of high-tech innovative enterprise, strengthen the
process of innovation has played a very important role, is financial support to high-tech innovative practice, and in-
also the main measure indicator and the core of competitive- crease the innovative award. Besides, build up an exchange
ness in high-tech innovative enterprises. Any product inno- platform of technology property rights to promote the effec-
vation is only the material carriers, only the independent
466 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

tive exchange between high-tech and capital in the entrepre- Personnel architecture mainly involves the knowledge
neurial activities, and inspire the innovation. innovative professionals’ role design, professional develop-
Service system. Firstly, high-tech innovative enterprises ment design, ethics, administration as well as the design of
should consummate the policy and rules of innovation ser- incentive mechanism. Knowledge Innovative System per-
vice system, link up with the policy and rules that could sonnel role design refers to the post design of knowledge
promote the enterprises’ knowledge innovation and tech- Innovative System professionals. Knowledge Innovative
nology innovation; secondly, build up a service system, con- System professional development design should take role
struct several central radiant platforms, integrate the inner- design into account. At the beginning of establishing know-
resources and provide the whole-process, all-sides service; ledge Innovative System, high-tech innovative enterprises
thirdly, establish the management system of intellectual need to make ethic code of knowledge innovation profes-
property, and speed up the transfer of the research products; sionals.
finally, integrate advantage of the alliance of enterprises, Organization architecture may be divided into functional
universities and research institutes, and utilize the social organizations, enterprise organizations and response organi-
resources to promote the high-tech innovative enterprises zations. Generally, knowledge Innovative System architec-
independent innovation, and speed up the advancement of ture design depends on organization type a high-tech innova-
the innovation level and ability. tive enterprise belongs to. High-tech innovative enterprise
Knowledge alliance. The challenges of accelerating organization architecture is a complex system or an ecologic
competition and raising customer expectations have lead architecture. Knowledge Innovative System organization
many companies to improve their competitiveness by com- architecture is attached to enterprise organizations and there
bining knowledge-based resources with other innovative is symbiotic relationship between them.
enterprises [7]. These alliance capabilities include five capa- Cultural architecture refers to the value system shared by
bilities: valuable resources; absorptive capability; combina- organization members, which makes an organization unique
tive capability; experience with alliances and knowledge and differentiated from others. The relationship between
exchange. enterprise culture and knowledge innovative system is inter-
For high-tech innovative enterprises, resource is valued active, the former will have effects on the roles played by the
most by partners will be those that are hard to trade in mar- knowledge innovation[9]. Knowledge innovative activities
kets, are rooted in developmental processes that are causally are helpful for improving high-tech innovative enterprise
ambiguous, and have the potential either on their own or in culture.
combination to yield competitive advantage. Absorptive Network architecture refers to interpersonal network, or-
capability was defined as a high-tech innovative enterprise’s ganization network and knowledge (information) network as
ability to recognize the value of external knowledge, assimi- well as the coordination of the three necessary for high-tech
late it, and apply it to commercial ends. Combinative capa- knowledge Innovative activities. Network architecture is the
bility is the ability to synthesize and apply current and ac- most basic infrastructure of knowledge Innovative System
quired knowledge to generate new applications [8]. This con- and the driving basis of the high-tech innovative enterprise’s
cept of combinative capability extended into three elements. knowledge innovative system. Building knowledge innova-
One is systems capabilities, comprised the innovative enter- tion network architecture must be in line with overall syste-
prise’s conceptual infrastructure for integrating explicit matic engineering principles.
knowledge. The second is coordination capabilities, and was Technology and methodology architecture is constituted
proposed to enhance knowledge absorption through the with various technologies and methodologies used in each
members of a group. The final is socialization capabilities. process of high-tech knowledge Innovative activities. With
the disciplines change rapidly, the methodologies and tech-
4. Building of Knowledge Innovative System
nology for high-tech knowledge collection and analysis will
Knowledge innovative system is composed of two parts: come out in an unending flow, which knowledge innovative
basic architectures and application architectures, the former system needs to absorb while integrating with self characte-
being the support of the latter, while the latter serves as the ristics to enrich and create new ones.
interface of knowledge innovative system towards other en-
4.2. Knowledge Innovative System Application Ar-
terprise’s system.
chitecture
4.1. Knowledge Innovative System Basic Architec-
The final result expressions of knowledge innovative
ture
system application architecture are various, including two
Basic architecture includes personnel architecture, organ- types: products and services.
ization architecture, cultural architecture, network architec- Products can be divided into knowledge briefing, know-
ture, and technology and methodology architecture. ledge database, knowledge analysis report, subject research
467 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

report and so forth. Knowledge briefing gathers data from work algorithms and realize network of learning and accu-
various channels for functional application and knowledge rate reasoning, by evolution preset network connection
innovation personnel evaluates the data. The briefing is fea- weights, threshold and compensation parameters with par-
tured with being simple, concise and timely. Knowledge ticle swarm optimization. Through simulating application, it
database is the basic condition for high-tech innovative en- has been proved that this model structure and the algorithm
terprise to share knowledge and formation. It also serves as ware feasible and facilitate for computer implementation,
the knowledge source for other relevant personnel. Know- and get the overall convergence speed and generalization
ledge analysis report often makes systematic analysis of im- ability, convergence precision of superior original learning
portant functional tactics and strategies and therefore the algorithm [11].
strategic application value is high. Subject research report is
5. Conclusion
produced from key high-tech knowledge innovative activi-
ties and often one-time product for a specific major strategic Along with the arrival of knowledge economy times, as a
decision. unique resource, knowledge plays a more important role in
Service is another output pattern by knowledge innova- obtaining the constant competition advantages and enhanc-
tive system. In which knowledge innovative activities and ing the organizational performance. Knowledge is important
high-tech innovative enterprise practice are closely com- for the high-tech innovative enterprises especially. As some
bined. It exists in various ways: knowledge innovative per- kind of social organization, the high-tech innovative enter-
sonnel provide different knowledge training for different- prises must be significantly relied on the constantly innova-
level staff; knowledge monitoring; the building of know- tive knowledge if they want to survive and develop in the
ledge innovative system and project consultation. These ser- fierce competitive environment.
vices can greatly improve product development ability, The purpose of this paper is to direct our attention to
knowledge innovation ability and enterprise competitiveness. knowledge management, and encourage knowledge ex-
change, share and innovation within organizations. In this
4.3. Thoughts on the Building of Knowledge Inno-
paper, we propose knowledge management strategy and its
vative System
framework including innovative culture, innovative practice,
Advance the training of knowledge innovation personnel. service system and knowledge alliance. High-tech know-
The core factor of knowledge innovation is human being. ledge is created and played its value by knowledge constant-
The knowledge creation, collection, analysis, integration, ly acquiring, sharing and innovating through knowledge
transfer and use must rely on human beings [10]. Fully mobi- innovative system and knowledge innovative activities in
lizing the subjective initiate and creativity of involved in order to enhance core competencies of the high-tech innova-
high-tech knowledge innovative activities is the key point. tive enterprises.
So training is the most efficient way to improve knowledge
References
innovative system professionals and bring forward-looking
vision, extensive knowledge, new ideas, methods and in- [1] Apostolou D. Mentzas G.. Managing corporate knowledge:
struments to high-tech knowledge innovative activities. comparative analysis of experiences in consulting firms [J].
Enhance knowledge innovation theories and methods re- Knowledge and Process Management, 1999, 6(3):129-138.
search. Knowledge innovative activities need theory guide [2] Hobday M.. Product complexity, innovation and industrial
and more methods. Some of them are developed from the organization [J]. Research Policy, 1998,26(8):689- 710.
practical high-tech knowledge innovation and the others [3] Lefebvre L. A., Lefebvre E.. The innovative business firm in Canada:
transferred from information science fields. Besides, long- an empirical study of CAD/CAM firms[J]. International Labour
term professional practice of high-tech innovative enterprise Review, 1988, 127(4):497
has accumulated its unique theories and methods, which will [4] .Guo T..Shi Z. Q.. Research review on innovative enterprises[J].
be enriched, deepened and developed constantly and further Science&Technology Progress and Policy, 2011,28(19):155-160, in
researched. Chinese
[5] Polanyi M.. The tacit dimension[M]. London: Routlege and Kegan
4.4. Evaluation Method of Knowledge Innovative
Paul, 1966: 2-19.
System
[6] Byounggu Choi. Heeseok Lee. Knowledge management strategy and
According to the characteristic of nonlinearity, uncertain- its link to knowledge creation process[J]. Expert Systems with
ty, time variation, we have presented a kind of knowledge Application,2002,23:173-187.
innovation capacity evaluation index system, and putted [7] Sun Y. W., Wei Y. P.. Study on knowledge diffusion of high-tech
forward an improved fuzzy neural network evaluation model enterprise alliance from the small-word network perspective[J].
combined with particle swarm optimization. This model can Journal of Management Sciences in China,2011,14(12):17-26, in
combine multiple concurrent time-varying fuzzy neural net- Chinese.
468 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[8] Hansen M. T., Nohria N., Tierney T..What’s your strategy for
managing knowledge[J]. Harvard Business Review, 1999, 77(2):
106-116.
[9] Samaddar S., Kadiyala S. S.. An analysis of interorganizational
resourcesharing decisions in collaborative knowledge creation[J].
European Journal of Operational Research,2006,170(1):192-210 .
[10] Pakteen G.. The learning organization and the innovative
organization[J]. Human Systems Management, 2004,23:93- 100.
[11] Zhang H. F., Liang G. Q., Zhang J.. Evaluation method of high-tech
knowledge innovation based on particle swarm optimization fuzzy
neural networks[J]. Systems Engineering and Electronics,
2012,34(5):973-976, in Chinese.
469 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
A Study of Problems of the VAT Invoice in the

Golden Tax Project
Fanghong Cai
The School of Public Finance and Public Administration, Jiangxi University of Finance and Economics, Nanchang, China
3816361@163.com
Abstract: There are some problems of a VAT invoice in the Golden Tax Project (GTP). First, the project cannot find a
fraud in a deduction paper invoice. Second, GTP cannot collect tax effectively. Third, Security VAT billing system cannot
meet taxpayers’ needs. There are some suggestions for reforming VAT invoice in the GTP. The first suggestion is to allow
each of taxpayers to obtain a VAT invoice so it can solve some of problems. The second one is that the central government
should develop a tax-control POS system that links to the GTP. The third one is to set up a network invoice subsystem.
Keywords: golden tax project; VAT invoice; retail trade; electronic commerce
1. Introduction All Tax VAT VAT/All

Years
Revenue Revenue (Rate)
GTP is the system of collecting value added tax (VAT).
GTP includes a network and four subsystems and has four 1994 5126.88 2308.34 0.450243
levels of wide area networks including county revenue, city 1995 6038.04 2602.33 0.430989
revenue, province revenue, and state administration of
1996 6909.82 2962.81 0.428783
taxation (SAT) in the national tax system. The four
subsystems are the anti-counterfeiting tax billing system, 1997 8234.04 3283.92 0.398822
the tax authentication system, the computer audit system, 1998 9262.8 3628.46 0.391724
and the invoice investigation system, respectively. The
1999 10682.58 3881.87 0.363383
process of collecting VAT has following steps. The first
step is that a seller makes out a value added invoice using 2000 12581.51 4553.17 0.361894
the tax security authentication system and declares dutiable 2001 15301.38 5357.13 0.350108
goods using IC card. The second one is that a buyer
2002 17636.45 6178.39 0.350319
declares dutiable goods using a VAT deduction paper
invoice. The third step is that county revenue authenticates 2003 20017.31 7236.54 0.361514
the invoice using the tax security authentication system and 2004 24165.68 9017.94 0.373171
transfers to province revenue the result compared with a
2005 28778.54 10792.11 0.375005
seller’s invoice information together. When the result shows
it is success, the invoice can be used to reduce tax, 2006 34804.35 12784.81 0.367334
otherwise, the invoice will be sent to the invoice 2007 45621.97 15470.23 0.339096
investigation system.
2008 54223.79 17996.94 0.331901
In fact, GTP manages tax by invoice. It has a rule that a
buyer can reduce tax when a seller finishes rate payments 2009 59521.59 18481.22 0.310496
and the number of reduced tax equals to the number of rate 2010 73202.3 21092 0.288133
payments. GTP has made a great contribution to the rapid
Data come from National Bureau of Statistics of China.
growth of fiscal revenue. VAT tax average revenue is more
than 35% of the national tax revenue. The average growth
rate of VAT revenue in the past five years is more than 20%
and is bigger than that of GDP. The growth rate of VAT Table 2. GDP growth rate and tax revenue growth rate
was down in 2009 due to the structural tax cuts. Therefore, GDP Tax
studing VAT has a special significance. Here are two tables. Years Growth Revenue Col2/Col3
Table1. VAT revenue and all tax revenue statistics. Unit: 0.1 billion
Rate Growth Rate
470 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

1995 0.261337 0.177722123 0.680049603 flow is a convert process of “electronic → datapaper

invoice → electronic data”, a paper invoice is a platform of
1996 0.170788 0.144381289 0.845383101
transporting data, but it does not achieve sharing of data on
1997 0.109537 0.191643198 1.749575011 real time and may make different invoice information
1998 0.068748 0.124939884 1.817360272 between a seller’s stub invoice and a deduction paper
invoice. A large number of criminals buy goods from the
1999 0.062496 0.153277627 2.452598998
gold business, obtain special invoices altered, and make
2000 0.106354 0.177759493 1.671394522 inconsistent information in both the billing party and the
2001 0.105233 0.216179934 2.054297929 deductible party. However, the Golden Tax Project sends a
copy of tax system, only recognizes the special tickets
2002 0.097374 0.15260519 1.567206749
password area information, and cannot identify the
2003 0.128727 0.134996555 1.048704273 character information in special invoices. This makes
2004 0.17711 0.207239135 1.17011538 criminals can take advantage.
2005 0.156738 0.190884759 1.217858841 2.2. GTP is not an Effective Management of Tax
2006 0.169663 0.209385535 1.234126091 Evasion for Retail and Small-Scale
2007 0.228815 0.310812298 1.358356305 Taxpayers.
2008 0.181464 0.188545563 1.039024616
First, tax law shows that general taxpayers of retail
2009 0.08426 0.097702503 1.159535996 commercial enterprises cannot make out VAT invoices for
2010 0.168796 0.229844498 1.361670288 selling tobacco, alcohol, food, clothing, shoes and hats (not
Data come from National Bureau of Statistics of China. including labor fee), cosmetics, and other consumer goods.
There are still some problems of a VAT invoice in the Retail enterprises have a large number of tax deduction
Golden Tax Project. These shortcomings make VAT rate invoices but they do not need to make out VAT sale
remain high so that legitimate business enterprises bear a invoices. GTP cannot tax to retail business by VAT
heavy tax. Therefore, it has a great practical value to study invoice [1]. Second, a small-scale VAT taxpayer pays a fixed
P P
the shortcomings of GTP and propose methods to deal with amount of tax estimated by subjective decisions so it is not
these defects. accurate enough. GTP has no way to control tax to those
taxpayers [2].
P P
2. Analysis of Problems of the VAT Invoice in

2.3. Current Security VAT Billing System cannot
the GTP
Meet Taxpayers' Needs
GTP is a tax collection and management information
system. It has both design and management defects. In First, in order to increase customer data input sequence
addition, there are some defects caused by tax-sharing order, VAT tax control system has no tree structure, sort, or
system and united networks that include public finance, tax, query functions, which bring inconvenience to billing
bank and treasury. workers in the future. Second, the query in VAT tax control
system is simply not practical because there is no fuzzy
2.1. Seven Types of Data Collected by the GTP query. Third, because a VAT invoice in the VAT
anti-counterfeiting tax control system has only limit lines,
cannot Prevent a False Deduction Paper
companies can make out a VAT invoice only using listing
Invoice in Reality of items when their sales are large and include varieties of
goods. Due to current input mode in the VAT
Since the limited technology applied to identification,
anti-counterfeiting tax control system, those companies
the scan authentication system of GTP only collects seven
have developed corresponding software to handle listing of
key data currently, including the invoice number, invoice
items in order to bypass the VAT anti-counterfeiting tax
code, taxpayer identification number of both buyer and
control system and get sales list from non-tax control
supplier, date of invoice, sale and tax amount, it cannot
machines. All information in the VAT anti-counterfeiting
check detail information of taxpayers’ business. Therefore,
tax control system cannot be directly output to EXCEL.
some taxpayers change sale items such as goods name,
Names of some electronic components and specifications of
price, quantity, etc. By applying the seven key data and
the model are so long that paper VAT invoices only display
passing authentication, some of taxpayers decrease their tax.
part of their names and specifications so purchasers can
Nowadays, there are more and more same cases. The data
471 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

only see quantity, amount, and part of goods’ names in 3.3. A Network Invoice Subsystem Should Be Set
VAT invoices. It is very inconvenient when you check with
Up
sellers.
The basic data set of popular financial software used by
3. Proposal for Reforming GTP the majority of users, who accept the basic data set of the
VAT anti-counterfeiting tax control system, should also
3.1. Make Out Invoices Online and Collect Real
refer to the mode of commonly used financial software
Time Information for VAT Invoices designed to adapt to habits of billing. The commodity data
input mode in the VAT anti-counterfeiting tax control
General VAT taxpayers get the electron cipher code system has to change as long as the security financial
related to the invoice system from the taxation authority and software in the VAT anti-counterfeiting tax control system
then get into the front office of the network invoice meets the needs of billing staff.
subsystem. By building fire wall and other security login The VAT anti-counterfeiting tax control system
systems, taxpayers can safely exchange website data with currently has no preview feature currently. Once the button
tax office intranet data and use online tax service platform Print is clicked, one click can finish saving and printing
to buy invoice, use invoice, choose deduction invoice, and immediately but modification is no longer allowed. The
online filing functions. Based on the online invoice mode, following change can be made to improve the system.
taxpayers buy electronic invoice code and number, they can When the button Print is clicked, the system pops up the
print tax information on any paper. When paper invoices are prompt information “Is input information correct? Are you
cancelled, paper voucher and physical seal in the traditional sure to print it?” which gives operators a chance to check
tax action will disappear and then electronic form voucher and verify the input information before their final decisions,
is needed. Electronic signature law that began to take effect and then finishes saving, auditing, previewing, and printing.
in 2005 provides law to favor for the electronic invoice. We
can carry on a safe authentication to the electronic invoice References
by learning the CA authentication of the third party now. [3]
P P
On the other hand, purchasers should inspect main supply [1] Li qin, Liu haoyong. My views of the Golden Project System.
units; choose the best sellers of the object, allocate money Metallurgical Account. pp22-23. No.11 . 2003.
through bank accounts as much as possible, carefully [2] Niu yang. The choice of business enterprise tax saving. Tax collection
compare the invoice information, and get tax authorities to Magazine. pp35-36. No.12 . 2002.
help verify in time. [3] Sunliping,Heguangjun, Zhangjinmei, walk out the difficult of
scanning and authenticating paper invoice, China Taxation News，
3.2. A Tax-Control POS System Should Be pp11 Mar.9 2011-3-9
Developed and Linked to the Gtp [4] Jian xin. The Golden Project System: start a new prospects of the
industry of tax-control POS. Smart Cards World. pp25-26. No.6 .
Building a tax-control POS system (fiscal cash register) 2004.
can improve a VAT chain so that we can resolve the
problem of collecting VAT from a retail industry [4]. In
addition, building the tax-control POS system is also
beneficial to enhance information technology of VAT, does
not need to authenticate and compare the input VAT of
paper invoice, and reduces the cost of management for both
governments and enterprises. It can solve the problem of the
inaccuracy decision that a fixed amount of VAT to a
small-scale taxpayer is estimated by subjective decision.
Because a small-scale taxpayer can reduce the amount of
the output VAT using the input VAT invoice like a general
VAT taxpayer. It is benefit to equally implement tax to all
taxpayers and reduces the rate of VAT when governments
get plenty of fiscal funds.
472 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The Preliminary Research of Water Resources

Guarantee Ability in Shandong Peninsula Blue
Economic Zone
Qingyong Liu 1 , Guimin Xu 2
P P P
1
Water Resources Research Institute of Shandong Province, Jinan, China
2
University of Jinan, Jinan, China
1
The Key Laboratory of water resources and water environment of Shandong province, Jinan, China
Abstract: The local water resources of Shandong peninsula blue economic zone are shortage, and the the annual water
resources change greatly and are uneven in distribution, development and utilization is very difficult. From the local water
resources characteristics, current situation water supply project and water shortages analysis, this area generally belongs to
resource-based water shortage, engineering type water shortage and water quality type shortage coexistence in the region.
So, the study of the preliminary research of water resources guarantee ability in Shandong peninsula blue economic zone is
very important. Using fuzzy mathematical model and research shows that, in the implementation of all kinds of water
resources guarantee engineering conditions, the regional water resources comprehensive support capacity showsa rising
trend, the year of 2008 is a possible guarantee, the year of 2015 is a basic security, the year of 2020 is a fully protection;
points out the restriction of Shandong peninsula blue economic zone of the main bottleneck water resources guarantee
ability, puts forward the key construction projects and the countermeasures and suggestions to improve its ability of water
resources guarantee.
Keywords: Shandong peninsula; guarantee ability; measures
standards of the water resources guarantee ability in
1..The Preliminary Evaluation of Water Shandong peninsula blue economic zone, comprehensive
Resources Guarantee Ability in Shandong analysis of research three aspects parameters on the above,
Peninsula Blue Economic Zone and draw water resources assessment level, ratings are
divided into can't guarantee, possible guarantee, basic
Shandong peninsula blue economic zone involves
security, security and fully protect. The waterresources
Shandong coastal 10 cities, with a total area of 72,600 km2,
economy support capacity in Shandong peninsula blue
accounted for 46.2% of the provincial total. In order to
economic zone is possibly to be guaranteed, basic security
further understand the Shandong peninsula economic zone
and fully protect in the year of 2008,2015 and 2020.
water resources situation in present year and future, and
providing basic basis for analysis and research water 1.2. Engineering Support Ability
resources problems, and need to evaluation Shandong
peninsula blue economic zone water resources ability in the The engineering support ability is measured by five
present situation and in future, the preliminary evaluation indicators of water supply of surface water, groundwater,
results are as follows. water transfer from outside of the basin, Unconventional
water and water resources utilization rate. In the year of
1.1. The Social and Economic Support Capacity 2008, 2015 and 2020, water supply of the surface water,
water transfer from outside basin, Unconventional water
The social and economic support capacity is measured
and water utilization rate are increasing year by year in
by three indicators of per capita GDP, water conservancy
Shandong peninsula blue economic zone, respectively for:
investment accounts for GDP ratio and the natural
3.87billion m 3 , 2.43 billion m 3 , 0.22 billion m 3 , 46.9%;
population growth[1]. In the year of 2008, 2015 and 2020,
P P P P P P
4.25 billion m 3 , 3.55 billion m 3 , 0.97 billion m 3 , 60.1%;

Shandong peninsula blue economic zone’s per capita GDP,
P P P P P P
4.46 billion m 3 , 36.6 billion m 3 , 1.53 billion m 3 , 65.2%. In

water conservancy investment accounts for GDP ratio and
P P P P P P
the year of 2008, 2015 and 2020, the water supply of

the natural population growth rate are 43,072 Yuan, 0.27%,
groundwater is 3.05 billion m 3 , 3.02 billion m 3 , 3.01 billion
4.55‰; 72,554 Yuan, 0.36%, 3.76‰; 114,677 Yuan, 0.26%,
P P P P
m 3 . According to the evaluation index classification and

3.50‰. According to the evaluation index classification and
P P
standards of the water resources guarantee ability in
473 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Q. Y. Liu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp473-478
Shandong peninsula blue economic zone and for43.1m3/10,000yuan,11m3/10,000yuan,68%;36.6m3/10,0

comprehensive analysis of the above five research aspects 00yuan,10m3/10,000yuan,66%;25.7m3/10,000yuan,8m3/10
parameters and draw water resources assessment level, .000 yuan, 64.6%. According to the evaluation index
ratings are divided into can not guarantee, possible classification and standards of the water resources guarantee
guarantee, basic security, security and fully protect. The ability in Shandong peninsula blue economic zone and
water resources engineering support ability in Shandong comprehensive analysis of research six aspects parameters
peninsula blue economic zone is can not be guaranteed, on the above, and draw water resources assessment level,
basic security and fully protect in the year of 2008, 2015 ratings are divided into can not guarantee, possible
and 2020. guarantee, basic security, security and fully protect. The
water resources production security ability in Shandong
1.3. Life Guarantee Ability
peninsula blue economic zone are possible to be protected
The water resources life guarantee ability is measured in the year of 2008, 2015 and fully protect in 2020.
by five indicators of popularity of the city tap water, city
1.5. Ecological Environment Protection Ability
water saving appliances, city tap water pipe network
leakage rate, rural tap water popularization rate, and the The water resources ecological environment protection
drinking water quality success rate. In the year of 2008, ability is measured by eight indicators of 10,000 Yuan GDP
2015 and 2020, city tap water popularization rate, city water waste discharge of sewage, industrial wastewater discharge
saving appliances popularization rate, rural water reached standards rate, city sewage reuse rate, soil erosion
popularization rate and the drinking water quality success treatment rate, the rate of vegetation covering , rate of
rate are increasing year by year in Shandong peninsula blue seawater intrusion area, water function zone water quality
economic zone, respectively for: 98.5%, 70%, 85%, reached standard rate and class III water compliance rate of
98%;99%, 75%, 95%, 99%; 99.9%, 80%, 99.9%, 99.9%. In groundwater . In the year of 2008, 2015 and 2020, industrial
the year of 2008, 2015 and 2020, city tap water pipe wastewater discharge standards reached rate, city sewage
network leakage rate is reduced year by year in Shandong reuse rate, soil erosion treatment rate, the rate of vegetation
peninsula blue economic zone, respectively for: 16.3%; covering, water function zone water quality standard
12.9%; 9.9%. According to the evaluation index reached rate and class III water compliance rate of
classification and standards of the water resources guarantee groundwater are increasing year by year in Shandong
ability in Shandong peninsula blue economic zone, peninsula blue economic zone, respectively for 81%, 15%,
comprehensive analysis of research five aspects parameters 80%, 30%, 44%, 57%; 85%, 30%, 85%, 35%, 55%, 70%;
on the above, and draw water resources assessment level, 90%, 45%, 90%, 38%, 70%, 90%. In the year of 2008, 2015
ratings are divided into can't guarantee, possible guarantee, and 2020, GDP waste discharge of sewage and seawater
basic security, security and fully protect. The water intrusion area rate are reduced year by year in Shandong
resources life guarantee ability in Shandong peninsula blue peninsula blue economic zone, respectively for: 5.55 m3/
economic zone is possible to be guaranteed, basic security 10,000yuan, 2.28%; 3.16m3/ 10.000 Yuan, 2%;
and fully protect in the year of 2008, 2015 and 2020. 1.85m3/10,000 Yuan, 1.7%. According to the evaluation
index classification and standards of the water resources
1.4. Production Security Ability guarantee ability in Shandong peninsula blue economic
The water resources production security ability is zone as well as comprehensive analysis of research eight
measured by six indicators of 10,000 Yuan GDP take water, aspects parameters on the above, and draw water resources
amount of 10.000 Yuan Industrial added value for water assessment level, ratings are divided into can not be
take, industrial water reuse rate, irrigation water utilization guaranteed, possible guaranteed, basic security, security and
coefficient, utilizing the water saving for irrigation and fully protect. The water resources production security
water utilization structure. In the year of 2008, 2015 and ability in Shandong peninsula blue economic zone is basic
2020, industrial water reuse, irrigation water utilization security, basic guarantee in 2008, possible security in the
coefficient and utilizing the water saving for irrigation are year of 2015 and basic protect in the year of 2020.
increasing year by year in Shandong peninsula blue
1.6. Water Resources Management Ability
economic zone, respectively for 78.1%, 0.6, 41.3%; 82.9%,
0.63, 51.3%; 86.1%, 0.67,64.3%. In the year of 2008, 2015 The water resources management ability is measured by
and 2020, 10,000 Yuan GDP take water, 10.000 Yuan two indicators of the level of information degree and
Industrial added value for water take, and water utilization management staff of educational structure index. In the year
structure index are reduced year by year in Shandong of 2008, 2015 and 2020, the level of information and
peninsula blue economic zone, respectively management staff of educational structure index are
474 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

increasing year by year in Shandong peninsula blue (2) The overall situation of water environment is no
economic zone, respectively for 50%, 80%; 60%, 90%; fundamental better
70%, 99.9%. According to the evaluation index First is the serious surface water pollution. A lot of
classification and standards of the water resources guarantee untreated waste water straight into rivers and lakes, most of
ability in Shandong peninsula blue economic zone and the river are being polluted, making the limited water
com-prehensive analysis of research two aspects parameters resources more scarce, and not only seriously threatened
on the above, and draw water resources assessment level, people's health, but also destroyed the region's ecology.
ratings are divided into can not guarantee, possible Second is the groundwater exploitation excessive in some
guarantee, basic security, security and fully protect. The area, formed a cone of ground water depression around
water resources engineering support ability in Shandong the center of the water source of a city, the area of cone
peninsula blue economic zone is possible guarantee 2008, area is 4,557 km2 in Binzhou, Dongying, Weifang and
basic security in 2015 and fully protect in the year of 2020. Laizhou city. Changyi, Shouguang, Guangrao and Zouping
has been formed with 6m-40m buried deep over-exploited
1.7. Comprehensive Support Ability Evaluation of whole area, Laizhou, Longkou coastal and Pingdu
Integrated ability index of water resources support as contents also came to 6m-20m buried deep over-exploited
well as the water resources assessment level are obtained of area, the largest funnel center buried more than 40m,
according to the weights calculation of corresponding to located in Shouguang and Guangrao area. The third one is
social and economic support capacity, engineering, support sea or salt water intrusion serious. In coastal areas, because
ability, life guarantee ability, production security ability, of groundwater over-extraction, causing the seawater
ecological environment protection ability. The water intrusion, sea salt water area reached 1653.3 km2 in
resources support ability evaluation is increasing year by regional inland. Fourth one is serious soil and water loss,
year in Shandong peninsula blue economic zone, and they wind and desertification protection and management task is
are possible guarantee, basic security and fully protect in the still heavy.
year of 2008, 2015 and 2020 respectively. (3) Management system construction should be
strengthened
2. The Main Bottleneck Problem Restricted by There are many institutional and radical obstacles that
the Water Resources Guarantee Ability in restrict the sustainable development of water resources in
Shandong Peninsula Blue Economic Zone current regional water management system. Involve water
affairs is in the state of multiple management, hard to form
Shandong peninsula blue economic zone is in the
a cohesive force, water resources unified management
important opportunity time of comprehensive construction
system has not straightened out; measures of planning,
well-off society and socialist modernization construction,
policy and system are still need to be further strengthened
water resource demand continuously has been increasing,
that involved in the management of water affairs social
the local and multiplicity of water shortage impact the
management; water conservancy project construction and
social economic development in a certain range and a
management work is still weak, water information network
certain extent. The main problem of the water resources in
construction is not enough, science and technology
Shandong peninsula blue economic zone are:
innovation ability is not strong.
(1) Water resources security system is not perfect
(4) The contradiction of insufficient investment for
First is water regulation and control ability is still weak,
water conservancy construction is very outstanding
the provincial water resources allocation engineering
Water conservancy construction investment guarantee
network and regional water channel is not built, the key
mechanism of the stable growth has not been set up; the
nodes have not been finished, matching project construction
provincial water resources investment cannot satisfy the
is only in the initial stage. Second is the water storage
needs of the construction of water conservancy. Water
project layout are not reasonable enough, part of the
conservancy investment shows much more shortage in the
development of reservoir for oil field in Dongying city
level of city and county, Water conservancy construction
doesn't play its benefits, and the water supply capacity is
faced a lot of investment restrictions. The current water
insufficient in north of Weifang and Binzhou City. The third
conservancy construction investment level restricts the
is the standard of existing storage reservoir construction is
modernization of water conservancy construction, can not
low, there are many reservoir as not protect the volumetric
adapt to the needs of the rapid development of economy and
build by laying bricks or stones, the storage capacity is low.
society of the peninsula blue economic zone.
Fourth is the surface water utilization rate is not high
because of use less water retaining project, water diversion
project construction lag supporting and less water dosage[2].
475 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

3..Countermeasures and Measures for 3.2. Strengthening Water Resources Management

Improving the Water Resources Protection of Science and Optimize Configuration for
Ability of Shandong Peninsula Blue Ensuring That the Development of the Key
Economic Zone Areas and Key Industries
In order to realize the sustainable economic and social All new project using water should follow the principle
development of Shandong peninsula blue economic zone, of ensure that the important, overall comprehensive and
accelerate the construction of Shandong peninsula urban give consideration to the general. One is eliminated high
agglomeration, promote Shandong economic and culture water consumption, low efficiency and high pollution
construction, strengthen the water resources to the guarantee industry, the key point is supporting efficient and
ability of economic society development; and also need to environmental protection industry, develop recycling
take effective measures to scientific allocation and economy. Vigorously promotes the pillar industry saving
protection of water resources and ecological environment energy and reducing consumption, and promote water
improve water quality, achieve the basic supply and demand saving technology transformation of production industry,
balance of water resources on the basis of the construction realize the upgrade of industry and the new type of
of water resources guarantee project. So, in view of traditional industry. Two is strengthen the unity of the water
Shandong peninsula blue economic zone's actual situation, resource scheduling. The focus of the water resources
it puts forward the countermeasures and suggestions. management is regulate surface water and groundwater,
extraneous water and local water, conventional water and
3.1. Carrying Out Comprehensive Management of non-traditional water and other kinds of water, meet the life,
Water Pollution and Increasing Water the production, the ecological water demand, support the
Environmental Capacity rapid development of economy and society. Three is use
reasonable configuration to control all kinds of water. Four
One is strictly enforcement the policy of drainage
is carry out many measures, exploit water resources by
standard and amount control combined. The total amount of
many kinds of methods. Positively construct rainwater
waste water will be still damage to the water environment,
collecting engineering in hilly area, build small dams, small
must according to the water environmental protection goal,
flood water utilization project, etc. use of engineering and
calculate the concentration of the wastewater discharge that
water diversion project adjust measures to local conditions,
allow quantity, will the emissions distribute or auction to the
reduce the pressure of water use in coastal areas. Actively
basin of the enterprise or the family. Two is strictly
advocate the scientific use of the sea water, sewage and
enforcement the policy of sewage emissions and waste
brackish water etc non-traditional water resources in coastal
water pollution treatment on. Establish drinking water
areas, remit water shortages and the trend of groundwater
source protection system, strengthen the scientific
overdraft, encourage the new project to use seawater
management of water function, establish the handover of
directly. Improve the degree of water resources guarantee.
water quality responsibility system, construct the collection
We must further improve water laws and regulations,
and treatment facilities of waste oil, sewage and garbage
straighten out the water resources management system, and
according to the requirements. Across the water of
manage water resources with the law, administrative,
economic zone, should strengthen cooperation with the
economic and technical means.
adjacent water resources management department, and to
establish the policies and measures of protection and 3.3. Energetically Advocate to Water Saving,
management[4].Strict control of waste water flows into the Establish Water-Saving Society
water supply canal and key project of the river water.
Through the water saving improve water use efficiency
Perfect sewage pipe collection system in the main towns;
to reduce demand, so as to improve the water resources
closed the river drainage outlet, ensure water supply quality
guarantee ability, this need to use a variety of media for
on the basis of discharging standard of the waste water
water saving propaganda education, enhance people's sense
treatment. Adjust the function of other river, divide the
of urgency of the shortage of water resources and sense of
water supply and drainage channel; management drainage
urgency of water saving in peninsula blue economic zone,
outlet based on that, in addition, for river ecological water
set up a national resource-saving economic system[3].
distribution and maintenance balance between the life of the
Further to save water depend on scientific technology and
river health and watershed ecological environment system.
related investment in facilities, carry out all kinds of water
saving technology and measures to develop water-saving
industry and establish water-saving society on the basis of
water saving and promote saving water by formulating
476 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

relevant regulations and. 3.4.3. Make Full Use of Rain Flood Resources
The runoff in Shandong peninsula blue economic zone
3.4. Optimizing Water Resources Structure and mainly focus on flood season, and even on one or two of the
Make Full Use of Unconventional Water flood of the water, so, the rain flood water is difficult to
Resources use[4]. The depth development of rain flooding can by
Advocate using the treated sea water, sewage and strengthening engineering measures, make full use of water
rainwater as well as unconventional water resources. in flood season, and expand the use of surface water
Promote the mutual complementary structure of quantity; build a number of underground reservoir in rivers
conventional water resources with sea water, reclaimed downstream and coastal area adjust measure to local
water and rainwater as well as unconventional water conditions, will runoff into groundwater, use surface and
resources by taking a series of engineering measures and underground engineering to recharge groundwater.
non-engineering measures. 3.5. Establish a Scientific and Reasonable Water
3.4.1. Adjust Measures to Local Conditions and Promote
Crisis Emergency Management System
the Peninsula Blue Economic Zone's Sea (Salt)
Water Use By the restriction of current technology and economic
Shandong peninsula blue economic zone need to make condition, we must take emergency measures for more than
full use of the sea and salty water ease water which is the standard flood, drought or accidental environmental
important measures to ease water nervous and improve accidents, must control influence scope in the fastest time,
water resources guarantee ability under the condition of the and rapidly ensure the economic social development needs.
fresh water resources shortage due to Shandong peninsula Gradually establish the water crisis resolution mechanism
blue economic zone have long coastline. Seawater using can that adapts to Shandong peninsula blue economic zone,
be divided into direct using and desalination using. The evaluate the potential economic loss by the shortage of
primarily use is direct using at present. Therefore in the water resources at the same time, and improve the ability to
coastal zone of blue economic zone, construct unity of large resist risk and enhance crisis management and emergency
seawater supply projects, used seawater for cooling water in ability.
directly can solve cooling water of power, steel, chemical
3.6. Increase Input to Water Conservancy Project
and other large water consumption industrial; seawater also
used for production process of solvent, the reluctant, and To ensure the investment demand of water conservancy
washing, dust removal as well as process water; sea water construction, adapt to the development of economic and
flush the toilet instead of fresh water can save a coastal city social in peninsula blue economic zone, need to strengthen
life water around 35%. Therefore, with productivity layout the following aspects of the work: One is to further
and industry structure and spatial structure in Shandong emphasize the status of water conservancy in country public
peninsula blue economic zone, directly use of sea water to finance, under the premise of financial budget investment,
solve fresh water shortage has important significance. establish a stable of water conservancy fund channels,
3.4.2. Sewage Reuse making the central and local financial investment held in a
Urban wastewater reuse is one of the effective ways for higher and stable level. The governments of all regions shall
remitting the shortage of water resources, not only make the increase range and strength of the water resources fee
limited supply of fresh water get reasonable use, but also collection, as a whole for water resources management and
reduce the difficulty of development of new water sources, water conservancy construction. Two is to hold
and has a distinct advantage in the economy. Through the opportunities that the central advocate the building of new
research and development of wastewater reuse technology, socialist countryside, with the industrial drive agriculture
increase the sewage water treatment plant and the sewage and cities to support the countryside, innovative
treatment capacity, increase the investment of the sewage mechanisms, broaden water conservancy investment of new
treatment and pipeline engineering at the same time, greatly channels by the city and industrial. Three is to make full use
improve the rate of wasted water reuse, save water and of the market mechanism function, actively recruit social
reduce pollution, radically improve water environment, investment, and expand the scale of the market financing.
increase available water. After the urban sewage treatment
which can be used for agricultural irrigation, dilute the References:
polluted water, industrial cooling water circulation, family [1] Hu qi-chang and Wang sheng-yun.The support ability of water
life miscellaneous water and not high demand for water resources situation and long-range forecasting evaluation in Zhejiang
quality of water environment. province[J], Water conservancy development research,
2007(07):31-34
477 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[2] Water conservancy development special planning of Shandong

peninsula blue economic zone[R]. Shandong provincial water
resources bureau,2010.
[3] Liu qing-yong. Sustainable use of the water resource in Shandong
province[J], Shandong agricultural university journal, 2004, 34(4).
[4] ZHang jun-dong, ZHao yun-feng, ZHang cai-xia and ZHao feng-qin..
The evaluation of guarantee ability of water resources in
Tangshan .Industrial Safety and Environmental Protection[J], 2009,
35(2):14-17
478 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Eergy Consumption Assessment of Logistics

Industry in Regional Economy1 P
Liu Wentao, Qu Li, Li Jingwen

Institute of Economic Management, Beijing Information Science and Technology University, Beijing China
Abstract: Use two indices (location entropy and comparative labor productivity) to reflect logistics industry’s position in
regional economy and national logistics industry, and utilize decoupling index to measure energy consumption decoupling
of regional logistics industry. Three models can fully assess energy consumption of logistics industry in regional economy.
Empirical study based on this method reveals Beijing logistics industry is in relative decoupling status in energy consump-
tion, is more developed than national average; with significant comparative strengths, Beijing logistics industry can be re-
garded as dominant industry for strategic development.
Keywords: logistics; location entropy; comparative labor productivity; decoupling index
1. Forward processing and other logistics activities. [2] How to assess
P P
“low carbon” of logistics industry. Document [3] abstracts

Due to the stripping of traditional social functions in key factors affecting the development of low carbon
China, low threshold, as well as the release of Logistics logistics through key component analysis.
Industry Adjustment and Revitalization Plan by government Document [4] introduces “elastic decoupling coefficient” to
in recent years, various cities regard logistics industry as the measure the relationship between carbon emission and
dominant industry, and “rush headlong” to input more logistics industry in Beijing. Document [5] utilizes the
resources accordingly, leading to somewhat overheated harmonious theory put forward by Profession Xi Youmin
construction in this industry. For example, one city has817 and some other people to assess the harmony of logistics in
specialized logistics industry companies above designated the supply chain. Through establishing various levels of
size in 2010, of which 49% companies has assets of less harmonious matrix, this theory can diagnose to some extent
than 10 million Yuan, taking only 4.4% and 0.3% [1] of the P P
logistics inharmonious sections in supply chain, and provide

total logistics revenue and profit. Meanwhile, we must see certain guidance in carbon emission reduction in logistics
that logistics industry has strong externality such as road industry. Research in the above documents primarily
occupation due to transportation, air and noise pollution, etc. utilizes key component analysis and hierarchical analysis.
In China, logistics industry is the second largest fuel Their strengths are they include relatively complete indices
consumption industry only next to manufacturing, high and conclusions are relatively trustworthy. Their
consumption of fuel and exhaust emission naturally make weaknesses are: 1. Logistics data are hardly accessible
logistics industry a key industry for energy saving and because this industry is not a separate section in the data of
emission reduction, and cannot develop freely without any National Bureau of Statistics of China. It is hardly operable
regulation. Only through accurate assessment of logistics to establish a huge assessment system. 2. The above
industry’s position and energy consumption in regional methods are not systematic to some extent because they
economy can we understand the impact of logistics industry research to various degrees the development methods of
on development of regional economy, and lay the logistics industry independent from regional or even
foundation for harmonious development of regional national economy. This article first selects indices to assess
economy. the position of regional logistics industry in the regional
In recent years, scholars have gradually acknowledged economy and national logistics industry, then assesses
and intensified research on green logistics. So-called Green energy consumption of logistics industry in this region, and
Logistics (Environmental Logistics)is to regard provides decision makers with the panorama of energy
environmental pollution reduction and less resources consumption of the regional logistics industry. Finally, it
consumption as the objectives, utilize advanced logistics uses Beijing for illustrative purposes in empirical study.
1
Fund projects: Social Science projects of Beijing Municipal Education 2. Model Establishment
Commission (Code: SM201110772003)
Assessing the development of logistics industry in a
technologies to plan and implement transportation, region includes two aspects: 1. Are it in the leading or
warehousing, packaging, loading/unloading, circulation,
479 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

W. T. Liu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp479-483
lagging position in China? 2. Is it in the dominant or development, it is advisable to first develop and utilize these
subordinate position among so many industries in the production factors to achieve better industrial structure
regional economy? Besides, decoupling coefficient is the benefits, and promote the development of regional economy.
index that directly assesses energy consumption level of Industry comparative strengths shall be measured by
logistics industry. “comparative labor productivity” with the following
formula:
2.1. Location Entropy Index
g1
Companies of a same industry often spontaneously form g2
B=
industrial clusters to reduce costs and increase transaction l1
efficiency. In other words, only industries that can be l2 (2)
included into industrial clusters are relatively competitive.
In view of the concept and identification method of
g1 and l1 in (2) are GDP and number of labor of an industry
industrial cluster, identification of industrial can be in Region i, g 2 and l 2 are total GDP and number of labor
conducted in two aspects. Firstly, industry concentration in Region i , B iscomparative labor productivity of an
shall be assessed. It reflects the professionalism of industrial
cluster. Location entropy method and concentration analysis industry in this region. When B > 1 , labor productivity in
are to assess the industry in terms of industry concentration this industry is above average in this region, this industry
and professionalism; secondly, industry structure shall be has comparative strengths. The higher the value of B , the
assessed. It reflects the relationships of industry network, more comparative strengths; When B < 1 , this industry
industrial chain and industrial function. Input-output does not have comparative strengths. The smaller the value
analysis, key component analysis, cluster analysis of multi-
of B , the weaker the industry.
variable statistics and some other quantitative methods are
analytical methods to reveal the relationships between 2.3. Decoupling Index
industries [6] . This article needs to select location entropy
Energy crisis and deteriorating environment force
P P
index to reflect the input-output differences between

governments of various countries reconsider and assess
logistics industry in this region and other regions. Below is
economic growth’s dependence on resources and
the formula of location entropy index:
environments, and try to “decouple” economic growth from
resource consumption. In view of economic growth’s heavy
dependence on material consumption, western scholars put
 forward the decoupling theory in the research on the
relationships between economic growth and material
in (1) means location entropy; is the logistics industry consumption. Decoupling is to break the link between
production in Region ; is GDP ; is logistics economic growth and environmental load. When it comes to
industry production in China; is GDP in China. When resource consumption, decoupling indicates breaking the
is more developed link between economic growth and resource consumption.
than national average; When , logistics There are three types of decoupling: absolute decoupling,
industry is less developed than national average; relative decoupling and non-decoupling. One thing worth
When , logistics industry is as developed noticing is the three types of decoupling have different
as national average. definitions in economic growth and economic slide [7] , as
P P
shown in the figure below:

2.2. Comparative Strength Analysis
Industries with more comparative strengths shall be
given priority in regional industrial plans. These industries
have higher labor productivity, can manufacture very
competitive products on a large scale at lower costs and
faster speed; moreover, industries with more comparative
strengths reflect the trend of the evolution of industrial
structure, production factors shift to these industries. They
will take increasingly higher percentage in regional
industrial structure, and are more promising industries;
besides, the production factors needed in the industries with
more comparative strengths usually have comparative
strengths. When selecting industries with more comparative
strengths as the strategic focus in regional cluster
480 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

This article adopts the index proposed by Professor Lu.

资源消耗
Resource consumption
Below is the formula:
Increment
增量 Resource consumption
资源消耗
Increment
增量 (3)
未脱钩
Non-decoupling
D r in (3) is resource decoupling index; is economic growth
GDP 未脱钩
Non-decoupling in certain period ( is in positive territory when economy
grows; and is in negative territory when economy declines);
时间
Time
相对脱钩
Relative decoupling 0 is in the annual decrement rate of resource consumption
相对脱钩decoupling
Relative per unit of GDP in the same period( is in positive territory
0 时间
Time when economy grows; and is in negative territory when
GDP
economy declines).
绝对脱钩 decoupling
Absolute 绝对脱钩 decoupling
Absolute
The degree of decoupling between resource
Resource
资源消耗 consumption consumption and GDP growth can be divided into three
资源消耗
Resource
consumption types according to the value of decoupling index in
economic growth and economic decline: absolute
Economic
经济增长growth Economic
经济下降 decline decoupling, relative decoupling and non-decoupling, as
Figure 1. Types of decoupling between eco-
shown in Table 1 [8] .
P P
图1 经济增长与资源消耗的脱钩类型
nomic growth and resource consumption
In Figure 1, when resource consumption maintains Table 1 D R in different types of decoupling
unchanged or decreases as economy grows, it is “absolute Type Economic growth g＞0 Economic decline g＜0
Absolute
decoupling”; when resource consumption increases together decoupling D r ≥1 D r ≤0
with GDP growth but at a lower rate, it is “relative Relative
decoupling”; when resource consumption parallels or decoupling 0＜D r ＜1 0＜D r ＜1
exceeds GDP growth, it is “non-decoupling”. When Non-
D r ≤0 D r ≥1
resource consumption decreases parallels or exceeds GDP decoupling
decline, it is “absolute decoupling”; when resource 3. Empirical Study
consumption decreases at a lower rate than GDP, it is
“relative decoupling”; when resource consumption Location entropy, decoupling index and comparative
increases or maintains unchanged, and it is “non- labor productivity can be calculated through extracting and
decoupling”. sorting the data in Beijing logistics industry according to
When deciding decoupling status or measuring the Beijing Statistical Yearbook, China Statistical Yearbook
degree of decoupling, scholars primarily adopt elasticity and China Logistics Yearbook released by national
analysis, decoupling indexing, IPAT modeling, decoupling authoritative organizations.
analysis based on complete decomposition technology, and
metric analysis and some other methods. Various research
3.1. Data Collection and Explanation
institutes use different decoupling indices, and do not have a We can only simplify the data as follows according to
uniform index system. The following indices are relatively relative yearbooks because the Chinese official data do not
representative: decoupling factor proposed by Organization have uniform statistical method, and the data on logistics
for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), industry is not a separate section in various yearbooks.
elasticity coefficient proposed by Tapio to address traffic (1) Although logistics have various functions, logistics
capacity and GDP decoupling issues, decoupling indices for industry in China is not developed, and only primarily
resource consumption,(Dr) [8] proposed by Professor Lu
P P
performs transportation and warehousing functions. This
Zhongwu based on IPAT formula. But recent research article replaces the overall data on logistics industry with
reveals decoupling factor proposed by OECD is actually the data on transportation, warehousing and postal
“the annual decrement rate of environmental load (resource industries as.
consumption or waste emission)per unit of GDP”, and (2) Replace logistics industry production with total logistics
cannot be the basis of accurate judgment of the degree and volume.
type of decoupling; elasticity coefficient proposed by Tapio Table 2 is generated through extracting and sorting the data.
[1,9,10]
is susceptible to confusion due to too detailed categorization P
of decoupling; decoupling index formula is closely related

to common indices in national and local plans (annual GDP
growth index and resource consumption index per unit of
GDP), can conveniently be applied in related computation [7] . P P
481 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Table 2 Related logistics statistical data on Beijing and China 4. Conclusion

Beijing City China
Gross (1) In theoretical research, this article selects two
regional
produc- Energy indices (location entropy and comparative labor
tion in consumption
transpor- in
productivity) to measure the status of logistics industry in
Total Number of
logistic GNP
tation,
ware-
transporta- Logistics
tion, revenue
employee in Number of
Total
logistic GNP
regional economy and national logistics industry; selects
volume (100 logistics employee
(100 million
housing warehousing (100
and and postal million
industry (10,000
volume (100 (100 million
million Yuan)
decoupling index to assess specific energy consumption in
million Yuan) (10,000 persons)
Yuan)
postal industries
indus- (10,000 tons
Yuan)
persons)
Yuan) logistics industry. The method is simple and operable. The
tries
(100
standard
coal)
above three models can describe the panorama of energy
million consumption in regional logistics industry, and provide the
Yuan)
2009 38442.7 12153 556.6 1025.2 1299.8 47.5 998.3 966500 340902.8
rationale of creating development plans of regional logistics
2010 50424.7 14113.6 712 1104.8 1686.1 48.6 1031.6 1254130 401202
industry and regional economy.
(2) Findings in empirical study: Although Beijing
3.2. Data Analysis logistics industry accounts for over 4% of national logistics
volume, energy consumption is in relative decoupling status,
(1) Calculate location entropy of Beijing logistics higher than national average in logistics industry, and has
industry according to (1): location entropies in 2009and much more comparative strengths compared with other
2010 are 1.1157and 1.143respectively, both are larger than industries in Beijing.
1, indicating Beijing logistics industry is more developed (3) Simplification of data in empirical study will surely
than national average. According to Beijing’s percentage affect the accuracy in conclusion due to accessibility of
(4.02%) of total logistics volume in China in 2010 (as statistical data. Especially in recent years, e-commerce is
shown in Table 2), we estimate that Beijing logistics very active, information management and some other
industry has certain leading and demonstrative effects and businesses have gradually been added into functions of
has a significant driving force in energy saving and logistics; express delivery business has also gradually
emission reduction in China; developing environmental become an unnegligible force in logistics industry. We
logistics in Beijing will also have the benchmark and believe there will be more accurate data reflecting energy
demonstrative effects. consumption and development status of logistics industry as
(2) Comparative labor productivity of Beijing logistics logistics industry develops and statistical data become more
industry calculated through (2) is 2.248 in 2009; and is complete in China.
2.536 in 2010. Both are much larger than 1, indicating labor
productivity in logistics industry is higher than the average References
labor productivity of all industries in Beijing, and logistics [1] Beijing Municipal Bureau of Statistics, Survey Office of the National
industry has much more comparative strengths, has
Bureau of Statistics in Beijing. Beijing Statistical Yearbook-
cohesion and driving effects in all industries, can be the
2011[M].Beijing: China Statistics Press: 2011.
strategic focus and dominant industry in developing
regional industrial clusters. [2] Hong Tao, Promoting the Transformation and Upgrade from Green
(3) Different criteria are adopted in deciding whether Circulation to Low Carbon Circulation [J]. China Circulation
energy consumption is decoupled from economic growth Economy, 2011(7):12-17.
and decline. In the years studied, Beijing economy and [3] Duan Xiangyun, and Zhang Yinghua, China’s Logistics Industry Low
gross regional production of logistics industry increase year Carbon Development Paths based on Key Component Analysis [J].
after year. We shall decide according to the first column in Scientific and Technological Advancement and Measures, 2010, 27
(Table 1). 2009-2010 decoupling index of energy (22):96-99.
consumption in Beijing logistics industry is 0.7219 after
[4] Song Wenguang, and Li Ping, Research on Low Carbon Economic
calculating with (3). 0 ＜ 0.7219 ＜ 1 indicates the
Development of Beijing Logistics Industry [J].China Business &
development of Beijing logistics industry is relatively
Trade, 2011(4)):139-140.
decoupled from energy consumption; in other words, energy
consumption growth is lower than the growth of gross [5] Zhong Changbao, Wei Xiaoping, Nie Maolin, and Jiang Dianyu,
regional production of logistics industry. This indicates: On Harmony Diagnosis of Logistics System in Supply Chain
the one hand, energy consumption in Beijing logistics [J].Systematic Engineering Theory and Practice, 2010, 30(1):30-37.
industry can be further optimized; on the other hand, when [6] Zhang Huixin, Gao Chao, and Bai Jia, Location Entropy based
the value is larger than 1, it is absolute decoupling, 0.7219 Industrial Cluster Identification Research in Energy and Mining
is close to 1, indicating the overall development trend is Resources Industries———Use Shaanxi Province for Illustrative
good. Purposes [J]. Science and Technology Management Research,
2011(18):119-123.
482 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[7] Wang Heming, YueQiang, and Lu Zhongwu, Analysis of Decoupling

between Resource Consumption and Economic Growth in China
1998-2008 [J].Resource Science, 2011, 33(9):1757-1767.
[8] Lu Zhongwu, Wang Heming, and YueQiang, Decoupling Index:
Quantitative Expression of Resource Consumption, Waste Emission
and Economic Growth [J].Resource Science, 2011, 33(1):2-8.
[9] National Bureau of Statistics of China, China Statistical Yearbook-
2011[M].Beijing: China Statistical Press: September 2011.
[10] China Federation of Logistics & Purchasing, China Logistics
Yearbook-2011[M]. Beijing: China Logistics Publishing House:
October 2011.
483 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Talk About Industrial Innovation and

Entrepreneurial Innovation Spirit with Drucker
Theory and the Zhouyi Management Thought
Wu Dong
Academic Administration, Jilin Business and Technology College, Changchun, China
shoutan20080101@163.com
Abstract: This paper begins through analyzing inadequacy of industry innovation and entrepreneur innovation spirit
restricted our country industry development, undertakes an analysis on the relation between industrial innovation and
entrepreneur innovation spirit, learns from Peter Drucker theory and the thought of ZhouYi management, which has a
very good reference and practical significance for the Chinese industry development and innovation of entrepreneur
spirit, summarizes some improvement suggestions on the development of industrial innovation in China.
Keywords: industry innovation; entrepreneur innovation spirit; drucker theory; Zhou Yi management thought
1. Introduction component of activities which maintain the vitality of
various our organizations, our economy and our society.
Through industrial development procedure observation
and study, we find that, the innovation of industry is a kind 2..The Lack of Industry Innovation and
of creative destruction of original old industry structure. Any Entrepreneur Innovation Spirit Limited
industry’s grow, an extremely important condition is Industrial Growth in China
constantly industry innovation. Innovation ability improved
After the rapid reform and opening economic growth, the
gradually with the enlargement of the industry scope and
gap between China and the world is shrinking in the rapid
development, at the same time, innovation will also further development of China's industry, the overall competitiveness
promote the industrial expansion and development. Any of is growing. But at present, our country industry are in the
an industrial structure era is a comprehensive reflection of early stages of development, two main factors affects
certain demand structure, technology level and resource industrial development, namely industrial innovation and
structure, changing under the influence of these factors entrepreneurial innovation spirit, its development is still far
changing. Therefore, in the industrial evolution power behind the foreign countries, did not play their due role.
system，industrial innovation and entrepreneur innovation Inadequacy of industrial innovation and entrepreneur
spirit are normal, stable and continuous demand. Innovation innovation spirit restricts our country industry grow, main
theory founder J.A.Joseph Alois Schumpeter compare reflections are in the backward of industrial innovation
innovation to biological genetic mutations, “Which is similar technology level, low product class, low industry
to the biology mutation theory, that is, reform continuously concentration, dispersion of enterprise organizational
from the system internal of economic structure, and continue structure, weak technological innovation capacity, serious
to destroy the old and create new structure ‘industrial inadequacy of the research and development funds,
mutation’ constitutes a ‘creative destruction process”. '. innovation talent shortage, serious outflow, little
According to J.A.Joseph Alois Schumpeter theory, we can independent intellectual products property rights, main
take the industrial innovation as the industrial process of industry technology relies on foreign etc.
mutation.
3. Industrial Innovation and Entrepreneur
As management department has become all
contemporary body organs, become organs in this social
Innovation Spirit
com made up of various tissues, industry innovation and Economist J.A.Joseph Alois Schumpeter thinks: so
entrepreneurial innovation spirit must be the integral called innovation is the new combination of an ever new
production factors and production conditions. After the death
484 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

of Schumpeter, later chief followers undertook innovation creation of the new, changed the values. Entrepreneur's
theory research and decomposition, and developed the individuality can be quite different, but they are all in the
theory of technology innovation and management innovation pursuit of change, the pursuit of uncertainty. Pattern
theory. Industrial innovation is an technology innovation or solidified enterprise managers can no be called entrepreneurs.
the formation of a new industry, or a thorough The true entrepreneur can continually undertake industrial
transformation of industry. In many cases, Industrial innovation. He can find the resources and give resources a
innovation is not an enterprise innovation behavior or results, new ability, making it into a fortune.
a collection of enterprise group innovation. Demand is the
4.2. ZhouYi Management Thought
industry innovation thought source and power source;
technological innovation is the engine of industrial Chinese culture contains a very rich management thought,
innovation; industrial enterprises inner competition is the Zhou Yi embodies the Chinese ancient philosophers' unique
management wisdom.
industrial innovation new power; especially, entrepreneur
“Book of changes”, in the ideological content,
spirit of innovation is the inexhaustible motive force.
Schumpeter in "the theory of economic development", outstanding characteristic is full and thorough variable. "
capitalism, socialism and democracy looks the entrepreneur Copulative biography" said" one Yin and Yang made of that
as innovators, stressed different form the daily work and Dao", "repeatedly moved", "only the change according to the
simple management, "innovation" is entrepreneurial real variable is appropriate", its core is in the Yin and Yang
functions and necessary quality. Industrial innovation is the changing. The theory of interdependence of Yin and Yang,
highest level of entrepreneur innovation, on history, complement each other, mutual transformation, can provides
entrepreneur which has a significant effect is almost the new reference to enterprise manager to observe and resolve
industry pioneer. Most new industry basically based on few
contradiction.
innovation spirit entrepreneurs’ effort. From the entrepreneur
growth model to examine, entrepreneurs experienced owners 4.3. Enlightenment of Drucker Theory and ZhouYi
entrepreneur, inventor, entrepreneur manager type Management Thought on Industry
entrepreneurs, experts and entrepreneurs, that is, four stages. Innovation and Entrepreneur Innovation
Different types of entrepreneurs have a common
Spirit
characteristic, the industry innovation ability. The industrial
revolution is essentially entrepreneur revolution; According to the above theory, we can do:
entrepreneur is the industrial revolution’s soul. 1) Industrial innovation in essence is change
Entrepreneurs create profits, and profit is the return of Entrepreneurs should acutely aware of this change and
industrial innovation. Entrepreneur's innovative spirit is not timely act accordingly. Entrepreneur are changing
exhausts motivation of the industry innovation. according to the organization's internal and external
condition changing, find out specific condition’s most
4. Enlightenment of Drucker Theory and appropriate management mode, plan or method.
ZhouYi Management Thought on Industry 2) Industrial innovation should have a comprehensive
Innovation and Entrepreneur Innovation information collection
Spirit “Book of changes" proposed adaptive principle. The
organization is an open system, cannot be separated from the
external environment and isolated existence. In modern
4.1. Drucker Theory
market economy, environment change very quickly, which
Drucker thinks, entrepreneur innovation spirit is vital requires the entrepreneur have a comprehensive information
important to the innovation of industry. Entrepreneur collection, grasp market trends , adopt flexible methods to
innovation spirit also shows that the innovation is not only a adapt to and take measures actively.
technological innovation, industrial innovation should be 3) Industrial innovation is not only technical innovation
comprehensive, and be relative with the industry life cycle. Industrial innovation range is very wide; we can say it is
Innovation is not formed by inspiration, but the organized not technical, but economic and social. According to Peter
work, and as goals and tasks, and industrial organization Ducker’s theory, the enterprise innovation is to change the
structure should be based on it. resource yield; it will be from the demand perspective rather
He said the entrepreneur was the person who transferred than from the angle of supply, change the consumers’ value
economic resources from productivity and output lower field and meet given by resource. The world's most constant is
to higher areas. This kind of transfer would use different change, change provides people to create new things.
Enterprise innovation lies in looking for such changes, and
methods, we must innovate. Entrepreneurs through the
may purposeful and organized utilize these changes, the
485 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

material is converted to resources, and most innovative is the Zhou Yi thought requires entrepreneur to be based on
use of change and innovation, innovation itself is changing. Organization specific conditions and the external
People always think that innovation is technical environment, flexible deal with various specific management
innovation, but innovation is not necessarily a technology business according to organization structure, leadership and
innovation, even basically do not depend on technology system.
innovation, more does not mean high-tech industry. 6) Dialectical thinking and industry innovation
Industrial innovation is not only the technical innovation, it Practical industry operation should face the market, and
contains the entrepreneurial spirit, all industry can undertake the market is full of change and uncertainty factors, often
innovation, and in order to better survival, all industry must encounter a variety of problems and contradictions, such as
effect innovation. High-tech industry can grow, is not for the the relationship among industry, government and society,
industry reason, is for that they can accomplish innovation, relations among industry and market and consumer,
and which is not only a technical innovation. Think industrial production and resource and environmental
industrial innovation is technical innovation, people who has contradiction, the relationship of industry scale, quantity,
this thought are just researchers, rather than entrepreneurs. quality and efficiency, relationship of long-term strategy
They are inventors not innovators, speculators rather than objectives and current industry, internal management and the
entrepreneurs. To the industry itself, should encourage staff the relationship, etc.. Risks and opportunities coexist,
internal innovation behavior, while increasing R & D and success and failure coexist. Without innovation, rigid
innovation, formed the industrial core competition ability; stubborn, stick in the mud, would mean losses and
while also strengthening management innovation, enhance bankruptcy, and Zhouyi dialectical thinking can treat these
industry operation efficiency. Industrial innovation is market problems and contradiction, can implement dynamic
innovation, industrial integration, involving capital, labour management, we think the above is the best choice to all
power, and many other elements of the various external innovative entrepreneurs .
factor innovations. 7) Traditional culture essence enhance entrepreneur quality
4) Industrial innovation" be capable of versatility" and level
In the process of innovation, not exist an optimal The differences of entrepreneur mind, quality and state,
method to be applicable to all cases, in the "general are the main different levels management separation basis.
principles" and" depends on the situation" , there is a middle “Book of changes" idea in the traditional culture with
zone, should be based on the actual situation to determine distinct characteristics, it captured closely " Morality" and"
the specific management means and management method. cause" talk about the quality and state. “Improve the virtue
5) System organization and planning of industrial and refine the achievements", In view of the entrepreneur
innovation training present situation, since reform and opening in our
Drucker thinks the industry innovation is not a moment country , although there have emerged many outstanding
of inspiration, it is organized, systematic behavior, the entrepreneur, it did not form a outstanding entrepreneur team
behavior is to carry out the management of entrepreneur, this group with the entrepreneurial spirit. Upon the whole society
kind of management is to put the industry risk to a minimum, should create an entrepreneurial spirit, and need the
so that the industry can develop continuously. The government to create such an environment as fully as
entrepreneur management the important point is that the possible. For the entrepreneur, the leader should pay more
rational analysis and makes the innovation risk to a attention to their own entrepreneur spirit training and
minimum. The most important Industrial innovation strengthening. Should they unremittingly learn constantly
condition is a detailed analysis on all the necessary factors. if absorb new knowledge and ideas, they can improve their
Innovation is not feasible, the best way is delayed. Second management ability.
main point of entrepreneurial management is strategic
positioning. He thinks that according to its own advantage References
and ability to undertake the strategy positioning has the [1] Peter F . Drucker, Innovation and the Spirit of Enterprise .Translated
following benefits: (a) Develop the entire system from the
by Peng Zhihua, Hainan : Hainan publishing house, 2000.
technology to the sale, then occupied the whole area, control
[2] Peter F Drucker, Management: Tasks, Responsibilities and Practices.
the upper and downstream market. (b) Only hold a portion of
the key, but it has to own competition advantage. (c) Hold Translated by Sun Yaojun, Beijing: China Social Sciences Press,
the key, core competitiveness strategy position. The 1987.
entrepreneur management for enterprises is of great [3] WJ Duncan, Great Ideas in Management. Guiyang: Guizhou people's
significance. It is the key to enterprise innovation. It is much publishing house, 1999.
more important than innovation, because only the [4] Wang Dingding, “Entrepreneur spirit,” Today Science and
entrepreneur management can guarantee the innovation Technology, 2002 ( 3).
efficiency. It needs the financial and management vision,
need market positioning and market driving vision.
486 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[5] Zhou Changcheng, Burns. “The European Economy Sociology:

Current Status and Research Themes,”Social Science Research, 1998,
(2).
[6] Ding Donghong, “The Growing Model of Entrepreneur,” Nanjing
University Publishing House, 1999.
[7] Liu Yuping, book of Change Thinking and Its Cultural Value [M] .
Ji'nan: Shandong University Publishing House,2011.
487 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Government’s Feasible Countermeasures based

on the Current Development of Internet of
Things
Gao Hong
Humanities and Economic Management, China University of Geosciences, Beijing China
Aurola0727@gmail.com
Abstract: The Internet of Things is undergoing initial development in China, in which the key strength comes from the driving force of
the government. Currently, the upgrade and development of the industry Internet of Things is restricted due to inconsistent technical stan-
dards, insufficient market demand, unclear business pattern and uncertain direction for talent cultivation. Immature development of the
industry is the root cause of many problems faced in the development of the Internet of Things, while the government action is the key
point in dominating the entire industry to maturity. The decisive forces mainly reflecting in policy-making, financial support and industry
standards etc are the impetus for its sound development. Based on the analysis of the current development of the Internet of Things, this
paper makes a description on the significance of government action in the development of the Internet of Things and gives the recom-
mendations for the government to take effective countermeasures.
Keywords: internet of things; government action; significance; recommendations
CLC No.: F632.0 Reference Code: E
1.Introduction At present, the development of the Internet of Things

industry at home and abroad is undergoing the process to
The concept of Internet of Things was firstly proposed endlessly explore the mature market operating mode under
in 1999. The so-called “Internet of Things” refers to a kind the guidance of the government. The government’s domin-
of network to connect any things with the internet for in- ance is mainly determined by the current development of
formation exchange and communication in accordance with the Internet of Things in the process of industry develop-
the agreed protocol through radio frequency identification ment. Based on the analysis of the development of the In-
(RFID), infrared sensors, global positioning systems, laser ternet of Things at home and abroad, this paper focuses on
scanners and other information sensing devices, so as to the development of the Internet of Things in China to dis-
achieve the intelligent identification, positioning, tracking, sert the reasons leading to the significant role of govern-
monitoring and management. Internet of Things means a ment action in the development of the Internet of Things
new technology interconnecting various types of sensors and gives the recommendations for the government to take
with the existing internet for the purpose of making all effective countermeasures.
things connect to the internet to facilitate the identification
and management. Internet of Things industry refers to the 2. Development of Internet of Things in the
industry that takes the development and application of In- World
ternet of Things technology in leading position as well as its
supporting industries. Internet of Things technology can be The Internet of Things is undergoing initial develop-
widely used in electricity, intelligent transportation, health ment in the world. Based on the proof of concept testing,
care, home security, elderly care, personal health, an- Internet of Things industry overcomes the key technology
ti-intrusion in key areas, industrial control, agricultural con- and focuses on the formulation of industry standards and
trol, environmental monitoring and other fields. This tech- specifications in the initial phase. Currently, each country
nology will be used to develop a high-tech market on the has entered into the initial phase of technology research and
scale of billions in capital, which will be regarded as the application. In recent years, the market scale of the Internet
third wave in the information industry by following the of Things industry has grown rapidly in the world. It is ex-
computer, internet and mobile communications. pected that the market scale will reach to about 350 billion
488 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

H. Gao et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp488-492
in 2015. cial introduction of the long-expected “12 th Five-Year Plan

PP PP
Western countries not only attach great importance to for Internet of Things” without doubt gave the powerful
the development of the Internet of Things, but also take the force to the rapid development of the Internet of Things in
Internet of Things as the main development topics. Since China.
Obama gave the positive response to IBM’S “Smart Planet”
about the infrastructure construction of the Internet of 4. Problems Existing in the Development of the
Things in 2009, the United States has been trying to fight Internet of Things in China
for the discourse power of the Internet of Things. One of the Although Internet of Things industry has a huge poten-
representatives of “Smart Planet” strategy is the construc- tial for development, there are many problems existing in
tion of smart grid. IBM continued to participate in the pilot the development of the Internet of Things in China because
project of smart grid construction, while the United States the circulation industry in China is still in the stage of ex-
Google provided the free-of-charge power consumption tensive development, in which the most prominent prob-
monitoring software called “PowerMeter”. In this case, us- lems include unreasonable circulation network arrangement,
ers can check power consumption through computer at imbalanced development in urban and rural areas, lower
home. On the contrary, European countries focus on the industrial concentration, lower degree of informatization,
practicality and stability. Germany developed the standardization and internationalization, as well as low cir-
“E-Energy” program and put the total investment of €140 culation efficiency and high cost. The specific details are as
million, while UK conducted relevant tests on the smart follows:
meters for wind power and other renewable energy with the
goal of installing smart meters in all homes in the UK. Un- 4.1. Problem about the Inconsistent Management
der this background, each country in Europe aims to pro- and Technical Standards for the Internet of
mote the large-scale development of renewable energy. Things
3. Development of Internet of Things in China From the international point of view, an authoritative
institution is wanted to manage the global development of
Basically keeping consistent pace with the development the Internet of Things, which has become an important fac-
of the Internet of Things in the world, Premier Wen Jiabao tor of restricting the development of the Internet of Things.
proposed to “establish the Experience China Center as soon Because the sound industrial systems and technical stan-
as possible” when he inspected the Wuxi Micro-Nano Sen- dards are not developed yet, there are many blind spots ex-
sor Network Engineering Research Center under the control isting in all respects of the development of the Internet of
of Chinese Academy of Sciences in August 2009, when the Things. The formulation of industrial rules needs the policy
development of the Internet of Things was put on the agen- guidance and promotion of national force.
da in China. In 2010, Premier Wen Jiabao clearly stated to The most important condition for the large-scale devel-
“develop strategic emerging industry and accelerate the opment of the Internet of Things is the establishment of
development and application of the Internet of Things” in standard system. It is difficult to achieve the interconnection
the government work report, which marks the Internet of among the items used in the Internet of Things if the appli-
Things strategy has been officially rose to the national level cation standards about the Internet of Things can not reach
and entered into the strategic implementation phase. Since the agreement among industries or enterprises. Internet of
the 1 st China Internet of Things Conference was held in
PP PP
Things is a large network with multi-technology integration,

June 2010, Internet of Things technology has entered a multi-device connection, multi-channel transmission, mul-
substantive application phase from the discussion about ti-item application and multi-field cross. Therefore, all in-
basic concept to proliferation of industrial application. In- terfaces, specifications and communication protocols need a
ternet of Things leads to the high degree of integration and national standard guideline. Although the insider generally
comprehensive application of new generation of informa- believed that the overall standard for the Internet of Things
tion technologies, which are applied on large scale in vari- can not be introduced in short term because the establish-
ous industries. The Internet of Things used in a broad range ment of the standard system is a complex process, each in-
of application took the lead to get breakthrough in 2011. dustry should actively develop and lead to implement ap-
Experienced a crazy expansion and vigorous development plication standards. The standard system of the Internet of
in 2010, Internet of Things industry becomes more prag- Things not only includes underlying technology standards,
matic in 2011 to promote the Internet of Things from simple such as frequency, modulation mode, interface standards
concept gradually to rich and convenient application and and others, but also includes operating management stan-
from policy-driven mode to application-driven mode, so as dard, such as user authentication, business process, business
to further meet the market demand. In early 2012, the offi- logo and other grammars and semantics.
489 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

4.2. Problem about Market Demand-Driven Inter- ternet of Things are generally smaller on the scale, which
net of Things only conduct business in a single mature area. The enter-
prise scale limits business development. At the same time,
Currently, the explosive growth does not appear in the many financing channels can not really grasp the prospects
Internet of Things industry and its industry development is of the Internet of Things industry and capture great benefits
still promoted by policy. Seeing from the overall environ- because the Internet of Things industry is an emerging in-
ment of the development of the Internet of Things industry, dustry or emerging field. Moreover, it is difficult for these
the scale of the Internet of Things industry in China has enterprises to get financing for new technology and new
been more than RMB260 billion in 2011. The institution pattern, which also becomes the unfavorable factor to limit
pointed that the industry application will become the main the enterprise development.
driving force to the development of the Internet of Things in The core competitiveness of the Internet of Things in-
next few years. However, policy still is the main thrust of dustry is less in China now. The main reason is the lack of
industry development in current. cultivation of talent system. High-end talents are in shortage
4.3. Problem about Industrial Upgrade and Or- and the direction for talent cultivation and reserve is not
derly Development of the Internet of Things unclear in the Internet of Things industry in China. Al-
though some universities and colleges have set the special
In the current situation, the investment and financing courses about the Internet of Things in recent years, the
used in the Internet of Things industry in China are mainly papers about the research of high-end technology used in
concentrated in platform layer and perception layer. Ac- the Internet of Things industry are very few through survey
cording to incomplete statistics, 40 investment and financ- on the master and doctoral papers about the major of Inter-
ing events occurred in the transport layer and platform layer net of Things.
of the Internet of Things industry in 2010-2011, involving
with a total amount of RMB12.072 billion. This industry is 4.5. Problem about Information Security
advancing to the application lay at the top from the sup- Just like the internet security, the security of the Internet
porting perception layer at the bottom. Internet of Things of Things is a topic of concern. Because the connection and
industry will become the next emerging market in the future processing take machines, objects or relevant data as main
due to undertake the application transport layer and plat- target in the Internet of Things, the requirement on informa-
form layer of REID and other mature industries at the tion security of the Internet of Things caused by the proper-
downstream of the Internet of Things industry. ty “ownership” is higher than the internet mainly focusing
Internet of Things technology has been integrated into on the processing of “text”. In addition, the requirement on
the people’s daily life now, but the party in each industry the protection of “right to privacy” is also higher. It is very
chain has insufficient arrangement for the application of the crucial to ensure the business information or state secret
Internet of Things. As a huge social-oriented application will not be stolen during the cooperation between the gov-
architecture and high-end discipline, Internet of Things ernment and foreign enterprises. Therefore, on this point,
should be applied by using various sophisticated informa- the development of the Internet of Things is not just a tech-
tion technologies and involve all walks of life and multiple nical issue, which is possibly involved in the issues about
crossing industry chains. However, these industries are un- politics, law and national security.
der the control of different functional government depart-
ments. The coordination and interaction among the compe- 4.6. Problem About Popularity in Public
tent authorities of different industries should be improved in
the process of industrialization to develop the application of Although the development of the Internet of Things in
the Internet of Things based on the sensing technology. In- national strategy and in practical is in full swing, the public
ternet of Things is always wandering in the low-end devel- is lacking the understanding about the concept of the Inter-
opment phase due to incomplete standard system, immature net of Things and essential understanding is also not easily
business model and speculation, expropriation, enclosure assessable. Under the drive of many factors, the public is
and unplanned development in various degrees with the easy to blindly follow due to a certain technical threshold
concept of Internet of Things in some places and other on the understanding about the Internet of Things. Internet
phenomena. of Things is not yet popularized in the public life due to
technical bottlenecks. In this case, multi-level populariza-
4.4. Problem about Enterprise Development and tion of the knowledge about the Internet of Things should
Talent Cultivation be improved, so that the public can have more rational and
clear understanding about this newborn thing.
At present, the Chinese enterprises engaged in the In-
490 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

5. Several Recommendations for the Govern- as to make industry chain more profitable and improve the
ment to Take Effective Actions to Promote involvement of enterprises and society with great enthu-
the Development of the Internet of Things in siasm.
China To promote the development of the Internet of Things
industry in China, the Ministry of Industry and Information
5.1. To Start the Construction of Technical Stan- Technology officially released the 12 th Five-Year Develop-
PP PP
dards, Application Standards and Other Stan- ment Plan for Internet of Things in February 2012, which
dard Systems for the Internet of Things in clearly states that the industrial system should be initially
China completed and a perfect industry chain should be formed
Currently, the Development and Reform Commission for the Internet of Things at the beginning of 2015. The
has cooperated with the National Standards Committee to release of the Plan makes the Internet of Things industry
jointly launch the construction of technical standards, ap- realize the large leap on market scale from RMB100 billion
plication standards and other standard systems for the In- to RMB1000 billion. The annual average growth rate of the
ternet of Things in China. Specifications for Collaborative entire Internet of Things industry will be more than 30% in
Information Processing Service and Interface in the next five years, when the scale of the Internet of Things
IT-Supporting Smart Sensor Network proposed in China has industry will reach to RMB500 billion or more, possibly
been recognized by the International Sensor Network double in 2020.
Working Group (WG7) recently. This proposal is expected 5.3. To Make Industry Blueprint for Promoting
to become an official international standard at the end of Industrial Optimization and Upgrade
this year, which means that the Internet of Things is ex-
pected to develop and rank among the upstream of the in- The promulgation of the 12 th Five-Year Development
PP PP
dustry chain. Plan for Internet of Things at the beginning of 2012 further
The government should gradually lead the industry to defines the industry route development of the Internet of
improve the relevant standards. Only the complete and per- Things. Efforts should be made for planning a mature busi-
fect standard systems are established to eliminate the im- ness model for the Internet of Things when the standards
mature customer service market and guarantee the industrial are gradually unified and technology is growing more and
optimization and upgrade, so as to achieve the large-scale more mature. In addition to industry demonstration project
development of the Internet of Things industry. in key industries and major fields, new model should be
explored in an active manner.
5.2. To Guide the Market to Return to the Rational In specific applications, the governments at all levels in
Application-Driven Industry Through Policies each area should make reasonable plan for the development
of Internet of Things Industrial Park in local. In addition,
The growth and development of any industry ultimately
these governments should take some effective measures,
depends on the market driven. To accelerate the guidance
such as connecting market with demand, avoiding the spec-
and promotion of healthy and orderly development of the
ulation and disorderly development of the Internet of
Internet of Things in China, the state should define the de-
Things, regulating cooperation order in the Internet of
velopment ideas, which insists on the combination of gov-
Things industry, reducing the cooperation obstacles in each
ernment guidance and market to focus on the establishment
area or field, strengthening independent innovation and im-
of the industrial system of the Internet of Things with great
prove the ability of security control. At the same time, the
international competitiveness so as to form an effective
layer design and overall planning should be achieved for the
business model in the principles of “application guidance,
development of the Internet of Things. The opening capaci-
overall planning, safety and efficiency”. As far as policy
ty should be improved in the top-level core technology in
concerned, the government should strengthen the guidance
chip design, sensor design, development of embedded oper-
to construct standard market and improve market-driven
ating system and other respects of the Internet of Things
momentum. In addition, the government should also expand
industry, so that the Internet of Things can step over the
the application of the Internet of Things in key industries
application layer at the top from the inductive layer at the
and major fields, such as security, transportation, electricity
bottom.
and medical care etc major fields, which will become the
most significant fields with large market capacity and ob-
vious growth in the Internet of Things market in future. 5.4. To Set up Special Funds for Optimizing the
Simultaneously, the government should make the demon- Financing Channels of Internet of Things
stration project of the Internet of Things to meet market
demand and convert market expectation to market scale, so On the one hand, the government should provide funds
491 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

and support in various forms, such as research support, in- possibly encountered in the process of promotion applica-
frastructure support, loan support and so on. On the other tion and the industrial development of the Internet of Things
hand, the government should also provide supports for re- technology, the government should regulate the legal appli-
gion and enterprise development, such as providing subsi- cation of the Internet of Things technology and take the
dies for new equipment, reducing barrier and granting tax development of Internet of Things under the supervision of
privilege etc. The funds should be used in the principles of the state by using legal, administrative, economic and other
fair and just for supporting the development of small and means. Meanwhile, the government should provide effec-
medium enterprises. The funds should be released and su- tive law and policy guarantee for the development of the
pervised by using scientific approaches for using in the Internet of Things, so as to make the Internet of Things re-
places where real request exists. In addition, it is recom- ally developed into an open, secure and creditable network.
mended to introduce the accountability system for fund Conclusion: As an emerging industry, the Internet of
management, conduct periodic inspection and assessment Things must inevitably rely on the policy driving at the be-
on the social benefits and economic benefits of the invested ginning of its development. The country should not only
projects, find the existing problems and take corrective provide supports at the strategic level, but also grasp the
measures timely. positive pulse in its development to pave the way for the
healthy development of this emerging industry. The estab-
5.5. To Establish Talent Cultivation System and lishment of standard systems is prerequisite, technology
Conduct Talent Cultivation and Technology development is key, while the attention on industry applica-
R&D at the Same Time tion is the focus, so as to ultimately form a heavy weight
Based on the characteristics and situation of the Internet industry relying on market-driven development and popula-
of Things industry, the government should set up talent cul- rization in the public for improving the China’s comprehen-
tivation bases in some colleges and universities to distin- sive strength.
guish talent advantages and disadvantages, integrate human References
resources and establish a reasonable talent mode. At the
same time, the greater attention should be paid on the im- [1] Liao Yingcheng, Liao Xiaonan and Zhang Jianfu, World of Internet
plementation of talent cultivation and technology R&D in of Things [J], 2010 (10): 34.
parallel. The government should provide positive employ- [2] Shi Jun, “Experience China” – Promotion of Rapid Development of
ment policies to guide the talents to select the Internet of Internet of Things in China [C], Beijing: Communication Manage-
Things voluntarily. ment and Technology, 2009.
[3] Tang Xiongyan, Opportunities and Challenges to Telecom Operators
5.6. To Improve the Promotion of Internet of in Internet of Things Industry, Forum for Senior Executives in
Things and Focus on Information Security Global Broadband Communications and Internet of Things, May 7,
At present, some websites including Internet of Things 2011.
Knowledge Popularization Website have realized the popu- [4] Fang Xiahong, Internet of Things: Enterprises are facing significant
larization of the knowledge about Internet of Things in opportunities for development [J], China Securities Journal, 2011
China. However, Internet of Things should be applied in the [5] Yang Fangchun, Development of Internet of Things Should Focus
real life on large scale in order to achieve substantial results. on Industry Applications, Forum for Senior Executives in Internet of
After all, the key point is the development of industry tech- Things, May 7, 2012
nology and applications. Therefore, in terms of public po- [6] Ma Jinan, Considerations about Concept of Internet of Things and
pularization, the industry’s technology development is the Innovation [J], World of Internet of Things, 2011 (5): 12.
core, while policy advocacy and other means are auxiliary.
The development of Internet of Things should involve
the system architecture design, standard formulation, sup-
porting security technology and other respects. Its security
should be taken into full consideration to avoid disadvan-
tages and take precautions for laying sound foundation for
the development of the Internet of Things in long term. At
the same time, focusing on new problems and new situation
492 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
A Literature Review of Lifestyle from the

Low-carbon Perspective
Hui Guan, Lulu Sun
College of Economics and Management, Dalian University, Dalian, China
gloria366000@163.com
Abstract: The research of lifestyle can be originated from the field of sociology and it is widely used to study the problem
of social classes. This paper mainly organizes the theory of lifestyle from the field of sociology and economy; it also
outlines the situation of domestic scholars on the study of the low-carbon lifestyle. By comparing the differences of the
scholars who have did research on lifestyle, this paper points out the definitions and methods of measurement of the
lifestyle, and in the end of the paper, it puts forward a research direction for lifestyle in the future.
Keywords: lifestyle; low-carbon economy; low-carbon lifestyle

1. Introduction
The research of lifestyle comes from the higher pursuit research. Veblen follows Weber’s consumption
of people for the richer material life, and the basis of perspective to study lifestyle, he makes the lifestyle as
survival is the development of the economy, the civilization the tool to describe class status. He has also detailed in
of human history not only brings people to material wealth the book called “Theory of Leisure Class”. The famous
but also affects people's lifestyle. From the early days of the French sociologist Pierre Bourdieu comprehensives
industrial revolution to the post-modern industrial subjective and objective factors to study lifestyle, he
civilization, then to the modern era of low-carbon economy, thinks that habit or habits (habitus) reflects the results of
people's lifestyle has also changed dramatically. Different the operations of an organization, it is individual social
social background and the change of lifestyle make scholars behavior, and ultimately the formation of a specific
pay much more attention to the research of lifestyle. They lifestyle.
have also explained lifestyle from different perspectives.
2.2. Lifestyle Study in China
2. Lifestyle Study in the Field of Sociology In the field of sociology Scholars in domestic early
2.1. Lifestyle Study in Foreign Countries mainly around the issue of social class to study lifestyle,
and it does not form a separate scientific discipline, in
The lifestyle study started in the Western countries, real life, it always appears in these nouns which follows
the initial study comes from the field of sociology. In the background, such as “bourgeois lifestyle”. After the
early studies, Marx and Engels had discussed the close reform and opening up, most of the articles focused on
relationship and distinction between the mode of answering “how to live”, but it still did not form a
production and lifestyle and they also thought lifestyle as in-depth theoretical system, and it had little applied
a important indicators to distinguish the class in the book research, and most of them only described a surface
called “The German Ideology”. Their research lays the phenomenon. This period, Scholars did not concern
foundation for subsequent research. about the study of lifestyle.
Weber is one of the researchers with a strong interest Until the 20th century, along with the changes in the
on the lifestyle, following Marx, the core of his research social environment, the people gradually increase the
is the study of class, status and powers. Weber thinks the attention on lifestyle. To sum up, the research of the
class is divided on the basis of their relationship with the domestic sociology scholars mainly as followings:
commodity production and commodity getting, “status Firstly, Most scholars believe that the definition
groups” are divided in accordance with the law of include broad definition and narrow definition, and the
commodity consumption. Weber’s important contribution broad definition includes all the activities for the survival
is that he began to study lifestyle in the perspective of and development; narrowly, lifestyle refers to all aspects
consumption which has opened up a new approach of the of people's daily life activities under the background of
493 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

H. Guan et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp493-496
history and social environment (Wang Yezhou [1] , 2002;

PP PP value of the target system” [7] . Some domestic scholars
PP PP
Wu Huanwen [2] , 2002; Sun Wenying [3] , 2010).

PP PP PP PP believe that under the influence of certain environmental,
Secondly, Wu Huanwen summed up the conclusions cultural and social class, lifestyle includes all the
of three domestic lifestyle index systems: “making material aspects and spiritual level of life activities (Jin
well-off indicator system as alternative indicators of Xiaochuan [8] , 1997; Yuan Maoshuan [9] , 2009). In
PP PP PP PP
lifestyle, making the quality of life as the evaluation addition, the existing research conclusions emphasized
system, making an independent indicator system”. On people's live values is also one of the constitute of
this basis, he proposed a new system of indicators, lifestyle (Li Ling [10] , 2011).
PP PP
including subjective indicators, objective indicators and Scholars in the field of economics also think that people
behavioral indicators, they reflect the lifestyle status between different social classes have different lifestyle, but
from the level of life, life satisfaction, life reasonable different from sociology scholars, scholars in the field of
degree three aspects. economics emphasis much more on the uniqueness of
Finally, the relationship between the lifestyle and individual lifestyle, and they also think lifestyle not only
class: consistent with the view of Western scholars, the includes people’s activities of life but also the values of the
domestic scholars also believe that the social class makes individual and attitudes of self-consciousness.
people's lifestyles being different, and the formation of
new classes can consolidate the differences (Li
3.2. Research on the Lifestyle Types
Chunling [4] , 2004). Studies suggest that along with some
PP PP
Another aspect of lifestyle study is the research of
of the new social classes gradually formed, the lifestyle types, most scholars analysis people in different
differences among the various sectors of socio-economic places by empirical analysis, eventually making them to
status and lifestyle, identity of interests is increasingly be integrated into different type of lifestyle. Generally
obvious. speaking, the research of lifestyle type is reflected in the
following three aspects.
3. Lifestyle Study in the Economic Field 1) The relationship between lifestyle and buying
Compared to sociology, lifestyle study in the economic behavior or product decisions: it makes the survey of
field is late, and the majority of research has focused on buying behavior of the crowd as the basis to divide the
exploring the definition and types of lifestyle, methods of type of people's lives. In 1973, Japanese sociologist Iseki
lifestyle’s application research. Leeming and Horiuchi Shiro analyzed that Tokyo
housewife had seven kinds of lifestyle type by their
3.1. The Research of Lifestyle Definition buying behavior survey: “active life expansion type,
Early Western scholars studied from the view of the negative stagnation type, industrious and frugal type,
consumption, such as the British scholar, Earl in his book leisure time and hedonic type, conservative public,
“The lifestyle economics: consumption behavior which lockout and caring nothing, and self-planning type.”
stir the world” used consumption to analyze lifestyle. Stephen C. Cosmas [11] (1982) analyzed activities,
PP PP
Some scholars even directly use the concept of interests and ideas (AIO) of women's groups, he
consumption to alternative lifestyle. concluded that consumer’ shopping and service type is
Unlike previous scholars, William Lazer (1963) PP PP
the mirror image of their lifestyle, and he also divided
researched that lifestyle impacts on social class lifestyle groups and product groups. Wassana
stratification, initially applied in the field of marketing Suwanvijit [12] (2009) researched lifestyle and shopping
PP PP
and he thought that “lifestyle is the performance of the behavior of the residents of Songkla Province. However,
difference of a unique class or social group with others.” PP
because of the variability of the subjective attitude of
[5] consumers and diversification of product selection, it
PPPeople of different social strata will exhibit different
lifestyles and people of the same class have similar sometimes is not stable enough to make the relationship
characteristics. between lifestyle type and consumer behavior.
Subsequently, scholars analysis the definition of 2) From the activities of life: by surveying food,
lifestyle from the content and structure. Plummer [6] PP PP
clothing, daily consumption of the activities of life,
(1974) believed that lifestyle is the in-depth research American sociologist Mitchell(1979) divided the
which contains the individual details of life, attitudes and American lifestyle into four types of nine kinds with the
self-awareness. Finland J. Ross (1980) generalized investigation of the activities of people's lives:
lifestyle is decided by the living conditions, but at the “need-driven (the alleys and maintain), extroverted
same time “lifestyle’s formation depends on the body tendencies type (type of wealth attribution, struggle,
itself, and it is directly related to the main point and the success type), introverted tendencies Type (arbitrary type,
494 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

experience-based, social consciousness Type) integrated consumption, thereby reducing carbon, particularly
inside and outside”. J. Ross (1980) through the analysis carbon dioxide emissions”.
of Vantaa City residents, he pointed out four kinds of Some scholars think the way of human’s life under
lifestyle: “really happy multi-faceted, traditional, modern the background of low-carbon economy, people have the
without content and very unfortunate type”. survival guidelines: promote conservation, combat waste
3) Different quantitative comparative analysis: using away from luxury, moderate consumption, Nature,
the VALS and LOV which are more common inaction, healthy and civilized, shaping the cultural.
quantitative methods to study consumer behavior to (Cheng Yunlei [19] , 2011).
PP PP
research and analysis lifestyle. Lynn R. Kahle, Sharon E.

Beatty, and Pamela Homer [13] (1986) made 193 students
PP PP
5. Conclusions, Limitations and Future
of the University of Oregon as the research sample, he Research Lines
also pointed out that the respective advantages of the two Basing on the research of the lifestyle at home and
methods. LOV has nine values: the self-esteem, safety abroad, this article has some conclusions which as the
and harmonious social relationships, a sense of following points:
accomplishment, self-satisfaction, a sense of belonging,
respect, entertainment and stimuli. By empirical analysis 5.1. Definition of Lifestyle and Low-carbon
results of these scholars (Mitchell, Kahle), finally, LOV Lifestyle
had much more advantages than VALS in studying In the field of sociology, lifestyle gradually changes
classification. The research of lifestyle not only includes from a subsidiary concept to independent concept, scholars
the basic necessities of life but also consumption habits, in this field stress that people in the same social class tend to
and people's values. form similar daily life activities and consumption habits, and
4. Domestic Research on Low-carbon Lifestyle the basis is the production conditions or the material,
lifestyle’s differences make much more differences between
Stepping into new century, the social background has social classes. Unlike the field of sociology, economic
changed from industrial civilization to the pursuit of scholars think that subjective consciousness of the people,
sustainable development, which means the era of including attitudes and values, also affects people's way of
low-carbon economy. Marx believed that the mode of life. This article, broadly, defines the lifestyle as
production determines the way of life, accompanied by comprehensive of all activity patterns which refers to people
the low-carbon economy, the people's way of life in different social background, affected by their values and
inevitably changes. In China, scholars also have meets the needs of their own lives, including material
researched the low-carbon lifestyle with theoretical consumption life, political life, leisure entertainment, social
research methods in recent years, they proposed the activities, labor activities. Narrowly, it refers to the form of
definition of low-carbon economy and low-carbon people's daily lives, including basic necessities and leisure
lifestyle. The general view: a low-carbon economy is entertainment life, material consumption life, social
under the guidance of the concept of sustainable activities. As for the concept of low-carbon lifestyle,
development through technological innovation, system different from lifestyle, low-carbon lifestyle is a sustainable
innovation, industrial restructuring, new energy way of life, including the basic necessities of daily life, rest
development and other means, as far as possible to and entertainment, shopping and spending, social life. And it
reduce the energy consumption of high-carbon resource pays attention to energy conservation and environmental
like coal, oil, reduce greenhouse gas emissions, to protection performance in all aspects of life.
achieve economic and social development and the
protection of the ecological environment win-win of 5.2. The Measurement of Lifestyle
economic development patterns (Sun Zhiping, Mu The field of sociology classified lifestyle through the
Zhiyun [14] , 2010; Han Zhihong [15] , 2011; Wang Liqun [16] ,
PP PP PP PP PP PP
material basis of the people or their class, they pointed the

2011; Zhang Cuihua [17] , 2011). Many domestic scholars
PP PP
type of lifestyle by people's daily life activities, but

study the definition of low carbon lifestyle. Some economic scholars also take into account the relationship
scholars believe that the “low-carbon life is a sustainable between attitudes and behavior which can measure people’s
way of life” (Wu Shanghong [18] , 2011), which embodied
PP PP
value system. The specific method of measurement is more

in the activities of businesses and residents living in the common in the study of foreign scholars, mainly using the
energy-saving behavior. Otherwise scholars believe that AIO scale and the values and way of life scale study, most of
the “low-carbon lifestyle means to reduce energy the domestic scholars studied from a sociological point of
view, focusing on theoretical research. Comparing with the
495 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

way which purely basing on the quality of people's lives for [14] Sun Zhiping, Mu Zhiyun. Low-carbon Economy Calls for
the evaluation criteria, the economic scholars’ measurement Low-carbon Lifestyle [J]. T-he Theoretical Research, 2010 :28 - 30.
is more realistic. [15] Han Zhihong. The Context of Low-carbon Economy, College
Students Scientific and Civilized Way of Life of Building [J].
5.3. Lifestyle Study Summary and Outlook Colleges of Shanxi Social Science, 2011 (5) :73 - 76.
Lifestyle has undergone the change from just being used [16] Wang Liqun. Advocate Low-carbon Lifestyle, Advancing
as a research tool to being an independent scientific concept, Low-carbon Economy [J]. Sh-anxi Institute of Socialism, 2011
scholars have different definitions, and the imperfect of (3 ):60 - 62.
lifestyle’s theory system makes it difficult to form a [17] Zhang Cuihua, Fan Xiaozhen, Shi Minmei. Changes in The Lifestyle
standardized concept. But also because of the direction of of The Rural Pr-oduction of Low-carbon Era [J]. Reform Strategy,
investigators, different measurement methods, and 2011, 27 (1) :96 - 97.
individual or group of people, attitudes instability make [18] Wu Shanghong Low-carbon Lifestyle to Achieve a Low-carbon
mixed and different results, In the 21st century, low-carbon Eco-city Planning in I-deological [J]. Construction, 2011, 37 (27) :1
economy effects the way of life, and we should try to - 2.
establish comprehensive, innovative lifestyle theoretical Cheng Yunlei. Ecological Criteria of Human Lifestyle [J]. Economic
system in the future, then on the basis of the system, it has a Research Guide, 2011 (34) :251 - 252.
very important significance for the sustainable
socio-economic development to study how to make people
forming a low-carbon lifestyle which is harmonious with
human’s nature and society development.
References
[1] Wang Yezhou. The Talking about Lifestyle’s the implication and
structure [J]. Theory J-ournal, 2002 (1) :90 - 93.
[2] Wu Huanwen. Lifestyle Indicators System Preliminary Study [J].
Shandong Normal Uni-versity, 2002, 47 (5) :80 - 83.
[3] Sun Wenying. Lifestyle Changes and Chinese Culture [J]. Lingnan
Journal, 2010 (2) :130 - 134.
[4] Li Chunling. Social Stratification and the New Trends of Lifestyle in
China [J]. Scienti-fic socialism, 2004 (1).
[5] Laer William. Life Style Concepts and Marketing Toward Scientific
Marketing ， Stephen Greyser ， ed[C]. Chicago: American
Marketing Assn, 1963 :140 - 151.
[6] Plummer Joseph T. The Concept and Application of Life Style
Segmentation [J]. The Journal of Marketing, 1974, 38 (1) :33 - 37.
[7] Tao Ye. The Study of Lifestyle Type in Developed Countries [J].
The sociology, 2006 :117 - 120.
[8] Jin Xiaochuan. Lifestyle Guide: the Important Aspect of Spiritual
Civilization [J]. The Yunmeng Journal, 1997 (1) :12 - 13.
[9] Yuan Maoshuan. Sense of the Value of Science and Civilization of
Modern Lifestyle [J]. Beijing Social Sciences, 2009 (6) :44 - 48.
[10] Li Ling. Lifestyle and Ecological Civilization Discussion and
Analysis [J]. Theoretical study and explore, 2011 :85 - 87.
[11] Stephen C. Cosmas. Life Styles and Consumption Patterns [J].
Journal of Consumer R-esearch, 1982 (6) :453 - 455.
[12] Wassana Suwanvijit. The Insight Study of Consumer Life-styles and
Purchasing Behav-iors in Songkla Province, Thailand [J].
International Jurnal of Marketing Studies, 2009 (1) :66 - 73.
[13] Lynn R. Kahle, Sharon E. Beatty, Pamela Homer. Alternative
Measurement Approaches to Consumer Values: The List of Values
(LOV)and Values and Life Style (VALS) [J]. T-he Journal of
Consumer Research, 1986 (13):405 - 406.
496 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Paradigm Shifts in Business Strategy

Case Study on CNPC
Yue Sun
Department of Philosophy, Nanjing University, Nanjing, China
sunyue8625@163.com
Abstract: As one of the biggest corporations in China, China National Petroleum Corporation (CNPC) has been ranked
higher in the list of the global top 500 enterprises for years. Throughout its development, CNPC has realized three
revolutions in paradigm shifts, which in every shift it innovates on its business strategy.
Keywords: CNPC; paradigm shifts; business strategy
1. Introduction to lag behind the developed countries, the new government

was suffering a lot on poor economy and getting to realize
CNPC (China National Petroleum Corporation) is the how important the natural resource to the country was, so
largest oil & gas producer and supplier of China, and China’s Oil Management in charge of oil production and
ranks 5 in the top 500 enterprises all over the world. construction was set up as first phase of CNPC.
Actually, it is hard for us to believe that CNPC could be one In 1950, at the conference of oil industrial construction,
of the world top 500 due to the poor petroleum situation in Chinese government decided to change China’s Oil
China. Firstly, petroleum resources in China geographically Management Bureau to China’s oil industry department.
unevenly distribute from west to east, south to north, from From the “Management Bureau” to “Industry Department”,
inner land to ocean basin. Secondly, the large population in it was a symptom of paradigm shift in China’s natural
China has triggered a lot of problems on resource usage, resource construction. Management was a single behavior
particularly petroleum utilization. According to China in scheduling, coordinating and controlling public or group
Petroleum Usage Annual Report, the average petroleum affairs, while industralisation meant comprehensive
utilization rate in China is pretty much lower than the world behaviors, such as exploration, exploitation, production,
average level, merely around 18% in comparison. Thirdly, consumption more than management, going with this, the
besides the challenge from natural factors, current social paradigm of management in management bureau was not
situation also puts CNPC under pressure. The petroleum much complicated as that of the industralisation in the
market has been extended from nationality to industry department, and the evidence in later exploitation
internationality since China’s “Opening-up and Reform on many oil fields (Kelamayi oil field in 1955, Yumen oil
Policy” in 1979, which makes the business competition field in 1958, Daqing field in 1959, and so on) showed
more fierce than before. According to the above reasons, it China’s natural resource management in that time was more
would be very much heuristic to choose CNPC as a case and more focusing on every details in oil production
study, not only can we learn its successful experience from process and connection in every part in oil construction. It
its R&D analysis, but also we can get some open is a sign that China’s natural resource construction changed
conclusions on how could it survive in such a fierce from single form to diversified
competition and poor situation from the viewpoint of However, Chinese government didn’t realize how
philosophy and anthropology. important the international business was to the oil
construction in the first twenty years, the only thing they
2. Development History and Paradigm Shifts paid attention to was how to enlarge internal business scale
and further domestic relationships on oil construction.
2.1. From 1949 to Early 1970 Actually, the government did very well on it; in 1970, the
first national fuel transportation tube began to be
1949 means a lot to China’s oil construction. With the
constructed, which enhanced the business relation all over
foundation of People’s Republic of China, a lot of new
China, as well as made the oil production and consumption
polices were on the way to carry out. Without any
going smoother. But for the international relationship that
experiences on industrial development as well as long time
time, the only country that China kept business relation with
497 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. Sun et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp497-499
was Soviet Union in 1950. The closed loop was changing to another model: open
circle schema (figure 2) later when China opened to the
2.2. From Late 1970 to Early 1998 whole world. In this schema, there was one important
paradigm shift: open-ended process realized. As the figure
The highlight in this period for China’s oil construction shows below, because of the enlarged business, producers,
was its business extension enlarged to four corners the wholesales, customers as well as shareholders and
world. Going with an economic policy “Reform and stakeholders were larger than the figure 1, besides the
Opening-up” in China in late 1970s, Chinese government domestic business elements, the market stakeholders also
was getting to know the importance in building up a long influenced and were influenced by international business
and stable relationship with international corporations. One elements (see the inner loop in figure 2); most difference
branch of China’s National Oil & Gas Exploitation and from the previous strategy, this new kind of cooperation
Exploration Corporation signed the first contract with CRS strategy added some new elements, like creditors,
Company in Australia in 1985, which attached great non-market stakeholders, they increased pressure on
significance to Chinese oil construction: first, it was a new producers, for example, through the fund and credit level
business strategy integrated and rebuilt the relation in given and judged by creditors, the producers would be
stakeholders and shareholders. Since China had the pushed into better or worse situation, either they would
cooperation with Australia, the stakeholders had been have more customers and cooperated retailers, either they
changed from part of Chinese people to the whole Chinese would lost some their regular customers and cooperated
citizens, meanwhile, the interactive between Chinese retailers; non-market stakeholders usually were medias,
shareholders and Australia shareholders were more flexible through their comments and broadcasts on producers, the
and intense as they were in mutual benefit. They kept their public had more impressive on producers, and the imperfect
differences while shared some commons in their business, information could be revised in some degree. These oversea
and then created a new relation strategy for businesses incentivized market economy in China.
stakeholders-shareholders relationship. Besides, the new
Domestic Market Retailers Whole
relation also changed the main melody in business Producers
Stakeholder Sales
environment from “profits go first” to “multiple

developments”. As the figure below shows, before the
cooperation, China’s business environment was a little bit
Customers
like a closed loop (Figure 1). The main influences to its
environment were four elements: domestic producers,
domestic market stakeholders, domestic retailers Figure 1. traditional business relation for CNPC
(wholesalers) and domestic customers. According to
Non-market
Marxist theory, production decided the consumption, but Stakeholders
also was influenced by consumption, similarly, in the loop,

producers sent signals directly to the domestic market Producers
stakeholders in every proactive business activity, and then

transferred to retailers, whole sales as well. Retailers and
sales made the direct influence on customers’ interest to this
production, and customers’ choices sent signals to Double
Shareholder
Market
Stakeholders
Retailers
producers as well as wholesales in every reactive business

activity. When signals received, the next period in the loop Government
was getting started. But why I call it a closed loop? Because
the elements in the loop were always stable and hardly Customer Creditors
upgrade. First, there were no extra suppliers in the

competition. The quantity and quality of every supplier was
almost the same in every period in the loop, which made it
pretty much difficult to trigger the fundamental changes to Figure 2. new business relation for CNPC
the loop. Second, in that time, China was pushing the
central planned economy policy, the mission of which was 2.3. From Late 1998 to 2011
to avoid big fluctuation in market and everything was under
planning. Because of the above two points, the loop With increased experiences on international business,
couldn’t easily get into its advanced phase, and every period Chinese government was getting to know the importance on
in the loop had no essential distinction. market economy. In 1999, China National Petroleum
498 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. Sun et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp497-499
Corporation was set up and registered, from then on more given by CNPC showed a multiple dimension developments
and more paradigm shifts to Chinese Natural Resource in CNPC, its strategy changed from profit centralization to
exploitation and Management happened. We generally wrap anthropocentric, more attention were paid on humanity
them up into three catalogs. rather than capitals.
Firstly, during the period from 1999 to 2011, more than
10 production and supply branches, some of which were 3. Conclusions
nationality while others were internationality, were set up.
CNPC then carried out a series of international business The history of CNPC is the innovation process of
policies, for example: Starting from 2000 to current year, paradigm shifts. In the early stage of CNPC, the main
CNPC had been signing a lot of contracts with developing paradigm was stable development. “Stable” here has two
(Uzbekistan, Venezuela etc.) and developed countries meanings: one was trying to avoid the risk from market
(Australia, Russia etc.) all the contracts showed that economy, which could not easily foretell under planned
international business was not complementary any more; economy, so everything in every step of CNPC’s early stage
instead, it became necessary part of CNPC. was planned in advance and strictly implemented. The other
There were two advantages in CNPC’s international one means that it was trying to avoid the risk from
business policies, one was it prompted the international international market, which might increases the sunk cost
population movement. Compared with other countries in the for CNPC. Sunk cost was an extra cost besides regular cost,
world, China had population advantage, and this advantage such as the things like the spread caused by currency
was completely utilized through CNPC’s international exchange, different tax refund policy, and it can not be
business strategy. For instance, CNPC sent amounts of avoided in international business. Honestly, the CNPC’s
labors in millennium to East Asia to help them with early policy indeed reduced some high risks, but it also lost
petroleum construction, and in the construction, CNPC a lot of opportunities. So in its middle stage, CNPC started
build up a relationship with local government and local to extend itself to international business, and gradually
petroleum enterprises by Chinese petroleum construction involved into market economy, and earned its value in
labor and intelligence, in the population movement, not fierce competition. The paradigm then changed to
only labors, but also economy, culture were prompted “competitive development”. In the late stage, CNPC
among different countries. combined social and economic value, which focused on
Secondly, it remodeled the relationships in the process economic profits and social benefits as its double missions,
of China’s oil construction. In 2000, two years after Asia paying much attention on enterprise’s culture construction
economic crisis, Bank of China loaned 20 billion RMB to as well. All the evidences showed the paradigm in this stage
CNPC in order to help it with its refreshment and was “multiple dimension development”.
reconstruction. Thanks to Bank of China’s help, CNPC had
4. Acknowledgment
another chance to take its advantage in firmly competition.
Bank of China in this case was a financial support I grateful thanks to my academic chair Ling Xiao and
institution in China, it didn’t involve into market trade my oversea advisor Ann Anagnost for all help and
directly, and it was non-market stakeholder to CNPC encouragement during the process of this paper. Thanks
compared to those who participated into market trade with also should pay to my closest Chang-an Yan and Hui Guo
CNPC directly. The remodeled relationship of this issue for their support and available advice to this paper.
was a sign warning that CNPC could not only pay attention
to market stakeholders, non-market stakeholders became Reference
more and more important in marketing competition as well.
CNPC had cooperation with a lot of financial institution [1] CNPC Annual Reports,
since then, and from market stakeholders’ strategy to http://www.cnpc.com.cn/en/press/publications/annualrepore/.
market and non-market stakeholders’ strategy was another [2] E. D. Herman, J. C. Farley, Ecological Economics: Principles and
paradigm shift in CNPC’s business policies. Applications. Washington: Island Press, 2004.
Thirdly, social benefit was the last paradigm shift [3] L. Marx, Postmodernism and the Environmental Crisis. Philosophy
happened in the period from 2000 to 2011. In order to fulfill and Public Policy.3/4 10, 1990, pp: 14-17
its social responsibility, CNPC started series of non-profit [4] M. Mikulak. the Nature of Capitalism: How Green Can We Grow.
social activities, such as announcement on eco-friendly ProQuest Dissertations and Theses, 2011.
recourse utilization, cooperation with 2004 Athens [5] T. S. Kuhn, the Structure of Scientific Revolution. Chicago:
Olympics, various donations to natural disaster areas. All of University of Chicago Press, 1962.
these non-profit social activities meant profit was not the
only mission for strategy designing; besides, social benefit
499 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Research on Distribution Rate of Rail Traffic

for Airport Ground Passenger
Yan Lin*, Li Zhang, Jiani Zhao
Aeronautic Transportation College, Shanghai University of Engineering Technology, Shanghai, China
*
lylucy@163.com
Abstract: The development of the airport rail traffic can solve the problem of airport ground traffic congestion. This article
compares the advantages and disadvantages of various means of airport ground transport, analysis the composition of the
airport ground-passenger, forecasts the distribution rate of rail traffic for airport ground passenger, which will help to
deepen understanding of the role of rail traffic and help to construct rail traffic rationally.
Keywords: rail traffic; airport; passenger distribution rate
1. Introduction In summary, rail traffic acts as a skeleton, and other

transports act as a supplement. This transport system is the
Compared with other transport, air transport has the fundamental way to solve the contradiction between demand
absolute advantage in the speed. However, if the ground and supply of airport ground transportation
transportation to airport is not convenient and smooth, it will
lead to more time and more cost from the city to the airport. 3. Airport Ground Passenger Composition
As a result, many visitors especially who is short-distance Airport ground passenger can be divided into three
travelers will choose other transport, which will reduce the categories, which are air passengers, airport staffs and
air market share of the entire transport industry. Therefore， welcome and farewell personnel.
how to solve and improve airport ground transportation has (1) Air passengers only include originating passengers and
been concerned by many countries. arriving passengers. Transit and stopover passengers, who
2. Airport Ground Transportation Condition merely stay inside the terminal building without leaving the
airport, therefore, should be excluded.
There are four ground transports to the airport, which are (2) Airport staffs are the personnel who work in the
car, taxi, airport bus and rail traffic. Every transport has its airlines, airports and other organization of the airport.
own characteristics. (3) Welcome and farewell personnel are the personnel
(1) Car and taxi have advantage in comfort, convenience who access airport to pick up or send travelers.
and speed, but, now and in the future private car and taxi
won’t be in great abundance. Air transport becomes civilian 4. Distribution Rate of Rail Traffic for Airport
gradually, so it’s unrealistic to complete the distribution of Ground Passenger
air passengers by private car or taxi.
Going in and out of airport, airport ground passenger can
(2) Airport bus plays an active role from the airport to the
choose a transport among of car, taxi, airport-bus and rail
outskirts, but after entering the city, it must be integrated
transit. It can consider that passenger always chooses the
into the urban road transport system. Thus inevitably it will
transport which will give the most customer utility.
be limited by the urban traffic conditions. Airport bus must
Paper considers that travelers usually judge the customer
run and stop in fixed routes. It’s inconvenient to lode or
utility of each transport by five indexes, which are travel
unload passenger baggage. It’s also frequently interfered by
time, travel costs, waiting time, baggage handling
non-airport passengers. All these factors give the
convenience and comfort. Therefore, a function can be used
inconvenience and travel-time uncertainty to passengers.
to measure the customer utility of transport, which is shown
(3) Rail traffic has advantage in the punctuality and speed.
below:
It can also easily access the city's public transport network to
V i =θ 1 X i1 +θ 2 X i2 +...+θ k X ik
RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR
facilitate the passengers scattered throughout the city. In

V i means the total customer utility value of transport i.
RR RR
addition, it can load a large number of passengers, and not

θ k means weight of index k. X ik means the utility value of
RR RR RR RR
be subject to urban road transport system. Thus, it’s

transport i in the index k. Therefore, paper draws the
applicable to ordinary passengers.
500 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. Lin et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp500-502
function on distribution rate of rail traffic for airport ground Based on the above formula, the weight of the utility
passenger, which is shown below: index of airport ground transport are shown as
Q＝V rail traffic /(V car +V taxi +V airport-bus +V rail traffic )
RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR {0.5072,0.2491,0.0949,0.0949,0.0539}.
Upon examination, consistency is acceptable.
3.1. Index Weight
3.2. Airport Ground Transport Utility Index Value
The index weight can be determined through the
Analytic Hierarchy Process. Referring to table 1, the experts Each utility index value of airport ground transport can
compare indexes one by one in travel time, travel costs, be obtained through field investigation.
waiting time, baggage handling convenience and comfort. For example, from Shanghai People's Square, the center
The result is shown as judgment matrix A of shanghai, to Hongqiao Airport, the utility index value of
airport ground transport can be obtained through field
Table 1. 1-9 scale investigation. The utility index values are shown in table 3.
i index and j index comparison results scale value their calculation are shown below.
i and j are equally important 1
i is slightly important than j 3
i is obviously important than j 5 Table 3. airport ground transport utility index value
i is strongly important than j 7 transport travel travel waiting baggage handling comfort
i is extremely important than j 9 time costs time convenience
intermediate values of the adjacent judgment 2、4、6、8 airport-bus 1 10 1 1 1
comparison result of i and j is m ij ，so comparison RR RR
reciprocal taxi 2 1 15 3 2
result of j and i is m ji ＝1/m ij
RR RR RR
private car 2 2 15 3 3
rail traffic 1.33 8 3 2 2
 1 3 5 5 7 From Shanghai People's Square to Hongqiao Airport, the

1 / 3 1
 3 3 5 airport bus costs the average time of 60 minutes. Taxi or
A＝1 / 5 1 / 3 1 1 2 private car costs about 30 minutes. The rail traffic costs
  about 45 minutes. It is assumed that the utility value of travel
1 / 5 1 / 3 1 1 2 time index of the airport bus is 1. Travel time and the utility
1 / 7 1 / 5 1 / 2 1 / 2 1  value is a negative correlation, so taxi and private car is 2
and rail traffic is 1.33 on the utility value.
Next, paper calculates the product of the elements а ij of RR RR
As to the travel costs, airport bus costs 4 yuan, the taxi
each row of nthe judgment matrix A. The result is shown as fare is 40 yuan, private car costs 20 yuan, and rail traffic fare
Mi ： Mi =
order.
∏
j =1
a ij ,i＝1，2，...，n，where n is the matrix is 5 yuan. It is assumed that the utility value of travel costs
index of the taxi is 1. Travel costs and the utility value is a
Secondly, paper calculates the root of n of each M i . The negative correlation, so private car is 2, rail traffic is 8 and
result is shown as wi = n M i ，i＝1，2，...，n. airport bus is 10 on the utility value.
Then, paper normalizes the vector n w1 w2 ... wn ,
T
[ ] As to the waiting time, the airport bus need the average
The result is shown as Wi = wi
where Wi is the index weigh. i =1
wi ，i＝1，2，...，n, ∑ time of 15 minutes. The rail traffic need about 5 minutes.
Taxi and private car are not subject to the trouble of waiting
Finally, the consistency is test. When the value of CR is time, just identified as 1 minute. It is assumed that the utility
less than 0.1, CR = CI / RI, it determines that the consistency value of waiting time index of the airport bus is 1. Waiting
of the matrix A is acceptable. CI＝(λmax − n ) (n − 1) , λ max is the time and the utility value is a negative correlation, so rail
maximum characteristic root of judgment matrix A. RI is the traffic is 3, taxi and private car is 15 on the utility value.
average random consistency index value, which is related to As to the baggage handling convenience, private car and
the order of the matrix A. Its values are shown in table 2. taxi are undoubtedly the most convenient, so paper identifies
its utility index value as 3. Compartment of rail traffic is
more spacious. It’s a good choice during non-peak period, so
paper identifies its utility index value as 2. The airport bus
Table 2. Average random consistency index value will be relatively crowded, so paper identifies its utility
order 3 4 5 6 7 8 index value as 1.
R.I. 0.58 0.90 1.12 1.24 1.32 1.41 As to Comfort, private car is more comfortable, so paper
identifies its utility index value as 3. Rail traffic and taxi is
less comfortable, so paper identifies its utility index value as
2. The airport bus is uncomfortable, so paper identifies its
utility index value as 1.
501 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. Lin et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp500-502
3.3. Distribution Rate Forecast Results

When the weight and the utility value of each index are
obtained, it can calculate the total customer utility value of
each airport ground transport, as shown below.
V airport bus =0.5072×1+0.2491×10+0.0949×1+0.0949×
RR RR
1＋0.0539×1=3.2419
V tax i=0.5072×2+0.2491×1+0.0949×15+0.0949×3 ＋
RR RR
0.0539×2＝3.0795
V car =0.5072×2+0.2491×2+0.0949×15+0.0949×3
RR RR ＋
0.0539×3＝3.3825
V rail traffic =0.5072×1.33+0.2491×8+0.0949×3+0.0949×
RR RR
2＋0.0539×2＝3.2497
Based on the total customer utility value of each airport
ground transport and the above formula, it can draw out of
distribution rate of rail traffic for airport ground passenger,
as shown below.
Q＝V rail traffic /(V car +V taxi +V airport-bus +V rail traffic )＝
RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR
3.2497/(3.2419+3.0795+3.3825+3.2497)=0.2509=25.9%
In short, as a large-capacity public service facility, rail
traffic can have a positive effect on airport ground
transportation distribution. Accurate forecast of distribution
rate of rail traffic will contribute to understand the role of
rail traffic on the airport ground transportation, as well as
contribute to the rational design of rail transit planning.
References
[1] XU jiamin. Beijing Airport line program[J]. underground works and
tunnels,2007(3):11-13.
[2] Yan yanbin, GAO Jinhua. Airport Rail traffic on the landside traffic
diversion forecast [J]. East China Jiaotong School of,2006(1)..
[3] Shi Yufeng. the development of the airport rail problem [J].
Urban Mass Transit,2007(3):1l-14.
502 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Airline Fleet Planning Model Under the

Target of Reducing Fuel Emissions
Xu Zhang*, Zhenling Xu, Ming Zhao, Ting Li
Department of air transport, Shanghai University of Engineering Science, Shanghai, China
*zx_sues@163.con
Abstract: Nowadays many airlines around the world have to reduce or even cancel aircraft orders to deal with soaring fuel
costs. According to the problems originated from the airline fleet planning under the target of reducing fuel emissions, this
paper analyzes the main factors impacting the fuel reducing and fleet planning. Then based on the available operating
routes, the alternative aircrafts, the route network operating profit maximization, and the target of reducing the fuel cost,
this paper constructs the optimized allocation model of the route network capacity and the airline fleet planning model un-
der the target of reducing fuel emissions, by using the airline cost control theory. And finally put forward some countermea-
sures and suggestions.
Keywords: reducing fuel emissions; fleet planning; fuel cost; cost control
1. Introduction 2.2. Research Status of Fleet Planning
Environmental protection has been a large topic nowa- Nowadays the macro programming method is widely
days. Civil aviation industry as an energy guzzler is al- used to plan fleet by the airlines.
ways at the cusp of the environmental issues. Now it Firstly determine the demands of aircraft transport ca-
seems that the profit margins of the airlines in China are pacity by macro forecasting and analyzing transportation
becoming smaller and smaller owing to the rising fuel scale, then determine the specific types of aircrafts by mar-
costs and fuel consumption. ket scale and aircraft features etc economic indexes.
Therefore the airlines must take fuel efficiency and The advantage of this method is simple and easy to op-
low emissions into consideration in fleet planning and erate. The decision is based on several macro-transport
flight scheduling in order to meet market demands and indexes and the predictions are relatively stable and reliable.
maximize profits. Accordingly fleet planning plays an im- The disadvantage is that it is difficult to accurately reflect
portant role in reducing fuel emissions and increasing the impact of the proposed operation to fleet planning.
profits of the airlines.
This paper is targeting to reduce fuel emissions by us- 2.3. The Existing Problem
ing airline fleet planning model in light of the available
There is more literature in the separate research of fuel
operating routes, the alternative aircrafts, the route net-
emission and fleet planning, however the research literature
work operating profit maximization etc.
of combination these two is less.
2. The Current Research Situation Analysis of Some papers just get involved in the aircraft assignment
Fuel Reducing and Fleet Planning of fleet planning without considering other factors, others
mainly emphasize fuel emission issues of fleet planning,
2.1. The Current Research Situation Analysis of therefore they are not comprehensive.
Fuel Reducing
3. .Major Factors Affecting Fleet Planning
In the 21st century, many of our aviation companies under the Fuel Emission
have recognized the importance of fuel reduction. So the
fuel-saving actions have already carried out in major com- The main factors can be attributed to the following
panies. The importance will summarize as the following four points:
three points: Improve the attention of the management;
3.1. Aircraft Selection
The weight loss of aircraft; Purchase the Environmental
protection aircrafts and technological innovate energy- The relationship between aircraft selection and fuel
saving engine. emission is self-evident.
Basically speaking, fuel consumption comes from the
design of the aircrafts, therefore under the circumstances
503 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

X. Zhang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp503-506
of ensuring the operational level and market demand, the 3.3. Route Choice
airlines can originally solve the problem of energy con-
sumption by choosing fuel-efficient aircrafts. Fleet planning must consider route network, so the
choice of the route is also very important.
Before takeoff, the flight crew should start the engine
as late as possible prior to the permission of air traffic con-
troller.
In the climbing stage, the flight crew should apply for
a favorable take-off runway in order to shorten the voyage.
In the cruise stage, pilots should apply for the best flight
altitude and flight in an economic speed ascertained by the
cost index, rather than randomly change speed.
In approach stage, pilots should avoid premature ap-
proach. The approach may occur when the descending
tops are determined by FMC (Flight management comput-
er), The cut-in descending is the best choice if early ap-
proach is needed.
3.4. Flight Plan
The Rationality of the flight plan is related to the per
capita carbon emissions.
Flight plan refers to the arrangements of flight density.
Fig.1 the general steps of Aircraft type selection Reasonable flight plan is based on detailed survey on pas-
senger flow, traffic and the market share of routes.
Different aircrafts with different engines represent dif- After determining the passenger demands, in order to real-
ferent fuel consumption. ize the target of fuel emission and profit maximization,
So the airlines must comprehensively consider not only greater flight frequency needs smaller aircrafts, on the
the price but also the fuel consumption in purchasing dif- contrary, less flight frequency needs larger aircrafts.
ferent types of aircrafts, otherwise high fuel consumption
would cause high cost. 4. Building the Fleet Planning Model Under
3.2. Aircraft Carrying Capacity
the Fuel Emissions
The nature of fleet planning model is fuel cost oriented
In fleet planning, calculating the current market de-
to achieve profit maximization of the airlines.
mand and capacity are very important, however, the carry-
ing capacity is a quantitative manifestation of these prob- 4.1. Variables Selection
lems.
The carrying capacity of aircrafts means the sum of To simplify the analysis, the following assumptions
fuel load, passenger load, cargo and mail weight. are set forth:
The greater total aircraft weight and carrying capacity  Do not consider outside factors, such as weather, air
need more flight lift force, accordingly the engines need traffic control etc. Each flight will use the same aircraft,
more push force and consume more fuels. so fuel consumption is the same.
Maintaining the flight needs certain fixed fuel con-  Assume that fuel prices in a period of time is constant.
sumption, but the weight increase of the aircrafts needs  Assume that load factor of each aircraft is basically the
relatively less marginal fuel consumption. The charges are same.
based on the proportions of passenger numbers, the weight Whether the Airline’s fleet planning and the fuel-
or numbers of freight and mail, so more load in the air- saving work are reasonable or not, it will eventually be
crafts will bring less average fuel consumption and more reflected in the cost. A reasonable fleet planning will re-
profits. duce fleet cost. According to definition of the aircraft cost
But it is not the same for the fuel load. index, the following formula can be concluded:
Aircraft must have enough fuels to fly to the destination. CT
But the fuels have weight, if there are more fuels, the
CI = (1)
CF
flight will consume more fuels, this is called “self-
consuming”, it does not generate any revenue. The dependent variable is defined as the fuel index
Therefore, it’s very critical for reducing self-consuming to (CF). Independent variable is flight time index(CT)and
choose fuel load. flight cost index(CI).
504 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

For an aircraft, the fuel consumption rate is determined 2008 3002.3993 12.58 314045.43 14.42
by engine’s characteristics. In actual flight, the fuel con-
2009 3501.4654 14.67 340902.81 15.58
sumption of the engine will be recorded. To calculate the
aircraft fuel consumption, all the fuel consumption of the 2010 4217.896 17.67 401202.03 18.24
engine need to be accumulated. And for a time it generally
does not have too big changes.
Ci (i=1,2,3……n) represents the No.i aircraft fuel con- The general idea is a strong linear relationship be-
sumption rate (Lb / h). With fuel consumption rate, every tween air transport growth and GDP. When GDP grow,
day the flight time of each route is basically determined. civil aviation traffic also has a growing trend.
∧ ∧
Tj(j=l，2,3……n) represents the total flight time of =
y a x+b (3)
No.j route and then fuel consumption of No.i aircraft on
flying No.j routes is Yij=CiTj(i=1,2,3……n, x is GDP based growth rate ， y is aviation turnover
j=1,2,3……n) . based growth rate, Using the least square method formula:
Then distribute the variables.
1，assign No.i plane to fly No.j route ∧
a=
∑ ( x − x)( y − y)
i i (4)
X ij =
R R
0，not assign No.i plane to fly No.j route (2)

∑ ( x − x) i
2
∧ ∧
(i=1,2,3……n，j=l，2,3……n) b= y − a x (5)
∧
4.2. Airline Fleet Planning Model under the Tar-
get of Fuel Emissions R2 =
∑ ( y − y) 2
(6)
Table 1. 1990—2010 Calm base growth rate of transport

∑ ( y − y) i
2
∧ ∧
turnover and per capita GDP
a = 0.950804 , b = 0.027804 , R 2 = 0.982573
Total turnover GDP
R 2 Close to 1, x and y have a strong linear relationship.
Year turnover based GDP
based
(Million growth (Billion 4.3. Create Airline Fleet Planning Model Under
growth rate
ton) rate yuan) the Target of Reducing Fuel Emissions
1990 238.66 1.00 18667.82 1.00
The above prediction model shows the growth rate of
1991 311.42 1.30 21781.50 1.15 transport turnover in the next few years. Based on this
1992 419.54 1.76 26923.48 1.41 result and the above analysis, the total costs include fuel
costs, the carrying capacity, aircraft assignment etc. So,
1993 494.21 2.07 35333.92 1.82 the result is:
∑i 1=
∑ j 1 xij yij
n n
1994 570.16 2.39 48197.86 2.46 min c = c f ∗ n + a % * n += (7)
1995 703.6 2.95 60793.73 3.07 For a certain airline, n is the total numbers of flights
1996 772.77 3.24 71176.59 3.56 taking off and landing in one day, a% is the load factor of
each flight.For the convenience of calculation, assume a%
1997 802.62 3.36 78973.03 3.91 is a constant, CF*n is also a constant owing to the assump-
1998 833.69 3.49 84402.28 4.13 tion that fuel price is constant in a certain period of time.
1999 899.64 3.77 89677.05 4.35  n

 ∑ xij = 1
2000 1020.81 4.28 99214.55 4.78  i =1 (i, j = 1, 2,3,......, n) (8)
 n
2001 1135.07 4.76 109655.17 5.24  ∑ xij = 1
 j =1
2002 1320.25 5.53 120332.69 5.72  x = 0或1
 ij

2003 1321.09 5.54 135822.76 6.41
In some special cases, assign aircraft i to fly Route j ,
2004 1854.1 7.77 159878.34 7.50 with direct constraints: X ij = 1, other constraints are in-
R R
creased according to the actual situation

2005 2123.83 8.90 184937.37 8.63
2006 2464.94 10.33 216314.43 10.04
2007 2908.1158 12.19 265810.31 12.27
505 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

5. Optimization of Fleet Plan under the 6. Conclusions

Target of Fuel Emissions
6.1. Research Results
5.1. Optimization of Aircraft Selection On the basis of airline cost theory, this paper introduc-
In light of their relative stable fleet, the large airlines es the overseas and domestic research status on fuel emis-
can assign fuel-efficient aircrafts to fly long-haul route and sions and fleet planning, states the affecting factors of fleet
fuel-inefficient aircrafts to fly short routes if varied condi- planning and establishes the model by using distribution
tions are satisfied, so that more fuels can be saved. theory of operational research, accordingly under the tar-
This method can bring the obvious effects of economy get of reducing fuel emission, puts forward practical fleet
scale over a long period if these airlines have large route planning model to meet airline demands, which have cer-
network. tain meanings in improving airline cost leadership strategy.
If the size of the route is large enough, such an ap- 6.2. Practical Suggestions
proach will form the scale effect and there will have very
significant results later. With the increasing competitive pressure among the
For some small size airlines, it is recommended to use aviation enterprises, the cost leadership strategy is bound
a single type of aircraft so as to reduce the expenditure on to be a general trend.
employing and training of pilots. And fleet planning problem is vital in cost control, so
the aviation enterprises should put these two tasks into
5.2. Optimization of Carrying Capacity dominant position, try to optimize their flight plan etc is-
It’s suggested that airlines can accurately calculate the sues by using efficiency matrix and connecting with their
loaded fuel and try to make the aircraft only carry one-way existing fleet size to reduce fuel consumption and costs
fuel so as to decrease their self-consuming. reasonably.
5.3. Optimization of Route Selection References

Route analysis must take aircraft selection into consid- [1] Yan kebin, Sun hong, Shi hongsheng. “The model of aircraft type
eration. selection ,” Flight mechanics. Vol 23, pp82-85, April 2005.
In the airport, the charge of near parking bay is differ- [2] Xiong guobin, Diao heyong. “Research on fuel_saving of air,”
ent from that of far parking bay. If the airlines choose near vol.69, pp. 52-53, 2006
parking bay to save taking off and landing fees, then it will [3] Hanif D S, Ebru K B, Xiaomei Zhu.Airline fleet assignment
take more time from far parking bay to runway, which will Concepts,models,and algorithms. European Journal of Operational
consume more fuels. Therefore the airlines must balance Research,vol 172,pp.1-3,2006.
the advantages and disadvantages between near parking [4] Abara J.Applying integer linear programming to the fleet
bay and far parking bay. assignment problem. INTERFACES,vol 19,pp. 20-28,1989.
During waiting for landing, it is recommended to use
the LRC (long range cruise) speed to cruise.
5.4. Optimization of Flight Plan
It’s recommended that airlines may arrange two flight
plan a year, according to the season’s characteristics, it can
be divided into winter and spring flight schedule and the
summer and autumn flight schedule.
Only partial adjustment is enough if there is small
change.
The flight schedule must be prepared separately for
each aircraft, because different aircraft can only fly differ-
ent routes.
In flight scheduling different types of aircrafts, cruis-
ing distance and seat load should be taken into considera-
tion.
And then schedule the flight plan according to the
types of aircrafts to get maximum efficiency by connecting
existing routes and flights.
506 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
E-government Integration of Decentralized

Cross-Organizational Applications Based on
Semantic Web
Qingxin Su
International Business School, Shanghai Institute of Foreign Trade, Shanghai, China
Abstract: Today, one of the big challenges for public administration is integration of decentralized cross-organizational
applications to support an efficient, interactive and seamless e-government for citizens, businesses and administrations
themselves. This paper presents a flexible approach for organizing distributed e-government services based on Semantic
Web. Various public administrative specific domains knowledge were captured, and the semantic index of ontology infor-
mation was stored for decentralized e-government services organization through a distributed hast table solution. The archi-
tecture was improved by introducing a community ontology to semantic categorize and reorganize e-Government services
on the basis of domain ontology, which can support interoperability of cross-organizational e-government applications and
provide a series of future knowledge management on public sector in a scalable environment.
Keywords: e-government; integration; semantic Web
1. Introduction lower automation. Their applications are limited. Semantic
Web technologies have been shown to support all the miss-
E-government is a way for government to use the new ing types of functionality yet. Thus an approach of Semantic
technologies to provide people with more convenient access Web in combination with P2P concepts [6], [7] seems to be a
to government information and services, to improve the good basis of specific distributed Web service integration for
quality of the services and to provide greater opportunities to e-government.
participate in the democratic institutions and processes [1]. In In this paper, the semantic web enabled e-government
addition to providing new ways of working with citizens, services organization architecture is presented. We use do-
business, or other administrations, e-government is also con- main ontology for semantic Web service annotation. With a
cerned with creating an integrated environment for the on- large number of complex e-government applications, we
line services [2]. Nowadays, in China, with the effort to estab- introduce community ontology to reorganize and classify
lishment of each local e-government applications, it emerges various public administration domains specific services (e.g.
several islands of information accordingly. The increasing social security, education, health domain). A DHT based
complexity of public services calls for an efficient manage- catalog is used to store the semantic indexes for direct and
ment mode and techniques to reorganize government servic- flexible services discovery and publication, so that e-
es in a way they can be supported collaboration and coopera- government services can support distributed cross-
tion between organizations on the web. organizational interaction as dynamic partnerships.
As an important mechanism for interoperability, Web
service has emerged to provide distributed operation execu- 2. Semantic Web Approach for E-Government
tion on e-commerce, telecom, science, government and other Services Organization
fields [3]. However, in typical Web services architecture,
some approaches includes UDDI (Universal Description, Ontology [8], [9] is a set of the categories of certain entities
Discovery and Integration) [4] is still based on centralized that exit (or could exist) in a determined application domain
design. Today, a new generation of P2P (peer to peer) solu- as shown in Figure 1. Adding semantics to Web service de-
tions offering DHT (distributed hash table) functionality has scriptions in public administration field can be achieved by
been proposed to make it possible for different participants using ontology that support shared vocabularies and domain
(organizations, individuals, or departments within an organi- models for use in the service description [10].
zation) to exchange information in a more flexible way [5].
These systems greatly improve scalability and exact-match
accuracy than the exiting P2P systems, but only support
507 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Q. G. Su et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp507-510
III. COMMUNITY I. WSD II. DOMAIN

ONTOLOGY <Ser- L ONTOLOGY
Hous- … Educa- Transporta-
Social
Securi- ing tion Tra <Opera- Vehicle
ty nspor- Driving …
tation <Input>
License
Category
<Part> Re-
Service On- Travel Search new
Transporta- tology <Out-
tion Tim
<Part> ID
Driving <Opera- Record Plac
Rail- … High- Vehicle
License …
way way
Figure.2. Semantic Web services annotation example

Figure.1. Community ontology for e-government services
Taking transportation domain for an example, we add
We use domain ontology to provide enhanced semantic semantics to Web services by mapping service, operation,
Web service annotation for e-Government. While searching input and output in their descriptions to concepts in the do-
for Web services, relevant domain specific ontology can be main specific ontology. So the Web service can be annotated
referred to, thus enabling semantic matching of services. We in three aspects here: DrivingLicense as a service annotated
identify two aspects of semantics for Web service descrip- by Transportation, Search as an operation annotated by Dri-
tion elicited from object-oriented model: attributes and be- vingLicense and ID as I/O element annotated by DrivingLi-
haviors aspects. As shown in the right part of Fig. 2, the con- cense etc.
cept Driving License has attributes as ID, Records and Time 3. Prepare E-Government Web Services Dis-
etc. It is also associated with behaviors as Search and Renew, covery Procedure
etc. The concept describes what functionality a Web service
aims at. The behaviors aspect can be used to describe opera- For a service discovery, the requestor should first choose
tions of a Web service. The attributes aspects can be used to appropriate concept to which the preferred service may refer.
describe the I/O interface of operations. Then he (or she) decides the interested behaviors and
WSDL (Web Services Description Language) is the cur- attributes he would like to provide as input for the preferred
rent standard of the description of Web service [11]. The syn- Web service. As an example, a citizen wants to inquire about
tax of WSDL is defined in XML Schema. From the left part his (or her) driving license information. Considering the on-
of Figure. 2, we can see the simplified WSDL structure. We tology in Figure. 2, the requestor may choose DrivingLi-
attempt to use minimum information to give Web service cense as the domain concept, Search as behavior and ID as
comprehensive annotations. Large distributed system can’t attribute. This is the first step for ser-vice discovery.
afford much detailed information although ontology can
capture much information of real world knowledge and do-
main theory. This kind of information can be incorporate
into WSDL or UDDI. By this method, Web service is se-
mantically annotated in different granularity, which facili-
tates different service level discovery.
508 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Super Node
Medicare Regular Node

Domain
N1
S6
Travel S1 S5 Transporta-
Domain Community tion Domain
N2 Ontology
S2 S4
S3
N3 Domain Chord Ring
Category Chord Ring
Figure.3. Interaction of DHT facilitated Web services discovery
Figure. 3 illustrates the procedure of e-Government ser- Figure.4. Community ontology based e-Government services
vices discovery and the inter-action of DHT facilitated Web organization model
services discovery process. We assume that there are four
services providers: N1, N2, N3 and N4. The service request The domain Chord ring functions the same as in Section
is submitted on N1. First step, DrivingLicense serves as the 2 for domain specific services publication and discovery.
DHT lookup key and the hash algorithm re-turns that the The category Chord ring differs from domain Chord ring in
summary of DrivingLicense lies in N2, which stores part of the information being routed: the category Chord ring pro-
the catalog that contains DrivingLicense information (step 2). vides community ontology catalog service for each domain
Then the request with domain ontology information is sent Chord ring. That is to say, the category Chord ring routes
to N2. This is the third step (see Figure. 3). On N2, the beha- category information to each super node in its Chord ring.
viors and attributes of the query is matched against Si, Dri- Thus the super node shoulders not only the Web service in-
vingLicense, (1<i<3). N2 replies to N1 with the node set formation in its domain but also part of the community on-
{N3}. Here we assume that only S3, DrivingLicense tology information.
matches the given query and so N3 is the only node that sa- When an e-Government service provider joins the infra-
tisfies the request. This is the forth step. Finally, N1 contacts structure to publish his service, he has to choose an appro-
N3 for detail information. priate domain to which his service maps. A service provider
is also allowed to map to multiple public administrations
4. Decentralized E-Government Services Or- specific domains. If a new service provider wants to map to
ganization Model a domain that does not exist in the community ontology, he
Community ontology facilitated Web service organiza- is allowed to create a new domain to map. Hence the service
tion of e-Government for partnership federation. The im- provider can either associate to an existing domain in the
proved decentralized e-Government service organization ontology or he can update the ontology with an appropriate
model is shown in Figure.4. domain and associate to that new domain.
There are two kinds of Chord ring for peer node organi- Considering the community ontology in Figure. 1, we as-
zation. Domain Chord ring is used for organization of specif- sume that the DHT protocol routes Transportation to node
ic domain services for each public organization. The catego- S5, Travel to S1 and Medicare to S6, as shown in Figure.4.
ry Chord ring links the separate domain specific services in If a service provider P1 in Transportation domain wants to
their respective domain Chord ring together. The intention of publish his service, we assume that he first contacts with
this architecture is to promise a pure P2P network suit for node N2 in Travel domain Chord ring. N2 contact the super
distributed e-Government applications. The node in category node S1 in its Chord ring and issues the Transportation cate-
Chord ring is called super node. Other nodes are called regu- gory information to S5. Based on the DHT algorithm, S1
lar nodes. knows that S5 is the super node for Transportation domain.
Then S5 returns the peers in Transportation domain Chord
ring and P1 contacts with any peer in Transportation domain
509 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

for service publication. The left service publication proce- [8] Oppermann, H. Schnurr, P. Studer, R. Die Bedeutung von Onotology
dure acts as the same with in Section 2. Service discovery is for das Wissensmangement. Wissens Management. (2001). (June),
similar to service publication. Service requestor should first 33-36.
refer to a domain in community ontology. The super node [9] Gruber, T. (1993). A translation approach to portable ontology
returns the domain specific peers and the requestor discovers specifications. Knowledge Acquisition, 199-220.
appropriate services with the same procedure discussed in [10] Maedche, A. Staab, S. Services on the Move - Towards P2P-Enabled
Section 2. Semantic Web Services. Proceedings of the 10th International
5. Conclusion Conference on Information Technology and Travel & Tourism.
Helsinki Finland. (2003).
In this paper, we present a flexible e-Government service
[11] Stojanovic, L. Abecker, A. Stojanovic, N. On Managing Changes in
organization architecture based on Semantic Web. In par-
ontology-based E-Government. OTM Confederated International
ticular, we use domain ontology to capture various of public
Conferences, CoopIS, DOA, and ODBASE. Agia Napa: Cyprus,
administration specific domain knowledge, index e-
(2004).1080-1097.
Government ontology information and store the index at
distributed public organization peers using a DHT approach. [12] Klischewsk, R. Jeenicke, M. Semantic Web Technologies for
Furthermore, in order to reduce increasing complexity of e- Information Management within e-Government Services.
Government services, we improved the architecture by in- Proceedings of the 37th Hawaii International Conference on System
troducing community ontology to categorize e-Government Sciences. (2004).
Web service on the basis of specific domains. In this way, it
can meet the requirement of large distributed cross-
organizational applications in e-Government and facilitate
collaborative activities among different public administra-
tions.
Due to the complexity of e-Government, we have not to-
tally finished implementing the prototype to illustrate the
above organization model we have proposed for e-
Government. In the future, we want to extend this model to
support a more scalable environment and even for collabora-
tion among various public organizations from different re-
gions or countries.
References
[1] Stiglitz, J.E., et al., The Role of Government in a Digital Age,
http://www.ccianet.org/digital_age/reort.pdf (2000).
[2] Gouscos, D., Laskaridis, G., Lioulias, D.: An Approach to Offering
One-Stop e-Government Services – Available Technologies and
Architectural Issues. EGOV 2002, LNCS 2456, (2002) 264-271
[3] Christensen, E. Curbera, F. Meredith, G. Weerawarana S. (2004).
Web Services Description Language: Core Language, from
http://www.w3.org/tr/2004/wdwsdl20-20040326/
[4] UDDI White Papers. http://www.uddi.org/whitepapers.html.
[5] Uschold, M. Grüninger, M. Ontologies: Principles, Methods and
Applications. Knowledge Engineering Review, (1996). Vol. 11, 2.
[6] Thaden, U. Siberski, W. Nejdl, W. A Semantic Web based Peer-to-
Peer Service Registry Network. Technical Report: University of
Hanover. Germany. (2003).
[7] Schlosser, M. Sintek, M. Decker, S. Nejdl, W. A Scalable and
Ontology-Based P2P Infrastructure for Semantic Web Services.
Second International Conference on Peer-to-Peer Computing
(P2P’02). Linkoping Sweden. (2002).
510 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Strategies for Constructing Western Hunan

Tourism Corridor
Minghui Dong1, Jing Quo2, Fen Peng3
1
Department of Geography, Hunan University of Arts and Science, Changde, China
2
Department of Tourism Management, Hunan University of Arts and Science, Changde, China
3
School of Geosciences and Info-Physics, Central South University, Changsha, China
Abstract: The western Hunan is rich in tourism resources and species, which constitute a solid material foundation of tour-
ism development. This study analyzed the feasibility and obstacle of constructing western Hunan tourism corridor. Based
on this, strategies for constructing western Hunan tourist corridor were proposed. These strategies are the combination of
tourism resources, implementation of regional cooperation, improvement of tourist traffic, and the optimization of tourism
routes.
Keywords: western Hunan; tourist corridor; integration; regional cooperation
1. Introduction gap with its adjacent region. With the help of tourism the
characteristics of high grade, will be active to the western
The western Hunan includes the Xiangxi Tujia and Miao Hunan tourism development and circumjacent economy de-
Autonomous Prefecture, Zhangjiajie, Huaihua city, Changde veloped area tourism development cooperation, so as to
city and partial county of Shaoyang city, located in the drive other relevant industry cooperation, promote the west-
northwest of Hunan Province. Hunan province is the" ern Hunan the development of whole economy, change the
northwest portal", due to border with Hubei, Guizhou, backward situation of the western Hunan economy. The
Chongqing three provinces, it also be said the ground of "the western Hunan is rich in tourism resources, distinctive style,
throat of Hunan, Hubei, Chongqing and Guizhou". Its natu- rich, have red, green, blue, ancient, popular and other tour-
ral resources and cultural tourism resources provide a good ism resources, through landscape corridor construction will
foundation and great potential for the western Hunan tourism be colorful tourism resources into building a colorful tourist
development. Recently, development of tourism makes re- corridor, so as to enhance the taste, brand innovation, pro-
gional economy and the people's living standards improve. moting development.
But, because of the western Hunan tourism resources disper-
sion failed to carry out the overall regional planning coordi- 2.2. Necessity of Avoiding Repetitive Development
nation development. Therefore, the correct development of The western Hunan is rich in tourism resources, but in
the western Hunan tourism resources, which has abundant the region tourism resources exists more or less similar phe-
natural tourism resources and deep national culture with re- nomenon, should try to avoid the tourist product develop-
configureing, integrating and optimizating to share resources, ment of similar phenomenon, in addition, the western Hunan
design larger and better brand in order to construct the west- tourism resources, the grade value is not low, but did not get
ern Hunan tourist corridor. Finally, economic benefits, social be developed effectively and to show its charm, become"
benefits and ecological benefits can be gotten, implementing shadow zone". To strengthen the tourism resources devel-
the sustainable development of the western Hunan economy opment cooperation, tourism is the rational allocation of
and tourism. resources integration, tourism resources development and
2. Necessity of Constructing Western Human avoid repeat waste of resources is an important way.
Tourism Corridor 2.3. Necessity of Regional Tourism Cooperation
2.1. Necessity of Economic Development The western Hunan tourism corridor of conception put
The western Hunan is an underdeveloped area in Hunan forward in favor of regional hot spots, areas for popular at-
province. The GDP level is far lower than the eastern region tractions, scenic drives, in favor of the tourism season situa-
of Hunan province. Therefore, the task facing the western tion of complementary, is helpful to improve the regional
Hunan is to decrease defect, strengthen regional cooperation landscape system construction, to achieve the western Hunan
with Eastern Hunan economically, and narrow the economic area passenger flow, logistics, information flow is smooth,
511 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

M. H. Dong et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp511-514
for the realization of regional economic cooperation and are some differences. Tourism include " eat, live, traf-
development to provide strong support. fic,travel, purchase, entertaining" six elements involved in
the industry and related more industry, which the industry
2.4. Necessity of Natural Environment Protection management difficulty is great, and the area of different in-
The development of tourism, especially the ethnic tour- vestment main body, the compartmentalization, management
ism will often cause changes of traditional culture as well as system is not smooth. Because there is no effective integra-
the historical , cultural heritage and natural ecological de- tion of resources, in the space is not composed of intercon-
struction, in each area attractions, scenic spot each other nected network form; no internal various deep area collabo-
intersected situation, simple attractions, scenic spots con- ration, in the policy has not formed the unified action plan to
struction mode is unable to maintain local environmental guide the tourism development of the western Hunan;
stability and cultural heritage protection status, and through coupled with the cultural packing enough, hype also fight the
the tourism corridor form can have a number of attractions, enemy separately, the overall lack of effect, did not establish
scenic area together, from a certain extent mitigate adverse" their own distinctive brand image and unique tourism cha-
isolated island effect". Therefore, in the process of western racteristics.
Hunan region tourism corridor development, we will streng-
3.2. Spots Scattered, Tourist Routes Single and Vi-
then the protection of traditional culture, and keep a good
ecological environment, allowing the regional tourism sus-
sibility Absence
tainable development [1]. As a result of The western Hunan tourism development
process, lack of coordination, each act of one's own free will,
3. Difficulties and Obstacles of Constructing resulting in a tourist attractions in the western Hunan
the Western Human Travel Corridors presents the" 10 thousand green is red", a pattern of spots
The western Hunan in the process of the development of scattered,made tourists is struggling to road running basical-
tourism resources in the past few years, due to institutional ly , rather than enjoy the scenery comfortably.Tourism prod-
defects, the macro management of out of control in some uct dispersed" act of one's own free will" and the lack of soul
areas, sacrifices the natural and human environment of the and passenger flow core promotions will ruled the result: the
expensive price. The resource protection and reasonable uti- city tourism development is extremely lopsided, appeared to
lization, no overall planning, development the key is not passengers only know" Fenghuang" and" Zhangjiajie", run-
outstanding, resource is not distinctive characteristics, the ning to there gather together. Especially the Fenghuang
regional group effect, symbiotic effect, since the increase Town, a few square kilometres hill nest, overcrowding, sev-
effect did not get very good support and give full play to the eral tourist season nearly have half the passengers in Jishou
role of [2]; when in the open source market, due to the ab- every year. While in Zhangjiajie showing more, especially
sence of firm establish to tourists as the center values and the tourist season, the famous scenic spot have so many
customer for your corporate philosophy, brought the short people in each hill. Tourism product structure onefold, up-
term is difficult to eliminate the negative effects, especially grading innovation not fast, natural affects the investment
in the new tourism culture, due to historical and practical and compound tourism enterprise mechanism formation and
reasons, both widely variable, deep or strength was not tourism capital management significantly. The western Hu-
enough, resulting in the overall level of the tourism industry nan's tourism still stays in merely" tour" of the single prod-
is affected, and restricted the local tourism resource advan- uct, the tourism industry is still in a low level, and the quali-
tage to tourism economic advantage change" bottle neck". ty is not high," cultural tourism" cultural properties have not
been fully demonstrated,and culture did not get a deep longi-
3.1. Act of One’s Own Free Will, a Lack of Brand tudinal expansion.
Awareness
3.3. Backward Infrastructure, Poor Tourism Ser-
In the process of developing tourism of the western Hu- vice Quality
nan, presenting the development of partition is better, which
overall development is weak. Rich in natural resources, but Due to the development of tourism economy is serious
did not get effective development; human resources has deep lag in the western Hunan, coupled with infection of histori-
foundation, but its cultural connotation mining enough. In cal and natural conditions, traffic, catering, accommodation
the process of the regional economic development and coop- and other infrastructure is relatively backward in the western
eration , there is an important problem is system obstacle Hunan. Although during the" Nine Five"," fifteen ", the
problem, different city has different system, different deci- country increased the infrastructure construction, but com-
sion-making layer, for the concept of cooperation of thought pared with other area, still have not little difference. In terms
as well as the allocation of the interest to some extent, there of transportation, it has not formed a highly perfect railroad,
Identify applicable sponsor/s here. (sponsors)

512 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.
highway, aviation transportation system, Jishou station that 4. Strategic Thinking of Setting up Tourism
one only for all trains in the western Hunan is too small, Region in the West Human
simply can't afford delivery powerful traffic burden; because
of disrepair of the two road that the 209 and 307 road,which 4.1. Further to Improve the Development Way of
condition is poor. Tourist attractions between road links are Thinking and Development Mode
sluggish, did not form a network, and even some scenic also
just sand road; the territory has no airport, no air facility. Accelerating big Xiangxi tourism development must es-
From the travel agency, the travel agency mostly belong to tablish the big idea, pattern, planning, transport, big brands,
the agency to take," the guest such as the door " extensive and big combination of "the Grand View of tourism". Sug-
management pattern, the lack of" going out" the ability to gesting province can make a decision about constructing the
open up the market, in the downstream of tourism industry western Hunan harmonious cultural and natural tourism zone
chain , competition ability is not strong. From the hotel ser- of person, and further development of the western Hunan
vice industry, the amount of Stars Hotel in recent years has tourism strategic significance, guiding ideology, develop-
increased significantly, but the level of service and quality to ment goal, working train of thought and policy measure. It
be improved. In 2010, the province at all levels of tourism also can put the western Hunan tourism development to
quality supervision is handling tourist complaints, Xiangxi grow with two types of social construction of relative height
Tujia and Miao Autonomous Prefecture in Hunan province to overall decision making and arrangement. Each local gov-
tourist complaints accounted for 43.54% of the total number ernment should establish global concept, break a branch all
of complaints, become Hunan to travel the heavy disaster and regional blockade, cross a trade, cross a branch, through
area [3]. inter-regional capital combination, optimize configuration,
improve the common the western Hunantourism attraction,
3.4. Environmental Pollution, Ecological Damage in order to accelerate the construction process of tourist area
and the Impact of Traditional Culture in west Hunan.
The western Hunan, due to unreasonable tourism activi- In the scope of the western Hunan, landscape humanities
ties, brought great destruction on the local natural environ- not only unusual and famous but also numerous, it may be
ment and ecological system. In the process of economic de- said countless.Zhangjiajie as a world famous scenic tourist
velopment, industrial production of waste discharge and attractions and the province's tourism industry bibcock, build
noise polluted the tourist area of the natural environment, international tourism brand; the western Hunan to Feng-
disrupting the tourist area due quiet, which results in the loss huang for the tour leader, integrating and promoting of
of the previous tour area of fresh air, clear water, quiet at- Mengdong River rafting, Creek forest leisure tourism prod-
mosphere. Unreasonable utilization of resources and agricul- uct, key create Fenghuang Town as national 5A scenic spot;
tural production means to destroy the natural balance of tour- Changde all-directions to create tourism brand about the tour
ism area, tourism resources directly affected, such as defore- of " in the Peach Garden city" and" land of idyllic beau-
station, excessive exploitation of groundwater, jungle fried ty" ,increasing the publicity reports continuously; Huaihua
stone and other activities to cause soil erosion, water level turn to the" five river romantic feelings, ancient Huaihua" as
decline, mountains and beauty was destroyed. Some tourists the theme, carried out" through the Xuefeng natural barrier,
are low quality, lack of environmental protection awareness look for dream in ancient Huaihua" 1000 self-driving tour,
and consciousness, bring food packaging box, paper, plastic Huaihua Second China ancient town, village, forum and
bags, surplus food conveniently littering, many a little make other activities; in Shaoyang, known as"the soul of Danxia ",
a mickle., seriously affect the attractions of the beautiful. the national scenic famous area of Lang Mountain is group
These in turn significantly affected the tourists to travel in leader, promote the formation of" North Zhangjiajie, south
sensory, resulting in vicious spiral. In the tourism activities, of Lang Mountain" pattern of travel, push the Lang Moun-
tourist damage behavior on local residents have adverse ef- tain to whole country and the world.
fect of the model, so that the local culture by different degree The cultural celebrity brand is shaping celebrity effect.
of impact, causing the local great ethnic cultural commercia- The celebrity has Republic of China first prime minister
lization, vulgarization, desalination, assimilation, thus losing Xiong Xiling, writer Shen Congwen Huang Yongyu, artist,
the western Hunan regional cultural authenticity, difference, singer He Jiguang, Song Zuying. These people are not only
mysterious and unique. famous in the domestic, but also are known abroad, they
give people inspiration in many sides. the feeling will be
very different, therefore it is necessary to famous celebrities
demeanor on screen, so as to expand the visibility and influ-
ence, attract foreign tourists.
513 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Currently, to strengthen Zhangjiajie, Xiangxi and Huai- tourism resource distribution agreement. Strengthen civil
hua three cities area travel adjustment, cooperation of divi- aviation, railway, highway and other aspects of the contact
sion of labor and ethnic cultural tourism integration process, and communication. Accelerate the launch of Zhangjiajie -
the implementation of "regional cooperation strategy". To Jiuzhaigou, Zhangjiajie - Seoul, Tokyo routes opened, in-
break the regional barriers, trade barriers, departmental bar- creasing the area of train travel and tourism tourist transport,
riers, to achieve the overall layout, unified planning [4] .Make highways and transportation optimization line connection,
the western Hunan and the western Hunan travel market all- strengthen and surrounding provinces interchange.
around opening, build a barrier-free tourism zone. Even-
tually, carry out the sharing of resources, mutual promotion
4.4. Establishment of the Environmental Protection
of tourist flow. to strengthen area cooperation,province co- Supervision Mechanism
operation,crossing province cooperation,through the"Sanxia- To make tourism be sustainable development, and build
Yichang - Changde - Zhangjiajie - the western Hunan harmonious the western Hunan travel corridor, we should
Mammoth Cave - Fenghuang south the Great Wall - Huai- strengthen the environmental protection of tourism research
hua - Guilin," connected" Jinggangshan - Yanling - Zhuzhou and tourism environmental protection education. Keep the "
- Zhangjiajie, Changsha -Zhangjiajie",make the western Hu- protection first, development second " principle, keep the
nan tourism resource and outside tourism resources compre- original, natural features, particularly the traditional ethnic
hensive butt joint, the overall integration of the tourist mar- culture. Improve zoology environment energetically, recon-
ket. struction and tourism development, to prevent improper en-
vironmental pollution, ecological destruction phenomenon.
4.2. Optimization Layout of Scenic Spots and Tour-
In the development of tourism area construct good tourism
ism Routes
environmental planning, and strengthen the tourism envi-
With Zhangjiajie, the western Hunan, Huaihua three ci- ronmental legislation. The perfect legal system can do a
ties state as the main body, "the tourism circle of big Xiang- good job in tourism environment protection work.
xi" concept has been increasingly accepted by the industry,
the western Hunan tourism integration trend is increasingly References
clear, which should become the leading regional tourism in [1] H. Yang and Y. Z. Chen 2006 Economic geography, vol. 9, pp. 867-
Hunan. The western Hunan tourism resources with myriad 870.
talents, only through tourism resources integration and de- [2] Z. L. Xiao 2005 Annals of tourism research, vol. 3, pp. 33-35.
velopment to construct the tourism resources of the western [3] Statistics Bureau of Hunan province,
Hunan plate effectively, forming the joint effect of aggrega- http://www.hntj.gov.cn/tjgb/glgb/ 2010.
tion, giving fully play to the overall strong advantages. [4] Q. Zhang and S. M. Fang 2003 Xiangtan University Social Science
Therefore, it should be comprehensive planning integration Journal, vol. 11, pp. 21-24.
of the western Hunan regional tourism resources, tourism
resources of the territory by scientific planning, unified de-
velopment, putting the western Hunan tourism in Hunan,
with Hubei, Chongqing, Sichuan, and Guizhou into border
tourism circle.To build the western Hunan into a prestigious
in the country, in the world has a greater impact on the tour-
ism destination commonly.
4.3. Improvement the Tourism Traffic Network
System
Traffic development lag is one of bottlenecks in the de-
velopment of the western Hunan tourism, to the western
Hunan tourism rapid development, first of all to improve the
western Hunan transportation links with the outside world,
as soon as possible and adjacent areas to form a comfortable
and efficient transportation network; Secondly we should
strengthen the municipalities within the transport network
construction, to build the attraction between each spot, be-
tween each area traffic; Thirdly, also to improve the scenic
spots of internal road facilities, improve traffic routes and
514 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Chapter VII：
Politics, Psychology, Society and Law

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Developmental Characteristics of
Self-Disclosure in Medical College Students
Yongmei Hou** , Can Xiao P PP
Department of Psychology, Guangdong Medical College, Zhanjiang, China

**
houyongmei162@126.com
P
Abstract: OBJECTIVE: To explore the developmental characteristics of self-disclosure in medical college students.
METHODS: A self-disclosure questionnaire was given to 279 students at Guangdong Medical College.
RESULTS: (1) The students disclosed the least information about their attitudes and opinions, but the most about their
personality. (2) The students shared the most information with same-sex friends. The mother was the most important
target person for both male and female students; the students disclosed the least information about themselves to their
fathers. (3) Male students revealed more information to their fathers than the female students in the aspects of
attitudes and opinions as well as body; the female students shared more information about themselves in terms of
tastes and interests, studies or work, money, perspectives, and personality with their fathers. Studies or work were the
two aspects that both male and female students were most willing to share with their parents, whereas attitudes and
opinions were the two least aspects. Compared with the male students, female students preferred to share information
with their mothers and same-sex friends regarding attitudes and opinions, tastes and interests, and studies or work.
Both male and female students were willing to share information about personality with their female friends rather
than attitudes and opinions. (4) There were no significant differences in self-disclosure target persons and topics.
Conclusion: The self-disclosure of medical college students was related to information category- ies, target person and
gender of themselves.
Keywords: medical college students; self-disclosure; topics; target person; developmental characteristics
1. Introduction
Poor communication is the cause of a variety of mental parents and friends with respect to emotional aspects,
disorders, and hiding one’s true thoughts and feelings can including depression, happiness, jealousy, anxiety, anger,
result in mental illness[1-3]. In the present study,
P P calm, coldness, and fear[11]. The target persons of
P P
self-disclosure is defined as sharing personal information self-disclosure are mainly parents, siblings, spouses, close
(including thoughts, feelings, personality, and experience) friends, and strangers. The relationship between the
and one’s own feelings about non-personal information individuals making the self-disclosure and the target
(including opinions of oneself and other people, things, persons affects the level, frequency, and possibility of
feelings, and evaluations) with others via oral or other individual disclosure[8].
P P Compared with online
forms of communication[1,4]. This process affects an
P P communication, those who engage in face-to-face
individual’s self-awareness[5], problem
P P solving, communication believe that they can achieve a greater
interpersonal communication, and social adaptation[6-8]. P P degree of intimacy and self-disclosure and that the other
Therefore, self-disclosure is regarded as the premise of a person is more satisfied as a result of the experience[3].
P P
healthy personality and reflects its performance [1]. One P P Many non-Chinese studies about self-disclosure in
study suggests that self-disclosure is an individual adults have produced fruitful results. However, studies on
willingness or ability[9].
P P self-disclosure among teenagers are rare, especially among
Self-disclosure involves such different areas as breadth, college students. In China, only Lilin Ying et al carried out
depth, and difficulty in communication[8]. Shechtman andP P self-disclosure studies among college students, but thus far
Vurebrand (1996) believed that children’s self-disclosure there has been no report about medical college students’
included eight aspects—family, friends, oneself, discipline, self-disclosure.
self-evaluation, emotional expression, activity, and
attitude[10]. Papini et al (1990) carried out a major survey on
P P
self-disclosure among 174 teenagers aged 12–15 years.

Their survey focused on teenagers’ disclosure to their
517 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. M. Hou et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp517-531
2. Participants and Methods males and 184 females aged 18–24 years, from four grades
at a medical college were selected using stratified sampling
2.1. Subjects methods (Table 1).
A total of 279 medical college students, including 95
Table 1. Age and grade distribution of involved medical college students

College student Freshman Sophomore Junior Senior Total
Male 23 25 26 21 95
Female 77 37 30 40 184
Total 100 62 56 61 279
2.2. Instruments others such that the other person has a false impression of
A modified Jourard Self-disclosure Questionnaire was [1]
P P
me.
used in this study. Homogeneity reliabilities of the
2.3. Statistical Analysis
questionnaire for different dimensions are as follows: 0.651,
0.811, 0.908, 0.799, 0.887, and 0.868 for attitudes and Data were analyzed using SPSS 17.0 software
opinions, tastes and interests, studies or work, money, manufactured by SPSS Inc., 233 South Wacker Drive, 11th
3T3T
personality, and body, respectively; this is in line with Floor, Chicago, IL 60606-6412. Multi-way analysis of
3T3T
psychological measurement requirements. The variance was used for intergroup comparison of
questionnaire consists of 47 items, involving the father, measurement data, and the chi-square test was employed for
mother, male friend, and female friend as target persons. comparison of enumeration data.
There are six dimensions, including attitudes and opinions
(items 1–5), tastes and interests (items 6–13), studies or 3. Results
work (items 14–23), money (items 24–29), personality
(items 30–40), and body (items 41–47). Each item is scored 3.1. Gender and Grade Characteristics of the
as follows: 1 = no disclosure; 2 = general or limited Students’ Self-Disclosure on Different Topics
disclosure such that the other person has only a general idea
about this aspect of me; 3 = full and complete disclosure (Table 2)
such that others can fully understand me in this aspect and
accurately describe me; –1 = lie or misrepresent myself to
Table 2. Disclosure characteristics of medical college students at different gender and grade
Attitudes Interests Studies Money Personality Body
M M M M M M
SD SD SD SD SD SD
Male 33.348 56.870 72.130 35.739 70.652 48.391
Freshman 5.686 10.674 12.718 9.752 15.450 9.114
Female 33.104 57.766 74.337 34.610 73.468 51.480
6.221 9.333 13.063 6.463 12.702 9.852
Total 33.160 57.560 73.830 34.8707. 72.820 50.770
6.074 9.608 12.954 309 13.366 9.730
Male 36.200 57.400 74.440 36.480 76.840 47.840
Sophomore 6.344 10.893 10.344 5.253 11.040 7.652
Female 35.513 61.432 79.000 35.892 77.351 52.595
5.829 6.962 11.523 6.786 10.942 9.023
518 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Total 35.790 59.807 77.161 36.130 77.145 50.677

6.000 8.904 11.204 6.174 10.894 8.753
Male 31.846 60.731 74.654 38.615 74.885 47.154
Junior 5.438 12.645 14.347 8.173 16.496 9.233
Female 34.833 61.767 78.233 35.500 74.300 50.133
5.052 8.157 13.109 5.976 9.945 10.301
Total 33.446 61.286 76.571 36.946 74.115 48.443
5.400 10.394 13.690 7.187 11.161 7.597
Male 36.905 56.143 72.952 33.095 71.667 43.714
Senior 4.516 5.668 8.034 6.752 8.145 4.671
Female 37.050 59.350 78.050 33.875 75.400 50.925
7.207 9.728 14.875 9.258 12.358 7.697
Total 37.000 58.246 76.295 33.607 74.115 48.443
6.369 8.636 13.088 8.429 11.161 7.597
Male 33.160 57.560 73.830 34.870 72.820 50.770
Total 6.075 9.609 12.955 7.309 13.366 9.731
Female 35.728 59.500 76.717 36.853 75.804 53.364
6.347 8.904 13.251 7.130 11.872 9.294
Total 34.642 58.957 75.660 35.290 74.416 50.835
6.177 9.477 12.780 7.371 12.408 9.127
Gender F -0.326 -1.334 -1.934 1.381 -0.727 -3.998
Grade F 6.681 2.159 1.115 2.415 1.576 1.267
Table 2 shows that there was a significant main effect shared more information with respect to tastes and interests,
of gender, rather than of grade, on self-disclosure. Our studies or work, and attitudes and opinions, but regarding
results showed that among the students, there were personality, money, and body. Differences according to
differences in the degree of self-disclosure. The students gender are presented in Figure 1.
519 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. M. Hou et al. / Proceedings of SSEP 1 (2012) pp517-531
100
80
Degree60
of self-disclosure Male(Ma)
40 Female(Fe)
20
0
M M M M M M
attitudes interests studies money personality body
Ma
33.16 57.56 73.83 34.87 72.82 50.77
Fe 35.728 59.5 76.717 36.853 75.804 53.364
Aspects of self-disclosure
Figure 1. Self-disclosure scores for different aspects among male and female medical college students.
As shown in Figure 1, post hoc analysis revealed that topics. However, there was greater self-disclosure with
there was a significant difference in tastes and interests, respect to tastes and interests, work or studies, and
studies or work, and personality between the male and personality, which suggests that these were more public
female students; there was also an insignificant difference topics.
with respect to attitudes and opinions, money, and body.
Both male and female students disclosed less about 3.2. Gender and Grade Characteristics of the
themselves in terms of attitudes and opinions, money, and Students’ Disclosure to Different Target
body, which indicates that these were regarded as private
People(Table 3)
Table 3. Difference in gender and grade of students’ self-disclosure to different target people
Father Mother Male friend Female friend
Male M 74.522 80.870 88.696 73.044
SD 16.492 14.198 14.380 15.146
Freshman Female M 73.636 85.351 68.597 97.182
SD 16.241 15.718 12.542 12.728
Total M 73.840 84.320 73.220 91.630
SD 16.219 15.428 15.458 16.720
Male M 75.320 83.840 101.960 68.080
SD 11.761 9.100 16.729 15.291
Sophomore Female M 75.757 90.216 69.973 105.838
SD 15.676 14.459 10.590 8.902
Total M 75.581 87.645 82.871 90.613
SD 14.124 12.880 20.652 22.078
Male M 75.269 80.385 94.615 77.615
520 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

SD 16.934 15.572 16.788 15.905

Junior Female M 76.400 86.533 71.233 100.600
SD 14.371 13.893 12.306 14.371
Total M 75.875 83.679 82.089 89.929
SD 15.478 14.885 18.612 17.248
Male M 71.333 82.857 93.000 67.286
SD 9.6038 8.416 19.222 6.7018
Senior Female M 72.475 83.600 78.825 99.750
SD 17.671 18.847 12.376 12.010
Total M 72.082 83.344 83.705 88.574
SD 15.297 15.957 16.396 18.725
Male M 74.232 81.958 94.758 71.716
SD 14.049 12.247 17.231 14.429
Total Female M 74.261 86.141 71.527 100.038
SD 16.100 15.97 12.640 11.771
Total M 74.251 84.717 79.437 90.394
SD 15.407 14.919 18.089 18.503
Gender F 0.786 1.083 6.591 0.358
Grade F 0.786 1.083 6.591 0.358
Table 3 shows that there was a significant gender main differences in gender to different target persons are
effect and an insignificant grade main effect on the presented in Figure 2.
students’ self-disclosure to different target persons. The
120
100
Degree of self-disclosure
80
Male(Ma)
60
Female(Fe)
40
20
0
father mother male friend female friend
Figure 2. Self-disclosure scores for male and female students to different target persons.
As shown in Figure 2, post hoc analysis revealed that the students shared most information about themselves
521 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

with their male friends, followed by their mother, but they college students disclosed more information to same-sex
disclosed less information with their father and female friends than to opposite-sex friends and that the mother
friends. Female college students revealed more information was the most important target person for both male and
with their female friends, followed by their mother and female students.
then their father and male friends. There was no difference
between the male and female students in disclosure to their 3.3. Gender and Grade Characteristics of the Students’
fathers; however, male and female students revealed a Disclosure to Different Target Persons in Terms of
significant difference in the disclosure to their mother and Topics (Table 4)
opposite-sex friends. The results indicate that the medical
Gender characteristics of students’ disclosure to the father in different aspects (Table 4)

Table 4. Difference in gender and grade of students’ self-disclosure to father in different topics
M M M M M M
SD SD SD SD SD SD
Freshman Male 7.609 12.826 17.609 8.870 15.391 12.217
1.877 3.939 5.467 2.785 4.408 3.464
Female 7.247 11.896 17.052 9.208 16.260 11.974
2.066 3.279 5.198 2.876 4.618 3.849
Total 7.330 12.110 17.180 9.130 16.060 12.030
2.020 3.443 5.239 2.845 4.563 3.748
Sophomore Male 7.760 13.280 18.560 7.960 16.560 11.200
1.640 3.985 3.453 1.207 3.652 2.432
Female 7.811 12.189 17.946 9.757 16.270 11.784
1.970 2.053 5.016 2.994 4.039 3.980
Total 7.790 12.629 18.194 9.032 16.387 11.548
1.830 3.004 4.431 2.580 3.860 3.429
Junior Male 7.615 13.423 17.962 9.577 15.577 11.115
1.813 4.032 5.841 2.955 4.536 3.254
Female 7.467 13.467 18.867 8.933 16.367 11.300
1.676 3.037 5.419 2.067 3.449 3.602
Total 7.536 13.446 18.446 9.232 16.000 11.214
1.726 3.500 5.585 2.515 3.973 3.415
Senior Male 7.952 11.857 18.333 7.429 15.095 10.667
1.117 2.414 4.270 0.676 2.508 1.770
Female 7.775 11.975 18.150 8.275 15.350 10.950
2.224 3.059 5.820 3.121 4.276 2.978
Total 7.836 11.934 18.213 7.984 15.262 10.853
1.908 2.834 5.301 2.579 3.741 2.613
Total Male 8.726 12.295 18.616 8.505 15.684 12.305
1.634 3.689 4.809 2.301 3.882 2.847
Female 7.511 12.828 17.766 9.071 16.082 11.603
522 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

2.024 3.010 5.338 2.863 4.243 3.659

Total 7.584 12.455 17.885 8.878 15.946 11.502
1.900 3.266 5.158 2.694 4.121 3.402
Gender F 0.897 1.620 0.536 -1.666 -0.763 -0.693
Grade F 1.212 2.717 1.000 2.985 0.824 1.694
Figure 3 shows the characteristics of male and female gender main effect was significant and the grade main
students in self-disclosure with their father with respect to effect was not significant.
different aspects. Analysis of variance showed that the
20
15
Degree of self-disclosure Male(Ma)
10
Female(Fe)
0
M M M M M M
Ma 8.726 12.295 18.616 8.505 15.684 12.305
Fe 7.511 12.828 17.766 9.071 16.082 11.603

Figure 3. Self-disclosure scores for male and female students with their father in different aspects
As shown in Figure 3, male students shared more The students shared more information about studies or
information with their father about attitudes and opinions, work, but less about attitudes and opinions with their
body, and studies or work than female students; however, father.
female students disclosed more information about tastes
and interests, money, and personality with their father. 3.4. Gender Characteristics of Students’ Disclosure
There was no significant difference in the six dimensions to the Mother in Different Aspects (Table 5)
of self-disclosure between the male and female students.
Table 5. Difference in gender and grade of students’ self-disclosure to mother in different topics
M M M M M M
SD SD SD SD SD SD
Freshman Male 7.783 14.217 18.870 9.435 17.304 13.261
523 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

1.622 3.643 3.900 2.842 4.016 3.360

Female 8.299 14.091 19.714 9.714 19.013 14.520
2.401 3.628 4.949 2.723 4.835 3.177
Total 8.180 14.120 19.520 9.650 18.620 14.230
2.249 3.613 4.724 2.739 4.696 3.247
Sophomore Male 8.440 14.880 18.320 9.520 18.840 13.840
1.660 2.920 1.314 1.735 2.285 2.609
Female 8.676 14.676 22.000 10.135 19.946 14.784
2.148 2.779 4.320 3.066 3.283 3.029
Total 8.581 14.758 20.516 9.887 19.500 14.403
1.955 2.815 3.874 2.612 2.952 2.883
Junior Male 6.846 13.731 18.731 10.154 18.500 12.423
1.617 4.220 4.548 3.146 4.743 2.730
Female 8.333 15.133 21.000 9.867 18.567 13.633
1.936 2.432 4.661 2.374 3.421 3.653
Total 7.643 14.482 19.946 10.000 18.536 13.071
1.930 3.422 4.708 2.737 4.050 3.286
Senior Male 8.810 14.476 19.810 8.762 18.191 12.810
1.209 1.965 3.400 1.947 1.721 2.581
Female 9.225 14.350 19.700 9.175 17.825 13.325
2.465 3.175 5.534 3.012 4.760 3.222
Total 9.082 14.393 19.738 9.033 17.951 13.148
2.116 2.800 4.875 2.683 3.968 3.005
Total Male 7.926 14.316 18.895 9.505 18.232 13.084
1.703 3.321 3.499 2.517 3.472 2.842
Female 8.582 15.435 20.380 10.707 18.870 14.169
2.308 3.196 4.970 2.803 4.360 3.264
Total 8.358 14.394 19.875 9.638 18.652 13.799
2.141 3.234 4.571 2.707 4.084 3.164
Gender F -2.444 -0.291 -2.599 -0.588 -1.238 -2.744
Grade F 5.076 0.512 0.628 1.535 1.516 3.302
Figure 4 presents the self-disclosure characteristics of effect was significant and the grade main effect not
male and female students to their mother in different significant.
aspects. Analysis of variance showed that the gender main
524 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

25
20
Degree15
of self-disclosure
Male(Ma)
10 Female(Fe)
0
M M M M M M

M 7.926 14.316 18.895 9.505 18.232 13.084
Fe 8.582 15.435 20.38 10.707 18.87 14.169
Figure 4. Self-disclosure scores for male and female students with the mother in different aspects
As evident in Figure 4, the female students shared more less about attitudes and opinions.
information with their mother about attitudes and opinions,
tastes and interests, studies or work, money, personality, and 3.5. Gender Characteristics of Students’ Disclosure to
body than the male students. The students shared more Male Friends In Different Aspects (Table 6)
information with their mother about studies or work, but
Table 6. Difference in gender and grade of the students’ self-disclosure to male friends in different topics
M M M M M M
SD SD SD SD SD SD
Freshman Male 9.783 16.044 19.130 9.870 21.522 12.348
1.476 2.868 4.115 3.238 4.621 2.497
Female 7.494 13.520 15.338 6.649 15.662 9.935
1.759 3.386 3.740 1.190 3.593 2.778
Total 8.020 14.100 16.210 7.390 17.010 10.490
1.949 3.430 4.132 2.296 4.560 2.890
Sophomore Male 11.040 17.240 22.000 11.680 26.120 13.880
2.700 3.620 3.958 2.897 4.362 2.048
Female 7.973 13.649 15.514 6.622 16.054 10.162
1.554 2.761 3.150 0.828 2.896 2.205
Total 9.210 15.097 18.129 8.661 20.113 11.661
525 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

2.568 3.579 4.723 3.157 6.101 2.811

Junior Male 9.808 17.808 20.308 10.692 23.192 12.808
2.136 3.250 4.663 2.923 5.514 2.684
Female 8.233 13.967 15.667 6.767 16.433 10.167
2.012 3.057 3.717 1.455 3.380 2.653
Total 8.964 15.750 17.821 8.589 19.571 11.393
2.199 3.669 4.756 2.983 5.605 2.958
Senior Male 11.238 16.952 19.619 9.857 23.191 12.143
2.427 2.291 3.667 3.665 5.947 2.726
Female 9.200 14.875 18.325 7.175 18.075 11.175
2.186 2.928 3.526 1.810 3.430 1.960
Total 9.902 15.590 18.771 8.098 19.836 11.508
2.454 2.883 3.598 2.873 5.044 2.278
Total Male 10.442 17.042 20.316 10.568 23.558 12.832
2.300 3.101 4.221 3.208 5.319 2.546
Female 8.082 13.913 16.076 6.777 16.391 10.288
1.961 3.139 3.745 1.343 3.492 2.515
Total 8.885 14.979 17.520 8.068 18.832 11.154
2.362 3.456 4.394 2.812 5.401 2.795
Gender F 8.973 7.924 8.576 13.867 13.499 7.971
Grade F 9.440 3.861 5.332 3.601 6.356 3.092
526 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Figure 5 shows the characteristics of male and female different aspects. Analysis of variance indicated that the
students in sharing information with male friends in gender and grade main effects were both insignificant.
25
20
15 Male(Ma)
Degree of self-disclosure
10 Female(Fe)
0
M M M M M M
Ma
10.442 17.042 20.316 10.568 23.558 12.832
Fe
8.082 13.913 16.076 6.777 16.391 10.288
Figure 5. Self-disclosure scores for male and female students with male friends in different aspects
As shown in Figure 5, the students shared more 3.6. Characteristics of the Students’ Disclosure to
information about studies or work and personality, but less Female Friends in Different Aspects (Table 7)
about attitudes and opinions and money with male friends.
Table 7. Difference in gender and grade of the students’ self-disclosure to female friends in different topics
M M M M M M
SD SD SD SD SD SD
Freshman Male 8.174 13.783 16.522 7.565 16.435 10.565
2.839 3.692 3.918 2.519 4.860 2.332
Female 10.065 18.260 22.234 9.039 22.533 15.052
1.787 3.189 4.010 2.510 4.315 2.814
Total 9.630 17.230 20.920 8.700 21.130 14.020
2.210 3.798 4.646 2.576 5.118 3.300
Sophomore Male 8.960 12.000 15.560 7.320 15.320 8.920
2.491 4.031 4.454 1.069 3.945 2.783
Female 11.054 20.919 23.541 9.378 25.081 15.865
1.053 2.691 2.329 1.861 3.244 2.213
Total 10.210 17.323 20.323 8.548 21.145 13.065
2.042 5.489 5.156 1.879 5.969 4.211
527 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Junior Male 7.577 15.769 17.654 8.192 17.615 10.808

1.880 3.983 4.127 2.384 4.437 2.608
Female 10.800 19.200 22.700 9.933 22.933 15.033
1.349 2.772 3.075 2.664 3.107 2.470
Total 9.304 17.607 20.357 9.125 20.464 13.071
2.280 3.774 4.379 2.663 4.604 3.291
Senior Male 8.905 12.857 15.191 7.048 15.191 8.095
1.480 3.167 2.272 0.973 2.750 1.446
Female 10.850 18.150 21.875 9.250 24.150 15.475
1.718 2.992 4.183 2.648 3.648 2.375
Total 10.180 16.328 19.574 8.492 21.066 12.934
1.875 3.949 4.832 2.447 5.440 4.106
Total Male 8.379 13.653 16.284 7.558 16.190 9.653
2.284 3.975 3.902 1.917 4.165 2.600
Female 10.554 18.924 22.495 9.299 23.462 15.304
1.625 3.148 3.648 2.452 3.900 2.555
Total 9.814 17.129 20.380 8.706 20.986 13.380
2.138 4.258 4.754 2.426 5.272 3.713
Gender F -9.184 -12.091 -13.156 -6.032 -14.420 -17.402
Grade F 2.664 1.017 1.018 0.801 0.229 1.571
Figure 6 presents the characteristics of male and female gender main effect was significant and that the grade main
students sharing information with female friends in effect was not significant.
different aspects. Analysis of variance showed that the
25
20
15
Degree of self-disclosure Male(Ma)
10 Female(Fe)
0
M M M M M M
interests studies money personality
attitudes body
Ma 8.379 13.653 16.284 7.558 16.19 9.653
Fe 10.554 18.924 22.495 9.299 23.462 15.304
528 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Figure 6. Self-disclosure scores for male and female students with female friends in different aspects
Figure 6 shows that the female students shared more personality, and body than the male students. The students
information with female friends about attitudes and shared more information with female friends about
opinions, tastes and interests, studies or work, money, personality, but less about money.
4.2. Self-disclosure Target Persons of College
4. Discussion Students
4.1. Self-disclosure Topics Among College Students The male students disclosed most about themselves
with male friends, followed by their mother and then their
We found that the college students shared more father and female friends. This is in accordance with the
information about, in descending order, studies or work, results of Linying Li (2002) though somewhat at variance
personality, and tastes and interests; they shared less with the findings of Jourard (1968). In Jourard’s study,
information about attitudes and opinions, money, and body. male college students shared information about themselves
These findings are consistent with those of Sidney M. to target persons in the following descending order: mother,
Jourard (1968) and Linying Li (2002)[4]. As noted above,
P P
male friends, father, and female friends[13]. In the present
P P
college students are more willing to share information study, female college students shared information about
about some public topics than about private ones. In the themselves most with female friends, followed by their
present study, sharing information about attitudes and mother, then their father and male friends. Thus, same-sex
opinions was significantly low among the six friends are the most frequent communication targets among
self-disclosure dimensions, whereas information about college students. Male college students shared more
personality was notably high. This reason may be due to information about themselves with male friends than did
the following two factors. First, college students commonly female students, and the female students shared more
have a closed character and they tend to keep themselves to information about themselves with their mother and female
themselves. Although they have a rich academic life, friends than did the male students. There was a higher rate
college students disclose less about themselves than they of self-disclosure with same-sex friends among female
did when they were younger. In addition, a lack of students than among the male students. This is also in
confidence and satisfaction with the outside world means accordance with previous findings. In line with the social
that college students do not wish to reveal a great deal expectations of gender roles, male students mostly solve
about themselves. In recent years, current affairs and problems and display their friendship through group
political education in Chinese colleges and universities activities, whereas among female students there is a greater
have also affected self-disclosure among college students. emphasis on personal communication. In addition, males
Current affairs and political education as taught in who disclose a great deal about themselves are regarded as
universities mostly concern positive events, which tend not less strong and unable to obtain support from others[14].
P P
to promote self-disclosure among students. Less In summary, the degree of self-disclosure was highest
information about negative events, the mass media failing between the female students and same-sex people; it was
to fulfill its role, and the stress of studying result in less high between the male students and same-sex people; and
disclosure among college students regarding their attitudes it was lowest between college students and opposite-sex
and opinions [12].
P P
people. This finding is in agreement with the results of
Second, current college students, who were largely Lin-ying Li (2002), though it is somewhat different from
born in the 1980s and 1990s and grew up with the great the results of some non-Chinese studies. A number of
economic development and information explosion in China, foreign studies have shown the degree of self-disclosure
have respect for individual personality and between college students and opposite-sex people to be
self-development and they also pay greater attention than higher[15], which would appear to be the result of social and
P P
earlier generations to developing their own interests. cultural differences. Students in a number of non-Chinese
Information exchange in colleges and universities countries are more open minded and intimate with the
encourages students to show their own personalities and opposite sex. In addition, married college students were
fully develop their tastes and interests. Thus, college among the subjects in those non-Chinese studies. In China,
students are able to share more information about their communication between men and women tends to be far
personalities and interests. less than in many foreign countries. Further, there were no
married subjects among the participants in the present
study.
529 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Both the male and female students shared less 4.4. Grade Characteristics of College Students’
information about themselves with their fathers, though the Self-Disclosure
difference was no significant; this indicates that it is
difficult for the father to become the object of students’ We found that the grade main effect among the college
self-disclosure, whereas the mother was the import target students was not significant, which contrasts with the
person for both male and female students. This may be results of Lin-ying Li [16]. This may be related to P P
related to the traditional roles of parents in Chinese differences in the periods studied. Currently, college
families—the kind mother and the strict father. The father students tend to keep themselves to themselves, and they
is the mainstay of the family, and he has to be strong and do not readily reveal anything about themselves; this is
serve as a role model for his children; however, he cannot something that develops at junior high school and high
readily reveal his emotions. Therefore, Chinese children school and lasts until early adulthood (including the
often regard their fathers with a sense of awe and find undergraduate stage). College students under stress through
difficulty in communicating with them. Since the mother is studying are busy learning and have no time to exchange
loving and inclusive, children find it easier to communicate ideas and feelings and enlarge their social circles; thus,
with her and seek her support. they are poor in developing target persons and have limited
opportunity for deep self-disclosure.
4.3. Differences in Topics Disclosed to Different Target
Persons References:
[1] Jourard S M. The transparent self (2 and ed.). Litton Educational
There was no difference regarding attitudes and
Publishing, Inc, 1971.
opinions, body, and personality disclosed to the father
[2] Yong-mei Hou; Jian-ling WU. Mental health of non-graduating
between the male and female students. The female 1T1T
students in key middle schools and its relation with parent-adolescent

students shared more information about themselves
communication. Chinese Journal of Clinical Rehabilitation . 2006,
with their fathers than did the male students in terms 1T1T4 T4T 4T4T
10(26): 22-26.
of tastes and interests as well as studies or work. The
[3] Xin LIU. Study on the appliance of transactional analysis on the
students were willing to share information about their
undergraduate mental healthy education. Education Exploration.
studies or work with their father and mother, rather
2007, 17(2)：96-97.
than information about their attitudes and opinions. In
[4] Lin-ying LI. A Comparative Study of University Students
China, female college students are often thought of as 1T1T
Self-Revelation. Journal of Beijing Institute of Technology(Social

sentimental individuals in terms of communication 1T1T4T4T
Sciences Edition) . 2003, 5(1):12-17.

and emotional outlet, and so they can adopt more of a 4T4T
[5] Briggs K.m. Relationship between attachment style and

childlike attitude with their fathers, thereby leading to
self-disclosure of genital herpes. Dissertation. The State University
greater self-disclosure. As noted above, males are
of New Jersey. 2001.
often more in awe of their father than females, and
[6] Ya LIU, Hong ZOU, Suo JIANG. The developmental characteristics
male college students are frequently expected to be 1T1T
of adolescent self-disclosure with Peers and its relationship with

strong, brave, not cry easily, and thus disclose less
loneliness. Psychological Science .2010, 33(1):229-231.
about themselves. Parents are very concerned about 1T1T4T4T 4T4T
[7] Lin-Ying LI, Hui-Chang CHEN. Relationship of self-disclosure with

their children's studies or work, and this leads to 1T1T
personality characteristics, loneliness and mental health in college

greater disclosure about this aspect. The female
students [J]. Chinese Journal of Clinical Rehabilitation , 2004, 8(33):
students in this study shared more information about 1T1T 4T4T 4T4T
7568-7570.
themselves than the male students in the six
[8] Dong-Ning REN, Dan YUAN, Jie ZHANG, et al. Self-disclosure
dimensions. Both the male and female students
and its relationship with subjective well being among college
revealed most in terms of personality but least
students. Chinese Mental Health Journ al. 2008, 22(2): 79-82.
regarding money to female friends. There was little 4T4T 4T4T
[9] Gui-Mei HUANG, Min-Qiang ZHANG. A study on the relationship

self-disclosure between male and female students in
of interpersonal relationship, self-disclosure and internet addiction
the present study. This was mainly the result of the
disorder in middle school students. Chinese Journal of Special
degree of openness being insufficient, the students
Education.2008,10(4):93-96.
being shyer with members of the opposite sex, and
[10] Shechtman Z, Vurembrand N. Does self-disclosure in friendship
college students being worried that the self-disclosure
increase following group counseling/therapy? A different case for
might produce an adverse reaction.
boys and girls. Sex Role, 1996, 35(1/2): 123~130.
[11] Papini D R, Farmer F F, Clark S M, et al. Early adolescent age and
gender differences in patterns of emotional self-disclosure to parents
and friends. Adolescence, 1990, 25(100): 959~976.
530 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[12] Zhong-cheng WU, Jun-ru SUN, Ming GUANG，et al. A Survey on

the college students’ attention on news and current affairs. Health 4T4T
Vocational Education . 2004，22（22）：122. 4T4T
[13] Jourard S M. Disclosing man to himself. Princeton, NJ: D. Van

Nostrand, 1968.
[14] Kowalski R M. Speaking the unspeakable: self-disclosure and mental
health. In: Kowalski R M, Leary M R. The social psychology of
emotional and behavioural problems: interfaces of social and clinical
psychology (monography). Washington, D C: American
Psychological Association, 1999. 225-247
[15] Donald L R, Yang H B, Michael P. A comparison of self-reported
self-disclosure among Chinese and North Americans. In: Petronio S
ed. Balancing the secrets of private disclosures (monography).
Mahwah N.J: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2000. 215-234.
[16] Lin-ying LI. An analysis of the interviews with students on
1T1T
self-revealing. Journal of Beijing Institute of Technology(Social

1T1T4 T4T
Sciences Edition) . 2004, 6(6):34-38.

4T4T
531 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Construction of Analytical Model on

Cyberspace Group Behavior in Public Crisis
Context
Hannan Yan1, Zhiwei Tang2 P
1,2
School of Political Science and Public Administration,University of Electronic Science and Technology of China, UESTC
Chengdu, P.R. China
1
yhannan89@gmail.com
Abstract: On the basis of reviewing the related theoretical achievements on the cyberspace group classification and beha-
vior, this paper has put forward the cyberspace group classification method in public crisis context, with the cross-classified
method. And then combines dimensions of time, space, mood, public sentiment selection situation and cluster of behavioral
tendency, to build the analytical model on cyberspace group behavior in public crisis context. This model takes fully con-
sideration of the overall features of the network behavior in public crisis context, and can make a comprehensive analysis
for it.
Keywords: public crisis; cyberspace; group behavior; behavior classification
1. Introduction 2. Related Theories
With the rapid development of the network and the gra- 2.1. Information Behavior
dual growth of China's Internet users groups, network cluster
behavior of netizens began to appear and increasing. As a In the field of information behavior, scholars in the world
key part of the network system, with various identities, large have made a lot of researches. T•D•Wilson figured out that
numbers of netizens take many ways to participate in the information behavior is the sum of the behaviors from hu-
discussion of the public crises issues for various purposes, man which related with source and channel of information,
some even take some actions, greatly influencing the devel- the sum including positive and passive information research
opment of public crisis issues and the handle method of the and utilization, information behavior including face-to-face
related departments. Therefore, the cyberspace group, group communication and information receive which is passive
behavior and group events have become the research hotspot and aimless[1]. Tom Wilson figured out that research for
since this year. However, large part of traditional network abroad information behavior is a nested model which based
group behavior researches are analyzed from only one aspect on 3 levels, which are information behavior, information
such as the behavioral manifestations, psychology or emo- search behavior and information retrieval, Fig. 1 [2].
tion with the qualitative method, the relationship and differ-
ence between the them has not been systematic researched.
This paper has regarded the network individual behavior as a
system with many influencing factors, complex process and
indefinite relationship among each influencing factors. On
the basis of determined the group classification, this paper
has constructed the analytical model on cyberspace group
behavior in public crisis context. When providing a basis for
the cyberspace group classification in public crisis context, it
can also provide the theoretical basis for the government and
related departments to grasp the group dynamics, predict the
Figure 1. Nested model of information behavior.
trends of group behavior and govern the cyberspace.
Wangyan and Deng Xiaozhao have combined the rela-
tionship model of human behavior and environment by
German psychologist Kurt Lewin with 5W1M model, and
classified the information behavior of network users as in-
532 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

H. N. Yan et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp532-536
formation expression behavior, information query behavior, haviors and network behavior effects from the perspective of
information selection and storage behavior, information network group. For cyberspace group behavior, we mainly
processing behavior, information absorption and utilization have the law in time, law in space and group emotion of cy-
behavior and information interactive behavior [3]. berspace group behavior researched. Yu Guo-ming and Wu
wen-xi dug the character of different behavior and space of
2.2. Crossed Categorization audience and character of emotion fluctuation in a day with
Crossed categorization initially is a process to divide the time axis. Besides, they mainly researched the contact situa-
group according to two category dimensionality at the same tions of the behavior of audience contact different media.
time. Compared with the simple categorization dividing the The situation including behavior situation, space and corres-
group according to one category dimensionality, the crossed ponding emotion reaction. They consider that there is ob-
categorization can distinguish the groups more detailed and vious difference among the aspects we mentioned above
solve the distinction of inside and outside groups effectively. from different audience [5].
At the same time, some scholars has put forward that the
importance of different category dimensionality is totally
3. Classification Research of Network Group
variable, and we cannot ignore the influence of the psycho- On researching the cyberspace group behavior in public
logical importance of category dimensionality. Some social crisis context, firstly we should classify these group beha-
category dimensionality such as race is more important than viors. Base on the research of information behavior of scho-
other categories such as the major in the university [4]. This lars among the world and netizens activity characteristics in
kind of different importance can have different motivations public crisis, this paper has classified the network individual
and goal orientation on their members. Those distinguish of with common features into the same group, adopting the way
the group members of important category dimensionality has of combining the subjective and objective, made a cross-
gained bigger evaluation differences than those in secondary. classification on individual combined the two dimensions of
Therefore, these important category dimensionality owe the information behavior in cyberspace and the motivation of
dominance. individual behavior. We can distinguish different network
groups, as it shown in Fig. 2.
2.3. Research of Group Behavior
Domestic scholars have researched the conception and
types of network groups, features and types of network be-
Figure 2. Classification method of network groups.

According to the investigation research of the cyberspace formation dissemination behavior, which is a behavior for
behavior in public crisis context, the information behavior in the individual to disseminate and share the information re-
this context can be summarized as: 1. Information expres- sources in the network. In the public crisis context, the con-
sion and processing behavior, which is a process that the cern and addition degree on the public crisis issues that the
individual initiatively expresses and processes on the infor- different behavior of the individual has showed is different.
mation; 2.Information interactive behavior, which is a beha- The turn from high to low is information expression and
vior for the individual to discuss with others on the public process behavior, information interactive behavior and in-
crisis issues and achieve the information interaction; 3. In- formation dissemination behavior. No matter what kind of
533 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

behavior individual adopts, as if it exists the information information disseminating behavior, their concern and addi-
expression and process behavior, it can show that the con- tion degree on the public crisis are also low, and they can be
cern and addition degree is high, and the classification summarized as onlookers. Finally is those individuals with
should be developed in this level. With this method, without special motivation, with the important motivation dimension,
the information expression and process behavior, the classi- no matter adopting which behavior, it can be classified ac-
fication should be developed in the level of information in- cording to the motivation, including network inciters with
teractive behavior, and then is the information dissemination the motivation of network incitement and information min-
level, and the last should be developed in the level without ers with the motivation of information mining.
information dissemination behavior.
Intersecting the cyberspace individual information beha- 4. Establish the Analytical Model on Cyber-
vior and individual behavior motivation can get the classifi- space Group Behavior
cation model of network groups, as shown in Figure 1.
In this paper, based on the traditional research on active
Firstly, among those individuals in the information expres-
time, space and group emotion of cyberspace group behavior,
sion and process level, those expressing views and motiva-
we have the model expanded and improved. While refining
tion are the positive respondent of public crisis; Those vent-
on the research of cyberspace group time, space and emotion,
ing emotions are conflict intensifier; Those with network
we built the behavior analyzing model which is shown as Fig.
incitement are the network kuso people. Secondly, among
3 for cyberspace group behavior in public crisis context. For
those individuals in the information interactive behavior
this model, we have added the research of public sentiment
level, those expressing views are rational actors; those vent-
selection which based on the complex model of human cog-
ing emotions are emotion venter. Thirdly, among those indi-
nition, and the cluster behavior tendency dimension which is
viduals in the information dissemination behavior level, their
based on the particularity of public crisis and cyberspace
concern and addition degree on the public crisis issues are
group. The following is a few notes.
both low, and it can be summarized as the information dis-
seminators. Fourthly, for those individuals with low value in
Figure 3. Group behavior analytical model.
4.1. Emotion
Emotion is the netizens' psychological activities during is one ability can specifically monitor and regulate the emo-
the process of participating in the events, such as the attitude tion in the emotional intelligence-meta mood [6]. Meta mood
and emotion. Salovey P and Mayer J.D have found that there is an ability containing three aspects: 1. Perception and expe-
534 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

riencing ability, which means the individual can be aware of make the group members take more aggressive behavior
their own emotion changes and degree; 2. Expression and method. When the group is threatened, the group members
attribution emotion ability; 3. Regulation and control emo- will have cognitive appraisal on five dimensions of consis-
tion ability [7]. Combined with the whole regulation of cyber- tency, rationality, responsibility, power and certainty on the
space group behavior in public crisis context, this paper has faced context. The group performance refers the belief of the
made the individual emotion changes and the regulation and group members to achieve the group goal with joint ef-
control ability as the research dimension, and researched on forts [11]. Resource mobilization theory holds that the re-
the group behavior difference. The individual emotion sources the group can mobilize is the key whether the cluster
change can be divided into two dimensions of emotion in- behavior can occur. What the group performance can reflect
tensity change and emotion durability. The regulation and is the subjective understanding of the members on the own
control ability can be researched from the regulation and resources of the group. When the individual has higher
control level. Emotion control ability refers the impulse con- group performance, the possibility of cluster behavior is also
trol level caused by all kinds of external fields. increasing.
4.2. Public Sentiment Selection Situation 5. Conclusion
After the public crisis event occurs, the cyberspace indi- This paper first reviews the recent research on cyber-
vidual-public sentiment receivers will have the selective space groups, draw lessons from research results of domestic
access from different public sentiment information on the and international scholars, and then put forward the classifi-
public crisis. Public sentiment measures the netizens' attitude cation of network group in public crisis context adopting the
tendency on the network public sentiment. From the nature, crossed categorization. Thirdly, this paper extract the time,
the public sentiment is the netizens' subjective reflection on space and mood dimensions which are commonly used in
some reality and phenomenon. At the same time, it can re- the analysis of group behavior in cyberspace, while joined
flect netizens' political attitude of netizens to some degree [8]. the public sentiment selection situation and cluster of beha-
Grasping the netizens' selection tendency on the public sen- vioral tendencies two dimensions, to build the analytical
timent in public crisis context and establishing reasonable model on cyberspace group behavior in public crisis context.
network public sentiment spreading mechanism are extreme- And then deeply analysis the meaning of each dimension,
ly important for the government crisis management. There- and make a further decompose on them, so that all dimen-
fore, research on the attitude tendency is an integral dimensions are becoming measurable.
sion to evaluate the public sentiment trend security. This paper improved the existing research on cyberspace
The analysis of public sentiment selection situation can group behavior at the theoretical level, on one hand it can
provide the basis for government and related departments provide the basis to divide the network individual into group
about what kind of information can be published during the in public crisis context, on the other hand it can provide the
public crisis context, through what channels, when can pub- basis to predict the trends of group behavior and cope with
lished, and how to control various types of information on various group behaviors.
the network.
References
4.3. Cluster Behavior Tendency
[1] Wilson T·D, “Human Information Behavior,” Journal of Informing
The network cluster behavior is a network interactive Science, vol. 3, pp. 49-56, 2000.
behavior on some common influence or stimulate under the [2] Tom Wilson, “Exploring models of information behavior:‘theuncer-
relatively spontaneous, unpredictable, unorganized and unst- tainty’project,” Information Processing and Management, vol. 35, pp.
able network [9]. Network individual cluster behavior tenden- 839-849, 1999.
cy is the investigation on their motivations. We can find that
[3] Wang Yan and Deng Xiao-zhao, “Discuss on basic question of
not all the cyberspace individuals can have the cluster beha-
information behavior of internet user,” Library and Information
vior in public crisis context. This is because the generation
Service,vol. 53, pp. 35-39, 2009.
of cluster behavior is related with individual cluster behavior.
[4] Li Qing and Zuo Bin, “Algebraic model and potential processing of
Group motivation can be divided as group recognition,
colony cross classification effect,” Advances in Psychological
group emotion and group performance these three dimen-
sions[10]. The group recognition divides the belonging group Science, vol. 17, pp. 863-869, 2009.
and other groups through the simple group paradigm, and [5] Guoming Yu, Wen-xi Wu, Media contact of Chinese: Time
produces the recognition in different degrees on the belong- Dimension and Space interface, 1st ed., People's daily Press, 2012, pp.
ing group. The higher the group recognition degree, the more 50-80.
the recognition on group targets, and the obvious the cluster [6] Salovey P ， Mayer J.D, “Emotional Imagination Congnition and
behavior tendency. Group anger is closely related with group Personality,” Science and Technology Association Forum, vol. 9,
emotion dimension and the cluster behavior, this is because pp.185-211, 1990.
the anger could increase the risk of cluster behavior and
535 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[7] Gao Sheng, “Meta-emotion theory and measurement brief,” Science

and Technology Association Forum, vol. 1, pp. 65-66, 2012.
[8] Xiucai Yu, Behaviors and Motivation of Public Opinion
Transmission in Network, Huazhong University of Science and
Technology Press, 2010.
[9] Jiangang Qi, “ Main features and occurrence regularity of internet
cluster Behavior,” Administration of China, vol. 15, pp. 12-15, 2007.
[10] Shuwei Zhang and Erping Wang, “The mobilization and
organizational mechanism of grouping behavior in mass incidents,”
Advances in Psychological Science, vol. 5, pp. 1730-1740, April
2011.
[11] Bandura A, Exercise of personal and collectiveefficacy in changing
societies, Cambridge University Press, 1995.
536 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Karen Horney Neurosis Theory

Xiao Lei
Teaching and Research Institute of Political Theory,Kunming University,Kunming,China
3916144664@qq.com
Abstract: The three basic types of Karen Horney as one of the greatest psychologist, her concept of "fundamental conflict"
to deal with the conflict of great significance for our study patients with neurosis. We have the necessary in-depth study of
her psychological theory in order to promote self-regulation of human psychology and the relationship with the
environment, coordination and control.
Keywords: karen horney; psychological; neurological disorders; the basic conflict
1. Introduction academic circles study more, but due to various reasons for
Horney's neurosis theory study is less, so it is necessary to
Karen Horney is the greatest twentieth Century women Horney's theory of neurosis are discussed.
psychologists. Karen Horney in the early study of the Freud
School of psychoanalytic theory. But later, and the Freud 2. The Basic Conflict
school in the female psychological analysis of disagreement.
Karen Horney thinks" contradictory psychology
Karen Horney thinks Freud school for female psychological
constitutes the nucleus of neurosis", and use " conflict" this
perception, especially" penis envy"," theory of battered
concept to describe the state. She thinks the basic
woman" and" fear of castration" theory is based on male
contradiction:" is an agent center. Neurosis around this
civilization occupy the dominant cultural cue theory. She
center expansion. This view is a new theory of neurosis in
believes that women should be actively seeking self
the core, its meaning will continue on. Generally speaking,
independent development, get rid of a patriarchal culture on
the theory can be regarded as my early view of the
women development brought about restrictions. In addition
extension, i.e. neurosis is the interpersonal relationship the
to female psychology, Horney's nerve pathology mechanism
chaotic expression." [4] in Karen Horney opinion, conflict is
of theories are of great value. And different from Freud
widespread, whether neurosis patients or normal people will
school on human relatively pessimistic view, Horney's
often encounter conflicts, inner conflicts is the
theory with a strong humanistic color. For nerve disorder
indispensable part in life. And the problem is that while
research, the Freud school is mainly based on the biological
conflicts, but for most people are not aware of the existence
viewpoint, think neurotic conflict is human instincts and
of conflict, to effectively solve the conflict. Ordinary people
conflict between cultures, this conflict is inevitable. And
faced conflicts and neurotic patients facing the conflict
Karen Horney thinks neurotic conflict more is determined
between the difference is not obvious. The main difference
by culture, can be through the development of interpersonal
lies in: first," ordinary people conflict and neurotic patients
relationship and the personality of the integration to be
conflict between boundary is fuzzy, the main difference is
treated. Song HuiLing think "The neo-psychoanalysis of
that: ordinary people the conflict without neurosis patients
Karen Horney is in correspondence with the optimistic spirit
so violent conflict. Ordinary people faces the choice
in O’Neill’s plays.She thinks that there are no inevitable
between two patterns of behavior choice, any one of these
conflicts between culture and humanity.Culture determines
choices are available, unified in integrity framework. Image
the development of human beings as well as the emergence
point, ordinary people the conflict ends is less than or equal
of neurosis".[1] LuPing think"Horney believes that
to90 degrees, and patients with neurosis conflict may180
childhood experiences have a powerful effect on a person’s
degrees." [5] secondly," in the sense of awareness, they also
later personality. The thesis points out that maternal
have differences of degree. ... ... The normal range of
favoritism in childhood plays an essential part in shaping
conflict can be completely conscious. A person may not be
Hal’s aggressive personality. "[2] Chen Xiaoming
aware of their own conflicts, but gets a little help, he will be
think"Karen Horney is a humanistic psychoanalyst, a
able to realize the existence of conflict. In contrast, neurotic
psychoanalytic pioneer who freed herself and many others
conflicts with the basic tendency is tightly repressed, to
from the confines of a rigid, biologically oriented orthodoxy.
overcome huge resistance can be recognized them." [5] that
Karen Horney is chiefly concerned with human
exist in human nature basic conflict is a very early existence
relationships. "[3] Horney's psychology of women in
537 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

X. Lei et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp537-540
concept. Freud believes that the basic conflict is the desire the anxiety of influence. ... ... Aggressive patients can also
infinite sex and environmental constraints of the from the outside world, praise and certainly better than
contradiction between them. While in Karen Horney looks, others, obtained on a force sense. As to the same type, his
basic conflict comes mainly from the interpersonal power is the power of others rather than from their own.
relationship, is the embodiment of interpersonal relationship Although the two different forms of expression, but the
to others in the inconsistency. condition of the mechanism of action similar to. Therefore,
whether it is essentially subservient type or type of attack,
3. Deal With the Conflict of three Kinds of that the praise they need all in vain."[8]
Basic Types Subservient type and type of attack patients need to be
Karen Horney by observing the children to deal with measured is to gain their sense of strength, and loneliness of
various means of conflict, will respond to the way mainly patients with type on the contrary. they emphasized the
summarized into three types, respectively subservient type, alienated from others, hope and others by avoiding contact
attacking and lonely type. The three types of coping styles and avoid the potential conflict in interpersonal relationship.
of basic anxiety are helpless, hostility and isolation by In addition to alienate people, lonely type of a unique
strengthening the results. Of course, for each type, yield, performance for self alienation , also is the emotional
attacks and avoiding these three tendencies are numbness and slow, difficult to experience their emotions.
distinguished, which is a tendency to occupy a dominant Lonely type are usually afraid of what their happiness is
position. Bow type has three main characteristics. First, feel connected with others, only because by this condition they
helpless, hard own choice; second, despise himself, think of will not leave the external things. And they don't want to
others than their own outstanding, ability; third, have external things that close, like "alone". Based on this
stronger sense of attachment, unconscious according to purpose, lonely type there are generally three kinds of need.
others for their own. Love to succumb to the type of person First, the lonely type did not want to get involved in things
is the only worthwhile goal in life, only love can meet their outside, not with the things outside relationship ；second,
needs of neurosis. They are willing to get the love of others naturally or half unconsciously limit their own needs to
and become subservient to the people, generous. And the reduce the links with the outside world; third, preference for
fear of losing the love of others and to suppress their solitude, don't like anyone else in his life, and others do not
aggressive impulses, making themselves unable to vent want to share your feelings, like to live alone. Karen Horney
anger on others normal. " And further strengthen their think lonely type" put their independence as a very
submission, please tendencies, they become more meaningful thing. Because no matter how he weak and
compelling and blindness."[6] feeble, he is not at the mercy of the machine. It is of special
Aggressive type of person on the surface is a distinct value independent. He blindly reject any form of
type with subservient people. Aggressive type of person" cooperation, and she is not engaged in a struggle, and this is
look upon life arena, in accordance with Darwin's law of the indeed keep him upright gentlemen image. But he was
jungle principle operation, only the fittest survive. The wrong to separate as the purpose of life, forget the
quality of survival in the very great degree by the civilized independent aims to help him accomplish his. His
degree of the decision, but in any case, ' the person die for independent but he lonely part, his lonely objective itself is
money , birds die for food 'is the highest criterion on their negative, he attempted to persist in one's old ways, no
survival . Derived from primary need to control others. ... ... pressure, no binding, no responsibility, no responsibility."
At the same time, he also wants to get ahead, success, a And" with other neurotic tendencies, with independent
heavy reputation, along this direction is the result of the needs to be forced and blind. It performed for patients with
efforts of the portion of the target will to power, especially acutely sensitive to any force, influence, compulsory
in a competitive society, success and fame will only meaning things. The sensitive degree can be just as a
increase power."[7] Karen Horney believes that although measure of independence level standard." [ 9]
from the surface of the behavior, subservient type and 4. Ideal Image and the Role
attacking type are diametrically opposed to each other:
subservient type looking love as the most important, while Karen Horney by submitting, attacking and avoidant
attacking contempt of love; subservient type dependent on these three main coping mode, summed up the response
others, eager to get the love of others, and attacking type conflict in two main ways:" one is suppressed personality in
hopeing to be able to control others, beat others. But some aspects and highlight their opposite. The two is to
essentially subservient type and type of attack is similar:" in make yourself and others to maintain a sufficient distance,
fact subservient type and type of attack are the same as the make the conflict cannot be produced. These two kinds of
forced characteristics, we must understand that, it is equally means can lead to patients with a sense of unity, so that they
538 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

can play a role, even if it is to damage their own expense." External effect refers to:" patients will inner feels as if
(see 10) are pointed out at the same time neurosis patients occurring in individual external, so that it is extrinsic factors
the prevalence of other two kinds of tendency that the ideal lead to their mental disorders, with the ideal image of the
image and the role. same place, can be used to avoid the real self. It is different
Ideal image refers to the patients through the creation of from ideal behavior on real personality contact and
transformation process still stays in the self within,
a" be opinionated imagery or is he thought can or should externalizing behavior means completely abandoned the
image. Whether intentional or not, this image very far from true self. Simple words, patients will be in the ideal image
the truth, but it is the patient's life but have had a real of seek sustenance to escape from this the conflict, but
influence, not only such, this image can make patients self when the real self and ideal self cluster reaches a very
appreciation, self fulfillment" [10] Karen Horney thinks ideal serious degree, he will no longer rely on their own factors,
image has two main roles. First of all, generally neurotic but only for self escape, put everything as from external."[11]
patients in the early years are destructive experiences, in primary effect role can be used by neurotic patients to
which makes them difficult to "in the early years to shirk responsibility, will own problems attributed to the
establish a more firm confidence. But due to neurosis of outside. At the same time effect can also ease the real self
vicious spiral, their confidence to destruction. It is difficult and ideal self contradiction between, and alleviate the
contradiction caused by the self contempt, anger and self
for them to in real life the confidence to obtain the control self. Karen Horney thinks:" effect is essentially a
development, then with the help of ideal image, in a false positive self destruction process. It works because the
ideal image seek satisfaction. The exaggerated idealization patients away from the real self, so far from true neurotic
of imagery ability and value, in order to meet the self processes inherent phenomenon. With the elimination of
confidence and strength in need for cognition. Secondly, self, Inner conflict would be excluded from the
because of lack of confidence, neurotic patients inevitably consciousness of the. Outside of the patients to others full of
feel themselves and others in a weak position. Others may accusation, malicious and fear, the results conflict with
deceive him, use him, enslave him. This gives neurosis replacing the inner conflict. Specifically, external effect
brought great and deep anxiety. Neurotic patients unable to greatly exacerbated by early neurotic conflict, namely the
hold oneself back to get rid of such a state, need to prove conflict between the individual and the outside world . "[12]
themselves and others in a position of advantage compared 5. The Treatment of Neurosis
to. While the ideal image as they provide a cheap solution,
so that they can be extremely easy to obtain the The neurotic coping and mechanism discussion, Karen
psychological satisfaction, even if it is to ignore the facts Horney thinks" rational decision, escape or willpower can
and sacrifice themselves to grow at the expense of. not solve the problem. ... ... There is only one way:
Ideal image through fiction and fantasy, patients will be complete resolution of conflicts, change the personality
split personality together, and the personality of the patient conflict leads to those condition" [13] in Horney's opinion,
has the potential to partial enlarged, to hide the already only through the analysis of the patients themselves to
serious conflict and relieve anxiety. The idealized image of recognize the fundamental conflict does not solve the
the patients have great subjective value. Karen Horney problem. To solve the problem is the core of patients rely on
pointed out: Although the ideal image and not make blind their own strength, to realize the basic conflict and the mode
and disorderly conjectures product, patients are usually will of operation, to perceive their true feelings and needs,
really have the potential for amplifying section. But this objective look at their own. To make patients aware,
does not hinder the ideal image is unreal and unreal. And neurotic type solution can not really solve conflict, they
ideal, ideal image based and not actual abilities and talents, only mask the conflict. The need for patients to have
but some potential amplification and exaggeration. Neurotic courage to face conflicts and conflict resolution. At the
patients need rely on ideal image to resolve inner conflict, same time Karen Horney also pointed out: resolve inner
which makes them not objectively true understanding of self conflict not only depend on the psychological analysis, a
and real self and constantly Shu from. On the ideal image of good living environment and interpersonal relationship are
the urgent need to make them unable to accept and tolerate beneficial to patients to improve the basic conflict
the real, and not so ideal self. They are immersed in the resolution.
ideal image brings the proud at the same time, also had to Generally speaking, Horney's theory of neurosis
be the real self contempt by interference. Ideal image out of compared to the Freud school is more optimistic. Karen
the true self, let patients unable to face the reality, can not Horney don't think neurosis basic conflict is inevitable. She
draw a lesson from the reality and mistakes, they just care thinks that the basic conflicts originated from interpersonal
about how to maintain a perfect image of the fictional and harmony. Patients may well have through their own efforts
not really make progress. So greatly hindered the growth of and the analyst's help, to try to experience their true feelings
patients with neurosis and personality integration. and needs. And through the interpersonal relationship and
539 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

the improvement of the environment to help patients

achieve the integration of personality.
References
[1] Song HuiLing. Struggles of Neurotic Personalities [J], HeBei
Normal university.2009.
[2] LuPing. A Horneyan Interpretation of Personalities in Love, Again
[J], Central South university.2009.
[3] Chen XiaoMing. Humanistic Psychoanalysis Study of Major
Characters in Sons [J], FuJian normal university,2011.
[4] Karen Horney, our inner conflict [M], Shanghai: Shanghai samite
article press,2008, 8.
article press,2008, 24-25.
article press,2008, 24-25.
540 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The Process Research of Human Accidents

Based on Situation Cognition
Lianhua Cheng1, Shugang Li2, Haifei Lin3
1,2,3
College of Energy,Xi’an University of Science & Technology,Xi’an, China
1
chenglianhua@126.com
Abstract: In order to further acquaint the interaction mechanism between the human factor and others, the situation cogni-
tion of workers in the coal mine production process was analyzed with the research of aviation. The cognition of safe in-
formation in work process was affected by workload, goal, work habituation and others. As workload increased, goal
strengthened, the attention apperceived safe information is weaken and the major change of safe information wasn’t apper-
ceived immediately in work environment, and the accident was happened in conditions of unsafe behavior. Finally, the ac-
cident model based on situation cognition and some measures were proposed by application in accidents analysis.
Keywords: situation cognition; accident process; human accidents; accident model; coal mine
1. Introduction amount of sensible information processing of central nerv-
ous is 10 2 bit/s, especially 6~7 bit/s in knowledge-based in-
Statistics of coal mine accidents show that accidents
P P
formation processing capacity [4] . That is, there is a big dif-

caused by human error up to 97% [1] , in which accidents di-
P P
ference in the obtained information quantity and processing

P P
rected by unsafe behavior account for more than 85% [2] .

capacity.
P P
Thus, it is important to control unsafe behaviors to prevent

accidents. Meanwhile, the production practice shows that 2) The attention mechanism of situation cognition
every unsafe behavior cannot induce accidents. Therefore, in
Currently, cognitive psychologists take attention as an
order to prevent accidents effectively, the interacting me-
internal mechanism of perceiving information, and an impor-
chanism between unsafe behavior that caused accidents and
tant process that select the stimulations and adjust the beha-
other factors must be analyzed in depth. So, the situation
viors.
cognition of miners should be analyzed.
a) The neural response model of attention
2. Situation Cognition
Sokolov proposed neural response model of attention by
2.1. Definition of Situation Cognition
research. The model assumes that the fixed response mode is
Situation cognition is defined as a process of perception, formed when the external stimulus just presented combined
understanding, decision-making and implementation that the with a neuron. And the orienting reflex of the fixed response
operating personnel does in specific working environment [3] . P P mode will be declined if the same stimulus repeated. Groves
The research originated in the aviation sector, mainly for and Thompson tested the model on the basis of experiments,
operating personnel in the operating process of how to re- and it is called habituation.
duce human error.
b) The capacity allocation model of attention
Although the process of coal mine operations is very dif-
ferent from air operations, the processes of situation cogni- Kahneman proposed the capacity allocation model of at-
tion are the same. Therefore, the research can be applied to tention by the research of attention allocation of operation
coal miners in cognitive research. process [5] , shown in Figure 1.
P P
2.2. The Physiological and Psychological Processes

of Situational Cognition
1) Human information processing capacity
Although the maximum of visual information input is 3
× 10 6 bit /s and auditory information input is 3×10 4 bit/s, the
P P P P
Project supported by Xi’an University of Science and Technology

under Grant Nos. 2011040
541 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L.H. Cheng et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp541-543
3. The Accident Model Based on Situation

The wake-up sources
（Emotions, drugs, muscles tension and so on ） Cognition
Wake 3.1. The Cognition Process Analysis of Workers
on Safety Information
Possible capacity
After a period of time in work, the cognition of miners
is changed from rusty to familiar on working environment
Long-term
and operating. That is, the original precaution has been
intention Allocation transferred into habituation on the cognition of risk factors
Current desire
in working environment according to the neural response
model.
Evaluation The limited attention is allocated automatically in ac-
… cordance with the job object, working environment, accord-
of attention
ing to Kahneman’s model. But in the operating process, the
Possible activities
allocated attention perceiving safety information is less
than it perceiving production information because the main
Response task of the workers is production. Furthermore, the allo-
Fig.1 the capacity allocation model of attention cated attention perceiving safety information is less than
The model includes two meanings. The first, people's before with the habituation of the working environment.
attention capacity is limited and it is affected by emotions, According to the Endsley’s model, the workers can not
drugs, muscles tension and so on. The second, the limited refuse the increase of workload because of the effect of
attention will be allocated according to need in process of predicted target, such as deductions from wages in case of
selecting information, and it is subjected to the wake-up achievement. Thus, with the increase of workload, a large
sources, current desire, evaluation of attention and long- amount of information need to be treated is increased and
term intentions. According to the fig. 1, people can also more attention is allocated in production.
accept two or more input, or in two or more activities as The risk factors are stable relatively in normal mining
long as the amount of information to be collected is no activities, and accidents are not occurred in the way of ha-
more than the available energy in the operating process. bituations（includes more unsafe behaviors）. When the
risk factors of the working environment varied in the way
c) The Model of Situation Cognition of stealth and it can not be perceived timely, the accident
Endsley proposed the model of situation cognition [6] , P P
will be occurred if the miners operate in unsafe behavior.
shown in Figure 2.The model shows that the perception of 3.2. Accidents Analysis
the working environment is the first stage of situation cog-
nition. In the meantime, the capacity of situation cognition 3) “4.29” gas explosion at WaYaoBao town coalmine
is not steady, but affected by the inherent ability, expe- The accident investigation report that the State Admin-
rience, workload, predictable goals. istration of Work Safety posted on its official web site-
showed that the main cause of the accident was that the
Workload
condition of gentle wind long-term in mining face resulted
in gas gathered and accident. [7]
P
Environment
According to the neural response model, the miners had

Current situation been accustomed to the condition of gentle wind, and ig-
nored the danger. So, the accident happened when the gas
Understanding
Forecast Decision Execution
gathered up to explosive concentration and the miner
Perception blasted against the rules.
4) “11.27” dust explosion at DongFeng coalmine
The accident investigation report that the State Admin-
Predicted Ability Ordinance istration of Work Safety posted on its official web site
target Experience Rule showed that the main cause of the accident was violation of
Training Program regulations working in long-term, operation without license
Fig.2 the dynamic model of situation cognition
and ultra ability production. [8]
P
542 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L.H. Cheng et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp541-543
According to the Endsley’s model, operation without 5) The accident model

license is a potential safety hazard because insufficient un- The accident model based on situation cognition is
derstanding of the danger of work environment may be shown in Fig3.
result in error in decision-making and the accident hap-
pened in the end.
Evaluation
of attention
Feedback
Allocation Abnormally Accident
Sensory Unsafe + Working

channels behavior environment
Selective
filter Decision Normally
Continual
working
Safe beha-
vior
Fig.3 the accident model based on situation cognition
• The accident model based on situation cognition

was proposed.
4. Accidents Precautions
References and Notes
4.1. Monitoring of Abnormal Changes in Work-
ing Environment [1] G. He，G. S. Zhang，Q. H. Chen. A System Dynamics(SD)
Simulation Analysis on the Influencing Factors of Human
Lots of accidents investigation and analysis show that Behavior in Coalmine Work Safety. China safety Science
the abnormal changes in working environment are the Jounal.18,9 (2008).
main cause of human accident. In particular, abnormal [2] Y. D. Wang, F. J. Li, X. C. Wei. Survey on Unsafe Behavior in
change of working environment is not easily perceived. Coalmine Accidents. China Coal Industry. .3(2007).
Therefore, real-time monitoring is needed to the risk fac- [3] W. Liu ， X. G. Yuan ， Z. Q. Liui etal. Study on Situation
tors in working environment in order to avoid accidents Awareness in Aviation Ergonomics. China safety Science Jounal.
with worker’s response shown in fig.3. 14,12(2004).
4.2. Prevention of Unsafe Acts [4] W. Liu，X. G. Yuan. Theoretics and Application of Situation
Cognition in Human Computer Interaction. Bei-jing: Chinese
1) Appropriate workload Science and Technic Press.(2005).
The allocation of attention enslaved to limitation. So [5] Kahneman D ， Tversky A. Prospect theory: An analysis of
the workload should be appropriate in order to perceive decision making under risk. Econometrica，2(1979).
the changes of risk factors in working environment. [6] Endsley，M. R. Flight crews and modern aircraft: In search of
SA. Paper presented to the Royal Aeronautical Society. 12(2000).
2) Standardized work [7] The Investigation Report of Disastrous Accident of Gas
Although research shows that there are many reasons Explosion at WaYaoBao town Coalmine of Shaanxi province on
lead to unsafe behavior of operators [2] , the operating stan-
P P
April 27, 2006. [EB/OL].http://www.chinasafety.gov.cn/2007-
dards should be established and prompted in order to real- 05/11/content_236879.htm.
ize safety production. [8] The Investigation Report of Disastrous Accident of Dust
Explosion at DongFeng Coalmine of Heilongjiang province on
5. Conclusions November 27, 2005. [EB/OL].
• Situation cognitive process is analyzed on safety http://www.chinasafety.gov.cn/2006-12/21/content_211574.htm.

information in operation in coal mine.
543 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
An Investigation into College Freshmen’s Time

Management Disposition
Wang Lixin
School of Education Science of Leshan Normal University,Leshan, Sichuan, China
Abstract Objects: understand the time management dispositions of freshmen at the very time when they entered school
1T
and a consequent time two months later, as well as their differences formed during that time. And make analyses of the
factors influencing their time management disposition by interviewing a part of the freshmen. Methods: This paper made a
1T
random sampling survey on the time management disposition among 295 freshmen based on the Adolescence Time
Management Disposition Questionnaire as the research tool which is compiled by Huang Xiting and Zhang Zhijie. Results:
(1) The results of the pre-test showed that in the aspect of the family education pattern, there were some significant
differences in all dimensions and the total scores. In the post-test, there was no significant difference in the demographic
variables; but in the aspect of the family education pattern and speciality, there were some significant differences in all
dimensions and the total scores, except that there were no remarkable difference in sense of time value. (2) In the post-test,
the scores of time value were significantly higher than those in the pre-test; yet the time control , as well as time-efficacy
scores and total scores were significantly lower than those in pre-test. Conclusion: (1) The time management disposition of
the freshmen in Leshan Normal University was more significantly affected by the family education pattern. (2) Two months
later after the freshmen entered university, the time management disposition was affected by specialities. The time control
and time efficacy of freshmen of liberal arts were higher than those of freshmen of arts and sports and science. (3) Two 1T 1T
months later, the time value of freshmen improved apparently, and the time control and time efficacy reduced. This may be
a presentation of the influence of their degree of adaption to campus life on the time control.
Keywords: time management disposition; college freshmen; questionnaire survey

1. Introduction campus life which is different from that of the high school in
many aspects like the curriculum schedule, learning style
The time management and use has been a new field in and class time, a considerable part of students suffer from an
the psychological study. Time Management Disposition, a improper time management which results in the disordered
kind of personality trait and composed of sense of time value, study life. Therefore, this paper, taking the college freshmen
time control and time efficacy 【1】 , is the psychological and
P P
as study objects, made an investigation into their time

behavioral features an individual shows in the manner of management dispositions at the very time when they stepped
time use, reflecting his attitude and values of time. into university and a subsequent time two months later, and
Researches have found: Time Management Dispositions sought an understanding of their time management
correlates to not only the students’ psychological health level, dispositions and conducted analyses of the influential factors
but also, in a very significant way, their level of achievement on these dispositions by interviewing with part of the
motivation as well as the study performance【2】【3】; the levels
P P
freshmen, with an expectation to conclude some suggestions

of Time Management Disposition are different for students for the freshmen to improve their time management level
of varied personalities 【4】 ; and it is correlated to students’
P P
and offer a few advices to those researchers specially on

senses of self efficiencies and learning satisfaction to some time management training so to enhance university students’
extent 【 5 】 , etc. Among all the students on campus, the
P P
time management ability as a whole, reduce their time

freshmen can be regarded as a special group. Having just pressure and increase their study and work efficiency.
stepped into their university, most college freshmen confront
all kinds of adaption-related problems because of a relatively
2. Study Methods
strange environment in the whole. And when facing a
With an employment of Adolescence Time Management of the subjects. The questionnaires issued were 300 pieces in
Disposition Questionnaire compiled by Huang Xiting in total and the ones recovered were 300 pieces, among which
Southwest China Normal University, a random sample valid ones are 295 pieces with a recovery and effective rate
survey was conducted among the freshmen in Leshan of 98.33%. The data was managed and analyzed by the
Normal University, and also interviews were taken with part statistic software package SPSS16.0.
544 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. X. Wang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp544-550
3. Results and Analyses Table 1 shows the 295 freshmen’s scores of the three
subscales as well as the overall scores (averages and
3.1. Freshmen’s Basic Scores of Time Management standard deviations) in the pre-test and post-test.
Disposition in the Pre-Test and Post-Test
Table 1. 295 freshmen’s scores of time management disposition in the pre-test and post-test (M+SD)
Sense of time value Time control Time efficacy Total score
Pre-test 40.17+7.17 72.64+13.37 33.57+4.96 146.38+20.72
Post-test 41.91+8.36 61.65+8.85 27.03+8.40 130.59+29.33
As is showed in Table 1, the freshmen in the Survey this

time have a basically same average score of time
3.2. Freshmen’s Time Management Disposition
management disposition comparing to the youngsters before Differences in Demographical Variable
(Qin Qiwen, 2002).But their scores of time management The freshmen are divided into groups based on their
disposition in the post-test are different to some extent (Qin genders, specialities, facts of being single child or not, places
Qiwen, 2002):the freshmen’s scores of sense of time value of birth, family education pattern (among which the family
in the Survey this time are slightly higher than those in the education pattern is decided by the objects’ own points of
study before, while those of time control and time efficacy view), and these different groups are compared with one
are far lower. another through their scores and scores total of time
management disposition in the pre- and post-tests for each
subscale, with the results showing in Table 2 and Table 3;
paired comparisons are also conducted for those different
ones, with the results showing in Table 4 and Table 5.
Table 2. scores of time management disposition of different freshmen groups in pre-test (M+SD)
Items Sense of time value Time control Time efficacy Total score
Male 40.06+7.46 72.57+15.06 33.37+5.28 145.66+23.07
Gender Female 40.29+6.87 73.07+12.93 33.98+25.08 147.14+19.28
t value -.277 -.309 -1.007 -.543
Single child 39.61+7.57 71.54+13.26 33.30+5.48 144.22+21.13
Facts of being single Not single
40.59+6.86 73.75+14.55 33.94+4.96 147.97+21.31
child or not child
t value -1.161 -1.337 -1.034 -1.527
City 39.61+7.92 70.70+13.58 32.73+5.30 143.06+22.37
Place of birth Countryside 32.73+5.30 73.49+14.15 33.96+5.12 147.43+20.85
t value -.746 -1.458 -1.751 -1.641
Liberal arts 39.78+7.37 72.75+14.41 33.56+5.30 145.59+21.91
Science 40.99+7.43 71.37+13.07 33.24+4.48 145.59+21.07
Speciality Arts and
40.36+6.64 73.74+12.48 33.89+5.03 147.99+19.11
sports
F value 1.462 .755 .407 .435
Strict 37.71+5.62 62.73+13.33 31.51+5.55 131.95+20.82
Free 34.00+8.59 59.19+10.47 29.44+3.35 122.62+19.45
Family education
Democratic 42.76+6.45 77.86+9.17 34.39+3.78 155.052+13.51
pattern
Average 39.58+7.74 77.22+12.28 35.28+5.28 152.08+19.19
F value 14.758 ***
P 41.143 ***
P 13.915 ***
P 40.898 ***P
Note: * indicates p<0.05 and ** indicates p<0.01, *** indicates p<.001, the same below.
As is showed in Table 2, at the very time when they university, different groups with different genders, facts of
stepped into university, different groups of freshmen with being single child or not and places of birth show no
different genders, facts of being single child or not, places remarkable differences in time management disposition, while
of birth and specialities present no obvious differences in those with different specialities and family education patterns
time management disposition, while those with different present remarkable or extremely remarkable differences in all
family education pattern vary in an extreme way in terms dimensions and total scores except the sense of time value
of time management disposition. As is showed in Table 3, though in which no remarkable difference exists.
two months later after the freshmen stepped into
545 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Table 3. scores of time management disposition of different freshmen groups in post-test (M+SD)
Items Sense of time value Time control Time efficacy Total score
Male 41.64+9.25 60.49+18.98 26.63+8053 128.76+29.98
Gender Female 42.19+7.33 62.88+18.69 27.45+8.27 132.53+28.60
t value -.575 -1.093 -.839 -1.106
Single child 41.97+8.15 62.80+20.42 27.57+8.96 132.34+30.63
Facts of being Not single
41.87+6.86 60.81+17.63 26.64+7.98 129.32+28.36
single child or not child
t value .104 .896 .941 .875
City 41.72+8.62 63.38+21.02 27.82+9.03 132.92+31.07
Place of birth Countryside 41.97+8.30 61.11+18.13 26.78+8.20 129.86+28.79
t value -.215 .886 .904 .765
Liberal arts 42.85+5.34 69.99+15.89 30.69+6.99 143.52+23.65
Science 40.35+9.36 53.95+17.21 23.58+7.75 117.88+28.10
Speciality Arts and
42.40+9.77 60.09+19.85 26.41+8.90 128.91+30.48
sports
F value 2.486 20.960*** 20.490*** 21.908***
Strict 43.22+7.19 62.42+18.23 27.34+8.09 132.97+27.10
Free 38.81+10.61 48.19+15.81 20.44+7.74 107.44+29.78
Family education
Democratic 41.69+8.42 61.38+17.51 27.04+7.85 130.11+27.33
pattern
Average 41.56+8.83 64.29+21.37 28.14+9.31 133.99+33.08
F value 1.453 3.321 **
P 3.845 ** P 3.945 **P
Table 4. paired comparisons of scores and total scores in each dimension in the pre-test for students with different family education pattern
Family education pattern
Dependant variables Family education pattern (J) I-J P value
(I)
*
Strict Free 3.71 P .045
Democratic -5.09* *** P .000
Average -1.87 .088
Sense of time value
Free Democratic -8.79 ***
P .000
Average -5.58 ** P .003
Democratic Average 3.21 **
P .001
Strict Free 3.55 .251
Democratic -15.12 *** P .000
Average -14.48 *** .000
Time control
P
Free Democratic -18.67 *** P .000

Average -18.03 *** P .000
Democratic Average .64 .701
Democratic -2.88 ***
P .000
Average -3.77 *** .000
Time efficacy
P
Free Democratic -4.95 ***

P .000
Average -5.848 *** P .000
Democratic Average -.88 .197
Democratic -23.09 *** P .000
Average -20.13 *** .000
Total score
P
Free Democratic -32.42 *** P .000

Average -29.45 *** P .000
Democratic Average 2.96 .250
As is showed in Table 4, the freshmen with strict family with free family education have remarkably lower scores in
education have apparently higher sense of time value than each dimension and total score than those with democratic
those with free family education, while their time control family education; freshmen with free family education have
and time efficacy and total score are of no remarkable remarkably lower score in each dimension of time
difference; the freshmen with strict family education have management and total score that those with average family
apparently lower score in individual dimension and total education; comparing to those with average family education,
score than those with democratic family education; freshmen freshmen with democratic family education have no
with strict family education have obviously lower total remarkable difference in all other dimensions except that
scores and scores in all dimensions except sense of time they have notably higher sense of time value.
value than those with average family education; freshmen
546 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Table 5. paired comparisons of scores and total scores in each dimension in the post-test for students with different family education
pattern
Dependant variables （I）Speciality （J）Speciality I-J P value
Liberal arts Science 2.49 0.35
Sense of time value Arts and sports .44 .704
Science Arts and sports -2.05 .090
Liberal arts Science 16.04 *** P .000
Time control Arts and sports 9.89 ***
P .000
Science Arts and sports -6.147 * P .017
Liberal arts Science 7.10 ***
P .000
Time efficacy Arts and sports 4.27 ***
P .000
Science Arts and sports -2.82 * P .014
Liberal arts Science 25.64 *** P .000
Total score Arts and sports 14.11 ***P .000
Science Arts and sports -2.82726 ** P .006
As is showed in Table 5, freshmen of liberal arts, science science and arts and sports while the freshmen of science
and arts and sports have no remarkable difference in sense of have notably lower score than those of arts and sports; and in
time value; in time control, the freshmen of liberal arts have total score, freshmen of liberal arts have remarkable higher
obviously higher score than those of science and arts and score than those of science and arts and sports while
sports while the freshmen of science have notably lower freshmen of science have remarkably higher score than those
score than those of arts and sports; in time efficacy, of arts and sports.
freshmen of liberal arts have remarkable score than those of
Table 6. paired comparisons of scores and total scores in each dimension in the post-test for students with different family education
pattern (LSD)
Dependant variables （I）Parental discipline （J）Parental discipline I-J P value
Democratic 1.52 .202
Average 1.65 .223
Sense of time value
Free Democratic -2.87 .194
Average -2.74 .235
Democratic Average .134 .913
Strict Free 14.23 ** P .006
Average -1.87 .537
Time control
Free Democratic -13.19 ** P .008
Average -16.10 * P .002
Democratic Average -2.91 .289
Strict Free 6.90 **P .003
Democratic .30 .798
Average -.79 .555
Time efficacy
Free Democratic -6.60 ** P .003
Average -7.70 * P .001
Strict Free 25.53 ** P .001
Average -1.01 .830
Total score
Free Democratic -22.67 * P .003
Average -26.54 ** P .001
As is showed in Table 6, in the post-test, freshmen of

different family education patterns show no remarkable
3.3. Differences of Freshmen’s Time Management
difference in sense of time value, while in time control and Dispositions Showed in Pre-Test and Post-Test
time efficacy and the total score, freshmen of free family Conduct paired T test for all the objects’ scores in
education have remarkably lower score than freshmen of pre-test and post-test and the results are as showed in Table
other three family education patterns among whom there is 8: except in sense of time value where freshmen’s score in
no remarkable difference in these two aspects. each dimension and total score in post-test are remarkably
higher than those in pre-test, in time control and time
547 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

efficacy, freshmen’s scores together with the total scores in post-test are extremely notably lower than those in pre-test.
Table 7. comparison and differences between the scores in each dimension and total scores of freshmen's time management disposition in
pre-test and post-test
Dependant variables N M (pre-test-post-test) SD t digit P
Sense of time value 295 -1.74 9.76 -3.07 ** P .002
Time control 295 1.09 18.08 10.43 ***P .000
Time efficacy 295 6.53 7.49 14.96 ***P .000
Total score 295 1.57 29.17 9.27 ***
P .000
4. Discussions management disposition as well as its all dimensions. This

conclusion bears inconsistency with the existing domestic
4.1. Overall Situation of Freshmen’s Time study conclusions as well, like those by Chen Yijie (2004),
Management Disposition Liu Lingling (2006), Deng Ling and Chen Benyou
The results of pre-test shows that the average scores of (2005).The objects of the study here are college freshmen
three subscales of freshmen’s sense of time value, time who have just entered university and their time management
control and time efficacy as well as the general questions for dispositions are fundamentally formed in high school where
time management disposition are 40.17, 72.64 and 33.57 the study pressure is extremely huge under the current
respectively, which is basically the same with the results of educational system of our country, with nearly all the time of
study on youngsters’ time management disposition before the students being occupied by the school classes and
(Qin Qiwen, 2002).However, the results of post-test are after-class exercises arranged by teachers, and the rest of the
quite different from those of pre-test, as they are 41.91, very little time, if there still exist, being fully arranged by
61.65 and 27.03 respectively, which is different to some their parents at home. The students have rather little time to
extent from those of study before (Qin Qiwen, 2002), with arrange by themselves. Even in the time at their disposal,
the sense of time value this time being slightly higher that they are mainly devoted to study, with nothing else in mind.
that before, while the time control and time efficacy being This is the reason why they are more or less at the same
notably lower than those before. This probably comes from level of time management without remarkable difference.
the fact that the selected objects are not the same. All the The results of post-test indicate that freshmen have
objects of this paper are freshmen who have just stepped into different time management dispositions in a remarkable way
university and generally confront all kinds of because of their differences in specialities and family
adaption-related problems because of a relatively strange education patterns. Freshmen of liberal arts, science and arts
environment in every aspect. As many aspects on campus and sports have no plain difference in sense of time value,
like curriculum schedule, learning style and class time are while in time control, the freshmen of liberal arts have
different from those in high school, quite a part of the apparently higher score that those of science and arts and
freshmen suffer from an improper time management which sports. This is a similar result with that of studies by Deng
results in a disordered study life. Therefore, the time control Ling and Chen Benyou (2005). And in time control,
and time efficacy showed in this paper are significantly freshmen of science have remarkably lower score than those
lower than those showed in the study before. However, it is of arts and sports; and in time efficacy, freshmen of liberal
because the sense of frustration in time control and time arts have remarkably higher score that those of science and
efficiency that the freshmen become aware of the arts and sports while the freshmen of science have
importance of time and the scores of their senses of time remarkably lower score than those of arts and sports. These
value rise accordingly. From this point of view, it can be results significantly vary from those of pre-test. In pre-test,
said that the adaption to the campus life and environment is there is no difference for freshmen of different specialities.
a critical factor influencing the freshmen’s time management This probably has things to do with the university
disposition. environment. As the sense of time value is an individual’s
stable attitudes and perceptions to the functions and values
4.2. Analysis of Freshmen’s Time Management of time, it is relatively consistent comparing to other
Disposition Differences in Demographical dimensions and displays no remarkable difference among
Variable students probing in different specialities. The students of
According to the statistic data of pre-test, freshmen of liberal arts are significantly better than those of science and
different genders, facts of being single child or not, places of arts and sports in time control and time efficacy. This
birth and specialities have no remarkable difference in time probably comes from the fact that the students of liberal arts
for the study this time are either those majored in languages
548 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

or those in laws who have relatively more knowledge points and sports have remarkably higher score in time control and
to keep in mind, and that explains why they always make time efficacy.
better use of the time in the morning and evening arranged
As is indicated in the results of pre-test and post-test, the
and compulsorily required by the university authorities for
family education pattern exerts great influence on the
students of all specialities to study by themselves. As a result,
freshmen's time management disposition: neither the strict
the fact whether they take a good employment of this part of
family education nor the free family education helps the
time influences their whole time management disposition,
students to form a good time control and time efficacy;
especially the sense of time control and time efficiency.
while either the average family education or the democratic
Furthermore, among students of science the male ones
family education is comparatively favorable in cultivate the
occupy the major part who have worse self-control ability,
children to have a high level of time management.
and during their first two months of campus life which is
Nevertheless, the study atmosphere of the university and the
free from the parental supervision, these male students either
like are also the factor which can not be ignored and should
frequently play games on Internet or skip classes to sleep
be with considerably proper attention.
late, yet under the disguise of such kind of carefree life, they
feel empty mentally. And the remarkable difference in time
efficacy between students of liberal arts and those of science
4.3. Analysis of Differences of Freshmen’s Time
probably is attributed to the fact that when in high school, Management Dispositions Showed in Pre-Test
even though with more knowledge points to remember, the and Post-Test
students of liberal arts have less study pressure and are less For sense of time value, the score in each dimension
strictly required by the objective study situation for a good together with the total score freshmen of different groups get
time management than those of science who are required to in post-test are remarkably higher than those in pre-test;
have a better time management strategy, and this explains while for time control and time efficacy, those in pos-test are
why the students of science are not likely to have a good notably lower that those in pre-test. Two months later after
evaluation of the time management and thus a lower time they entered the university, the freshmen generally learn the
efficacy. importance of time for their development in all aspects, and
Comparatively the students of arts and sports are another this is mainly because that during this time, they commonly
special group, as they are required to accomplish, in addition feel difficult to control the time, with the time for activities,
to the speciality-related theory knowledge, more difficult meetings, work and pleasure usually confronting with one
grading tests, with relatively more trainings and activities. another, which highlight the importance of time
As a result, the students of arts and sports have greater management and leads to a higher score in sense of time
pressure of time than those of liberal arts and science, value comparing to that displaying at the very time when
feeling that there is no end of the things to do and the plans they stepped into the university. However, the difference
are always interrupted by all kinds of activities. What's more, between the high school life and campus life they
when in high school, the students of arts and sports have significantly sense in those two months, namely the campus
much less study pressure and enjoy a more interesting life; study life is much more relaxing and free than that in high
while once in campus, they get to learn the requirements of school, gives rise to many freshmen’s poor adaptation to the
study and all aspects in the coming four years evidently new campus life. According to the results of interviews with
listed on the Students’ Manual which make them feel a the objects, most freshmen are willing to study seriously, yet
greater pressure of study and other aspects than that in high they are awkward with the teaching materials and have no
school; they still haven’t adapted and adjusted well to the idea about what the teachers are talking in classes, feeling
life with all these requirements during these first two months, that the knowledge in university differs from that in high
beginning to show a disordered time management. This is school so much that they are totally confused about how to
the reason why the students of arts and sports have arrange their study time, not to mention setting a study plan.
extremely lower score in time control and time efficacy Still, as the regulatory disciplines are relatively loose in
comparing to the students of liberal arts. However, campus life and the pressure of university-entrance
comparing to the students of science, those of arts and sports, examination is suddenly gone, the students are lost without
with the chosen specialities having been their interested ones, any definite study goals and are unaware of how to deal with
have greater pressure of study and spend more time in the time after class. Then some students go astray and
training, thus they have less time for playing games on indulge themselves in online games, and some are too much
Internet or sleeping late after the class; besides, they are involved in the activities with the study task lagging behind;
objectively required to have a comparatively lower standard still some others are always busy with themselves, without
of time management than those of science as there are more any sense of accomplishment though. Only very few have a
practice activities in their study. Thus the students of arts
549 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

well-arranged life and perform well in study, enjoying the [10] Ding Hongyan, “Intervening Research on Time Management
sense of satisfaction for their own lives. Therefore, the Disposition of College Students”, Theses for Master’s Degree in
freshmen have a lower score in time control and time Huazhong Normal University, 2007.
efficiency comparing to that they have at the very time when [11] Chen Yijie, “Disparity Study of College Students’ Time
they stepped into university. Management on Different Levels”, Journal of Foshan University
(Social Science Edition), 2004,22(6).
5. Conclusions [12] Deng Ling, “A Study of Time Management Disposition between
(1) College freshmen's time management dispositions are High School Students with Learning Achievements and Difficulties”,
more significantly influenced by the family education Education Exploration, 2005,(3):58-60.
pattern. [13] Qiu Gang, “A Study of Incremental Validity between College
(2) Two months later after they entered university, the Students' Time Management Disposition and Physique Health”,
students of liberal arts have better performance in time Theses for Master’s Degree in Northeast Normal University, 2006
control and time efficacy than those of science and arts and [14] Huang Xiting, et al., “Psychological Structure of the Past Time[J]”,
sports. Psychology Journal, 1998,21(1):1-16.
(3) For two months since they entered university, the [15] Ai Pin, “The Compiling of Time Management Disposition Inventory
freshmen have got significant improvement in sense of time and Other Studies”, Theses for Master’s Degree in Shanghai Normal
value, while suffer from the reduction in time control and University, 2006.
time efficacy. And this probably is a presentation of the [16] Zhong Hui, “Relationship between College Students’ Time
influence of college freshmen’s performance in adapting to Management Disposition and Achievement Motivation [J]”,
the campus life on the sense of time control. Psychological Science, 2003(4).
References [17] Ren Zegang, Liu Chunxiang, He Ke, Fan Xiangyang, “Research on
the Relations of University Students’ Time Management Disposition
[1] Huang Xiting, Zhan Zhijie. “Preparation of Adolescence Time
and Achievement Motivation and Anxiety”, Journal of Guizhou
Management Disposition Questionnaire”, Acta Psychology Snica,
Normal College (Science Edition), 2006,(1).
2001,33(4):338-343.
[18] Wessman A E.Personality and subjective experience of time .Journal
[2] Zhang Xia, “Influence of Freshmen’s Time Management Training
of Personality Assessment,1973,37:103-114.
on Achievement Motivation and Learning Satisfaction”, Theses for
[19] Bond JM,Feather NT.Some correlates and purpose in the use of time.
Master’s Degree in Northeast Normal University, 2006.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1988, 55(2):321-329.
[3] Liu Lingling. “Study on Relationship between University Students’
[20] Britton B K,Glynn S M.Mental management and creativity:A
Time Management Disposition and Psychological Health”, Theses
cognitive model of time management for intellectual
for Master’s Degree in Jiangxi Normal University, 2006.
productivity.In:J A Glover,R R Ronning,C R Reynoldsed.Handbook
[4] Yao Guojing, Huang Xiting, Luo Chunming, Gong Yihua.
of Creativity:New York:Plenum Press,1989,429-440.
“Relationship between Type A Personality and Time Management
Disposition”, Chinese Mental Heath Journal, 2006,20(5):337.
[5] Zhang Zhijie. “Time Management Disposition and Self-esteem,
Self-efficiency and Learning Satisfaction: Analysis of Intermediary
Role”. Psychological Science, 2005,28(3):566-568.
[6] Huang Xiting, Zhang Zijie. “On Individual Time Management
Disposition”, Psychological Science, 2001,24(5):516-518.
[7] Gong Yihua. “Influence of High School Students’ Individual Time
Management Disposition on Their Coping Style”, Chinese Journal
of School Health , 2006,26(4).
[8] Zhang Zhijie, Huang Xiting, Feng Sihai, Deng Lin. “A Research of
Factors Related with Adolescence Time Management Disposition”,
Psychological Science, 2006,24(6):649-653.
[9] Zhang Zhijie, Huang Xiting, Cui Lixuan, “University Students’
Time Management Disposition and Learning Satisfaction: Analysis
of Incremental Validation [J]”, Journal of Southwest China Normal
University (Philosophy and Social Science Edition), 2004,30(4).
550 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Research on Meaning in Life of Elderly,

Attitude toward Aging and Successful Aging
Xiaoyi Chen1, Li Xu2
1,2
School of Educational Science & Key Applied Psychology Lab,CQNU,Chongqing, China
Abstract: Knowing the relationship of meaning in life of elderly, and attitude toward aging and successful aging could
provide references to the elderly mental health intervention plans. We found that the meaning in life of elderly is of high
level and it has a good prediction for attitude toward aging and successful aging through Questionnaire on Meaning in Life
of Elderly (compiled by this paper’s author), Questionnaire on Attitude toward Aging and Questionnaire on Successful
Aging (compiled by Yingfen He) which conducted a survey on 516 old people, analyzing the relationship among current
situation of elderly life meaning, attitude toward aging and successful aging.
Keywords: elderly; meaning in life of elderly; attitude toward aging; successful aging
1. Introduction got returned with 561 questionnaires, of which 230 are from
males and femails. Tested age: 60-80years old.
As elderly life is the last period of our lifetime, how to 2.2 Research Tools
let the old people go through their last journey meaningfully
gradually draws more attention of scholars. In the 1990s, the 2.2.1. Questionnaire on Meaning in Life of Elderly
World Health Organization came up with “Life has already
expanded years, now we should endow years with life” This questionnaire includes 15 projects which consists of
which vividly indicates that the goal is not only limited to suffering cognitive, active pursuit and passive acceptance.
prolong lifespan but to make it more meaningful as well. As By using Likert5 point scale scoring method, this
to old people, life is not only being alive, but also being questionnaire has good reliability and validity, with
happy, healthy and meaningful. Thus the research on the consistency reliability coefficient α 0.889 and split-half
elderly life meaning is of vital importance for elderly mental reliability 0.871, and the results of factor analysis explained
health task. 61.954% total variation, which were found suitable to the
At present, we have made certain achievements on the elderly.
life meaning research, but not too much on the elderly life
meaning as the lack of localization measuring tools. In 2.2.2. Questionnaire on Attitude toward Aging
addition, the impact of life meaning on attitude toward aging
This questionnaire was compiled by Taiwan scholar
and successful aging has not been proved. The research on
Yingfen He, including 14 projects which consisted of
elderly life meaning could expand and deepen Psychological
cognitive aging, aging emotion and aging adaptation. 4
research on life meaning life meaning on research of
points scoring was adopted. Higher points indicated better
psychology and contents of elderly psychology; on the other
attitude toward aging. The questionnaire had good reliability
hand, it could provide theoretic and practical support to
and validity and it was suitable for the elderly [1]. The
elderly psychology task and elderly mental health education.
consistency reliability coefficient α of this questionnaire was
2. Subjects and Methods 0.846.
2.2.3. Questionnaire on Successful Aging

2.1. Subjects and Test Procedures
600 questionnaires were issued to three communities This questionnaire was compiled by Taiwan scholar
selected from Chongqing, Guiyang and Neijiang, Yingfen He, including 14 projects which consisted of
respectively presided over by professional psychological psychological level, physical level and social level. 4 points
postgraduates, standardized and normalized answers were scoring was adopted. The 7th, 11th, 12th, 13th, and 14th
adopted for the questions that failed the elderly. The survey were negative scoring questions which adopted reverse
551 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

scoring. The questionnaire had good reliability and validity The research shows that the score of meaning in life of
and it was suitable for the elderly [1]. The consistency elderly is on above-average band which indicates the
reliability coefficient α of this questionnaire was 0.858. meaning in life of elderly is on above-average level. we can
2.3. Statistical Methods see from Table1 that according to three dimension divided,
suffering cognitive of elderly life meaning gets the highest
SPSS software package was adopted for data analysis. points, followed by active pursuit and passive acceptance.
3. Results The average score of each dimension is above 4 points but
there is no obvious difference. The score of meaning in life
of elderly shows no apparent difference in gender and age.
3.1. Overall Level of Meaning in Life of Elderly
Table 1. Total score of elderly life meaning and dimension’s descriptive statistics
Average Suffering Active pursuit Passive acceptance

M 4.32 4.48 4.35 4.07
SD 0.53 0.61 0.63 0.63
included in the regression equation, which means these

3.2. Analysis on Aging Attitude’s Prediction Effect factors can predict 58.5 percent of the total variance. What's
of the Elderly Life Meaning and its Factors more, except in prediction on the suffering cognitive, in
other two predictions, all three factors are in the regression
Multi-stepwise regression analysis method is used to equation and reach significance level. In all, the fact of aging
study the function of each elderly meaning in life factor's awareness can predicts 15.2 percent of the total variance; the
function on the prediction about attitude toward aging (Table fact of aging feelings predicts 55.5%; the fact of aging to
2).The results show that about the prediction on total score adapt predicts 46.4%. All these predictions are positive.
of aging attitude, all three factors of life meaning are
Table 2. Analysis results on aging attitude’s multiple regression of elderly life meaning and its factors
dependent variable Predictor variables Adj R2 B Beta t p

attitude toward aging 0.585 13.599 9.871 0.000
suffering cognitive 0.827 0.079 10.432 0.000
active pursuit 0.479 0.061 7.866 0.000
passive acceptance 0.332 0.081 4.121 0.000
cognitive aging 0.152 16.797 29.246 0.000
active pursuit 0.125 0.022 5.721 0.000
aging emotion 0.555 -4.696 -5.360 0.000
active pursuit 0.288 0.039 7.44 0.000
aging adaptation 0.464 0.930 1.419 0.157
active pursuit 0.114 0.029 3.922 0.000
552 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

3.3. Prediction Effect Analysis on Successful Aging factors can predict 40 percent of the total variance. For
prediction on physical part of successful aging, only the
of Elderly Life Meaning and its Factors
factor of suffering cognitive is included in regression
Multi-stepwise regression analysis method is used to equation, predicting 40% of total variance. For prediction on
study the function of each elderly meaning in life factor's mental part, all three factors are in regression equation,
function on the prediction about successful aging (Table predicting 28%. For prediction on social part, except the
3).The results show that about the prediction on total score factor of suffering cognitive, other two factors are in
of successful aging, all three factors of life meaning are regression equation, predicting 12.9% of total variance.
included in the regression equation, which presents these
Table 3. Analysis results on successful aging’s multiple regression of elderly life meaning and its factors
dependent variable Predictor variables Adj R2 B Beta t p
successful aging 0.400 -1.880 -0.801 0.424
active pursuit 0.476 0.104 4.585 0.000
physical level 0.280 -0.951 -0.975 0.330
psychological level 0.440 1.925 2.213 0.027
active pursuit 0.114 0.038 2.962 0.000
social level 0.129 -2.717 -1.918 0.056

active pursuit 0.239 0.054 4.427 0.000
4. Discussion elderly is significantly correlated to the total score of
attitude toward aging and each factor of that. This result
The meaning in life of elderly not only affects their is similar with the former research [3][4]. At the same time,
own health, but also the life quality of their whole family. the result shows each factor of meaning in life can predict
In this survey, the level of meaning in life of the tested the attitude toward aging well. The old ones who have
elderly is relatively good, over mean score(4), which is high level of meaning in life can accept the aging more
consistent with other research[2]. The reason why our easily, have a more positive feel on aging, and adapt to
tested elderly have a better level of meaning in life may the aging life more easily. Thus, to improve the level of
be that the samples mainly come from communities, most meaning in life of elderly can change the attitude
of whom are retired workers, and they possess some toward aging effectively, especially to these ones who
economic and health security, what's more, there are will retire or have retired not long ago, since these old
relatively large number of the elderly living in one men cannot adapt themselves to the changes of their
community to ensure their convenience for elderly social roles and they will have a strong sense of loss
activities and to achieve society support. In addition, their because of their loss of work status and leaving from
children are already adults now, their economic burden is their familiar situation, meanwhile, they'll belittle their
relatively low. Furthermore, the level of their physical meaning in life at that time. So, if these old men can be
condition is mainly ordinary or better, and their marital provided with meaning in life training, it will improve
status is mainly with the first marriage for both husband their attitude toward aging and make their aging life
and wife (their mates are still alive). Thus, with the more positive.
developed medical and the government care for the In addition, some researches show meaning in life of
elderly, they are living with comfort, respect and the level elderly is significantly correlated to the total score of
of their meaning in life is increasing consequently. successful aging and the scores of each factor of that.
The attitude toward aging is mainly the attitude toward This result verifies a long time research [5] on an old man
the decline of body functions. And meaning in life of by Elliot meaning in life is one of the vital factors to
553 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

affect successful aging. What's more, there are researches [4] G Y Huang, S J Zhong. The Correlation between Health
to indicate that each factors of meaning in life of elderly Self-assessment, Life Changes, Meaning of Life and Life
can predict the total score of that. Furthermore, these Satisfaction, Death Anxiety of the Old[J], Thematic Studies of
researches have proved that to affirm the meaning of life Executive Institution, Taiwan Scientific Committee,1987.
is helpful to focus on the health of the body for elderly in [5] E C Elliott. Lessons from a life: An analysis of successful
daily life, maintain good adaptation and better aging[D]. Master dissertation: University of California. 1997.
psychological sensibility.
Meaning in life of elderly has a strong influence on
the psychological part of successful aging. Results of
regression analysis show all the factors of meaning in life
of elderly are included in the regression equation and
prediction effect of the psychological part is significant.
During the progress of aging, the elderly will undergo
sundry changes of corporeity, mentality and society. The
elderly who has high level of meaning of life could
maintain a better living condition, and build a lifestyle
and positive attitude which are helpful to successful aging.
Then, they can make preparations for successful aged life.
Thus, it is vital for the ideal status of aging to possess a
higher level of meaning of life of elderly.
Overall, meaning in life of elderly has a close
Relationship with attitude toward aging and successful
aging is much better as the level of meaning in life of
elderly becomes higher. In order to achieve a better old
age, something can be done to improve the level of
meaning in life of elderly, to create a positive attitude
toward life, to accept and correctly acknowledge the fact
of aging, to adjust emotions and feelings, to face and
adapt to the life of aging positively. Therefore, it is
important to do some researches on meaning in life of
elderly since it plays vital role in improving the
interventions of mental health of elderly and meeting the
aging time of our country.
5. Acknowledgments
The study was supported by Chongqing Education
Committee Humane and Social Project (10SKE05). We
gratefully thank Qian Wen for technical advice and
fruitful discussions concerning recording.
References
[1] Y F He, Researches on Lifestyle, Aging Attitude, and Successful
Aging of the Elderly——Yunlin County as an example[D],
Master's thesis of National Chung Cheng University,2008.
[2] K L Cai, Researches on Meaning of Life, Death Attitude, and
Happiness of the Old in Liuqiu fishing village[D], Master;s
thesis of Nanhua university, 2004.
[3] M J Heisel. G L Flett. Purpose in life, satisfaction with life, and
suicide ideation in a clinical sample[J].Journal of
Psychopathology and Behavioral Assessment,
2004,26(2) :127-135.
554 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Analysis of Agricultural Development ’s PP PP
Requirements for the Quality of Rural People

Zhang Hongtao
Department of political education in Wuhan University of Technology,Wuhan,China
Abstract: The Socialist market economic system was established step by step with the development of reform and opening
up to the depth, and under the background of which, obviously, the trend of Agricultural economic development is
agricultural industrialization. It is a radical change on China’s agriculture and the heritage of thousands of years of
agricultural production and business operation, so the development of agricultural industrialization asks for new higher
qualities on farmers---an open mind, higher cultural qualities, knowledge of agricultural science and technology, and full
recognition on the industrialization of agriculture, and so on. All of these are the motive force to promote the development
of agricultural industrialization.
Keywords: economy; agriculture industrialization; rural people; quality
Agricultural economic reform is the first and essential system with combination of centralization and
step of China’s economic system reform. Due to the decentralization of responsibility, and “all-round contract”
universality and complexity of the areas covered, is representative. From the late 1970s to early 1980s, under
geographic and demographic scope of the agricultural the situation of rural productive forces in China then,
economy, it can be said that the development, stagnation or implementation of the responsibility system of “the
regression of agricultural economy are of direct impact on all-round contract” exactly promoted China’s agricultural
the success or failure of the entire economic system. economy to takeoff. Ten or twenty years later, that is, from
the late 20th century to early 21st century, China’s
1. Trends of China’s Agricultural Economic agricultural economy has undergone enormous changes,
Development. especially in certain areas, where productivity levels,
There are three Keys to the development of agricultural agricultural output efficiency, or rural people’s mental
economy. First, through the national investigation of the outlook all take on a new look. But since entering the 21st
agricultural economy, learning from foreign successful century, calls for thinking and innovation on the household
experience of agricultural economic development, we will contract responsibility system, from the theoretical to the
find a development road suited to China’s agriculture real, press, to the farmers themselves, and now the central
which determines the trend of the development of decision-making levels, can be heard everywhere. In fact,
agricultural economy. Second, we need to boldly carry out only in terms of a system, the initial advantages brought by
reform and system innovation, to find specific modes of the system of the household contract responsibility, the
agricultural economic development and production outbreak of the peasant’s production enthusiasm and great
management, achieving the Combination of agricultural enhancement of the production efficiency, are beyond doubt.
development and agricultural production practices by But objectively, it was by liberating the peasant’s
system innovation, finally to promote the development of production enthusiasm that had been pent up by old policy
agricultural economy in a substantial, high quality and regimes to develop a strong impetus for agricultural
cost-effective way. Third, we will have high quality farmers, production. So, at the beginning of the reform, it was not
because both the road design and the innovation of the the household contract responsibility system that save
mode ultimately rely on practitioners to implement, so high Chinese farmers and the agricultural economy, but Chinese
quality farmers are fundamental to agricultural economic farmers themselves. After more than 30 years of economic
development. reform, the current situation of agricultural economy and
As far as the process of agricultural economic China’s overall economy force China’s agriculture that is at
development, at the beginning of China’s economic system cross road to make a choice, either keeping on the
reform, relying on and respecting farmers’ initiative, the household contract responsibility system that is piecemeal
government adopted the household contract responsibility and dispersing, or shifting gears, unswervingly following
555 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

H. T. Zhang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp555-560
the road of agricultural industrialization, to wholeheartedly specialization of large farm in United States;
promote the entire agricultural patterns to change from the commercialization of agricultural products and socialization
traditional agriculture to modern. of service in Japan; industrialization of “agricultural
It is clear that the current situation of agricultural cooperatives” type mode in Germany; Israel innovation of
economy in China fully proves that the household contract agricultural basic organization--Kibbutz and
responsibility system has successfully completed its historic Mashav(Mashav is village or cooperatives). In Israel, in the
mission and it is the era of industrialization of agriculture development of agriculture, kolkhozes and cooperatives are
now. typical representatives of the organization mode of
What is agriculture industrialization? Industrialization agricultural economy and main forms of agricultural
of agriculture means market-oriented, taking economy as industrialization in the country.
center, with a focus on leading industry and product, The experience of the developed countries tells us that
combination of various factors of production, layout of the direction of development of agricultural is
regionalization, specialization, scale construction, series industrialization. So, combined with China’s conditions,
production processing, social service, and business what kind of agricultural production organization and
management, and formation of the integration system of business model should we adopt to realize agricultural
plant-breeding-processing, production-supply of industrialization?
agricultural, agro-industrial-business and In this regard, Li Yining mentioned “company +
agriculture-science-education, to put the agriculture in the farmers” order-form model of agriculture management a
benign development condition of self-development, self long time ago. Subsequently, in practice, the specific forms,
accumulation, self-restraint and self-regulation, and such as “company + base + farmers”, “company + farmers
modernize the industrial organization and business + futures” appeared. Of course , the initial mode of
operation [1] . As a matter of fact, agriculture
PP PP “company + farmers” exactly made active contribution in
industrialization means denying the production of cottage promoting agricultural industrialization, but while, due to
way, reinventing traditional agriculture production ignoring the problem of uneven distribution of benefits ,
management system and mechanism, to promote the this mode was once called “landlords + permanent workers”
progress of agricultural science and technology, and then of production mode. It precisely shows that, in current
introduce and promote industrialization development mode China, what the development of agricultural economy needs
of production of professionalism, that is, the mode of are system innovation and institutional innovation, boldly
specialized, intensive, scale, commercialization and trying new advantageous system, mode and organization
marketization, in the agricultural sector as a whole, and thus operating forms for agriculture industrialization .
irreversibly advance agricultural economy as a whole to By this we know that the development trend of the thing
change from traditional agriculture to modern agriculture. is the combination of development path and organization
In other words, we want to achieve a new revolution in and business model. The development trend of China’s
agriculture production, to break the old world and build a agriculture is to seek the new various systems of
new world. This requires that our agriculture practitioners agricultural economic organizations and modes of
should have high comprehensive qualities, for example, agricultural production and management, which can
open and receptive to new ideas, basic culture quality that vigorously promote agricultural industrialization course,
can be flexible to deal with various problems in the thereby effectively promote China’s agricultural
development process of agricultural industrialization and transformation from traditional agriculture to modern
make scientific judgment and decision which meet the agriculture.
requirements of development of agricultural technology
quality based on mastering one or more items of 2. Present Situation of People’s Quality in
agricultural practical technology, full cognition of Agricultural Areas.
agricultural industrialization that is formed on the basis of Regardless of system innovation or the introduction of
actual understanding and strengthening research, and so on, the successful experience of developed countries, in order
to accept the challenge and a test of a new agricultural to carry out this trend in agricultural production in practice
revolution. and vigorously promote the development of agricultural
Referring to the experience of the United States, Japan, industrialization, I believe that ultimately we have to rely
Germany, Israel and some other countries, we can see that on people.
the facts have fully demonstrated that the agriculture Therefore, to adapt and promote the implementation of
industrialization is the effective means to achieve the agricultural industrialization in practice, we should do our
modernization of agriculture. For example, agricultural utmost to improve the comprehensive quality of rural
industry area, integration of vegetable market, and
556 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

people, in other words, an important basis for the did a survey on current status of comprehensive quality of
development of agricultural economy in China is the rural people. Preliminary results of the survey are as
substantial improvement of the quality of rural people. follows:
In this regard,《Study on the Sustainable Development
of the Rural People in Agricultural Areas》research group
TableⅠ: farmers' education questionnaire (survey: 25-40 farmers)
Item Ratio
Illiteracy 0
Know a few words. Have not completed primary level education 0
People with primary education 8%
people with junior education 48%
People with high school education 10%
People with secondary school or vocational education 9%
college educated people 16%
people with bachelor's degree 9%
people with postgraduate qualification 0
Table II: the farmers thought patterns questionnaire (survey: 25-40 farmer)
Item Options Ratio
Market awareness A. In modern society, must aim at the market, the market A. 9%
decides what to grow and grow how much. B. 43%
B. Need not refer to the market any time, should have his C. 48%
own idea.
C. Farm has little connection with the market.
Open consciousness A. In agriculture, not just around, to broaden one's horizon. A. 3%
B. It is good enough to do present work well. B. 27%
C. I only mind my land itself. C. 70%
Awareness of the A. To become rich, you must have a certain degree of A. 28%
importance of knowledge knowledge, which is a prerequisite. B. 16%
B. Need knowledge, but opportunity is more important. C. 56%
C. Knowledge is not important, the key is to think more
ideas.
Science and technology A. Agricultural science and technology are fundamental to A. 39%
awareness the development of agricultural production. B. 5%
B. Once a problem occurs, first and foremost is to quickly C. 56%
find related technicians.
C. The most important is experience.
Awareness of agricultural A. Know it well, agricultural development must follow the A. 4%
industrialization road of industrialization. B. 38%
B. Heard of it, but do not know too much. C. 58%
C. Do not know, never heard of it.
(August 1-5,2009)
557 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

H. T. Zhang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP 1 (2012) pp540-545
This research was conducted in Weidong District of out of old stereotypical thought, to liberate thought, update
Pingdingshan City and Li kou Town in Jia County of concept, make them easier to accept new things, new
Pingdingshan City, including the villages of East Zhangdian, policies, new measures, and new road, and to solidly set the
South Zhangdian, Guolou, Laogazhuang, Shangxu, Wuzhai, concept of agriculture industrialization. Only broadening
Lvzhuang and Zhaozhuang. their horizon, opening up markets, and consciously
Through visits, we have the relevant data: people with promoting China’s agricultural industrialization, can we
primary or junior education accounted for 56% of the total achieve comprehensive, coordinated and sustainable
population, people with high school, secondary school development of the rural economy.
education or vocational qualification accounted for 19%, Therefore, nurturing and improving the quality of rural
college educated people accounted for 16%, bachelor ’ s PP PP people’s ideology is the key to improve the quality of rural
degree 9% of the people, people with postgraduate people, and it is of paramount importance.
qualification: none (table Ⅰ ).These data indicate that, at
1T1T 1T1T Comrade Mao Zedong said that thought is the precursor
present, although illiteracy and functional illiteracy in rural of action. We can understand his words: If there is no
areas in our country have basically been eliminated, but advanced thought, there is no advanced operation. Of
overall literacy of the rural people remained low--- level of course, this is not intended to be absolute, but would like to
the overall cultural quality of peasants is not optimistic. stress the special importance of ideological quality.
In addition, we can also see from table II that thought According to the survey forms, we feel worried about the
patterns of rural people, their understanding of markets, problems of contemporary rural people in terms of ideology.
opening up, and science and technology, are still at the For example, in the item “awareness of market” about the
worrying traditional and customary stage. They are often relationship between agricultural production and markets,
dependent on experience, strong subjective, lack of long 48% of the respondents chose “farm has little connection
term plan, more difficult to accept new things. For example, with the market”, 43% selected “need not refer to the
in the “open” section, farmers selecting “I only mind my market any time, should have his own idea,” only 9%
land itself” accounted for 70% of the targets! ---After all, selected “in modern society, must aim at the market, the
these people are young farmers under 40 years of age! market decides what to grow and grow how much”. This
Therefore, judging from the survey, inland rural traditional information tells us that nearly half of the rural people
modes of thinking and comprehensive quality status are adhere to the negative attitudes, and there are about half of
worrying, the gaps are large compared with the the rural people wavering on the issue. Or, more precisely,
requirements of development of agricultural in practice these people are more inclined to be subjective,
industrialization. judging by the way of experience about agricultural
production and management issues. The survey just gave us
3. The Requirements Made by Agriculture a red light lit. It tells us that no matter what guidelines,
Industrialization about Farmer’s Quality policies or measures implemented, the first step should be
and the Countermeasures. updating their mind, as well as revolutionary ideology.
Accordance with the characteristics of agricultural Without changing the ideas and improving the quality of
industrialization development, combined with China’s ideology, in the end, implementation of the policy and
national conditions and the quality of rural people, in my concrete measures can only be a sentence talk. Therefore, in
view, the development of Chinese agriculture calls for high my view, improving the ideology quality of rural people is
quality of rural people as follows: the key, which is particularly important and urgent.
3.1. Rural People Should Have Higher Ideological 3.2. Rural People Should Have a Certain Degree of
Quality. Cultural Qualities, Which Could Help Him on
Major Issues of Scientific and Rational
It main includes the following content: capacity of Decision-Making.
awareness, understanding, acceptance of new things and
practice capacity; open vision that can help them out of Quality is the Foundation. As an analogy, with this
narrowness, to overcome limitation, and to study the world; foundation, as soil for the cultivation of trees, it is possible
Humanities mind with the concept of “knowledge changes to grow trees; but if you do not have the soil, or the soil is
character, character changes quality, and quality decides not qualified, it is even difficult to grow a grass. So,
fate”; market concept that consciously takes market as the enhancing the cultural quality of rural people is the basis
primary power to enliven agricultural economy and and prerequisite to improve comprehensive quality of rural
promote the development of agriculture. Only by improving people, and without it, “wooden pail principle” would work,
ideological quality of rural people, can we further lead them then improving the quality of rural people in other areas
558 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

will become difficult. At the same time, it is also gratifying. much”. Then, whom can we rely on to construct agricultural
The survey indicates that people received secondary or high industrialization? Therefore, it is imperative that we
school education account for 58% of the rural population, promote knowledge of agriculture industrialization to
while people lower than middle school literacy account for farmers in time, to make the most of them understand and
0. This is a good platform for improving the quality of rural master what the agriculture industrialization is, and
culture. On this basis, we can use existing educational understand and agree with agricultural industrialization
resources to further enhance the cultural qualities of rural course. Then it will be much easier to push forward the
people. development of agriculture industrialization in practice.
The points above are requirements for the quality of
3.3. Rural People Should Have Certain Quality in rural people in agricultural industrialization. Regard to how
Science and technology to Solve Practical to improve these, I think, we should begin with the
Problems in Agricultural Production. following aspects.
This is the focus of improving comprehensive quality of First, assign tasks to the specialized agencies with
rural people. Science and technology literacy includes two clearly defined responsibilities. Each agency is responsible
aspects: awareness of science and technology and for its own work, at the same time all of them maintain
agricultural practical technology, and these two aspects are solidarity, work together and do everything possible to
mutually reinforcing. On the one hand, if the concept of improve the comprehensive quality of rural people.
technology t is not strong, there will be a lack of subjective Second, dominated by villages, emphasize and
incentive to learn agriculture practical technology, and the strengthen village regime’s role in improving
subjective experience will prevail, then as a result, comprehensive quality of rural people. Undoubtedly, all
popularization of agricultural science and technology would external forces play roles ultimately through universal
be very difficult; on the other hand, if the pace of regime, so villages should be the vanguards of improving
agricultural science and technology extension is slow and comprehensive quality of rural people and play a primary
rural people thus get less advantages and benefits, it is and fundamental role.
difficult for them to have strong technology concepts. Third, to promote the comprehensive qualities of rural
Therefore, what we need to do is to arm rural people with people, we may use existing educational resources, such as
agriculture practical technology and help them gradually agricultural science and technology extension center, rural
but firmly entrench the concept of “science and technology culture room, plaza or even around cultivated land, to
is the first productive force”, “agricultural science and organize a variety of cultural, scientific and technological
technology are fundamental to the development of activities including training, preaching, sending the
agricultural production” and “once a problem occurs, first knowledge of science and technology to the villages etc.
and foremost is to quickly find related technicians”. In this Combined with the construction of new rural, taking
way, the objectives of agricultural industrialization, improving the ideological and cultural qualities of rural
specialized.production,formation.of.plant-breeding-processi people as a starting point, with a focus on improving the
ng, production-supply-sale, agriculture- science-education quality of rural technology, to improve rural people’s
integration system, will soon be realized on the basis of cognitive of “agricultural industrialization”.
enhancing the overall scientific and technological quality of In short, the current unsatisfactory situation of the
rural people. comprehensive quality of rural people is a major problem as
a bottleneck, affecting the speed and level of economic
3.4. Rural People Should Have a Clear Awareness development and the sustainable development of agriculture.
of Agricultural Industrialization. Without properly handling, it will affect the development of
Chinese agricultural economy, the transition from
Promoting.the.development.of.agriculture.industrializati
traditional agriculture to modern agriculture and even the
on relies on a large number of rural people, who have a
new countryside construction in our country.
clear understanding of agriculture industrialization and a
firm resolve to follow the road of industrialization of Notes:
agriculture. But according to the investigation tables, in the
item “awareness about operation of agricultural [1] Baidu encyclopedia “agricultural industrialization”
industrialization”, 58% of the respondents selected “do not Home http://baike.Baidu.com/view/95101.htm
2TU U2T
know, never heard of it”, that is, in rural there are still a
large part of people (58%) completely do not know what
agriculture industrialization is; meanwhile, there are 38% of
rural people just “heard of it, but do not understand too
559 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

References:
[1] Xu Jie. Exploration and comparison research on modes of
industrialization of agriculture – a case study of Tianjin [J].
Guangdong agriculture science, 2012 (3)
[2] Lv Dehong, Yancy, and Yan wenshou. Farmer professional
cooperative boot operation mechanism, impacts and
countermeasures of agricultural industrialization [J]. The northern
horticultural, 2012 (5)
[3] Zheng Huijuan. Current characteristics of leading enterprises in
agricultural industrialization in Gansu province finance [J].
Research and development, 2012 (1)
[4] Han Zhu. Japan agricultural industrialization and agricultural
product circulation establishment and enlightenment [J]. China
circulation economy, 2011 (10)
[5] Zhao Xiaowen, Yang Qifeng, and Li rong . Israel agricultural
industrialization and the reference role in Gansu Province [J]. Gansu
agricultural science and technology, 2007 (1)
[6] Ruan Wenbiao. Israel agricultural industrialization [J]. Anhui
agricultural communications, 2002 (2)
[7] Zhu Weige. The successful Germany agriculture cooperatives [J].
Rural economy in Shanghai, 2007 (10)
[8] Wang Hongjin. Random thoughts on t he United States agricultural
investigation [J]. Technology of Hanzhong, 2008 (3)
[9] Wang Xiuzhong. From the perspective of comparison of three
modes choice of China's agricultural industrialization modes [J].
The processing of agricultural products: innovation, 2010 (9)
560 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Survey Report of Subjective Well-Being of

Farmers in Chengdu and Chongqing
Wang Hongye
School of Education Science of Leshan Normal University,Leshan, China
Abstract: Objectives: understand the subjective well-being level of farmers in Chengdu and Chongqing and the relevant
influencing factors. Method: Adopt the revised General Well-Being Schedule (GWB) to carry out surveys on farmers in
Chengdu and Chongqing in twice by means of 3500 questionnaires and statistical analysis via SPSS16.0. Results: the
subjective well-being of farmers in Chengdu and Chongqing differs significantly in respect of demographic variables, land
policy, health level, economic level, religious belief, social support level, marital status, etc. Conclusions: the subjective
well-being of farmers in Chengdu and Chongqing is influenced by such factors as economy, health, social support, national
policy, gender, age and occupation.
Keywords: subjective well-being; chengdu and chongqing; urban-rural integration
1. Question and Assumptions Survey on a series of factors influencing well-being of
farmers in Chengdu and Chongqing will not only help us
(1) Question understand the evidences of relationships between
Raising well-being of the nationals has already become well-being of farmers (in Chengdu and Chongqing) and
one of the core objectives of “the 12 th five-year plan”. In
PP PP
social support system, economic level, health status and
recent years, a large number of researches on subjective marital status, but also will diversify and deepen the
well-being have emerged in China such as Measurement knowledge of subjective well-being, thus providing
and Research on Well-Being of Residents by Wu Jing and domestic localization research for researches on positive
Qi Muge [1] and Further Discussion on Well-Being of
PP PP
psychology and other researches.
Farmers by Wang Wenlong [2] . However, most of the
PP PP
2. Research Methods
researches are aiming at specific groups, for instance,
research on subjective well-being of undergraduates [3] , PP PP (1) Sampling and Testing
survey and research on subjective well-being of teachers [4]
The study carried out questionnaire surveys on farmers
PP PP
etc. The researches on farmers are rare to be seen which

in Chengdu and Chongqing during winter holiday in 2009
will prevent us from fully and deeply understanding the
and summer holiday in 2010 respectively. Before survey,
specific situation of subjective well-being of the farmers.
the 96 team members carefully selected have been trained
The survey, focusing on Chengdu and Chongqing, will
by professionals and the qualified ones have signed letters
systematically study whether the subjective well-being of
of commitment. Then field surveys have been carried out by
farmers will be influenced by such factors as demographic
team members who personally went to the towns, villages
variables, land policy, health, economy, social support and
and farmer homes. The first round of survey sent out 2000
marital status.
questionnaires and 1793 questionnaires were recovered,
(2) Research Significance representing a recovery rate of 90%,while the second round
of survey sent out 1500 questionnaires and 1289 have were
The survey conducts a profound analysis of the basic
recovered, representing a recovery rate of 87%. The
situation of subjective well-being of farmers in Chengdu
recovery rates of both questionnaire surveys have reached
and Chongqing by comparing such well-being of farmer in
effective statistical level.
both cities which will provide theoretical basis and data
support for the formulation of relevant policies on raising (2) Research Tool
the subjective well-being of farmers in both cities and play
Revised GWB [5]
a certain role in guiding the construction of new socialist
PP
countryside, smooth implementation of “the 12 th five-year

PP PP
(3) Research Methods
plan” and promotion of urban-rural integration of Chengdu
Questionnaire survey, case interview and literature
and Chongqing.
561 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

H.Y. Wang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp561-566
review Dimensionality GWB

Mean±standard deviation T
Classification
(4) Data Processing (M±SD) testing
Migrant
Yes 102.62±15.60 0.001**
worker
statistical analysis via SPSS16.0 No 105.58±14.43
Land
3. Research Results expropriation
Yes 104.17±17.10 0.13
No 104.59±14.39
(1) Difference of Subjective Well-Being of Farmers Land
Reasonable 105.19±15.16 0.182
in Chengdu and Chongqing in Respect of compensation
Unreasonable 103.81±15.12
Demographic Variables
(3) Difference of Subjective Well-Being of Farmers
As shown in Table 1, subjective well-being of
in Chengdu and Chongqing under Different
farmers in Chengdu and Chongqing differs significantly
Health Levels
in terms of gender (P=0.001), age (P=0.001), nation
(P=0.001), district (P=0.001) and educational As shown in Table 3, the subjective well-being of
background (P=0.034). farmers in Chengdu and Chongqing differs obviously in
respect of different health levels (P=0.001) and whether
Table 1 Survey Results of Subjective Well-Being of Residents in have been under treatment in hospital in recent year
Chengdu and Chongqing on the Basis of Demographic (P=0.002) while no difference exists in terms of whether
Variables
Dimensionality GWB
suffering from chronic disease (P=0.11).
Mean±standard
T
Classification deviation F testing Table 3 Survey Results of Subjective Well-Being of Farmers in
testing
(M±SD) Chengdu and Chongqing Region under Different Health
Gender Male 102.03±16.21 0.001** Statuses
Female 107.57±12.52
Dimensionality GWB
Age 0-35 106.23±14.65 0.001**
Mean±standard
36-55 102.54±15.16 T
Classification deviation F testing
Above 55 104.45±12.05 testing
(M±SD)
Nation Minority 98.58±9.76 0.001**
Health status Excellent 107.73±17.18 0.001**
Han 105.27±15.15
Good 103.54±12.89
Current
Worker 100.06±16.45 0.001** Poor 96.97±9.48
occupation
Whether have
Farmer 106.34±12.13
been under
Others 108.13±13.11
treatment in Yes 101.38±12.11 0.002**
Region Chongqing 109.03±13.56 0.001**
hospital in
Chengdu 103.63±14.98
recent year
Others 101.97±14.82
No 105.67±14.84
Educational
Postgraduate 102.20±10.36 0.034* Whether
background
suffering form
Undergraduate 102.79±16.23 Yes 100.84±11.31 0.11
chronic
Junior college 106.18±12.97
disease
Senior high
108.15±12.75 No 105.35±15.20
school
Junior high
school
108.37±13.69 (4) Difference of Subjective Well-Being of Farmers
Primary school 99.51±16.27 in Chengdu and Chongqing under Different
Illiteracy 100.02±10.03
Note: * means obvious difference above the level of 0.05, ** means obvious
Economic Levels
difference above the level of 0.01 (the same below)
Table 4 shows that the subjective well-being of
(2) Difference of Subjective Well-Being of Farmers farmers in Chengdu and Chongqing differs obviously in
in Chengdu and Chongqing under the Influence respect of different economic status (P=0.001), different
of Land Policy monthly household income (P=0.001), whether indebted
(P=0.001) and different income sources (P=0.001) while
As shown in Table 2, the subjective well-being of on difference exists in terms of whether buying a house
farmers in Chengdu and Chongqing differs obviously in (P=0.351).
respect of whether being migrant workers (P=0.001)
while no difference exists in terms of whether the land is Table 4 Survey Results of Subjective Well-Being of Farmers in
expropriated (P=0.13) and whether the compensation is Chengdu and Chongqing Region under Different
reasonable (P=0.182). Economic Levels
Table 2 Survey Results of Subjective Well-Being of Farmers in Dimensionality GWB
Mean±standard T
Chengdu and Chongqing Region under the Influences of Classification
deviation testing
F testing
Different Land Policies
562 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

(M±SD) in training
Economic program
Excellent 103.47±19.10 0.001**
position No 104.41±14.38
Good 105.78±13.55 Community
Poor 101.25±16.16 service Satisfied 106.74±14.06 0.001**
Monthly satisfaction
household Below 1000 99.34±19.40 0.001** Average 106.52±14.63
income Dissatisfied 97.21±14.09
1000-3000 106.23±13.25
3000-5000 105.14±12.15 (6) Difference of Subjective Well-Being of Farmers
Above 5000 104.43±13.08
Whether
in Chengdu and Chongqing under Different
buying a Yes 105.91±12.99 0.351 Marital Statuses
house
No 104.85±15.61 Table 6 shows that the subjective well-being of
Whether
indebted
Yes 101.44±18.96 0.001** farmers in Chengdu and Chongqing differs obviously in
No 105.80±13.97 respect of different marital statuses (P=0.001) and
Income Payroll from whether living with the family (P=0.001).
106.70±12.17 0.001**
sources the employer
Migrant worker 104.67±13.45
Farming 102.66±13.41 Table 6 Survey Results of Subjective Well-Being of Farmers in
Government Chengdu and Chongqing Region under Different Marital
69.81±31.889
subsidy
Business 107.89±12.46 Dimensionality GWB
Others 109.40±12.21 Mean±standard
T
Classification deviation F testing
testing
(5) Difference of Subjective Well-Being of (M±SD)
Marital status Unmarried 106.43±15.65 0.001**
Farmers in Chengdu and Chongqing under Married 103.71±14.25
Different Social Support Statuses Divorced 105.45±10.18
Remarried 97.63±12.01
Table 5 shows that the subjective well-being of Whether
farmers in Chengdu and Chongqing differs obviously in living with Yes 107.31±13.39 0.001**
the family
respect of whether enjoying social security (P=0.001), No 99.19±17.07
social satisfaction (P=0.001), legal protection satisfaction Statuses
(P=0.001), medical security
4. Discussion
Table 5 Survey Results of Subjective Well-Being of Farmers in
Chengdu and Chongqing Region under Different Social
(1) Subjective Well-Being of Farmers in Chengdu
Support Levels and Chongqing Shows Obvious Difference in
Dimensionality GWB Terms of Gender, Age, Occupation etc.
Mean±standard
T
Classification deviation
testing
F testing Gender is an obvious factor having impact on
(M±SD)
Whether
subjective well-being of farmers in Chengdu and
enjoying Yes 108.20±11.83 0.001** Chongqing. However, previous studies by Haring M J,
social security Stock W A . [6] and Haring M J, Stock W A, Okun M A [7]
PP PP PP PP PP PP
No 103.53±15.58
Social demonstrate that gender is not a decisive factor
security Satisfied 106.53±13.47 0.001** influencing subjective well-being of male and female,
satisfaction
Average 108.32±12.53
which is different from results of the study. Subjective
Dissatisfied 97.09±16.79 well-being of farmers in Chengdu and Chongqing is
Legal impacted by gender roles and subjective well-being of
protection Satisfied 109.40±12.87 0.001**
satisfaction male is higher than female’s. Age is also an important
Average 107.24±12.44 reason for the variance of subjective well-being of
Dissatisfied 94.10±17.79 farmers in Chengdu and Chongqing, which is consistent
Medical
security Satisfied 108.68±11.19 0.001** with the study results of subjective well-being obtained
satisfaction by George L M, Landerman R [8] and Bi Ming [9] . As PP PP PP PP
Average 107.77±13.80
Dissatisfied 94.61±15.90 people in different age brackets play different social
Employment
Satisfied 108.38±12.99 0.001**
roles, their subjective well-being levels also differ from
satisfaction each other. In addition, variance also exists in subjective
Average 107.07±13.54
Dissatisfied 96.78±15.85 well-being of farmers of different occupations. Scholars
Whether
Yes 102.64±18.35 0.17 such as Diene, E. [10] believe that the negative emotion of
PP PP
participating
people will be in a high level if national economy shows
563 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

no development. Low income of the farmers will lower subjective well-being of farmers in Chengdu and
their living quality which will further influence their Chongqing. Currently, the rural areas in China are still
level of subjective well-being. staying in a relatively poor level: low level of production
machinery and education, inadequate land utilization etc.
(2) Subjective Well-Being of Farmers in Chengdu
Therefore, a fantastic amount of rural labor goes outside
and Chongqing Differs Obviously in Respect
to look for jobs. Study results achieved by Wei Liying [14]
of Whether being Migrant Workers and
PP PP
etc. demonstrate that harsh environment, social

Whether the Land Compensation is
discrimination etc. will lead to both difference in
Reasonable While No Difference Exists in
economic level and negative impact on physical and
Terms of Whether the Land is Expropriated.
psychological health. Also, Diener, E. [15] etc. think that
PP PP
Whether being migrant workers is an important if the economy of a country experiences no balance,
factor influencing their subjective well-being. Fulmer, A. coordination and comprehensive development, the
C. etc. think that the subjective well-being level of difference between regions will be continuously
people will be lowered if they are unable to adapt to the expanded as well as that between urban and rural areas,
local mainstream culture and surrounding environment. which will result in low economic income of residents in
Living environment of migrant workers is different from rural areas and lower subjective well-being. According to
the original ones and different region and cultural Zhang Renkun [16] etc., Qingdao has done a relatively
PP PP
atmosphere will lower the level of subjective well-being. good work in this aspect which has given a direction for
This is in consistence with the conclusions drawn by Du the development of Chengdu and Chongqing. To raise
Liqin [11] etc. through survey on general well-being of
PP PP subjective well-being of the farmers, it is essential to
migrant workers in Guangdong Province: environment increase income by all means.
difference results in difference of well-being of migrant
(5) Obvious Difference Exists in Subjective
workers, as well as concepts of Biswas - Diener, Robert
Well-Being of Farmers in Chengdu and Chongqing
and Diener, Ed [12] that farmers working outside is highly
under Different Social Support Levels
PP PP
related to the well-being. Also, subjective well-being of

farmers in Chengdu-Chongqin region is closely linked to Subjective well-being of residents is influenced by
land compensation status. Diener, E., & Tov, W. social support and this is in consistence with the study
[13]
PP holds that whether national policies can meet the
PP results achieved by Frank, R. (1997) [17] . Sound systems
PP PP
demands of people will influence their subjective in terms of social security, medical security, pension
well-being to a large extent, which therefore supports the security, legal protection, employment security etc. are
results of the survey that the subjective well-being of conducive to the improvement of well-being of people.
farmers obtaining reasonable land compensation is
higher than those receiving unreasonable land
Well-Being of Farmers in Chengdu and
compensation.
Chongqing under Different Marital Statuses
(3) Difference Exists in Subjective Well-Being of
The subjective well-being of farmers in Chengdu and
Farmers in Chengdu and Chongqing under
Chongqing is also largely influenced by marital status
Different Health Levels
which is in accordance with the study results achieved by
Health status can influence the level of subjective Lee G R , Seccombe k , Shehan C L [18] that people under
PP PP
well-being of farmers in Chengdu and Chongqing, which better marital statuses are in a better subjective
conforms to the research results of Ed Diener that people well-being. Harmonious marital status provides a
under higher health level experience stronger subjective comfortable and cozy living environment for farmers,
well-being. Likewise, the subjective well-being of thus improving their subjective well-being.
farmers with good health status is higher than those with
5. Conclusions
poor health status. Therefore, sound medical security
system and advanced medical equipment are able to The subjective well-being of farmers in
alleviate worries of the farmers and increase their Chengdu-Chongqing is influenced by such factors as age,
feelings of safety and security. occupation, gender, health, economy, social support and
marital status.
Well-Being of Farmers in Chengdu and
Chongqing under Different Economic Levels
Economic level is another main factor influencing the
564 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

6. Strategies the country and care for personal health.

(1) National Policies and Social Support Play an (3) Promote Regional Communication in Chengdu
Important Role in the Improvement of and Chongqing and Further to Improve
Well-Being of Residents Development of Urban-Rural Integration
First of all, we should further to implement and First of all, we should facilitate the establishment of a
perfect the national policies. With the progress of uniform market in Chengdu and Chongqing, breaking the
urban-rural integration, the economic and various social regional division of Chengdu and Chongqing (the two
security measures in Chengdu and Chongqing have been core cities in the process of urban-rural integration), and
improved. However, unharmonious factors also exist which further to establish open development system and increase
have impacted the subjective well-being of farmers. As a resident income, thus improving the subjective well-being.
result, the formulation of government policies should focus Then, we should progress the development of urban-rural
on rectifying defects and the realization of the final integration by drawing upon the experience gained on key
objectives of integration of urban-rural development on the spots. Efforts shall be made to improve the living
basis of the farmers’ interests. The second strategy is that environment of residents in rural areas in accordance with
social support is closely linked to the subjective well-being objectives of building a new socialist countryside with
of farmers in Chengdu and Chongqing. The country should “production development, affluent life, cultivated
formulate and perfect various security systems timely countryside, clean and tidy village and democratic
including social security system, medical security system, management”. It is necessary to attach more importance to
employment security system, marriage spouse system etc. the financial income in rural areas, to establish new public
and strengthen social support especially support for farmers, financial system and increase investment in rural
thus raising the subjective well-being of farmers in infrastructures as well as education, culture and hygiene , so
Chengdu and Chongqing. The third one is that rural issues that these targets such as sound interaction of nurturing
concerning agriculture, countryside and farmer is the top agriculture by industry or driving countryside by towns and
priority in lifting the well-being of farmers. As “migrant complementing advantages of urban and rural industries
worker” has become a hot topic of the current society, and the various development of the rural areas can be
efforts shall be made to reform employment system, to achieved.
regulate labor management in accordance with law, to I shall pay great gratitude to these students who have
strictly implement employment contract system, protect strongly supported the research by actively participating
lawful rights and interests of migrant workers, and to in the research group and questionnaire survey!
strengthen vocational training on migrant workers and References:
improve comprehensive quality and competitiveness of
the “new generation” migrant workers, thus raising the [1] Wu Jing, Qi Muge, Measurement and Research on Well-Being of
subjective well-being of farmers. Last but not the least, Residents, Northern Economy, April 2007
we should develop the initiative in promoting [2] Wang Wenlong, Further Discussion on Well-Being of Farmers [J],
compulsory education and various in-service educations. Journal of Southwest University, 2007(1)
Ministry of Education and local educational [3] Zheng Xue, Yan Biaobin, Qiu Lin, Research on Subjective
organizations shall actively operate various education Well-Being of Undergraduates in Guangzhou. Exploration of
policies and expand the coverage of compulsory Psychology, 2001,4:46-50
education, so as to allow more farmers to receive [4] Zhang Hechuan, Li Lanxian. Analysis of Physical and Psychological
education and improve cultural quality, thus enhancing Health and Subjective Well-Being of 183 Middle-Aged Teachers in
subjective well-being of farmers. Universities. Chinese Journal of Health Education, 1998,14(3):13-16
[5] Liu Rengang, Gong Yaoxian. Trial Application of GWB of the
(2) Individual Quality of Farmers Shall Be Memorial University of Newfoundland. Chinese Journal of Clinical
Improved Psychology, 1999,(2)13-16
Firstly, we should improve the cultural cultivation. [6] Diener, E., Wirtz, D., Tov, W., Kim-Prieto, C., Choi, DW., Oishi, S.,
Farmers shall raise their subjective well-being by & Biswas-Diener, R. (2010). New well-being measures: Short scales
actively adapting to living environment, studying more to assess flourishing and positive and negative feelings. Social
working techniques and enhancing knowledge level. Indicator Research, 97, 143-156.
taking initiative in understanding the medical security [7] Haring M J , Stock W A , O kun M A, Research synthesis of gender
system and its implement process. Farmers shall pay and social class as correlates of subjective Well -being1 Human
timely attention to the medical security policies made by Relations , 1984 , 37 ,645 – 6571.
[8] George L M, Lander man R , Health and Subjective Well - being : A
565 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

replicated secondary data analysis1 International Journal of Aging

and Human Develop2ment , 1984 , 19 , 133 – 1561
[9] Bi Ming, Sun Chengyi. Research on Difference of Subjective
Well-Being of Urban residents Based on Different Ages [J]. Journal
of Shangdong Administrative College and Shangdong Economic
Management Personnel College, 2003,(2): 126-127
[10] Diener , E., Suh, E. M., Kim-Prieto, C., Biswas-Diener, R., & Tay,
L. (2010, August).
[11] Du Liqin, Wang Xiaogang, Du Limin: Survey on General
Well-Being of Migrant Workers in Guangdong Province, Health
Medicine Research and Practice, Issue 4 of Volume 4, 2007
[12] Biswas - Diener , Robert and Diener , Ed (2001) "Making the Best
of a Bad Situation: Satisfaction in the Slums of Calcutta." Social
Indicators Research, 55, pp. 329-52 (2006)
[13] Diener , E., & Tov,W. (in press). National subjective well-being
indices: An assessment. In K.C.Land (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Social
Indicators and Quality-of-Life Studies. New York: Springer.
[14] Wei Liying: Survey and Analysis of Psychological Pressure and
Health Status of Migrant Workers [J]. Chinese Journal of Health
Education, 2002,18 (6):399-400
[15] Diener,E., Suh, E. M., Kim-Prieto, C., Biswas-Diener, R., & Tay, L.
(2010, August). Unhappiness in South Korea: Why it is high and
what might be done about it. Proceedings of Korean Psychological
Associations, August 2010, Seoul, South Korea. Unpublished
conference proceedings.
[16] Zhang Renkun: Pay Attention to Subjective Well-Being Research
and Improve living Quality of Residents--Survey and Thinking on
Subjective Well-Being Status of Urban Residents in Qingdao City;
Development Forum, Issue 12 of 2002
[17] Frank, R. (1997), The frame of reference as a public good,
Economic Journal, 107. Frey, B.S. and A. Stutzer (2002), Happiness
and economics: how the economy and institutions affect human
well-being, Princeton and Oxford: Princeton University Press.
[18] Lee G R, Seccombe k, Shehan C L ,Marital status and personal
happiness :An analysis of trend data1 Journal of Marriage and The
Family , 1991 , 53 ,841 – 849.
Author Profile:
Wang Hongye (1965-), a female from Leshan, Sichuan, professor of
School of Education Science of Leshan Normal University, primary
research directions: educational psychology and psychological health
education. Tel: 13408339131. E-mail: 248277872@qq.com.
566 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
1)
Study on the Spatiotemporal Distribution of

Soil Water and Salt under Drip Irrigation in
Close-planting Jujube Orchards in Xinjiang
Cuiyun Wu1, Gongming Chen2, Liping Liu3, Jiangsheng Gao4
P P P P P P P
1,4
P Key Laboratory of Production and Utilization of Biological Resources in Tarim Basin,Alar, Xinjiang, China
P
2
The fourteen Regiment, the First Bureau of Agriculture,Alar, Xinjiang, China
P P
1
College of Plant Science Tarim University,Alar, Xinjiang, China
P P
1,3
P Xinjiang Prodution ＆ Construction Crops(XPCC),Alar, Xinjiang, China
P
*Wcyby2010@sina.com
Abstract: To study on the spatiotemporal distribution of soil water and salt under drip irrigation in close-planting jujube
orchards in South Xinjiang, we measured and analyzed the change of water and salt content under drip irrigation from the
following aspects: the critical growth period of jujube, the drip irrigation, soil space and so on. The results showed that
water content in each soil layer presented descending trend throughout the growing period of jujube except for the period of
flowering stage. The salinity showed descending trend in 0-40 cm soil layers and increasing-decreasing changes in 40-80
cm soil layers.Before the drip irrigation was applied, the change of moisture content and salinity increased with the depth
of soil, and the moisture content of soil in 40-60 cm was the highest. After the irrigation, soil layer in 0-40 cm showed slight
desalination with the increase of the water content, soil layer in 40-80 cm is salt accumulation zone. In the horizontal
direction, the salt content which is far away from the drip irrigation was higher. Such trends weakened gradually with the
increase of soil depth. When the soil layer reached 40-80 cm, salt content in 25 cm and 50cm which are far from water
dropper was similar. Our results indicated that salt content in close-planting jujube orchards was rinsed to the outer edge of
wet body with water movement started in drip emitter, which resulted in a low salt zone in 0-40 cm soil layer.
Keywords: drip irrigation; close-planting jujube orchards; salt content; water content; growth period of jujube
1. Introduction As an advanced water-saving irrigation technology, drip
irrigation (DI) can supply water to crop according to the
The oasis of Tarim Basin lies in arid climate zone of characteristic of crops' requirement, which would increase
inland basin, where it rains scarcely all the year with high water utilization ratio remarkably. It is universally applied
temperature, intense evaporation. Natural soil generally in the cotton field production of Xinjiang, water-saving
contains salt. Moreover, the available water resources are effect is remarkable. But DI doesn't evolve in-depth leakage
limited, massive moisture are wasted because of invalid in soil generally, so that salinity can't be eliminated when it
evaporation and in-depth leakage under the way of translocates in the soil body. So secondary salinization
traditional flood irrigation. Meanwhile, due to lack of phenomenon is more obvious [4-6] . Researchers have carried
PPP PP
impeccable irrigation and drainage engineering system, out massive researches about the translocation law of soil
irrigation water leaks and groundwater level is raised. water-salt under the condition of DI [7-11] and achieved some
PPP PP
Evaporation and accumulation of salt in the surface soil are positive achievements. But they aimed at the annual crops,
aggravated resulting in saline-alkali land [1-3] . Therefore,
PPP PP
not the drip irrigation under mulch film.

water-saving irrigation becomes the inevitable trend in As the best ecology economic forest trees, the planting
agricultural development of Xinjiang. areas of jujube (Ziziphus jujube) have been increased
quickly from more than 130,000 hectare in 2007 to more
Acknowledgments: The study was partly supported by 973
than 400,000 hectare in recent years in Xinjiang, which is
preliminary study project of China (No 2010CB134406),
XPCC special fund plans No. 2010ZX02, Tarim University key
arid and has few rain, and become one of the agricultural
research funds No. TDZKCX1001 and Key Laboratory of pillar industries of Xinjiang. It not only have obtained the
Protection and Utilization of Biological Resources in Tarim huge economic efficiency, also have improved the
Basin of XPCC open project No. BR0901. The authors thank ecological environment enormously. The pattern of jujube
the fourteen Regiment of the First Bureau of Agriculture for the planting have changed into dwarfing-close-planting at
help of providing experimental field. present in orchard, which are established by directly
567 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

C. Y. Wu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp567-572
grafting on rootstock without transplant, instead of thin- 2.2. The Experimental Treatments and Methods
planting in wide line in the past. Meantime, jujube tree is
perennial crops, distributions of the root system expand year The experiment adopted a randomized block field
by year. DI in jujube orchards are applied under no thin- design program, according to soil change in the experiment
film cover leading to moisture infiltration and evaporation to set three areas. We continuously sampled to measure the
of earth’s surface are different from that of cotton field after water content and salinity of the soil. Respectively in the
drip irrigation. jujube budding period (April 29th), early flowering (June
Therefore, the paper will reveal the law of soil water- 4th), fruit enlargement period (July 18th), white cooked
salt under DI in close-planting jujube orchards of Xinjiang. period of the fruits (September 4th), ripe stage (October
The relationship between drip irrigation system and salt 10th) and after one week of the drip irrigation of fruit
accumulation in soil of close-planting in jujube orchards setting (July 14th). In order to reduce sampling error, "S"
was discussed, which provided theory reference for the fixed point in each area choose five repeated sampling
reasonable irrigation to avoid soil secondary salinization in points, each sampling point determine three sampling
jujube orchards. sites,respectively is 0cm, 25cm, 50cm which are far away
from the water dropper in the horizontal direction of the
2. Materials and Methods jujube rows. Every position samples from four soil layer,
respectively along the vertical direction in 0-20cm, 20cm-
2.1. The Basic Situation of Experimental Area 40cm, 40cm-60cm, 60cm-80cm. The soil sample of the five
sample points in each area of the same position and the
The experiment was performed at the fourteen same soil layer measure the water content and salinity of the
Regiment of the First Bureau of Agriculture Division which soil after they mixed. The water content of the soil was
is located in the oasis of Tarim basin. The experimental area measured by oven drying method. Soil salinity was
is extremely typical arid climate, the rainfall averages 67.2 determined by a common method of measuring the
mm a year, annual evaporation is as high as 2110.5 mm.The electrical conductivity (EC) of the saturated extracts.
research experimental jujube area is 4.7 hectare. The surface
soil in 0-40cm is thick medium clayey-loam. Below 60cm 3. Results and Analyses
soil layer towards the bottom is sandy-loam, while clay soil
is belongs to the middle layer from 40cm to 60cm. The soil 3.1..The Dynamics of Water and Salt throughout
chemical and physical traits of the soil profile (0-80cm) in the Growing Period of Jujube
experimental field were reflected in table 1 (table 1).
Close-planting jujube trees were planted in 2007 by 3.1.1. The Changes of Soil Water and Salt in the
directly grafting on rootstock without transplant at a row Horizontal Direction of Jujube Orchards
spacing of 1.7m and an inter-row spacing of 0.5m.
Conventional surface drip irrigation methods were applied wat er 0cm 25cm 50cm
in yearly growth phase of jujube except for in spring.The content

(%)
surface drip irrigation methods were adopted during the 20.00
growth period of other crops all the year. The laying of the 18.00
drip irrigation belt rests with the jujube row.The jujube trees 16.00
were irrigated nine times in 2010 and every 8 days in June 14.00
and July. In August irrigation frequency is every 14 days. 12.00

growing period
The amount of irrigation water was 8838 m 3 /hm.

PPP PP
10.00
sprouting period earing flowing fruit growth fruit colouring fruit mature
of jujube
period rapidly period period period
Table 1 The chemical and physical traits of the soil profile

(0-80cm) in experimental field
Fig 1. The change of water salt content in the
Depth of soil layer horizontal direction in different growth
0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 period of jujube
(cm)
pH 7.49 7.52 7.66 8.22 The changes of soil water and salt in the horizontal direction
T. D. S (dS/m) 0.19 0.17 0.19 0.25 of close-planting jujube orchards are presented in Fig.1 and
Organic matter (%) 1.89 1.93 1.77 1.49
Fig. 2. From Fig.1,we know the water content at 25 cm and
available nitrogen
(mg/kg)
76.01 47.32 66.41 41.65 50cm which is far away from water dropper in close-
available kalium 313.7 183.0 173.8 251.1 planting jujube orchards under drip irrigation increased
(mg/kg) 7 1 3 4 from the germination period to the flowering period, and
available then decreased later. The water content at 50cm which is far
22.13 17.05 20.16 26.05 away from the dropper reached a maximum value in
phosphorus (mg/kg)
germination period and the early flowering stage in the
568 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

horizontal directions. The water content of soil which is water content decreased and reached a lower level than that
25cm away from the water dropper. However, the water of the germination during the period of fruit growth and
content at 0, 25 and 50cm from the dropper were similar development.
from the expanding period of fruit to mature, which Each soil salt content of soil layer demonstrated
implying that DI from 50cm range can keep soil moisture decreasing-increasing -decreasing change within the depth
balance. The results from Fig 1 also showed that the soil in 0-80cm. Soil salt content rapidly decreased from the
moisture content varied in the range of 15%-18% at the germination period to the early flowering period, and then
yearly growth stages of jujube. increased sharply later, with a peak in the growing rapidly
Salt content of soil at 0, 25 and 50cm from the dropper period of fruit, and then decreased and reached a lower level
showed similar trends with a single-peak type. The peak than that of the germination period (Fig.4). In addition, soil
value was 904.12μS/cm. It occurred during fruit growth salt content increased with depth in soil. Soil salt content in
rapidly stage of jujube while it was lowest at mature stage 40-80 was similar and higher than that of others layer,
of fruit (Fig. 2). These differences of soil salt content in the whereas soil salt content in 0-20 cm was the lowest.
different growth stage of jujube might be due to two reasons. Average soil salinity of the shallow (0- 40cm) soil was 1.24
Decreasing in soil salt content was caused by high times as much as depth soil layer (40- 80cm). This showed
irrigation frequency and relatively weak transpiration. that in the soil depth direction , soil in 0-40cm manifested
Although there is phenomenon of surface evaporation, the slight desalination, whereas soil in 40-80cm was
soil was rinsed by the drip irrigation, so that soil salt content accumulation zone.
was lower during the flowering period. Increasing in soil 0-20c m 20-40c m
wa t e r c o n t e n t
salt content was because the flowering of jujube and setting (% )
40-60c m 60-80c m
fruit .At the same time, soil surface evaporation are stronger, 2 0 .0 0
1 8 .0 0
the transpiration of leaves, flower and fruit of jujube are 1 6 .0 0
also stronger, which make soil salt higher. From the 1 4 .0 0
1 2 .0 0
horizontal direction of soil, soil salt content at 50cm and 1 0 .0 0
25cm from the dropper were higher 41.85% and 26.22% 8 .0 0
sp r o u tin g e a r in g f r u it g r o w th f r u it f r u it m a tur e
g r o w in g p e r io d
of j uj ube
than that of drip emitter. Soil salt content near the water p e r iod f lo w in g
p e r io d
r a p id ly c o lo u r in g
p e r io d
p e r io d
dropper was lower and it was higher far away from the
water dropper. This was mainly due to less shade cover,
leaching by drip irrigation and strong soil surface Fig 3. The change of soil water content in the vertical
evaporation. directions in different growth period of jujube
sa lt c ont ent 0- 20cm 20 -40c m

0cm 25cm 50cm
salt content （ μ S/cm ） 40 -60c m 60 -80c m
(μS/cm) 120 0.0 0

1200.00
100 0.0 0
1000.00
80 0.0 0
800.00
60 0.0 0
600.00
400.00 40 0.0 0 Gro wing pe riod

growing period spr out i ng ea ring f ruit f ruit fr uit of jujube
sprouting earing fruit fruit fruit
of jujube flo win g gro wt h colo urin g m a t ure
flowing growth colouring mature
period rapidly pe rio d rap idly
Fig 2. The change of soil salt content in the Fig 4. The change of soil salt content in the vertical
horizontal direction in different growth period of directions in different growth period of jujube
jujube
3.2. The Dynamics of Soil Water and Salt of Jujube
3.1.2. The Changes of Soil Water and Salt from the Orchards before and after the Drip Irrigation
Vertical Direction of Jujube Orchards
From the results presented in Fig. 3, soil water content 3.2.1. The Changes of Water Soil and Salt of Jujube
under DI increased with depth of soil throughout the whole Orchards before and after the Drip Irrigation
growth period of jujube tree. Average soil water content at Before and after one week’s drip irrigation, the changes
20-40cm, 40-60cm and 60-80cm soil layer was respectively of soil water and salt content in 0-80 cm soil layers in the
120.94%, 133.02% and 145.06% as compared to surface horizontal direction of jujube orchards were presented in
soil at 0-20cm. Soil water content at each soil layer Fig 5 and Fig 6. Before the drip irrigation, Soil water
displayed a trend of dropping steadily throughout the jujube content near the water dropper was lower and the value was
growing period, except for the flowering stage, and soil 10.27%, and soil water content at 25cm and 50cm from the
569 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

water dropper were 13.33% and 13.19%, respectively. The content were similar above three soil site in the soil
second day after the drip irrigation, soil water content horizontal direction within one week. The change trend of
increased and the average soil water content was 15.71%, in "increasing-decreasing-increasing" was appeared after DI.
addition, soil water content near the water dropper was the
3.2.2. The Changes of Water Soil and Salt from the
highest and soil water content at 50cm from the water
Vertical Direction of Jujube Orchards before and
dropper was the lowest. Soil water content decreased after
after the Drip Irrigation
that day, and soil water content near the water dropper
decreased much more and decreased by 66.54%, This was Before and after the drip irrigation, the changes of soil
because the water dropper near the saturation region of soil water and salt content in the vertical direction of jujube
moisture and the gravity of soil moisture led to a greater orchards were presented in Fig 7 and Fig 8during the period
decline. One week after the DI, Soil water content at 0, of setting fruit . Before the drip irrigation, soil water content
25cm and 50cm from the water dropper decreased by 9.35%, in 40-60cm soil layer was the highest (16.34%), and the
8.80% and 2.01%，comparing to the second day after the lowest in 0-20cm soil layer, following by 20-40cm and 60-
DI. In horizontal direction, soil water content in 0-50cm soil 80cm soil layer. After the drip irrigation, soil water content
layer range was similar. This phenomenon showed that in increased with the depth of soil layer. Within a week after
short period after DI, soil moisture loss related to the water the drip irrigation, soil water content at 0-20, 20-40, 40-60
gravitational potential, it is not obvious that shading of and 60-80cm respectively decreased by 1.79%, 1.26%,
jujube canopy reduce surface evaporation. 0.82% and 0.4%.（Fig. 7）.
0 - 2 0 cm 2 0 -4 0 cm
0cm 2 5 cm 5 0 cm w a te r c o n te n t
4 0 - 6 0c m 6 0 -8 0 cm
w ater co n ten t （%）
(% ) 20.00
1 7 .0 0
18.00
1 6 .0 0
16.00
1 5 .0 0
14.00
1 4 .0 0
12.00
1 3 .0 0
1 2 .0 0 10.00
1 1 .0 0 8.00
G row ing pe riod
1 0 .0 0 6.00 Be fore a ng
of j uj ube
7-13 7-16 7-17 7- 18 7- 19 7- 20 7 -1 3 7 -1 6 7 -1 7 7- 1 8 7-19 7 -2 0 a f te r I D
Fig 5. The change of soil water content from the Fig 7. The change of soil water content from the
horizontal directions before and after DI in July vertical directions before and after drip irrigation in
July
salt content 0cm 25cm 50cm
（μS/cm）
1400.00
1200.00 0 -2 0 cm 2 0 -4 0 cm
sa lt co n t en t 40- 60c m 6 0 -8 0 cm
1000.00
（ μ S/ cm ）
800.00 1 4 0 0 .0 0
1 2 0 0 .0 0
600.00
Before and 1 0 0 0 .0 0
400.00
after ID 8 0 0 .0 0
7-13 7-16 7-17 7-18 7-19 7-20
6 0 0 .0 0
4 0 0 .0 0 Befo re a n d
7 -1 3 7 -1 6 7- 17 7 -1 8 7 -1 9 7 -2 0 aft er ID
Fig 6. The change of soil salt content from the
horizontal directions before and after DI in July
The changes of soil salt content from the horizontal
Fig 8. The change of soil salt content from the
direction of jujube orchards were presented before and after
vertical directions before and after drip irrigation in
drip irrigation in the Fig 6. Soil salt content decreased in the
July
order of 0cm﹤25cm﹤50cm from the water dropper after
one week’s the drip irrigation. There was little difference in Before the DI, soil salt content in 60-80cm soil layer was
soil salt content in the scope of 0-50cm from the water higher than that of 0-60cm. After the DI, the order of soil
dropper before the drip irrigation. The second day after the salt content was 60-80cm≈40-60cm﹥0-20cm﹥20-40cm.
drip irrigation, soil salt content increased in the scope of 25- Within a week after the drip irrigation, soil salt content in 0-
50cm from the water dropper, and it continued decreasing in 60cm soil layer showed an increasing-decreasing-
the following five days, whereas there were no differences increasing-decreasing trends. Whereas soil salt content in
near the dropper. But salt content in the scope of 0-50cm 60-80cm soil layer increased in 3 days after the DI, and then
from drip irrigation belt reflected to accumulate salt in 7 decreased dramatically and rapidly. These differences in
days after DI. That means the change trends of soil salt
570 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

soil salt content from different soil layer might be due to showed significant difference in different soil layer: soil salt
drip irrigation of salty water with drip irrigation infiltration, content in 0-40 cm displayed descending trend, soil salt
salt water moved to deep soil, resulting in increased soil content in 40-80 cm displayed increasing-decreasing trend.
salinity. After one week after the drip irrigation, the order of Our results indicated salt content of close-planting jujube
soil salt content was 20-40cm﹤0-20cm﹤40-60cm﹤60- yard was rinsed to the outer edge of wet soil body along
80cm and the average value was with water movement started in drip emitter, which resulted
738.63us/cm,670.20us/cm,959.91us/cm and 1044.36us/cm, in a low salt zone in 0-40 cm soil layer. This can be
respectively, implying that 20-40cm soil layer was salinity beneficial for the development of jujube root system.
dilution zone, followed by 0-20cm layer. References
0B
4. Summary and Conclusions [1] Chen Xiao-bing, Yang Jin-song, and Liu Chunqin. “Study on soil
4.1 Drip irrigation has gained widespread popularity as secondary salinization and related issues in alar irrigation area,”
an efficient and economically viable method because it xinjiang. Journal of Arid Land Resources and Environment.2007,
highly localized application and the flexibility in scheduling 21(6): 168-172
water and nutritional applications [12] . But applying PPP PP
[2] Chen Xiaobing, Yang Jingsong, and Liu Chunqin.“Soil salinization
continuous saline water for irrigation through surface DI under integrated agriculture and its countermeasures in Xinjiang”,
systems might result in salt accumulation which is close to Soil. 2007,39 (3):347-353
the soil surface [13-14] . It can migrate downwards and reach
PPP PP
[3] Fan Zili, Ma Yingjie, and Ma Yingjun. Assessment and prediction of
the main root zone during irrigation. Wei’s study in cotton developing trend of soil salinization of the cultivated land in west
field has found the soil salt content in 30-50cm depth layer China. 2002,25(2): 97-102
was higher [8] , whereas the accumulation of salt in loam was
PPP PP
[4] Zhang Wei, Lv Xin, Li Luhua, Liu Jianguo, Sun Zhaojun, and Zhang
located in 40-60cm soil layer and in clay was 60-80cm Xiaowei. Salt transfer law for cotton field with drip irrigation under
layer [4, 11] . And more researches had studied the law of
PPP PP
the plastic mulch in Xinjiang Region. Transactions of the CSAE.
water and salt movement of jujube orchards under drip 2008, 24(8):15-19 .
irrigation [15-16] . Our study showed soil water and salt
PPP PP
[5] Lv Dianqing, Wang Quanjiu, and Wang Wenyan. Salt distribution

contents of close-planting jujube orchards under DI firstly and effect factors in under- film drip irrigation. Irrigation and
increased, which reached a peak in the early flowering Drainage. 2001, 20(1):28-31. .
period and the fruit growing rapidly period, respectively, [6] Liu Xinyong and Tian Changyan. Study on dynamic and balance of
and then decreased. In addition, soil salt content increased salt for cotton under plastic mulch in south Xinjiang. Journal of Soil
with further from the water dropper throughout the growth
and Water Conservation. 6: 82-85. .
period of jujube. This was in accordance with the findings
[7] Liu Chunqing, Yang Jingsong,Wu Yuxi, and Zhang Qianfeng. Soil
that soil salt content reached the maximum value in the
water and salt dynamic under film mulched drip irrigation. Journal of
same period, whereas soil water content was different from
Anhui University of Technology. 2010,27(1):94-97
Yao’s reports [16] .The present results showed soil salt
PPP PP
[8] Wei Guanghui, Dong Xinguang, Yang Pengnian, Yang Xinxin, and
content in soil surface was the lowest, and the highest one
was in 40-80cm soil layer. Our results were inconsistent Yao Pengliang. Study on soil salt movement in drip irrigation of
with Yao et al., Ma et al. and Zhu et al.’s research results [15- PPP
cotton under the plastic mulch. Research of Soil and Water
17] Conservation. 2009, 16 (6):163-166.
PP. These differences in soil salt content may be due to
different amount and method of irrigation. About Yao’s [9] Yi Pengfei, Hudan·Tumaerbai, Wu Zhengguang, Wang Yimin, and
study, the amount of irrigation was lower (1750-2380 Zhang Jinzhu. Research on change law of soil-salt under film drip
m3/ha), and salt mainly accumulated in 0-30cm soil layer PPP
irrigation in cotton field. Journal of Xinxiang Agricultural University.
[16]
, Ma, et al. studied the effect of soil moisture and salinity
PP
2010, 33 (1) :72-77
distribution by light-saline water of drip irrigation and [10] Zhao Chengyi, Yan Yingyu, Li Juyan, Sheng Yu, and Yilihamu
concluded that salt mainly accumulated in 0-40cm soil Yimamu. Distributed characteristics of soil water salt of cotton field
layer [15] . In this study, the results indicated that the amount
PPP PP
under drip irrigation under mulching in Tarim Irrigated Area. Arid
of 5600 m3/ha was good to wash salt, and salt mainly Land Geography. 2009, 32 (6):892-898
accumulated in 40-60cm soil layer. [11] Zhang Wei, Li Luhua, Ying Bo, Sun Zhaojun, Zhang Xiaowei, and
4.2 Soil water content increased with the depth of soil Yang Zhongping. Studies on the condition of drip irrigation in the
layer in the vertical direction of jujube orchards (0-80cm), secondary stalinization cotton field in Xinjiang. Journal of Shihezi
and soil water content from different soil layer showed University. 2008, 26 (6):682-685
similar changes and displayed a tardily descending trend. [12] Dehghanisanij.H, Agassi.Ma, H. Anyoji, T. Yamamoto, M. Inoue,
No matter what the yearly development periods of jujube or A.E. Eneji. Improvement of saline water use under drip irrigation
several days after the DI, soil salt content increased with the system. Agricultural Water Management. 2006, 85:233-242
depth of soil layer. However, the changes of soil salt content
571 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[13] Gideon Oron, Yoel DeMalach, Leonid Gillerman, Itsik David, V.P.
Rao. Improved saline-water use under subsurface drip irrigation.
Agricultural Water Management. 1999, 39:19-33
[14] Oron, G., DeMalach, Y., Gillerman, L., David, I., Pear response to
saline water application under subsurface drip irrigation. In:
Proceedings Fifth International Micro-irrigation Congress, Orlando,
FL, 1995, April 2-6, pp. 97-103.
[15] Ma Jie, Zhu Zhu, Yao Baolin, Zhang Yu, and Ye Hanchun.
Experimental research on effect of soil moisture and salinity
distribution under light-saline water of drip irrigation in Alar irrigated
area. Water- Saving Irrgation. 2010, (5) : 40-42, 45.
[16] Yao Baolin, Sun Sanming, Majie, and Ye Hanchun. Influence of
irrigation quota on distribution of soil water and salinity for the drip
irrigation of red jujube. China Rural Water and Hydropower. 2011,
(4)：88-91
[17] Zhu zhu, Ma jie, Sun Sanming, Zhu Lianyong, Ye Hanchun. Primary
study on changes of soil water and salt water in root zone under drip
irrigation. Saving Irrigation. 2010, (10): 35-39
572 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Harmonious Society and the Reshaping of

China’s Labor Unions
Fanyu Zhou1, Yang Yu2
1,2
Department of International Business，College of Humanities and Sciences, Northeast Normal University
Changchun, China
1
zhou_fanyu@yahoo.com.cn
Abstract: To construct a harmonious society is a strategic mission for China who aims to be a powerful socialist country
with wealthy people, meantime maintaining a harmonious society based on harmonious labor-management relationships.
With the rapid development of the market economy, a lot of issues have arisen in our labor-management relationships. The
major mechanism of resolving labor-management conflicts is supposed to be the Labor Unions. However, for many reasons,
China’s Labor Unions fail to function as the representative of labors’ interests, but only to perform the passive role of a
mediator, which is far from labors’ expectations. The massive labors are greatly concerned with the issue of reshaping our
Labor Unions. In order to reshape the Unions, their independent status and autonomy must be guaranteed on both law and
policy.
Keywords: harmonious society; labor-management relationships; labors’ benefit; labor union
1. Introduction 2. The Dialectic Relationship between Social
In recent years, constructing a harmonious society for Harmony and Labor-Management Harmo-
the Chinese people has become a common goal. As a signif- ny
icant strategic mission, the harmonious society is a guaran-
The prominent problems mentioned above mainly re-
tee of international prosperity, national rejuvenation and the
flect the tense labor-management relationship under a mar-
people’s benefits. During the Sixth Plenary Session of the
ket economy. An effective starting point to solve these
Sixteenth Central, China’s current social situation was ana-
problems requires improving labor-management relation-
lyzed. It was concluded that, at present, China’s society is
ships. Labor-management is the most basic of social rela-
generally harmonious. However, there still are some promi-
tionships. Establishing and improving the labor-
nent problems concerning the public‘s interests, namely, the
management mediation mechanism and developing harmo-
issues of employment, social welfare benefits, income dis-
nious labor-management relationships will help a lot to pro-
tribution, education, public health services, housing, pro-
tect labors’ financial and personal rights and to accomplish
duction safety and public security systems. With the rapid
the development of sound enterprises as well as labors’
development of the economy, a serious problem of unba-
overall development. With the convention of strict man-
lanced social distribution has arisen. Some potential clashes
agement and weak labor, only by the safeguard of labors’
or conflicts should never be ignored or denied. Thus it is a
interests can there be a harmonious society. Only if the la-
priority to construct a society that focuses on the promotion
bor-management relationship is harmonious and workers
of harmonious relationship between groups with conflict
enjoy their careers and life, can the harmonious society as a
interests. Such a society has a foundation of healthy labor-
whole be realized.
management relationships; while the latter’s balanced rela-
During more than thirty years since the opening and
tionship is leveraged by the Labor Unions. Unfortunately,
reform in China, a small number of “successors” have ob-
some defects in China’s Labor Union systems make it im-
tained a huge amount of profits, and it is high time to con-
potent to act as a safeguard or spokesman for labors’ inter-
sider how to help the comparatively disadvantaged laborers
ests, which leads to an imbalance of the labor-management
to work and live more happily. The Chinese government has
relationship. Hence it has become necessary to reshape Chi-
increasingly attached more importance to the issue of reduc-
na’s Labor Unions to be a new player in the context of the
ing conflicts within business enterprises, and has repeatedly
socialist market economy.
emphasized the growing need of the respect to labors’ in-
terests by providing a better working environment. With the
aim to construct a harmonious society, the first and fore-
573 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

F. Y. Zhou et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp573-576
most job is to eliminate destabilizing factors in labor- pass the Labor Unions to sue their employers, which indi-
management relationships. cates a weakness in the potential role played by the Labor
The General Labor Union of Liaoning province has Unions in resolving labor-management disputes. Without
found seven major problems in China’s labor-management the effective and timely intervention of the Labor Unions,
relationship: the average employees’ income is low and labor-management conflicts will continue to escalate to a
grows at a slow rate; social welfare benefits are unbalanced; disruptive degree. However, our Labor Unions fail to break
the employees’ voice channel is not lubricated; work hours through the conventional practice and to handle new prob-
and labor intensity are incorrectly balanced; humanitarian lems in new social situations. In China, the Labor Union’s
care is wanting; the treatment of labor is unfair; and the representatives are employed, approved and paid by the
resolutions of labor-management disputes are improper. business owners. Labor Union’s jobs heavily depend on the
Obviously, all of the major problems of labor-management enterprises’ support, including the funds they need. In order
relationships concern each laborer’s life, which is consi- to get along well with the business owners, the Labor Un-
dered to be the most important issue. If these issues can not ions dare not negotiate directly with their bosses regarding
be solved properly, they will become potentially destabiliz- the employees’ interests. An peculiar situation will always
ing factors threatening the safety of society and giving rise occur: “the bosses will not talk, the Unions dare not talk and
to social unrest. the labors are not able to talk.”[2] The following factors give
P P
“The landscape of industrial relations in China has expe- rise to such a dilemma:
rienced significant changes over the last two decades, main-
3.1. Dependence of China’s Labor Unions
ly due to the diversification of ownership forms."[1] Firstly,
non-government enterprises often develop at a rapid rate, “The principal barrier retarding the development of the
many being ignorant of the law and regulations due to less representative role in the Labor Unions has been the tradi-
government intervention. Secondly, a number of business tional subordination in the workplace of Labor Un-
owners, unintentionally or deliberately violate laws and ions. ”[3]The current leadership system determines that the
regulations and are blind to labors’ interests. Thirdly, with business owners are completely responsible for all that hap-
the deepening reform of state-owned enterprises and the pens in the business, and they have the absolute and ulti-
enlarging autonomy of business ownership, labor- mate control over their internal affairs. A Labor Union, as a
management conflicts proliferate throughout various enter- functioning department of the business enterprise, is di-
prises. Fourthly, more and more of labors’ rights are defined rected by the boss. Consequently, it is impossible for the
by law, which provides guidelines for the protection of their Union to negotiate with the boss for the best interests of the
rights. Fifthly, China’s Labor Union has displayed a disap- laborers.
pointing performance. In other words, a lot of problems and
3.2. Labor Union’s Functions and Missions
conflicts arise in China’s labor-management system due to
the imbalance between weak labor and privileged manage- The government is responsible to construct a harmo-
ment. There is no powerful Labor Union that can adequately nious society on the basis of exceptional labor-management
represent the interests and rights of massive numbers of relationships. The Labor Unions should bear their mission
laborers. to build strong and equitable labor-management relation-
Of course, diversified business ownership is the natural ships.
tendency of modern economic development. Our laws and Under the market economy, China’s Labor Union’s ma-
regulations need to be changed accordingly to adjust to the jor function is to coordinate labor-management relationships,
needs of the new socialist market economy. A harmonious rather than to represent the laborer’s interests to the fullest
society must be based on balanced and equitable labor- extent. “In China, the Labor Unions generally play a subor-
management relationships. China’s Labor Unions need to dinate role in the dispute resolution procedure, serving as
exert every effort to untangle difficult labor-management mediator rather than as worker representative."［3］The Labor
issues by exercising their due role. Union’s ideology is obsolete and it seems unlikely to be
changed now or in the near future. They serve the business
3. The Dilemma of China’ Labor Unions
enterprises, because they maintain the apparent internal
“In recent years, the number of labor-management dis- stability, limiting the potential labor-management clashes
putes has been increasing and they have become the type of and make it easier to control the laborers. Obviously, Chi-
cases of the most common occurrence and the most influen- na’s Labor Unions are performing passively rather than
tial ones in civil litigation. This is because the lack of labor- actively. At present, our Union’s major functions are to
management negotiation mechanism leads to the increasing maintain the working disciplines, to motivate workers, and
number of labor-management disputes, which directly does to administrate the incentive measures such as housing and
harm to social harmony.” [2] More and more laborers by-
P P welfare.
574 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Theoretically, the Unions are also responsible to apply and existence in name only. According to statistics, “only
the law protecting the laborers and to supervise the mini- 30 percent of private enterprises have Labor Unions."［1］
mum working safety standards. Unfortunately, these impor- Personnel departments have been replaced by human re-
tant missions are often neglected in practice because the source departments whose purpose can not coordinate with
first and foremost mission for China is to develop produc- that of the Labor Unions.
tivity, which is of primary importance. “In fact, the state The relationship between the HR department and the
often feels the need to compromise with enterprises, mainly employee is one of governing and being governed. The HR
due to its desire to minimize discontent and promote eco- department is obviously not the representative of the em-
nomic growth.”[4] The Unions are not interested in the ar- ployees’ interests. On the other hand, the employee’s inten-
duous, and sometimes risk of encouraging the laborers by tion to establish a Union is rarely seen because laborers are
carrying out large scale rights-protection activities or orga- not fully aware of the concept and functions of the Labor
nizing the unorganized laborers. The Unions will not, or Union. Even if the Unions are established, they are unlikely
dare not, articulate the problems what might arouse distur- to perform as they are supposed to. Their independence and
bances and disagreements which have, ironically, become effectiveness are doubtful.
the Unions' duty to check. The Labor Unions' have assumed Consequently, Labor Unions are caught in a dilemma in
the mission of easing the laborers’ protests and maintaining Chinese private enterprise. Another practical and feasible
social peace. The Labor Unions' function is not to speak out approach to help the Unions get rid of their predicament
on behalf of labors’ real needs, but to carefully raise the needs to be aggressively sought.
laborers’ “rational requirements” and to talk with the boss
4. New Birth of the Labor Unions
about the decisions made by the laborers. The Unions try to
make the laborers’ requirements “rational” in the view of There is a growing demand to reform China’s Labor
the boss. Unions, complying with the aspirations and hopes of the
Reform in economic system often inspires and moti- people and following the historical trend of the times. The
vates laborers’ performance. However, the increasingly Unions must play their due role in the context of construct-
serious imbalance between labor and management, and a ing harmonious society with a brand new posture to protect
sense of insecurity and injustice lead to more and more the laborers’ interests.
spontaneous protests. It is strongly desired that the Labor
4.1. New Role of the Labor Unions
Unions play a more active role in representing labors’ inter-
ests. The transformation of the Chinese economy has a sig-
nificant impact on the state-owned enterprises’ employment
3.3. The Results of Non-Government Economy
relationships. The concept of life-long employment has
The reform of the Chinese economy gives rise to more turned into a contractual relationship which is characterized
labor protests, which initially occur in the state-owned en- by inconsistent interests between the contracting parties.
terprises where a large number of workers become redun- However, the changing employment features show no sign
dant while the employers refuse to pay them insurance or of instant impact on the structure and activities of the Labor
settlement fees. The remaining employees’ treatment dete- Unions. It seems unlikely that the Unions will try to change
riorates and the employment contracts are unfavorable to spontaneously. There must be an aggressive discussion of
the laborers. The typical industrial conflicts spread because how to reform the Unions from a much wider perspective.
employers try their best to ease competition, to obtain more China’s Labor Unions' double dependence determines
profits by lowering salaries, to intensify work requirements they can not protect the laborers’ interests to the utmost. On
by lengthening work hours, and to low the health and safety the one hand, as an affiliated department, the Unions de-
standards. The Labor Unions seem impotent to articulate the pend on the business owner; on the other hand, the Unions
workers’ difficulties or organize them to resist these unfair depend much on the direction of the local government. “At-
employer policies, let alone to organize and encourage the tempts to initiate reform have been impeded by the depen-
laborers to protest openly. Recently, strikes and protests dence of local LUs on the local authorities, whose priority
mostly occur in private enterprises and foreign investment of the rapid development of their local economies leads
enterprises. They hire massive numbers of rural migrant them to support local employers, and by the limited leve-
workers who suffer from very abominable work conditions rage which higher LU bodies have over their primary organ-
and have to work longer hours with extremely low wages. ization.” [3]
The Labor Unions can not set up organizations at grass-root The Labor Unions are constrained to try to safeguard the
level in the private enterprises. There is no Labor Union in laborers’ interests, and have no capability or power to main-
the majority of private enterprises. Even if these Unions tain a balance with management. In the case of labor-
exist, they are subject to administration by the employers management conflicts, the Unions are no more than a
575 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

peacemaker, far from what is desired by the laborers. The 5. Conclusion

Labor Law and Labor Union Law of China place the Union
Labor-management harmony is the foundation of social
in the position of mediator instead of the representative of
harmony. To maintain labor-management harmony is the
laborers. The Unions can not negotiate with the manage-
goal of a Union’s. In order to live the goal, the Unions have
ment representing labor in labor-management disputes, but
to make compromises to maintain a superficial peace. How-
can only support or assist the laborers. In fact, the Unions
ever, in the new economic background, the goal of keeping
fail to offer effective channels for laborers to declare their
labor-management in harmony remains far from satisfying
intentions or claims. China’s Unions must be repositioned,
labors’ intentions and claims. The new goal of Unions
namely, to be an independent representative of labors’ in-
should safeguard labors’ interests to the utmost. It is not
terests. China should give a position of independence to the
contradictory to safeguard the laborers’ interests and to pur-
Unions just like that of the judicial organizations. What is
sue social harmony; rather, they can not be separated from
most important is that the Labor Unions must not be con-
each other. It is important that Unions make best efforts to
trolled by management and shall enjoy absolute autonomy.
further smooth laborers’ voice channels so as to insure that
4.2. System Guarantee their needs are satisfied and they can work and live happily.
Only after the labor-management relationship turns into one
The Labor Unions in the state-owned enterprises come
that is mutually beneficial can the entire society become
from planned economy, which have a big proportion of
harmonious. However, at present, in order to reach such a
members. While in state-owned enterprises, the Unions are
goal, the obstacle of Labor Unions' co-dependence has to be
reduced to a form of decoration only. Labor Unions are rare
overcome. Because of the current situation between enter-
in new private enterprises where they are strongly needed.
prises and government, Unions cannot perform their duties
A growing number of industrial conflicts are concentrated
automatically and actively. Therefore, Unions must be
in the private enterprises. Consequently, Labor Unions
granted an independent position which is similar to the judi-
should become popular in private enterprises.
cial organizations both in policy and law. With such auton-
“The typical way in which new LU organizations are es-
omy and guarantees, Labor Unions can better perform their
tablished is for the local higher LU organization to contact
duties as the representative of laborers in China.
management to collaborate in establishing an enterprise LU.
Not surprisingly, the outcome is that the enterprise director References
appoint the LU chairman, typically a senior manager or the
[1] Fang Lee Cooke, The Changing Dynamics of Employment Relations
human resources manager, so that the LU is constituted as a
in China: An Evaluation of the Rising Level of Labor Disputes.
tool of management." [3]Obviously, it is always the case that
Journal of Industrial Relations, Australia, 2008. pp111-132.
the employer hires or selects the Union Chairman who is
[2] Deng Xinjian, Guangzhou City plans to legislate to resolve labor-
often assigned by the HR manager to the concurrent post.
management disputes, triple parties coordinate to settle disputes, Ju-
Thus the Union becomes no more than an administrative
risprudence Daily, 2011,5,5. Malcolm Warner; Ying Zhu, Labor
tool. Being unable to effectively represent the laborers, the
and Management in the PRC: Seeking the “Harmonious Society”.
Labor Unions become a representative of the business en-
Asia Pacific Business Review, London, 2010. pp.285-298.
terprise to deal with and handle the media or various inspec-
[3] Simon Clarke and Tim Pringle, Can Party-led Trade Unions
tions. Our law should empower the laborers to organize
Represent Their Members? Post-Communist Economies, Vol.21.
Unions from the bottom up, which can reflect the laborers’
London. March 2009. pp.85-101. pp. 89,94,97,98.
real intentions. The Unions should be organized actively
[4] Malcolm Warner; Ying Zhu, Labor and Management in the PRC:
and have more motivation in performing their duties. They
Seeking the “Harmonious Society”. Asia Pacific Business Review,
should be compulsory organizations in both state-owned
London, 2010. pp.292.
and private enterprises.
Moreover, the Labor Unions must get rid of the control Introduction to the Author
of management both in administration and finance. The
Union’s funds can be paid by the entire faculty. Once Zhou Fanyu is an associate professor, College of Humanity
elected as Union members, the law shall guarantee that they and Sciences of Northeast Normal University. She received her
can not be fired without the consent of employees. With master's degrees in English Language and Literature from North-
double guarantees, the Labor Unions will have no fears or east Normal University in 2006 and Juris Master from Jilin Uni-
worries when performing their duties. versity in 2007. Her current research area is in international busi-
ness law.
E-mail: zhou_fanyu@yahoo.com.cn
576 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Contribution of Community Culture for

Entrepreneurship Growing in Regional
Development
Case Studies of Yaeyama Islands, Japan
Peiqian Liu
Department of Management Science,Xiamen University of Technology, Xiamen, Fujian, China
liupq350023@126.com
Abstract: In the recent decades, more and more research has resulted in findings that there is a strongly positive correlation
between economic growth and characteristics of regional community and that entrepreneurship is the engine of regional
economic growth. In many rural and peripheral regions, geographical disadvantages make it very difficult to develop com-
munity and grow entrepreneurship for regional development. In this study, we observed and examined the region of
Yaeyama Islands in Japan and many firms in this region and found that community culture is one of the positive factors for
the development in this region. The intrinsic spirit of shared vision and joint mission based on nature loving, heritage re-
spect and future consideration have great impacts on propelling community evolution and entrepreneurial activities. This
paper focuses on how community culture contributes to community development and entrepreneurship growing in Yaeya-
ma Islands, which in turn may have some implications for other rural and peripheral regions.
Keywords: community culture; entrepreneurship growing; community development
with such disadvantages, this region has recently attracted
1. Introduction much attention in virtue of the boom of tourism industry
Encouraging development of rural regions has long and the regional economic growth. Many factors may con-
been discussed by many economists, particularly in terms tribute to the phenomenon. This paper assumes that com-
of solving social disparity issues. In the recent decades, munity culture is one of the most important factors in this
more and more research has resulted in findings that there case and attempts to seek how this factor contributes to
is a strong positive correlation between economic growth community development and entrepreneurship growing for
and characteristics of regional community (e.g. Putnam, regional development.
1993). On the other hand, entrepreneurial and operational The rest of the paper is organized as follows. Section 2
activities are the most active parts in regional economic presents a brief literature review of entrepreneurship and
growth. Many researchers suggested that entrepreneurship community development. A detailed description of Yaeya-
is the engine of economic growth (e.g. Holcombe, 1998) ma Islands and three business cases are presented in Section
and paid great attention to various environmental factors 3. Section 4 provides an analysis and discussion on how
that stimulate entrepreneurship. However, in many rural community culture contributes to entrepreneurship growth
and peripheral regions, such as remote and isolated small and community evolution. The last part of the paper states
islands, many inherent disadvantages (e.g. lack of resources, conclusions and implications.
small population, and so on) make it very difficult to devel-
2. Literature Review
op community and grow entrepreneurship in the region.
Hence, how to take advantage of some other advantageous As in numerous literatures, regional economic growth is
factors available is a realistic research issue for regional logically related to entrepreneurship and community devel-
development. opment. On one hand, entrepreneurship, innovation and
In this study, the region of Yaeyama Islands in Japan economic growth are linked through the recognition and
and many firms in this region are observed and examined. exploitation of opportunities in economic and social arenas
Yaeyama Islands share with other rural peripheral regions (Drucker 1985; Schumpeter, 1951). Summing up entrepre-
many characteristics which may affect their economic neurial trait and other studies, researchers (e.g. Rauch and
growth: remoteness, insularity and small population. Even Frese, 2000) suggest that the economic environment, family
577 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

P. Q. Liu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp577-583
background, employment history, organizational expe- wan (125 km) than to Okinawa Island, further from Japa-
riences, social networks, national culture and personality nese Mainland.
traits all affect the way in which someone will act entre- Administratively Yaeyama Islands consist of Ishigaki
preneurially. Georgellis and Wall’s (2000) study of rates of City and Yaeyama-gun (including Taketomi Town and Yo-
self-employment across British regions suggests that the naguni Town). As of 2003, Ishigaki City has an estimated
“entrepreneurial human capital” of a region is an important population of 43769, representing over 90% of the popula-
factor of regional development. Acs and Armington (2004) tion in Yaeyama Islands, with 191.21 people per km 2 . The
P P
suggest that an entrepreneurial culture increases start-up total area is 228.91 km 2 . Yaeyama-gun has an estimated
P P P P
rates yielding innovation and subsequently contributes to population of 5,579 and the density of 15.37 people per
economic growth. On the other hand, social capital, such as km 2 . The total area is 362.89 km 2 .
P P P P
social structure, networks, norms and trust, has been gener- The climate of Yaeyama Islands is subtropical. Ishiga-
ally proposed as having resource potential for individuals kijima Local Meteorological Observatory data specifies that
and groups (e.g. Woolcock, 1998; Ports and Sensenbrenner, annual mean temperature is 24.0 °C, annual rainfall is
1993; Coleman, 1988) and is positively associated with 2061.0mm.On average Yaeyama receives 4.1 typhoons per
community and regional development activities (e.g. Os- annum. Geologically, Yaeyama Islands are made of coral
trom, 2000; Putnam, 2000, 1993). Putnam (1993) provides reefs. But in larger islands, such as Ishigakijima and Iri-
a strong endorsement of social capital as a community and omotejima, there are forests and swamps.
regional resource and concludes that “Voluntary coopera- Prior to Okinawa’s restoration to Japan in 1972, agricul-
tion is easier in a community that has inherited a substantial ture was the only major economic activity in Yaeyama Isl-
stock of social capital, in the form of norms of reciprocity ands. Up until the mid-1950s its agriculture was a self-
and networks of civic agreement”. The interaction perspec- sufficient one, mainly with paddy rice, sweet potato, millet
tive of community (e.g. Wilkinson, 1991; Bridger and Lu- and small-scale scattered sugarcane fields. After 1955, pi-
loff, 1999) stresses the importance of local social interac- neapples became a major cash crop. In the 1960s beef cattle
tion for identifying and acting on community goals. Sharp became another major product. Currently, Yaeyama Islands
(2001) and Wilkinson (1970) suggest that attributes of the have become a popular tourist destination and a “healing
community that improve capacity for achieving communi- spot”, where tourists are attracted by the natural environ-
ty-oriented goals include improved capacity to coordinate ment, rich cultural heritage and relaxed lifestyle. The num-
action among diverse institutions and organizations, in- ber of visitors increased two-fold over the last decade large-
creased capacity to mobilize resources, and an ability to ly as a result of the introduction of direct flights from met-
plan and act strategically to balance diverse community ropolitan areas. In addition high-speed boats operate be-
goals. tween Ishigakijima and other islands in Yaeyama and a
Accordingly, entrepreneurship / entrepreneurial activi- great number of tourists board at Ishigaki port all year
ties and community development are the two absolutely round. Tourist industry is now the main industry in Yaeya-
necessary elements for regional development. There must ma Islands. According to the data from Statistical Depart-
be some stimulatory factors that will make them function ment of Okinawa Prefecture, the aggregate income of
together effectively. In the following research, we examine Yaeyama Islands amounts to 108.877 Billion Yen (Ishigaki,
entrepreneurship growing and community development in 95.331 billion Yen, Taketomi, 9.149 billion Yen, Yonaguni,
Yaeyama Islands, which was quite successful in regional 4.417 billion Yen). The average income per capita of
economic growth in the last decades. The purpose of the Yaeyama has won the first place for the past 11 consecutive
analysis is to argue the contribution of community culture, years in Okinawa, amounting to 2.159 million Yen in 2004.
which is the soul of a community, to entrepreneurship
growth and community development, despite the possible 3.2. Heritage Management and Community
disadvantages of rural areas. Establishment
3. Case Study There are many islands in Yaeyama, each of which has
unique geographic location, history, tradition and culture.
3.1. A Brief Introduction of Yaeyama Islands This causes each island to form its unique heritage and
community. However, these islands share some similarity
Yaeyama Islands are an archipelago in the Okinawa
in that they establish a community where harmony exists
Prefecture, comprising 10 inhabited islands and 12 uninha-
between the people, human and nature, modernization and
bited islands. The isles are the remotest part of Japan from
tradition. Here, we present an example of Taketomi Town
the main islands and contain the most southern (Hateruma)
about its heritage management and community establish-
and the most western (Yonaguni) inhabited islands of the
ment.
island nation of Japan. The Yaeyamas are far closer to Tai-
578 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

1. Taketomi Town The Festival Department has put in great efforts to manage
Taketomi Town includes the islands of Iriomote, Take- all the festivals and events.
tomi, Kohama, Kuroshima, Hateruma, and Hatoma. Al- Since the late 20th century, with increasing connections
though Ishigaki is not part of the town, the town hall is lo- with the outside world, many scholars, visitors and immi-
cated there. As of 2005, the town has an estimated popula- grants have been attracted by the natural environment, tra-
tion of 4,171 and the density of 12.5 people per km2. The ditional culture and lifestyle of the islands. This makes the
total area is 334.01 km2. islanders realize how wonderful their culture is and how
Taketomi Island is located a ten-minute boat ride away proud they are of the culture. On the other hand, many
from Ishigaki Island. There is a village in the center. Take- young men who left the islands to work and study in big
tomi has a population of 361 (2006) and an area of 6.32 cities came back to establish their businesses. They care
km2. As the island is quite circular in shape, everywhere is about the island’s heritage and future. Under such circums-
within walking distance. tances, the leaders of the island also took efforts to protect
2. Festivals the island. They learned from advanced areas and followed
There are many famous festivals (Matsuri) in Taketomi good examples. In 1986, they passed “Taketomi Island
Island yearly, such as Shichimatsuri, Tanadhui, Pui, Kitsu- Charter” and “Taketomi Town Historical Scenery Protec-
gan. People in Taketomi treasure this culture, and treat it as tion Act”. In 2000, National Taketomi Island’s Cultural
spiritual nourishment for their daily life. This culture (with Association was founded. Taketomi Public Hall became a
traditional festivals) has become the island’s unique attrac- corporate organization the following year. A NPO Takid-
tion to the outside world. Among all the festivals, Tanadhui hun was established to research and preserve the fading
is the biggest one, which takes place for ten days during culture as well as to protect the scenery and way of life on
September and October of the lunar calendar. All of the this unique island. As a result of these efforts, Tanadhui
people who come to the festival experience the soul-stirring Festival was designated as one of the important intangible
passion and the sense of solidarity. The tradition, which has cultural assets of Japan. "Yaeyama Minsah" was selected as
passed down from generation to generation, holds the islan- a traditional craft product by the former Ministry of Interna-
ders together with love and caring for each other. tional Trade and Industry. Taketomi Island was selected as
3. Traditional architecture Important Traditional Architecture Preservation Area by the
Taketomi is famous for its traditional houses, stone Administration of Culture.
walls and sandy streets, making it popular with tourists.
Red-tiled houses are the most typical characteristic of the 3.3..Reinforcing Common Vision ---- Case
island architecture. In order to protect this architecture style, Study of Taketomi Transport Company
various rules are in place to prevent the more aesthetically- After World War II, for-profit transportation businesses
displeasing aspects of modern construction from ruining the began. 18 companies emerged successively. These compa-
beauty of the island, such as: nies operated individually and frequently fought with each
Building permission before constructing new house other for customers, which in effect brought harm to busi-
Subsidy in aid of tiling red tiles ness development in this region. Such harmful competition
No signboard on the exterior of the house remained even after an industrial cooperation committee
Inhabitants cleaning up and maintaining the white-sand was established on the island. In 1993, Mr. Manabu Uema
street every morning returned to his hometown and became the executive direc-
4. Community establishment tor of the cooperation committee. He made up his mind to
It is said that, in the 1890s among the eleven students persuade these Taxi companies to join in the cooperation
who graduated from the school in Taketomi, five entered and to merge all the businesses. He explained to them the
high school outside the island. Two of them, Matsu Uchi- significance of the integration, the sustainability of their
mori and Fukuri Uema, graduated and came back to teach businesses and the future of the next generation. He said
students on the island. In those days, some people with tal- more than once, “We should try to establish a solid founda-
ent and knowledge matchingthe local needs could greatly tion for our children to make a career in the future.” After 5
improve the society of the island and help develop the abili- years’ efforts, these companies changed their mind. Later
ty of self-government. Fukuri Uema, as a leader of the isl- on, the cooperation was transformed to be Taketomi Trans-
and, established a democratic community council called port Company.
Taketomi Doshikan which later became Taketomi Public Currently, the business scope of the company has ex-
Hall. In 1949, the Public Hall divided the government into tended to tourist industry and postal services. The company
two departments to manage festivals and politic separately is planning to open up a supermarket because it is inconve-
in order to manage their traditional culture more effectively. nient and expensive for the islanders to do shopping on the
579 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

island. The company has the island’s economy in mind tourist souvenir shop, restaurants, and so on. There are 70
working for the welfare of the islanders. In fact, every busi- staff members and 30 farmers working in the company, the
ness transaction is for the benefit of the islanders, in other number of which is 3 times as many as that of the past.
words, every islander is a member of the company. The 3. Special Tourist Item -- Water Buffalo Tour
company attaches great importance to the establishment of Rice crop used to be grown on Yubujima. In 1932, two
community: mated water buffaloes, “Daigorou” and “Hanako”, were
• The company takes active part in the activities of the brought from Taiwan. They helped cultivating the land and
Public Hall by assisting in the drafting of regulations for breeding. Since then, water buffaloes have become the most
environment protection and culture inheritance. treasured livestock of the island. Water buffaloes were also
• The company requires every member to join in the isl- trained to haul carts, which became a main means of trans-
and’s collective activities, such as cleaning the street portation. Currently, there are around 40 water buffaloes,
everyday, taking part in Tanadhui festival. the offspring of “Daigorou” and “Hanako”. A monument
• The immigrants who refuse to accept the culture of the was erected by the islanders in memory of “Daigorou” and
island and join in the activities of the community will be “Hanako”.
denied of job offers by the company. Later on the water buffalo tour came into being. Tour
planning was done and tour products were advertising
3.4. Business Opportunity from Traditional through tourist magazines and internet.
Culture ---- Case Study of Yubujima Sub- • Water buffalo cart
tropical Botanical Garden The water between Yubujima and Iroimotejima is so
swallow (less than 1 meter deep most of the time) that
1. Overview of Yubujima
people can easily walk across but most people used wa-
Yubujima is a small island located on the east shore of
ter buffalos for the river crossing keep from getting their
Iriomote, Taketomi Town. The island came into being by
feet wet. The tourists can take a water buffalo cart from
sand deposits with an altitude of no more than 1.5 meters
Iriomotejima to Yubujima and around Yubujima, enjoy-
and a perimeter of 2.15 km..
ing the wonderful sightseeing and listening to the story
Yubujima belongs to Taketomi Town by administrative
of “Daigorou” and “Hanako”.
division. The initial inhabitants immigrated from Taketomi
• Tourist souvenirs
and Kurojima. After World War II, the population had once
Various postcards and craftworks related to “Daigorou”
grown to 150-180 until 1969, when a typhoon did so much
and “Hanako”, water buffalo cart and water buffalo tour
damage that inhabitants left for Iroimote. Currently, there
are sold to tourists as souvenirs
are less than 20 inhabitants on the island.
Now, water buffalo tour is one of the most famous and
2. Yubujima Subtropical Botanical Garden
attractive tourist items of Yubujima tour. Everyday,
After the typhoon in 1969, Mr. and Mrs. Iroimote
more than 1,500 visitors come to visit Yubujima.
stayed on the island and grew vegetables. With their efforts,
the island became “a natural paradise of subtropical animals 3.5. “Green Operation” ---- Case Study of Iri-
and plants”. 32 years ago, tourist industry began in Okina- omote Transport Group
wa. Mr. Yagi invested in a business and built a botanical
garden. 1. Overview of Iriomote
Mr. Yasushi Yagi, the grandson of Mr. Yagi, is the Iriomote is the largest of the Yaeyama Islands with an
second generation of the business. Mr. Yasushi Yagi is now area of 289 km2 and a population of 2,400. Administrative-
41 years old. He worked in other cities as a guide in a tour- ly, the island belongs to Taketomi Town.
ist company and a sailor in a passenger ship until 14 years Most of the island is covered by dense subtropical jun-
ago when he returned to his homeland. Since then, he has gle and mangrove swamps. 80% of the island is protected
been taking an active part in the Association of Tourist In- state land and 34.3% of the island forms the Iriomote Na-
dustry of Taketomi Town and is the head of the Youth De- tional Park. Iriomote is a coral island surrounded by many
partment of the association. After he became the director of beautiful coral reefs.
the botanical garden, he began to transform his business. Until the end of World War II, Iriomote was largely un-
First, he restructured the business as a joint-stock company. inhabited due to its infestation by malaria. After the war,
Second, he extended the business scope of the company. the US Forces in Japan eradicated malaria from the island,
Third, he developed special tourist items, such as water and the island has been malaria free since. In the past, agri-
buffalo cart. Currently, the business scope of the company culture is the only industry with rice, pineapple and sugar-
includes sightseeing services, farm and orchard for tourist cane being the main crops. In the last two decades, tourism
visiting, fruit tree plantation, juice and jelly processing, has become the main industry, attracting more than 12,000
580 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

visitors every year. With the boom of tourism, many mi- and working experience outside the islands, seized the
grants are also attracted to settle on the island. Currently, business opportunities and began to open up their business-
more than half of the population is migrants from other es. Their knowledge includes explicit knowledge and tacit
places. knowledge learned from outside and the tacit knowledge of
2. Iriomote Transport Group their community culture.
Iriomote Transport Group was established 40 years ago. The entrepreneurial activities promoted the communica-
Current director, Mr. Masamichi Tamamori, and vice directions not only within the community but also with the out-
tor, Mr. Masaharu Tamamori, are the second generation of side world. An entrepreneurial culture gradually came into
the business. The business group comprises 4 companies being and greatly influenced community culture. All these
and 11 departments, with 180 employees (70% of them are propelled the community to become a modern community,
migrants). The group involves various businesses in trans- which is advantageous to regional development. In order to
portation and tourism, such as buses, taxis, sight-seeing explain this evolving process more clearly, detailed analys-
boats, restaurants, supermarkets, spas, and so on. The an- es and discussions are presented in the following sections.
nual revenue amounts to 2 billion Yen. Community
The group attaches great importance to social responsi- Fig. 1. the process of
community development and
bility and the protection of environment and ecosystem. entrepreneurship growing in Community culture
They launched a campaign called “Green Operation” which Yaeyama
includes: Natural
Social Resources
• All the businesses must comply with ISO14001. Up to Outer
Resources
2007, all of the 11 departments have obtained authenti- Knowledge

Entrepreneurial
cation of ISO14001. EK
Entrepreneurs
elements
• 8 environment protection guidelines were provided to
guide the operation of all businesses. All the employees TK Entrepreneurial activities
Entrepreneurial culture
must be educated and comply with the guidelines. The
guidelines can also be found on the homepage.
• Many measures, such as waste oil disposal and recycle, Community development
Regional development
are adopted not only for cost saving but also for eco-
operation.
• In order to protect the natural environment of the island 2. Community culture and joint mission on the Yaeyama
from the booming tourism industry, they contacted and Islands
came to terms with companies of the same trade and the Yaeyama islands are far from the main island of Japan
trade association to limit the number of visitors so that with a small population and relatively low fiscal capacity.
the natural environment can be protected. Each of the islands is quiet and isolated from the outside
world. In the past, the islanders were self-sufficient by
4. Analysis and Discussion doing farming. Even now, they live a simple and pastoral
Examining the cases in Yaeyama, we have obtained life. The islands are so small that people know each other
some evidence of how entrepreneurship grows in a rural and help each other. Harmony and friendliness represent the
and peripheral region and contributes to community evolu- relationship between people on the islands. All these en-
tion and regional development. gender close communication among people, which is easier
1. The process of entrepreneurship growing and community for them to share knowledge and common values. On the
development on Yaeyama Islands other hand, based on the belief and worship towards the
As showed in Fig.1, the development of Yaeyama Isl- nature and gods, they created dances and festivals to offer
ands is a gradually evolving process. Even with limited to the nature and gods. They maintain a harmonious rela-
resources, rich community culture in Yaeyama, such as tionship with the nature. Therefore, the community lives a
nature loving, heritage respecting, spirits of solidarity and simple life based on their tradition and culture. Gradually, a
leisure lifestyle, forms the regional attractiveness. Visitors shared vision and joint mission based on nature loving, her-
and migrants were attracted by this community culture. itage respecting and future consideration has become the
They came to these regions for sightseeing or settling down. intrinsic spirit of the community culture.
As far as business is concerned, a market gradually formed The community may still lack the resources required to
and human resource increased. Adapting to this situation, effectively adopt development strategy, which involves
infrastructure (e.g. airports, regular boats) was established. efforts to attract firms from outside the community to relo-
Local entrepreneurs, especially those who have education cate to the area. In spite of the possible disadvantages of a
rural area, the community allocates local resources, such as
581 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

natural resources, social network, shared mission, enthu- It is, to a large extent, because the entrepreneurs of
siasm, and so on, to local entrepreneurial creativity. second generation have a larger social network and a wider
3. The resources the community allocates to local entrepre- knowledge network. (See Fig.2)
neurs Fig. 2 Local Entrepreneurs’ Social Network
A. Natural resources and Knowledge Network
Through the efforts of the islanders and the community

Outer World Community
they established, attractive natural environment is well pre-
Government Family
served.
B. Social resources Customers
Friends
Institutions
a) Spirit of teamwork appeared and is maintained because Local
of harmonious social relationship and network. Entrepreneurs Islande
Firms
b) Entrepreneurial enthusiasm resulted from the community
shared vision, such as preservation of the community’s he-
Other Parties Employees
ritages and culture, welfare of the community and the future Concerned
of the descendants, stimulates local entrepreneurial activi-
ties. On the other hand, local entrepreneurial activities are
easier to be accepted by the community, because local en- Social Relations Knowledge
Communications
trepreneurs are inclined to understand and respect commu-
nity culture. On one hand, the entrepreneurs were born and grew up
c) Human resources include the local people and the mi- on the islands, thus the tacit knowledge of the island com-
grants attracted by the natural environment and community munity’s common sense, culture and tradition have exerted
culture. a subtle influence on their mind. Meanwhile the school
4. Local entrepreneurial activities based on shared vision and/or job experiences may have knowledge spillover effect
and joint mission: on them. The knowledge local entrepreneurs obtained make
In the cases we studied, community culture and welfare it possible for them to identify the business opportunities
are respected and protected in the course of business under- and to manage their business effectively. With the exten-
taking. For example, in the case of Taketomi Transport sion of their business range and the enhancement of their
Group, the employees are required to join in the collective business experience, local entrepreneurs’ social relations
activities of the community. In the case of Yubujima Botan- and knowledge networks are greater compared with their
ical Garden, the history of the island (e.g. water buffalo) is precedents. Gradually, their social network and knowledge
inherited. In the case of Iriomote Transport Group, envi- network have been expanding. They not only absorb know-
ronment policies are announced and executed. Moreover, ledge, but also transfer and diffuse knowledge through their
the businesses they established pay full attention to welfare social network and knowledge network. Subsequently, they
of the islanders’ daily life, such as postal service, delivery became the knowledge leaders of the community they be-
service, bus service and supermarket in the future. long to, and the community knowledge network enlarges
5. Local entrepreneurs -- the knowledge leaders of the synchronously.
community knowledge network 6. Community social network and knowledge network en-
In the research of Yaeyama, we found some characteris- larges owing to local entrepreneurs and their entrepreneuri-
tics of the local entrepreneurs and companies. a) The cur- al activities.
rent managers are the entrepreneurs of the second genera- A. Local entrepreneurs start up many businesses related
tion. In the cases we studied, all the current entrepreneurs to local welfare, such as supermarkets, bus services, postal
were born on the islands and have the educational back- services and delivery services. More social infrastructure
ground or experience of working in other cities. The main and establishments (e.g. airport, schools) are built by the
reason is that the entrepreneurs of the first generation government, because of the development of tourist industry.
started up their own businesses and accumulated wealth. All these help to maintain and enhance a close tie between
They hoped their children will learn more knowledge, have local firms and the community. In addition, population in-
more experience or find a better career. So they sent their creased instead of depopulation because many migrants are
children to schools or to look for jobs outside the island. b) attracted by job opportunities created by local entrepreneurs.
The current businesses are much bigger and more success- B. There are natural relations between local entrepre-
ful than the businesses run by entrepreneurs of the first neurs and the islanders because of the shared community
generation. The businesses are integrated into modern com- culture and joint mission as mentioned above. In addition,
panies and managed in professional manner. The business most of the local people became employees of the compa-
scope is extended and reengineered. nies local entrepreneurs established. There are many com-
582 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

munication channels, which are of great importance to 6. Acknowledgement

knowledge, especially tacit knowledge, transfer and diffu-
sion. Knowledge is brought from outside and diffused in The authors would like to express sincere appreciation
the community through local entrepreneurs themselves and to Ms. Sakiko Kedashiro and her family and friends for
their entrepreneurial activities, such as business operations, accepting our interviews on Yaeyama. Thanks are also due
business associations, and so on. This is why local entre- to Prof. Hirano Makoto and Prof. Osam Tomisawa, in Ko-
preneurs are called knowledge leaders. Furthermore, it is chi University of Technology, for their precious sugges-
most likely that many other islanders are inspired by the tions for this research.
entrepreneurial knowledge and open up their own business- References
es. More entrepreneurs emerge. Gradually, an entrepre-
neurial culture and a much larger knowledge network, the [1] Acs Z, Armington C, 2004. “Employment Growth and
source of regional development, come into being. Entrepreneurial Activity in Cities”, J Evol Econ 38 (8): 911-927
[2] Bridger, J.C., Luloff, A.E., 1999. “Toward An Interactional
5. Conclusion Approach to Sustainable Community Development”, Journal of
Rural Studies 15, 377-387
As reviewed in the literature, community development
[3] Coleman, J.S., 1988. “Social Capital in the Creation of Human
and entrepreneurship growth are two of the elements of
Capital”, American Journal of Sociology 94 (Supplement), S95-S120
regional development. In this paper, the community and
[4] Drucker P, 1985. “Innovation and Entrepreneurship”, Harper & Row,
entrepreneurs in Yaeyama Region are observed in detail.
New York
Through the analyses of the correlation between the two
[5] Georgellis Y, Wall H, 2000. “What Makes a Region Entrepreneurial?
elements, the implications are summarized as follow:
Evidence from Britain”, Ann Reg Sci 34: 385-403
1. Shared vision and joint mission are crucial for the devel-
[6] Ostrom, E., 2000. “Social Capital: A Fad or Fundamental Concept?”
opment of a region that may lack resources and has to un-
In: Dasgupta, P., Seraldgedin, I (eds.) “Social Capital: A
dertake a self-development strategy. They are the prerequi-
Multifaceted Perspective”, World Bank, Washington, DC, pp. 172-
site and the soul of a community. Traditional culture and a
214
sense of solidarity in rural regions as historical heritage
[7] Portes, A., Sensenbrenner, J., 1993. “Embeddedness and
contribute to the formation of such shared vision and joint-
Immigration: Notes on the Social Determinants of Economic Action”,
mission.
American Journal of Sociology 98, 1320-1350
2. To develop rural regions, some outside knowledge is also
[8] Putnam, R.D., 1993. “Making Democracy Work: Civic Traditions in
needed, including outside tacit knowledge. So a knowledge
Modern Italy”, Princeton University Press, Princeton, NJ
leader with outside knowledge through his/her learning or
[9] Putnam, R.D., 2000. “Bowling Alone: the Collapse and Revival of
working experience outside the island can play a role as a
American Community”, Simon and Schuster, New York.
regional entrepreneur. He/she can form an effective know-
[10] Rauch A, Frese M, 2000. “Psychological Approaches to
ledge network not only inside the community but also out-
Entrepreneurial Success: A General Model and an Overview of
side the community.
Findings”, In CL Cooper, Robertson IT (eds) International Review of
It is also implied that local government should try to
Industrial and Organizational Psychology. Wiley, Chichester, pp.
help establish a modern community with joint mission in a
101-142
rural area and encourage those who have academic or pro-
[11] Sharp, J.S., 2001. “Locating the Community Field: A Study of Inter-
fessional experiences in advanced areas to return to their
organizational Network Structure and Capacity for Community
hometown and startup businesses.
Action”, Rural Sociology 65 (3), 403-424
In this paper, the contribution of community culture to
[12] Schumpeter JA, 1951. “Change and the Entrepreneur”, In: Clemence
community development and entrepreneurship growing was
RV (ed) Essays of JA Schumpeter, Addision-Wesley, Reading, MA
studied, with a focus on the importance of knowledge and
[13] Wilkinson, K.P., 1970. “Phases and Roles in Community Action”,
joint mission. However, community development and en-
Rural Sociology 35(1), 54-68
trepreneurship growing depend on many other factors, such
[14] Wilkinson, K.P., 1991. “The Community in Rural America.”,
as government policy, business opportunity, finance, timing,
Greenwood Press, New York
and so on. These factors will be studied in our future re-
[15] Woolcock, M., 1998. “Social Capital and Economic Development:
search.
towards a Theoretical Synthesis and Policy Framework”, Theory and
Society 27, 151-208
583 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Tourist Spatial Decision Model Based on the

Space Image
Peng Wei, Peiji Shi, Ting Du
North-west Normal University,Lanzhou, China
Abstract: Spatial decision-making is the primary and the most important factor in tourism behavior. This paper adopts the
basic idea of behavioral geography that spatial decision is determined by space image. It references cognitive psychological
experiment, setting the questionnaire and mental sketches investigation based on the experimental situation in order to
explore the relationship between the space image and spatial decision-making of the tourist. The study shows that the
spatial distance decision-making of the tourist depends on the mental distance, the specific travel destination decision-
making relies on the mental map, and other tourism space decision-making during the same tour counts relies on the
rational mental map, while the overall tourism space process decision-making is determined by the mental map after the
representation. This research provides the basis for tourism operators and organizers to understand the patterns of the
tourists’ behavior and make development strategies which can adapt to the tourists’ and guide their behavior requirements.
Keywords: the tourist; the space image; spatial decision-making; mental map
tourist; it just stayed using the result of statistics to study the
1. Introduction possible influence factors retroactively. Further, it cannot
“Travel", namely the space shift of the tourist, is the ascertain the stage and method of each factor how to
basic characteristic of the tourist’s activities [1]. Among the influence formation and development of the space mental
tourist`s behavior decision-making, the primary and the image, and it is unavailable to understand how each variable
most important content is “where do I want to travel?” The interact to influence the cognition formation.
basic viewpoint on spatial decision-making of behavioral This paper brought the tourist’s space information
geography is that people selecting one from a group of construction and space decision- making process into the
alternative space actions and coming to the conclusion is same model, combining the geographical space research
based on the people’s evaluation to the space image[2]. The with the psychological cognition research, in order to
researches about the tourist`s space image from home to explore the process and the model of the tourist`s spatial
abroad include the following three aspects: decision-making.
• Space Image. Pearce introduced it to the tourism
2. The Theoretical Background and
research[3].It has been the consensus of the tourism
researchers for long time that space image plays a Hypotheses of the Research
decisive role for choosing the tourist's destination, [4,5]. 2.1. Mental Distance and the Space Distance
Based on the research about the composition [6] and Decision-Making
measurement[7] of the tourist’s space image, the research
theory framework of tourist destination image(TDI) has The tourist decides space distance based on the cost and
been brought up relatively systematically[8]. time spending evaluation, counting on the mental rather than
• Mental distance. Studies have suggested that the mental the actual distance. The measure of this kind of mental
distance is an important factor affecting tourists’ space distance existing is a variable scale among different scales
decisions. The differences of cognitive theory are used and points class exist[2].
to explain the relationship between the tourists' Hypothesis 1: The expenditure budget and the mental
preference and the mental distance [9]. distance of the tourism destination are positive correlation;
• Mental map. Mental map is a comprehensive spatial the correlation is higher than the actual distance correlation.
cognitive conception that includes mental distance and
image. The tourists’ anthropology characteristics are 2.2. Mental Map and the Destination Decision-
often used to explain the reasons for the differences of Making
mental map.
Mental map decides the tourist space decision-making[10].
The existing researches are mainly based on social
According to the principle within it, the tourist’s space
survey statistics to study the mental space image of the
584 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

P. Wei et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp584-588
decision depends on space expectations, object evaluation Hypothesis 4: The depth of space representation and the
and risk expectations. That is: rationality of the space scheduling were positively
Y=(E-D)/R=(E-D)/(A-P) (1) correlated.
Y:destination decision-making; E:mental map evaluation; D:tourism demand; 2.5. The Basic Process of Tourist’s Spatial Decision
R:risk expectation A:the adverse consequences P:probability
The mental map with characteristics of pointing and The above analysis suggests that the process from
evaluation not only carves the object evaluation and the forming the tourism demand to making decision of travel
expectations of adverse consequences but also decides the space is actually the process of forming, enforcing and
judgment of the probability of occurrence risk. Clear mental perfecting of the spatial image, and comparing the
map require a more fully location and the object information. evaluation results of the space imagery with the tourism
Hypothesis 2: The definition of the mental map about demands, finalizing the destination with the highest
one region and whether that is a tourist destination are evaluation and shortest mental distance.
positive correlated. 3. Research Way
2.3. Reasoning Mental Map and the Drelated 3.1. The Research Objects
Tourism Space Decision-Making
The research objects are the students in Tourism College
After deciding the destination, the tourist set the of Northwest Normal University, includes ordinary
destination as a standard to evaluate the corresponding undergraduates 76, correspondence students 60, and MTA
tourism space by decoding information and searching to the candidates 60. It all collected 196 samples, including 95
exact information. Space reasoning includes two kinds of males and 101 females; their average age is 24.
methods: quantitative and qualitative. Quantitative reasoning
is based on absolute space view; while qualitative reasoning 3.2. The Research Methods
is based on relatively space point of view. During traveling,
It is often applied the method of combination of case
geographical spatial reasoning is based on the map, which
scenario and the questionnaire investigation to study the
has been set with the qualitative method of mental, namely
process of decision-making by academic field[11]. Due to the
fixing and evaluating the other relative areas. The reasoning
different scale for different space appeared at different levels
of the space relation includes topological, direction and
of elements, so taking the different scale case scenario is
distance[10]. By using human space relation illustrating
wise. To mental distance, this study set the scene as "if
geographic space, a lot of evidences show that topological
conditions allow, the places where you intend to travel at
relationship is very accurate, distance relation comes next,
home ", as to specific tourist destination, the scene is set as
and direction relationship is often distorted. Therefore, the
"if conditions allow, the place where you are planning to go
related tourism space determination process is decided by
within the province ".
the topology and distance reasoning based on the tourism
1).The questionnaire
destination of the tourist.
The questionnaire survey content includes: (a) The
Hypothesis 3: There is different proximity between
anthropology structure of the interviewee; (b) the
the selecting related tourism spaces in different stages.
information which can not be reflected by sketch map of
2.4..Representation of the Tourist Map and mental image, such as the mental distance.
Tourism Process Space Decision-Making 2) Sketch rendering of mental map
Referring to the mapping of sketch, supplying rather
Tourist’s spatial decision does not depend on the current specific landmark or giving no information would be the old
space activities but the future tourism cognition, therefore it study way. However, the former specific way bothers the
only realizes by representing process. Kosslyn’s interviewee with the researchers’ standard, while the latter
psychological scanning experiment shows that the longer of no-giving message way is too much random, it will make
the distance in accurate representation, the greater time synthesis sketch appears chaos during investigations.
needed to scan, namely in the same conditions the accuracy Referencing the map-making grid method, this study
is lower. In the process of tourism activities, space choice provides the A4 paper with grid as underside mental maps
will continue to reduce the distance between the space drawing for respondents. The measurement of the Gansu
points, thus it should make the space of the scheduling more province, the length is 1501 km from east to west, the width
reasonable and increase the accuracy of scan at the same is 1168 km from north to south, the minimum area of
condition. 538km2 county is Guanghe. Based on Navon’s overall-local
characteristics experiment[12], each square is set as 33 mm,
angle of perspective is 3 ° 47 ´, the aim is that clear square
585 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

would be available to every respondent. Therefore, in the A4 draw the mental map, and require students to write travel
paper layout 66 squares on horizontal, 51on longitudinal, arrangements. It should be finished in 50minutes.
each square’s side is 33 mm, it means that 2178 *1683mm2 Step 4: Draw the related space. Inform students that the
rectangular appears on A4; Each side represents 23 km, each tourism activities can extend to other places, writing the
case equals to 529 km2, which comes close to the smallest selected name and drawing the mental map. Again ask
county of Gansu province, making each county correspond students to write tourism activities in the process
to at least one blank square. The whole grid constitute 1518 arrangement. It should be finished in 30 minutes.
km * 1173 km of space range, which equals to Gansu space
range more or less. The first step is marking with four 4. Research Analysis
mapping way throughout the grid to figure out Lanzhou (the 4.1. Mental Distance
test area).
The students participated the test are required to draw Cost and time budget are given respectively. Ask the
the mental map in the grid, the technique of painting of the chosen tourism destination of the players, and their
mental map is mapping way, elements include: destination cognitive mental distance. In the cost budget impact test, the
area, which is required to color in their own chosen area, to smallest budget is RMB 1000yuan, the interval scale is
indicate the chosen area in the whole mesh with Lanzhou's 1000yuan, the most was 15000yuan, so there are 15 cost
relative azimuth, distance, the size of the region; the line, to budget possibilities. Using SPSS13.0 multi-matching of
mark the route from Lanzhou to the chosen area by parametric test (Nonparametric Tests-K Related Sample) to
collection way; the landmark, to name the landmark which get the Chi-square value x2 = 178.79, with probability sig=0,
can be distinguished aside the chosen area . W system coefficient for W=0.972, close to 1 ,indicates that
inspection results reject the null hypothesis, obvious
3.3. The Research Process differences can be seen with various cost condition. The
By using of two-lesson time of the three classes, the test Pearson correlation coefficient of expense conditions and
is launched. Before testing, without any special information the destination of the mental distance is 0.843 (double tail,
collection, the students did not know the class activities. 99% credibility) , and the Pearson correlation coefficient of
They are asked to do strictly according to the activity the actual distance is 0.655 (double tail, 99% credibility).
arrangement process. In the time budget impact test, the minimum budget is 1
Step 1: Fill in the questionnaire. The students are given day, interval scale is 1 day, the most budget is 15 days, and
10 minutes. then there are amount of 15 time budget possibilities. The
Step 2: Draw the mental map based on long memory. test result is x2 = 181.88, sig=0, W = 0.988, showing that
Given the scene conditions, assume that there are 4 days of the null hypothesis is clearly rejected, which explains
free time, RMB 3000yuan for travel expenses, to ensure that different time budget leading to difference distributions. The
students who take tests have the proper time and enough Pearson correlation coefficient of time budget and the
budgets to choose any tourism destination within Gansu destination mental distance is 0.786 (double tail, 99%
province. What’s more, they are required to make a decision credibility), and the Pearson correlation coefficient of the
about the tourism destination, and are told that the selected actual distance of is 0.641 (double tail, 90% credibility).
destination does not include the places where they have been. The above analysis indicates that whether the cost budget or
Ask students if they make a choice of destination write and time budget conditions, the correlations between the budget
mark out the selected destination in the given mesh diagram and the mental distance are significantly higher than the
and write down the arrangement of itinerary with drawing actual distance, namely budget conditions’ impact on the
the mental map; If no, they are required to write the relative space distance decisions are through the mental distance, not
place where they prefer to on the mesh map, and draw the the actual distance. These analyses suggest that the
mental map. And then ask the students who already have hypothesis one is supported.
chosen to draw preference place other than the selected 4.2. Mental Map
destination, and draw the mental map. This step should be
finished in 30 minutes. The content of the analysis of a mental map includes
Step 3: Draw the mental map followed given orientation deviation, distance bias and landmark number.
information. Give each student one “Gansu Guide” Orientation deviation takes 8 position for the standard, one
(textbook) which is a professional reference guiding the deviation marks one point; Distance deviation would be
travel around Gansu and the famous scenic spots in Gansu, marked one point if image position and actual position
so that students can obtain sufficient information, and deviate 1 case; Landmark is taken account by the actual
inform the students who made the choice of destination will number spoken by respondent. The precision of mental map
is that:
586 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

PM=-OR/OROM-DD/DDOM+LN/LNOM (2) Mental distance and mental map are not completely
PM: the precision of mental map; OR: orientation deviation; OMOR: overall depend on the special information, while the tourist making
mean of orientation deviations; DD: distance bias; DDOM: overall mean of spatial decision by using a separate evaluation model, which
distance bias; LN: landmark number; LMOR: overall mean of landmark
number requires tourism destination to attach great importance to
Using two pairs of means inspection method to analyze outward propaganda, impressing the tourist to get its long-
the precision difference between the destination and the non- term memory image. The tourist, according to mental
destination mental map， the result is: the mean values are distance rather than the actual distance, makes space
respectively-0.34, 1.66, T = 3.952, sig = 0.02, rejecting the distance decision. In general promotion, transferring the
null hypothesis, so the mental map accuracy of the smaller mental distance information will be beneficial to the
destination and the non-destination is obvious differences. tourist making decision-making. A clear mental map is the
These analyses suggest that the hypothesis two is supported. basis for the tourist to the destination decision-making.
Special destination information shall depict clear mental
4.3. Reasoning Mental Map map. The reasoning mental map determines the other
Taking the distance between the selected related tourism tourism space after fixing the destination, so strengthens the
space and the tourism destination or the tourism line into publicity of the topological relationship with the well-known
consideration, each case difference records 1, the tourism destination, which will be an effective strategy to
relationship of the selected related tourism space is : the unknown tourism areas.
RR=RD/RN (3) As an exploratory research work, this research also has
RR: the relationship; RD: difference; RN: related tourist area number.
certain limitations: (a) the questionnaire answered and
Analyze the relationship by using two pairs of the sketch rendering are relatively complex, the participants are
sample mean inspection, T = 2.290, sig = 0.027 < 0.05, it only restrained to certain people, and sample quantity is also
still refuses to the null hypothesis. There is significant small; (b) there is still space to perfect the various spatial
difference between the relationships of the tourist images’ evaluation ways.
destination area (lines) with the related spaces that have References
been made before or after reasoning, so the final related
space decision relies on the reasoning mental map. These [1] Xie Yanjun, Foundation of tourism science, Beijing: China Tourism
analyses support the hypothesis three. Press, 2011, pp.59.
[2] Hao Weiren, Social behavior geography, Chengdu: Sichuan Science
4.4. Representation of the Mental Map and Technology Press, 1989, pp.7-89.
The participants are required to say the tourism [3] P. L. Pearce and M. Fagence, “The legacy of Kevin Lynch research
schedules respectively after saying the destinations, drawing implications,” Annals of Tourism Research, vol. 23, pp.576-598, 1996.
the mental maps and making the related space decisions. [4] R. Nicoletta and R. Servidio, “Tourists' opinions and their selection of
The score of the schedules precision marked as 1 if time and tourism destination images: An affective and motivational evaluation,”
space are accurate statistics elements, as 2 if one element is Tourism Management Perspectives,vol.4, pp.19-27,2012
accurate, as 3 if no accurate. Analyze the relationships [5] P. L. Pearce, “Perceived changes in holiday destinations, ” Annals of
between the different precision which was marked in Tourism Research, vol. 9, pp. 145-164, 1982.
different stages. The Chi-square value x2 = 75.28, Sig = 0, [6] G. Dann, Tourist Images of a Destination: An Alternative Analysis, In
W = 0.818, significant differences exist. During the last Recent Advances in Tourism Marketing Research, New York: The
schedule, the mean value is 1.26, the variance is just 0.197, Haworth Press,1996, pp. 41-55.
which is close to reasonable arrangement. So with the spatial [7] C.M. Echtner and B. Ritchie, “The measurement of destination image:
image is represented, the schedule is becoming more an empirical assessment, ” Journal of Travel Research, vol. 31, pp. 3-
rational. These analyses suggest that the hypothesis four is 13, 1993.
supported. [8] G. Martina, I.G. Saura and H.C. Garcıá, “Destination image towards a
conceptual framework, ”Annals of Tourism Research, vol. 29, pp. 56-
5. Conclusion and Limitations of the Research 78, 2002.
[9] P.K. Ankomah, J.L. Crompton and D. Baker, “Influence of cognitive
Spatial mental image determines the spatial decision of
distance in vacation choice, ” Annals of Tourism Research, vol. 23, pp.
the tourist, and the two processes are isomorphic. The tourist
139-150, 1996.
acquires the cognition of space through the processing of
[10] C.K. Hsee, J. Zhang, J.S. Chen, Internal and substantive
information and then builds the mental map, they narrow
inconsistencies in decision-making. Oxford: Blackwell, 2004, pp. 211-
and specify the space decision, finally, the tourism distance,
232.
destination and other space in same tourism is fixed, and the
[11] Wang Xiaoming , Liu Yu and Zhang Jing, “Geographic spatial
spatial processes decision-making is settled down.
587 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

cognition survey, ” Geography and Geo-information Science, vol. 21,

pp. 1-10, 2005.
[12] Zhang Wenhui, Zhang Zhixue and Liu Xuefeng, “The decision
maker's cognitive features on the decision process and the influence of
the enterprise strategic choice,” Journal of Psychology, vol. 37, pp.
373-381, 2008.
588 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
A Global EU ETS – A Second Best Choice?

EU’s Unilateralism on the ETS Issue
Yu Zhang1, Jiaqi Zhang2,Jianhua Li3
1
School of International Relation and Public Affairs, Fudan University, Shanghai, China
2
School of Architecture & Art Design, Hebei University of Technology, Tianjin, China
3
Tianjin Information Center, Tianjin, China
1
hellena09300170030@gmail.com, 2zhangjiaqi3@163.com, 3ljh19630504@126.com 2T
Abstract: With the rise of scientific assurance of the “Manmade Global Warming”, the issue of climate change has got at-
tention from various states and even become an economic and political problem. One of the very important issues in EU’s
diplomatic schedule is the Aviation ETS. Therefore, this passage will focus on the unusual unilateralism of EU diplomacy
on the Aviation ETS; give a general introduction to the influence of this new policy of EU, analyze the critics of the EU
ETS and the so called “EU’s real avarice”; and discuss the role EU plays in the whole curbing global warming system.
Keywords: ets; eu; unilateralism; aircraft operator; environmental protection

1. A Brief Introduction of EU ETS receive 83% for free. Airlines that operate more flights (or
achieve less efficiency) will have to buy more permits[2].
The European Union Emissions Trading Scheme (EU Airlines that fail to surrender sufficient allowances at the
ETS) is a programme aimed at reducing CO2 emission by end of each reporting year will face a double compliance
trading and selling emissions permits on a free market. In penalty.
the first phase of the scheme, around 10,000 major land- On March 26 th , thirty-two countries gathered in
P P
based emitters such as power stations, and metal factories Moscow and twenty-nine of them signed a declaration
were included[1]. On January 1st 2012, EU for the first time opposing EU’s new policy. No one knows for sure whether
included the aviation sector in the EU ETS and brought it to those countries and their airline operators will surrender
a global status. Emissions from all flights falling on the allowances in April 2013 to cover their 2012 emissions,
aviation activity list in the Directive which depart from or because most of them, especially big economic entities like
arrive at a member state are included in the regional cap and United States, China, Russia and India, insisted that this
trade scheme. new “Aviation Carbon Tax” was in fact a “Green Barrier”
and have little effect on emission reduction.
2. Critiques towards the EU ETS
2.1. Critiques about the Legality

“Non-European states see it as a direct attack on their
sovereignty,” the IATA’s director general Tony Tyler said
at the forum on international relation in Montreal[3]. We can
see that the sovereignty issue is one the most doubtful
points the other countries took up to query the legality of
EU ETS on Aviation. In 2007 at the International Civil
Aviation Organization (ICAO)’s 36 th general assembly, the
P P
state parties agreed that no emission trading system should

Figure 1 [5] . Assessing the carbon liability for EU-
P P
be set for other state party’s aircraft operators without a

based airlines under the EU ETS in 2012 mutual agreement between these two states parties[4].
According to the ETS, aviation emissions will be Article 1 of international law also states each state has
capped in the year 2012 at 97% of the sector’s emission complete and exclusive sovereignty over its airspace.
over the period 2004 – 2006. Between 2013 and 2020, the Article 6 of international law states that no international
cap will be set at 95% of aviation’s 2004 – 2006 emissions. service may be operated over or into a territory of a
Each airline will receive 85% of their emissions permits for Contracting State unless with the permission of the state[5].
free, based on their 2004 – 2006 level. From 2013 they will These clauses all clearly express an idea – EU is not
589 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

allowed to enforce any allowances legally on to other choice. Why did the EU seem so firm and even dogmatic?
countries without the permission of that country. The reasons can basically be got from the following
Besides the sovereignty problem, the EU ETS on perspectives.
Aviation was also criticized for violating some other
conventions or agreements signed before by the 3. Analysis from the Environmental Perspec-
international society. For instance, Article 11 of Chicago tive
Convention states the regulation of contracting states
regarding arriving at and departure from its territory should 3.1..The Sharply Increasing of the Aviation Emis-
be applied to aircraft of all contracting states without sions
discrimination[6], which in this case meant that the EU
cannot unilaterally impose Carbon Tax upon other countries. The European Union regarded the emission system as
Since all the state parties should be equal, the Carbon Tax great significance. As the IETA announced, although
has to be a mutual Tax set upon both sides. EU has to pay aviation only accounted for 3% of global carbon emissions
their duties to those countries where they ask for money. in 2009, the industry’s carbon footprint has increased by
98% between 1990 and 2006[7]. By 2009, the total impact of
2.2. Critiques Based on the Kyoto Protocol aviation on man-made climate change is 4.9%[8], which is
very considerable according to EU. But according to
The opposite states argued that any regulation or service
industry experts, the airlines’ share of total emissions will
toward aviation industry should be passed by ICAO – as
increase to 5% by 2050[9]. Is this a significant component of
written in the Kyoto Protocol. Also critical voice declaimed
carbon emission? Also compared with the road
that the reason why EU didn’t take a global EU ETS into
transportation, aviation is not the most important source of
performance until 2012 is that they avoided the restriction
emissions domestically. But the international aviation is
of Kyoto Protocol. Chinese scholars discussed even more
probably the most difficult one for transnational taxes.
about this classic convention about the global warming.
They proposed that the objects of EU ETS on Aviation are
aircraft operators but not the states. In this way EU
bypassed the principle of “Common but Differentiated
Responsibilities”, which is very protective for developing
countries. The EU ETS on Aviation enforced the same
responsibilities upon both developed and developing
countries. Complaints from developing countries strongly
held this point.
2.3. Critiques about the Affect to the Aviation In-
Figure 2 [5] . Breakdown of global CO 2 emissions in 2009
dustries
P P R R
The impact of cost from the EU ETS on aircraft carriers 3.2. An Effective Mitigation Instrument
depends on several factors: the fuel efficiency of the fleet,
the extent the carriers can pass the ETS costs to the The EU ETS has been operating in European Union for
consumers, the carriers position in the aviation market and many years. This trading scheme has been approved an
so on. But one thing for sure is that if the Aviation Carbon effective mitigation instrument of carbon mission. The
Tax is actually carrier out, it will bring big operating European Commission estimates that the EU ETS will lead
pressure to the aviation industries. The ticket price of the to annual reduction of about 20 million tons once the
flight will rise for sure. The aviation industries including scheme comes into force in 2013. As the global emissions
those of Europe will lose their passengers and the thus from aviation are currently around 700 million tons of
emission of other transportations will comparatively rise CO 2 [9], EU consider the savings from the EU ETS to be
R R
due to the rising number of the passengers. The prosperity significant. Based on EU’s experience, most countries’
of Chinese railway industry is a proper instance: the aircrafts including EU are already aged; both the engines
development of other transports is contesting the aircrafts’ and the aircraft are from an older generation. So therefore
market. Also the rocketing cost of travelling will bring operators are more likely to order new equipment which can
enormous pressure on other commerce industries, especially also offer a significant fuel reduction opportunity other than
international tourism and business. emissions reduction. EU considers this will be fair and
In a word, compared with EU’s multilateral diplomatic beneficial to every country.
tradition, on the EU ETS on Aviation, or as Chinese would But a recent research shows that at current CO 2 price, R R
like to call it “Carbon Tax” issue, European has shown their airlines would rather buy allowances from other sectors than
determination and willingness to take the unilateralism as a implement expensive measures themselves. Another thing
EU miscalculated is that not all states can afford a
590 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

revolution of the generation of aircraft. The aviation 4. Analysis from the Economical Perspective
industries in some countries have just taken off. The only
way they can cut the emissions is to order new aircraft or We have already talked a lot about the environmental
engines from EU. It raises another question: Is the EU ETS goals for EU to approach. It seems like it’s not enough to
on Aviation cheap enough to be implemented? interpret why EU abandoned their principle and preference
for multilateral negotiations and picked the Unilateralism up.
3.3. The Affordable Price of the New Green Tech- Especially facing the debt crisis, EU must have some
nology economic interests to hold the Aviation Carbon Tax so
enthusiastically. The scheme’s first trading year of 2012 –
The EU considers the ETS on Aviation a much cheaper
2013 is likely to cost the industry in the amount of €1.125
way to mitigate the emissions. They have several reasons:
billion at a carbon price of €15/t CO 2 [9]. This is not a small
First, after the implementation of EU ETS in the globe, the
R R
number; it somehow gives the reason for EU ETS on

additional cost burden on airlines, at least initially, is
Aviation from another perspective.
marginalized in our view compared with existing fuel
expenses and aircraft lease payments or depreciation 4.1. The Re-regulation of the Aviation Industries
charges[9]. The EU argues that the cost for airlines is
manageable; and with this price, better living environment Aircraft operators will be regulated, and each will be
can be constructed. But because of the trading scheme, administered by a member state. Small aircrafts and certain
airline operation within European airspace will have to bear flights will be excluded. Airline operator emission
increasing financial liabilities associated with their allowances will be calculated on 2010 emission levels,
increasing carbon emissions. The cost will grow and last before the scheme starts in 2012[5]. Based on this policy, the
forever. aircraft operators will be re-regulated under the control of
Second, not every industry loses interests because of EU EU member states. In this way EU officials will get a closer
ETS on Aviation. Aircraft manufacturers see huge connection with these companies. And the economic
opportunities from the aviation carbon tax policy, because interests may follow as a result of this new “Social
the requirement for emission mitigation will bring the tide Network”.
of technology evolution for aircraft manufacturing, also tons 4.2. .More Environmentally Friendly Market Share
of aircraft orders will be placed if the EU ETS on Aviation
can finally be carried out. The European airlines have The “market-based” environmental and climate policies
c.1,750 aircraft on order with Boeing and Airbus. In 2012 in are not the invention of EU. EU used to stand for a better
total, European airlines have c. 1,080 Narrow Body aircraft “policy-based” schedule which suggested a concretely,
on order and 670 for Wide Body. Most of the WB orders internationally agreed framework of domestic tax on carbon
are for the replacement of old generation aircraft (674 or any GHG emissions. But EU started to value the market
orders vs 515 old gen airplanes in Europe) and for in the recent years ever since they realized that emission
incremental growth[5]. But one thing worth mentioning is reduction through any political contract is impossible.
that most of these manufacturers are held by developed Following the prosperity and profit of EU’s
countries, especially EU countries. It is very unfavorable for environmentally friendly technology, EU started to pay
developing countries because it may further the differentiate much more attention to the market. EU believes that the
aircraft operator under the pressure of the emission caps. global ETS will bring more orders of new aircraft with
Third, even though the carbon tax would increase the higher fuel efficiency. And this is a mutually beneficial
price of aircraft operating, the growth can be used for the bargaining.
reduction of the carbon emissions and the curbing of the Trepidation about the negative effects on EU’s air
allowances. Also the increase of fuel efficiency saves market share exists. But EU argues that the implementation
money for airline operators. EU also put up some ideas for of ETS on Aviation will only have some marginal impact on
countries to reduce their CO 2 emissions though some of
R R
the flight since the aircraft operators will not change the
them sound awkward. For example, EU suggested airline flight routes. Because EU, apparently, is such a gathering
operators order aircraft with more seats on it in order to destination and there are only a few major airports outside
increase the fuel efficiency and split the cost between more and around EU. Therefore operators can hardly change to
customers. Besides, specifically, an aircraft produces 191 another hub outside EU. But in fact because of the Aviation
grams of carbon dioxide per passenger which a train Carbon Tax, carriers may abandon some routes or choose
produces 43 grams of carbon dioxide per passenger[10]. If another hub before arriving at EU airspace in order to avoid
people choose to take trains instead, it will be beneficial for the allowances. And this may have further economic and
emission reduction. social consequences in regional connectivity and local
employment. Besides, there are also other ways for aircraft
operators to lose their passengers. For example, if the
operators keep passing the costs to the passengers over a
591 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

time, they will lose credits and fall into crisis. The EU has preparing or expressing that possibility of a trade war. The
another saying on this issue; Merrill Lynch estimates an aviation carbon tax raised by EU still has so long a way to
average cost per passenger in 2012 for the low cost carriers go till it can be actually carried out. And it seems like EU
will be at € 1.5 and for the mainline carriers at €3.5. This is hasn’t made a practical diplomatic strategy at least for this
equivalent to 3.1% and 1.4% of average ticket prices moment. The “global approach” (especially involving
respectively[5]. This is considered acceptable as airlines ICAO and IATA) and “market-based approach” to airline
would be likely to split this cost between passengers. emissions are the general suggestions to EU. Also in fact,
after the implementation of EU ETS on Aviation, two thirds
5. Analysis from the Diplomatic Perspective of the emissions covered by the scheme will be from
From the further study of EU ETS on Aviation, we will European airlines[1]. EU can make the experiment of
find that the climate and carbon emission issues have mitigating emissions inside the European region to see
broken the bound of scientific problem and environmental whether there is any effect on global warming. If the result
protection problem; it even has deeper meaning rather than is positive and considerable, the EU ETS on Aviation will
an economic problem. It is called “Carbon Politics” or be more persuasive.
“Carbon Diplomacy”. Early in 1997, the Kyoto Protocol But from another perspective, even though there are so
asked the developed countries to work through the UN’s many criticisms of the EU ETS applying to the aviation
ICAO to reduce aviation greenhouse gas emissions. So far industry, the action EU has taken shows people’s concerns
the institution has failed to come up with a globally-binding about the man-made climate change and global warming.
agreement[1]. Scholars believe that this is because of the As it probably won’t be a way to satisfy everybody, which
legislative lacking of the most authoritative institution on means it will take forever for any “equitable international
global warming, the UNFCCC. institution” to make such a scheme, EU’s unilateral choice
Obviously another embarrassing problem is that through may be a rational and significant attempt.
the international conferences or negotiations, states can References
hardly meet at any point that will appease all sides. This is
[1] Briefing: ICAO Council discussion on including aviation in the EU-
the abuse of multilateral diplomacy, which perfectly became
ETS, Transport & Environment, November 2011,
visible in Copenhagen. And EU is totally depressed with
www.transportenvironment.org
this situation. What’s more, with the rocketing development
[2] Nancy Chen, Vivian Tin, “Introduction to EU-ETS on Aviation”,
of developing countries, especially the BASIC, EU
considered these countries irresponsible as they still didn’t ClimaXmi International, spring 2012, www.climaxmi.org.
want to promise specific emission reduction targets. In this [3] “Aviation agency asks EU to delay airline tax”, PHYSorg.com, 6 Mar
case, EU utilized the 2004 ICAO resolution that said ICAO 2012 http://phys.org/news/2012-03-aviation-agency-eu-airline-
would support national or regional emissions trading as a carbon.html.
first step towards a global system[1]. [4] Peng Lin, “What is the way for aviation emissions reduction when
This is only one phase of the story. After Copenhagen, the EU ETS is about to apply in aviation”, Air China Limited,
EU for some reason lost their leadership and had no voice in Aviation, Dec 2009, Vol. 108, pp18 – 23.
the climate change issue. Countries like United States, [5] Zoe Kinight, Celines Fornaro, Samantha Gleave, “Aviation in EU
China, Russia, Canada and India all rose up to protect their ETS; an incentive for efficiency”, Merrill Lynch, Sep 8, 2008, pp1 –
own willingness and interests. The situation was kind of out 32.
of EU’s control. Many scholars believe that this is the most [6] Article 11, Convention on International Civil Aviation (Chicago
important reason why EU toughly insists on the Aviation Convention), Sign at Chicago, Dec 7, 1944
Carbon Tax, which apparently will help EU regain the [7] “EU ETS & Aviation”, IETA, 16 Jan 2012
leadership and the right of controlling the direction back. [8] David Lee et al, “Aviation and Global Climate Change in the 21st
Furthermore, through the EU ETS on Aviation, developing Century”, Atmospheric Environment, July 2009
countries will be indirectly included in the carbon tax [9] Stuart Clements, Michael Wilkins, Maria Beyzh, “Airline Carbon
regimes due to the EU ETS noted. If it is passed and Costs Take Off As EU Emissions Regulations Reach For The Skies”,
accepted by most states, EU will get his leadership back and STANDARD & POOR’S, Global Credit Portal RatingsDirect, Feb 18,
the victory of the whole gamble
2011
6. Conclusion [10] Stephen R. Stegich, Laura A. McGinn, “The EU Emissions Trading
Scheme and Aviation”, Condon & Forsyth, 16th Annual Aero-Engine
On March 6 th , 2012 the head of the IATA urged the
P P
Cost Management Conference, Feb 6 – 7, 2008, Texas

European Union to delay rolling out the carbon tax on air
travel next year, warning it could provoke trade wars. This
showed that the EU ETS had generally led to the
dissatisfaction of many states. And these states are
592 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The Contribution of Face Outlines to the

Fat Face Illusion
Ming Zhong1, Xiaoyang Yu2, Zhe Wang3, Yuhao Sun4 P
1，2，3，4
Department of Psychology,Zhejiang Sci-Tech University,Hangzhou, China
4
yuhao.sun@gmail.com
Abstract: When two upright identical images of the same face (but not clocks) were aligned vertically, the face at the bot-
tom appeared ‘fatter’ [1]. We conducted three experiments to test whether the outline of face have any contribution to this
illusion. In experiment 1, we changed the face photos’ outline as ovals. Subjects showed the illusion again, which indicated
the face inner parts were important to the illusion. In experiment 2 & 3, we used the same line-changed inner parts of faces,
with trapezoid and hexagon as outline respectively. Results showed that the trapezoid came up with the illusion but the hex-
agon didn’t, suggesting the outline also have effect on the phenomenon.
Keywords: fat face illusion; outlines of faces; inner parts of face
1. Introduction right-handed, and had a normal or corrected to normal vi-
sion.
A novel fat face illusion is that, when two identical im-
ages of a very same face were aligned vertically, the face at 2.2. Stimuli
the bottom appeared ‘fatter’. This illusion only emerged Stimuli consisted of 20 color photographs of Chinese
when faces were shown upright, but not upside down. Also, adults (10 males) in front pose, with white background.
when two upright clocks were shown in the same vertically Face photos were cut the edge as ovals, and expanding or
aligned fashion, the illusion did not emerge [1]. compressing the width of each original face by 3 %, which
One may argue that the fat face illusion is essentially became 103% and 97 % of the original.
same with Jastrow illusion: when two identical trapezoids On each trial, two upright or inverted faces were dis-
aligned vertically, the bottom one looks wider than the top played at the top and bottom of a computer screen aligned
one [2]. vertically. The two altered versions of the same face were
In this study, we would explore whether different out- paired with each other or itself, producing four combina-
lines of face photos have any contribution to the illusion. tions as shown in Fig.1.Half were identical in size
Three experiments were conducted. In experiment 1, (top=bottom), and half were different (top >bottom or top
we cut the edge of face photos as ovals (same as clocks).If <bottom).
fat face illusion is essentially same with Jastrow illusion [2],
then the oval edged photos would illuminate everything. On
the contrary, if the inner parts are important to the pheno-
menon, the illusion will stay on.
In experiment 2 and 3, we used the line-changed inner
parts of faces, with outline as trapezoid and hexagon respec-
tively. If different outlines of faces don’t have any contribu-
tion to the illusion, two types of faces will have similar pat-
terns of results. In contrast, if the outlines have effect on the
illusion, two types of faces may have different results. Top=bottom top=bottom top>bottom top<bottom
2. Experiment 1 Top: size1 size 2 size 2 size1
Bottom: size1 size 2 size 1 size 2
2.1. Participants Figure 1. Vertically aligned face pairs of one individual face (size
1 and size 2 were 97% and 103% of the original face respectively)
Twelve Chinese participants (five males, mean age =
20.9) contributed data. Six of them judge the upright faces, 2.3. Task and Procedure
the others judge the inverted faces. All participants were Two faces were presented, one at the top and one at the
bottom of a computer screen, participants should respond
593 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

M. Zhong et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp593-595
via key press which face was ‘fatter’ as accurately and ra- 3. Experiment 2
pidly as possible.
Each participant took the upright task or the inverted 3.1. Participants
task. One task has two blocks, 160 trials totally. On each Twelve Chinese subjects (six males, mean age= 21) par-
trial, participant saw a black fixation cross (500ms), which ticipated in this experiment. Six of them took the upright
was followed by a blank screen (100ms). Then one pair of task, others took the inverted task. All participants were
faces was displayed on screen. Faces wouldn’t disappear right-handed, and had a normal or corrected to normal vi-
until the participants made a choice. Eighty pairs of faces sion.
(20 individual faces × 4 pairs) were presented randomly in
block 1. Block 2 repeated the procedure of block 1. Be- 3.2. Stimuli
tween the two blocks, participants were allowed a self- Stimuli consisted of twenty individual faces used in ex-
paced break. Total duration of the experiment was about 10 periment 1. We chose the line-changed inner parts of faces
min. by Photoshop CS 3, and used a trapezoid as outline, as
2.4. Result shown in Fig.2.All of the faces were expanding or com-
pressing just the same as experiment1, so were the pairing.
Table 1 shows the means and SEs of the rates of the
‘bottom face is fatter’ responses (henceforth referred to as 3.3. Task and Procedure
bottom responses) for the three trial types in experiment 1. Participants were asked to judge which face outlined
In the upright task, we found in the top=bottom condition, with trapezoid was “wider” as accurately and rapidly as
response rate was significantly higher than the expected rate possible.
(t 5 =8.448, p<0.001), indicating that participants perceived
R R
The procedure was identical to experiment 1.

the bottom face to be fatter than the top face, even though
they were identical (they showed a fat face illusion). While 3.4. Result
in the inverted task, when top=bottom, there was no signifi- Results were shown in Table 2.
cant difference between the response rate and the expected In the upright task, comparing with the expected rate,
rate (t 5 =0.853, p>0.4).
R R
we found:1) in the top<bottom condition, no significant

2.5. Discussion difference rate(t 5 =-1.000, p>0.36), indicating that partici-
R R
pants responded correctly the bottom face was wider;2) in

Our findings are consistent with Sun [1], that fat face il- the top=bottom condition, the response rate was much high-
lusion only emerges when faces are upright, aligned verti- er than the expected rate (t 5 =7.441, p<0.01), indicating
R R
cally. It suggests the fat face illusion is stable. More impor- that participants had a strong tendency to perceive the bot-
tant, we found the fat face illusion is not essentially same tom face as the wider one, even though they were identical;
with Jastrow illusion [2], the inner parts of faces are impor- 3) in the top> bottom condition, the response rate was still
tant to the illusion. much higher than the expected rate(t 5 =7.403, R R
To further test the contribution of different outlines to p<0.01),indicating that even though the top face was wider
the fat face illusion, we conducted experiment 2 and expe- than the bottom one, the illusion was strong enough to over-
riment 3. According to the trapezoid illusion [2], we used the ride the physical differences.
trapezoid (different at the top and bottom) as the outline of However in the inverted task, we found the completely
the faces in experiment 2. As a comparison, we used the opposite results. In the top>bottom condition, there was no
hexagon (same at the top and bottom) as the outline of the difference between the responses rate and the expected rate
faces in experiment 3. (t 5 =1.000, p>0.36), indicating that participants could cor-
R R
rectly respond that the top face was wider; While in the
Table1. Means and SEs of the rates of the ‘bottom is fatter’
top=bottom condition, response rate was significant lower
responses in experiments 1
Outline Orientation image size response Expected than the expected rate (t 5 =-14.780, p<0.001), so was in the
R R
rate = % rate= % top<bottom condition (t 5 =-11.495, p<0.001). Results indi-

R R
oval Face upright top<bottom 98.3(0.5) 100.0 cated that participants had an opposite illusion, that they
top=bottom 75.4(3.0) 50.0 perceived the top faces as the wider one.
top>bottom 11.3(4.4) 0.0
Face inverted top<bottom 93.8(3.3) 100.0
top=bottom 58.5(10.0) 50.0
top>bottom 13.3(5.7) 0.0
594 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

M. Zhong et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp593-595
Figure 2.Stimuli used in experiment 2 & 3, outlines of faces were 5. General Discussion
trapezoid and hexagon respectively. In the present study, we were trying to figure out wheth-
Table2. Means and SEs of the rates of the ‘bottom is wider’ er different outlines of faces have any contribution to the
Outline Orientation image size response Expected
illusion.
rate = % rate= % In experiment 1, we cut the edge of the face photos as
trapezoid Face upright top<bottom 98.4(1.6) 100.0 oval. Results showed the inner parts of faces are important
top=bottom 91.4(5.5) 50.0 to the fat face illusion, as the fat face illusion stayed on even
top>bottom 70.8(9.5) 0.0
when faces had the same outline as clocks’.
Face inverted In experiment 2 & 3, we used the same line-changed in-
top<bottom 19.8(7.0) 100.0
ner parts of faces, with outline of trapezoid and hexagon
top=bottom 6.0(3.0) 50.0
respectively. Results show that trapezoid and hexagon had
top>bottom 0.5(0.5) 0.0
different results. In the trapezoid condition, the fat face illu-
sion came up when faces were shown upright, and an oppo-
4. Experiment 3 site illusion occurred when faces were upside down. How-
4.1. Participant ever, in the hexagon condition, no illusion came up, no mat-
ter faces were upright or upside down. Different from
Twelve Chinese subjects (six males, mean age =20)
Thompson P.’s point, that the inner parts are responsible for
took part in this experiment. Six of them took the upright
the illusion [3], our findings suggest the outline have effect
task, the others took the inverted task. All participants were
on fat face illusion as well.
right-handed, and had a normal or corrected to normal vi-
In this study, we also need to think over the different re-
sion.
sults of oval faces and hexagon faces. We suspect that, un-
4.2. Stimuli like faces outline with oval, faces outline with hexagon are
rarely seen in real life. Thus the visual experience may be
As shown in Fig.2, we used the line-changed internal related to the fat face illusion as well. Future study could
parts of faces, and shaped the outline as hexagon. The ex- pay attention to the linkages between the fat face illusion
panding or compressing of faces was the same as experi- and the visual expertise.
ment 1, so were the pairing.
Acknowledgment
4.3. Task and Procedure
This study was supported by grants from the National
Participants were asked to judge which face outlined
Natural Science Foundation of China (No.31100737)，the
with hexagon was “wider” as accurately and rapidly as
Foundation of Zhejiang Social Scientific Association
possible.
(No.2011N090) and the Research Foundation of Education-
The procedure was identical to experiment 1.
al Department of Zhejiang Province (No. Z201122112).
4.4. Result References
As shown in Table 3, we found in the upright task, no [1] Sun Y-H. et al, “A new ‘fat face’ illusion” Perception , vol. 41,
significant difference between the response rate and the 2012, pp.117-120.
expected rate when faces were identical (t 5 =0.472, R R [2] Jastrow J., “A study of mental statistics”' New Review 5, 1891,
p>0.65), indicating no illusion came up at all. Neither in the pp.559-568
inverted task (t 5 =1.383, p>0.22).
R R [3] Thompson P., and Wilson J, “Why do fat faces look thinner upside-
Table3. Means and SEs of the rates of the ‘bottom is wider’ down ?”, unpublished
Outline Orientation image size response Expected
rate = % rate= %
hexagon Face upright top<bottom 90.6(2.7) 100.0
top=bottom 53.1(6.6) 50.0
top>bottom 11.5(4.3) 0.0
Face inverted top<bottom 95.8(1.0) 100.0
top=bottom 57.3(5.3) 50.0
top>bottom 16.7(6.9) 0.0
595 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Research on Wang Wei's Landscape Poems

from the Perspective of Ecological Aesthetics
Yulan Zhang
School of Foreign Languages,Jianghan University,Wuhan, China
786579547@qq.com
2T2T 2T2T
Abstract: The research on Ecological Aesthetics is significant for improving the global ecological crisis which human
beings are facing. Poet Wang Wei in Tang Dynasty already displayed Ecological Aesthetics implications in many of his
landscapes poems, which mainly manifests in three aspects: unification of man and nature; life awareness; poetic dwelling.
The probe into Ecological Aesthetics in traditional Chinese culture may enhance people's awareness in constructing the
spiritual home and the sustainably developing society for human beings.
Keywords: ecological aesthetics; unification of man and nature; life awareness; poetic dwelling
1. Introduction human and nature coexist peacefully and blend into a
harmonious whole moving and dancing together. This
In 1982, the publication of Environmental Aesthetics: “Sameness of man and nature” thinking mode conforms
interpretive essays edited by Alan Carlson and Barry Sadler with modern Ecological Aesthetics based on ecological
is the symbol of the rise of Ecological Aesthetics. It takes as philosophy.
its starting point the research on ecological aesthetic According to Ecological Aesthetics, the world is made up
relationship between people and nature, including the of 3 sections—people, nature and society. All the sections
aesthetic relationship between human and nature, society in the dynamic and balanced unity are interrelated,
and people, and is one of the contemporary “Existentialism interdependent and interactive. Ecological Aesthetics
Aesthetics” concerning the ecological dimension [1] . Its PP PP
transcends “Nature Ontology” and “Anthropocentrism”,

theory advocates the consideration for aesthetic issues from each of which holds the view of two-in-opposition. It
the point of view of Ecological Aesthetics and the abandons the subject-object distinction between man and
construction of ecological environment supported by it. The nature and suggests that human beings and all living things
research on Ecological Aesthetics is extremely significant are in the same food chain so that they are equal and have
for arousing people's awareness in environmental protection the right to survive and develop. They are not in the
when human beings are currently facing the global relationship of transforming and being transformed or
ecological crisis and constructing human beings spiritual slaving and being slaved.
home. Many of Wang Wei's landscape poems describe the
Ancient Chinese poetry reached its peak in Tang harmonious, ecologically balanced, beautiful landscape,
Dynasty. Wang Wei composed a large number of landscape such as Farmhouses beside Wei River.
poems and took the lead in all the poets of the era. Today The village shines in the westering sun,Along the lane
when studying Wang Wei's poems from the perspective of cattle and sheep return.Longing for his herd-boy, an oldster
Ecological Aesthetics, we may find that the poet had poorLeans on a cane, by the dead hedge door.The pheasants
actually displayed in his landscape poems Ecological chirp among wheats with ears green;Silkworms sleep while
Aesthetics implications in as early as Tang Dynasty, which mulberry leaves grow thin.
mainly manifests in the following three aspects. Hoes on shoulders, the farmers come with ease;As they
2. Wang Wei's Landscape Poems meet, they talk friendly, without cease.All these make me
admire the leisure glad;Chanting the poem of Delay I feel
2.1. Unification of Man and Nature sad [2] .
PP PP
This poem describes the scenery on the occasion of a

“Unification of man and nature”, the philosophy farmer returning happily from the field at sunset. At the
emerging in Qin Dynasty in Chinese history, means that beginning it depicts the westering sun shining on the village
596 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. L. Zhang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp596-598
and the cattle and sheep going back slowly. In the second home, some of whom hold axes to trim the mulberry or
couplet the poet describes that an old man leaning on a cane carry hoes to inspect the channel. The new year's farming
is greeted with grazing return child. The wild pheasant begins. The swallows come back in the early spring and
chirps; silkworms fed by mulberry leaves begin to spin a whisper at the edge of its nest, seeming to know its old one,
cocoon camp to make a cosy nest. The farmers returning and the aged owner in the house are looking over the new
with hoes by twos and threes are greeting each other year almanac. In spring “everything is anticipating joyfully
warmly and kindly in field trail. Seeing this leisurely and to prosper; brook is starting to trickle.” The poet feels the
peaceful scene, the poet cannot help sighing for not pulse and the footsteps of spring; everything is so energetic,
returning earlier. dynamic and hopeful. He describes to readers a pastoral
The poem, in addition to painting a picture of the scenery picture full of vitality and longing for the future.
friendly intimacy between the old man, the child and
farmers, also focuses on the images such as cattle, sheep, 2.3. Poetic Dwelling
pheasant and silkworm living leisurely life. It displays the When talking about aesthetics, people focus for a long
people and animals in harmony and the ecologically time only on the traits of being agreeable and pleasing to
balanced pastoral scenery. Wang Wei discards the “man the eyes, but seldom consider from the perspective of
and nature in opposition” view, involving himself in the aesthetical survival, especially “poetic dwelling.” The
scene, as if flying into and participating in it, namely, the German philosopher Heidegger was the first to expound
sense of involving in the ecological environment [3] and PP PP
profoundly the connotation of Ecological Aesthetics. He

dancing harmoniously with it, and sighs regretfully for not admired particularly poet Hlderlin's expectation for life —
coming earlier. The regret is actually the boundless admire “surrounded by the products of labor, yet man dwells
and love for the moment and the scenery which the poet poetically on this land. [6]” Heidegger put forward his
cannot restrain. The poet mingles with the scenes into one Ecological Aesthetics opinion in terms of “poetic dwelling”
unity, forgetting the distinction, which reflects the when criticizing Hlderlin's poems.
“unification of man and nature [3] .”
PP PP
The Human Ontology mainly emphasizes the importance

2.2. Life Awareness of secular values, human's material needs satisfaction and
the material utility of the natural resources. In terms of
Life is the most essential trait in addition to the Ecological Aesthetics, the value of ecological environment
ecological system integrity and balance. In terms of includes not only the material utility of the natural
Ecological Aesthetics, it is believed that lives of various ecological environment and its elements, but also the
kinds, organic and inorganic matters, are interconnected. “ecological utility” and “spiritual utility.” The so-called
The birth and death of any species affects directly or “ecological utility”, refers to the natural ecological
indirectly the life of another; any change in inorganic world environment and its elements' function for and significance
will affect organic community life. Life comes and perishes in improving people's life quality and enhancing human
and alternates in this way as well. The essence of life lies beings’ health development. It is also about the material life
not in existence, but in the renewal of life, which manifests needs satisfaction, but from the perspective of the people's
in metabolism. This metabolic process is dynamic, abiding life quality; attention is paid to the ecological quality of the
by the spiral development [4] .
PP PP ecological environment and people are made to realize that
Many of Wang Wei's landscape poems display traces of the ecological environment is the important factor for
vigor, such as Springtide on the Farm.The turtledoves in the improving people's living standards and life quality. The
house are cooing; The apricots deck the village with white, so-called “spiritual utility” refers to the natural ecological
The mulberries are pruned with axes hewing, environment and its elements' function for and significance
With hoes they sound for a fountain site. The swallows in improving people's quality of spiritual life and promoting
back remember the men. The new almanac is in old folk's the healthy development of human spirit. This mainly
hands. The cup is raised, but dropped again: means the human spirit's enjoyment in natural ecological
For those yet wandering in faraway lands [5] ! This is the
PP PP environment and the comprehension of the value of the
ode to spring. With its arrival, the turtledoves, which appear relationship between people's spirit and the natural
rarely in winter, fly to the village early; apricots are also ecological environment by going beyond the material level
already in blossom. Through the “turtledove calls” and and reaching a more profound one.
“white apricot flower”, spring is vividly presented. “A Poet Wang Wei changed several times in office
year's plan starts with spring.” Then in second couplet the designation and secluded twice from his youth to
poet's focus transfers from spring scenery to farming. Birds middle-aged time. Away from the intrigues and the life of
come back and flowers blossom; the villagers cannot stay at always being on tenterhooks in officialdom, roaming in
597 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Y. L. Zhang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp596-598
nature, the poet found leisurely, peaceful mind and spiritual future of human beings, enhance people's awareness to
tranquility and ease. Landscape Immediately after It Has eliminate or avoid the alienation between man and nature,
Cleared up will be taken as the example. build up really ecological civilization in the society and
It's just cleared up! As far and wideAs eyes can reach, achieve the goal of constructing coordinated and
the world's so clean!The town-gate looks on the ferry with sustainably developing society in the long term.
pride,And the trees 'tween this village and the stream are
green.Clear waters shine from the fields and beyond.And References
beyond, green hills on hills arise.It's farming season. All [1] Zeng Fanren, “The contemporary ecological civilization from the
2T2T 2T2T
respondBy working under bright blue skies [7] .In this poem
PP PP
perspective of Ecological Aesthetics,” Literature Review, vol. 4, 2005,

the poet depicts the scenery when he overlooks the country pp.49-55.
wilderness in the early summer. The first couplet describes [2] http://blog.sina.com.cn/s/blog_ 6f58baf00100nw8d.html
2T2T 2T2T
that the air is washed clean after rain and is particularly [3] Xu Hengchun, “Ecological Aesthetics interview: Ecological Aesthetics
fresh with no dust. Gazing into the distance, open fields outline,” vol. 10, Theory and Modernization, 2000, pp.21-25.
seems especially spacious. Second couplet tells he can see [4] Yi Pingce, “Ecological Aesthetics research from the perspective of
the gate tower nearby and river mouth in the distance. The modern anthropological paradigm,” vol. 2, Academic Monthly, 2003,
third one depicts the waters glistening in the sunshine, pp.11-18.
brighter than usual. Behind the green ridges, peaks of [5] http://blog.sina.com.cn/s/blog_6f58baf00100midf.html
mountains overlap. The fourth displays that the whole [6] Chen Wangheng. “On Ecological Aesthetics and its philosophical
family is busy in the field in the early summer. The poet basis,” vol. 2, Journal of Shaanxi Normal University, 2001, pp.5-10.
portrays a picture of ecologically balanced nature: fresh air, [7] http://www.en84.com/article-2522-1.html
glittering clear rivers, mountains ornamented with green [8] She Zhengrong. On Ecological Wisdom. Beijing: China Social
plants and people in harmony with nature. Sciences Press, 1995, p.266.
In addition, in the Farmhouses beside Wei River,
Springtide on the Farm, Autumn Evening in My Mountain
Abode and other poems, the poet expresses clearly his
appreciation for and attachment to the pastoral landscape.
Judging from all the above poems, Wang Wei, standing
among all the living things, full of exciting vitality, is
pleased to enjoy the infinite joy of creating beauty in life [8]
PP PP
and has a strong sense of belonging to the natural life and

then poetically dwelling there. In the poems the poet
confirms the value of non-human lives, which is not only
the “ecological utility” but also “spiritual utility.”
3. Implications
Research on Ecological Aesthetics in traditional
Chinese culture has important implications on the
circumstance of current global ecological crisis. First of all,
research on and exploration in traditional Ecological
Aesthetics awareness can alter the present west-centered
situation in the domain of eco-criticism and Ecological
Aesthetics forum, bring about equal dialogue between the
East and West and thus China will provide more practical
and theoretical support for mankind in the ecological
civilization movement. Second, the research in this domain
can activate the reflection on our contemporary way of life
and ecological protection awareness, promote the pursuit of
safety, environmental protection and healthy life style
advocated by Deep Ecology, establish the correct values of
survival and construct simultaneously the spiritual home for
human beings in the process of constructing material one.
Last, the research will cause people to pay attention to the
598 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Studies on the Low Carbon Supervision

System in Wuhan City Circle
Jin-Yi Chen* , Nian Li, Shan-Shan Wang, Jing-Jing Wang
P
School of Environment and Civil Engineering of Wuhan Institute of Technology, Wuhan, Hubei, China
*
jychwit@163.com
Abstract: Wuhan city circle is a nationwide pilot experimental area of resource-saving and environment-friendly society
and has been selected as the low carbon economy demonstration area. It's essential to establish working mechanism to
control carbon emission. Taking Wuhan city circle as the object, this study aims at the construction of low carbon
environmental protection supervision system in aspect of the mechanism of composition and operation on the perspective of
the whole life cycle control.
Keywords：cooperated supervision mechanism; low-carbon; wuhan city circle
1. Introduction 0F effectively and seamlessly. In each system, our analysis
focuses on three sides: the purpose, the institutions and
There is now clear scientific evidence that emissions responsibilities and the operation mechanism.
from economic activity, particularly the burning of fossil
fuels for energy, are causing changes to the Earth's climate. 2. Low Carbon Environmental Protection
On Copenhagen conference in December 2009, China has Supervision Systems
made a commitment to make the unit GDP carbon dioxide
emissions 40%~45% lower by 2020 than in 2005. In the 2.1. Prevention and Control System.
12th FYP outline for national economic and social The main purpose of prevention and control system is
development, one binding indicator for carbon emission to control carbon emissions from the source through the
was put forward: to reduce 17% unit GDP carbon dioxide assessment of the carbon emissions impact on environment.
emissions. Moreover, on a national scale, in July 2010, five We can achieve the goal by setting the carbon emissions
provinces and eight cities were selected as low carbon prevention policies and carbon emissions standards and
economy demonstration areas to launch low carbon assessing the carbon emissions impact according to these
economy pilots. Hubei province is one of them. Wuhan city policies and standards. The low carbon emissions projects
circle has been selected as the low carbon economy will be approved and the high carbon emissions projects
demonstration area in Hubei. Up to now, the researchers will be forbidden. Fig.1 is the schematic diagram for the
focus on the routing selections about low carbon society [1, P
operation mechanism of the prevention and control system.

2]
P , the low carbon technologies [3, 4] , the optimization
P P
methods of economic structure [5] , etc. There is little

P P
2.1.1. Institutions and Responsibilities
research on the environmental protection supervision
system of carbon emission which aims at the realization of a. The institutions engaged in drawing up the carbon
the environmental protection goal effectively. emissions prevention legal basis (LBMI) are mainly
responsible for drawing up the carbon emissions impact
This study aims at the construction of low carbon assessment laws, regulations and methods. LBMI are
environmental protection supervision system in Wuhan city composed of those departments which responsible for
circle. And the system consists of three parts: the drawing up the laws, regulations and standards and
prevention and control system, process control system and methods.
target management system, which would make low carbon
environmental protection supervision economically, b. The environmental regulators during the prevention
and control stage (ESD) are mainly responsible for the
approval of the carbon emissions impact assessment files.
Sponsors: The Soft Science of Wuhan City Funded Projects ESD are usually composed of the departments which are
（No:201040333122） and the Graduate student Creative fund of responsible for the carbon emissions impact assessment
Wuhan institute of technology.
599 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

J. Y. Chen et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp599-601
approval and the carbon emissions industry authorities. b. The institutions which are responsible for supervising
the situation of enterprise internal low carbon management
c. The carbon emissions monitoring institutions (CEMI)
and carbon emissions assessment services institutions
(CEAI) are mainly engaged in monitoring and auditing
carbon emissions and making the environmental impact
assessment.
2.1.2. The Operation Mechanism of the Prevention and
Control System.
Three institutions above (LBMI, ESD and CEMI or
CEAI) collaborate with each other.
Figure 2. The coordination mechanism of Process control
The LBMI provide the legal basis and guarantee system
and reviewing the carbon emission audit files (ESD). They

are composed of supervision departments and the approval
authorities.
c. Carbon emissions monitoring and audit institutions
(CMAI), enterprise internal low carbon management
agency (EICM) are mainly engaged in providing the
environmental protection supervision methods. CMAI are
responsible for the monitoring of the carbon emissions
situation of project, the auditing of the energy utilization
and carbon emissions. EICM are responsible for the
self-management on the carbon emissions according to the
Figure 1. The coordination mechanism of prevention
low carbon laws and regulations.
control system
2.2.2. The Operation Mechanism of the Process Control
to the ESD and CEMI or CEAI. CEMI and CEAI can System.
monitor and assess the carbon emissions of the project
directly. The results can be used as the proof during the The institutions above (LBMI, ESD, CMAI and EICM)
supervision for ESD. ESD appraise the qualification of the collaborate with each other.
monitoring and assessment of carbon emissions and The LBMI provide the legal basis and guarantee to the
manage the works of CEMI or CEAI. ESD, CMAI and EICM. CMAI monitor the carbon
2.2. Process Control System emissions of the project according to the requirement the
ESD, and provide the monitor data and information to ESD
The process control system can control the carbon and EICM. EICM are engaged in the internal management
emissions opportunity through enterprise internal low and regularly entrust to the CMAI to conduct the project
carbon management, carbon audit, and routine supervision auditing in carbon emissions. Then audit files should be
and inspection. In this system, low carbon projects will be reported to ESD for examination and approval.
allowed to operate normally and the excess emissions
projects will be limited through the approval of the audit 2.3. The Target Management System
files. And the emission shall be reduced within a time limit. The target management system can reduce carbon
Fig.2 is the schematic diagram for the operation mechanism emissions of the project whether its carbon emissions has
of the process control system. exceeded standard or it has carbon emissions potential
2.2.1. Institutions and Responsibilities through mandatory and encourage way. And the carbon
emissions reduction can be traded under supervision. Fig.3
a. The institutions which are responsible for drawing up is the schematic diagram for the operation mechanism of
the legal basis for carbon emissions reduction and trading the target management system.
are called as legal basis made institutions (LBMI). Their
mainly role is to draw up the low carbon management laws, 2.3.1. Institutions and Responsibilities
regulations and administrative rules.
600 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

J. Y. Chen et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp599-601
a. The institutions which are responsible for drawing up 3. Conclusions

the legal basis for carbon emissions reduction and trading
are called as legal basis made institutions (LBMI). Their The environmental protection supervision system aims
mainly role is to draw up the policies, laws and regulations at the realization of the environmental protection goal
of the carbon emissions and the carbon emissions trading effectively. In the context of low carbon economy, study on
related. the low carbon environmental protection supervision
system is very important and urgent. Taking Wuhan city
b. The institutions which are responsible for the project circle as the object, this study aims at the construction of
carbon reduction audit and supervision of the carbon low carbon environmental protection supervision system in
emissions and trading activities are called as environmental aspect of the mechanism of composition and operation. In
supervising departments (ESD). Environmental supervising the study, we apply life-cycle control concept to control
departments are mainly composed of the audit and carbon emissions. Based on the concept, we divide the
supervision departments of the government. system into three parts, the prevention and control system,
process control system and target management system. The
c. The institutions engaged in carbon emissions function of each part is analyzed and the mechanism of
monitoring, carbon emissions reducing, and carbon trading composition and operation of each part is established.
are called as carbon emissions monitoring institutions
(CEMI). They are responsible for the monitoring and 4. Acknowledgment
accounting of the carbon reduction of project. CEMI
consists of monitoring and accounting institutions. Carbon R. B. G. thanks the Soft Science of Wuhan City Funded
reduction technology service institutions (CRTI) are Projects（No:201040333122） and the Graduate student
responsible for the carbon reduction methods providing, Creative fund of Wuhan institute of technology.
technology research and development path services. They References
are mainly composed of the environmental protection
companies, scientific research institutions, and consulting [1] S. Natarajan, G. J. Levermore, “Domestic futures—Which way to a
service companies etc. Carbon trading agencies (CTA) are low-carbon housing stock?” Energy Policy, vol. 35, pp. 5728–5736,
responsible for providing the carbon emissions trading 2007.
platform for those carbon emissions reduction projects. [2] S. Nader, “Paths to a low-carbon economy – the Masdar example,”
Energy Procedia, vol. 1, pp. 3951–3958, 2009.
Figure 3. The coordination mechanism of Target [3] Heather L. Maclean, Lester B. Lave, “Evaluating automobile fuel
management system propulsion system technologies,” Progress in Energy and
Combustion Science, 29, pp. 1-69, 2003.
[4] K. Gomi, K. Shimada, Y. Matsuoka, “Scenario study for a regional
low-carbon society,” Sustain Sci, vol. 2, pp. 121–131, 2007.
[5] X. B. Dong, Y. F. Zhang, W. J. Cui, “Energy-Based Adjustment of
the Agricultural Structure in a Low-Carbon Economy in Manas
County of China,” Energies, 4, pp. 1428-1442, 2011.
2.3.2. The Operation Mechanism of the Target

Management System.
Five institutions above (LBMI, ESD, CEMI, CRTI and
CTA) collaborate with each other.
The LBMI provide the legal basis and guarantee for the
ESD, CEMI, CRTI and CRTI. CEMI can provide CRTI and
ESD with the data and information. CRTI can provide ESD
the methods to reducing the carbon emissions. ESD
appraise CEMI, CRTI and CTA qualification and manage
these institutions.
601 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Trademark Infringement and Internet

Advertising Operators’ Legal Liability: A
Global Review
Haitong Jin1 , Dongsheng Yan2
PP
1,2
Law School, Xiamen University, Xiamen, China
1
jinhaitong8@163.com
Abstract: Nowadays, based on the continuous development of e-business as well as IT technology, keywords
advertising has become a popular marketing method all over the world. However, lack of effective legal
regulation in China has made the keywords advertisement field a significant source of trademark infringement.
By doing case study, with the enlightenment of foreign lawsuits, this article wants to explore the legal liability of
internet advertising operator in trademark infringement cases. Then, it puts forward some resolutions aiming at
protecting the interests of trademark owners as well as internet advertising operators. Finally, with the hope to
achieve double wins, this article presents its conclusion with the suggestion of more clear legislation.
Keywords: internet advertising operator; keywords advertising; trademark infringement; legal liability
1. Introduction is to attract targeted customers to the sites, therefore SEO
can be defined as a internet advertising style.
In recent years Internet search engines have become one Nevertheless, lacking of legal regulation of keywords
of the most important tools for netizen. The improvement advertising have brought various infringements, especially
of e-business has made search engines not only a tool of the trademark infringements. A trademark (TM), identified
getting messages as before. For many online shoppers, by the symbols TM and ®, is a distinctive sign or indicator
search engines often be used to find the products and used by an individual, business organization or other legal
services they’re seeking for, and a majority of companies entity to identify that the products and/or services to
have done business through search engines. According to consumers with which the trademark appears originate
(2008-2009 China Internet search engine development from a unique source of origin, and to distinguish its
report) made by iResearch Consulting Company, Chinese products or services from those of other
online search engines revenue is RMB 5.02 billion yuan in entities [2] .Trademark is a type of intellectual property, and
PP PP
2008 (about 0.735 billion US dollars), which surpasses the if been officially registered, it can be better protected by
revenue in 2007 (RMB 2.9 billion yuan), and the growth law.
rate was 73.1% [1] . Therefore, with a rapid development
PP PP
Currently, some search engine providers, such as

speed, internet marketing for search engines shows a Google and Baidu who sell keywords to potential clients as
remarkable charm. advertising service, are under fire. Disputes usually arise
As for a great deal of companies, proper search engine when a keyword is the same as or similar to another party’s
submission would be an important element of a successful trademark. For instance, plenty of trademark owners have
marketing campaign in today’s era of internet marketing. challenged the policies of Google and other internet search
There are usually two basic ways of internet marketing for engines. Under these policies, Google and other search
search engines. One is the pay per click (PPC) advertising engines allow the trademark owners’ competitors or other
which is a great way to immediately reach the target client. advertisers to purchase advertising space linked specifically
Another way of getting in front of the market on the search to the owner’s trademarks when entered as search terms [3] .PP PP
engines is search engine optimization (SEO). SEO is the Although the two search engine companies (Baidu and
process of optimizing the websites with keywords that the Google) have been charged with trademark infringement,
search engines finds relevant, if a company pay for this it’s strange that, as the similar case details, there are two
service, some technics will be used to make this company’s different results. In one case, Baidu.com was judged liable
website in the top places in search engine when somebody for common infringement. Whereas in another case,
enters the same keywords on search engine to find Guangdong Baiyun District Court of China held that
something. The goal of this kind of search engines service
602 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

H. T. Jin et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp602-605
Google AdWords is not liable for infringement. Obviously, February 2008

it shows that there is no clear legal provision in current Gifam and others Google was liable for
Chinese legal system. For more clear analysis, this article France vs. Google Inc.
2T2T 2T2T trade mark infringement.
wants to use the Figure 1 below to describe the Google Ireland and So far no French court
relationships of trademark infringement caused by Google France, held the use of trademark
keywords advertisement: Paris Court of protected keywords to be
Appeal [5] PP legal.
Internet Advertising
Insurance giant Internet advertising
U.S. GEICO vs.Google. 2T2T operator is not at fault,
Operators
Edina Realty Inc. but its paid-search
(search engine
(plaintiff) vs. The 2T2T 2T2T customers have been
provider)
Liability
?
Keywords MLSOnline.com [6] PP judged for trademark
advertising infringement.
service
The Fair Trade JFTC found no evidence

Japan Commission of in violation of the
TM
infringement Japan (JFTC) Antimonopoly Act, and
initiated its the two internet
Trademark Owner Advertiser investigation into advertising operators
Overture K.K. and were not on suspicion of
Google, Inc. [7] PP TM ifringement.
Overture and Google
decided to change the
existing contract terms.
Figure 1. The relationship of TM infringement caused by Table 1. Decisions from different countries
keywords advertising 2.2. Current Situation
2. Internet Advertising Operators’ Liability As described in the Table 1 above, the current situation
—A Global Review in different nations are quite complex. Advertisers in France
should not use trademark protected terms as keywords.
2.1. Cases Overview
Furthermore, internet advertising operators are liable for the
In modern world, the fast-development of internet TM infringement if they allow the advertisers to do this.
keywords advertising is dragging traditional trademark law However, the courts in different areas of United States are
into the 21st century. However, for most of countries, giving conflicting decisions. For instance, Google was sued
trademarks are not fully protected by law in the internet. for infringement in California and New York, but the result
Even worse, whether a registered trademark owner have the is opposite. In Germany, a party using another's registered
right to stop another party using that mark as a keyword in trade mark as a Google AdWord was not infringing the
an internet search engine is not yet clear. As a result, trademark. In U.K., the advertising operators are not liable,
competitors often use underhand tactics to infringe on but some of the advertising operators as Google have
trademarks. Because of online trademark infringements, change their policy of keyword advertising in order to
businesses around the world are losing millions of dollars avoid disputes. And the Japan’s government show a great
and the number of disputes is rising. At this kind of TM determination to regulate this market. Besides, there are
infringement, courts of different countries take different more and more infringements of this kind are unsolved in
approaches. From the Table 1 below, we can see some developing countries, more attentions should be paid to
recent decisions of different countries: solve this global problem.
Nations Cases Internet Advertising 3. Baidu.com’s Case Study

Operator’s Liability 3.1. A Background Study
February 2008
U.K. Victor Andrew The English High Court Baidu.com, the biggest Chinese-language search engine
Wilson vs. Yahoo!
2T2T 2T2T held that Yahoo's and the fourth-most trafficked website in the world,
UK Ltd and keyword service did not operates a Bid ranking service as one of its most important
Overture Services infringe the claimant's business. But in 2007, Baidu.com was sued by Shanghai
Ltd [4]PP trade mark. Dazhong House-moving Logistics Co. Ltd in Shanghai
603 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

No.2 Intermediate People's Court for allegedly linking the when users enter a company's name or keyword. Obviously,
key word “Dazhong House-moving” to the homepages of this kind of service accorded with the legal character of
other house-moving companies, which had also bought the advertising, therefore it can be defined as advertising. Thus,
Bid ranking service provided by Baidu.com [8] .
PP PP Baidu.com in this case can be defined as internet
As a plaintiff, Shanghai Dazhong Moving and Logistics advertising operators in accordance with law.
Co. Ltd found that if keywords as “Dazhong Moving” were
3.2.2. Baidu.com’s Legal Liability in the Case
typed on Baidu.com (website is: http://www.baidu.com ), a
1TU1TU UU1T1T
promotion column on the website showed links of many Since Baidu is an advertiser in the case, its legal
competitors that could recruit business in the name of liability is clear. According to Article 27 of Advertisement
Dazhong Moving. Even some of these competitors had not Law of the People's Republic of China, “Advertising
registered at Shanghai Administration for Industry and operators and advertisement publishers are to check
Commerce. These companies were not qualified to deal relevant documentation and to examine and verify the
logistics business and publish related advertisements. contents of advertisements in accordance with laws and
Shanghai Dazhong Moving and Logistics Co. Ltd then filed administrative regulations. With respect to an advertisement
a lawsuit against Baidu.com for trademark violation and with untrue content or without the required complete
unfair competition. documentation, any advertising operator may not provide
After inquisition, in June 2008, the court judged that the services on designing, producing and serving as agent and
defendant failed to pay enough attention to whether any advertisement publisher may not publish such
websites of its registered clients had violated others’ advertisement.”
trademark interests. Therefore, Baidu.com was ordered to Therefore, under Advertisement Law, Baidu.com
pay RMB 50,000 yuan in compensation to Dazhong assumed obligations for checking advertising qualification
Transportation and Dazhong Moving for allowing links of documents of advertisers and verifying its
websites that promoted business in the name of Dazhong content. However, Baidu failed to perform the above
Moving illegally to be available on search pages. obligations then published those argumentative
advertisements which infringe the plaintiff’s TM
3.2. Analysis on the Legal Liability of Internet rights. Meanwhile, because Baidu.com as a search engines
Advertising Operators in TM Infringement are not themselves performing the direct infringing activity,
Cases its legal liability would be as a contributor to infringement
3.2.1. Baidu.com—Internet Advertising Operator in this as a kind of civil liability under Advertisement Law and
Lawsuit General Provisions of the Civil Law in China.
Besides, if the advertiser who infringe the TM of
Whether the Bid ranking service can be defined as “Dazhong House-moving” in the case is a competitor of
advertising is a key point in this case. If it can be proved to Dazhong House-moving Logistics Co. Ltd, Baidu.com has
be advertising, Baidu.com’s legal status is doubtlessly an the risk to be judged as a contributor of unfair-competition
advertising operator. So far this question is in dispute, the under Law of the People’s Republic of China Against
courts in China have no mention about this. Viewing from Unfair Competition. The Article 9 of this law prescribes
the current development of online marketing, this article that: “An advertisement operator shall not act as an agent
argues that the Bid ranking service should be identified as a for, or design, produce or release advertisements containing
kind of advertising service. The most important reason is false representations of which he is obviously aware or
based on law. should be aware.” In a word, if not change in policy of Bid
According to Article 2 of Advertisement Law of the ranking service, Baidu.com should undertake the
People's Republic of China, we can clearly see that: corresponding legal responsibility.
“ ‘Advertisement’ as the term is used in this law refers to
any commercial advertisement, which a commodity 3.3. How to Avoid Disputes—What Obligations
operator or service provider pays for, through certain media Should Internet Advertising Operator Beware
or forms, directly or indirectly introducing their of
commodities being sold or services being provided.
In order to avoid disputes, some of the search engine
‘Advertising operator’ as the term is used in this law refers
operator who provide the keywords search advertising
to any legal person, other economic organization or
(such as Google, Yahoo, MSN, etc.) have recently change
individual, who is commissioned to provide advertisement
their policies. For the development of marketing and not to
designing, producing and agent services.” And Baidu.com’s
drift into lawsuits, operators as Baidu.com should take
Bid ranking is a paid service that companies purchase to
attention of obligations as follows:
boost their names as high as possible on the search results
604 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

First, internet advertising operators search engines blind eye over TM infringement, they would be judged as a
should show their trademark policy standards according to contributor to infringement. Therefore, internet advertising
law, it also would bring many benefits to both advertisers operators should show their trademark policy standards
and searchers. The policy should no longer allow according to law and perform the checking obligations.
advertisers for bidding on keywords containing their In order to protect TM interest, trademark owners could
competitors’ trademarks. Finally, the trademark owner notify internet advertising operators to block others from
would continue to be protected and internet advertising biding on keywords that infringe their trademark right.
operators would not be under fire. Evidence searching and saving is important. And taking
Second, checking advertising qualifications in time. legal action should be the last weapon.
Based on present technology, search engines have the Besides, for advertisers, even using a competitor’s
ability to check the truth of the information taken from the trademarked item to generate an online advertising during
internet. Internet advertising operators can search the internet search could land them in court, they need to be
information of trademarks in the websites of the Trademark aware of the risk in TM disputes. Using the government’s
Office under the State Administration for Industry and database to check keywords first can help advertisers avoid
Commerce of PRC (the website is: the courtroom. Another way to minimize the likelihood of
http://www.ctmo.gov.cn ). If the advertising operator
1TU1TU UU1T1T creating a dispute, advertisers should obtain the
deletes illegal information within 24 hours after it's been authorization from the trademark owner.
noticed by TM owners, it can reduce the liability. Finally, this article argues that the key to promoting the
development of internet industry and reducing the
3.4. How to Protect Trademark Online—What
trademark infringement arising from keywords advertising
Should Trademark Owners do lies much more in improving the current legislation. The
Since the infringements have made so many TM owners law should clearly define keyword search service and the
a big loss, proper methods should be taken as a weapon to obligations of the search engine which can be defined as
protect their interests. If there are improper meta taggings internet advertising operator. In a word, legislation should
(use of a trademark in a way that is visible to search be developed to keep pace with the new ways of doing
engines but not visible to the netizen) which use a e-business, this article believes that this would be the best
company’s trademark without authorized, the first thing this way to achieve more healthy development of keywords
company should do is looking over the possible violator’s advertising.
site, especially looking over the code as well to uncover
hidden text or keyword meta tags that may include words of
References
the trademark. Then, obtain the evidences of a trademark [1] iResearch. (2008). The scale of search engine market in PRC is
violation. For both search results and websites or any other beyond RMB 5 billion yuan.
hidden linking codes, use screen capture or page saving to http://news.xinhuanet.com/newmedia/2008-12/24/content_10552344.
preserve these infringement evidences. Once these htm (in Chinese).
information be obtained, the trademark owner should send [2] Wikipedia. (2008).Trademark.
these evidences to the appropriate search engine operator. If http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trademark.
there is not solution been made by search engine operator, [3] Benjamin Aitken. (2005). Keyword-linked advertising, trademark
taking legal action should be the last weapon. infringement, and google's contributory liability.
http://www.law.duke.edu/journals/dltr/articles/2005dltr0021.html.
4. Conclusions and Suggestions [4]-[5] Lionel De Souza, Marlen Mittelstein, Maria Luce Piattelli, Marieke
Keywords search advertising is not just a new way to do Poulie and Louise Zafer. (2008). European union: keywords and trade
e-business. The potential disputes and trademark mark infringement in the EU.
infringement as well, need more clear regulation. After a http://www.mondaq.com/article.asp?articleid=60766.
global review and analysis on the Baidu.com’s case, this [6] Mary O. Foley. (2007). Does Google enable trademark infringement?.
article has made the following conclusions: http://technology.inc.com/internet/articles/200702/google.html.
TM infringement arose from keywords advertising [7] Fair Trade Commission. (2005). The Fair Trade Commission of
involving three parties, the trademark owner, the advertiser, Japan closes its investigation into Overture K.K. and. Google, Inc.
and the internet advertising operator. Any parties’ interests http://www.jftc.go.jp/e-page/pressreleases/2005/Oct/051021.html.
should be take into account. [8] Tong Hao. (2008). Who's to blame?.
As for internet advertising operators, they assume http://chinadaily.cn/bw/2008-08/25/content_6966969.htm
obligations for checking advertising qualification
documents of advertisers. If they fail to do this and to turn a
605 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The Research of Livable City for Special

Population
Han Wang 1 , Qi Shen 2 , Jie Shen 3
PP PP PP PP PP
1
Institute of Psychology, Tianjin, China
2,3
College of Education , Tianjin University, Tianjin, China
PPPP
2
Qixiaoguai87@163.com
Abstract: This paper is aimed to construct the livable city which is suitable to the special population, such as the olds and
disabled people, children and foreigners and so on. Based on the difference principle of John Rawls’s Theory of Justice,
proceeding from the physical and mental characteristics of special populations, we analyze the special needs of special
populations. The method of pairing the special needs with the indices of livable city is used to study how to build livable
city for special populations. With reference to the advanced experience home and abroad, the paper comes up with related
suggestions on city planning, public services, transportation, medical insurance for livable city construction for special
populations.
Keywords: livable city; special populations; need; evaluation index

1. Introduction
2. Research on the Livable City
The city is the center of the people living and working.
Whether a city livable or not is directly related to the vital 2.1. Research on Domestic and Foreign Livable
interests of the people. Related survey shows that : as of the Cities
end of 2009 , the elderly population in Beijing reached
With economic development, living standards
226.6 million; Tianjin Bureau of Statistics of the Second
improvement, people demands on the environment of urban
National Sample Survey on Disability in 2006 , the city has
living has becoming higher and higher. The researches on
a total of 508,000 families of people with disabilities, and
ecological livable city by domestic and foreign scholars are
570,000 disabled population; In 2009 , the temporary
also becoming more and more in–depth.
residence of foreigners in Guangdong reached 1.147
Salzano (1997) proposed the concept of livable from
million people, and the permanent residence of foreigners
the perspective of sustainable development, and thought
reached 57,793 people; National Bureau of Statistics of the
that the livable city connect the past and future, respecting
People 's Republic of China , the 2005 population sample
the historical imprint but also respect for future
survey shows that the population of children under 14 of
generations [1]. Douzlass ( 2002 ) considered livable city is
the national population is 26,478 million. These special
P P
composed of three parts of the environmental well-being,

populations is an indispensable part of the city, with the
personal well-being and life, Individual well-being,
increasing population and the proportion of the special
including reducing poverty, increase employment,
populations, their satisfaction on the construction of a
education, medical facilities and so on[2,3].
livable city is directly related to the construction of livable
P P
Wen-zhong Zhang(2006) used the form of a

city success or not.
questionnaire analyzing of the status quo of living in
Due to the particularity of the special population, their
Beijing, problems and prospects for the development of the
needs for a livable city are differences. So in the
city's future from urban safety, environmental health sexual,
construction of a livable city, we must take into account
convenience of life, travel convenience, living comfort and
their special physical and mental characteristics, creating a
so on, proposed suggestions of construction of livable
livable city that suitable for the lives of ordinary people, but
city [5,6] . Wei-xin Liu (2007) considered the ecological
also for the special population living.
PP PP
environment, cultural and economic environment as a

measure of livable cities in the three standards [7] . In the
PP PP
research of “The Evaluation of Scientific of Livable City”

that passed the acceptance in April 2007 in China, from the
606 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

H. Wang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp606-611
six aspects that degree of social civilization, economic populations, put the construction of livable city that suitable
prosperity and beautiful environment degrees, resource for the special population into practice.
carrying degrees, the ease of life and public safety degrees At present, domestic and foreign scholars has already
constructing the livable city evaluation index system. researched the construction of ecological livable city from
different perspectives, and made a lot of theoretical
2.2. Research on Constructing Livable City for perspectives and substantive recommendations. But the
Special Population livable city research that about the special population is still
relatively weak. With the increasing of the number of the
Most scholars study the object aspects of the
special population, the problem of how to build a livable
construction of ecological livable city, but "human" is the
city for the special population will become a part that
main body of the city construction, the city is livable or not,
cannot be ignored in the city construction in China.
the residents is the most direct evaluations. At present,
many domestic and foreign scholars have begun to pay
attention to the subjective feelings in the construction of 3. Theoretical Analysis Based on the Livable
ecological livable city, recognizing the needs and interests
of the special population must be considered in the
City Construction That for the Special
construction of livable city. Population
Peng Zhu (2006) used Maslow's hierarchy of needs Justice as a basis for social existence has always been
theory analyze the evaluating indicator of livable city highly concerned about. As the twentieth century's most
construction, indicated that should strengthen the human influential theory of social justice, Rawls has always called
design, reflect respect for vulnerable groups, and has the his theory of justice as "fair justice ". The core of fairness
appropriate facilities [8] . Li-mei Ye ( 2007 ) also believes
PP PP
and justice are two principles of justice: First, the principle

that building livable cities is not only the problem of of equality and freedom, second, the fair and equitable
facilities construction, but also the public policy issues that principle of opportunity and the difference principle. The
how to coordinate the interests and needs of different essence of justice principles is equal, the freedom of
groups [9] . Xi-wen Yang (2009) stressed that we should try
PP PP
equality principle, principle of equality of opportunity and

to tend to special populations when designing and planning difference principle are all emphasized equality.
the overall city environment. This is the need of civilization, In Rawls seems, if adhering to equality makes people
but also the need of sustainable development [10] .
PP PP
worse off, the contractors adhere to equality is not rational.

2.3. The Practice of Constructing Livable City for If the inequality is more conducive to the benefit of others
to achieve greater equality of people, so that others will
Special Population in Our Country
benefit from inequality is still justice. It is clear that
National Old Age Office meeting in 2009 proposed do Rawls's principles of justice including the principle of
elderly livable community-based pilot activities in the difference.
country. The meeting identified three pilot areas, Rawls emphasizing the legitimacy of the difference
formulated the rules and questionnaires in the Xuanwu principle is intended to prove the legitimacy of protecting
District in Nanjing, and popularized the pilot in the streets the least advantaged. Order to take the profit of the least
of the region. This is our country earlier in the livable urban advantaged into consideration, he also put forward the
construction, taking into account the need of different principle of redress which the difference principle attaches
groups of people, which put the issues of constructing "old great importance to: compensate for inequality caused by
age livable" into practice. background and natural endowments, because he thought
In order to carry out the National Office on Aging's call, the gains that based on background and natural endowment
China Gerontological Society has set up a "Research on is not deserved. Therefore, the principle of compensation
Chinese elderly livable city evaluation index system" issues, thought, in order to equal treatment of all, for the purpose
organized multidisciplinary experts, “completed research of providing real equality opportunity, society must give
report” , “evaluating indicator” and “evaluation methods”, more attention to talentless or those who came from
and introduced the content and features of the evaluation disadvantaged social status.
index system. This index system with particular emphasis The aim to build livable city is to construct city into a
on four aspects: human care for the elderly; Institutional suitable city which for all residents' living and working, and
arrangements of respect the elderly policy; social the benefit of all the citizens are equal, should not exist
participation of older persons; subjective experience and differences. But as don’t have the same person's social
evaluation of the elderly to city construction. status and their own conditions, they can't completely
It can be seen in our livable city construction, we equally enjoy the results of a livable city, especially the
should always adhere to the people, proceed from the actual elderly, the disabled and the vulnerable. If put the special
needs of the masses, consider the needs of some special people and ordinary people in the same position in livable
607 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

cities construction, that is, in fact, they will be at a age, the old people's body function produced very big
disadvantage. If the construction of livable cities is sacrifice change, such as motion function decline, easily fatigue,
their profit to serve the people from better circumstances, memory loss, etc., which makes them difficult to adapt to
so justice is damaged, it impedes the realization of social rapid social change, so that the elderly can’t enjoy a livable
justice. city construction results with ordinary people, and produce
The difference principle expresses the concept of a the need that different with ordinary people. See tab.1.
reciprocal, mutually beneficial principle. Building livable
cities is to bring the city into one of mutual benefit, and the 4.2. The Special Needs of the Disabled and the
city is full of love. According to Rawls's difference Index Analysis of Livable City
principle, in order to allow each resident to have equal
According to the National Bureau of Statistics, National
benefit in livable city construction, there must be some
Sample Survey on Disability shows: The total number of
compensation to the inequality caused by birth and natural
the disabled in China is about 8296 million, accounting for
endowment, and give the talentless or disadvantaged
6.34 percent of the country's total population. Due to
special population more attention.
physical defects, people with disabilities in city
construction can’t enjoy the rights and use related facilities,
4. The Influence of the Special Needs of which enable them to generate a lot of special needs. If
these needs are not met, that must affect their evaluation of
Special Groups for Livable City Indexes the livable city. See tab.2.
It is not a clear definition that special groups in
different regions and areas can point to different people. 4.3. The Special Needs of Children and the Index
According to whether they have special need in the Analysis of Livable City
construction of livable city, we will define the special group The main data that 1% of the population nationwide
as: because of congenital, postnatal, or natural sample which survey by National Bureau of Statistics of the
physiological factors such as the lack of certain ability, and People's Republic of China in 2005, the population of
in the urban population in proportion, which need to be children 0-14 years of age in the country is 26,478,
given special care in livable cities construction. accounting for 20.27% of the total population. Because of
According to Rawls's difference principle, we must give body, mind incomplete development, children lack of
more care of the disadvantaged, taking the least advantaged independent living skills and some ability to protect
into consideration, so as to achieve social equity. "Least themselves. Children are the ties of happiness of millions of
advantaged" refers to special populations at a disadvantage families, to build the city become a city for children to live,
in a livable city construction, specifically referring to the not only affects their evaluation of the livable city index is
elderly, the disabled, children and foreigners. also related to the evaluation of the livable city in the tens
4.1. The Special Needs of Old People and the Index of thousands of families. See tab.3.
Analysis of Livable City 4.4. The Special Needs of Foreigners and the
By the end of 2008, 65 years old and above population Index Analysis of Livable City
is 109.56 million in China, accounting for 8.3% of the According to the report released by the International
country's total population; 60 and older population is Organization for Migration, the number of foreigners that
159.89 million, accounting for 12% of the total population. live in China has accounted for one percent of the to.
According to the relevant provisions of the United Nations,
China has entered an aged country. As the growth of the
Table 1. The special needs of the elderly and livable indicators corresponding table
Number Physical and psychological

Special need The corresponding livable indicators
( million ) characteristics
Respect and concern Social stability
Lonely sense of loss
The Elderly（above Traffic Traffic conditions
15989 Physical decline
the age of 60） Public service Public service
Elderly plagued
Health care Social Health and Welfare
608 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Table 2. The special needs of the disabled and livable indicators corresponding table
Number Physical and psychological The corresponding livable

Special need
( million ) characteristics indicators
Transportation is convenient, Employment rate
Impaired perception accessible Traffic conditions
The Disabled 8296 Body damage Equal employment opportunities Public service
Mental disorders Public service City design
Health care Social Health and Welfare
Table 3. The special needs of children and livable indicators corresponding table

Lack of independence Security
Traffic safety
Children 26478 Thinking naive Education and Culture
A good education
Lack of self-protection awareness Sustainable social development
-tal population in 2008. According to the Public Security their special needs in ecological livable city construction,
Bureau management statistics, by the end of November and make an improvement of appropriate policy measures.
2010, the number of foreign citizens that entry and exit Based on the above analysis of livable city index, order
China have reached 53 million. Due to geographical and to build a livable city for special populations to live, we
language, foreigners often have much trouble in life, should considerate mainly from the aspects of urban
shopping, transportation, medical and other aspects, and planning, public services, transportation, medical insurance.
they also at a disadvantage in the city's daily life. If you See tab.5.
cannot solve the problems encountered by foreigners in our
country living, it is bound to affect the evaluation of our 5.1. Urban Planning
country livable city, and it is not conducive to build our
Government is in a dominant position in the
country to become an international livable metropolis. See
urbanization, so how to build the city into a suitable one
tab.4.
for everyone living in, the government must not only take
Due to health, and other special reasons, the elderly, the
into account the needs of ordinary people , but also to take
disabled, children and foreigners do not produce the same
into account the needs of the least advantaged, that is the
as the needs of ordinary people in the construction of a
special population in the city.
livable city, those special needs is mainly reflected in urban
Ying Tao (2006) noted that urban planning should take
planning, transportation, public services, health care, social
full account of the psychological and physiological and
security and other aspects. When society does not provide
behavioral characteristics of the elderly, and the urgent
the facilities and services that make their needs, it will
need to develop senior housing, and provide medical
affect their satisfaction on the construction of a livable city.
services, entertainment, learning and fitness facilities for
So provide facilities and services that meet special
the elderly around the residence. Singapore, for example,
population needs, it is part of us that must be considered in
cited government how to build a barrier-free environment
the construction of a livable city.
which proceeds from the actual needs of the elderly in the
5. The Proposal of the Construction of urban planning and residential design. Japanese also fully
consider the needs of the elderly and the disabled in urban
Livable City for the Special Population planning and construction, such as in large public buildings
Due to the physical and other factors, the special they must provide special toilets, elevators, and parking
populations are in a disadvantaged position in the lots for the elderly, the disabled; When each building has
construction of a livable city, their satisfaction of the urban completed, the specialized departments must check it is
construction also influence the evaluation index of the whether to comply with the barrier-free design for the
livable city. Therefore, in accordance with Rawls's disabled, the elderly; In gener-
difference principle we should take particular account of
609 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Table 4 The special needs of foreigners and livable indicators corresponding table

Convenient level of life
Language barrier Verbal communication
1T1T 1T1T
Employment rate
Foreigners 5300 Different cultural customs Employment
Traffic conditions
Lack of self-protection awareness Social security medical
Medical
Table 5 Corresponding table of affecting the livable evaluation index of the special population
Urban planning Public service Transportation Medical insurance
The elderly √ √ √ √
The disabled √ √ √ √
Foreigners √ √
Children √ √
-al, the use of multi - text identity or graphical symbols for improve the city's livability, we must give the special
barrier-free design is for the foreigners. population more attention in the details of public services
Government must play a leading role in urban planning, and facilities.
fully embodies the humane care of a socialist society,
whether in residential or road construction of public 5.3. Transportation
buildings, taking into account the needs of the special
Urban traffic is the bond of the political, economic,
population, and improve relevant laws and regulations,
cultural, life activities of the residents, as the sustainable
effectively supervise and execute, put the implementation
development of our economic and social, especially the
of the principles and policies into practice.
level of urbanization, and motorization continuously
5.2. Public Service improved. And the traffic congestion and travel
inconvenience issues are also increasingly prominent.
Public service is directly related to the basic interests of Song Han (2010) has pointed out that care for vulnerable
the residents and the evaluation that whether the living city populations, build a modern accessible new city, make up
is livable or not. Based on Rawls's difference principle, to equality, fraternity, mutual respect and harmonious social
make special populations equal access to social and public atmosphere has become an important goal of the municipal
services and facilities, better achieve the social equity, road construction [13] . Accessible transportation not only
PP PP
public services and facilities should take into account the facilitates the lives of vulnerable people, and also to
actual needs of the special population to meet their daily facilitate the travel of the general population.
living services. To create accessible transportation for the special
Government and social organization of Japan attaches population, as the competent department of city traffic, you
great importance to providing services for the elderly, the must first improve relevant laws and regulations. Such as
disabled and other vulnerable groups. As early as the 1960s, the “Law on the Protection of Persons with Disabilities”
the Japanese government began to focus on community adopted by the United States in 1990, clearly defined
care services, and gradually formed a better legal and public places and transport facilities must be able to use by
policy frameworks, a variety of forms of organization and the elderly and persons with disabilities. Second, we must
services. Melbourne, Australia and Vancouver, Canada, are learn from the advanced experience of the various cities at
in the top-ranking of global livable cities, it is inextricably home and abroad. Shenzhen is one of the earliest cities that
linked with the city managers concerned about the interests carry out the construction of accessible transport, each of
of vulnerable groups. We should learn from the advanced the major roads within the city built a ramp, the six key
experience and ideas of each country, when we improve projects of the central area, International Exhibition Center,
and enhance the quality of urban public services. subway construction , have fully implemented barrier-free ,
Government, as the main provision of public services, facilitated the transport of the special population.
should clearly define responsibilities, plan and supervise In the construction of a barrier-free transportation to
the development of public services, independent start-up meet the needs of the special population, the most
social welfare, to provide more personalized service to important thing is to start from the actual needs of the
meet the needs of the special population. The so-called special population in China. Master travel characteristics
through the fine-tuning to see the levels, in order to and activity patterns of urban residents, provide the
610 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

convenience of transport and instructions for these special conduct a detailed weighted analysis of the evaluation
populations, provide special services at the relative system that mentioned in the text, and further study the
concentration of the time and sections to ensure the smooth suitability of various indexes, clear the weight of the
flow of traffic. While strengthening the coordination of various indexes, get a better indicator of future livable
various departments to take effective management, direction and focus of the city 's construction.
technical measures, progressively realize transport
accessibility, take it that meet the traffic needs of all groups
in society as the strategic objectives of transport 8. Acknowledgment
development.
The research was supported by the Science and
6. Medical Insurance Technology Development Strategy Research Program of
Tianjin (Grant No. 10ZLZLZF03500).
Medical insurance directly related to the vital interests
of the urban residents, in relation to social stability and Reference
long-term development. Special groups because of body
[1] Salzano, E, ”Seven Aims for the Livable City,” International
and other factors, more easily have a direct relationship Making Cities Livable Conferences，California： Gondolier Press，
with medical insurance. As “the least advantaged” in the 1997．
development of the city, improve the degree of satisfaction [2] Douglass, M, ”From global intercity competition to cooperation for
of special groups of medical insurance, not only increase livable cities and economic resilience in Pacific Asia,”
the evaluation of livable cities index, the more Environment and Urbanization, vol. 2, pp. 53- 68, 2002.
[3] Douglass, M, ”Special Issue on Globalization and Civic Space in
advantageous to realize social justice. Pacific Asia,” International Development Planning Review，vol.
Lin Feng (2002) points out, social medical insurance 24, no.2, 2002.
for those vulnerable groups who can't afford to pay the cost, [4] Hai-Yan Hu, Xun-Gang Zheng., “AHP-based Evaluation System
the government should give its help, to bring these Model of Livable Cities,” Interdisciplinary Journal of
disadvantaged people into the social basic medical Contemporary Research in Business, Vol. 3, no.12, pp.34-40,
Apr2012.
insurance [14] .
PP PP
[5] Mellon, James G., “Visions of the Livable City: Reflections on

As the government, must provide safe, effective, the Jacobs-Mumford Debate,” Ethics, Place & Environment,
convenient cheap medical insurance for special groups. To Vol. 12, no.1, pp.35-48, . Mar2009.
[6] Sproull, Lee, Patterson, John F, “Making information cities
perfect the auxiliary policy, the government should guide
livable,” Communications of the ACM, Vol.47, no.2, pp.33-37.
to help special people to participate in medical insurance, [7] Wen-zhong Zhang, Wei-hong Yin, Jing-qiu Zhang, “Research
complete the convergence of related work of the basic report about livable cities in china,” Social Sciences Academic
policies, standards and management measures, strengthen Press, Beijing, 2006.
[8] Wen-zhong Zhang, “The empirical research of the evalution that
medical security team construction, improve the service
be livable in Beijing,” Beijing Planning and Construction, vol.1,
ability, regulate the management of medical insurance. It pp.25-30, 2007.
should expanding the preferential policies of health [9] Wei-xin Liu, “See the livable road of Beijing by "Three standards
insurance for special populations, ensure that anyone can "”, Beijing Planning and Construction, vol.1, pp.46-47, 2007.
[10] Peng Zhu, Yi-feng Yao, Pei-gang Zhang, “The research of
see a doctor, can afford the medicine, truly realize the
evalution index of “livable cities” that based on the " hierarchy
equality of health insurance. of needs " theory,” Henan Science, vol.2, pp.134-137, 2006.
[11] Li-mei Ye, “The construction of livable cities in harmonious
7. Conclusion social undertakings,” Beijing Planning and Construction, vol.1,
pp.18-20, 2007.
This paper discusses the problem of constructing [12] Xi-wen Yang, “Analysis of elderly livable urban environment - A
Case Study of Xi'an,” Urban Problems, vol.8, pp.45-48, 2009.
livable city for the special population. As an indispensable [13] Rawls, “A Theory of Justice,” China Social Sciences Press,
part of a city, people with disabilities, the elderly, children Beijing, 1988.
and foreigners have very close ties with livable cities. [14] Tao Ying, “Study about comfort of special populations living
When we build livable cities, only the special population environment,” Agriculture & Technology, vol.3, pp.193-196,
2006.
also feels livable, the city is truly livable city. In order to [15] .Song Han, “Discussion of the design ideas of municipal
build the city become a city for everyone to live, we should highway traffic engineering facility for the obstacles to the
tend to the special population as much as possible in the crowd,” Technology Information, vol.26, pp.58, 2010.
city's overall planning and service facilities, which is an [16] Feng Lin, “Talk about a few basic questions of social health
insurance,” Economic Research, vol.12, pp.15-16, 2002.
inevitable requirement when building a fair and equitable
livable city.
This article only lists the indexes that influence the
evaluation of the special population for livable cities. In
future studies, based on the theory of this study, we can
611 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Safety Training on Legal Problems in Coal

Mine
Chaojie Liu, Gui Fu
Faculty of Resources and Safety Engineering,China University of Mining and Technology (Beijing),Beijing, China
safetylaw@cumt.edu.cn
Abstract：In China, the legal problems in coal mine safety training are manifest in all the three aspects, legislation, en-
forcement and abidance of the legislation. In respect of CMST legislation, over many legislative files result in inconsistency,
make coal mine enterprises difficult to understand their liabilities, and impair the binding force. In the enforcement of coal
mine safety training legislation, there is a predicament that the supervision organs are understaffed. As to abidance of legisla-
tion, the coal mine enterprises usually take advantage of their ascendances and evade the legal liability, and some miners
have psychological resistance to safety training. To solve the problems, it is suggested that Regulations on Coal Mine Safety
Training be promulgated by the State Council to get rid of the disorder, reform the enforcement model, foster the miners and
trade unions’ consciousness of legal right safeguard, and set up a compliance assistance mechanism.
Keywords: coal mine safety; safety training; legal problems

aspects, legislation, enforcement and abidance of the
1. Introduction legislation.
In accordance with an official statistics, “among the ca- 2.1. Legislative Defects in CMST
sualty accidents happened in China in recent years, 90%
were caused by unsafe acts”. [1] Another investigation shows
PP PP
In China’s labor law system, safety training legisla-
that a large number of the coal miners are short of basic tion belong to the labor standards law, which set up the
work safety knowledge. Most of the workers get very low
7T7T
minimum standards for work conditions. Generally
score in the safety knowledge test. The correct answer ratio speaking, great progress in CMST legislation has been
in state-owned coal mines is 34%, and in some private coal
7T7T
made these years, but still there are some defects .
mines, it is only 28%. In everyday work, many coal miners 2.1.1. The Disorder of CMST Legislation Makes It Diffi-
turn a blind eye to unsafe acts and take that for granted. cult for Coal Mine Enterprises to Observe the Legal
67.7% of the interviewees hold the viewpoint that the ab- Rules
sence of safety awareness is the most important reason for Due to the 3T3Tfrequent3T3T changes of coal mine
accidents. [2]
PP
safety administrative system, before the rules of the de-
It is proved that safety training is the best way to help partments issued by former departments in charge of
workers master safety knowledge, safety skills and get rid of work safety or coal industry are abolished, new rules are
unsafe behavior. To achieve a satisfactory training effect, a promulgated by new department in charge of work safety
set of feasible safety training rules must be established and in coal mines. For example, according to Provisions on
observed. But unfortunately, there exist many problems both Safety Technical Training of Employees in Coal Mines
in the aspect of legislation on coal mine safety training and promulgated by former Department of Coal Industry,
that of the enforcement of the legislation, which makes the “All the employees who work underground in coal mines
safety training result unsatisfactory. So it is of great signific- shall take part in safety technical training, pass theoreti-
ance to study the problems and probe into the countermea- cal and practical examinations, and acquire safety quali-
sures to put the axe in the helve. fication certificates.” But there are no provisions about
common miners’ safety qualification certificate in new
2. Legal Problems in Coal Mine Safety Training rules issued by the State Administration of Work Safety
Coal mine safety training (CMST) means the education (SAWS) or State Administration of Coal Mine Safety
and training for coal mine employees aiming at improving （SACMS）. According to the principles of legal appli-
their safety knowledge, safety skills and safety awareness. cation, if there is inconsistency between the new provi-
The legal problems in CMST are manifest in all the three sions and the old provisions, the new provisions shall
612 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

C. J. Liu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp612-615
prevail. As to the provisions not included in the new its in different legislative files are not the same. So if the
rules, the old ones shall still in force. But as a matter of coal mine enterprises choose to hold a safety training of
fact, the safety qualification certificate provision is not 24 class hours, they should be considered having ful-
implemented in practice. filled their legal liability of safety training though the
The inconsistency also exists between provisions in real training time is only 1/3 of that provided in Provi-
the legislation of lower levels and those of upper levels. sions on Work Safety Training in Production and Busi-
For example, according to Law on Work Safety, any ness Units (2006), because the effect of rules of depart-
production or business unit failing to conduct, among its ments is no higher than that of local regulations accord-
employees, education and training in work safety ac- ing to Legislation Law.PP [6]
cording to the provisions in this law, shall be fined not 2.1.3. The Safety Training Effect Is Difficult to Be Super-
more than 20,000 yuan. [3] But in accordance with State vised.
Council Special Provisions on the Prevention of Coal A case reported by the website of 2T2TPingdingshan
Mine Accidents，if a coal mine enterprise fails to con- Committee of China Democratic National Construction
duct safety training on its miners working underground Association 2T2Tshows that trickeries exist in some
shall be fined 100 000—500 000 yuan. May be some extent in CMST and the training effect is difficult to be
provisions in Law on Work Safety seem out of date and supervised.
should be revised, but before the revision is proclaimed, In a safety training class for coal mine vice managers
the effect of these provisions is still higher than that of in charge of work safety, all the 48 vice managers who
administrative regulations. The enforcement of the ad- should take part in the training enrolled in. On the first
ministrative regulations such as State Council Special day, 42 were present, the second day, 37 present. On the
Provisions on the Prevention of Coal Mine Accidents sixth day, only 23 were present. On the seventh day
may result in violation of related laws. when leaders came to inspect the safety training class,
Another phenomenon indicating the legislative dis- 29 people were sitting in the classroom. But after further
order of CMST is that there are over many regulations checkup, it was found that among the 29 present, only 13
and rules. After the setting up of SACMS in 1999, more “real” coal mine vice managers, other persons were im-
than ten legal files of administrative regulations and postors. Among the replacements, 8 came from respec-
rules of the departments concerning CMST were prom- tive coal mines instead of their vice managers, and 8
ulgated within 10 yeas. And this makes the coal mine people were teachers summoned from the training agent
enterprises feel difficult to grip the provisions, which to sit in classroom temporarily imitating the trainees for
may derogate the actual result of the enforcement. tackling the inspection. PP[7] PPIt is not difficult to sup-
2.1.2. The Lower Level of the Legislation on Cmst Makes pose the training effect from the analogous examples,
The Binding Force Weaker. but usually all the trainees can attain the certificates no
Owing to the old legislative practice, the provisions matter how many class hours he has really attended.
on CMST in laws are usually abstract and need more Why did this ludicrous instance appear? Let’s probe
reified rules. So a large number of administrative regula- into the reasons from the angle of legislation on CMST.
tions, rules of departments, local regulations and rules of In 2005, Measures for Supervision and Inspection of
local governments are promulgated by State Council, Coal Mine Safety Training was issued by SAWS and
SAWS, SACMS, provincial congresses and governments. SACMS. After reading the legislative file, we can find
That usually results in inconsistency. Take the training that most of the articles are not about the supervision or
time limit as an example, it is stipulated in Provisions on inspection on CMST, but the criteria for coal mine en-
Work Safety Training in Production and Business Units terprises’ conduct of safety training. Only several ar-
(2006) that new miners in collieries shall take part in ticles provide the measures for supervision and inspec-
safety training no less than 72 class hours, and other tion on CMST, namely, the inspection of rules and regu-
miners shall take part in re-training no less than 20 class lations issued by coal mine enterprises, constitution and
hours every yearPP[4]PP. But Regulations on Work Safe- carrying out of safety training projects, safety training
ty of Jiangsu Province (2009) provide a different safety records and documents, status of certificates holding, etc.
training time limit. It is provided that new employees Under this system, both the monitoring of training
engaged in dangerous work posts shall take part in at process and the inspection of actual result of safety
least 24 class hours PP[5]PP.PP PPSince there are no training are omitted. Since the purpose of CMST is to
special provisions on CMST in Regulations on Work foster the safety quality of miners, the system for safety
Safety of Jiangsu Province (2009), the colliery miners training supervision should be designed to detect the
could only be classified into workers engaged in danger- safety quality of the trainees, or to ensure the training
ous work posts. But it is clear that the training time lim- effect by process monitoring. But it is suspect that do-
613 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

cumentary inspection can control the training effect. So too understaffed to conduct all-sided supervision. Under
it is the defects of the system design that make a big the condition that the supervision strength is lacking and
loophole which can be used by the trainees and the safe- the regulators have a lot of more imperative problems to
ty training agents for their convenience. deal with, the inspection of CMST, which seems not so
urgent, is usually ignored. Even though the inspection is
2.2. Evasion of Legal Liability on CMST performed, it is more formalistic than effective. This can
2.2.1. Coal Mine Enterprises Take Advantage of Their be easily concluded from the inspection workflow, is-
Ascendancies and Evade the Legal Liability on Cmst. suing inspection notice – enterprise self examination –
Theoretically, the miners and the coal mine enter- governmental inspection. This process gives the coal
prises are equal parties in labor relation, but in fact, the mine enterprises enough time for making false training
enterprises are always the regnant party because of their files and documents.
ascendancies in economy and organization. This is more
conspicuous in mining industry because miners are 3..Countermeasures for Solving the Legal Prob-
usually those who come from backcountry districts with lems of CMST
little school education. In accordance with legislation, 3.1..Better the Legislation on CMST by Promulgat-
the coal mine enterprises have the obligation to educate
ing Regulations on Coal Mine Safety Training
and train the miners so as to help them to acquire neces-
sary safety knowledge and skills, and play their subjec- The new administrative system has set up for more
tive dynamic role in the prevention and control of work than ten years and some experience on CMST supervi-
accidents and occupational diseases. But due to the great sion has been gathered by relevant governmental organs.
disparity in strength, even if the coal mine enterprises do So it is time to establish unified supervision standards
not fulfill their obligation to perform safety training, the on CMST by consolidating present administrative regu-
miners dare not to complain, or they do not know they lations and rules of the departments, assimilating suita-
have the right to safety training at all. ble provisions from local regulations and rules of the
2.2.2. Some Miners Have Psychological Resistance to local governments to promulgate a higher level legisla-
Safety Training. tive file----administrative regulations, namely, Regula-
The purposes of safety training are to provide help to tions on Coal Mine Safety Training. In this way, a lot of
miners in raising their safety quality, fostering safe be- rules of the departments can be compiled into one legal
havior. Apparently, safety training should be welcomed file of administrative regulations, the problem of incon-
by miners because they are the direct beneficiaries. But sistency can be shaken off easily, and this makes it easy
the fact is not the case. Some miners are not willing to for coal mine enterprises to understand their liabilities.
take part in safety training due to the following reasons. In addition, promulgating of Regulations on Coal Mine
Firstly, the earning is lower during safety training Safety Training can also eliminate the conflicts between
period than coal cutting. Some miners think that safety rules of the departments and local regulations because
training is a waste of time and they always want to cut administrative regulations have higher effect than local
more coal, earn more money. regulations according to Legislation LawPP.[8] PPAs to
Secondly, some miners cannot understand the train- the contents of the new legislation, two concrete points
ing details because of their lack of enough school educa- are suggested here. One is to change the prescripts of
tion. To some of them, accepting safety training in class- training contents to those of training objectives. The
room is much a harder assignment than coal cutting in other suggestion is that the inspection of safety training
the pit, nothing short of mental suffering. documents and files be replaced by the safety knowledge
Thirdly, there exists prevalent fluke mind among examinations and safety skill tests of the trainees be-
miners. They don’t believe accidents will happen to cause the mastering of related knowledge and skills is
themselves, so safety knowledge and skills are dispensa- the real purpose of safety training.
ble.
And lastly, the miners are not aware that accepting
safety training is their legal liability and refusing safety
training is a violation of law in fact.
2.3. Predicament of Law Enforcement in CMST
In the light of legal provisions, CMST should cover
all the miners and the management and be carried out
hierarchically. But the present administrative organs are
614 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

teaching game, which can embrace all kinds of danger-

3.2..Improve the Enforcement Effect By Reforming ous and harmful factors appearing in the course of coal
the Enforcement Model of CMST cutting. By playing the game, the trainees can learn the
Efficient supervision should be one of the guiding knowledge and skills to identify and eliminate the source
ideas in the enforcement of CMST legislation. When of hazards, respond correctly to emergency situations.
supervision strength is insufficient, an efficient supervi- From the aspect of teaching, it is only a game, but from
sion model looks more important. In the light of this the viewpoint of liability fulfillment, it is a useful law
idea, the supervision of CMST effect is much better than observance assistance for miners because it helps the
that of CMST process. The supervision on CMST agents miners fulfill their legal liability provided by CMST leg-
should focus on their “products”----the trainees except islation.
for the basic training conditions. That means the super-
vision organs can estimate training agents just by spot-
4. Concluding Remark
checking, select randomly some coal mine managers, Though the legal problems in CMST exist in all the
full-time persons for the control of work safety and three aspects, legislation, enforcement and abidance of
workers operating at special postsP0FP0F ① PP, who legislation, the disorder of legislation is primary. To
have taken part in the statutory safety training and solve the problems, a compositive legislation, which has
passed the examinations according to training records biding force to all of the country, is necessary and essen-
for re-test, and make judgment whether the safety train- tial. So it is suggested that Regulations on Coal Mine
ing agents have fulfilled their legal liabilities on carry- Safety Training be promulgated by the State Council to
ing out safety training. The same measure can be applied get rid of the disorder. On the bases of a perfect legisla-
to coal mine enterprises to find out whether their safety tion, strengthening the enforcement, fostering non-
training effect has meet the compulsive standards. governmental supervision strength, and setting up a
compliance assistance mechanism will boost the realiza-
3.3..Foster the Miners and Trade Unions’ Con-
tion of the legislative objectives.
sciousness of Legal Right Safeguard
Though the weak status of miners is hard to change
References
totally by law, the development of right consciousness [1] See Advices on Strengthening the Work Safety Training to Migrant
can help them safeguard their legal rights. Accepting Workers issued by SAWS, SACMS and other 5 administrative
safety training provided by enterprises is not only lia- departments.
bility for minersP1FP1F ②PP, but also their legal right. [2] The Workers’ Quality is Vital to the Prevention of Coal Mine Accidents,
Miners’ legal right maintenance is the best force to over- available at Website of National Development and Reform Commission.
see the coal mine liability performance. Of course, the http://nyj.ndrc.gov.cn/mtwsfz/jyxx/t20100906_369696.htm
strength of individual miners is weaker, the trade unions [3] See Article 82 of Law on Work Safety.
in coal mine enterprises should take on the millstone to [4] See Article 15 of Provisions on Work Safety Training in Production and
unite the miners, foster the miners, and safeguard the Business Units.
rights for the miners. [5] See Article 16 of Regulations on Work Safety of Jiangsu Province.
[6] See Article 86 of Legislation Law.
3.4..Set Up A Mechanism for Law Observance As-
[7] Wang Liugen, Suggestions on how to fulfill coal mine safety training
sistance
effectively. Available at the website of Pingdingshan Committee of
Due to the shortness of school education and low China Democratic National Construction Association:
quality, some miners will encounter lots of problems in http://www.pdscndca.gov.cn/jian-yxc/jian-yxc-03.htm
safety knowledge study, and consequently hold the mood [8] See Article 79 of Legislation Law.
of fear or even collision. To this kind of miners, tradi-
tional training usually doesn’t work and the safety train-
ing objectives are difficult to achieve. The government
should invest, or encourage the universities and colleges,
research institutes and safety training agents to develop
① According to the legislation, safety training for these three kinds of per-
sons should be conducted by special training agents.
② Though it is prescribed as legal liability to accept safety training in Law
on Work Safety, it is also a right according to nomological theory and con-
firmed by other legislation such as Law on Prevention and Control of Oc-
cupational Diseases.
615 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Analysis on the Supporting Group Developing

Strategy of Public Organization
Zhenglian Yang
College of Public Administration Hohai University,Nanjing P.R. China
Abstract: Public organization members are the internal human resources of public organization, and the supporting
groups are the potential sources of public organization members. Along with these three aspects of interest
relationship constructing, value recognition constructing and mandatory behavior arranging, the public organization
will gain more supporting groups, and recruit and update its organization members, live and grow constantly. For
public organization support group research, the theoretical significance of these three kinds of support groups
building is to clarify their legitimacy foundation and related logic, and help us to understand and explain the practical
construction path of public organizations.
Keywords: public organization; supporting group; developing strategy; public organization members
1. Introduction As for a public organization, seeking and expanding its
supporting groups range, is an important guarantee to live
Public organization members are the internal human in the community and obtain competitive victory. The
resources of the public organization, from a perspective of existing institution has a variety of forms, such as
internal members composition, community obviously constitution, law, public policy and social convention. For
means the bigger population area, The public organization the same community members, different institution forms
can also be looked as a system, In order to survive and may also have different regulation orientation. For the
develop, it must keep continuously information and energy activities of the individual interest pursuit, the particular
exchanging with its environment. In most cases, public social conventions may help maintaining its interests, but
organization members are the most important channel for the existing legal institution may do the posit thing.
the public organization to keep its communion and For different community members, this discrepancy will
exchange with the outside environment, the updating and act more complex and outstanding, therefore, even if the
expanding of its members is the basic symbol of the external behavior of these community members cope with
existence and development of the organization. the existing institution (including the constitution, the law,
For the public organization, community members are a public policy, social customs, social convention, and et al),
potential source of its supporting group members. In this their psychological identity for the same institution or
paper, those community members who most likely to different institution may have certain degree of difference,
become the public organization members are called the which is the potential causes of social contradiction and
public organization supporting groups. social confliction.
2. Supporting Groups: the Growth Space of So some people will obey the institution unconditionally,
Public Organization some may do selectively, some even avoid it, this is the
potential pressure or incentives of institution change or
Supporting groups are also the community members institution innovation, and is also the social basis of the
who do not have public organization member identity, their competitive public organizations to carve and gain their
supporting and cooperating attitude toward the public supporting groups.
organization, is the main social relationship capital of the Between the institutional behavior structure and the
public organizations in community scope. Getting more institutional behavior display, it is difficult whether for
supporting groups and their stronger and wider supporting institutionalization or institution compliance to establish a
and cooperation, is an important developing direction of strict corresponding relationship,
public organization. On the other hand, there may have information loss,
information filter and semantic explanatory problem in the
616 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Z. L. Yang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp616-619
process of institution symbol information transmission institution revolutionary. From the view point of group
process, which could cause the translation problems interest possession, the interest relationship construction
between language symbols and behavior phenomena. between public organizations and groups can be
All these cases would mean that the institution materialized further. First, the public organization may
compliance behavior has huge subjective constructing space. provide direct interests possession to related groups, such as
Whether from the normative, regulative or cognitive the distribution of wealth or cash; Second, the public
perspective, there has complex sure or deny or low related organization provide behavior capital support or help to
relationship situation between the public organizations and related groups for pursuing its interests, such as teaching
existing institution, in the sense of organization initiative or technology or distributing tool; The third, public
public organization consciously influence, seeking to organizations can also take the benefit goal of the related
expand its support groups range, influent and arrange groups into its own goals, get the action of the related
directly the action of support groups, are of important ways groups into the organization operation action procedures,
for the public organization to realize its institutional and achieve the group interest goals through the goal
constructing target or play its institutionalization function. getting of the public organization.
This organization operation logic of supporting groups can However, in this respect, the public organization needs
also be viewed as supporting group construction activities to show the reliability of its target to the group. Based on
of public organizations. the difference of legitimacy in the existing institution ,
As a community order or public order symbol, public organization also have different behavior choice
institution usually offer three ways (namely regulation, about the interest relationship construction of its supporting
standardization and cognition) for the community members groups, for example, regime organizations can use the
to seek out their interest under the institutional standard, legitimacy public power, mandatorily construct the interest
which also representing the three process route choice of consequences according to the existing institution. But for
institutionalization. these anti-institution public organizations, such as the
Regulation can be looked as mandatory constraint or revolutionary parties, may be more likely to promise a
arrangement which has some kinds of pressure of interests better future to construct the consistent interest relationship
punishment consequences, and provide a thrust of with the related groups, they may say, as long as you
institution compliance, such as “you should”; support our organization to overthrow the existing
standardization is some kind of behavior construction which institution, we will bring you the interest you want.
has legitimacy infusion or evaluation, and provide concept But there may be two problems in the interest
induction of institution compliance, such as “what is good”; relationship constructing process:
cognition is some kind of exemplary behavior construction First, interest would never only stay in the oral
which has social understanding or social explanatory, and expression or writing symbols on the paper, it is of practical
provide the idea attracting of institution compliance, such as: indicator. Whether political rights (power), material
“if this, then what”. possession (including currency possession), or social
These three aspects affect the motive information position, all people can experience its existence clearly,
accepting, integrating and behavior selection process therefore, the interest relationship construction from outside
respectively from the three aspects of direct, interest value must have some degree of reality, then would it be accepted,
and future situation, which also represents the three level identified, and play actual behavior choice influence effect.
correlation explaining of the community members, For instance, mandatory construction must show its realistic
institutionalized action, and reflect the supporting group mandatory ability and mandatory implementation of
construction path of public organizations. performance (or consequences), otherwise, all will become
hot air; for the promising construction method, its reality
3. Interest Relationship Constructing still need to be tested by the time, too idealistic promise
Interest relationship construction means that, around the would also become a lie or deceive, if they have no support
interest acquisition or interest possession of the potential of effective action, would make the related groups sense
supporting groups, the public organization want to indicate cheated. These two kinds of conditions all may result in the
that it is consistent with the organization's goal, or, it is lost or displaced of supporting groups.
difficult to realize or maximize the interest desire if only Second, the interest relationship will never exist with
rely on the supporting groups own strength or action, they the structure of solid state, but in a changing dynamic
must follow the arrangement of the organization, according process, this dynamic process embodied in the individual
to the institution, or through the institution compliance, psychology, the individual behavior, interaction among
institution change, institution innovation and even people (including individual and group), social psychology,
natural situation, and other relevant factors. Therefore, in
617 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

order to ensure the reality of interest relationship consciousness, collective action consciousness and
construction, the interest relationship constructing must also individual motive consciousness.
be in a constant adjustment state, if there comes a big gap These four aspects are also the specific content of value
between the relevant adjustment and reality process, such as recognition of its supporting groups made by public
too radical, or too conservative, the construction would lose organization. The revolutionary organizations could show
its reality and have no attraction to their potential to its potential supporting groups that, you should live in a
supporting groups. To regime organizations, if only rely on better condition, but in the existing institution system or
its mandatory public power to build up this kind of interest public order, you are unable to realize this state, only in the
relationship, there also may bring greater backlash, namely different public order, could you pursue and realize the
reducing its identity status by losing the supporting groups. ideal life state, in order to establish this new public order,
you need follow our organization, and accept the
4. Value Recognition Constructing organization's action arrangement, act through the collective
Value recognition construction means, around the way, finally overthrow the existing institution and public
values belief of the (potential) supporting group, the political order.
relevant public organization try to make it association with Relative to the clarity and changeability of the interests
the value guidance content of the organization rules, or and interests’ relationship, the value concept which exists in
instill its advantageous values into it, and make it to be a human psychology, has some degree of fuzziness, but also
psychological component which is identified and followed more stability.
by the group members. On one hand, unless the individual expresses definitely
Human being live in a harmonious mutually beneficial or through other specific external behavior show, it is
civilization society ,which is partly because, the usually difficult for us to accurately know his or her value
psychological motivation that lead to individual choice and orientation, even if there have a clear expression of idea or
dealing with the relationships with others, is not just pure external behaviors show, its sincerity and authenticity
ego driven, and also value belief. Wherever the value sometimes still need further investigating and analyzing; On
beliefs come from, such as the natural mysterious the other hand, the value idea has an accumulated
association, the prophets taught or rational thinking, they characteristics of duration, generally, it often comes as a bit
can always provide people with the lead which trend to the process from the life experience feeling. But once formed, it
ideal existence or living conditions, and bring people to a will behave as relatively stable mental inertia, unless
better future, and “should be”. meeting huge incentives (such as personal encounter or
For public organizations, this idealistic state can be external upheaval), it is difficult for us to find the status of
looked as the idealized public order of individual survival the mutations.
or life status it brings for people. But this is a fixed stable structure, there would be local
Therefore, around the value identity psychology of the or different degrees of fine-tuning with the individual
(potential) supporting group, the value recognition interest possess, interest relationship and external social
constructing of public organization usually spread along background transformation.
with the follow logical path. So, to the value recognition construction, it is not only a
The first is the expression about what is of an ideal long-term to instill and cultivate the value idea, but also
individual life state, such as free will, filled with material need to combine with other constructing methods (such as
and good mood, and so on; Second is the relationship interest relationship constructing, behavior arrangement
structure performance of individual ideal life state in public constructing), then it can play a greater efficiency.
order or community, such as mutual assistance, cooperation, 5. Mandatory Behavior Arranging
complete equality, hierarchy and so on; The third, in order
to achieve such goal of public order, there should be what Mandatory behavior arrangement means, around
kind of institutional arrangements, collective living (potential) the external behavior of the supporting groups,
arrangements or organizational behavior mode, such as public organization mandatorily make it keep for a long
constitutional system, free competition, unified plan, and so time like some habit, and affect the interest possess, interest
on; Finally, under above arrangement settings, the relationship and psychological state of the related groups,
individual should establish what kind of behavior selection make they form certain interest dependence, interest
criteria. consistency, or psychological ownership concept with the
Obviously, the construction of value recognition comes public organization target.
throughout the above four nodes, respectively four aspects So, the public organizations which acquire and maintain
as individual existence consciousness, community order its supporting groups, are often those organizations which
618 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

have mandatory influence ability or mandatory political References

behavior capability in particular community, the regime
[1] James G. March and Herbert A. Simon. Organizations, Beijing:
organization is clearly belong to such organizations,
China Machine Press, 2008.
especially, some autocratic regime organization often
[2] Herbert A. Simon. Administrative Behavior: A Study of Decision
regulate the words and deeds of community members
Making Prosesses in Administrative Organizations, Beijing:China
through all kinds of mandatory political control and
Machine Press, 2003.
political repression t, in order to maintain the superficial
[3] W. Richard Scott. Institutions and Organizations: Ideas and Interests,
stability of the public political order, at least no superficial
Beijing: China Renmin University Press, 2009.
resistance.
[4] Stephen P. Robbins and Timothy A. Judhe. Organizational Behavior,
Of course, some revolutionary organizations may also
Beijing:China Renmin University Press, 2011.
use this mandatory behavior arrangement when they occupy
[5] Robert B. Denhardt, Janet V. Denhardt and Maria P. Aristigueta.
certain resource advantage or coercive behavior position
Managing Human Behavior in Public ＆ Nonprofit Organizations,
within some scope, this is usually called the influence scope
Beijing:China Renmin University Press, 2007.
or base areas.
[6] Yang Zheng-lian. Words and Discourse in Public Policy Context,
Compare to the interest relationship construction and
Beijing: Guangming Daily Press, 2010.
the value recognition construction, mandatory behavior
[7] Sun Bo. Research on the Influence of Perceived Organizational
arrangement has more obvious characteristics of tool, and
Support over Corporation Staff's Job Burnout. Southwest University
often is a kind of abnormal supporting group construction
of Political Science and Law, 2010 .
mode, after all, the compulsory relationship which against
people’s will would always face on the instability pressure [8] McMillin R. Customer Satisfaction and Organizational Support for
of contradiction, conflict and violent resistance. Service Providers. USA: University of Florida, 1997.
[9] Elinor·Ostrom. Institutional Incentives and Sustainable
6. Conclusion Development . Shanghai,: Shanghai Joint Publishing Company,
Through these three methods of interest relationship 2000.
constructing, value recognition constructing and mandatory
behavior constructing, the public organization would set up
its supporting group developing strategy, and pursue its
organization live and organization development.
To the research of supporting groups of public
organization, the significance of these three kinds of
supporting groups construction way, is not to specify
their distinction in reality, because in reality, almost all of
the supporting groups constructing activities might involve
these three kind of forms.
More important, this paper want to clarify the
relationship among these three logic methods and their legal
foundations, for example, interest relationship construction
may suggest a relatively stable market trading operation
mechanism, its legitimacy comes from mutual interest
supporting(between public organizations and supporting
groups, public power and the public’s); The legitimacy of
the value recognition construction is based on the belief of
ideology value system; The legitimacy of mandatory
behavior construction is based on the potential or actual
threat of violence or violent instrument.
619 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Proceedings of International Conference on Social Science and Environmental
Protection (SSEP)
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Is the Unproductive Public Expenditure Per

GDP Curve of China U-Shaped?
Zong Jiafeng1, Zhu Jiajia2, He Ni3, Zhang Haibo4
1,2,3,4
College of Economics,Xiamen University,Xiamen, China
2
Zhujiajia1987@gmail.com
Abstract: This paper studies the evolving law of Chinese unproductive public expenditure from 1987 to 2009. Based on
provincial panel data, the authors find that the unproductive public expenditure curve is U-shaped, which means the
unproductive fiscal spending in China decreased at beginning and then increased. On the condition of local governments’
competition, the rational governments which pursue the growth of GDP will increase the productive public expenditure,
causing the fiscal spending deviation. However, if they want to realize the sustainable growth, they will improve the
environment, invest in education and increase the expenditure in unproductive public projects to adapt to the needs of
industrial upgrade by an active or passive means.
Keywords: unproductive public expenditure; u-shaped curve; local government competition
1. Introduction there was no market solution, which means market
mechanism was not a perfect way to balance the supply and
China has witnessed tremendous improvement with the demand of public goods. Compared to private section, a
implementation of reforming and opening policy. However, large proportion of national income did not realize the
it follows by the issues such as science, education, culture optimal allocation in the public section. However,
and sanitation increasingly prominent. Both the government Tiebout(1956) showed that the analysis of Musgrave and
and the residents pay great attention to the reform on these Samuelson is appropriate for the expenditure by Federal,
public departments. What factors influence the level of not the expenditures by local government. Considering
these public services expenditure? And does this consumers can choose the community, which best meet
expenditure reach to the optimal level? This paper tries to their preferred tax- spending program among plenty of
find the evolving laws of Chinese unproductive public communities with different combination of local public
expenditure from 1987 to 2009 1 with the background of
P1FP1F1F PP
services and tax rate, to live in and all the communities

Chinese-style fiscal decentralization. have the authority to determine the tax rate based on the
The remainder of this paper is structured as follows. level of public service, there is great competition between
Section 2 is the literature review, where we introduce the local governments on the combination of public products
research results on fiscal decentralization, local government and tax rate. The effects named “vote-by-foot” will lead an
competition and public expenditure structure. Section 3 is optimal allocation of public products, and it is also
the statistical description of unproductive public equilibrium.
expenditure, where we define the unproductive public Oates(1972) stated that , due to fiscal decentralization,
expenditure and we also give the chart of national and if region A alone raise the capital tax rates, the tax base in
regional unproductive public expenditure of China from region A is likely to flow to other regions, which give rise to
1987 to 2009. Section 4 is the econometric model, where the tax income decrease of region A and increases of region
we verify the unproductive public expenditure curve of per B.C.D. etc . On the one hand, Tax competition between
capita GDP U-shaped or not. Section 5 is the measurement local governments will result in tax rate decreases in all
result analysis. Section 6 is the conclusion. regions and reach a much lower equilibrium tax rate. On the
2. Literature Review other hand, the externality of too lower tax rate is not
included in the decision-making set of single local
Referring to the expenditure of public product, both government. So the ultimate consequence is that all the
Musgrave (1939) and Samuelson (1954) addressed that local welfare suffered and the supply ability of public
products decreased. Zodrow and Mieszkowski(1986)
1
The regional population data from 1978 to 1987 is unavailable, so we concluded that the tax competition between local
have to abandon the research during these years. governments would decrease the public expenditure.
620 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

J. F. Zong et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp620-627
Cremer，Marchand and Pastieau(1997) also demonstrated China witness great improvement in infrastructure
that spillover effect and un-cooperation of local investment is the decentralization system which combine
governments may lead to the deviation of optimal level of the fiscal decentralization with the “responsible to the
public products’ supply. superior department” political system. Under this system,
Keen and Marchan(1997) firstly pointed out that fiscal central government replaced the political preaching with
competition brings extra welfare loss. Bucovetsky(2005) yardstick competition. We also agree that the spirit of
further noted that the Nash equilibrium of non-cooperative Chinese fiscal system is the combination of economic
competition between local governments can be devastating decentralization and vertical political governance system. It
because public infrastructure investment can bring scale is the background that we study the evolving laws of
economy and attract elements inflows. Besides emphasize unproductive expenditure in China.
spending autonomy, many scholars also noticed the Domestic research generally held the opinion that, with
influence of fiscal income distribution. Through the analysis the official promotion system mainly based on the GDP
of the fiscal income distribution system in Mexico, Careaga growth rate (Li and Zhou, 2005), there is an institutional
and Weingast(2000) showed that the fiscal income incentives for local government to ignore the investment in
distribution between local governments would change their science, education, culture and sanitation and transfer it to
cost and benefit derived from the supply of public products infrastructure since the short term economic growth effect
and influence the local governments’ choices on of science, education, culture and sanitation investment is
expenditure structure. not obvious. Using the primary compulsory education as the
Looking for the influence from the empirical breakthrough point, Qiao Yunbao, etc. (2005) re-verified the
perspective, Mauro (1998) inspected the role of corruption impact outcome and influence mechanism of regional fiscal
to government expenditure structure and had a conclusion competition on social welfare. He noted that the fiscal
that a government with corruption will put greater decentralization introduced the fiscal competition between
proportion of spending on infrastructure and less on social local governments and causes the shortage of regional
services like education, because bribe-taking from the investment in education. The research on the fiscal
former is much easier than the latter. Gra-nado ， expenditure per capita public demand sensitivity by Ping
Martinez-Vazquezand McNab (2005) researched the Xinqiao (2006) found that budgetary expenditure is mainly
influence of fiscal decentralization on the expenditure of responsible for spending on education, city maintenance
local education and sanitation spending. Fiva (2006) studied and agriculture and non-budgetary expenditures are
the fiscal decentralization’s impact on payments and responsible for the investment on infrastructure
consumer spending of local governments. construction and preparation for natural disaster. As the
Some empirical research had a proof that fiscal increasing of non-budgetary income, the local government
decentralization may improve the unproductive expenditure. in China significantly increased the public expenditure on
On the analysis of Russia’s fiscal income distribution road construction sector, especially on highway
system, Zhuravskaya (2000) proved that the fiscal income construction department, while modestly increased the
distribution between local governments will result in some spending on sanitation and medical sectors. The so-called
kind of inspiration, which can significantly change their public spending deviation not only mentions to the
choices of expenditure structure. In this paper, Zhuravskaya deviation within the budgetary expenditure structure and
found that education spending out of fiscal expenditure in non-budgetary expenditure, but also refers to the structure
Russia’s 35 big cities rise from 19.4% to 22.9% steadily deviation between budgetary expenditure and
from 1992 to 1997 while the number in China, at the same non-budgetary expenditure.
time, is 15%, and the total spending including education Zhang Henlong and Chen Xian(2006) pointed out that
expenditure, sanitation expenditure, culture and sporting current fiscal competition has turned to the public
expenditure out of fiscal expenditure is about 40% while it expenditure competition based on the tax rate benefits.
is less than 25% in China. Building the model bringing in FDI and various public
When explaining the success of Reform and Opening up spending of regional data, they testified the regional
in China, Qian and Roland（1998）put a new concept named government preferred the input in infrastructure to the
“fiscal decentralization of Chinese style”, which refers to social services. Fu Yong and Zhang Yan(2007) also thought
the fact that fiscal decentralization of Chinese style make that it is the combination of fiscal decentralization and
the soft budget constraint not available any longer. Blanchar government competition based on GDP that lead to the high
and Sheleifer (2001) thought the biggest difference between basic construction , low capital investment and low public
Chinese fiscal style and other style was that fiscal services, which is some distortion . The government
decentralization is combined with political centralization in competition can aggravate the distortion and the ultimate
China. Zhang Jun (2007) concluded that the reason why impact will depend on the degree of decentralization.
621 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

This paper argues that it is the Chinese-style fiscal economic.

decentralization and the GDP-based promotion system for We can find that the national unproductive fiscal
officials that determine the public expenditure deviation of expenditure per GDP curve is U-shaped between 1987 and
local government during the early stages of economic 2008, particularly between 1988 and 2002. Unproductive
growth. There is no real “vote-by-hand” mechanism in fiscal spending per GDP cannot stop declining since 1987
China, and there is also too much restriction on until it arrived at its minimum in 1995. Then it began to
“vote-by-foot” mechanism because of household increase rapidly and arrived at its unprecedented maximum
registration system. Faced income incentives, local in 2002. Between 2002 and 2008, it fluctuated.
governments with spending autonomy will naturally seek to The unproductive public expenditure per GDP curve of
the projects which can bring higher GDP growth rate and the majority of provinces and cities in China is also
revenue growth rate. On the other hand, it is difficult to U-shaped as we can see from the Fig.2.
make local government pay attention to the residents’ So we can conclude that along with the steady growth
demand. That means the social services will be ignored. of economy from 1987 to 2009, both national and
Along with the economic growth, the original economic provincial unproductive public fiscal expenditure per GDP
growth mode turn to be unsustainable and the local curve is U-shaped.
government has the pressure to find a new growth mode
and upgrade the industry, which is depend on the upgrade of 4. The Econometric Model
labor’s knowledge, Medicare level and so on. So the local 4.1. Data Source
governments have to increase the investment in
unproductive product. All the data in this paper is from CEIC database, CEI
Database and the economic statistics abstract of China. The
3. The Statistical Description of Unproductive classification method of provincial fiscal expenditure has
Public Expenditure changed after the tax system reform in 1994. The project
named “culture, education, science, sanitation expenditure”
Which kind of spending project belongs to unproductive has divided into four projects after 1994, and they are
expenditures? Different scholars have different answers. named education expenditure, science and technology
Summers and Heston (1988) classified defense spending expenditure, culture and media expenditure and sanitation
and education investment as unproductive expenditure. expenditure. To maintain a consistent statistical standard,
Barro (1990) indicated that public education expenditure we have the basic data preprocessing.
belongs to the human capital investment and defense
expenditure is helpful for protecting property rights, which 4.2. Model
means both of them have contribution to stimulate Kuznets(1995) did the pioneering research on the
investment, so public education and defense expenditure relationship between economic growth and inequality in
both belong to productive expense. Some Chinese scholars income distribution. He presented that the inequality
also have their own classification. Guo Qingwang, Lv become deteriorative during the early stage of economic
Bingyang and Zhang Deyong (2003) addressed that growth and beyond some level the trend reverses, so that a
education and culture spending and R&D spending are high economic growth leads to equality improvement.
human capital investment, and they thought this kind of There is an inverted U-shaped curve (also named Kuznets
expenditure is classified as productive expenditure. Taking curve) between economic growth and the inequality of
Beijing as an example, Qi Fuquan (2007) made the income distribution. The Kuznets curve triggered
empirical analysis about the relationship between local continuous discussion and lots of theoretical and empirical
government expenditure and economic growth. In this paper, research about the U-shaped curve relationship of economic
Qi took culture and sanitation spending as the unproductive growth and some issues like income distribution, pollution
fiscal expenditure while education and R&D spending as and so on.
the productive fiscal expenditure, according to the sign of We list several Kuznets curve empirical analyses based
regression coefficient between various fiscal expenditures on pollution case in the following table 1.
and real GDP. Gong Liutang, Zou Henfu(2001), Guo Qingwang, Lv
Unproductive public expenditure contains R&D, Bingyang and Zhang Deyong(2003), Fan Lihong and Ling
education, culture and sanitation spending in this paper for Weiping(2006), Qi Fuquan(2007).etc built linear model to
the following reasons: firstly, despite these expenditure is analysis the relationship between fiscal expenditure
beneficial for the enhancement of human capital structure, it structure and economic growth, and all of them tried to
do not increase the production efficiency directly. Secondly, solve the problem that how various fiscal spending
these expenditure have no direct impact on private
622 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

categories impact on economic growth. But no one studies province i in year t and ε it is the stochastic error. In order to
RR RR
the relationship between Chinese unproductive public meet the need of linear estimate and eliminate the influence
expenditure and economic growth. of heteroscedastic, we make all original data natural
Wan Guanghua(2004) pointed out that Kuznets curve logarithms preprocess before econometric analysis.
function is just related inequality in income distribution and We want to know, on the condition of fiscal
economic growth in different stages, so there is only one decentralization and political centralization which introduce
explanatory variable: economic growth rate. If we use local government competition, whether or not the rational
different variables like FDI, export.etc, we violated the local government will decrease the unproductive public
original thought of Kuznets. expenditure at the beginning stage but beyond some level of
As to this paper, the empirical analysis about the GDP the trend reverses and the governments have more
evolving laws of unproductive public expenditure per GDP, investment in education, R&D, culture and sanitation and
we set the model as the following: so on? Among all the explanatory variables, we pay the
lnU it =α+β 1 lnGDP it +β 2 (lnGDP it ) 2 +ε it
RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR PP PP RR greatest attention on (lnGDP it ) 2 . We are eager to know
RR RR PP PP
i=1,2,3……，t=1，2，3…… whether the β 2 is confidence or not and what is the sign of

RR RR
U it is the per capita unproductive public expenditure of

RR RR β2.
RR RR
province i in year t. GDP it is the per capita GDP of

RR RR
Fig.1.the evolution of national unproductive public expenditure per GDP from 1987 to 2008 2 P2FP2F2F

2
There is no official data about national GDP until the paper is done.
623 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Fig.2. the evolution of provincial unproductive public expenditure per GDP from 1987 to 2009 3 P3FP3F3F

3
We abandon the research on Taiwan, Hong Kong, Macau as we just focus on the mainland. We also abandon Tibet, Sichuan and
Chongqing because of data incompleteness
624 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Table 1: EKC empirical analyses based on pollution case

Authors EKC form Function form Estimation Other variables
methods
Grossman and N curve Level, cubic Panel data, Population
Krueger (1991) random effect density, trade
intensity.etc.
Panayotou (1993) Inverted U Log，square OLS Population
density
Authors EKC form Function form Estimation Other variables
methods
Cole et al. (1997) Inverted U Level & Log, GLS， random Trade intensity ,
square effect time trend
Kaufman et al. U –shaped curve Level, square Cross-country Economic activity
(1998) OLS，panel data density, iron steel
estimator (fixed export ratio. etc
and random
effect)
Dinda et al. U-shaped curve Level & Log， OLS according to Sectored
(2000) square different area and composition,
least absolute growth rate and so
error method on
Cole (2004) Inverted U Log，cubic Fixed effect, Country and time
panel data specific effect, net
export
Data source: the authors’ collection
the value of R 2 tells us the result is very stable.

PP PP
5. The Measurement Result Analysis The sign of β 1 and β 2 is positive, which means the
RR RR RR RR
At first, we make the unit root test to the panel data with curve is U-shaped. So we can say that the Chinese
the purpose to avoid spurious regression. Upon examination, unproductive public expenditure decrease at the beginning
we found that all levels of the value of panel data are stable, and then increase as the growth of per capita GDP.
which is consistent with the premise of panel modeling. Considering the combination of fiscal decentralization
Secondly, we have to choose the appropriate panel data and local government competition based on the growth rate
model. We firstly use Lagrange multiplier (LM) inspection of GDP, the rational government will prefer to increase the
judgment, and we reject the null hypothesis, which means productive public expenditure and decline the unproductive
we reject the mixed regression model. Then we use public expenditure in order to boost the economic growth
Hausman(1978) judgment, and we also reject the null directly and quickly. However, the productive function is F
hypothesis, which means we would choose the fixed effect (k, l, t), and it determines that the human capital investment
model. In the following table, we give the measurement and R&D investment is of particular importance. With the
result of both the fixed and random effect model. continuous economic growth, on the one hand, there is so
As we can see from the table, the measurement result of much better physical infrastructure; on the other hand, there
β 1 and β 2 in both fixed and random effect model reject the
RR RR RR RR
is so poor human capital and there is so little technology
null hypothesis based on the 99% confidence interval, and improvement. At the same time, we need upgrade our
625 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

industrial structure, we need produce more high value cities of Chinese mainland, except for Tibet, Sichuan and
added goods and we don’t want to be just “the global Chongqing, and build a square model with fixed and
factory”, which is the goal of all the local government random effect within which the relationship between the
during these years. So the governments have to increase the unproductive public expenditure and GDP from 1987 to
unproductive public spending. The trends that decline first 2009 is explained. The authors find that Chinese
and then increase make the curve unproductive public unproductive public expenditure per GDP curve is
expenditure per GDP of China U-shaped. That is what we U-shaped, in other words, Chinese unproductive public
derived from the model. expenditure per GDP will decline at the beginning stage of
the economic while the expenditure per GDP will increase
6. Conclusion at the latter stage.
This paper use the panel data of 28 provinces and
Table 2: statistical analysis results
Independent variable Fixed effect Random effect
-3.514766 -3.634932
c
（-5.362601)*** （-5.546548）***
0.706609 0.745205
lnGDP
(4.606328)*** （4.871864）***
0.032564 0.029750
lnGDP 2
(3.66153)***
PP
（3.356443）***
weighted Un-weighted
2
R PP 0.956581 0.946311 0.866206
2
Adjusted R PP 0.954530 0.946143
DW 0.717113 0.641182 0.232571
Note: data in ( ) is T and “***” means we can reject the null hypothesis based on the 99% confidence interval.
Why is the unproductive public expenditure per GDP governments need transfer the growth way and upgrade the
curve of China U-shaped? Our explanation is that, it is the industrial structure. However, the promotion of industrial
combination of Chinese fiscal decentralization and official structure needs some elements such as advanced technology,
promotion system mainly based on the growth rate of GDP educated labor and so on. So the local government may
that make the deviation of fiscal expenditure structure of increase the investment in unproductive public goods and
local governments. Because of the limited fiscal resources, services by an active or passive way. And that is why
economic decentralization and the fierce competition Chinese unproductive public expenditure per GDP curve is
between provinces, rational governments have to increase U-shaped.
the productive public expenditure if they want to boost the
GDP growth, since the infrastructure investment will Reference:
directly and quickly help the growth of GDP and incomes. [1] Blanchard, O.and A.Shleifer, “Federalism with and without Political
China lacks effective “vote-by-hand” mechanism and there Centralization: China versus Russia”, IMF Staff Papers,
is too much limitation on “vote-by-foot” mechanism 2001,48,pp.171~179.
because of household registration system. The bargain [2] Bucovetsky,S., “Public Input Competition”, Journal of Public
power of resident is so small that their needs are hard to Economics, 2005,89,pp.1763~1787.
cause attention from local governments. And the results is [3] Careaga. M, Weingast,B.R “The Fiscal Pact with the Devil: A
expenditure of education, culture, sanitation and R&D are Positive Approach to Fiscal Federalism, Revenue sharing, and Good
cut. Governance”. [Z]. WP, 2000.
As the economic growth going on, the original [4] Cremer, Helmuth, M.Marchand and P,Pastieau, “Investment in Local
extensive mode of growth is difficult to sustain and local Public Services:Nash Equilibrium and Social Optimum”, Journal of
626 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Public Economics, 1997, 65,pp.23~35. Review of Income and Wealth, 1988, 34.
[5] Fiva, “New evidence on the effect of fiscal decentralization on the [24] Samuelson, “The Pure Theory of Public Expenditures”, Review of
size and composition of government spending”, Public Finance Economics and Statistics, 1954.
Analysis, 2006. [25] Tiebout, Charles, “A Pure Theory of Local Expenditure”, Journal of
[6] F. Javier Arze del Granado, Jorge Martinez-Vazquez, Robert McNab. Political Economy, 1956, 64, pp.416~24.
2005,”Fiscal Decentralization and The Functional Composition of [26] Wan Guanghua,” the inequality in income and economic growth of
Public Expenditures”.[z].Paper provided by International Studies the transition economy-is the non-linear model is necessary? ”,
Program, Andrew Young School of Policy Studies, Georgia State world economic forum, 2004, (4),pp:1-13.
University in its series International Studies Program Working Paper [27] Zhang Henlong, Chen Xian,” the fiscal competition’s impact on
Series, at AYSPS, GSU with number paper0501. local public expenditure structure-take China as an
[7] Fu Yong, Zhang Yan, “Chinese fiscal decentralization and the example”,[J].comparative economics & social systems”, 2006,
deviation of fiscal expenditure structure: the cost of growth (4),pp:57-64.
competition”,management world, 2007, (3),PP:4-22. [28] Zhang Jun, Gao Yuan, Fu Yong, Zhang Hong , “why does China
[8] Guo Qingwang, Lv Bingyang, Zhang Deyong, “ the fiscal enjoy so much better physical infrastructure?” Economic Research,
expenditure structure and economic growth”, economic theory and 2007, (3).pp:4-19.
economic management, 2003, 11,pp5-12. [29] Zhou Li-an, “ the incentive and cooperation of government officials
[9] K. Grier, G. Tullock. “An Empirical Analysis of Cross-National in the political tournaments: an interpretation of the prolonged local
Economic Growth, 1951-1980,” Journal of Monetary Economics, protectionism and duplicative investments in China”, Economic
1987，24. Research, 2004, (6),pp:33-40.
[10] Kuznets, “Economic growth and income inequality”, American [30] Zhuravskaya,E.V., “Incentives to Provide Local Public Goods:
Economic Review, 1955, 45. Fiscal Federalism, Russian Style”, Journal of Public Economics,
[11] Li Hongbin and Li-An Zhou, “Political Turnover and Economic 2000, (76),pp.337~368.
Performance: The Incentive Role of Personnel Control in China”,
Journal of Public Economics, 2005,89,pp.1743~1762.
[12] Li Yongyou, “Structure changes and efficiency of China’s fiscal
expenditures”,China economic quarterly, 2009, (9),pp307-332.
[13] Mauro. “Corruption and The Composition of Government
Expenditure”. Journal of Public economics, 1998,69, pp.263~279.
[14] M.Keen and M.Marchand, “Fiscal Competition and The Pattern of
Public Spending”, Journal OF Public Economic, 1997,66,pp.33~53.
[15] Musgrave, “The Voluntary Exchange Theory of Public Economy”,
The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 1939.
[16] Oates, “Fiscal Federalism”, Harcourt Brace, NewYork,1972.
[17] Ping Xinqiao, Bai Jie, “Fiscal decentralization and local public good
provision in China”, Finance& Trade Economics, 2006,
(2),pp:49-56.
[18] Qi Fuquan, “the empirical analysis of the relationship between local
governments’ fiscal expenditure and economic growth- take Beijing
as an example”, economic science, 2007, (3),pp:5-15.
[19] Qian, Roland, “Federalism and the Soft Budget Constraint”.
American Economic Review, 1998, 88(5).
[20] Qiao Baoyun, Fan Jianyong, Feng Xingyuan,” Fiscal
decentralization and compulsory primary education in China” Social
science in China,(6), 2005,7-46.
[21] R.C. Kormendi, P.G. Meguire. “Macroeconomic Determinants of
Growth: Cross-Country Evidence .”Journal of Monetary
Economics,1985,16.
[22] R.J.Barro. “Government Spending in a Simple Model of
Endogenous Growth”. Journal of Political Economy, 1990,8.
[23] R. Summers，A. Heston, “A New Set of International Comparisons
of Real Product and Price Levels: Estimates for 130 Countries.” The
627 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Yin Yang Philosophy and Chinese Mental

Health
Li Ming
Department of Psychology,Beijing Forestry University,Beijing, China
Max.lee.well@gmail.com
Abstract: In this essay I will discuss how it might be possible for psychoanalysis to take root in Chinese culture. My thesis
is that if psychoanalysis tries to keep its classic form completely intact in the process of training Chinese professionals and
working with Chinese patients, it will be reasonable as long as psychoanalysis will be satisfied to be a foreign form of cul-
ture for Chinese people. However, it would then be nearly impossible for psychoanalysis to be integrated into everyday life
of Chinese people. The key for psychoanalysis to be seamlessly integrated into Chinese culture without losing its essence is
that it starts off with Yin Yang philosophy. In the following pages I will propose that psychoanalysis should be interpreted
through the lens of Yin Yang philosophy in order to make it accessible to Chinese people.
Keywords: psychoanalysis;yin yang philosophy; mental health; cross cultural analysis

“The heart of a human being is no different from the soul of heaven and earth. In your practice al-ways keep in your
thoughts the interaction of heaven and earth, water and fire, yin and yang.”
——Morihei Ueshiba
1. Introduction
2. A Dream
In this essay I will discuss how it might be possible for
psychoanalysis to take root in Chinese culture, as deeply as I had a dream that one day in my life I could lie on the
has Buddhism. My thesis is that if psychoanalysis tries to seashore of California, enjoy the warmth of the sunshine and
keep its classic form completely intact in the process of the breeze from the Ocean. As a boy, when I heard for the
training Chinese professionals and working with Chinese first time the name California, of course in its Chinese pro-
patients, it will be reasonable as long as psychoanalysis will nunciation, said by the knowledgeable and beautiful teacher
be satisfied to be a foreign form of culture for Chinese of geography, I fell in love with it. It is just so beautiful that I
people. However, it would then be nearly impossible for remembered it with associations of seashore, sunshine and
psychoanalysis to be integrated into everyday life of Chinese the peacefulness of the Pacific Ocean. I had the dream while
people. Buddhism as an imported culture form has set a I was listening to the teacher describing the beauty of the
great example of success. And of course we don’t lack ex- west coast of America, so vividly that you might feel she had
amples of the opposite. The key for Buddhism to be seam- visited it before. However, I was quite sure she hadn’t. Al-
lessly integrated into Chinese culture without losing its es- though it was just about twenty years ago, it was beyond
sence, is that it started off disguised in the form of “Study of many people’s imagination to go abroad. I couldn’t have
Yellow Emperor and Laotzu” (黄老之学). The common imagined my daydream will come true in May, 2011. So I
ground of the “Study of Yellow Emperor and Laotzu” is Yin didn’t tell anybody about that dream, in case they felt I
Yang philosophy and Five Xing( 阴阳五行 ), sometimes needed to see a therapist. I am sorry. No, this dream is not
translated as Five Elements or Five Phases). The theory of the one I intended to tell readers, which has some closer re-
Five Xing is based on Yin Yang philosophy, therefore the levance to psychoanalysis.
shorthand of Yin Yang philosophy will be easier for us to The dream that is closely related to psychoanalysis hap-
use. In the following pages I will propose that psychoanaly- pened like this: Thanks to the generous hospitality of my late
sis should be interpreted through the lens of Yin Yang phi- friend Dr. Alice Tang and her husband Dr. Albert Rick Law-
losophy in order to make it accessible to Chinese people. rence and Rick’s new lady Julie Ewing Nikkel, one sunny
When in Rome, do as the Romans do. That’s the trick. Just afternoon in June 2011, up in the beautiful hills called Lilac
don’t forget where you are from. That is important too. Ok, I in northern Escondido, California, I was able to read Civili-
will start with a dream… zation and its Discontents in a huge fancy couch. For some
reason, I fell asleep. For some reason, I dreamt of Sigmund
628 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. Ming et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp628-634
Freud. Looking as solemn as almost every published snap- Zhuangzi said, “You are not I, so whence do you know I
shot of him, he said to me: “I wonder how an Asian individ- don’t know the happiness of fish?"
ual can understand psychoanalysis. I even wonder if they Huizi said, “I am not you, to be sure, so I don’t know
have mind at all.” I was astonished. I woke up breathing hard. what it is to be you. But by the same token, since you are
The dream was so impressive, as if it was really happening. I certainly not a fish, my point about your inability to know
took it down on my note book. And I interpreted it as a ra- the happiness of fish stands intact. "
tionalization for my difficulty in understanding Freud’s work. Zhuangzi said, “Let’s go back to the starting point. You
And if Freud said so, I would feel more releaved if I felt it said, ‘Whence do you know the happiness of fish?’ Since
was hard to understand his theories. And I put another line your question was premised on your knowing that I know it,
under that interpretation: “It might be an indicator of my I must have known from here, up above the Hao River. (P.76)
deep feeling of inferiority in front of my western teachers.”(I Zhuangzi is a very influential Daoist philosopher who
was studying with San Diego Psychoanalytic Society and lived around the 4th century BCE. Huizi (380 BC - 305 BC)
Institute when this dream happened. I often feel it is hard to was a good intellectual friend of Zhuangzi, but with a very
fully grasp the teachers’ meanings, thus feeling a deep infe- different philosophy. Here in this conversation they are in
riority.) disagreement with each other about the possibility of know-
“Do Asians have mind at all?” “Of course we do.” I ing the mind of the OTHER.
started a conversation with myself.
“Are you one hundred percent sure?” At that level of communication between Zhuangzi and
“Well…it depends on how you define ‘mind’. Huizi, every conversation is a cross cultural dialogue. There-
No...no...no, however you define ‘mind’, Asian people will fore every analysis is cross cultural analysis. What bothered
absolutely have a mind”. me is: Is there anything in common among Chinese minds?
“What if I define ‘mind’ as something that is unfathoma- If so, then what is it? And how will it be helpful for cross-
ble for Asian people?” cultural psychoanalytic training to have a better understand-
….. ing of those common characteristics of Chinese minds?
This talk with myself went on and on….. There is no easy answer to questions like this. However,
Till sunset. Till nightfall. Till deep in the darkness… after careful observation and reflection on some phenomena
called Chinese culture, I find some common ground. It is
3. Chinese Culture beyond the truism of three-pillar paradigm: Confucianism,
For some reason, the talk with myself paused somewhere Buddhism and Daoism. It is something that underlies every
when I attempted a definition of Chinese culture. I found it aspect of Chinese culture, including life rituals, art, social
was impossible to point at something and call it Chinese establishments, and philosophy. And it is the hidden but em-
Culture. It sounds weird but it seemed that there is no such bodied idea of Qi and the philosophy Yin Yang.
thing that can be called Chinese culture. There is a country 3.1. Qi
called China, but there is no single Chinese culture. There
are 56 ethic nationalities in China. Each is distinct from oth- What is Qi? Is it vital energy? Or is it basic matter ener-
ers in many ways, let alone the difference between people gy? Or is it breath? Or is it the flow of energy? Yes and no,
living in cities and those living in villages, people living in to all these questions. Qi is embodied in any aspect of Chi-
large cities and those living in smaller ones. Even living in nese culture. In martial arts, we cultivate defensive Qi and
the same large city, say Beijing or Shanghai, people are aggressive Qi. In the Art of War, we make use of the weath-
dramatically different culturally. I realized how differently er (Qi Xiang). In fine art we depict and appreciate the Qi of
what might be going on in the minds of the people so tightly any conceivable piece. In architecture we regulate the Qi
pressed on my body in the crowded bus running in the street (Fenshui). In Qigong we activate and enhance Qi. Are all the
of Beijing.“There is no distance farther than that between Qi’s the same entity? No, they are dramatically distinct.
two minds.” I suddenly felt so isolated in this world. And However, there is certain similarity. And that similarity is
that feeling reminded me of a story by Zhuangzi”： Change，a certain form of change that can be called free
One day Zhuangzi and Huizi are strolling on Bridge Hao. flow. That is the spirit of Chinese culture. Since it is an ever
changing flow, resembling a cloud, the ancient scholars use
Zhuangzi said, “The minnows swim about so freely, fol- Yun Qi (云气)as a metaphoric description of that spirit.
lowing the openings wherever they take them. Such is the Therefore when we talk about Qi today, it is hopeless to de-
happiness of fish. " fine it as a certain form of an entity. It is formless void. It is
Huizi said: “You are not a fish, so whence do you know the origin of any entity with form. It is non-being. Or it is the
the happiness of fish?" process of becoming or transforming.
629 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

The first form of change that inspired the basic idea of

change in Chinese culture is the changing of day and night.
In the book of Change (The text of hexagram 49):
'As the seasons bring their revolutions,

So the wise man makes clear their times,
And prepares himself for their demands.'
Fg.3. Diagram of Yin-Yang exchange

And this is the symbol of the culture that is the DNA of
Chinese Yin Yang philosophy. The sensitivity of the process
of change is the key to understanding of Chinese culture.
This observation of the change process is elaborated into a
systematic philosophy called yin yang philosophy.
4. Yin Yang philosophy
4.1．Overview
Fg. 1 Sundial
By yin yang philosophy, which was originated by the
“By observing the cycle of the Sun, we can use a pole,
Yellow Emperor, embodied by Laozi as legend and finalized
post at right angles to the ground and record the lengths of
by Zou Yan (305 BC – 240 BC) historically, everything is
the shadow about every 15 days for a year. ……After re-
composed of two distinct but interdependent/peacefully co-
cording 24 shadow lines, we move the lines into the diagram
existing counterparts. Literally Yang refers to the sun, or the
of six concentric circles with 24 sectors beginning from
southern side of a hill or the northern bank of a river. The
Winter Solstice to Summer Solstice. The length of each line
symbolic meaning of Yin and Yang are the Chinese interpre-
will subtract the portion of the length of Summer Solstice
tation of duality. The proactive/visible/positive/male/light
shadow line because we want to give Summer Solstice max-
part is called the yang quality, and the adap-
imum Yang. From Winter Solstice to Summer Solstice, the
tive/invisible/negative/female/ dark part is called the yin
shadow lines are drawn from the center of the circle to the
quality. In order to avoid misleading from the over simplistic
boundary. ……Next, we can connect all the lines and dim
overview of Yin and Yang philosophy above, several points
the shadow lines (Yin) part, the Ying Yang symbol appears.”
need to be clarified.
（ Allen Tsai, 2012:
http://www.chinesefortunecalendar.com/YinYang2.htm）
4.2. Definition of Yin and Yang
Whether a certain object of analysis is called yin or yang
is not defined by its quality but by the context within which
it is analyzed. For example, a woman in a couple is usually
the yin part of the couple, however, a dominant women
could be yang as an individual. In the analytic setting, the
definition of Yin and Yang is also complicated. In the first
stage when the analyst educates the analysand about what
the work is about, the analyst is yang and the patient is yin.
Then when the work is started, the analyst will step back and
focus on the stories of the patient, at that time the patient is
Fg. 2. Diagram of shadow bars yang and the analyst is yin. When it is time for the analyst to
630 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

intervene, the analyst becomes yang again and then the pa- “…the analytic model of neutrality, equidistance from the
tient is yin. As for the stories of the patient, what the patient constituents of conflict, and consistent control of disruptive
can articulate is yang and what implicated is yin. Temporari- countertransferential tendencies.” (p.28) That
ly speaking, what happened in the past is yin and what is CONSISTENT control might be understood as the manners
going on at present is yang. As for the framework, the boun- of the mid-way, which is seen as the embodiment of Dao.
daries are yang and the violation of the boundaries is yin. As And this will be made clearer in my discussion of continuity.
for the symptoms, those manifested as ac-
4.4. Continuity
tive/aggressive/outward/assertive/destructive are yang and
the meanings hidden behind those symptoms are yin; and Whereas western cosmology sees time as arrow, Chinese
those manifested as passive/ defensive/ inward/ confirma- cosmology sees time as circle. In the western mindset, every-
tive/ constructive are yin, and the meanings hidden behind thing has a starting point or source, i.e., and an end point or
those symptoms are yang. Theoretically speaking, con- destiny. So in Chinese cosmology, the alpha point and the
sciousness is yang and unconsciousness is yin. The self is omega point are not two. They are the connection of two
yang and the other is yin. cycles. Therefore, the cosmos is in an endless process of
4.3. Balanced Worldview: Mid-Way becoming or emerging. This sense of continuity is evident
from the symbol of Yin Yang philosophy.
If you stop a passenger randomly in the street of Beijing
In analytic setting, this sense of continuity has many
or Shanghai, and ask she or he about Yin-Yang philosophy
meaningful implications. First, it is not very difficult for
chances are the responses might be the following: “What?
Chinese to understand the concept of continuum. Everything
That is feudal superstitions.” Or “Ah, yeah! Tai-chi! You are
can be seen as at a certain point of a continuum for Chinese.
very Chinese!” If you talk about Yin-Yang ideas, differing
For example, abnormality and normality can be seen as two
Chinese will response differently. But if you talk about bal-
ends of a continuum. Positively speaking, this concept frees
ance, they will accept the idea unanimously, even though a
the flow of the dyad in analytic work. However, it weakens
balanced worldview or manners of mid-way is the result of
the sense of accuracy in making diagnoses as well. In deal-
Yin-Yang philosophy. This is what was said in I-Ching, or
ing with repetitive patterns in intimate relationships, this
The Book of Change: “The common people, acting daily
sense of continuity is especially useful. In family relation-
according to it, yet have no knowledge of it. Thus it is that
ship, continuity is embodied in filial piety, Xiao 孝. The
the course (of things), as seen by the superior man, is seen
Chinese character “孝”is composed of two parts. The upper
by few.” (p.297) To Chinese people, the balance of Yin and
part means old or ancestor, and the lower part means young
Yang is believed to be natural and beyond question. In his
or son. Filial piety, as one of the core values of Confucian-
newly published paper, Shachaf Bitan(2012) developed “a
ism conveying the sense of continuity, enjoys a very privi-
logic of play” and quoted Derrida and Winnicott to expand
leged position in the long history of China. In communist
the conceptualization of opposites:
China many ritualistic practices of filial piety were out of
Whereas opposites are traditionally conceptualized as ei-
fashion. However, that value still has deep roots in the mind-
ther contradictory or complementary, the logic of play is
set of the Chinese people. One interpretation of filial piety is
characterized by the ‘peaceful coexistence of oppositions’
that the offspring should learn from their ancestors, Xiao(肖).
(Derrida, 1981) or, in other words, by accepting and tolerat-
Failing to do so, Bu Xiao(不肖)，is seen as amoral conduct.
ing paradoxes into experience and respecting their value
Repeating the pattern of one’s ancestors was seen as a moral
(Winnicott, 1971).
deed. In contemporary China, this value is not as popular as
This conceptualization seems to be similar to Yin Yang
before. However, it is still influential in certain ways. For
philosophy. Yin Yang philosophy, although it has differen-
example, separation from the extended family or fighting
tiation of dichotomies, proposes that opposites should be in
against parents is still a big deal for children. Lee et al (2000)
harmony with each other, because they are interdependent.
argue that in the West the needs of the individual adult child
They even transform into each other. Actually, if we look at
to be burden-free is believed to be more important any feel-
the symbol of Yin Yang philosophy, what symbolizes the Qi,
ing of obligation to care for the elderly parent.
or vital energy, is the line at the edge between Yin, the sha-
4.5. Relatedness
dow half, and Yang, the light half. The line is both the divid-
ing line and the connecting line. The sense of relatedness is a natural extension of the
In analytic setting, this balanced worldview has many sense of continuity. In Yin Yang philosophy, the ten thou-
significant implications. When the analyst tries to assume sand things (Wan Wu, 万物) are interrelated and unified by
analytic neutrality crucial to a proper job, she or he will in- Qi (气). An important Song Dynasty scholar Wang An Shi
stantly looking for the midway between the two extremes of 王安石（1021-1086）even believed “everything is one with
the patient’s conflicts. Roy Schafer stated this succinctly: Qi.”(Zhou Guan Xin Yi, Vol 8.)
631 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

This sense of relatedness is not always a good thing, it struction is becoming more prevalent than intrapsychic or
can also become a burden. My own observation of the cul- one-person psychoanalysis, we nonetheless need to be alert
ture of China is that over-relatedness endangers the self iden- not to become overly involved or overly empathic as often
tity of many people. As Whitehead (1978) puts it bluntly, advocated by this new school.
“Life is robbery”(p. 105). Frederic Ferre (2004) noted that
“Just as everything is related to everything else, so every- 5. Mental health from Perspective of Yin Yang
thing eats and everything is eaten”(p. 209) Philosophy
In analytic settings, the worldview of relatedness needs Although mental health is emphasized in traditional Chi-
to be addressed with special attention. In the education and nese medicine, which is based on a Yin Yang philosophy,
training about analytic theory by western teachers, whether mental health is never addressed as independent neither of
in face-to-face classrooms or via internet conference, the the body nor of the environment. Philosophy of the mind is
difference between individualistic culture of the West and so imbued in the totality of Chinese culture that no one was
collective and interrelated culture of China plays an impor- aware of the possibility of making it a separate subject of
tant role in the process of mutual understanding. Chinese study before psychology was introduced into China early in
students and analysands refer to the group when they have 1890s.
questions. Westerners usually follow their own observations A brief history of the introduction of psychotherapy and
and opinions. Some westernized Chinese do ask critical psychoanalysis might be of some help to understanding men-
questions, but nonetheless they rely more on discussion with tal health in China. The study of dreams by S. Freud was
their peers than on books and teachers. first introduced into China in 1914 by Zhixiu Qian (In 1914
In working with Chinese analysands, analysts need to Qian published a paper in the Journal of Oriental Stu-
pay special attention to the meaning these patients attach to dies(Vol. 10):11 introducing Freud’s interpretation of
their relationships. The Chinese interpretations of interper- dreams, entitled The Studies of Dreams.) And the first com-
sonal relationships such as parent-child, sibling, friends, ex- plete translation of An Introduction to Psychoanalysis was
tra-marital romantic relationships, or work relationships are published by Juefu Gao (1896-1993) in 1925. Later, psy-
understood very differently from those of American or choanalysis was an object of criticism rather than of serious
Western patients. Generally speaking, Chinese interpersonal study, especially during the period of Cultural Revolution
relationships are closer and more important than in America (1966-1976). After the opening up and reformation that be-
and the West. gan in 1978, China welcomed new ideas and values from the
4.6. Process Worldview West, and the field of psychotherapy began to develop. Since
The last and most important point I wish to clarify is the 1997 the Sino-German project in Wuhan and other cities
ever-changing worldview or process worldview of Chinese trained many practitioners and teachers of psychotherapy.
culture. The main themes of a process worldview include: They now play an important role in the rapid proliferation of
becoming, change, flux and creativity, disruption, and inde- psychotherapy during the last ten years (2000-2011). In the
terminism. To Chinese, everything is changing and is sub- past several years the development of psychotherapy, includ-
jected change. The yin yang quality of a given object is ever ing psychoanalytic therapy, has continued at a staggering
changing. Yin can change in to yang and vice versa. The rate. For instance, the China-American Psychoanalytic Al-
creation and disruption of the ten thousand things happens liance has trained many analytic therapists since 2008.
with the process of changing. Everything is connected to 5.1. From Mind and Body to Mindbody
everything else and is interdependent with everything else.
The process of change can be fast or gradual, but it is un- Compared to Western concepts of mental health, Chinese
avoidable. In analytic settings, we care about therapeutic counterparts still carry several characteristics derived from
change. What make a change therapeutic are the opportuni- Yin Yang philosophy. In Yin Yang theory, an individual is
ties the change opens for patient to see life differently, gain seen as a whole mindbody. Or in other words mind and body
insights into unknown psychic life and new potential for his can’t be understood separately. The body is seen as Yin and
interpersonal dyad. It is a process that moves from nonbeing the mind as Yang, and Yin-Yang is inseparable. They are
to being. It is creativity. From the point of view of Yin Yang interdependent and coexistent. They are even seen as over-
philosophy, “Harmony generates and sameness stifles vitali- lapping or congruent, with the same source of Qi.
ty [translated for this edition]”(Guo Yu, Zheng Yu). In the Mind-body problems are not new to psychoanalysts and
same text, “harmony” is defined as “balancing the other with analytic therapists. Finell (1997) edited a volume examining
the other[translated for this edition]”(以他平他谓之和). We mind-body problems in contemporary psychotherapeutic
can find it resonating in the analytic practice of neutrality. practice. Dr. Finell’s marvelous volume provided “animated
Although the relational approach with its two-person con- case reports on specific disorders --- anorexia, arthritis, irrit-
632 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

able bowel syndrome, even (speculatively) miscarriage. Her good stories of others”. This contrasts to the western mindset.
book balances consideration of developmental questions But it has also changed a lot in contemporary Chinese com-
with treatment issues (transference/ countertransference) and munities. In rapidly industrializing China, a huge portion of
techniques.” Her book reviewed the psychoanalytic literature the population is immigrating from their rural communities
concerning mind-body problems, and in her opening paper, to large cities or industrial centers. The “society of acquain-
emphasized the role of meaning in dealing with mind-body tance” is being replaced by a fast growing “society of stran-
problems. She maintained that “(Freud’s) thinking on hyste- gers”. The social support network and group coping re-
ria became the model for this field. Conversion symptoms sources are diminishing. This reinforces the concept of men-
were seen by Freud as symbolic of unconscious meaning tal illness as located either inside of personality or outside in
expressed in bodily rather than psychical ways.”(p.4) society by directing criticism towards oneself or to an im-
It seems to me that psychoanalysis treats mind and body agined society. So, from perspective of Yin Yang philosophy,
as separate but overlapping entities. They are different forms mental illness is better interpreted as a transition of life. I
of expressions, but they both can express “unconscious believe this resonates well with post-Freudian developments
meaning”. Comparatively, Yin Yang philosophy sees mind- in psychoanalysis, especially with the relational schools.
body as a whole, as an expression of Qi. I don’t know
5.3. From Treatment to Conversation
whether or not Qi can be interpreted as “unconscious mean-
ing”. But I do think the Qi has some characteristics of the A further point concerns the idea of a therapeutic rela-
unconscious. Qi is formless but it motivates the world of tionship. Although many scholars believe the idea of a the-
form. For example, rage (怒气) leads Qi upward, resulting rapeutic relationship built into psychotherapeutic process is
in migraine. We can cite Hua Di Nei Jing here: fairly new to Chinese, this is not true. In reviewing literature
Huang Di: of Chinese medicine, I find “Talk cure” is not new at all in
I know that the hundred diseases are generated by the qi. Chinese medical records. In Huang Di Nei Jing:
When one is angry, then the qi rises. When [the people] in antiquity treated a disease,
When one is happy, then the qi relaxes. they simply moved the essence and changed the qi.
When one is sad, then the qi dissipates. They were able to invoke the origin, and [any disease]
When one is in fear, then the qi moves down. came to an end (pp. 327-328).
In case of cold the qi collects; Paul interpreted the phrase “invoke the origin” as “a ref-
In case of heat, the qi flows out. erence to exorcistic prayers or curses”(p.353). It is inter-
When one is frightened, then the qi is in disorder. preted differently by many ancient commentators of the can-
When one is exhausted, then the qi is wasted. non. They unanimously interpreted “invoke the origin”(Zhù
When one is pensive, then the qi lumps together. (p.162) Yóu:祝由) as “tell the patient the mental cause of the dis-
In this quotation the movement of Qi is seen as the major ease.” (A famous clinician named Jutong Wu said it suc-
pathogenic factor. Here the phrase “Hundred diseases” cinctly in his book Clinician’s Treatment (yī yī bìng shū《医
U U
means “most diseases”. 医病书》): “ ‘Zhù’ means to tell. ‘Yóu’ means the cause of
5.2．From Mental Illness to Life Transitions diseases. ……I think when treating diseases caused by men-
tal activities, the cause must be told to the patient. Tell them
“Life is like a dream; Life is like a drama.” These phras-
in detail how their diseases come in to being and let them
es are known to almost every Chinese, even the illiterate.
know so that they dare not to repeat their fault. And the cli-
Armed with these aphorisms, Chinese people can deal with
nician should be empathetic of the patient’s customs and use
harsh life challenges, including wars and natural catastro-
their words carefully. Be empathetic to the sad patients and
phes. Mental illness is a concept Chinese have learnt from
lonely women patients. Give them hope with gentle words;
western cultures. That is not a matter of good or bad, it is a
motivate them with seriousness; inspire them with danger in
matter of fact. Before the concept of mental illness was im-
prospect. When they submit willingly their diseases will be
ported, difficult life encounters are seen as a transitional pe-
cured. ” [translated for this edition]) I am not trying to say
riod. With the introduction of the concept of mental illness,
psychoanalysis has been in China for 5000 years. I am say-
Chinese learn to locate those difficulties inside or outside.
ing, however, that there are comparable practices in Chinese
Either we learn to blame our selves, or we blame the external
medicine. Actually there is a lineage of clinicians in
world. Chinese culture fosters a way of group coping in face
Changzhou, the southern China called Meng He School(孟
of life difficulties from both inner conflicts and external
河医派). In practice they see one patient an hour, and pre-
challenges. People go to family and friends for support.
scribe very little herbal medicine. When I asked the one of
There is no idea of personal secrecy in Chinese society, es-
the present representatives of this school Dr. Zou why they
pecially in rural communities. Secrecy is not highly valued,
are effective, he asked me: “Don’t you think the 50 minutes
although in Confucianism there is a virtue called “telling
count before I make the prescription?” They believe in “the
633 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

talking cure”! Just as Freud said in his A General Introduc- [3] Ferre, F., (2004) Whitehead and Technology. In Polanowski, J. A. &
tion to Psychoanalysis: “Words were originally magic, and Sherburne, Donald. W., (eds) Whitehead’s Philosophy: Points of
the word retains much of its old magical power even to-day” Connection, pp. 197-212. Albany: State of New York Press.
(p.17) [4] Finell, J.S.(1997). Mind-Body Problems: Psychotherapy with
6. Discussion Psychosomatic Disorders. Northvale, New Jersey: Jason Aronson.
[5] Freud, S. (1916). Introductory Lectures on Psycho-Analysis. SE XV
And in this essay I have explored the possibilities of pp. 1-240
rooting psychoanalysis in the common ground of Chinese [6] Lee R.P., Yu E., Sun S. & Liu W.T. (2000) Living arrangements and
culture. I am extremely interested in this topic, but it ex- elderly care: the case of Hong Kong. In: Liu W.T. & Kendig H., (eds)
pands beyond the scope of a short essay like this. Therefore, Who Should Care for the Elderly: An East-West Value Divide(pp.
my purpose is to open a discussion. Hopefully more like- 269–296). Singapore:Singapore University Press.
minded scholars will become involved and contribute their [7] Legge, J. (2007). I Ching: Or, the Book of Changes, Blacksburg :
valuable thoughts and observations. I began with a dream of Wilder Publications.
Freud’s that poses a worry about the very existence of Asian [8] Polanowski, J. A. Sherburne, D. W. (2004) Whitehead's philosophy:
mind. I have tried to propose that alongside the seemingly points of connection, SUNY Press.
ungraspable diversity of Chinese culture, there is neverthe- [9] Schafer, R. (1997). Conformity and Individualism. In: Edward, S.
less a common ground in Yin Yang philosophy. It is the (Ed.), The Inner World in the Outer World: Psychoanalytic
overarching frame of all aspects of Chinese culture, includ- Perspectives(pp.27-42). New Haven & London: Yale University
ing indigenous religions like Taoism and Confucianism, and Press.
of the tradition of Chinese medicine that is closely related to [10] Unschuld,Paul U. (2003) Huang Di Nei Jing Su Wen: Nature,
mental health. Knowledge, Imagery in an Ancient Chinese Medical Text, Berkeley
Yin Yang philosophy is a Chinese way of dealing with and Los Angeles: University of California Press.
opposites. It is very different from the Cartesian contradicto- [11] Winnicott, D.W. (1971). Playing and reality. Oxford: Routledge.
ry model that separates mind and body. And I believe it goes [12] Whitehead, A. N.( 1978). Process and Reality, (corrected edition,
beyond the newly “playful turn” by Derrida in philosophy edited by David Ray Griffin and Donald W. Sherbune) New York:
and of Winniccott in psychoanalysis. Yin and Yang are be- The Free Press.
lieved to be both inclusive and exclusive of each other si- [13] Ziporyn, B., (2009). Zhuangzi: The Essential Writings
multaneously; they not only “peacefully co-exist”, but also With Selections from Traditional Commentaries. Indi-
mutate into each other. I have proposed that the key to un- anapolis: Hackett.
derstanding this concept of opposites is Change, derived
from an observation of the shadow on the ground of a sundi-
al by ancestors of Chinese people. This seminal cosmology
carries the DNA of Chinese culture. Without acculturation
that places this concept at the core, any form of wisdom im-
ported from the external world will not readily take root in
China.
I believe with further intercultural exploration, it will be
possible for psychoanalysis to take root deeply in Chinese
culture. There are many resonances between Yin Yang phi-
losophy and psychoanalysis, both in theory and in practice.
References
[1] Bitan, S.(2012). Winnicott and Derrida: Development of logic-of-
play, International Journal of Psychoanalysis 93:29–51
[2] Derrida, J., Bass A, (trans.) (1981). Positions. Chicago, IL: U
Chicago Press.
634 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
The Status of Animal Protection in China

Bin Yan1, Lifen Chen2
1，2
Law School,HUST,Wuhan, China
1
yyb.wuhan@163.com ; 22006102004@163.com
Abstract: With the sense of animal protection being widely accepted, the protection of animal and animal welfare is
appealed. China, as a fast developing country, actively responds to this appeal, and makes unremitting efforts for the animal
protection. This paper starts from the animal protection status in China, presenting the animal protection current situation in
terms of legislation, judicature and public participation and analyzing the existing problems in the animal protection of
China. So that reader can get an overall understanding of the animal protection situation in China.
Keywords: animal protection in china; status; legislation; judicature; public participation

Following the economic development and social It indicates that the current China’s animal protection legal
advance, the idea of animal protection has reached deep system has drawbacks in many aspects.
inside of people’s heart all the world. China, as a rapidly First, the scope of animal protection laws in China is too
developing country, is no exception. Recently, China has narrow. In the light of international criteria, animals can be
made great progress in animal protection, yet it still has divided into six categories: wild, farm, companion,
lots of shortages, remotely falling behind the developed laboratory, work and exhibition animals. And so far at least,
countries. what the state and public concerned is the wildlife .The only
one law specialized in animal protection is Wildlife
1. Legislation Status Concerning Animal Protection Law of the People’s Republic of China. The five
Protection in China other categories of animals are not under legal protection.
Furthermore, for the wildlife protection, the law also covers
1.1 Legislation on Animal Protection in China a small scope and lacks of manipulation. In fact, The
In order to meet the demand of social and economic Wildlife Protection law is a kind of law which just protects
development, China has developed a body of laws and the precious and endangered wildlife. Regarding to average
regulations on animal protection. Article 9 of the wildlife and non-native animals, there’s no relevant laws and
constitution of the People’s Republic of China, published regulations to protect them, which objectively leads to a
in 1982, declares that the state ensures the rational use of sharp increasing in rate of extinction. If these species, who
natural resources and protects rare animals and plants. seem to be plain and numerous, can not obtain effective
Besides, at present, China has the Wildlife Protection Law, protection, they’ll finally become endangered. When they’re
the Laboratory Animal Management Regulations and all endangered , the project of recovering them is not just
Guideline, the Animal Epidemic Prevention Law, the costly, but there’s also doubt about whether these species
Livestock Husbandry Law, the Pig Slaughter Regulations, can be recovered. What’s more, classified animal protection
the Fisheries Law, the Nature Reserve Regulations, the also has negative influences on rare and endangered animal
Criminal Law and Other specific laws and regulations protection. Each kind of animals occupies an indispensable
addressing animal management and protection. All these part of the whole ecological niches with their own ecological
laws and regulations mentioned above, to a certain degree, function. In the perspective of animal food chain,
ensure the harmonious environment for animals and make conventional animals are an indispensable part of the whole
animals free from abuse and maltreatment. ecological chain. Wrecking the food chain of animals, will
also endanger key protected wildlife and then threat the
1.2 Shortages of Current Animal Protection Laws function of whole ecosystem.
in China Secondly, the content of animal protection laws in China
China has a number of animal protection laws. is too simple. A perfect animal protection law not only
However, there have been an increasing number of acts protects animal’s right to live, but also defends animal from
belonging to maltreatment and grievous cruelty towards ill-treatment. However, the animal protection laws and
animals, such as live bear bile, dog killing, torture of cats, regulations in China are paying more attention to regulate
high-heels kitten incident and so on. The current laws and how to take advantage of animal resource, lacking of caring
regulations have no provision to settle these kinds of acts. for animal welfare. Lots of animal maltreatment act can’t be
635 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

B. Yan et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp635-638
blamed by law, yet moral censure is not enough to contain these, animal protection will not work. Today, China has just
this rascality. solved the problem of food and clothing. Many social
Thirdly, the target of animal protection legislation is security challenges remain striking, involving housing,
imperfect. The target of current animal protection laws employment and heath care. Even human beings’ basic
and regulations has failed to reflect the Chinese tradition rights are not well ensured, so it is ridiculous to
of compassion towards life, which has been accumulated overemphasize animal rights or welfare. Thus, it is
and developed over several thousand years. Moreover, the impractical to protect animal high-level benefit at the current
animal protection legislation in China also has failed to situation.
give expression to China's entering into or signing up On the contrary, some people hold that the animal
international conventions and declarations, which require protection law is of the essence. For one thing, animal
participants to protect the inherent value of the animal. protection law doesn't demand money from the poor to
Therefore, it is difficult to punish acts such as animal support animals. Similarly, there’s no need for government
abandonment or animal abuse. In addition to this, the to spend money on animals. In fact, if animal owners are
animal legislation in China doesn't fully reflect the asked to take more responsibility, it will actually save the
requirement of international animal welfare standard as money. Hence, animal rights or welfare aren't completely
they apply to trade, so it’s difficult for China to overstep dependent on the economic development. For another thing,
the animal welfare trade barrier established by developed animal protection is also a matter for human beings’
countries. Meanwhile, China has become a net livestock sustainable development. It is necessary to care for the
importer, although she is the world’s largest livestock natural environment shared by both human being and
producer. animals. Each animal shares an ecological niche in the
Last but not the least, China lacks a comprehensive ecosystem. If any kind of animals is extinct, the whole
and basic animal protection law. At present, China has no ecosystem will be destroyed. At that moment, the
comprehensive and basic animal protection law, and the environment that human beings rely on maybe no longer
existing animal protection laws are unsystematic. Thus, exists. How human being is survival then? How shortsighted
animal protection is difficult to extend to all the animals it is to totally center on our own welfare! What’s more,
enjoying the protection they deserve. As a result, drafting animal protection in China is much worse than that is in the
a comprehensive animal protection law for China developed countries, especially in the Western world. As a
becomes a topic of much discussion. The draft of animal result, we see frequent cases of animal abuse, some
protection law, authored by Chang Jiwen, was released on individuals even torture animals, from which the torturers
September 18, 2009. The draft mainly outlines guideline escaped without legal punishment. Some individuals even
for epidemic prevention and veterinary treatment for torture animals and publicize widely on the internet their
animals. It covers wild, economic, pet, lab animals and so abuse and satisfaction they got from the abuse.
on. This draft is expected to make animal owners more Unfortunately, China lacks a comprehensive animal
responsible for their animals, prevent livestock breeding protection law that can effectively protect animals. And for
pollution and encourage the virtue of caring for life. this reason, China degenerated into a net importer of animal
Besides, the draft also includes a proposal to revise the products. Some foreign countries even linked the cruelty
criminal law to define the crimes of animal maltreatment cases to the Chinese government’s leadership and the overall
and animal desertion. Nevertheless, on the need for morality of the Chinese people, which severely damaging
drafting animal protection law in China, people have the country’s international image. All of this shows yet again
various viewpoints. that adoption of suitable animal protection legislation in
Some people think it is unnecessary to draft a specific China is a pressing need. In a state with no laws, anything is
animal protection law in China. The proposed animal possible, and when anything becomes possible, the function
protection act covers animal rights and welfare. If all the of law enforcement will be greatly weakened anyway.
animals were treated in the light of relevant statutes, their In my opinion, drafting a comprehensive animal
living condition may be better than those of people in protection law is requisite in China. Yet, it turns that this
poverty –stricken areas. Thus, at present, legislation in program may not be so simple as it seems to be. The
China must be based on the actual level of social national laws in China tend to be universally applicable, and
development. For animals to be empowered with certain they usually work together with local laws and legal files
rights, there must be some conditions: First , the rise of that complement them so as to be effective enforcement. A
middle class, who will change animals from work animals national animal protection law is both comprehensive and
into companion and strengthen the sentimental bond specific, may not be passed at all. On the contrary, if animal
between human beings and animals; second, social protection law is too vague to apply, it wouldn't really
consensus on the protection of animals; Third, protect animals as it’s expected at first. It’s important to take
technological progress which will facilitate protection of into full consideration the China’s actual conditions so as to
animals and benefit animals. Lacking of any condition of
636 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

draft an animal protection law, which is both considered. In order to avoid legal fallacy and protect
comprehensive and operable. animals effectively, Chinese courts should become more
progressive by viewing animals as beings with interest
2. .Judicature Status on Animal Protection in worthy of legal protection. Besides, it is requisite to
China establish a special court for animals under the environment
court and appoint professional judges to trial animal
Recently, there’re an increasing number of suits with
protection cases.
respect to animals in China. Yet majority of them are
brought on account of damaging wildlife resource or 3. Public Participation in Animal Protection
animals causing damages. Hardly a suit was brought for
animal ill-treatment. Namely, there’s no action that’s filed Although animal protection, to a certain degree, is aimed
for the sake of animals’ independent interests. In China, to "serve the animals ", the most work of its enforcement is
animals don’t have legal personhood and are known as to make contract with people. So it is prerequisite for well
pure object under the law. Due to their status as objects, enforcement to gain the support from the public at first.
animals have no standing to bring suit themselves. 3.1 The Rising of Public Awareness for Animal
Meanwhile, individuals and organizations that file
Protection
lawsuits on behalf of mistreated animals usually find their
suits dismissed due to lack of standing. Article 108 in the In recent years, there has also been great awareness
civil procedure law of People’s Republic of China, among people for animal protection. The majority of
stipulates that plaintiff should be the person who has Chinese people support to pass the comprehensive animal
direct connection with the case. Actually, in the case of protection law so as to effectively protect animals.
animals that are mistreated, the basic principle of standing According to the opinion poll carried by sina.com and
in China creates a fallacy. Owing to the object status of soho.com in 2009, more than 80% of participants supported
animals in China, the owner of an animal has the most animal protection legislation, while over 75% proposed that
direct relation with the animal mistreated case under a maltreating animals to the point of death must be prosecuted
strict ownership interpretation and he could be most as criminal offence. It is extremely rare to obtain an
zealously arguing for the termination of animal approval rate of 80% for legislation. [1] There also have
maltreatment for his bearing the injury due to the abuse of been lots of instances in which internet users in China
his property. In most of suits involving animal denounced the acts of cruelty and desertion to animals and
mistreatment, it is the owner himself who is the abuser. called for treating animals as friends with care and dignity.
Thus, the owner of animal is the one who has the most With the rise in the living standard, keeping pet has
direct connection with the animal desertion case, while become fashionable among citizens. It is estimated that there
the owner himself is also the party would often produce are more than 100 million pets in Chinese families. In
abuse upon the animals. That is to say, under the position Beijing alone, roughly 2.4billion Yuan was spent on the 1
that regards animals as pure object, the owner of animal is million pets each year. 2
1F
both the very plaintiff to bring lawsuit and the best party
to defend lawsuit. When this is happening, the interest of 3.2 Animal Protection Associations' Establishment
mistreated animals can never be protected. Hence, the With the sense of animal protection has been greatly
court should try to identify that animals are distinctly accepted, animal protection associations have sprung up in
different from other inanimate objects. The person who is China. The most important and famous one is the China
fit for bringing legal action on behalf of abused animals Small Animal Protection Association (CSAPA), which is
can be someone other than the animal owner who is ought approved by the Ministry of Agriculture and has privilege to
to be responsible for the animal mistreatment in the first build affiliates in the course of protecting animals
place. throughout China. Holding the idea of respecting and
In addition, there are 77 environmental courts in cherishing life, CSAPA focuses on protecting small animals,
China scattering in 15 provinces. 1 But no special courts
0F
maintaining their rights of existence and free of

for animals were established. Trial cases of animal abuse maltreatment, improving their life conditions. At the same
usually require high professional knowledge, so common time, CSAPA aims to uphold and develop the traditional
courts often have difficulty in handling them, which leads Chinese virtue in the process of protecting
to some trial cases ended in finding no solution from the animals, with a faith that it will protect the dignity of people
court. in turn. Moreover, CSAPA has been actively executing its
The issue of standing is crucial for animal protection, ideal in reality through saving and helping a larger number
since it is the threshold issue before the merits can be
1 2
http://www.cqn.com.cn/news/cjpd/581267.html http://www.chineseembassy.org.uk/eng/PressandMedia/Informa
tion/t7z23607.htm
637 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

of animals who have been abandoned or would otherwise

die in misery.
4. Conclusion
In the past three decades, China has developed a
battery of laws and regulations on animal protection. The
first comprehensive and basic animal protection law was
drafted. And it’s in the process of public consultation at
present. In judicatory practice, the number of cases
regarding to animals conservation is increasing gradually,
which reveals greater awareness among the public for
animal rights and welfare. Nevertheless, the status of
animal protection in China is still not optimistic.
Compared with most Western countries, animal
protection in China has obvious shortcomings. Thus, in
order to further enhance animal protection in China, there
is still much to be done. China should and will always be
open to constructive suggestions and remain committed to
communicate with the international community.
References
[1] Chang Jiwen, Gil Michael, Animal Protection Law and Animal-
abuse Law: Expert Advice and Public Discuss, Beijing: China
Environmental Science Press, p.7.
[2] Chang Jiwen, Current Situation of Environmental Law-Historical
Introduction and Development Research, Beijing: China
University of Politic Science and Law Press, 2011.
[3] Sun Jiang, He Li,A Study of Prevention of Cruelty to Animals by
Legislation, Beijing: China University of Politic Science and Law
Press, 2010.
638 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Can Threat be Detected in the Face without

Striate Cortex?
Evidence from Hemianopia Patient
Linlin Yan 1, Zhijun Zhang 2, Jinfeng He 3, Leijing Yang4
1,4
Department of Psychology,Zhejiang Sci-Tech University,Hangzhou, P.R.China
2
Department of Psychology and Behavioral Sciences,Zhejiang University,Hangzhou, P.R.China
3
Taizhou Municipal Hospital,Taizhou, P.R.China
1
yanlinlin@zstu.edu.cn
Abstract: Generally, the acute infarction of the brain’s primary visual cortex (striate cortex) in man should lead to cortical
blindness. In this study, the patient with unilateral visual loss caused by acute cerebral infarction on the occipital lobes cor-
rectly recognized angry facial expression above chance level in either blind or intact visual field. He cannot experience the
faces presented in the blind visual field, but can discriminate the negative facial expressions. It suggested that threat signal
could be processed without cerebral cortex.
Keywords: visual field; facial expression; emotional perception; blindsight
1. Introduction 2. Material and Methods
It is generally believed that regional destruction of pri-
mary visual cortex (striate cortex) in human subjects should
2.1. Subjects
lead to cortical blindness in the contralateral visual half-field. ZGY is a 58-year-old male patient who appeared blurred
Such blindness is defined by a patient’s inability to detect visual field without obvious incentive for one week. There
and report visual stimuli projected into the affected region. was no limb numbness, no physical seizure, no headache, no
However, the patient GY with the damage of left visual cor- nausea, and no vomiting when he visited.The patient gave
tex exhibits a capacity to make visual discriminations in the informed consent to participate in the study.
right half visual field where he insists that he sees nothing [1].
The unusual visual capacity was defined as blindsight which 2.2. Humphery Visual Field Analysis and MRI
refers to those subjects who state that they are unaware of Scanning
the visual stimuli, even when performing discriminations at The patient ZGY underwent the central 30-2 foveal thre-
high levels of proficiency [2]. shold test with the Humphrey Visual Field Analyzer. The
The residual visual capacity draws cognitive neuroscien- visual fields of both eyes were evaluated with the SITA-
tists’ interest. A series of case studies indicate that some Standard strategy. Then Magnetic resonance imagings (MRI)
cortical blindness can discriminate the shape [3], size [4], mo- of the brains of the two patients were performed the follow-
tion [5], and even facial expressions [6] without ‘seeing’. ing day.
However, a limited number of patients (GY, DB and TN)
tested in the studies may be a consequence of long-term re- 2.3. Stimuli and Procedure
covery after the damage of visual cortex. Hemianopia is the Face stimuli used in the present study were modified
commonest form of acquired visual field defect which is from CAPS, consisting of 32 gray-scale images (half of
caused by stroke, head injury and intracranial tumors in the which expressing happiness and half angry). All stimuli sus-
primary visual cortex. This impairment can affect a variety tained a visual angle of 8.9°×10.6° from a viewing distance
of cognitive visual functions in a short term without visual of 34cm from the screen of a 13.3-in LCD monitor. The pa-
experience in the corresponding visual field. tient never reported the presence of a stimulus in their blind
The aim of the present study was to verify whether he- field nor any associated conscious visual feeling like after-
mianopia patient caused by acute stroke can discriminate the images during the experiment. Faces were presented in two
emotional valence in the ‘unseen’ facial expression. alternating blocks, either to the intact or the blind visual field.
Within each block, happy and angry expressions were ran-
domly intermingled and separated by an inter-stimulus inter-
639 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. L. Yan et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp639-641
val (ISI) of 5s. Overall, this resulted in four different condi-

tions [two emotions (happiness and anger) × two visual
fields (intact and blind)], each including 32 trial repetitions.
3. RESULTS
3.1. Visual Field and MRI Scanning Results
A computer perimetry was performed for the patient’
both eyes with Humphrey Field Analyzer (Fig1). ZGY’s
total deviation printout showed nearly complete visual field
depression in right eye and generalized visual field depres-
sion in left eye. ZGY’s pattern deviation printout revealed
that the visual field defect was more marked in the right vis-
ual field in both eyes, especially in the right eye.
In sum, the visual field examination revealed ZGY a
right visual field defect of both eyes. And there were no oth-
er associated ocular or systemic complaints.
Figure 2. Coronal magnetic resonance images
(ZGY-A) FLAIR-weighted image showing abnormality on

left occipital lobes, especially at the left occipital lobe (arrow).
(ZGY-B) Diffusion-weighted image showing abnormal signals
which appear gray on the same regions (arrow). (ZGY-C) ADC-
map highlighting abnormal signals which appear white on the same
regions (arrow).
Table 1. Recognition Accuracy in the Patient ZGY as a Function

of Visual Field and Facial Expression
Facial Visual Field (ZGY)

Expression LVF (blind) RVF (intact)
happiness 15/32(46.9%) 17/32(53.1%)
Figure 1. Humphery visual field analysis of the patient
anger 24/32(75%) 22/32(68.8%)
ZGY’ both eyes.
Then the brain of the patient underwent the Magnetic
Resonance Imaging (MRI) scanning (Fig2). The MRI of
4. Discussion
ZGY’s brain revealed abnormal signals on the bilateral occi- Standard methods of visual field testing (perimetry) sug-
pital lobes which indicated acute cerebral infarction. gest that the hemianopia patient caused by acute infarction
The patient presented painless unilateral visual loss (left on the occipital lobe cannot experience the visual stimuli in
visual field) accompanied the acute infarction at the related the blind field. Notwithstanding the patient report no con-
cerebral region, which indicated the hemianopia was aroused scious experience of the stimuli presented in his blind field,
by the cerebral infarction at the related occipital lobes. he actually recognized the anger in the face above the chance
level. Maybe there exists another pathway without primary
3.2. Behavioral Results
visual cortex, allowing the perception of threatening stimuli
The patient ZGY can recognize angry facial expression automatically and without awareness. And some evidence
above chance level (accuracy in the blind field: 68.8%; in the suggests that threat signals, such as anger and fear can be
intact field: 75%; P<0.05; see Table 1), but not happy facial detected rapidly with low spatial frequency information [7].
expression. In addition, accuracy of emotion discrimination Increasing consensus seems to support the view that
in the blind field was not significantly different from that in processing of unseen fear faces might be mediated by sub-
the intact field [χ 2 (1)=1.032, P>0.01].
P P cortical visual pathway involving the amygdala [8].
A longstanding issue in blindsight studies is limited sub-
jects. Blindsight patients described in literature might have
specific visual residual abilities, uncommon in typical pa-
tients with visual field defect, which might be due to a pecu-
640 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

L. L. Yan et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp639-641
liar functional and anatomical reorganization of the visual

system. All the subjects (patients DB, GY and TN) men-
tioned were tested after long-term recovery. And long-term
(>10 years) participation in tests of their residual visual func-
tions may help them performance above chance level in the
discrimination tasks. The results from the hemianopia patient
with acute infarction suggest that threat signal could be
processed without cerebral cortex, not due to neural plastici-
ty. However, the rapid recovery of the patient after medica-
tion made us not get more data to explain the exact mechan-
ism. We expected to explore the truth to do more tests in the
other hemianopia patients caused by acute infarction on the
unilateral occipital lobe.
5. Acknowledgment
We thank Yuejin Xu from the Department of Psychology,
Zhejiang Sci-Tech University for the technical support. The
study was supported by grants from the Research Foundation
of Psychology Experimental Teaching Center, Zhejiang Sci-
Tech University.
References
[1] Weiskrantz L, Barbur J L, and Sahraie A. Parameters affecting
conscious versus unconscious visual discrimination with damage to
the visual cortex (vi)[J]. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences USA, 1995, 92:6122-6126.
[2] Weiskrantz L. The ferrier lecture, 1989: Outlooks for blindsight:
Explicit methodologies for implicit processes[J]. Proceedings of the
Royal Society London B Biological Sciences, 1990, 239(1296):247-
278.
[3] Marcel A J. Blindsight and shape perception: Deficit of visual
consciousness or of visual function?[J]. Brain, 1998, 121 ( Pt
8):1565-1588.
[4] Brown L E, Kroliczak G, Demonet J F, et al. A hand in blindsight:
Hand placement near target improves size perception in the blind
visual field[J]. Neuropsychologia, 2008, 46(3):786-802.
[5] Intriligator J M, Xie R, and Barton J J. Blindsight modulation of
motion perception[J]. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 2002,
14(8):1174-1183.
[6] de Gelder B, Vroomen J, Pourtois G, et al. Non-conscious
recognition of affect in the absence of striate cortex[J]. Neuroreport,
1999, 10(18):3759-3763.
[7] Bar M, Neta M, Linz H. Very first impressions[J]. Emotion
2006,6:269-278.
[8] Tamietto M and de Gelder B. Neural bases of the non-conscious
perception of emotional signals[J]. Nature Review Neuroscience,
2010, 11(10):697-709.
641 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Chapter VIII：
Other Areas
ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Effects of Chlorella Vulgaris on the

Photolysis of 17α-Ethynylestradiol in
Aqueous Solution Under Mercury Lamp
Guanghong Liu 1 , Xianli Liu 2*, Xin Yu 3 , Shengfang Li 4 , Weidong Huang 5 , Jinsheng Zhang 6
P P P P P P P P P
1,2,3,4,5
Hubei Polytechnic University, Huangshi, China
2,4,5
Hubei Key Laboratory of Mine Environmental Pollution Control & Remediation, Huangshi, China
6
Huangshi New Medicine Limited Company, Huangshi, China
* liuxianli@126.com
Abstract: The effects of Chlorella vulgaris on the photolysis of 17α-ethynylestradiol (EE 2 ) in aqueous solution under
high-pressure mercury lamp (HPML, λ ≥ 313 nm, 250 W) is investigated. The equation of EE 2 photolysis in aqueous solu-
tion without algae (Chlorella vulgaris) under HPML should be pseudo-zero order. The affecting factors on the photolysis
are studied and described in details, such as EE 2 initial concentration, Chlorella vulgaris concentration, exposure time (t),
colloidal ferric hydroxide particles, and so on. The photolysis of EE 2 is evident and could be accelerated by Chlorella vul-
garis. c/c 0 (c 0 = 5.0 mg/l) is increasing from 0.8586 to 0.4225 (t = 4 h) with the Chlorella vulgaris concentration increasing
from 6.5×108 cells/l to 2.5×1010 cells/l. The colloidal ferric hydroxide particles that might have adsorbed on the algae cells
can enhance the photolysis of EE 2 by Chlorella vulgaris. The equation of EE 2 photolysis in aqueous solution with Chlorel-
la vulgaris under 250 W HPML should be pseudo-first order. In this paper, the mechanism of photocatalytic degradation of
EE 2 by Chlorella vulgaris is discussed.
Keywords: 17α-ethynylestradiol; photolysis; high-pressue mercury lamp; chlorella vulgaris

13]
and therefore novel technologies must be developed to
1. Introduction deal with them.
There has been increasing concern about the environ- Algal photocatalysis is a possible alternative/ comple-
mental effects of oestrogens and xenoestrogens [1, 2]. Besides mentary technology for the destruction of aquatic environ-
industrial chemicals such as DDT, bisphenol A, methoxych- mental pollutants [14, 15]. In this work, Chlorella vulgaris
lor, chlordecone, alkylphenols, PCBs and phthalic esters, were applied to the photocatalytic degradation of 17α-
some natural estrogens such as estradiol (E 2 ) and estrone, ethynylestradiol in distilled water for verifying the algal
and synthetic pharmaceuticals such as diethylstilbestrol photocatalysis: the capacity of Chlorella vulgaris enhancing
(DES) and 17α-ethynylestradiol are found to be the most the photolysis of EE 2 while its aqueous solution was ex-
potent endocrine disruptors [3]. The problem of environmen- posed to HPML.
tal endocrine disruptors has been a focus problem in the
2. Materials and Methods
world.
17α-ethynylestradiol is a synthetic estrogenic steroid that
has therapeutic uses (e.g. oral contraception). Synthetic es-
2.1. Chemicals
trogens (e.g. EE 2 ) are generally more stable in water than 17α-Ethynylestradiol (>98%) was commercially ob-
natural estrogens and have greater potency. They are diffi- tained from Sigma (USA). Absolute ethanol was used as co-
cult to be totally removed from wastewaters by primary and solvent of EE 2 . Absolute ethanol, ascorbic acid, (NH 4 )
secondary treatment [2, 4, 5]. 2 SO 4 , Ca(H 2 PO 4 ) 2·2H 2 O, CaSO 4 ·H 2 O, MgSO 4 ·7H 2 O,
Gradually, there are a few published articles studying the NaHCO 3 , Na 2 CO 3 , KCl, FeCl 3 ·6H 2 O, H 3 BO 3 ,
degradation of EE 2 in the environment or lab. [6-11] Never- MnCl 2 ·4H 2 O, ZnSO 4 ·7H 2 O, MoO 3 , CuSO 4 ·5H 2 O, HCl
theless, current studies on photocatalysis are mainly based and NaOH were analytic grade. Redistilled water was used
on photocatalysts, which severely hindered their practical in experiments.
applications due to the post-treatment problems in these
systems such as separation, recovery and reuse [12].
Normal methods of water and sewage treatment are not
completely effective in removing oestrogenic substances [2,
645 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

G. H. Liu et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp645-648
photometer. The control experiments of photolysis of EE 2

2.2. Chlorella Vulgaris without algae to exam the photolysis kinetics and the effect
The algae used in these photolysis experiments were of initial concentration (c 0 ) of EE 2 on photolysis were car-
Chlorella vulgaris, which were obtained from Wuhan Hy- ried out.
drobiology Institute of Chinese Academy of Sciences. The
2.4. Analyses
algae were grown in culture medium at 28 ℃ by using a 24
hours light cycle (in a culturing box equipped with daylight The EE 2 concentration was measured using fluores-
lamps). The culture medium consisted of 0.200 g/l cence spectrophotometer (F-4500FL, Hitachi, Japan) [8, 17-19].
(NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 , 0.030 g/l [Ca(H 2 PO 4 ) 2 ·2H 2 O+ CaSO 4 ·H 2 O], Its measurement type was wavelength scan, excitation and
0.080 g/l MgSO 4 ·7H 2 O, 0.100 g/l NaHCO 3 , 0.025 g/l KCl, emission wavelengths used were set at 287 nm and 315 nm
0.150 ml/l FeCl 3 (1%), 2.86 mg/l H 3 BO 3 , 1.81 mg/l respectively, EX slit and EM slit: 2.5 nm. The fluorescence
MnCl 2 ·4H 2 O, 0.222 mg/l ZnSO 4 ·7H 2 O, 0.0177 mg/l intensity of EE 2 in aqueous solution was measured. The
MoO 3 (85%), 0.079 mg/l CuSO 4 ·5H 2 O, 0.5 ml/l soil extract; range of the linear response for this method was ca. 1.0–25
the medium was adjusted to pH 7.0-7.2 by using 0.1 M mg/l. The detection limit of this fluorescence method was
Na 2 CO 3 . 0.6 mg/l and the relative standard deviation was below 2 %.
The algae Chlorella vulgaris were cultured in axenic
medium. When the condition of algae were growing in loga- 3. Results and Discussion
rithmic growth phase and the density of algae was high 3.1. Photolysis of EE 2 in Aqueous Solution without
(normally 10-11days), the algae were taken into use in pho- Algae
tolysis procedure after being washed.
Prior to photolysis, to remove colloidal ferric hydroxide To examine the photolysis kinetics and the effect of ini-
particles that might have adsorbed on the algae cells, a mod- tial concentration (c 0 ) of EE 2 on the photolysis of EE 2 , four
ified version of the procedure [14] was used in experiments. solutions (2.5~15.0 mg/1) of EE 2 without algae at pH 6.5
This procedure involved washing the cells by gentle agita- were exposed to HPML [20]. The kinetics analysis results are
tion for 30 min with 0.01 M aqueous ascorbic acid adjusted listed in Table 1, r 0 are correlation coefficients of pseudo-
to pH 3. Then the algae were washed with redistilled water zero order equation and r 1 of pseudo-first order; t is the
for three times. The resulting algae suspension was obtained reaction time in hour.
in this way. The cells counting was carried out and the densi- Table 1. Photolysis Kinetics Analysis of Photolysis of EE 2 in
ty of algae (cells/l) was calculated. Different concentrations Aqueous Solution without algae
of algae were gained through diluting washed algae with
Pseudo-zero order equation Pseudo-first order equation
redistilled water.
c 0
2.3. Photolysis Reaction Procedure (mg/l)
-r 0 Kinetics equation -r 1 Kinetics equation
The concentration of 17α-ethynylestradiol (2.5-15.0 mg/l)
2.5 0.97534 c/c 0 = 1-0.0158 t 0.97325 lnc/c 0 = -0.0155 t
used to evaluate photolysis were limited by the low solubili- 5.0 0.99486 c/c 0 = 1-0.0242 t 0.99412 lnc/c 0 = -0.0255 t
ty. 17α-Ethynylestradiol was initially dissolved in absolute 10.0 0.98404 c/c 0 = 1-0.0216 t 0.98226 lnc/c 0 = -0.0219 t
ethanol to prepare the stock solution of 100 mg/l EE 2 (30% 15.0 0.97935 c/c 0 = 1-0.0189 t 0.97745 lnc/c 0 = -0.0191 t
absolute ethanol, v/v) and then diluted with redistilled water When the sampling number is 8, the critical correlation
to the desired concentration. coefficient r c = 0.9249 (a = 0.001). The results indicate that
The photolysis reactor was a quartz tube (8 cm length, the relationship between c (or lnc) and time is a linear corre-
1.5 cm diameter, and 1 mm wall thickness). The aqueous lation. According to the results (see Table 1), -r 0 is greater
solution was irradiated through the wall of the quartz tube than -r 1 , the equation of EE 2 photolysis under HPML
using a high-pressure mercury lamp (λ ≥ 313 nm, 250 W). should be pseudo-zero order.
Different concentrations of EE 2 and algae were mixed tho-
roughly and filled into quartz tubes. These tubes were
3.2. Biodegradation of EE 2 by Chlorella Vulgaris
capped. Then these tubes were put into a box that was in Dark
equipped with a high-pressure mercury lamp. The light in- The experiments for studying the degradation of EE 2 (c 0
tensity at the position of tubes was 38,000 Lux, which was = 10 mg/l) with Chlorella vulgaris (0.1-10×109 cells/l) in
detected using Digit Lux meter (TES 1332, Taiwan, China). darkness were carried out respectively. Dark controls were
At different time intervals (e.g. at every 0.5 h), the tube carried out in parallel. There was not evident biodegradation
with EE 2 and algae in aqueous solution was taken from out of EE 2 in such a short time (within 4 h). It showed that bio-
of the box. For the solution with algae, samples were centri- degradation of EE 2 in dark could be ignored under these
fuged at 4000 rpm for 20 min [16]. Then the EE 2 concentra- conditions.
tion of supernatant was analyzed with fluorescence spectro-
646 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

3.3. Photolysis of EE 2 in Aqueous Solution with Table 3. Photolysis of EE 2 in Aqueous Solution with
Different Concentrations of Chlorella vulgaris that were not
Chlorella Vulgaris Washed with 0.01 mol/l Ascorbic Acid. (c 0 = 5 mg/l, pH = 6.5)
As shown in Fig. 1, high-pressure mercury lamp (250 W) c/c 0
could evidently induce photolysis of EE 2 in aqueous solu- c / c 0 （not washed with
C A
a
P
（washed with 0.01M
0.01M aqueous ascorbic acid）
tion with Chlorella vulgaris. The concentration of EE 2 in aqueous ascorbic acid）
aqueous solution with Chlorella vulgaris decreased faster 0.6 0.8308 0.8586
than that of EE 2 in aqueous solution without algae. Under 6 0.6475 0.6845
15 0.4559 0.5209
these conditions, with algae concentration increasing, the 25 0.4219 0.4225
degradation rate increased. It indicated that algae could acce- a: C A - Algae concentration (×10 9 cells/l )
P P
lerate the photocatalytic degradation of EE 2 . According to In this photolysis process, Fe3+ could accelerate the pho-
the results (Table 2), the equation of photolysis of EE 2 in tolysis of EE 2 in aqueous solution. Under HPML irradiation,
aqueous solutions with algae under 250 W HPML should be ferric ion in acidic aqueous solutions can photolyze and pro-
pseudo- first order. duce hydroxyl radicals, which is an extremely strong nonse-
lective oxidant for almost all organic compounds [21, 22]. The
1.0
hydroxyl radical [23, 24] could react with EE 2 , so that the de-
gradation could be enhanced.
0.8 Under the irradiation of HPML (250 W), the longer the
exposure time, the more algae were decomposed by heat and
0.6 high light intensity. Humic and fulvic acid were produced
c/c0
from the decomposition of algae. Humic and fulvic acid are

0.4
0 cells / l
6.5 x10　8 cells / l photosensitizers [15, 25]. They also could accelerate the photo-
4.5 x10　9 cells / l
7.0 x10　9 cells / l lysis of EE 2 .
0.2 1.5 x10　10 cells / l
2.5 x10　10 cells / l
4. Acknowledgment
0.0
0 1 2 3 4 This work was supported by the Hubei Province Natural
Exposure time (hour)
Science Foundation (No. 2010CDB05901). Authors thank
professor N. S. Deng and professor F. Wu.
Figure 1. Photolysis of EE 2 in aqueous solution with different
concentrations of Chlorella vulgaris. Light source: HPML (250 References
W), c 0 (EE 2 ) = 5 mg/l , pH = 6.5.
To examine the effect of colloidal ferric hydroxide par- [1] P. Labadie, A. B. Cundy, K. Stone, M. Andrews, S. Valbonesi, and E.
M. Hill, Evidence for the migration of steroidal estrogens through
ticles that might have adsorbed on the algae cells on photo- river bed sediments. Environ. Sci. Technol. 2007, 41: 4299–4304.
lysis, experiments were repeated with using Chlorella vulga- [2] N. Clarke, E. J. Routledge, A. Garner, D. Casey, R. Benstead, D.
ris that was not washed with 0.01 M aqueous ascorbic acid Walker, B. Watermann, K. Gnass, A. Thomsen, and S. Jobling,
adjusted to pH 3.0, which was only washed with distilled Exposure to treated sewage effluent disrupts reproduction and
development in the seasonally breeding Ramshorn snail (Subclass:
water for three times. The other experimental procedures Pulmonata, planorbarius corneus). Environ. Sci. Technol. 2009, 43:
were same. As shown in Table 3, photocatalytic degradation 2092–2098.
of EE 2 by algae washed by distilled water was more effi- [3] C. Desbrow, E. J. Routledge, G. C. Brighty, J. P. Sumpter, and M. J.
cient than that by algae washed with 0.01 M aqueous ascor- Waldock, Identification of estrogenic chemicals in STW effluent I
Chemical fractionation and in vitro biological screening. Environ. Sci.
bic acid and distilled water. This difference might be result Technol. 1998, 32:1549–1558.
from the colloidal ferric hydroxide particles that might have [4] S. A. Snyder, T. L Keith, D. A. Verbrugge, E. M. Snyder, T. S. Gross,
adsorbed on the algae cells. Dark controls were carried out in K. Kannan, and J. P. Giesy, Analytical methods for detection of
parallel. No photolysis of EE 2 was observed under this con- selected estrogenic compounds in aqueous mixtures. Environ. Sci.
Technol. 1999, 33: 2814–2820.
dition (in dark). [5] T. Basile, A. Petrella, M. Petrella, G. Boghetich, V. Petruzzelli, S.
Table 2. Kinetics Analyses of Photolysis of EE 2 in Aqueous Colasuonno, and D. Petruzzelli, Review of endocrine-disrupting-
Solution with Chlorella vulgaris compound removal technologies in water and wastewater treatment
plants: An EU perspective. Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 2011, 50: 8389–
Pseudo-zero order equation Pseudo-first order equation 8401.
[6] T. Tanaka, K. Yamada, T. Tonosaki, T. Konishi, H. Goto, and M.
a
C A P
Taniguchi, Enzymatic degradation of alkylphenols, bisphenol A,
-r 0 Kinetics equation -r 1 Kinetics equation synthetic estrogen and phthalic ester. Water Sci. Technol. 2000, 42:
89–95.
0.6 0.9652 c/c = 1-0.03909 t 0.9686 lnc/c = -0.04160 t [7] J. S. Vader, C.G. van Ginkel, F. M. G. M. Sperling, J. de Jong, W. de
0 0
6 0.9736 c/c = 1-0.08766 t 0.9837 lnc/c = -0.10180 t Boer, J. S. de Graaf, Most M. van der, and P. G. W. Stokman,
0 0
15 0.9398 c/c = 1-0.13987 t 0.9690 lnc/c = -0.18065 t Degradation of ethinyl estradiol by nitrifying activated sludge.
0 0
25 0.8548 c/c = 1-0.17730 t 0.9080 lnc/c = -0.24879 t Chemosphere 2000, 41: 1239–1243.
0 0
a: C A - Algae concentration(×10 9 cells/l )
P P
647 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[8] X. L. Liu, B. Liu, F. Wu, and N. S. Deng, Photodegradation of 17α-

ethynylestradiol in aqueous solution with Anabaena cylindrica under
UV light. Fresen. Environ. Bull. 2003, 12: 690–694.
[9] L. Z. Wang, F. F. Zhang, R. H. Liu, T. Y. Zhang, X. Y. Xue, Q. Xu,
and X. M. Liang, FeCl3/NaNO2: An efficient photocatalyst for the
degradation of aquatic steroid estrogens under natural light irradiation.
Environ. Sci. Technol. 2007, 41: 3747–3751.
[10] Y. Lee, B. I. Escher, and U. von Gunten, Efficient Removal of
estrogenic activity during oxidative treatment of waters containing
steroid estrogens. Environ. Sci. Technol. 2008, 42: 6333–6339.
[11] N. Her, J. -S. Park, J. Yoon, J. Sohn, S. Lee, and Y. Yoon,
Comparative study of sonocatalytic enhancement for removal of
bisphenol A and 17α-ethinyl estradiol. Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 2011, 50:
6638–6645.
[12] N. Lu, Y. H. Zhao, H. B. Liu, Y. H. Guo, X.Yuan, H. Xu, H. F. Peng,
and H. W. Qin, Design of polyoxometallate–titania composite film
(H3PW12O40/TiO2) for the degradation of an aqueous dye
Rhodamine B under the simulated sunlight irradiation. J. Hazard.
Mater. 2012, 199–200: 1–8.
[13] H. M. Coleman, B.R. Eggins, J. A. Byme, F. L. Palmer, and E. King,
Photocatalytic degradation of 17β-oestradiol on immobilized TiO2.
Appl. Catal. B-Environ., 2000, 24: L1–L5.
[14] R. G. Zepp and P. F. Schlotzhauer, Influence of algae on photolysis
rates of chemicals in water. Environ. Sci. Technol. 1983, 17: 462–468.
[15] X. L. Liu, D. Xu, F. Wu, Z. H. Liao, J. T. Liu, and N. S. Deng,
Preliminary study on photoproduction of hydroxyl radicals in
aqueous solution with Aldrich humic acid, algae, and FeⅢ) ( under
high-pressure mercury lamp irradiation. Photochem. Photobiol. 2004,
79: 259–264.
[16] G. C. Miller and R.G. Zepp, Photoreactivity of aquatic pollutants
sorbed on suspended sediments. Environ. Sci. Technol. 1979, 13:
860–863.
[17] T. James. Fluorometric determination of ethinyl estradiol in tablets. J.
Pharm. Sci. 1972, 61:1306–1308.
[18] A. Rachkov, S. Mcniven, A. Elskaya, K. Yano, and Y. Karube,
Fluorescence detection of β-estradiol using a molecularly imprinted
polymer. Anal. Chim. Acta. 2000, 405: 23–29.
[19] I. Coille, S. Reder, S. Bucher, and G. Gauglitz, Comparison of two
fluorescence immunoassay methods for the detection of endocrine
disrupting chemicals in water. Biomol. Eng. 2002, 18: 273–280.
[20] X. L. Liu, F. Wu, N. S Deng, Photodegradation of 17α-
ethynylestradiol in aqueous solution exposed to high-pressure
mercury lamp (250W). Environ. Pollut. 2003, 126(3): 393-398
[21] N. S. Deng, T. Fang, and S. Z. Tian, Photodegradation of dye in
aqueous solutions containing Fe (III)-hydroxy complex I.
Photodegradation kinetics. Chemosphere 1996, 33: 547–557.
[22] F. Wu, N. S. Deng, and H. Hua, Degradation mechanism of azo dye
C. I. reactive red 2 by iron powder reduction and photooxidation in
aqueous solutions. Chemosphere 2000, 41: 1233–1238.
[23] X. L. Liu, F. Wu, and N. S Deng, Photoproduction of hydroxyl
radicals in aqueous solution with algae under high-pressure mercury
lamp. Environ. Sci. Technol., 2004, 38: 296–299.
[24] S. P. Mezyk, E. M. Abud, K. L. Swancutt, G. McKay, and D. D.
Dionysiou, Removing steroids from contaminated waters using
radical reactions. Contaminants of Emerging Concern in the
Environment: Ecological and Human Health Considerations, Chapter
9 , 2010, pp.213–225.
[25] R. Franke and C. Franke, Model reactor for photocatalytic
degradation of persistent chemicals in ponds and waste water.
Chemosphere 1999, 39:2651–2659.
648 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Study on Supervisory-control System of

Offshore Oil Spill in China Based on
Analysis of Stakeholder
Jiansheng Tang1, Ning Wei2, Feifei Li3, Chundong Zheng4
1,2,3,4
College of Management and Economics,Tianjin University,Tianjin, China
1
tjs@tju.edu.cn
Abstract: Based on the review of the research of offshore oil spill, this paper analyzes the interests of different sectors
involved in supervisory-control system of offshore oil spill from the perspective of stakeholder analysis. Government
regulators and law-enforcing departments, offshore oil exploitation and transportation enterprises, trade organization,
blowdown companies, insurance companies, community residents, media and social environmental groups are involved.
After that this paper puts forward the supervisory-control system which cover all of the related sectors, and elaborates the
fundamental relations in the main body， which including regulation and supervision, business cooperation, joint
cooperation. And then this paper discusses the operation mechanism which include the legal mechanism, supervision
mechanism, compensation mechanism, rapid reaction mechanism, and extensive linkage mechanism of the system. All the
above could provide the reference for establishing supervisory-control system of offshore oil spill.
Keywords: offshore oil spill; supervisory-control system; stakeholder; accident
1. Introduction decision-making, while putting forward a architecture
involving interested parties of offshore oil spill has been
The rapid development of offshore oil operations and ignored.
offshore oil transport industry has made serious damage to On the respect of assessment system, Jing Li (2008)
the marine ecological environment. Statistics of China’s discussed the content and methods for assessing
marine environment quality from The State Oceanic environmental risk of oil field projects [2] . Jie Liu (2010) PP PP
Administration show that in 2009 the whole water area established an assessment index system for the pollution
which does not meet the quality standards of clean marine
level of oil platforms [3] . B. Onyekpe (2002) put forward an
PP PP
water is 146,980 square kilometers, an increase of 7.3

analytical model to predict the concentration of oil sunk in
percent over the previous year, and the data show an
water [4] . K. N. Aroh (2010) reviewed oil spill incidents and
increasing trend in recent years. The pollution of the marine
PP PP
environment is increasingly more serious, and the main pipeline vandalism in Nigeria between 1970 and 2006 and
reason is offshore oil spill accident. The frequent offshore to examine the potential danger posed by such activities to
oil spill accidents in recent years lead to great concern of public health [5] . PP PP
constructing and improving the supervisory-control system For security management, Changjian Wang (2006)
of offshore oil spill. A complete supervisory-control system developed an oil field operation and safety management
can reduce the risk of offshore oil spill accidents and ensure system, including On-site control module, security
timely response to improve emergency action capability. management module, etc [6] . Minzhi Guo & Naihe Wang PP PP
(2008) analyzed the cause of oil spill of submarine oil

2. Research Status of Monitoring Offshore Oil pipelines and raised prevention measures [7] . Prasanta PP PP
Spill Kumar Dey et al. (2004) developed a risk-based

maintenance model using a combined multiple-criteria
The researches about monitoring offshore oil spill have decision-making and weight method for offshore oil and gas
focused on the aspects of risk assessment, security pipelined [8] . S.A. Oke (2005) utilized artificial neural
PP PP
management, administrative management and the network and fuzzy logic to control the safety of offshore oil
construction of emergency system. Building the platform [9] . S. A. Oke (2006) applied fuzzy methodology to
PP PP
supervisory-control system of offshore oil spill is still stay develop a safety control model for the prevention of
in the level of providing suggestion for government
649 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

J. S. Tang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp649-654
accidents and failures in oil and gas production activity regulations, drawing up contingency plans, coordinating the
offshore platforms [10] . Massimo Bertolini (2006) used the
PP PP
organizations, intervening major accidents directly,
classification and regression trees approach to develop a organizing emergency teams, arranging emergency
decision support system (DDS) for the inspection staff of oil resources, and raising oil pollution fund. As national
pipelines [11] . O.O. Omogoroye (2007) presented a
PP PP
regulator, the government should ensure regional stability
mathematical model containing human/operator factor and first and thus curbing ocean pollution must be concerned. In
maintenance function to control unsafe conditions on oil marine pollution accidents, the government should ask
platforms [12] .
PP PP
corporate to compensate people’s loss caused from oil spill
With regard to administrative management, Xin Shi accidents. However, in order to promote economic growth,
(2006) proposed to speed up the process of standardization the government will also encourage the exploitation of
and rationalization of administrative governance of China's offshore oil and the development of transportation
ship oil spill pollution from a theoretical point of view [13] . PP PP
enterprises.
Stevina U. Evuleocha (2005）redefined corporate social 3.2. Industry
responsibility (CSR) through activism with the example of
oil companies in Nigeria [14] . Ralf Boscheck（2007）took an PP PP
Offshore oil exploitation and transportation enterprises
institutional economics perspective to analyze the issue of are both the direct responsible unit and victims of marine oil
national oil company (NOC) governance and related issues spill accidents. Most companies have underestimated the
[15] risk of exploiting and transporting offshore oil for a long
PP .
PP
As for emergency system, Angang Lou (2001) proposed time. To reduce the cost, they only rush blindly, but
a system-wide frame including oil spill monitoring, ignoring the quality of the project, which has laid seeds for
information gathering and emergency response systems, oil spill accidents. What’s more, the increasing demand for
etc [16] . Yiqiang Shi and Ling Chen (2003) set up a frame of
PP PP
offshore oil and gas resources, the shortcoming of
oil spill emergency response system ,which consists of the companies in technology and management and the lack of
subsystems of oil spill information collection, environment effective means to deal with offshore oil and gas leak are
and resources information database, oil spill simulation, more likely to cause oil spill accidents.
command center of oil spill emergency and oil spill The trade organization is a nonprofit organization
emergency disposal [17] . Haiying Gao (2006) presented three
PP PP
composed of business executives and research scholars. It
important issues of emergency treatment of oil spill, i.e., plays a role in guiding, standardizing, coordinating,
simulation and forecast, removal and recycling, and risk promoting communication and development, etc. In
evaluation of oil spill [18] . Liao Guoxiang (2007) proposed to
PP PP
addition, it can formulate industry standards, establish laws
construct a marine oil spill response information system and regulations to restrict enterprises’ behaviors with
base on WebGIS, utilizing internet technology, government departments, and put pressure on companies
geoinformation technology and professional knowledge for with market and competitive mechanisms. Meanwhile, the
disposing oil spill [19] . PP PP
trade organization could coordinate the relationship
between government and business, serving as a defender of
3. Analysis of Stakeholder of Offshore Oil Spill business interests.
Insurance companies play a role in guaranteeing the
American economist Freeman define stakeholder as compensation of losses and regulating the industry
“any group or individual who can affect or is affected by the compensation. Besides, they assess the insured units’
achievement of the organization’s objectives”. This paper security level and promote the safe operation of enterprises.
attempts to research supervisory-control system of offshore Handling offshore oil spill accidents requires the application
oil spill from this view. The supervisory-control system of of high-tech equipment and rapid response actions.
offshore oil spill which cover all the interests of different Blowdown companies can not only do a more orderly and
sectors contains involves government regulators and efficient work, but also avoid the waste of social resources.
law-enforcing departments, offshore oil exploitation and
transportation enterprises, trade organization, blowdown
companies, insurance companies, community residents,
media and social environmental groups, etc. All of these
above can be divided into three aspects of government,
industry and society.
3.1. Government
Government functions for supervisory-control system of
offshore oil spill mainly show in making laws and
650 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

exploitation and transportation enterprises could be

3.3. Society supervised through the cooperation of government
regulation and law enforcement agencies, industry
In the open and connected social environment, it is no
organizations, community residents, media and
doubt that the stakeholders of offshore oil spill involve
environmental protection organizations. Government
different parties from the community, including community
departments establish and implement legal system to
residents, media and environmental non-governmental
monitor enterprises. The trade organizations constrain
organization.
corporate behaviors through developing industry standards
Community residents are the direct victims of the
and building competitive system. Community residents, the
destruction of the marine environment. Once an offshore oil
media and environmental protection organizations can
spill accident occurs，the living environment of coastal
report to the relevant regulatory authorities or utilize mass
residents would be destroyed, which lead a direct result of media to exercise their oversight right.
the declining quality of life. Residents will raise the rate of
monitoring to the polluting enterprises from the 2) Business cooperation
environmental department by complaint or report, which Business cooperation relationship in this system consists
also make the polluting enterprises face fine and mainly of petroleum enterprises and insurance companies,
supervision or other penalties. as well as download companies. After the occurrence of
Media is a medium for companies to contact with the offshore oil spill accidents, petroleum enterprises couldn’t
public and to expand the market. It will also play a part in afford compensation alone, while government can’t use
protecting the interests of stakeholders. What’s more, fiscal revenue to make up for the loss of oil spill pollution,
through its powerful propaganda force, the media could which makes the joint of insurance company to be a
popularize ocean environmental protection knowledge in necessity. Therefore, insurances companies become one part
publics and lead different sectors social to build a of the system is inevitable. Offshore oil exploitation and
pollution-free marine environment. transportation enterprises enter into a contract with
With the aggravation of environmental pollution and the insurance companies and pay premium regularly to transfer
development of globalization, environmental some compensation to insurance companies. Nowadays
non-governmental organization has gradually emerged in clearance of the offshore oil pollution relies mainly on the
China, such as the China Environment Federation, enterprise itself and the relevant government departments.
Greenpeace and so on. These organizations on the one hand However, because of the lack of professional equipment and
need to reach the goals of establishing the organizations (e.g. personnel, clean-up action can’t be carried out quickly and
protecting the environment). On the other hand, they should effectively. To solve this problem, petroleum enterprises
make use of organized activities to obtain social recognition. could sign contract with professional download companies.
Besides, the government should increase these social Once the oil spill accident happened, download company
organizations’ influence through policy guidance. could take action immediately.
4. Construction Analysis of 3) Linkage cooperation

Supervisory-Control System of Offshore Oil Linkage cooperation refers to the cooperation of all the
stakeholders involved in the three departments, i.e.,
Spill in China Based on Stakeholder Theory
government, industry, and society. Industry sector, as the
From the analysis above, the supervisory-control system dominant part, give full play to its specialty and subjectivity
of offshore oil spill should give full play to the role of in the process of operating and handling accidents, and
interested parties to monitor the marine environment maintain a system running order. Government departments
pollution. Government, industry and social must fulfill their play its macro-control function to regulate the operation
responsibility and cooperate with each other. Fig. 1 shows standard of the whole system. Society sector, as a
the frame of supervisory-control system of offshore oil spill supplementary part, use the force of public opinion to play a
based in China based on stakeholder theory. Then the supervisory and a constrained role in the system operation.
passage will analyze the basic relationship between the
various stakeholders as well as the operational mechanism 4.2. Operation Mechanism of Supervisory-Control
of supervisory-control system in detail. System of Offshore Oil Spill in China Based
on Stakeholder Theory
4.1. The Basic Relationship between the Main
Bodies of Supervisory-Control System 1) Legal mechanism
The international community has established thorough
1) Supervise and be supervised international conventions for the prevention of pollution
The supervisory-control system covers three major from ships. China has accessed conventions of the
entities of government, industry and society. Offshore oil MARPOL 73/78, the 1990 OPRC(International Convention
651 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

on Oil Pollution Preparedness, Response and Co-operation), oil pollution from ships just to the current situation, and
the 1969 and the 1992 International Convention on Civil relevant specifications intersperse among other department
Liability for Oil Pollution Damage. Relevant domestic laws laws, such as Marine Environmental Protection Law,
include the Marine Environment Protection Law, the Waters Maritime Law, etc. Because of this, the civil liability for
management regulation for the Prevention of Pollution from compensation is only described as damage must be
Ships. compensated, which can’t be applied to practical translating.
Therefore, China should develop
China still has no special department law to prevent the
Rapid response
Legal mechanism
Industry Government
Supervision mechanism Supervision Enforcement
Companies
Supervision mechanism
Compensation
Trade organization
mechanism
Insurance companies
Download companies Society
Residents Medias
Environmental protection organization
Extensive linkage
Figure 1 Supervisory-control system of offshore oil spill in China based on stakeholder theory
special department law to prevent the oil pollution from of marine ecological environment strategy of sustainable
ships, and it should involve explicit legal rules for ship development.
approval and transportation management, regular
inspection and compensation for damages. At the same First, we should coordinate relations of relevant
time, government department should promulgate law on departments, overcome overlapping responsibilities,
compensation fund as soon as possible to improve the reduce or avoid losses caused by contradiction and
compensation mechanism is required. squabbling among the departments, establish a
monitoring system which is under the unified leadership
2) Supervision mechanism and the labor responsibility is divided, mobilize the
China's maritime supervision mechanism is enthusiasm of the local marine oil spill regulatory and
fragmented and involves many agencies, such as law-enforcing departments.
environmental protection authority, marine administration, Secondly, the government should not order and require
maritime sector, fisheries departments and so on. offshore oil exploitation and transportation enterprises
Overlapping responsibilities and mutually making excuses unilaterally, but guide and coordinate them. What’s more,
is a normal phenomenon in these sectors, and a unified industry and other relevant social subject should be
coordination and management mechanism is absence, included in the monitoring system either, not just the
which weaken the marine management functions. All these government. A more stringent standard of review must be
conditions lead to the waste of manpower, material formulated to restrain offshore oil carriers, to standard the
resources and monitoring equipments. Meanwhile, China's issue of operation license. Meanwhile, the government
supervision mechanism only means government should check up the offshore oil exploitation and
department take supervision over enterprises. In other transportation ships on a regular basis and strengthen
words, trade organizations and social groups haven’t been routine inspections to eliminate safety hazards.
taken into the mechanism. Besides, enterprises themselves Finally, the input of technical facilities should be
lack internal control mechanisms either. China's increased. The introduction of advanced technology and
supervisory-control system of offshore oil spill has been facilities could strengthen the construction of monitoring
equipped with basic equipments, while supervisory-control stations, improve monitoring functions and warning
technology is still weak and cannot meet the requirements technique, and boost the capacity of transmitting and
652 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

processing information. Besides, scientific researches on shared.

monitoring technology of offshore oil spill implemented
by colleges must be supported. 5) Extensive linkage mechanism
On the basis of the analysis of supervisory-control
3) Compensation mechanism system of offshore oil spill, we realize that this system not
Compared with the compensation mechanism for oil only rely on compulsory supervisions from the laws and
pollution of foreign countries, the mechanism in China still regulations, but also needs to be restrained by the market
needs to be improved. According to the Conventions, ships competition system and the pressure from different sectors
of international routes with a dead weight of over 2000 of the society. Companies should establish clear
tons have established compulsory insurance, and some regulations of the maintenance of equipments, personnel
local regulations require ships of coastal route to establish training, the formulation of emergency plan and practice,
compulsory insurance either. But the insurances for ships and the rapid response actions. Moreover, they could
of international routes with a dead weight of below 2000 improve the oil exploitation and operation mechanism with
tons and some ships of coastal route haven’t been the power of insurance companies and clean-up
established on a national scale. Besides, oil pollution fund companies.
hasn’t been established since China did not join the 1992 The marine environment is closed linked with the
Fund Convention. human beings, and the protection of marine environment
requires community participation. We should strengthen
4) Rapid response mechanism publicity and take the advantage of media to popularize
Offshore oil operation and the transportation offshore oil spill knowledge, making people aware of the
enterprises have established their rapid response danger of oil spill and enhancing environmental awareness.
mechanisms at the request of maritime administration The government should guide the development of
department. However, the mechanism, which is non-governmental environmental organizations and
self-contained and limited in size, can only deal with some increase their influence. What’s more, encouraging and
minor oil spill accidents. Therefore, rapid response organizing the public to take part in marine environmental
mechanism controlled by the state for offshore oil spill protection activities and offshore oil spill monitoring
accidents, especially massive accident, is absence. activities is also required. With the involvement of the
Moreover, the response teams of oil spill are mostly public, government and enterprises, a more powerful
consisted of staff from relevant units. These staffs are supervisory-control system will be established to deal with
part-time and lack of professionalism. On the whole, the offshore oil spill accidents.
lack of emergency force for offshore oil spill, the low
degree of specialization, the unsound of relevant laws and Reference
regulations, and the imperfection of market operational
mechanism have restricted the development of response [1] Jing Li, “Environmental risk assessment and management in the
teams of oil spill. HSE management system of oil and gas production,” Drilling &
First, we can encourage the formation of professional Production Technology, vol. 31, no.4, pp.135-138, 2008.
clean-up companies, implement market-oriented operation, [2] Jie Liu, Yinhai Lang, Yonggang Jia, Zhenhui Gao, and Wen-lin
and make clean-up contracts with shipping or petroleum Cui,“Pollution level assessment of oil spill on offshore platform,”
companies to confirm the rights and obligations of both Environmental Science & Technology, vol. 33, no.11, pp.197-200,
parties once an oil spill accident occurs. The government 2010.
departments have a role of guiding and coordinating, while [3] B. Onyekpe, “Response-predictive model of oil spills in aquatic
shipping or petroleum companies and clean-up companies environments,” Environmental Management and Health, vol. 13,
perform their respective duties to clean offshore oils. no.1, pp. 66-70, 2002.
Secondly, relevant companies should build their own [4] K. N. Aroh, I. U. Ubong, C. L. Eze, I. M. Harry, J. C. Umo-Otong
supervisory-control mechanism and emergency and A. E. Gobo, “Oil spill incidents and pipeline vandalization in
mechanism according to the requirements of the regional Nigeria--Impact on public health and negation to attainment of
maritime administration department to improve the
Millennium development goal: the Ishiagu example,” Disaster
capabilities of monitoring offshore oil spill and emergency
Prevention and Management, vol. 19, no.1, pp. 70-87, 2010.
management. Finally, government departments and trade
[5] Changjian Wang, Gui Fu, Fang Wang, “Construction and practice of
organizations should organize related enterprises with a
security management systems for oil field operation based on risk
marine exercise to improve their combat capability as well
management,” Journal of Oil and Gas Technology, vol.28, no. 5, pp.
as to publicize the role of marine environmental protection.
Enterprises should communicate with each other about 141-143, October 2006.
their experiences of building supervisory-control systems [6] Minzhi Guo, Naihei Wang, “Measures to prevent and control oil
and allow the technologies, facilities and resources to be spill of submarine oil pipelines,” Oil-Gas Transportation, vol. 27,
no.7, pp. 34-37, 2008.
653 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[7] Prasanta Kumar Dey, Stephen O. Ogunlana, and Sittichai

Naksuksakul, “Risk-based maintenance model for offshore oil and
gas pipelines: a case study,” Journal of Quality in Maintenance
Engineering, vol. 10, no.3, pp. 169-183, 2004.
[8] S. A. Oke, A. O. Johnson, and O. O. Omogoroye, “A neuro-fuzzy
theoretic approach to safety control at crude oil exploration
platforms,” Disaster Prevention and Management, vol. 14, no.4, pp.
454-461, 2005.
[9] S. A. Oke, O. E. Charles-Owaba, A. O. Johnson, and O. O.
Omogoroye, “A fuzzy safety control framework for oil platforms,”
International Journal of Quality & Reliability Management, vol. 23,
no.5, pp. 564-582, 2006.
[10] Massimo Bertolini, Maurizio Bevilacqua, “Methodology and
theory--Oil pipeline spill cause analysis ， A classification tree
approach,” Journal of Quality in Maintenance Engineering, vol. 12,
no.2, pp. 564-582, 2006.
[11] O. O. Omogoroye and S. A. Oke, “A safety control model for an
offshore oil platform,” Disaster Prevention and Management, vol.
16, no.4, pp. 588-610, 2007.
[12] Xin Shi, “Administrative management of ship oil spil,”Navigation
of China, vol. 16, no.4, pp. 588-610, 2007.
[13] Stevina U. Evuleocha, “Managing indigenous relations corporate
social responsibility in a new age of activism,” Corporate
Communications: An International Journal, vol. 10, no.4, pp.
328-340, 2005.
[14] Ralf Boscheck, “The governance of oil supply: an institutional
perspective on NOC control and the questions it poses,”
International Journal of Energy Sector Management, vol. 1, no.4, pp.
366-389, 2007.
[15] Angang Lou, Xuechang Wang, Guangyao Yu, and Pangen Xi, “The
frame designing for oil spill response on sea，” Marine Sciences, vol.
25, no.7, pp. 22-25, 2001.
[16] Yiqiang Shi and Ling Chen, “Research on the frame of oil spill
emergency response system at sea,” Marine Environmental Science,
vol. 22, no.2, pp. 40-43, 2003.
[17] Haiying Gao, Jiatai Xiong, and Yuling Chen, “Frame of emergency
treatment measures of oil spill from ships in the lower Yangtze
River,” Water Resources Protection, vol. 22, no.6, pp. 89-98, 2006.
[18] Guoxiang Liao, Deqi Xiong, Weikang Zhai, and Ming Liu,
“Construction of marine oil spill response information system based
on WebGIS,” Computer Engineering, vol. 33, no.12, pp. 272-274,
2007.
654 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Interpolation Analysis of Air Pollution

based on Environmental Monitoring Station
with Models
Ranghui Wang1, Huizhi Zhang2, Jian Zhang3
1,2,3
School of Environmental Science and Engineering, Nanjing University of Information Sciences and Technology
Nanjing, Jiangsu,China
1
rhwang@nuist.edu.cn
Abstract: Based on the environmental monitoring station (EMS) in Nanjing, the inhomogeneous dispersed point-source
data was transferred into the continuous distributed surface-source data with space interpolation analysis of GIS and the
spline pollution level of non-starting areas in sites, which was estimated to obtain the atmospheric environment quality data
in the study area. The air pollution data was interpolated for quantitative assessment the values of API by Inverse Distance
Weighted interpolation (IDW), the function interpolation, Kriging interpolation with the spherical model, exponential model
and Gauss model.
Keywords: air pollution index(api); environmental monitoring station; interpolation analysis; model
1. Introduction also a typical regionalization variable. At present,variants of

the Kriging interpolation technique are presented.Models
Along with the urbanization development in large combine in-situ measurements and auxiliary land use data to
industrial zones, the air environmental pollutant continue to produce air quality maps.After repeated testing and
increase including the sulfur dioxide and the nitrogen oxides validation with a variety of models and parameters of the
as the main pollutant become day by day seriously[1].The spatial interpolation analysis, some models and parameters
deteriorating of air quality has seriously affected people’s with a better fitting were selected to interpolate the air
health, quality of life and production activities.Pollutants pollution of the downtown and the surrounding area of
such as ozone, NO2 or PM10 are governed by two different Nanjing.Spatial interpolation methods are developed for
of mechanism, each acting on a different spatial scale[2] .On specific data types or a specific variable[6][7][8][9][10].So,far,a
the regional level, fluctuations in the concentration pattern Point Interpolation Method (PIM) is presented for stress
are mainly driven by meteorological phenomena.The Clean analysis for two-dimensional solids. In the PIM, the problem
Air Act of 1963 and its subsequent amendment in domain is represented by properly scattered points. A
1970,along with formation of the EPA led to implementation technique is proposed to construct polynomial interpolation
of National Ambient Air Quality standards for several major with delta function property based only on a group of
pollutants,including.photochemical.oxidants,SO2,NOx,CO,h arbitrarily distributed points.
ydrocarbons and particulate matter lead was added later, and
hydrocarbons were incorporated in the ozone standard.The 2. Method
passage of the Clean Air Act sparked a renewed interest in
the health effects of air pollutants that has continued to the Model parameters setting and interpolation model test
present[3].Globally, almost 3 billion people rely on biomass are quite important.API date of EMS in Nanjing are not
(wood, charcoal, crop residues, and dung) and coal as their equidistant and evenly distributed. Considering this
primary source of domestic energy.Biomass accounts for condition may increase the system error, so API was tested
more than one-half of domestic energy in many developing by the IDW, spline interpolation method (Spline), Spherical
countries and for as much as 95% in some lower income model, Exponential model and Gaussian model of Krieger
ones [4][5]. Air pollution index (API) which has the attributes (Kriging) interpolation. After setting the parameters gradient
of uncertainty and constitutive is an important indicators tests and the interpolation value range tests, the best fitting
used to represent atmospheric environment pollution and model and parameters of API will be explored.
655 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

R. H. Wang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp655-658
Different models and parameters are applied in repeated n

testing of three interpolation methods. The parameter p is ∑ Z i − Zî
usually valued among 1 to 3 in IDW model, and in most MAE = i =1
n (2)
cases it was set to 2. For the accuracy of the study, the
parameter p was respectively set as 1, 2, and 3 for precision
( Zi − Zî )
n 2
the inspection of the IDW. The tension spline was chosen in ∑
spline interpolation method and the values of the weights RMSE = i =1
n (3)
were set to 0, 1, and 5 to test the interpolation accuracy of
( Zi − Zî )
n 2
spline. Spherical model, Exponential model and Gaussian ∑
model of Kriging interpolation method were selected for the IOA = 1 − i =1
( Zi − X )
n
test. ∑
i =1
+ Zî − Y
The cross-validation was introduced to examine the (4)
estimation of different interpolation methods. The basic Z i represents the actual value of API
principle of cross-validation is to assume that the API of In the formulas,
each monitoring site is unknown and using the surrounding
API to estimate, then the advantage and disadvantage of
in the environmental monitoring site of i.
Zî is on the
interpolation will be checked by the error size between
actual and estimated values. For different interpolation behalf of the estimate value of API in the environmental
methods, the cross-validation can exactly verify the relative monitoring site of i, n is the representation of monitoring
accuracy among them. Meanwhile, mean error, mean
absolute error, root mean square error and fitting coefficient spots number. X is the average value of actual monitored
are used as the criteria of evaluation. The mean error can
reflect the error size of the inversion in totally. The mean API form n stations. Y is the average value of estimated
absolute error can reflect the possible error range of the
API form stations of n.
inversion. The root mean square error reflects the inversion
sensitivity and maximum effect of model. The fitting The actual API of the stations were carried on repeated
coefficient the model fitting results. The expressions are as interpolation test by IDW, spline interpolation
follows: method(Spline), Spherical model, Exponential model and
Gaussian model of Krieger(Kriging)interpolation with
( )
n
∑ Z − Zˆ different parameters set, and the different model and
i i
ME = i = 1 parameters of the three interpolations were cross-validated.
n (1) The results are as Table 1.
Table 1 Cross validated results of different interpolation model after interpolated calculation
Interpolation method Model or parameter ME MAE RMSE IOA
IDW p=1 0.141 2.848 3.547 -1.949
IDW p=2 0.598 2.822 3.609 -1.546
IDW p=3 0.554 2.953 3.851 -2.002
Spline w=0 0.404 3.619 4.774 -3.347
Spline w=1 0.032 3.775 4.594 -2.976
Spline w=5 -0.082 3.605 4.491 -2.886
Kriging Gaussian 0.404 2.890 3.419 -1.205
Kriging Exponential 0.684 3.104 3.824 -1.838
Kriging Spherical 0.523 2.876 3.538 -1.644
It can be seen from the general fitting effect that the and the fitting coefficient is -1.546. When the weight value
order of the three interpolation methods are is 5 in the spline interpolation method, the fitting result is the
Kriging>IDW>Spline. IDW gets the best fitting when p=2, best and the fitting coefficient is -2.886.The Gaussian model
656 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

fit best in Kriging interpolation method with a fitting However, because the stations in the downtown and the
coefficient of -1.205. The best fitting models and parameters surrounding areas of Nanjing are not enough and not
of the three interpolation methods symmetry in distribution, so outcomes of three interpolation
(IDW,p=2;Spline,w=5;Kriging,Gaussian) were used for are not so good as the fitting results.This problem can be
interpolating the API value in the downtown and the solved by increasing the simulation stations to reduce the
surrounding areas of Nanjing in order to obtain their space distribution of monitoring sites and strength the model
distribution and variation. fitting results.
The mean spline interpolation order in three
interpolations (IDW,p=2;Spline,w=5;Kriging，Gaussian) is 3. Results
IDW>Kriging>Spline; the MAE is
Spline >Kriging>IDW.Meanwhile,the EMSE is as follows: Based on the measured data of EMS in the downtown
Spline>IDW>Kriging.IDW get the lowest MAE, lower and the surrounding areas of Nanjing, the API was analyzed
RMSE and the highest ME. While the spline function by the IDW, spline interpolation method (Spline), Spherical
interpolation obtain the lowest ME and the highest MAE and model, Exponential model and Gaussian model of Krieger
RMSE, and the Kriging receive the lowest RMSE and lower (Kriging) interpolation. After repeated test of three
ME, MAE. ME, MAE and RMSE are the smaller the better interpolations with different models and parameters, the best
for the measure of interpolation accuracy. The three models fitted model and parameter were selected out on the
have their own advantages in the interpolated calculation of guaranty of ME, MAE, RMES are smaller. The result are as
API from actual stations. follows (Table 2).According to the selected models and
parameters, the API of the downtown and the surrounding
areas in Nanjing has been analyzed.
Table 2 Interpolation models and parameters of monitoring sites in Nanjing
Interpolation Model or
ME MAE RMSE IOA
method parameter
IDW p=2 0.365 2.445 3.131 -1.546
Spline w=5 -0.082 3.605 4.491 -2.886
Kriging Gaussian 0.287 2.610 3.029 -1.205

From IDW results, the API value in Pukou (in the
western area of Nanjing) and the majority range around is 4. Conclusions
lower than it in downtown (in central of the study region). It
gradually decreased from the central to eastern part of the The API values in Nanjing have been estimated by IDW,
study area. The estimated value in the study area is among tension spline interpolation method, Spherical model,
68 to 76. Under the interpolation results of the tension spline Exponential model and Gaussian model of Krieger
function, the API in the south of the study area is higher than interpolation with different models and parameters set.These
it in the northwest and northeast of the study area.At the method are feasible.
same time,the results in the central are between them. The As for specified regions and sample data, there are many
results in the part of north, the northwest and the northeast of functions in the list for choice. The best choice is difficult to
the study area are as the same as the results of IDW, and the make because of the complex effects from theoretical
value was estimated from 45 to 105. The Kriging foundation, algorithm, temporal 2 spatial scale, and
interpolation results of Gauss model are consistent with the attributes of sample data.
results of IDW in a larger scope. The lowest API value is in The best fitting interpolation models and parameters are
the west of the study area, and the highest in the east of the appeared after cross-validation of interpolation methods with
central. The API value gradually decreased to the east where different models and parameters.IDW while p=2 and fitting
is lower than any other areas, and it was estimated form 66 coefficient is -.546. In the spline interpolation method w=5
to 74. The estimated values of three interpolation methods and the fitting coefficient is -2.886. The Gaussian model fit
are different form each other both in spatial distribution and best in Kriging interpolation method with a fitting
estimate range. The API estimated value of tension spline coefficient of -1.205.
function interpolation is significantly different from the According to the selected model, the API data in Nanjing
other two methods, and the estimated range of it is also were estimated with interpolation, and the results were
larger than the other two interpolation methods. analyzed. The outcomes show that three interpolations have
differences in estimated results of API in spatial distribution
657 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

and estimated range. The estimated API of the tension spline [11] Wang Jin, FENG Jinfei, Bian Xinmin. GIS-based spatial
interpolation is significant different with the other two interpolation and pollution appraisal of heavy metal in cropland soil .
methods in spatial distribution and much larger in estimated Journal of Nantong University , 2008, 7(1),pp.2-3
range.
The advantages of the method do not come without some
cost. Some techniques must be used to overcome this
problem, such as moving nodes randomly by small distances
and choosing appropriate basis. More research work need be
done to avoid the problem.[11] .
5. Acknowledgements
This research was supported by National Key
Technology Research and Development Program of the
Ministry of Science and Technology of China
(2012BAC23B01, 2012BAD16B0305, 2006BAD26B0902)
and the projects of National Key Project for Basic Research
(2006CB705809).
References
[1] Helmut Mayer. Air pollution in cities . Atmospheric Environment,
1999 (33),pp.4029-4037
[2] Stijn Janssena, , Gerwin Dumontb, Clemens Mensinka Spatial
interpolation of air pollution measurements using corine land cover
data,Journal of atmospheric environment,2008,
42(20),pp.4884-4903
[3] Wang Yong, LI Chaokui, Chen Liang, et al. Analysis on impact of
weight to spatial interpolation methods. Journal of Hunan University
of Science and Technology , 2008, 23(4),pp.77-80
[4] G. R. Liu and Y. T. Gu, A point interpolation method for
two-dimensional solids, Int. J. for Numerical Methods in Eng.
50,2001.
[5] Reddy AKN, Williams RH, Johansson TB, eds. Energy after Rio:
Prospects and Challenges. New York: United Nations Publications,
1996.
[6] YUE Wenze, Xu Jianhua, XU Lihua. A study on spatial
interpolation methods for climate variables based on
geostatistics.Plateau Meteorology, 2005, 24(6), pp.974-978
[7] Fang Zhiming, Yang Yanzhao, Ding Xiaoqiang, et al. Optimization
of the spatial interpolation methods for climate resources .
Geographical Research, 2004, 23(3),p360
[8] Xu Chao, Wu Daqian, Zhang Zhiguo. Comparative study of spatial
interpolation methods on weather data in Shangdong province .
Journal of Shangdong University(Natural Science), 2008, 43(3),p 3
[9] Xie Yunfeng, Zhang Shuwen. Spatial interpolation of mean
temperature of Heilongjiang province based on digital elevation
model . Chinese Journal of Agrometeorology, 2007, 28(2),p.208
[10] Guang Hongqiang, Cai Fu, Wang Yang, et al. Comparison of
different spatial interpolation methods for air temperature data of
short-time series.Journal of Meteorology and Environment, 2007,
23(5),pp.14-15
658 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
An Experimental Study on Emotional

Differences among Different Types of
Narcissists under Negative Evaluation
Li Wanbing
School of Education Science of Leshan Normal University,Leshan, Sichuan, China
Abstract-Objective: to investigate emotional appearances of university students with different types of narcissistic
personalities under negative evaluation. Methods: questionnaire survey and field experiment through the Narcissistic
Personality Questionnaire prepared by Zheng Yong, Huang Li et al, and BFS Mood Scale. Results: ① there are differences
4T 4T
among the three different types of narcissists under negative evaluation in respect to the three subscales-positive high
excitement, negative high excitement and negative low excitement, as well as in terms of the four dimensions-activity,
agreeableness, rage and depression; ② several factors of high overt narcissism have a significant positive correlation with
4T 4T
the positive mood subscale and significant negative correlation with the negative mood subscale, and several factors of high
covert narcissism have a significant positive correlation with the negative mood subscale; ③ overt narcissists have more
4T 4T
positive emotional appearances, while covert narcissists have more negative inward emotions and more outward impulsive
behaviors. Conclusion: there are significant differences in the mood of different types of narcissists under negative
evaluation, and the differences are mainly manifested in the high overt and high covert narcissism.
Keywords: narcissism; negative evaluation; overt; covert; emotional difference
1. Introduction the Narcissistic Personality Questionnaire and the two
sub-questionnaires is over 0.7, the split-half reliability
University students have a higher degree of narcissism coefficient of the two sub-questionnaires is over 0.6, and the
among narcissists in modern society. Due to the inner indicators of validity meet the requirements of statistical
attention to narcissism, a lot of emotional problems are indicators; BFS Mood Scale has good reliability and validity
caused during their interaction with people, living and upon examination, and has been widely used in actual
learning, especially emotional problems caused by researches.
immediate state of mind. People with narcissistic personality
often show rage, sadness, disgust and other negative mood 2.3. Experimental Procedures
of different degrees, and may even have emotional problems 2.3.1. Randomly select 60 students from a university as
in case of inappropriate treatment. In recent years, impulsive subjects (distributed in different departments and grades).
behaviors and crimes due to emotional problems of 2.3.2. Number each questionnaire and scale
university students are more and more serious, which have correspondingly (for convenience of distribution, collection
attracted extensive attention and research. However, there and sorting): Narcissistic Personality Questionnaire 1-60,
has been less research on different types of narcissism and self-compiled Intelligence Test 1-60, BFS Mood Scale 1-60.
emotional experience. For this reason, the author carries out 2.3.3. First deliver the Narcissistic Personality
this study in hope of providing support for mental health Questionnaire prepared by Zheng Yong, Huang Li et al to
education for colleges and universities. collect data.
2. Subjects and Methods 2.3.4. After Narcissistic Personality Questionnaire
survey, use spss11.5 to conduct t-test by gender, student
2.1. Subjects pool and nature of major and analysis of variance by grades.
60 students randomly selected from a university. As no significant differences are found among different
types of narcissism in respect to these four factors, 48 of
2.2. Tools them are chosen as subjects to participate in the further
Narcissistic Personality Questionnaire prepared by experiment.
Zheng Yong, Huang Li et al and BFS Mood Scale. The 2.3.5. Determine the type of narcissism of the 48
overall internal consistency coefficient of all dimensions of subjects: sort the collected data in EXCEL by total score of
659 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

W. B. Li et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp659-663
overtness from low to high, then by total score of covertness evaluation is based on scores lower than the medium level to
from low to high, select 16 of them that have a high score in arouse the state of mind of the subjects.
the overtness scale and low score in the covertness scale to 2.3.9. Seat the subjects according to their original
serve as samples of high overt narcissists, select another 16 number, then promptly deliver the correspondingly
that have a low score in the overtness scale and high score in numbered BFS Mood Scale to test the immediate subjective
the covertness scale as samples of high covert narcissists, the emotional experience of the subjects and collect data.
rest 16 as narcissists with insignificant high overt and high 2.3.10. As there are some experimental ethnical problems
covert narcissism. in step 2.3.8, the experimental objective is explained and the
2.3.6. Seat separately the subjects participating in the real answers are disclosed to the subjects immediately after
experiment and play relaxing music to make their state of the completion of the experiment.
mind at the same level (peaceful).
2.3.7. According to the single-blind principle, deliver
2.4. Methods
the self-compiled Intelligence Test to the subjects Questionnaire survey and field experiment.
(communication between subjects not permitted), and tell
them the scoring method (false). The Intelligence Test only 2.5. Data Processing
serves as a stimulus for mood. All data are processed by SPSS11.5.
2.3.8. Take the subjects that have completed this step of
the experiment to another classroom one after another, and 3. Results
score on their way by the experiment assistant. Negative 3.1. Analysis of Variance on Mood Dimensions of
Three Different Types of Narcissism
Table 1. Analysis of Variance on mood dimensions of three different types of narcissism
Degree of
Mood Dimensions Source of Variance Square Sum Mean Square F P
Freedom
Inter-group 103.52 2 51.76 3.60 .04*
Activity Inner-group 647.46 45 14.39
Total variance 750.98 47
Inter-group 92.06 2 46.03 4.95 .01*
Agreeableness Inner-group 418.70 45 9.31
Inter-group 384.38 2 192.19 4.96 .01*
Positive high
Inner-group 1745.54 45 38.79
excitement
Inter-group 20.35 2 10.18 2.24 .12
Contemplation Inner-group 204.46 45 4.54
Inter-group 34.38 2 17.19 1.88 .16
Calmness Inner-group 410.88 45 9.13
Inter-group 50.56 2 25.28 1.51 .23
Positive low
Inner-group 754.75 45 16.77
excitement
Inter-group 95.56 2 47.78 5.74 .01*
Rage Inner-group 374.42 45 8.32
Inter-group 34.19 2 17.09 1.63 .21
Excitement Inner-group 472.13 45 10.49
Inter-group 240.38 2 120.19 3.66 .03*
Negative high
Inner-group 1479.54 45 32.88
excitement
Inter-group 72.38 2 36.19 4.70 .01*
Depression Inner-group 346.88 45 7.71
Inter-group 39.06 2 19.53 2.16 .13
Debility Inner-group 406.42 45 9.03
Inter-group 217.69 2 108.84 4.04 .02*
Negative low
Inner-group 1212.79 45 26.95
excitement
Note: * indicates p<0.05 and ** indicates p<0.01, the same below.
660 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Table 1 shows that there are differences in the three 3.2. Post-hoc Multiple Comparisons of
subscales-positive high excitement, negative high Differences in Mood Dimensions of
excitement and negative low excitement, as well as in the Different Types Of Narcissism (LSD, I-J)
four dimensions-activity, agreeableness, rage and
depression.
Table 2. Post-hoc multiple comparisons of differences in mood dimensions of different types of narcissism (LSD, I-J)
(I) Type (J) Type
Positi Positi Negati Neg
of of Activi Agreeab Contem Calmne Exciteme Depressi Debili
ve ve Rage ve ative
Narcissis Narcissis ty leness plation ss nt on ty
High Low High Low
m m
High -3.4 -5.0
4.00* 3.92* 7.92* -1.83* 0.42 -1.42 -1.67 -5.08* -2.92* -2.08
High covert 2* 0*
overt -3.1 -4.8
Medium 1.21 1.92 3.13 -0.79 1.88 1.08 -2.04 -5.21* -2.79* -2.08
7* 8*
High -0.2 -0.1
Medium 2.79* 2.00 4.79* -1.04 -1.46 -2.50 0.38 0.13 -0.13 0.00
covert 5 3
Note: “Positive High” refers to positive high excitement, “Positive Low” positive low excitement, “Negative High” negative high excitement, and “Negative Low” negative low excitement, the same below
Table 2 shows that the difference between high overt excitement as well as in the depression dimension, and
narcissists and high covert narcissists are manifested in that the differences between narcissists with insignificant
the three subscales-positive high excitement, negative high overt and high covert narcissism and high covert
high excitement and negative low excitement, as well as narcissists are manifested in the positive high excitement
in the four dimensions-activity, agreeableness, rage and subscale and the two dimensions-activity and rage.
depression, that the differences between high overt
narcissists and narcissists with insignificant high overt
3.3. Correlation Analysis on Different Types of
and high covert narcissism are manifested in the two Narcissism and Mood Dimensions
subscale-negative high excitement and negative low
Table 3. Correlation analysis on factors of overt narcissism and mood dimensions
Conte
Agreeabl Positiv Calmne Positive Negative Depressi Negative
Overt Activity mplatio Rage Excitement Debility
eness e High ss Low High on Low
n
Authorit
0.71** 0.74** 0.79** 0.16 0.35* 0.34* -0.30* -0.25 -0.29* -0.39** -0.24 -0.35*
y
Superior
0.73** 0.71** 0.78** 0.35* 0.32* 0.43** -0.13 -0.07 -0.11 -0.12 -0.04 -0.09
ity
Table 3 shows that the authority factor is significantly superiority factor is significantly correlated with the four
correlated with the six dimensions of the mood dimensions of the mood scale-activity, agreeableness,
scale-activity, agreeableness, calmness, rage, depression contemplation and calmness, and with the three
and debility, and with the four subscales-positive high subscales-positive high excitement, positive low
excitement, positive low excitement, negative high excitement and negative low excitement.
excitement and negative low excitement, and that the
Table 4. Correlation analysis on factors of covert narcissism and mood dimensions
Negati
Agreeab Positive Contem Calmne Positive Excitem Negativ Depress
Covert Activity Rage Debility ve
leness High plation ss Low ent e High ion
Low
Entitlement 0.07 0.09 0.09 0.52** 0.10 0.35* 0.39** 0.40** 0.42** 0.41** 0.32* 0.40**
Vulnerability 0.12 0.11 0.13 0.53** 0.05 0.31* 0.40** 0.32* 0.38** 0.32* 0.36* 0.37**
Self-admirati
0.08 -0.01 0.05 0.59** -0.05 0.27 0.60** 0.42** 0.54** 0.51** 0.41** 0.51**
on
Table 4 shows that the entitlement factor of covert dimensions of the mood scale-contemplation, rage,
narcissism is significantly correlated with the five excitement, depression and debility, as well as with the three
dimensions of the mood scale-contemplation, rage, subscales-positive low excitement, positive high excitement,
excitement, depression and debility, as well as with the three negative low excitement, and that the self-admiration factor
subscales-positive low excitement, positive high excitement, of covert narcissism is significantly correlated with the five
negative low excitement, that the vulnerability factor of dimensions of the mood scale-contemplation, rage,
covert narcissism is significantly correlated with the five excitement, depression and debility, as well as with the two
661 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

subscales-negative high excitement and negative low the total score of negative high excitement dimension of
excitement. mood subscale exist between high overt narcissists and high
covert narcissists (t=-5.08, p<0.05), and between narcissists
4. Discussion with insignificant high overt and high covert narcissism and
4.1. Differences in Positive High Excitement high overt narcissists (t=-5.21, p<0.05). The correlation
Dimension of Mood Subscale among Different analysis shows that negative high excitement is significantly
Types of Narcissists under Negative correlated with the factors of authority, superiority,
Evaluation vulnerability and self-admiration, with significant correlation
being -0.29, 0.42, 0.38 and 0.54 respectively. This indicates
There are significant differences in the total score of that covert narcissists are more likely to show extreme
positive high excitement dimension of mood subscale among emotions or extreme behaviors under negative evaluation
the three different types of narcissists (P=0.01<0.05). The than overt narcissists. There are discrepancies with existing
post-hoc multiple comparisons show that differences in researches. In past researches, those with narcissistic
positive high excitement dimension of mood subscale exist personality would maintain their high self-esteem and have
between high overt narcissists and high covert narcissists aggressive behavior tendencies to people who refuse them,
(t=7.92, p<0.05), between narcissists with insignificant high and even make direct retaliatory attacks, and have anxiety
overt and high covert narcissism and high covert narcissists and negative mood and emotion. However, the results of this
(t=4.79, p<0.05). The correlation analysis shows that the experiment show that there is insignificant correlation or
authority and superiority factors of overt narcissism are even negative correlation between characteristic factors of
significantly positive correlated with dimensions of positive overt narcissism and dimensions of negative mood. There
high excitement (correlation 0.71-0.79) and that factors of may be two reasons.
covert narcissism are insignificantly correlated with
dimensions of positive high excitement with correlation On the one hand, it’s a possibility that covert narcissists
coefficient almost 0. This indicates that emotions of overt have more extreme emotions or behaviors. People with
narcissists under negative evaluation are more healthy and covert narcissism personality are generally vulnerable to
positive than that of covert narcissists. The reasons may be: damage of hurt events in life and show high self-esteem
firstly, overt narcissists have higher life satisfaction and same as those with overt narcissistic personality, but their
higher self-esteem, and when they receive negative self-esteem is not stable and has a defensive nature. Covert
evaluations, they have the motive of maintaining stable narcissists also have key characteristics of narcissism, such
self-image, refuse negative feedback inconsistent with the as self-sufficiency, self-indulgence, entitlement, vanity, and
self-concept and ignore others’ negative assessment to ignorance of others’ needs. When refused by accompaniers,
maintain his/her high self-esteem; secondly, overt narcissists self-esteem of covert narcissists may decrease, they may
perfect themselves through their own efforts and then make make mandatory response to negative evaluation, i.e. hit and
others admire to increase the emotional self-support refuse accompaniers cooperating with them or potential
(Rathvon & Holmstrom, 1996), therefore, when the positive providers of negative information feedback, so as to stop
self-assessment conflicts with other’s negative assessment, others’ further challenges, and deal with the relations among
they actively depreciate others to maintain the superiority people and things around with a confrontation attitude.
and weaken the feeling of being threatened (Zhao Jing and Covert narcissists under negative evaluation lack sympathy
Zhang Haizhong, 2007); thirdly, overt narcissists have good and perspective-taking ability, and they are very angry
state of mind, and they maintain self-superiority and toward failures. Researches have shown that covert
self-identity, overcome the pessimistic mood, and maintain narcissists have more relation to severe punishment from
pleasant mood through self-regulation, so they have higher his/her father, and this may lead to covert impulsive and
scores in the two dimensions of agreeableness and activity compulsory behaviors, so their rage and excitement level is
than those of covert narcissistic personality. high under negative evaluation. On the other hand, the
reason may be that some subjects did not believe the low
4.2. Differences in Negative High Excitement score evaluation of the Intelligence Test, or the relaxing
Dimension of Mood Subscale among Different music made the mentality of the subjects in a good state,
Types of Narcissists under Negative leading to no impact of negative evaluation on subjects’
Evaluation mood, so that no data show significant correlation with
There are significant differences in the total score of negative high excitement subscale.
negative high excitement dimension of mood subscale
among the three different types of narcissists (P=0.03<0.05).
The post-hoc multiple comparisons show that differences in
662 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

4.3. Differences in Negative Low Excitement 4.4.2. Field experiment is employed in this study,
Dimension of Mood Subscale among Different there’s no contrast group, and there may be impact of some
Types of Narcissists under Negative additional factors.
Evaluation 4.4.3. In the classification of types of narcissistic
personality, little attention is given to personality with
There are significant differences in the total score of insignificant overt and covert narcissism, and more attention
negative low excitement dimension of mood subscale among is given to high overt and high covert narcissism, but in
the three different types of narcissists (P=0.02<0.05). The practice, university students may have the three types of
post-hoc multiple comparisons show that differences in the narcissistic personality at the same time.
total score of negative low excitement dimension of mood
subscale exist between high overt narcissists and high covert 5. Conclusion
narcissists (t=-5.00, p<0.05), and between narcissists with
5.1. There are differences in the state of mind among
insignificant high overt and high covert narcissism and high
different types of narcissists under negative evaluation, and
overt narcissists (t=-4.88, p<0.05). The correlation analysis
the differences mainly exist between the high overt and
shows that negative high excitement is significantly
high covert narcissism.
correlated with the factors of authority, superiority,
5.2. Several factors of high overt narcissism are
vulnerability and self-admiration, with significant correlation
significantly positive correlated with the positive mood
being -0.35, 0.40, 0.37 and 0.51 respectively. This is
subscale and significantly negative correlated with the
consistent with findings of researches abroad. Existing
negative mood subscale; several factors of high covert
researches have shown that covert narcissists are generally
narcissism are significantly positive correlated with the
anxious, depressive, lack of satisfaction, are relatively
negative mood subscale.
unhappy compared with overt narcissists, and have relatively
5.3. Overt narcissists have more positive emotional
low self-esteem and satisfaction (Rose, 2002). Dynamic
appearances, while covert narcissists have more negative
psychologist Masterson believes that covert narcissists
inward emotions and outward impulsive behaviors.
obtain emotional self-support based on the ideal others’
assessment, and they will feel helpless, depressive and References
anxious when they can not maintain the exaggerated
[1] Qin Xiangrong, “Theoretical study of narcissism in psychology”,
self-concept (Rathvon & Holmstrom, 1996). This explains
Sichuan Mental Health, 17 (4), 2004: 248-249.
the significant positive correlation between high covert
narcissism and dimensions of negative low excitement in [2] Zhao Jing and Zhang Haizhong, “Research progress of narcissism”,
this study. The correlation analysis also shows that high Journal of Psychiatry, 2007, 20 (1): 52-56.
covert narcissists have a high level of contemplation under [3] Zheng Yong and Huang Kui, “Overt and covert narcissism: a
negative evaluation. Covert narcissists are very concerned psychological exploration of narcissistic personality”, Psychological
about the evaluation of the outside world, casual Science, 2005, 28 (5): 1259-1262.
perspectives or remarks of others during interpersonal [4] Jiang Ya, Experiments Concerning the Different Aggressive
communications will cause their vigilance, and such Behavior between the Overt and Covert Narcissists in the Peer
vigilance is usually accompanied by reduction of self-esteem, Rejection Circumstance, Master’s degree thesis of Southwestern
resulting in self-doubt, so when they are denied by the University, April 2007.
outside world, self-denial will arise internally and they will [5] Eric Hoover and Deng Mingqian, “U.S. study: today’s university
feel helpless, self-contemptuous and anxious. This is students are more narcissistic”, Education Forum, July 2007.
probably one of the causes for negative low excitement. [6] Rose P,The happy and unhappy faces of narcissism[J],Personality
4.4. Inadequacies of Study and Individual sDifferences,2002:379-392.
[7] Rathvon N,Holmst rom R. An MMPI-2 port rait of
4.4.1. The study shows that characteristic factors of
narcissism,Journal of Personality Assessment,1996,66:1-19.
covert narcissism and contemplation are significantly
correlated (correlation value 0.52-0.59), indicating that
covert narcissists have a high level of covert contemplation,
which may lead to loss of original self-satisfaction and
self-affirmation, depression and pessimistic emotion under
negative evaluation, and even aggressive behavior when the
negative evaluation received beyond their mental capacity,
and there may be individual differences in mental endurance
ability. However, this is not included in this study.
663 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Research on Synergetic Management

Countermeasures of Emergency/Daily
Operational Interface in Major Transport Hub
Jianfeng Hua1, Qingqing Xu2, Jingxin Yan3
1,2,3
College of Management and Economics,Tianjin Universtiy,Tianjin, China
2
xu_qingqing@126.com
Abstract: On the basis of the domestic and foreign related studies about interface management, through the analysis of the
emergency and daily operational interface of the major transport hub, this paper defines the interface of emergency
management and daily operation management, puts forward interface barriers in the normal and emergency states and
summarizes the causes of interface barriers from three aspects. At last, with “synergetic management” theory, the paper
proposes synergetic management countermeasures from the decision layer, supporting layer and execution layer. It is
essential and can effectively reduce the problems in the emergency management of major transport hub through the
synergetic management in emergency and daily operation management.
Keywords: major transport hub; interface; emergency management; daily operational management; synergetic management
1. Introduction transport hubs under construction, such as Tianjin West

Railway Station, Nanjing South Railway Station, Xiamen
After decades of rapid development, the framework of (new) Railway Station, and Zhengzhou East Railway
China’s comprehensive transportation has initially formed Station.
and transportation has entered into a new stage of Comprehensive transport hub, which embodies the urban
development from the initial focus only on various transport transport function, has the characterizes of high-density
modes aimed at improving its own system to the equal buildings with large-scale facilities, huge and highly
emphasis on the improvement of its own system and the concentrated traffic flow, complex and various transfer
comprehensive transport system. In 2007, the China’s State means, management interface and property rights
Council reviewed and passed “The medium and long term intersecting with each other. In such high-density,
planning of comprehensive transport network”. The planning high-speed, large-scale and concentrated huge pubic
views constructing an integrated transport system as the complex buildings, the establishment and implement of
starting point and realizing “zero distance passengers emergency management is extremely urgent and necessary.
change” and cargo transshipment “seamless join” as the goal. Therefore, it is necessary to coordinate the emergency and
Also, the planning defines the meaning and the levels of daily operational management of the transport hub to ensure
comprehensive transport hub. Comprehensive transport hub the emergency management can be smoothly developed and
is the transfer place of various transport means and city effectively implemented. From the perspective of interface
traffic, and make comprehensive use of modern advanced management, this paper discusses the effective synergetic
techniques (hardware and software) to make facilities, management countermeasures of the emergency and daily
transport operations, technical standards, information operational management interfaces.
transmission and organizational management of the various
means of transport a physically and logically seamless 2. Research on Interface Management
cohesion, thus forming an integrated transport transfer
system. Foreign research on interface management began with
In recent years, the major transport hubs in some of R$D and Marketing departments of the enterprises, and then
China’s medium and large-sized cities have started to be was gradually enriched. As early as 1978, Souder, et al.
constructed, generally showing the treads and characteristics investigated 150 specific projects of 38 industrial enterprises,
of large-scale, integration and three-dimension. At present, finding that when there were serious problems in
what have been put into use are Shenzhen Futian, Beijing R&D-Marketing interface, 68% R&D projects would
South Railway Station, Tianjin East Railway Station and completely failed in the commercialization process and 21%
Shanghai Hongqiao transport hubs. And there are some projects would partially failed [1] . Rockhoff, et al. (1993)
P P
664 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

J. F. Hua et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp664-669
proposed the non-hierarchy and hierarchy-coordination In recent years, the study of interface management no
principle of the interface management [2] . Also, some P P longer focused on the field of enterprise organizations. By
scholars studied the causes of interface barriers. A. interface management theory, Hang Li (2007), Wenbo Li
vandevelde and R. van dierdonck (2003) pointed out the (2007), Shuilian Wang (2008) and Lisong Hou (2008)
differences in personalities, culture and organizational dicussed the relationship between demand and supply,
modes and geographic locations, as well as language knowledge alliance management, supply chain management
problems led to the interface barriers [3] .P P and brand management. Wenbo Li, et al. (2007) proposed
The research and practice of interface management in general methods of knowledge alliance interface
China started later. Jinyang Huan (2000) introduced the management in terms of management process, fuzzy control
concept of interface management and put forward three and organizational learning [10] . Shuilian Wang, et al. (2008)
P P
development stages of interface management. IN the first put forward two approaches eliminating the barriers of
stage, functions are divided and departments go their own supply-chain integrated interface, and improving the
ways. In the second stage, departments cooperate with each integration effect. One of the two approaches is
other and interface linkage is realized in a single project. result-sharing integrated allocation approach and the other is
And in the third stage, strategic linkage is realized in the task-sharing master-slave collaborative approach.
whole enterprise and on the multi-project level [4] . P P Since major transport hubs in China have just started to
Zhaofeng Diao (2001), Zuan Shen (2002) and Tao Wu be constructed, the academic research on transport hub
(2003) studied the causes and levels of the interface mainly focuses on planning and design, operational
management. Zhaofeng Diao stated that the causes of management patterns and disaster prevention and control,
interface management mainly included the following four while little research focuses on interface management.
common reasons: specialization; information delay; Liguang Wang (2008) and Hongbo Zhou (2008) respectively
objective difference; cultural conflict [5] . Zuan Shen (2002)
P P published the papers “Research on interface management in
divided the management interface in the enterprise the project construction of major comprehensive transport
management process into three ones: interface between hub” and “Interface management research and application in
enterprises (users-manufactures-suppliers interface; interface the project construction of railway transport”. But these
between functions of the enterprise papers mainly discussed the management problems of
(marketing-R$D-manufacturing interface); interface within construction interface.
the functions of the enterprises (research-development From the above analysis, we can see the research on
interface, product design-manufacture process interface). interface management has matured, but the research on
Based on the management interface research, Guoqing major comprehensive transport hub, especially on the
Zhao (2003), Tong Yang (2004), Yingyu Li (2006) and Zhe interface management of emergency and daily operational
Song (2008) conducted deep studies and put forward some management is less and need exploring in the future.
valuable suggestions and countermeasures. To construct Exploring the ways and methods of interface management in
modern enterprise management system, from the perspective major comprehensive transport hub is not only necessary for
of operational interface, Guoqing Zhao (2003) proposed the development of interface management theory, but also
establishing management orientation, which should be based the objective requirement of management practice
on Western enterprise management and emphasize the improving major comprehensive transport hub. It also
efficiency. From the perspective of the cultural interface, provides references for the management of other major
Guoqing Zhao (2003) proposed establishing management public complex buildings, especially for emergency
orientation, which should be based on national culture spirit management. So this research has great theoretical and
and emphasize our nation [6] . Tong Yang, et al. (2004) put
P P practical significance.
forward strengthening the common and cooperative
consciousness was the key and the core of interface 3. Emergency and Daily Operational Interface
management [7] . Yingyu Li (2006) proposed interface
P P
Analysis of Transport Hub

management strategies for the R$D and Marketing
departments, which included three points: first, establishing This paper mainly studies urban comprehensive transport
synergetic, sharing and team-cooperation corporate culture; hub, which mainly consists of large external transport
second, improving the quality of communication and facilities, such as air and railway, and is equipped with
cooperation through effective management of information internal transport facilities, such as railway transit stations,
communication; third, establishing management mechanism, bus hubs, public parking garages and taxi business stations.
such as job rotation system and reward-punishment system This paper mainly discusses the synergetic management
[8]
P . Zhe Song (2008) proposed constructing a sharing
P
problems of emergency and daily operational interface
organization mode to improve internal interface management of comprehensive transport hub. The interfaces
management in the process of organizational innovation of emergency management and daily operational
from the organizational level [9] .
P P
665 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

management will be briefly analyzed, and barriers and handled. It also involves these management affairs,
causes of these interfaces will also be summarized. including the maintenance of emergency equipment, daily
monitoring, exercise, training in the normal state and
3.1. Definition of Interface and Interface emergency response in the emergency state.
Management The interface between daily operation and emergency
refers to the interaction mechanism of personnel,
The concept of interface first appeared in the field of information and material among each hub owner, each
engineering technology and was used to describe the department, each relevant staff, kinds of software and
connection among various instruments, equipments and the hardware and process, the purpose of which is to realize the
parts of them. Then it was introduced into the field of normal operation of hub and maintain the ability of
management, which expanded its connotation and extension. emergency response.
In the management activities, interface mainly refers to the
communication, relationship and interaction of information, 3.3. Interface Barriers
material, capital and others elements among the involved
enterprises, involved departments of these enterprises and It is not easy to make the interfaces of emergency
each of the involved members or among the various management and daily operational management coordinated
mechanical equipments, hardware and software and and orderly, because the objectives, priorities and personnel
processes, which is for accomplishing a task or solving a duties of these two kinds of management have great
problem [5] . It can be seen that interface in the management
P P
differences. To be specific, the objective of emergency
field emphasizes the linkage mechanism among things and management in the comprehensive transport is to improve
events. the overall ability of emergency response, promptly and
Therefore, interface management refers that, in order to effectively deal with kinds of emergencies and be equipped
accomplish the same task, enterprises need to deal with the with various emergency facilities and ensure them operate
interaction of information, material, finance and other normally. This kind of management thinks little of
factors among the enterprises, departments of the enterprise operational management of the transport hub in the normal
and each of the involved members, solve the conflicts of state. While the daily operational management of transport
professional labor division and collaboration between both hub focuses on normal affairs of the hub in the normal state,
sides of the interface, realize the control, collaboration and which lacks of necessary understanding of emergency
communication, improve the overall function of management.
management factors and realize the optimization of According to the requirements of emergency
enterprise performance [4] .
P P
management, the management of comprehensive transport
It is not difficult to find that interface management is to hub can be divided into normal state and emergency state.
design and maintain a good interface environment. Through Interface barriers in these two states will be briefly analyzed.
effective interface management, the communication, Normal state usually refers to the state that the hub
coordination and cooperation among cross-interfaces can be operates normally. Interface barriers mainly refer to the
effective, management factors can be effectively connected conflicts between the daily work of emergency management
and integrated and the overall performance will be finally and daily operational management. The main interface
improved. barriers include the following four aspects: first, when the
hub is under the normal operational order, whether the
3.2.. Definition of Emergency and Daily emergency training and exercises can be done as scheduled
and the quality and effectiveness of training and exercises
Operational Interface of Major Transport can be ensured, and whether staff can really grasp the ability
Hub of emergency response; Second, the daily management of
emergency equipments, which ensures the normal
The daily management of major transport hub is mainly performance and quality of emergency equipments and tools,
to maintain the normal operation of the transport hub and especially those not often used, such as fire shutter doors and
provide travelers convenient and comfortable transport fire extinguishers, e.g., in the investigation, we found some
service. The daily operation of comprehensive transport hub debris was piled up under the fire shutter door of a transport
involves daily monitoring, vehicle personnel dispatch, hub. Under this condition, once fire breaks out, it will have
information release, equipment maintenance, property, an impact on emergency response; Third, the staffing. In the
security and commercial development, which are relatively normal state, staff’s main duty in the transport hub is to
complicated. maintain the normal operation of the hub, but some of the
The emergency management of transport hub is mainly staff shoulder the task of emergency management at the
to improve its ability of emergency response and ensure all same time, which brings out management conflicts; Fourth,
types of emergencies can be promptly and effectively the synergy and cooperation of departments and personnel.
666 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Some of the daily management work in emergency owners, personnel relationship is complex, which has a
management requires the coordination and cooperation of negative effect on interface management.
multi-departments and personnel and even requires the 2) Complexity of emergency response
external coordination and cooperation. In this process, The building structure of major comprehensive transport
conflicts and barriers appear. Take daily exercises of hub in China is complex, especially those underground
emergency management as an example, a large-scale buildings, some of which have four floors. The flow in the
disaster prevention emergency exercise requires the transport hub is huge and some of the passengers are not
coordination and cooperation of multi-agencies and familiar with the evacuation routes. Such non-open space
multi-departments including the fire agency, as well as the has a negative effect on the efficiency of emergency
coordination of the personnel within and out of the hub and evacuation. Emergencies, especially terrorist attack and
the departments within the hub. In this process, emergency explosions, cannot be predicted, which have higher
communication must have barriers and conflicts to certain requirements of the emergency workers and equipments, e.g.,
degree. in the Sarin gas attack which happened in Tokyo subway in
Emergency state refers to the state that emergencies 1995, 5511 were poisoned and 135 firefighters were injured.
occur in the hub. Interface barriers mainly refer to the The main reason is lacking of the consciousness of these
barriers between the emergency response and the new, large-scale and special disasters and preparation for the
maintenance of the hub. The main interface barriers include emergency resources.
the following three aspects: first, whether emergency 3) Complexity of the staff organization and coordination
personnel can promptly change their roles. In the process of In the operation of comprehensive transport hub, each of
emergency response, both the commanders and executors the owners is mainly responsible for daily operation of the
have to change their roles from the normal state to the various transport means and businesses like hotels, while the
emergency state as soon as they receive the message. If the hub operation company is mainly responsible for the overall
role transformation is not timely or in place, it can have an operation of the hub. At present, most of the domestic hubs
impact on the emergency response. Secondly, whether the insist on the principle of downsizing. Workers such as
emergency resources are made effective use of which cleaners, security personnel and assistant personnel are
include emergency communication system, comprehensive dispatched by property companies. The complexity of
monitoring system and water prevention system, as well as a personnel causes some difficulties in organizing and
variety of devices should be considered. The problems coordinating the staff in the emergency state. Besides, there
occurring in the process of resources deployment and usage are a larger number of dispatched workers and the workplace
also cause emergency response barriers. Thirdly, personnel is often grouped in a more concentrated place, which is the
coordination and cooperation should be considered in the key factor affecting the emergency evacuation in the process
process of emergency response. Although there are of emergency response. But, since these workers are
emergency plans and emergency training and exercises in dispatched, the important factor of interface management is
ordinary time, the occurrence of emergence can cause whether they can performance their duties in the emergency
personnel coordination and cooperation barriers, because it state.
is always unpredicted and accidental.
3.5. Necessity of Strengthening Interface
3.4. Main Causes of Interface Barriers Management
1) Difficulty in coordinating more owners In terms of comprehensive transport hub management,
According to the current information, there are at least the management of emergency management interface and
five owners in the existing major comprehensive transport daily operation management interface is to create a good
hubs in China, which usually include airlines, companies of interactive environment for each member of the major
national railway, urban rail, high-speed passenger transport, transport hub, making the interaction and coordination of
bus, taxi and commercial companies like hotels. Now, the emergency management and daily operational management
common practice is to set up a hub operation company orderly. The effectiveness of interface management has a
which is responsible for the hub operation and coordinate strong effect on the emergency response ability and
with the owners. Each of the owners operates independently efficiency. Efficient emergency response mechanism
in their own regions, while the hub operation company is requires highly synergetic relationship between daily
responsible for the public region. Because the emergencies operational management and emergency management.
such as terrorist attacks and fire have the characteristics of On one hand, orderly and smooth daily operational
expanding, it requires the coordination and cooperation of management of transport hub is the basis and premise of
multi-owners. But because of the difference of their regions emergency management. On the other hand, it requires the
and objectives, it often causes difficulties. Besides, since the coordination and cooperation of multi-departments and
personnel working in the transport hub belong to different personnel to promptly and effectively handle the
667 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

emergencies, especially the more serious ones. At this time, that may arise, the emergency committee should ensure the
interface management is particularly important. Therefore, good identification and handover of each interface from the
only when the effective interface management is achieved, hardware layout, information transfer to staff duties at all
realizing the synergetic management between daily levels, as well as making the unified planning and
operational management and emergency management of the management and eliminating the interface barriers caused by
transport hub, does the transport hub maintain a good public coordination difficulties.
order in both the normal and emergency states and operate Thirdly, detailed training and exercises plan should be
normally. So it is of great significance to strengthen the developed. The duties of each department and person in the
interface management of emergency management and daily emergency response are specified in the emergency planning
operation management in the major comprehensive transport system. The ability of actual practice and coordination is
hub. enhanced by training and exercises, which makes the
emergency response orderly in the emergency state.
4. Strategy of Synergetic Interface
Management 4.2. Synergetic Management Countermeasures of
Execution Layer
The word “synergetics” comes from Greek, meaning the
science of coordinating. It studies the synergetic effect Execution layer is the basis of interface management,
caused by the interaction of various subsystems within the which is responsible for implementing specific actions and
system and the mechanism and common law from disorder commands and the key of emergency response in the
state to order state, as well as from order state to chaos state. emergency state. From the perspective of execution layer,
Synergetics has universal significance and wide usage and two specific suggestions are put forward.
can be used in the field of management. If the people, Firstly, communication and cooperation consciousness
organizations and environment within one management should be strengthened. Each of the executing workers have
system coordinate and cooperate with each other and work to actively participate in daily training and exercises,
together to operate for the same goal, the synergetic effect implement various commands from the decision layer,
occurs. Instead, the management system is trapped in a strengthen their cooperation with other organizations,
chaotic state [12] .
P P departments and workers and promptly solve the conflicts
This paper attempts to use the synergetic management and barriers that arise.
theory to solve the emergency and daily operational interface Secondly, the standard operation process should be
management problems. First of all, from the perspective of established. The concept of standard operation process
emergency management, interface can be divided into three comes from the “lean” concept. The nature of standard
layers: decision layer, supporting layer and execution layer. operation process is to refine and quantify the key control
Synergetic management countermeasures of the three layers points in the process by the optimized design of operational
are discussed in the following. process. Interface management is to ensure each type of
work is in a good order and eliminate interface barriers by
4.1. Synergetic Management Countermeasures of standard operation procedures.
Decision Layer
4.3. Synergetic Management Countermeasures of
Decision layer is the core of interface management, Supporting Layer
which is responsible for deciding, commanding and
scheduling the operational management and emergency Supporting layer refers to the system providing security
management. The interface management of decision layer for the emergency management. To eliminate interface
has a direct effect on the overall emergency management of barriers, this paper proposes the following two
the transport hub. Combined with specific situations of the countermeasures from the perspective of supporting layer.
transport hub, this paper puts forward the following three Firstly, resources database should be established. The
countermeasures. databases include the database of emergency equipment,
Firstly, setting up the emergency committee made up of external experts, emergency planning, which can strengthen
senior leaders of each owner and the operational company the management of emergency resources, make the
and executing the decision-making power. Its main duties management maintain the emergency resource and ensure
are to guide and supervise each system for the overall benefit the emergency planning plays a normal role in the
of the transport hub and coordinate the overall operational emergency state.
and emergency management of the hub, such as daily Secondly, information system should be optimized.
emergency exercises. Information management system can be optimized by
Secondly, unified emergency management planning of establishing the systems of planning management, expert
the hub should be considered. For all kinds of emergencies supporting and resources databases. Through the timely
668 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

information transfer and communication, interface barriers [7] Tong,Yang, Zinan Xu, and Zhihua Ding, “Improving the level of
can be reduced. interface management through experience training[J].Chinese
Thirdly, highly intelligent comprehensive monitoring Training, 2004(7), pp. 22-23.
system should be established. The video monitoring system [8] Yingyu Li, “Interface Management of R&D and marketing
and fire fighting system can be highly integrated by highly departments in the enterpreise technology innovation,” Academic
intelligent comprehensive monitoring system, which Exchange, 2006(5), pp. 76-79.
provides comprehensive solutions for emergency response, [9] Zhe Song and Shuen Wang, “Sharing organization mode:improving
supports system linkage and realizes intelligent control. interface management from the perspective of the organization,”
Modern Management Science, 2008(10), pp. 112-113.
5. Conclusion [10] Wenbo Li and Hangjiang Li, “Interface management research based
The emergency and daily operational interface on enterprise knowledge alliance,” Technology Progress and
management in major transport hubs are very complex. This Countermeasures, 2007,24(12), pp. 152-155.
paper discusses interface barriers and the main causes, puts [11] Shuilian Wang and Baoshan Li, “Interface management from the
forward the synergetic strategies for interface management. perspective of supply chain integratio,” Management Encyclopedia,
The interface management of major transport hub 2008(2), pp. 27-29.
involves many agencies, departments, personnel and [12] Degen Li and Jing Liang, “Synergetic Management is the Nature of
relevant equipment, so this paper put forward the synergetic Modern Management,” Truth, 2009(2),pp. 135-137.
countermeasures of interface management from the decision
layer, execution layer and supporting layer.
But with the continuous development and progress of
major transport hub and emergency management, new
requirements of emergency management and daily
operational interface management are occurring, so specific
theories and methods should be continuously improved and
perfect.
References
[1] W.E.Sender and A. K. Chakrabarti, “The R&D/marketing interface:
results from an empirical study of innovation projects,” IEEE
Transactions on Engineering Management, 1978,(25), pp. 88-93.
[2] Brockhoff, K. and Hauschildt, J., “Schnittstellen management
koordination ohne hierarchie,” Zeitschrift Fuchrung and Organisation,
1993,(62), pp. 396 - 403.
[3] A. Vandevelde and R. Van Dierdonck, “Managing the
design-manufacturing interface,” .International Journal of Operations
& Production Management, 2003,23(11), pp. 1326 -1347.
[4] Jinyang Hua and Gang Zhang, “Dissusion of three development
stages of interface management[J].Research Management, 2000,21(2),
pp. 35-42.
[5] Zhaofeng Diao and Dongfang Yu, “Dissusion of interface
management in modern enterprises,” Technology Progress and
Countermeasures, 2001(5), pp. 85-86.
[6] Guoqing Zhao, Interface, “Thoery of modern management and the
system construction of enterprise management,” Journal of Yunnan
Finance & Trade Academy, 2003,17(1), pp. 96-98.
669 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Discussion on the Schedule Management of

Landscape Works
Lin Zhao1, Lei Deng2
1,2
College of Engineering, Ocean University of China,Qingdao, China
2
dengleijia@163.com, 1zl_qingdao@163.com
Abstract: The construction of landscape works is the foundation of improving the urban ecological environment and
enhancing the people’s living standard and work quality. And schedule management is an important part in the construction of
landscape works, which is the key of whether the project can complete on time or not and what is the produce benefits. And the
schedule management of afforestation also affects the quality and cost of the project. Taking the construction of landscape
works in "golden water" subdistrict as an example, the factors that affect the schedule management of landscape works and
their control measures have been described in this paper.
Keywords: landscape works; schedule management; factors; control measures
development of the original space, but also highlight the

1. Introduction landscape of higher level.
The landscape works is an important part of urban 2.2. Complex Construction Process, High
infrastructure construction, and it contributes to the city
Standards
building of spiritual civilization. Landscape works include
the construction of gardens, planting green, terrain Landscape engineering should not only meet the use
modification, earthwork, roads, drainage, electricity and so function, and then to meet landscape’s watching and
on. In landscape works, schedule management is particularly recreational function. To meet with use, ornamental and
important. Practice shows that the quality, duration, and cost recreation and other functions of the landscape engineering
affect each other. In general, the faster the progress, the faster need a high level of construction process. Therefore,
progress of the project will be, and the greater the workload, landscape engineering has a more complex construction
the lower cost is. Scientific and reasonable schedule can help process and high standards than common project construction.
control cost and quality of the project. In the construction
2.3..The Technology of Landscape Engineering
process, if the project schedule has been disrupted, that will
lead to a series of problems, such as rush job or any delay,
Construction is Complex
and that will makes the cost increase, and affects the quality Because of the complexity of the landscape engineering,
of the project .A reasonable schedule will ensure that the goal construction management and technical personnel should
of the project can be submitted on time, and ensure the have a high level of expertise. The complex environment of
various resources of the construction unit with the best and Garden construction also contributes to the technical
fullest use to achieving maximum efficiency and reducing the complexity of construction. A garden project construction
project cost [1]. worker should not only master the technology of construction,
but also have a high artistic accomplishment. Only under the
2. Features of the Landscape Construction premise of full understanding of the design concept and the
use of their creativity and artistic sense, can they built a
2.1..The Location of Landscape Construction is landscape whit a higher level and standard.
Complex and Changeable
2.4. Landscape Construction is Very Professional
Landscape engineering is general in town or good natural
surroundings, and in the residential area between the Landscape construction includes construction of a great
buildings like this project. The diversity of construction’s many things such as terrain modification, drop- Hill,
geographical position makes landscape engineering in special fountains, water supply and drainage works, road works,
complex terrain. This needs the builders to adjust measures to floor covering, wall decoration, pavilion construction,
local conditions. We should not only keep the existence and planting and so on [2]. Each project has a very strong
professional construction technology, which requires
comprehensive understanding in all aspects. This project
670 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

includes most of the above-mentioned landscape, such as 3.2. Changes in Customers’ Demand
fountains, pavilion, rockeries, ponds, recreational facilities,
Landscape works serve customers and should be based on
sculpture, floor covering, etc. So the construction is difficult,
customers' demand. The engineering should be changed by
and the impact on the progress is very huge.
customer’s different requirements, construction plans should
2.5..Landscape Engineering has A Strong also be changed according to customers' requirements. If a
Comprehensive Nature and Cross-Operating customer is at the scene and build new ideas in completed
area, these changes of requires will impact the construction
With the development, scale of garden is growing, and
schedule and then affect its follow-up. The larger the time
more and more features are requested, and this makes
gap, the greater the impact on the duration.
comprehensive features more prominent in gardens project.
In its construction, it involves a large number of engineering 3.3. Technical Reasons
categories and types of engineering technology. In the same
The construction sometimes incorrectly estimate the
project, we often need different construction units and
difficulties of construction technology, inadequate consider
different types of technical personnel to complement each
of some design and construction issues underestimate the
other, need collaboration to complete the project.
technical difficulty, above will result in the delay of project's
2.6..Construction Enters the Venue Late and is progress. It will lead to mistakes or to delay the construction
Impacted by the Other Projects duration without correct understanding on the new
technologies, new materials, new processes, and sometimes
Landscape works are always carried out after the end of without a comprehensive understanding of design intent and
the construction works, especially the place of human technical requirements. The owners propose new
activities like city district and so on. The duration is impacted requirements of the original design, leaving the construction
by the construction works. Other preliminary project technology changes need to re- arrange the human and
schedule delays will affect the construction progress of the material resources, it will also affect the progress of the
garden project, and climate and other factors have a greater project.
impact on garden works and progress.
3.4. The Impact of Construction Conditions
2.7. Subject to Seasonal Climate Impact
In the construction process, the unfavorable factors of
Green is essential to planting works, so it must be the climate, hydrology, geology, and the surrounding
most important in the garden planting. In order to achieve a environment will affect the construction schedule. The rain
certain artistic effect, you need a variety of plants tie with will affect the pavement of the ground and seedlings planted.
others in the garden planting. While the growth, transplant The construction schedule should take full account of the
and survival after transplantation of various types of plant is weather conditions and make emergency preparedness to
affected by seasonal climate. The requirements of the minimize the delays caused by climatic factors.
construction time are more demanding.
3.5. The Impact of Various Risk Factors
3. Factors That Affect the Construction
Schedule During construction, the safety issues are very seriously.
There are a variety of tools and instruments in the
3.1. Improper Construction Organization construction site. If the staff does not pay attention, there will
The construction site is not static. If the construction be an accident, which would even cause casualties. In
program designed by construction unit is not attentive, addition, the stability of the staff is also a risk, we should
manager’s work is not well, problems are not accurately and ensure that staff remained at their posts. The funding is also a
timely solved, etc, they will affect the project's construction greater risk in the construction process, the construction side
schedule. For example, construction tasks, responsibilities, should ensure that funds are available. Earthquakes, floods
unclear goals, the mot clear responsibilities of the and other natural aspects can not be considered, although
management staff less of responsibility in manage, poor these cases are rare.
management, improper deployment of labor and construction 3.6. The Influence of the Materials
machinery, unreasonable layout of construction roads and
site the contractor and subcontractor disturb in construction Landscape engineering construction cannot leave the
and so on, all will cause the delay of duration[3]. materials. To ensure the smooth progress of the project, we
must have enough material preparation, so we should make a
reasonable plan about the use of the material. Before the start
of each stage of construction, making a plan to prepare
671 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

materials is necessary. Material can not be insufficient, also same time, make corresponding reward and punishment
can not be too much, deficiency can cause slowdown, and too measures, lead and oversee in terms of the duration of plan to
much will take up the construction site and affect the normal ensure the scheduled to be completed.
construction. 3) The establishment of regular meetings of the schedule
control system. Progress control work contains a great deal of
3.7. The Impact of the Construction Team organization and coordination, the meeting is the primary
The selection of the construction team have an important means of organization and coordination. In project
impact on the project progress. In garden construction, there implementation, project regular meeting attended by project
are many different teams, and the good and bad are manager and construction team leader are hosted by the
intermingled, to select a good team is critical to the success project director. They report project status on the meeting,
of the project. Construction team shall be composed by the analyze, and solve the existing problems in the engineering
relatively high quality, high credibility staff. The and layout tasks, and format the minutes of meetings. Of all
organization and coordination of the teams is a very construction workers to grasp the status of works through the
important factor, the coordination between each team will system of engineering regular meetings and at the same time
directly affect the progress of the projects and management. the engineering problems are solved in time.
3.8. Water and Electricity Supply and Other Basic 4.2. Management Measures
Conditions 1) In order to ensure the construction progress of the
At the construction site, temporary water and electricity garden project, materials required for each process should be
should meet the needs of construction, There are many prepared in advance according to established schedule. The
construction teams, so temporary water, electricity supply is construction unit shall prepare materials procurement plans
also very important. For example, if nighttime construction is and machinery use plans and give appropriate guarantees in
required, the supply of adequate lighting is necessary. In the terms of capital to ensure that the garden project schedule can
planting process, sufficient and timely supply of water is be implemented smoothly. Specifications of materials, colors,
indispensable. patterns, types of seedlings need to meet the design
requirements, the feed should be qualified.
3.9..Aftercare is not Sufficient, Affect the 2) Prepare a progress plan
Completion of the Project Analyze and consider the logical relationship between
Planting project is a very important part in landscape the various processes of critical tasks and critical path, and
works. Planting is different from other projects in the preparation of engineering and network planning. All
construction, because the greening of the seedlings is a living parties should be concerned in the preparation of the plan to
thing. Because maintenance is inadequate in the Zone A, strengthen and improve collaboration in order to ensure the
resulting in a poor part of the seedling landscape and implementation of the plan.
increasing the green adjustment process, which directly affect 3) Establish a special charge of organization and
the project completion and acceptance. leadership, to ensure the duration of the progress of
coordination mechanism.
4..Measures to Control the Construction 4) Emphasis on the impact of accidents and risk factors.
Schedule We should note that analysis of the risks affecting the
project’s progress and possible accidents in the construction
4.1. Organization Measure process and then take appropriate risk management measures
1) Select leader with experience in similar projects, set up and accident protection measures. Comprehensive consider
the efficient project management team. Conduct according to and integrated views of all parties in order to reduce risks and
the nature of the engineering and construction features, accidents are necessary.
implement managers' responsibility and division of labour, 5) Pay attention to information technology and other
determine its assignment, and grant them certain powers to technical applications. IT is a highly effective management
avoid the over-concentration of power, set up examination means. It can effectively improve the efficiency of
criteria for the work, open symposium on a regular basis. information processing and facilitate the exchange.
2) Set up the progress management team, develop
4.3. Technical Measures
schedule control process. In construction, project manager is
responsible for project schedule. The group consisting of the 1) Study the design drawings and technical specifications
department of cost, engineering, materials and equipment, carefully, do good construction design and adjust the
coordinate mutually, implement project schedules. At the schedule based on changes in the construction process.
672 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Timely response to the problem that is not clear in the design combining the scientific, technical and artistic of landscaping
drawings and require design unit to clarify. The choice of works.
technology of construction methods must be advanced and
reliable. References
2) We should strengthen the technical management [1] Bingxi Lv. Talking about construction management of gardening
during the construction. The use of advanced feasible project, Science and technology information, 2007.
technologies should also be considered timely economic [2] Harold Kerzner. A Systerm To Planning Scheduling and
rationality according to the actual situation of the project. Conroling．Publishing House of Electronics, 2002.
Such as pavement and plant cultivation techniques, quality [3] Yanxi Huang. Enhance the quality of landscape engineering and
and the plants’ survival rate should be guaranteed, etc. promote excellent landscape project construction, Anhui Agricultural
Science Bulletin, 2009, pp. 23–25.
4.4. Contract Measures
Maintain communication with the owners, supply
vendors, their sub- units, fulfill contractual obligations
earnestly. If each other affect the progress of the project,
saving detailed records and valid evidence is essential, and
then claim under the contract. To complete stage works or to
check and accept timely so as not to affect the construction
schedule of follow-up.
4.5. Economic Measures
Construction progress should be reported to the owners
timely, apply for progress payments in order to access to the
payment of visa timely. Developing incentives and
disincentives of the construction schedule top mote the work
on time or ahead of schedule. To control costs during
construction and forecast demand for liquidity, to realize the
rational management of funds.
4.6..Information Communication Management
Measures
Actual construction progress data should be collected
timely within the organization, comparing with the schedule
to find out the deviation and analyzing the causes to
formulate corresponding measures. Maintain close contact
and communication with all parties who have a contractual
relationship with them. They should also maintain contact
with these who have no contractual relationship but interest
in the construction to ensure the smooth progress of the
project. Such as circuit sectors, hydropower companies,
municipal roads sector, etc.
5. Concluding
This article is written in the practice of "golden water"
landscape works. According to the schedule management of
the construction, identify problems and propose appropriate
measures. Progress management of landscape engineering
should be mastered in practice. Schedule management should
have the relevant skills and ability to co-ordinate with various
units of the construction site. Under the premise of ensuring
the quality of the project, an economical, practical and
beautiful garden works will be built in a short time with
673 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
A Preliminary Disscussion on Chinese

Tourist Pier
Lin Zhao1, Yujie Ge2, Xiaoyan Fu3, Junxian Wang4 P
1,2,3,4
College of Engineering, Ocean University of China,Qingdao, China
1
zl_qingdao@163.com, 2geyujie870313@163.com
Abstract: Nowadays the investment and income of tourism have occupied a large part of the national economy, which
makes tourism the No.1 industry. Thanks to the reform and opening-up policy and the increasingly developed economy, the
Chinese tourism has been developed at a high speed and become a new point of growth of national economy. With its unique
and positive development prospect, the tourist pier has become a very popular form of amusement and recreation in modern
tourism, which enriches the marine sightseeing and creates high economic and social benefits. In this paper, we have prelim-
inary addressed the different kinds of piers such as Fisherman’s wharf, marina and cruise homeport terminal in terms of
forms and traits of the piers, comprehensively elaborated the piers from site selection, design, construction technique, man-
agement and operation and economic evaluation, analyzed the current situation, the advantages and disadvantages of the
piers in China, and summarized the universal laws and development trend of the main piers at home.
Keywords: tourism; tourist piers; forms and characteristics of piers; universal laws
For example, there are many ports wharfs in Qingdao and
1. Forms of Tourism Wharf in Terms of Func- its surrounding areas such as Shazikou Central Port, Jimiya
tionality Central Port, Red Island Port, Jiaozhou Sea Port, Jimo Port,
Modern tourism wharfs are generally composed of land- Chengyang Luojiaying Port and other more than ten large
scape belt, water platform, balcony layers and other architec- scale ports and 34 port wharfs. These ports can double as
tural components, which will build a large theme tourism tourism wharfs if slightly modified and utilized. Therefore
leisure experience zone combined with business, catering, many ports in Qingdao and its surrounding areas can be de-
sight-seeing, leisure and entertainment, specialty shopping, veloped into tourism wharfs which offer services for tourist
style performing and culture shows. It is not only an inte- sight-seeing and fishing. In the meantime, if eating estab-
grated entertainment resort, but also will become a local rep- lishments are to be built in proper areas, tourists can enjoy
resentative feature landmark. Of a variety of forms, tourism native and fresh seafood in the villages and thereby increases
wharf can be classified geographically as sea wharf, Yangtze fishermen’s income and promotes tourism catering industry
River wharf, river wharf and lakeside wharf; and functionally as well[1].
as Fisherman’s wharf, yacht wharf, cruise homeport wharf 1.2. Yacht Wharf
and ferry wharf.
Yacht wharf is a new form of wharf which has been
1.1. Fisherman’s Wharf quietly developing in China’s coastal areas and lakesides. As
At present, many domestic Fishermen’s wharfs are trans- the rise of the beautification and reforming movement in wa-
formed from the previous fishing wharfs, which were original terfronts of western cities, yacht clubs and yacht wharfs have
ports where fishermen sailed for fishing. After losing the become indispensable factors in city waterfronts designing
function as ports, these fishermen's wharfs feature with lei- projects and played an important role in beautifying city
sure and entertainment with the help of commercial packag- landscape and environment, improving city space quality and
ing. Other Fisherman’s wharfs, combining fishing and tour- enriching city public activities.
ism according with local customs, select fishing boats of Yacht wharfs takes into account natural conditions, social
good safety and professionally trained fishermen during the conditions and economic advantages in the aspects of design
fishing off seasons to develop sea tourism sight-seeing, fish- and technology. Yacht clubs require convenient traffic condi-
ing and fishing village catering, which increases fisherman’s tions when selecting locations. Generally, the drive time to
income and solves their living problems, and makes tourism downtown is limited to 1 to 2 hours [2]. They are required to
wharfs and port wharfs complementary and co-develop as be located on coastal lines, harbors, lakesides or ports with
well, and opens a new road for local tourism industry. international routes and of import and export, and therefore
provide convenience for yacht lovers from the neighbor cities
674 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

to travel and attracts them to gather around. The surrounding schedule the domestic unified plan of cruise wharf as soon as
environment of wharfs is required to be beautiful, with both possible.
internal graceful decorations and external excellent level of
green landscape, scenery configuration and leisure and enter- 2. The Laws of the Characteristics of the Tour-
tainment atmosphere. Therefore, gulf shielding, sea calmness, ist Pier
tide area and wind are crucial factors for constructing yacht 2.1. From the Site Design
wharfs [3]. As to water conditions, slow water, low waves,
clear water and fine water level are required. In areas of 1) Location.
strong wind and tides, there should be breakwaters inside Overall consideration should be according to the berthing
which harbor pool need to be quiet and wide. of the ship, topography, geology, seismic, hydrological, wa-
ters, and land conditions [5].
1.3. Cruise Wharf 1. A pier is suitable to be built on riverside or coastal zone
According to the importance, cruise wharfs can be di- with select geological conditions and stable bank slope;
vided into homeport wharf, berthing port wharf and small 2. Place with convenient transport should be primarily consi-
wharf. The node economic characteristic of cruise homeport dered. Its position had better to be prominent and near an
brings about consuming activities and income when cruise entrance. Pay attention to wind, sunlight and other meteoro-
ships arrive, stop and depart the wharf. Hence cruise home- logical factors and make the use of season wind. Avoid
port is a strong driving force for the regional economy. mooring ships with a draught and prevent from high tempera-
Cruise wharf is a high end tourism project of rapid grow- ture in summer. The reflected rays of the small incident angle
ing speed and great potential in international tourist market. of sunset light which may irritate visitors’ eyes and disturb
In recent years, it has risen as a new force suddenly coming the use of ships should be also avoided.
to the fore, and its growing rate exceeds the overall rate of 3. Water conditions including the water body size, water flow,
international tourism. In fact, every part of the economy in water level situation should take into account. For the sake of
the port cities where cruise ships stop is affected by cruise safe berth, the large-sized wharfs should be set in stormless
economy and increases its income correspondently. By driv- harbors; while the wharfs which take up small volume should
ing the development of tourism, catering, retailing and other be set in the open areas. In the water body with high flow rate,
service businesses and producing enormous economic in- the positive impact of water on the hull should be avoided.
come, cruise tourism can become a powerful economic en- 4. Land area of the wharf should have sufficient shoreline
gine and contribute significantly to the establishment and length and depth, leaving enough space to layout the front
development of modern service industry [4]. operation region, including dry warehouse roads, club func-
Although on a global scale there are more than nine hun- tional zones, and reparation and maintenance areas. General-
dred ports where cruise ships can anchor, it has to be noted ly speaking, piers should not be located at the end of bridge
that in most port cities of our country[4], there are considera- or on the lower reaches of the river which are areas prone to
ble problems preventing many ports from developing into siltation, so as to avoid high costs of investment and naviga-
cruise ship homeport including insufficient customers, incon- ble inconvenience.
venient gathering and distribution, imperfect local cruise ship 5. In terms of landscape effects, there should be sceneries in
repair service, weak goods supply capability, few launching the surface of broad water. Depth of field and visual level
cruise ships, lack of international cruise ship headquarters should be paid attention to when set sceneries in the small-
and domestic cruise ship companies and limitations caused sized water area in order to see big from the little.
by homeport configuration, port management and cruise ship 2) Selection and layout of Anchorage.
travel. In the starting phase of cruise ship economy in China, The selection of anchorages should consider the follow-
excessive building of cruise wharfs of special use will un- ing factors:
doubtedly cause a huge waste of money. In Europe where Holding ground— muddy and sandy ground are preferred
cruise economy is well developed, the number of large cruise to the areas where river is full of silt and sands;
wharfs is relatively small. Even in Savona, Italy, there is only Water area—flat water, small storms and appropriate depth
one cruise wharf that can berth a cruise ship more than 300 are needed;
meters, the rest being the old freight wharfs. In China’s Pearl Location—it should be as close as possible to the marina
River Delta, Hongkong, Guangzhou, Shenzhen and Zhuhai area, but should not take up the main channel or affect ship
have proposed to build cruise wharf; in the North of China, operating. There should be a certain distance between an-
apart from Tianjin which has already put the cruise wharf chorage and bridges, locks and dams, and pipelines underwa-
into use, Qingdao and Dalian has also proposed to build ter.
cruise wharf of special use. Therefore we should bring on 3) The design style of the building.
675 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

The design style should be in harmony with both the arc- 3) Breakwater [6]. To ensure the safety of the yacht or vessel
hitectural style of the overall environment and the characte- docked district, resist the storms invasion effectively, a semi-
ristics of the wharf building. It is better to be elegant and dy- surrounded breakwater is generally constructed outside the
namic, with, for example, the sail-like roof folded-plate roof tourist pier. And at the same time, reserved waterway for the
or round arch roof. Meanwhile buildings should be in line import and export is reserved. The main materials of con-
with the hydrophilic nature of the architecture. The design struction of the breakwater are rocks or precast concrete. It is
style can be modern or antique, oriental or occidental and built as trapezoidal cross section bevel. The height is general-
bear the national and regional architectural style. ly 1.5 to 3 meters higher than the highest water level.
4) The coordination of the overall environment.
Each part of the pier can be regarded as a construction
2.3. Management
group in order to be handled. In atrium space, the layout to The modern tourist pier has developed from the one with
reflect the architectural character and water-related sculptures, simple functions to multifunctional entertainment place cov-
murals, Ting step, stone home, cut off can be used according ering restaurant services, entertainment, accommodation,
to the tourists’ demand. At the beginning of construction, business, berthing, maintenance, supplies, driver training and
attention should be paid to view borrowing; sight-seeing other functions. Its service pattern is to provide ancillary ser-
should be used to make the pier scenery instead of a platform vices as the main content. Usually a tourist pier establishes
to watch the scene so as to coordinate to the overall environ- itself with a certain functions, for instance, club function,
ment. catering-conference-fitness function, and entertainment, wa-
5) Safety considerations ter sports training function, marinas maintenance and custody
The pier building is near the water resistance, there are function, holiday function, commercial function, hotel func-
many hidden dangers, and especially the children like to play tion, even group travel events planning function, aquatic life
here. Specific design must be done for their safety. Bulletin function, and port joint inspection function, etc. Specific sup-
boards, railings, guardrails and other safety publicity and porting projects and services provided are often determined
protection facilities should be set up. by the market positioning of the pier itself.
6) From environmental considerations The basic functional facilities cover two parts--marine
The tourist pier, sewage and oil processing should be paid and onshore facilities in which the former includes berths,
special attention and appropriate collection and treatment jetties, cruise and passenger liner, varieties of yachts and re-
systems should be set up. creational boats, etc. Berth base is equipped to provide yachts
accessible to the base with multi-directional services, for in-
2.2. In Terms of Construction Technology, the
stance, refueling, sea rescue, the ship license issuing, etc. The
Barge-Style, Stretched out and Floating Boat onshore facilities are mostly intended for ancillary services.
Are the Most Frequently Used. Supporting functional facilities—The land-based facilities
1) In rivers and lakes, the barge-style and stretched out are include clubhouses, catering buildings, villas, joint inspection
generally used. building, dry bulk terminals, ship repair warehouses, out-
A) If it is the little water body, wall built is required. The doors swimming pool, squash courts, indoors golf course and
wall should be perpendicular to the shore; in the larger water, tennis sports facilities, seamanship operations training base,
wall built is parallel to the shore; if the height of water level parking lots and so on.
and pond shore is different, it can be built combined with
2.4. Economic Evaluation
steps and platform layout.
B) Stretched out style is used for the water scenic areas, wall From the economic perspective, for a port, a city or a
built is not required. And the pier directly picks out into the country related to tourist piers the economic returns generat-
water in order to widen distance between the shore and ships ed from business can be huge and it will have a massive sti-
and increase in water depth. It is a better form of saving con- mulus to the local and national economy. Tourist piers will
struction costs. make the local tourism display a new look and promote the
2) Additional floating docks should be in place in the fishing development of local tourism industry comprehensively, and
port, in order to dock the yacht and sailing. The pontoon is thus boost the region’s economic growth and fiscal revenues.
usually made of steel and wooden, in order to meet the anti-
seawater corrosion and durability requirements. China and
abroad both have pontoon made of high-strength steel wire
mesh and cement. Pontoon is usually laid at the beach, for
yachts and ships unloading parked. When typhoon comes, the
pontoon can be pulled ashore to avoid the typhoon.
676 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

3. Conclusions
In recent years, the international tourism market has been
maintained a rapid growth trend, which shows the unprece-
dented growth rate and growth. Influenced by the economic
globalization, and the affects of the relevant policy, the
growth of the domestic tourism is much faster than the inter-
national tourism overall growth rate. This phenomenon urged
a series of tourism industries’ fast development. In recent
years, traveling ports have been sprung up, and have a high
growth speed and a huge potential for development of a high-
end tourism industry in domestic tourism market. The travel-
ing port is playing an important role in the port city. That we
are trying to transform the management mode of wharf into a
new business model, such as the resource-saving and envi-
ronment-friendly business model, which greatly drives the
development of the port city, will bring a huge economic
income to the tourism, catering, retail and other service in-
dustries around the pier. China's tourism terminal industry is
in the beginning phase, with great potential and challenges.
This paper analyzes the wharf forms and characteristics of
various kinds of traveling ports. And related technical prob-
lems still need to be further research and analysis.
References
[1] Dong Chen, Zhaolin Chen,“Thinking of tourism pier and the fishing
port combination,” Coastal Engineering, vol.25, NO.4, pp. 61-63,
2006.
[2] Hezhong Xiao, “Terminal planning and design of the Cruise ship,”
Journal of Hebei Vocation-Technical Teacher’s College Vol. 17,
No.1, pp.42-47, M arch 2003.
[3] Juehao Cheng, “Design and operation mode of the Yacht Club,”
Business Economic, NO.3, pp. 26-28, 2006.
[4] Xin Hai, “International Cruise Terminal construction plan should be
careful not to trap the Myth,”Port Economy, pp. 18, June 2011.
[5] Hao Gu, “The economic benefits of the modern cruise and cruise
terminal,” China ports, pp. 56-57, November 2008.
[6] Wenqin He, “The design of Marina,” Port and waterway engineering,
Total362, No.3, pp. 61-64, March 2004.
677 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Desorption Kinetics of Phosphorus and Nitrogen

to Sediment from Dianchi Lake
Jin Yang1, Linhua Zhu2, Tian Si3
1,2,3
The Faculty of Chemical Engineering, Kunming University of Science and Technology,Kunming, China
1
yangjin621@163.com
Abstract: Desorption kinetics of phosphorus and nitrogen to sediment collected from area nearby the sixth sewage
treatment plants of Dianchi Lake has been studied in water. The results showed that the time of desorption balance
emergence for TP(total phosphorus) and TN(total nitrogen) are both 2 hours. The equilibrium of desorption capacity of
TP is 0.0055 mg/g, and that for TN is 0.0042 mg/g. In period of 0~2h, for every gram of sediment, the average rate of
desorption for TP is 0.0022 mg.g-1.h-1, and that for TN is 0.0018mg.g-1.h-1.
Keywords: desorption kinetics; phosphorus; nitrogen; sediment
1. Introduction From this to discuss the law of phosphorus and nitrogen

releasing in the internal pollution of Dianchi Lake, and
Water pollution source of Dianchi Lake is always the provide the basis data and technical reference for Dianchi
hot attention by domestic and it is very difficult to solve. Lake water environment management.
Industrial and mining enterprises in the areas of Dianchi
Lake are not developed. The main characteristics of 2. Experiment
pollution are agricultural non-point source pollution from 2.1. Reagent and Instrument
stormwater runoff mix sediment containing a large number
of nitrogen, phosphorus. Eutrophication caused by • Analytically pure reagent is used such as monopotassium
non-point source pollution is one of the most serious threats phosphate, ammonium molybdate etc., and the sediment is
that the highland lakes and wetlands are facing..Sediment from area nearby the sixth sewage treatment plants of
containing nitrogen, phosphorus and other pollutants Dianchi Lake.
deposits in the lake, thus, lake water is not only directly, but • 7200 visible-infrared spectrometer ； GMSX-280
also long-term polluted by sediment deposition in lakes. Medical portable pressure steam sterilizer；ZD-8800
Being nutrient-rich lake sediments formed, it releases oscillator；DB-1 DL-1 resistor; Level A 1872 glass
pollutants and causes the formation of secondary pollution colorimetric cylinder; etc.
of water bodies.[1-3]
Although the water pollution mechanism and its control 2.2. Test Method
of Dianchi Lake have been researched by the nation and The determination of total phosphorus and nitrogen are
Yunnan province, and has obtained the certain research used by “water and waste water detection analysis method”
achievements, but the secondary pollution mechanism of (fourth edition)[4] . For TP, this is used of potassium sulfate
Dianchi Lake caused by sediment is few reported. digestion -ammonium molybdate spectrophotometric
The key parameters of lake eutrophication are total method GB11893-89. The relation of calibration is
phosphorus (TP), total nitrogen (TN), COD,and so on. y=0.0071x+0.0019, R2=0.9988. For TN, which is used of
Emphasis is on two indexes TP and TN in this study, and alkaline potassium persulfate digestion –uv spctro
the release rule for phosphorus and nitrogen of Dianchi photometric method GB11894—89 .The relation of its
Lake sediment have been explored. The desorption balance calibration is y=7.554x-0.0369, R2=0.9986
of phosphorus and nitrogen has been experimented in the
laboratory after Dianchi Lake sediment being collected; 2.3. Scheme of Desorption Experiment
Then the desorption rate curve of phosphorus and nitrogen
for sediment have been drawed, and the kinetics equations Place some sidiment into conical flask, add distilled
of desorption are established. water into it, then put in the oscillator shocks, let it vibrating.
Take water samples to measure the total phosphorus and
678 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

J. Yang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp678-680
total nitrogen in different period. The amount of desorption also be adsorbed on the sediment. When the rates of this
is calculated by the following equation: q ' = VC / m two changes are equal, the adsorbates density no longer
Where q’ is the amount of desorption, C is concentration of changes with time in the liquid-solid phases, the balance of
TP or TN, m is the quantity of sidiment. desorption and adsorption is attained, and the limited
desorption quantity is also observed.
3. Result and Discussion From above what can be seen in the figures, the
desorption capacity of phosphorus and nitrogen decreased
3.1. Curves of Desorption Rate gradually volume in solution,along with the increase of
At ambient temperature, put sediment into ten conical sediment quantity，and show the same tendency. This is due
flasks with different quality (5 g, 10 g, 20 g, 30 g, 40 to that specific surface area of the sediment is smaller with
g)individually，join some distilled water, then put in the the amount increasing, so the adsorbed quantity of
oscillator, let it shocking. Get water samples in 0.5h, 1h, phosphorus and nitrogen decreases per unit mass of
1.5h, 2h, 4h, 8h respectively, measure TP and TN, calculate sediment, and the desorption capacity is also declining.
the capacity of TP and TN, draw curves as shown in figure In period before 2 hours, the desorption capacity of
1 and figure 2: phosphorus and nitrogen increases linearly with steep
curve, and curve changes quite gentlely interval 2h-4h, then
two groups of curve has no change in 4h-8h, all tend to
level, means that it has reached balance state.It explains that
The capacity of desorption q' (mg/g)
0.006
5g the time of desorption balance emergence for TP and TN
0.005 10g
are both 2 hours, at this moment the maximum desorption
20g
0.004 capacity of phosphorus and nitrogen have all been reached
30g
0.003 40g
with different sediment quantity, and which of TP is 0.0055
mg/g , of TN is 0.0042 mg /g.
0.002
0.001 3.2. Kinetics of Desorption

F
0 The desorption for sediment to phosphorus and nitrogen
0 1 2 3 4 5
is physical process，then the dynamic of such process can be
Time (h)
seen as level 1 process, owing to the experimental operation
always stays in oscillator under the condition of concussion,
its desorption rate is expressed as:
Fig. 1 The relation of desorption rate of TP
dq '
with different mass of sediment = k ' (q e '−q ' )
dt
0.005
In this equation, qe’ is the final balance capacity of
desorption for phosphorus or nitrogen in the liquid phase,
The capacity of desorption
5g
0.004 10g
q’ is the concentration of desorption at any moment for
20g phosphorus or nitrogen, and k' is the rate constant with
q' (mg/g)
0.003 30g dynamic process.

0.002
40g
By boundary conditions：t = 0, q’=0;
t = t, q’= q e ’
0.001
The type of integral is:
0 ln(q e '−q ' ) = ln q e '−k ' t
0 1 2 3 4 5
Time (h) or q ' = q e '[1 − exp(− k ' t )]
Fig. 2 The relation of desorption rate of TN Fitting experimental data q '~ t in figure 1 and figure 2, the
with different mass of sediment rate constant k' is obtained as the following (table 1):
Because the sediment contains phosphorus and nitrogen

originally, they keep on escaping to the liquid phase from Table 1 The value of rate constant k ' with different mass
the surface of the sidiment. That is called desorption process. of sediment
In addition, phosphorus and nitrogen in the liquid phase will Mass of 5 10 20 30 40 average
679 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

J. Yang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp678-680
sidiment, g value [3] G. Deane, Z. Chroneer, W. Lick, “Diffusion and sorption of

-1 hex-achlorobenzene in sediments and sand satuated soils,”[J].
k'(TP)，h 2.50 1.96 2.22 2.96 1.81 2.29
Journal of Environmental Engineering,1999, vol.125(8), pp.134-139
k'(TN)，h- 1 2.30 1.82 2.14 1.19 1.22 1.73 [4] State environmental protection administration, Water and waste
The time of desorption balance emergence for TP and water detection method editorial committee，“water and waste water
TN are both 2 hours, that is by 3.1 above. The balance detection analysis method” (fourth edition) [M].Beijing:China
capacity of desorption for TP is 0.0055 mg/g, and that of Environmental Science Press, 2002, pp.254-257.
TN is 0.0042 mg/g.
The rate equation with the desorption for TP is:
dq'
= 2.29(0.0055 − q' )
dt
The rate equation with the desorption for TN is:
dq'
= 1.73(0.0042 − q' )
dt
Still for every gram of sediment, the average rate of the
desorption for TP is 0.0022mg.g-1.h-1 , and that of TN is
0.0018mg.g-1.h-1, in period of 0~ 2h.
4. Conclusion
In this thesis, the kinetics of desorption of sediment for
phosphorus and nitrogen from area nearby the sixth sewage
treatment plants of Dianchi Lake has been experimented in
water phase. The results are as follows:
• The time of desorption balance emergence for TP and TN
are both 2 hours. The balance capacity of desorption for
TP is 0.0055 mg/g, and that for TN is 0.0042 mg/g.
• The rate equation with the desorption for TP is:
dq '
= 2.29(0.0055 − q ' )
dt
The rate equation with the desorption for TN is:
dq'
= 1.73(0.0042 − q' )
dt
• In period before 2 hours, for every gram of sediment, the
average rate of the desorption for TP is 0.0022mg.g-1.h-1 ,
and that for TN is 0.0018mg.g-1.h-1.
Thus, the law of phosphorus and nitrogen releasing in
aquatic sediments in the internal pollution of Dianchi Lake
has been got.
References
[1] Fa-rong Li, “Research and countermeasures on substrate
pollution of river channels following to Dianchi Lake,”
Environmental Science Survey[J], 2007 , vol. 26(3),pp.5-7
[2] W. Hong, A. Adhityan, S. G. John, “Modeling of phosphorus
dynamics in aquatic sediments I-model development,”[J], Water
Research,2003,vol.37, pp.156-162
680 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Pretreatment of Ammonium From Aquaculture

Wastewater by Struvite Precipitation
Tao Zhang *, Rongfeng Jiang, Fusuo Zhang, Liancai Zhang, Lu Liu, Zhanyu Li
Key Laboratory of Plant-Soil Interactions of Ministry of Education, Department of Environmental Science and Engineering, College of
Resources and Environmental Sciences,China Agricultural University,Beijing, China
*taozhang@cau.edu.cn
Abstract: The problem of ammonium pollution from aquaculture wastewater has been aroused wide public attention. As a
pretreatment method for ammonium removal, struvite precipitation is an efficient technology. In this research, the reaction
factors of pH, Mg 2+ : NH 4 + : PO 4 3- molar ratio, mixing reaction time, and different kinds of chemicals combinations for
P P R RP P R RP P
ammonium removal were examined. The experimental conclusions were drawn as following: the optimal pH for ammonium
removal was 9.0; the optimal Mg 2+ : NH 4 + : PO 4 3- molar ratio for ammonium removal was 1.2:1:1; the optimal mixing
P P R RP P R RP P
reaction time for ammonium removal was 15 min; the chemicals combination of MgCl 2 + Na 2 HPO 4 was the most R R R R R R
efficient for ammonium removal. The research demonstrated struvite precipitation is a useful pretreatment process for
ammonium removal from aquaculture wastewater.
Keywords: ammonium; struvite; pretreatment; aquaculture wastewater
1. Introduction aquaculture wastewater.
Nowadays, ammonium contained in aquaculture 2. Materials and Methods
wastewater has become one of the main sources of pollution
to the water environment. As a result, the pretreatment of 2.1. Raw Wastewater
ammonium from aquaculture wastewater is important for The raw wastewater used in the experiments was
water environment. In the present application, the common simulated aquaculture wastewater. Table 1 shows some
treatment methods of ammonium removal are biological main parameters of the wastewater sample.
process and physico-chemical process. Biological process is
Table 1 Characteristics of wastewater
economical for ammonium removal, but it is not effective
for pretreatment of ammonium removal from wastewater. Parameter Unit Concentrations
Physico-chemical processes can be applied in pretreatment COD mg/L 300±30
of ammonium, such as air stripping, ionic exchange, and NH +
-N mg/L 80±5
4
struvite (MgNH 4 PO 4 ·6H 2 O) precipitation [1, 2] .
R RP P
R R R R R R P P
3-
Struvite precipitation of ammonium by forming PO R
4 RP P -P mg/L 5±1
magnesium ammonium phosphate has been studied widely
[3, 4]
P . The ammonium removal from wastewater by struvite
P
2.2. Experimental Procedures

precipitation has been regard as a useful technology.
Struvite is a white crystalline substance consisting of Experiments were performed as follows. Firstly,
magnesium, ammonium and phosphorus in equal molar magnesium salt and phosphate were added to raw
concentrations. The basic chemical reaction to form Struvite wastewater. Secondly, the reaction solution pH was adjusted
has been expressed in Eq. (1) [5] . P P
at experimental condition (8.0-10.0). Thirdly, the reaction
Mg 2+ + NH 4+ + PO34− + 6H 2 O → MgNH 4 PO 4 ⋅ 6H 2 O ↓ . (1) solution was agitated by magnetic stirrers at experimental
In this research, the objective of this study was to mixing reaction time (5-30 min) and then settled for 15 min.
investigate optimal pH, optimal molar ratio, optimal mixing Finally, the reaction solution was filtered with 0.45μm
reaction time, and different kinds of chemicals membrane filter and the supernatant was collected to
combinations in laboratory scale experiments for measure NH 4 + .
R RP P
The work was supported by a grant from the Chinese 2.3 Analytical Methods
Universities Scientific Fund (2011JS169).
681 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

T. Zhang et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp681-684
The experiments choose ammonium removal ratio as significant increasing in ammonium removal. In addition,
the indicator for selecting optimal reaction conditions. The overdosing PO 4 3- will lead to the high concentration of R RP P
concentration of NH 4 + was measured according to R RP P PO 4 3- in the effluent. As a result, the experiment was to
R RP P
Standard Methods [6] . P P study the optimal Mg 2+ : NH 4 + : PO 4 3- molar ratio of P P R RP P R RP P
overdosing Mg 2+ for struvite precipitation in aquaculture P P
3. Result and Discussion wastewater. This experiment was tested by adding MgCl 2 R R
3.1 Optimal pH Experiment and Na 2 HPO 4 into the samples. The pH was 9.0. The
R R R R
mixing reaction time was 15 min.

The most important factor for stuvite precipitation is the The experiment result (Fig.2) showed, the optimal Mg 2+ : P P
solution pH. The experiment was to study optimal pH of NH 4 + : PO 4 3- molar ratio for ammonium removal from
R RP P R RP P
ammonium removal from aquaculture wastewater by aquaculture wastewater was 1.2:1:1. With an increase in
struvite precipitation. This experiment was tested by adding Mg 2+ : NH 4 + : PO 4 3- molar ratio from 0.9:1:1 to 1.2:1:1,
P P R RP P R RP P
MgCl 2 and Na 2 HPO 4 into the samples, and the molar

R R R R R R
the removal ratio of ammonium increased rapidly. With an
ratio of Mg 2+ : NH 4 + : PO 4 3- was 1.0: 1: 1. The pH range
P P R RP P R RP P
increase in Mg 2+ : NH 4 + : PO 4 3- molar ratio from 1.2:1:1 P P R RP P R RP P
was 8.0-10.0. The mixing reaction time was 15 min. to 1.4:1:1, the removal ratio of ammonium did not increase
The results (Fig.1) showed that the optimal ammonium significantly. Li et al. [9] were deal with NH 4 + removal P P R RP P
removal ratio for aquaculture wastewater was at pH 9.0. from landfill leachate by chemical precipitation and
When pH is lower than the optimal point, hydrogen ions in reported overdosing 10% Mg 2+ could further increase P P
reaction solution inhibit MAP precipitation. When pH is ammonium efficiency.

higher than the optimal point, Mg 3 (PO 4 ) 2 is formed R R R R R R
instead of MAP. In the literature, there are some papers

dealing with the optimal pH for ammonium removal.
Stratful et al. [7] reported that ammonium removal ratio was
P P
high than 97% at pH 9, 9.5 and 10. Zhang et al. [8] reported P P
the optimum pH for ammonium removal from landfill

leachate was 9.5.
+
Figure 2. NH R
4 RP P removal ratio at different Mg 2+ : NH P P R
4
+
RP P :
3-
PO R
4 RP P molar ratio
3.3 Optimal Mixing Reaction Time Experiment

The optimal reaction time for struvite formation was
investigated due to it is an important factor for engineering
Figure 1. NH R
4
+
RP P removal ratio at different pH application. This experiment was tested by adding MgCl 2 R R
and Na 2 HPO 4 into the samples. The molar ratio of Mg 2+ :

R R R R P P
3.2 Optimal Molar Ratio Experiment NH 4 + : PO 4 3- was 1.0: 1: 1. The pH range was 9.0.
R RP P R RP P
The experiment result (Fig.3) showed, the optimal

Mg 2+ : NH 4 + : PO 4 3- molar ratio is an important factor
P P R RP P R RP P
mixing reaction time for ammonium removal from

for struvite precipitation. Overdosing either Mg 2+ or PO 4 3- P P R RP P
aquaculture wastewater was 15 min. When the mixing

can lower the remaining ammonium concentration. In fact, reaction time was increasing from 5 min to 15 min, the
although overdosing PO 4 3- could increase ammonium R RP
ammonium removal ratio was increased significantly. When

concentration, there are several problems for overdosing the mixing reaction time was increasing from 15 min to 30
PO 4 3- . First of all, overdosing PO 4 3- did not provide
R RP P R RP P
min, the ammonium removal ratio was increased slightly.
682 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Celen and Turker [10] have do some research for struvite P P
reaction time in anaerobic digester effluents and indicated

the 40 min was safe time for struvite mixing and constant
rest.
+
Figure 4. NH R
4 RP P removal ratio at different chemicals
combinations
+
Figure 3. NH removal ratio at different reaction time
R
4 RP P
4. Conclusions
3.4 Optimal Chemicals Combinations Experiment As a method for ammonium removal from aquaculture
The factor of different chemicals combinations of wastewater, the following conclusions could be obtained for
magnesium salt and phosphate is important for struvite struvite precipitation.
（1） The optimal ammonium removal ratio for
precipitation. The combinations of chemicals, MgCl 2 + R R
Na 2 HPO 4 , Mg(OH) 2 + H 3 PO 4 , MgCO 3 + aquaculture wastewater was at pH 9.0.

R R R R R R R R R R R R
2+ + 3-
（2） The optimal Mg : NH 4 : PO 4 molar ratio for
H 3 PO 4 , were employed for the experiments and carried
R R R R R R
P P R RP P R RP P
out with Mg 2+ : NH 4 + : PO 4 3- molar ratio of 1.0:1:1, pH

P P R RP P R RP P
ammonium removal from aquaculture wastewater
of 9.0, and mixing reaction time of 15 min. was 1.2:1:1.
（3） The optimal mixing reaction time for ammonium
The experiment result (Fig.4) showed the relationship
between chemicals combinations and ammonium removal removal from aquaculture wastewater was 15 min.
（4） The chemicals combination of MgCl 2 +
ratio. The chemicals combination of MgCl 2 + R R
R R
Na 2 HPO 4 was the most efficient for ammonium removal.

R R R R
Na 2 HPO 4 was the most efficient for ammonium
R R R R
The efficiency of chemicals combinations of Mg(OH) 2 + R R

removal.
H 3 PO 4 and MgCO 3 + H 3 PO 4 for ammonium
R R R R R R R R R R
Acknowledgment
removal was lower than the chemicals combination of
MgCl 2 + Na 2 HPO 4 . But the chemicals combination of
R R R R R R
The work was supported by a grant from the Chinese
MgCl 2 + Na 2 HPO 4 was generated high salt
R R R R R R
Universities Scientific Fund (2011JS169).
concentration in the effluent. 1 mole of ammonium removal
will lead to 2 mole of NaCl generated [8] . Adding the P P
References
chemicals combinations of Mg(OH) 2 + H 3 PO 4 and R R R R R R
[1] S. Uludag-Demirer, M. Othman, “Removal of ammonium and

MgCO 3 + H 3 PO 4 as sources of magnesium salt and
R R R R R R
phosphate from the supernatant of anaerobically digested waste

phosphate could significantly minimize the salt activated sludge by chemical precipitation,” Bioresource Technol.,
concentration. vol.100, pp.3236-3244, 2009.
[2] T. Zhang, Q. Li, L. Ding, H. Ren, K. Xu, Y. Wu, D. Sheng,
“Modeling assessment for ammonium nitrogen recovery from
wastewater by chemical precipitation,” J. Environ. Sci., vol.23(6),
pp.881-890, 2011.
[3] J. D. Doyle, S. A. Parsons, “Struvite formation, control and
recovery,” Water Res., vol.36, pp.3925-3940, 2002.
683 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[4] T. Zhang, L. Ding, H. Ren, X. Xiong, “Ammonium nitrogen

removal from coking wastewater by chemical precipitation recycle
technology,” Water Res., vol.43(20), pp.5209-5215, 2009.
[5] K. S. Le Corre, E. Valsami-Jones, P. Hobbs, S. A. Parsons,
“Phosphorus recovery from wastewater by struvite crystallization: a
review,” Crit. Rev. Environ. Sci. Tech., vol.39, pp.433-477, 2009.
[6] APHE, “Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Wastewater,” American Public Health Association, Washington DC,
1998.
[7] I. Stratful, M. D. Scrimshaw, J. N. Lester, “Conditions influencing
the precipitation of magnesium ammonium phosphate,” Water Res.,
vol.35, pp.4191-4199, 2001.
[8] T. Zhang, L. Ding, H. Ren, “Pretreatment of ammonium removal
from landfill leachate by chemical precipitation,” J. Hazard. Mater.,
vol.166, pp.911-915, 2009.
[9] X. Z. Li, Q. L. Zhao, X. D. Hao, “Ammonium removal from landfill
leachate by chemical precipitation,” Waste Manage., vol.19,
pp.409-415, 1999.
[10] I. Celen, M. Turker, “Recovery of ammonia as struvite from
anaerobic digester effluents,” Environ. Technol., vol.22,
pp.1263-1272, 2001.
684 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Knowledge Discovery from the Emergence of

Group Cognitions in Public Incidents
Deng Xiaoli
Wuhan University of Technology,Wuhan, P.R.China
Abstract: In this paper, the QianXueShen’s seminar hall system is improved under the guiding of the systems science
approach. Taking the sustainable development issues of the DianChi Lake as a case, basing on the network platform
developing fast, all kinds of discussion opinion on the sustainable development issues of the DianChi Lake are researched.
By analyzing the interaction mechanism of three groups of governments, expects, and publics, the emergence of the group
wisdom, the methods of the decision making on the solving public incidents by government with the scientifically and
democratically are explored. Based on the key words collection from vast cognition to the DianChi issues of each groups,
and by applying the technology of information mining to mine out the useful information from the complex network data,
the relation of referencing each other among the key words is explored. Based on the approach from the qualitative and
quantitative research, the knowledge mining research of the group cognition emergence is processed. The research suggests
that the core cognition is mined out which is accord with the practice and with the practical significance.
Keywords: information mining; integration seminar hall; collective intelligence; emergence; page rank
1. Introduction
2. Backgrounds
Systems science calls the characteristics of what the
whole has but the part has not as the emergence. The 2.1. Methodology of the Hall for Workshop of
emergence comes from the nonlinear interaction among Meta-synthetic Engineering
parts. Systems epistemology indicates that the cognition is
a system which is constructed by the two subsystems of QianXueShen extracted the concepts of open
cognitive agents and cognitive objects. It's helpful to have a complexity huge systems. He concluded that the
deep understanding on the cognitive rules by analyzing the methodology of dealing with the open complexity huge
agents and objects and their interaction [1][2]. P P
systems, and constructed the ideas: the Hall for Workshop
QianXueShen’s systems of the Hall for Workshop focus of Meta-synthetic Engineering (HWME) from qualitative
only on the expert’s cognitions. In this paper, the to quantitative [2]. HWME is what organize the expert’s
P P
cognitions of publics and governments are involved, the knowledge base, information systems, kinds of artificial
interaction among governments, experts, and publics are intelligence systems, computers as like a fight commending
explored, which will have more benefits than the systems hall, forms a huge man-machine integration intelligence
of Hall for Workshop. The Web is becoming a convenient systems, and solves the complex problems together.
platform for the public ideas, which will effect on the DaiRuWei academician suggested that the HWME can be
livelihood issues increasingly. So, in this paper, huge established on the Internet, and give the methodology and
amount information from the internet are collected, and ideas of how to do it. With the modern information
from which the key wisdom was dug out through advanced technology and network technology, the knowledge and
information technology such as SALSA algorithm. Taking experience of the human being can be integrated, the adage
the issues of sustainable development of DianChi Lake “be a comprehensive, be a wiser person” can be realized,
basin concerned heavily as a case, that is, the emergence which can make the decision better. HWME can be thought
from the interaction among three group’s cognition are as a decision making system in the information age which
researched based on taking the issue of the sustainable integrated internet, knowledge and wisdom.
development of DianChi lake basin as the cognitive object. In this paper, the members of the HWME are extended
And the knowledge discovery is done through data mining to the governments, publics on internet. Comparing with
based on the Web searching engine technology. the HWME established by DaiRuWei, the HWME
established in this paper is in the condition without
685 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

X. L. Deng et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp685-690
presenter; taking a form of free talking. That is everyone bee nest. So, based on the emergence, the interaction
can speak to one topic in the environment of the internet. In among three groups of governments, experts, and publics
this situation, the cognition map can be got, and the on the topics of issues of environment protection of the
interlinking structure analysis methodology can be applied DianChi lake basin is a very complex system, in which, the
to calculate and analyze group wisdom hided in the characteristics couldn’t be deducted from the aggregated
complexity cognition systems through emergence. components simply. How the cognition among the three
agents emerges should be explored. The cognition systems
2.2. Emergence will become more and more complex in the following
The emergence theory has a very close relationship development. The development process of the cognition
with the self-organization theory and complex adaptive wisdom is a process of cognition process among groups. As
system theory. The self-organization theory is a process in we known, the characteristics of the emergence mainly
which the systems can form an ordered structure under presents in the process of the interaction. The cognition
some agreement rules without out instructions but each process of the governments, experts, and publics on the
does it duty, coordination and spontaneously [10]. There
P P
sustainable development in this research is an interaction
are strong positive correlations between the functions of process. So, it is suitable to do this research based on the
self-organization and the ability to produce the new emergence. But it‘s a big challenge we faced to due to the
functions. Recently, with the further research on the emergence theory is based on a strong computing method,
emergence, the self-origination theory is applied in the and the multi-factors should be emphasized on.
society and economics fields, and develops into a complete 3. Interaction Mechanism Factors and Its
systems theory fast. The main research object to the Forming
self-organization is that: under a certain situations, how a
system development can be from disorder to order In the research on the interaction mechanism, the
automatically, which explain the order phenomenon in the cognition agents and cognition objects should be defined in
society field at some extend. The research object of the two systems. The cognition agents are the three groups
Complex Adaptive System is the other characteristics of experts, governments, and publics. The publics and the
involved the objects of the self-organization and its experts are individual, and the governments are agencies.
self-organization, emergence is one of it. The cognition objects are issues of the sustainable
Emergence is that a system began from a simple initial development in the DianChi Lake basin, which involve the
condition, varies step by step, under a certain environment, systems constructed on economics, society, environment,
the complex variation will happen. The variation happened and resource in the DianChi Lake basin. The development
comes from a nonlinear process from the quantitative of the systems described by the key words and the opinions
change to qualitative change. Cognition wisdom is a kind to the development situation of the three groups should be
of composite accumulation, in which the input and the researched. The cognition attribute charts with direction of
using frequency present wisdom of complex cognition the three group’s interaction are as the chart one below.
structure. Emergence exists in the nature largely, such as
686 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

DianChi Supporting
Facilities Planning
Lake Basin
Design
Order
Basin Social Development DianChi
Environme Mechanism Treatment
Banks
Removing
Pollution
Water Resource Environment Intercepting
Eutrophia
Management Consciousne
Enforcing
the Law
Blue-green Public Area Plugging and
Pollution
algae Participation Pollution Checking
Point Source
Pollution
Division to
DianChi Lake
Fund Gone Investmen
Managemen
Public t
Participation
Corruptio
Eutrophia
Populatio
Environmen Blue-green
t algae Breaking
Chart 1. Attribute Chart with Direction of the Group Cognitions
1-- DianChi Lake Basin 2-- Basin Environment 3-- Water information and interlinkage objects. The extents at
Resource Management 4-- Blue-green Algae Breaking which some pages are grateful are presented by the
5—Eutrophia 6-- Social Mechanism 7--Environment times of referencing by other web pages and the web
Consciousness 8—Public Participation 9—Area Pollution 10-- sites [12]. This characteristic is agreed highly with the
P P
Enforcing the Law 11—Pollution Intercepting 12-- DianChi responding relations among cognition key words. So the
Treatment 13-- Planning Design 14-- Banks Removing 15-- quantitative methods are used in this paper based on the
Plugging and Pollution Checking 16-- Point Source Pollution 17-- interlinkage analysis algorithm. At present, there are
Supporting Facilities 18-- Order Development 19-- Management three popular algorithm, such as HITS algorithm, Page
Mechanism 20—Investment 21-- Fund Gone 22—Corruption Rank algorithm, and SALSA algorithm. In addition, the
23-- Division to DianChi Lake 24-- Division to DianChi Lake three algorithms are improved by some experts and
scholars. Among which, the Page Rank mined the value
4. Interlinkage Structure Analysis Methods of the responding relationship among the key words,
Interlinkage analysis algorithm is mainly a query which suppose that the higher the recognition is, the
based on the key words. It’s about the dependency more important the web page is, the higher the source
between web pages and the retrieval words through key word’s quality is, the more important the key words
thinking of the frequency and position of the entry used are directed by other high quality key words. The scores
by user in the documentation. It supposed that there are can be got through the directed relationship, and then
some responding relations between interlinkage the importance can be evaluated based on the scores.
The key words with importance and value can be
687 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

presented by the order of the score. charts.

Circle iteration compute the value of the Page Rank,
5. MATLAB Computing
r = MX , iteration compute reciprocally until
5.1. Computing convergence, that is ∣ r-∣∣ X ﹤ε, then get the
Suppose the initialized matrix is p , if the key word importance order of each key word.
i respond to the key word j , then pij = 1 ,otherwise =0, MATLAB computing as following:
B=A';
after standardization, we get the Markov transition e=[1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1];
matrix, the classic formula C=e'*e/24;
PRn −1(Ti ) M=0.5*B+0.5*C;
PRn ( M ) =(1 − d ) + (∑ i =1
m
)
C (Ti ) X=e';
is transformed
k=0;% the circle steps, prevent from the die circling
n t=1;% decide whether F and X are the auxiliary
to the computing the value of the lim M x .
variables responded
 1 
1  while(t<24 && k<=10000)
 
 1 1 
  t=0;
 1 
 1 
  X=R;
1 1 
 1 1
  R=M*X;
 1 1
 1 

 1


for i=1:24
 
1

 1 
 if(R(i)==X(i))
p= 1



1 

t=t+1;
1
 


1 

k=k+1;
1
 


1 

end
 1 


1 

end
 1 


1 1 

end
 1 1 


1 

R
 1 
X
M = d × P + (1 − d ) × ee / N T
Results as:
According to the , the M
>> R
matrix is computed. Note: d = 0.5 R=
1/ 24  1/ 24  [0.9375 0.625 0.5 2.634 2.7368 0.5 0.625
eeT / N =      0.5 0.6562 1.0781 1.5391 1.8867 1.2344 0.5
1/ 24  1/ 24  0.5 0.5 0.5 0.9687 1.5896 1.2358 0.5 0.5
is a matrix of 24×24,
0.9717 0.7812]T
all of the element are 1/24。 >> X
In that, d is damping coefficient, P is the probability X=
T [0.9375 0.625 0.5 2.634 2.7368 0.5 0.625
transition matrix, e is all 1 line of the dimension,
0.5 0.6562 1.0781 1.5391 1.8867 1.2344 0.5
N is the number of the key words in the interlinkage
688 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.9687 1.5896 1.2358 0.5 0.5 disperse and disorder, renew fast, quality variation, the
critical problem is how to collect the useful information,
0.9717 0.7812]T
organize, and screen rubbish information. In this paper,
The iteration computing results converged some new ideas are brought into the QianXueShen’s
Hall for Workshop systems theories. That is,
5.2. Results Analysis construction of the interlinkage attribute charts with
direction qualitatively, describing the real phenomenon
We got the results of the group interaction attribute of the group cognition emergence quantitatively through
charts with direction through applying the PageRank rich key words from governments, experts, and publics.
algorithm in the network information mining. Applying the information mining technology based on
PR(eutrophia)=2.7368, PR(blue-green algae the network to explore the group cognition emergence,
breakout)=2.634, PR(DianChi Lake Treatment)=1.8867. and find the group wisdom. Drawing the core key words
from the numerous and complex key words, and find the
PR(management mechanism)=1.5896, PR(pollutant logic relation to realize the integration among the
interception))=1.5391, PR(investment)=1.2358, interaction of the information agent. Information mining
PR(planning design)=1.2344, PR(enforcing the is a deep development to the network data, and gets the
cognition and wisdom with certain rules in the amount
law)=1.0781 data. This makes the information with more directive
The computing results of the group interaction chart meaning and innovation value. In the practical level, the
with direction based on the MATLAB operation research provide the issues of the sustainable
presented that, in the interaction, the related problems development increasingly concerned with a scientific
the groups especially concerned sequentially from the research thinking, which will benefit to the sustainable
high to low are the eutrophia, blue-green algae breakout, development decision making more scientifically and
DianChi Lake treatment, management mechanism, democratically.
pollutant interception, investment, planning design, and
enforcing the law. Through analysis, we found that the References
emergence knowledge from the group interaction is very
[1] HUA Li; ZHAO Chun-jun. The Complexity and the Modeling of
systematically, experienced the process from the
Social-economic Systems[J]. Journal of Tsinghua
phenomenon, key problems, to the solutions. The
University(Philosophy and Social Sciences), .2001,16（3）:45
arrangement of ideas is clear, logic is reasonable, and
[2] LIU Ning-guang, Research on the Emergence Mechanism of
the core content of the group cognition about the
Complex Group Decision-making System [J] Journal of Systems
DianChi pollution treatment, the public incidents, were
：67-70
Science.2009,17（3）
mined out. The rules of the emergence among groups
[3] YU Jing Yuan, LIU Yi, MA ChanCao. On the Complex, the
are presented. The results are with feasible and
Complex Science Research Evolving[M]. Science Press.2004：
according with the practical facts.
305-313
The case study in this paper effectively proved that
[4] SONG Dong-ming, ZHU Yao-qin, WU Hui-zhong, Study on
the network group interaction cognition wisdom mined
Problem Decomposition of Problem Solving Process in Hall for
out through the PageRank algorithm of the network
Workshop of Metasynthetic Engineering [J], Journal of System
mining technology has very practical significance.
：4927-4931
Simulation.2008,20（18）
Through this method, the complex and vast cognition
[5] YANG Wei-jie, DAI Ru-wei, CUI Xia, Isomap-based experts＇
information from the web can be mined out effectively.
opinions evaluation system in CWME [J], Application Research of
It is helpful to help the government agencies to improve
：3188-3190
Computers.2008,25（10）
the decision making to the public incidents
[6] LI Yao—dong，CUI Xia，DAI Ru—wei, The Framework，Design
democratically and scientifically.
＆ Implementation of Ha Ⅱ for Workshop of M eta-Synthetic
Engineering [J]. Complex Systems and Complexity Science
6. Conclusions 2004,(1)：28-30
Nowadays, the Internet is becoming a biggest [7] CUI Xia, DAI Ru-wei. Human-centered Artificial Society of
information resource base of the human being. The Cyberspa of Meta-synthetic Engineering ce for Workshop Ⅰ [J].
content is vast, and is increasing in an exponent function ：1-8
Complex Systems and Complexity Science. 2006,3（2）
style. Much valuable information is hided in the network [8] Dai Ru-wei. From Engineering Cybernetics to Cyberspace for
database, which is an exceptional knowledge resource. Workshop of Metasynthetic Engineering [J]. Complex Systems and
Due to the information on the Internet is huge amount, Complexity Science. 2006,3（2）86-91
689 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[9] HUANG Xiang-zhao, FEI Qi, OU Yang-min, MAO Zi-jun. Survey

on Emergence Mechanism of Network Formation for
Inter-hierarchy Simulation [J]. Computer Science.2009,36（2）26-29
[10] DAI Ru-wei，CAO Long—bing. Research of hal l for workshop of
metasynthetic engineering [J]. Journal of Management Sciences in
China. 2002,5(3)：12-14
[11] LI Xiao Hui, DONG Bao Hua. Emergency Theory and Its
Application in Second Language Acquisition[J]. Foreign Languages
in China.2008,5(4):41-45
[12] SONG LinLin, LI ChunHe. Research on the web information
retrieve based on the link structure analysis[J]. Modern
Intelligence.2007,2：133-136
[13] J. M. Kleinberg. Authoritative sources in a hyperlinked
environment. Journal of the ACM, 1999,46(5):604–632
[14] Broder A, Kumar R, Maghoul F,etal ． Graph structure in the
Web[J]．Computer networks，2000，33（1-6）:300~311
690 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

ISBN: 978-0-98535-401-5
Philosophical Thought and the Origins of

Quality Management
Zhou Huan
Wuhan University of Technology,Wuhan, P.R.China
Abstract: This article contributes to the theorisation and understanding of the discipline of quality management as it revisits
and unfolds the ideas of the quality pioneer W.A. Shewhart. It attempts to fill a gap in the current writings on the history of
management thought by uncovering the major conceptual influences on Shewhart’s works, in particular their link with
advancements in science in the early twentieth century, as well as with process philosophy and the philosophy of
pragmatism. Throughout the discussion, examples are provided of the impact of process thinking and pragmatism on
Shewhart’s writings. In the concluding part of the article, comments are made in relation to the relevance of the conceptual
underpinnings of Shewhart’s ideas for the present theory and practice of quality management.
Keywords: process thinking; pragmatism; quality management; philosophy of management; history of management
thought
This article contributes to the theorisation and ‘economic control’ of quality items produced on mass scale,
understanding of the discipline of quality management as it and stressed the need to ‘make the most efficient use of raw
revisits and unfolds the ideas of the quality pioneer W.A. materials, maximise the assurance of quality, minimise the
Shewhart, widely recognised as the ‘founder’ of the modern cost of inspection, and minimise loss of
quality movement. Shewhart’s developments are nowadays rejection’ 1 (Shewhart 1939: 47). According to Garvin,
considered as constituting the roots of the discipline of much of modern quality control can be traced to Shewhart’s
quality management, with the control chart, the notion of 1931 and 1939 publications, in which their author defined
variability, and the distinction between assignable and manufacturing control, developed techniques for
common causes of variation in process behaviour quoted monitoring and evaluating day-to-day production, and
amongst his major contributions offered a variety of suggestions regarding the improvement
The origins of the industrial preoccupation with quality of quality, as well as recognising the existence and
can be found in the inspection activities in the implications of variability in industrial processes.
manufacturing sector in the nineteenth century, which Whilst Shewhart’s works are usually classified within
gained on importance together with the technological the mainstream approaches to quality on quality
development of the American system of manufacturing. In management, their origins are conceptually different from
the early 1900s, inspection was given legitimacy by those of scientific management, in particular of F.W. Taylor.
Frederick W. Taylor, who identified it as one of the In his writings between 1922 and 1931, Shewhart does not
functional tasks required for effective shop management. mention scientific management, and his only indirect
The first publication which marked a more formal link engagement with the debate over Taylor’s ideas takes place
between inspection and quality control, and which viewed through a reference to Radford’s (1922) publication The
quality as a management responsibility and an independent control of quality in manufacturing. Both in his book and in
function was Radford’s (1922) The control of quality in a magazine article (1917), Radford comments negatively on
manufacturing. Following this initial period in which the preoccupation of scientific management with the
quality became recognised as an important aspect of the quantity of production. Moreover, as Grant, Shan and
output of production, a scientific approach to the subject of Krishnan argue, the application of Shewhart’s ideas ‘leads
quality was taken by W.A. Shewhart in his books Economic to changes in operations management that reverse trends of
control of quality of manufactured product (1931) and the past half-century such as deskilling, specialisation, and
Statistical method from the viewpoint of quality control increased supervision’.
(1939). Shewhart, whose advances in quality of products Since there is no evidence of a conceptual link between
coincided with the time in which mass production started to Taylor’s and Shewhart’s writings, from the point of view of
dominate manufacturing, was concerned about the the history of management thought, it is interesting to
691 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

H. Zhou et al. / Proceedings of SSEP (2012) pp691-695
uncover the conceptual underpinnings of the quality proposing a way of managing quality consistent with the
management movement, as developed by Shewhart. This general state of knowledge of the world at the time
task is even more pertinent since, despite the fact that contemporary to him.
statisticians and engineers have drawn upon Shewhart’s One of the major scientific discoveries of Shewhart’s
ideas for over 70 years, his work has for some reason epoch came from research in quantum physics which
escaped the notice of contemporary writers on management. undermined the credibility of ‘exact’ scientific laws.
Even less well known is that Shewhart was greatly Shewhart provides the following commentary on the
influenced by developments in the philosophy of science. implications of these advancements for the investigation of
Specifically, his conception of the nature of reality was quality in industry environment: ‘A few years ago,
commensurate with process ontology, as evidenced through emphasis was laid on the exactness of physical laws. The
his references to Whitehead’s (1929) Process and reality. breakdown of the orthodox scientific theory which formed
The philosophy of pragmatism, in particular the writings of the basis of applied science in the past necessitates the
C.I. Lewis, also had a strong impact on his thinking. introduction of certain new concepts into industrial
In this context, this article aims to uncover the major development’.
conceptual influences on Shewhart’s developments, and to In order to address the significance of these scientific
discuss how they underpin his works. We see our task of developments for quality management in manufacturing,
addressing the conceptual underpinnings of Shewhart’s Shewhart considered it as important to engage with the
ideas as important for a number of reasons. First, through broader issues of the nature of reality and knowledge. In a
exposing the link between the intellectual foundations of letter to Deming dated 1 December 1939, he writes:
quality management and philosophy, we wish to point to I think that sooner or later statisticians will take an
the significance of philosophical thought – especially interest in what I might call statistical epistemology. Just
process philosophy and the philosophy of pragmatism – for yesterday I secured a copy of Eddington’s new book, The
the understanding of management theory. Moreover, since Philosophy of Physical Science, which was published only
the discipline of quality management did not derive its the day before … I think you will get a great kick out of
conceptual roots from scientific management, and its reading it. For example, he says ‘Theoretical physicists,
development was influenced by a set of ontological and through the inescapable demands of their subject, have
epistemological assumptions different from those been forced to become epistemologists, just as pure
underpinning the works of Frederick W. Taylor, we mathematicians have been forced to become logicians’.
consider it as important to bring a discussion of these Substitute the word ‘statisticians’ for ‘physicists’ and see
assumptions into extant literature on the history and how it reads 2(Shewhart 1939, in Greisler 1999: 446).
philosophy of management knowledge. Furthermore, we In his reflections on the epistemology underlying his
see uncovering the origins of Shewhart’s ideas as views on quality, Shewhart draws upon
worthwhile due to their implications for contemporary process philosophy and the philosophy of pragmatism.
quality management theory and practice. Whilst the results of his work – in particular
From here, the article unfolds as follows. First, it the control chart methodology – have been and still are
contextualises Shewhart’s works within the broader used both in manufacturing and service organisations, the
developments in science contemporary to him. Then, it associations of his ideas with philosophy have rarely been
briefly summarises the main assumptions of process acknowledged. The reason for that may be in that, as
philosophy and the philosophy of pragmatism. Further, it Wilcox points out, Shewhart’s original publications are not
provides examples of the impact of these two philosophical often read and referred to nowadays.
currents on Shewhart’s writings. Finally, conclusions are Moreover, as a result of the professional composition of
drawn regarding the implications of the conceptual Shewhart’s readership, his works may have been
underpinnings of the quality movement for the theory and understood only partially. This might help explain the
practice of quality management at present. predominantly instrumental approach to Shewhart’s
contributions to the development of the field of quality
1. Shewhart and Scientific Discoveries of Is management that can be found in the mainstream quality
Epoch management literature, which does not engage with the fact
that an insight into the main assumptions of process
Shewhart saw his work as going beyond expanding the philosophy and the philosophy of pragmatism can aid in
repertoire of tools that engineers responsible for quality in understanding the roots of the approach to quality
manufacturing settings could use. His aim involved taking management developed by Shewhart.
into account the advancements in science that took place in
the first two decades of the twentieth century, and
692 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

2. Background to Process Philosophy and connection between meaning and action, and proposing that
the meaning of ideas is best discovered by subjecting them
Philosophy of Pragmatism to an experimental test and then observing the
In the Western tradition, the origins of process thinking consequences. Building on Peirce’s work, William James
go back to pre-Socratic philosophy, when the distinction developed pragmatism as a critique of abstractions and
between the conception of the nature of the universe in absolutes and as philosophy oriented towards practice and
processual and substantist terms was first articulated. action. In Pragmatism, James (1907) postulated a move
Process philosophy puts forward an ontology of constant away from abstract theories and fixed or absolute principles
change and development as opposed to fixed entities and towards concrete facts, actions, and relative principles.
static categories. The following quote from the philosopher Similarly to James, C.I. Lewis – a pragmatist to whose
Heraclitus, commonly recognised as the founder of the writings Shewhart makes a number of references – stressed
process approach, gives a general idea about its tenets: the importance of experience and perception. Lewis
Everything flows and nothing abides; everything gives regarded all empirical properties as subjective in the sense
way and nothing stays fixed. You cannot step twice into the that ‘any property of an object is something determined
same river, for other waters and yet others, go flowing on. through experience, and in that sense definable in terms of
Time is a child, moving counters in a game; the royal the experience, which would sufficiently assure it’ 5(Lewis
power is a child’s 3 1946: 458).
Whilst Chia (1997a: 75) contends that Heraclitean Another pragmatist philosopher mentioned by Shewhart
cosmology, according to which the reality is in a constant in the bibliography and appendix to his 1931 book is John
process of change and becoming, ‘provided one of the Dewey, whose philosophy is often referred to as
earliest comprehensive syntheses for reconciling experience ‘instrumentalism’. In general, it holds that mind serves as
and reason, appearance and reality’, a generation after an instrument for realising purposes and that the process of
Hearclitus, a statement of the opposing view was expressed cognition provides tools to cope with a given situation. As
by Parmenides: ‘One way remains to be spoken: the way is discussed below, an emphasis on the processes unfolding
how it is … (reality) must exist fully or not at all. Nor will in time rather than on static entities – pointing to the
the forces of conviction ever allow anything over and above associations of Shewhart’s thinking with the becoming
itself to rise out of what is not; wherefore Justice does not ontology – as well as the characteristic for pragmatism
loosen her fetters so as to allow it to come into being or action-orientation, move away from absolutes, empiricism
pass away, but hold it fast … Thus coming into being is and instrumentalism recur in Shewhart’s discussion of
extinguished and destruction unknown’ 4 quality in manufacturing.
With its belief that the nature of reality is permanent
and unchangeable, and that there is only one true, unitary 3. Impact of Process Philosophy on
and already constituted world, Parmenidean thought Shewhart’S Ideas
privileged reason over the senses and established the
domination of an unchanging and static version of reality As an example of an explicit link between Shewhart’s
over a transient and processual one. Chia contends that ideas and process thinking, Shewhart recommends
contemporary Western modes of thought are delineated by Whitehead’s Process and reality to his own readers, and
the two competing pre-Socratic cosmologies, i.e. process directly refers to Whitehead’s philosophy in his writings.
philosophy (founded on the becoming ontology) and He offers the following comment on its relevance to the
substance philosophy (founded on the being ontology), and subject of quality: ‘Just as a simple example, it is necessary
that the history of Western thought has been ‘little more for us to think of a quality characteristic as an entity in the
than a continuing series of footnote attempts at synthesising sense adopted by Whitehead if it is to be general enough to
these two great but apparently irreconcilable intellectual be of use in the many practical problems that arise in the
traditions’. Until Shewhart’s times, a number of thinkers, interpretation of a sample’ 6
such as Leibniz, Hegel, Peirce, Dewey, James, Bergson and Other aspects of Shewhart’s work, for example his
Whitehead have advanced process philosophy, with Alfred preoccupation with the temporal dimension of the
North Whitehead’s contribution being particularly relevant phenomenon of quality, as well as his ideas regarding
in the context of this article. variation, also point to processist underpinnings of his
As far as the philosophy of pragmatism is concerned, its thinking. For Shewhart, the temporal aspect of the
foundations are usually associated with the name of Charles phenomenon of quality constitutes one of the major
Saunders Peirce, who developed pragmatism as a theory of elements of his theory of quality control. In the process of
meaning, arguing for the existence of an intrinsic presenting the results of quality measurement, he considers
it as essential not to disregard the information contained in
693 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

the chronological order of the recorded values: ‘In axiomatic that a controlled quality will not be a constant
developing a control criterion we should make the most quality. Instead, a controlled quality must be a variable
efficient use of the order of occurrence as a clue to the quality’ 10.
presence of assignable causes’ 7 Shewhart’s conception of variability as a characteristic
The suggestion to preserve the chronological order of of quality brings about associations with the Heraclitean
the measurement results can be seen as an example of statement that ‘everything flows’, and with Whitehead’s
Shewhart’s commitment to the processual view of the explication of process ontology. Moreover, the presentation
world, and as an operationalisation of this ontological of the monitored phenomenon as a process unfolding over
approach in the area of quality management. Neave time is consistent with Lewis’ argument that an empirical
explains that Shewhart’s belief in the necessity of retaining object is never just ‘now’, but is extended in time as
the order of occurrence in the presentation of measurement actual/possible experience. In an attempt to translate his
data stemmed from his motivation to provide guidance for understanding of the nature of all phenomena onto the
organisations on how to use data from the past to improve ground of quality management in manufacturing, Shewhart
the future. Explaining Shewhart’s opinion in this respect, elaborates on the notion of variation in the following way:
Neave suggests that: ‘When collecting data from any ‘Even though produced under essentially the same
process, the first thing to do with them is to chart them over conditions, no two things are identical in the sense that no
time – not amalgamate them all into a histogram or two apples on the same tree are identical. The
compute summary measures which ignore or destroy differences … are attributed to the effects of chance or
time-dependence’ 8 Shewhart himself links his emphasis on unknown causes. If we look at one thing after another
the chronological order of data collected in the application produced under presumably the same conditions, we find
of his theory of statistical control of quality to a long that the quality varies from piece to piece. Such variations
standing tradition in the history of science: are called sampling variations or fluctuations’ 11
The operation of statistical control to be described As a consequence of recognising the existence of
shortly is a successful attempt to extend the usefulness of variability, Shewhart does not consider it necessary to
order in an observed sequence as a clue to the making of manage quality in industry with an objective of attaining
valid predictions in operationally verifiable terms beyond identical outputs. Rather, he believes that a certain level of
the place where the experimentalist fails without the aid of variability and fluctuation in terms of any output is natural
a criterion of control to attribute significance to order. To and acceptable in a quality delivery process.
extend the usefulness of observed order in a sequence in To summarise the impact of process philosophy on
this way is a basic objective of the theory of statistical Shewhart’s ideas, it can be said that at the roots of the
control of quality and constitutes an extension of the quality management movement, as developed by Shewhart,
significance attached to order so well established in the there is a conception of quality as a dynamic phenomenon
history of science. 9 which changes and fluctuates over time, in a constant state
Seeking to respond in practical terms to the challenge of of becoming. From the realisation of the ‘temporal spread’
providing an instrument for monitoring quality which of the phenomenon of quality stems the imperative to retain,
would allow for the observation of the flow of a throughout the process of quality monitoring, the
phenomenon and for expressing quantitatively the chronological order of the recorded values. Moreover,
dynamics and the direction of change in the levels of rather than aiming to deliver identical outputs and to meet
quality delivered, Shewhart develops the process control specific and exact targets of performance, it is necessary to
chart. Technically, the application of the control chart regard it as natural and acceptable that variation in the
methodology involves recording the numerical values of a process of quality delivery will always exist, since the
given phenomenon in regular intervals, and subsequently reality is in a constant process of change and becoming,
plotting them on a graph to show how they fluctuate over whereby ‘everything flows an noting abides; everything
time. In Shewhart’s view, the chart is not merely a visually gives way and nothing stays fixed’ .
appealing way of picturing data, but a meaningful
representation of the nature of a process. He proposes that References
the fluctuation which can be observed through the use of [1] Shewhart, W.A. Statistical method from the viewpoint
the control charts demonstrates that the notion of variability of quality control, ed. W.E. Deming. New York: Dover.
as an inherent feature of everything in the natural world 1939, p49.
also applies to the quality delivered by a manufacturing [2] Shewhart, W.A. Statistical method from the viewpoint
process: ‘Since we are thus willing to accept as axiomatic of quality control, ed. W.E. Deming. New York: Dover.
that we cannot do what we want to do and cannot hope to 1939, p446.
understand why we cannot, then we must also accept as
694 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

[3] Kirk, G.S., J.E. Raven, and M. Schofield. Filozofia

przedsokratejska. Poznan: Wydawnictwo Naukowe
PWN. 1999, p198.
[4] Mansley Robinson, J. An introduction to early Greek
philosophy. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1968, p113.
[5] Lewis, C.I. An analysis of knowledge and valuation.
La Salle: Open Court. 1946. p458.
[6] Shewhart, W.A. Economic control of quality of
manufactured product. Milwaukee: ASQC.
1931.p486.
[7] Shewhart, W.A. Statistical method from the viewpoint
of quality control, ed. W.E. Deming. New York: Dover.
1939, p31.
[8] Neave, H.. There’s nothing normal about SPC!
Training for Quality 5, 1997 no. 3: 106–111.
[9] Shewhart, W.A. Statistical method from the viewpoint
of quality control, ed. W.E. Deming. New York: Dover.
1939, p17.
manufactured product. Milwaukee: ASQC. 1931.p6.
manufactured product. Milwaukee: ASQC.
1931.p163–164.
695 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Author Index
B F
Bi, Y.T.....................................................................335 Fan, X.Y..................................................................86
Bian, S.H..............................................................188 Fan, X.S..................................................................152
Fan, Y.R.................................................................143
C Fei, Y.Y..................................................................343
Cai, C...................................................................376 Feng, G..................................................................443
Cai, L...................................................................321 Feng, J.R.................................................................86
Cai, F.H............................................................422,470 Fu, G.................................................................... 612
Cai, W.Y.................................................................72 Fu, X.Y.................................................................674
Cao, G.P.................................................................49
Chen, C.Q..............................................................64 G
Chen, G.M............................................................567 Gang, W.................................................................94
Chen, J.Y.............................................................599 Gao, J.S........................................................335, 567
Chen, L.F.............................................................635 Gao, Y.L...............................................................367
Chen, W.................................................................81 Ge, J.P..................................................................170
Chen, X.Y....................................................215, 551 Ge, Y.J..................................................................674
Chen, Y..................................................................17 Gu, Z.J..................................................................430
Chen, Y.F...............................................................49 Guan, C.H............................................................449
Cheng, B............................................................220 Guan, H................................................................493
Cheng, L.H..........................................................541 Guo, H.Q..............................................................430
Cui, C.W..................................................................371 Guo, X.M.............................................................430
Cui, D.J....................................................................326
H
D Han, J.L...............................................................317
Dai, X.F...................................................................118 Hao, H.X...............................................................14
Dan, C.....................................................................160 Hao, Z.L..............................................................321
Deng, L................................................................9, 670 Hao, Z.Y..............................................................122
Deng, X.L...............................................................685 He, J.F…………………………………….........639
Ding, Y.L................................................................273 He, N...................................................................620
Dong, F.....................................................................67 Hine, D.W...........................................................146
Dong, H.Q..............................................................351 Hong, G...............................................................488
Dong, L.N..............................................................356 Hong, Y................................................................101
Dong, M.H..............................................................511 Hou, Y.M.............................................................517
Dong, W.........................................................156, 484 Hu, T.B..................................................................14
Du, T......................................................................584 Hua, J.F................................................................664
Huan, J.H.............................................................281
Huang, G.H.........................................................143
696

Huang, L.............................................................115 Li, Z.Y.......................................................681, 299
Huang, T.Z............................................................20 Lian, J.W...........................................................395
Huang, W.D........................................................645 Liang, C.Y.........................................................295
Huang, X.Y.........................................................270 Liang, G.Q........................................................465
Huang, Z.Q.........................................................395 Lin, H.F.............................................................541
Lin, Y................................................................500
J Liu, B.X.............................................................81
Jia, H.Z...............................................................317 Liu, C.J.............................................................612
Jia, L...................................................................262 Liu, D.J.............................................................9
Jiang, R...............................................................303 Liu, G.H............................................................645
Jiang, R.F............................................................681 Liu, H..........................................................439, 44
Jiao, L.H................................................................53 Liu, H.W...........................................................201
Jin, H.T................................................................602 Liu, J................................................................405
Liu, L...............................................................106, 681
L Liu, L.H............................................................281
Lam, C.K.............................................................385 Liu, L.P.............................................................567
Lei, D......................................................................17 Liu, P.Q............................................................577
Lei, K.P................................................................385 Liu, Q.Y.....................................................258,473
Lei, X...................................................................537 Liu, S.J...............................................................49
Lei, Y.X...............................................................356 Liu, W...............................................................188
Li, A.C.................................................................307 Liu, W.T............................................................479
Li, B....................................................................295 Liu, X.F.............................................................405
Li, F.F..................................................................649 Liu, X.L.....................................................351, 645
Li, H.P.........................................................295, 399 Liu, Y.X.............................................................258
Li, J.....................................................................389 Liu, Z....................................................................3
Li, J.G.................................................................360 Liu, Z.Y.............................................................290
Li, J.H.........................................................211, 589 Long, L.X..........................................................426
Li, J.L.................................................................248 Lu, C.X..............................................................335
Li, J.W................................................................479 Lu, G.................................................................380
Li, L.Y................................................................449 Luo, H..............................................................152, 278
Li, N...........................................................122, 599 Luo, L.Q.............................................................38
Li, Q...................................................................479 Luo, W..............................................................456
Li, S.F.................................................................645 Lv, C.................................................................371
Li, S.G................................................................541 Lv, S.S................................................................14
Li, S.Y........................................................335, 385
Li, T....................................................................503 M
Li, T.T................................................................389 Ma, D................................................................245
Li, W.B...............................................................659 Mao, L..............................................................456
Li, X.L................................................................326 Mei, L.H...........................................................126
Li, X.Q...............................................................351 Meng, X.X........................................................443
Li, Y...................................................................410 Meng, Z.Y.........................................................380
Li, Y.J................................................................414 Miao, W.C.........................................................184
697

Miao, Y.............................................................360 Sun, Y.L.........................................................111
Ming, L.............................................................628 Suo, L.M.......................................................290
Mu, G.Z............................................................321
T
N Tan, Y.Q........................................................224
Nara, M............................................................367 Tang, J.S.......................................................649
Tang, Z.W.....................................................532
P Thorsteinsson, E.B.......................................146
Pan, H...............................................................224
Peng, F..............................................................511 W
Peng, H.T.........................................................106 Wang, G........................................................335
Pi, W.................................................................303 Wang, G.H......................................................44
Qi, L.................................................................126 Wang, G.P.....................................................137
Qin, X.S...........................................................143 Wang, H........................................................606
Qiu, Y.................................................................29 Wang, H.S....................................................295
Qu, X.B...........................................................201 Wang, H.Y....................................................561
Qu, X.S.............................................................53 Wang, J.........................................................363
Quo, J..............................................................511 Wang, J.J.................................................49,599
Wang, J.X..............................................201,674
R Wang, L........................................................460
Ren, W.J..........................................................449 Wang, L.X.....................................................544
Wang, M.......................................................356
S Wang, P.K.....................................................395
Sha, J.H...................................................................3 Wang, P.P.....................................................131
Shen, J.............................................................606 Wang, R.H....................................................655
Shen, Q............................................................606 Wang, S........................................................389
Shen, R.Y........................................................363 Wang, S.S.....................................................599
Shi, P.J.............................................................584 Wang, W.......................................................340
Shi, Y...............................................................347 Wang, W.J....................................................174
Shi, Y.X.............................................253,285,376 Wang, X.L.........................................................14
Si, T.................................................................678 Wang, X.R....................................................443
Song, C.Y........................................................317 Wang, Y..........................................................90
Su, Q.X...........................................................507 Wang, Y.L..............................................278,434
Su, S.................................................................56 Wang, Z........................................................593
Sun, H.L..........................................................273 Wei, N..........................................................649
Sun, J.D.........................................................160 Wei, P...........................................................584
Sun, L.L.........................................................493 Wu, C.Y.......................................................567
Sun, W.L..........................................................29 Wu, L.L.......................................................310
Sun, X.J.........................................................307 Wu, X.G........................................................29
Sun, Y............................................................497
Sun, Y.H........................................................593
Sun, Y.K........................................................266
698

X Yuan, Y.X.................................................371
Xi, J.Q........................................................399
Xiao, C........................................................517 Z
Xie, Y............................................................60 Zeng, L.S.....................................248,253,376
Xin, W.........................................................160 Zeng, X.S..................................................234
Xin, Y.J.......................................................245 Zeng, Y......................................................226
Xiong, C..............................................224 Zhan, C.....................................................164
Xiong, H.P...........................................281,303 Zhang, D.M..............................................230
Xu, D.....................................................453 Zhang, F.G................................................371
Xu, G.M.....................................................473 Zhang, F.S................................................681
Xu, J.H.......................................................456 Zhang, G.Y...............................................201
Xu, J.J........................................................160 Zhang, H.B...............................................620
Xu, L…………………………….......434,551 Zhang, H.F………………………...........465
Xu, Q.Q.....................................................664 Zhang, H.T...............................................555
Xu, Z.L......................................................503 Zhang, H.Y...............................................439
Xue, W......................................................146 Zhang, H.Z...............................................655
Zhang, J....................................................655
Y Zhang, J.Q................................................589
Yan, B.......................................................635 Zhang, J.S.................................................645
Yan, D.S....................................................602 Zhang, L.....................................307,500,681
Yan, H.N...................................................532 Zhang, L.H...............................................371
Yan, J.X.....................................................664 Zhang, Q.W..............................................299
Yan, L.L....................................................639 Zhang, T....................................................681
Yan, Y..........................................................38 Zhang, W.B...............................................343
Yan, Y.H......................................................25 Zhang, X...................................................503
Yan, Z.W...................................................456 Zhang, X.M..............................................170
Yang, A.L..................................................143 Zhang, Y..............................................44,589
Yang, H..............................................192,371 Zhang, Y.L...............................................596
Yang, J......................................................678 Zhang, Z.J................................................639
Yang, K....................................................266 Zhang, Z.Y...............................................101
Yang, L....................................................340 Zhao, J.F....................................................64
Yang, L.J..................................................639 Zhao, J.H..................................................414
Yang, Z.L.................................................616 Zhao, J.N..................................................500
Young, Y.J................................................363 Zhao, L.......................................351,670,674
Yu, H.J.......................................................56 Zhao, M....................................................503
Yu, L........................................................238 Zhao, N.....................................................453
Yu, X........................................................645 Zhao, X.G.................................................310
Yu, X.Y....................................................593 Zhao, Y......................................................111
Yu, Y........................................................573 Zhao, Y.H...........................................184,414
Yu, Z.K....................................................207 Zhao, Y.X...................................................67
Yuan, J.X.................................................174 Zhen, C.M................................................188
Yuan, S.Y.L.................................................380 Zheng, C.D..............................................649
699

Zhong, L.F...............................................317
Zhong, M.................................................593
Zhou, F.Y.................................................573
Zhou, H...................................................691
Zhou, J.L................................................307
Zhou, J.S................................................131
Zhou, M.................................................115
Zhou, Y.............................................179,20
Zhou, Z.F.................................245,253,376
Zhu, J.J..................................................620
Zhu, L.H.........................................278,678
Zhu, R....................................................201
Zhu, S.N................................................418
Zhu, X.P.................................................270
Zhuang, X.T...........................................410
Zong, J.F................................................620
700

Keyword Index
A Carbon sinks..............................................................64
17alpha-ethynylestradiol.........................................645 Carrying capacity.....................................................385
Acceptable environmental risk level.......................152 CASBEE..................................................................367
Accident model........................................................541 Case teaching method..............................................310
Accident process......................................................541 Causes......................................................................405
Accident...................................................................649 CCS technology choices............................................64
Action strategies......................................................363 C-d demand function...............................................449
Acute exhaustive exercise........................................307 CDA.........................................................................238
Adaptability................................................................49 Chain management....................................................20
Agricultural characteristic.......................................245 Change of flue gas composition..............................399
Agriculture industrialization ...................................555 Chengdu and Chongqing.........................................561
Air pollution index(API).........................................655 China................................................184, 347, 376, 460
Aircraft operator......................................................589 China’s index future.................................................160
Airport.....................................................................500 Chinese characteristics................................................9
Allocation of value-added benefits............................67 Chinese foreign cooperation schools.......................156
Ammonium..............................................................681 Chlorella vulgaris....................................................645
Analytical.................................................................270 Christianity..............................................................230
Animal protection in China.....................................635 Class teaching method.............................................310
Applied talents.........................................................262 Cleaner production..................................................179
Approach.................................................................207 Climate change..........................................................49
Aquaculture wastewater...........................................681 Close-planting jujube orchards................................567
Attitude toward aging..............................................551 Clothing...................................................................453
Cloud model............................................................273
B CNPC.......................................................................497
BCG matrix..................................................................3 CO2 emission...........................................................184
Behavior classification............................................532 Coal mine safety......................................................612
Bitumen...................................................................335 Coal mine.................................................................541
Blast furnace gas......................................................399 Cognitive radio........................................................201
Blindsight.................................................................639 Cold stamping die design........................................295
Budgeting management...........................................443 Collective forest tenure reform..................................94
Business strategy......................................................497 Collective intelligence.............................................685
College students of YI nationality...........................215
C College.....................................................................248
Cadmium chloride (CDCL2)...................................356 College freshmen................................................544
CAFTA....................................................................184 Community culture..................................................577
Carbon control...........................................................64 Community development........................................577
Carbon intensity.......................................................395 Comparative labor productivity...............................479
Carbon monoxide....................................................389 Competence.............................................................207
701

Complex biological treatment technology...............371 E
Comprehensive evaluation......................................258 Eco-economic model.................................................25
Comprehensive utilization.......................................351 Ecological advantages...............................................25
Computer simulation...............................................122 Ecological aesthetics................................................596
Construction of the CDNA libraries.......................356 Ecological carrying capacity....................................321
Constructivism theory..............................................224 Ecological civilization.........................................220, 9
Consumerism...........................................................230 Ecological deficit.....................................................321
Control measure.......................................................670 Ecological environment...........................................340
Cooperated supervision mechanism........................599 Ecological footprint.................................................321
Core competence.....................................................273 Ecological industry chain..........................................56
Correlation...............................................................439 Ecological marxism.................................................220
Cost control..............................................................503 Ecological society....................................................126
Cost of fuel..............................................................503 Ecological surplus....................................................321
Countermeasure analysis........................................380 Economic development....................................101, 118
Countermeasures.............................................281, 426 Economic growth...............................................164, 86
Countryside..............................................................376 Economic incentive...................................................14
Covert......................................................................659 Economic theory......................................................192
CP&AMP.................................................................238 Economical use of land..............................................67
Cross cultural analysis.............................................628 Economist................................................................238
Cultivating strategies...............................................262 Economy..................................................................555
Cultural tourism attraction signs..............................234 Eco-socialism...........................................................220
Culture.....................................................................460 Eco-system...............................................................278
Current situation......................................................281 Education.................................................................253
Curriculum system...................................................326 Effect..........................................................................14
Cyberspace...............................................................532 E-government..........................................................507
Elasticity retirement.................................................164
D Elderly......................................................................551
Daily operational management................................664 Electronic commerce...............................................470
Decoupling index.....................................................479 Emergence...............................................................685
Demand....................................................................170 Emergency management..........................................664
Desorption kinetics .................................................678 EMERGY.................................................................385
Developing strategy.................................................616 Emission permits.......................................................90
Development road........................................................9 Emotional difference...............................................659
Development strategy..............................................347 Emotional perception...............................................639
Development....................................................188, 460 Employment decisions...............................................94
Developmental characteristics.................................517 Energy conservation and emission reduction..........395
Discourse.................................................................207 Energy efficiency.....................................................201
Double bull regulatory mode...................................414 Energy policy...........................................................380
Drip irrigation..........................................................567 Energy saving and emission reduction......................17
Drucker theory.........................................................484 Energy structure.......................................................395
Dynamic analysis.........................................................3 Energy................................................................17, 360
Energy-aware mechanism........................................201
702

English teaching......................................................262 Food supply chain (FSC).........................................111
Enterprise pollution...................................................90 Foreign teacher........................................................156
Enterprises...............................................................106 Forms and characteristics of piers...........................674
Entrepreneur innovation spirit.................................484 Free trade area..........................................................137
Entrepreneurship growing.......................................577 Function...................................................................137
Environmental accounting.......................................426
Environmental engineering specialty.......................258 G
Environmental engineering......................................245 Game model...............................................122
Environmental management....................................351 GARCH model........................................................160
Environmental monitoring station...........................655 Generation logic......................................................226
Environmental non-government organizations........363 Globe.......................................................................385
Environmental problems..........................................376 Golden tax project...................................................470
Environmental protection behavior .......................122 Governance structure...............................................226
Environmental protection........................................589 Government action..................................................488
Environmental public interest litigation..................343 Government budget.................................................422
Environmental right.................................................343 Government.............................................................106
Environmental science.............................................326 Group behavior........................................................532
Ethnic identity..........................................................215 Growth period of jujube..........................................567
ETS..........................................................................589 Guarantee ability......................................................473
EU............................................................................589
Evaluation index system for quality........................170 H
Evaluation index......................................................606 Harmonious society.........................................131, 573
Evaluation of performance......................................443 Health risk assessment.............................................317
Evaluation standard for green building ...................367 Hebei’s economy........................................................44
Event study...............................................................160 Hedging ratio...........................................................439
Evolution model......................................................278 Hedging...................................................................439
Experience marketing..............................................453 Higher education............. 245, 278, 285, 295, 303, 310
Exploration..................................................................9 High-pressure mercury lamp...................................645
High-tech enterprises...............................................430
F High-tech innovative enterprise...............................465
Face..........................................................................238 High-technology industry........................................434
Facial expression.....................................................639 History of management thought..............................691
Factors.....................................................................670 Holistic perspective.................................................290
Farmers......................................................................94 Homogeneous linear function..................................126
Fat face illusion.......................................................593 Hot-blast furnace.....................................................399
Field survival...........................................................281 Human accidents......................................................541
Finance driver..........................................................360 Human bronchial epithelial cells (16HBE)..............356
Financial strategy.....................................................430 Human capital................................... 38, 115, 164, 410
Fleet planning..........................................................503 Human metabolism..................................................389
Fluid thermal coking................................................335 Human resource management..........................156, 174
Food crisis................................................................211 Human resources.....................................................170
Food safety...............................................................111 Hydrogen-rich water................................................307
703

I Labors’ benefit.........................................................573
Implementation problems........................................426 Landscape works.....................................................670
Improvements............................................................14 Law..........................................................................310
In vivo selective antioxidation.................................307 Legal liability...........................................................602
Incentive mechanism...............................................434 Legal problems........................................................612
Independent innovation...........................................434 Legislation...............................................................635
India and china.........................................................118 Life awareness.........................................................596
Industrial competitiveness.........................................81 Lifestyle...................................................................493
Industrial structure...........................................3, 44, 86 Limitations...............................................................226
Industry innovation..................................................484 Liquid products........................................................335
Information mining..................................................685 Livable city..............................................................606
Informatization........................................................418 Local colleges and universities................................174
Initial allocation.........................................................90 Local government competition................................620
Inner mongolia.............................................................3 Location entropy......................................................479
Inner parts of face....................................................593 Logistics...................................................................479
Innovation..................................................72, 174, 270 Low carbon........................................................253, 44
Innovative city.........................................................106 Low-carbon economy......................................106, 493
Input-output analysis.................................................60 Low-carbon lifestyle................................................493
Integration seminar hall...........................................685 Low-carbon..................................................... 360, 599
Integration................................................137, 507, 511
Interface...................................................................664 M
Internet advertising operator....................................602 Major transport hub.................................................664
Internet of things......................................................488 Major........................................................................326
Interpolation analysis...............................................655 Management............................................248, 285, 418
Investment performance..........................................410 Margaret awood.......................................................230
Maritime universities...............................................273
J Markov chain...........................................................299
Judicature.................................................................635 Mathematical economy............................................192
Meaning in life of elderly........................................551
K Measurement...........................................................270
Karen HORNEY......................................................537 Measures..........................................248, 253, 376, 473
Keywords advertising..............................................602 Medical college students…………………….........517
Knowledge inn.........................................................465 Membership degree.................................................273
Knowledge innovative system.................................465 Mental health...........................................................628
Knowledge management strategy............................465 Mental map..............................................................584
Knowledge management.........................................465 Mining enterprises’ social responsibility.................131
Knowledge spillovers................................................72 MIS..........................................................................299
Model.......................................................................655
L Multi-agent and multi-tense measure........................56
Labor shortage.....................................................53 Multilateral exchange rate shocks.............................29
Labor union..............................................................573 Multinational firms....................................................29
Labor-management relationship..............................573 Multi-rate services...................................................449
704

N PP.............................................................................238
Necessity..................................................................266 Practice teaching..............................................174, 258
Need.........................................................................606 Practices.......................................................................9
Negative evaluation.................................................659 Pragmatism..............................................................691
Network re-configuration........................................201 Pretreatment.............................................................681
Neurological disorders.............................................537 Price view...................................................................56
New generation migrant workers.............................115 Pricing strategies......................................................449
New rural community................................................67 Private lending.........................................................414
Nitrogen ..................................................................678 Problem diagnosis....................................................380
Problems..........................................................285, 363
O Process thinking.......................................................691
Off-farm employment...............................................94 Pro-environmental behavior....................................146
Offshore oil spill......................................................649 Psychoanalysis.........................................................628
Offshore service outsourcing.....................................81 Psychological needs.................................................453
Open economy...........................................................72 Psychological...........................................................537
Operating mechanism................................................44 Public crisis..............................................................532
Outdoor environment...............................................367 Public organization members..................................616
Outlines of faces......................................................593 Public organization..................................................616
Overall optimization................................................278 Public participation......................................... 343, 635
Overt........................................................................659 Public policy analysis................................................67
Oxidative damage....................................................307 Public services.........................................................422
Oxygen-enriched combustion..................................399
Q
P Quality management and control.............................258
Page rank.................................................................685 Quality management................................................691
Paradigm shifts........................................................497 Quality............................................................. 285, 555
Partnership...............................................................111 Quantity....................................................................270
Passenger distribution rate.......................................500 Questionnaire survey...............................................544
Pass-through effect....................................................29
Peasant household......................................................49 R
Perspective...............................................................347 Rail traffic................................................................500
Petroleum contamination.........................................143 Random access teaching..........................................224
Philosophy of management.....................................691 Recommendations...................................................488
Phosphorus ..............................................................678 Recoverable economy..............................................126
Photolysis.................................................................645 Reducing fuel emissions..........................................503
Physique health promotion......................................303 Refuge chamber.......................................................389
Poetic dwelling........................................................596 Regeneration reuse..................................................371
Pollution surplus........................................................60 Regional cooperation...............................................511
Pollution terms of trade.............................................60 Regular institution.....................................................38
Population capacity..................................................321 Regulating mechanism............................................179
Postmodern values...................................................266 Regulation of the enterprise environ mental
Potter’s diamond model.............................................81 costs.........................................................................179
705

Relevance theory......................................................234 Soybean crushers.....................................................439
Research and development......................................434 Soybean.....................................................................20
Retail trade...............................................................470 Space decision.........................................................584
Return......................................................................106 Special populations..................................................606
Risk acceptor............................................................152 Sports curriculum....................................................281
Risk................................................................. 146, 152 Sports item online selection.....................................303
RNA sequencing (RNA-SEQ).................................356 Stakeholder..............................................................649
Route design............................................................456 Stakeholders.............................................................131
Rural human resources............................................188 Static analysis..............................................................3
Rural people.............................................................555 Status.......................................................................635
Stock index volability..............................................160
S Strategies.................................................................234
Safety education......................................................248 Strategy............................................................188, 453
Safety management....................................................14 Struvite.....................................................................681
Safety training..........................................................612 Subject group...........................................................326
Salt content..............................................................567 Subjective well-being......................................215, 561
San nong expenditure..............................................422 Successful aging......................................................551
Sanitary quality for drinking water..........................317 Supervisory-control system.....................................649
Scaffolding instruction.............................................224 Supporting group.....................................................616
Schedule management.............................................670 Suspended packing..................................................371
Science and engineering universities.......................290 Sustainability............................................................385
Science and technology ..........................................230 Sustainable development.................... 17, 25, 126, 340
Scientific and technological innovation...................211 Sustainable growth..................................................430
Scientific research management mechanism...........290 Synergetic management...........................................664
Second language teaching.......................................207 System theory...........................................................278
Sediment..................................................................678
Self-disclosure.........................................................517 T
Semantic web...........................................................507 Talent development..................................................295
Shandong peninsula.................................................473 Talents......................................................................170
Shanghai cooperation organization..........................137 Tar sands..................................................................335
Significance.....................................................253, 488 Target person............................................................517
Similarities and differences.....................................118 Tax policy.................................................................434
Simultaneous nitrification and denitrification.........371 Teaching quality.......................................................299
Situation cognition...................................................541 Teaching reform.......................................................295
Situation teaching....................................................224 Teaching reformation...............................................245
Skeletal muscle........................................................307 Technological progress..............................................72
SMES.......................................................................414 The basic conflict.....................................................537
Social capital.................................................... .115, 38 The contradictions of people and land.....................211
Social logistics cost.................................................405 The handmaid's tale.................................................230
Social movements....................................................363 The maximizing of profits.......................................449
Soil vapor extraction................................................143 The mode of economic growth................................101
Solutions..........................................................285, 405 The space image......................................................584
706

Theme hotel.............................................................460 Worldviews..............................................................146
Time management disposition.................................544 Wuhan city circle.....................................................599
Time-varying parameter model.................................86
Top management team.............................................410 X
Topics.......................................................................517 Xi'an.........................................................................340
Tourism....................................................................674
Tourist corridor........................................................511 Y
Tourist piers.............................................................674 Yin Yang philosophy................................................628
Tourists’ motivation.................................................456 YUNTAI mountain scenic area...............................456
Trade deficit...............................................................20
Trademark infringement..........................................602 Z
Traditional culture....................................................266 Zhouyi management thinking..................................484
Transformation.........................................................101
Transgenosis..............................................................20
Transition probability matrix...................................299
U
Unification of man and nature.................................596
Unilateralism...........................................................589
Universal laws.........................................................674
University finance....................................................418
University students..................................................266
University.................................................226, 248, 253
Unproductive public expenditure............................620
Urbanization.....................................................115, 347
Urban-rural integration............................................561
U-shaped curve........................................................620
V
Vat invoice...............................................................470
Venture capital.........................................................410
Visual field...............................................................639
VOCS.......................................................................143
W
Wages.....................................................................53
Water content...........................................................567
Water parks..............................................................351
Water pollution........................................................317
Water resources........................................................351
Western hunan..........................................................511
Migrant worker structure..........................................53
707

Yin Yang Philosophy and Chinese Mental Health - Li Ming PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Yin Yang Philosophy and Chinese Mental Health - Li Ming PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Editors

Dr. Dan Peng

Science and Engineering Publishing Company (SEP)

3918 Golf Bag Lane, Terre Haute, IN 47802, USA

The texts of the papers in this volume were set

©SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING PUBLISHING COMPANY 2012

Printed in Science and Engineering Publishing Company.

Prof. Ren-Jye Dzeng,

Local Committee Chair:

Technical program committee

Research on Knowledge Spillovers and Technological Progress in Open Economy

Study on Effects of China’s Stock Index Future on Stock Index Volatility

Chapter II：Culture and Communication

On Translation of Cultural Tourism Attraction Signs from the Perspective of Relevance

MIS Teaching Quality Evaluation based on Markov Theory

Some Thoughts on Evaluation of Performance Budgeting in College

Strategies for Constructing Western Hunan Tourism Corridor

Chapter VII：Politics,Psychology,Society and Law

Trademark Infringement and Internet Advertising Operators’ Legal Liability: A Global

Chapter VIII：Other Areas

Pretreatment of Ammonium from Aquaculture Wastewater by Struvite Precipitation

Static and Dynamic Analysis of Industrial

3 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

4 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Hori- Metal Products 0.80 Beverage Manufacturing 8.63

Recovering of Abandoned Textile Products, Clothes,

5 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Pressing； 8 industries are classified into the Dogs industry. This

in line with goals of 11th Five-Year Plan. Coal Mining &Processing S S S S S

6 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

7 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Electronic Equipment Manufacturing industry are both still

8 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Practices and Exploration of the Ecological

9 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP

10 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

11 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

12 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

retical generalization of the scientific connotation of this

13 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

The Economic Incentives Methods in the

14 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

15 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

16 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Research on Energy Saving and Emission

17 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

18 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

widely mobilize all resources of the whole society for the

19 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

The Countermeasures of Improving the Current

20 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Table 1. China's soybean causes of the trade deficit

Domestic Factors External Factors

China’s lack of world-class companies to contend with four soybean giant

21 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

22 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

23 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

insured of acquisition, the purchase subject should be

24 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

Construction of the Sustainable Eco-Economic

25 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

26 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.

27 978-0-98535-401-5 © 2012 SEP.